OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 
OF  ILLINOIS 


557 

Xb 

no3oo-3t>i 


GEOLOGY 


tn 

gj 

in 


CD 

ZD 

C 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2018  with  funding  from 

University  of  Illinois  Urbana-Champaign  Alternates 


https://archive.org/details/economicgeologyo3003clap 


59th  CONGRESS  :  :  2d  SESSION 

DECEMBER  3,  1906-MARCH  4,  1907 


HOUSE  DOCUMENTS 


IN  112  VOLUMES 

Vol.  56 


t 


WASHINGTON  :  :  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE  :  :  1907 


SSI 

Xb 


JeSt 


no,  300-301 


CONTENTS 

No. 

53.  Geological  Survey,  Bulletin  300;  Economic  geology  of  Amity  quadrangle,  Pa. 

54.  same,  301;  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  etc.,  1901-05. 

in 


59th  Congress, 
Sd  Session. 


HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES. 


Document 
No.  53. 


Bulletin  No.  300 


Sahps  /  A’  Economic  Geology,  86 
es  \  B,  Descriptive  Geology,  105 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 

CHARLES  D.  WALCOTT,  Director 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY 


THE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE 

EASTERN  WASHINGTON  COUNTY 
PENNSYLVANIA 


FREDERICK  G.  CLAPP 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1907 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 


Introduction . 9 

Commercial  geography .  9 

Stratigraphy . 11 

General  statement .  11 

Surface  rocks . 11 

Carboniferous  system .  11 

Rocks  above  the  Waynesburg  coal  (Dunkard  group  or  Permian 

series) .  11 

The  group  as  a  whole .  11 

Definition . 11 

Character  and  thickness .  12 

Division  of  the  group .  12 

Rocks  above  the  Upper  Washington  limestone  (Greene  for¬ 
mation)  .  12 

Character .  12 

Distribution . 13 

Rocks  between  the  top  of  the  Upper  Washington  limestone 
and  the  top  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  (  Washington  formation)  14 

Character .  14 

Distribution .  15 

Pennsylvanian  series .  15 

Rocks  between  the  top  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  and  the  bot¬ 
tom  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  (Monongahela  formation) .  15 

Definition .  15 

Character  and  thickness .  15 

Distribution . 18 

Rocks  which  do  not  outcrop .  19 

General  statement . 19 

Sources  of  knowledge .  19 

Thickness .  19 

Datum  horizon .  20 

Carboniferous  system .  20 

Pennsylvanian  series .  20 

Rocks  between  the  Pittsburg  and  Upper  Freeport  coals  (Cone- 

maugh  formation) .  20 

Definition .  20 

Thickness .  20 

Character . : .  21 

Rocks  between  the  top  of  the  Upper  Freeport  coal  and  the 

top  of  the  Pottsville  sandstone  ( Allegheny  formation . ) _  23 

Definition .  23 

Thickness .  24 

Character . 24 


3 


4 


CONTENTS. 


Stratigraphy — Continued.  Page. 

Rocks  which  do  not  outcrop — Continued. 

Carboniferous  system — Continued. 

Pennsylvanian  series — Continued. 

Pottsville  sandstone  or  Salt  sand  (Pottsville  formation) .  25 

Definition .  25 

Character  and  thickness .  25 

Mississippian  series .  25 

Rocks  between  the  Pottsville  (Salt  sand)  and  Burgoon  (Big 

Injun)  sandstones  (Mauch  Chunk  formation) .  25 

Definition .  25 

Character  and  thickness . 25 

Unconformity .  27 

Greenbrier  limestone  (Big  lime) .  27 

Rocks  between  the  Greenbrier  limestone  and  the  Catskill 

red  beds  (Pocono  formation) .  28 

General  statement .  28 

Character  and  thickness .  28 

Red  shale  (Bedford?) .  29 

Devonian  system .  30 

Rocks  below'  the  top  of  the  Catskill  red  beds  (Chemung  for¬ 
mation  ) . f . .  30 

General  character .  30 

Catskill  (or  sub-Blairs ville)  beds .  31 

Sandstones .  32 

Beds  lower  than  those  penetrated  in  the  Amity  quadrangle..  33 

GeQlogic  structure .  36 

Method  of  mapping .  36 

Structure  contours .  36 

Degree  of  accuracy . s .  37 

Limits  of  error .  37 

Structure  in  detail .  38 

Structure  of  Pittsburg  coal .  38 

Bellevernon  anticline .  38 

Waynesburg  (Pigeon  Creek)  syncline .  39 

Amity  anticline .  40 

Nineveh  syncline .  41 

Washington  anticline .  41 

Relation  of  structure  of  Pittsburg  coal  to  structure  of  other  beds .  42 

Lack  of  parallelism  between  beds . 42 

Structure  of  Gantz  sand .  42 

Mineral  resources . 42 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas .  42 

Distribution  of  oil  and  gas  fields  in  the  Amity  quadrangle .  42 

Brief  history  of  development  in  Washington  County .  44 

Early  history .  44 

Washington  field .  45 

Fonner  field .  47 

Zollarsville  field . . .  . .  47 

Oil  and  gas  rocks .  47 

Description  of  the  map .  47 

Depth  of  wells .  48 

Mode  of  occurrence  of  oil  and  gas .  48 

Oil  and  gas  sands .  48 


CONTENTS. 


5 


Mineral  resources — Continued.  Page. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas — Continued. 

Oil  and  gas  rocks — Continued. 

Oil  and  gas  sands — Continued. 

Drillers’  names . _ . . .  48 

Murphy  sand .  49 

Dunkard  sand .  49 

Gas  sand . 50 

Salt  sand .  50 

Big  Injun  sand .  50 

Squaw  sand .  52 

Thirty-foot  sand .  52 

Gantz  sand . 52 

Fifty-foot  sand . . .  54 

Gordon  Stray  sand .  55 

Gordon  sand  . . .  55 

Fourth  sand .  57 

Fifth  sand .  57 

Bayard  sand .  58 

Elizabeth  sand .  58 

Beds  below  the  Elizabeth  sand .  59 

Production  of  oil  and  gas .  59 

Washington  oil  field .  59 

Fonner  oil  field . . .  61 

Zollarsville  gas  field .  61 

Miscellaneous  wells .  61 

Pressure  of  natural  gas .  62 

Theory  of  oil  and  gas .  62 

The  ‘  ‘  anticlinal  theory  ” .  62 

Application  in  Pennsylvania .  63 

Relation  of  oil  and  gas  reservoirs  in  the  Amity  quadrangle  to  geo¬ 
logic  structure . 63 

Washington  field .  63 

Examples  of  the  anticlinal  tendency  of  gas . . 64 

Zollarsville  field .  64 

Summary . 65 

Origin  of  oil  and  gas . .  65 

Miscellaneous  notes  on  oil  and  gas .  65 

Character  of  the  oil . 65 

Composition  of  natural  gas .  66 

Waste  of  natural  gas .  67 

Value  of  good  well  records .  67 

Records  of  wells  in  the  Amity  quadrangle .  68 

Coal . 88 

General  statement .  88 

Pittsburg  coal . ; .  88 

General  statement .  88 

Mining  operations . 89 

Thickness .  90 

Quality . 95 

Methods  of  development .  98 

Redstone  coal .  101 

Thickness . 101 

Quality .  102 


6 


CONTENTS. 


Mineral  resources — Continued.  .  Page. 

Coal — Continued . 

Sewickley  coal . 103 

Thickness  and  intervals .  103 

Quality .  104 

Union  town  coal .  104 

Waynesburg  coal .  105 

Intervals .  105 

Distribution .  106 

Thickness .  107 

Quality . Ill 

Waynesburg  UA”  coal .  112 

Waynesburg  “B”  and  Little  Washington  coals .  113 

Washington  coal .  113 

Thickness., .  113 

Quality .  114 

Jolly  town  coal . 115 

Tenmile  coal .  115 

Local  coals .  116 

Coals  which  do  not  outcrop .  116 

Coals  in  the  Conemaugh  formation .  116 

Coals  in  the  Allegheny  formation .  116 

Limestone .  113 

Relative  abundance . 118 

Uses . - .  118 

Limestones  between  the  Pittsburg  and  Waynesburg  coals  (Mononga- 

hela  formation) .  119 

Fish  pot  limestone .  119 

Ben  wood  limestone .  119 

Waynesburg  limestone .  121 

Limestones  above  the  Waynesburg  coal  (in  the  Dunkard  group) .  121 

Local  limestones  between  the  Waynesburg  and  Washington  coals.  121 

Limestones  above  the  Washington  coal . 122 

Lower  Washington  limestone .  122 

Middle  Washington  limestone .  123 

Jolly  town  limestone .  124 

Upper  Washington  limestone . .  124 

Prosperity  limestone . 128 

Sandstone  . .  128 

Pittsburg  sandstone .  128 

Waynesburg  sandstone .  128 

Other  sandstones .  129 

Clay  and  shale .  129 

Clay .  129 

Shale . .  1^0 

Water  resources .  130 

Surface  drainage .  130 

Use  of  creek  water . .  -  -  131 

Water  supply  of  Washington .  131 

Other  town  supplies .  132 

Supply  of  the  farming  communities .  133 

Water-bearing  horizons .  133 


CONTENTS. 


7 

Page. 

Topograph  i  c  data .  134 

Triangulation  stations .  134 

Meridian  marks .  138 

Spirit-level  data . 138 

Principal  publications  bearing  on  the  geology  of  the  Amity  quadrangle  and 

vicinity . 140 

Index .  141 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Plate  I.  Economic  geology,  map  of  the  Amity  quadrangle,  with  columnar 

section . .  Pocket. 

II.  Sections  of  deep  wells  in  the  Amity  quadrangle  and  vicinity .  22 

III.  Sketch  map  showing  geologic  structure  in  region  adjacent  to  and  in¬ 

cluding  the  Amity  quadrangle .  38 

IV.  A,  Gantz  well  at  Washington;  B,  Present  appearance  of  oil  operations 

on  the  Willetts  farm,  Washington  oil  field .  44 

V.  Sections  of  Pittsburg  coal  in  the  Amity  quadrangle .  92 

VI.  Sections  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  in  the  Amity  quadrangle .  106 

VII.  A,  Waterfall  over  Ben  wood  limestone,  Union  Township;  B,  Outcrop  of 

Lower  Washington  limestone  on  Smith  Run,  Amwell  Township  ..  120 

VIII.  A ,  Outcrop  of  Pittsburg  coal  at  base  of  Pittsburg  sandstone  in  valley  of 
Fishpot  Run,  East  Bethlehem  Township;  B,  Bluff  of  Waynesburg 
sandstone  at  Lone  Pine  on  Little  Tenmile  Creek .  128 

Fig.  1.  Generalized  section  of  beds  below  the  Pittsburg  coal .  20 

2.  Map  of  oil-  and  gas-producing  areas  in  the  northern  Appalachians _  43 

3.  Map  showing  the  diminution  of  interval  between  the  Pittsburg  coal 

and  the  Gantz  sand .  53 

4.  Map  showing  area  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  bed  in  Pennsylvania .  89 

5.  Generalized  section  of  Pittsburg  coal  bed,  with  names  of  different 

benches .  92 

6.  Sections  of  the  Redstone,  Sewickley,  Waynesburg  “A,”  and  Washing¬ 

ton  coals  in  the  Amity  quadrangle .  102 

7.  Location  of  triangulation  stations  in  and  near  the  Amity  quadrangle  .  134 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  THE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE, 
EASTERN  WASHINGTON  COUNTY,  PA. 


By  Frederick  G.  Clapp. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  Amity  quadrangle  lies  in  the  southwest  corner  of  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  and  includes  a  portion  of  eastern  Washington  County  and  two 
small  areas  in  northern  Greene  County.  It  extends  from  latitude 
40°  to  40°  15'  and  from  longitude  30°  to  80°  15',  and  comprises  an 
area  of  228.4  square  miles.  It  is  bounded  by  the  following  quad¬ 
rangles:  On  the  north  by  Carnegie,  on  the  east  by  Brownsville,  on  the 
south  by  Waynesburg,  and  on  the  west  by  Claysville.  The  largest 
town  is  Washington,  which  had  in  1900  a  population  of  14,117. 

The  principal  lines  of  transportation  in  the  region  are  the  Pitts¬ 
burg,  Cincinnati,  Chicago  and  St.  Louis  division  of  the  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  lines  and  the  Pittsburg  and  Wheeling  branch  of  the  Baltimore 
and  Ohio  Railroad,  both  of  which  pass  through  Washington.  The 
Waynesburg  and  Washington  Railroad,  a  part  of  the  Pennsylvania 
system,  is  a  narrow-gage  line  running  south  from  Washington  to 
Waynesburg,  in  Greene  County.  Along  South  Branch  of  Pigeon 
Creek  a  branch  of  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  has  been  built  as  far 
as  the  mines  at  Three  and  Four. 

The  main  economic  interest  in  this  area  lies  in  the  facts  that  it  has 
been  the  seat  of  extensive  oil  and  gas  development,  and  that  it  is 
almost  entirely  underlain  by  at  least  one  valuable  seam  of  bituminous 
coal.  By  reference  to  fig.  4  (p.  89)  it  will  be  seen  that  the  quad¬ 
rangle  is  located  near  the  center  of  the  north  end  of  the  Pittsburg 
coal  field. 

The  field  work  on  which  this  report  is  based  was  done  by  the  writer 
and  Frank  W.  De  Wolf  in  July  and  August,  1904. 

COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

The  surface  relief  of  a  region  is  always  important  in  connection 
with  the  development  of  its  mineral  resources,  and  in  the  Amity 
quadrangle,  especially,  it  is  necessary  to  know  something  of  the 
topography  in  order  to  plan  for  future  economic  operations.  The 
amount  of  relief  or  difference  in  altitude  between  the  highest  hilltops 

9 


10 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


and  deepest  valleys  in  this  quadrangle  is  moderate,  being  about  700 
feet.  A  great  many  creeks  and  their  tributaries  dissect  the  region 
into  hundreds  of  sharp  ridges  or  knob-like  hilltops,  with  steep  slopes 
extending  to  the  bottoms  of  ravines  which  cut  up  the  territory  in 
every  direction  and  make  it  very  rough. 

The  features  of  greatest  importance  in  the  development  of  the 
region  are  the  main  valleys.  Along  them  the  principal  settlements 
are  situated,  and  they  are  also  generally  utilized  for  through  lines  of 
travel,  both  wagon  roads  and  railroads.  For  instance,  the  valley  of 
Chartiers  Creek  furnishes  sites  for  the  towns  of  Washington  and 
Houston  and  a  direct  route  for  the  branch  of  the  Pittsburg,  Cincin¬ 
nati,  Chicago  and  St.  Louis  Railroad  connecting  with  the  city  of 
Pittsburg.  The  valley  of  Peters  Creek  and  part  of  that  of  Little 
Chartiers  Creek  are  occupied  by  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad 
for  its  route  between  Pittsburg  and  Wheeling  by  way  of  Washington. 
Tenmile  and  Little  Chartiers  creeks  and  all  their  larger  branches  are 
followed  by  main  wagon  roads,  and  in  time  they  will  doubtless  be  par¬ 
alleled  by  railroads.  Tenmile  Creek  affords  a  specially  favorable 
route  for  entering  the  southern  part  of  Washington  County  by  way 
of  Monongahela  River. 

Of  greatest  importance  are  the  relations  of  the  topography  to  the 
coal  industry.  The  Pittsburg  coal  bed,  which  is  the  most  valuable 
seam  in  southwestern  Pennsylvania,  outcrops  for  several  miles  along 
Chartiers  and  Peters  creeks,  and  here  it  is  possible  to  mine  it  by  drift 
and  slope  with  little  difficulty,  and  the  small  mining  settlements  of 
Meadowlands,  Anderson,  Venetia,  and  Hackett  have  sprung  up.  In 
portions  of  the  quadrangle  where  this  seam  does  not  outcrop  the 
valleys  naturally  form  the  most  favorable  locations  in  which  to  reach 
it  by  shafts,  and  hence  operations  have  been  conducted  on  Pigeon 
Creek  for  several  years.  This  creek  flows  eastward  into  Mononga¬ 
hela  River  and  forms  a  convenient  route  by  which  a  branch  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Railroad  reaches  the  mines.  The  valleys  of  Little 
Chartiers  and  Tenmile  creeks  are  suitable  for  this  same  purpose. 

Within  the  last  twenty  years  oil  and  gas  have  been  discovered  in 
paying  quantities  beneath  the  Amity  quadrangle,  and  drilling  has 
been  conducted  on  a  large  scale.  In  prospecting  for  oil  and  gas  the  'i 
valley  bottoms  are  naturally  chosen  as  the  first  sites  for  wells,  because 
the  expense  and  time  required  to  drill  through  several  hundred  feet 
of  rock  in  the  hills  are  thereby  saved.  As  development  of  the  field  • 
progresses,  the  position  of  the  oil  or  gas  belt  becomes  better  known, 
and  later  wells,  being  drilled  in  the  most  favorable  positions  for  find¬ 
ing  the  oil  without  regard  to  topography,  are  widely  scattered  over  j 
the  hills.  Hence,  it  is  apparent  that  the  topography  has  very  little  j 
practical  effect  on  the  oil  and  gas  industry.  The  valley  of  Chartiers 
Creek,  between  Meadowlands  and  Houston,  is  the  site  of  many  large 


STRATIGRAPHY. 


11 


oil  tanks,  in  which  oil  from  the  Washington  and  Greene  county  fields 
is  stored.  Pipe  lines,  however,  follow  both  valleys  and  uplands. 

STRATIGRAPHY. 

GENERAL  STATEMENT. 

With  the  exception  of  a  few  comparatively  recent  deposits  in  the 
valleys,  the  rocks  exposed  at  the  surface  of  the  quadrangle  are  all  of 
Carboniferous  age.  They  belong  chiefly  to  the  Monongahela,  Wash¬ 
ington,  and  Greene  formations,  but  the  Conemaugh  reaches  the  surface 
in  two  small  patches.  The  formations  which  do  not  outcrop,  but 
which  are  penetrated  by  deep  wells,  include,  from  the  top  downward, 
the  Conemaugh,  Allegheny,  Pottsville,  Mauch  Chunk,  and  Pocono 
formations  of  the  Carboniferous  system,  and  part  of  the  Chemung  for¬ 
mation  of  the  Devonian  system.  Below  the  Chemung  lie  thousands 
of  feet  of  buried  strata  which  have  never  been  reached  by  the  drill  in 
this  territory.  The  general  relations  of  the  various  beds  are  shown 
for  the  formations  which  outcrop  in  the  columnar  section  (PI.  I,  in 
pocket),  and  for  those  which  do  not  outcrop  in  fig.  1  (p.  20). 

Although  the  general  relations  of  the  beds  are  fairly  constant,  there 
are  considerable  variations  in  details  in  different  parts  of  the  area. 
Sections  a  number  of  miles  apart,  and  even  those  within  a  short  dis¬ 
tance  of  each  other,  are  likely  to  differ  somewhat  in  the  character  and 
thickness  of  the  various  beds.  This  is  especially  true  of  the  forma¬ 
tions  which  do  not  outcrop,  as  reported  in  well  sections.  Over  widely 
extended  regions,  however,  uniform  conditions  prevailed  and  sedi¬ 
mentation  resulted  in  strata  without  much  variation  at  the  same  hori¬ 
zon.  Such  horizons  serve  useful  purposes  in  geologic  correlation,  and 
are  frequently  of  economic  importance.  The  Pittsburg  coal,  the 
Waynesburg  sandstone,  the  Upper  Washington  limestone,  the  Salt 
sand  and  the  Big  lime  are  examples  of  strata  that  are  persistent  over 
wide  areas.  The  geologic  map  of  the  Amity  quadrangle  is  shown  in 
PI.  I.,  in  pocket. 

SURFACE  ROCKS. 

From  the  highest  to  the  lowest  exposed  horizon  in  this  quadrangle 
the  vertical  thickness  of  the  strata  is  about  1,200  feet,  the  highest 
point  stratigraphically  being  in  the  hills  in  Morris  Township,  Greene 
County.  The  rocks  are  chiefly  sandstones,  limestones,  and  shales, 
but  in  the  Monongahela  and  Washington  formations  several  valuable 
coal  beds  occur. 

CARBONIFEROUS  SYSTEM. 

ROCKS  ABOVE  THE  WAYNESBURG  COAL  (DUNKARD  GROUP  OR  PERMIAN  SERIES). 

THE  GROUP  AS  A  WHOLE. 

Definition. — The  Dunkard  group,  known  in  a  broader  geologic  sense 
as  the  Permian  series,  includes-  all  rocks  from  the  top  of  the  Waynes- 


12  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

burg  coal  up  to  the  uppermost  beds  in  the  Appalachian  basin.  The 
rocks  were  formerly  known  as  the  Upper  Barren  Measures,  for  the 
reason  that  with  rare  exceptions  they  do  not  carry  workable  coal  beds, 
and  they  lie  higher  up  in  the  strata  than  the  Lower  Barren  Measures. 

Character  and  thickness. — In  the  Amity  quadrangle  the  greatest 
thickness  of  the  Dunkard  beds  is  about  750  feet,  in  Morris  Township, 
Greene  County,  in  the  extreme  southwest  corner  of  the  quadrangle. 
The  beds  of  this  group  dip  toward  the  southwest  and  reach  their  maxi¬ 
mum  depth  below  the  surface  somewhere  in  the  vicinity  of  the  head¬ 
waters  of  Dunkard  Creek,  near  the  boundary  between  Pennsylvania 
and  West  Virginia.  In  that  region  some  of  the  hills  reach  altitudes  of 
over  1,100  feet  above  the  base  of  the  group. 

These  rocks  vary  greatly  in  different  regions.  In  general  the}7'  con¬ 
sist  of  shales  and  shaly  sandstones,  but  a  few  more  or  less  persistent 
beds  of  rather  massive  sandstone  are  known,  and  in  the  lower  portion 
of  the  group  there  are  several  important  limestones.  This  portion 
also  contains  a  number  of  coals,  but  they  are  usually  of  little  economic 
value.  In  Greene  County  the  Dunkard  group  carries  many  beds  of 
red  shale.  These  increase  in  importance  toward  the  southwest  and 
are  most  prominent  in  West  Virginia,  but  toward  Washington  County 
they  disappear,  giving  way  entirely  to  the  ordinary  drab  or  yellowish 
shales,  traces  of  which  can  be  seen  in  some  of  the  highest  hills  in  the 
southwestern  part  of  the  quadrangle. 

Division  of  the  group. — The  Dunkard  group  tvas  formerly  considered 
a  formation,  like  the  Conemaugh  and  Monongahela,  but  in  this  area 
the  lower  portion  is  much  more  calcareous  than  the  upper  portion,  and 
contains  several  minor  coal  beds;  it  is  therefore  considered  as  a  dis¬ 
tinct  formation.  The  line  of  division  is  the  top  of  the  Upper  Wash¬ 
ington  limestone,  the  most  persistent  and  most  easily  recognizable 
member  of  the  group.  The  Dunkard  beds  above  this  line  are  known 
as  the  Greene  formation  and  those  below  as  the  Washington  forma¬ 
tion,  from  the  respective  counties  in  which  they  are  typically  devel¬ 
oped. 

ROCKS  ABOVE  THE  UPPER  WASHINGTON  LIMESTONE  (GREENE  FORMATION). 

Character. — In  eastern  Washington  County  no  good  section  of  the 
Greene  formation  has  been  measured.  In  his  report  on  the  Greene 
and  Washington  district  Stevenson®  gives  the  following  section  for 
Center  Township,  Greene  County,  which  is  of  value  to  show  the  gen¬ 
eral  nature  of  the  rocks,  though  there  is  a  wide  variation  in  their  inter¬ 
vals  and  character: 


a  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania.  Rept.  K.,  1876,  p.  35. 


CARBONIFEROUS  SYSTEM. 


13 


Generalized  section  of  the  Greene  formation  in  Greene  County,  a 


Ft.  in. 

Concealed .  80 

Limestone  (XIV) .  Fragments. 

Shale,  reddish .  80 

Limestone  (XIII) .  4 

Sandstone . 50 

Limestone  (XII) .  10 

Sandstone  and  shale .  80 

Limestone  (XI) .  2  6 

Shale,  argillaceous .  12 

Sandstone .  30 

Coal,  Nineveh .  1  8 

Sandstone .  36 

Shale,  bituminous .  1 

Limestone  (X) .  2  Q 

Sandstone,  shaly,  massive  (Fish  Creek) .  100 

Coal,  Dunkard .  1  6 

Limestone  (IXb) .  3 

Sandstone  and  shale .  30 

Limestone  (IXa) .  6-15 

Shale,  sandy .  70 

Limestone  (VIII) . - .  2-5 

Coal .  1  8 

Sandstone . 19-30 

Limestone  (VII) .  2  6 

Sandstone .  31 

Shale  and  iron  ore . 10 

Limestone,  Upper  Washington  (VI) 


In  the  Amity  quadrangle  only  one  coal  in  this  formation,  the  Ten- 
mile,  has  been  opened  at  one  or  two  points.  Several  limestones  are 
distributed  through  the  formation,  but  the  Prosperity  limestone, 
from  100  to  180  feet  above  the  Upper  Washington,  is  the  only  one 
which  seems  to  be  at  all  important. 

Distribution. — In  this  quadrangle  the  rocks  of  the  Greene  formation 
reach  a  maximum  thickness  of  about  400  feet  in  Morris  Township, 
Greene  County,  and  are  best  developed  in  the  southern  and  western 
parts  of  the  quadrangle.  On  the  highlands  along  the  boundary  of 
Greene  County,  south  of  Tenmile  Creek  the  formation  is  continuous, 
having  a  thickness  of  200  to  400  feet,  as  far  east  as  Bissell.  North  of 
Tenmile  Creek  and  west  of  Bane  Creek  it  is  well  developed  through 
Morris,  South  and  North  Franklin  townships  nearly  to  Washington. 
It  forms  the  greater  part  of  northwestern  Amwell  and  southern  South 
Strabane  townships,  and  in  places  attains  a  thickness  of  over  300  feet. 
It  is  well  developed  as  far  north  as  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad, 
but  beyond  appears  only  in  small  isolated  areas.  Throughout  West 
Bethlehem  Township  it  caps  many  of  the  higher  hills  with  a  local 

0  The  numbers  in  parentheses  are  designations  applied  to  the  various  limestones  by  Stevenson  in  his 

report. 


14 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


thickness  of  100  to  150  feet.  Patches  of  it  occur  as  far  north  as 
Odell  and  nearly  to  Ellsworth.  Several  knobs  in  the  vicinity  of 
Denningsville  are  also  capped  by  it. 

ROCKS  BETWEEN  THE  TOP  OF  THE  UPPER  WASHINGTON  LIMESTONE  AND  THE  TOP  OF  THE 
WAYNESBURG  COAL  (WASHINGTON  FORMATION). 

Character. — The  thickness  of  the  Washington  formation  varies,  but 
in  this  quadrangle  is  generally  from  300  to  400  feet.  The  formation 
contains  several  easily  traceable  members,  which  have  been  desig¬ 
nated  by  special  names.  The  following  generalized  section  is  given 
by  Stevenson"  and  is  believed  to  be  a  fair  average  of  the  extreme 
development  of  the  formation  in  this  area: 

Generalized  section  of  the  Washington  formation  in  Washington  County. 

Feet. 

Limestone,  Upper  Washington . 30 

Sandstone  . . . 40 

Coal .  1 

Sandstone .  40 

Limestone,  Middle  Washington .  15 

Sandstones  and  shales .  60 

Limestone . '. .  8 

Sandstone  and  shale .  20 

Shale,  bituminous  or  coal . : .  1 

Limestone,  Lower  Washington . 20 

Coal,  Washington .  10 

Sandstone,  laminated .  12 

Coal,  Little  Washington . 1 

Shale .  6 

Limestone . 20 

Coal,  Waynesburg  ‘‘ B” . 1 

Sandstone . 30 

Limestone .  8 

Coal,  Waynesburg  ‘‘A” .  2 

Sandstone,  Waynesburg . 60 

Stevenson5  also  gives  a  partial  section  of  the  Washington  forma¬ 
tion  on  Cemetery  Hill,  in  the  southern  part  of  Washington,  as  follows: 

Section  on  Cemetery  Hill,  Washington  . 

Feet. 

Limestone ,  U pper  W ashington .  30 

Concealed .  50 

Coal . . . Blossom. 

Imperfectly  exposed . 80 

Limestone,  Lower  Washington . 12 

Coal,  Washington . 7 

Clay .  4 

Sandstone .  9 

Concealed .  10 

Limestone  . 2 


a  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  4*. 


b  Op.  cit.,  p.  248. 


PENNSYLVANIAN  SERIES. 


15 


Distribution. — The  rocks  of  this  formation  cover  a  larger  area  in 
this  quadrangle  than  Chose  of  any  other.  They  occupy  the  surface  of 
nearly  all  the  central  portion,  the  exceptions  being  patches  of  the 
Greene  formation  which  cap  the  hills  along  the  Waynesburg  and 
Nineveh  synclines.  The  formation  also  outcrops  along  the  main 
branches  of  Tenmile  Creek  and  up  its  tributary  valleys  on  the  north. 
On  the  eastern  and  northern  borders  of  the  quadrangle  it  forms  the 
hilltops  and  crests  of  the  ridges  above  the  Monongahela  formation. 

PENNSYLVANIAN  SERIES. 

ROCKS  BETWEEN  THE  TOP  OF  THE  WAYNESBURG  COAL  AND  THE  BOTTOM  OF  THE  PITTSBURG 
COAL  (MONONGAHELA  FORMATION). 

Definition. — The  Monongahela  formation  extends  downward  from 
the  top  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  to  the  bottom  of  the  Pittsburg  coal, 
and  in  this  quadrangle  varies  from  280  to  360  feet  in  thickness.  In 
the  reports  of  the  Second  Geological  Survey  of  Pennsylvania  it  is 
known  as  the  Upper  Productive  Measures,  to  distinguish  it  from  a 
similar  productive  formation  much  lower  in  the  series. 

Character  and  thickness. — The  formation  consists  predominantly  of 
limestones,  but  also  contains  shales,  occasional  sandstones,  and  at 
least  three  valuable  beds  of  coal.  The  best  recorded  section  in  Wash¬ 
ington  County  was  measured  by  I.  C.  White,®  near  West  Brownsville, 
and  is  as  follows : 


Section  of  Monongahela  formation  near  West  Brownsville. 


Coal,  Waynesburg: 

Coal . 

Clay . 

Coal . 

Shale  and  sandstone . 

Shale,  bituminous,  Little  Waynesburg  coal 

Limestone,  Waynesburg . 

Sandstone,  shaly . 

Coal,  Uniontoum . 

Shale  and  sandstone . 

Limestone,  with  thin  shale . 

Coal,  SewicTcley . . . 

Sandstone,  shaly . 

Limestone . . . 

Shale . 

Coal,  Redstone . 

Sandstone  and  shale . 

Coal,  Pittsburg,  roof: 

Coal . ^ . 

Clay . . 

Coal . 

Clay . 

Coal,  Pittsburg,  main  bench . . 


Ft.  in.  Ft.  in. 
10 \ 

3|  3  7 

2  6) 

45 

1  6 
10 
40 

'28 

88 

Blossom. 

32 

30 

20 

1 

45 

3 
3 

1 
1 

7 


368  7 


a  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  65,  1891,  p.  45. 


16 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


On  the  Moses  Smith  farm,  in  Amwell  Township,  one-fourth  mile 
northwest  of  Bissell,  a  diamond-drill  hole  was  once  sunk  to  the  Pitts¬ 
burg  coal,  and  the  record  shows  a  good  section  of  the  Monongahela  and 
part  of  the  Washington  formation.  This  is  the  best  detailed  section 
of  the  rocks  available,  and  is  as  follows: 


Record  of  diamond-drill  hole  near  Bissell. 


Thickness. 

Depth. 

Ft.  in. 

Ft.  in. 

Washington  formation . 

154 

154 

Monongahela  formation: 

Coal,  Waynesburg. . 

6 

160 

Sandstone . 

14 

174 

Limestone  ( W avnesburer  a) _ _ 

16 

Shale,  blue. . . . 

1 

191 

Limestone . 

6 

197 

Shale,  blue . 

12 

209 

Shale,  sandy . . . 

20 

229 

Limestone . 

5 

234 

Shale, .light. . . . 

15 

249 

Limestone . 

7 

256 

Shale,  light. ... 

?(Benwood  limestone) . 

'  10 

266 

Sandstone . 

16 

282 

Limestone . 

2 

284 

Shale,  light .... 

5 

289 

Limestone . 

9 

298 

Shale,  light .... 

7 

305 

Limestone . 

.  39 

344 

Shale,  erav _ 

4 

348 

Shale,  sandy . 

8 

356 

Sandstone,  gray . ~ . . . 

9 

365 

Shale,  light .... 

4 

369 

Shale,  dark,  sandy . 

27 

396 

Limestone  (Fishpot) . . . . . 

32 

428 

Shale,  light. .. . 

4 

432 

Limestone . 

4 

436 

Shale,  light .... 

9 

445 

Shale,  sandy _ 

19 

464 

Sandstone,  gray . 

7 

471 

Slate,  black. . . . 

• 

2 

473 

Slate,  black _ 

1  2 

474  21 

Coal . 

1  4 

Slate,  black . . . 

4 

Coal . 

4 

Slate,  black. . . 

1  4  ! 

Fire  clay . 

Pittsburg  coal . 

5 

’  486  3| 

Slate,  black .. . 

9 

Coal . 

6 

Slate . 

1  3 

Coal . 

5  10 

Slate,  bottom _ 

11 

487  M 

Limestone. 

1 

a  Identifications  in  parentheses  are  supplied  by  the  writer. 


PENNSYLVANIAN  SERIES. 


17 


A  section  was  once  exposed  in  a  shaft  sunk  to  the  Pittsburg  coal 
opposite  the  Chestnut  street  station,  in  Washington^  The  upper  29 
feet  6  inches  of  this  belongs  to  the  Washington  formation,  and  the 
8-inch  coal  is  the  Waynesburg  seam. 

Section  in  old  shaft,  Washington. 


Ft.  in. 

Washington  formation .  29  6 

Monongahcla  formation : 

Coal  {Waynesburg) .  8 

Shale,  gray .  6 

Sandstone .  5 

Limestone  and  shale  (Benwood  limestone),  etc .  170 

Slate,  black  .* * .  12 

Limestone,  gray  (Fishpot) .  13 

Shale,  blue .  50 

Sandstone  (Pittsburg) .  15 

Shale . ’ .  3 

Coal,  Pittsburg . 5  Q 


280  8 


About  1^  miles  north  of  Washington  is  the  old  Enterprise  shaft, 
sunk  to  the  Pittsburg  coal  many  years  ago.6  This  gives  only  a  partial 
section  of  the  formation,  as  the  remaining  rocks  lie  above  the  surface. 


Partial  section  of  Monongahela  formation  in  Enterprise  shaft,  11  miles  north  of  Washington. 


Soil . 

Limestone . . 

Coal,  Seunckley .  : . . 

Limestone . 

Shale . 

Coal,  Redstone . 

Sandstone . 

Shale . 

Coal,  Pittsburg: 
Roof  division . 

Clay . 

Lower  division 


Ft.  in.  Ft.  in. 
4 
45 

30 

45 

3 

20 

1 


1  \  8  10 
5  101 


The  principal  evidence  of  the  thickness  of  the  formation  is  from  a 
number  of  oil  and  gas  wells  which  record  both  the  Waynesburg  and 
Pittsburg  coals.  Although  it  is  necessary  to  make  an  allowance  of 
a  few  feet  for  inaccuracies  of  measurement,  these  indicate  that  the 
formation  is  not  at  all  uniform  in  thickness.  The  following  is  a  list 
of  wells  giving  the  measurements  between  the  top  .of  the  Waynes¬ 
burg  and  the  bottom  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  in  various  parts  of  the 
quadrangle. 

a  Stevenson,  J.  J.,  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  248. 

*  Stevenson,  J  J.,  op.  cit.,  p.  240. 

Bull.  300—07 - 2 


18 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  UA. 

Thickness  of  Monongahela  formation  in  Amity  quadrangle. 


No. 
on 
PI.  I. 


234 

273 

285 

295 

297 

299 


Name  of  well. 

Location. 

Thickness  \ 
of  Monon-  j 
gahela  for¬ 
mation.  < 

Amwell  Township . 

«  345 

do  . 

*  336 

N  T  niarlf  No  1  . 

Borough  of  Deemston . 

do  . 

339 

340 

do . . 

338 

do  . - . 

348 

do . ! 

366 

do . i 

345 

dO . . 

347 

do  . 

337 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  5.... . 

Blakeley  No.  1  . 

East  Bethlehem  Township . 

a  363 

TVT  A  T  TT  o  i  n  G  "Wn  9 

Borough  of  Beallsville . 

340 

MlS.  A.  ±J.  XldvvKlIlb  1NU.  ^ . 

Eaton  I/use  heirs  No.  1 . 

do . 

326 

Bristor  Bros  ,  No.  3  . 

Morris  Township,  Greene  County . 

a353 

Elmas  Carey,  No.  1.  . . 

*  Morris  Township,  Washington  County  . . 

320 

do . 

321 

J  C  Mounts  . 

North  Franklin  Township . 

Washington  Floral  Co . - 

South  Strabane  Township . 

352 

NT  T'  Plorlr  lSJr*  9 

West  Bethlehem  Township . 

340 

IN  .  1.  Vslell  K  IN  U.  & . 

T  G  o  vtiTi  Yf  a  "| 

do . 

337 

j  .  l.  Mar  mi  in  o.  i . 

do  . . 

a  323 

j  Joseph  Ross  No.  1.. . - . 

T  n  G  Q  o  vcron  t  Yf  a  9 

do . . 

a  348 

TViomnaon  Mr  QoUTTIQ  T1  GaqI  G  A  NT  O  1 

do  . . 

350 

inompson  cz  oeanian  vu<u  i  -- 

o  I?  +  P  NT  1 

West  Pike  Run  Township . 

o308 

340 

«  In  this  instance  the  bottom  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  is  not  given;  it  is  estimated  as  being  8  feet  (the 
average  distance)  below  the  top  of  the  bed. 


By  comparison  of  these  records  it  will  be  seen  that  while  the  lesser  j 
measurements  are  generally  more  abundant  in  the  western  portion  j 
there  are  also  points  in  West  Pike  Run  and  West  Bethlehem  town-j 
ships,  etc.,  where  the  thickness  is  but  little  over  300  feet.  Thick¬ 
nesses  of  345  feet  and  352  feet  are  reported  in  western  Amwell  and  in 
South  Strabane  townships.  In  general,  however,  the  Monongahela 
formation  in  southwestern  Pennsylvania  grows  thinner  toward  the; 
northwest.  In  the  northern  part  of  this  quadrangle  no  records  are 
obtainable  which  report  both  coals,  but  from  estimates  of  the  interval 
made  by  subtracting  elevations  of  the  Pittsburg  coal,  as  reported  in 
wells,  from  those  of  neighboring  outcrops  of  the  Waynesburg  coal] 
the  thickness  in  that  region  seems  to  average  less  than  300  feet. 
Distribution—  The  formation  outcrops  mostly  near  the  northerr 
and  eastern  edges  of  the  territory,  but  it  also  reaches  the  surface  foi 
about  a  mile  on  Little  Tenmile  Creek  at  Lone  Pine.  In  the  north¬ 
west  corner  of  the  quadrangle  it  covers  the  entire  area  west  and  nortl 
of  Chartiers  Creek,  with  the  exception  of  a  stretch  near  the  man 
valley,  occupied  by  Conemaugh  rocks  and  Quaternary  deposits;  anc 


STRATIGRAPHY. 


19 


it  occupies  a  strip  over  a  mile  wide  on  the  hillsides  southeast  of  and 
parallel  with  the  creek.  In  the  valley  of  Little  Chartiers  Creek  it 
extends  from  the  edge  of  the  quadrangle  as  far  south  as  Wylandville 
and  outcrops  up  the  side  valleys  for  2  or  3  miles.  In  the  northeast 
corner  of  the  quadrangle  nearly  all  of  the  area  north  of  the  Williams¬ 
port  pike  and  east  of  a  line  drawn  northward  along  Snipe  Run,  with 
the  exception  of  a  few  hilltops,  is  covered  by  rocks  of  the  Mononga- 
hela  formation.  A  small  area  along  Peters  Creek  consists  of  Cone- 
maugh  and  Quaternary  deposits.  The  Monongahela  formation  out¬ 
crops  on  the  several  branches  of  Pigeon  Creek  as  far  as  Emery  and 
Yanceville,  and  nearly  to  Three  and  Four.  It  also  forms  the  greater 
portion  of  the  area  southeast  of  Zollarsville  and  Spring  Hill. 

ROCKS  WHICH  DO  NOT  OUTCROP. 

GENERAL  STATEMENT. 

Sources  of  knowledge. — Information  concerning  the  rocks  which  do 
not  outcrop  is  derived  entirely  from  the  records  of  deep  wells  bored 
for  gas  and  oil,  and  is,  therefore,  somewhat  imperfect.  In  many  cases 
records  have  been  carelessly  kept  and  beds  important  from  a  geologic 
standpoint,  such  as  coals,  bands  of  red  rock,  or  limestones,  have  been 
overlooked  or  not  recorded.  In  many  cases  only  the  oil  and  gas  sands 
have  been  noted,  thus  leaving  great  gaps  in  the  records.  The  meth¬ 
ods  of  measurement  also  introduce  some  errors.  While  measure¬ 
ments  to  the  principal  oil  and  gas  sands  are  frequently  made  by  steel 
line,  and  are  accurate,  the  depths  and  thicknesses  of  the  various  beds 
are  generally  determined  by  counting  the  turns  of  the  cable  on  the 
shaft  of  the  bull  wheel,  and  errors  may  easily  occur.  In  deep  wells 
the  stretching  of  the  cable  may  cause  an  error  of  considerable  magni¬ 
tude.  The  difficulty  of  identifying  rocks  by  the  relative  ease  with 
which  the  drill  penetrates  them  and  by  the  drillings  brought  up  in  the 
sand  pump  is  also  likely  to  be  a  source  of  error.  To  this  cause  may 
be  due  many  of  the  lithologic  variations  recorded  in  well  sections.  It 
may  thus  happen  that  important  beds  which  are  not  recorded  are  not 
really  absent,  but  have  been  overlooked.  In  some  cases  a  heavy 
sandstone  in  one  well  might  change  to  a  highly  arenaceous  shale  or 
shaly  sandstone  in  a  near-by  well,  and  thus  be  regarded  as  “slate”  or 
shale.  At  best,  observations  on  rocks  in  deep-well  sections  must  be 
confined  almost  wholly  to  their  lithologic  character.  It  is  usually 
impossible  to  learn  anything  of  the  fossils  by  which  the  ages  of  the 
rocks  might  be  determined. 

Thickness. — The  greatest  thickness  of  the  rocks  pierced  by  the 
drill  in  the  Amity  quadrangle  is  in  the  Mrs.  A.  L.  Hawkins  No.  1  well 
(31a),  1.2  miles  southwest  of  Beallsville.  The  total  depth  of  this 

a  Numbers  in  parentheses  refer  to  locations  of  wells  on  the  map  (PI.  I,  in  pocket)  and  records  given  in 
the  table,  pp.  70-87. 


20 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


well  is  3,611  feet,  or  3,186  feet  below  the  Pittsburg  coal.  As  the  lowest 

exposed  horizon  in  the  quadrangle 
is  only  a  few  feet  below  this  coal, 
the  thickness  of  the  nonexposed 


Fig.  i. — Generalized  section  of  beds  below  the 
Pittsburg  coal. 


rocks  in  the  well  is  about  3,150 
feet.  Most  of  the  wells  in  that 
part  of  the  quadrangle  average 
from  2,500  to  3,100  feet  in  depth. 
In  the  northwestern  part  they  are 
shallower,  averaging  not  more 
than  2,300  to  2,900  feet.  In 
neighboring  portions  of  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  several  deeper  wells  have 
been  drilled.  The  deepest  of 
these  is  a  well  12  miles  southeast 
of  Pittsburg,  which  penetrated  to 
a  depth  of  5,575  feet  and  is  the 
deepest  well  in  the  United  States. 
It  started  130  feet  below  the 
Pittsburg  coal.  A  very  deep  well 
has  also  been  drilled  near  Mc¬ 
Cracken,  in  the  western  part  of 
Greene  County. 

Datum  horizon. — The  Pittsburg 
coal,  underlying  nearly  the  entire 
quadrangle,  is  the  most  persistent 
and  most  easily  identifiable  hori¬ 
zon  in  southwestern  Pennsylvania, 
and  is  always  recognized  by  well 
drillers,  who  make  their  calcula¬ 
tions  of  the  depth  to  underlying 


oil  and  gas  sands  with  reference 
to  it.  In  this  report  this  coal  is 
erefore  used  as  a  datum  horizon,  to  which  the  depths  of  other  beds 
e  generally  referred. 


CARBONIFEROUS  SYSTEM. 

PENNSYLVANIAN  SERIES. 

EOCKS  BETWEEN  THE  rlTTSBDEG  AND  UPPER  FREEPORT  COALS  (CONEMACGH 

formation). 


Definition— The  rocks  known  as  the  Conemaugh  formation  com¬ 
prise  all  those  included  between  the  Pittsburg  coal  at  the  top  and  the 
Upper  Freeport  coal  at  the  base,  both  coals  being  excluded  from  the 
formation.  In  the  reports  of  the  Second  Geological  Survey  these 
rocks  were  called  the  Lower  Barren  Measures.  . 

Thickness.— i The  thickness  of  the  Conemaugh  formation  in  Penn¬ 
sylvania  varies  from  500  to  over  700  feet.  In  this  quadrangle  it  is 


PENNSYLVANIAN  SERIES. 


21 


known  only  from  well  records,  and  as  in  the  great  majority  of  cases  no 
coal  has  been  recorded  below  the  Pittsburg,  not  many  data  are  at  hand 
by  which  to  judge  the  intervals.  A  few  records,  however,  report  the 
“  Connellsville  ”  coal,  which  is  believed  to  be  equivalent  to  the  Upper 
Freeport  bed  of  the  Allegheny  Valley.  The  C.  M.  Reed  well,  in  North 
Strabane  Township,  reports  the  interval  as  600  feet  from  the  top  of  the 
Pittsburg  to  the  top  of  the  Freeport.  The  Reed  well  (265) ,  in  the  bor¬ 
ough  of  Washington,  records  the  same  interval  as  595  feet.  If  8  feet 
is  allowed  for  the  probable  thickness  of  the  Pittsburg  coal,  the  thick¬ 
ness  of  the  Conemaugh  in  the  two  wells  is  592  and  587  feet,  respec¬ 
tively.  A  number  of  wells  in  the  gas  field  between  Zollarsville  and 
Beallsville  report  the  Freeport  coal,  and  the  computed  intervals  are 
given  under  the  heading  “Coal”  (pp.  88-117). 

Character. — The  Conemaugh  formation  consists  principally  of  alter¬ 
nating  shale,  sandstone,  and  sandy  shale,  although  thin  limestones  and 
occasional  coals  are  known  to  occur  in  it.  In  many  places  in  south¬ 
western  Pennsylvania  it  contains  a  number  of  beds  of  red  shale  of 
variable  thickness.  These  do  not  occur  at  any  regular  horizon,  but 
lie  usually  in  the  upper  400  feet  of  the  formation.  The  Murphy  and 
Little  and  Big  Dunkard  sands  of  the  drillers,  corresponding,  respec¬ 
tively,  to  the  Morgantown,  Saltsburg,  and  Mahoning  sandstones  on 
the  surface,  are  in  this  formation.  Probably  the  most  detailed  sec¬ 
tion  of  the  Conemaugh  in  the  Amity  quadrangle  is  that  recorded  in 
the  Matilda  Davis  No.  2  well  (29),  in  the  borough  of  Deemston. 
The  section  is  as  follows: 

Section  of  Conemaugh  formation  in  Matilda  Davis  No.  2  well,  Deemston  Township. 


Feet. 

Coal,  Pittsburg. 

Lime .  45 

Slate . 20 

Lime .  35 

Slate .  13 

Lime .  25 

Red  rock .  10 

Lime  shells  a . 45 

Slate .  10 

Lime .  13 

Slate .  5 

Lime...  .  15 

Sand .  8 

Lime .  25 

Sand .  25 

Lime . .' .  8 

Red  rock .  31 

Lime .  12 


a  Almost  all  deep-well  records  contain  frequent  reports  of  such  occurrences  as  “slate  and  shells,” 
“sand  and  shells,”  or  simply  “shells.”  The  “shells”  referred  to  are  not  fossil  shells  of  organisms,  as 
in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  word,  but  consist  of  alternating  thin  layers  (“shelly  layers”)  of  shale 

or  sandstone. 


22  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

Section  of  Conemaugh  formation  in  Matilda  Davis  No.  2  well ,  etc. — Continued. 

Feet. 


Slate .  60 

Lime .  5 

Sand . 43 

Slate .  12 

Lime .  50 

Slate .  7 

Lime .  31 

Slate . 35 

Lime .  9 


597 

Coal,  Upper  Freeport. 

The  complete  record  of  this  well  is  given  graphically  in  PI.  II.  It 
is  probable  that  this  is  not  strictly  accurate,  owing  to  the  difference 
between  the  drillers’  and  geologists’  interpretation  of  certain  beds. 
Such  possible  discrepancies  should  be  kept  in  mind  in  studying  any 
record.  It  is  especially  probable  in  this  particular  case  that  some  of 
the  limestone  noted  is  in  reality  hard  sandstone,  because  in  regions 
where  the  Conemaugh  formation  outcrops  it  contains  only  a  small 
proportion  of  limestone. 

On  account  of  the  variability  of  the  strata  and  frequent  inaccura¬ 
cies  in  drillers’  interpretations  two  sections  are  given  below. 

The  section  of  the  J.  L.  Thompson  No.  5  well  (48)  is  better  than  the 
average. 

Section  of  Conemaugh  formation  in  the  J.  L.  Thompson  No.  5  well,  borough  of  Deemston. 

Feet. 


Coal,  Pittsburg. 

Slate .  15 

Lime .  25 

Slate .  60 

Red  rock .  10 

Slate . 40 

Lime .  30 

Slate .  20 

Sand,  Murphy .  45 

Red  rock . 60 

Lime .  30 

Red  rock .  20 

Sand,  white .  40 

Slate,  black .  40 

Slate .  50 

Sand,  Dunkard  a .  50 


549 

Coal,  Upper  Freeport. 

a  The  word  “sand”  in  all  discussions  of  the  solid  rock  of  this  area  is  used  in  the  sense  for  which  it  was 
coined  by  the  well  drillers,  meaning  any  sandy  stratum. 


forma- 


U 


LIAM  CRUM- 
E  NO.  1;  1.2 
northeast  of 
llarsville; 

lee  p.  24.) 


BULLETIN  NO.  300  PL.  II 


A.  B.  Crumrine 
No.  l ;  l  mile  east- 
northeast  of  Zol- 
larsville;  elev., 
865. 

(See  p.  26.) 


Matilda  Davis 
No.  2:  0.7  mile 
east  of  Zollars- 
ville;  elev..  840. 
(See  p.  21.) 


*  m  m  9  m  m 


PENNSYLVANIAN  SERIES. 


23 


The  original  Gantz  well  at  Washington  shows  a  fair  section  of  the 
Conemaugh,  although  in  this  well  the  base  of  the  formation  is  rather 
ndefinite. 

Section  of  Conemaugh  formation  in  the  Gantz  well ,  Washington. 


Feet. 

Coal,  Pittsburg. 

Sandstone ,  sof  t .  10 

Slate .  12 

Shells,  hard .  . .  2 

Slate . - .  10 

Sandstone ,  hard ,  gray .  11 

Slate .  30 

Sandstone,  white,  soft . I . <. .  10 

Slate .  51 

Sandstone,  very  hard .  80 

Slate .  10 

Limestone .  5 

Slate .  15 

Red  rock .  60 

Slate  and  shells .  40 

Red  rock . 25 

Slate . 32 

Red  rock .  25 

Sandstone,  white . 1 . , . . .  20 

Slate  and  shells . - .  100 

Sandstone,  hard,  gray .  100 


648 

Coal  and  slate. 

As  this  total  is  greater  than  the  usual  thickness  of  the  Conemaugh 
formation  there  is  some  doubt  whether  the  “coal  and  slate”  occupies 
exactly  the  Upper  Freeport  horizon;  but  the  lower  limit  of  the  forma¬ 
tion  is  approximately  correct. 

In  PL  II  are  given  records  of  eleven  typical  wells  in  the  quadrangle, 
and  by  comparison  of  these  records  the  relations  of  the  various  beds 
described  and  the  limits  of  the  formation  can  be  seen.  The  coals 
denoting  the  upper  and  lower  limits  of  the  Conemaugh  formation  are 
shown  in  solid  black,  sandstone  by  dotted  s}unbols,  slate  or  shale  by 
continuous  or  broken  parallel  lines,  limestone  by  the  block  symbol,  and 
sandy  shale  by  a  combination  of  lines  and  dots.  The  correlation 
lines  other  than  for  coals  are  represented  by  dotted  lines. 

ROCKS  BETWEEN  THE  TOP  OF  THE  UPPER  FREEPORT  COAL  AND  THE  TOP  OF  THE 
POTTSVILLE  SANDSTONE  (ALLEGHENY  FORMATION). 

Definition. — -Underlying  the  Conemaugh  is  the  Allegheny  forma¬ 
tion,  which  may  be  defined  as  extending  downward  from  the  top  of 
the  Upper  Freeport  coal  to  the  top  of  the  Pottsville  sandstone.  This 
is  the  formation  in  which  nearly  all  the  workable  coal  beds  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  Pennsylvanian  series  occur.  It  was  for  a  long  time  known 


24 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


by  the  name  Lower  Productive  Measures,  to  distinguish  it  from  the 
productive  formation  which  lies  above  the  Conemaugh. 

Thickness. — Where  exposed  in  western  Pennsylvania  the  Allegheny 
varies  in  thickness  from  270  to  370  feet,  averaging  about  300  feet.  It 
is  difficult  to  make  any  very  definite  determinations  in  a  region  where 
so  few  complete  well  records  have  been  kept;  but  in  general  the  300- 
foot  average  is  believed  to  hold. 

Character. — The  Allegheny  formation  consists  of  sandstone,  shale, 
coal  beds,  and  occasional  thin  limestones.  In  the  vicinity  of  Con- 
nellsville  and  in  the  Beaver  Valley,  the  nearest  points  where  the  forma¬ 
tion  is  exposed,  it  commonly  contains  several  valuable  coal  beds. 

The  general  character  and  sequence  of  strata  are  shown  by  several 
well  sections  in  the  borough  of  Deemston,  as  follows : 

Section  of  Allegheny  formation  in  the  J.  L.  Thompson  No.  5  well  (48),  borough  of  Deemston. 

Feet. 


Coal,  Upper  Freeport .  5 

Slate .  25 

Lime  (Upper  Freeport  limestone) .  15 

Slate  .1 .  80 

Gas  sand .  45 

Slate . •. .  25 

Slate,  black .  25 

Sand .  25 

Lime  (Vanport  limestone?) .  15 

Slate,  black .  50 


310 


Section  of  Allegheny  formation  in  the  A.  B.  Crumrine  No.  1  well  (24),  borough  of  Deemston. 


Coal,  Upper  Freeport . 

Slate . 

Lime  (Upper  Freeport  limestone) 

Slate . . 

Sand . 


Feet 

4 

4 

30 

20 

38 


Slate,  white . 

Slate,  black . . 

Sand . 

Slate . . 

Lime  (Vanport  limestone?) 

Slate . 

Sand . 

Lime . 


37 

40 

55 

30 

20 

29 

25 

5 

317 


The  limestone  bed  occurring  near  the  top  of  these  sections  is  probably 
the  Upper  Freeport  limestone.  The  thin  limestone  50  to  60  feet  above 
the  bottom  may  be  the  Vanport.  The  sandstones  of  the  formation 
are  several  in  number  and  variable  in  their  occurrence.  Only  one  of 
them,  the  Gas  sand,  is  reported  by  well  drillers.  This  generally 


MISSISSIPPI  AN  SERIES. 


25 


corresponds  with,  the  Kittanning  bed  of  the  surface,  but  sometimes  with 
the  Clarion  or  even  with  the  Freeport  sandstone. 

POTTSVILLE  SANDSTONE,  OR  SALT  SAND  (POTTSVILLE  FORMATION). 

Definition. — The  Pottsville  formation,  frequently  known  as  11  the 
conglomerate,”  is  the  lowest  in  the  Pennsylvanian  series.  It  occurs 
directly  beneath  the  Allegheny  formation,  and  usually  lies  uncon- 
formably  on  the  Mauch  Chunk.  In  some  regions,  however,  it  rests 
directly  on  the  Burgoon  or  Big  Injun  sandstone.  The  Pottsville  for¬ 
mation  is  the  Salt  sand  of  well  drillers. 

Character  and  thickness. — In  portions  of  Pennsylvania  where  it  is 
exposed  the  Pottsville  consists  of  two  or  more  very  massive  and  fre¬ 
quently  conglomeratic  sandstones,  in  some  places  separated  by  thin 
shales,  carrying  fire  clay  and  coal  beds.  As  recorded  in  wells  in  the 
Amity  quadrangle,  the  formation  is  a  sandstone  varying  from  60  to  170 
feet  in  thickness  and  is  frequently  composed  of  two  members,  which 
probably  correspond  with  the  Homewood  and  Connoquenessing  sand¬ 
stones  of  the  Beaver  Valley.  Between  them  a  bed  of  shale  10  to  30 
feet  thick  is  sometimes  reported  and  is  probably  equivalent  to  the 
Mercer  member  of  other  parts  of  Pennsylvania.  Occasionally  a 
record  reports  limestone  in  the  Pottsville.  The  formation  is  a  great 
source  of  salt  water,  which  is  encountered  in  drilling. 

MIS  SIS  SIPPI  AN  SERIES. 

ROCKS  BETWEEN  THE  POTTSVILLE  (“SALT  SAND”)  AND  BURGOON  (“BIG  INJUN”)  SAND¬ 
STONES  (MAUCH  CHUNK  formation). 

Definition. — The  Mauch  Chunk  formation  may  be  defined  as  the 
rocks  included  between  the  Pottsville  formation  above  and  the  Bur¬ 
goon  (Big  Injun)  sandstone  below.  The  lower  portion  of  the  forma¬ 
tion  consists  of  a  thick  limestone,  known  to  drillers  as  the  Big  lime. 
This  is  identical  with  the  Greenbrier  limestone,  which  outcrops  on 
Chestnut  Ridge  and  Laurel  Hill  to  the  east  and  which  was  called  by 
the  Second  Geological  Survey  the  Mountain  limestone.  The  Mauch 
Chunk  is  frequently  spoken  of  as  the  Mauch  Chunk  red  shale,  but 
this  designation  is  hardly  appropriate,  because  in  addition  to  the 
limestone  it  also  contains  shale  of  other  colors  and,  locally,  sandstone. 

Character  and  thickness.- — The  Mauch  Chunk  formation  is  variable 
in  this  part  of  Pennsylvania,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  accompanying 
sample  sections.  In  many  records  uncertainty  exists  regarding  the 
upper  limit  of  the  formation,  but  in  the  absence  of  definite  informa¬ 
tion  the  top  is  generally  considered  as  coincident  with  the  bottom  of 
the  thick  sandstone  overlying  the  red  shale.  The  following  records 
are  typical  of  those  in  the.Zollarsville  field  and  vicinity.  The  great¬ 
est  thickness  recorded  is  about  200  feet,  in  the  J.  L.  Thompson  and 
other  wells.  From  50  to  90  feet  of  this  is  red  shale,  50  to  100  feet  at 
the  bottom  is  limestone,  and  the  rest  is  shale. 


26 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


Section  of  Mauch  Chunk  formation  in  the  A.  C.  Mitchell  well,  West  Pike  Run  Township 

Feet. 


Slate.... .  29 

Red  rock .  10 

Slate .  10 

Red  rock . 15 

Lime .  11 

Slate .  15 

Little  lime . * .  8 

Lime,  red .  17 

Lime,  wliite,  Big  lime .  45 


Sand,  Big  Injun. 


160 


Section  of  Mauch  Chunk  formation  in  the  J.  L.  Thompson  No.  5  well  (4$),  borough  of 

Deemston. 


Feet. 


Slate,  white .  20 

Red  rock  — . - .  5 

Pink  rock . -  52 

Red  rock .  35 

Slate .  15 

Little  lime .  10 

Slate . 10 

Big  lime .  45 


Sand,  Big  Injun. 


192 


Section  of  Mauch  Chunk  formation  in  the  A.  B.  Crumrine  well  (24),  borough  of  Deemston. 

Feet. 


Slate . . .  10 

Lime .  4 

Slate .  0 

Lime . 10 

Red  rock .  15 

Lime .  0 

Red  rock .  24 

Slate .  3 

Lime .  12 

Slate . - .  13 


Little  lime .  3 

Slate . -  5 

Big  lime . .  50 

171 

Sand,  Big  Injun. 

These  sections  show  a  fair  agreement  in  the  character  of  the  forma¬ 
tion,  though  it  will  be  seen  that  there  is  considerable  variation  in  the 
occurrence  of  the  red  beds. 

No  sections  from  the  western  and  northwestern  parts  of  the  quad¬ 
rangle  can  be  given  on  account  of  the  extremely  indefinite  nature 
of  the  upper  limit  and  the  lack  of  complete  records.  In  general,  the 
interval  between  the  Salt  and  Big  Injun  sands  becomes  thinner  in 


MISSISSIPPI  AN  SERIES. 


27 


that  direction.  In  the  Gantz  well,  for  instance,  the  interval  from  the 
Pittsburg  coal  to  the  top  of  the  Big  Injun  sand  is  only  1,111  feet. 
On  the  assumption  that  600  feet  is  the  most  probable  thickness  of 
the  Conemaugh,  300  feet  of  the  Allegheny,  and  150  feet  of  the  Potts- 
ville,  there  is  left  only  61  feet  for  the  Mauch  Chunk.  According  to 
correlations  in  PI.  IV  (p.  44),  the  thickness  in  this  well  may  amount 
to  as  much  as  107  feet,  consisting  of  77  feet  of  black  shale  and  30  feet 
of  limestone;  but  even  this  thickness  is  much  less  than  that  of  the 
formation  in  other  parts  of  the  quadrangle. 

Unconformity. — The  irregularity  in  thickness  of  this  formation  is 
prominent  throughout  western  Pennsylvania,  and  is  caused  by  an 
unconformity  between  the  Mauch  Chunk  and  Pottsville  formations, 
due  to  erosion  after  the  deposition  of  the  Mauch  Chunk,  and  preced¬ 
ing  that  of  the  Pottsville.  Owing  to  this  feature  the  Mauch  Chunk 
dies  out  entirely  toward  the  north  and  west.  The  thinning  is  illus¬ 
trated  by  many  of  the  well  sections  in  the  Burgettstown  quadrangle, 
northwest  of  the  Amity.  For  instance,  in  the  McKnight  No.  3  well, 
in  Chartiers  Township,  the  interval  from  the  top  of  the  Salt  sand  to 
the  top  of  the  Big  Injun  is  only  about  190  feet.  In  some  wells  in 
Smith  Township  it  is  as  low  as  100  feet.  Nowhere  in  this  area  is 
red  shale  reported  in  the  interval.  In  two  Caltergahn  wells  in 
Chartiers  Township  35  and  103  feet  of  black  shale  are  reported.  In 
certain  wells  in  the  Burgettstown  quadrangle  this  shale  is  entirely 
missing,  and  the  Salt  sand  rests  directly  upon  the  Big  Injun.  One 
such  occurrence  has  been  reported  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Amity 
quadrangle,  in  the  Thomas  Templeton  No.  1  well  (111),  at  Linden. 

Just  where  the  Mauch  Chunk  formation  disappears,  whether  the 
black  shale  between  the  Salt  and  Big  Injun  sands  is  Mauch  Chunk 
or  Pottsville,  and  whether  all  reports  of  the  running  together  of  the 
sands  are  correct,  are  questions  which  at  this  date  can  not  be  defi¬ 
nitely  answered. 

Greenbrier  limestone  ( Big  lime). — This  bed  is  well  developed  be¬ 
neath  the  greater  portion  of  the  quadrangle,  but  northwest  of  Wash¬ 
ington  it  seems  to  die  out.  A  thinning  toward  the  north  has  also 
been  noticed  by  Campbell  in  the  Latrobe  and  other  quadrangles. 
The  disappearance  of  the  Greenbrier  toward  the  northwest  is  entirely 
independent  of  the  unconformity  mentioned  above. 

From  the  well  sections  it  will  be  seen  that  the  limestone  is  frequently 
double,  and  this  feature  becomes  more  conspicuous  toward  the  south¬ 
west.  The  upper  bed  is  known  as  the  Little  lime  and  the  lower  bed 
as  the  Big  lime,  and  they  are  usually  separated  by  a  thin,  soft  shale, 
which  breaks  up  in  a  very  peculiar  manner  into  small  pieces  about 
the  size  of  a  slate  pencil.  The  drill  sinks  rapidly  in  this  shale  as  it 
emerges  from  the  hard  limestone  above,  and  the  shale  tends  to  “cave 
in”  after  removal  of  the  drill.  The  parting  is  therefore  known  to 
the  drillers  as  the  Pencil  cave. 


28  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

ROCKS  BETWEEN  THE  GREENBRIER  LIMESTONE  AND  THE  CATSKILL  RED  BEDS  (POCONO 

FORMATION). 

General  statement. — The  Pocono  is  the  lowest  formation  in  the  Car¬ 
boniferous  system.  Its  uppermost  member,  which  corresponds  with 
the  Big  Injun  sand  of  the  drillers  (Burgoon  sandstone  of  the  Alle¬ 
gheny  Front),  extends  downward  300  to  900  feet,  according  to  differ¬ 
ent  authorities.  Considerable  doubt  exists  as  to  the  true  position  of 
its  base,  as  there  is  a  strong  resemblance  between  the  rocks  contained 
in  it  and  those  of  the  Chemung  formation  at  the  top  of  the  Devonian, 
and  even  where  they  outcrop  it  is  difficult  to  draw  a  definite  line  of 
separation  between  them.  Such  a  boundary  can  be  accurately  defined 
only  on  the  evidence  of  fossils,  and  in  a  region  where  the  only  infor¬ 
mation  comes  from  well  sections  no  fossils  are  known.  The  weight  of 
evidence  in  regard  to  the  position  of  this  boundary  seems  to  be  in 
favor  of  the  lowest  limit  (over  800  feet),  and  in  this  report  it  is  drawn 
provisionally  at  the  top  of  a  group  of  red  shales  just  below  the  base  of 
the  Fifty-foot  sand.a 

Character  and  thickness. — If  the  boundary  as  just  defined  is  correct, 
the  average  thickness  of  the  Pocono  formation  in  the  wells  where  its 
red-shale  base  can  be  determined  is  875  feet.  One  of  the  best  sections 
of  the  formation  is  that  of  the  J.  L.  Thompson  No.  4  well  (47),  given 
below : 

Section  of  Pocono  formation  in  the  J.  L.  Thompson  No.  U  well ,  borough  of  Deemston 


Feet 

Sand,  Big  Injun .  60 

Break .  12 

Sand,  Big  Injun,  bottom  portion . 200 

Slate .  40 

Sand,  Squaw . 130 

Slate  and  shells . 130 

Sand,  Thirty-foot . 60 

Red  rock  (Bedford?) . .  10 

Slate  and  shells .  50 

Sand,  Gantz . 20 

Slate .  20 

Fifty-foot  sand .  25 

Slate  and  shells .  15 

Sand .  20 

Slate  and  sand  shells .  40 

Sand .  10 

Slate  and  shells .  20 


862 

Directly  below  the  bottom  of  this  section  is  10  feet  of  red  rock,  which 
is  considered  the  top  of  the  Devonian  system.  The  Thompson  section 
is  fairly  typical,  but  for  comparison  a  second  section,  that  of  the  Luse 
well  (15)  near  Beallsville,  is  given. 


a  For  a  discussion  of  the  evidence  on  the  position  of  this  boundary,  see  the  Amity  folio  (No.  144), 
Geologic  Atlas  U.  S. 


MISSISSIPPI  AN  SERIES. 


29 


Section  of  Pocono  formation  in  the  Luse  well  near  Beallsville. 

Feet. 


Sand,  Big  Injun .  290 

Slate .  20 

Slate  shells .  45 

Sand .  113 

Slate  shells . 36 

Lime . - .  65 

Slate .  6 

Lime .  21 

Slate . 5 

Slate  shells .  14 

Hard  lime .  20 

Red  rock  (Bedford?) .  20 

Lime .  5 

Slate . 17 

Lime .  13 

Sand,  Gantz .  30 

Slate .  21 

Sand,  Fifty-foot .  24 

Slate  shells .  5 

Sand .  35 

Slate  and  shells .  35 


860 

This  formation  contains  five  principal  sandstone  horizons — the 
Big  Injun,  Squaw,  Thirty-foot,  Gantz,  and  Fifty-foot  sands.  The 
most  important  of  these  geologically  is  the  Big  Injun,  Mountain,  or 
Manifold  sand,  as  it  is  variously  called.  In  portions  of  Pennsylvania 
where  it  outcrops  it  now  goes  by  the  name  Burgoon  sandstone.  In 
Washington  County  this  sandstone  averages  250  feet  thick  and  is  very 
persistent.  Its  top  is  always  in  contact  with  the  Greenbrier  limestone 
and  is  therefore  perfectly  definite  and  very  convenient  as  a  datum  for 
well  drillers.  The  Gantz  and  Fifty-foot  sands  form  a  very  prominent 
oil  horizon,  made  famous  by  many  old  wells  in  the  Washington  field. 
These  sands  are  recognizable  in  most  of  the  wells.  Toward  the  west, 
northwest,  and  southwest  they  run  together  and  are  known  as  the 
Hundred-foot  sand.  The  various  sands  recognized  by  the  drillers  are 
described  in  detail  under  the  heading  “Oil  and  gas”  (pp.  47-59). 

Red  shale  {Bedford  V) . — In  the  Burgettstown  quadrangle  a  bed  of 
red  shale  occurs  at  many  places  between  the  Thirty-foot  and  Gantz 
sands  and  may  be  a  part  of  the  Bedford  group  of  Ohio.  On  account 
of  the  scarcity  of  complete  records  in  the  Amity  quadrangle  it  is 
known  here  in  only  five  wells,  but  when  properly  recorded  it  ought  to 
be  a  fair  datum  horizon.  In  the  J.  M.  Miller  well  (306),  in  West  Pike 
Run  Township,  it  is  5  feet  thick;  in  the  Luse  well  (15),  at  Beallsville, 
20  feet;  in  the  J.  L.  Thompson  Nos.  3  and  4  wells  (46,  47),  in  the 
borough  of  Deemston,  10  feet.  In  the  Gantz  well,  at  Washington,  it 
isrecorded  as  8  feet  of  “reddish  sand.”  In  parts  of  western  Pennsyl- 


30 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


vania  it  amounts  to  as  much  as  80  to  120  feet.  In  places,  but  not 
everywhere,  it  occurs  directly  below  the  Thirty-foot  sand. 

DEVONIAN  SYSTEM. 


ROCKS  BELOW  THE  TOP  OF  TIIE  CATSKILL  RED  BEDS  (CHEMUNG  FORMATION). 


General  character. — Throughout  the  Amity  quadrangle  the  Devonian 
rocks  lie  far  below  the  surface.  As  has  been  said,  the  top  of  the  sys¬ 
tem  is  very  indefinite,  but  it  has  been  provisionally  placed  at  about 
the  top  of  the  first  red  shale  below  the  Fifty-foot  sand. 

The  Devonian  rocks  have  been  penetrated  by  wells  to  a  depth  of 
over  1,000  feet.  All  these  rocks  are  believed  to  belong  to  the  Che¬ 
mung  formation.  The  greatest  thickness  is  recorded  in  the  Mrs.  A.  L. 
Hawkins  No.  1  well  (31),  near  Bealls ville.  The  record  of  this  well  is 
very  meager,  but  a  number  of  shallower  wells  furnish  good  sections  as 
deep  as  the  Elizabeth  sand.  The  deepest  complete  section  is  on  the 
A.  C.  Mitchell  farm,  in  West  Pike  Run  Township.  The  top  of  the 
formation  here  is  in  considerable  doubt,  as  the  red  beds  are  less  con¬ 
spicuous  than  in  some  of  the  neighboring  wells,  and  the  section  is 
therefore  made  to  include  all  beds  up  to  the  Fifty-foot  sand.  To  be  in 
harmony  with  other  wells,  the  top  of  the  Devonian  system  should  here 
be  placed  approximately  30  to  50  feet  below  the  bottom  of  this  sand. 


Partial  section  of  rocks  penetrated  by  the  A.  C.  Mitchell  well,  West  Pike  Run  Township. 

Feet. 

85 
5 
10 
14 


Sand,  Fifty-foot 

Slate  . 

Sand _ 

Slate  . 

Sand . 

Slate . 

Sand . . 

Shells . 

Red  rock. . . . 

Shells . 

Sand,  Stray. . 
Red  rock. . . . 
Sand,  Gordon 
Red  rock. . . . 

Shells . 

Slate . 

Sand . . . 

Slate . 

Sand,  Bayard. . 

Slate . 

Shells  and  slate 
Sand,  Elizabeth 

Slate . 

Shells . 


probably  Carboniferous 


Catskill  beds . 


4 

14 
13 
10 

5 

20 

24 

21 

60 

55 

30 

10 

15 

5 

65 

27 

38 

6 
169 
167 


872 


DEVONIAN  SYSTEM. 


31 


Two  of  the  best  sections  of  the  Devonian  are  furnished  by  the  X  L. 
Thompson  No.  3  well  (46)  and  the  Luse  well  (15),  and  these  are  given 
for  comparison. 

Section  of  Chemung  formation  in  the  J.  L.  Thompson  No.  3  well,  borough  of  Deemston. 


Red  rock . 

Feet. 

20 

Sand . 

20 

Slate  and  shells 

30 

Red  rock . 

>Catskill  beds . < 

10 

Slate  and  shells 

55 

Red  rock . 

55 

Dark  slate . 

10 

Red  rock . 

20 

Sand . 25 

Slate  and  shells .  52 

Sand,  Bayard .  15 

Slate  and  shells .  69 

Sand,  Elizabeth .  12 

Slate .  10 


403 

Section  of  Chemung  formation  in  the  Luse  well,  near  Beallsville. 


Feet. 


Red  rock . 

15 

Slate  and  shells 

40 

Red  rock . 

30 

Slate  and  shells 

^Catskill  beds . 

51 

Red  rock . 

39 

Slate  and  shells 

65 

Sand,  Fifth _ 

20 

Red  rock . 

28 

17 

Slate . . 

85 

Sand,  Bayard . 

6 

Slate . 

28 

Sand . 

6 

Slate . 

73 

503 

Catskill  (or  sub-Blairsville)  beds. — In  all  the  complete  records  which 
penetrate  the  Chemung  formation  in  this  quadrangle  an  interval  of 
100  to  300  feet  near  the  top  of  the  formation  is  occupied  by  two  to  five 
beds  of  red  shale,  separated  by  sandstone,  shale,  and  shelly  layers. 
Similar  red  beds,  somewhat  thicker  but  at  approximately  the  same 
interval  (900  to  1,100  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Big  Injun)  have  been 
noted  by  M.  R.  Campbell  in  many  wells  in  the  Latrobe  quadrangle 
and  vicinity,  and  have  been  named  the  sub-Blairsville  member,  for  the 
reason  that  the  wells  in  which  they  were  reported  lie  near  the  town  of 
Blairsville,  Indiana  County.  They  are  believed  to  be  the  westward 
feathering  out  of  the  Catskill  formation,  which,  in  eastern  Pennsyl- 


32 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


vania  and  the  Catskill  Mountain  region,  is  several  hundred  feet  thick, 
but  which  in  this  region  is  thinner  and  is  dovetailed  into  the  upper 
part  of  the  Chemung  formation. 

The  general  character  of  the  group  containing  the  red  beds  can  be 
seen  from  the  well  sections  given  in  PI.  II  (p.  22).  The  individual 
beds  vary  from  10  to  60  feet  in  thickness  and  the  total  amount  of  red 
material  in  any  one  section  is  usually  between  75  and  150  feet.  In  the 
Latrobe  quadrangle  the  thickness  reaches  300  to  400  feet  and  the 
member  is  more  of  a  unit,  so  that  it  might  almost  be  termed  a  forma¬ 
tion,  but  in  the  direction  of  the  Amity  quadrangle  it  becomes  thinner 
and  dovetails  into  the  Chemung  formation  proper.  This  method  of 
dying  out  explains  the  great  variation  of  the  red  beds  in  the  different 
sections  and  why  they  do  not  always  occur  at  the  exact  top  of  the 
formation. 

Sandstones. — Between  the  horizons  of  these  red  beds  several  oil 
and  gas  sands,  notably  the  Gordon,  Fourth,  and  Fifth,  are  frequently 
reported.  The  very  fact  that  these  sands  occur  interstratified  be¬ 
tween  red  beds,  which  appear  and  disappear  and  sometimes  thicken 
up  to  the  exclusion  of  the  sands,  indicates  the  nonpersistency  of  most 
of  the  sands  in  this  region.  The  wells  penetrating  these  beds  are 
located  in  the  southeastern  pkrt  of  the  quadrangle  and  nothing  is 
known  of  the  behavior  of  the  beds-  in  other  sections.  It  is  considered 
very  probable  that  toward  the  northwest  the}^  are  more  broken  up,  and 
the  Gordon  and  other  sands  become  more  persistent. 

Most  of  the  sands  in  the  Pocono  formation,  commonly  recognized  by 
drillers,  are  shown  by  records  to  be  encountered  rather  regularly,  and 
are  therefore  considered  fairly  persistent  beds.  As  the  drill  descends 
into  the  underlying  rocks,  however,  it  penetrates  beds  of  more  and 
more  variable  character;  and  even  the  most  important  oil  and  gas 
sands  are  encountered  with  much  less  regularity  than  in  the  higher 
formations.  These  variations  are  so  great  that  it  is  now  considered 
probable  that  the  sandstone  horizons  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Chemung 
formation  are  not  persistent  members  underlying  the  whole  area,  but 
are  in  the  nature  of  lentils,  similar  to  the  sandstone  lentils  of  the 
Allegheny  and  Conemaugh  formations  outcropping  at  the  surface. 
This  is  in  harmony  with  the  character  of  the  Chemung  formation  in 
regions  where  it  outcrops. 

The  principal  sands  recognized  by  drillers  in  the  Chemung  forma¬ 
tion  are  (from  the  top  downward)  the  Gordon  Stray  or  Nineveh  Thirty- 
foot,  Gordon,  Fourth,  Fifth,  Bayard,  and  Elizabeth.  Of  these  the 
Bayard  and  Elizabeth  are  the  only  ones  which  are  at  all  persistent,  as 
they  occur  below  the  variable  Catskill  beds.  A  description  of  the 
various  sands  is  given  in  the  section  on  oil  and  gas  (pp.  47-59). 


DEVONIAN  SERIES. 


33 


BEDS  LOWER  THAN  THOSE  PENETRATED  IN  THE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE. 


The  deepest  well  in  the  Amity  quadrangle  penetrates  to  a  depth  of 
2,664  feet  below  the  Pittsburg  coal,  or  about  650  to  700  feet  below  the 
Elizabeth  sand,  and  but  scanty  data  are  given  about  the  beds  below 
the  Elizabeth.  The  nearest  point  at  which  anything  is  known  of  the 
underlying  beds  is  at  West  Elizabeth,  Allegheny  County,  12  miles 
southeast  of  Pittsburg,  where  a  well  on  the  William  Bedell  farm  was 
drilled  to  a  depth  of  5,575  feet.  As  this  is  the  deepest  well  in  the 
United  States,  and  as  it  furbishes  a  key  to  the  geology  beneath  Wash¬ 
ington  County,  the  record  is  given  here  in  full,  with  geologic  interpret¬ 
ations.  The  mouth  of  the  well  is  130  feet  below  the  Pittsburg  coal. 


Formation. 


Conemaugh 


Allegheny 


Pottsville .... 

Mauch  Chunk 


Pocono 


Record  of  deep  well  near  West  Elizabeths 


Record. 

Thickness. 

Depth. 

/Slate . 

Feet. 

40 

Feet. 

40 

Limestone . . . . . 

10 

50 

Shale . 

80 

130 

Slate . 

105 

235 

Sand . 

30 

265 

Slate . 

40 

305 

Coal  {Baker stown?) . 

3 

308 

Slate . 

100 

408 

Coal . . 

2 

410 

Slate . . 

75 

485 

Sand . 

40 

525 

'Shale . 

10 

535 

(Coal  (Upper  Freeport ?) . 1 

2 

537 

Slate . 

25 

562 

Sand . 

65 

627 

Shale 

15 

642 

Coal  (Middle' Kittanning?) . 

S' 

645 

Limestone . 

10 

655 

Slate . 

30 

685 

Limestone . . . 

15 

700 

Slate . 

50 

750 

Sand . 

35 

785 

'Slate . 

5 

95 

790 

[Sand,  Salt  . 

885 

{ Slate  and  shells . 

115 

1,000 

Isiate . 

30 

1,030 

f  Red  rock . . 

20  1 

1,050 

iBig  lime . 

50 

1,100 

Sand,  Big  Injun . 

310 

1,410 

Slate  and  shells . 

60 

1,470 

Sand . 

15 

1,485 

Slate . 

1,492 

. Sand . 

5 

1,497 

Slate . 

18 

1,515 

Sand  (Thirty-foot  or  Berea) . 

50 

1,565 

Slate  and  shells . 

60 

1,625 

Limestone . 

10 

1,635 

a  White,  I.  C.,  West  Virginia  Geol.  Survey,  vol.  1  (a),  1904,  p.  104, 

Bull.  300—07 - 3 


34 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA 


Record  of  deep  well  near  West  Elizabeth — Continued. 


Formation. 

Record. 

Thickness. 

Depth.  , 

Feet. 

Feel.  1 

Slate  and  shells . 

100 

1,735 

Sand,  Gantz? . 

25 

1,760 

Pocono  (continued) .... 

Slate  and  shells . *. . 

20 

1,780 

Limestone . 

10 

1,790 

Slate . 

20 

1,810 

Sand . . . 

15 

1,825 

Slate  and  shells . .• . 

45 

1,870 

Sand . 

20 

1,890 

Slate . 

5 

1,895 

Sand,  Butler  Thirty-foot . 

40 

1,935 

Slate . 

3 

1,938 

Sand] 

f  18 

1,956 

Slate  >Stray . 

|  30 

1,986 

Catskill . 

Sand] 

l  7 

1,993 

Red  rock . 

3 

1,996 

Sand,  Gordon,  Third,  etc . 

65 

2,061 

Red  rock . 

5 

2,066 

Sand,  Fourth . 

30 

2,096 

Red  rock  and  shells . 

15 

2,111 

Slate  and  shells . '. . 

15 

2, 126 

Sand . 

5 

2, 131 

Slate . 

3 

2, 134 

Sand . 

18 

2, 152 

Red  rock  and  shells . 

30 

2, 182 

Sand,  Fifth  or  McDonald . 

25 

2,207 

Red  rock  and  shells . 

35 

2,242 

Slate . 

10 

2, 252 

Sand . 

5 

2, 257 

Slate  and  shells . 

25 

2,282 

Sand,  Bayard;  a  little  gas . 

5 

2, 287 

Sand . 

10 

2,297 

Red  rock . 

25 

2,322 

Slate  and  shells . . 

75 

2,397 

Sand,  Elizabeth . 

3 

2,400 

Shells . 

200 

2,600 

Slate . 

150 

2,750 

Slate  and  shells . 

200 

2,950 

Slate . 

100 

3,050 

Limestone  and  shells . 

100 

3, 150 

Sand,  Speechley . 

15 

3,165 

Slate . 

335 

3,500 

Sand  (Bradford),  trace  of  oil . 

20 

3,520 

Slate  and  shells . 

955 

4,475 

Slate . 

23 

4,498 

Shells . 

2 

4,500 

Slate . 

32 

4,532 

Shells . 

13 

4,545 

Slate . 

25 

4,570 

Limestone . 

20 

4,590 

Slate . 

10 

4,600 

Sand . *. . 

30 

4,630 

Slate . * . 

40 

4,670 

Limestone . 

20 

4,690 

Slate . 

20 

4, 710 

DEVONIAN  SERIES, 


35 


Record  of  deep  well  near  West  Elizabeth — Continued. 


Formation. 

Record. 

Thickness. 

Depth. 

Shells . 

Feet. 

15 

Feet. 

4, 725 

Slate . 

15 

4,740 

Slate  and  shells . 

10 

4,750 

Sand . 

20 

4,770 

Slate . 

10 

4, 780 

Limestone . 

10 

4, 790 

Slate . 

20 

4,810 

Shells . . 

10 

4,820 

Slate . 

20 

4,840 

Limestone . 

15 

4,855 

Slate . 

20 

4,875 

Shells . 

10 

4,885 

Slate . 

20 

4,875 

Shells . 

10 

4,885 

Slate . 

5 

4,890 

Slate  and  shells . 

10 

4,900 

Slate . 

15 

4,915 

Shells . 

5 

4,920 

Slate . 

30 

4,950 

Shells . 

5 

4,955 

Slate . 

45 

5,000 

Limestone . 

10 

5,010 

Slate . 

10 

5, 020 

Slate  and  shells . 

10 

5,030 

Slate . . 

20 

5,050 

Limestone . 

10 

5, 060 

Slate . 

10 

5,070 

Slate  and  shells . . . 

10 

5,080 

Limestone . 

5 

5,085 

Slate . 

1(T 

5,095 

Slate  and  shells . 

5 

5, 100 

Slate . 

30 

5, 130 

Limestone . 

10 

5, 140 

Slate . 

20 

5, 160 

Limestone . 

10 

5, 170 

Slate . 

10 

5, 180 

Limestone . 

50 

5,230 

Slate . 

30 

5,260 

Limestone . 

10 

5, 270 

Slate . 

20 

5,290 

Limestone . 

40 

5,330 

Slate . 

30 

5,360 

Limestone . 

5 

5,365 

Slate . 

15 

5,380 

Limestone . . 

10 

5,390 

Slate . 

20 

5,410 

Slate  and  shells . 

20 

5,430 

Slate . 

15 

5,445 

Limestone . 

5 

5,450 

Slate _ * . 

20 

/  5,470 

Slate  and  shells . 

10 

5,480 

Slate . 

95 

5,575 

36 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


The  following  quotation  from  White’s  report  is  as  definite  a  state¬ 
ment  as  can  be  made  of  the  probable  correlations  for  the  rocks  below 
the  Catskill  red  beds: 

The  hole  stopped  in  a  dark  shale  supposed  to  be  the  Marcellus,  and  probably  not  more 
than  100  feet  above  the  horizon  of  the  Corniferous  limestone,  although  of  course  this  is  a 
mere  inference  based  upon  the  fact  that  in  the  Conway  deep  well  near  Franklin,  Pa.,  the 
top  of  the  Corniferous  was  struck  at  3,608  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Venango  oil  sand  group, 
while  the  drill  in  the  Bedell  well  stopped  at  3,840  feet  below  the  same  horizon,  and  hence  the 
Devonian  shales  could  not  extend  much  deeper.  The  sand  at  3,150  feet  has  been  doubtfully 
identified  with  the  Speechley  horizon,  since  it  underlies  the  Pittsburg  coal  by  an  interval 
(3,280  feet)  200  feet  greater  than  in  Butler  County.  This,  however,  would  agree  with  the 
general  southeastward  thickening,  and  is  what  would  be  expected.  Messrs.  Young  and 
Crocker  are  responsible  for  the  identification  with  the  Bradford  horizon  of  the  sand  struck 
at  3,500  feet. 

The  Warren  sand,  which,  according  to  Oliphant,  lies  350  feet  above  the  Speechley  sand, 
or  500  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Fourth  sand,  does  not  appear  to  have  been  represented 
by  any  distinct  sand  in  this  Bedell  record.  Its  horizon  belongs  near  the  bottom  of  the 
200  feet  of  shells,  the  top  of  which  was  struck  at  2,400  feet. 

GEOLOGIC  STRUCTURE. 

METHOD  OF  MAPPING. 

Structure  contours. — The  method  of  representing  the  structure  or 
“lay”  of  the  beds  is  as  follows:  The  top  or  bottom  of  some  persistent 
and  easily  recognizable  stratum  is  selected  as  a  datum  surface,  and  its 
elevation  above  sea  level  determined  at  as  many  points  as  possible. 
In  the  Amity  quadrangle  the  horizon  selected  is  the  bottom  of  the 
Pittsburg  coal,  the  best  known  and  most  persistent  bed  in'  the  region. 

*  The  structure  is  shown  on  the  geologic  map,  PI.  I  (pocket),  by  means 
of  red  contour  lines.  These  are  drawn  at  uniform  intervals  above 
sea  level,  and  all  points  on  a  given  contour  have  the  same  elevation. 
In  other  words,  a  given  structure  contour  is  the  line  of  intersection  of 
the  datum  surface  with  a  horizontal  plane,  all  points  of  which  have 
the  same  elevation  above  sea  level.  For  instance,  the  Pittsburg  coal 
at  all  points  along  the  650-foot  contour  has  an  elevation  of  650  feet 
above  sea  level.  It  descends  in  the  direction  of  the  600-foot  contour 
and  rises  toward  the  700-foot  contour. 

The  intersection  of  a  surface  contour  with  a  structure  contour  of  the 
same  elevation  marks  a  point  on  the  outcrop  of  the  Pittsburg  coal.  At 
points  where  the  elevation  of  the  surface  is  greater  than  that  of  the 
coal,  the  approximate  depth  of  the  coal  below  the  surface  can  readily 
be  found  by  subtracting  the  elevation  of  the  structure  contour  from 
that  of  the  surface  contour.  Where  the  elevation  of  the  surface  is  less 
than  the  corresponding  elevation  of  the  coal,  the  latter  has  been 
removed  by  erosion  and  the  contours  simply  show  the  structure.  In 
case  the  depths  of  other  beds  than  the  Pittsburg  are  desired,  their 
intervals  above  or  below  this  must  be  subtracted  or  added  to  the  depth 
of  the  Pittsburg  coal. 


GEOLOGIC  STRUCTURE. 


37 


To  illustrate  the  use  of  structure  contours,  we  will  suppose  that  the 
depth  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  is  desired  at  the  junction  of  Daniels  and 
Little  Daniels  runs,  in  West  Bethlehem  Township.  As  can  be  seen  by 
the  map,  the  elevation  of  the  bottom  of  the  valley  at  this  point  is  about 
890  feet,  and  the  point  is  very  close  to  the  500-foot  structure  contour; 
therefore  the  Pittsburg  coal  is  calculated  to  be  here  about  390  feet 
(890  —  500)  below  the  surface. 

Degree  of  accuracy. — It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  it  is  impossible 
to  make  structure  contours  strictly  accurate  in  all  parts  of  the  field. 
Over  large  areas  there  are  no  mines  nor  wells  by  which  the  exact  depth 
of  the  coal  below  the  surface  can  be  determined.  In  such  instances  it  is 
necessary  to  depend  on  estimated  intervals  between  the  coal  and  beds 
which  show  in  outcrop,  and  as  the  intervals  are  in  no  case  constant 
over  any  considerable  area  an  error  may  be  introduced  which  will  affect 
the  drawing  of  the  structure  contours.  In  this  quadrangle,  however, 
the  inaccuracy  is  probably  nowhere  very  great.  By  reference  to  the 
map,  it  will  be  noticed  that  in  certain  localities  the  contours  have  many 
waves  and  turns,  while  in  other  parts  of  the  quadrangle  they  run  for 
miles  in  long  regular  curves.  This  difference  is  due  partly  to  the 
greater  regularity  of  the  folds  in  certain  regions,  but  more  largely  to 
the  greater  amount  of  data  that  could  be  secured  in  such  mining  dis¬ 
tricts  as  Ellsworth,  Peters  Creek,  and  Chartiers  Creek.  In  these  fields 
the  location  of  the  contours  was  determined  from  mine  maps  showing 
the  elevations  of  the  coal  in  the  areas  which  have  been  worked,  and  in 
such  areas  their  accuracy  is  good.  In  regions  where  a  great  many  well 
records  are  available,  as  in  the  Zollarsville  field,  the  structure  is  like¬ 
wise  more  accurate  than  in  portions  of  the  quadrangle  that  lack  such 
data. 

In  making  the  studies  for  this  map  and  report  all  roads  in  the  quad¬ 
rangle  have  been  traversed  and  the  positions  of  the  outcropping  rocks 
noted.  These  data  have  been  supplemented  by  the  records  of  as  many 
wells  and  drill  holes  in  the  quadrangle  as  could  be  obtained.  It  is 
believed,  therefore,  that  the  structure  of  the  territory  has  been  deter¬ 
mined  with  a  good  degree  of  accuracy. 

Limits  of  error. — In  general,  the  structure-contour  interval  in  a 
given  area  is  decided  by  two  factors — (1)  the  steepness  of  the  dip,  and 
(2)  the  accuracy  and  abundance  of  the  data  available.  The  Survey  is 
indebted  for  much  valuable  information  to  all  the  oil  and  gas  opera¬ 
tors  who  have  generously  furnished  well  records,  and  to  the  coal 
operators,  who  have  allowed  the  use  of  their  mine  levels.  In  a  region 
like  this,  where  the  dips  are  all  fairly  gentle,  only  the  second  factor  has 
to  be  considered.  Obviously,  it  is  useless  to  make  the  contour  inter¬ 
val  less  than  the  “limit  of  error.”  For  example,  if  over  a  given  area 
the  elevation  of  the  datum  horizon  was  determined  to  an  accuracy  of 
within  50  feet,  it  would  be  useless  to  attempt  to  draw  contours  with  a 


38  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

25-foot  interval.  Moreover,  such  a  representation  would  be  mislead¬ 
ing  to  the  reader,  who  would  be  led  to  believe  that  the  elevation  at  any 
given  point  was  accurate  within  25  feet,  which  would  not  be  the  case. 
In  general,  then,  the  limit  of  error  for  any  area  is  not  greater  than  the 
contour  interval. 

This  point  has  an  important  bearing  on  the  structure  of  the  Amity 
quadrangle  as  represented  by  the  contours.  With  the  exception  of 
those  in  the  Zollarsville  gas  field,  nearly  all  the  wells  in  the  quadrangle 
were  drilled  years  ago,  at  a  time  when  records  were  generally  kept 
poorly,  or  not  at  all,  and  in  some  parts  of  the  quadrangle,  on  account 
of  the  unreliability  of  many  records  and  the  absence  of  wells,  no  figures 
are  available  to  determine  the  depth  of  the  Pittsburg  coal,  or  to  check 
surface  tracings  and  correlations.  It  must  be  remembered,  also,  that 
the  intervals  between  the  surface  rocks  and  the  coal  are  irregular,  as 
explained  on  page  42.  Consequently  there  are  few  parts  of  the  quad¬ 
rangle  for  which  it  would  be  safe  to  say  with  certainty  that  the  con¬ 
tours  on  the  Pittsburg  coal  are  accurate  enough  to  justify  a  25-foot 
interval.  The  closer  interval  in  the  Olaysville  quadrangle,  to  the  west, 
was  made  possible  by  the  greater  abundance  and  recency  of  the  drill¬ 
ings,  and  also  by  the  fact  that  in  that  area  the  more  expensive  but 
somewhat  more  accurate  method  of  leveling  with  the  spirit  level  to 
outcrops  and  wells  was  used. 

STRUCTURE  IN  DETAIL. 

In  order  to  show  the  relations  of  the  structure  in  this  quadrangle 
with  that  in  adjacent  regions  to  the  east  and  south,  PI.  Ill  has  been 
prepared,  giving  by  contour  lines  the  lay  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  in  the 
Amity,  Brownsville,  Rogersville,  Waynesburg,  and  Mason  town  quad¬ 
rangles.  This  plate  shows  that  the  general  structural  features  con¬ 
sist  of  broad  anticlines  and  synclines,  which  are  most  prominent  along 
the  eastern  border  of  the  Appalachian  basin  and  which  become 
gentler  in  dip  and  less  continuous  toward  the  west. 

STRUCTURE  OF  PITTSBURG  COAL. 

The  geologic  structure  of  the  Amity  quadrangle  as  represented 
by  the  deformation  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  is  shown  in  PI.  I  (pocket). 
The  principal  features  are  three  anticlines  and  two  synclines,  all 
trending  in  a  general  northeast-southwest  direction.  These  will  be 
described  in  order  from  east  to  west. 

BELLEVERNON  ANTICLINE. 

This  was  called  the  Waynesburg  anticline  by  J.  J.  Stevenson  in 
his  report  published  in  1876 a.  He  also  applied  the  same  name  to  the 
syncline  lying  west  of  the  anticline.  When  the  Brownsville  quad- 


a  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K. 


u.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SUR'  BULLETIN  NO.  300  PL.  Ill 


SKETCH  MAP  SHOWING  GEOLOGIC  STRUCTURE  IN  REGION  ADJACENT  TO  AND  INCLUDING  THE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE. 

(B=  Brownsville;  BS  =  Bristoria;  DV  =  Deep  Valley;  GV  =  Graysville;  J  =  Jefferson;  J K  =  Jacksonville;  M  =  Masontown;  M  H  =  Monongahela;  N  =  Nineveh; 
R  =  Rogersville;  W  =  Waynesburg;  WF  =  West  Finley;  WH  =  Whiteley;  WN  =  Washington.) 


DETAILED  STRUCTURE. 


39 


r angle,  east  of  the  Amity,  was  surveyed  in  1901  there  was  some 
doubt  whether  the  anticline  crossing  Monongahela  River  near  Belle- 
vernon  was  continuous  with  the  one  passing  near  Waynesburg, 
named  by  Stevenson.  On  account  of  this  uncertainty  and  the  fact 
that  the  term  Waynesburg  had  been  applied  to  two  structural  fea¬ 
tures  this  axis  in  the  Brownsville  quadrangle  was  named  by  M.  R. 
Campbell®  the  Bellevernon  anticline,  and  this  name  was  continued 
by  R.  W.  Stone  in  the  Waynesburg  quadrangle6  surveyed  a  year 
later. 

The  anticline  ^crosses  the  southeast  corner  of  the  Amity  quad¬ 
rangle  and  only  about  1}  miles  of  the  axis  lies  in  this  territory.  The 
elevation  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  on  its  crest  is  800  to  840  feet. 

WAYNESBURG  (PIGEON  CREEK)  SYNCLINE. 

This  feature  consists  of  a  broad  structural  trough  10  miles  wide 
lying  between  the  Bellevernon  anticline  on  the  east  and  the  Amity 
anticline  on  the  west.  It  was  named  the  Waynesburg  syncline  by 
Stevenson,  but  on  account  of  doubt  as  to  its  continuity  with  the 
syncline  having  the  same  relations  in  the  Brownsville  quadrangle 
it  was  termed  by  Campbell c  the  Pigeon  Creek  syncline,  after  Pigeon 
Creek,  in  this  county.  The  present  survey  demonstrated  that  the 
two  synclines  are  one  and  the  same,  and  since  the  name  Waynesburg 
had  priority  the  term  Pigeon  Creek  was  discarded  in  its  favor. 

This  syncline  is  a  broad  structural  basin  with  generally  low  dips. 
The  axis  enters  the  quadrangle  at  Bentleyville  and  takes  a  slightly 
meandering  course,  averaging  about  S.  40°  W.,  to  the  southern  edge 
of  the  quadrangle.  From  Bentleyville  it  follows  the  valley  of  Pigeon 
Creek  to  Three  and  Four,  where  it  turns  southward  and  passes  half  a 
mile  east  of  Scenery  Hill,  crossing  West  Bethlehem  Township,  and 
leaves  the  quadrangle  directly  south  of  Bissell. 

At  the  point  where  the  axis  of  the  trough  enters  the  quadrangle 
from  the  east  the  Pittsburg  coal  is  at  an  elevation  of  about  750  feet. 
From  this  point  it  descends  gradually  to  the  southwest  until  at  the 
Greene  County  line  the  coal  is  less  than  400  feet  above  sea  level. 
Throughout  the  basin  the  average  dip  is  less  than  100  feet  per  mile, 
except  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  axis,  between  Zollarsville  and  Bealls- 
ville,  where  for  short  distances  it  is  as  much  as  150  feet  per  mile.  In 
this  section  the  structure  is  largely  determined  from  well  records, 
and  shows  several  rather  peculiar  nose-like  projections  from  the  flank 
of  the  anticline.  These  are  presumably  about  as  represented,  as  the 
well  records  seem  to  be  mostly  good,  but  in  all  cases  due  allowance 
should  be  made  for  the  possibility  of  errors  in  the  records.  In  the 


a  Geologic  Atlas  U.  S.,  folio  94,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  1903. 
b  Idem,  folio  121,  1905. 
cOp.  cit. 


40 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


center  of  the  trough,  between  Bissell  and  Scenery  Hill,  data  for 
determining  the  depth  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  are  few  and  it  is  possible 
that  the  basin  may  be  somewhat  deeper  than  it  is  shown. 

AMITY  ANTICLINE. 

From  the  Waynesburg  syncline  the  rocks  rise  gently  to  the  north¬ 
west  the  crest  of  the  Amity  anticline.  This  was  called  the  Pin- 
hook  anticline  by  Stevenson  and  White  in  their  reports,  the  term 
being  taken  from  a  name  formerly  applied  to  the  village  of  Lone 
Pine.  a  The  name  Pinhook  has  long  since  gone  out  of  usage,  and 
since  the  village  of  Amity  is  located  almost  directly  on  the  axis  this 
name  was  adopted  by  Stone  in  the  Waynesburg  folio  and  is  here 
used  for  the  northern  extension  of  the  same  anticline. 

The  axis  of  this  anticline  crosses  the  Greene  County  line  near  the 
boundary  between  Morris  and  Washington  townships.  From  this 
point  it  takes  a  slight  bend  or  offset  to  the  east,  then  continues  about 
N.  35°  E.,  passing  just  east  of  Amity  and  through  Lone  Pine,' and 
crossing  the  National  pike  4  miles  southeast  of  South  Strabane  post- 
office.  Beyond  this  place  there  is  another  slight  eastward  deflection, 
but  within  2  miles  the  axis  veers  to  the  north  again  and  takes  a  course 
about  N.  30°  E.,  passing  west  of  Yanceville,  through  Kammerer, 
and  across  Nottingham  Township  to  Peters  Creek  at  Anderson.  At 
this  place  its  location  was  very  definitely  determined,  as  it  passes 
through  the  Blanche  mine  of  the  Pittsburg  Coal  Company. 

On  the  Greene  County  line  the  Pittsburg  coal  is  at  an  elevation  of 
a  little  over  450  feet,  this  point  being  on  a  sag  almost  connecting  the 
Waynesburg  and  Nineveh  synclines.  South  of  Tenmile  Creek  the 
axis  commences  to  rise  at  an  average  rate  of  less  than  50  feet  per 
mile,  until  1J  miles  south  of  the  National  pike  it  forms  an  imperfect 
dome  with  the  Pittsburg  coal,  as  determined  by  well  records,  at  an 
elevation  of  something  over  700  feet.  Beyond  this  point  the  rise 
does  not  average  more  than  20  or  30  feet  per  mile,  except  north  of 
Kammerer.  A  mile  south  of  Peters  Creek  the  axis  rises  abruptly, 
bringing  the  coal  from  an  elevation  of  less  than  900  feet  up  to  1,040 
feet  just  outside  the  quadrangle.  At  its  north  end  this  anticline  is 
identical  with  the  Peters  Creek  anticline  described  by  Stevenson. 

On  the  eastern  border  of  the  quadrangle,  in  Nottingham  Town¬ 
ship,  east  of  the  Amity  anticline,  a  local  trough  extends  into  the  area 
for  a  distance  of  over  2  miles.  It  trends  west-south  westward, 
directly  toward  another  small  indentation  in  the  anticline.  This 
feature  is  evidently  the  cause  of  the  rather  sudden  deflection  of  the 
Amity  axis  at  Mingo  Creek,  and  there  seems  to  be  a  slight  depression 
of  the  axis  here.  There  is  no  true  cross  syncline,  however. 

At  a  number  of  localities  on  this  anticline  the  lay  of  the  coal  is 


\ 


a  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  27. 


DETAILED  STRUCTURE. 


41 


rather  uncertain,  owing  to  lack  of  available  data.  West  of  Lone  Pine 
and  Amity  the  dip  ranges  from  100  to  150  feet  per  mile  toward  the 
Nineveh  syncline.  Farther  north  it  becomes  less  steep,  except 
between  Kammerer  and  Munntown,  where  it  is  estimated  to  be  as 
much  as  100  feet  per  mile  toward  the  southwest. 

NINEVEH  SYNCLINE. 

This  syncline  was  named  by  Stevenson  in  his  report  on  Washington 
and  Green  counties  from  the  village  of  Nineveh,  Greene  County,  near 
which  the  axis  passes.  From  that  place  it  runs  northeastward  and 
enters  the  Amity  quadrangle  west  of  the  village  of  Sunset.  It  takes  a 
course  averaging  N.  42°  E.  to  a  point  about  2  miles  north  of  South 
Strabane  post-office,  whence  it  trends  N.  10°  E.  nearly  to  Linden. 
At  this  place  it  makes  another  slight  bend  to  the  east,  and  leaves  the 
quadrangle  just  east  of  Little  Chartiers  Creek. 

The  average  breadth  of  this  trough  in  the  Amity  quadrangle  is 
about  9  miles.  Near  Sunset,  where  the  axis  enters  the  quadrangle, 
the  elevation  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  is  supposed  to  be  about  350  feet. 
From  this  point  the  rocks  rise  gently  to  the  northeast  as  far  as  Gam¬ 
bles,  where  the  elevation  of  the  coal  is  a  little  above  7 00  feet.  Between 
Gambles  and  the  edge  of  the  quadrangle  is  a  broad,  rather  flat,  struc¬ 
tural  area,  marked  by  a  slight  dome  and  a  similar  little  basin,  shown 
on  the  map.  These  are  determined  by  well  records.  East  of  Wyland- 
ville  an  arm  of  the  basin  extends  to  the  east,  as  if  to  cut  across  the 
Amity  anticline,  but  dies  out  before  reaching  Kammerer.  In  general, 
the  dips  in  the  Nineveh  syncline  are  very  gentle,  but  on  the  flank 
of  the  Amity  anticline,  between  Amity  and  Mount  Pleasant,  they 
amount  in  places  to  150  feet  per  mile,  and  on  the  Washington  anti¬ 
cline  they  reach  an  extreme  of  250  feet  per  mile  for  a  short  distance 
northeast  of  Washington. 

WASHINGTON  ANTICLINE. 

The  axis  of  this  anticline  enters  the  Amity  quadrangle  just  south  of 
Chartiers  Creek,  leaving  the  quadrangle  half  a  mile  west  of  Houston. 
The  crest  is  broad  and  flat,  and  the  coal  varies  in  elevation  from  950 
feet  at  the  south,  to  nearly  1,050  feet  at  the  north.  To  the  southeast, 
it  descends  rather  steeply  into  the  Nineveh  syncline.  This  relatively 
steep  dip  is  interesting  in  view  of  the  fact  that  it  is  along  this  sLope 
that  the  famous  Washington  oil  field  is  situated.  Numerous  oil  wells 
in  this  section  have  assisted  materially  in  the  accurate  determination 
of  the  structure. 

Throughout  the  quadrangle,  all  the  folds  are  plunging  toward  the 
southwest,  in  conformity  with  the  general  dip  toward  the  center  of  the 
Appalachian  coal  basin. 


42 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


RELATION  OF  STRUCTURE  OF  PITTSBURG  COAL  TO  STRUCTURE  OF  OTHER 

BEDS. 

LACK  OF  PARALLELISM  BETWEEN  BEDS. 

In  using  the  contours  represented  on  the  map,  it  should  be  remem¬ 
bered  that  few  beds  are  exactly  parallel,  and  hence  allowance  must  be 
made  for  the  increase  and  diminution  of  intervals  in  various  direc¬ 
tions.  For  instance,  the  Upper  Washington  limestone,  one  of  the 
most  persistent  outcropping  beds,  varies  in  this  quadrangle  from  630 
to  710  feet  above  the  Pittsburg  coal,  and  the  Waynesburg  coal  varies 
from  290  to  360  feet  above  the  same  bed.  Some  of  the  formations 
below  the  surface  vary  even  more  than  this,  as  shown  in  the  table  of 
oil  and  gas  sands  (pp.  70-87).  The  causes  of  variation  are  twofold — 
(1)  the  slight  increase  and  decrease  in  thickness  of  various  beds  due 
to  differences  in  sedimentation,  and  (2)  the  marked  variations  in  the 
Mauch  Chunk  formation,  owing  to  an  unconformity  at  its  top.  The 
thickness  of  the  Mauch  Chunk  decreases  in  general  from  southeast  to 
northwest. 

,  STRUCTURE  OF  GANTZ  SAND. 

It  has  been  said  that  the  Mauch  Chunk  decreases  in  thickness  from 
nearly  200  feet  at  Deemston  until  it  feathers  out  northwest  of  Wash¬ 
ington.  It  is  even  probable  that  in  the  northwest  corner  of  the  quad¬ 
rangle,  the  Big  Injun  also  may  be  eroded  somewhat.  Fig.  3  (p.  53) 
shows  graphically  the  interval  between  the  Pittsburg  coal  and  the 
Gantz  sand,  decreasing  from  1,960  to  1,800  feet.  As  determinations 
of  this  interval  at  many  points  are  not  based  on  steel-line  measure¬ 
ments,  the  lines  of  equal  interval  may  be  somewhat  in  error.  As  a 
name  for  these  lines  the  term  isochore  is  suggested.  The  word  is 
derived  from  the  Greek  isos  (equal)  and  chora  (space),  and  means 
lines  of  equal  space,  or  equal  interval.  That  is,  at  all  points  along  a 
given  line  the  interval  between  the  Pittsburg  coal  and  the  Gantz  sand 
is  the  same.  In  order  to  determine  the  elevation  of  the  Gantz  sand  at 
any  point  it  is  only  necessary  to  find  the  approximate  interval  on 
fig.  3  and  subtract  it  from  the  figures  given  for  the  Pittsburg  coal 
for  the  same  point  on  the  general  map. 

MUVERAR  RESOURCES. 

PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  OIL  AND  GAS  FIELDS  IN  THE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE. 

Fig.  2  is  a  map  of  western  Pennsylvania  and  portions  of  south¬ 
ern  New  York,  eastern  Ohio,  and  northern  Maryland  and  West 
Virginia,  illustrating  the  distribution  of  oil  and  gas  fields  in  the 
northern  Appalachians.  The  oil  fields  are  represented  by  the  dark 
shade,  the  gas  fields  by  the  lighter  shade.  The  Amity  quadrangle, 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


43 


with  its  producing  areas,  is  shown  near  the  southwest  corner  of 
Pennsylvania. 

While  oil  and  gas  wells  are  widely  scattered  over  the  territory, 
the  great  majority  of  them  are  limited  to  certain  groups  or  fields, 
in  which  the  oil  and  gas  appear  to  occur  in  so-called  pools  or  reser¬ 
voirs  of  some  extent.  The  term  field,  as  used  in  this  report,  means 


-V 


Fig.  2.— Map  of  oil-  and  gas-producing  areas  in  the  northern  Appalachians. 


Gas 


simply  a  group  of  producing  wells,  or  wells  which  have  produced 
in  the  past,  and  it  is  not  implied  that  outside  of  the  field  the  terri¬ 
tory  is  unproductive.  It  is  probable  that  in  time  other  sections  of 
the  region  will  be  found  to  contain  more  or  less  oil  and  gas. 

In  this  quadrangle  oil  is  much  more  limited  in  its  occurrence  than 
gas,  and  so  far  as  known  it  occurs  almost  entirely  in  one  area — the 


44 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


Washington  field.  This  field  extends  in  a  northeast  direction  from 
a  point  near  Claysville,  in  the  western  part  of  the  county,  through 
the  town  of  Washington  and  across  South  and  North  Strabane 
townships  to  the  vicinity  of  Linden.  The  field  includes  the  Morgan, 
Willetts,  Davis,  Taylor,  Barre,  Smith,  Manifold,  Munce,  Cameron, 
Thome,  Wright,  Linn,  Rooney,  Martin,  Wade,  Kunz,  Le  Moyne,  and 
other  farms,  which  were  widely  known  at  the  time  of  the  oil  excite¬ 
ment  for  their  many  producing  wells. 

On  the  border  of  Greene  County,  in  the  extreme  southwest  corner 
of  the  quadrangle,  lies  a  small  oil  field,  only  partially  within  the 
area,  which  is  generally  known  as  the  Fonner  field  though  some¬ 
times  as  the  Dunn  Station  field.  Portions  of  this  field  lie  in  the 
Waynesburg,  Rogersville,  and  Claysville  quadrangles. 

•  Near  the  center  of  Somerset  Township  small  quantities  of  oil 
have  been  produced  by  a  number  of  wells,  and  it  has  been  struck  in 
a  few  wells  in  West  Bethlehem  and  North  and  South  Franklin  town¬ 
ships.  A  short  distance  off  the  quadrangle,  northeast  of  Linden,  a 
new  oil  field  is  now  being  developed. 

The  principal  and  only  large  gas  field  in  the  quadrangle  is  the 
Zollarsville  field,  which  contains  about  70  wells,  located  mostly  in 
West  Bethlehem  Township  and  the  borough  of  Deemston.  It  has 
a  length  of  5  miles  and  a  breadth  of  about  2  miles.  In  the  Waynes¬ 
burg  quadrangle,  south  of  Zollarsville,  there  are  a  few  wells  in  this 
same  belt. 

In  general,  producing  gas  wells  are  much  more  scattering  than  oil 
wells  and  are  spread  widely  over  the  area.  To  a  few  wells  in  the 
central  part  of  Amwell  Township,  between  Hackneys  and  Lone  Pine, 
the  name  Amity  field  is  often  applied.  Along  this  same  line  to  the 
northeast  a  small  group  is  encountered  west  of  Odell,  in  West  Beth¬ 
lehem  Township  (Ross  field),  and  in  central  Somerset  Township  are 
a  number  of  good,  gas  wells  which  will  be  referred  to  as  the  Somerset 
field.  Another  group,  the  southward  extension  of  the  Cannonsburg 
field,  lies  in  Chartiers  and  western  North  Strabane  townships  near 
the  quadrangle  line.  Gas  has  been  found  in  a  number  of  wells  scat¬ 
tered  throughout  the  Washington  oil  field  and  in  its  northern  exten¬ 
sion  near  Linden.  To  the  group  in  this  vicinity  the  term  Linden 
field  has  been  applied. 


BRIEF  HISTORY  OF  DEVELOPMENT  IN  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. a 


EARLY  HISTORY. 

The  earliest  known  drilling  for  oil  or  gas  in  Washington  County 
was  by  the  Washington  County  Eureka  Oil  Company,  organized  in 


«  For  much  of  the  information  contained  here  the  writer  is  indebted  to  the  staff  of  the  Washington 
Daily  Reporter,  who  allowed  the  consultation  of  its  files.  Other  facts  are  taken  from  the  Handbook 
of  Petroleum.  Derrick  Publishing  Company,  Oil  City,  1898. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


BULLETIN  NO.  300  PL.  IV 


A.  GANTZ  WELL,  AT  WASHINGTON. 
First  well  to  produce  oil  from  the  Gantz  sand. 


B.  PRESENT  APPEARANCE  OF  OIL  OPERATIONS  ON  WILLETTS  FARM,  WASHINGTON 

FIELD. 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


45 


1861.  A  shallow  well  was  sunk  on  the  Mannon  farm,  at  West  Amity 
station,  on  the  Waynesburg  and  Washington  Railroad.  This  well 
was  drilled  to  a  depth  of  900  feet  and  abandoned.  About  the  same 
time  several  wells  were  drilled  by  other  companies  at  Prosperity, 
Lone  Pine,  and  in  South  Strabane  Township,  but  all  the  workings 
were  abandoned.  The  Morgan  Oil  Company  came  into  the  region 
in  1880  and  drilled  its  first  wells  on  the  Alexander  McGuigan  farm, 
in  South  Strabane  Township.  In  the  second  well,  at  2,247  feet, 
the  largest  flow  of  gas  in  the  world  was  struck.  It  was  allowed  to 
go  to  waste  in  the  air  for  more  than  a  year  before  a  6-inch  main 
was  finally  laid  to  Pittsburg.  At  the  close  of  1885  about  five  wells 
had  been  drilled  in  the  Canonsburg  field.  By  November  1,  1886, 
17  wells  in  that  field  were  supplying  gas  to  Pittsburg. 

WASHINGTON  FIELD. 

March  18,  1884,  the  People’s  Light  and  Heat  Company  was  organ¬ 
ized.  It  commenced  drilling  on  the  Hess  farm,  1  mile  from  Wash¬ 
ington,  in  the  Claysville  quadrangle,  and  April  30  struck  an  excellent 
flow  of  gas  at  a  depth  of  2,068  feet.  A  few  months  later  another 
big  well  was  struck  on  the  Harvey  property.  For  some  time  these 
two  wells  supplied  the  town  of  Washington  with  gas. 

Later  in  the  year  the  Citizens  Natural  Gas  Company  was  organized, 
and  commenced  a  well  on  the  Gantz  mill  property,  opposite  the  Chest¬ 
nut  street  station  of  the  Pennsylvania  lines  in  Washington.  Instead 
of  striking  gas,  the  drill  penetrated  a  sand  at  2,191  feet  which  produced 
oil.  This  was  December  31,  1884.  The  Gantz  well  was  the  first  pro¬ 
ducing  oil  well  in  the  county  (PI.  IV,  A ),  and  the  producing  sand 
came  therefore  to  be  known  as  the  Gantz  sand.  The  Gantz  well 
made  two  flows,  one  in  January  and  one  in  February,  1885,  but  after 
this  the  well  was  only  a  “pumper.”  For  some  time  it  was  closed 
down,  but  was  later  drilled  to  the  Gordon  sand. 

Immediately  on  the  circulation  of  the  news  that  oil  had  been  dis¬ 
covered  at  Washington  great  excitement  arose  among  persons  inter¬ 
ested  in  oil.  The  town  was  at  once  invaded  by  a  large  number  of  oil 
experts  and  other  persons,  and  within  three  months  21  wells  were 
underway  in  various  parts  of  the  county.  Some  of  these  were  drilled 
for  gas.  In  April,  1885,  a  well  was  started  by  the  People’s  Light  and 
Heat  Company  on  the  Gordon  farm,  on  the  edge  of  the  Claysville 
quadrangle,  north  of  Washington,  and  August  22  a  sand  was  encoun¬ 
tered  at  2,392  feet,  from  which  the  oil  gushed  at  a  rate  of  25  barrels 
per  hour.  At  that  time  the  Gordon  well  was  the  deepest  producing 
oil  well  in  the  world,  and  the  sand  was  called  the  Gordon  sand. 
Later  in  the  year  this  well  averaged  104  barrels  per  day  for  thirty- 
nine  successive  days. 

With  the  news  that  oil  had  been  struck  in  the  Gordon,  drilling  began 


46 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


in  earnest.  Other  prominent  wells  in  1885  were  the  McNary  gas  well 
and  the  Gordon  No.  2.  The  production  of  oil  in  Washington  County 
in  that  year  was  10,500  barrels.  January  6,  1886,  a  well  was  finished 
on  the  Smith  farm,  which  proved  to  be  a  gusher  with  a  production  of 
1,500  barrels  per  day.  March  11,  a  big  pool  of  oil  was  struck  by  a 
well  on  the  Manifold  farm,  at  a  depth  of  1,425  feet.  This  was  a  pecu¬ 
liar  well,  as  the  oil  was  found  in  the  “Big  Injun”  sand,  several  hun¬ 
dred  feet  nearer  the  surface  than  any  other  strike  of  oil  in  the  county. 
The  production  the  first  day  was  estimated  at  about  700  barrels. 
The  Manifold  No.  2  and  Willetts  No.  11  wells  later  obtained  oil  from 
the  same  sand. 

In  April,  1886,  the  Thayer  well  came  in  with  2,000  barrels  of  oil 
per  day.  At  the  close  of  May  the  field  contained  16  producing  wells 
and  the  production  was  4,000  barrels  per  day.  In  June  it  had  risen 
to  10,120  barrels.  The  maximum  was  in  October,  when  the  produc¬ 
tion  amounted  to  17,549  barrels  per  day.  After  this  it  declined.  The 
discovery  of  oil  in  this  field  brought  the  price  of  petroleum  from  SI, 
about  a  year  before,  down  to  60  cents  a  barrel  at  the  end  of  October. 
Two  enormous  wells  were  the  Barre  1  and  Cameron  1,  both  in  South 
Strabane  Township.  The  Cameron  1,  finished  in  May,  was  probably 
the  largest  producer  in  the  field.  When  at  its  best  it  yielded  from 
140  to  175  barrels  per  hour.  In  November  of  the  same  year  it  was 
still  producing  about  25  barrels  per  day.  Another  great  producer 
was  the  Stewart  well.  August  17,  1886,  this  well  produced  2,558  bar¬ 
rels.  According  to  the  Washington  Reporter,  the  number  of  pro¬ 
ducing  wells  up  to  September  13,  1886,  was  61;  and,  the  average  cost 
of  a  single  well  being  taken  as  $8,000,  the  total  cost  of  the  producing 
wells  would  be  $488,000.  There  were  25  dry  holes  in  the  field,  which, 
with  the  average  cost  of  each  at  $7,000,  would  amount  to  $175,000. 
The  amount  paid  in  bonuses  and  purchases  was  $466,000  and  the 
estimated  running  expenses  $75,000.  The  total  estimated  cost  was 
$1,184,700. 

For  a  few  years  Washington  was  a  great  oil  camp.  Hundreds  of 
wells  were  drilled  in  the  southern,  western,  and  eastern  parts  of  the 
town  and  in  the  area  extending  to  the  northeast  as  far  as  Lind(n. 
New  producers  became  frequent  and  the  excitement  was  intense. 
Nearly  all  the  successful  wells  were  oil  wells,  though  the  field  has 
contained  a  few  scattering  gas  wells.  As  usual  in  the  rich  fields,  the 
greatest  production  was  confined  to  a  very  few  farms,  some  of  which 
contained  from  10  to  30  wells  apiece.  Most  of  these  had  a  rather 
short  life,  and  the  number  of  producing  wells  has  since  steadily 
decreased  until,  at  the  present  date,  only  a  few  derricks  are  standing  as 
a  reminder  of  the  productiveness  of  over  a  decade  ago  (PI.  IV,  B). 
Many  of  the  rich  farms  have  been  completely  exhausted.  In  gen¬ 
eral  the  sites  of  the  wells  have  been  plowed  over  or  grown  up  to  grass, 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS.  47 

but  in  some  cases  a  pile  of  debris,  the  remains  of  a  bull  wheel,  or  a 
wooden  conductor  mark  the  site. 

Few  wells  have  been  drilled  in  this  part  of  the  field  in  several  years. 
One  or  two  have  recently  been  drilled  to  the  fifth  sand  and  produce 
oil  from  it.  In  the  region  southwest  of  Washington,  however,  devel¬ 
opment  is  still  going  on.  At  Meadowlands,  in  the  valley  of  Char- 
tiers  Creek,  a  pumping  station  of  the  Southwest  Pennsylvania  Pipe 
Lines  is  located,  and  in  this  valley,  between  Meadowlands  and  Hous¬ 
ton,  are  situated  about  50  tanks,  with  an  average  capacity  of  29,350 
barrels,  in  which  oil  of  the  southwest  district  is  stored. 

The  prosperous  growth  of  the  town  of  Washington  was  largely  due 
to  the  influx  of  oil  men  during  the  boom  and  to  the  productiveness 
of  neighboring  farms.  Large  amounts  have  been  paid  in  leases  to 
landowners  throughout  the  country.  In  consequence,  many  of  the 
farms  have  a  very  prosperous  appearance  and  in  East  Washington 
handsome  residences  have  been  built.  Many  families,  who  became 
well  to  do  at  the  time  of  the  oil  boom,  still  reside  in  the  town,  and  a 
few  former  operators  are  now  interested  in  oil  fields  in  other  districts. 

FONNER  FIELD. 

Oil  was  discovered  in  this  field  in  March,  1897,  in  a  well  drilled  on 
the  farm  of  William  Fonner.  The  first  well  produced  1,800  barrels 
per  day  for  a  short  time  and  then  the  production  declined.  A  number 
of  wells  were  drilled  in  1898-99  to  the  Gantz  and  Fifty-foot  sands,  which 
yield  the  oil. 

A  number  of  dry  holes  were  struck  in  territory  immediately  adjoin¬ 
ing  productive  wells.  In  February,  1903,  there  were  10  wells  in  the 
Fonner  field,  with  a  daily  production  of  about  50  barrels.  The  oil  is 
pumped  into  small  tanks  and  transported  by  the  Southwest  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  Pipe  Lines  to  the  Meadowlands  storage  tanks. 

ZOLLARSVILLE  FIELD. 

Except  in  the  Fonner  field,  little  drilling  for  oil  has  been  done  in  the 
quadrangle  since  the  eighties,  but  there  has  been  much  prospecting  for 
gas.  The  largest  producing  gas  field  is  in  the  southeastern  part  of  the 
quadrangle,  between  Beallsville,  Zollarsville,  and  Deemston.  This 
field  contains  about  70  wells,  and  in  it  new  wells  are  still  being  drilled. 
It  is  operated  by  the  Manufacturers  Light  and  Heat,  the  Monongahela 
Gas,  the  Carnegie,  and  the  Philadelphia  companies.  In  1904  oil  was 
struck  in  one  or  two  wells  on  the  western  edge  of  the  field. 

OIL  AND  GAS  ROCKS. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  MAP. 

On  the  geologic  map  (PI.  I,  pocket)  three  classes  of  wells  are  repre¬ 
sented,  printed  in  green,  red,  and  black,  respectively.  Those  shown 
m  green  are  wells  which  at  some  time  have  produced  oil ;  those  in  red 


48 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


have  produced  gas ;  and  those  in  black  were  either  dry  or  the  product 
has  not  been  reported.  Persons  familiar  with  the  region  will  observe 
that  in  the  Washington  field  and  in  general  over  the  northern  and 
western  portions  of  the  quadrangle  the  data  are  very  incomplete; 
many  wells  are  omitted,  and  in  others  the  product  is  not  known.  The 
wells  shown  on  the  map  include  only  those  of  which  the  exact  positions 
were  noted  by  the  geologists  in  the  field,  no  attempt  being  made  to 
give  any  of  which  the  location  is  doubtful.  In  portions  of  the  Wash¬ 
ington  field  the  wells  are  bunched  so  close  together  that  their  repre¬ 
sentation  on  the  general  map  is  impossible.  In  this  field,  therefore, 
only  those  wells  are  mapped  of  which  the  records  have  been  obtained 
and  published  in  this  report.  The  remaining  wells  and  those  not  accu¬ 
rately  located  are  omitted,  but  the  approximate  limits  of  the  oil  fields 
are  represented  on  the  map  by  the  green  shading. 

DEPTH  OF  WELLS. 

In  the  Washington  field  the  wells  are  only  2,200  to  2,900  feet  deep, 
and  this  is  about  the  average  throughout  the  quadrangle.  In  the 
Zollarsville  field  the  depth  is  somewhat  greater,  averaging  2,700  to 
3,100  feet.  The  deepest  section  in  the  quadrangle  is  that  of  the  Mrs. 
A.  L.  Hawkins  No.  1  well  (31)  in  the  borough  of  Deemston.  This  well 
extends  3,611  feet  below  the  surface,  or  over  3,100  feet  below  the  low¬ 
est  exposed  horizon  in  the  quadrangle. 

MODE  OF  OCCURRENCE  OF  OIL  AND  GAS. 

The  three  requisites  for  the  occurrence  of  oil  and  gas  are,  first,  a 
sufficient  supply  from  some  source;  second,  a  bed  of  porous  rock  in 
which  the  oil  and  gas  can  accumulate;  and  third,  suitable  impervious 
confining  beds — clays  or  shales — to  prevent  the  escape  of  the  oil  and 
gas  into  surrounding  strata. 

OIL  AND  GAS  SANDS.  „ 

Drillers'  names.— In  western  Pennsylvania  all  the  oil  and  gas  yet 
discovered  have  been  produced  from  beds  of  sandstone,  or  “  sands,” 
as  they  are  called.  The  various  sands  penetrated  by  the  drill  have 
been  given  common  or  fanciful  names  by  the  drillers,  and  these  names 
have  come  into  common  usage  as  descriptive  of  the  various  beds. 
Their  relations  are  shown  in  the  following  table,  which  gives  the 
driller’s  name,  the  depth  above  or  below  the  Pittsburg  coal,  and 
the  geologic  formation  to  which  the  sand  belongs. 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


49 


Drillers’  terms  for  oil  and  gas  rocks,  etc.,  and  their  geologic  correlations. 

[4-  indicates  above  Pittsburg  coal;  —  indicates  below  Pittsburg  coal.] 


Formation. 

Drillers’  name. 

Geologists’  name. 

Approxi¬ 
mate 
maxi¬ 
mum 
thick¬ 
ness  in 
this  area. 

Average 
interval 
to  top  of 
bed  from 
Pitts¬ 
burg 
coal, 

Correlation  with 
sands  in  neighbor¬ 
ing  fields. 

Feet. 

Feet. 

Washington .  .. 

Bluff  sand . 

Waynesburg  sand- 

60 

+  390 

• 

stone. 

(Waynesburg  or 

W aynesburg  coal .... 

5 

+  330 

Pinhook  coal. 

Monongahela  .. 

iMapletown  coal .... 

Sewickley  coal . 

6 

+  110 

[Pittsburg  coal . 

10 

o 

[Murphy . 

Morgantown  sand- 

100 

-  200 

stone 

Conemaugh .... 

Little  Dunkard 

Saltsburg  sandstone. 

30 

-  370 

sand. 

iBig  Dunkard  sand. 

Mahoning  sandstone. 

100 

-  500 

Hurry-up  sand. 

Allegheny . 

Connellsville  coal . . . 

Upper  Freeport  coal. 

6 

-  600 

iGas  sand . . . 

Kittanning  or  Clar¬ 

70 

-  800 

ion  sandstone. 

Pottsville . 

Salt  sand . 

Pottsville  sandstone 

180  . 

-  900 

(Homewood  + 

Connoquenessing) . 

(Red  rock . 

Mauch  Chunk  red 

100 

-1,050 

Mauch  Chunk. .  ■ 

shale. 

'Big  lime . 

Greenbrier  limestone . 

60 

-1,150 

Big  Injun  or  Mani¬ 

Burgoon  sandstone.. 

300 

-1,200 

Mountain  sand. 

fold  sand 

Squaw  sand . 

130 

—1,530 

Pnnnnn 

Thirty-foot  sand . . . 

• 

170 

-1,750 

Berea  or  Butler 

County  gas  sand. 

Gantz  sand . 

60 

-1,900 

First  sand |Hundred- 

Fifty-foot  sand.  . 

100 

-1,950 

-2,050 

>  foot 

/Nineveh  Thirty- 

30 

Second  sand. 

foot  sand. 

Gordon  Stray  sand. 

30 

-2,100 

Gray  or  bowlder 

sand. 

Gordon  sand . 

50 

-2,130 

Third  sand. 

Chemung . . 

Fourth  sand . 

50 

2,200 

Fifth  sand . 

50 

2,300 

McDonald  sand. 

Bayard  or  Sixth 

50 

2,400 

sand. 

Elizabeth  sand . 

20 

2,500 

30 

2,700 

Warren  First  sand. 

2,750 

W arren  Second  sand. 

Murphy  sand. — The  uppermost  sand  commonly  reported  by  drillers 
is  known  in  the  southeastern  part  of  the  quadrangle  as  the  Murphy 
sand.  It  occurs  in  the  Conemaugh  formation  at  an  interval  of  170  to 
220  feet  below  the  Pittsburg  coal  and  varies  in  thickness  from  25  to  120 
feet.  This  sand  ‘probably  corresponds  with  the  Morgantown  sand¬ 
stone,  which  outcrops  at  about  the  same  horizon  in  certain  parts  of 
southwestern  Pennsylvania  and  northern  West  Virginia.  It  is  not 
productive  of  gas  or  oil. 

Dunkard  sand . — This  is  the  name  given  to  a  sand  or  group  of  sands 
Bull.  300—07 - 4 


50  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

occurring  in  the  Conemaugh  formation  480  to  540  feet  below  the  Pitts¬ 
burg  coal  and  50  to  100  feet  above  the  Upper  Freeport  coal.°  It  is 
frequently  recorded  as  a  double  sand,  in  which  case  the  upper  and 
lower  divisions  are  known  as  Little  Dunkard  and  Big  Dunkard, 
respectively. 

The  Big  Dunkard  sand  in  many  places  lies  almost  directly  on  top 
of  the  Upper  Freeport  coal.  It  therefore  corresponds  in  position  with 
the  Mahoning  sandstone,  which  is  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  sand¬ 
stone  lentils  farther  north  and  east  in  western  Pennsylvania.  The 
thickness  of  the  Big  Dunkard  varies  from  30  to  100  feet.  Where  sim¬ 
ply  the  Dunkard  sand  is  recorded,  the  Big  Dunkard  is  most  commonly 
referred  to,  and  this  is  believed  to  be  the  more  persistent  of  the  two 
beds.  In  some  cases,  however,  the  sand  is  thick  enough  to  include 
both  divisions. 

The  top  of  the  Little  Dunkard  sand  usually  occurs  at  170  to  240  feet 
above  the  Upper  Freeport  coal,  and  this  sand  is  therefore  considered 
the  equivalent  of  the  Saltsburg  sandstone,  a  lentil  which  forms  a  con¬ 
spicuous  surface  feature  over  large  areas  in  the  western  part  of  the 
State.  The  thickness  of  the  Little  Dunkard  is  generally  20  to  40  feet. 

The  name  of  these  sands  was  taken  from  Dunkard  Creek,  near  the 
mouth  of  which  an  oil  pool  was  discovered  in  1861.  The  Dunkard 
sand  has  produced  oil  in  several  places,  but  not  in  this  quadrangle. 

Gas  sand. — Several  sands  occur  in  the  Allegheny  formation.  The 
principal  bed  recorded  by  the  drillers  is  known  as  the  Gas  sand  and  lies 
near  the  middle  of  the  formation,  670  to  840  feet  below  the  Pittsburg 
coal.  Although  rather  variable  in  position,  it  generally  corresponds, 
where  correctly  noted,  with  the  Kittanning  sandstone,  between  the 
Upper  and  Lower  Kittanning  coals.  In  thickness  this  sand  varies 
from  1 5  to  70  feet.  A  small  quantity  of  gas  is  occasionally  encountered 
in  it. 

Salt  sand. — The  Salt  sand  corresponds  to  the  Pottsville  formation 
of  northern  and  central  Pennsylvania  and  occurs  from  870  to  990  feet 
below  the  Pittsburg  coal.  It  varies  in  thickness  from  100  to  170  feet, 
but  generally  contains  a  break  of  shale  near  its  center.  This  sand 
sometimes  contains  a  little  gas,  but  is  otherwise  unproductive.  It  is 
important  to  the  drillers  for  the  reason  that  it  contains  a  large  quan¬ 
tity  of  salt  water. 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  Salt  sand  of  this  region  occurs  above  the 
Big  Injun,  while  in  Armstrong  County  the  same  name  is  applied  to  a 
gas-bearing  stratum  below  the  Big  Injun. 

Big  Injun  sand. — This  is  the  name  given  by  the  drillers  to  a  hard, 
fine-grained,  gray  sandstone,  which  occurs  at  the  top  of  the  Pocono 
formation,  directly  below  the  Big  lime.  It  corresponds  with  the  Bur- 
goon  sandstone,  which  outcrops  on  the  Allegheny  Front,  and  is  also 


*  Unless  otherwise  stated,  all  intervals  in  this  report  are  from  top  to  top  of  the  respective  beds. 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


51 


known  as  the  Mountain  sand.  In  Washington  County  the  Big  Injun 
is  sometimes  called  the  Manifold  sand,  for  the  reason  that  in  a  well  on 
the  Manifold  farm  (180),  near  Washington,  oil  was  found  in  it. 

The  Big  Injun  sand  is  every  where  ^present  and  can  be  easily  recog¬ 
nized  by  the  drillers.  In  thickness  it  varies  from  250  to  over  350  feet. 
In  many  places  it  contains  two  or  three  coarse,  porous,  and,  in  some 
cases,  pebbly  layers,  filled  with  oil,  gas,  or  salt  water.  These  are  what 
the  drillers  call  “pay”  streaks.  An  interesting  feature  of  the  sand  is 
a  shaly  break,  which  is  frequently  encountered  about  one-third  of  the 
distance  from  the  top.  This  break  locally  amounts  to  as  much  as  20 
feet  in  thickness.  It  has  been  recorded  especially  in  the  J.  L.  Thomp¬ 
son  wells  and  in  a  well  in  Morris  Township. 

The  interval  from  the  Pittsburg  coal  to  the  top  of  the  Big  Injun 
sand  varies  from  1,115  feet  in  the  Culbertson  well  at  Washington,  to 
1,292  feet  in  the  Burkehammer  well  near  Deemston.  In  general,  it 
is  greater  toward  the  southeast,  owing  largely  to  the  increased  thickness 
of  the  Mauch  Chunk  in  that  direction.  (See  pp.  27,  53.)  In  the  vicinity 
of  Washington  and  in  North  and  South  Strabane  townships  the  inter¬ 
val  is  usually  between  1,130  and  1,160  feet.  In  several  wells  in  North 
Franklin  Township  it  is  reported  as  1,200  to  1,225  feet,  but  to  the 
south,  along  the  western  edge  of  the  quadrangle,  it  diminishes  to  about 
1,140  to  1,190  feet.  One  record  reports  as  small  an  interval  as  1,075 
feet,  but  the  accuracy  of  this  is  doubtful. 

In  the  Zollarsville  field  a  large  number  of  measurements  of  this 
interval  are  at  hand,  and  these  show  a  good  agreement.  Near  Zol¬ 
larsville  it  varies  only  between  1,233  and  1,257  feet;  near  and  west  of 
Deemston  between  1,200  and  1,286  feet,  and  southwest  of  Beallsville 
between  1,210  and  1,245  feet.  Only  a  few  records  from  Somerset 
and  Nottingham  townships  are  at  hand,  but  in  these  the  figures 
are  1,196  feet  near  Ellsworth,  1,205  feet  northeast  of  Vanceville,  1,217 
feet  north  of  Bentleyville,  1,156  feet  near  Kammerer,  1,188  feet  mid¬ 
way  between  Kammerer  and  Munntown,  and  about  1,200  feet  near 
Finleyville. 

In  general,  the  Big  Injun  sand  is  unproductive,  but  in  several  places 
it  has  locally  produced  oil.  The  most  important  instance  of  this 
kind  was  in  the  Manifold  No.  1  well,  drilled  in  1886,  on  the  Manifold 
farm  near  Washington.  This  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  wells  in 
the  Washington  field  on  account  of  its  great  yield  of  oil,  its  long- 
continued  production,  and  the  lack  of  interference  from  neigh¬ 
boring  wells.  Although  located  in  a  district  which  was  thoroughly 
perforated  by  holes,  none  of  the  neighboring  wells  harmed  it,  and  in 
none  of  them,  with  two  or  three  exceptions,  was  oil  found  at  this 
horizon.  Of  the  other  wells  which  produced  oil  at  this  horizon,  the 
most  important  is  the  Willetts  No.  11  close  by.  The  Manifold  well 
flowed  about  700  barrels  per  day.  A  little  gas  is  reported  from  this 


52 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


sand  in  several  wells  in  West  Bethlehem  Township  and  the  borough 
of  Deemston. 

This  sand  was  named  Big  Injun  by  some  driller  in  this  county  on 
account  of  its  unusual  thickness  and  hardness. 

Squaw  sand. — In  the  northern  and  eastern  portions  of  the  quad¬ 
rangle  a  sand  commonly  occurs  20  to  50  feet  below  the  bottom  of  the 
Big  Injun.  This  is  known  to  drillers  as  the  Squaw  sand.  In  many 
places  it  is  over  100  feet  thick,  and  in  the  J.  L.  Thompson  wells  it 
reaches  130  feet,  but  it  is  irregular  and  often  missing.  In  the  Rogers- 
ville  quadrangle  it  has  not  been  recognized. 

Thirty-foot  sand. — This  sand  occurs  below  the  Squaw  and  450  to 
650  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Big  Injun  sand.  The  name  Thirty-foot 
means  nothing  as  regards  its  thickness,  for  it  varies  from  a  knife  edge 
up  to  170  feet.  The  sand  is  not  uniformly  present  and  occurs  rather 
irregularly;  but  is  believed  to  correspond  approximately  in  its  upper 
and  lower  limits  to  the  Berea  sand  of  the  Burgettstown  and  Beaver 
regions,  to  the  Butler  gas  sand  of  northern  Pennsylvania,  and  to  the 
Berea  grit  of  Ohio. 

The  interval  from  the  Pittsburg  coal  to  the  top  of  this  sand  varies 
from  1,560  to  1,865  feet.  In  South  Strabane  Township  the  known 
limits  are  between  1,560  and  1,630  feet;  in  the  southwest  corner  of  the 
quadrangle  1,750  and  1,770  feet.  In  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Zollars- 
ville  the  sand  is  not  recorded,  but  near  Deemston  the  limiting  figures 
are  J  ,810  and  1,865  feet.  Several  wells  in  this  vicinity  exhibit  a 
much  smaller  interval — only  1,720  to  1,740  feet — this  being  due  to  a 
local  thickening  of  the  sand.  Southwest  of  Beallsville  the  interval  is 
usually  1,800  to  1,855  feet,  but  it  varies  irregularly,  and  some  meas¬ 
urements  are  reported  which  are  considerably  less.  In  the  Somerset 
field  1 ,805  feet  is  recorded,  and  near  Finleyville  about  1,850  feet.  The 
Thirty-foot  sand,  so  far  as  known,  is  not  productive  anywhere  in  the 
quadrangle. 

The  Thirty-foot  sand  of  Washington  is  not  the  same  as  the  Tliirty- 
foot  of  Armstrong  County,  but  probably  corresponds  closely  with 
what  is  there  known  as  the  Gas,  Butler,  or  Murrysville  sand. 

Gantz  sand. — Next  below  the  Thirty-foot  sand  is  the  Gantz,  which 
was  named  from  the  farm  near  Washington  on  which  oil  was  first  pro¬ 
duced  from  this  sand.  This  was  the  first  producing  oil  well  in  the 
county. 

The  Gantz  sand  ranges  from  60  to  160  feet  below  the  top  of  the 
Thirty-foot  sand  and  is  a  short  distance  above  the  Fifty-foot  sand. 
It  varies  in  thickness  from  10  to  60  feet.  In  some  wells  the  Gantz 
thickens  up  enough  to  unite  with  the  Fifty-foot,  and  in  such  cases  the 
combined  sand  is  known  as  the  Hundred-foot  and  is  the  equivalent 
of  the  Hundreddbot  sand  of  Beaver,  Butler,  and  Armstrong  counties. 
It  is  supposed  also  to  be  the  same  as  the  First  sand  of  Oil  Creek. 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


53 


The  interval  from  the  Gantz  sand  to  the  Pittsburg  coal  seems  to 
be  more  variable  than  that  of  any  other  persistent  sand.  Within  the 
quadrangle  it  varies  from  1,790  feet  in  the  Ross  well  in  Chartiers 
Township  to  1,985  feet  in  one  of  the  J.  L.  Thompson  wells  in  the 
Zollarsville  field.  As  with  the  upper  sands,  there  is  a  gradual  thick¬ 
ening  of  the  interval  from  northwest  to  southeast,  as  shown  by  figures 
in  the  various  districts.  In  Chartiers  Township  the  variation  is  from 
1,790  to  1,821  feet;  at  Washington,  1,805  to  1,827  feet;  in  North  and 


Fig.  3. — Sketch  map  showing  the  diminution  of  interval  between  the  Pittsburg  coal  and  the  Gantz 
sand,  corresponding  to  the  unconformity  at  the  top  of  the  Mauch  Chunk  formation.  A,  Amity;  B, 
Boallsville;  E,  Ellsworth;  H,  Houston;  L,  Linden;  T,  Tenmile;  V,  Venetia;  W,  Washington;  Z, 
Zollarsville. 

South  Strabane  townships,  1,815  to  1,870;  in  North  and  South  Frank¬ 
lin  townships,  1,820  to  1,880;  in  the  northwestern  part  of  West 
Bethlehem  Township,  1,877  to  1,883;  in  the  Fonner  field  and  .vicinity, 
1,900  to  1,929;  near  Zollarsville,  1,890  to  1,955;  west  of  Deemston, 
1,910  to  1,985,  with  two  wells  as  low  as  1,820  and  1,845;  at  Deems¬ 
ton  and  farther  east,  1,910  to  1,970;  southwest  of  Beallsville,  1,886 
to  1,933;  south  of  Ellsworth,  1,910;  northeast  of  Vanceville,  1,940; 


54  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

near  Kammerer,  1,907;  southeast  of  Munntown,  1,925;  and  at  Fin- 
leyville,  about  1,967  feet.  This  progressive  thickening  of  the  interval 
toward  the  south  and  east  is  shown  by  isochore  lines  in  fig.  3,  as 
interpolated  from  well  records.  At  all  points  along  a  given  line  in  this 
figure  the  interval  from  the  coal  to  the  Gantz  sand  is  equal,  and  it 
thickens  or  diminishes  20  feet  for  each  line. 

The  interval  from  the  top  of  the  Big  Injun  sand  to  the  top  of  the 
Gantz  varies  from  574  to  751  feet,  the  extremes  being,  respectively, 
the  well  on  the  Harding  lot  at  Washington  and  the  Gamble  well  near 
Kammerer.  In  single  instances  considerably  greater  intervals  have 
been  observed,  but  these  are  believed  to  be  due  either  to  poor  records 
or  to  a  mistaken  correlation  of  the  sands.  In  North  and  South  Stra- 
bane  townships  the  interval  varies  from  675  to  710  feet;  in  the 
borough  of  Washington,  574  to  670  feet;  in  the  Fonner  field,  719  to 
748;  near  Zollarsville,  650  to  722;  in  the  vicinity  of  Deemston,  630  to 
720;  and  southwest  of  Beallsville,  650  to  700  feet.  In  a  comparison 
of  these  groups  of  measurements  the  most  noticeable  feature  is  that, 
unlike  the  intervals  from  the  coal,  they  do  not  show  any  general 
thickening  toward  the  southeast.  This  fact  is  in  harmony  with  the 
view  that  the  thickening  of  the  strata  is  due  principally  to  an  uncon¬ 
formity  at  the  top  of  the  Mauch  Chunk  formation. 

The  Gantz  sand  has  probably  furnished  a  greater  number  of  pro¬ 
ducing  wells  than  any  other  sand  in  the  county.  The  great  majority 
of  the  wells  in  the  W ashington  field  obtained  their  oil  from  it.  In  some 
places  the  sand  has  two  or  three  “pay”  streaks  a  few  feet  apart.  An 
immense  quantity  of  oil  has  been  produced  from  the  Gantz,  some  of 
the  early  gushers  having  flowed  hundreds  of  barrels  the  first  day.  In 
several  cases  the  production  the  first  twenty-four  hours  reached  2,000 
to  3,000  barrels. 

The  Gantz  sand  is  also  the  principal  producing  sand  of  the  Fonner 
field,  where  it  furnishes  both  oil  and  gas.  In  this  part  of  the  quad¬ 
rangle,  however,  the  Gantz  and  Fifty-foot  are  frequently  found  in 
contact,  forming  the  Hundred-foot.  The  Gantz  sand  also  produces 
gas  in  a  few  wells  in  the  Zollarsville  and  Somerset  fields,  and  it  is  the 
principal  gas  sand  of  Chartiers  Township  in  this  quadrangle. 

Fifty-foot  sand. — This  is  the  lower  division  of  the  Hundred-foot 
and  has  a  wide  distribution  in  the  Amity  quadrangle.  Under  this 
name  drillers  often  include  the  Gantz  in  wells  where  the  two  sands  are 
combined.  The  Fifty-foot  sand  itself  locally  splits  into  two  sands.  Its 
distance  from  the  bottom  of  the  Gantz  sand  varies  up  to  80  feet,  being 
greatest  toward  the  southeast.  Where  distinct  from  the  Gantz,  the 
sand  is  here  and  there  as  much  as  100  feet  thick,  though  generally 
thinner. 

The  distance  from  the  Pittsburg  coal  to  the  Fifty-foot  sand  varies 
from  1,807  feet  in  the  Matthew  Linn  well  at  Washington  to  2,057  feet 
in  the  Burkehammer  well  in  the  borough  of  Deemston.  This  interval 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


55 


in  the  Washington  field,  including  North  and  South  Strabane  town¬ 
ships  and  the  borough  of  Washington,  varies  from  1,817  to  1 ,930  feet; 
in  the  Amity  and  Fonner  fields,  from  1,905  to  1,941  feet;  in  the  Zol- 
larsville  field,  from  1,940  to  2,057  feet.  The  bottom  of  the  Fifty-foot 
sand  is  usually  not  over  50  feet  above  the  top  of  the  group  of  red  shales 
which  are  considered  the  Catskill  beds  at  the  top  of  the  Devonian  sys¬ 
tem.  This  sand  is  therefore  considered  as  most  probably  the  lowest 
sand  in  the  Carboniferous  system.  (See  discussion  on  p.  28.) 

The  distribution  of  oil  and  gas  in  the  Fifty-foot  sand  shows  a  fair 
agreement  with  their  occurrence  in  the  Gantz,  as  would  naturally  be 
the  case  where  two  sands  in  close  association  are  in  places  combined. 
In  the  Washington  field  the  Fifty-foot  sand  has  furnished  many  good 
wells,  including  some  of  the  great  producers.  Many  of  the  wells 
which  found  oil  in  both  the  Gantz  and  Fifty-foot  obtained  the  greater 
proportion  from  the  lower  of  the  two  sands.  The  Fonner  field  has 
also  furnished  oil  wells  from  this  sand.  In  this  field  the  Fifty-foot  and 
Gantz  sands  are  generally  united. 

The  Fift3^-foot  sand  has  not  yet  produced  a  great  amount  of  gas, 
but  in  Somerset  Township  several  wells  have  obtained  gas  in  this  sand 
and  it  has  occasionally  been  found  at  this  horizon  in  the  Zollarsville 
field.  In  the  Washington  field  a  large  proportion  of  the  oil  wells,  in¬ 
cluding  most  of  the  enormous  producers,  have  long  since  ceased  to  be 
productive  and  have  been  abandoned. 

Gordon  Stray  sand. — Above  the  Gordon  sand  and  near  the  top  of  the 
red  beds  a  sand  is  sometimes  reported  by  the  name  of  Gordon  Stray. 
Sands  at  about  this  horizon  are  also  frequently  called  Butler  Thirty- 
foot,  Nineveh  Thirty-foot,  or  simply  Thirty-foot  or  Stray.  There  is 
considerable  doubt  whether  this  horizon  should  properly  be  included 
in  the  Chemung  formation  or  in  the  Pocono,  but  as  in  a  few  cases 
thin  red  shales  have  been  reported  just  above  it,  the  Gordon  Stray 
sand  is  here  considered  one  of  the  lentils  in  the  Catskill  member  of  the 
Chemung. 

Although  not  classed  as  one  of  the  productive  sands,  the  Gordon 
Stray  is  frequently  known  to  produce  gas,  and  in  the  borough  of 
Washington  gas  has  from  time  to  time  been  found  in  it.  One  of  these 
gas  wells  was  that  of  Matthew  Linn,  in  which  the  rock  pressure 
amounted  to  over  600  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Gordon  sand. — In  the  vicinity  of  Washington  this  is  one  of  the  prin¬ 
cipal  oil  sands,  and  occurs  near  the  top  of  the  Venango  oil  group 
and  of  the  Third  sand  horizon  of  Oil  Creek.  The  name  “ Gordon’ ’ 
originated  from  the  Gordon  farm  near  Washington,  where  the  sand 
was  first  pierced  by  the  drill  in  August,  1885.  In  the  Gantz  well  this 
sand  occurs  245  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Gantz  sand,  and  in  other 
wells  in  that  vicinity  the  interval  varies  from  240  to  300  feet.  It  is 
usually  about  the  first  conspicuous  sand  below  the  top  of  the  Catskill 


56 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


red  beds.  The  usual  position  of  the  Gordon  sand  is  shown  by  the 
Kountz  No.  1  well  (174)  in  South  Strabane  Township.  The  sand, 
which  is  here  designated  Gordon,  was  noted  by  the  driller  as  the 
“Stray  sand,”  but,  to  judge  from  the  intervals,  this  was  a  mistake. 


Partial  section  of  Kountz  No.  1  well,  South  Strabane  Township. 


Sand,  Gantz.ipocono, 

Slate . / 

Red  rock . 

Sand  and  slate. 

Slate  . 

Sand  (Gordon) . 

Slate  . 

Sand . 

Slate . : . . . ; 


Catskill. 


Feet. 

104 

81 

10 

10 

16 

60 

19 

20 
3 


323 

In  the  Fonner  field,  just  off  the  southwest  corner  of  the  quadrangle, 
the  William  Fonner  No.  2  well  gives  a  section  which  showrs  a  similar 
relation  of  beds. 


Partial  section  of  William  Fonner  No.  2  well,  Moms  Township,  Greene  County. 


Sand,  Gantz 

Slate . . 

Sand,  Fifty-foot. 
Slate,  black . 


Pocono ? 


Sand,  red . 

Slate . 

Red  rock . 

Sand  shells,  gray 

Pencil  cave  a _ 

Sand,  Gordon . . 
Slate,  black  .... 
Sand  and  shells. 


>Catskill 


Feet. 

29 

2 

35 

11 

15 

53 

5 

15 

5 

50 

80 

35 


335 


The  thickness  of  the  Gordon  sand  varies  from  10  to  50  feet.  At 
Washington  and  in  South  Strabane  Township  it  seems  to  be  fairly  per¬ 
sistent  and  has  probably  been  always  correctly  identified  by  the  drill¬ 
ers.  In  other  parts  of  the  quadrangle,  however,  its  persistency  is  not 
so  certain.  In  North  Strabane  Township  it  is  rarely  reported,  except 
in  the  vicinity  of  Linden.  In  the  southeast  corner  of  the  quadrangle 
it  is  frequently  recorded,  but  is  just  as  often  missing  and  is  very  irregu¬ 
lar.  Where  recorded  in  this  region  it  sometimes  apparently  includes 
the  Fourth  sand. 

The  interval  from  the  Pittsburg  coal  to  the  Gordon  sand  in  South 
Strabane  Township  and  Washington  varies  from  2,051  to  2,125  feet; 


a  The  usual  “pencil  cave”  horizon  of  the  drillers  occurs  in  the  Mauch  Chunk  formation  several 
hundred  feet  nearer  the  surface. 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


57 


in  Chartiers  Township  it  runs  2,029  to  2,078;  in  the  vicinity  of  Linden 
2,077  to  2,129;  in  North  Franklin,  according  to  the  few  available  rec¬ 
ords,  it  is  fairly  constant  at  2,070  to  2,078  feet;  at  Sunset  it  is  2,123 
feet;  in  the  Fonner  field  the  variation  is  from  2,080  to  2,095  feet;  in 
the  Zollarsville  field,  from  2,110  to  2,240,  with  occasional  reports  as 
low  as  2,047  and  1,979;  and  southwest  of  Kammerer  the  amount  is 
2,160  feet. 

The  Gordon  sand  has  locally  furnished  both  oil  and  gas,  but  it  can 
not  be  ranked  as  one  of  the  principal  producers.  The  original  flow  of 
oil  from  the  Gordon  well  was  25  barrels  per  hour.  As  stated  above,  it 
is  improbable  that  the  Gordon  sand  is  in  reality  one  continuous  bed 
beneath  the  whole  quadrangle. 

Fourth  sand. — Where  present,  this  sand  is  dovetailed  into  the  Cat- 
skill  beds,  about  40  to  140  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Gordon.  Like 
the  Gordon,  it  is  irregular,  and  probably  not  persistent  as  a  definite 
bed.  In  thickness  it  varies  from  10  to  50  feet.  The  distance  from 
the  Pittsburg  coal  is  as  follows:  In  South  Strabane  Township,  2,101 
to  2,135  feet;  in  the  vicinity  of  Linden,  2,138  to  2,160;  at  Washington, 
2,130  to  2,163;  in  North  Franklin  Township,  2,121  to  2,165;  in  the 
.Ross  field,  2,102  to  2,130;  in  the  Zollarsville  field,  2,211  to  2,350  feet. 

In  only  a  few  instances  has  this  sand  produced  gas.  The  sand 
has  been  noted  no  more  frequently  than  the  Gordon,  which  indicates 
something  of  its  nonpersistence  and  variability. 

Fifth  sand. — The  Fifth  sand  is  also  within  the  limits  of  the  Catskill 
beds;  but  it  seems  to  be  more  persistent  than  either  the  Stray,  Gor¬ 
don,  or  Fourth.  In  general  it  occurs  near  the  lower  limit  of  the 
Catskill  and  in  some  places  has  no  red  shale  below  it.  In  one  well  the 
Fifth  is  reported  as  a  “red  sand.”  The  position  of  the  sand  is  250 
to  400  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Gantz,  and  it  is  reported  in  nearly 
all  wells  which  are  deep  enough  to  reach  it.  In  a  considerable  num¬ 
ber  of  records  in  the  borough  of  Deemston  and  in  East  Bethlehem 
Township,  however,  no  Fifth  sand  is  mentioned.  This  sand  varies 
in  thickness  from  10  to  50  feet. 

The  interval  below  the  Pittsburg  coal  varies  in  North  Strabane 
Township  from  2,186  to  2,220  feet;  in  South  Strabane,  2,175  to 
2,280;  at  Washington,  2,174  to  2,201;  in  North  Franklin,  2,181  to 
2,207;  in  South  Franklin,  2,208;  in  the  Ross  field,  2,180  to  2,181; 
2  miles  northeast  of  Lone  Pine,  2,205;  in  the  vicinity  of  Zollarsville, 
2,352  to  2,409;  west  of  Deemston,  2,272  to  2,371;  near  Deemston, 
2,327  to  2,359;  southwest  of  Beallsville,  2,272  to  2,336;  and  north  of 
Bentleyville,  2,300  feet. 

With  the  exception  of  the  Bayard  and  Elizabeth  sands,  the  Fifth 
has  been  one  of  the  most  important  gas-producing  sands  of  the  quad¬ 
rangle,  but  most  of  the  wells  obtaining  gas  from  it  are  now  aban¬ 
doned.  They  were  situated  in  the  northern  extension  of  the  Wash- 


58  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

ington  oil  field  in  the  vicinity  of  Linden  and  west  of  Gambles  station. 
A  number  of  these  wells  north  of  Linden  occur  in  the  syncline.  Just 
outside  of  the  borough  of  Washington  the  Morgan  No.  11  well,  drilled 
in  1900,  has  produced  oil  from  this  horizon.  In  North  and  South 
Franklin  townships  the  sand  has  given  a  little  oil  in  several  wells. 
Some  gas  has  been  produced  from  this  horizon  in  the  Zollarsville 
and  Somerset  fields. 

Bayard  sand. — In  the  western  and  northwestern  parts  of  the  quad¬ 
rangle  the  wells  are  in  general  not  deep  enough  to  reach  the  Bayard 
sand,  and  nothing  is  known  of  it.  In  Morris  Township  several  wells 
pass  into  the  Elizabeth  without  reporting  the  Bayard,  and  as  few  of 
the  deep  wells  in  the  Rogersville  quadrangle  note  this  sand  it  may 
die  out  in  that  direction.  It  is  reported  in  one  well  in  North  Frank¬ 
lin  Township.  In  the  Deemston  field  and  vicinity  a  great  many 
wells  penetrate  the  Bayard,  which  is  usually  reported  50  to  150  feet 
below  the  top  of  the  Fifth.  Owing  to  its  position  it  is  frequently 
called  the  Sixth  sand,  but  this  name  has  also  been  applied  to  the 
Elizabeth.  In  thickness  it  averages  about  20  or  30  feet,  here  and 
there  amounting  to  as  much  as  50  feet. 

The  Bayard  sand  is  reported  in  numerous  wells  in  the  Zollarsville 
field,  where  the  distance  below  the  Pittsburg  coal  varies  from  2,337 
to  2,479  feet.  In  a  well  southeast  of  Munntown  it  is  2,400  feet,  and 
in  North  Franklin  Township  2,231  feet. 

A  large  part  of  the  gas  produced  in  the  Zollarsville  field  comes  from 
the  Bayard  sand.  In  other  sections  the  sand  is  not  important, 
although  beneath  a  large  proportion  of  the  quadrangle  it  has  never 
yet  been  penetrated. 

Elizabeth  sand. — The  deepest  sand  which  has  yet  proved  of  any 
importance  is  the  Elizabeth,  which  lies  50  to  150  feet  below  the  top 
of  the  Bayard.  It  is  also  sometimes  known  as  the  Sixth  sand,  though 
this  name  is  more  often  applied  to  the  Bayard.  In  general  the  Eliza¬ 
beth  is  supposed  to  be  more  persistent  than  the  Bayard,  being  re¬ 
ported  in  nearly  every  well  which  reaches  its  horizon.  It  is,  however, 
one  of  the  thinnest  of  the  sands,  rarely  exceeding  20  feet,  and  usually 
considerably  less.  In  the  Waynesburg  quadrangle  to  the  south  it  is 
not  known  to  exceed  7  feet. 

Notwithstanding  its  great  depth,  this  sand  has  been  penetrated 
by  many  wells  in  the  Zollarsville  field,  where  its  distance  below  the 
coal  ranges  from  2,470  to  2,530  feet.  By  comparison  with  the  meas¬ 
urements  given  for  the  Bayard  sand  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  Eliza¬ 
beth  is  much  more  constant.  One  measurement  of  2,588  feet  is 
reported,  but  this  is  an  exception.  The  interval  is  2,482  feet  in ‘a 
well  north  of  Bentleyville,  2,506  at  Lone  Pine,  and  2,400  in  the 
Fonner  field. 

In  the  Zollarsville  field  the  interval  from  the  Elizabeth  to  the  top 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAR. 


59 


of  the  Gantz  sand  is  528  to  620  feet,  with  occasional  records  as  high 
as  743.  The  excessive  amounts  are  •  generally  due  to  indefiniteness 
in  the  position  of  the  top  of  the  Gantz  sand.  In  the  Fonner  field 
this  interval  is  500  feet  and  at  Lone  Pine  600  feet. 

The  Elizabeth  sand  is  at  present  the  great  gas  producer  of  the 
Zollarsville  field.  Gas  has  also  been  obtained  from  it  in  Somerset 
Township.  Beneath  the  greater  part  of  the  Amity  quadrangle  this 
sand  has  never  been  penetrated,  but  it  would  seem  to  offer  good 
opportunities  for  future  prospecting.  Oil  and  gas  are  reported  to 
occur  in  this  sand  in  one  well  in  North  Franklin  Township. 

Beds  below  the  Elizabeth  sand. — In  general,  the  Elizabeth  sand  may 
be  considered  the  bottom  of  the  geologic  record,  but  a  few  wells  in  the 
quadrangle  have  reached  greater  depths.  The  Mrs.  A.  L.  Hawkins 
No.  3  (32),  in  the  borough  of  Deemston,  reports  a  “ Sweet  sand”  40 
feet  below  the  top  of  the  Elizabeth.  The  recorded  thickness  is  only 
4  feet.  In  the  H.  H.  Richards  No.  1  well  (293),  in  West  Bethlehem 
Township,  this  sand  has  the  same  thickness  and  occurs  69  feet  below 
the  top  of  the  Elizabeth.  A  number  of  wells  penetrate  this  horizon 
without  reporting  the  sand.  In  the  George  Thompson  No.  1  (309),  in 
West  Pike  Run  Township,  a  sand  30  feet  thick  was  noted  290  feet 
below  the  top  of  the  Bayard,  and  101  feet  lower  the  bottom  of  a  bed  of 
“broken  shells  and  slate”  is  recorded.  These  beds  have  not  been 
definitely  correlated,  but  are  believed  to  approach  the  horizon  of  the 
Warren  First  and  Second  sands  of  northern  Pennsylvania.  In  the 
Mrs.  A.  L.  Hawkins  No.  1  well,  near  Beallsville,  beds  of  a  different 
character  occur.  Nothing  is  recorded  there  in  the  interval  of  747  feet 
below  the  top  of  the  Fifty-foot  sand,  but  at  that  depth — 2,264  feet 
below  the  Pittsburg  coal — there  are  48  feet  of  “sand  and  lime.” 
Below  that  the  record  gives  only  474  feet  of  “slate  and  shell.”  This 
record  was  evidently  considerably  generalized  by  the  driller.  In 
only  one  instance,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  Zollarsville  field,  is  gas 
known  to  occur  below  the  Elizabeth  sand. 

PRODUCTION  OF  OIL  AND  GAS. 

WASHINGTON  OIL  FIELD. 

The  principal  production  of  oil  in  the  Washington  field  was  in  the 
years  immediately  following  its  discovery  in  1885.  Throughout  the 
history  of  the  field  oil  has  been  obtained  mostly  from  the  Gantz  and 
Fifty-foot  sands,  and  all  the  gushers  were  from  these  sands.  In  the 
early  days  the  flows  from  some  of  the  big  wells  were  enormous. 
Among  the  noted  wells  were  the  William  Barre  Nos.  1  and  3;  William 
Davis  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  and  4;  Morgan  Nos.  5  and  9;  Matthew  Taylor  Nos. 
1,  2,  3,  and  4;  Workman  Nos.  1  and  2;  the  Gordon  well;  A.  M.  Smith 
Nos.  1  and  3;  Manifold;  Taylor;  Willetts  Nos.  1,  3,  and  5;  Munce  No. 


60 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


11;  and  Cameron  No.  1,  all  of  which  flowed  over  100  barrels  in  the 
first  twenty-four  hours. 

Of  these,  the  Davis  No.  2  produced  2,200  barrels  per  day;  the  Davis 
No.  4,  1500  barrels  during  the  first  twenty-four  hours;  the  A.  M. 
Smith  No.  3,  2,800  barrels,  and  the  Matthew  Taylor  No.  3,  2,300  barrels 
in  the  same  length  of  time.  The  largest  well  in  the  field  was  the  Cam¬ 
eron  No.  1,  which  at  first  produced  50  barrels  per  day,  but  after  a  few 
days  reached  140  to  175  barrels  per  hour.  May  31,  1886,  the  field  con¬ 
tained  16  producing  wells,  the  list  of  which,  according  to  the  Wash¬ 
ington  Reporter,  is  as  follows: 

List  of  producing  wells  in  W  ashington  field  May  31,  1886. 


Well. 


McGovern . . 

Taylor . 

Lead  works . 

Do . 

Gantz . 

W eaver . 

Montgomery . 

Gordon,  No.  1 . 

Gordon,  No.  2 . 

Gordon,  No  4 . 

Hess;  No.  2 . 

Munce  Purchase,  No.  1 
Munce  Purchase,  No.  3 
Munce  Purchase,  No  5 

Smith,  No.  1 . 

Cameron,  No.  1 . *. . 


Some  of  the  wells,  including  those  on  the  Davis,  W  illetts,  and  neigh¬ 
boring  farms,  have  maintained  their  production  wonderfully,  and 
these  farms  still  have  several  producing  wells.  After  fifteen  years  the 
William  Smith  No.  3  produced  7  barrels  per  day.  The  production  of 
the  Washington  field  for  1887  was  estimated  at  2,859,344  barrels,  or 
7,800  barrels  per  day.  For  1888  it  was  2,322,189.73  barrels.  Most  of 
the  old  wells  have,  however,  run  dry  and  have  been  abandoned,  and) 
those  still  existing  are  gradually  disappearing.  jj  j 

Besides  the  Gantz  and  Fifty-foot  sands  the  Gordon  has  yielded  oil  in 
a  few  wells  in  the  Washington  field  and  the  Fifth  sand  in  se^  ei  al.  The 
deeper  sands  have  not  yet  been  prospected,  but  they  would  seem  to 
offer  a  field  worth  testing.  As  explained  on  page  51,  the  Big  Injun 
sand  proved  productive  in  the  Manifold  and  Willetts  No.  11  wells 
hence  the  name  Manifold  sand.  The  pocket  of  oil  in  that  sand  was 
however,  a  very  local  one. 

One  characteristic  of  the  Washington  field  is  that  it  was  worked  b} 
a  great  number  of  small  operators.  At  the  time  the  excitement  was  al 


Owner. 


Production 
per  day. 


Barrels 


Union  Oil  Co . 

_ do . 

Mulholland,  McKeever  &  Co  . 

Caldwell  &  Marsh . 

Citizens  Oil  and  Gas  Co . 

_ do . 

M.  S.  Kinney  Bros . 

People’s  Light  and  Heat  Co. 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . 

I.  Willetts . 

. do . 

. do . 

Belmont  Oii  Co . 

. do . 


275 

40 

150 

725 

200 

536 

,424 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


61 


its  height,  the  Washington  Reporter  published  a  list  of  125  wells  and 
their  owners,  in  which  over  40  different  companies  and  individuals 
were  represented.  The  more  extensive  operations  were  carried  on  by 
the  Forest  Oil  Company,  People’s  Light  and  Heat  Company,  Willetts 
Oil  Company,  Associated  Producers  Company,  Manufacturers  Light 
and  Heat  Company,  Chartiers  Oil  Company,  John  McKeown,  Pew  & 
Emerson,  and  the  Belmont  Oil  Company. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Meadowlands  there  are  about  50  oil  tanks,  having 
an  average  capacity  of  about  29,350  barrels  each,  a  total  of  1,467,000 
barrels,  in  which  the  oil  produced  in  the  southwest  Penns}rlvania  dis¬ 
trict  is  stored.  The  total  tankage  at  Meadowlands  at  one  time  was 
about  2,409,000  barrels,  contained  in  76  tanks. 

A  number  of  wells  in  the  Washington  field  have  produced  gas  in 
considerable  quantities. 

FONNER  OIL  FIELD. 

The  Fonner  is  a  small  field  which  now  produces  about  50  barrels 
of  oil  per  day,  from  the  Gantz  and  Fifty-foot  sands.  Some  gas  is 
also  produced  in  this  field.  The  operations  are  carried  on  by  the 
South  Penn  Oil  Company. 

ZOLLARSVILLE  GAS  FIELD. 

This  is  the  great  gas  field  of  the  quadrangle  and  has  had  a  large  pro¬ 
duction  for  the  past  few"  years.  The  yield  is  principally  from  the 
Elizabeth  and  Bayard  sands,  though  small  quantities  are  found  at 
all  the  important  sand  horizons.  This  field  is  being  operated  by  the 
Monongahela  Natural  Gas  Company,  the  Philadelphia  Company,  the 
Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Company,  the  Greensboro  Natural  Gas  Com¬ 
pany,  and  the  Manufacturers  Light  and  Heat  Company. 

On  the  extreme  western  edge  of  the  field  several  small  oil  wells 
were  tapped  in  1904.  One  of  these,  on  the  Margaret  Hill  farm  (278), 
flowed  65  to  75  barrels  per  day. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WELLS. 

A  number  of  miscellaneous  wells  in  various  parts  of  the  quadrangle 
have  encountered  oil  in  small  quantities.  None  of  them  are  worth 
mentioning.  Gas  wells  are  more  widely  distributed,  and  some  of  the 
scattered  wells  are  good  producers.  One  of  the  more  continuous  belts 
of  wells  runs  from  the  Fonner  field  northeastward  along  the  Amity 
anticline  to  beyond  the  National  pike.  Another  group  occurs  in  cen¬ 
tral  Somerset  Township.  The  gas  in  these  scattering  wells  occurs  at 
no  particular  horizon,  but  has  been  found  in  all  sands  from  the  Big 
Injun  down  to  the  Stray  below  the  Elizabeth.  The  most  commonly 
productive  sands  are,  however,  the  Gantz,  Fifty-foot,  Fourth,  and 
Fifth.  The  majority  of  the  scattering  wells  were  drilled  by  the  Car¬ 
negie  Natural  Gas  Companjq  the  Philadelphia  Company,  and  the 
Manufacturers  Light  and  Heat  Company. 


62 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


PRESSURE  OF  NATURAL  GAS. 

The  original  pressure  of  gas  in  the  Washington  County  district  was 
about  500  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  minute  pressure.  Since  its  dis¬ 
covery  every  gas  field  in  the  State  has  exhibited  a  constantly  dimin¬ 
ishing  pressure.  The  pressure  is  different  for  the  different  sands  and 
also  varies  for  a  given  sand  in  various  parts  of  the  field.  Few  pres¬ 
sure  records  are  available  for  publication. 

i  THEORY  OF  OIL  AND  GAS. 

Early  in  the  history  of  oil  and  gas  development  attempts  were 
made  to  discover  some  means  of  predicting  their  occurrence.  Since 
1859  various  geologists  and  others  have  published  papers  attempting 
to  solve  this  problem.  Among  others  T.  Sterry  Hunt  (1859  and 
1863),  E.  B.  Andrews  (1861),  and  H.  Hoefer  (1876)  long  ago  recog¬ 
nized  certain  general  relations  of  oil  and  gas  pools  to  the  anticlinal 
structure  of  the  region.  It  remained  for  I.  C.  White  and  Edward 
Orton  to  bring  the  occurrence  before  the  public  in  such  a  way  as  to 
force  a  measure  of  belief  in  the  theory  which  they  advanced. 

THE  “ANTICLINAL  THEORY.” 

In  an  article  on  the  geology  of  natural  gas,  published  in  1885,° 
White  first  formulated  the  “  anticlinal  theory,”  in  which  he  showed 
that  nearly  all  the  great  gas  wells  and  pools  are  situated  near  the 
crests  of  anticlinal  folds;  while  wells  bored  in  the  synclines  on  one 
side  or  the  other  of  the  anticlines  more  often  obtained  little  or  no 
gas  but  in  many  cases  large  quantities  of  salt  water.  In  1892  the 
same  writer  published  a  paper,6  in  which  he  extended  the  theory  to 
include  the  occurrence  of  oil  as  well  as  gas,  and  stated  how  he  had 
located  the  Washington,  Mannington,  and  other  large  fields  by  means 
of  the  principles  involved  in  the  theory. 

The  view  is,  in  brief,  that  when  the  rocks  are  gently  tilted  the  oil, 
gas,  and  salt  water  contained  in  them  are  caused  to  separate  out  in 
the  order  of  their  densities;  water  (if  present)  in  the  synclines,  oil 
next  above,  and  gas  nearest  the  crests  of  the  anticlines.  In  western 
Pennsylvania  and  northern  West  Virginia  these  accumulations  take 
the  form  of  belts  approximately  parallel  with  the  axes,  in  a  general 
northeast-southwest  direction.  White  states  various  apparent  excep¬ 
tions,  but  in  reality  modifications,  of  the  theory,  due  to  the  nonpar¬ 
allelism  of  surface  beds  with  the  oil  and  gas  rocks,  etc. 

Considerable  has  been  written,  pro  and  con,  about  this  theory  by 
various  geologists  and  others,  and  some  have  seriously  doubted 
whether  it  is  true.  By  most  geologists  the  theory'  is  now  accepted, 
not,  however,  as  absolute  in  its  limitation  of  the  occurrence  of  oil 

a  Science,  June  26,  1885.  White  gives  credit  to  W.  A.  Earseman,  an  operator  of  Pittsburg,  who  had 
previously  noted  the  relations  of  oil  and  gas  to  geologic  structure. 

b  The  Mannington  oil  field  and  the  history  of  its  development:  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  America,  vol.  3, 1892, 
pp.  187-216;  reprinted  in  part  in  West  Virginia  Geol.  Survey,  vol.  1  (a),  Oil  and  gas,  1904,  pp.  54-59. 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


63 


and  gas,  but  as  explaining  their  occurrence  to  a  considerable  extent. 
The  distribution  of  the  pools  is  dependent  also  on  the  presence  or 
absence  of  water  in  a  given  region  or  a  given  sand ;  on  the  continuity 
and  shape  of  the  anticlines,  whether  they  are  ascending  or  plunging 
in  a  given  direction;  on  the  porosity  of  the  oil  rock,  its  capacity  to 
hold  oil,  the  directions  of  its  variation,  etc. 

APPLICATION  OF  ANTICLINAL  THEORY  IN  PENNSYLVANIA. 

Thus  far  the  Pennsylvania  folios®  which  have  been  published 
show  a  certain  degree  of  correspondence  of  distribution  of  these 
deposits  to  geologic  structure.  The  gas  fields  occur  generally  on 
the  anticlines;  the  oil  fields  part  way  down  the  slope  if  water  is 
present,  in  the  bottom  of  the  synclines  if  water  is  absent.  To  take 
the  Pennsylvania  and  northern  West  Virginia  fields  as  a  group,  the 
evidence  at  present  seems  jto  warrant  the  following  generalizations 
regarding  structural  distribution: 

(1)  When  not  affected  by  other  conditions,  accumulations  of  oil 
and  gas  show  a  definite  relation  to  the  structure  of  the  region. 

(2)  The  greatest  elongation  of  the  pools  is  generally  in  a  direction 
approximately  parallel  with  the  axes  of  the  folds. 

.(3)  Where  both  oil  and  gas  occur  they  are  distributed  according 
to  their  densities,  the  oil  in  the  lower  and  the  gas  in  the  higher  por¬ 
tion  of  a  stratum. 

(4)  When  salt  water  is  present  oil  may  occur  in  that  part  of  the 
stratum  lying  directly  above  the  water  level. 

(5)  Oil  may  occur  on  the  crests  of  anticlinal  folds  below  water 

level. 

(6)  When  salt  water  is  absent  the  occurrence  of  oil  is  more  irregu¬ 
lar  and  more  affected  by  other  conditions;  it  may  occur  along  the 
synclinal  axes  or  at  many  points  scattered  over  the  slope. 

(7)  Oil  may  occur  on  a  structural  slope  at  points  where  the  dip 
changes  from  gentle  to  steep. 

(8)  Gas  occurs  most  commonly  on  the  higher  portions  of  the 
anticlinal  arches,  above  the  upper  level  of  the  oil. 

(9)  Gas  also  occurs  in  widely  scattered  localities,  owing  to  small 
local  folds  or  changes  in  porosity. 

Structure  is  not  the  only  condition  determining  the  occurrence  of 
gas  and  oil.  The  structure  may  be  favorable,  yet  neither  oil  nor 
gas  occur.  The  chief  condition  other  than  those  given  above  is  the 
existence  of  rock  of  such  character  as  to  act  as  a  reservoir. 

RELATION  OF  OIL  AND  GAS  RESERVOIRS  IN  THE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE  TO  GEOLOGIC 

STRUCTURE. 

Washington  field. — A  study  of  the  geologic  map  of  the  Amity 
quadrangle  with  reference  to  the  distribution  of  oil  and  gas  shows 

a  Geologic  Atlas  U.  S.,  folios  82,  92,  94,  102,  110,  115,  121,  123,  125,  134. 


64  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

certain  relations  which  hold  good  with  respect  to  the  individual 
fields.  The  Washington  oil  field,  the  most  striking  example,  is 
located  on  the  eastern  flank  of  tl^e  Washington  anticline,  which  it 
follows  in  this  quadrangle  for  a  distance  of  5  miles.  The  field  aver¬ 
ages  about  a  mile  in  width  and  in  position  agrees  closely  with  the 
lower  portion  of  the  steepest  grade  of  the  anticlinal  slope.  The 
greater  proportion  of  wells  are  grouped  in  a  belt  about  a  mile  wide 
just  above  a  change  in  grade  from  the  gentle  structural  slopes  of 
the  bottom  of  the  syncline  to  the  steeper  slopes  of  the  anticline. 
Along  this  belt  the  dip  of  the  rocks  is  unusually  steep — about  200 
feet  in  a  mile.  This  is  the  steepest  continuous  dip  in  the  quad¬ 
rangle  and  is  greater  than  usually  occurs  in  Pennsylvania  oil  fields. 
It  will  be  noticed  that  the  map  shows  a  nose-like  projection  from 
the  axis  directly  east  of  the  Manifold  mine,  and  that  a  projection 
of  the  oil  field  agrees  with  this. 

One  small  area  in  the  Washington  field — the  group  of  wells  west 
of  Gambles — shows  structural  relations  somewhat  different  from 
those  in  the  rest  of  the  field.  This  area  is  near  the  north  end  ot 
the  Washington  field,  and  here  the  belt  bends  to  the  east  and  oil 
occurs  down  to  the  bottom  of  the  syncline.  As  operations  in  this 
part  of  the  Washington  field  ceased  long  ago,  it  is  difficult  to  obtain 
data  for  drawing  conclusions  regarding  the  cause  of  these  peculiar 
conditions.  It  is  suggested,  however,  that  if  the  rocks  directly 
below  this  pool  are  dry  the  oil  may  have  descended  from  farther  up 
the  slope,  and  thus  the  relations  of  the  field  may  be  accounted  for. 
Another  peculiar  feature  of  this  field  is  the  presence  of  a  number 
of  gas  wells  in  the  bottom  of  the  syncline  north  of  Linden.  Such 
an  occurrence  is  exceptional,  as  gas  is  more  often  present  on  the 
anticlines.  The  gas  occurs,  however,  above  the  oil,  as  would  be 
expected. 

Examples  of  the  anticlinal  tendency  of  gas. — A  typical  illustration 
of  the  structural  relations  of  natural  gas  is  afforded  by  the  scattered 
wells  lying  high  up  on  the  Washington  anticline  in  Chartiers  and 
western  North  Strabane  and  South  Strabane  townships,  where  they 
occur  over  a  broad  arch  in  the  strata.  The  Canonsburg  gas  field  is 
a  continuation  of  this  belt. 

Perhaps  the  best  illustration  of  the  anticlinal  tendency  of  gas  is 
afforded  by  the  Amity  anticline,  between  the  Greene  County  line 
and  Kammerer.  This  anticline  is  a  rather  broad  arch  having  gen¬ 
tle  dips  at  its  crest,  and  along  it  occur  a  large  number  of  gas  wells. 

*  Zollarsville  field. — The  principal  gas  field  of  the  quadrangle — the 
Zollarsville  field — can  not  be  said  to  hold  any  definite  structural 
position.  Instead  of  occurring  high  up  on  the  anticline  southeast 
of  Deemston,  as  might  be  expected,  it  lies  on  the  west  flank  of  the 
anticline  and  stretches  over  nearfy  the  entire  synclinal  slope  between 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


65 


Beallsville  and  Zollarsville,  a  few  wells  occurring  nearly  to  the  cen¬ 
ter  of  the  basin.  The  apparent  disregard  of  structure  here  may  per¬ 
haps  be  due  to  the  nonparallelism  of  the  oil  sands  and  the  Pittsburg 
coal,  but  the  data  at  hand  are  not  sufficient  to  permit  the  accurate 
drawing  of  contours  on  any  sand.  Near  the  axis  of  the  syncline, 
southwest  of  Beallsville,  oil  has  been  struck  in  several  wells. 

Summary . — The  distribution  of  oil  and  gas  in  the  quadrangle  as  a 
whole  can  be  said  to  show  a  fair  agreement  with  the  geologic  struc¬ 
ture.  The  most  favorable  location  for  oil  seems  to  be  on  the  flanks  of 
the  anticlines,  and  for  gas  either  on  the  broad  anticlinal  arches  or  the 
upper  part  of  the  synclinal  slopes — always,  however,  higher  up  the 
slope  than  where  oil  is  found. 

ORIGIN  OF  OIL  AND  GAS. 

The  theories  for  the  origin  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas  can  be  di¬ 
vided  into  two  groups,  viz,  (1)  those  which  refer  these  products  to  in¬ 
organic  action  or  chemical  affinity  in  mineral  matter,  and  (2)  those 
which  regard  them  as  due  to  partial  decomposition  of  vegetable  and 
animal  matter  stored  in  the  rocks.  The  various  modifications  of  tjiese 
theories  have  been  discussed  in  considerable  detail  by  Edward  Orton.  a 
The  theory  now  most  generally  accepted  by  geologists  is  briefly  as 
follows : 

When  the  Paleozoic  rocks  were  deposited  they  contained  large 
amounts  of  carbonaceous  matter,  the  remains  of  animal  and  vegetable 
organisms.  This  material  was  present  in  sufficient  quantities  to  give 
rise  to  oil  and  gas,  through  the  process  of  decomposition  and  the  phys¬ 
ical  and  chemical  changes  to  which  it  has  been  subjected  during  geo¬ 
logic  time.  The  products  may  originally  have  been  formed  in  greater 
abundance  in  shales,  but  when  once  formed  they  probably  migrated 
into  the  more  porous  rocks,  especially  sandstones,  in  which  they  are 
now  held.  As  there  are  at  present  no  surface  indications  of  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  either  oil  or  gas,  it  is  probable  that  considerable  quantities  have 
escaped  from  outcropping  strata  during  the  process  of  erosion. 

MISCELLANEOUS  NOTES  ON  OIL  AND  GAS. 

CHARACTER  OF  THE  OIL. 

Washington  County  lies  in  what  is  known  technically  as  the  south¬ 
west  district  of  Pennsylvania  and  northern  West  Virginia.  All  the 
oil  produced  in  this  district  is  a  high  grade  of  petroleum.  It  has  a 
paraffin  base  and  a  high  degree  of  purity.  In  color  it  varies  somewhat. 
Though  generally  green,  it  is  sometimes  black,  and  in  a  few  cases 
amber  or  even  nearly  transparent. 

°  Report  Geol.  Survey  Ohio,  vol.  6,  Economic  geology,  1888,  pp.  60-83. 

Bull.  300—07 - 5 


66 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


COMPOSITION  OF  NATURAL  GAS. 


Chemically,  natural  gas  from  the  Pennsylvania  fields  consists  chiefly 
of  the  hydrocarbons  of  the  paraffin  series,  with  nitrogen,  traces  of 
carbon  dioxide,  oxygen,  hydrogen,  and  ammonia.  The  chief  con¬ 
stituent  is  methane  (CH4),  the  lowest  member  of  the  paraffin  series  of 
hydrocarbons.  Methane  is  one  of  the  products  of  the  destructive  dis¬ 
tillation  of  coal  and  consequently  constitutes  a  large  proportion  of 
ordinary  coal  gas.  It  is  also  produced  in  association  with  hydrogen 
when  plants  decay  at  the  bottom  of  rivers  and  swamps.  The  name 
“marsh  gas”  is  therefore  sometimes  applied  to  it.  Methane,  when 
pure,  is  odorless  and  not  poisonous.  Its  specific  gravity  is  0.55297. 
One  cubic  meter  weighs  0.7148  kilogram;  1  cubic  foot,  312.36  grams. 
Methane  requires  twice  its  volume  of  oxygen,  or  10  volumes  of  air,  for 
its  complete  combustion,  and  the  products  are  carbon  dioxide  and 
water  vapor. 

Occasionally  a  well  yields  this  gas  in  a  nearly  pure  condition.  Gen¬ 
erally,  however,  there  is  quite  a  proportion  of  impurities.  A  number 
of  analyses  have  been  made  at  various  times  of  gas  from  Pennsylvania 
wells.  One  of  these  is  from  the  Houston  well  at  Houston,  one-third  of 
a  mile  west  of  the  station,’  on  Plum  Run.  The  well  is  1,794  feet  deep 
and  is  drilled  nearly  through  the  Gantz  sand.  The  Salt  sand  and  its 
gas  were  found  at  850  feet,  but  this  was  cased  pff.  The  well  may 
therefore  be  considered  as  yielding  gas  from  the  Gantz  sand  exclu¬ 
sively.  The  gas  from  the  Salt  sand  is  said  to  burn  with  a  whiter  but 
more  sooty  flame  than  that  from  the  greater  depth.  The  occurrence 
of  an  upper,  less  productive  sand,  yielding  gas  of  greater  illuminating 
power,  is  said  to  be  a  common  feature  in  the  gas  fields  of  the  State. 
The  sample  of  gas  was  collected  on  March  18,  1887.  The  analysis  is 
given  below:® 

Analysis  of  gas  from  the  Houston  well. 


Nitrogen . 

Carbon  dioxide  (C02) 

Hydrogen. . 

Ammonia  (NH3)  .  . 


15.  30 

Oxygen . 

_  Trace. 

.  44 

Hydrogen  sulphide  (H^) . 

....  0 

0 

Trace. 

Parraffins  (mostly)  (CH4) . 

....  84. 26 

100 

The  paraffins  mentioned  in  this  analysis  have  the  following  average 
composition:  Carbon,  76.68  per  cent;  hydrogen,  23.32  per  cent. 

The  following  analysis  represents  a  fair  average  for  Pennsylvania 
natural  gas  in  general  and  is  given  here  for  comparison : 


Average  analysis  of  natural  gas  in  Pennsylvania  and  West  Virginia .& 


Marsh  gas  (CH4) .  80.  85 

Other  hydrocarbons .  14 

Nitrogen .  4.60 

Carbon  dioxide  (C02) .  05 

Carbon  monoxide  (CO) .  40 


Hydrogen .  0.  10 

Hydrogen  sulphide  (H2S) .  0 

Oxygen .  Trace. 


100 


a  White,  I.  C.,  West  Virginia  Geol.  Survey,  vol.  1  (a),  Oil  and  gas,  1904,  p.  539. 

b  Oliphant,  F.  H.,  The  production  of  natural  gas;  extract  from  Mineral  Resources  U.  S.  for  1904,  U.  S. 
Geol.  Survey,  1905,  p,  12. 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


67 


WASTE  OF  NATURAL  GAS. 

The  waste  of  natural  gas  in  the  western  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio 
fields  in  the  early  days  of  production  was  enormous.  From  some 
wells  it  has  been  estimated  as  equivalent  to  hundreds  of  tons  of  coal 
per  day.  This  was  due  largely  to  the  enormous  pressure  developed 
at  the  outset  in  some  of  the  big  producers.  Measures  were  soon 
taken  to  stop  the  waste.  The  gas  from  the  McGuigan  well,  however, 
as  already  stated,  flowed  away  for  more  than  a  year  before  a  main 
was  laid  to  Pittsburg. 

Aside  from  the  waste  due  to  uncontrollable  pressure  in  the  early 
wells,  there  has  been  a  great  deal  of  loss  of  gas  owing  to  the  fact  that 
the  producers  and  consumers  were  careless  in  its  transportation  and 
utilization.  Much  gas  is  still  wasted  through  unplugged  wells,  from 
leaky  joints,  and  from  producing  oil  wells.  Many  farmers  who  own 
gas  wells  foolishly  allow  the  gas  to  burn  all  day  from  pipes  in  front  of 
their  houses.  In  one  case  gas  was  observed  burning  at  the  top  of  a 
pipe  in  the  center  of  a  corn  field.  The  writer  has  passed  through  vil¬ 
lages  where  the  street  lights  were  allowed  to  burn  all  day.  I.  C. 
White  has  estimated  that  in  West  Virginia  one-fourth  of  the  entire 
production  is  daily  wasted  without  accomplishing  any  useful  purpose. a 
Recently  there  has  been  a  gradual  awakening  to  the  inexcusable 
waste,  and  it  is  hoped  that  before  long  all  the  gas  produced  will  be 
utilized. 

VALUE  OF  GOOD  WELL  RECORDS. 

The  advantage  of  keeping  accurate  and  complete  records  of  the 
wells  is  almost  universally  underestimated.  In  the  great  majority  of 
cases  only  one  or  two  coal  beds  and  the  principal  oil  and  gas  sands 
are  noted  by  the  drillers.  These  answer  their  purpose  for  recognizing 
the  sands,  but  tell  nothing  of  the  character  or  distribution  of  the 
intervening  formations,  and  thereby  render  it  impossible  to  draw 
any  geologic  conclusions  of  value. 

A  few  drillers  and  contractors  have  kept  records  in  which  the 
thickness  and  depth  of  all  beds  from  the  surface  to  the  bottom  of  the 
well  have  been  noted.  It  is  urged  that  more  such  records  be  kept. 
Especially  is  it  important  to  note  the  positions  and  character  of  all 
coal,  red  shale,  and  limestone  beds,  as  on  these  the  geologist  depends 
most  of  all  for  his  correlations.  Such  data  assist  in  the  determination 
of  geologic  structure  and  frequently  enable  him  to  define  the  limits  of 
a  certain  formation,  and  thus  to  give  the  geologic  name  corresponding 
to  the  driller’s  term  for  a  certain  sand.  To  meet  the  needs  of  drillers 
and  other  persons  who  wish  to  keep  pace  with  the  most  modern 
methods  of  taking  notes,  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  keeps 
in  stock  a  large  number  of  pocket  record  books,  which  may  be 


°  West  Virginia  Geol.  Survey,  voi.  1  (a),  Oil  and  gas,  1904,  p.  30. 


68 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


obtained  without  cost  by  all  drillers  who  desire  them.  The  covers 
of  these  notebooks  contain  a  few  geologic  notes  and  suggestions  to 
drillers.  The  Survey  is  also  glad  to  receive  samples  of  formations 
passed  through  at  various  depths  in  the  wells,  as  by  careful  study  and 
comparison  it  is  frequently  possible  for  the  geologists  to  make  inter¬ 
pretations  which  the  record  alone  will  not  give. 

RECORDS  OF  WELLS  IN  THE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE. 

For  the  convenience  of  persons  prospecting  and  operating  in  this 
region  the  following  table  has  been  prepared,  giving  the  depths  to  the 
principal  oil  and  gas  sands  and  other  important  beds  penetrated  by 
the  drill.  The  accuracy  of  these  figures  can  not  be  vouched  for,  but 
they  are  taken  from  the  best  available  records  furnished  by  the 
drillers. 


70  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

Depths,  in  feet,  to  coals  and  principal 


[From  records  furnished  by  the  owners.  *  Signifies  that  the  figures  given  represent  the  depths  of  gas 

by  level.  All  other  elevations 


£ 

a 

o 

6 

£ 

Eleva¬ 

tion. 

Name  of  well. 

Owner. 

Product. 

Producing  sand. 

Amwell  Township. 

1 

1,135 

Daniel  Baker,  No.  1 _ 

Dry? 

2 

1,215 

Zach  Baker . 

Gas 

Fiftv-foot _ 

3 

1,010 

_ do . . 

4 

1,050? 

Bebout . 

! 

5 

940 

Clark  Hackney,  No.  1  . . 

Fergus  Oil  Co . 

Dry . 

6 

950 

1,320 

Jas.  M.  Kuntz,  No.  1?  .. 

. do . 

8 

960 

Gas . 

9 

968 

Meloy,  No.  2 . 

...do  . 

. do . 

10 

.do. . . 

(or  3) . 

l 

11 

1,110 

i . do . 

12 

950 

!  Dry . 

13 

1,020 

Webb,  No.  1 . 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Co.. 

i  Gas . 

Borough  of  Beallsville. 

14 

1,160 

Mrs.  A.  L.  Hawkins, 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

i  Gas . 

No.  2. 

Heat  Co. 

15 

1,070 

Liise,  No.  1 . 

Greensboro  Natural  Gas 

. do . 

Bayard . 

Co. 

16 

1,095 

A.  C.  Mitchell,  No.  1.... 

. do  . 

. do . 

Borough  of  Bentleyville. 

17 

1,030 

Mrs.  R.  L.  Jones . 

Philadelphia  Co . 

Gas . 

18 

955 

J.  G.  McCormick,  No.l. 

. .  .do . 

Dry . 

Chartiers  Township. 

19 

955 

Arnold,  No.  1 . 

Philadelphia  Co . 

20 

1,120 

Peter  Martin,  No.  1 _ 

.do 

Gas . 

21 

1,000 

C.  R.  Riggle,  No.  2  .  .. 

Manufacturers’  Light  p„nd 

_ do . 

Heat  Co 

Borough  of  Deemston. 

22 

1,185 

Burkehammer,  No.  1  . . . 

Monongaheia  Natural  Gas 

Gas 

Co. 

23 

1,035 

N.  T.  Clark,  No.  1 

Manufacturers'  Light  and 

.do . 

Heat  Co. 

24 

865 

A.  B.  Crumrine,  No.  1  .. 

Greensboro  Natural  Gas 

. do . 

Elizabeth . | 

Co. 

25 

1,115 

DemasCrumrine,  No.  1  . 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

Heat  Co. 

26 

1,105 

Volluntyne  Crumrine, 

Monongaheia  Natural  Gas 

No.  1. 

Co. 

27 

1,035 

Volluntyne  Crumrine, 

do 

Gas . 

No.  2. 

28 

925 

Wm.  Crumrine,  No.  1 

Greensboro  Natural  Gas 

! . do . 

Elizabeth . 

Co. 

29 

840 

Matilda  Davis,  No.  2 

do 

_ do . 

30 

965 

F.  L.  Hastings,  No.  1  . . 

Monongaheia  Natural  Gas 

. ;  1 

Co. 

31 

1,045 

Mrs  A  L  Ilawkins 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

Has 

No.  1.' 

Heat  Co. 

1  .  1 

PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS, 


71 


sands  in  the  Amity  quadrangle. 


or  oil  in  the  sand;  f  signifies  known  steel  line  measurement;  L  means  that  the  elevation  was  determined 
were  determined  by  aneroid  barometer.] 


Depth  to— 

Waynesburg 

coal. 

Maple  town 
coal. 

Pittsburg 

coal. 

Upper  Free¬ 
port  coal. 

Salt  sand. 

Big  lime. 

Big  Injun 
.  sand. 

Thirty-f  o  ot 

sand. 

Gantz  sand. 

Fifty  -foot 
sand. 

Gordon 
Stray  sand. 

Gordon 

sand. 

Fourth  sand. 

; 

Fifth  sand. 

Bayard 

sand. 

Elizabeth 

sand. 

205 

525 

1,441 

1,664 

1,705 

2,277 

2, 431 

2,465 

2, 567 

2, 705 

2,784 

2,817 

3, 031 

640 

2,549 

225 

562 

1,678 

1,710 

2,575 

2, 425 

2,475 

2,660 

... 

2,685 

2, 770 

2,835 

602 

1 

140 

453 

1,425 

1,645 

485 

2,390 

1,910 

144 

455 

144 

455 

1,610 

532 

528 

460 

* 

1,648 

2, 355 

2,600 

2,680 

67 

400 

1,360 

1,595 

1,645 

2,140 

2, 333 

2,373 

2, 622 

2, 672 

2, 819 

2, 894 

112 

31S 

434 

1,650 

2,350 

2,  401 

2,  770 

2, 920 

936 

1,483 

1,545 

2, 270 

2,450 

2,495 

2,670? 

2,800? 

308 

1,240 

1,528 

2,610 

2,788 

• 

180 

1,089 

2,344 

•  . 

* 

1,992 

160 

1,252 

2,010 

2,144 

2, 190 

1,753 

458 

1,380 

1,750 

2, 320 

2, 380 

2, 515 

2, 664 

2,  750 

2,805 

2, 856 

2, 950 

90 

315 

420 

1,100 

1,357 

1,050 

2, 274 

2, 350 

2,  420 

2,600 

2, 670 

2, 786 

2  925 

85 

208 

812 

1,129 

1,454 

2,592 

2,698 

478 

1,630 

1,695 

2,380 

2,  469 

2, 693 

2, 803 

2, 872 

2, 971 

387 

990 

1 , 345 

1,638 

2, 110 

2, 330 

2, 370 

2, 755 

2, 795 

2, 890 

397 

1 , 000 

1, 355 

1, 648 

2, 120 

2, 340 

2, 380 

2, 765 

2, 805 

2,900 

265 

845 

1,200 

1,  450 

1, 520 

2,130 

2, 190 

2,245 

2  675 

1  2,760 

200 

804 

1,405 

1,455 

2,120 

2,387 

2,402 

200 

1, 100 

1,  450 

2,170 

2,  430 

2, 553 

2, 620 

2, 705 

298 

425 

1,413 

1,589 

1 , 645 

2, 342 

1 

72 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA 


Depths,  in  feet,  to  coals  and  principal 

[From  records  furnished  by  the  owners.  *  Signifies  that  the  figures  given  represent  the  depths  of  gas 

by  level.  All  other  elevations 


No.  on  PL  I. 

Eleva¬ 

tion. 

32 

1,035 

33 

1,000 

34 

1,080 

35 

1,225 

36 

915 

37 

1,050 

38 

845 

39 

875 

40  | 

995 

41 

1,165 

42 

1,155 

43 

-1,045 

44 

1,175 

45 

1,105 

46 

1,045 

47 

1,020 

48 

1,030 

49 

1, 045 

50 

1,235 

51 

.  925 

52 

1,005 

53 

1,090 

54 

1,200 

55 

1,145 

56 

1,270 

57 

1,265? 

58 

1,485 

59 

1,470 

60 

1,228 

61 

1,170 

62 

1,130 

63 

1,050 

64 

990 

65 

1,350 

66 

1,090 

Name  of  well. 


Borough  of  Deemston— 
Continued. 

Mrs.  A.  L.  Hawkins, 
No.  3. 

L.  V.  Martindale,  No.  1. 
L.  V.  Martindale,  No.  2. 
Wm.  Michiner,  No.  1  . . 


Jas.  M.  Miller,  NO.  1 _ 

W.  S.  Morey,  No.  1 . 

Oberholt,  No.  1 . 

Porter,  No.  1 . 

Geo.  T.  Regester,  No.  1 

Spindler,  No.  1 . 

David  Teagarden,  No.  1 
Hiram  Teagarden,  Nc.  1 
J.  L.  Thompson,  No.  1. 


J.  L.  Thompson,  No.  2 
J.  L.  Thompson,  No.  3 
J.  L.  Thompson,  No.  4 
J.  L.  Thompson,  No.  5 
Wm.  Ward . 


A.M.  Wickerham,No.  1 
John  B.  Wise,  No.  2.  . . 
Mary  S.  Wise,  No.  1?  . . 
Grant  Zollars,  No.  1... 

East  Bethlehem  Town¬ 
ship. 

Blakely,  No.  1 . 

Selig  heirs . 


Morris  Township, 
Greene  County. 

Bristor  Bros.,  No.  3  . 

Crummerine . 

Wm.  Fonner,  No.  4  . 

Abner  Lacock . 

ElmasLoughman,  No 
John  Ross,  No.  1?  ... 


Morris  Township,  Wash¬ 
ington  County. 


Carey,  No.  1 . 

Elmas  Carey,  No.  1 _ 

D.  A.  Conger . 

Ringland . 

J.  I,.  Dunn,  No.  1  . . . 
Dunn,  No.  2 . 


Owner. 


Manufacturers’  Light  and 
Heat  Co. 


Monongahela  Natural  Gas 
Co. 

_ do . . 

_ do . 

_ do . 


Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Co.  . 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 
Co. 


_ do . 

_ do . 

_ do . 

Greensboro  Natural  Gas 
Co. 


Monongahela  Natural  Gas 
Co. 


_ do . 

Philadelphia  Co. 
_ do . 


Monongahela  Natural  Gas 
Co. 


Monongahela  Natural  Gas 
Co. 


.do. 


South  Penn  Oil  Co. 

South  Penn  Oil  Co . 
J.  L.  Dunn  &  Co. . . 
Tim  Ross  &  Co.... 


Tim  Ross  &  Co . 

Dunns  Station  Oil  Co.. 

J.  L.  Dunn  &  Co . 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Co.. 

Dunns  Station  Oil  Co . 

_ do . 


Product. 


Gas. 


Producing  sand. 


.do. 


Gas. 


Gas. 


.do. 

.do. 

.do. 

.do. 

.do. 

.do. 


Elizabeth. 
Bayard . . . 
Elizabeth. 


Gas. 


.do. 

.do 


Gas. 


Oil.. 
Gas. 
Oil. . 


Elizabeth. 


Gas. 


Gantz . 

_ do . 

_ do . 

Hundred-foot. 

Gantz . 

_ do . 


Oil .  Fifty-foot. 

. do . do _ 


Gas .  Gantz. 

Oil . do. 

. ! . 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS. 


73 


sands  in  the  Amity  quadrangle — Continued. 


or  oil  in  the  sand;  f  signifies  known  steel  line  measurement;  I.  means  that  the  elevation  was  determined 
were  determined  by  aneroid  barometer.] 


Depth  to— 

W  aynesburg 
coal. 

Maple  town  | 
coal. 

Pittsburg 

coal. 

Upper  Free¬ 
port  coal. 

Salt  sand. 

Big  lime. 

Big  Injun 
sand. 

Thirty  -  foot 

sand. 

Gantz  sand. 

Fifty  -foot 

sand. 

Gordon 

Stray  sand. 

Gordon 

sand. 

Fourth  sand. 

Fifth  sand. 

Bayard 

sand. 

Elizabeth 

sand. 

67 

400 

1, 3C0 

1,595 

1,645 

2, 140 

2, 333 

2, 373 

2,622 

2, 672 

2,819 

2, 894 

400 

1,334 

1,560 

1,640 

2,315 

2, 400 

2,  oqO 

2,726 

2,772 

2,884 

155 

485 

1,425 

1,655 

1,710 

2, 400 

2,430 

2,580 

2,675 

2, 705 

2, 785 

2,890 

2,985 

485 

1,  420 

1,720 

2,  455 

2, 680 

2,890 

2, 985 

380 

1,280 

1,580 

2,200 

2,330 

(  1 

408 

1,320 

1,650 

2, 210 

2, 340 

2, 381 

2, 620 

2,735 

2,817 

2, 909 

I  •  I 

210 

810 

1,150 

1,450 

2, 100 

2,207 

2,357 

2,447 

2,547 

2,697 

I 

240 

1,198 

2, 134 

2,201 

2, 423 

2,432 

2,457 

2, 461 

2, 729 

'  | 

395 

1,360 

1,630 

2,325 

2,  422 

2, 610 

2, 765 

2,892 

480 

1,280 

1,728 

2,290 

2,390 

2,  420 

2, 660 

2,910 

3,010 

1 

426 

1,660 

2,400 

2,785 

2,835 

2,725 

412 

1,020 

1,330 

1,650 

2, 225 

2,335 

2,390 

2,908 

190 

530 

1,775 

150 

410 

506 

1,075 

1,659 

1,692 

2, 460 

2, 724 

2,780 

2,874 

2, 995 

40 

375 

980 

1,335 

1,580 

1,440 

2,220 

2,340 

2,380 

2,797 

2,881 

21 

358 

960 

1,315 

1,564 

1,628 

2,200 

2, 320 

2,360 

2,786 

58 

221 

388 

940 

1,250 

1,572 

1,617 

2,307 

2,362 

2,520 

2,550 

2,585 

2,675 

2, 770 

2,882 

. 

225 

810 

1,118 

1,460 

2,035 

2,150 

2,195 

2,634 

2,  712 

519 

1,240 

1,440 

1,756 

2,375 

2, 445 

2,490 

2,915 

3,019 

305 

1,538 

2, 260 

2,428 

2,709 

2, 788 

380 

1,600 

2,310 

2,596 

2,782 

2,853 

430 

1,030 

1,360 

1,675 

2, 250 

2,  340 

2, 390 

2,919 

■  20 

375 

1,550 

1,615 

2, 335 

2, 765 

2, 865 

315 

1,215 

1,565 

2, 285 

2,812 

515 

712 

860 

1,810 

1,990 

1,935 

2, 771 

1 

835 

2, 742 

1,030 

2, 160 

2,230 

2,780 

2,954 

!  | 

I 

1,035 

1 

835 

2,025 

2, 764 

1 

| 

735 

2, 645 

i  1  • 

880 

2, 100 

2,774 

2,812 

!  725 

1,490 

1,840 

1,890 

2,485 

!  2,630 

2,672* 

1 

!  640 

i  506 

I 

1  919 

! 

2,830 

1 

I 

| 

74  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

Depths,  in  feet,  to  coals  and  principal 


[From  records  furnished  by  the  owners.  *  Signifies  that  the  figures  given  represent  the  depths  of  gas 

by  level.  All  other  elevations 


|  No.  on  PI.  I. 

Eleva¬ 

tion. 

Name  of  well. 

Owner. 

Product. 

Producing  sand. 

North  Franklin  Town- 

ship. 

67 

1,305 

Isaac  Elmer,  No.  1 . 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

* 

Heat  Co. 

68 

1,135 

Wm.  Knox,  No.  1 . 

. do . 

69 

1,220 

W.  H.  McElree,  No.  1  . . 

. do . 

Dry . 

70 

1,165 

M.  Mounts . 

. do . 

71 

1.250 

Mrs.  Snyder . 

. do . 

Oil  and  gas. . . 

North  Strabane  Town- 

ship. 

72 

995 

Jacob  Bell . 

Linden  Oil  Co . 

Dry . 

73 

920 

Bell,  No.  2 . 

Gas... 

Fifth 

74 

985 

Bell,  No.  3 . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do 

75 

1,025 

Matthew  Berry,  No.  1.. 

. do . 

76 

1,000 

Matthew  Berry,  No.  3. . 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

. do . 

Heat  Co. 

77 

1,110? 

Fife  heirs,  No.  1  (?)  .... 

Jefferson  Gas  Co . 

. do . 

78 

Fife  heirs,  No.  2 . 

. do . 

Dry 

79 

1,245 

Robt.  Herron  heirs,  No. 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

Oil . 

Gantz. 

1. 

Heat  Co. 

80 

1,115 

Robt.  Herron  heirs,  No. 

. do . 

. do . 

....do . 

81 

1,100 

2. 

Robt .  Herron  hei  rs,  N  o. 

. do . 

. do . 

82 

985 

3. 

E.  T'.  Hitchman,  No.  1  . 

Canonsburg  Light  and 

Dry . 

Heat  Co. 

Hixon 

Jefferson  Gas  Co 

83 

935 

A.  C.  Horner 

. do . 

■Dry . ! 

. | 

84 

1,075 

Robt.  Johnson,  No.  1 . . . 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

Gas . 1 

Heat  Co. 

85 

1,295 

Bella  Lyle  (?)• . 

Jefferson  Gas  Co . 

. do . 

Fifth . 

86 

1, 120 

Sam  Linn,  No.  3 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

Oil... 

Heat  Co. 

87 

1,080 

Sam  Linn,  No.  4 . 

. do . 

. do . 

88 

1, 120 

Sam  Linn,  No.  5 

_ do.. 

Oil... 

89 

1,230 

Sam  Linn,  No.  6  .  _ 

. do . 

Gas . 

90 

1,140 

.1.  R.  McRride,No.  2 

...do. . 

91 

995 

T  .1  Manes  No  1 

Philadelphia  Co 

92 

955? 

John  P.  Manes  No.  1 

P  . 

...do... 

. do . 

93 

1,010? 

John  P.  Manes,  No.  2. . . 

. do . 

. do . 

Fifth . 

94 

1,025 

Jas.  V.  Manes, No.  1 

Martin, No. 9. . . 

Jefferson  Gas  Co. . 

Oil . 

Gantz . 

Martin  No  11 

do 

95 

A.  E.  Molipnaner 

.do 

96 

1,180 

H.  P.  Mollenauer,  No.  1 . 

Manufacturers  Light  and 

Oil . 

Heat  Co. 

.  do 

do 

97 

1, 140 

H.  P.  Mollenauer  No.  2. 

do 

Oil  . 

98 

1, 155 

H.  P.  Mollenauer  No.  3. 

do 

.  .do . 

99 

983  L 

U  P  Mollenaner  No  4 

do 

Gas . 

100 

1,070 

TT  P  Mollenauer  No  5 

_ do . 

101 

995 L 

J.  W.  Pollock, No.  1 _ 

. do . 

Oil . 

W  aynesburg 
coal. 


PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS 


75 


sands  in  the  Amity  quadrangle — Continued. 

or  oil  in  the  sand;  f  signifies  known  steel  line  measurement;  L  means  that  the  elevation  was  determined 
were  determined  by  aneroid  barometer.] 


Depth  to— 


bo 

“  o 
+*  o 

£ 

Upper  Free¬ 
port  coal. 

Salt  sand. 

Big  lime. 

Big  Injun 
sand. 

Thirty  -  foot 

sand. 

Gantz  sand. 

Fifty  -foot 
sand. 

Gordon 
Stray  sand. 

Gordon 

sand. 

Fourth  sand. 

1 

Fifth  sand. 

Bayard 

sand. 

Elizabeth 

I  sand. 

735 

1,900 

2,555 

2,625 

2, 895 

2, 942J 

568 

2,550 

2,775 

635 

1,540 

2,250 

2, 455 

2, 515 

2,677 

2, 715 

2, 764 

590 

1,490 

1,740 

2,420 

2,472 

2, 642 

2, 680 

2,755 

2,796 

654 

2, 724 

250 

175 

*f2,397 

245 

*f2,472 

110 

24 

•  295 

*f2, 200 

240 

550 

2, 375 

415 

2, 253 

385 

2,228 

2, 278 

2,065 

350 

f2, 555 

170 

170 

490 

1,300 

*fl,412 

2,415 

2,730 

2, 216 

2, 270 

350 

2,197 

2,558 

398 

| 

2,261 

2, 270 

515 

2,348 

2,726 

r 

245 

211 

1,360 

1,865 

2,050 

2,312 

2, 340 

2, 371 

2, 425 

222 

1, 338 

1,895 

2,023 

2,085 

2, 263 

2,313 

2,401 

2, 450 

293 

r 

1,180 

2,110 

2,370 

2,479 

270 

1,210 

1,405 

12,215 

2,350 

2,385 

2,470 

340 

i 

-2, 215 

12,540 

285 

i 

464 

2, 308J 

1  2, 363 

410 

i 

2,530 

455 

2,291 

2, 358 

435 

2, 283 

2,333 

240 

1,390 

2, 084, 

2,124 

2,307 

2,335 

2,378 

2,450  1 

310 

1,210 

1,447 

2, 157 

2,200 

2,374 

2,396 

2  448 

2  523 

280 

i 

2, 100 

2. 162 

.... 

1  2.490  . 

76 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


Depths,  in  feet,  to  coals  and  principal 

[From  records  furnished  by  the  owners.  *  Signifies  that  the  figures  given  represent  the  depths  of  gas 

by  level.  All  other  elevations 


5 

c 

o 

o 

Eleva¬ 

tion. 

Name  of  well. 

Owner. 

Product. 

Producing  sand. 

North  Strabane  Town- 

ship — Continued . 

102 

1,205 

J  W.  Pollock,  No.  2.... 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

Oil . 

Heat  Co. 

103 

1,075 

J.  W.  Pollock,  No.  3 _ 

. do . 

_ do 

104 

1,145 

J.W.  Pollock, No.  5 . 

. do . 

105 

1,0501- 

J.  W.  Pollock, No. 6 _ 

. do . 

_ do 

106 

1,305 

Quail,  No.  1 . 

McKeown  Oil  Co . 

_ do _ 

Fift.v-foot. _ 

107 

1,305 

Quail,  No.  2 . 

_ do  . 

108 

960? 

Mrs.  C.  M.  Reed . 

Associated  Producers  Co  . . 

109 

1,325 

“Rooney  well”  (No.  2). 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

Oil . . | 

110 

1,300 

Gas 

Heat  Co. 

111 

1,015 

Thos.  Templeton,  No.  1. 

_ do _ 

112 

Thome, No. 1 . 

113 

Thome, No. 3 . 

.do  . 

. 

114 

Thome, No. 4 . 

. do . 

Thome,  No.  5 . 

Gas . 

Fifth . 

115 

920 

W  asherbaugh ,  No.  1 _ 

..do . 

116 

W asherbau gh ,  No.  2 . . . . 

do 

Gas. 

117 

W  asherbaugh ,  No.  3 _ 

.do . 

. do... 

118 

1,155 

Joshua  Wright,  No.  1 _ 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

. do . 

Gantz . 

119 

Joshua  Wright, No.  4. . . 

.do . 

Oil... 

. do . 

Nottingham  Township. 

Hoffer,  No.  1 . 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Co. . 

Drv 

120 

E.  T.  Hyde . 

Liberty  Oil  and  Gas  Co . . . 

. do  . 

121 

McClean  heirs . 

_ do  _ 

122 

1,180? 

James  Thomas  (?) . 

Philadelphia  Co  . . 

Somerset  Township. 

123 

1,175? 

Henry  Andrews, 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Co. . 

Dry . 

No.  1  (?). 

124 

1,275 

J.  W.  Frost, No.  1 . 

.do . . . 

125 

1,100 

J.  W  Frost, No.  2 . 

. do . 

. 

( 

126 

1,115 

Andrew  Gamble . 

Philadelphia  Co .  . 

Dr  j’ 

127 

1,170 

F.li  Hawkins  Nn.  1 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 

Gas 

Co. 

128 

1,000 

A.  Hetherington, No.  1.. 

Philadelphia  Co . . . 

Dry... 

129 

975 

J.  A.  Hoffman . 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 

. j 

Co.  (?) 

130 

985 

J.  J .  Hoffman 

Fergus  Oil  Co 

Gas 

131 

1,135 

Mrs.  M.  A.  Jones _ _ 

Loury  Oil  Co. . . 

132 

1,200 

Joseph  Kammerer _ 

Gas 

133. 

1,280 

Margaret  Martin,  No.  1 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 

Co. 

134 

1,265 

J  M.  Oiler,  No.  1 . 

Philadelphia  Co . 

Dry . 

135 

:  1,090 

A .  T.  Scott,  No.  1 . . 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 

|" 

Co. 

136 

1,100 

Isaac  Tombaugh, 
No.  2  (?). 

Philadelphia  Co . 

Dry . 

South  Franklin  Town¬ 

ship. 

137 

1,145 

Doctor  Dodd . 

138 

1,150 

Ira  Lacock. 

Forest  Oil  Co 

Oil  (little) . . . 

139 

1,170 

Jas.  McClintock . 

PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS 


77 


sands  in  the  Amity  quadrangle — Continued. 

or  oil  in  the  sand;  f  signifies  known  steel  line  measurement;  L  means  that  the  elevation  was  determined 
were  determined  by  aneroid  barometer.] 


Depth  to— 


Waynesburg  1 
coal. 

Mapletown 

coal. 

biD 

u 

■1 

£ 

Upper  Free¬ 
port  coal. 

Salt  sand. 

Big  lime. 

G 

Ei 

& 

fcuO“ 

PQ  • 

Thirty  -  foot 
sand. 

Gantz  sand. 

o 

o  • 

i  G 

m 

fa 

Gordon 

Stray  sand. 

Gordon 

sand. 

Fourth  sand. 

Fifth  sand. 

Bayard 

sand. 

1  Elizabeth 
sand. 

490 

2, 343 

2,376 

359 

2, 192 

436 

2, 271J 

2,322 

324 

2, 165 

2,211% 

2, 360 

2,414 

1 

2,355 

2, 409 

260 

860 

2, 147 

2,367 

2,414 

2, 740 

599 

1,706 

1,745 

2, 432 

2,489 

262 

1,117 

1,937 

2, 104 

2, 140 

2, 425 

2, 475 

2,630 

480 

f2, 700 

590 

2, 795 

420 

■j-2, 625 

190 

f2, 380 

350 

f2, 565 

440 

*f2, 655 

2, 211 J 

2, 255 

2,329 

2,348 

65 

1,310 

1,880 

2,040 

2,400 

365 

1,500 

1,450 

(a) 

2,480 

. 

230 

332 

1,200 

1,520 

2, 247 

2, 279 

2,722 

632 

1,763 

2,370 

2, 765 

2,810 

2,875 

510 

- 

360 

320 

1,476 

2,227 

2, 260 

2,489 

2,710 

355 

1,250 

1,560 

2,160 

2,295 

258 

1,195 

1,475 

2,558 

2,740 

225 

2,200 

295 

1,400 

1 . 

508 

2,315% 

395 

1,650 

2,180 

2,380 

2,598 

2, 719 

2, 795 

500 

2,295 

431 

315 

945 

1,225 

1,650 

2,106 

410 

1,606 

2,320 

714 

2,594 

700 

2,602 

2,792 

2,871 

2,908 

648 

f  1 

2,800 

1 . 

aCoftl  renorted  missinp. 


78 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA 


Depths,  in  feet,  to  coals  and  principal 

[From  records  furnished  by  the  owners.  *  Signifies  that  the  figures  given  represent  the  depths  of  gas 

by  level.  All  other  elevations 


No.  on  PI.  I. 

Eleva¬ 

tion. 

Name  of  well. 

Owner. 

Product. 

Producing  sand. 

South  Strabane  Town- 

ship. 

140 

1, 079L 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  1 . 

Forest  Oil  Co . 

Oil 

141 

1,115 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  3 . 

.  ..do  . 

1 

142 

1,260 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  4 . 

. do . 

1 

143 

1,315 

...do  . 

1 

144 

1,265 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  6 . 

. do . 

145 

1,320 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  7 . 

_ do  . 

146 

1,340 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  8 . 

. do . 

Oil. 

Gantz . 1 

147 

1,275 

_ do  .  .. 

_ do 

do 

148 

1,265 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  10 . 

. do . 

. . .  .do 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

149 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  11 . 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz,  Gordon... 

150 

1,325 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  12 . 

. do . 

... .do 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

151 

1,190 

Wm.  Barre,  No.  13 . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . . 

152 

1, 142L 

J.  &  G.  M. Cameron, 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

. do . 

Gantz . 

No.  2. 

153 

1,210 

J.  &  G.  M.  C  a  m  e  r  o  n, 

...’..do . 

. do . 

_ .do . j 

No.  3. 

154 

1,333 

. do . . 

. do . 

No.  5. 

155 

1,192 

J.  &  G .  M.Cameron, 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

No.  6. 

156 

1,285 

J.  &  G.  M.  C  a  m  e  r  o  n, 

.....  do . . . . 

. do . 

Gantz . 

No.  9. 

157 

1,255 

J.  &  G.  M.Cameron, 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . 

Ne.  11. 

158 

1,260 

J.  &  G.  M.Cameron, 

. do . 

Oil  and  gas. . . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

No.  12. 

159 

1,260? 

J.  &  G.  M.  C  a  m  e  r  o  n, 

. do . 

Oil . 

Gantz . 

No.  13. 

160 

1,325 

William  Davis,  No.  1 . . . 

Associated  Producers  Co  . . 

. do . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

161 

1,280 

William  Davis,  No.  2 .  . . 

. do . 

do 

_ do 

162 

1,260 

William  Davis, No.  3. . 

..  do 

do 

163 

1,215 

William  Davis,  No.  4  .  . 

_ do . 

.do 

.do  . 

164 

William  Davis,  No.  5. . . 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz . 

165 

1,200 

William  Davis,  No.  7  . . 

.do . 

...do 

...do 

166 

1,235 

William  Davis,  No.  8  .  . . 

. do . . . . 

. do . 

Fifty-foot,  Gantz. 

167 

1,325 

William  Davis,  No.  9  . 

_ do. . . 

_ do . . . 

Fifty-foot . 

168 

1,255 

William  Davis,  No.  10.  . 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz . 

169 

1,200 

Fergus,  No.  1 

_ do . 

. do . I 

170 

1,110? 

. do . 

Fergus  Oil  Co . 

. do . . 

171 

1,115 

Fergus,  No.  2  (?) 

Hanover  Oil  Co. . 

]72 

1,115 

Fergus,  No.  4  (?) . 

Oil . 

Gantz . I 

S.  P.  Fergus,  No.  1. . 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

_ do . 

. do . 

S  P  Fergus,  No.  2 

.do 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot  J 

1, 286L 

S.  P.  Fergus,  No.  5.  . 

...do 

. ,  . : 

. do . 

Gantz . 

S.  P  Fergus,  No.  6 

do 

. do . 

S.  P.  Fergus,  No.  7 . 

. do . 

Oil 

. .  .  .do  . 

S,  P.  Fergus,  No.  11 

...do.. 

. do . 

. do . 

173 

1,140 

Robert  Forest  No.  1 ... . 

Forest  Oil  Co 

Oil 

174 

Kountz,  No.  1 

People’s  Gas  Co . 

Dry . 

175 

1,165 

Kountz,  No.  2 

.do . 

176 

1,065 

Kountz,  No.  3 

W.  F.  Bnrchers 

Dry . 

177 

1,220 

J.  II.  Little, No.  1 . 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Co.  J 

PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS 


79 


sands  in  the  Amity  quadrangle — Continued. 

or  oil  in  the  sand;  f  signifies  known  steel  line  measurement;  L  means  that  the  elevation  was  determined 
were  determined  by  aneroid  barometer.] 


Depth  to— 


Waynesburg 

coal. 

Maple  town 
coal. 

Pittsburg 

coal. 

Upper  Free¬ 
port  coal. 

T5 

pj 

aj 

w 

"3 

m 

Big  lime. 

Si 

M  aj 

5  ■ 

Thirty  -  foot 

sand. 

Gantz  sand.  ' 

I 

Fifty  -foot 
sard. 

Gordon 
Stray  sand. 

Gordon 

sand. 

J  Fourth  sand.  | 

Fifth  sand. 

Bayard 

sand. 

1  Elizabeth 
sand. 

2, 209 

2,239 

. 

2, 398| 

2,318 

2,348 

2, 398 g 

612 

2, 446 

2,435 

2,518 

2,577 

. 

2, 487 

2,431 

2, 400 

2,470 

2,280 

2,314 

2,530 

•2, 594 

2,309 

*2, 430 

460 

1,590 

2, 262t 

620 

2,343 

2, 433 

2, 386 

2,430 

2, 455 

• 

615 

2,379 

2,471 

607 

2, 432 

2, 700 

2, 750 

2,808 

2, 419 

659 

2,480 

630 

2, 453 

2,518 

625 

2,454 

2,511 

.  • 

2, 393 

2,456 

642 

2, 467 

2,521 

2, 389 

2,452 

2,437 

2,488 

1 

2,497 

2,552 

| 

1 . 

2,421 

2,482 

1 

2,394 

1 

530 

1,492 

1,646 

1,680 

2,460 

548 

1,500 

1,700 

2,180 

2,391 

2,583 

2,609 

2, 649 

2,723 

1 

2, 365 

2, 420 

2, 456 

2,517 

595 

1,830 

2,457 h 

2,512 

16 

1,560 

2,450 

526 

2,350 

! 

640 

2,461 

590 

2,405 

420 

2,250 

2,309 

2,497 

2,528 

9  573 

!  9  543 

420 

2, 180 

2,401 

470 

234 

. L 

2,415 

2,485 

2,595 

2,945 . 

.... 

80 

[Fro 

£ 

a 

o 

6 

fc 

178 

179 

180 

181 

182 

183 

184 

185 

186 

187 

188 

189 

190 

191 

192 

193 

194 

195 

196 ! 

197  j 

198 

199 

200 

201 

202 

203 

204 

205 

206 

207 

208 

209 

210 

211 

212 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA 


Depths,  m  feet,  to  coals  and  principal 

furnished  by  the  owners.  *  Signifies  that  the  figures  given  represent  the  depths  of  gas 

by  level.  All  other  elevations 


Name  of  well. 

Owner. 

Product. 

Producing  sand. 

South  Strabane  Town¬ 
ship-Continued. 

J.  D.  McNary,  No.l.... 
J.  D.  McNary,  No. 2 _ 

Manifold,  No.  1  (?) . 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

Oil . 

Fifty-foot . J 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 
Heat  Co. 

Manifold  Oil  Co . 

Manifold,  No.  2  (?) . 

Martin  Bros.,  No.  1 . 

Oil... 

Gantz . \ 

_ do 

_ do . 

Martin  Bros.,  No.  3 . 

. do . 

. do . 

Oil... 

Gantz . . 

Martin  Bros.,  No.  6 . 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 
Fifty-foot . j 

. do . 

. do  ..  . 

Martin  heirs, No.  2 . 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz . 1 

. do . 

...do 

. do . Jj 

Martin  heirs,  No.  4 . 

■ _ do . 

. do . 

. do . j 

Martin  heirs,  No.  5 . 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

Martin  heirs,  No.  6 . 

! . do . 

Morgan,  No.  1 . 

Forest  Oil  Co . 

Oil . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 
Gantz . j 

Morgan, No. 2  (?) . 

. do . 

. do . 

Morgan,  No.  3 . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . j 

Morgan,  No.  5 . 

'  .do. 

. do. 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 
Gantz . 9 

Morgan,  No.  6 . 

. do . 

. do . 

Morgan,  No.  7 

...do  . 

...do  . 

. do . J 

Morgan,  No.  8 . 

. do . 

. do . 

i  Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

. do . Jj 

Morgan,  No.  9 

..do 

. do . 

Morgan  heirs,  No.  11  _ _ 

1 . do . 

. do . 

Fifth . J 

R.  ,T.  Munce,  No.  1 _ 

!  Jefferson  Gas  Co 

Gas . 

. do . J 

R.  J.  Munce,  No.  2 . 

. do . 

W.  J.  Munce,  No.  1 

McKeoun  Oil  Co . 

Oil . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 
Fifty-foot . 

Munce,  No.  2. . . ! 

. do . 

. do . 

Munce,  No.  3 . 

. do  . .  . . : . 

. do . 

Gantz  (dr  Fffty- 
foot). 

. do . 

Munce,  No.  4 . 

.do 

. .  .do . 

Munce,  No.  5 . 

...do . 1 

. do . 

. do . 

Munce,  No.  6 . 

do  . 

. do . 

. do . 

Munce,  No.  7. 

do 

. .  .do 

. .  .do . 

Munce,  No.  8.  .. 

. . .do . 

Munce,  No.  10. 

.do 

Oil . 

Fiftv-foot . 

Munce,  No,  12 ... . 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

Munce  No.  13 . 

.  .  do . 

. do . 

Munce,  No.  14. 

do 

. do . 

. do . . 

Munce.  No.  15 . 

. do . 

. do . 

Fiftv-foot . 

Munce, No.  16.  .. 

. . .do . 

. do . 

Munce,  No.  17 . 

. do . 

. do _ _ 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 
Fifty-foot . 

Mnnop,  No.  18 

do 

. do . 

Munce,  No.  20 _ 

...do  . 1 

. do . 

. do . 

Myers,  No.  1 . 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  (Jo..| 

Gas.... . 

PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS 


81 


sands  in  the  Amity  quadrangle — Continued. 

or  oil  in  the  sand;  f  signifies  known  steel  line  measurement;  L  means  that  the  elevation  was  determined 
were  determined  by  aneroid  barometer.] 


Depth  to— 


Waynesburg 

coal. 

Maple  town 
coal. 

Pitts  burg 
coal. 

Upper  Free¬ 
port  coal. 

Salt  sand. 

Big  lime 

B  i  g  I  n  j  u  n 
sand. 

Thirty  -  foot 

sand. 

|  Gantz  sand. 

Fifty  -foot 

sand. 

Gordon 
Stray  sand. 

Gordon 

sand. 

Fourth  sand. 

Fifth  sand. 

Bayard 

sand. 

Elizabeth  1 

sand. 

2, 109 

2,160 

315 

1 

1 . 

2,404 

2,515 

286 

1,440 

2, 377 

2, 421 

2,498 

1,400 

2,290 

2,293 

2,448 

2, 290 

2,415 

2,469 

506 

2, 359 

2,412 

| 

2,348 

2,409 

2, 428 

2,328 

2,384 

2,319 

2,296 

2,350 

2, 360 

2,470 

2,530 

600 

2,428 

2,413 

2, 469 

.2,325 

2,375 

. 

2,320 

2, 366 

2, 577 

2,624 

2, 569 

2,619 

\ 

2, 443 

2,491 

540 

1 . 

2, 375 

2,425 

2,610 

2,643 

2,704 

2,758 

2,780 

f2, 805 

2,419 

2,476 

1 . 

2, 335 

*2, 390 

2,418 

2, 360 

2,438 

2, 399 

. 

2,437 

1,522 

2, 338 

2, 355 

2,420 

2, 370 

2, 425 

2, 444 

2, 502 

2, 352 

2,398 

. 

2, 121 

2,300 

2,350 

| 

2, 692 

320 

1, 190 

1,420 

1,470 

1, 940 

2, 159 

2,204 

1 

390 

1,300 

1,500 

1,520 

1, 950 

2,215 

2,260 

1 

1 . 

1,790 

| 

| 

Bull.  300—07 - 6 


82 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA 


Depths,  in  feet,  to  coals  and  principal 


[From  records  furnished  by  the  owners.  *  Signifies  that  the  figures  given  represent  the  depths  of  gas 

by  level.  All  other  elevations 


No.  on  PI.  I. 

— 

Eleva¬ 

tion. 

Name  of  well. 

Owner. 

Product. 

Producing  sand. 

South  Strabane  Town- 

ship — Con  tinued . 

213 

1,195 

Quail,  No.  1 . 

Quail  Oil  Co . 

Dry... 

214 

1,100 

Quail  (2d) ,  No.  2 . 

McKeoun  Oil  Co . 

Oil . 

Fifty-foot . 

215 

1,070 

Alvin  M.  Smith,  No.  1. . . 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

. do . 

Gantz 

216 

1,060 

_ do . 

_ do . . . 

_ do 

217 

1,280 

Alvin  M.  Smith.  No.  3. . . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do. .  . 

218 

1,290 

...do. 

. .  .do 

. .  do 

219 

1,070 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . 

220 

1,192 

Alvin  M.  Smith,  No.  6. . . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . 

221 

1,125 

Alvin  M.  Smith,  No.  7 . . . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . 

222 

995 

W.  J.  Smith, No.  2 . 

Forest  Oil  Co . 

Dry . 

223 

1,230? 

W.  W.  Smith, No.  1(?).. 

. do . 

224 

1,175 

V/.  W.  Smith,  No.  4 . 

. do . 

Gas . 

Fifth . 

...do  . 

Oil... 

Gantz  . 

995 

1,120 

J.  R.  Taylor, No.  1 . 

. do . 

. do . 

226 

1, 159L 

M.  Taylor, No.  1 . 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

227 

1, 250 

M.  Taylor,  No.  2 . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . J.J 

228 

1,325L 

M.  Taylor, No.  3 . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . 4.1 

229 

1,280 

M.  Taylor,  No.  4  . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . „.r 

230 

1,225 

M.  Taylor,  No.  5 . 

. do . 

. do . 

Gantz . . 

231 

|  M.  Taylor,  No.  6  . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . 

232 

1,280 

AT.  Taylor,  No.  7 

1 

.do 

I  Gas . 

Bavard  . 

233 

1,300 

Wade,  No.  2 

Akins  Bros . 

Oil . 

Gantz . i.r 

234 

1,225 

Wash ingtoir Floral  Co.. 

Cameron  Oil  Co . 

. do . 

Gantz,  Fifty-foot. 

235 

1,155 

Willetts,  No.  1 

Willetts  Oil  Co . 

. do . 

Gantz . i..’ 

236 

1,135 

Willetts,  No.  2 . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . JL.) 

237 

1,100 

Willetts,  No.  3 

. .  .do . 

. do . 

. do . i-i 

238 

1,130 

Willetts  No. 4 

.do 

. do . 

. do . 

239 

1,070 

Willetts,  No.  5 

..do  . 

. do . 

. do . 

240 

1, 100 

Willetts,  No.  6 

.do 

. do . 

. do . 

241 

1,215 

Willetts,  No.  7 

_ do. . . . 

. do . 

. do . 

242 

1,315 

Willetts  No.  8 

.  .do 

. do . 

. do . > 

243 

1,185 

1  Willetts  No  0 

do 

. do . 

.  ..do . 

244 

1,190 

1  Willetts,  No.  10 

.do 

. do . 

. do . 

245 

1,065 

Willetts,  No  11 

do 

. do . 

Big  Injun  . 

'Willetts,  No.  12 . 

. do . 

' . do . 

Gantz . .  -f 

Willetts  No.  13 

do 

. do . 

. do . 

Willetts, No.  14 

. . .do . 

. do . 

. do . 

Willetts,  No.  15 

.  .do 

. do . 

Willetts  No  16 

do 

1  , 

l . do . 

. do . 

246 

1,160 

J  Willetts,  No.  17 

. .do . . . 

. do . 

. do . 

Willetts,  No  18 

do 

i . do . 

. do . 

Willetts,  No.  19 

_ do . 

^ . do . 

. do . 

247 

1, 135 

Willetts  No.  90 

.do 

' . do . 

. do . 

Willetts  No  91 

do 

1 . do . 

. do . . 

1  Willetts,  No.  22 

...do  . 

j . do . 

. do . 

Willetts. No.  24. . .  _ 

. do . 

. do . . 

PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS 


83 


sands  in  the  Amity  quadrangle — Continued. 

or  oil  in  the  sand;  f  signifies  known  steel  line  measurement;  L  means  that  the  elevation  was  determined 
were  determined  by  aneroid  barometer.] 


Depth  to — 


W  aynesburg 
coal. 

Mapletown 

coal. 

Pittsburg 

coal. 

Upper  Free¬ 
port  coal. 

d* 

a 

03 

m 

el 

C Q 

Big  lime. 

Big  Injun 
sand. 

1  Thirty -foot 
sand. 

Gantz  sand. 

1  Fifty  -foot  j 
sand. 

Gordon 
Stray  sand. 

£ 

O 

rad 

u  ci 

o  “ 

O 

|  Fourth  sand. 

Fifth  sand. 

Bayard 

sand. 

Elizabeth 

sand. 

405 

2,236 

2,291 

2,530 

2,625 

2,130 

2, 188§ 

2, 142 

I 

2, 121 

1 

2, 340 

1 

510 

2,362 

1 

2, 130 

1 

2, 263 

1 

2,198 

1 

505 

1,293 

1,605 

1,671 

2, 375 

2,540 

1 . 

2,650 

2, 735 

2,890 

536 

2, 964| 

2,424 

1 

492 

2,316 

2,369 

2, 637 

2,702 

I  ' 

666 

2, 507 

1 

377 

2,220 

2,277 

2,477 

2,495 

2,540 

2,611 

1 

410 

2, 280 

2,340 

1 

2, 382 

2, 440 

1  | 

2,468 

2, 528 

|  | 

615 

24,33 

2,490 

1  1 

2, 358 

2, 488 

|  | 

2, 395 

2,459 

|  | 

2,415 

2, 471 

2, 556 

2,  703 

2, 746 

2,802 

2,516 

2, 567 

1 

280 

622 

1,530 

1,700 

1,760 

2,270 

2, 440 

2,480 

1  | 

450? 

2, 286 

|  1 

f400 

1 

2, 230 

I  1 

+387 

1 

2,222 

i  | 

+400 

1 

1  1 

+380 

1 

2, 187 

1  1 

| 

. 

2, 203 

|  1 

| 

2, 347 

1  1 

1 

| 

2, 465 

| 

1 

| 

2, 324 

1 

2. 394 

1 

1 

1 

2,218 

1 

2,219 

2,444 

2,425 

2, 279 

* 

2,297 

2, 461 

2,  219 

2, 345 

2, 366 

2, 192 

84 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA 


Depths,  in  feet,  to  coals  and  principal 

[From  records  furnished  by  the  owners.  *  Signifies  that  the  figures  given  represent  the  depths  of  gas 

by  level.  All  other  elevations 


Eleva¬ 

tion. 


1,100 

1,140 

1,250 

1,315 

1,110 

1,040 


254 

1,060 

255 

1,060 

256 

1,165 

257 

1,175 

258 

1,170 

1, 175 

259 

1,205 

260 

1,060 

26-1 

1,145 

262 

1,080 

263 

1,055 

264 

1,050? 

265 

1,055? 

266 

1,025? 

267 

1,055? 

268 

1,025? 

269 

1,190 

270 

1,120? 

271 

(?) 

272 

1,150 

273 

1, 190 

1,265? 

274 

1,000? 

275 

1, 185 

Name  of  well. 

Owner. 

Product. 

Producing  sand. 

South  Strabane  Town¬ 
ship — Continued. 

Willetts,  No.  25. . 

Willetts  Oil  Co . 

Oil . 

Gantz  .. 

Willetts,  No.  28 . 

. do . 

. do . 

do 

Workman ,  No.  1 . 

Forest  Oil  Co . 

. do . 

1 . do . 

. .  .do . 

. do . 

.  .  .do 

R.  D.  Wylie,  No.  1 . 

Pew  &  Emerson . 

R.  D.  Wylie,  No.  1 . 

Union  Township. 

Henry  Smith,  No.  1 _ 

Borough  of  Washington 
( also  including  East 
Washington  and  West 
Washington). 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

A  cnpw,  No.  2 

. do . 

Culbertson . . 

Murdock  Baldwin  Oil  Co. . 
Loury  Oil  Co . 

Gas  and  oil... 

Oil . 

Gantz,  Fourth  . . . 

Gantz . . 

Richard  Forest,  No.  1.. 
Richard  Forest,  No.  2.. 

. do . 

Richard  &  Joshua 
Forest,  No.  1  (?). 

Robert  Forest _ 

Joshua  Oil  Co . 

Dry . 

Oil . 

Gantz . . 

Harding 

O.  W.  Akins . 

. do . 

. do . . 

Harding,  No.  2 _  . 

Akins  Bros . 

. do . 

. do . 

Harding,  No.  3 

.do  . 

Mathew  Linn 

W.  F.  Borchers . 

Dry. . . 

Rustic  (?) 

Akins  Bros  . 

Morgan 

_ do . 

Oil . 

Gantz . 

Reed  . . 

. do . 

. do . 

. do . 

Reed 

Associated  Producers  Co . . 

Smith,  No.  1  (?) 

Gas . 

“  Verner  ” . 

Smith,  No.  2  (?) 

. do . 

Fifth . 

Smith,  No.  3  (?) 

. do . 

Gantz . 

Wa.dp  No  3 

Akins  Bros 

On . 

..do . 

Triangle  well 

Associated  Producers  Co . . 

A  Irins  Bros  . 

Gas  and  oil _ 

Wa.de  No  4 

Oil . 

Gantz . 

Geo.  Warrick,  No.  1 _ 

West  Bethlehem  Town¬ 
ship 

N  T  fllqrlr  No  9 

Murdock-Baldwin  Oil  Co. . 

Manufacturers’  Light  and  j 
Heat  Co. 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 
Co. 

Philadelphia  Co  . 

Oil  and  gas. .. 

Gas.  . 

. .  .do . 

Tohn  1  Cl  eavef 

_ _ do . 

nia  Crnmrine  (?) 

. do . 

"Dra  chip  Kn  1  ( 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Co  1 

do.  . 

l  ag  uCj  lie.  i  ^  .  y . 

James  Grable,  No.  1 _ 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 
Co. 

.do. _ . 

PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS 


85 


sands  in  the  Amity  triangle — Continued. 

or  oil  in  the.  sand;  t  signifies  known  steel  line  measurement;  L  means  that  the  elevation  was  determined 
were  determined  by  aneroid  barometer.] 


Depth  to— 


Waynesburg 

coal. 

Maple  town 
coal. 

Pittsburg 

coal. 

Upper  Free¬ 
port  coal. 

Salt  sand. 

Big  lime. 

Big  Injun 
sand. 

Thirty  -  foot 

sand. 

Gantz  sand. 

Fifty-foot 

sand. 

Gordon 

Stray  sand. 

Gordon 

sand. 

Fourth  sand. 

Fifth  sand. 

Bayard 

sand. 

Elizabeth 

sand. 

2,218 

2, 192 

2,546 

2,600 

2,539 

2,593 

217 

280 

1,906 

1,930 

2,277 

2,305 

510 

1,600 

1,625 

2,316 

2,591 

2,640 

2,703 

515 

2,318 

515 

2, 322 

234 

2, 053 

2, 280 

2,412 

540 

2,321 

2,372 

1,697 

2, 271 

2, 354 

2,390 

2, 272 

2,661 

2, 275 

2, 259 

2,285 

265 

860 

2,147 

450 

2,270 

430 

2,248 

2,515 

2,631 

425 

2,245 

2,395 

2,445 

355 

2, 160 

2,295 

2,421 

2,444 

2, 370 

2,418 

495 

1,430 

1,590 

1,625 

2,300 

280 

614 

1,540 

1,770 

1,845 

2, 454 

2,500 

2  610 

2,780 

2,825 

2,900 

3,009 

3, 100 

260 

1,160 

1, 500 

2,260 

205 

1,444 

2, 148 

345 

2,360 

2  567 

590 

1,490 

1,850 

2,400 

2,500 

2,540 

2,840 

2, 990 

L,  l )CW 

3,080 

86 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA, 


Depths,  in  feet ,  to  coals  and  principal 


[From  records  furnished  hy  the  owners.  *  Signifies  that  the  figures  given  represent  the  depths  of  gas 

by  level.  All  other  elevations 


5 

a 

o 

6 
£ 

Eleva¬ 

tion. 

Name  of  well. 

Owner. 

Product. 

Producing  sand. 

West  Bethlehem  Town- 

ship— Continued. 

276 

J.  R.  Hawkins,  No.  1 _ 

Gas . 

277 

1,090 

Harvey  Hill,  No.  1 . 

. do . 

. do . 

278 

1,075 

Margaret  Hill,  No.  1 _ 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

Oil . 

Heat  Co. 

279 

1,010 

Stephen  W.  Hill,  No.  1 . . 

. do . 

Gas . 

280 

1,010 

Tom.  T.  Hill . 

Philadelphia  Co . 

Dry . 

281 

1,100 

Uriah  Hill  heirs  (Mar- 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 

Gas . 

tha  Zollars). 

Co. 

282 

1,075 

Wm.  B.  Hill,  No.  1... 

_ do 

283 

960 

J.  N.  Horn,  No.  1 . 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

284 

1,090 

J.  V.  Knestric . 

Sarah  E.  Lacock,  No.  1 . 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

285 

1,000 

J.  C.  Martin,  No.  1 . 

Gas . 

Heat  Co. 

286 

1,040 

Frank  McCarthy,  No.  1. 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 

. do . 

Co. 

287 

1,180 

Mary  McCarthy,  No.  1.. 

. do . 

. do . 

288 

1,060 

Winnet  McCarthy,  No.  1 

. do . 

. do . 

289 

1,160 

Winnet  McCarthy,  No.  2 

. do . 

. do . 

290 

1, 295 

W.  McCosland,  No.  1 . . . 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

* 

Heat  Co. 

291 

1, 170 

Elizabeth  Morton,  No.  1 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 

Gas . 

Co. 

292 

1,120 

Elizabeth  Morton,  No.  2 

. do 

.do  . 

293 

1,170 

if.  H.  Richards,  No.  1 .. 

Philadelphia  Co. 

. do . 

294 

1,140 

Eli  U.  Ross,  No.  1 . 

Chartiers  Oil  Co . 

. do . 

295 

960 

Joseph  Ross,  No.  1 . 

Dry . 

296 

1,260 

Sam  Ross,  No.  1 . 

Manufacturers’  Light  and 

Gas . 

Heat  Co. 

297 

1,040 

John  C.  Sargent,  No.  2 

. do . 

298 

1,190 

Thompson . 

. do . 

299 

1,135 

Thompson  &  Seaman 

. do . 

Oil . 

Coal  Co.,  No.  1. 

300 

870 

W.  H.  Ulery,  No.  1 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Co.. 

Gas . 

Big  Injun,  Bayard 

301 

970 

Effie  Watson,  No.  1 _ 

Philadelphia  Co . . 

. do . 

Elizabeth . 

302 

1,110 

Wherry,  No.  1 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Co.. 

Dry _ 

303 

895 

John  B.  Wise,  No.  1... . 

Philadeiphia  Co _ 

Gas . 

Bavard . 

304 

905? 

Mary  S.  Wise,  No  2 

. do 

. do . 

305 

1,170 

W.  W.  Worrells,  No.  1.. 

Monongahela  Natural  Gas 

. do . 

Co. 

West  Pike  Run  T own- 

ship. 

/ 

306 

1,075 

James  M.  Miller,  No.  1. . 

Greensboro  Natural  Gas 

Co. 

307 

1,050 

Peter  Nickerson,  No.  1 . . 

. do . 

Dry . 

308 

1,210 

S.  F.  Scott,  No.  1 

Fergus  Oil  Co. 

309 

1,050 

Geo.  Thompson,  No.  1 . . 

Greensboro  Natural  Gas 

Co. 

PETROLEUM  AND  NATURAL  GAS, 


87 


sands  in  the  Amity  triangle — Continued. 

or  oil  in  the  sand;  f  signifies  known  steel  line  measurement;  L  means  that  the  elevation  was  determined 
were  determined  by  aneroid  barometer.] 


Depth  to— 


Waynesburg  | 
coal.  1 

Maple  town 
coal. 

Pittsburg 

coal. 

Upper  Free¬ 
port  coal. 

Salt  sand. 

1  Big  lime. 

Big  In j  un 
sand. 

Thirty  -  foot 

sand. 

Gantz  sand. 

1  Fifty-foot 
sand. 

Gordon 

Stray  sand. 

Gordon 

sand. 

Fourth  sand. 

Fifth  sand. 

Bayard 

sand. 

•4-5 

<x>  . 

*  g 

s 

270 

1,170 

1,505 

2,622 

2,757 

2, 790 

495 

1,740 

2,495 

2,715 

2,810 

2,845 

2,989 

620 

1,792 

1,832 

2, 522 

475 

1,405 

1,660 

1,720 

2,400 

2,455 

2,635 

2,875 

2,941 

458 

1,400 

1,668 

2,652 

2, 780 

2,839 

567 

1,162 

1,490 

1,785 

2,' 280 

2,465 

2, 558 

2, 750 

2,879 

2,948 

3,037 

520 

1,465 

1,720 

2,430 

2,500 

2,650 

2,715 

2,790 

2,910 

3,020 

360 

805 

1,617 

2,370 

2, 545 

t2, 570 

2,710 

2, 769 

2,860 

524 

380 

2,275 

2,585 

755 

130 

454 

1,407 

1,640 

1,690 

2,255 

2,  376 

2,455 

2,662 

2,  746 

2, 862 

2,954 

481 

1,231 

1,420 

1,715 

2,310 

2,395 

2,445 

2,695 

2,820 

2,862 

2,972 

645 

1,550 

1,875 

2,635 

3,025 

3, 137 

485 

1,385 

1,735 

2,295 

2,395 

2,425 

2,635 

2, 854 

2,990 

605 

1,350 

1,530 

1,830 

2,520 

2,560 

2,735 

2,800 

2,880 

2, 993 

3,087 

585 

1,518 

1,720 

2,468 

2, 503 

2, 603 

2,680 

2, 715 

2,765 

j  . 

605 

1,360 

1,570 

1,850 

2,550 

2,592 

2,800 

2,845 

2,910 

3,000 

3, 105 

520 

1,460 

1,785 

2,365 

2,450 

2, 520 

2,735 

2,816 

2,865 

2,920 

3,008 

620 

1,580 

1,870 

2, 991 

3, 117 

423 

lt400 

2,300 

2, 335 

50 

365 

542 

1,480 

1,655 

1,715 

2,300 

2,434 

2,469 

2,585 

2,612 

2,644 

2, 723 

180 

520 

1,435 

1,665 

1,730 

2, 375 

2,495 

2,680 

2, 725 

2, 790 

2,840 

2,922 

2, 991 

495 

1,492 

2,422 

240 

580 

1,170 

1,500 

1,732 

1,795 

2,405 

2,485 

290 

1,480 

2,760 

396 

1,632 

2,375 

2, 748 

2,790 

2,883 

475 

1,557 

1,655 

2,180 

2,410 

290 

1,525 

2, 485 

2,759 

338 

1,577 

2, 520 

2,641 

2,727 

2, 817 

615 

1,414 

1,865 

2,425 

2, 525 

2,555 

2,733 

2,994 

3,114 

355 

1,490 

1,575 

2, 190 

2,260 

2,304 

259 

865 

1,412 

1,497 

170 

516 

1,090 

1, 750 

1,490 

2,210 

2,250 

2,660 

88  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

COAL. 

GENERAL  STATEMENT. 

Coal  is  destined  to  become  the  most  important  mineral  resource  of 
the  Amity  quadrangle.  Owing  to  the  depth  of  the  principal  seam 
below  the  surface,  only  a  few  mines  are  in  operation  at  the  present 
time,  but  the  demand  for  coal  is  increasing  with  its  exhaustion  near  the 
surface,  and  in  time  shafts  will  be  sunk  over  much  of  the  quadrangle 
and  operations  conducted  on  a  large  scale. 

The  principal  coal  beds  outcropping  in  the  quadrangle  are  the  Pitts¬ 
burg,  Redstone,  Sewickley  (Mapletown),  Waynesburg,  Waynesburg 
“A,”  and  Washington.  The  Pittsburg  bed  is  the  only  one  mined  for 
shipment,  but  the  Waynesburg  is  worked  at  many  country  banks,  and 
one  bank  is  known  on  the  Redstone  and  several  on  the  Sewickley  seam. 
The  Waynesburg  “A”  is  probably  worthless  and  the  Washington  coal 
is  generally  too  poor  to  be  of  value  under  existing  conditions.  Several 
seams  below  the  Pittsburg  have  been  penetrated  by  the  drill  in  search 
of  oil  and  gas. 

PITTSBURG  COAL. 

GENERAL  STATEMENT. 

The  Pittsburg  coal  is  the  most  valuable  bed  in  southwestern  Penn¬ 
sylvania.  From  all  the  evidence  obtainable  it  seems  to  be  of  workable 
thickness  throughout  the  quadrangle  and  its  quality  is  usually  superior 
to  that  of  the  other  coals  of  the  region.  The  Pittsburg  coal  occurs  at 
the  base  of  the  Monongahela  formation,  or  Upper  Productive  Meas¬ 
ures.  (See  columnar  section,  PL  I,  pocket.)  Fig.  4  shows  the  total 
areal  extent  of  the  seam  in  Pennsylvania,  together  with  the  relative 
location  of  the  Amity  quadrangle.  In  this  quadrangle  the  outcrop  of 
the  bed  is  only  about  15  miles  in  length,  but  with  the  exception  of  the 
two  small  areas  where  it  is  cut  by  Chartiers  and  Peters  creeks  it  is 
believed  to  underlie  the  entire  district,  a  total  area  of  228  square  miles. 
The  average  workable  thickness  of  the  bed  being  estimated  at  6  feet 
and  the  specific  gravity  of  Pittsburg  coal  in  this  region  as  1.29,a  the 
quadrangle  contains  37,260,710,400  cubic  feet, or  1,500,632,315  short 
tons  (about  1,300,000,000  long  tons).  The  coal  has  been  estimated  to 
underlie  833  square  miles  out  of  the  total  area  of  858  square  miles  in 
Washington  County. 

The  extent  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  outcrop  is  shown  on  the  geologic  map 
(PI.  I,  pocket)  by  the  blue  line  at  the  contact  of  the  Conemaugh  and 
Monongahela  formations.  The  outcrop  of  the  coal  follows  both  sides 
of  Peters  Creek  below  Venetia  and  of  Chartiers  Creek  below  McGovern, 
and  the  bed  also  reaches  the  surface  at  Meadowlands,  where  it  out- 

a  The  figure  1.29  is  an  average  of  the  specific  gravity  of  coal  from  three  mines  in  the  region,  deter¬ 
mined  by  the  fuel-testing  plant  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  at  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


COAL. 


89 


crops  at  railroad  level.  Well  records  show  that  the  bed  is  present  in 
all  parts  of  the  quadrangle.  West  of  Chartiers  Creek  it  reaches  nearly  • 
a  mile  up  the  tributary  valleys  between  Meadowlands  and  Houston. 
On  Peters  and  Chartiers  creeks  it  can  be  developed  by  drifting,  but  in 
the  greater  part  of  the  quadrangle  it  is  far  below  the  surface  and  can 
be  reached  only  by  shafts.  At  Washington  it  is  about  450  feet  below 
the  valley,  at  Linden  250  feet,  at  Wylandville  350  feet,  at  Lone  Pine 
350  feet,  at  Ellsworth  270  feet,  at  Zollarsville  350  feet,  at  Sunset  550 


feet,  at  Hackneys  500  feet,  and  at  Tenmile  village  400  feet.  The 
method  by  which  the  approximate  depth  of  this  bed  can  be  deter¬ 
mined  from  the  map  is  explained  under  the  heading  “Structure” 
(pp.  36-37),  and  its  variation  in  level  beneath  the  quadrangle  is  shown 
on  the  geologic  map  (PI.  I,  pocket). 

MINING  OPERATIONS. 

In  the  Amity  quadrangle  there  are  13  working  mines,  as  follows: 
Ellsworth  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  and  4,  Manifold,  Meadowlands  No.  1,  Rich  Hill, 


90 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


Allison,  Boon,  Blanche,  Eclipse,  Anderson  No.  2,  and  Nottingham. 
The  Manifold  and  Ellsworth  mines  are  operated  by  shafts,  Rich  Hill 
and  Meadowlands  by  slopes,  and  the  rest  by  drifts.  In  addition  to 
those  named,  the  Enterprise  mine,  north  of  Washington,  was  formerly 
operated  by  a  slope  on  the  south  side  of  Chartiers  Creek  and  a  1 50-foot 
shaft  at  a  point  midway  between  the  slope  and  Washington,  but  this 
mine  is  now  abandoned.  On  the  northwest  bank  of  Chartiers  Creek 
are  situated  the  Rich  Hill  mine  of  the  United  Coal  Company,  the 
Meadowlands  No.  1  of  the  Meadowlands  Coal  Company,  and  the  Alli¬ 
son  of  the  Pittsburg  Coal  Company.  These  mines  are  working  a  large 
area  in  Chartiers  Township.  The  Boon  mine  at  Canonsburg,  the 
mouth  of  which  is  off  the  quadrangle  northeast  of  Houston,  also 
Teaches  inside  the  area.  One  mile  south  of  Meadowlands,  on  a  spur 
of  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  recently  built  to  it,  is  situated  the 
Manifold  mine,  operated  by  the  Patterson  &  Robbins  Coal  Company. 
Here  two  shafts  have  been  sunk  to  the  coal,  236  and  231  feet  deep, 
respectively. 

In  the  northeast  corner  of  the  quadrangle,  on  Peters  Creek,  are 
located  the  Blanche,  Nottingham,  and  Eclipse  mines  of  the  Pittsburg 
Coal  Company.  These  are  operated  by  drifts.  The  old  Anderson 
mine  is  located  here,  but  is  now  abandoned.  The  Anderson  No.  2  is 
being  operated  south  of  the  creek. 

On  Pigeon  Creek  above  Bentleyville  are  collieries  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  and  4 
of  James  W.  Ellsworth  &  Co.  The  coal  is  here  deep  below  the  surface 
and  is  reached  by  two  shafts  at  Ellsworth  and  two  at  the  village  of 
Three  and  Four,  2J  miles  farther  up  the  creek,  on  South  Branch.  The 
shafts  are  261,  279,  397,  and  414  feet  deep,  respectively.  This  com¬ 
pany  is  carrying  on  extensive  operations  and  has  built  up-to-date 
plants  and  mining  towns.  Coal  is  shipped  by  means  of  a  branch  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Railroad  running  down  Pigeon  Creek  and  connecting 
with  the  main  line  at  Monongahela  City. 

Opposite  the  Chestnut  street  station  of  the  Pennsylvania  lines  at 
Washington  a  shaft  was  sunk  many  years  ago  to  the  Pittsburg  bed. 
The  coal  was  reported  to  be  of  excellent  quality,  but  the  shaft  was 
abandoned  on  account  of  the  extra  expense  involved  in  sinking  the 
escape  shaft. 

THICKNESS. 

The  following  table  shows  the  average  thicknesses  of  the  coal  in 
the  various  mines,  together  with  the  maximum  and  minimum  meas¬ 
urements  in  each  mine,  in  inches: 


COAL. 


91 


Thickness ,  in  inches,  of  Pittsburg  coal  in  the  Amity  quadrangle. 


Mine. 


clipse . 

ottingham - 

lanche . 

oon . 

llison . 

^eadowlands. . . 

,ich  Hill . 

llsworth  No.  1 . 
llsworth  No.  2 
llsworth  No.  3 
llsworth  No.  4 


Thickness. 


Average,  j Greatest. 

Least. 

62 

64 

60 

57 

60 

54 

72 

78 

66 

64 

64 

64 

64 

72 

74 

70 

71 

74 

68 

73 

76 

70 

73 

76 

70 

In  the  course  of  the  field  work  several  detailed  sections  were  meas- 
ired  in  various  parts  of  the  area.  These  measurements  are  given 
raphicallyin  PI.  V.  Except  in  a  few  places  the  bed  is  double,  sepa- 
ated  by  a  fire-clay  parting  of  varying  thickness.  Here  and  there 
,  third  division  is  present,  and  in  many  places  the  bed  is  interrupted 
>y  other  clay  partings,  but  generally  these  are  not  persistent. 

The  roof  division  or  portion  above  the  clay  parting  is  variable, 
n  thickness  it  runs  from  1  inch  up  to  4  feet.  In  some  places  it  con- 
ists  of  a  single  bench,  but  more  commonly  is  broken  up  into  two  or 
nore  benches,  separated  by  shale  or  clay.  The  coal  of  this  division 
3  usually  poor,  containing  a  large  proportion  of  ash. 

The  main  clay  separating  the  roof  and  lower  divisions  varies  from 
,  fraction  of  an  inch  up  to  15  inches  in  thickness.  The  lower  divi- 
ion  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  varies  in  thickness  from  3J  feet  to  5  feet 
0  inches  and  is  the  portion  of  the  coal  mined  throughout  this  sec- 
ion  of  the  field.  The  most  characteristic  feature  of  this  division 
insists  of  two  very  persistent  partings,  which,  as  a  rule,  occur  2  to  3 
eet  from  the  bottom.  They  are  known  as  the  “bearing-in  bands,” 
md  with  the  coal  between  them  make  up  the  “bearing-in  coal.”  In 
ew  places  are  they  over  half  an  inch  thick;  commonly  they  are  con- 
iderably  thinner.  The  interval  between  them  varies  from  1  inch  to 
J I  inches.  The  name  “bearing-in”  has  been  applied  because  this 
)ench  is  chosen  by  the  miner  as  the  easiest  layer  on  which  to  work  to 
mdercut  the  overlying  coal.  The  bearing-in  coal  is  thrown  out  in 
nining.  The  bench  is  represented  in  all  but  two  of  the  sections  in  PI.  V, 
md  is  probably  present  in  the  others,  but  was  overlooked  in  taking 
neasurements.  In  one  country  bank  (section  5)  the  place  of  this 
)ench  is  taken  by  fire  clay.  The  bearing-in  coal  separates  the  lower 
livision  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  into  two  portions,  the  upper  of  which  is 
mown  as  the  breast  coal  and  the  lower  as  the  brick  coal  and  bottom 


92 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


coal.  The  names  applied  to  various  portions  of  the  Pittsburg  coal 
are  shown  graphically  in  fig.  5. 

In  most  regions  the  brick  coal  and  bottom  coal  are  distinct,  sepa¬ 
rated  by  a  thin  binder,  but  in  this  quadrangle  they  can  generally  not 
be  distinguished.  In  only  one  or  two  instances  are  other  binders 
noted  below  the  bearing-in  coal,  but  in  several  cases  nonpersistent 


binders  have  been  noted  above  it. 

The  greatest  thickness  of  coal  known  in  the  quadrangle  is  that 
recorded  in  the  Moses  Smith  drill  hole  near  Bissell,  West  Bethlehem 

Township,  as  shown  in  the  following 
section  (PI.  V,  No.  1) : 


Roof  division 


Main  clay 


Lower  division 


Breast  coal,  30"  to  40' 


\  Bearing-in  coal,  2"  to  4'1 


Bottom  coalJ 


Section  of  Pittsburg  coal  near  Bissell. 

Ft.  in.  Ft.  in. 

Slate,  black. 

Coal . 1  4 

Slate,  black .  4 

Coal .  4 

Fire  clay .  5 

Slate,  black .  1  4 

Coal .  6 

Slate .  1  3 

Coal,  breast  and  bottom..  5  10 
Slate,  bottom. 

Total  coal . 8 

Sections  2  to  9,  inclusive,  PI.  V, 
show  the  characteristics  of  the  coal 
in  various  parts  of  Chartiers  V alley. 
The  lower  division  in  this  vallev  is 


Fig.  5.— Generalized  section  of  Pittsburg  coal  from  4  feet  2  inches  to  5  feet  10 

bed,  with  names  of  the  various  benches.  incheg  ^  main  cky  from  2 

to  22  inches.  The  upper  division  runs  from  2  inches  to  2\  feet  and 
varies  from  clean  coal  to  very  bony.  The  bearing-in  bands  occur  a 
little  below  the  middle  of  the  lower  division.  Local  thin  partings 
occur  in  all  the  mines,  and  therefore  when  a  published  section  of 
the  coal  shows  a  parting  other  than  those  noted  above  it  must  be 
regarded  as  exceptional  and  not  representing  general  conditions.  The 
measurements  of  the  known  sections  in  Chartiers  Valley  are  aS  follows : 


Coal  section  at  the  Manifold  mine  {PI.  V,  No.  2). 

Coal . 

Shale . . 

Coal . . 

Fireclay . . . 

Coal . 

Binder . 


Ft. 

2 


1 


in. 

6 

1 

2 

10 

3 


No.  1.  No.  2.  No.  3.  No.  4.  No.  5.  No.  6.  No.  7.  No.  8.  No.  9.  No.  10.  No.  11.  No  12  No  13 

(Seep.  92.)  (Seep.  92.)  (Seep.  93.)  (Seep.  93.)  (See  p.  93.)  (Seep.  93.)  (See  p.  94.)  (See  p.  94.)  (Seep.  94.)  (See  p.  94.)  (See  p.  95.)  (See  p.  95.)  (See  p.  95.) 


O 

(5 

DC 

D 

CD 

C/5 


Q. 

Ll 

o 


CO 

z 

O 


o 

LU 

CO 


o 

(O 


;OAL  IN  AMITY  QUADRANGLE. 


COAL. 


93 


Coal  section  at  the  Manifold  mine — Continued. 

Ft.  in. 


Coal .  1  3 

{Binder . .  i 

Coal .  1 

Binder .  | 

Coal  with  several  thin  binders .  3  2 


9  41 


Coal  section  at  “McLain’s  bank,”  0.9  mile  west  of  Meadowlands  (PI.  V,  No.  3). 


Shale  roof 

Coal .  _ _ 

Shale _ 

Coal . 

Fire  clay . 
Coal . 


3 


5  61 


Coal  section  at  the  Meadowlands  mine  (PI.  V,  No.  f). 


Coal . 

Shale . 

Coal . 

Shale . 

Coal . 

Shale  and  fire  clay 
Coal . 


Bearing-in  coal 


Parting. 


Coal 


Ft. 


1 

2 


2 


in. 

3 

2 

61 

1 

6 

3 

9 

1 

21 

1 

3 


8  1 


Coal  section  1.3  miles  north  of  Meadowlands  (PI.  V,  No.  5). 


Ft.  in. 

Bony  clay .  . .  2 

Fire  clay . 1  4 

Coal . 3 

Fire  clay . . .  1 

Coal . 1  1 

Fire  clay . . 

5  8 


Coal  section  at  the  Allison  mine  (PI.  V,  No.  6). 

[Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania;  Rept.  K,  p.  233  ] 

Ft.  in. 


Coal-. . 3  4 

Bearing-in  coal .  4 

Brick  coal .  1 

Lower  bottom  coal .  1 


5  8 


94  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

Coal  section  0.5  mile  south  of  Houston  (PI.  V,  No.  7). 


Bony  coal . 

Fire  clay . 

Coal . 

[Clay . 

Bearing-in  coal-j  Coal . 

I  Clay . 

Coal . . 

Fire  clay. 


Ft.  in. 
10 
2 
3 


i 


11 


Coal  section  0.3  mile  east  of  Houston  (PI.  V,  No.  8). 


Sandy  shale. 

Coal . 

Fire  clay . 

Coal . 

[Parting. 
Bearing-in  coaK  Coal . . . 

I  Parting . 
Coal . 


5 

1 

Ft. 

in. 

2 

10 

.  2 

10 

2 

h 

.  2 

1 


Coal  section  reported  at  Boon  mine ,  northeast  of  Houston  (PI.  V,  No.  9). 


Coal . . 

Clay . . 

Coal . 

[“Slate” 
Bearing-in  coalj  Coal . . . 

[“Slate” 
Coal . 


Ft.  in. 

9* 

1 

3 

3 


8 

2  * 
6  2b 


On  Peters  Creek  the  thickness  of  the  lower  division  is  5  J  to  6  fee 
and  of  the  upper  division  6  to  12  inches.  The  clay  averages  a  littl 
less  than  a  foot  in  thickness.  In  the  Nottingham  mine  a  still  highe 
bench  is  reported,  14  inches  above  the  upper  division;  but  this  top 
most  bench  is  very  bony.  Two  sections  measured  in  this  district  ar< 
as  follows: 

Coal  section  at  the  Blanche  mine  (PI.  V,  No.  10). 

Ft.  in. 


Roof  coal .  9 

Fire  clay . * .  10 

Coal .  3 

Bearing-in  coal . . . . .  3^ 

Coal . . .  2  4J 


7  3 


COAL. 


95 


Coal  section  at  the  Nottingham  mine  (PI.  V,  No.  11). 


Ft.  in. 

Coal  and  bone .  10 

Fire  clay  and  shale .  1  2 

Coal  with  thin  partings . .  2  1 

Fire  clay .  11 

Coal .  2  11 

Bearing-in  coal .  3 

Coal . 2  5 


10  7 


At  the  Ellsworth  the  average  thickness  of  the  lower  division  of 
the  coal  is  about  6  feet.  Two  typical  sections  measured  as  follows : 


Coal  sections  at  the  Ellsworth  Collieries  (PI.  V,  Nos.  12  and  13). 


Ellsworth 
No.  1. 
Ft.  in. 


Bony  coal .  1 

Fire  clay .  1 

Bony  coal . . .  1 

Coal .  3  1 

i  Shale .  1 

Bearing-in  coah  Coal .  1 

l  Shale .  1 

Coal . 2  4 


6  10 


Ellsworth 
No.  2. 
Ft.  in. 

1  3 
1 

2  11 

I 

H 

1 

2  5 


6  11 


QUALITY. 

In  quality  the  Pittsburg  bed  in  Washington  County  is  fair  for  a 
bituminous  coal.  During  the  field  work  for  this  report  a  number  of 
samples  of  the  coal  were  taken  and  sent  for  analysis  to  the  fuel-test¬ 
ing  plant  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  at  St.  Louis.  Each 
one  of  these  samples  was  obtained  by  cutting  a  section  2  inches  thick 
from  roof  to  floor  across  as  much  of  the  seam  as  is  mined  for  ship¬ 
ment,  all  partings  not  included  by  the  miner  being  thrown  out.  The 
sample  was  then  thoroughly  mixed  and  quartered  to  the  bulk  desired, 
sealed  in  an  air-tight  can,  and  mailed  to  the  chemical  laboratory  at 
St.  Louis. 

All  analyses  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  given  here  include  only  the  lower 
division,  or  portion  mined  for  shipment.  The  bearing-in  coal  is 
excluded,  as  it  is  generally  thrown  out  in  mining. 


96 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

Analyses  of  Pittsburg  coal  on  Chartiers  and  Peters  creeks. 

[E.  E.  Somermeier,  analyst.] 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Moisture . 

1.90 

1.37 

1.70 

1.72 

Volatile  matter . 

36.20 

37. 10 

37.20 

36.98 

56. 55 

Fixed  carbon . 

53.70 

53.84 

55.83 

Ash . 

8.20 

7.69 

5. 27 

4. 75 

Sulphur . . 

100.00 

1.52 

100.00 

1.61 

100.00 

1. 13  * 

100.00 

1.15 

Calories  . 

British  thermal  units . 

14,335 

1.  McLain’s  country  bank,  near  Meadowlands. 

2.  Manifold  mine,  south  of  Meadowlands. 

3.  Blanche  mine,  Peters  Creek. 

4.  Nottingham  mine,  Peters  Creek. 


These  four  analyses  show  a  fair  agreement.  The  fixed  carbon  and 
sulphur  are  moderate  and  the  ash  is  low,  but  more  variable. 

At  the  Ellsworth  collieries  four  samples  have  been  taken,  the  first 
from  each  mine  being  taken  by  the  writer  of  this  report  and  the  sec¬ 
ond  from  each  mine  by  Messrs.  Groves  and  Von  Borries,  of  the  fuel¬ 
testing  plant. 

Analyses  of  Pittsburg  coal  from  the  Ellsworth  collieries. 

[E.  E.  Somermeier,  analyst.] 


Loss  of  moisture,  air  dried 

Moisture . 

Volatile  matter . 

Fixed  carbon . 

Ash . 


Sulphur . . 

Calories . 

British  thermal  units 


No.  1. 

No.  2. 

1.50 

1.50 

1.22 

2.91 

1.05 

3.01 

36.28 

33. 70 

36.65 

33.46 

56.24 

57.99 

57.25 

58.70 

6. 26 

5.40 

5.05 

4.83 

100.00 

101.50 

100.00 

101.50 

.84 

1.08 

.91 

.73 

7,915 

14,247 

14,197 

These  analyses  show  an  improvement  on  the  quality  of  the  coal 
farther  north  and  west.  It  is  fairly  low  in  sulphur  and  averages 
slightly  higher  in  fixed  carbon.  The  proportion  of  ash  averages  about 
the  same.  This  coal  would  seem  to  be  worth  coking. 

The  average  composition  of  the  coal  in  the  quadrangle,  based  on  the 
foregoing  eight  analyses,  is  as  follows: 

Calculated  average  composition  of  Pittsburg  coal  in  the  Amity  quadrangle. 


Moisture .  1.86 

Volatile  matter .  35.95 

Fixed  carbon .  56.  26 

Ash . . .  5.  93 


Sulphur 


100.00 
1. 12 


COAL. 


97 


In  a  report  on  “run  of  mine”  made  to  James  W.  Ellsworth  &  Co., 
by  Doctor  Bogdahn,  chief  chemist  of  the  United  Coke  and  Gas  Com¬ 
pany,  Otto,  Allegheny  County,  Pa.,  analyses  of  dry  coal  and  of 
crucible-made  coke  from  the  Ellsworth  mines  are  given.  The  com¬ 
positions  were  as  follows: 


Analyses  of  dry  coal  from  Ellsworth  collieries  and  of  coke  made  in  a  crucible  from  the  same  coal. 


Coal. 

Coke. 

Volatile  matter . 

37.92 

57. 72 

3. 69 

.67 

1.08 

92. 35 

5. 96 

.61 

Fixed  carbon . 

Ash . 

Sulphur . 

Phosphorus . 

100. 00 

.0032 

100. 00 

.0051 

- — — - : - - - -  ’ _ L _ __ _ _ _ 

A  comparison  of  this  coal  analysis  with  those  on  page  96  made  by 
the  United  States  Geological  Survey  shows  lower  ash  and  sulphur  than 
the  other  samples,  indicating  that  this  is  probably  picked  coal  and 
that  the  analysis  may  be  taken  as  representative  of  tne  best  coal  in 
the  quadrangle. 

In  addition  to  these  analyses,  several  others  have  been  gathered 
from  miscellaneous  sources  and  are  given  in  the  following  table.  In 
several  cases  where  analyses  were  made  years  ago  it  is  not  known 
whether  or  not  the  locality  is  inside  the  quadrangle,  but  the  name  of 
the  township  indicates  the  probability  that  it  is  within  the  area  or  close 
to  its  borders. 


Analyses  of  Pittsburg  coal  from  the  Amity  quadrangle  and  vicinity. 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Moisture . 

Volatile  matter .... 

Fixed  carbon . 

ish . . . 

Sulphur . 

0. 775 

36. 770 

51.467 

8.890 

1.095 

39.  790 

55. 033 

2.910 

1.172 

1.010 

40. 995 

48.  769 

7. 020 

2. 206 

1.540 

37. 825 

57. 063 

2.810 

.726 

Phosphorus . 

)oke.... 

'olor  of  ash . 

97. 902 

62. 455 

100. 000 

59.115 

100. 000 

57. 995 

Red. 

99. 964 

60. 365 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

1.080 

1.425 

40. 350 

36.880 

30.75 

32.75 

50.311 

56. 829 

59. 98 

55. 51 

5. 665 

4.070 

8. 37 

10.76 

2.594 

.796 

.89 

98 

.01 

.  005 

100. 000 

100. 000 

100.00 

100. 005 

58. 570 

61. 695 

Red. 

Cream. 

j  EaSp  Beth,lehem  T°wnshiP-  This  includes  only  the  “roof  coal."  (Stevenson, 

,  ”  GeoL  Sur'Tey  Pennsylvania,  Rcpt.  K,  1876,  p.  381;  analyzed  by  D.  McCreath  ) 

I  ;  Thompson’s  bank,  Chartiers  Township.  (Loc.  cit.;  analyzed  by  D.  McCreath.) 
a  tt'  shurst’s  bank>  Chartiers  Township.  (Loc.  cit.;  analyzed  by  D.  McCreath  ) 

5  an<1  ^arr^'  ®°Uth  Straban°  TownshiP-  <Loc.  cit.,  analyzed  by  A.  S.  McCreath.) 

5.  Pete.s  lownship.  (Loc.  cit.;  analyzed  by  A.  S.  McCreath.) 

7  rdell;s  b^k’ East  Bethlehem  Township.  (Loc.  cit.;  analyzed  by  A.  S.  McCreath.) 

dlamond'dn11  hole>  West  Bethlehem  Township;  “breast  coal”  only  (James  W 
illsworth  &  Co.;  analyzed  by  Wuth  &  Stafford,  Pittsburg  )  (James  W‘ 

on “breast  coal.”  (James  W.  Klls- 

Bull.  300—07 - 7 


98 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


From  these  analyses  it  will  be  seen  that  the  sulphur  is  one  of  the 
most  variable  constituents  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  in  this  quadrangle. 
In  the  northern  and  western  parts  of  the  area  it  seems  to  be  generally 
moderate,  but  in  one  instance  in  Peters  Township  it  runs  as  high  as 
2.594  and  at  one  bank  in  Chartiers  Township  it  reaches  2.206,  accord¬ 
ing  to  the  Second  Geological  Survey.  The  present  survey  makes  the 
maxima  1.15  and  1.61  in  these  districts.  It  is  improbable  that  the 
coal  will  be  of  much  value  for  gas  or  coking  in  those  portions  of  the 
quadrangle,  unless  the  sulphur  can  be  reduced  by  washing  to  less  than 
1  per  cent;  but  it  ought  to  be  a  first-class  steam  coal. 

Samples  from  the  Ellsworth  mines  and  Nos.  6,  7,  and  8  of  the  table 
from  the  southeastern  quarter  of  the  quadrangle  show  sulphur  rang¬ 
ing  from  0.67  to  0.98,  indicating  a  better  quality  in  this  direction.  It 
seems  probable  that  in  time  the  coal  may  be  coked  in  this  portion  of 
the  quadrangle.  In  general  it  may  be  said  that  the  quality  of  the 
Pittsburg  coal  improves  toward  the  east  and  deteriorates  westward 
from  the  quadrangle,  becoming  poorest  in  Ohio. 

METHODS  OF  DEVELOPMENT. 

As  the  Pittsburg  coal  in  this  quadrangle  outcrops  in  only  two 
localities  where  it  is  now  mined,  it  must  be  developed  principal^  by 
shafts,  as  has  been  done  by  the  Ellsworth  Company  on  Pigeon  Creek. 
This  company  has  sunk  shafts  at  two  localities  near  the  bottom  of 
the  Waynesburg  syncline,  thus  taking  a  position  where  the  mines  may 
be  easily  drained  by  the  natural  inclination  of  the  coal  to  the  foot  of 
the  shaft,  from  which  the  water  may  be  pumped  to  the  surface.  As 
the  valley  of  Pigeon  Creek  has  gentle  grades,  it  has  been  a  simple 
matter  to  connect  the  mines  with  the  Monongahela  branch  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Railroad  by  a  line  running  to  Ellsworth.  Between 
Three  and  Four  and  the  crest  of  the  Amity  anticline  is  an  area  3  miles 
broad  along  South  Branch  of  Pigeon  Creek,  3|  miles  broad  on  Center 
Branch,  and  4  miles  broad  on  North  Branch  of  Pigeon  Creek,  in  which 
the  dip  is  toward  the  southwest.  This  gives  a  large  area  in  which  the 
Pittsburg  coal  can  be  advantageously  mined  by  shafts  sunk  on  the 
main  branches  of  Pigeon  Creek.  Short  switches  will  connect  with  the 
Ellsworth  branch  railroad. 

On  Peters  Creek  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the  quadrangle  most  of 
the  mines  are  rather  unfavorably  situated  in  relation  to  the  structure, 
as  their  proximity  to  the  crest  of  the  Amity  anticline  makes  it  nec¬ 
essary  to  mine  down  the  dip.  A  more  satisfactory  method  of  devel¬ 
oping  the  coal  lying  between  Peters  and  Mingo  creeks  would  be  to 
sink  shafts  along  Mingo  Creek  near  the  edge  of  the  quadrangle  and 
mine  northward  up  the  dip  as  far  as  the  limit  of  the  Peters  Creek 
workings  and  westward  as  far  as  the  crest  of  the  anticline,  which 
crosses  Mingo  Creek  near  Kammerer.  Near  the  edge  of  the  quad- 


COAL.  99 

rangle  a  shaft  less  than  100  feet  deep  would  reach  the  coal.  The  rail¬ 
road  might  even  be  continued  3  miles  or  so  beyond  this  to  the  source 
of  the  Mingo  Creek  drainage,  and  in  the  area  between  Gilkeson  and 
Kammerer  shafts  could  be  sunk  and  operations  pushed  east  and 
northeast  up  the  dip  to  meet  the  workings  on  the  eastern  flank  of  the 
axis.  A  small  area  south  of  Mingo  Creek  could  also  be  opened  up 
from  the  shafts  along  its  course,  but  as  the  Amity  anticline  pitches 
to  the  southwest,  most  of  the  region  lying  south  of  the  Williamsport 
pike  can  probably  be  more  economically  worked  from  shafts  located 
on  North  Branch  of  Pigeon  Creek. 

At  the  point  where  the  axis  of  the  Nineveh  syncline  crosses  Little 
Chartiers  Creek,  near  Linden,  the  Pittsburg  coal  lies  between  200  and 
250  feet  below  the  surface,  and  this  is  probably  the  most  favorable 
location  in  this  valley  for  a  shaft.  From  it  a  large  area  both  east  and 
west  of  the  syncline  can  be  mined  and  easily  drained,  and  the  coal  can 
be  conveniently  hauled  by  connecting  with  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio 
Railroad  at  Gambles  or  with  the  Pennsylvania  lines  near  Morganza, 
3J  miles  to  the  north. 

Probably  the  next  favorable  point  in  the  valley  of  Little  Chartiers 
Creek  for  sinking  a  shaft  lies  on  the  axis  of  the  syncline  one-half  mile 
west  of  Clokeyville  station.  The  depth  of  shaft  necessary  to  reach 
the  coal  will  be  about  400  feet,  but  as  the  mine  would  be  situated  on 
the  main  line  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad  no  branches  would 
be  necessary.  From  this  point  the  coal  can  be  mined  up  the  dip  in 
svery  direction  except  toward  the  south.  The  area  lying  between 
Mount  Pleasant  and  Clokeyville  can  probably  be  best  developed  by 
sinking  a  shaft  at  the  head  of  the  small  valley  about  1  mile  west  of 
Mount  Pleasant.  The  depth  to  the  coal  here  is  supposed  to  be 
between  600  and  650  feet. 

In  order  to  develop  the  coal  in  the  southern  half  of  the  quadrangle 
i  railroad  must  be  built  into  the  valley  of  Tenmile  Creek.  The  line 
;an  be  connected  with  the  Monongahela  branch  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Railroad  at  West  Brownsville,  about  18  miles  below  Zollarsville,  with 
;he  Ellsworth  branch  by  tunneling  from  Daniels  Run  to  South  Branch 
)f  Pigeon  Creek,  or  with  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad  by  a  branch 
me  ascending  Little  Chartiers  Creek  south  of  Eightyfour  and  descend- 
ng  Brush  Run  to  Lone  Pine,  whence  branches  could  be  run  both  up 
md  down  stream. 

In  the  valley  of  Tenmile  Creek  and  its  tributaries  many  favorable 
>omts  for  shafts  can  be  found.  The  axis  of  the  Waynesburg  syncline 
rosses  Daniels  Run  1J  miles  from  its  mouth  and  Tenmile  Creek 
hree-fourths  of  a  mile  below  Bissell,  and  shafts  at  these  points  ought 
o  reach  the  coal  at  about  380  and  470  feet,  respectively.  From  such 
hafts  entries  could  be  driven  to  the  north,  east,  and  west;  but  as  the 
v  aynesburg  syncline  is  here  pitching  toward  the  south,  the  coal  south 


100  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE.  PA. 

of  Tenmile  Creek  can  probably  be  taken  out  better  from  a  somewhat 
deeper  shaft  sunk  near  the  head  of  Patterson  Run  or  on  Craig  Run  or 
Craynes  Run  in  Greene  County.  Most  of  the  coal  in  the  borough  of 
Deemston  can  be  mined  from  shafts  which  will  doubtless  be  sunk  on 
Plum  Run,  along  which  the  depth  of  the  coal  varies  from  190  feet  at 
the  mouth  of  the  run  to  430  feet  near  its  head.  Below  Plum  Run  on 
Tenmile  Creek  the  coal  approaches  the  surface.  It  is  probable  that 
the  eastern  part  of  the  borough  of  Deemston  can  be  best  developed 
from  the  heads  of  the  valleys  in  the  vicinity  of  Deemston.  The  depth 
of  shaft  necessary  in  the  two  valleys  west  of  Deemston  will  be  about 
350  feet  and  on  Fishpot  Run  east  of  Deemston  250  to  300  feet,  accord¬ 
ing  to  exact  location. 

In  the  southwestern  quarter  of  the  quadrangle  almost  any  point 
along  Tenmile  or  Little  Tenmile  Creek  or  their  larger  tributaries  is 
suitable  for  shaft  locations,  but  no  shaft  should  be  sunk  within  a  mile 
or  so  of  the  point  where  the  Amity  anticline  crosses  Tenmile  Creek  H 
miles  east  of  Hackneys.  Along  this  creek  between  Bissell  and  Hack¬ 
neys  the  coal  will  probably  be  reached  between  440  and  480  feet  below 
the  surface ;  and  mining  can  be  conducted  with  good  drainage  in  every 
direction  except  toward  the  south.  The  area  south  of  the  creek  can 
probably  be  best  developed  by  working  northward  from  near  the 
heads  of  Craynes  and  Boyd  runs  and  Ruff  Creek  in  Greene  County, 
thus  working  up  the  dip. 

On  Bane  Creek  the  coal  descends  from  450  feet  below'  the  surface  at 
its  mouth  to  about  720  feet  in  the  bottom  of  the  Nineveh  syncline  near 
McCracken  station.  Between  Hackneys  and  Sunset  workings  can  he 
carried  east  of  the  creek  to  the  limit  of  a  profitable  haul,  but  as  the 
strike  here  is  about  parallel  to  the  creek,  the  area  west  of  the  creek 
should  be  mined  from  shafts  situated  farther  west,  in  some  of  the  side 
valleys.  Above  Sunset  the  strike  of  the  rocks  is  more  nearly  at  right 
angles  to  the  creek  and  hence  mining  can  be  conducted  both  east  and 
west  of  the  creek  in  this  part  of  the  area.  A  shaft  about  700  feet  deep 
sunk  on  the  axis  of  the  syncline  near  McCracken  could  mine  in  all 
directions  with  every  advantage.  By  referring  to  the  map  it  will  be 
seen  that  the  Waynesburg  and  Washington  Railroad  follows  Bane 
Creek  northward  from  Hackneys  to  its  source  and  thence  climbs  over 
the  hills  to  Washington.  This  railroad  is  a  narrow-gage  line  with 
steep  grades  and  hence  can  not  now  be  used  for  hauling  coal;  but  if  it 
should  be  rebuilt  on  a  broad  gage  and  connected  with  the  Mononga- 
hela  Valley  by  way  of  Tenmile  Creek,  it  would  furnish  an  outlet  for  the 
coal  in  this  region. 

On  Little  Tenmile  Creek  the  coal  is  nearest  the  surface  near  Lone 
Pine,  where  its  depth  is  about  330  feet.  From  this  point  the  bed 
descends  in  both  directions  to  about  470  feet  below  the  surface  at  the 


COAL. 


101 


mouth  of  the  Creek  and  probably  about  630  feet  below  the  surface  in 
the  bottom  of  the  Nineveh  syncline  along  the  creek  northwest  of  Low¬ 
land.  No  shafts  should  be  sunk  near  Lone  Pine,  as  this  place  is  on  the 
axis  of  the  anticline,  but  a  favorable  locality  for  operations  would  be 
at  the  mouth  of  Potato  Run  or  Shipe  Run,  1  to  1|  miles  above  Lone 
Pine,  or  about  the  same  distance  downstream.  At  the  mouth  of 
Shipe  Run  the  coal  is  believed  to  lie  about  400  feet  deep  and  below 
Lone  Pine  it  is  known  by  a  well  record  to  be  within  340  feet  of  the  sur¬ 
face.  Perhaps  this  is  the  most  favorable  locality  for  operations  on 
Little  Tenmile  Creek,  but  owing  to  the  deflection  in  the  strike  of  the 
beds  here  economical  operations  can  be  carried  on  only,  to  the  north¬ 
east,  north,  and  west.  The  greatest  area  of  most  profitable  mining 
can  be  obtained  by  sinking  shafts  on  the  Nineveh  axis  in  any  of  the 
small  valleys  above  Lowland. 

In  developing  the  coal  of  any  section  the  location  and  direction  of 
operations  will  necessarily  be  guided  by  the  boundaries  of  the  land  con¬ 
trolled  by  various  companies  and  individuals,  and  the  conditions 
influenced  by  such  control  must  be  met  accordingly.  After  the  coal 
has  been  ;t mined  out’ 1  in  the  most  favorable  areas,  intervening  un¬ 
worked  tracts  will  remain,  the  development  of  which  must  be  under¬ 
taken  according  to  various  local  conditions.  It  is  probable  that  within 
one  hundred  years  little  Pittsburg  coal  will  remain  in  this  region. 

In  case  the  Upper  Freeport  coal  is  proved  to  be  of  value,  this  bed 
can  be  mined  in  connection  with  the  Pittsburg  seam,  by  sinking  the 
shafts  600  feet  deeper. 

REDSTONE  COAL. 

The  next  bed  above  the  Pittsburg  is  the  Redstone,  which  in  the 
Monongahela  Valley  is  a  coal  of  some  importance.  It  is  a  promising 
bed  in  the  northeastern  part  of  this  quadrangle,  but  in  other  portions 
of  the  area  it  is  little  known. 


THICKNESS. 

The  Redstone  coal  lies  from  20  to  80  feet  above  the  Pittsburg  seam. 
At  several  points  in  the  vicinity  of  Hackett  and  Finley ville  it  has  been 
opened  in  country  banks,  and  in  one  instance  a  thickness  of  40  inches 
was  measured,  as  shown  in  fig.  6,  section  21.  This  was  at  a  bank 
directly  above  the  Nottingham  mine.  The  interval  to  the  Pittsburg 
seam  here  is  70  feet.  This  coal  may  possibly  be  the  Sewickley,  but 
the  interval  from  the  Sewickley  to  the  Pittsburg  is  usually  as  much  as 
110  to  150  feet,  and  is  rarely  known  to  be  less  than  100  feet.  About 
2}  miles  northwest  of  Meadowlands  a  blossom  of  the  Redstone  occurs 
at  an  estimated  interval  of  about  60  feet  above  the  Pittsburg.  Coal 
is  reported  in  the  Enterprise  shaft,  20  feet  above  the  Pittsburg  bed  and 


102 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


75  feet  below  the  Sewickley,  but  this  may  be  the  rider  coal  which  is 
common  throughout  much  of  the  Monongahela  Valley.  The  reported 
thickness  here  is  2  feet  6  inches,  and  in  the  air  shaft  near  by  there  is  4 
feet  of  it. 


Washington  coal. 

No.  14.  No.  15.  ~  No.  16.  No.  17." 

-  (See  p.  114)  (See  p.  114)  (See  p.  114)  (See  p.  114) 


Sewickley  coal. 
No.  18. 

(See  p.  103) 


Waynesburg  “A”  coal.  Redstone  coal. 
No.  19.  No.  20.  No.  21. 

(See  p.  112)  (See  p.  112)  (See  p.  101) 


One  sample  of  the  Redstone  coal  has  been  analyzed.  It  was  taken 
from  the  bank  above  the  Nottingham  mine  in  the  same  way  as  the 
samples  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  (see  p.  95),  and  was  analyzed  at  the  fuel¬ 
testing  plant  at  St.  Louis.  The  composition  is  as  follows: 


Analysis  of  Redstone  coal  from  country  bank  near  Hackett. 


Moisture . 

Volatile  matter 
Fixed  carbon. . 
Ash . . 


1.46 
35.56 
53.  39 
9.  59 


Sulphur 


2. 05 


100.  00 


This  analysis  indicates  a  coal  of  fairly  good  quality,  ranking  the 
Redstone  in  this  region  next  in  value  to  the  Pittsburg.  The  quantity 
of  fixed  carbon  is  high,  the  percentage  of  ash  only  slightly  exceeds  that 
in  the  Pittsburg,  and  the  amount  of  sulphur  is  not  extreme. 

An  analysis  from  I.  Teeple’s  bank  near  Monongahela,  east  of  the 
quadrangle,  is  given  for  comparison0. 


o  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  379. 


COAL. 


103 


Analysis  of  Redstone  coal  from  banlc  near  Monongahela. 
[A.  S.  McCreath,  analyst.] 

Percentage  of  coke . 

Color  of  ash,  gray. 


Moisture . 

.  1.060 

Volatile  matter . 

.  33. 590 

Fixed  carbon . 

.  48. 688 

Ash . 

.  14. 295 

Sulphur . 

.  2. 367 

100. 000 

65.  3.50 


SEWICKLEY  COAL. 


The  Sewickley  coal  is  frequently  reported  in  well  records  at  dis¬ 
tances  varying  from  100  to  150  feet  above  the  Pittsburg  coal  and  near 
the  base  of  the  Benwood  limestone.  To  the  drillers  it  is  universally 
known  as  the  “Mapletown  coal,”  the  name  coming  from  Mapletown, 
Greene  County,  where  the  bed  is  mined.  In  some  parts  of  Greene 
County  it  is  a  valuable  coal,  but  in  the  Amity  quadrangle  little  is 
known  regarding  it. 

THICKNESS  AND  INTERVALS. 

On  Mingo  Creek,  near  the  boundary  between  Carroll  and  Notting¬ 
ham  townships,  this  coal  has  been  opened  at  two  country  banks.  A 
measurement  at  one  of  these  gave  28  inches  of  clean  coal,  with  afire- 
clay  roof  (fig.  6,  section  18).  This  coal  appears  in  blossoms  at  several 
points  within  a  distance  of  1|  miles  up  the  main  branch  of  this  creek 
and  2J  miles  up  the  run  entering  Mingo  Creek  from  the  northwest. 
At  a  number  of  points  in  the  vicinity  of  Hackett  and  Finleyville  a 
good  coal  has  been  opened  at  country  banks  50  to  80  feet  above  the 
Pittsburg,  and  this  may  possibly  be  the  Sewickley;  it  is,  however,  con¬ 
sidered  as  more  probably  the  Redstone.  In  the  northwestern  part  of 
the  quadrangle  the  Sewickley  is  extremely  thin.  In  the  Enterprise 
shaft  only  3  inches  was  found,  and  in  the  Washington  shaft  it  is 
missing. 

The  Sewickley  coal  is  reported  in  a  number  of  wells  drilled  in  the 
quadrangle  for  oil  and  gas,  and  in  order  to  show  the  intervals  and 
thickness  these  are  tabulated  on  the  next  page. 


104  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

Data  regarding  Sewickley  ( Mapletown )  coal  as  reported  in  drill  records.a 


No. 

on 

PI.  I. 

Name. 

56 

Bristor,  No.  3 . . . 

122 

James  Thomas . 

Horn  heirs . 

24 

A.  B.  Crumrine . 

45 

J.  L.  Thompson,  No.  2 . 

23 

N.  T.  Clark,  No.  1 . 

31 

Mrs.  A.  L.  Hawkins,  No.  1. 

15 

Average . 

Location. 


Morris  Township,  Greene  Co. 

Nottingham  Township . 

Morgan  Township . 

Borough  of  Deemston . 

. do . 

. do . . 

. do . . 

Borough  of  Bealisville . 


Depth 

below 

surface. 


Distance 

above 

Pitts¬ 

burg 

coal. 


Feet. 


230 

345 

85 

410 

315 

298 

318 


Feet. 

148 

102 

120 

123 

96 

105 

127 

116 


Thick¬ 

ness. 


Feet. 


a  All  measurements  given  in  this  report,  unless  otherwise  stated,  are  from  top  to  top  of  the  respective 
beds. 


QUALITY. 

No  analyses  have  been  made  of  the  Sewickley  coal  in  the  Amity 
quadrangle,  but  Stevenson  in  his  report®  gives  three  analyses  from  the 
southeastern  part  of  Greene  County.  These  are  as  follows : 


Analyses  of  Sewickley  coal  from  Greene  County. 


1. 

2  . 

3. 

Moisture . 

1.790 

1.500 

1.088 

Volatile  matter . 

35. 400 

30. 428 

34. 012 

Fixed  carbon . 

56. 818 

55. 038 

51.783 

Ash . 

4.840 

11.628 

10.856 

Sulphur . 

1.152 

1.406 

2.261 

Percentage  of  coke . 

100.000 

62. 810 

100.000 

68. 072 

100.000 

64.9C0 

Color  of  ash . 

Gray. 

Red  gray. 

|  Red  gray. 

1.  Dunkard  Township.  Analyzed  by  D.  McCreath. 

2.  Near  Mapletown,  Monongahela  Township;  upper  bench.  Analyzed  by  S.  A.  Ford. 

3.  Near  Mapletown.  Monongahela  Township;  lower  bench.  Analyzed  by  S.  A.  Ford. 


The  proportion  of  ash  is  generally  large,  but  the  coal  is  reported  to 
burn  freely  and  to  be  marketable.  In  West  Virginia  it  is  a  valuable 
coal. 

UNIONTOWN  COAL. 

The  Uniontown  coal  is  a  bed  occurring  at  an  average  interval  of  230 
to  260  feet  above  the  Pittsburg  and  40  to  80  feet  below  the  Waynes- 
burg,  just  above  a  characteristic  yellow  limestone.  It  is  present  in 
many  places  as  a  distinct  blossom,  but  is  everywhere  thin  and  is  not 
persistent  in  this  quadrangle. 


a  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsjdvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  379. 


COAL. 


105 


WAYNESBURG  COAL. 

The  Waynesburg  bed  is  best  developed  in  Greene  County,  but  has  a 
wide  distribution.  It  can  nearly  always  be  recognized  by  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  a  coarse,  flaggy  sandstone,  20  to  60  feet  thick,  which  generally 
outcrops  directly  above.  Although  locally  jnissing,  this  sandstone 
accompanies  the  coal  over  wide  areas.  In  some  places  they  are  sepa¬ 
rated  by  a  few  feet  of  a  black  shale,  but  in  this  quadrangle  the  shale  is 
more  commonly  absent. 

INTERVALS. 

The  stratigraphic  position  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  is  at  the  top  of 
the  Monongahela  formation,  at  distances  varying  from  290  to  350 
feet  above  the  Pittsburg.  This  interval  in  a  general  way  diminishes 
from  Fayette  toward  western  Washington  County;  but  within  the 
limits  of  the  Amity  quadrangle  there  seems  to  be  no  uniformity  in  varia¬ 
tion  in  any  particular  direction.  The  minimum  interval  known  is  292 
feet  in  North  Franklin  Township,  and  the  greatest  is  355  feet  in  East 
Bethlehem  Township;  but  intervals  of  340  to  350  feet  occur  in  South 
Strabane,  Somerset,  West  Pike  Run,  and  West  Bethlehem  townships, 
and  in  Morris  Township,  Greene  County.  The  following  table  in¬ 
cludes  all  available  well  records  in  the  quadrangle  in  which  the  two 
coals  are  reported.  The  intervals  are  measured  from  the  tops  of  the 
respective  coals,  and  the  thickness  of  the  Monongahela  formation  can 
therefore  be  approximately  determined  in  each  instance  by  the  addi¬ 
tion  of  6  to  10  feet  for  the  thickness  of  the  Pittsburg  coal. 

Distance  between  Pittsburg  and  Waynesburg  coals  in  Amity  quadrangle,  as  shown  by  drill 

records. 


No.  on 
PI.  I. 

Name  of  well. 

Location. 

Distance. 

Thickness 
of  Waynes¬ 
burg  coal. 

Feet. 

Feet. 

3 

Baker . 

Am  well  Township 

337 

Moses  Smith  diamond  drill . . 

323 

6 

14 

Mrs.  A.  L.  Hawkins  No.  2 . 

Borough  of  Bealls ville 

333 

3 

15 

Eaton  Luse  heirs  No.  1 . 

. do . 

322 

3 

23 

N.  T.  Clark  No.  1 . 

Borough  of  Deomston 

330 

4 

32 

Mrs.  A.  L.  Hawkins  No.  3 . 

333 

3 

34 

L.  V.  Martindale  No.  2 . 

. do 

330 

4 

44 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  1 . 

340 

2 

45 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  2 . 

356 

335 

5 

46 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  3 . 

. do . 

6 

47 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  4.  . 

337 

4 

48 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  5 . 

330 

3 

54 

Blakely  No.  1. 

East  Bethlehem 

355 

56 

Bristor  Bros.  No.  3. 

Morris  Township,  Greene  County. 

345 

62 

Elmas  Carey  No.  1 . 

Morris  Township,  Washington 

314 

5 

County. 

Meloy  No.  1 . . . 

311 

5 

J.  C.  Mounts . 

North  Franklin  Township . 

292 

106  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


Distance  between  Pittsburg  and  Waynesburg  coals  in  Amity  quadrangle ,  as  shown  by  drill 

records — Continued. 


No.  on 
PI.  I. 

Name  of  well. 

Location. 

Distance. 

Thickness 
of  Waynes¬ 
burg  coal. 

Feet. 

Feet. 

234 

Washington  Floral  Co . 

South  Strabane  Township . 

345 

3 

273 

N.  T.  Clark  No.  2 . 

West  Bethlehem  Township . 

334 

4 

285 

J.  C.  Martin  No.  1 . 

. do . 

324 

4 

295 

Joseph  Ross  No.  1 . 

. do . 

315 

297 

John  C.  Sargent  No.  2 . 

. do. . . 

340 

5 

299 

Thompson  and  Seaman  Coal  Co. 

. do . 

340 

5 

No.  1. 

308 

S.  F.  Scott  No.  1 . 

West  Pike  Run  Township . 

346 

Average . 

332 

1 . 

1 . 1 

DISTRIBUTION. 

The  outcrop  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  horizon  is  shown  on  the  geologic 
map  (PI.  I,  pocket)  by  the  blue  line  at  the  contact  of  the  Monongahela 
and  Washington  formations.  The  dash  portion  of  the  line  indicates 
doubt  whether  the  coal  is  workable  and  the  dotted  part  shows  places 
where  it  is  probably  too  thin  to  be  of  value.  It  will  be  seen  that  over 
the  northeastern  quarter  of  the  quadrangle  the  coal  outcrops  near  the 
top  of  the  hills.  This  is  also  true  east  of  Zollarsville  and  south  of 
Beallsville.  Throughout  these  areas  the  bed  seems  to  be  uniformly 
present  and  has  been  opened  at  a  great  many  country  banks. 

From  Nottingham  and  Somerset  townships  toward  Chartiers  Creek, 
however,  the  seam  decreases  in  importance.  It  outcrops  over  a  con¬ 
siderable  area  in  the  valley  of  Little  Chartiers  Creek  north  of  Eighty- 
four,  and  between  Wylandville  and  the  edge  of  the  quadrangle  several 
country  banks  have  been  opened  at  various  times.  The  horizon  fol¬ 
lows  the  eastern  side  of  Chartiers  Creek  high  up  on  the  hills,  but  in  that 
district  the  coal  is  not  known  to  be  of  value  and  may  be  absent  in  much 
of  the  area.  In  the  Enterprise  shaft,  north  of  Washington,  it  is  only  3 
inches  thick,  and  in  the  Washington  shaft  only  8  inches.  At  Lone 
Pine,  where  it  is  brought  up  by  the  Amity  anticline,  it  shows  for  a 
short  distance,  and  here  it  has  been  extensively  mined  at  several  coun¬ 
try  banks.  With  this  exception  the  bed  lies  deep  beneath  the  surface 
throughout  the  entire  area  south  of  Washington  and  Eightyfour  and 
west  of  Odell  and  Zollarsville.  The  depth  below  creek  level  is  about 
200  feet  at  Sunset  and  100  to  150  feet  between  West  Amity  and  Ten- 
mile  village. 

The  probable  depth  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  at  any  point  in  the 
quadrangle  can  be  found  by  adding  the  corresponding  interval  (300 
to  350  feet)  to  the  elevation  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  as  shown  by  the 
structure  contours  and  then  subtracting  the  sum  from  the  surface  ele-. 


.  S  Gl 


BULLETIN  NO.  300  PL.  V. 


U.  S  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


BULLETIN  NO.  300  PL.  V. 


No.  43. 
(See  p.  110.) 


SECTIONS  OF  THE  WAYNESBURG  COAL  IN  THE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE. 


Showing  general  persistence  and  variations  of  the  three  divisions  and  partings. 


Scale,  i  inch  to  5  feet. 


No.  65. 
(See  p.  111.) 


No.  68. 
(See  p.  111.) 


COAL, 


107 


vation  at  the  point  in  question.  The  approximate  interval  to  be 
added  can  be  estimated  in  various  portions  of  the  quadrangle  by 
means  of  the  table  on  pages  105-106.  Where  no  measurements  have 
been  made  in  the  vicinity  the  average  interval  should  be  used. 

THICKNESS. 

In  thickness  the  Waynesburg  coal  is  variable,  running  from  a  few 
inches  to  7  feet.  Like  the  Pittsburg  bed,  it  usually  occurs  in  more 
than  one  bench,  separated  by  clay  partings.  In  general  there  are 
three  persistent  benches  of  coal.  This  is  illustrated  in  PI.  VI.  With 
few  exceptions  the  upper  fire-clay  parting  is  persistent,  with  an  average 
thickness  of  1  foot,  occurring  in  general  a  little  nearer  to  the  top  than 
to  the  bottom  of  the  seam.  The  bench  directly  below  this  is  the  one 
most  commonly  mined. 

Along  the  several  branches  of  Pigeon  Creek  many  country  banks 
have  been  opened  on  this  bed,  and  these  show  sections  varying  from  3 
to  7  feet  in  thickness  (PI.  VI,  sections  22  to  42).  The  table  on  the 
next  page  gives  the  exact  measurements  of  these. 


Detailed  measurements  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  in  the  valley  of  Pigeon  Creek.* 


108 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


,g  <N 

£  W 


10  00  CO  iO  05 


^  W  ^ 


CO  <N  <N 


<M  rH  <M 


O  O  GO 

<M  (N 


CO  1-1  t» 


It 


m  p, 


>  d  > 

O}  3  <N 

CQ  a  CQ  p, 


o  a  o  a 


o  =e  ^  o  &  o 


«Ph  gPn 

C Q 


o  . 


O  Ph 


C> 


fa  --V 


,11 


•S'  pq 

a  M 

W  03 

,p  > 

o  o 

P  rO 


be  bo  o 

.S  .s  “ 


I  &  I 

t-H  c  ° 


b 


B  a 
o  B 


03 


>>  B 


*  73  = 


J33  O  3  pq 


1  w  s 

o  .p  £ 

fc  «  r 

o 

M"  E  £ 
'S  -  P 

2  -  „  cj 

*  |t 

£  B  03 


P  O  ^  ” 

o  „  *h  03 
O  p£J  1/2 


►  ►  OQ 
o  - 

CJ  ~  ^ 

C 


«  > 


I  1 


®  -2  a 

B8* 

00  00  "H 
o  d  3 


s  i 


P  G 
42  g 

03  *§ 

§  s 

S  d 


42 
°  42 
JS  SOD 


O  ^ 
02 

P 

*! '  r  c3 


a  S 

CQ  co 


e  e  e  t 

oo  co  oo  CO 
Bode 


,  00  Ol 

N  Ot  O) 


S!  W  M  S  W  W  W 


a  See  graphic  representations  on  PI.  VI.  b  Sandstone  rock.  cWitb  some  fire  clay.  d  Contains  clay  partings.  «  Slate. 


COAL. 


109 


In  general  these  sections  show  a  fair  agreement,  having  a  main  bench 
and  an  upper  bench  (“roof  coal”),  separated  by  6  to  18  inches  of  fire 
clay.  The  “roof  coal”  varies  in  thickness  from  3  to  23  inches,  the 
main  bench  from  22  to  47  inches.  The  maximum  measurement  of 
the  main  bench  is  at  a  country  bank  2  miles  southeast  of  Kammerer 
(PL  VI,  section  23).  The  roof  is  generally  sandstone,  but  here  and 
there  shale,  and  in  one  instance  the  coal  is  separated  from  the  sandstone 
by  a  foot  of  fire  clay. 

The  lower  of  the  two  partings  occurs  from  2  inches  to  2  feet  above 
the  bottom  of  the  seam  and  in  extreme  cases  measures  a  foot.  The 
fact  that  the  lower  bench  has  not  always  been  recorded  is  doubtless 
because  it  is  usually  thin  and  the  operators  do  not  think  it  worth  while 
to  take  it  out.  The  mine  tracks  are  laid  on  top  of  the  clay  above  it. 

A  rather  peculiar  condition  exists  south  of  Vanceville,  where  the 
coal  is  locally  split  into  two  divisions  several  feet  apart,  separated  by 
shale  (sections  37  and  38).  Both  divisions  are  worked.  The  upper 
one  is  in  turn  split  into  two  benches,  separated  by  clay,  probably  corre¬ 
sponding  with  the  usual  “roof  coal  ”  and  main  bench.  This  opening 
shows  the  two  benches  12  and  30  inches  thick,  separated  by  13  inches 
of  clay.  This  coal  is  very  hard. ,  The  lower  division  measures  54 
inches  of  coal,  which  is  rather  bony.  In  both  divisions  it  contains  a 
large  percentage  of  sulphur.  This  is  the  only  locality  where  the 
Waynesburg  coal  is  certainly  known  to  be  split,  but  that  such  instances 
are  probably  numerous  is  indicated  by  the  occurrence  at  several  points 
in  the  quadrangle  of  two  distinct  blossoms  separated  by  a  few  feet  of 
shale  or  debris. 

At  a  country  bank  on  North  Branch  of  Pigeon  Creek  the  Waynes¬ 
burg  bed  is  said  to  consist  of  8  feet  of  solid  coal;  but  this  statement 
can  not  be  corroborated,  as  the  entry  has  now  fallen  in.  In  the 
vicinity  of  Kammerer  the  coal  has  been  mined  at  several  country 
banks.  At  the  Kammerer  opening  the  two  upper  benches  measure  in 
all  38  inches,  including  2  inches  of  shale,  corresponding  to  the  fire-clay 
parting  found  elsewhere  (section  22) . 

This  coal  has  been  opened  at  many  banks  in  the  vicinity  of  Deems- 
ton  and  Zollarsville  and  a  number  of  sections  have  been  measured 
(sections  43  to  51),  detailed  sections  of  which  follow: 


110  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

Detailed  measurements  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  in  the  vicinity  of  Deernston  and  Zollarsville. 


Total. 


Ft.  in. 

4  9§ 

5  6 

3  2 


5 


6  6 
5  54- 

4  11 


a  Sandstone  rock. 

b  Contains  2  inches  of  bone  10  inches  from  bottom  of  the  bench, 
c  Contains  thin  clay  partings. 
d  Very  thin. 

e  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pa..  Kept.  K,  p.  181. 

These  vary  in  thickness  from  3  to  5J  feet,  and  in  general  show  a 
fair  correspondence,  though  the  agreement  is  not  so  close  as  in 
the  Pigeon  Creek  district.  All  the  sections  contain  a  main  bench 
of  24  to  38  inches  and  with  one  exception  have  above  the  main 
fire-clay  parting  a  roof  coal  reaching  a  maximum  thickness  of  22 
inches,  but  averaging  about  10  inches.  In  one  case  the  sandstone 
roof  rests  directly  on  the  main  bench  (section  45).  The  bottom  coal 
is  separated  from  the  main  bench  by  1  to  4  inches  of  fire  clay.  In 
three  cases  the  main  bench  is  divided  by  a  knife  edge  to  2  inches  of 
bone  or  shale  (sections  40,  44,  and  48).  As  a  rule  the  roof  is  sand¬ 
stone,  but  locally  it  is  shale  and  in  some  places  fire  clay.  In  the  last 
case  the  clay  is  only  6  to  18  inches  thick,  and  directly  above  it  the 
sandstone  is  present,  as  usual.  The  main  fire-elay  parting  thickens 
up  here  and  there,  as  shown  in  Horn’s  bank  (section  49),  to  3  or  4 
feet.  In  this  section  the  “roof  coal”  is  bony.  The  other  section  of 
Horn’s  bank  (section  48)  is  more  nearly  the  average. 

On  Little  Tenmile  Creek  at  the  village  of  Lone  Pine  the  Amity  anti¬ 
cline  brings  the  coal  above  stream  level  for  about  a  mile,  and  it  is 
worked  at  a  number  of  country  banks.  The  sections  measured  here 
show  great  uniformity  (sections  52  to  58),  and  may  therefore  be 
taken  as  average  for  the  Waynesburg  coal  in  this  region.  Details 
are  given  in  the  next  table. 


No.  of 
section 
on  PI. 
VI. 

Location. 

Fire¬ 

clay. 

Coal. 

Fire¬ 

clay. 

Coal. 

Fire-  | 
clay. 

Coal.  ! 

43 

1  mile  north  of  Deernston  .  .  . . 

Ft.  in. 

Ft.  in. 

1 

Ft.  in. 
11£ 

Ft.  in. 
2 

Ft.  in. 

] 

Ft.  in. 

9  ! 

44 

.  ..do . 

(a) 

(a) 

9 

1  2 

\b  3 

3 

4  ! 

45 

1.2  miles  west-northwest  of  Deems- 
ton . 

3  2 

4G 

1.3  miles  northeast  of  Deernston  . . . 

10 

6 

2  8 

4 

84- 

47 

1  mile  north-northeast  of  Zollars- 
ville . 

o6 

1  1 

1 

2  5 

48 

“  Horn’s  bank,”  Zollarsville . 

1  c  10 

7 

1  4 

(<0 

1  3 

49 

_ do . 

2 

3  6 

2  10 

50 

0.3 mile  southwest  of  Zollarsville... 

o  1  6 

1  1 

10 

24- 

51 

Just  above  Zollarsville . 

1  1 

1 

2  10 

COAL. 


Ill 


Detailed  measurements  of  the  Waynesburg  coal  in  the  vicinity  of  Lone  Pine. 


No.  of 
section 
on  PI. 
VI. 

Location. 

Fire 

clay. 

Coal. 

Fire 

clay. 

Coal. 

Fire 

clay. 

Coal. 

Total. 

Ft.  in. 

Ft. 

in. 

Ft.  in. 

Ft. 

in. 

Ft.  in. 

Ft.  in. 

Ft.  in. 

52 

0.3 mile  southeast  of  Lone  Pine. _ 

1 

11 

2 

8 

5 

8 

5  8 

53 

“  McCrerey  bank,  ”  Lone  Pine . 

10 

1  1 

«2 

8 

7 

6 

5  8 

✓  54 

Lone  Pine . 

1 

1  2 

2 

7 

4 

6 

5  7 

55 

. do.  b . 

1 

1 

3 

3 

3 

6 

6 

56 

. do.  b . 

6 

1  2 

2 

10 

6 

6 

5  6 

57 

On  Brush  Run,  Lone  Pine  c . 

1 

3 

1 

3 

1 

3 

10 

6  5 

58 

On  Little  Tenmile  Creek,  above 

Lone  Pine  c . 

1 

1 

2 

10 

3 

8 

2 

6 

6  4 

a  Contains  a  thin  binder. 
b  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pa.,  Rept.  K,  p.  180. 
c  Op.  cit.,  p.  183. 


At  Lone  Pine  the  bed  consists  of  roof  coal  10  to  15  inches,  white  fire 
clay  11  to  14  inches,  main  coal  31  to  44  inches,  fire  clay  2  to  7  inches,  and 
bottom  coal  6  to  10  inches,  the  total  thickness  being  65  to  77  inches. 
In  one  instance  (section  53)  the  main  bench  contains  a  thin  binder 
about  the  middle.  The  top  bench  of  the  coal  is  poor  and  is  not  mined, 
being  left  in  to  help  hold  up  the  roof,  which  is  here  generally  shale. 
Locally,  however,  the  sandstone  rests  directly  upon  the  coal. 

QUALITY. 

In  quality  the  Waynesburg  coal  is  greatly  inferior  to  the  Pittsburg 
seam.  It  is  a  hard  block  coal  with  no  coking  value,  and  usually  con¬ 
tains  a  high  percentage  of  ash  and  sulphur.  The  ash  averages  10  to 
20  per  cent  and  the  sulphur  2  to  5  per  cent.  The  coal  is  used  prin¬ 
cipally  by  the  farmers  in  the  vicinity  and  is  considered  a  very  fair 
fuel  in  sections  where  no  better  coal  is  obtainable,  as,  for  instance,  in 
southern  Washington  and  western  Greene  counties.  The  upper  bench 
is  generally  of  poor  quality,  and  when  the  roof  consists  of  shale  is 
sometimes  left  in  by  the  miners. 

In  the  survey  of  the  Amity  quadrangle  two  samples  of  this  coal 
were  taken  from  Horn’s  bank,  Zollarsville.  They  are  of  the  roof  coal 
and  the  main  bench,  respectively.  These  samples  were  taken  accord¬ 
ing  to  the  standard  practice,  as  explained  in  connection  with  the 
Pittsburg  coal  (p.  95),  and  were  analyzed  at  the  fuel-testing  plant  at 
St.  Louis.  Two  sets  of  analyses  are  given,  the  second  of  each  being 
for  coal  “  air-dried.” 


112  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

Analyses  of  Waynesburg  coal  from  ZoUarsviUe. 


[E.  E.  Somermeier,  analyst.] 


Roof  coal. 

Main  bench. 

As  re¬ 
ceived. 

Air-dried. 

As  re¬ 
ceived. 

Air-dried. 

Moisture . 

2.90 

1.22 

2.27 

0.98 

Volatile  matter. . . 

31.68 

32.23 

32. 39 

32.82 

Fixed  carbon . 

45.76 

46. 55 

47. 13 

47.75 

Ash . 

19.66 

20.00 

18.21 

18.45 

100.00 

100.00 

100.00 

100.00 

Sulphur . 

4.43 

4.51 

2.89 

2.93 

In  the  report  on  Washington  and  Greene  counties  Stevenson0  gives 
a  number  of  analyses,  two  of  which  are  from  localities  in  this  quad¬ 
rangle.  They  are  as  follows: 


Analyses  of  Waynesburg  coal  from  Washington  County. 


[D.  McCreath,  analyst.] 


1. 

2. 

Moisture . 

0. 740 

i  ion 

Volatile  matter . 

|  36. 040 

1.  IcJU 

Fixed  carbon . 

46. 890 

oo.  ooo 

iQ  JQQ 

Ash . . 

13. 955 

i  ^  oon 

Sulphur . 

2. 375 

lO.  JoU 

100.000 

A.  oUU 

100.000 

Coke . 

AQ  oon 

OO.  ZZ\J 

Oo. ZAO 

1.  Rogers’s  bank  near  Beallsville.  2.  J.  Moniger’s  bank,  Lone  Pine. 


WAYNESBURG  “a”  COAL. 

The  Waynesburg  “A”  coal  is  very  persistent  throughout  the  county 
and  can  usually  be  recognized  by  blossoms  occurring  50  to  80  feet 
above  the  Waynesburg  coal.  It  occurs  above  the  Waynesburg  sand¬ 
stone  and  is  in  many  places  associated  with  thin  limestones.  Usually 
the  coal  is  thin,  but  in  a  few  localities  its  blossom  is  so  conspicuous 
that  it  has  been  mistaken  for  the  Waynesburg.  This  is  especially 
true  in  sections  where  the  Waynesburg  sandstone  is  absent,  and  in 
such  cases  there  is  no  sure  guide  to  the  coals. 

Only  two  measurements  of  this  coal  are  known.  They  amount  to 
20  and  27  inches  (fig.  6,  Nos.  19  and  20,  p.  102),  and  the  coal  is 
much  broken  up  by  bone  and  clay.  At  one  of  these  localities,  1J 
miles  southeast  of  Lone  Pine,  the  coal  has  been  opened.  This  is  the 
only  known  open  bank  on  this  bed  in  the  quadrangle.  If  this  expo¬ 
sure  represents  the  best  of  the  coal,  it  will  be  readily  understood  that 
the  Waynesburg  “A”  seam  can  never  be  of  much  value. 


Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  278. 


COAL. 


113 


In  Somerset  Township,  on  North  Branch  of  Pigeon  Creek,  the  coal 
outcrops  with  the  following  section: 

Section  of  Waynesburg  “ A  ”  coal  in  Somerset  Township. 


Ft.  in. 

Sandstone . •_ .  10 

Coal . 10 

Clay .  4 

Coal,  slaty .  5 

Clay .  2 

Coal  and  shale .  1  4 


The  Second  Survey  states  that  the  Waynesburg  “A”  was  once 
opened  in  West  Bethlehem  Township  1}  miles  northwest  of  Scenery 
Hill,  but  the  thickness  was  only  15  inches. 

WAYNESBURG  “fi”  AND  LITTLE  WASHINGTON  COALS. 

These  names  have  been  applied  at  various  times  to  thin  coals  occur¬ 
ring  between  the  Waynesburg  “A”  and  Washington  beds  in  various 
parts  of  Greene  and  Washington  counties.  It  is  true  that  blossoms 
have  frequently  been  found  in  this  interval,  and  in  one  or  two  instances 
thicknesses  as  great  as  1  to  2  feet  have  been  reported,  but  it  can  be 
safely  said  that  neither  of  the  beds  is  of  any  value. 

WASHINGTON  COAL. 

The  Washington  coal  is  known  from  the  locality  of  its  typical  occur¬ 
rence.  It  is  110  to  160  feet  above  the  Waynesburg  coal  and  directly 
below  the  Lower  Washington  limestone.  This  coal  is  much  more  per¬ 
sistent  than  any  other  coal  bed  of  the  Dunkard  group,  and  reaches- in 
many  places  a  thickness  of  several  feet,  although  on  account  of  its 
numerous  shale  partings  it  is  of  little  commercial  value.  At  no  point 
in  the  Amity  quadrangle  is  the  bed  now  worked,  but  conspicuous  blos¬ 
soms  usually  occur  wherever  its  horizon  crosses  a  road. 

THICKNESS. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Washington  the  coal  is  exposed  at  a  number  of 
points  and  locally  reaches  a  thickness  of  7  feet.  It  usually  consists  of 
many  divisions  of  coal  and  shale.  One  of  the  best  exposures  to  be  seen 
is  that  in  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad  cut  just  off  the  quadrangle 
in  the  western  part  of  Washington.  The  coal  is  here  7  feet  1  inch 
thick  and  is  overlain  at  a  few  feet  by  the  Lower  Washington  limestone. 
The  coal  is  subdivided  by  bands  of  clay,  as  shown  in  fig.  6,  No.  14, 
page  102;  the  section  follows: 

Bull.  300—07 - 8 


114  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


Coal  section  in  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad  cut  west  of  Washington  (fig.  6,  No.  14). 
[Second  Geol.  Survey,  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  p.  52.] 

Ft.  in. 


Coal .  3 

Fire  clay . ' .  8 

Bituminous  shale . 10 

Fire  clay .  1  3 

Coal .  5 

Fire  clay .  1 

Coal . . .  2 

Fire  clay .  2 

Coal .  3 

Fire  clay .  3 

Coal .  2  9 


7  1 

It  is  reported  that  along  Little  Chartiers  Creek,  on  the  boundary 
between  South  Strabane  and  Somerset  townships,  the  Washington 
coal  was  once  opened  and  had  a  thickness  of  2  feet  6  inches.  In 
numerous  places  on  the  ridge  separating  North  Strabane  and  Not¬ 
tingham  townships  it  amounts  to  several  feet.  Stevenson  reports  a 
thickness  of  2  feet  7  inches  on  Tenmile  Creek  a  in  Amwell  Township,  but 
it  is  here  separated  into  three  benches  by  two  thick  fire-clay  partings 
(fig.  6,  No.  15).  In  West  Bethlehem  Township,  1^  miles  above 
Zollarsville,6  it  measures  in  all  3  feet  3  inches,  but  11  inches  of  this 
is  clay  (fig.  6,  No.  16).  At  Tenmile  village  3  feet  6  inches  is 
reported,  containing  two  fire-clay  partings,  5  and  6  inches  in  thickness 
(see  fig.  6,  No.  17). 

In  the  vicinity  of  Dunn  station  and  West  Amity  the  coal  is  recorded 
in  a  number  of  wells.  On  Little  Daniels  Run,  2  miles  southwest  of 
Scenery  Hill,  it  was  once  opened  and  is  reported  20  inches  thick. 

QUALITY. 

Usually  where  the  Washington  coal  has  been  seen  in  the  quadrangle, 
it  is  made  up  of  many  alternating  layers  of  coal  and  shale  and  is  in 
general  a  very  inferior  coal.  In  neighboring  districts,  however,  it  is 
frequently  found  of  fair  quality,  sometimes  equaling  the  Waynesburg 
bed  in  value.  No  analyses  have  been  made  of  the  Washington  coal 
in  this  quadrangle,  but  the  following  analyses  from  banks  near  Ta)T- 
lorstown,  Washington  County,  and  Ryerson  Station,  Greene  County, 
are  given  to  show  the  composition  of  the  Washington  coal  when  at 
its  best: 

a  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  52. 
b  Op.  cit.,  p.  181. 


COAL. 


115 


Analyses  of  Washington  coal  from  western  Greene  and  Washington  counties. 


As  received. 

1. 

-  2. 

Air  dried. 

Moisture  . 

2. 22 

36. 79 

46.96 

14.03 

100. 00 

3.79 

1.73 

36. 97 

47.20 

14. 10 

100. 00 

3.81 

1.695 

39. 150 

46. 658 

10. 525 

100.00 

1  972 

Volatile  matter . 

Fixed  carbon . 

Sulphur . 

Moisture  loss  on  air  drying . 

.50 

Coke . 

59. 155 
Gray. 

Color  of  ash . 

1.  Near  Ryerson  Station,  western  Greene  County.  Sample  taken  according  to  standard  method  (see 
p.  95) ;  analyzed  a't  fuel-testing  plant,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  by  E.  E.  Somermeier. 

2.  Near  Taylorstown,  Buffalo  Township,  Washington  County;  analyzed  by  A.  S.  McCreath  (Second 
Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  376). 


These  analyses  show  a  coal  comparing  very  favorably  with  the 
Waynesburg  bed.  Usually,  however,  the  quality  is  inferior  to  this, 
in  respect  both  to  ash  and  sulphur. 

JOLLYTOWN  COAL. 

The  name  Jollytown  was  used  by  Stevenson  in  1876“  for  a  coal  40 
to  50  feet  below  the  Upper  Washington  limestone,  and  by  I.  C.  White  6 
in  1891  for  a  coal  and  limestone  above  the  Upper  Washington  lime¬ 
stone.  In  the  Waynesburg  folio  ( 1905)  R.  W.  Stone  followed  Steven¬ 
son’s  use  of  the  word,  and  that  usage  is  maintained,  as  Stevenson  had 
the  right  of  priority.  In  the  Amity  quadrangle  this  coal  is  not  known 
•except  at  a  few  points  in  Amwell  and  West  Bethlehem  townships, 
where  it  appears  as  a  faint  blossom  60  to  80  feet  below  the  Upper 
Washington  limestone.  It  has  been  reported  up  to  20  inches  in 
thickness. 

TENMILE  COAL. 

About  30  feet  above  the  Upper  Washington  limestone  there  occurs 
in  many  places  a  thin  coal  bed  which  was  erroneously  called  by  I.  C. 
White  the  Jollytown,  but  it  is  not  equivalent  to  the  Jollytown  of  Ste¬ 
venson,  which  occurs  below  the  Upper  Washington  limestone.  The 
name  Tenmile  coal  is  here  suggested  for  this  bed.  The  coal  has  been 
noted  at  a  number  of  localities  throughout  West  Bethlehem  and 
Amwell  townships,  but  is  best  developed  south  of  Tenmile  Creek.  At 
several  points  it  has  been  opened  and  found  to  reach  a  thickness  of  1 
to  3  feet.  About  2.2  miles  west-southwest  of  Tenmile  village  a  thick¬ 
ness  of  38  inches  was  measured.  The  coal  contains  thin  partings  and 
occurs  between  a  black  shale  and  shaly  sandstone. 


a  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  48. 
b  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  65,  1891,  p.  34. 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OV  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


116 


LOCAL  COALS. 

On  Cemetery  Hill,  Washington,  a  coal  18  inches  thick  occurs  5  feet 
above  the  Upper  Washington  limestone  and  5  feet  below  an  8-foot  bed 
of  limestone.  Another  coal  blossom  has  been  noted  at  several  locali¬ 
ties  at  an  estimated  interval  of  170  to  200  feet  above  the  Upper  Wash¬ 
ington  limestone.  This  is  probably  equivalent  to  the  Dunkard  coal  of 
southern  Greene  County. 

COALS  WHICH  DO  NOT  OUTCROP. 

COALS  IN  THE  CONEMAUGH  FORMATION. 

Coal  beds  in  the  Conemaugh  formation  are  usually  thin  and  irregu¬ 
lar  in  occurrence,  but  several  horizons  are  known  at  which  they  appear 
to  be  rather  persistent.  One  of  these  is  reported  in  several  wells  in 
Washington  County.  In  the  Isaac  Horn  No.  1  well  ( 283 ),  near  Zollars- 
ville,  it  occurs  at  an  interval  of  445  feet,  in  the  Joseph  B.  Wise  No.  1 
(303)  at  410  feet,  and  in  the  Luse  well  (15)  at  384  feet  below  the  Pitts¬ 
burg  coal.  The  average  interval  to  the  Upper  Freeport  coal  in  this 
vicinity  being  assumed  as  600  feet,  the  intermediate  coal  in  these  wells 
occurs  at  about  155,  190,  and  216  feet,  respectively,  above  the  Upper 
Freeport.  These  intervals  agree  well  with  that  of  the  Bakerstown 
coal,  a  thin  bed  which  is  present  in  many  places  in  Allegheny  and 
Beaver  counties.  In  the  Horn  No.  2  well  another  coal  has  been  noted 
245  feet  below  the  Pittsburg  bed. 

COALS  IN  THE  ALLEGHENY  FORMATION. 

Except  in  one  or  two  instances  only  two  coal  beds  of  this  formation 
are  recorded  in  wells  of  the  Amity  quadrangle.  These  beds  are  the 
Upper  Freeport  (“Connellsville”)  and  a  bed  which  lies  about  150  feet 
below  it. 

The  Upper  Freeport  coal  lies  at  the  top  of  the  Allegheny  formation 
and  seems  to  be  very  persistent.  The  quality  of  this  coal  is  not 
known,  but  the  bed  is  reported  in  a  number  of  deep  wells.  Its  depth 
below  the  Pittsburg  coal  is  given  in  the  following  table : 


Distance  from  top  of  Pittsburg  coal  to  top  of  Upper  Freeport  coal,  as  shown  by  drill  records. 


No.  on 
PI.  I. 

Name  of  well. 

Location. 

Distance. 

Thickness 
of  Upper 
Freeport 
coal. 

C.  M.  Reed 

South  Strabane  Township  .  . . 

Feet. 

600 

Feet. 

29 

Matilda  Davis  No.  2 . 

Borough  of  Deemston . 

604 

10 

24 

A.  B.  Crumrine . 

. do . 

604 

4 

37 

Oberholt . 

do . 

600 

.  7 

28 

Wm.  Crumrine . 

. do . 

580 

11 

45 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  2 . 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  3 . 

. do . 

564 

5 

46 

600 

5 

COAL. 


117 


Distance  from  top  of  Pittsburg  coal  to  top  of  Upper  Freeport  coal,  etc. — Continued. 


No.  on 
PI.  I. 

Name  of  well. 

Location. 

Distance. 

Thickness 
of  Upper 
Freeport 
coal. 

Feet. 

Feet. 

47 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  4 . 

Borough  of  Deemston . 

597 

5 

48 

J.  L.  Thompson  No.  5 . 

. do . 

610 

10 

43 

Hiram  Teagarten . 

. do . 

575 

5 

49 

Wm.  Ward  . 

. do . 

582 

6 

265* 

Reed 

Borough  of  Washington . 

595 

281 

Uriah  Hill  heirs . 

West  Bethlehem  Township . 

596 

6 

299 

Thompson  &.  Seaman  Coal  Co _ 

. .  .do  . . . 

587 

307 

Peter  Nickerson . 

West  Pike  Run  Township . 

607 

3 

308 

S.  F.  Scott. 

. do . 

574 

Average . . . 

585 

The  lower  coal  is  reported  only  in  the  Elizabeth  Morton  No.  1  (291), 
Winnet  McCarthy  No.  2  (289),  and  Frank  McCarthy  No.  1  (286)  wells 
in  West  Bethlehem  Township.  Its  distance  below  the  Pittsburg  bed 
is  755,  745,  and  750  feet,  respectively.  In  those  wells  the  coal  is 
reported  as  the  “Connellsville,”  but  since  the  distance  from  the  Pitts¬ 
burg  is  too  great,  it  is  believed  to  be  more  probably  the  equivalent  of 
one  of  the  Kittanning  group.  What  may  be  the  same  coal  is  recorded 
in  the  A.  M.  Wickerham  well  (50)  in  the  borough  of  Deemston,  but  in 
this  case  the  distance  is  only  721  feet.  In  the  Luse  well  (15)  near 
Beallsville,  and  in  the  Gantz  well  at  Washington,  a  coal  is  recorded 
672  feet  and  653  feet,  respectively,  below  the  Pittsburg.  This  may 
possibly  be  the  Lower  Freeport  coal  of  the  Allegheny  Valley,  which  in 
the  vicinity  of  Connellsville  is  locally  present  about  40  feet  below  the 
Upper  Freeport. 

The  A.  C.  Mitchell  well,  in  West  Pike  Pun  Township,  is  the  only  one 
in  the  quadrangle  which  shows  three  coal  beds  in  the  Allegheny  forma¬ 
tion.  In  this  record  the  following  section  is  given: 


Section  of  Allegheny  formation  in  the  A.  C.  Mitchell  well,  West  Pike  Run  Township. 

Feet. 


Coal  ( Upper  Freeport ) 

Lime . 

Sand . 

Slate  . 

Sand . . . 

Slate . 

Coal  ( Upper  Kittanning?) . 

Slate  . 

Coal  ( Middle  Kittanning?) 

Lime . 

Slate  . 

Sand . 

Black  lime . 

Slate . . 

Sand . 

Slate . 


5 

29 
10 

24 
32 
14 

5 

37 

8 

20 

25 
45 
10 
18 

30 
12 


324 


118 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


LIMESTONE. 

RELATIVE  ABUNDANCE. 

The  rocks  of  the  Monongahela  and  Washington  formations  present 
a  striking  contrast  to  the  underlying  Carboniferous  rocks  in  the  pro¬ 
portion  of  limestone  they  contain.  While  in  the  Pottsville,  Allegheny, 
and  Conemaugh  formations  beds  of  limestone  are  rare  and,  with  a  few 
exceptions,  very  thin,  in  the  Monongahela  and  Washington  deposits 
they  are  frequently  found  up  to  20  or  30  feet  in  thickness,  and  in  the 
Monongahela  they  make  up  nearly  one-half  the  thickness  of  the  forma¬ 
tion.  This  is  illustrated  by  a  diamond-drill  hole  near  Bissell,  which 
reports  between  the  Waynesburg  and  Pittsburg  coals  130  feet  of  lime¬ 
stone,  being  over  41  per  cent  of  the  total  thickness  of  the  beds.  This 
is  due  largely  to  the  great  thickness  of  the  Benwood  limestone.  In 
the  Washington  formation  the  amount  of  limestone  is  less,  but  at 
least  three  beds  reach  thicknesses  of  20  to  30  feet. 

USES. 

Certain  impure  limestones'  containing  large  percentages  of  silica, 
alumina,  and  iron  oxide  are  capable  of  forming  cement  when  burned 
in  a  kiln  at  a  comparatively  low  temperature.  Cements  made  in  this 
manner  are  known  as  natural  cements  and  are  of  much  poorer  quality 
than  Portland  cement,  which  is  generally  made  from  the  purer  lime¬ 
stones.  For  natural  cement  a  limestone  containing  as  high  as  15  to  40 
per  cent  of  impurities  is  necessary.  This  kind  of  cement  has  been 
made  in  the  past  in  southwestern  Pennsylvania  to  a  limited  extent, 
principally  for  use  in  the  construction  of  locks  on  Monongahela  River. 
The  bed  used  for  that  purpose  was  a  part  of  the  Benwood  limestone. 

Portland  cement,®  which  has  for  years  surpassed  all  other  kinds 
of  cement  in  its  value  and  use,  requires  a  purer  limestone.  The  pro¬ 
portion  of  magnesium  carbonate  (MgC03),  especially,  must  be  low — 
preferably  less  than  3  per  cent.  In  general  the  amount  of  calcium 
carbonate  (CaC03)  must  be  at  least  75  per  cent,  and  the  remainder 
(20  per  cent)  includes  silica  (S02),  alumina  (A1203),  and  iron  oxide 
(Fe203). 

The  principal  use  of  limestones  in  this  region  at  tlie  present  time 
is  for  road  material,  several  quarries  for  this  purpose  being  situated 
in  the  vicinity  of  Washington.  The  limestones  seem  also  to  be  suited 
for  railroad  ballast,  and  when  nearly  pure  carbonate  of  lime  they 
may  be  used  for  flux  in  iron  smelting.  One  of  the  most  widespread 
uses  of  limestone  in  Pennsylvania  has  been  for  fertilizer,  and  for 
this  purpose  almost  any'  except  the  most  impure  limes  are  suited.  In 
W ashington  County,  however,  the  great  abundance  of  limestone  beds 

o  A  detailed  discussion  of  the  Portland  cement  industry  and  cement-making  limestones  of  the  United 
States  is  given  by  E.  C.  Eckel  in  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  243,  1905. 


LIMESTONE. 


119 


has  naturally  formed  a  very  good  soil,  and,  as  a  rule,  no  burned  lime 
is  necessary  on  the  land.  In  a  few  instances  only  were  evidences 
that  lime  had  been  burned  seen  in  the  fields. 

The  principal  limestone  beds  in  the  area  are  described  from  the 
bottom  upward. 

LIMESTONES  BETWEEN  THE  PITTSBURG  AND  WAYNESBURG  COALS 
(MONONGAIIELA  FORMATION) . 


FISHPOT  LIMESTONE. 


The  Fishpot  limestone  underlies  the  Sewickley  coal  at  a  distance 
of  a  few  feet.  It  was  originally  named  by  Stevenson  from  Fishpot 
Run,  in  the  southeast  corner  of  Washington  County,  but  I.  C.  White a 
has  applied  the  term  Sewickley  to  this  same  limestone.  During  the 
present  survey  this  bed  was  observed  underneath  the  coal  on  Fish- 
pot  Run,  where  30  feet  of  it  is  reported,  and  on  Mingo  Creek.  In 
sinking  the  Enterprise  mine  shaft,  1  mile  north  of  Washington, 
according  to  report  30  feet  of  limestone  was  found  directly  below 
the  coal.  Thin  sandstone  beds  also  frequently  occur  in  this  interval. 

A  sample  of  this  limestone  from  Fayette  County  was  analyzed  by 
the  Second  Geological  Survey6  and  found  to  have  the  following 
composition : 

Analysis  of  Fishpot  Limestone  from  Fayette  County. 


Insoluble  residue .  10.  770 

Calcium  carbonate  (CaC03) .  80.  647 

Magnesium  carbonate  (MgC03) _  2.  217 

Ferrous  carbonate  (FeC03) .  1.  657 

Iron  disulphide  (FeS2) .  1. 125 

Alumina  (A1203) . 543 


Sulphur  trioxide  (S03) .  0.  052 

Phosphoric  oxide  (P205) .  .'  066 

Water .  1.010 

Carbonaceous  matter .  1.  250 


99.  337 


Compact;  minutely  crystalline;  spotted  with  pyrite;  dark  blue. 


If  the  bed  attains  this  composition  in  Washington  County,  it  should 
be  of  some  value  in  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement.  One  analy¬ 
sis,  however,  is  not  sufficient  to  justify  a  positive  statement  of  this 
kind,  since  another  analysis  shows  too  large  a  proportion  of  magnesia. 


BEN  WOOD  LIMESTONE. 

The  Benwood  (or  Great)  limestone  is  by  far  the  most  important 
limestone  in  the  quadrangle.  The  name  was  suggested  by  I.  C.  White 
from  the  town  of  Benwood,  near  Wheeling,  W.  Va.  In  places  it 
reaches,  with  its  interbedded  shales,  a  thickness  of  160  feet,  the  pro¬ 
portion  of  limestone  being  usually  about  three-fourths  of  the  whole. 
The  detailed  section  of  the  Benwood  varies  somewhat,  but  it  consists 


a  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  65,  1891,  p.  62. 
b  Rept.  MM,  1879,  p.  287. 


120  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

uniformly  of  a  double  composite  bed ;  that  is,  it  contains  a  lower  and 
an  upper  member  separated  by  a  considerable  thickness  of  shale, 
both  members  being  in  turn  divided  into  a  number  of  layers  sepa¬ 
rated  by  thin  beds  of  shale. 

At  several  points  in  the  Amity  quadrangle  the  Benwood  is  well 
exposed.  In  several  ravines  northeast  of  Kammerer,  in  eastern  Not¬ 
tingham  Township,  and  in  Union  Township,  off  the  edge  of  the  quad¬ 
rangle,  the  exposures  are  especially  good.  At  one  point,  on  a  small 
run  on  the  boundary  of  the  quadrangle,  in  Union  Township,  the 
stream  makes  a  perpendicular  fall  of  30  feet,  caused  by  resistance  to 
erosion  of  one  of  the  limestone  strata  and  the  consequent  undercut¬ 
ting  of  25  feet  of  soft  interstratified  shales  (PL  VII,  A).  Similar 
falls,  of  less  height,  occur  on  several  of  the  small  streams  in  this  vicin¬ 
ity.  One  of  the  best  measured  sections  of  this  limestone  is  at  the 
mouth  of  Brush  Run,  Peters  Township,  in  the  Carnegie  quadrangle, 
as  follows :  .  > 

Section  of  Benwood  limestone  at  mouth  of  Brush  'Run,  Peters  Township. a 


Ft.  in. 

Concealed . 117 

Limestone .  1 

Sandstone . .  5 

Limestone,  brecciated .  2  .  6 

Concealed .  15 

Limestone .  4  6 

Sandstone .  14 

Concealed . 15 

Shale .  5 

Limestone . r .  12 

Shale . ’ .  12 

Limestone .  50 

Shale,  sandy,  to  creek .  15 


A  fair  section  of  this  limestone  is  also  given  in  the  record  of  the 
Moses  Smith  diamond-drill  hole,  near  Bissell  (p.  16).  Several  oil  and 
gas  wells  report  the  limestone,  but  such  records  are  less  reliable  than 
surface  measurements. 

In  general,  the  Benwood  limestone  is  considerably  broken  up  by 
shale,  as  in  the  section  just  given,  but  a  hard  layer  30  to  50  feet  thick 
near  the  bottom  seems  to  be  very  persistent.  The  character  of  the 
limestone  is  variable.  The  “Union town”  member,  or  upper  portion, 
contains  in  many  places  6  to  15  feet  of  an  impure  brownish  to  buff- 
colored  limestone.  The  lower  portion  is  generally  a  hard,  pure  lime¬ 
stone  of  light-brown  to  gray  colors.  One  thin  stratum  weathers  very 
yellow,  with  a  peculiar  honeycombed  appearance.  The  rock  is  in 
many  places  siliceous  or  argillaceous  and  in  some  ferruginous.  The 
bottom  portion  is  said  to  be  generally  the  more  magnesian,  although 
all  portions  are  high  in  magnesia,  as  indicated  by  the  first  thre*e  of  the 


“Stevenson,  J.  J.,  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  226. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY  BULLETIN  NO.  300  PL.  VII 


A.  WATERFALL  OVER  BENWOOD  LIMESTONE,  UNION  TOWNSHIP. 


B.  OUTCROP  OF  LOWER  WASHINGTON  LIMESTONE  ON  SMITH  RUN,  AMWELL 
TOWNSHIP. 


LIMESTONE. 


121 


following,  analyses.  In  Washington  County  the  limestone  was  con¬ 
siderably  used  in  early  days  in  the  manufacture  of  natural  cement, 
but  is  nowhere  suitable  for  Portland  cement,  on  account  of  the  large 
proportion  of  magnesia. 

Analyses  of  Benwood  limestone  from  Washington  County. 


1. 

#2. 

3. 

4. 

Insoluble  residue . 

13. 300 

22. 520 

15. 750 

14.920 

Calcium  carbonate  (CaCOs) . 

68. 837 

48. 823 

47. 080 

47.  750 

Magnesium  carbonate  (MgCOs) . 

14. 649 

20.621 

28. 528 

30.943 

Ferrous  carbonate  (FeC03) . 

}  3. 306 

J  3. 625 

|  7.511 

5.608 

Alumina  (AI2O3) . 

1 

1  3.523 

Sulphur . 

.097 

.203 

.069 

.126 

Phosphorus . 

.049 

.051 

.127 

.015 

100.238 

99.366 

99. 065 

99. 362 

1.  One  mile  north  of  Canonsburg;  upper  layer,  very  hard  and  compact,  like  conglomerate,  bluish  gray 
Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  388;  analysis  by  A.  S.  McCreath. 

2.  One  mile  north  of  Canonsburg;  middle  layer,  compact,  somewhat  shaly,  bluish  gray.  Loc.  cit. ; 
analysis  by  D.  McCreath. 

3.  One  mile  north  of  Canonsburg;  lower  layer, hard,  compact, unctuous,  pearl  gray.  Loc.  cit.;  anal¬ 
ysis  by  D.  McCreath. 

4.  Property  of  Doctor  Shaner,  in  Somerset  Township,  8  miles  from  Washington.  Second  Geol. 
Survey  Pennsylvania.  Rept.  MM,  1879,  p.  285;  analysis  by  D.  McCreath. 

WAYNESBURG  LIMESTONE. 

The  Waynesburg  limestone  is  a  bed  4  to  20  feet  in  thickness,  occur¬ 
ring  below  and  within  40  feet  of  the  Waynesburg  coal.  It  is  exposed 
and  readily  accessible  at  a  number  of  places  in  various  parts  of  the 
quadrangle.  It  is  usually  of  a  dark-gray  color  and  makes  a  strong, 
but  rather  dark  lime.  The  utility  of  this  limestone  has  not  been 
tested. 

LIMESTONES  ABOVE  THE  WAYNESBURG  COAL  (iN  THE  DUNKARD 

GROUP. 

Scattered  throughout  the  Dunkard  group  are  abundant  limestone 
beds,  which  were  described  by  the  Second  Geological  Survey  and 
given  numbers  from  I  to  XIV,  inclusive. a  Several  of  these  beds  are 
known  to  be  persistent  over  considerable  areas  and  can  be  recognized 
as  distinct  beds.  Most  of  them,  however,  in  the  upper  portion  of  the 
Dunkard  have  been  shown  by  recent  field  work  in  western  Greene 
County  to  be  local  in  their  occurrence  and  many  of  them  can  not  be 
correlated  with  any  bed  at  a  distance.  The  more  important  beds  are 
described  in  the  following  paragraphs. 

LOCAL  LIMESTONES  BETWEEN  THE  WAYNESBURG  AND  WASHINGTON  COALS. 

Below  the  Waynesburg  “A”  coal  and  above  the  Waynesburg 
sandstone  there  occurs  locally  a  limestone  which  was  noted  by  Stev- 

°  White,  I.  C.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  65, 1891,  p.  39. 


122  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

enson,  but  not  named.  It  is  well  exposed  on  Dunkard  Creek,  at 
Mount  Morris,  Greene  County,  and  has  therefore  been  designated  by 
I.  C.  White  a  the  “  Mount  Morris  limestone. ”  In  places  in  Washing¬ 
ton  County  it  is  5  to  10  feet  thick,  but  is  not  persistent.  It  can  be 
seen  at  many  points  in  the  eastern  half  of  the  quadrangle.  It  is  com¬ 
monly  blue  gray  in  color  and  weathers  yellowish. 

A  limestone  is  often  found  above  the  Waynesburg  “A”  coal  also. 
It  reaches  a  thickness  of  8  to  10  feet  and  has  generally  a  buff  color. 
By  I.  C.  White  a  it  was  named  the  u  Colvins  Ilun  limestone,”  from 
Colvins  Hun,  in  Greene  County. 

LIMESTONES  ABOVE  THE  WASHINGTON  COAL. 

LOWER  WASHINGTON  LIMESTONE. 

This  is  the  lowest  of  the  three  principal  limestones  occurring  near 
Washington  and  named  after  that  town.  It  forms  the  roof  of  the 
Washington  coal.  Here  and  there,  however,  a  few  feet  of  shale  inter¬ 
venes  between  the  coal  and  the  limestone.  The  Lower  Washington 
occurs  from  150  to  220  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Upper  Washington 
limestone  and  120  to  150  feet  above  the  Waynesburg  coal.  Wash¬ 
ington  County  is  the  region  of  its  best  development,  and  here  its 
thickness  ranges  up  to  30  feet.  It  is  generally  interstratified  with 
much  shale,  as  shown  in  the  following  section : 

Section  of  Lower  Washington  limestone  and  associated  shale  on  Smith  Run. 


Ft.  in. 

Limestone .  9  6 

Shale,  black.. .  5 

Limestone ...  1 .  7 

Shale,  black . 4 

Limestone .  1 

Shale,  black  and  soft .  2 

Limestone .  2 

Shale,  black .  2 

Limestone,  hard,  blue  to  black,  weathers  white .  9 

Shale,  soft,  black .  2 

Fire-clay  shale,  dark .  4 

Coal,  bony .  2 

Shale,  black .  4 

Fire-clay  shale,  dark .  5 


15 


An  illustration  of  the  outcrop  of  the  above  section  is  given  in  PI. 
VII,  B. 

One  mile  southeast  of  Hackneys  station,  near  Tenmile  Creek,  the 
following  section  was  measured : 


a  White,  I.  C.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  65,  1891,  p.  39. 


LIMESTONE.  123 

Section  of  Lower  Washington  limestone  near  Hackneys. 

Ft.  in. 

Limestone .  1 

Shale,  bituminous . 2 

Limestone .  1 

Clay .  4 

Limestone .  1 

Clay .  8 

Limestone .  6 

Clay .  1 

Limestone .  1 

Clay .  6 

Limestone .  2 

Clay .  6 


9  8 

Coal,  Washington . .  l-f 

Still  another  good  section  occurs  near  Zollarsville.  The  measure- 
ment  is  as  follows: 

Section  of  Lower  Washington  limestone  2  miles  west-northwest  of  Zollarsville. 

Ft.  in. 

Limestone .  2 

Shale,  bituminous .  3 

Limestone .  3  - 

Shale,  bituminous .  2 

Limestone .  3 

Shale,  bituminous .  1 

Limestone .  7 

Shale .  | 

Limestone . * .  3 

Shale,  bituminous .  .  3 

Limestone .  1 

Shale,  bituminous . 2 

Limestone .  q 

Shale,  bituminous . 2 

Limestone . 1 

€  10  7J 

The  Lower  Washington  limestone  is  usually  a  hard,  compact  lime¬ 
stone,  having  a  light  blue-gray  to  fleshy  color  and  commonly  weather- 
ng  bluish  white.  The  color  is  not  distinctive,  and  in  general  it  can 
be  said  that  in  none  of  the  limestones  in  the  Dunkard  formation  is  the 
color  a  certain  guide  to  the  identity  of  the  bed.  The  colors  men¬ 
tioned  are  characteristic,  however,  and  usually  assist  in  identification. 
The  utility  of  this  limestone  has  not  been  tested,  but  at  many  widely 
scattered  points  it  is  rather  massive  and  would  seem  to  be  of  possible 
future  value. 

MIDDLE  WASHINGTON  LIMESTONE. 

The  Middle  Washington  limestone  occurs  60  to  100  feet  above  the 
bower  Washington  and  100  to  140  feeb  below  the  Upper  Washington 


124 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


limestone.  Where  exposed  it  is  a  hard,  compact  light-grayish  or 
flesh-colored  rock,  usually  coarsely  brecciated  and  containing  numer¬ 
ous  spots  of  crystalline  calcite,  many  of  them  replacing  fossil  shells. 
The  limestone  can  generally  be  recognized  by  the  great  quantity  of 
hon  it  contains,  giving  it  a  weathered  surface  of  bright  yellow,  which 
in  many  exposures  extends  to  a  depth  of  several  inches  and  finally 
exfoliates  and  crumbles  off.  Some  of  the  basal  layers  are  more  earthy 
and  slaty  and  do  not  have  this  characteristic.  The  bed  is  locally  10  to 
20  feet  thick,  but  usually  much  thinner. 

The  Middle  Washington  limestone  has  a  wide  distribution  in  the 
quadrangle,  but  its  typical  occurrence  is  near  Washington.  In  a  cut 
of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  town  the 
large  yellow  bowlders  from  the  bed  are  finely  exposed.  This  lime¬ 
stone  has  never  been  used  and  does  not  appear  to  be  of  value. 

JOLLYTOWN  LIMESTONE. 

In  accordance  with  the  usage  of  Stevenson  (1876),  this  term  is 
applied  to  the  limestone  occurring  above  the  Jollytown  coal  and  30  to 
40  feet  below  the  Upper  Washington.  It  is  a  hard,  grayish,  locally 
brecciated  limestone,  weathering  light  gray  to  dirty  yellow.  Owing 
to  its  peculiar  character  it  is  a  good  key  rock.  It  is  in  places  several 
feet  thick,  and  appears  below  the  Upper  Washington  limestone  on  most 
of  the  roads  in  the  southwestern  part  of  the  quadrangle  and  in  a  few 
places  elsewhere. 

UPPER  WASHINGTON  LIMESTONE. 

The  Upper  Washington  limestone  is  the  topmost  bed  of  the  Wash¬ 
ington  formation  and,  with  the  exception  of  the  Waynesburg  sand¬ 
stone,  is  the  most  conspicuous  and  persistent  member  of  the  Dunkard 
group.  For  this  reason  it  was  chosen  as  the  best  horizon  at  which 
to  subdivide  the  group  into  formations.  It  occurs  630  to  710  feet 
above  the  Pittsburg  coal  and  280  to  400  feet  above  the  Waynesburg 
coal.  The  outcrop  of  this  limestone  throughout  the  quadrangle  is 
represented  on  the  geologic  map  (PI.  I,  pocket)  by  the  heavy"  green 
line  separating  the  Washington  and  Greene  formations. 

The  characteristics  of  the  Upper  Washington  limestone  are  rather 
distinctive.  It  is  hard,  compact,  and  brittle,  and  is  generally  made 
up  of  a  number  of  layers  separated  by  thin  beds  of  shale.  Through¬ 
out  the  greater  part  of  Washington  County  its  upper  part  on  fresh 
fracture  has  a  dark  blue-gray,  bluish  black,  or  even  nearly  black 
color.  Generally  it  contains  drab  and  mottled  layers.  The  rock  as 
a  rule  is  very  pure.  In  some  portions  of  the  district  it  is  easily  recog¬ 
nized  by  its  weathered  surface,  which  is  almost  snowy-white,  with  a 
slight  tinge  of  blue.  It  varies  in  thickness  from  4  to  30  feet. 

The  best  exposures  of  this  limestone  are  to  be  seen  in  the  vicinity 


LIMESTONE. 


125 


of  Washington,  where  it  reaches  a  thickness  of  nearly  30  feet.  The 
tunnel  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad,  1  mile  east  of  town,  cuts 
through  the  bed,  exposing  at  its  west  end  the  section  given  below. 
The  limestone  is  quarried  at  this  place. 

Section  of  Upper  Washington  limestone  1  mile  east  of  Washington. 


Ft.  in. 

Limestone,  blue-black . .. .  2  3 

Shale,  black .  2 

Limestone,  blue-black .  10 

Shale .  4 

Limestone,  blue-black,  brittle . .  1  10 

Shale,  black .  2  2 

Limestone,  hard,  gray,  and  thin  shale .  5  4 

Shale,  soft,  dark .  6 

Limestone,  light  brownish  gray,  very  hard,  to  level  of  railroad  3  6 


On  Cemetery  Hill,  in  the  southwestern  part  of  Washington,  just 
off  the  quadrangle,  a  section  of  19  feet  exposed  in  an  old  quarry  is 
made  up  of  a  great  many  thin  beds  of  alternating  limestone  and  shale. 
The  detailed  measurement  of  an  average  section  here  is  as  follows: 

Section  of  Upper  Washington  limestone  on  Cemetery  Hill,  Washington. 

Ft.  in. 


Limestone,  gray-brown .  1 

Shale,  soft,  black .  1 

Limestone,  hard,  blue-black .  2  5 

Shale,  black . . . ■ .  4 

Limestone,  brown-gray .  11 

Shale,  soft,  black .  2 

Limestone,  blue-black .  1  8 

Shale,  black . 1  1 

Limestone,  compact,  brown-gray .  3 

Shale,  yellow . 1 

Shale,  hard,  black,  slaty .  2 

Limestone,  brown .  10 

Shale,  light  brown .  2 

Limestone,  hard,  brown .  2  2 

Shale,  soft,  dark . 4 

Limestone,  hard,  brown .  4 

Shale .  3 

Limestone,  hard,  brown .  1  8 

Fire-clay  shale,  dark .  1 


Limestone,  brown-gray;  bottom  of  quarry. 


18  9 


126  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 

The  total  thickness  of  the  limestone  on  Cemetery  Hill  is  30  feet,  as 
shown  in  the  following  section  taken  from  Stevenson :  ° 

Section  of  Upper  Washington  limestone  at  Washington. 

Ft.  in. 


Limestone,  laminated,  argillaceous . , .  2 

Shale,  dark .  5 

Shale,  calcareous .  6 

Shale  with  vegetable  markings .  2 

Limestone .  10 

Shale,  bituminous .  10 

Limestone .  2 

Shale,  calcareous .  1  3 

Limestone . 1  6 

Shale .  10 

Limestone .  3 

Shale . 2 

Limestone .  3 


30  3 

Another  good  section  of  a  part  of  the  limestone  is  exposed  in  a 
quarry  one-half  mile  northeast  of  Washington,  on  the  Williamsport 
pike.  It  is  here  quarried  and  crushed  for  road  metal.  The  lime¬ 
stone  is  well  exposed  on  all  the  roads  leading  out  of  Washington  to 
the  east  and  south,  and  outcrops  at  many  points  in  the  Nineveh 
syncline  in  South  Strabane,  northern  Amwell,  and  South  Franklin 
townships.  In  this  region  great  care  is  necessary  to  avoid  confusing 
it  with  another  limestone  which  occurs  100  to  130  feet  above.  This 
limestone  is  also  dark  blue  to  black  in  color,  and  in  thickness  and 
other  characteristics  seems  to  be  almost  the  exact  counterpart  of  the 
Upper  Washington. 

A  good  exposure  of  the  Upper  Washington  limestone  appears  in  a 
quarry  on  the  hill  just  southeast  of  Washington.  The  bed  is  here  15 
feet  thick.  On  the  uplands  in  the  vicinity  of  Mount  Wheeler  the 
limestone  is  deeply  buried,  but  it  appears  again  for  about  a  mile 
between  Vankirk  station  and  the  Chambers  dam,  and  south  of  Mc¬ 
Cracken  station  is  exposed  along  Bane  Creek  from  100  to  200  feet 
above  the  floor  of  the  valley.  In  the  vicinity  of  Amity  and  in  gen¬ 
eral  throughout  the  southern  portion  of  Amwell  Township  it  is  high 
up  on  the  hills,  brought  up  by  the  Amity  anticline.  South  of  Ten- 
mile  Creek  it  is  overlain  by  200  to  400  feet  of  rock  and  its  outcrop 
follows  the  valleys  and  ravines  for  the  entire  distance  between  Dunn 
station  and  Bissell. 

Throughout  West  Bethlehem  Township  outcrops  of  the  limestone 
are  numerous,  but  they  all  occur  high  up  on  the  hills,  so  that  they 
appear  on  the  map  as  mere  patches.  In  the  vicinity  of  Scenery  Hill 


«  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  K,  1876,  p.  46. 


LIMESTONE. 


127 


the  outcrops  are  a  little  more  extensive.  One  of  the  most  continu¬ 
ous  exposures  of  the  limestone  in  the  quadrangle  is  on  the  long  ridge 
on  which  the  road  runs,  extending  in  a  northeast-southwest  direction, 
about  midway  between  Daniels  and  Plum  runs  west  of  Beallsville. 
The  limestone  seems  to  be  at  least  30  feet  thick  and  appears  for  sev¬ 
eral  miles  near  the  top  of  the  ridge  as  numerous  dark  blue-gray  frag¬ 
ments.  It  has  been  quarried  on  a  knob  about  a  mile  west  of  Bealls¬ 
ville  and  also  on  the  National  pike,  one-half  mile  northeast  of  Odell, 
where  it  shows  the  following  section: 

Partial  section  of  Upper  Washington  limestone  near  Odell. 


Ft.  in. 

Shale  (4  +  feet). 

Limestone,  dark  blue-gray .  \  8 

Shale,  dark .  10 

Limestone,  dark  blue-gray .  11 

Shale,  black . . . . . .  1  1 

Limestone,  light  gray .  2  3 


6  9 

On  a  hill  near  by  the  thickness  of  the  limestone  appears  to  be  as 
great  as  50  feet. 

Near  the  middle  of  the  Upper  Washington  limestone  occurs  a  dark 
layer  which  contains  great  numbers  of  little  fossils.  The  rock  from 
this  layer  gives  a  peculiar  fetid  odor  when  struck  by  the  hammer. 

The  Upper  Washington  limestone  is,  as  a  rule,  a  fairly  pure  bed.  A 
sample  of  it  taken  from  the  railroad  tunnel  east  of  Washington,  was 
analyzed  by  the  Second  Geological  Survey®  and  shown  to  have  the 
following  composition : 

Analysis  of  Upper  Washington  limestone  near  Washington 
[D.  McCreath,  analyst.] 

Insoluble  residue .  17.  380  j  Sulphur . 

Calcium  carbonate  (CaC03) .  72.  866  Phosphorus . 

Magnesium  carbonate  (MgC03) _  3.  813 

Ferric  oxide  (Fe203) .  2.  929  I 

This  limestone  is  quarried  at  several  points  in  the  area.  At  present 
the  most  important  output  is  from  a  quarry  at  the  west  end  of  the  rail¬ 
road  tunnel  east  of  Washington,  the  rock  being  used  for  railroad  bal¬ 
last.  One  mile  northeast  of  Washington,  on  the  Williamsport  pike, 
is  a  small  quarry  operated  by  the  Hallam  Construction  Company.  The 
rock  is  crushed  and  used  in  macadamizing  the  streets  of  the  town. 
The  principal  use  of  the  limestone  thus  far  has  been  for  road  metal  and 
railroad  ballast.  If  the  proportion  of  calcium  carbonate,  as  shown  in 
the  analysis,  holds  throughout  the  quadrangle,  this  bed  would  seem  to 
be  a  possible  source  of  lime  for  the  manufacture  of  cement.  The  stone 
has  been  burned  in  many  places  for  a  fertilizer. 


0. 155 
.061 


97.  204 


a  Rept.  MM,  1879,  p.  38 8. 


128  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


PROSPERITY  LIMESTONE. 

The  Prosperity  limestone  is  a  bed  not  mentioned  in  the  old  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  reports,  and  it  was  probably  confused  with  the  Upper  Washing¬ 
ton  bed,  to  which  it  is  very  similar  in  appearance.  The  name  “  Pros¬ 
perity”  has  been  suggested  by  Mr.  M.  J.  Munn  from  the  village  of  that 
name  in  Washington  County.  The  horizon  of  this  bed  is  100  to  180 
feet  above  that  of  the  Upper  Washington,  and  the  limestone  outcrops 
at  many  points  in  South  Strabane  and  Amwell  townships  as  a  hard, 
dark  blue-gray  to  nearly  black  rock. 

In  thickness  the  Prosperity  limestone  is  supposed  to  reach  in  places 
20  feet.  So  far  as  known,  it  has  not  been  tested,  but  from  its  compact 
nature  and  considerable  thicknesss  it  would  seem  to  be  of  probable 
future  value,  although  in  this  quadrangle  it  is  not  very  accessible. 

SANDSTONE. 

The  sandstones  of  the  Amity  quadrangle  are  in  general  shaly  and  of 
poor  quality,  but  a  number  of  beds  seem  to  offer  stone  of  possible 
value. 

PITTSBURG  SANDSTONE. 

This  name  is  applied  to  a  bed  of  sandstone  ranging  up  to  70  feet  in 
thickness,  which  in  many  places  overlies  the  Pittsburg  coal.  Where 
best  developed  it  is  coarse  and  friable.  It  can  be  seen  at  several  points 
on  Chartiers  and  Peters  creeks,  but  is  there  poorly  developed  On 
Fishpot  Pun,  on  the  edge  of  the  quadrangle  near  its  southeast  corner, 
the  sandstone  is  well  exposed  in  cliffs  which  rise  above  the  Pittsburg 
coal  to  a  height  of  nearly  100  feet  (PI.  VIII  A).  So  far  as  known, the 
Pittsburg  sandstone  has  not  been  utilized. 

WAYNESBURG  SANDSTONE. 

The  Waynesburg  is  a  coarse,  flaggy,  much  cross-bedded  sandstone, 
from  20  to  70  feet  thick,  resting  on  the  Waynesburg  coal  or  separated 
from  it  by  a  few  feet  of  shale.  Its  color  is  usually  buff-yellow  to  light 
gray.  The  name  is  derived  from  the  town  of  Waynesburg,  near  which 
the  rock  is  finely  exposed.  This  is  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  and 
persistent  sandstones  in  the  upper  portion  of  the  Carboniferous  system, 
and  furnishes  a  good  guide  to  the  position  of  the  Waynesburg  coal. 

In  the  Amity  quadrangle  the  Waynesburg  sandstone  is  probably 
most  prominent  on  Little  Tenmile  Creek,  in  the  vicinity  of  Lone  Pine, 
where  it  crops  out  in  30-foot  cliffs  directly  above  the  Waynesburg  coal. 
At  this  locality  it  forms  a  flat  terrace  on  which  part  of  the  village  has 
been  built,  about  40  feet  above  the  creek.  The  terrace  and  the  char¬ 
acter  of  the  sandstone  are  illustrated  in  PI.  VIII,  B. 

The  sandstone  is  also  finely  exposed  on  Little  Chartiers  Creek 
between  the  National  pike  and  Linden,  where  it  can  be  traced  along 


OUTCROP  OF  PITTSBURG  COAL  AT  BASE  OF  PITTSBURG  SANDSTONE  B.  BLUFF  OF  WAYNESBURG  SANDSTONE  AT  LONE  PINE,  ON  LITTLE 

IN  VALLEY  OF  FISHPOT  RUN,  EAST  BETHLEHEM  TOWNSHIP.  TENMILE  CREEK. 


CLAY  AND  SHALE. 


129 


the  public  road  for  several  miles,  also  in  the  neighborhood  of  Zollars- 
ville,  on  Pike  Run,  throughout  the  borough  of  Deemston,  and  on 
South  Branch  of  Pigeon  Creek.  On  North  Branch  of  Pigeon  Creek, 
Mingo  Creek,  and  farther  north  the  sandstone  is  of  little  importance, 
being  usually  either  shaly  or  replaced  by  shale.  In  the  vicinity  of 
Washington  and  Houston  and  in  general  over  the  northwestern  por¬ 
tion  of  the  quadrangle  the  sandstone  is  poorly  developed  or  missing. 
In  general,  it  may  be  said  to  be  well  developed  in  Greene  and  southern 
Washington  counties,  but  to  die  out  toward  the  northern  part  of  Wash¬ 
ington  County. 

It  is  generally  flaggy  to  shaly,  but  here  and  there  rather  massive. 
It  is  probably  too  friable  to  be  of  much  value,  but  it  is  said  to  have 
been  used  in  Greene  County  for  building. 

OTHER  SANDSTONES 

The  only  sandstone  quarry  of  any  account  in  the  Amity  quadrangle 
is  between  the  National  pike  and  the  railroad  tunnel  a  mile  east  of 
Washington,  about  130  feet  above  the  Upper  Washington  limestone 
outcropping  at  the  entrance  to  the  tunnel.  A  fair-sized  quarry  is 
operated  here  by  the  Hallam  Construction  Company,  the  stone  being 
used  for  curbing  and  bridge  construction  and  to  a  limited  extent  in 
buildings.  The  sandstone  lies  a  few  feet  above  a  bed  of  limestone 
reported  in  a  well  and  is  a  good,  hard,  massive  rock.  The  same  bed 
has  been  prospected  in  other  parts  of  the  quadrangle. 

Other  sandstone  beds  of  variable  character  are  distributed  through 
the  Dunkard  group  and  some  of  them  may  prove  to  be  of  value. 

CLAY  AND  SHALE. 

Two  classes  of  material  suitable  for  making  brick  are  found  in  this 
territory.  These  are  clay  and  shale,  the  former  being  a  surface  deposit 
and  the  latter  making  up  a  large  proportion  of  the  hard  rocks. 

CLAY. 

In  this  quadrangle  there  are  both  residual  surface  clays  and  deposits 
in  the  stream  valleys.  The  residual  clays  are  of  low  grade  and  are 
abundant.  The  stream  deposits  are  not  so  widely  distributed,  but 
are  available  at  several  points.  So  far  as  known,  they  have  not  been 
used  in  the  quadrangle,  but  just  beyond  the  northern  border,  between 
Houston  and  Canonsburg,  is  a  small  brickyard  operated  by  the  Alex¬ 
ander  Brick  Company.  The  clay  used  here  is  a  tough  silty  layer  of 
buff  color  capping  a  gravel  terrace  of  the  Carmichaels  formation.  The 
material  is  somewhat  gritty  to  the  teeth,  but  contains  no  pebbles. 
Below  this  bed  occurs  from  6  inches  to  3  feet  of  gravel,  and  underlying 
that  8  feet  of  hard  clay  is  reported.  The  lower  bed  is  not  known  to 
Bull.  300—07 - 9 


130 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


have  been  utilized.  The  top  clay  is  said  to  make  very  good  brick, 
which  are  used  for  building  in  Canonsburg. 

This  clay  occurs  at  several  points  in  the  quadrangle,  but  is  of  very 
local  occurrence.  It  may  be  present  on  any  of  the  rock  benches  in 
the  valley  of  Tenmile  Creek  and  elsewhere,  but  the  patches  are  prob¬ 
ably  too  local,  thin,  and  gravelly  to  be  of  any  importance  in  this  area. 

SHALE. 

Shales  of  fine  texture  are  very  abundant  in  the  Dunkard  group  and 
outcrop  over  wide  areas.  In  other  parts  of  the  country  some  of  these 
shales  have  been  widely  used  in  the  manufacture  of  brick.  In  the 
Amity  quadrangle  and  as  a  rule  in  western  Pennsylvania  they  have 
been  little  used,  but  seem  to  offer  a  source  of  supply  suitable  for  brick¬ 
making,  and  perhaps  also  in  connection  with  limestone  for  making 
cement. 

At  only  two  points  in  the  quadrangle  is  shale  known  to  have  been 
utilized.  One  of  these  is  in  the  southern  part  of  the  borough  of  Wash¬ 
ington,  near  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad,  where  the  Donley 
Brick  Company  operates  a  small  plant  for  the  manufacture  of  red 
brick.  Shale  is  here  worked  in  an  open  cut  25  feet  deep,  and  it  is  said 
that  an  even  greater  thickness  of  the  rock  is  suitable  for  the  purpose. 
The  shale  is  used  just  as  it  comes  from  the  bank  and  is  manufactured 
by  the  stiff -mud  machine  process,  cut  by  automatic  cutter.  The  com¬ 
pany  has  been  in  operation  for  two  years. 

The  Union  Stone  and  Brick  Company  is  operating  at  Vance  station, 
on  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad.  The  pit  from  which  the  shale 
is  obtained  contains  15  to  20  feet  of  shale,  above  40  feet  of  a  micaceous 
sandy  bed.  For  brick-making  two  parts  of  the  lower  bed  and  one 
part  of  the  upper  bed  are  used.  The  output  in  1903  is  reported  to 
have  been  1,500,000  brick. 

WATER  RESOURCES. 

SURFACE  DRAINAGE. 

The  Amity  quadrangle  contains  no  streams  of  large  size.  The 
most  important  are  Tenmile  Creek  and  its  branches,  Chartiers,  Little 
Chartiers,  Mingo,  and  Peters  creeks,  all  of  which  rise  within  the  limits 
of  the  quadrangle  or  near  its  borders.  The  largest  stream  is  Tenmile 
Creek,  which  flows  eastward  nearly  across  the  southern  part  of  the 
quadrangle  and  has  as  branches  on  its  north  side  Bane  Creek,  Little 
Tenmile  Creek,  and  Daniels  and  Little  Daniels  runs.  Chartiers  Creek 
rises  southwest  of  Washington,  but  flows  for  several  miles  in  the  quad¬ 
rangle.  All  the  streams  are  tributary  to  Monongahela  River,  which 
is  only  a  few  miles  distant  everywhere  east  of  the  quadrangle  and 
nearly  touches  its  southeast  corner.  The  entire  quadrangle  is  covered 
with  a  fine  network  of  runs,  tributary  to  the  larger  streams. 


WATER  RESOURCES. 


131 


Geologically  the  streams  of  the  quadrangle  represent  a  mature  type 
of  drainage,  in  which  the  larger  streams  have  attained  a  very  uniform 
and  gentle  slope,  and  it  is  only  at  their  heads  and  on  the  small  feeders 
scattered  over  the  area  that  the  gradient  even  approximates  to  steep¬ 
ness.  Few  of  the  streams  are  likely,  therefore,  ever  to  be  of  much  value 
for  power.  All  except  the  largest  generally  run  dry  or  nearly  dry  in 
the  summer  months,  and  even  those  which  contain  water  the  year 
round  consist  of  mudholes  during  the  summer.  It  is  probable  that 
with  the  growth  of  the  communities  it  will  become  more  and  more 
necessary  to  construct  reservoirs  for  the  storage  of  water. 

USE  OF  CREEK  WATER. 

One  instance  of  the  use  of  creek  water  for  mill  power  is  at  the 
Chambers  dam,  on  Bane  Creek,  If  miles  above  the  village  of  Sunset. 
At  this  point  the  creek  water  is  stored  in  a  pond  about  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  in  length.  There  is  also  a  small  reservoir  on  a  tributary 
to  South  Branch  of  Pigeon  Creek,  just  above  the  mining  town  of 
Three  and  Four,  and  one  on  Center  Branch  a  short  distance  above 
the  confluence.  The  construction  of  many  such  reservoirs  in  the 
region  Would  make  it  possible  to  store  much  of  the  water  that  is 
wasted  during  the  spring  and  in  storms  and  use  it  in  various  ways 
throughout  the  year.  It  is  probable  that  when  mining  and  other 
operations  become  more  important  in  the  region  more  such  reser¬ 
voirs  will  be  constructed. 

The  creeks  are  now  the  principal  source  of  water  supply  of  the 
larger  towns. 

WATER  SUPPLY  OF  WASHINGTON. 

The  Washington  system  of  water  supply  is  operated  by  the  Citi¬ 
zens’  Water  Company,  which  has  four  reservoirs  in  the  upper  valley 
of  Chartiers  Creek,  just  beyond  the  quadrangle  boundary.  It  is 
reported  that  the  company  has  bought  up  the  watershed,  including 
the  Pittsburg  coal,  with  the  exception  of  two  or  three  farms,  which 
are  still  occupied  by  their  original  owners.  In  all,  the  company 
owns  380  acres  of  land.  During  the  summer  months  the  inhab¬ 
itants  generally  complain  of  a  disagreeable  “ fishy ”  odor  in  the 
water  drawn  from  the  faucets,  and  some  have  wished  to  abandon  it 
for  this  reason.  If  this  odor  has  the  same  cause  as  similar  odors 
which  are  frequent  in  surface  drinking  waters  of  many  towns  in 
the  summer,  as  seems  probable,  it  is  due  to  algse  and  similar  organ¬ 
isms  in  the  water  of  the  reservoirs.  In  many  towns  these  have  been 
killed  and  the  w<ater  restored  to  its  former  pleasant  taste  by  treat¬ 
ment  with  sulphate  of  copper.  Several  years  ago  a  number  of 
cases  of  typhoid  fever  broke  out  in  town  and  were  thought  by  some 
to  have  been  due  to  use  of  city  water,  but  they  were  more  probably 
due  to  polluted  well  water. 


132 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


The  following  table  gives  various  statistics  concerning  the  reser¬ 
voirs  : 


Statistics  of  reservoirs  at  Washington,  a 


No  1. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

No  4. 

High- 
service  res 
ervoir. 

Area . 

. acres. . 

6 

30 

65 

f  b  182 

Length . 

. feet.. 

750 

440 

3,000 

5,000 

0242 

b  100 

Width . 

. do - 

320 

320 

d  700 

d  1,000 

0,70 

Depth . 

. do _ 

6 

6 

d  31 

d  2 

l 

20 

Storage  capacity. . 

. gallons. . 

11,000,000 

6,000,000 

106,000,000 

600,000,000 

3,700,000 

Area  of  watershed 

.square  miles 

2 

4 

o  From  memorandum  issued  by  Citizens’  Water  Company.  Bottom.  c  Top.  d  At  breast. 


The  high-service  reservoir  is  situated  on  the  hill  southwest  of 
Washington,  at  an  elevation  of  about  1,330  feet,  309  feet  above  the 
pumping  station  and  293  feet  higher  than  the  lowest  point  in  town. 
The  pressure  is  70  to  140  pounds.  The  total  storage  capacity  is 
726,700,000  gallons,  the  capacity  of  the  pump  3,000,000  gallons 
every  twent}^-four  hours.  The  consumption  in  1902  was  less  than 
1,000,000  gallons  per  day.  It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  an  abun¬ 
dant  supply  is  assured  to  Washington  for  some  time. 

All  water  furnished  to  consumers  is  first  passed  through  a  gravity 
sand-filter  plant.  This  plant  consists  of  sedimentation  and  settling 
tanks  and  four  large  automatic  sand-filter  tanks,  which  are  cleansed 
every  day  by  machinery.  The  capacity  is  between  3,000,000  and 
4,000,000  gallons  of  water  per  day. 


OTHER  TOWN  SUPPLIES. 

The  majority  of  the  wells  supplying  the  settlements  along  Peters 
Creek  and  the  village  of  Houston,  on  Chartiers  Creek,  are  very  shal¬ 
low.  In  the  village  of  Bentleyville  most  of  the  residents  have  dug 
wells,  but  for  two  or  three  years  a  number  of  drilled  wells  have 
been  in  use.  The  deepest  of  these  is  240  feet  deep,  but  the  major¬ 
ity  are  only  80  to  90  feet.  There  are  but  two  springs  in  use  in  the 
village.  The  supply  for  the  individual  houses  in  the  town  of  Ells¬ 
worth  is  also  from  wells,  the  average  depth  being  100  feet.  On  a 
branch  of  Pigeon  Creek,  above  the  Ellsworth  collieries  Nos.  3  and  4, 
is  situated  a  small  reservoir  to  supply  the  coke  ovens.  This  com¬ 
pany  has  lately  constructed  on  the  Eli  Tombaugh  farm,  on  Center 
Branch  of  Pigeon  Creek,  a  reservoir  which  has  an  estimated  capac¬ 
ity  of  12,000,000  gallons,  and  is,  like  the  other,  used  to  supply  water 
to  the  plant. 


WATER  RESOURCES. 


133 


SUPPLY  OF  THE  FARMING  COMMUNITIES. 

The  water  supply  of  the  farming  communities  in  this  quadrangle 
comes  both  from  springs  and  wells.  The  springs  are  very  numerous, 
and  the  topography  is  such  that  on  the  lower  slopes  of  the  hills  they 
usually  furnish  plenty  of  water.  In  the  valley  bottoms  and  on  the 
flatter  ridges  and  hilltops  wells  are  more  common,  but  in  general  it 
is  not  necessary  to  go  very  deep  for  water.  In  a  number  of  wells 
drilled  for  oil  or  gas  which  have  failed  to  produce  or  run  dry,  the 
upper  part  has  been  subsequently  transformed  into  a  water  well  and 
pumped  by  hand  or  with  a  windmill.  There  are  few  windmills  in  the 
quadrangle,  as  they  are  generally  unnecessary. 

WATER-BEARING  HORIZONS. 

Few  data  are  at  hand  regarding  water-bearing  strata,  for  the  rea¬ 
son  that  the  water  wells  in  this  quadrangle  are,  as  a  rule,  too  shallow 
to  permit  general  interpretations  of  this  nature,  and  of  the  oil  and  gas 
wells  only  about  twenty  record  any  water  horizons. 

The  principal  water-bearing  bed  recognized  by  the  drillers  is  the 
Pottsville  formation.  For  the  reason  that  it  contains  much  salt 
water,  it  has  been  named  the  “salt  sand:”  By  some  persons  it  has 
on  this  account  been  supposed  to  mark  the  depth  of  sea  level,  but  it 
can  be  positively  stated  that  the  salt  sand  has  no  connection  with 
the  level  of  the  sea.  This  sand  in  eastern  Ohio  was  half  a  century -ago 
the  source  of  brine  for  the  salt  works  which  formed  an  important 
industry  at  that  time.  The  water  generally  occurs  somewhere  near 
the  middle  of  the  salt  sand,  and  may  possibly  occur  in  connection 
with  the  Mercer  member,  which  in  places  forms  a  break  in  the  sand. 
This  supposition  is  purely  hypothetical,  however,  and  it  is  certainly 
not  everywhere  true,  as  in  some  cases  the  water  occurs  near  the  top 
or  bottom  of  the  sand. 

The  deeper  oil  and  gas  sands  in  this  region  are  generally  dry  or  very 
nearly  so,  so  far  as  water  is  concerned,  but  where  water  is  found  at 
great  depths  in  the  wells  it  is  almost  uniformly  salt.  At  shallow 
depths,  on  the  other  hand,  down  to  several  hundred  feet,  it  is  usually 
fresh.  In  several  cases,  notably  in  the  M.  Mounts  well  in  North 
Franklin  Township  and  in  the  Wherry  No.  1  well  in  West  Bethlehem 
Township,  salt  water  is  reported  in  the  “Big  Injun”  sand  of  the 
Pocono  formation.  In  the  Mounts  well  the  water  filled  the  well  to 
a  depth  of  30  feet. 

In  general,  it  may  be  said  that  there  is  a  possibility  of  salt  water 
being  encountered  in  any  porous  oil  sand  in  the  synclines.  Where 
oil  occurs  it  is  lighter  than  the  water  and  will  rest  oil  it,  occurring  far¬ 
ther  up  the  flank  of  the  anticline. 

Some  of  the  most  common  occurrences  of  water  are  in  coal  beds. 


134 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


In  the  Pittsburg,  Upper  Freeport,  and  Kittanning  seams,  especially, 
water  is  often  reported.  Several  other  horizons  that  are  locally 
water-bearing  in  the  Allegheny  and  Conemaugh  are  believed  to  mark 
portions  of  coal  beds.  The  J.  L.  Thompson  No.  1  well,  in  the  bor¬ 
ough  of  Deemston,  was  known  to  have  filled  up  to  the  surface,  1,370 
feet,  from  an  influx  of  water  somewhere  near  the  base  of  the  Alle¬ 
gheny  formation.  Water  has  been  found  160  to  175  feet  below  the 
Pittsburg  coal,  220  feet  above  the  same  coal,  between  the  Waynes- 
burg  and  Washington  coals,  and  nearer  the  surface,  but  few  shallow 
horizons  are  recorded. 

TOPOGRAPHIC  DATA. 

TRIANGULATION  STATIONS. 

All  topographic  surveying  for  the  maps  of  this  quadrangle  is 
based  on  triangulation  stations  on  a  number  of  the  principal  hill¬ 
tops  of  the  territory  and  its  vicin¬ 
ity.  These  stations  have  been  con¬ 
nected  by  triangulation  with  sta¬ 
tions  in  other  portions  of  the  State 
and  the  accuracy  of  the  work  care¬ 
fully  checked.  The  locations  of 
the  stations  within  the  quadrangle 
are.  shown  on  the  topographic  map 
by  small  triangles  east  of  Houston, 
on  Mount  Wheeler,  and  at  Scenery 
Hill  (Hillsboro),  and  fig.  7  shows 
the  relative  position  of  all  the 
points.  The  stations  are  marked 
by  stone  posts,  set  about  3  feet  in 
the  ground,  and  in  the  center  of  the 
top  of  each  post  is  cemented  a 
bronze  tablet  marked,  “ United  States  Geological  Survey — Penn¬ 
sylvania.” 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  stations : 

KREPP,  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 


About  1J  miles  northwest  of  Brownsville,  on  a  prominent  and  well- 
known  bald  knob  owned  by  James  Nickson. 

[Latitude  40°  01'  44.55".  Longitude  79°  54'  25.69".] 


To  station — 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

Hillsboro . 

O  t  U  \ 

115  13  26.6  1 

o  /  ff  | 

295  07  06.8 

Meters. 

4. 1S90430 

McDonald 


Fig.  7.— Location  of  triangulation  stations  in  and 
near  the  Amity  quadrangle. 


TRIANGULATION  STATIONS. 


135 


POLLOCK,  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 

On  Pollocks  Hill,  about  2  miles  west  of  West  Elizabeth,  on  road  to 
Finleyville,  400  feet  west  of  a  rough  board  shanty  on  highest  point  of 
bare  hill  owned  by  Mr.  McClure. 


[Latitude  40°  15'  08.99".  Longitude  79°  57'  06.26".] 


To  station—  Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

or  n 

Hillsboro .  29  10  08.6 

Mount  Wheeler .  61  30  40.4 

Canonsburg .  87  29  40.3 

20Q  05  31.5 

241  19  25.7 

267  20  47.3 

Meters. 

4.3197152 

4. 4496631 

4. 2904183 

JEFFERSON,  GREENE  COUNTY. 

About  miles  southeast  of  Jefferson,  on  a  high  bald  knob  owned 
by  Lawrence  Kraft. 


[Latitude  39°  54'  58.46".  Longitude  80°  02'  11.35".] 


To  station— 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis- 
■  tance. 

Hillsboro . 

or  //  1 

171  14  13.9 

o  r  tr 

351  12  54. 0 

Meters. 

4. 2860956 

HILLSBORO,  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 

In  a  rocky  pasture,  about  1,000  feet  north  of  Hillsboro  (Scenery 
Hill)  church,  about  halfway  between  Brownsville  and  Washington 
along  the  National  pike,  on  land  owned  by  Mrs.  E.  S.  Tombaugh, 
who  lives  at  crossing  about  1,500  feet  southeast  of  station. 


[Latitude  40°  05'  17.67".  Longitude  80°  04'  15.81".] 


To  station — 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

O 

/ 

// 

O 

/ 

// 

Meters. 

Pollock . 

209 

05 

31.5 

29 

10 

08.6 

4. 3197152 

Shepler . 

251 

34 

48.6 

71 

44 

42.6 

4. 3616006 

Krepp . 

295 

07 

06.8 

115 

13 

26.6 

4. 1890430 

Jefferson. . 

351 

12 

54.0 

171 

14 

13.9 

4.  2860956 

Keener . 

319 

14 

33.3 

139 

22 

16.0 

4. 4181154 

Hughes . 

33 

02 

20.9 

212 

51 

42.6 

4.  2751190 

Union . 

51 

48 

48.  2 

231 

42 

26.5 

4. 2531028 

Mount  Wheeler . 

108 

08 

43.9 

288 

02 

07.1 

4. 1859700' 

Canonsburg . 

151 

42 

44.5 

331 

38 

29.5 

4.  2949237 

CANONSBURG,  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 

In  North  Strabane  Township,  in  a  cultivated  field  at  summit  of 
high  knob,  1  mile  S.  15°  E.  of  Canonsburg  and  in  view  of  the  town,  on 
land  owned  by  James  Hanna,  who  lives  on  east  side  of  hill  at  a  road 


136  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


[Latitude  40°  14'  40.51".  Longitude  80°  10'  51.20".] 


To  station— 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

Mount  Wheeler . 

o 

22 

31 

03.0 

o 

202 

28 

40.8 

Meters. 

4. 1345757 

4. 3826975 

Claysville . 

50 

18 

45.5 

230 

10 

59 

19.6 

Garrett . 

78 

04 

35.4 

257 

04.1 

4. 0933003 

4. 1326119 

4. 0737263 

McDonald . 

163 

11 

12.3 

343 

09 

35 

24.  7 

Hickman . 

194 

34 

17.5 

14 

39.2 

Shannon . 

226 

14 

17. 1 

46 

20 

22.0 

4. 2656474 

4.  2904183 

Pollock . 

267 

20 

47.3 

87 

151 

29 

40.3 

Hillsboro 

331 

38 

29.5 

42 

44.5 

4. 2949237 

HUGHES,  GREENE  COUNTY. 

On  a  hill  covered  with  an  orchard  of  small  peach  trees,  about  3J 
miles  north  of  Wavnesburg,  owned  by  the  Hughes  estate. 

[Latitude  39°  56'  45.33".  Longitude  80°  11'  28.53".] 


To  station — 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

Union . 

O  /  ft 

141  03  49. 6 

°  '  "  1 
321  02  06. 5 

Meters. 

3.  7827879 

Hillsboro . 

212  57  42.6 

33  02  20.9 

4. 2751190 

M’DONALD,  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 

In  a  pasture  at  the  highest  point  of  a  hill  one-half  mile  south  of 
McDonald,  on  land  owned  by  William  F.  Wood,  who  lives  on  the 
southeast  side  of  hill. 

Reference  marks:  A  large  black-oak  line  tree  at  the  north  boundary 
fence  275  feet  distant.  A  large  white-oak  line  tree  at  the  west  bound¬ 
ary  fence  303  feet  distant. 


[Latitude  40°  21'  41.66".  Longitude  89°  13'  37.56".] 


To  station — 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

Canonsburg . 

of  // 

343  09  24.7 

Of  ft 

163  11  13.3 

M  eters. 

4. 1326119 

UNION,  GREENE  COUNTY. 

In  a  pasture  on  a  prominent  hill  7  miles  north-northwest  of  Waynes- 
burg  and  1^  miles  east  of  West  Union. 

[Latitude  39°  59'  18.24".  Longitude  80°  14'  19.16".] 


To  station — 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

Wheeler . i . 

Of  ff 

178  04  16.4 

231  42  26.5 

o  r  n 

358  04  01.9 

51  48  48.2 

M  eters. 

4.  2002916 
4. 2531028 

Hillsboro . 

TRIANGULATION  STATIONS. 


137 


WHEELER,  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 

On  a  sparsely  timbered  hill  3  miles  south  of  Washington  on  land 
of  William  Courson,  who  lives  at  north  base  of  hill. 


Claysville . . . 

Garrett - 

Canonsburg. 

Pollock . 

"Hillsboro. . . 
Union . 


[Latitude  40°  07'  52.16".  Longitude  80°  14'  31.71".] 


To  station— 


Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

o 

// 

o 

/ 

// 

M  eters. 

78 

01 

54.2 

257 

55 

51.0 

4. 1350995 

145 

24 

29.4 

325 

21 

20.7 

4.0856664 

202 

28 

40.8 

22 

31 

03.0 

4. 1345757 

241 

19 

25.7 

61 

30 

40.4 

4. 4496631 

288 

02 

07.1 

108 

08 

43.9 

4. 1859700 

358 

04 

01.9 

178 

04 

16.4 

4.  2002916 

GARRETT,  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 

In  a  cleared  field  owned  by  J.  C.  Garrett,  3  miles  east  of  Buffalo  vil¬ 
lage  and  5  miles  northwest  of  Washington,  on  the  hill  road  to  Hickory. 

Reference  marks:  Wire  fence,  west  113  feet;  large  walnut  tree, 
N.  34°  30'  W.,  433  feet. 

[Latitude  40°  13'  17.16".  Longitude  80°  19'  24.18".] 


To  station— 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

Canonsburg . 

257  59  04.1 

325  21  20.7 

O  /  // 

178  04  35.4 

145  24  29.4 

Meters. 

4. 0933003 

4. 0856664 

Mount  Wheeler . 

CLAYSVILLE,  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 

On  a  cone-shaped  hill,  1  mile  south  of  Claysville,  on  cultivated  land 
belonging  to  J.  Mosier. 

Reference  marks:  Double  chestnut  tree,  south  72  feet;  apple  tree, 
east  80  feet. 

[Latitude  40°  06'  20.01".  Longitude  80°  23'  55.46".] 


To  station— 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

Canonsburg . 

oil t 

230  10  19. 6 

257  55  51.0 

50  18  45.5 

78  01  54. 2 

Meters. 

4. 3826975 

4. 1350995 

Mount  Wheeler . 

SHEPLER,  WESTMORELAND  COUNTY. 

About  4  miles  southeast  of  Bellevernon  and  5  miles  east  of  Charle¬ 
roi,  on  a  high  cultivated  hill  owned  by  John  Shepler. 


138 


ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


[Latitude  40°  09'  12.22".  Longitude  79°  48'  54.10".] 


To  station— 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

Hillsboro . 

Oft/ 

71  44  42.6 

o  /  It 

251  34  48.6 

Meter 8. 
4.3616006 

SHANNON,  ALLEGHENY  COUNTY. 

About  1  mile  south  of  Castle  Shannon  post-office,  on  a  high  culti¬ 
vated  knob,  on  which  is  one  tree  about  30  feet  northeast  of  signal. 

[Latitude  40°  21'  33.53".  Longitude  80°  01'  26.95".] 


To  station— 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance. 

Canonsburg 

O  /  // 

46  20  22.0 

Q  f  /f 

226  14  17. 1 

Meter 8. 

4. 2656474 

HICKMAN,  ALLEGHENY  COUNTY. 

On  a  bald  hill  in  South  Fayette  Township,  2\  miles  southwest  of 
Bridgeville,  on  land  belonging  to  William  Hickman,  who  lives  on 
south  side  of  hill. 

[Latitude  40°  20'  52.33".  Longitude  80°  08'  44.87".] 


To  station — 

Azimuth. 

Back  azimuth. 

Log.  dis¬ 
tance 

Canonsburg . 

Of// 

14  35  39.2 

O  /  // 

194  34  17.5 

Meters. 

4. 0737263 

MERIDIAN  MARKS. 

WASHINGTON,  WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 

Location  of  station :  A  few  feet  north  of  sidewalk,  on  the  south  si  ie 
of  and  near  the  southwest  corner  of  the  campus  of  Washington  and 
Jefferson  College. 

Station  mark:  A  sandstone  post  48  by  12  by  12  inches,  set  about  40 
inches  in  the  ground,  in  the  center  of  top  of  which  is  cemented  a 
bronze  meridian  tablet. 

Distant  mark:  North  of  station  482  feet;  a  sandstone  post  about  48 
by  12  by  12  inches,  set  about  36  inches  in  the  ground,  in  the  center  of 
top  of  which  is  cemented  a  bronze  meridian  tablet. 

SPIRIT-LEVEL  DATA. 

The  contours  on  the  topographic  map  are  based  on  precise  levels 
run  by  railroad  engineers  and  by  the  United  States  Geological  Sur¬ 
vey.  During  the  course  of  the  topographic  work  numerous  bench 
marks  were  established,  and  their  elevations  are  given  below: 


BENCH  MARKS. 


139 


Bench  marks  in  the  Amity  quadrangle. 

Feet. 

Amity,  post-office  and  store  of  F.  F.  lams  &  Son,  on  north  side  of  door,  east  side 
of  road,  in  stone  doorstep  of;  aluminum  tablet  marked  “1204  PITTS¬ 
BURG” . . .  1,200.824 

Amity,  5.8  miles  north  of,  180  feet  north  of  crossroads,  one  to  Lone  Pine,  the 

other  to  Amity,  on  locust  tree  10  inches  in  diameter .  1, 037-  5 

Beallsville,  50  feet  southwest  of  center  of  crossroads  at  Greenfield’s  hotel,  30  feet 
west  of  corner  of  porch,  in  middle  of  step;  bronze  tablet  marked  “  1137 

PITTSBURG” .  1,135.970 

Beallsville,  3.3  miles  northwest  of,  at  Scenery  Hill,  at  mouth  of  alley  150  feet 

north  of  blacksmith  shop,  on  stone .  440.  34 

Centerville,  2  miles  northwest  of;  top  of  milepost  marked  “83  miles  to  Cumber¬ 
land,  48  miles  to  Wheeling” .  206.  64 

Scenery  Hill;  Hillsboro  triangulation  tablet  at  top  of,  marked  “1467  PITTS¬ 
BURG” .  1,466.858 

Scenery  Hill,  0.6  mile  north  of,  at  bottom  of  milepost  marked  “88  to  Cumber¬ 
land,  43  to  Wheeling,”  on  stone .  1  305.03 

Scenery  Hill,  1.7  miles  north  of,  at  crossroads,  0.75  mile  north  of  pike;  oak 

stump  36  inches  in  diameter,  nail  in  top  of .  1^  147.  87 

Vanceville,  bridge  over  Pigeon  Creek  at,  on  southeast  abutment .  1, 033.  60 

Vanceville,  0.5  mile  southeast  of,  300  feet  from  top  of  hill,  300  feet  southwest  of 
house,  5  feet  west  of  center  of  road;  oak  tree  36  inches  in  diameter,  nail 

inrootof . .  1,171.46 

Vanceville,  0.9  mile  northwest  of,  400  feet  northwest  of  house,  on  west  side 

of  road ;  locust  tree  24  inches  in  diameter,  nail  in  root  of .  1  122.  30 

Vanceville,  1.7  miles  northwest  of,  bridge  over  Pigeon  Creek,  235  feet  south  of 
center  of  crossroads;  bronze  tablet,  set  in  north  end  of  southwest  abut¬ 
ment,  marked  “  1044  PITTSBURG  ” .  \  042.  454 

Vanceville,  2.2  miles  northwest  of,  at  Dunningsville  and  Canonsburg  crossroads; 

stone  in  center  of  “  Y,”  chisel  mark  on .  1  071.03 

Vanceville,  2.3  miles  northwest  of,  900  feet  southwest  of  church,  35  feet  west  of 

bridge,  in  front  of  white  house,  on  stone .  1  066.  11 

Venetia,  post-office  (Anderson  station),  iron  wagon  bridge  at  road  crossing, 

northwest  bridge  seat  of ;  aluminum  tablet  stamped  ‘  ‘  986  PITTSBURG  ”  985. 073 

Washington  County  court-house,  60  feet  southeast  of  southeast  corner  of,  at 
northwest  corner  of  Cherry  alley  and  Main  street,  in  southeast  corner  of 
retaining  wall  around  court-house;  bronze  tablet  marked  “1158  PITTS- 

.BURG” .  1,156.064 

Washington,  at  east  end  of,  130  feet  north  of  street-car  track,  at  end  of  paving 
on  National  pike,  on  north  side  of  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad;  chisel 

mark  on  stone .  1  119  85 

Washington,  0.4  mile  south  of,  south  of  Pan  Cake  at  crossroads  to  Lone  Pine 

and  Vance  Station,  on  south  side  of  stone  culvert ,  chisel  mark .  1,314.6 

Washington,  3.1  miles  south  of,  1.7  miles  south  of  Pan  Cake,  southeast  abutment 

of  bridge  over  creek;  chisel  mark .  1  084.3 

Washington,  3.5  miles  east  of,  railroad  bridge  No.  153,  on  northwest  corner  of 

abutment;  chisel  mark .  1  U2  43 

Washington,  7.2  miles  east  of,  railroad  bridge  No.  144,  on  southwest  abutment, 

east  end;  chisel  mark .  1  qq5  ^4 

Washington,  7.5  miles  east  of,  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad  bridge  No.  140,  on 
northwest  abutment,  on  north  side  of  creek,  3  feet  below  rail ;  aluminum 
tablet  marked  “995  PITTSBURG  ” .  991, 754 


140  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  OF  AMITY  QUADRANGLE,  PA. 


PRINCIPAL  PUBLICATIONS  BEARING  ON  TIIE  GEOLOGY 
OE  TIIE  AMITY  QUADRANGLE  ANJ)  VICINITY. 

Campbell,  M.  R.  Masontown-Uniontown  folio:  Geologic  Atlas  U.  S.,  folio  82,  U.  S.  Geol 
Survey,  1902. 

- Brownsville-Connellsville  folio:  Geologic  Atlas  U.  S.,  folio  94,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey 

1903. 

Carll,  John  F.  Seventh  report  on  the  oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  Pennsylvania  for  1887 
1888:  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  15,  1890. 

Report  on  the  oil  and  gas  regions:  Ann.  Rept.  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsyl 
vania,  1886,  pt.  2. 

Clapp,  F.  G.  Limestones  of  southwestern  Pennsylvania:  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  249 
1905. 

- Amity  folio,  Geologic  Atlas  U.  S.,  folio  144,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  1907. 

-  The  Nineveh  and  Gordon  oil  sands  in  western  Greene  County,  Pennsylvania 
Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  285,  1906,  pp.  362-366. 

-  Rogersville  folio:  Geologic  Atlas  U.  S.,  folio  — ,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  (in  press). 

Day,  David  T.  Petroleum  and  natural  gas:  Mineral  Resources  U.  S.  for  1886-1904,  U.S 
Geol.  Survey,  1887-1905. 

Derrick  Publishing  Company.  Handbook  of  Petroleum,  1859-1898.  Oil  City,  1898. 

DTnvilliers,  E.  V.  Report  on  the  Pittsburg  coal  region:  Ann.  Rept.  Second  Geol.  Survey 
Pennsylvania,  1886,  pt.  1. 

Fontaine,  William  M.,  and  White,  I.  C.  The  Permian  or  Upper  Carboniferous  flora  o 
West  Virginia  and  southwestern  Pennsylvania:  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  Rept.  PP,  1880. 

Gresly,  W.  S.  “Slate  binders”  of  the  Pittsburg  coal  bed:  Am.  Geologist,  vol.  14,  1894 
pp.  356-365,  figs.  1-2. 

Lesley,  J.  P.  A  geological  hand  atlas  of  the  sixty -seven  counties  of  Pennsylvania:  Seconc 
Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Rept.  of  Progress  X,  1885. 

-  A  summary  description  of  the  geology  of  Pennsylvania,  in  three  volumes:  Seconc 

Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania,  Final  Rept.,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  1895. 

Linn,  A.,  and  Linton,  E.  Notes  on  the  Mountain  limestone  (at  the  base  of  No.  XI)  in  the 
Washington  County  gas  wells:  Ann.  Rept.  (Second)  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvanii 
for  1885,  1886,  pp.  222-226. 

Rogers,  H.  D.  Annual  Reports  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Pennsylvania,  1836-1842. 

- The  geology  of  Pennsylvania,  2  vols.,  1858. 

Stevenson,  J.  J.  Report  of  progress  in  the  Greene  and  Washington  district  of  the  bitumi 
nous  coal  fields  of  western  Pennsylvania:  Second  Geol.  Survey  Pennsylvania 
Rept.  K,  1876. 

Stone,  R.  W.  Waynesburg  folio:  Geologic  Atlas  U.  S.,  folio  121,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  1901 

Stone,  R.  W.,  and  Clapp,  F.  G.  Oil  and  gas  fields  of  Greene  County,  Pennsylvania; 
Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  304,  1907. 

White,  I.  C.  Stratigraphy  of  the  bituminous  coal  field  of  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  and  West 
Virginia:  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  No.  65,  1891. 

-  West  Virginia  Geol.  Survey,  vol.  1,  1899;  vol.  1  (a),  Oil  and  gas,  1904;  vol.  2, 

Coal,  1903. 


INDEX 


A.  Page. 

Alexandria  Brick  Company,  plant  of .  129 

Allegheny  formation,  coals  in .  116-117 

occurrence  and  description  of .  11, 23-25 

oil  and  gas  sands  in .  49,50 

sections  of .  24 

water  in .  134 

Allison  mine,  coal  ox,  section  of .  93 

Amity  anticline,  location  and  description  of.  40-41 
Amity  gas  field,  location  and  description  of.  44 

Amwell  Township,  wells  in,  records  of .  70-71 

Anticlinal  theory  of  oil  and  gas .  62-63 

Ashurst’s  (P.)  bank,  coal  of,  analysis  of . ..  97 

B. 

Jarre  No.  1  well,  data  on .  46 

barren  Measures,  occurrence  of .  12,20 

bayard  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

depth  to .  70-87 

gas  from .  70,72,82,86 

occurrence  and  aescription  of .  32,58 

beallsville,  Borough  ol,  wells  in,  records  of.  70-71 

bedell  (William)  well,  record  of .  33-35 

Jellevernon  anticline,  location  and  aescrip¬ 
tion  of .  38-39 

tench  marks,  location  of .  139 

bentlev  ville,  Borough  of,  wells  in,  records  of  70-71 

benwooa  limestone,  analysis  oi . 121 

occurrence  and  description  of .  119-121 

section  of .  120 

waterfall  over,  view  of .  120 

terea  sand,  correlation  of .  49,52 

bibliography  of  quadrangle .  140 

big  Dunkard  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

occurrence  and  description  of .  50 

big  Injun  sand,  correlation  of .  28,49 

depth  to .  51,70-87 

gas  from .  86 

occurrence  and  description  of .  29,50-52 

oil  from .  60,82 

wells  to .  46 

>ig  lime,  correlation  of .  25, 49 

depth  to .  70-87 

description  of .  27 

persistency  of . 11 

•issell,  sections  at  and  near .  16,92,118 

lanche  mine,  coal  from,  analysis  of. .  96 

coal  of,  section  of .  94 

luff  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

oon  mine,  section  of .  94 

urgoon  sandstone,  correlation  of.  28,29,49,50-51 
utler  County  sand,  correlation  of .  49,52 


ameron  No.  1  well,  data  on .  46 

xnonsburg,  limestone  near,  analyses  of . . .  121 

anonsburg  oil  field,  development  in .  45 


Page. 

Canonsburg  triangulation  station,  location 


of . 135-136 

Carboniferous  rocks,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scriptions  of .  11-30 

section  of,  figure  showing .  20 

Carnegie  Natural  Gas  Company,  operations 

of .  47 

Catskill  beds,  occurrence  and  description  of.  31-32 

Center  Township,  section  in .  13 

Chartiers  Creek,  oil  storage  on .  10-11 

Chartiers  Township,  wells  in,  records  of _ 70-71 

Chemung  formation,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scription  of .  11,30-32 

oil  and  gas  sands  in .  49,55 

sections  of . '. .  31 

Citizens  Natural  Gas  Company,  develop¬ 
ment  by .  45 

Clarion  sandstone.  See  Kittanning  sand¬ 
stone. 

Clay,  occurrence  and  description  of .  129-130 

Claysville  triangulation  station,  location  of.  137 

Coal,  occurrence  and  description  of . 88-117 

topography  and  importance  of .  10 

Conemaugh  formation,  coals  in .  116 

occurrence  and  description  of .  11,20-23 

oil  and  gas  sands  in .  49-50 

sections  of .  21-23 

water  in .  134 

Conneilsville  coal,  correlation  of .  49 

Contours,  structure,  explanation  of . 36-38 

Creeks,  description  of .  130 

water  of,  use  of .  131 

Crumrine  (A.  B.)  well  No.  1  (24),  record  of.  24,26 

section  of,  figure  showing .  22 

Crumrine  (William)  well  No.  1,  section  of, 

figure  showing .  22 

D. 

Davis  (Matilda)  well  No.  2  (29),  data  on, 

record  of .  21-22 

section  of,  figure  showing .  22 

De  Wolf  F.  W.,  work  of .  9 

Deemston,  Borough  of,  wells  in,  records  of.  70-73 
Devonian  rocks,  occurrence  and  description 

of .  11,30-36 

Drainage,  surface,  description  of .  130-131 

Dunkard  group,  limestones  in .  121-128 

occurrence  and  description  of .  11-15 

Dunkard  sands,  correlation  of . 21, 49 

occurrence  and  description  of .  49-50 

E. 

East  Bethlehem  Township,  wells  in,  records 

of .  72-73 

Elizabeth  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

I  depth  to .  58,70,78 


141 


142 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Elizabeth  sand,  gas  from .  70, 72, 86 

occurrence  and  description  of .  32, 58-59 

Ellsworth  collieries,  coal  of,  analyses  of _ 96.97 

coal  of,  coke  from,  analysis  of .  97 

sections  of . .  95 

F. 

Fertilizer,  limestone  for . 118-119 

Fifth  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

depth  to .  70-87 

gas  from .  74,76 

occurrence  and  description  of .  32, 57-58 

wells  to .  57-58 

Fifty-foot  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

depth  to .  70-87 

gas  from .  70, 78 

occurrence  and  description  of .  29, 54-55 

oil  from .  60, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82 

First  sand,  correlation  of .  49,52 

Fishpot  limestone,  analysis  of .  119 

occurrence  and  description  of .  119 

Fishpot  Run,  Pittsburg  coal  on,  view  of _  128 

Fonner  oil  field,  development  in .  47 

location  and  description  of .  44 

production  of .  61 

Fonner  (William)  No.  2  well,  record  of .  56 

Fourth  sand,  correlation  of .  4y 

depth  to .  70-87 

occurrence  and  description  of .  32, 57 

G. 

Gantz  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

depth  to .  70-87 

gas  from .  72,76,78,84 

occurrence  and  description  of .  29, 42, 52-54 

oil  from .  60, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 

relation  of,  to  Pittsburg  coal,  figure 

showing .  53 

wells  to .  45,47,54 

Gantz  well,  history  of .  45 

record  of .  23 

section  of,  figure  showing .  22 

view  of . . .  44 

Garrett  triangulation  station,  location  of. .  137 

Gas,  analyses  of .  66 

composition  of .  66 

development  of,  history  of .  44-47 

distribution  of .  42-44 

map  showing . .  43 

occurrence  of .  10-11, 42-88 

mode  of . . .  48 

theory  of .  62-65 

origin  of .  65 

pressure  of .  62 

production  of .  59-62 

rocks  containing .  47-59 

waste  of .  67 

Gas  and  oil  fields,  distribution  of . . .  42-44 

distribution  of,  map  showing .  43 

Gas  and  oil  sands,  names  and  correlation  of.  49 

Gas  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

occurrence  and  description  of .  50 

Geography,  description  of .  9-11 

Geologic  map  of  quadrangle .  Pocket. 

Gordon  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

depth  to .  70-87 


Page. 

Gordon  sand,  occurrence  and  description 


of .  32,55-57 

oil  from .  60,78 

wells  to .  45 

Gordon  Stray  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

depth  to .  70-87 

occurrence  and  description  of .  32, 55 

Gordon  well,  history  of .  45 

Greenbrier  limestone,  correlation  of .  25, 49 

description  of .  27 

Greene  formation,  occurrence  and  descrip¬ 
tion  of .  11,12-14 

section  of .  13 

H. 

Hackett,  coal  near,  analysis  of .  102 

Hallani  Construction  Company,  quarry  of. .  129 

Harding  &  Warrick  bank,  coal  of,  analysis 

of .  97 

Hawkins  (Mrs.  A.  L.)  well  (31),  data  on.  19-20.59 
Hickman  triangulation  station,  location  of.  138 
Hillsboro  triangulation  station,  location  of.  135 

Horn’s  bank,  coal  from,  analyses  of .  112 

Houston,  coal  mines  near,  sections  of .  94 

Hughes  triangulation  station,  location  of. .  136 

Hundred-foot  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

occurrence  and  description  of .  3-9, 52 

Hurry-up  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

Hyde  (E.  T.)  well,  section  of,  figure  showing.  22 

I. 

Isochore,  definition  of .  42 

J. 

Jefferson  triangulation  station,  location  of.  135 
Jollytown  coal,  occurrence  and  description 

of .  115 

K. 


Kittanning  coal,  occurrence  and  descrip¬ 
tion  of . ».  117 

water  in .  134 

Kittanning  sandstone,  correlation. of .  49.50 

Kountz  No.  1  well  (174),  record  of .  56 

Krepp  triangulation  station,  location  of. . .  134 

L. 

Liddell’s  bank,  coal  from,  analysis  of .  97 

Limestone,  analyses  of .  119,121,127 

occurrence  and  description  of .  118-128 

uses  of .  118-119 

views  of .  120 

Linden  field,  location  and  description  of... .  44 

Literature,  list  of .  140 

Little  Dunkard  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

occurrence  and  description  of .  50 

Little  Tenmile  Creek,  sandstone  on,  view  of.  128 
Little  Washington  coal,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scription  of .  113 

Lone  Pine,  sandstone  at,  view  of .  128 

Lower  Productive  Measures,  occurrence  of.  24 

Luse  well,  record  of . 29,31 

section  of,  figure  showing .  22 

M. 

McDonald  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

McDonald  triangulation  station ,  location  of .  136 


INDEX, 


143 


Page. 

McLain’s  bank,  coal  from,  analysis  of .  96 

coal  of,  section  of .  93 

Mahoning  sandstone,  correlation  of . 21,49 

Manifold  mine,  coal  from,  analysis  of .  96 

,  coal  of,  section  of .  92-93 

Manifold  sand.  See  Big  Injun  sand. 

Manifold  wells,  data  on .  46 

Manufacturers  Light  and  Heat  Company, 

operations  of .  45-47 

Map,  geologic,  of  quadrangle . Pocket 

Mapletown,  coal  near,  analyses  of .  104 

Mapletown  coal,  correlation  of .  49 

depth  to .  70-87 

Mauch  Chunk  formation,  occurrence  and 

description  of .  11, 25-27 

:  oil  and  gas  sands  in .  49 

sections  of .  26 

unconformity  between  Pottsville  and ...  27, 42 

Meadowlands,  oil  storage  at .  47,61 

Meadowlands  mine,  sections  of .  93 

Meridian  marks,  location  of .  138 

Miller  (J.  M.)  well,  section  of,  figure  showing.  22 

Mineral  resources,  description  of .  42-134 

Mississippian  rocks,  occurrence  and  descrip¬ 
tion  of .  25-30 

Mitchell,  (A.  C.)  well,  record  of .  26,30,117 

section  of,  figure  showing . ; . .  22 

Monongahela  formation,  limestones  in _  119-121 

occurrence  and  description  of . 11,15-19 

oil  and  gas  sands  in .  49 

sections  of .  15-17 

Monongahela  Gas  Company,  operations  of . .  47 

thickness  of .  lg 

Moniger’s  (J.)  bank,  coal  of,  section  of .  112 

Morgan  Oil  Co.,  development  by .  45 

Morgantown  sandstone,  correlation  of . 21 , 49 

Morris  Township  (Greene  County),  wells  in. 

records  of . 72-73 

Morris  Township  (Washington  County), 

wells  in,  records  of .  72-73 

Mount  Morris  limestone,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scription  of .  121-122 

Mountain  sand.  See  Big  Injun  sand. 

Murphy  sand,  correlation  of .  21,49 

occurrence  and  description  of .  49 

N. 

Nineveh  syncline,  location  and  description 

of .  41 

Nineveh  Thirty-foot  sand,  correlation  of. . .  49 

forth  Franklin  Township,  wells  in,  records 

of .  74-75 

forth  Strabane  Township,  wells  in,  records 

of . 74-77 

fottingham  mine,  coal  from,  analysis  of  . ..  96 

coal  of,  section  in .  95 


fottingham  Township,  wells  in,  records  of.  76-77 
O. 


Page. 


Oil,  origin  of .  @5 

production  of .  59-62 

rocks  containing .  47-59 

Oil  and  gas  fields,  distribution  of .  42-44. 

distribution  of,  map  showing .  43 

Oil  and  gas  sands,  names  and  correlation  of.  49 

Oliphant  (F.  H.)  on  natural  gas .  66 

Orton,  Edward,  on  oil  and  gas  occurrence..  62 


P. 

Patterson’s  bank,  coal  from,  analysis  of....  97 

Pencil  catfe,  occurrence  and  description  of.  27 
Pennsylvanian  rocks,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scription  of .  i5_25 

People’s  Light  and  Heat  Company,  develop¬ 
ment  by .  45 

Permian  rocks,  occurrence  and  description 

of .  11-15 

Petroleum.  See  Oil. 

Philadelphia  Company,  operations  of .  47 

Pigeon  Creek,  reservoir  on .  131,132 

Pigeon  Creek  syncline.  See  Waynesburg 
syncline* 


Pinhook  coal.  See  Waynesburg  coal. 


Pittsburg  coal,  analyses  of . . . 

area  of,  map  showing. 

depth  to . 

development  of . . . . 

occurrence  and  description  of. 

.  10,88  101 

outcrop  of . 

view  of . 

persistency  of . . . . 

quality  of . . . 

relation  of  Gantz  sand  and,  figure 

showing . 

sections  of,  figures  showing. 

structure  of . 

thickness  of .  01 

water  in . 

Pittsburg  sandstone,  occurrence  and 

de- 

scription  of. . . . 

Pocono  formation,  occurrence  and  descrip- 

tion  of . 

.  11,28-30 

oil  and  gas  sands  in . 

water  in . 

sections  of . . . . 

Pollock  triangulation  station,  location  of..  135 

Portland  cement,  limestone  for 

Pottsville  formation,  occurrence  and 

de- 

scription  of . 

oil  and  gas  sands  in . 

unconformity  between  Mauch  Chunk 

and . 

water  in . 

Productive  Measures,  occurrence  of 

....  15,24 

Prosperity  limestone,  occurrence  and 

de- 

scription  of . 

R. 

>dell,  limestone  near,  section  of .  127 

Ml,  character  of .  65-66 

development  of,  history  of .  44-47 

distribution  of .  42-44 

map  showing .  43 

occurrence  of .  10-11  42-88 

mode  of .  4g 

theory  of . 62-65 


Railroads,  routes  of .  9,19 

Records  of  wells . 70-87 

Redstone  coal,  analyses  of .  102, 103 

occurrence  and  description  of .  101-103 

section  of,  figures  showing .  102 

Richards  (H.  H.)  No.  1  well  (293),  data  on .  59 

Roger’s  bank,  coal  of,  section  of .  112 

Ryerson  Station,  coal  near,  analysis  of .  115 


144 


INDEX. 


S.  Page. 

Salt  sand,  correlation  of . 25,49 

depth  to . 70-87 

occurrence  and  description  of .  50 

persistency  of .  11 

Saltsburg  sandstone,  correlation  of . 21,49,50 

‘  ‘  Sands,”  oil  and  gas,  meaning  of .  22 

Sandstone,  occurrence  and  description  of .  128-129 

views  of .  128 

Second  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

Sewickley  coal,  analyses  of .  104 

correlation  of .  49 

occurrence  and  description  of .  103-104 

section  of,  figure  showing .  102 

Shale,  occurrence  and  description  of .  130 

Shannon,  triangulation  station,  location  of.  138 

“Shells,”  meaning  of .  21 

Shepler,  triangulation  station,  location  of.  137-138 

Sixth  sand,  correlation  of .  49,58 

Smith  (Moses)  diamond-drill  hole,  coal 

from,  analysis  of .  97 

record  of .  16 

Smith  Run,  limestone  on,  view  of .  120 

Somerset  Township,  wells  in,  records  of _ 76-77 

South  Franklin  Township,  wells  in,  records 

of . 76-77 

South  Strabane  Township,  wells  in,  records 

of . 78-84 

Southwest  Pennsylvania  Pipe  Lines,  stor¬ 
age  tanks  of .  47 

Spirit-level  data,  description  of . 138-139 

Springs,  occurrence  of .  133 

Squaw  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

occurrence  and  description  of . 29, 52 

Stevenson,  J.  J.,  on  coal .  102, 104, 112, 114, 115 

on  limestone .  120,126 

on  structure . 38,40 

sections  by .  12-14,17 

Stratigraphy  of  quadrangle .  11-36 

Structure,  description  of . 36-42 

map  showing .  38 

Structure  contours,  explanation  of . 36-38 

Sub-Blairsville  beds.  See  Catskill  beds. 

Sulphur  in  coal,  occurrence  of .  98 

T. 

Taylorstown,  coal  near,  analysis  of .  115 

Teeples  (I.)  bank,  coal  from,  analysis  of _  103 

Tenmile  coal,  development  of .  13 

occurrence  and  description  of .  115 

Thayer  well,  production  of .  46 

Third  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

Thirty-foot  sand,  correlation  of .  49 

depth  to . 70-87 

occurrence  and  description  of . 29, 52 

wells  to .  47 

Thompson  (George)  well  No.  1  (309) ,  data  on  59 

Thompson  (J.  L.)  well  No.  1,  water  in .  134 

well  No.  3  (46),  record  of .  31 

section  of,  figure  showing .  22 

well  No.  4,  (47),  record  of .  28 

well  No.  5  (48),  record  of .  22,24,26 

section  of,  figure  showing .  22 

Thompson’s  (T.)  bank,  coal  of,  analysis  of.  97 
Topographic  data,  details  of .  134-139 


Page. 

Topography,  description  of .  9-10 

Triangulation  stations,  location  of . 134-138 

location  of,  figure  showing .  134 

U. 

Ulery  (W.  H.)  bore  hole,  coal  from,  analy¬ 
sis  of .  97 

Union  Stone  and  Brick  Company,  plant  of. .  130 

Union  Township,  wells  in,  records  of . 84-85 

Union  triangulation  station,  location  of. . . .  136 

Uniontown  coal,  occurrence  and  description 

of .  104 

Upper  Freeport  coal,  correlation  of .  49 

depth  to .  70-87,116-117 

occurrence  and  description  of .  116-117 

water  in .  134 

Upper  Productive  Measures,  occurrence  of. .  15 

Upper  Washington  limestone,  persistence 

of . 11 


V. 


Valleys,  importance  of. 
Verner  sand,  gas  from. 


W. 

Warren  sands,  correlation  of .  49 

Washington,  coal  in .  116 

limestones  at  and  near,  sections  of.  125, 126, 127 

sections  in  and  near .  14,17 

water  supply  of .  131-132 

Washington  anticline,  location  and  descrip¬ 
tion  of .  41 

Washington  coal,  analyses  of .  115 

occurrence  and  description  of .  113-115 

section  of .  114 

figures  showing .  102 

Washington  County,  development  of  oil  and 

gas  in .  44-47 

Washington  County  Eureka  Oil  Company, 

development  by .  44-45 

Washington  Daily  Reporter,  information 

from .  44,46 

Washington  formation,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scription  of .  11, 14-15 

oil  and  gas  sands  in .  49 

sections  of .  14 

Washington  limestones,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scription  of .  122 

outcrop  of,  view  of .  120 

sections  of .  122-123, 125, 126, 127 

Washington  oil  and  gas  field,  development 

in .  45-47 

location  and  description  of .  43-44 

production  of .  60 

structure  in .  63-64 

view  in .  44 

Water-bearing  horizons,  positions  of .  133-134 

Waterfall,  view  of .  120 

Water  resources,  occurrence  and  description 

of .  130-134 

Waynesburg  coal,  analyses  of .  112 

depth  to .  70-87, 106-107 

occurrence  and  description  of .  105-112 

quality  of .  111-112 

relations  of  Pittsburg  coal  and . 105-106 


INDEX, 


145 


Page. 

Waynesburg  coal,  sections  of .  108,110,111 

figures  showing .  106 

thickness  of .  107-111 

Waynesburg  “A”  coal,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scription  of .  112-113 

sections  of .  113 

figure  showing .  102 

Waynesburg  “B”  coal,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scription  of .  113 

Waynesburg  limestone,  occurrence  and  de¬ 
scription  of .  121 

Waynesburg  sandstone,  correlation  of .  49 

occurrence  and  description  of .  128-129 

persistence  of _ . 11 

view  of .  128 

Waynesburg  syncline,  location  and  descrip¬ 
tion  of . 39-40 

Wells,  deep,  depth  of .  48 

information  from .  19 

records  of .  68-87 

value  of . 67-68 

production  of .  60 


Page. 

Wells,  sections  of,  figures  showing .  22 

water  from,  use  of .  132-133 

West  Bethlehem  Township,  wells  in,  records 

of .  84-87 

West  Brownsville,  section  at .  15 

West  Pike  Run  Township,  wells  in,  records 

of .  86-87 

Wheeler  triangulation  station,  location  of. .  137 

White,  I.  C.,  correlations  by . . .  36 

on  coal .  115 

on  geology .  40 

on  limestone .  121, 122 

on  natural  gas .  66-67 

on  oil  and  gas .  62 

Willetts  wells,  data  on .  46 

view  of .  44 

Z. 

Zollarsville  gas  field,  development  in .  47 

location  and  description  of .  44 

production  of .  61 

structure  in .  64-65 


Bull.  300—07 - 10 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL 

SURVEY. 

[Bulletin  No.  300.1 

The  publications  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  consist  of  (1)  Annual 
Reports,  (2)  Monographs,  (3)  Professional  Papers,  (4)  Bulletins,  (5)  Mineral 
Resources,  (6)  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Papers,  (7)  Topographic  Atlas  of  United 
States — folios  and  separate  sheets  thereof,  (8)  Geologic  Atlas  of  United  States — 
folios  thereof.  The  classes  numbered  2,  7,  and  8  are  sold  at  cost  of  publication;  the 
others  are  distributed  free.  A  circular  giving  complete  lists  can  be  had  on  application. 
Most  of  the  above  publications  can  be  obtained  or  consulted  in  the  following  ways: 

1.  A  limited  number  are  delivered  to  the  Director  of  the  Survey,  from  whom  they 
can  be  obtained,  free  of  charge  (except  classes  2,  7,  and  8),  on  application. 

2.  A  certain  number  are  delivered  to  Senators  and  Representatives  in  Congress, 
for  distribution. 

3.  Other  copies  are  deposited  with  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington, 
D.  C.,  from  whom  they  can  be  had  at  prices  slightly  above  cost. 

4.  Copies  of  all  Government  publications  are  furnished  to  the  principal  public 
libraries  in  the  large  cities  throughout  the  United  States,  where  they  can  be  consulted 
by  tho^e  interested. 

The  Professional  Papers,  Bulletins,  and  Water-Supply  Papers  treat  of  a  variety  of 
subjects,  and  the  total  number  issued  is  large.  They  have  therefore  been  classified  into 
the  following  series:  A,  Economic  geology;  B,  Descriptive  geology;  C,  Systematic 
geology  and  paleontology;  D,  Petrography  and  mineralogy;  E,  Chemistry  and  phys¬ 
ics;  F,  Geography;  G,  Miscellaneous;  H,  Forestry;  I,  Irrigation;  J,  Water  storage; 
K,  Pumping  water;  L,  Quality  of  water;  M,  General  hydrographic  investigations; 
N,  Water  power;  O,  Underground  waters;  P,  Hydrographic  progress  reports.  This 
paper  is  the  eighty-sixth  in  Series  A  and  the  one  hundred  and  fifth  in  Series  B, 
the  complete  lists  of  which  follow  (PP= Professional  Paper;  B=Bulletin;  WS= 
Water-Supply  Paper). 

SERIES  A,  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY. 

B  21.  Lignites  of  Great  Sioux  Reservation:  Report  on  region  between  Grand  and  Moreau  rivers, 
Dakota,  by  Bailey  Willis.  1885.  16  pp.,  5  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  46.  Nature  and  origin  of  deposits  of  phosphate  of  lime,  by  R.  A.  F.  Penrose,  jr.,  with  introduction 
by  N.  S.  Shaler.  1888.  143  pp.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  65.  Stratigraphy  of  the  bituminous  coal  field  of  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  and  West  Virginia,  by  I.  C. 
White.  1891.  212  pp.,  11  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  111.  Geology  of  Big  Stone  Gap  coal  field  of  Virginia  and  Kentucky,  by  M.  R.  Campbell.  1893.  106 
pp.,  6  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  132.  The  disseminated  lead  ores  of  southeastern  Missouri,  by  Arthur  Winslow.  1896.  31  pp.  (Out 
of  stock.) 

B  138.  Artesian-well  prospects  in  Atlantic  Coastal  Plain  region,  by  N.  H.  Darton.  1896.  228  pp.,  19 
pis. 

B 139.  Geology  of  Castle  Mountain  mining  district,  Montana,  by  W.  H.  Weed  and  L.  V.  Pirsson.  1896. 
164  pp.,  17  pis. 

B  143.  Bibliography  of  clays  and  the  ceramic  arts,  by  J.  C.  Branner.  1896.  114  pp. 

B  164.  Reconnaissance  on  the  Rio  Grande  coal  fields  of  Texas,  by  T.  W.  Vaughan,  including  a  report 
on  igneous  rocks  from  the  San  Carlos  coal  field,  by  E.  C.  E.  Lord.  1900.  100  pp.,  11  pis.  (Out 
of  stock.) 

B  178.  El  Paso  tin  deposits,  by  W.  H.  Weed.  1901.  15  pp.,  1  pi. 


II 


SERIES  LIST. 


B  180.  Occurrence  and  distribution  of  corundum  in  United  States,  by  J.  H.  Pratt.  1901.  98  pp.,  14  pis. 
(Out  of  stock;  see  No.  269.) 

B  182.  A  report  on  the  economic  geology  of  the  Silverton  quadrangle,  Colorado,  by  F.  L.  Ransome. 

1901.  266  pp.,  16  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  184.  Oil  and  gas  fields  of  the  western  interior  and  northern  Texas  Coal  Measures  and  of  the  Upper 
Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  of  the  western  Gulf  coast,  by  G.  I.  Adams.  1901.  64  pp.,  10  pis. 
(Out  of  stock.) 

B  193.  The  geological  relations  and  distribution  of  platinum  and  associated  metals,  by  J.  F.  Kemp. , 

1902.  95  pp.,6  pis. 

B  198.  The  Berea  grit  oil  sand  in  the  Cadiz  quadrangle,  Ohio,  by  W.  T.  Griswold.  1902.  43  pp.,  1  pi. 
(Out  of  stock.) 

PP  1.  Preliminary  report  on  the  Ketchikan  mining  district,  Alaska,  with  an  introductory  sketch  of 
the  geology  of  southeastern  Alaska,  by  A.  H.  Brooks.  1902.  120  pp.,  2  pis. 

B  200.  Reconnaissance  of  the  borax  deposits  of  Death  Valley  and  Mohave  Desert,  by  M.  R.  Campbell.1 
1902.  23  pp.,  1  pi.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  202.  Tests  for  gold  and  silver  in  shales  from  western  Kansas,  by  Waldemar  Lindgren.  1902.  21  pp. 
(Out  of  stock.) 

PP  2.  Reconnaissance  of  the  northwestern  portion  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Alaska,  by  A.  J.  Collier. 

1902.  70  pp.,  11  pis. 

PP  10.  Reconnaissance  from  Fort  Hamlin  to  Kotzebue  Sound,  Alaska,  by  way  of  Dali,  Kanuti.  Allen, 
and  Kowak  rivers,  by  W.  C.  Mendenhall.  1902.  68  pp.,  10  pis. 

PP  11.  Clays  of  the  United  States  east  of  the  Mississippi  River,  by  Heinrich  Ries.  1903.  298  pp.,  9  pis.* 
PP  12.  Geology  of  the  Globe  copper  district,  Arizona,  by  F.  L.  Ransome.  1903.  168  pp.,  27  pis. 

B  212.  Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf  Coastal  Plain,  by  C.  W.  Hayes  and  William  Kennedy..1 

1903.  174  pp.,  11  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  213.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1902;  S.  F.  Emmons  and  C.  W.  Hayes,  geologists  in  charge. 
1903.  449  pp.  (Out  of  stock.) 

PP  15.  The  mineral  resources  of  the  Mount  Wrangell  district,  Alaska,  by  W.  C.  Mendenhall  and 
F.  C.  Schrader.  1903.  71  pp.,  10  pis. 

B  218.  Coal  resources  of  the  Yukon,  Alaska,  by  A.  J.  Collier.  1903.  71  pp.,  6  pis. 

B  219.  The  ore  deposits  of  Tonopah,  Nevada  (preliminary  report),  by  J.  E.  Spurr.  1903.  31  pp.,  1  pi. 
(Out  of  stock.) 

PP  20.  A  reconnaissance  in  northern  Alaska  in  1901,  by  F.  C.  Schrader.  1904.  139  pp.,  16  pis. 

PP  21.  Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee  quadrangle,  Arizona,  by  F.  L.  Ransome.  1904.  168  pp.,, 
29  pis. 

B  223.  Gypsum  deposits  in  the  United  States,  by  G.  I.  Adams  and  others.  1904.  129  pp.,  21  pis. 

PP  24.  Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  northern  Arkansas,  by  G.  I.  Adams.  1904.  118  pp.,  27  pis. 

PP  25.  Copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment  district,  Wyoming,  by  A.  C.  Spencer.  1904.  107  pp.,  2  pis. 
B  225.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1903,  by  S.  F.  Emmons  and  C.  W.  Hayes,  geologists  in 
charge.  1904.  527  pp.,  1  pi.  (Out  of  stock.) 

PP  26.  Economic  resources  of  the  northern  Black  Hills,  by  J.D.  Irving,  with  contributions  by  S.  F. 

Emmons  and  T.  A.  Jaggar,  jr.  1904.  222  pp.,  20  pis. 

PP  27.  A  geological  reconnaissance  across  the  Bitterroot  Range  and  Clearwater  Mountains  in  Mon¬ 
tana  and  Idaho,  by  Waldemar  Lindgren.  1904.  123  pp.,  15  pis. 

B  229.  Tin  deposits  of  the  York  region,  Alaska,  by  A.  J.  Collier.  1904.  61  pp.,  7  pis. 

B  236.  The  Porcupine  placer  district,  Alaska,  by  C.  W.  Wright.  1904.  35  pp.,  10  pis. 

B  238.  Economic  geology  of  the  Iola  quadrangle,  Kansas,  by  G.  I.  Adams,  Erasmus  Haworth,  and. 
W.  R.  Crane.  1904.  83  pp.,11  pis. 

B  243.  Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the  United  States,  by  E.  C.  Eckel.  1905.  395  pp.,  15  pl$. 

B  246.  Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  northwestern  Illinois,  by  H.  Foster  Bain.  1904.  56  pp.,  5  pis. 

B  247.  The  Fairhaven  gold  placers  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Alaska,  by  F.  H.  Moffit.  1905.  85  pp.,  14  pis. 
B  249.  Limestones  of  southeastern  Pennsylvania,  by  F.  G.  Clapp.  1905.  52  pp.,  7  pis. 

B  250.  The  petroleum  fields  of  the  Pacific  coast  of  Alaska,  with  an  account  of  the  Bering  River  coal 
deposits,  by  G.  C.  Martin.  1905.  65  pp.,  7  pis. 

B  251.  The  gold  placers  of  the  Fortymile,  Birch  Creek,  and  Fairbanks  regions,  Alaska,  by  L.  M. 
Prindle.  1905.  89  pp.,  16  pis. 

WS  117.  The  lignite  of  North  Dakota  and  its  relation  to  irrigation,  by  F.  A.  Wilder.  1905.  59  pp.,  8  pis. 
pp  36.  The  lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of  western  Kentucky,  by  E.  O.  Ulrich  and  W.  S.  T. 
Smith.  1905.  218  pp.,  15  pis. 

pp  38.  Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham  mining  district,  Utah,  by  J.  M.  Boutwell,  with  a  chaptei 
on  areal  geology,  by  Arthur  Keith,  and  an  introduction  on  general  geology,  by  S.  F.  Emmons. 
1905.  413  pp.,  49  pis. 

PP  41.  Geology  of  the  central  Copper  River  region,  Alaska,  by  W.  C.  Mendenhall.  1905.  133  pp.,  20  pis. 
B  254.  Report  of  progress  in  the  geological  resurvey  of  the  Cripple  Creek  district,  Colorado,  by  \N  aide- 
mar  Lindgren  and  F..L.  Ransome.  1904.  36  pp. 

B  255.  The  fluorspar  deposits  of  southern  Illinois,  by  H.  Foster  Bain.  1905.  75  pp.,  6  pis. 

B  256.  Mineral  resources  of  the  Elders  Ridge  quadrangle,  Pennsylvania,  by  R.  W.  Stone.  1905. 
86  pp.,  12  pis. 


SERIES  LIST, 


III 


B  259.  Report  on  progress  of  investigations  of  mineral  resources  of  Alaska  in  1904,  by  A.  H.  Brooks, 
and  others.  1905.  196  pp.,3  pis. 

B  260.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1904;  S.  F.  Emmons  and  C.  W.  Hayes,  geologists  in  charge. 

1905.  620  pp.,  4  pis. 

B  261.  Preliminary  report  on  the  operations  of  the  coal-testing  plant  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  at  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  1904;  E.  W.  Parker,  J.  A.  Holmes, 
and  M.  R.  Campbell,  committee  in  charge.  1905.  172  pp.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  263.  Methods  and  cost  of  gravel  and  placer  mining  in  Alaska,  by  C.  W.  Purington.  1905.  273  pp., 
42  pis. 

PP  42.  Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  district,  Nevada,  by  J.  E.  Spurr.  1905.  295  pp.,  24  pis. 

PP  43.  The  copper  deposits  of  the  Clifton-Morenci  district,  Arizona,  by  Waldemar  Lindgren.  1905. 
375  pp.,25  pis. 

B264.  Record  of  deep-well  drilling  for  1904,  by  M.  L.  Fuller,  E.  F.  Lines,  and  A.  C.  Veatch.  1905. 

106  pp. 

B  265.  Geology  of  the  Boulder  district,  Colorado,  by  N.  M.  Fenneman.  1905.  101  pp.,  5  pis. 

B  267.  The  copper  deposits  of  Missouri,  by  H.  Foster  Bain  and  E.  O.  Ulrich.  1905.  52  pp.,  1  pi. 

B  269.  Corundum  and  its  occurrence  and  distribution  in  the  United  States  (a  revised  and  enlarged 
edition  of  Bulletin  No.  180),  by  J.  H.  Pratt.  1906.  175  pp.,  18  pis. 

PP  48.  Report  on  the  operations  of  the  coal-testing  plant  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  at 
the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  1904;  E.  W.  Parker,  J.  A.  Holmes,  M.  R. 
Campbell,  committee  in  charge.  1906.  (In  3  parts.)  1492  pp.,  13  pis. 

B  275.  Slate  deposits  and  slate  industry  of  the  United  States,  by  T.  N.  Dale,  with  sections  by  E.  C. 

Eckel,  W.  F.  Hillebrand,  and  A.  T.  Coons.  1906.  154  pp.,  25  pis. 

PP  49.  Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  part  of  the  Cumberland  Gap  coal  field,  Kentucky,  by  G.  H. 
Ashley  and  L.  C.  Glenn,  in  cooperation  with  the  State  Geological  Department  of  Kentucky, 
C.  J.  Norwood,  curator.  1906.  239  pp.,  40  pis. 

B  277.  Mineral  resources  of  Kenai  Peninsula,  Alaska:  Gold  fields  of  the  Turnagain  Arm  region,  by 

F.  H.  Moffit;  Coal  fields  of  the  Kachemak  Bay  region,  by  R.  W.  Stone.  1906.  80  pp.,18  pis. 
(Out  of  stock.) 

B  278.  Geology  and  coal  resources  of  the  Cape  Lisburne  region,  Alaska,  by  A.  J.  Collier.  1906.  54  pp., 
9  pis. 

B  279.  Mineral  resources  of  the  Kittanning  and  Rural  Valley  quadrangles,  Pennsylvania,  by  Charles 
Butts.  1906.  198  pp.,11  pis. 

B  280.  The  rampart  gold  placer  region,  Alaska,  by  L.  M.  Prindle  and  F.  L.  Hess.  1906.  54  pp.,  7  pis. 
B  282.  Oil  fields  of  the  Texas- Louisiana  Gulf  Coastal  Plain,  by  N.  M.  Fenneman.  1906.  146  pp.,  11  pis. 
PP51.  Geology  of  the  Bighorn  Mountains,  by  N.  H.  Darton.  1906.  129  pp.,  47  pis. 

B  283.  Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  Mississippi,  by  A.  F.  Crider.  1906.  99  pp.,  4  pis. 

B  284.  Report  on  progress  of  investigations  of  the  mineral  resources  of  Alaska  in  1905,  by  A.  H.  Brooks 
and  others.  1906.  169  pp.,  14  pis. 

B  285.  Contributions  to  Economic  Geology,  1905;  S.  F.  Emmons  and  E.  C.  Eckel,  geologists  in  charge. 

1906.  506  pp.,  13  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  286.  Economic  geology  of  the  Beaver  quadrangle,  Pennsylvania,  by  L.  H.  Woolsey.  1906.  132  pp., 
8  pis. 

B  287.  Juneau  gold  belt,  Alaska,  by  A.  C.  Spencer,  and  A  reconnaissance  of  Admiralty  Island,  Alaska, 
by  C.  W.  Wright.  1906.  161  pp.,  27  pis. 

PP  54.  The  geology  and  gold  deposits  of  the  Cripple  Creek  district,  Colorado,  by  W.  Lindgren  and 
F.  L.  Ransome.  1906.  516  pp.,29  pis. 

PP  55.  Ore  deposits  of  the  Silver  Peak  quadrangle,  Nevada,  by  J.  E.  Spurr.  1906.  174  pp.,  24  pis. 

B  289.  A  reconnaissance  of  the  Matanuska  coal  field,  Alaska,  in  1905,  by  G.  C.  Martin.  1906.  34  pp., 
5  pis. 

B  290.  Preliminary  report  on  the  operations  of  the  fuel-testing  plant  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  at  St.  Louis,  Mo..  1905,  by  J.  A.  Holmes.  1906.  240  pp. 

B  293.  A  reconnaissance  of  some  gold  and  tin  deposits  of  the  southern  Appalachians,  by  L.  C.  Graton, 
with  notes  on  the  Dahlonega  mines,  by  W.  Lindgren.  1906.  134  pp.,  9  pis. 

B  294.  Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley,  by  H.  Foster  Bain.  1906.  155  pp.,  16  pis. 
B295.  The  Yukon-Tanana  region,  Alaska,  description  of  Circle  quadrangle,  by  L.  M.  Prindle.  1906. 
27  pp.,1  pi. 

B  296.  Economic  geology  of  the  Independence  quadrangle,  Kansas,  by  Frank  C.  Schrader  and 
Erasmus  Haworth.  1906  74  pp.,  6  pis. 

B297.  The  Yampa  coai  field,  Routt  County,  Colo.,  by  N.  M.  Fenneman,  Hoyt  S.  Gale,  and  M.  R. 
Campbell  1906  96  pp.,9  pis. 

B298  Record  of  deep-well  drilling  for  1905,  by  Myron  L.  Fuller  and  Samuel  Sanford.  1906.  299  pp. 
B  300.  Economic  geology  of  the  Amity  quadrangle,  in  eastern  Washington  County,  Pa.,  by  Frederick 

G.  Clapp.  1907.  145  pp.,8  pis. 


IV 


SERIES  LIST. 


SERIES  B,  DESCRIPTIVE  GEOLOGY. 

B  23.  Observations  on  the  junction  between  the  Eastern  sandstone  and  the  Keweenaw  series  on 
Keweenaw  Point,  Lake  Superior,  by  R.  D.  Irving  and  T.  C.  Chamberlin.  1885.  124  pp.,17 
pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  33.  Notes  on  geology  of  northern  California,  by  J.  S.  Diller.  1886.  23  pp.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  39.  The  upper  beaches  and  deltas  of  Glacial  Lake  Agassiz,  by  Warren  Upham.  1887.  84  pp.,  1  pi. 
(Out  of  stock.) 

B-40.  Changes  in  river  courses  in  Washington  Territory  due  to  glaciation,  by  Bailey  Willis.  1887.  10 
pp.,  4  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  45.  The  present  condition  of  knowledge  of  the  geology  of  Texas,  by  R.  T.  Hill.  1887.  94  pp.  (Out 
of  stock.) 

B  53.  The  geology  of  Nantucket,  by  N.  S.  Shaler.  1889.  55  pp.,  10  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  57.  A  geological  reconnaissance  in  southwestern  Kansas,  by  Robert  Hay.  1890.  49  pp.,  2  pis. 

B  58.  The  glacial  boundary  in  western  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Indiana,  and  Illinois,  by  G.  F. 

Wright,  with  introduction  by  T.  C.  Chamberlin.  1890.  112  pp.,  8  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  67.  The  relations  of  the  traps  of  the  Newark  system  in  the  New  Jersey  region,  by  N.  H.  Darton. 

1890.  82  pp.  (Out  of  stock.)  , 

B  104.  Glaciation  of  the  Yellowstone  Valley  north  of  the  Park,  by  W.  H.  Weed.  1893.  41  pp.,  4  pis. 

B  108.  A  geological  reconnaissance  in  central  Washington,  by  I.  C.  Russell.  1893.  108  pp.,  12  pis. 
(Out  of  stock.) 

B  119.  A  geological  reconnaissance  in  northwest  Wyoming,  by  G.  H.  Eldridge.  1894.  72  pp.,  4  pis. 

B  137.  The  geology  of  the  Fort  Riley  Military  Reservation  and  vicinity,  Kansas,  by  Robert  Hay.  1896. 
35  pp.,  8  pis. 

B  144.  The  moraines  of  the  Missouri  Coteau  and  their  attendant  deposits,  by  J.  E.  Todd.  1896.  71 
pp.,  21  pis. 

B  158.  The  moraines  of  southeastern  South  Dakota  and  their  attendant  deposits,  by  J.  E.  Todd.  1899. 
171  pp.,  27  pis. 

B  159.  The  geology  of  eastern  Berkshire  County,  Massachusetts,  by  B.  K.  Emerson.  1899.  139  pp., 
9  pis. 

B  165.  Contributions  to  the  geology  of  Maine,  by  H.  S.  Williams  and  H.  E.  Gregory.  1900.  212  pp., 
14  pis. 

WS  70.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  the  Patrick  and  Goshen  Hole  quadrangles  in  eastern  Wyoming 
and  western  Nebraska,  by  G.  I.  Adams.  1902.  50  pp.,  11  pis. 

B  199.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  the  Snake  River  Plains  of  Idaho,  by  I.  C.  Russell.  1902.  192  pp., 
25  pis, 

PP  1.  Preliminary  report  on  the  Ketchikan  mining  district,  Alaska,  with  an  introductory  sketch  of 
the  geology  of  southeastern  Alaska,  by  A.  H.  Brooks.  1902.  120  pp.,  2  pis. 

PP  2.  Reconnaissance  of  the  northwestern  portion  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Alaska,  by  A.  J.  Collier.  1902. 
70  pp.,  11  pis.  1 

PP  3.  Geology  and  petrography  of  Crater  Lake  National  Park,  by  J.  S.  Diller  and  H.  B.  Patton.  1902. 
167  pp.,  19  pis. 

PP  10.  Reconnaissance  from  Fort  Hamlin  to  Kotzebue  Sound,  Alaska,  by  way  of  Dali,  Kanuti,  Allen, 
and  Kowak  rivers,  by  W.  C.  Mendenhall.  1902.  68  pp.,  10  pis. 

PP  11.  Clays  of  the  United  States  east  of  the  Mississippi  River,  by  Heinrich  Ries.  1903.  298  pp.,  9  pis. 
PP  12.  Geology  of  the  Globe  copper  district,  Arizona,  by  F.  L.  Ransome.  1903.  168  pp.,  27  pis. 

PP  13.  Drainage  modifications  in  southeastern  Ohio  and  adjacent  parts  of  West  Virginia  and  Ken¬ 
tucky,  by  W.  G.  Tight.  1903.  Ill  pp.,  17  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

B  208.  Descriptive  geology  of  Nevada  south  of  the  fortieth  parallel  and  adjacent  portions  of  California, 
by  J.  E.  Spurr.  1903.  229  pp.,  8  pis. 

B  209.  Geology  of  Ascutney  Mountain,  Vermont,  by  R.  A.  Daly.  1903.  122  pp.,  7  pis. 

WS  78.  Preliminary  report  on  artesian  basins  in  southwestern  Idaho  and  southeastern  Oregon,  by 
I.  C.  Russell.  1903.  51  pp.,  2  pis. 

PP  15.  Mineral  resources  of  the  Mount  Wrangell  district,  Alaska,  by  W.  C.  Mendenhall  and  F.  C. 
Schrader.  1903.  71  pp.,  10  pis. 

PP  17.  Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  and  water  resources  of  Nebraska  west  of  the  one  hundred 
and  third  meridian,  by  N.  H.  Darton.  1903.  69  pp.,  43  pis. 

B  217.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  southwestern  Idaho  and  southeastern  Oregon,  by  I.  C.  Russell.  1903. 
83  pp.,  18  pis. 

B  219.  The  ore  deposits  of  Tonopah,  Nevada  (preliminary  report),  by  J.  E.  Spurr.  1903.  31  pp.,  1  pi. 
PP  20.  A  reconnaissance  in  northern  Alaska  in  1901,  by  F.  C.  Schrader.  1904.  139  pp.,  16  pis. 

PP  21.  The  geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee  quadrangle,  Arizona,  by  F.  L.  Ransome.  1904.  168 
pp.,  29  pis. 

WS  90.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  part  of  the  lower  James  River  Valley,  South  Dakota,  by  J.  E. 
Todd  and  C.  M.  Hall.  1904.  47  pp.,  23  pis. 

PP  25.  The  copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment  district,  Wyoming,  by  A.  C.  Spencer.  1904.  107  pp., 
2  pis. 


SERIES  LIST, 


V 


PP  26.  Economic  resources  of  the  northern  Black  Hills,  by  J.  D.  Irving,  with  contributions  by  S.  F. 

Emmons  and  T.  A.  Jaggar,  jr.  1904.  222  pp.,  20  pis. 

PP  27.  A  geological  reconnaissance  across  the  Bitterroot  Range  and  Clearwater  Mountains  in  Mon¬ 
tana  and  Idaho,  by  Waldemar  Lindgren.  1904.  122  pp.,  15  pis. 

PP  31.  Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  of  the  Arbuckle  and  Wichita  mountains  in  Indian  Territory 
and  Oklahoma,  by  J.  A.  Taff,  with  an  appendix  on  reported  ore  deposits  in  the  Wichita 
Mountains,  by  H.  F.  Bain.  1904.  97  pp.,  8  pis. 

B  235.  A  geological  reconnaissance  across  the  Cascade  Range  near  the  forty-ninth  parallel,  by  G.  O. 

Smith  and  F.  C.  Calkins.  1904.  103  pp.,  4  pis. 

B  236.  The  Porcupine  placer  district,  Alaska,  by  C.  WT.  Wright.  1904.  35  pp.,  10  pis. 

B  237.  Igneous  rocks  of  the  High  wood  Mountains,  Montana,  by  L.  V.  Pirsson.  1904.  208  pp.,  7  pis. 

B  238.  Economic  geology  of  the  Iola  quadrangle,  Kansas,  by  G.  I.  Adams,  Erasmus  Haworth,  and 
W.  R.  Crane.  1904.  83  pp.,  1  pi. 

PP  32.  Geology  and  underground  water  resources  of  the  central  Great  Plains,  by  N.  H.  Darton.  1905. 
433  pp.,  72  pis. 

WS  110.  Contributions  to  hydrology  of  eastern  United  States,  1904;  M.  L.  Fuller,  geologist  in  charge. 
1905.  211  pp.,  5  pis. 

B  242.  Geology  of  the  Hudson  Valley  between  the  Hoosic  and  the  Kinderhook,  by  T.  Nelson  Dale. 

1904.  63  pp.,  3  pis. 

PP  34.  The  Delavan  lobe  of  the  Lake  Michigan  glacier  of  the  Wisconsin  stage  of  glaciation  and 
associated  phenomena,  by  W.  C.  Alden.  1904.  106  pp.,  15  pis. 

PP  35.  Geology  of  the  Perry  Basin  in  southeastern  Maine,  by  G.  O.  Smith  and  David  White.  1905. 
107  pp.,  6  pis. 

B  243.  Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the  United  States,  by  E.  C.  Eckel.  1905.  395  pp.,  15  pis. 

B  246.  Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  northeastern  Illinois,  by  H.  F.  Bain.  1904.  56  pp.,  5  pis. 

B  247.  The  Fairhaven  gold  placers  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Alaska,  by  F.  H.  Moffit.  1905.  85  pp.,  14  pis. 
B  249.  Limestones  of  southwestern  Pennsylvania,  by  F.  G.  Clapp.  1905.  52  pp..  7  pis. 

B  250.  The  petroleum  fields  of  the  Pacific  coast  of  Alaska,  with  an  account  of  the  Bering  River  coal 
deposit,  by  G.  C.  Martin.  1905.  65  pp.,  7  pis. 

B  251.  The  gold  placers  of  the  Fortymile,  Birch  Creek,  and  Fairbanks  regions,  Alaska,  by  L.  M. 
Prindle.  1905.  16  pp.,  16  pis. 

WS  118.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  a  portion  of  east-central  Washington,  by  F.  C.  Calkins.  1905. 
96  pp.,  4  pis. 

B  252.  Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  and  water  resources  of  central  Oregon,  by  I.  C.  Russell. 

1905.  138  pp.,  24  pis. 

PP  36.  The  lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of  western  Kentucky,  by  E.  O.  Ulrich  and  W.  S.  Tangier 
Smith.  1905.  218  pp.,  15  pis. 

PP  38.  Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham  mining  district  of  Utah,  by  J.  M.  Boutwell,  with  a  chapter 
on  areal  geology,  by  Arthur  Keith,  and  an  introduction  on  general  geology,  by  S.  F.  Emmons. 
1905.  413  pp.,  49  pis. 

PP  41.  The  geology  of  the  central  Copper  River  region,  Alaska,  by  W.  C.  Mendenhall.  1905.  133  pp., 
20  pis. 

B  254.  Report  of  progress  in  the  geological  resurvey  of  the  Cripple  Creek  district,  Colorado,  by 
Waldemar  Lindgren  and  F.  L.  Ransome.  1904.  36  pp. 

B  255.  The  fluorspar  deposits  of  southern  Illinois,  by  H.  Foster  Bain.  1905.  75  pp.,  6  pis. 

B  256.  Mineral  resources  of  the  Elders  Ridge  quadrangle,  Pennsylvania,  by  R.  W.  Stone.  1905. 
85  pp.,  12  pis. 

B  257.  Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Judith  River  beds,  by  T.  W.  Stanton  and  J.  B.  Hatcher,  with 
a  chapter  on  the  fossil  plants,  by  F.  H.  Knowlton.  1905.  174  pp.,  19  pis. 

PP  42.  Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  district,  Nevada,  by  J.  E.  Spurr.  1905.  295  pp.,  24  pis. 

WS  123.  Geology  and  underground  water  conditions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto,  New  Mexico,  by 
C.  R.  Keyes.  1905.  42  pp.,  9  pis. 

WS  136.  Underground  waters  of  Salt  River  Valley,  Arizona,  by  W.  T.  Lee.  1905.  194  pp.,  24  pis. 

PP  43.  The  copper  depositsof  Clifton-Morenci,  Arizona,  by  Waldemar  Lindgren.  1905.  375  pp.,  25  pis. 
B265.  Geology  of  the  Boulder  district,  Colorado,  by  N.  M.  Fenneman.  1905.  101  pp.,  5  pis. 

B  267.  The  copper  deposits  of  Missouri,  by  H.  F.  Bain  and  E.  O.  Ulrich.  1905.  52  pp.,  1  pi. 

PP  44.  Underground  water  resources  of  Long  Island,  New  York,  by  A.  C.  Veatch,  and  others.  1905. 
394  pp.,  34  pis. 

WS  148.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  Oklahoma,  by  C.  N.  Gould.  1905.  178  pp.,  22  pis. 

B  270.  The  configuration  of  the  rock  floor  of  Greater  New  York,  by  W.  H.  Hobbs.  1905.  96  pp.,  5  pis. 
B  272.  Taconic  physiography,  by  T.  M.  Dale.  1905.  52  pp.,  14  pis. 

PP  45.  The  geography  and  geology  of  Alaska,  a  summary  of  existing  knowledge,  by  A.  H.  Brooks, 
with  a  section  on  climate,  by  Cleveland  Abbe,  jr.,  and  a  topographic  map  and  description 
thereof,  by  R.  M.  Goode.  1905.  327  pp.,  34  pis. 

B  273.  The  drumlins  of  southeastern  Wisconsin  (preliminary  paper),  by  W.  C.  Alden.  1905.  46  pp., 
9  pis. 

PP  16.  Geology  and  underground  water  resources  of  northern  Louisiana  and  southern  Arkansas,  by 
A.  C.  Veatch.  1906.  422  pp.,  51  pis. 


VI 


SERIES  LIST. 


PP  49.  Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  part  of  the  Cumberland  Gap  coal  field,  Kentucky,  by  G.  H. 
Ashley  and  L.  C.  Glenn,  in  cooperation  with  the  State  Geological  Department  of  Kentucky, 
C.  J.  Norwood,  curator.  1906.  239  pp.,  40  pis. 

PP  50.  The  Montana  lobe  of  the  Keewatin  ice  sheet,  by  F.  H.  H.  Calhoun.  1906.  62  pp.,  7  pis. 

B  277.  Mineral  resources  of  Kenai  Peninsula,  Alaska:  Gold  fields  of  the  Turnagain  Arm  region,  by 
F.  H.  Moffit;  and  the  coal  fields  of  the  Kachemak  Bay  region,  by  R.  W.  Stone.  1906.  80  pp., 
18  pis.  (Out  of  stock.) 

WS  154.  The  geology  and  water  resources  of  the  eastern  portion  of  the  Panhandle  of  Texas,  by  C.  N. 
Gould.  1906.  64  pp.,15  pis. 

B  278.  Geology  and  coal  resources  of  the  Cape  Lisburne  region,  Alaska,  by  A.  J.  Collier.  1906.  54 
pp.,  9  pis. 

B  279.  Mineral  resources  of  the  Kittanning  and  Rural  Valley  quadrangles,  Pennsylvania,  by  Charles 
Butts.  1906.  198  pp.,  11  pis. 

B  280.  The  Rampart  gold  place"  region,  Alaska,  by  L.  M.  Prindle  and  F.  L.  Hess.  1906.  54  pp..  pis. 
B  282.  Oil  fields  of  the  Texas- Louisiana  Gulf  Coastal  Plain,  by  N.  M.  Fenneman.  1906.  146  pp.  li  pis. 
WS  157.  Underground  water  in  the  valleys  of  Utah  Lake  and  Jordan  River,  Utah,  byG.  B.  Riche  a. 
1906.  81  pp.,9  pis. 

PP  51.  Geology  of  the  Bighorn  Mountains  by  N.  H.  Darton.  1906.  129  pp.,  47  pis. 

WS  158.  Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  and  underground  waters  of  the  Roswell  artesian  area, 
New  Mexico  by  C.  A.  Fisher.  1906.  29  pp.,  9  pis. 

PP  52.  Geology  and  underground  waters  of  the  Arkansas  Valley  in  eastern  Colorado,  by  N.  H.  Darton. 
1906.  90  pp.,  28  pis. 

WS  159.  Summary  of  underground-water  resources  of  Mississippi,  by  A.  F.  Crider  and  L.  C.  Johnson. 
1906.  86  pp.,6  pis. 

PP  53.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  the  Bighorn  basin,  Wyoming,  by  Cassius  A.  Fisher.  1906. 
72  pp.,  16  pis. 

B  283.  Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  Mississippi,  by  A.  F.  Crider.  1906.  99  pp.,  4  pis. 

B  286.  Economic  geology  of  the  Beaver  quadrangle,  Pennsylvania  (southern  Beaver  and  northwestern 
Allegheny  counties),  by  L.  H.  Woolsey.  1906.  132  pp.,  8  pis. 

B  287.  The  Juneau  Gold  belt,  Alaska,  by  A.  C.  Spencer,  and  a  reconnaissance  of  Admiralty  Island, 
Alaska,  by  C.  W.  Wright.  1906.  161  pp.,  37  pis. 

PP  54.  The  geology  and  gold  deposits  of  the  Cripple  Creek  district,  Colorado,  by  W.  Lindgren  and 
F.  L.  Ransome.  1906.  516  pp.,  29  pis. 

PP  55.  Ore  deposits  of  the  Silver  Peak  quadrangle,  Nevada,  by  J.  E.  Spurr.  1906.  174  pp.,  24  pis. 

B  289.  A  reconnaissance  of  the  Matanuska  coal  field,  Alaska,  in  1905,  by  G.  C.  Martin.  1906.  36  pp., 

5  pis. 

WS  164.  Underground  waters  of  Tennessee  and  Kentucky  west  of  Tennessee  River  and  of  an  adjacent 
area  in  Illinois,  by  L.  C.  Glenn.  1906.  173  pp.,  7  pis. 

B  293.  A  reconnaissance  of  some  gold  and  tin  deposits  of  the  southern  Appalachians,  by  L.  C.  Groton, 
with  notes  on  the  Dahlonega  mines,  by  W.  Lindgren.  1906.  134  pp.,  9  pis. 

B  294.  Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley,  by  H.  Foster  Bain.  1906.  155  pp.,  16  pis. 
B  295.  The  Yukon-Tanana  region,  Alaska,  description  of  Circle  quadrangle,  by  L.  M.  Prindle.  1906. 
27  pp.,  1  pi. 

B  296.  Economic  geology  of  the  Independence  quadrangle,  Kansas,  by  Frank  C.  Schrader  and 
Erasmus  Haworth.  1906.  74  pp.,  6  pis. 

WS  181.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  Owens  Valley,  California,  by  Willis  T.  Lee.  1906.  28  pp., 

6  pis. 

B  297.  The  Yampa  coal  field,  Routt  County,  Colo.,  by  N.  M.  Fenneman,  Hoyt  S.  Gale,  and  M.  R.  Camp¬ 
bell.  1906..  96  pp.,  9  pis. 

B  300.  Economic  geology  of  the  Amity  quadrangle  in  eastern  Washington  County,  Pa.,  by  F.  G. 
Clapp.  1906.  145  pp.,  8  pis. 

Correspondence  should  be  addressed  to 

The  Director, 

United  States  Geological  Survey, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


February,  1907. 


' 

i 


■ 


von 

*3 


/  -  a  ,  '?  £2X 


ONOMIC 


iY  MAP  OF  THE  AMITY  Q I’ADRANGL 


59th  Congress,  |  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES,  j  Document 
Session.  j  (  No.  54. 


Bulletin  No.  301 


Series  6,  Miscellaneous,  30 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 

CHARLES  D.  WALCOTT,  Director 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  AND  INDEX 

OF 


NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY,  PALEONTOLOGY 
PETROLOGY,  AND  MINERALOGY 

FOR 

THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


FRED  BOTTGrITTOlSr  WEEKS 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1906 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

[ntroduction .  5 

List  of  publications  examined . . .  6 

Bibliography . 11 

Classified  key  to  the  index .  383 

index . 393 


3 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  AND  INDEX  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
GEOLOGY,  PALEONTOLOGY,  PETROLOGY,  AND 
MINERALOGY  FOR  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


By  Fred  Boughton  Weeks. 


INTRODUCTION. 

This  bulletin  is  a  combination  of  the  bibliographies  published  each 
year  from  1901  to  1901,  inclusive.  These  have  appeared  as  Bulletins 
Nos.  203,  221,  210,  and  271.  With  these  the  bibliography  of  the 
literature  for  the  year  1905  has  been  combined.-  The  papers  have 
been  arranged  alphabetically  by  authors’  names  and  the  entries  num¬ 
bered  consecutively  under  each  author.  In  addition  to  the  full  title 
of  the  paper  and  an  abbreviated  reference  to  the  publication  in  which 
it  appeal  s  a  brief  statement  of  the  contents  is  given  when  the  title  of 
the  paper  is  not  fully  explanatory. 

The  index,  in  which  reference  to  the  bibliography  is  made  by  author 
and  number  of  paper,  is  preceded  by  a  key  to  its  arrangement,  show¬ 
ing  the  subject  headings  used  and  their  subdivisions. 

Mr.  J.  M.  Nickles,  who  has  assisted  for  the  last  three  years  in  the 
preparation  of  these  bibliographies,  has  performed  similar  services  in 
the  preparation  of  this  bulletin.  Its  completeness  and  accuracy  are 
largely  due  to  his  industry  and  attention  to  details. 


5 


LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS  EXAMINED. 


Alabama  Geological  Survey:  Index  to  Mineral  Resources  of  Alabama,  1904;  Bulletin 
nos.  7  and  8;  Revised  Map  of  the  Southeastern  Part  of  the  Cahaba  Coal  Field, 
1905.  Montgomery,  Ala. 

American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences:  Proceedings,  vols.  36-41.  Boston,  Mass. 

American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science:  Proceedings,  vols.  50-54. 

American  Geographical  Society:  Bulletin,  vols.  32-37.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

American  Geologist:  vols.  27-36.  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers:  Transactions,  vols.  30-35;  Bimonthly  Bul¬ 
letin,  nos.  1-6,  1905.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

American  Journal  of  Science:  4th  ser.,  vols.  11-20.  New  Haven,  Conn. 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History:  Bulletin,  vol.  11,  pt.  4;  vol.  14;  vol.  15,  pt.  1; 
vol.  16;  vol.  17;  vol.  18,  pts.  1  and  2;  vols.  19-21;  Journal,  vols.  3-5;  Mem¬ 
oirs;  vol.  1,  pts.  7  and  8.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

American  Naturalist:  vols.  35-39.  Boston,  Mass. 

American  Paleontology:  Bulletin,  nos.  14-19.  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

American  Philosophical  Society:  Proceedings,  vols.  40^9;  Transactions,  vol.  20; 
pts.  2  and  3;  vol.  21,  pt.  1.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Annales  des  Mines:  Memoires,  6th  ser.,  tomes  1-7.  Paris,  France. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History:  7th  ser.,  vols.  8-16,  London,  England. 

Appalachia:  vol.  9,  nos.  3  and  4;  vol.  10;  vol.  11,  no.  1.  Boston,  Mass. 

Apteryx:  vol.  1,  nos.  1  and  2.  Providence,  R.  1. 

Association  of  Engineering  Societies:  Journal,  vols.  28-35.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Bernice  Puahi  Bishop  Museum:  Memoirs,  vol.  1;  vol.  2,  no.  2;  Occasional  Papers, 
vols.  1-2,  no.  3.  Honolulu,  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Boston  Society  of  Natural  History:  Proceedings,  vol.  29,  no.  15-32,  no.  8;  Memoirs, 
vol.  5,  no.  11;  vol.  6,  no.  1;  Occasional  Papers,  vol.  7,  nos.  3-6.  Boston, 
Mass. 

Botanical  Gazette:  vols.  31-40.  Chicago,  Ill. 

Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences:  vol.  7,  no.  1;  vol.  8,  nos.  1-3.  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

California  Academy  of  Sciences:  Proceedings,  3d  ser.,  vol.  1,  no.  10;  vol.  2,  nos.  1 
and  2;  Memoirs,  vols.  3  and  5,  no.  1.  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

California  Journal  of  Technology:  vols.  2-6,  no.  1.  Berkeley,  Cal. 

California,  University  of,  Department  of  Geology:  Bulletin,  vol.  2,  no.  8-vol.  4. 
no.  13.  Berkeley,  Cal. 

Canada:  Geological  Survey:  Annual  Reports,  new  ser.,  vols.  11-13;  vol.  14;  pts 
B,  O,  J;  vol.  15,  pts.  F,  S;  Summary  Reports,  1900-1904;  Mesozoic  Fossils 
vol.  1,  pt.  5;  Report  on  the  Cambrian  Rocks  of  Cape  Breton;  Catalogue  of  the 
Marine  Invertebrata  of  Eastern  Canada. 

Canada,  Royal  Society:  Proceedings  and  Transactions,  2d  ser.,  vols.  6-10.  Ottawa 
Canada. 

Canadian  Institute:  Transactions,  vol.  7  and  vol.  8,  pt.  1.  Toronto,  Canada. 

Canadian  Mining  Institute:  Journal,  vols.  4-7.  Ottawa,  Canada. 

Canadian  Mining  Review:  vols.  20-24.  Ottawa,  Canada. 

6 


LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS  EXAMINED. 


7 


Canadian  Record  of  Science:  vol.  8,  no.  5-vol.  9,  no.  4.  Montreal,  Canada. 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington:  Yearbook,  nos.  1-4.  Washington,  D.  C. 

Carnegie  Museum:  Annals,  vols.  1-3;  Memoirs,  vols.  1  and  2,  nos.  1-5.  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

Centralblatt  fur  Mineralogie,  Geologie  und  Palaeontologie:  1902-1905.  Stuttgart, 
Germany. 

Chicago  Academy  of  Sciences:  Natural  History  Survey,  Bulletin  No.  5.  Chicago,  Ill. 

Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History:  Journal,  vol.  20,  nos.  1-4.  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Colby  College:  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  supplement.  Waterville,  Me. 

Colorado  College  Studies:  vols.  9-1.1;  Science  series,  nos.  42-46.  Colorado  Springs, 
Colo. 

Colorado  Mining  Bureau:  Bulletins,  nos.  4  and  5;  Report  State  Bureau  of  Mines, 
1902.  Denver,  Colo. 

Colorado  School  of  Mines:  Bulletin,  vols.  1,  2,  and  3,  no.  1.  Golden,  Colo. 

Colorado  Scientific  Society:  Proceedings,  vols.  6,  7,  and  8,  pp.  1-70.  Denver,  Colo. 

Colorado,  University  of:  Studies,  vols.  1,  2,  and  3  no.  1.  Boulder,  Colo. 

Columbia  University,  Geological  Department:  Contributions,  nos.  81-106.  New 
York,  N.  Y. 

Congres  Geologique  International:  VIII  and  IX,  Compte  Rendu.  Paris  and  Wien. 

Connecticut  State  Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey:  Bulletins,  nos.  1-5, 
Hartford,  Conn. 

Davenport  Academy  of  Sciences:  Proceedings,  vols.  8  and  9.  Davenport,  Iowa. 

Delaware  County  Institute  of  Science:  Proceedings,  vol.  1,  no.  1.  Media,  Pa. 

Denison  University,  Scientific  Laboratories:  Bulletin,  vol.  11,  articles  10  and  11;  vol. 
12;  vol.  13,  article  2.  Granville,  Ohio. 

Drury  College,  Bradley  Geological  Field  Station:  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  pts.  1  and  2. 
Springfield,  Mo. 

Economic  Geology:  vol.  1,  nos.  1-3.  Lancaster,  Pa. 

Elisha  Mitchell  Scientific  Society:  Journal,  vols.  17-21.  Chapelhill,  N.  C. 

Engineering  and  Mining  Journal:  vols.  71-80.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Engineering  Association  of  the  South:  Transactions,  vols.  12-16.  Nashville,  Tenn. 

Engineering  Magazine:  vols.  20-30.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Field  Columbian  Museum:  Geological  Series,  vols.  1,  2,  and  3,  no.  1.  Chicago,  Ill. 

Franklin  Institute:  Journal,  vols.  151-160.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Geographical  Journal:  vols.  21-26.  London,  England. 

Geological  Magazine:  new.  ser.,  decade  4,  vols.  8-10;  decade  5,  vols.  1-2.  London, 
England. 

Geological  Society  of  America:  Bulletin,  vols.  12-16.  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Georgia  Geological  Survey:  Bulletins,  nos.  8,  9A,  11,  and  12.  Atlanta,  Ga. 

Greene  (George  K. ),  Contribution  to  Indiana  Paleontology,  pts.  6-20.  New  Albany,' 
Ind. 

Hamilton  Scientific  Association:  Journal  and  Proceedings,  nos.  17-21.  Hamilton, 
Canada. 

Harvard  College,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology:  Bulletin,  vol.  33,  no.  7;  vol.  36, 
nos.  7  and  8;  vol.  37,  no.  3;  vol.  38,  nos.  2-8;  vol.  39,  nos.  1-9;  vol.  40,  nos.  2-7; 
vol.  41,  no.  1;  vol.  42,  nos.  1-4;  vol.  43,  nos.  1-3;  vol.  44;  vol.  45,  nos.  1-4; 
vol.  46,  nos.  1-10;  vol.  47;  vol.  48,  no.  1;  vol.  49,  nos.  1  and  2;  Memoirs,  vol. 
25,  no.  2;  vol.  26,  nos.  4  and  5;  vol.  30,  nos.  1  and  2;  vols.  31  and  32.  Cam¬ 
bridge,  Mass. 

Illinois  State  Laboratory  of  Natural  History:  Bulletin,  vol.  5,  article  12;  vol.  6,  arti¬ 
cles  1  and  2;  vol.  7,  articles  1-5.  Urbana,  Ill. 

Indiana  Academy  of  Sciences:  Proceedings,  1900-1902.  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Indiana,  Department  of  Geology  and  Natural  Resources:  Annual  Report,  25th-29th. 
Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Institution  of  Mining  and  Metallurgy :  Transactions,  vol.  10-14.  London,  England. 


8 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY. 


Institution  of  Mining  Engineers:  Transactions,  vol.  18-27,  28  pts.  2-4,  29  pts.  1^4, 
30  pts.  1  and  2.  Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  England. 

Iowa  Academy  of  Sciences:  Proceedings,  vols.  8-12.  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Iowa  Geological  Survey:  Annual  Report,  vols.  11-15.  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Iowa  State  University,  Laboratory  of  Natural  History:  Bulletin,  vol.  5,  nos.  2-4. 
Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Johns  Hopkins  University:  Circulars,  nos.  149-165;  1904  and  1905;  the  George 
Huntington  Williams  Memorial  Lectures,  vol.  1.  Baltimore,  Md. 

Journal  of  Geography:  vols.  1-4.  Lancaster,  Pa. 

Journal  of  Geology:  vols.  9-13.  Chicago,  Ill. 

Kansas  Academy  of  Sciences:  Transactions,  vols.  17-20,  pt.  1. 

Kansas  University  Geological  Survey:  vols.  6  and  7.  Topeka,  Kans. 

Kansas  University  Quarterly:  vol.  9,  no.  4;  vol.  10,  nos.  1-3;  Science  Bulletin,  vols. 
1-3,  no.  6.  Lawrence,  Kans. 

Kentucky  Geological  Survey:  Bulletins  nos.  1,  2,  and  5.  Lexington,  Ky. 

Lake  Superior  Mining  Institute:  Proceedings,  vols.  8-10.  Ishpeming,  Mich. 
Liverpool,  Geological  Society:  Proceedings,  vol.  8,  pt.  4;  vol.  9;  vol.  10,  pt.  1.  Liv¬ 
erpool,  England. 

London,  Geological  Society:  Quarterly  Journal,  vols.  57-61.  London,  England. 
London,  Geologists’  Association:  Proceedings,  vol.  16,  pts.  7-10;  vols.  17  and  18; 
vol.  19,  pts.  1-6.  London,  England. 

Louisiana  State  Experiment  Stations :  Geology  and  Agriculture,  pts.  1^  and  6.  Baton 
Rouge,  La. 

Louisiana  Geological  Survey:  Bulletin,  nos.  1  and  3.  Baton  Rouge,  La. 

McGill  University,  Department  of  Geology:  Papers,  nos.  15  and  16.  Montreal, 
Canada. 

Manchester  Geological  Society:  Transactions,  vol.  26,  pts.  10-19;  vols.  27  and  28;  vol. 

29,  pts.  1,  2,  and  4.  Manchester,  England. 

Maryland  Geological  Survey:  Eocene;  Miocene;  Garrett  County;  Cecil  County;  and 
vols.  4  and  5.  Baltimore,  Md. 

Mazama:  vol.  1-2,  no.  4.  Portland,  Oreg. 

Mexico,  Institute  Geologico,  Bulletin,  nos.  14-16,  20,  21;  Parergones,  t.  1,  nos.  1-9. 
Mexico,  D.  E.,  Mexico. 

Mexico,  Secretaria  de  Fomento:  Boletin,  2d  6poca,  ano  3,  4,  5  nos.  1-5,  IV.  Mexipo, 
D.  F.,  Mexico. 

Michigan  Academy  of  Science:  Report,  lst-6th.  Lansing,  Mich. 

Michigan  Geological  Survey:  Reports,  1901-1904;  vol.  8,  pts.  2,  3;  vol.  9,  pts.  1,  2. 
Lansing,  Mich. 

Michigan  Miner:  vols.  3-7.  Saginaw,  Mich. 

Mines  and  Minerals:  vol.  21,  no.  6-vol.  26,  no.  5.  Scranton,'  Pa.,  and  Denver,  Colo. 
Mining  and  Scientific  Press:  vols.  82-91.  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Mining  Magazine:  vols.  10-12.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Minnesota  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences:  Bulletin,  vol.  3,  no.  3;  vol.  4,  no.  1,  pts.  1 
and  2.  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Minnesota  Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey:  Final  Report,  vol.  6.  Minneap¬ 
olis,  Minn. 

Mississippi  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College:  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  no.  2  (Geological 
and  Industrial  Survey  of  Mississippi:  Report  1).  Agricultural  College,  Miss. 
Missouri  Geological  Survey:  Preliminary  Report  (vol.  13);  Biennial  Reports,  1903  and 
1905;  2d  ser.,  vols.  1  and  2.  Jefferson  City,  Mo. 

Montana  University:  Bulletin,  nos.  16-31.  Missoula,  Mont. 

National  Geographic  Magazine:  vols.  12-16.  Washington,  D.  C. 

Nature:  vol.  63,  no.  1627-vol.  73,  no.  1887.  London,  England. 

Nautilus:  vol.  14,  no.  9-vol.  18,  no.  8.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS  EXAMINED. 


9 


Nebraska  Academy  of  Sciences:  Proceedings,  vol.  7.  Lincoln,  Nebr. 

Nebraska  Geological  Surveysvols.  1  and  2,  pt.  1.  Lincoln,  Nebr. 

Neues  Jahrbuch  fiir  Mineralogie,  Geologie,  und  Paleontologie,  1901-1905;  Beilage 
Band,  14-21.  Berlin,  Germany, 

Nevada,  University  of,  Department  of  Geology  and  Mining:  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  no.  1. 
Reno,  Nev. 

New  Brunswick  Natural  History  Society:  Bulletin,  nos.  18-23.  St.  John,  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Canada. 

New  Jersey  Geological  Survey:  Annual  Reports,  1900-1904;  Final  Reports,  vols.  5 
and  6;  Report  on  Paleontology,  vol.  3.  Trenton,  N.  J. 

New  York  Academy  of  Sciences:  Annals,  vols.  13,  14,  15,  and  16,  pts.  1  and  2; 
Memoirs,  vol.  2,  pts.  3  and  4.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

New  York  Botanical  Garden:  Bulletin,  vol.  2  (nos.  6-8);  vol.  3  (nos.  9-11);  vol  .4, 
(no.  12);  Contributions,  nos.  1-73.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

New  York  State  Museum:  Annual  Reports,  53d-58th,  pt.  1;  Bulletins,  nos.  40-89,  91 
93-96,  98;  Handbook  19;  Memoirs  5-7.  Albany,  N.  Y. 

North  Carolina  Geological  Survey:  Biennial  Reports,  1901-2,  1903-4;  Economic 
Papers,  nos.  6-9;  Bulletin  no.  19;  vol.  1.  Raleigh,  N.  C. 

North  Dakota  Geological  Survey:  Biennial  Reports,  lst-3d.  Grand  Forks,  N.  Dak. 

Nova  Scotian  Institute  of  Science:  Proceedings  and  Transactions:  vol.  10,  pts.  3  and 
4,  vol.  11,  pt.  1.  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia,  Canada. 

Ohio  Geological  Survey:  Fourth  series,  Bulletins,  nos.  1,  2,  3,  and  7.  Columbus, 
Ohio. 

Ohio  Naturalist:  vols.  1-5.  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Ohio  State  Academy  of  Science:  Annual  Reports,  lst-13th;  Special  Papers,  nos.  1-10 
(Proceedings,  vols.  1-4).  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Oklahoma  Geological  Survey:  Biennial  Reports,  1st  (Advance  Bulletin  only),  2d 
and  3d.  Guthrie,  Okla. 

Ontario  Bureau  of  Mines:  Reports,  1901-1905.  Toronto,  Canada. 

Oregon,  University  of:  Bulletin,  new  ser.,  vol.  1,  nos.  1-4.  Eugene,  Oreg. 

Ottawa  Naturalist:  vol.  14,  no.  10-vol.  19,  no.  9.  Ottawa,  Canada. 

Paleontographica:  Band  48-52,  Lief.  1;  supplement,  Band  4,  Lief.  1.  Stuttgart, 
Germany. 

Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences:  Proceedings,  vols.  53-57,  pt.  2;  Journal, 
2d  ser.,  vol.  11,  pt.  3-13,  pt.  1.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Philadelphia,  Engineers’  Club:  Proceedings,  vols.  19-22.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Plant  World:  vols.  4-7.  Washington,  D.  C. 

Popular  Science  Monthly:  vol.  57,  no.  4-vol.  67,  no.  8.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Portland  Society  of  Natural  History:  Proceedings,  vol.  2,  pt.  5.  Portland,  Me. 

Records  of  the  Past:  vols.  2-4.  Washington,  D.  C. 

Rochester  Academy  of  Science:  Proceedings,  vol.  4,  pp.  65-202.  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

St.  Louis  Academy  of  Science:  Transactions,  vols.  11-15,  no.  6.  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

San  Antonio  Scientific  Society:  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  no.  1.  San  Antonio,  Tex. 

San  Diego  Society  of  Natural  History:  vol.  1,  no.  1.  San  Diego,  Cal. 

School  of  Mines  Quarterly:  vols.  22,  no.  2-27,  no.  1.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Science:  new  ser.,  vols.  13-22.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Scientific  American:  vols.  84-93.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Scientific  American  Supplement:  vols.  51-60.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Sierra  Club  Bulletin:  vol.  5,  nos.  3  and  4.  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Sioux  City  Academy  of  Science  and  Letters:  Proceedings,  vol.  1.  Sioux  City,  Iowa. 

Smithsonian  Institution:  Annual  Reports,  1899-1904;  Contributions  to  Knowledge, 
nos.  1373,  1413,  1438,  1459;  Miscellaneous  Collections,  40,  41,  44-49.  Wash¬ 
ington,  D.  C. 


10 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY. 


Sociedad  Scientifica  “Antonio  Alzate:”  Memorias  y  Revista,  t.  19-22,  no.  6.  Mexico, 
D.  F.,  Mexico. 

Sociedad  Geologica  Mexicana:  Boletin,  t.  1.  Mexico,  D.  F.,  Mexico. 

Societa  Geologica  Italiana:  Bulletin,  Anno  19-24,  fasc.  1.  Rome,  Italy. 

Soci£t4  G6ologique  de  Belgique:  Annals,  t.  27-32.  Liege,  Belgium. 

Societe  Geologique  de  France:  Bulletin,  4e  ser.,  t.  1-5.  Paris,  France. 

South  Dakota  Geological  Survey:  Bulletin,  no.  3.  Vermilion,  S.  Dak. 

South  Dakota  School  of  Mines:  Bulletin,  nos.  5-7.  Rapid  City,  S.  Dak. 

Southern  California  Academy  of  Sciences:  vols.  1-4.  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

Staten  Island  Natural  Science  Association:  Proceedings,  vols.  8  and  9.  Staten 
Island,  N.  Y. 

Stone:  vols.  22-27,  no.  4.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Technology  Quarterly:  vols.  14-18.  Boston,  Mass. 

Texas  Academy  of  Science:  Transactions,  vols.  4  and  5.  Austin,  Tex. 

Texas  University  Mineral  Survey:  Bulletin,  nos.  1-9.  Austin,  Tex. 

Toronto,  University  of:  Studies,  Geological  Series,  nos.  1-3.  Toronto,  Canada. 
Torrey  Botanical  Club:  Bulletin,  vols.  28-32.  Lancaster,  Pa. 

Torreya:  vols.  1-5.  Lancaster,  Pa. 

United  States  Department  of  Agriculture:  Field  Operations  of  the  Bureau  of  Soils: 
Reports,  lst-5th.  Washington,  D.  C. 

United  States  Geological  Survey:  Annual  Reports,  21st-26th;  Monographs,  41-48; 
Professional  Papers,  nos.  1-43;  Bulletins,  nos.  177-273,  276;  Geologic  Atlas  of 
the  United  States,  folios,  nos.  60,  70-131,  133,  134;  Water-Supply  and  Irriga¬ 
tion  Papers,  nos.  41-149,  151,  152;  Mineral  Resources,  1901-1904.  Washing¬ 
ton,  D.  C. 

United  States  National  Museum:  Annual  Reports,  1899-1903;  Proceedings,  vols. 
23-29;  Bulletin,  nos.  54,  55. 

Vermont  Geological  Survey:  Reports  of  the  State  Geologist,  [1st] — 4th  (of  this  series). 
Burlington,  Vt. 

Victoria  Institute:  Journal  of  Transactions,  vols.  35-37.  London,  England. 

Virginia  Geological  Survey:  Geological  Series,  Bulletin,  no.  1.  Blacksburg,  Va. 
Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science:  Transactions,  vol.  3,  pt.  6.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Washington  Academy  of  Sciences:  Proceedings,  vols.  2-7,  p.  300.  Washington, D.  C. 
Washington  Biological  Society:  Proceedings,  vols.  11-18.  Washington,  D.  C. 
Washington  Geological  Survey:  Annual  Reports,  vols.  1  and  2.  Olympia,  Wash. 
Washington  Philosophical  Society:  Bulletin,  vol.  14,  pp.  1-336.  Washington,  D.  G. 
West  Virginia  Geological  Survey:  Geological  Map  of  West  Virginia,  2d  edition;  Bul¬ 
letin,  no.  1;  vols.  1(a),  2,  3.  Morgantown,  W.  Va. 

Wisconsin  Academy  of  Sciences,  Arts,  and  Letters:  Transactions,  vols.  13  and  14. 
Madison,  Wis. 

Wisconsin  Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey:  Bulletins,  nos.  6-14;  Biennial 
Reports  of  the  Commissioners,  lst-4th.  Madison,  Wis. 

Wisconsin  Natural  History  Society:  Bulletin,  new  ser.,  vols.  1-3.  Milwaukee,  Wis. 
Wisconsin,  University  of:  Science  Series,  vols.  2  and  3.  Madison,  Wis. 

Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  Society:  Proceedings  and  Collections,  vols.  6-8. 
Wilkes-Barre,  Pa. 

Wyoming  University,  School  of  Mines:  The  Sweetwater  Mining  District,  1901; 

Petroleum  Series,  Bulletins,  nos.  4-7.  Laramie,  Wyo. 

Yorkshire  Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society:  Proceedings,  new  ser.,  vols.  14  and 
15.  Leeds,  England. 

Zeitschrift  der  Deutschen  Geologischen  Gesellschaft:  Band  53-57.  Berlin,  Germany. 
Zeitschrift  fur  Praktische  Geologie:  Jahrgang  9-13.  Berlin,  Germany. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


A. 

Abbe  (Cleveland,  jr.). 

1.  The  physiographic  features  of  Maryland. 

Am.  Bur.  Geog.,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  151-157,  242-248,  342-355,  2  figs..  1900. 

2.  The  physiography  of  Garrett  County  [Maryland]. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Garrett  Co.,  pp.  27-54,  4  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  topographic  and  drainage  features  of  the  county,  and  discusses  its  physio¬ 
graphic  history. 

3.  Die  Fall-Linie  der  siidostlichen  Vereinigten  Staaten. 

Vierteljahrsheften  fur  den  geographischen  Unterricht  (Herausgegeben  von  Prof.  Dr.  Heide- 
rich),  Wien,  Jahrg.  2,  pp.  204-210,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  the  position,  and  discusses  the  geologic,  topographic,  geographic,  and  historic  sig¬ 
nificance  of  the  fall  line  in  the  Atlantic  coastal  plain. 

4.  Earthquake  records  from  Agana,  island  of  Guam,  1892-1903. 

Terrestrial  Magnetism,  vol.  9,  pp.  81-85, 1904. 

Abercrombie  (W.  R.). 

1.  The  Copper  River  country,  Alaska. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  158,  pp.  353-366,  1904. 

Includes  observations  on  the  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence  of  copper  and  gold  ores  in 
Alaska. 

Adams  (Charles  C.). 

1.  Baseleveling  and  its  faunal  significance,  with  illustrations  from  southeastern 

United  States. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  35,  pp.  839-852,  5  figs.,  1901;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  373, 1901. 

Describes  the  process  of  baseleveling  and  its  influence  on  the  distribution  of  faunas.  Includes 
a  bibliography. 

2.  Post-Glacial  origin  and  migrations  of  the  life  of  the  northeastern  United  States. 

Jour.  Geog.,  vol.  1,  pp.  303-310,  1  fig.,  and  pp.  352-357,  1902. 

Adams  (Frank  Dawson). 

1.  George  M.  Dawson. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  561-563, 1  pi.,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  life  and  work. 

2.  Experimental  work  on  flow  of  rocks. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  455-461,  2  pis.,  1901;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp. 
95-96, 1901. 

3.  In  memoriam — Sir  John  William  Dawson. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  7,  sect.  4,  pp.  3-14,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  life  and  work. 

4.  [In  discussion  of  “The  origin  of  ore-deposits.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  966-967,  1902. 

5.  Haliburton  and  Bancroft  areas,  Ontario. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  145-148, 1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  field  work  in  this  region. 


11 


12 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Adams  (Frank  Dawson) — Continued. 

6.  Memoir  of  George  M.  Dawson. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  497-509,  1903. 

Includes  a  list  of  publications  compiled  by  H.  M.  Ami. 

7.  The  Monteregian  Hills — a  Canadian  petrographical  province. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  239-282,  7  figs.,  1903;  McGill  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Papers,  no.  14,  1903; 
Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  9,  pp.  198-245,  7  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geographic  extent,  character,  structure,  and  origin  of  the  elevations  in  the 
Province  of  Quebec  for  which  the  term  Monteregian  Hills  is  proposed,  and  the  occurrence, 
characters,  chemical  composition,  and  classification  of  the  rocks  composing  Mount  Johnson. 

8.  On  a  new  nepheline  rock  from  the  Province  of  Ontario,  Canada. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  269-276,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition. 

9.  Geophysical  investigations  suggested. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Yearb.  no.  2,  1903,  pp.  195-201, 1904. 

Sets  forth  lines  of  investigations  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks. 

TOo  Tho  artesian  and  other  deep  wells  on  the  island  of  Montreal. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  76-101,  5  figs.,  1905. 

11.  Investigation  on  flow  of  rocks. 

Abstract:  Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Yearb.  no.  3,  1904,  pp.  119-120,  1905. 

Adams  (Frank  Dawson)  and  LeRoy  (Osmond  E. ). 

1.  The  artesian  and  other  deep  wells  on  the  Island  of  Montreal. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.  o,  74  pp.,  6  figs.,  3  maps,  1904. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  geology  of  the  region  around  Montreal,  Canada. 

Adams  (Frank  Dawson)  and  Nicholson  (John  Thomas). 

1.  An  experimental  investigation  into  the  flow  of  marble. 

London  Roy.  Soc.,  Phil.  Trans.,  ser.  A,  vol.  195,  pp.  363-401,  4  pis.,  1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol., 
vol.  27,  p.  316,  1901. 

2.  An  experimental  investigation  into  the  flow  of  marble. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  426-436,  1902. 

Gives  a  summary  of  the  authors’  investigations. 

Adams  (Frank  Dawson),  Ami  (H.  M. )  and. 

1.  Synoptical  table  of  geological  formations  about  Montreal,  Canada. 

See  Ami  (H.  M.)  and  Adams  (F.  D.),  1. 

Adams  (George  Irving). 

1.  The  Carboniferous  and  Permian  age  of  the  Red  Beds  of  eastern  Oklahoma  from 

stratigraphic  evidence. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  383-386,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  extension  of  these  beds  from  Kansas  into  Oklahoma  and  discusses  the  evidence 
as  to  their  age. 

2.  Oil  and  gas  fields  of  the  western  interior  and  northern  Texas  Coal  Measures,  and 

of  the  Upper  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  of  the  Western  Gulf  Coast. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Bull.  no.  184,  pp.  1-64,  2  pis.,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  oil  and  gas  fields  of  Kansas  and  Indian  Territory,  and 
the  developments  of  the  various  localities.  Describes  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Texas  oil 
fields  and  their  developments. 

3.  Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Ozark  region. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  2,  pp.  69-94,  3  pis.,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  and  character  and  occurrence  of  igneous  rocks  and  pre- 
Cambrian,  Cambrian,  Ordovician,  Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  strata,  and  the 
geologic  structure  of  tne  region. 

4.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  the  Patrick  and  Goshen  Hole  quadrangles  in 

eastern  Wyoming  and  western  Nebraska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  70,  50  pp. ,  11  pis.,  4  figs.,  1902. 
Describes  geologic  structure  and  physiographic  features. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


13 


Adams  (George  Irving) — Continued. 

5.  Physiographic  divisions  of  Kansas.  - 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  34,  pp.  89-104,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  characteristics  of  the  several  physiographic  divisions  of  the  region. 

6.  Stratigraphic  relations  of  the  Red  Beds  to  the  Carboniferous  and  Permian  in 

northern  Texas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  1029, 1902. 

7.  Lithologic  phases  of  the  Pensylvanian  and  Permian  of  Kansas,  Indian  Territory, 

and  Oklahoma. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  545-546,  1902. 

8.  Note  on  a  Tertiary  terrane  new  in  Kansas  geology. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  301-303,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  beds. 

9.  Physiographic  divisions  of  Kansas. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  109-123,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Defines  the  divisions  and  describes  their  topographic  and  geologic  features. 

10.  Principles  controlling  the  geologic  deposition  of  the  hydrocarbons. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  340-347,  1903. 

11.  Stratigraphic  relations  of  the  Red  Beds  to  the  Carboniferous  and  Permian  in 

northern  Texas. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull., vol.  14,  pp.  191-200,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  stratigraphy,  and  lithologic  characters  of  the  Red  Beds  of  Texas, 
Oklahoma,  Indian  Territory,  and  Kansas,  and  discusses  their  relationships. 

12.  Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  northern  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  187-196,  1903.  Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  163- 
174, 1904. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  position,  history  of  development,  and  geologic  structure  of  the 
field,  and  describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  source  of  the  ores. 

13.  Origin  of  bedded  breccias  in  northern  Arkansas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  792-793, 1903. 

14.  Geology,  technology,  and  statistics  of  gypsum. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  12-32,  6  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Includes  a  short  discussion  of  the  origin  and  geologic  age  of  gypsum  deposits  in  general. 

15.  Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  northern  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  24,  pp.  1-89,  27  pis.,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features  briefly,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  Ordovician,  Devo¬ 
nian,  and  Carboniferous  formations,  the  geological  history  and  structure,  and  the  occurrence 
and  origin  of  the  zinc  and  lead  ore  deposits  of  this  region. 

16.  The  Rabbit  Hole  sulphur  mines  near  Humboldt  House,  Nev. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  497-500,  1904. 

General  geology  and  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  sulphur. 

17.  Summary  of  the  water  supply  of  the  Ozark  region  in  northern  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  179-182,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Adams  (George  Irving)  and  Ulrich  (E.  O. ). 

1.  Fayetteville  folio,  Arkansas-Missouri. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  119, 1905. 

*  Describes  the  physiography,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Ordovician,  Devon¬ 
ian,  and  Carboniferous  sedimentary  strata,  the  history  of  the  physical  changes,  and  the 
economic  resources. 

Adams  (George  Irving),  Girty  (George  H.),  and  White  (David).' 

1.  Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the  upper  Carboniferous  rocks  of  the  Kansas 
section. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  211,  123  pp.,  4  pis.,  10  figs.,  1903. 

Comprises  a  review  of  previous  work  upon  the  stratigraphy,  and  a  description  in  detail  of  the 
geologic  formations,  including  definition  and  synonymy,  character  and  extent,  and  faunal 
lists  of  the  upper  Carboniferous  strata  of  Kansas  and  northern  Indian  Territory,  by  George 
I.  Adams;  a  discussion  and  tabulation  of  the  invertebrate  fossils,  by  George  H.  Girty,  and 
an  annotated  list  of  the  fossil  plants,  by  David  White. 


14 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Adams  (George  Irving),  Haworth.  (Erasmus),  and  Crane  (W.  R.). 

1.  Economic  geology  of  the  Iola  quadrangle,  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  238,  83  pp.,  11  pis.  and  13  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  character  and  areal  geology  of  the  area,  the  character,  occurrence,  and 
relations  of  the  Carboniferous  formations,  the  geologic  structure  of  the  field,  and  in  detail 
the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  the  natural  gas  and  petroleum,  and  their  utilization 
in  the  manufacture  of  cement,  brick,  and  zinc  spelter. 

Adams  (Thomas  K. ). 

1.  Lower  productive  Coal  Measures  of  the  bituminous  regions  of  Pennsylvania;  the 
importance  of  a  knowledge  of  their  characteristic  features. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  348-352,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  Coal  Measures  of  the  bituminous  coal  regions  of  Pennsylvania. 

Aguilar  y  Santill£n  (Rafael). 

1.  Bibliography  of  Mexican  geology  and  mining. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  605-680, 1902. 

Aguilera  (Jose  G. ). 

1.  Distribution  geogrdfica  y  geologica  de  los  criaderos  minerales  de  la  Republica 

Mexicana. 

Acad,  de  Ciencias  exactas,  fisicas,  y  naturales,  Mexico,  57  pp.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  various  mineral  products  in  Mexico. 

2.  Sobre  las  condiciones  tectonicas  de  la  Republica  Mexicana. 

Mexico,  Oficina  Tip.  de  la  Secretaria  de  Fomento,  34  pp.,  1901. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  geologic  structure  of  Mexico. 

3.  The  geographical  and  geological  distribution  of  the  mineral  deposits  of  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  497-520,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  mineral  deposits. 

4.  [The  great  Bacubirito  meteorite  of  Mexico.] 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  p.  267, 1904. 

Gives  data  in  regard  to  the  Bacubirito  meteorite. 

5.  Resena  del  desarrollo  de  la  geologfa  en  Mexico. 

Soc.  GeOl.  Mex.,  Bol.,  1. 1,  pp.  35-117, 1905. 

Reviews  in  chronologic  order  the  investigations  upon  the  geology  of  Mexico. 

Aiken  (P.  B.). 

1.  The  mines  of  Santa  Eulalia,  Mexico. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  87,  p.  402,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  the  silver-lead  ores. 

Alcala  (Maximino). 

1.  Criaderos  de  petroleo  de  Pichucalco,  Estado  de  Chiapas  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  Antonio  Alzate,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  1. 13,  pp.  327-335,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  petroleum  from  this  locality. 

Alden  (William  C.). 

1.  Chicago  folio,  Illinois-Indiana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  81, 1902. 

Describes  geographic  and  topographic  features,  the  general  geologic  relations,  the  occurrence 
and  character  of  strata  of  Cambrian,  Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Quaternary  age,  and  the  eco¬ 
nomic  resources,  chiefly  building  stones. 

2.  The  stone  industry  in  the  vicinity  of  Chicago,  Ill. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  357-360,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  utilization  of  limestone,  sand,  and  gravel  in  the  vicinity  of 
Chicago,  Ill. 

3.  The  Delavan  lobe  of  the  Lake  Michigan  glacier  of  the  Wisconsin  stage  of  glacia¬ 

tion  and  associated  phenomena. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  34,  106  pp.,  15  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  various  glacial  deposits  and  associated 
phenomena,  and  the  physiographic  changes  and  succession  of  events  during  the  period  of 
glaciation  in  the  area  investigated. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


15 


Alden  (William  C) — Continued. 

4.  The  drumlins  of  southeastern  Wisconsin. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  273,  46  pp.,  9  pis.,  and  8  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  distribution,  arrangement,  relations  to  morainal  and  other  glacial  features, 
form,  structure,  composition,  and  origin  of  the  drumlins  in  southeastern  Wisconsin. 

Alden  (William  C. ),  Fuller  (Myron  L. )  and. 

1.  Gaines  folio,  Pennsylvania-New  York. 

See  Fuller  (M.  L.)  and  Alden  (W.  C.),  1. 

2.  Elkland-Tioga  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

See  Fuller  (M.  L.)  and  Alden  (W.  C.),  2. 

Alderson  (Matt  W. ). 

1.  Genesis  of  ore  deposits. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  83,  pp.  4-5,  14,  24,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Aldrich  (Truman  H.). 

1.  A  Texas  oil  well  fossil. 

Nautilus,  vol.  15,  p.  74,  2  figs.,  1901. 

2.  New  species  of  Tertiary  fossils  from  Alabama,  Mississippi,  and  Florida. 

Nautilus,  vol.  16,  pp.  97-101,  2  pis.,  1903. 

3.  A  new  Conus  from  the  Tertiary  of  Florida. 

Nautilus,  vol.  16,  pp.  131-132,  2  figs.,  1903. 

4.  Two  new  species  of  Eocene  fossils  from  the  Lignitic  of  Alabama. 

Nautilus,  vol.  17,  pp.  19-20,  2  figs.,  1903. 

5.  A  new  oyster  from  the  Eocene  of  Alabama. 

Nautilus,  vol.  18,  p.  61,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Aldrich  (Truman  H.),  Smith  (Eugene  A.)  and. 

1.  The  Grand  Gulf  formation. 

See  Smith  (E.  A.)  and  Aldrich  (T.  H.),  1. 

Allen  (E.  T.),  Day  (A.  L.)  and. 

1,  The  isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of  the  feldspars. 

See  Day  (A.  L.)  and  AUen  (E.  T.),  1. 

2.  The  isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of  the  feldspars.  Part  I.  Thermal 

studies. 

See  Day  (A.  L.)  and  Allen  (E.  T.),  2. 

Allen  (J.  A.). 

1.  A  fossil  porcupine  from  Arizona. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  383-384,  1904. 

Allen  (0.  B. )  and  Comstock  (W.  J. ). 

1.  Bastnasite  and  tysonite  from  Colorado. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  126-129,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  19,  pp.  390-393,  1880.) 

Althouse  (H.  W.). 

1.  The  Norton  coals  of  the  Big  Sandy  basin. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  235-236,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  location,  topography,  and  general  geology  of  the  field,  and  the  character,  occur¬ 
rence,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  coal  seams. 

Ami  (Henry  M.) 

1.  On  the  geology  of  the  principal  cities  in  eastern  Canada. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  6,  sect.  4,  pp.  125-174,  1900. 

Describes  the  local  geology  in  the  vicinity  of  several  cities. 

2.  Synopsis  of  the  geology  of  Canada.  ( Being  a  summary  of  the  principal  terms 

employed  in  Canadian  geological  nomenclature. ) 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Trans.,  new  ser.,  vol.  6,  sect.  4,  pp.  187-225,  1900. 


16 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Ami  (Henry  M.) — Continued. 

3.  Paleontology  and  stratigraphy. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  178-182, 1901. 

4.  On  a  new  or  hitherto  unrecognized  geological  formation  in  the  Devonian  system 

of  Canada. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  296-305, 1901. 

Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  Knoydart  formation  in  Nova  Scotia. 

5.  Addenda  and  corrigendum  to  “Progress  of  geological  work  in  Canada  during 

1899.” 

Can.  Rec.  Sci..  vol.  8,  pp.  329-331, 1901. 

6.  The  late  George  Mercer  Dawson. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  43-52,  1901. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  his  life  and  work. 

7.  Bibliography  of  Dr.  George  Mercer  Dawson. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  202-213, 1901. 

8.  Knoydart  formation  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  301-312,  1  pi.,  lfig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  a  Devonian  formation. 

9.  The  Knoydart  formation  in  Nova  Scotia — a  bit  of  the  old  Red  sandstone  of 

Europe. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  135,  1901. 

10.  Stratigraphical  note. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  394-395,  1901. 

Contains  brief  notes  on  Devonian  and  Silurian  subdivisions  in  Nova  Scotia. 

11.  The  Royal  Society  of  Canada  (twentieth  meeting). 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  1015-1021,  1901. 

Contains  abstracts  of  papers  read. 

12.  Notes  on  some  of  the  Silurian  and  Devonian  formations  of  eastern  Canada,  and 

their  faunas  and  floras. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  1017-1018, 1901. 

13.  On  the  subdivisions  of  the  Cambrian  system  in  Canada. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  1019, 1901. 

14.  A  dual  classification  required  in  the  nomenclature  of  the  geological  formations  in 

different  systems  in  Canada. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  1019-1020, 1901. 

15.  Brief  biographical  sketch  of  Elkanah  Billings. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  265-281,  1901. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  life  and  work  of  Billings  and  a  chronologic  list  of  his  publications. 

16.  Bibliography  of  Dr.  George  M.  Dawson. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  76-86,  1901. 

17.  Bibliography  of  E.  Billings. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  p.  132,  1901. 

Gives  five  additional  references  to  the  bibliography  of  Billings  heretofore  published. 

18.  Bibliography  of  Sir  John  William  Dawson. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  7,  sect.  4,  pp.  15-44, 1901. 

19.  Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and  paleontology  for  the  year  1900. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  7,  sect.  4,  pp.  123-133,  1901. 

20.  Preliminary  lists  of  the  organic  remains  occurring  in  the  various  geological  for¬ 

mations  comprised  in  the  map  of  the  Ottawa  district,  including  formations  in 
the  provinces  of  Quebec  and  Ontario,  along  the  Ottawa  River. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  49G-77G,  1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


17 


Ami  (Henry  M.) — Continued. 

21.  Lists  of  fossils  obtained  from  the  several  formations  along  the  Ottawa  River  per¬ 

taining  to  the  report  on  Sheet  no.  121,  Quebec  and  Ontario  (Grenville  Sheet). 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  139J-143J,  1902. 

22.  Artesian  wells,  paleontology,  archaeology,  bibliographies,  etc. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  258-265,  1902. 

A  report  upon  the  work  done  by  the  author. 

23.  Field  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  country  about  Chelsea,  Quebec. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  16,  pp,  149-151,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  local  geology. 

24.  Brief  description  of  the  map  of  the  “Ottawa  district.” 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  16,  pp.  187-189,  1902. 

25.  Annual  report  of  the  geological  section  of  the  Ottawa  Field-Naturalists’  Club,  for 

the  year  1901-1902. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  254-262,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Ottawa  and  a  list  of  fossils  from  the  Utica  at 
Ottawa,  Ontario. 

26.  Notes  on  the  Albany  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America  held  Decem¬ 

ber,  1900. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  471-477,  1902. 

27.  Bibliography  of  Dr.  George  M.  Dawson. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  503-516,  1902. 

28.  Description  of  tracks  from  the  fine-grained  siliceous  mudstones  of  the  Knoydart 

formation  (Eo-Dqvonian)  of  Antigonish  County,  Nova  Scotia. 

N.  S.  Inst.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  330-332,  1  pi.,  1902. 

29.  On  the  possible  occurrence  of  a  coal  area  beneath  the  Neo-Car boniferous  or  Per¬ 

mian  strata  of  Pictou  County,  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  21,  pp.  160-162,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  this  area. 

10.  The  Union  and  Riversdale  formations  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  392,  1902. 

Gives  abstract  of  a  paper  read  before  the  Geological  Society  of  America  with  the  title  “The 
Meso-Carboniferous  age  of  the  Union  and  Riversdale  formations  in  Nova  Scotia.” 

11.  On  the  possible  occurrence  of  a  coal  area  beneath  the  Neo-Carboniferous  or  Per¬ 

mian  strata  of  Pictou  County,  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  358-364,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  this  area. 

12.  The  Cambrian  age  of  the  Dictyonema  slates  of  New  Canaan  and  Kentville,  Nova 

Scotia. 

Geol.  Mag.,  dec.  iv,  vol.  9,  pp.  218-220,  1902. 

13.  Esquisse  geologique  du  Canada  ou  materiaux  pour  servir  A  la  preparation  d’un 

chronographe  geologique  pour  le  Canada. 

Quebec,  61  pp.,  1902.  (Extracted  from  Naturaliste  canadien,  vol.  28,  pp.  194-202;  vol.  29,  pp. 
3-14,  19-30,  35-46,  52-61,  73-80,  1902.) 

Gives  a  general  resume  of  the  geology  of  Canada,  describing  the  geographic  distribution  of 
the  formations  of  Paleozoic,  Mesozoic,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  age. 

14.  Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and  paleontology  for  the  year  1901. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  A  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  8,  sect.  4,  pp.  169-182,  1902. 

15.  Bibliography  of  Dr.  George  M.  Dawson. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser..  vol.  8,  sect.  4,  pp.  192-201, 1902. 

16.  Paleontology  and  chronological  geology. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  317-335,  1903. 

Gives  a  statement  of  the  paleontological  work  of  the  year,  discusses  records  of  borings,  and 
gives  notes  upon  the  geology  of  Victoria  Cove,  Quebec. 

Bull.  301—06 - 2 


18 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Ami  (Henry  M.) — Continued. 

37.  On  the  Upper  Cambrian  age  of  the  Dictyonema  slates  of  Angus  Brook,  New 

Canaan  and  Kentville,  N.  S.  [Canada] . 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  447-450,  1903. 

38.  Sketch  of  the  life  and  work  of  the  late  Dr.  A.  R.  C.  Selwyn,  C.  M.  G.,  LL.  D., 

F.  R.  S.,  F.  G.  S.,  etc.,  Director  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada  from  1869 
to  1894. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  1-21, 1  pi.  (por.),  1903. 

39.  Ordovician  succession  in  eastern  Ontario. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  517-518,  1903. 

Presents  a  list  of  the  formations  and  gives  their  lithologic  characters. 

40.  Meso-Carboniferous  age  of  the  Union  and  Riversdale  formations,  Nova  Scotia. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  533-535, 1903. 

Contains  additional  data  on  the  age  and  relations  of  these  formations. 

41.  The  first  Eparchaean  formation. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  290, 1903. 

42.  Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and  paleontology  for  the  year  1902. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  9,  sect.  4,  pp.  173-188,  1903. 

43.  Memorial  or  sketch  of  the  life  of  the  late  Dr.  A.  R.  C.  Selwyn,  Director  of  the 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada  from  1869  to  1894. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  10,  sect.  4,  pp.  173-205, 1  pi.  (por.),  1905. 

Includes  a  list  of  his  published  writings. 

44.  Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and  paleontology  for  the  year  1903. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  10,  sect. 4,  pp.  207-219, 1905. 

45.  The  late  Dr.  A.  R.  C.  Selwyn,  C.  M.  G.  His  work  in  Canada. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  24,  pp.  175-176,  1905. 

Gives  an  outline  of  Selwyn’s  work  in  Canada  as  director  of  the  geological  survey. 

46.  Preliminary  list  of  the  fossils  collected  by  Prof.  L.  W .  Bailey  from  various  localities 

in  the  province  of  New  Brunswick  during  1904. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  289-292,  1905. 

47.  Notes  on  a  collection  of  organic  remains  from  the  ferruginous  and  friable  shales 

of  Messenger  Brook,  Torbrook,  near  county  line,  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  385-387,  1905. 

48.  Description  of  a  species  of  Bythotrephis  from  the  shales  along  the  Unihani  River 

Yukon  district,  Canada. 

Can.  Geol  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  p.  388,  1905. 

49.  Preliminary  lists  of  fossil  organic  remains  from  the  Potsdam,  Beekmantown  (Cal 

ciferous ) ,  Chazy,  Black  River,  Trenton,  Utica,  and  Pleistocene  formations  com 
prised  within  the  Perth  Sheet  (no.  119)  in  eastern  Ontario. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.  J,  pp.  80-89,  1904. 

Ami  (Henry  M.)  and  Adams  (Frank  D.). 

1.  Synoptical  table  of  geological  formations  about  Montreal,  Canada. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.  0,  pp.  26-29,  1904. 

Ami  (Henry  M.),  PenRallow  (D.  P. )  and. 

1.  Determinations  of  fossil  plants  from  various  localities  in  British  Columbia  an< 
the  Northwest  territories,  with  notes  on  the  geological  horizons  indicated. 

See  Penhallow  (D.  P.)  and  Ami  (H.M.),  1. 

Anderson  (Frank  M. ). 

1.  The  Neocene  basins  of  the  Klamath  Mountains  [California]. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  75-76, 1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12.  pp.  500-501, 1901 
Brief  notes  on  the  structural  features  of  the  range. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


19 


Anderson  (Frank  M.) — Continued. 

2.  The  physiographic  features  of  the  Klamath  Mountains. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  144-159,  1902. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features,  the  general  character  of  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary 
sediments  and  of  the  volcanic  rocks,  and  the  development  of  the  present  drainage. 

3.  Cretaceous  deposits  of  the  Pacific  coast. 

Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  3d  ser.,  Geol.,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-154,  12  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  characters,  correlation,  and  faunas  of  the  Cretaceous  deposits  of  the 
Pacific  coast  region,  and  describes  a  large  number  of  species— many  of  them  new. 

4.  Ore  deposits  of  Shasta  County  [California]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  412,  1902. 

5.  Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Siskiyou  Range. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  154, 1903;  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  p.  100,  1903. 

6.  Stratigraphy  of  the  southern  Coast  ranges  of  California. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  581-582,  1904. 

7.  A  stratigraphic  study  in  the  Mount  Diablo  Range  of  California. 

Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  3d  ser.,  Geol.,  vol.  2,  pp.  155-248,  23  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  fossil  content,  and  relations  of  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary 
strata,  and  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  new  species  of  fossils. 

Anderson  (Netta  C.). 

1.  A  preliminary  list  of  fossil  mastodon  and  mammoth  remains  [in  Illinois  and  Iowa] . 

Augustana  Library  Publications,  no.  5,  pp.  3-43,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Anderson  (Tempest). 

1.  Characteristics  of  recent  volcanic  eruptions. 

Nature,  vol.  67,  p.  308,  1903. 

Describes  phenomena  exhibited  in  the  eruptions  of  Soufriere  and  Mont  PelA 

2.  Recent  volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indies. 

Geog.  Jour.,  vol.  31,  pp.  265-279,  13  pis.,  1903;  Yorkshire  Phil.  Soc.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903. 
Describes  volcanic  phenomena  and  physiographic  changes  produced  by  the  eruptions  of  1902 
in  St.  Vincent  and  Martinique. 

Anderson  (Tempest)  and  Flett  (John  S.). 

1.  Preliminary  report  on  the  recent  eruption  of  the  Soufriere  in  St.  Vincent,  and  of 

a  visit  to  Mont  Pelee,  in  Martinique. 

London  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  70,  pp.  423-445,  3  pis.,  1902;  Nature,  vol.  66,  pp.  402-406,  1902; 

Smith.  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  309-330,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  physical  features  of  St.  Vincent  in  the  vicinity  of  Soufriere,  the  eruptions  of  May 
and  July,  1902,  of  Soufriere  and  Mont  Pel6,  their  effects  and  the  character  of  the  ejected 
materials. 

2.  Report  on  the  eruptions  of  the  Soufriere,  in  St.  Vincent,  in  1902,  and  on  a  visit  to 

Montagne  Pel6e,  in  Martinique.  Part  I. 

London  Roy,  Soc.,  Phil.  Trans.,  ser.  A,  vol.  200,  pp.  353-553,  19  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  general  geology  of  St.  Vincent,  the  phenomena  of  the 
eruptions  of  the  Soufriere  of  May,  1902,  and  geologic  and  physiographic  changes  resulting, 
and  discusses  and  compares  the  eruption  phenomena  of  the  Soufriere  and  Montagne  Pel<Se. 

Andrews  (C.  L.). 

1.  Muir  glacier  [Alaska]. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  14,  pp.  441-445,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  appearance  of  the  glacier  in  1903.  An  appended  note  by  G.  K.  Gilbert  gives 
data  in  regard  to  the  glacier. 

Angermann  (Ernesto). 

1.  Informe  acerca  de  la  fisiograffa,  geologfa  e  hidrologfa  de  los  alrededores  de  La  Paz, 
Baja  California. 

Mexico,  Bol.  de  la  Secretaria  de  Fomento,  2a.  6p.,  ano  3,  IV,  pp.  216-283,  1904;  Mexico,  Inst. 
Geol.,  Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  31-49,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Gives  physiographic,  geologic,  and  hydrologic  observations  upon  the  environs  of  La  Paz  in 
Lower-California. 


20 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Angermann  (Ernesto) — Continued. 

2.  Apuntes  sobre  el  Paleozoico  en  Sonora  [Mexico]. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  81-90,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  geologic  formations  of  Sonora, 
particularly  upon  Paleozoic  deposits. 

3.  El  fierro  meteorico  de  Bacubirito  (Est.  de  Sinaloa). 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  113-116,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Observations  upon  size  and  occurrence  of  the  meteorite  of  Bacubirito,  Mexico. 

4.  Observaciones  geologicas  en  una  ascencion  al  Citlaltapetl  (Pico  de  Orizaba) 

[Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  “Antonio  Alzate,”  Mem.  y  Rev.,  t.  21,  pp.  365-369,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  physiographic  features  and  geology  of  the  volcano  Orizaba. 

Argali  (P.  H.). 

1.  Pelee’s  obelisk. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  420,  1903. 

Discusses  the  formation  of  the  obelisk  in  the  crater  of  Mont  Pel6. 

Argali  (Philip). 

1.  Notes  on  the  Santa  Eulalia  mining  district,  Chihuahua,  Mexico. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  117-126,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  on  the  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  ore  deposits. 

2.  The  Santa  Eulalia  [Mexico]  ore  deposits. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  350-351,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  igneous  intrusions,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the 
silver-lead  ores,  and  discusses  their  origin. 

Armstrong  (L.  K.). 

1.  The  Alberta  [Canada]  coal  field. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  548-550,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  describes  the  occurrence  and  charac¬ 
ter  of  the  coal  beds,  and  the  character  of  the  coals. 

Arnold  (Delos)  and  (Ralph). 

1 .  The  marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  stratigraphy  of  the  coast  of  southern  Cali¬ 
fornia. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  117-138,  5  pis.,- 7  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  character  of  the  strata  and  the  Tertiary  and  Pleistocene 
history  of  the  region.  Discusses  the  relation  of  the  Merced  series  with  these  beds. 

Arnold  (Ralph). 

1.  Bibliography  of  the  literature  referring  to  the  geology  of  Washington. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  323-338,  1902. 

2.  The  paleontology  and  stratigraphy  of  the  marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  of  San 

Pedro,  California. 

Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Mem.,  vol.  3,  pp.  1-420,  37  pis.,  1903;  Leland  Stanford  jr.  Univ.,  Cont.  to  Biol. 

from  the  Hopkins  Seaside  Laboratory,  31,  pp.  1^420,  37  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  the  topography  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Tertiary  and  Quaternary  for¬ 
mations  of  California  bordering  the  Pacific,  and  gives  lists  of  fossils  by  formations  showing 
geographical  distribution  and  relations  to  existing  faunas,  and  systematic  descriptions  of 
the  genera  and  species.  Includes  descriptions  of  several  new  species  of  corals  by  T.  Way- 
land  Vaughan  and  of  mollusks  by  W.  H.  Dali  and  Paul  Bartsch. 

3.  Faunal  relations  of  the  Carrizo  Creek  beds  of  California. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  503,  1904. 

4.  Gold  placers  of  the  coast  of  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geoi.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  154-157,  1  fig.,  1905. 

5.  Coal  in  Clallam  County,  Wash. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  413-421,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography  and  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence  and  charac¬ 
ter  of  the  coal. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


21 


Arnold  (Ralph) — Continued. 

6.  Some  crystalline  rocks  of  the  San  Gabriel  Mountains,  near  Pasadena,  California. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  350, 1905. 

Arnold  (Ralph)  and  Strong  (A.  M.). 

1.  Some  crystalline  rocks  of  the  San  Gabriel  Mountains,  California. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  183-204,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  location,  typography,  and  age  of  the  San  Gabriel  Mountains,  the  general  char¬ 
acter  of  the  rocks,  and  in  detail  the  occurrence,  megascopic  charac:  jrs,  and  constitution  of 
plutonic  and  metamorphic  rocks. 

Arnold  (Ralph),  Haehl  (H.  L.)  and. 

1.  The  Miocene  diabase  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Mountains  in  San  Mateo  County,  Cali¬ 
fornia. 

See  Haehl  (H.  L.)  and  Arnold  (Ralph),  1. 

Arreola  (Jos6  Maria). 

1.  The  recent  eruptions  of  Colima  [Mexico]. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  749-761,  8  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  a  chronologic  record  of  the  activity  of  the  volcano  Colima  and  discusses  volcanic 
phenomena. 

Ashley  ( George  Hall) . 

1.  The  eastern  interior  coal  field. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  265-305,  4  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  extent,  general  geologic  relations,  stratigraphy  and  structure  of  the  coal  field  occu¬ 
pying  parts  of  Illinois,  Indiana,  and  Kentucky,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the 
coal  and  coal  seams. 

2.  The  geology  of  the  Lower  Carboniferous  area  of  southern  Indiana. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  27th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  49-122,  13  pis.,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  and  drainage  features,  the  stratigraphy,  character,  occurrence,  and 
geologic  relations  of  Lower  Carboniferous  formations  and  economic  resources  of  this  area. 

3.  The  Cumberland  Gap  coal  field  of  Kentucky  and  Tennessee. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  259-275, 1904. 

Describes  location,  stratigraphy,  and  geologic  structure  of  the  field,  the  character  and  geo¬ 
logic  relations  of  the  coal  seams,  and  the  mining  developments. 

4.  The  Cumberland  Gap  coal  field. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  pp.  94-100,  1  pi.,  5  figs.,  3904. 

Describes  the  location  and  general  geologic  structnre  of  the  coal  basin  occupying  parts  of 
Kentucky  and  Tennessee,  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  mining  of  the  coals. 

5.  [Geologic  structure  of  the  region  around  Middlesboro,  Ky.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19.  p.  856,  1904. 

6.  Water  resources  of  the  Middlesboro-Harlan  region  of  southeastern  Kentucky. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  177-178,  1905. 

7.  Coal  in  the  Nicholas  quadrangle,  West  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  422-428,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coals. 

8.  Water  resources  of  the  Nicholas  quadrangle,  West  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  64-66,  1905. 

Ashley  (George  Hall),  Blatchley  (W.  S.)  and. 

1.  The  lakes  of  northern  Indiana  and  their  associated  marl  deposits. 

See  Blatchley  (W.  S.)  and  Ashley  (G.  H.),  1. 

Ashley  (George  Hall),  Fuller  (Myron  L.)  and. 

1.  Recent  work  in  the  coal  field  of  Indiana  and  Illinois. 

See  Fuller  (M.  L.)  and  Ashley  (G.  H.),  1. 

Askwith  (W.  R. ). 

1.  The  West  Gore  antimony  deposits  [Nova  Scotia]. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  20,  pp.  173-175,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  body. 


22 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Atkin  (Austin  J.  R. ). 

1.  The  genesis  of  the  gold  deposits  of  Baskerville  (British  Columbia)  and  the  vicinity. 

London  Geol.  Soc.,  Quar.  Jour.,  vol.  60,  pp.  389-393,  1904. 

2.  Some  notes  on  the  gold  occurrences  on  Lightning  Creek,  British  Columbia. 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  5,  vol.  2,  pp.  104-106,  2  figs.,  1905. 

3.  An  occurrence  of  scheelite  near  Baskerville,  British  Columbia. 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  5,  vol.  2,  pp.  116-117,  1905. 

Atwood  (Wallace  W.). 

1.  Glaciation  of  San  Francisco  Mountain,  Arizona. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  276-279,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Austin  (W.  L. ). 

].  Some  tellurium  veins  in  La  Plata  Mountains  [Colorado]. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  6,  pp.  87-90  [1902]. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  veins,  and  the  character  of  the  country  rock. 

2.  Some  New  Mexico  copper  deposits. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  6,  pp.  91-95  [1902]. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  ore  deposits. 

3.  The  ore  deposits  of  Cananea  [Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  310-311,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  copper  ore  deposits. 

4.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  Walter  Harvey  Weed,  ‘  ‘  Ore  deposits  near  igneous 

contacts.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1070-1077,  1903. 

Describes  occurrences  of  some  ore  deposits  and  their  bearing  upon  the  paper  discussed. 

5.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  Waldemar  Lindgren,  “The  geological  features  of  the 

gold  production  of  North  America.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1079-1081,  1903. 

Calls  attention  to  the  occurrence  of  a  gold  deposit  of  supposed  Cambrian  age  in  Colorado. 


B. 

Babcock  (E.  J.). 

1.  Report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  North  Dakota. 

N.  Dak.  Geol.  Surv.,  1st  Bien.  Rept.,  103  pp.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiographic  and  geologic  features  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  clay, 
coal,  and  water  supply  of  the  State. 

2.  Water  resources  of  the  Devils  Lake  region  [North  Dakota]. 

N.  Dak.  Geol.  Surv.,  2d  Bien.  Rept.,  pp.  208-250,  2  pis.,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  topography,  geologic  structure,  and  water  supply  of  this  region 

Babcock  (E.  N. )  and  Minor  (Jessie). 

1.  The  Graydon  sandstone  and  its  mineral  waters. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Field  Geol.  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  22-31,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  sandstone  and  discusses  its  origin  and  bearing 
upon  the  geologic  history  of  the  region.  Describes  mineral  waters  coming  from  the  sand¬ 
stone. 

Bache  (Franklin). 

1.  The  Arkansas-Indian  Territory  coal  field. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  390-392,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  location  and  extent  of  the  field,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coal  seams, 
and  the  mining  developments. 

Bacorn  (H.  C.). 

1.  A  complicated  fault  system. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  p.  324,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  faulting  at  Gibbonsville,  Idaho. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


23 


Bagg  (Rufus  M.,  jr.). 

1.  Eocene  Protozoa. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  233-258,  3  pis.,  1901. 

2.  The  genesis  of  ore  deposits  in  Boulder  County,  Colorado. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  154,  1903;  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  p.  100,  1903. 

3.  The  veins  of  Boulder  County,  Colorado. 

Ei/g.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  334,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  the  origin  of  the  ore  deposits. 

4.  Earthquakes  in  New  Mexico. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  102-104,  1904. 

5.  Secondary  enrichment  in  the  Santa  Rita  district  [New  Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  153-154,  1904. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  copper  deposits. 

6.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Foraminifera. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  460-483,  3  pis.,  1904. 

7.  Foraminifera  collected  from  the  bluffs  at  Santa  Barbara,  California. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  123-124,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  gives  a  list  of  species  identified. 

8.  The  Sahuayacan  district,  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  749-751,  7  figs.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  upon  the  geology  of  the  district. 

9.  Miocene  Foraminifera  from  the  Monterey  shale  of  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  268,  55  pp.,  11  pis.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  general  relations  of  the  Miocene  foraminifera  obtained  from  San  Luis  Obispo 
County,  California,  and  the  occurrence  of  existing  representatives,  and  gives  systematic 
descriptions.  In  an  introductory  note,  J.  C.  Branner  describes  the  geology  of- the  Monterey 
shale  bed  from  which  the  fossils  were  obtained. 

Bailey  (Edgar  H.  S.). 

1.  Special  report  on  mineral  waters  [Kansas]. 

Kans.  Univ.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  7,  343  pp.,  38  pis.,  1902. 

Bailey  (Elbert  W.),  Rath.  (Charles  M. ),  Grider  (Richard  L. ). 

1.  A  garnetiferous  bed  in  Golden  Gate  Canyon,  Jefferson  County,  Colorado. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  no.  4,  pp.  80-86,  6  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence  of  garnets. 

Bailey  (Frank). 

1.  Copper  deposits  of  the  Aspen  Grove  camp,  Similkameen,  British  Columbia. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  214-215,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Bailey  (G.  E.). 

1.  The  desert  dry  lakes  of  California. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  89,  pp.  138,  161,  174,  192-193,  205-206,  222-223,  241-242,  255,  8  figs.,  1904. 
Describes  physiographic  features  and  the  occurrence  and  production  of  borax. 

Bailey  (J.  Trowbridge). 

1.  The  ore  deposits  of  Contact,  Nevada. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  612-613,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  observations  updn  the  geology  of  the  region  and  discusses  the  occurrence  and 
origin  of  the  ore  deposits. 

Bailey  (L.  W.). 

1.  On  some  modes  of  occurrence  of  the  mineral  albertite. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  1018, 1901. 

2.  On  some  geological  correlations  in  New  Brunswick. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  1018-1019, 1901. 

Paper  read  before  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada. 


24 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Bailey  (L.  W.) — Continued. 

3.  On  some  geological  correlations  in  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  7,  sect.  4.  pp.  143-150,  1901. 

Discusses  geologic  age  of  formations  previously  referred  to  Cambro-Silurian  in  the  light  of 
new  evidence. 

4.  On  some  modes  of  occurrence  of  the  mineral  albertite. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  7,  sect.  4,  pp.  77-83,  1901. 

Discusses  geologic  occurrence. 

5.  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  195-204,  1902. 

Describes  observations  upon  Cambrian,  Ordovician,  Silurian,  and  Carboniferous  strata  and 
economic  products  in  this  area. 

6.  Geological  observations  in  northern  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  382-388,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

7.  Notes  on  the  highlands  of  northern  New  Brunswick. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.  no.  21  (vol.  5,  pt.  1),  pp.  93-101, 1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 

8.  Report  upon  the  Carboniferous  system  of  New  Brunswick  with  special  reference 

to  workable  coal. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  38  pp.,  1903.  (Published  separately,  1902.) 
Describes  the  extent,  geologic  structure,  and  divisions  of  the  Carboniferous  of  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  possible  production  of  the  coal  beds,  gives  lists  of 
fossils,  and  discusses  the  geologic  horizon  of  certain  beds. 

9.  New  Brunswick  caves. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  155-169,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  the  various  caves  described  and  the  geologic  formations  in  which  they 
occur. 

10.  The  volcanic  rocks  of  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  10,  sect.  4,  pp.  123-138,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  extent  of  volcanic  rocks  in  various  geologic  systems  in  Canada 

11.  Fossil  occurrences  and  certain  economic  minerals  in  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  279-289,  1905. 

Bain  (H.  Foster). 

1.  The  origin  of  the  Joplin  ore  deposits  [Missouri]. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  p.  557,  1901. 

2.  Preliminary  report  on  the  lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Ozark  region.  With  an 

introduction  by  C.  R.  Van  Hise  and  chapters  on  the  physiography  and  geology 
by  George  I.  Adams. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  2,  pp.  23-227,  20  pis.,  36  figs.,  1901. 

Discusses  relations  of  ore  deposits  to  the'circulation  of  underground  water®  and  describes  the 
character  and  occurrence  of  minerals  and  ore  deposits  in  this  region. 

3.  The  western  interior  coal  field. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  333-366,  3  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  extent,  general  geologic  relations,  stratigraphy,  and  structure  of  this  coal  field 
occupying  parts  of  Iowa,  Missouri,  and  Kansas,  and  the  .coals  and  coal  beds. 

4.  Individuals  of  stratigraphic  classification.  Discussion. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  139-143,  1902. 

Discusses  the  subject  of  the  point  of  view  of  the  mining  geologist 

5.  [In  discussion  of  “The  origin  of  ore-deposits.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  936-942,  1902 

6.  Fluorspar  deposits  of  southern  Illinois. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  505-511,  1904. 

Reviews  history  of  the  development  of  the  fluorspar  deposits,  describes  the  the  geology  of  the 
district,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  bodies,  and  discusses  their  origin. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


25 


Bain  (H.  Foster) — Continued. 

7.  [Geological  nomenclature.] 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  65-66,  1904. 

8.  Reported  gold  deposits  of  the  Wichita  Mountains  [Oklahoma]. 

58th  Gong.,  2d  sess.,  Sen.  Doc.  no.  149,  10  pp.,  1904. 

Describes  the  investigation  of  reputed  gold  deposits  in  Oklahoma.  Includes  a  report  on  the 
assays  by  E.  T.  Allen. 

9.  Reported  gold  deposits  of  the  Wichita  Mountains. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  120-122,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  prospecting  for  gold. 

10.  Reported  ore  deposits  of  the  Wichita  Mountains. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  31,  pp.  82-93,  1904. 

11.  Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Illinois. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  202-207,  1904. 

Describes  the  geology,  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  lead  and  zinc  ores. 

12.  Fluorspar  deposits  of  the  Kentucky-Illinois  district.  Grades  of  ore,  geology  of 

the  district,  and  genesis  of  the  ores. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  25,  pp.  182-183,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  genesis,  and  production  of  fluorspar 
deposits  of  southern  Illinois  and  western  Kentucky. 

13.  The  zinc  deposits  of  Missouri. 

Lead  &  Zinc  News,  vol.  8,  pp.  223-225, 1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  zinc  districts  of  Missouri,  with  a  generalized  section  of 
the  Boone  formation,  the  geological  structure,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of 
the  zinc-ore  deposits. 

14.  Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  northwestern  Illinois. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  246,  56  pp.,  5  pis.,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  topographic  features  of  the  region,  the  general  geology,  the  character,  occurrence, 
geologic  relations,  and  origin  of  the  zinc  and  lead  ores,  and  the  mining  developments. 

15.  Portland-cement  resources  of  Iowa. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  243,  pp.  147-165,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geologic  relations,  distribution,  and  character  of  limestones  in  Iowa  suitable 
for  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

16.  Lead  and  zinc  resources  of  the  United  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  251-273,  1905. 

Discusses  the  production  and  uses  of  lead  and  zinc  and  describes  the  character  and  occur¬ 
rence  of  lead  and  zinc  deposits  in  the  United  States. 

17.  Structural  features  of  the  Joplin  district.  Discussion  of  paper  by  C.  E.  Siebenthal. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  172-174,  1905. 

18.  The  progress  of  economic  geology  in  1905. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  12,  pp.  465-473,  1905. 

19.  The  fluorspar  deposits  of  southern  Illinois. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  255,  75  pp.,  6  pis.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  character,  occurrence,  and 
relations  of  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  and  Tertiary  strata  and  igneous  rocks,  the  geologic 
structure,  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  the  fluorspar  deposits. 

Bain  (H.  Foster)  and  Ulrich  (E.  O.). 

1.  The  copper  deposits  of  Missouri. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  233-235, 1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  copper  ores  in  Missouri. 

2.  The  copper  deposits  of  Missouri. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,'  Bull.  no.  267,  52  pp.,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  relations,  and  nomenclature  of  Cambrian  and  Ordovi¬ 
cian  formations  of  Missouri,  and  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  the  copper-ore  deposits. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


26 

Bain  (H.  Foster),  Eckel  (E.  C.)  and. 

1.  Cement  and  cement  materials  of  Iowa. 

See  Eckel  (E.  C.)  and  Bain  (H.  F.),  1. 

Bain  (H.  Foster),  Van  Hise  (C.  R. )  and. 

1.  Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  U.  S.  A. 

See  Van  Hise  (C.  R.)  and  Bain  (H.  F.),  1. 

Baker  (Frank  C. ) 

1.  Pleistocene  mollusks  of  White  Pond,  New  Jersey. 

Nautilus,  vol.  17,  pp.  38-39, 1903. 

Gives  a  list  of  and  notes  upon  the  molluscan  fauna  of  this  locality. 

Baker  (M.  B.) 

1.  On  the  occurrence  and  development  of  corundum  in  Ontario. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  410-421,  1904. 

Ball  (Sydney  H. ) 

1.  The  deposition  of  the  Carboniferous  formations  of  the  north  slope  of  the  Ozark 
uplift. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  335-343,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  Carboniferous  strata  and  the  geologic  history  of 
their  deposition. 

Ball  (Sydney  H.)  and  Smith.  (A.  F. ) 

1.  The  geology  of  Miller  County  [Missouri]. 

Mo.  Bur.  Geol.  &  Mines,  2d  ser.,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-197,  18  pis.,  56  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  drainage,  the  character,  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and 
economic  resources  of  Cambro-Ordovician  and  Carboniferous  formations,  including  numer¬ 
ous  sections  of  strata,  and  discusses  the  general  geologic  structure  and  the  origin  of  chert 
and  dolomite. 

Ball  (Sydney  H.)  and  Smith  (A.  F. ),  Buckley  (E.  R. ). 

1.  Glacial  bowlders  along  the  Osage  River  in  Missouri. 

See  Buckley  (E.  R.),  Ball  (S.  H.),  and  Smith  (A.  F.),  1. 

Bancroft  (George  J. ). 

1.  The  Yaqui  River  country  of  Sonora,  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  160-162,  illus.,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  placer  deposits  of  gold. 

Bancroft  (J.  Austen). 

1.  Ice-borne  sediments  in  Minas  Basin,  Nova  ScoHa. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,Proc.  &  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  158-162,  1905. 

Barber  (William  Burton). 

1.  On  the  lamprophyres  and  associated  igneous  rocks  of  the  Rossland  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  British  Columbia. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  335-347,  6  pis.,  1904. 

Barber  (William  B. ),  Nutter  (Edward  H.)  and. 

1.  On  some  glaucophane  and  associated  schists  in  the  Coast  ranges  of  California. 

See  Nutter  (E.  H.)  and  Barber  (W.  B.),  1. 

Barbour  (Carrie  Adeline) . 

1.  Some  methods  of  collecting,  preparing,  and  mounting  fossils. 

Nebr.  St.  Hist.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Coll.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  258-264,  1  fig.,  1898. 

Contains  directions  for  collecting  and  preparing  remains  of  fossil  vertebrates. 

2.  Observations  on  the  concretions  of  the  Pierre  shale. 

Nebr.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  36-38,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrences  and  character  of  the  concretions. 

Barbour  (Erwin  Hinckley). 

1.  The  barites  of  Nebraska  and  the  Bad  Lands. 

Nebr.  St.  Hist.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Coll.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  265-268,  3  pis.,  1  fig.,  1898. 


FOB  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


27 


Barbour  (Erwin  Hinckley) — Continued. 

>.  Chalcedony-lime  nuts  from  the  Bad  Lands,  Archihicoria  siouxensis  gen.  et  sp. 
nov. 

Nebr.  St.  Hist.,  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Coll.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  272-274,1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1898. 

5.  Discovery  of  meteoric  iron  in  Nebraska. 

Nebr.  St.  Hist.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Coll.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  275-279, 1  pi.,  4  figs.,  1898. 

Describes  occurrence  of  a  meteorite  near  York,  Nebraska. 

L  The  unpublished  meteorites  of  Nebraska. 

Nebr.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  34-35,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  new  meteorites. 

>.  The  State  [Nebraska]  Geological  Survey.  Report  of  progress  for  the  summer  of 
1900. 

Nebr.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  166-169,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  work  conducted  by  the  State  Geological  Survey. 

3.  Sand  crystals  and  their  relation  to  certain  concretionary  forms. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  165-172,  6  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  crystals  and  concretionary  forms  in  the  Ter¬ 
tiary  strata  of  the  Plains  region. 

7.  Volcanic  ash  in  Nebraska  soils. 

Nebr.  St.  Bd.  Agr.,  Ann.  Kept,  for  1901,  pp.  238-242,  6  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  this  substance. 

8.  Report  of  the  State  geologist. 

Nebr.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  258  pp.,  13  pis.,  166  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physiography,  hydrography,  drainage  and  water  resources,  stratigraphy  and  gen¬ 
eral  geological  relations  of  formations,  with  lists  of  fossils  contained  therein,  mineral 
resources  and  economic  products. 

9.  Present  knowledge  of  the  distribution  of  Daimonelix. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  504-505,  1903. 

10.  Memoir  of  Wilbur  Clinton  Knight. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  544-549,  1  pi.  (por.),  1904. 

Includes  a  list  of  his  published  writings. 

11.  A  new  Miocene  artiodactyl. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22.  pp.  797-798.  1  fig.  1905. 

Barbour  (Erwin  Hinckley)  and  Fisher  (Cassius  A.). 

1.  The  geological  bibliography  of  Nebraska. 

Nebr.  St.  Bd.  Agr..  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  248-266  1902. 

2.  A  new  form  of  calcite-sand  crystal. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14.  pp.  451-454,  4  figs.  1902. 

Describes  and  figures  material  from  South  Dakota  and  Wyoming.  Notes  their  stratigraphic 
•  range. 

Barlow  (Alfred  Ernest). 

1.  Descriptions  of  rocks  collected  in  1900.  by  J.  Mackintosh  Bell,  M.  A.,  in  Great 

Bear  Lake  district  and  thence  to  Great  Slave  Lake. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  29C-36C,  1902. 

2.  Microscopic,  examination  of  sections  of  rocks  associated  with  the  iron-ore  deposits 

of  the  Kingston  and  Pembroke  Railway  district. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  81  1-91  1,  1902. 

3.  The  Sudbury  district  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  141-145.  1902. 

Describes  observations  chiefly  of  a  petrological  and  mineralogical  character  made  in  this  area. 

4.  On  the  nepheline  rocks  of  Ice  River.  British  Columbia. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  16,  pp.  70-76,  1902. 

Contains  a  brief  discussion  of  magmatic  differentiation  and  a  description  of  the  rock  types  of 
the  hand  specimens. 


28 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Barlow  (Alfred  Ernest)— Continued. 

5.  Dr.  Alfred  R.  C.  Selwyn  .  .  .  director,  Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  1869-1894. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  16,  pp.  171-177,  por.,  1902. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  the  life  and  work  of  Dr.  Selwyn. 

6.  The  Sudbury  mining  district  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  252-267, 1903. 

Describes  petrographic  characters  of  rock  types  and  discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  and 
origin  of  nickel  and  copper  ore  deposits. 

7.  The  Temagami  district  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  120-133, 1  map,  1904. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  geology  of  the  region  examined  and  the  exploration  for  iron  ores. 

8.  Report  on  the  origin,  geological  relations,  and  composition  of  the  nickel  and  cop¬ 

per  deposits  of  the  Sudbury  mining  district,  Ontario,  Canada. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.  H,  236  pp.,  24  pis.  and  5  maps,  1904. 

9.  A  landslide  on  the  Lievre  River  [Quebec]. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  18,  pp.  181-190,  4  pis.,  1905. 

10.  On  corundum  in  Ontario  and  on  surveys  near  Lake  Temagami. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  190-194, 1905. 

Barnett  (V.  H.). 

1.  Notice  of  the  discovery  of  a  new  dike  at  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  210,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  a  newly  discovered  dike  at  this  locality. 

Barney  (W.  G.). 

1.  The  Silver  Bell  Mountains,  Arizona. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  755-756,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  copper-ore  deposits. 

Barnum  (George). 

1.  Heat  and  frost  in  the  weathering  of  stone. 

Stone,  vol.  25,  pp.  222-228,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  action  of  heat  and  frost  in  rock  disintegration. 

Baron  (J.  Francis  Patch-Le). 

1.  Some  geological  notes  in  Honduras,  Central  America. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  264-265,  1902. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  geology  of  this  country. 

Barrell  (Joseph). 

1.  Microscopical  petrography  of  the  Elkhorn  mining  district,  Jefferson  County, 

Montana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rep.,  pt.  2,  pp.  511-549,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  petrographical  characters  of  the  various  rock  types  of  the  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Montana. 

2.  The  physical  effects  of  contact  metamorphism. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  279-296, 1902.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  313-317. 1902. 
Discusses  the  decomposi  tion  of  rocks,  the  changes  of  mass  and  volume  through  metamorphism 
and  the  results  of  escape  of  gases. 

Barton  (George  H.). 

1.  Outline  of  elementary  lithology. 

Boston,  112  pp.,  1901.  (Not  seen.) 

Bartow  (Edward). 

1.  Water  supplies  of  southeastern  Kansas. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  39-48, 1905. 

Bartow  (Edward)  and  McCollum  (Elmer  V.). 

1.  Kansas  petroleum. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  56-59,  1905. 

Gives  notes  on  the  character  and  composition  of  petroleum  from  Kansas  and  other  oil  new. . 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


29 


Bartsch  (Paul),  Dali  (W.  H.)  and. 

1.  A  new  Californian  Bittium. 

See  Dali  (W.  H.)  and  Bartsch  (Paul),  1. 

2.  Synopsis  of  the  genera,  subgenera,  and  sections  of  the  family  Pyramidellidse. 

See  Dali  (W.  H.)  and  Bartsch  (P.),  2. 

Bascom  (Florence). 

1.  The  geology  of  the  crystalline  rocks  of  Cecil  County  [Maryland]. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Cecil  Co.,  pp.  83-148,  4  pis.,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  character,  composition,  and  distribution  of  the  crystalline  rocks  of  the  county. 
A  glossary  of  technical  terms  is  added  by  E.  B.  M[athews] . 

2.  Water  resources  of  the  Philadelphia  district. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  106,  75  pp.,  4  pis.,  3  figs.,  1904. 
Includes  a  short  general  account  of  the  physiography  and  stratigraphy,  and  of  the  igneous 
and  sedimentary  rocks  of  the  area. 

3.  Piedmont  district  of  Pennsylvania. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  voh  16,  pp.  289-328,  17  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography  and  general  geology  of  the  Piedmont  district  of  Pennsylvania,  the 
character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  pre-Cambrian,  Cambrian,  and  Ordovician  forma¬ 
tions,  and  the  petrologic  characters  and  relations  of  the  igneous  rocks  occurring  in  the  area 

Baskerville  (Charles). 

1.  Kunzite,  a  new  gem. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  303-304,  1903. 

Describes  characters  of  the  spodumene  obtained  from  San  Diego  County,  California,  and 
gives  to  this  gem  the  name  of  kunzite. 

Baskerville  (Charles)  and  Kunz  (George  F. ). 

1.  Kunzite  and  its  unique  properties. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  25-28,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Bassler  (Ray  S. ). 

1.  The  structural  features  of  the  bryozoan  genus  Homotrypa,  with  descriptions  of 

species  from  the  Cincinnatian  Group. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  26,  pp.  565-591,  6  pis.,  1903. 

2.  Portland-cement  resources  of  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  243,  pp.  312-323,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  limestones  and  shales  of  Vir¬ 
ginia  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

3.  Cement  materials  of  the  valley  of  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  531-544,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  location  of 
limestones,  shales,  and  marls  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  cement. 

4.  The  subdivisions  of  the  Shenandoah  limestone. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  756,  1905. 

Bassler  (R.  S.),  Ulrich  (E.  O.)  and. 

1.  A  revision  of  the  Paleozoic  bryozoa.  Part  I.  On  genera  and  species  of  Ctenosto- 

mata. 

See  Ulrich  (E.  O.)  and  Bassler  (R.  S.),  1. 

2.  A.  revision  of  the  Paleozoic  bryozoa.  Part  II.  On  genera  and  species  of  Treposto- 

mata. 

See  Ulrich  (E.  O.)  and  Bassler  (R.  S.),  2. 

3.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits:  Ostracoda. 

See  Ulrich  (E.  O.)  and  Bassler  (R.  S.),  3. 

4.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits:  Bryozoa. 

See  Ulrich  (E.  O.)  and  Bassler  (R.  S.),  4. 


30 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Bastin  (E.  S. ). 

1.  Note  on  the  baked  clays  and  natural  slags  in  eastern  Wyoming. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  408-412,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  certain  strata  which  have  been  modified  by  the 
burning  of  underlying  lignite  seams. 

Bateman  (G.  C. ). 

1.  Notes  on  graphite,  its  occurrences,  uses,  and  production. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  343-348,  1905. 

B [ather]  (F.  A.). 

1.  The  term  Bradfordian. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  434-435, 1904. 

Calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  term  Bradfordian  has  been  used  for  European  Mesozoic 
rocks. 

Bauer  (Max). 

1.  Jadeit  und  Chloromelanite  in  Form  prahistorischer  Artefakte  aus  Guatemala. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  Geol.  u.  Pal.,  pp.  65-79,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  structure  of  jade  and  chloromelanite  used  by  prehistoric  people 
in  Guatemala. 

Baxter  (Floras  R. ). 

1.  Petroleum:  a  class-room  talk. 

Rochester,  N.  Y.,  Vacuum  Oil  Company  [1905] .  47  pp.,  12  figs. 

A  general  account  of  petroleum:  the  history  of  its  discovery,  geographic  and  geologic  occur¬ 
rence,  origin,  chemical  composition,  production,  and  utilization. 

Bay  ley  (William  Shirley). 

1.  The  Menominee  iron-bearing  district  of  Michigan. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  46,  513  pp.,  43  pis.,  54  figs.,  1904. 

Reviews  the  literature  bearing  on  the  subject,  describes  the  physiography  of  the  region,  the 
character  and  occurrence  of  Archean,  Algonkian,and  Paleozoic  rocks,  and  the  occurrence, 
character,  and  mining  of  the  iron  ores,  and  gives  an  outline  of  the  geologic  history. 

2.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Maine. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  27-55, 1904. 

3.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Maine. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  41-56, 1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  underground  water  supply  of  Maine. 

Beadle  (H.  M.). 

1.  Gold  mining  in  eastern  Oregon. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  136,  1902, 

Beard  (J.  Carter). 

1.  Three  characteristic  types  of  American  dinosaurs. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  84,  pp.  184-185,  1  fig.,  1901. 

2.  Something  about  ancient  American  saurians. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  85,  p.  267, 1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  their  general  characteristics. 

Beasley  (Walter  L.). 

1.  Evolution  of  the  horse. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  88,  pp.  451-452,  illus.,  1903 

2.  A  remarkable  fossil  discovery. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  89,  p.  87,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  discovery  of  a  large  skull  of  Triceratops,  and  the  probable  habits,  size,  appeal 
ance,  etc.,  of  the  animal. 

Beck  (Richard).  r 

1.  [In  discussion  of  “The  origin  of  ore  deposits.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  944-947,  1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


31 


Beck  (Richard) — Continued. 

2.  The  nature  of  ore  deposits.  Translated  and  revised  by  Walter  Harvey  Weed. 

New  York,  The  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,  1905.  2  vols.,  685  pp.,  272  figs,  and  a  map. 
Contains  descriptions  of  American  ore  deposits. 

Becke  (F. ). 

1.  Optische  Orientirung  des  Albit  von  Amelia,  Virginia. 

Tschermak’s  Min.  u.  Petrogr.  Mitt.,N.  F.,  Bd.  19,  pp.  321-335,  5  figs.,  1900. 

Describes  crystallographic  features  of  an  albite  from  Amelia,  Virginia. 

Becker  (George  F.). 

1.  Report  on  the  geology  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  followed  by  a  version  of  “Ueber 

Tertiare  fossilien  von  den  Philippinen”  (1895),  by  K.  Martin. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Kept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  493-625,  3  pis.,  2  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol., 
vol.  28,  pp.  126-127,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  of  the  igneous  rocks  and  the  mineral  resources.  Includes  a  bibliog¬ 
raphy  and  a  translation  of  a  paper  by  K.  Martin  on  the  Tertiary  fossils  of  the  Philippines. 

2.  Construction  of  geophysical  laboratory. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Yearb.  no.  2,  1903,  pp.  18&-194,  1904. 

3.  Experiments  on  schistosity  and  slaty  cleavage. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  241,  34  pp.,  7  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  experiments  to  determine  the  cause  of  cleavage  and  schistosity  in  rocks,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  the  results  obtained. 

4.  Present  problems  of  geophysics. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  545-556,  l'O  l;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.4-22, 1905;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour., 
vol.  78,  pp.  743-744,  1904  (in  part) . 

5.  The  isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of  the  feldspars.  Introduction. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Publ.  no.  31,  pp.  3-12,  1905. 

6.  Simultaneous  joints. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  267-275,  1  pi.,  1905;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  1182-1184, 
9  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  systems  of  joints  of  simultaneous  origin  and  how  they  were  produced. 

Becker  (George  F. )  and  Day  (Arthur  L.). 

1.  The  linear  force  of  growing  crystals. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  283-288, 1  fig.,  1905. 

Beecher  (Charles  Emerson). 

1.  Studies  in  evolution;  mainly  reprints  of  occasional  papers  selected  from  the  pub¬ 

lications  of  the  laboratory  of  invertebrate  paleontology,  Peabody  Museum,  Yale 
University. 

Yale  Bicentennial  Publications,  638  pp.  34  pis.,  132  figs.,  1901.  Charles  Scribner’s  Sons,  New 
York. 

Contains  discussions  on  the  origin  and  significance  of  spines,  structure  and  development  of 
trilobites,  studies  in  the  development  of  the  Brachiopoda,  development  of  a  Paleozoic  porif¬ 
erous  coral,  symmetrical  cell  development  in  the  FavositidcE,  and  development  of  the  shell 
in  the  genus  Tornoceras  Hyatt. 

2.  Note  on  the  Cambrian  fossils  of  St.  Francois  County,  Missouri. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  362-363,  1901. 

Discusses  the  fossil  evidence  indicating  that  a  considerable  thickness  of  the  rocks  of  this 
region  are  to  be  referred  to  the  Cambrian. 

3.  Discovery  of  eurypterid  remains  in  the  Cambrian  of  Missouri. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  364-366,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  Strabops  thatcheri  n.  gen.  et  sp. 

4.  The  ventral  integument  of  trilobites. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  165-174,  4  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  the  characters  of  the  ventral  integuments  in  Triarthrus  which  demonstrate  that 
the  conclusions  of  Jaekel  in  hi?  study  oj:  Ptychoparia  are  erroneous. 


32 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Beecher  (Charles  Emerson) — Continued. 

5.  Notes  on  a  new  Xiphosuran  from  the  Upper  Devonian  of  Pennsylvania. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  143-146,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  Prestwichia  randalli  n.  sp. 

6.  The  reconstruction  of  a  Cretaceous  dinosaur,  Claosaurus  annectens  Marsh. 

Conn.  Acad.  Arts  &  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pt.  1,  pp.  311-324,  6  figs.,  5  pis.,  1902. 

7.  The  ventral  integument  of  trilobites. 

Geol.  Mag.,  dec.  4,  vol.  9,  pjp.  152-162,  3  pis.,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  ventral  integument  and  appendages  of  trilobites. 

8.  Revision  of  the  Phyllocarida  from  the  Chemung  and  Waverly  groups  of  Pennsyl¬ 

vania. 

London  Geol.  Soc.,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  58,  pp.  441-449,  3  pis.,  1902. 

9.  Observations  on  the  genus  Romingeria. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  1-11,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Reviews  the  history  of  the  genus  and  type  species  and  describes  the  type  and  other  species. 

10.  Note  on  a  new  Permian  Xiphosuran  from  Kansas. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  23-24, 1  fig.,  1904. 

Beede  (Joshua  W.). 

1.  Carboniferous  invertebrates. . 

Kans.  Univ.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  6,  pp.  1-187,  22  pis.,  4  figs.,  1900. 

2.  Fauna  of  the  Permian  of  the  central  United  States.  Part  I. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  185-189,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  several  new  species. 

3.  The  age  of  the  Kansas-Oklahoma  red  beds. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  46-47,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  fossils  recently  found,  indicating  the  Permian  age  of  the  beds. 

4.  New  fossils  from  the  upper  Carboniferous  of  Kansas. 

Kans.  Univ.,  Sci.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  147-151, 1  pi.,  1902. 

5.  Variation  of  the  spiralia  in  Seminula  argentia  (Shepard)  Hall. 

Kans.  Univ.,  Sci.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  155-157,  1  pi.,  1902. 

6.  Coal  Measures  faunal  studies,  II.  Fauna  of  the  Shawnee  formation  (Haworth), 

the  Wabaunsee  formation  (Prosser),  the  Cottonwood  limestone. 

Kans.  Univ.,  Sci.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  163-181,  1902. 

Describes  geologic  formations  and  gives  lists  of  fossils  from  them. 

7.  Note  on  the  variation  of  the  spires  in  Seminula  argentia  (Shepard)  Hall. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  221-222,  1902. 

8.  Invertebrate  paleontology  of  the  Red  Beds  [Oklahoma]. 

Okla.  Geol.  Surv.,  Adv.  Bull.,  1st  Bien.  Rept.,  9  pp.,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  age  of  the  Red  Beds  and  describes  fossils  collected  from  them. 

Beede  (Joshua  W.)  and  Rogers  (Austin  F. ). 

1.  Coal  Measures  faunal  studies,  III.  Lower  Coal  Measures. 

Kans.  Univ.,  Sci.  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  459-473,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  lower  Coal  Measures  formations  and  gives  lists  of 
fossils  obtained  from  them. 

Beede  (Joshua  W.)  and  Sellards  (E.  H.). 

1.  Stratigraphy  of  the  eastern  outcrop  of  the  Kansas  Permian. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  83-111,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  Permian  formations  in  Kansas,  giving  numerous 
detailed  sections. 

Beede  (Joshua  W.),  Prosser  (Charles  S. )  and. 

1.  Cottonwood  Falls  folio,  Kansas. 

See  Prosser  (Charles  S.)  and  Beede  (J.  W.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


33 


Beeler  (Henry  C.). 

1.  A  brief  review  of  the  South  Pass  gold  district,  Fremont  County,  Wyoming. 

12  pp.,  1903.  [Privately  printed?] 

Includes  a  brief  account  of  the  geology  of  the  region. 

2.  A  report  to  the  governor  of  Wyoming  by  the  State  geologist. 

Cheyenne,  Wyo.,  Daily  Leader  Publishing  Co.,  1904.  39  pp. 

3.  Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  Wyoming. 

Am.  Mg.  Cong.,  7th  Ann.  Sess.,  Rept.  of  Proc.,  pp.  113-118,  1905. 

A  general  account  of  the  geology  and  mineral  resources  of  Wyoming. 

Bel  (J.  M.). 

1.  Voyage  minier  au  nord-ouest  Canadien. 

Soc.  des  Ing.  Civils  de  France,  M6m.,  6®  s6r.,  57®  ann.,  pp.  580-641,  4  pis.,  1904. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  region  of  the  Klondike,  and  more  especially  of  the  mineral 
resources,  including  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence  of  alluvial  and  vein  gold-ore 
deposits,  and  the  methods  of  mining. 

2.  Gites  auriferes  du  Klondike  (Yukon,  Canada). 

Bull.  trim.  Soc.  de  l’lndustrie  Min.,  St.  Etienne,  4e  s6r.,  t.  4,  pp.  275-316,  3  pis.  (maps),  and  8 
figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  mining  of  gold  deposits  in  the  Klondike 
region. 

Bell  (J.  Macintosh). 

1.  Report  on  the  topography  and  geology  of  Great  Bear  Lake  and  of  a  chain  of  lakes 

and  streams  thence  to  Great  Slave  Lake. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1C-36C,  1902. 

2.  Economic  resources  of  Moose  River  Basin  [Ontario]. 

Ont.  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1904,  pt.  1,  pp.  134-197,  21  pis.,  1904. 

Includes  observations  on  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  pre-Cambrian, 
Paleozoic,  and  Pleistocene  rocks  and  deposits,  the  physiographic  features,  and  the  economic 
resources. 

3.  Iron  ranges  of  Michipicoten  west  [Ontario]. 

Ont.  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1905,  vol.  14,  pt.  1,  pp.  278-355,  illus.,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography,  stratigraphy,  and  petrography  of  the  region  examined  and  the 
occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  the  deposits  of  iron  ore. 

Bell  (Ralston). 

1.  How  copper  is  produced. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  636-637,  662-663,  690-692,  1904. 

Includes  notes  upon  the  geologic  occurrence  of  copper. 

Bell  (Robert). 

1.  Report  on  an  exploration  of  the  northern  side  of  Hudson  Strait  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  11,  Rept.  M,  38  pp.,  4  pis.  and  geologic  map,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  physiographic  features  and  ancient  gneisses  and  limestones  and  Silu¬ 
rian  strata  of  the  region. 

2.  Laurentian  limestones  of  Baffinland. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  471,  1901;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  100,  1901. 

3.  Summary  report  on  the  operations  of  the  Geological  Survey  [Canada]  for  the  year 

1901. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  269  pp.,  maps  nos.  751-764,  1902. 

4.  Summary  report  on  the  operations  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada  for  the  cal¬ 

endar  year  1902. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  482  pp.,  1903. 

Reviews  the  operations  of  the  year  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada.  Includes  reports  by 
officials  of  the  survey. 

5.  Report  on  the  geology  of  the  basin  of  the  Nottaway  River. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  11  pp.,  1  map,  1903.  (Published  separately, 
1902.) 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Laurentian  g,nd  Huronian  rocks  in  this  region. 

Bull.  301—06 - 3 


34 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Bell  (Robert)— Continued. 

6.  Volcanic  origin  of  natural  gas  and  petroleum. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol  6,  pp.  126-128,  1904. 

7.  Summary  report  on  the  operations  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada  for  the  cal¬ 

endar  year  1903. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  218  pp.,  1904. 

8.  Summary  report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada  for  the  calendar  year  1904. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  i-xxxviii,  1905. 

Outlines  the  work  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada  for  the  year  1904.  Includes  the  report 
of  the  special  committee  on  the  Lake  Superior  region. 

9.  The  advantages  of  combining  topographical  with  geological  surveying  in  unex¬ 

plored  regions. 

Abstract:  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  56-58,  1905. 

Bell  (Robert). 

1.  An  outline  of  Idaho  geology  and  of  the  principal  ore  deposits  of  Lemhi  and  Cus¬ 

ter  counties,  Idaho. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  64-80, 1901. 

2.  Thunder  Mountain  and  Mackay,  Idaho. 

Min.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  84,  p.  62,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gold  and  developments  of  the  region. 

3.  The  origin  of  the  fine  gold  of  Snake  River. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  143-144,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gold  bearing  terraces  of  a  Tertiary  lake. 

4.  The  geology  of  Thunder  Mountain  and  central  Idaho. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  791-793,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region. 

5.  Facts  about  Thunder  Mountain  [Idaho]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  273-275,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  sections  of  strata. 

Bell  (Robert  N.). 

1.  Tin  ledges  in  Alaska. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  820,  1903. 

Describes  the  discovery  of  ledges  containing  tin  ore  in  the  vicinity  of  Port  Clarence,  Alaska. 

2.  Tin  in  Alaska. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  87,  p.  351,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  tin-ore  deposits. 

3.  The  mining  industry  of  Idaho. 

Ores  &  Metals,  vol.  13,  no.  15,  pp.  22-32,  illus.,  1904. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  general  geology  of  the  state,  and  the  occurrence  and  production 
of  ores  by  counties. 

4.  Geology  of  Park  City,  Utah,  district. 

Lead  &  Zinc  News,  vol.  8,  pp.  57,  60, 1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  lead-ore  deposits. 

5.  The  geology  and  mineral  resources  of  Idaho. 

Am.  Mg.  Cong.,  7th  Ann.  Sess.,  Rept.  of  Proc.,  pp.  20Q-226, 1905. 

Bell  (W.  T.). 

1.  The  remarkable  concretions  of  Ottawa  County,  Kansas. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  315-316,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  concretionary  masses  of  crystalline  limestone,  most  of  them  in 
place. 

Belowsky  (Max). 

1.  Beitriige  zur  Petrographie  des  westlichen  Nord-Gronlands, 

Deutsch.  geol.  Gesellsch.,  Zeitschr.,  Bd.  57,  pp.  15-19, 1905. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


35 


Bendrat  (T.  A.). 

1.  The  geology  of  Lincoln  County,  South  Dakota,  and  adjacent  portions. 

Am.  Geol.,  Yol.  33,  pp.  65-94,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  topography  and  drainage,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Algonkian  and  Cre¬ 
taceous  strata  and  glacial  deposits. 

Bensley  (B.  Arthur). 

1.  On  the  identification  of  Meckelian  and  mylohyoid  grooves  in  the  jaws  of  Meso¬ 
zoic  and  recent  mammalia. 

Toronto  Univ.  Studies,  Biol,  ser.,  no.  3,  9  pp.,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Bergeat  (Alfred). 

1.  Ein  Rfickblick  auf  die  vulkanischen  Ereignisse  in  Westindien  im  Mai  1902. 

Globus,  Bd.  82,  pp.  125-131,  1902. 

Reviews  the  volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indian  Islands  during  1902. 

2.  Die  Produkte  der  letzten  Eruption  am  Vulkan  S.  Maria  in  Guatemala  (Oktober 

•  1902). 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  112-117, 1903. 

Describes  character  and  composition  of  material  ejected  by  the  volcano  S.  Maria. 

3.  Einige  weitere  Bemerkungen  fiber  die  Produkte  des  Ausbruchs  am  Sta.  Maria, 

Guatemala. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  290-291,  1903. 

Gives  results  of  investigations  upon  the  composition  of  ashes  ejected  by  S.-  Maria,  Guatemala. 

Berger  (W.  F.  B.). 

1.  Bauxite  in  Arkansas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  606-607,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  bauxite,  and  the  mining  operations  in  Arkansas. 

Berkey  (Charles  Peter). 

1.  A  guide  to  The  Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix  for  excursionists  and  students. 

Minneapolis,  40  pp.,  illus.,  1898.  (Private  publication.) 

Describes  the  geologic  history  and  structure  of  the  region,  physiographic  and  erosion  features, 
and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Cambrian  strata  and  igneous  rocks. 

2.  Sacred  Heart  “geyser  spring”  [Minnesota]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  87-88,  1902. 

3.  Origin  and  distribution  of  Minnesota  clays. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  171-177, 1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  Ordovician,  Cretaceous,  and  glacial  clays. 

4.  Mineral  resources  o£  the  Uinta  Mountains  [Utah]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  841,  1904. 

Discusses  the  stratigraphy  and  geologic  structure  of  the  Uinta  Mountains  and  their  mineral 
resources. 

5.  A  geological  reconnaissance  of  the  Uinta  Reservation,  southeastern  Utah. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  618, 1904. 

Describes  stratigraphic  succession  in  this  region. 

6.  Laminated  interglacial  clays  of  Grantsburg,  Wis.  With  chronological  deductions. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  35-44,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  composition  of  clays  of  this  vicinity,  and  discusses 
their  origin,  geologic  relationships,  and  manner  and  time  of  deposition. 

7.  Economic  geology  of  the  Pembina  region  of  North  Dakota. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  142-152,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Cretaceous  strata  in  this  region,  and  the  occurrence 
and  utilization  of  cement  marls. 

8.  Stratigraphy  of  the  Uinta  Mountains. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  517-530,  2  pis.  and  3  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  the  formations  of  the  Uinta  Mountains 
of  Utah,  and  the  correlation  of  the  Wasatch  and  Uinta  sections. 


36 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Berkey  (Charles  Peter)— Continued. 

9.  [Paleogeography  of  St.  Peter  time.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  221, 1905. 

10.  Interpretation  of  certain  laminated  clays,  with  their  bearing  upon  estimates  of 

geologic  time. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  426, 1905. 

11.  The  paleogeography  of  Mid-Ordovicic  time. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  989, 1905. 

Berry  (Edward  Wilber). 

1.  Notes  on  the  phylogeny  of  Liriodendron. 

Bot.  Gazette,  vol.  34,  pp.  44-63,  1  fig.,  1902. 

2.  Notes  on  sassafras. 

Bot.  Gazette,  vol.  34,  pp.  426-450,  1  pi.,  4  figs.,  1902. 

3.  The  American  species  referred  to  Thinnfeldia. 

Torrey  Bot.  Club,  Bull.,  vol.  30,  pp.  438-445, 1903. 

4.  New  species  of  plants  from  the  Matawan  formation. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  37,  pp.  677-684,  9  figs.,  1903. 

5.  The  flora  of  the  Matawan  formation  (Crosswicks  clays). 

N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  no.  9,  pp.  45-103, 15  pis.,  1903.  . 

Discusses  occurrence  and  lithologic  characters  of  the  Matawan  formation  and  its  subdivisions 
in  New  Jersey,  the  character  and  relationships  of  the  flora  collected  near  Cliff  wood,  New 
Jersey,  and  gives  detailed  descriptions  of  the  plants. 

6.  Aralia  in  American  paleobotany. 

Bot.  Gazette,  vol.  36,  pp.  421-428,  1903. 

Discusses  leaf  characters  in  fossil  species  of  Aralia. 

7.  Additions  to  the  flora  of  the  Matawan  formation. 

Torrey  Bot.  Club,  Bull.,  vol.  31,  pp.  67-82,  5  pis.,  1904. 

8.  The  Cretaceous  exposure  near  Cliffwood,  N.  J. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  253-260,  1  pi.,  1904.  ,  +.  . 

Discusses  the  correlation  of  the  Cretaceous  clays  at  Cliffwood,  N.  J.,  m  the  light  of  the  evi¬ 
dence  of  the  fossil  plants.  Gives  a  table  showing  the  geologic  distribution  of  the  fossil  spe¬ 
cies  from  the  Matawan. 

9.  Additions  to  the  fossil  flora  from  Cliffwood,  New  Jersey. 

Torrey  Bot.  Club,  Bull.,  vol.  32,  pp.  43-48,  2  pis.,  1905. 

10.  Fossil  grasses  and  sedges. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  39,  pp.  345-348,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Discusses  their  geologic  occurrence,  and  describes  a  new  species  of  Carex. 

11.  A  palm  from  the  mid-Cretaceous. 

Torreya,  vol.  5,  pp.  30-33,  1  fig.,  1905. 


12.  An  old  swamp  bottom. 

Torreya,  vol.  5,  pp.  179-182, 1  fig.,  1905.  „  T 

Gives  notes  upon  the  fossil  plants  occurring  in  Cretaceous  deposits  an  Monmouth  County,  N.  . 

13.  The  ancestors  of  the  big  trees. 

Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  vol.  67,  pp.  465-474,  4  figs.,  1905. 

14.  A  Ficus  confused  with  Proteoides. 

Torrey  Bot.  Club,  Bull.,  vol.  32,  pp.  327-330, 1  pi.,  1905. 


Beyer  (S.  W.). 

1.  Mineral  production  of  Iowa  in  1901. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  12,  Ann.  Kept.,  1901,  pp.  39-61,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Includes  a  discussion  of  the  occurrence  and  production  of  iron  ore  at  Iron  Hill, 


Allamake* 


County,  Iowa. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


37 


Beyer  (S.  W. ) — Continued. 

2.  Iowa’s  iron  mine. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  275-276,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  the  ore. 

3.  Mineral  production  of  Iowa  in  1902. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  14,  Ann.  Rept.,  1903,  pp.  7-26,  1904. 

4.  Mineral  production  in  Iowa  in  1904. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  15,  Ann.  Rept.,  1904,  pp.  15-32, 1905. 

Beyer  (S.  W.)  and  Williams  (I.  A.). 

1.  Technology  of  clays. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  14,  pp.  29-318,  7  pis.,  30  figs.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  classification,  origin,  and  properties  of  clays,  and  manufacture  of  clay  wares. 

2.  The  geology  of  clays. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  14,  pp.  377-554,  22  pis.,  41  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  in  detail  the  occurrence,  by  counties,  of  clays  in  Iowa,  and  their  geologic  horizons. 

Beyer  (S.  W.)  and  Young  (L.  E.). 

1.  Geology  of  Monroe  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  13,  pp.  355-422,  2  pis.,  20  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of 
Carboniferous  strata  and  glacial  deposits,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  coal  seams,  coal¬ 
mining  operations  in  the  county,  and  other  economic  resources. 

Bibbins  (Arthur  B. ). 

1.  Occurrence  of  zoisite  and  thulite  near  Baltimore  [Maryland]. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  171-172,  1901. 

From  notes  by  the  late  John  W.  Lee. 

2.  Stratigraphical  position  and  general  nature  of  the  Maryland  cycads. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pp.  411-416,  1905. 

3.  The  buried  cypress  forests  of  the  upper  Chesapeake. 

Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  4,  pp.  47-53,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Bibbins  (Arthur  B. ),  Clark  (William  B. )  and. 

1.  Geology  of  the  Potomac  group  in  the  middle  Atlantic  slope. 

See  Clark  (W.  B.)  and  Bibbins  (A.  B.),  1. 

Biddle  (H.  C.). 

1.  The  deposition  of  copper  by  solutions  of  ferrous  salts. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  430-436,  1901. 

Describes  certain  chemical  experiments  which  show  that  the  conditions  under  which  the 
oxidation  of  the  ferrous  salts  may  result  in  the  deposition  of  copper  are  those  which  are 
found  in  the  circulation  of  underground  water. 

Bilgram,  Hugo. 

1.  Inclusions  in  quartz. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  vol.  55,  p.  700, 1904. 

Billups  (A.  C. ). 

1.  Fossil  land  shells  of  the  old  forest  bed  of  the  Ohio  River. 

Nautilus,  vol.  16,  pp.  50-52, 1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  gives  a  list  of  and  notes  upon  the  species  identified. 

Birge  (E.  A.). 

1.  Report  of  the  superintendent  of  the  survey. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  1st  Bienn.  Rept.  of  the  Commissioners,  pp.  8-28, 1898. 

Chiefly  administrative,  but  contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  Wisconsin. 

2.  Report  of  the  superintendent  of  the  survey. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  2d  Bienn.  Rept.  of  the  Commissioners,  pp.  7-36, 1901. 

Chiefly  administrative,  but  contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  Wisconsin. 

3.  Report  of  the  superintendent  of  the  survey. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  3d  Bienn.  Rept.  of  the  Commissioners,  pp.  9-27, 1902. 

Chiefly  administrative,  but  contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  Wisconsin. 


38 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Birg-e  (E.  A.) — Continued. 

4.  Report  of  the  director  of  the  survey. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  4th  Bienn.  Rept.  of  the  Commissioners,  pp.  9-32,  1  map,  1904. 
Chiefly  administrative,  but  contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  Wisconsin. 

Bishop  (Irving  P. ). 

1.  Oil  and  gas  in  southwestern  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  53d  Ann.  Kept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  rl07-rl34,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  oil,  and  gives  sections  at  a  number  of  localities. 

2.  Economic  geology  of  western  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  56th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  r42-r74,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Gives  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  economic  products,  particularly  building  stone,  clays,  salt, 
natural  gas,  and  petroleum. 

Bishop  (S.  E.). 

1.  Brevity  of  tuff-cone  eruptions. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  1-5, 1  pi.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  origin  and  mode  of  formation  of  Diamond  Head,  Island  of  Oahu. 

Blackwelder  (Eliot),  Salisbury  (Rollin  D. )  and. 

1.  Glaciation  in  the  Bighorn  Mountains. 

See  Salisbury  (R.  D.)  and  Blackwelder  (Eliot),  1. 

Blake  (John  Charles). 

1.  A  mica-andesite  of  west  Sugarloaf  Mountain,  Boulder  County,  Colorado. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  1-17,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence,  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters,  and  composition. 

2.  Some  relations  of  tetrahedral  combinations  to  crystalline  form. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  19-21,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Blake  (William  P.). 

1.  Some  salient  features  in  the  geology  of  Arizona,  with  evidences  of  shallow  seas  in 

Paleozoic  time. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  160-167,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  ancient  crystalline  Paleozoic  and  Mesozoic  rocks. 

2.  The  evidences  of  shallow  seas  in  Paleozoic  time  in  southern  Arizona. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  68-69, 1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  493,  1901. 
Contains  notes  on  probable  lower  Paleozoic  rocks  of  the  region. 

3.  The  caliche  of  southern  Arizona. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  601-602,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  origin  of  the  material. 

4.  The  caliche  of  southern  Arizona;  an  example  of  deposition  by  the  vadose  circu¬ 

lation. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs., Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  220-226,  1902. 

Describes  the  formation  of  the  caliche,  a  calcareous  formation,  and  gives  its  chemical  com¬ 
position  and  that  of  well  waters. 

5.  The  geology  of  the  Galiuro  Mountains,  Arizona,  and  of  the  gold-bearing  ledge 

known  as  Gold  Mountain. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  546-547,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  gold  ores. 

6.  Lake  Quiburis,  an  ancient  Pliocene  lake  in  Arizona. 

Ariz.  Univ.,  Monthly,  vol.  4,  no.  4,  February,  2  pp.,  1902.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15, 
pp.  413-414,  1902. 

7.  Notes  on  the  mines  and  minerals  of  Guanajuato,  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol  32,  pp.  216-223,  1902. 

8.  Tombstone  and  its  mines;  a  report  upon  the  past  and  present  condition  of  the 

mines  of  Tombstone,  Cochise  County,  Arizona,  to  the  Development  Company 
of  America. 

New  Y'ork,  1902.  83  pp.,  illus. 

Describes  the  general  gecdogy  of  the  region,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  stratified 
rocks  and  geologic  structure,  and  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits  of  precious  metals,  and 
discusses  their  origin. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


39 


Blake  (William  P.) — Continued. 

9.  Arizona  diatomite. 

Wis.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  yol.  14,  pt.  1,  pp.  107-111,  6  pis.,  1903. 

Gives  notes  upon  and  lists  of  species  of  diatoms  obtained  from  deposits  of  diatomaceous  earth 
in  the  valley  of  the  San  Pedro,  Arizona. 

10.  Diatom-earth  in  Arizona. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  38-45, 1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  diatomaceous  deposits,  and  discusses  their  origin  and 
economic  value. 

11.  Origin  of  pebble-covered  plains  in  desert  regions. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  632,  1903;  Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  161-162, 1904. 

12.  Tombstone  and  its  mines. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  668-670,  1904. 

Gives  observations  on  the  occurrence  of  ore  deposits,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  certain  man- 
ganiferous  ores. 

13.  Geology  of  Arizona. 

Rept.  of  the  governor  of  Ariz.  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  for  the  year  ended  June  30, 

1903,  pp.  126-135,  1903. 

Gives  a  general  outline  of  the  geology  of  Arizona. 

14.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  100-101,  1904. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  gypsum  deposits  in  Arizona. 

15.  Superficial  blackening  and  discoloration  of  rocks,  especially  in  desert  regions. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  371-375,  1905. 

Describes  surficial  blackening  of  rocks  and  discusses , its  origin. 

16.  Copper  ore  and  garnet  in  association. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  886-890,  1904.  Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  89,  pp.  72-73, 

1904.  Mg.  World,  vol.  21,  p.  175,  1904. 

Describes  occurrences  of  copper  ore  and  garnet  in  association,  and  discusses  their  origin. 

17.  Evidences  of  plication  in  the  rocks  of  Cananea,  Sonora  [Arizona]. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  551-552,  1905.  Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  586-587,  1904. 

18.  Iodobromite  in  Arizona. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  230,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition. 

19.  Origin  of  orbicular  and  concretionary  structure.  ^ 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.,  no.  4,  pp.  677,  682,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Blakemore  (William). 

1.  Pioneer  work  in  the  Crows  Nest  coal  areas  [Canada]. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  20,  pp.  127-132,  3  figs.,  1901;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  4,  pp.  230-243,  3  figs. 
1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  coal  in  Cretaceous  strata. 

2.  The  iron  ore  deposits  near  Kitchener,  B.  C. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  76-80,  5  pis.,  1902.  Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp. 
382-383,  1902. 

3.  Graham  Island  coal  [British  Columbia]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  p.  631,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  workable  coal  beds. 

Blasdale  (Walter  C. ). 

1.  Contribution  to  the  mineralogy  of  California. 

Univ.  of  Cal.,  Dept,  of  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  327-348, 1901. 

Describes  material  from  the  Berkeley  Hills,  Cal. 

Blatchford  (John). 

1.  The  Postdam  formation  of  Bald  Mountain  district  [South  Dakota]. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  87,  p.  167,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits. 


40 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Blatchford  (John) — Continued. 

2.  The  Bald  Mountain  district  in  the  Black  Hills.  A  description  of  the  flat  forma¬ 
tion  and  some  of  the  ore  bodies  found  in  connection  with  it. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  p.  394,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gold-ore  deposits. 

Blatchley  (W.  S. ). 

1.  Oolite  and  oolitic  stone  for  Portland-cement  manufacture. 

Ind.  Dept,  of  Geol.  and  Nat.  Res.,  25th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  322-330, 1901.  Abstract:  Stone,  vol.  22, 
pp.  532-536,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  the  materials  in  Indiana. 

2.  The  petroleum  industry  in  Indiana  in  1900. 

Ind.  Dept,  of  Geol.  and  Nat.  Res.,  25th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  481-527,  and  map,  1901. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  petroleum  oil  and  contains  notes  on  its  occurrence  in  Indiana. 

3.  The  mineral  waters  of  Indiana:  their  location,  origin,  and  character. 

Ind.  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  26th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  11-158, 19  pis.,  1903. 

4.  On  the  petroleum  industry  in  Indiana  in  1901. 

Ind.  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  26th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  303-331,  1903. 

5.  Gold  and  diamonds  in  Indiana. 

Ind.  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  27th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  11-47,  4  pis.,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  glacial  history  in  Indiana  and  discusses  the  occurrence  of  gold  and  diamonds  in 
glacial  drift  deposits. 

6.  The  petroleum  industry  in  Indiana  in  1903. 

Ind.  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  79-209,  2  pis.,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  geologic  occurrence  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas,  the  geologic  structure  of  the 
oil  fields  of  Indiana,  and  in  detail  the  production  of  and  exploration  for  oil  by  counties. 

7.  The  lime  industry  in  Indiana. 

Ind.  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept ,  pp.  211-257,  4  pis.,  2  figs.,  1904. 

8.  The  clays  and  clay  industries  of  Indiana. 

Ind.  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  29th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  13-657,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  geologic  occurrence  and  character  of  clays  in  Indiana. 

Blatchley  (W.  S. )  and  Ashley  (George  H. ). 

1.  The  lakes  of  northern  Indiana  and  their  associated  marl  deposits. 

Ind.  Dept,  of  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  25th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  31-321,  7  pis.,  70  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  characteristics  and  origin  of  these  lakes  and  the  occurrence,  formation,  and 
uses  of  the  marl  beds. 

Blatchley  (W.  S. )  and  Sheak  (W.  H.). 

1.  Trenton  rock  petroleum. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22775,  1903. 

Discusses  occurrence  and  origin  of  petroleum  in  Trenton  rock. 

Bleininger  (Albert  Victor). 

1.  The  manufacture  of  hydraulic -cements. 

Ohio  Geol.  Surv.,  4th  ser.,  Bull,  no  3,  391  pp.,  81  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  a  discussion  of  the  occurrence  and  character  of  clays  and  other  materials  in  Ohio 
suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  cements. 

Boehmer  (Max). 

1.  Some  practical  suggestions  concerning  the  genesis  of  ore  deposits. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  449-453,  1904. 

[Bogdanovic  (Karl  Ivanovic)]. 

1.  [Sketch  of  Nome.] 

St.  Petersburg,  116  pp.,  illus.,  1901.  [Russian.] 

Boggild  (0.  B.). 

1.  On  ilvaite  from  Siorarsuit  at  Julianehaab,  Greenland. 

Meddelelser  om  Groenland,  vol.  25,  pp.  43-89,  32  figs.,  1902;  Copenhagen  Univ.,  Min.  and  Geol. 
Mus.,  Cont.  to  Min.,  no.  1, 1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


41 


Bbggild  (0.  B.) — Continued. 

2.  On  some  minerals  from  the  nephelite-syenite  at  Julianehaab,  Greenland  (erikite 

and  schizolite). 

Meddelelser  om  Gronland,  yol.  26,  pp.  93-139,  19  figs.,  1903;  Copenhagen  Univ.,  Min.  and  Geol. 
Mus.,  Contr.  to  Min.,  no.  2,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  constitution,  crystallography,  and  properties  of  erikite,  a  new  mineral, 
and  schizolite  from  Greenland. 

3.  Samples  of  the  sea-floor  along  the  coast  of  east  Greenland  74J-70  N.  L. 

Meddelelser  om  Gronland,  vol.  28,  pp.  17-95,  8  pis.,  1904;  Copenhagen  Univ.,  Min.  &  Geol. 
Mus.,  Contr.  to  Min.,  no.  3,  1903. 

Describes  the  kind  and  origin  of  the  material  deposited  on  the  sea  bottom  east  of  Greenland 

4.  The  minerals  from  the  basalt  of  east  Greenland 

Meddelelser  om  Gronland,  vol.  28,  pp.  99-129, 11  figs.,  1905;  Min.  and  Geol.  Mus.,  Univ.,  Copen¬ 
hagen,  Contr.  to  Min.,  no.  5,  1905. 

Describes  occurrence  and  crystallographic  and  other  characters. 

5.  Mineralogia  Groenlandica. 

Min.  &  Geol.  Mus.  of  the  Univ.,  Copenhagen,  Contr.  to  Min.,  no.  6  (Meddelelser  om  Green¬ 
land,  vol.  32),  xix,  625  pp.,  119  figs.,  1905. 

Gives  a  full  account  of  the  minerals  that  have  been  found  in  Greenland,  including  a  descrip¬ 
tion  of  each  species.  [In  Danish.] 

Bbggild  (O.  B.)  and  Winther  (Chr.). 

1.  On  some  minerals  from  the  nephelite-syenite  at  Julianehaab,  Greenland  (episto- 
lite,  britholite,  schizolite,  and  steenstrupite),  collected  by  G.  Flink. 

Meddelelser  om  Greenland,  vol.  24,  pp.  181-213,  7  figs.,  1901. 

Bolton  (L.  L. ). 

1.  Round  Lake  to  Abitibi  River  [Ontario]. 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines  [12th]  Rept.,  pp.  173-190,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geography,  geology,  petrology,  and  resources  of  the  region, 
traversed. 

Boltwood  (Bertram  B  ). 

1.  On  the  ultimate  disintegration  products  of  the  radio-active  elements. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  253-267,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  composition  of  various  minerals  in  which  radio-activity 
has  been  discovered. 

Bond  (Josiah). 

1.  Copper  leaching  at  the  American  copper  mine. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  153-161,  190?. 

Describes  experiments  made  upon  copper  ores  to  determine  methods  of  extracting  copper. 

Bonney  (T.  G.). 

1.  On  a  sodalite  syenite  (ditroite)  from  Ice  River  Valley,  Canadian  Rocky  Mountains. 

Geol.  Mag.,  dec.  iv,  vol.  9,  pp.  199-206,  1902. 

Describes  mode  of  occurrence  and  gives  chemical  analysis  of  this  mineral. 

2.  The  Canadian  Rockies.  Part  II:  On  some  rock  specimens  collected  by  E. 

Whymper,  esq.,  F.  R.  S.  E.,  in  the  Canadian  Rocky  Mountains. 

Geol.  Mag.,  dec.  iv,  vol.  9,  pp.  544-550,  1902. 

3.  Notes  on  specimens  collected  by  Professor  Collie,  F.  R.  S.,  in  the  Canadian  Rocky 

Mountains. 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  iv,  vol.  10,  pp.  289-297,  1  pi.,  l.fig.,  1903. 

Discusses  occurrence  and  character  of  rock  specimens  from  Canadian  localities. 

4.  Note  on  rock  specimens  from  the  Canadian  Rocky  Mountains. 

Geog.  Jour.,  vol.  31,  pp.  498-499, 1903. 

5.  March  dust  from  the  Soufriere. 

Nature,  vol.  67,  p.  684, 1903. 

Describes  character  of  volcanic  dust  from  an  eruption  of  the  Soufriere  of  St.  Vincent. 


42 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Bordeaux  (A.). 

1.  Les  anciens  chenaux  auriferes  de  Calif ornie. 

Annales  des  Mines,  10th  ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  217-258, 1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  the  auriferous  gravels  of  the  State. 

Borgstrom  (L.  H.). 

1.  The  Shelburne  meteorite. 

Can.,  R.  Astron.  Soc.,  Selected  Papers  and  Proc.,  1904,  pp.  69-94,  4  pis.,  1905. 

Boright  (Sherman  H.) 

1.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  northern  portion  of  the  Boisdale  Hills  anticline 
[Cape  Breton  Island] . 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp.  411-434,  illus.,  1904. 

Describes  the  location,  geographic  and  topographic  features,  the  general  geology,  and  the 
character  and  occurrence  of  igneous  rocks,  and  Cambrian  and  Carboniferous  strata  and 
economic  resources  of  the  region. 

Bose  (Emilio) . 

1.  Sobre  la  independencia  de  los  volcanes  de  grietas  preexistentes. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.,  vol.  14,  pp.  199-231,3  figs.,  1900. 

Discusses  origin  of  volcanoes. 

2.  Ein  Profil  durch  den  Ostabfall  der  Sierra  Madre  Oriental  von  Mexico. 

Zeit.  deut.  geol.  Gesell.,  Band  53,  heft  2,  pp.  173-210,  8  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  of  the  igneous  and  sedimentary  rocks  and  the  geologic  structure  of 
the  region. 

3.  Breve  noticia  sobre  el  estado  actual  de  volcan  de  TacanJ  (Chiapas)  [Mexico]. 

'  Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  vol.  18,  pp.  267-270,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  the  present  condition  of  this  volcano. 

4.  Sobre  las  regiones  de  temblores  Mexico. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  1. 18,  pp.  159-184,  1902. 

Discusses  regions  in  Mexico  subject  to  earthquake  movements. 

5.  Informe  sobre  el  origen  probable  de  los  temblores  de  Zanatepec  &  fines  de  sep- 

tiembre  de  1902,  y  sobre  el  estado  actual  del  volcdn  de  Tacand. 

Mexico,  Secretaria  de  Fomento,  2a  6p.,  ano  3,  no.  5,  IV,  pp.  59-79,  1903.  Mexico,  Inst.  Geol., 
Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  5-25,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  probable  origin  of  the  earthquakes  of  Zanatepec  of  September,  1902,  and  the 
present  condition  of  the  volcano  of  TacanA 

6.  El  drea  cubierta  por  la  ceniza  del  volcdn  de  Santa  Marfa,  octubre  1902. 

Mexico,  Secretaria  de  Fomento,  Bol.,  2»  6p.,  ano  4,  IV,  pp.  73-78,  1904.  Mexico,  Inst.  Geol., 
Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  51-54,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  area  covered  by  ashes  ejected  by  the  volcano  of  Santa  Maria  in  October,  1902. 

7.  Resena  acerca  de  la  geologfa  de  Chiapas  y  Tabasco. 

M6x.  Inst.  Geol.,  Bol.  no.  20,  pp.  5-100,  9  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography  and  drainage,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of 
Archean,  Paleozoic,  Mesozoic,  and  Cenozoic  deposits,  and  of  igneous  rocks,  and  the  geologic 
structure  of  the  region. 

Bbse  (Emilio)  and  Angermann  (E.). 

1.  Informe  sobre  el  temblor  del  16  de  enero  de  1902  en  el  Estado  de  Guerrero 
[Mexico]. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  1. 1,  pp.  125-131, 1904.  Mexico,  Secretaria  de  Fomento  (seg.  4poca) , 
ano  4,  num.  11,  IV,  pp.  223-229,  1905. 

Describes  an  earthquake  occurring  in  January,  1902,  in  Guerrero,  Mexico. 

Bose  (Emilio),  Villarello  (Juan  de  D. )  and. 

1.  Criaderos  de  fierro  de  la  hacienda  de  Vaquerias,  en  el  estado  de  Hidalgo. 

See  Villarello  (J.  de  D.)  and  Bose  (E.),  1. 

Boston  Society  of  Natural  History. 

1.  Memorial  of  Professor  Alpheus  Hyatt. 

Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Proc.,  vol.  30,  pp.  413-433,  1902. 

Contains  remarks  of  various  members  at  a  meeting  of  the  Society,  February  5,  1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


43 


Boutwell  (John  Mason). 

1.  Progress  report  on  the  Park  City  mining  district,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  31-40,  1903. 

Contains  a  general  account  of  the  geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  region. 

2.  Ore  deposits  of  Bingham,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  105-122,  1903. 

Describes  the  history  of  mining  developments  at  this  locality,  the  character  and  occurrence 
of  sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks,  the  geologic  structure,  and  the  occurrence  and  charac¬ 
ter  of  the  ore  deposits. 

3.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  102-110, 1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  economic  development,  and  geologic  relations  of  gypsum 
deposits  in  Utah. 

4.  Progress  report  on  the  Park  City  mining  district,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  141-150,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  sedimentary,  igneous,  and  metamorphic  rocks  in 
this  area,  the  geologic  structure,  and  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  silver-lead  ores. 

5.  Iron  ores  in  the  Uinta  Mountains,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  221-228,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geologic  structure  and  stratigraphy  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence 
and  character  of  the  iron-ore  deposits. 

6.  Rock  gypsum  at  Nephi,  Utah. 

U.S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  483-487,  1904. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  development  of  rock  gypsum  near  Nephi,  Utah. 

7.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  itfew  Hampshire. 

U.S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.102,  pp.  56-72,  1904. 

8.  Progress  report  on  Park  City  mining  district,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  150-153, 1905. 

Describes  the  progress  of  the  mining  operations  in  this  district  and  the  occurrence  of  the  ore 
bodies,  producing  chiefly  gold  and  silver. 

9.  Vanadium  and  uranium  in  southeastern  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  200-210, 1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  ore  deposits  yielding  vanadium 
and  uranium. 

10.  Ore  deposits  of  Bingham,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  236-241, 1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  ores,  of  which  copper  is  the  principal 
one,  and  recent  mining  developments. 

11.  Oil  and  asphalt  prospects  in  Salt  Lake  basin,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  468-479,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geography  and  geology,  the  prospecting  for  oil,  and  the  occurrence  and 
character  of  asphalt. 

12.  Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham  mining  district,  Utah.  Part  II.  Economic 

geology. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  38,  pp.  71-385,  34  pis.,  10  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  history  and  development  of  the  district,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  genesis 
of  the  ores,  chiefly  gold,  silver,  and  copper,  and  in  detail  the  mines  and  mining  operations. 

13.  Ore  deposits  of  Bingham,  Utah. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  1176-1178,  3  figs.,  1905. 

14.  Genesis  of  the  ore-deposits  at  Bingham,  Utah. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-Mo.  Bull.,  no.  6,  pp.  1153-1192, 13  figs.,  1905.  Abstract:  Science,  new 
ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  662,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  copper  and  lead  ores 
and  discusses  their  origin. 

Bowman  (H.  L.). 

1.  On  an  occurrence  of  minerals  at  Haddam  Neck,  Connecticut,  U.  S.  A. 

Min.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  97-121, 1  pi.,  6  figs.,  1902. 


44 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Bowman  (Isaiah). 

1.  A  typical  case  of  stream  capture  in  Michigan. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  326-334,  4  figs.,  1904. 

2.  Deflection  of  the  Mississippi. 

Science,  new  ser.,  yol.  20,  pp.  273-277,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  changes  in  the  channel  of  the  Mississippi  and  discusses  their  cause. 

3.  Pre-Pleistocene  deposits  at  Third  Cliff,  Massachusetts. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  993-994, 1905. 

Bownocker  (John  Adams). 

1.  History  of  the  Little  Miami  River  [Ohio]. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  Special  Papers,  no.  3,  pp.  32-45,  2  figs.,  map,  1900. 

Discusses  drainage  changes  in  the  valley  of  the  Little  Miami  River. 

2.  The  Corning  oil  and  gas  field  [Ohio] . 

O.  S.  U.  Nat.,  vol.  1,  pp.  49-59,  1901. 

3.  The  oil  and  gas  producing  rocks  of  Ohio. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  822-838, 1902;  Univ.  Bull.,  ser.  7,  no.  3  (Geol.  ser.,  no.  4),  1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  stratigraphic  relations  of  these  rocks  and  the  occurrence  of  oil 
and  gas. 

4.  The  central  Ohio  natural  gas  fields. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  218-231,  pi.  14, 1903;  Ohio  St.  Univ.  Bull.,  ser.  7,  no.  13  (Geol.  Ser.  no.  5), 
1903. 

Describes  location  and  area,  history  and  development,  geological  structure  of  the  natural  gas 
fields  and  sections  of  the  wells  bored,  and  the  production  and  composition  of  the  gas. 

5.  The  occurrence  and  exploitation  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  Ohio. 

Ohio  Geol.  Surv.,  4th  ser.,  Bull.  no.  1,  pp.  9-320,  6  pis.,  and  9  maps,  1903. 

Gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  oil  and  gas  producing  horizons  of  Ohio  rocks,  records  of  bor¬ 
ings,  history,  development,  and  production  of  the  various  fields,  including  the  stratigraphy 
and  geologic  structure. 

6.  The  salt  deposits  of  northeastern  Ohio. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  370-376, 1  pi.,  1905. 

Includes  records  of  deep  wells,  and  discusses  the  occurrence  of  beds  of  rock  salt  as  revealed 
by  deep  borings. 

Bowron  (William  M.). 

1.  The  origin  of  Clinton  red  fossil-ore  in  Lookout  Mountain,  Alabama. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-Mo.  Bull.,  no.  6,  pp.  1245-1262,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Boyer  (C.  S.). 

1.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Thallophyta- 
Diatomacese. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  487-507,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Braden  (William). 

1.  Certain  conditions  in  veins  and  faults  in  Butte,  Montana. 

Can.  Mg.  Review,  vol.  21,  pp.  149-152,  8  figs,  in  text,  1902;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.296- 
308,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  geological  structure  and  ore  deposition  in  this  area. 

Bradford  (William). 

1.  Gold  deposition  by  drainage. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  554-555,  8  figs.,  1904. 

Discussess  the  origin  of  gold  ores. 

Brady  (Frank  W.).  \ 

1.  The  white  sands  of  New  Mexico.  A  description  of  a  remarkable  formation  of 
nearly  pure  gypsum  sand. 

Mines  and  Minerals,  vol.  25,  pp.  529-530,  4  figs.,  1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


45 


Branner  (John  0.). 

1.  Origin  of  ripple  marks. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  535-536, 1901. 

Suggests  that  the  origin  of  large  ripple  marks  may  be  found  in  the  seaward  extension  of 
beach  cusps. 

2.  The  zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  north  Arkansas. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  572-603,  33  figs,  [maps,  sections,  etc.],  1902. 

Describes  occurrence,  mode  of  formation,  and  relations  of  bedded  ores  to  the  geologic  struc¬ 
ture  of  the  region,  and  gives  analyses  of  some  of  the  ores. 

3.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  Eric  Hedburg  on  “The  Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc 

mines.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  1013-1014,  1902. 

4.  Syllabus  of  a  course  of  lectures  on  elementary  geology.  Ed.  2. 

369  pp.,  25  pis.,  109  figs.,  1902. 

5.  A  topographic  feature  of  the  hanging  valleys  of  the  Yosemite  [California]. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  547-553,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  an  explanation  for  the  position  of  the  falls. 

6.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  301-316,  1  pi.,  13  figs.,  1903 
Describes  topographic  features  and  discusses  their  origin. 

7.  Memoir  of  James  E.  Mills. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  51-2-517, 1  pi.  (por.),  1904. 

Includes  a  list  of  papers  written  by  the  subject  of  the  memoir. 

8.  Natural  mounds  or  hog- wallows. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  514-517, 1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  these  mounds. 

9.  The  university  training  of  engineers  in  economic  geology. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  289-294, 1905. 

Branner  (John-C. )  and  Newsom  (John  F.). 

1.  The  phosphate  rocks  of  Arkansas. 

Ark.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Bull.  no.  74,  123  pp.,  23  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  geographic  and  geologic  occurrence  of  phosphate  rock  in 
Arkansas. 

Branson  (E.  B. ). 

1.  Notes  on  some  Carboniferous  cochliodonts  with  descriptions  of  seven  new  species. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  20-34,  2  pis.  1905. 

2.  Structure  and  relationships  of  American  Labyrinthodontidae. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  568-610,  24  figs.,  1905. 

Brauns  (R.). 

1.  Asche  des  Vulkans  Sta.  Maria  in  Guatemala. 

Central bl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  132-134,  1903. 

Describes  the  composition  of  ashes  ejected  by  St.  Maria  in  Guatemala. 

2.  Ueber  die  Asche  des  Vulkans  Sta.  Maria  in  Guatemala. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  p.  290,  1903. 

Discusses  differences  and  their  explanation  in  composition  of  volcanic  ashes  from  St.  Maria 
in  Guatemala  found  by  several  investigators. 

Breed  (Robert  S.). 

1.  “The  Sunset  trachyte,”  from  near  Sunset,  Boulder  County,  Colorado. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  216-230  [1902]. 

Describes  tbe  occurrence,  the  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters,  and  the  composition. 

Breeze  (Fred  J. ). 

1.  The  valley  of  the  lower  Tippecanoe  River  [Indiana]. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  215-216,  1  fig.,  1902. 


46 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Breeze  (Fred  J. ) — Continued. 

2.  Some  topographic  features  in  the  lower  Tippecanoe  Valley  [Indiana]. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  1902,  pp.  198-200, 1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  some  physiographic  features  of  the  region. 

Breg“er  (C.  L. ),  Kindle  (Edward  M.)  and. 

1.  Paleontology  of  the  Niagara  of  northern  Indiana. 

See  Kindle  (Edward  M.)  and  Breger  (C.  L.),  1. 

Brent  (Charles). 

1.  Notes  on  the  gold  ores  of  western  Ontario. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  22,  pp.  33-35,  1903.  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp.  327-335,  1904. 

Gives  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  gold  ores. 

Brewer  (William  H.). 

1.  John  Wesley  Powell. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  377-382,  1902. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  Major  Powell’s  life  and  work. 

Brewer  (William  M.). 

1.  Texada  Island,  British  Columbia. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  665-667,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  and  ore  bodies. 

2.  British  Columbia  iron  and  coal.  A  description  of  the  various  known  deposits, 

their  locations,  qualities,  and  the  extent  of  development. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  1-4,  1902. 

3.  Mining  industry  and  mineral  resources  of  British  Columbia. 

Eng.  Mag.,  vol.  23,  pp.  831-846,  15  figs.,  1902;  vol.  24,  pp.  64-74,  1  fig.,  1902. 

4.  White  Horse  mining  district,  Yukon  Territory. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  167-168,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  copper  and  coal. 

5.  M’Kee  Creek,  Atlin  mining  division,  British  Columbia. 

Eng.  A  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  242-243,  1902. 

Describes  the  placers  of  the  region. 

6.  British  Columbia  coal  fields. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  408-410,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  coal  in  Vancouver  Island. 

7.  The  Crow’s  Nest  Pass  coal  fields  [Canada]. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  549-552,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  coal. 

8.  British  Columbia,  Boundary  mining  district,  progress  in  mining  and  smelting. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  617-623,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  the  gold,  silver,  and  copper  ores. 

9.  Alberta  Territory,  Canada.  Coal  fields  of  Crow’s  Nest  Pass  Branch  of  the  Cana¬ 

dian  Pacific  Railway. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  757-758,  1902. 

Describes  the  geology  and  the  development  of  the  coal  industry. 

10.  The  rock-slide  at  Frank,  Alberta  Territory,  Canada. 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  26,  pp.  34-39,  2  figs.,  1903;  N.  of  England  Inst.  Mg.  &  Mech.  Engrs., 
vol.  54,  pp.  34-39,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  landslide  which  occurred  at  Frank,  in  Alberta  Territory,  on  April  29,  1903. 

11.  White  Horse  district,  in  Yukon  Territory — history,  geology,  present  conditions, 

and  future  prospects  of  the  mining  district. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  28-31,  1903. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  copper  ore  and  coal  deposits. 

12.  Mineral  resources  of  southeastern  Alaska. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  p.  315, 1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  and  occurrences  of  ore  deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


47 


Brewer  (William  M. ) — Continued. 

13.  Mount  Sicker  mining  district,  British  Columbia. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  87,  pp.  7-8,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  district  and  the  occurrence  of  the  copper  ores. 

14.  Mineral  resources  of  Vancouver  Island. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp,  188-199,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  ore  bodies,  mainly  gold, 
copper-gold,  and  magnetite. 

15.  White  Horse  copper  camp,  Yukon  Territory. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  89,  pp.  308-309,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  location,  general  geology,  and  occurrence  of  the  copper  ores. 

16.  Bornite  ores  of  British  Columbia  and  the  Yukon  Territory. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  24,  pp.  76-78, 1905;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  172-182,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  origin  of  the  bornite  ores  carrying  gold,  sil¬ 
ver,  and  copper. 

Brezina  (Aristides). 

1.  The  arrangement  of  collections  of  meteorites. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  43,  pp.  211-247,  7  pis.,  1904. 

Brezina  (Aristides)  and  Cohen  (Emil). 

1.  Ueber  Meteoreisen  von  De  Sotoville  [Alabama]. 

K.  Akad.  d.  Wiss.  in  Wien,  math.-naturw.  Klasse,  Sitz.-ber.,  Bd.  113,  Abt.  1,  pp.  89-103,  3  figs., 
1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition. 

Bridge  (Norman). 

1.  Edward  Claypole,  the  man. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  30-40,  1902. 

2.  Address  at  the  presentation  of  the  memorial  bronze  of  Edward  Waller  Claypole. 

Throop  Polytechnic  Institute,  Pasadena,  Cal..  June  2,  1902.  (Not  seen.) 

Bridgford  (John). 

1.  Analysis  of  volcanic  dust  from  La  Soufriere. 

Chemical  News,  vol.  87,  pp.  233-234,  1903. 

Brigham  (Albert  Perry). 

1.  A  text-book  of  geology.  New  York,  D.  Appleton  and  Company.  477  pp.,  294 

figs.,  1902. 

2.  Students’  laboratory  manual  of  physical  geography. 

New  York,  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  1905.  153  pp.,  17  figs. 

3.  Early  interpretations  of  the  physiography  of  New  York  State. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  136, 1905. 

Broadhead  (G.  C.). 

1.  Geological  surveys  [of  Missouri]. 

Encyclopedia  of  the  History  of  Missouri,  New  York,  The  Southern  History  Company,  vol.  3, 
pp.  27-31, 1901. 

Gives  an  historical  account  of  the  geological  surveys  of  the  State  of  Missouri  and  their  official 
publications. 

2.  Mineralogy  [of  Missouri] . 

Encyclopedia  of  the  History  of  Missouri,  New  York,  The  Southern  History  Company,  vol.  4, 
pp.  390-393,  1901. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  minerals  and  mineral  products  of  Missouri. 

3.  The  New  Madrid  earthquake. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  76-87,  1902. 

Gives  an  account  of  earthquake  shocks  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  in  1811  and  1812. 

4.  Bituminous  and  asphalt  rocks  of  the  United  States. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  59-60, 1903. 


48 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOG1 


Broadhead  (G.  C.) — Continued. 

5.  Bitumen  and  oil  rocks. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  27-35, 1904. 

A  general  account  of  the  occurrence  of  bituminous  rocks  and  the  origin  and  utilization  of 
bituminous  products. 

6.  The  loess. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  393-394,  1904. 

Describes  distribution  and  character  of  the  loess  along  the  Missouri  River  and  discusses  its 
origin. 

7.  Surface  deposits  of  western  Missouri  and  Kansas. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  66-67,  1904. 

Describes  the  distribution  of  flint  gravels  in  Missouri  and  Kansas. 

8.  The  saccharoidal  sandstone. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  105-110,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  saccharoidal  sandstone  in  Missouri. 

Brock  (R.  W.). 

1.  The  Boundary  Creek  district,  British  Columbia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  49-67,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  this  region. 

2.  The  ore  deposits  of  the  Boundary  Creek  district,  British  Columbia. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  365-378, 1902;  Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  21,  pp.  156-160,  1902. 
Describes  the  rocks  of  this  area  and  the  occurrence  of  ore  bodies. 

3.  Preliminary  report  on  the  Boundary  Creek  district,  British  Columbia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  9(M36, 1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  general  geology,  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of 
igneous  rocks,  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  copper,  gold,  and  silver  ore  deposits,  and  the 
mining  operations. 

4.  Original  native  gold  in  igneous  rocks. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  511,  1904. 

Describes  occurrences  of  native  gold  in  igneous  rocks  of  British  Columbia. 

5.  Poplar  Creek  and  other  camps  of  the  Lardeau  district  [British  Columbia]. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,pp.  87-113,  10  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  geology  of  the  district  and  the  gold-ore  deposits. 

6.  Platinum  in  British  Columbia. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  280-281,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geological  relations  of  ore  deposits  of  British  Colum¬ 
bia  in  which  platinum  occurs. 

7.  The  Lardeau  district,  British  Columbia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  42-81,  1  map,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  Glacial  and  general  geology,  the  geologic  structure,  the 
occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  stratified  and  eruptive  rocks,  and  the  occurrence 
and  mining  of  gold  deposits. 

8.  The  Lardeau  mining  district  [British  Columbia]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  80-91, 1905. 

Contains  observations  on  the  physiography,  general  geology,  and  occurrence  of  minerals  of 
economic  value. 

Brock  (R.  W.),  McConnell  (R.  G. )  and. 

1.  Report  on  the  great  landslide  at  Frank,  Alberta. 

See  McConnell  (R.  G.)  and  Brock  (R.  W.),  1. 

Broili  (Ferdinand). 

1.  Ein  Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss  von  Diplocaulus  Cope. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  etc.,  pp.  536-541,  4  figs.,  1902. 

2.  Permische  Stegocephalen  und  Reptilien  aus  Texas. 

Palseontographica,  vol.  51,  pp.  1-120, 13  pis.,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  systematic  descriptions  and  discusses  the  relationships  and  classification  of  Stegocephala 
and  reptiles  from  the  Permian  of  Texas. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


49 


Broili  (Ferdinand) — Continued. 

3.  Ueber  Diacranodus  texensis  Cope  (Didymodus?  compressus  Cope). 

N.  Jahrb.  f.  Min.,  Beilage-Band  19,  pp.  467-484,  2  pis.,  1904. 

4.  Pelycosaurierreste  von  Texas. 

Deutsch.  geol.  Ges.,  Zeitschr.,  Bd.  56,  pp.  268-274, 1  pi.  and  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  remains  of  Pelycosaurians  from  the  Permian  of  Texas. 

Brooks  (Alfred  Hulse). 

1.  A  new  occurrence  of  cassiterite  in  Alaska. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  p.  598,  1901. 

Gives  a  brief  description  of  occurrence  in  stream  gravels. 

2.  An  occurrence  of  stream  tin  in  the  York  region,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  U.  S.  for  1900,  pp.  267-271,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  stream  tin. 

3.  The  coal  resources  of  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  515-571,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  geology  of  Alaska  and  discusses  the 
character  and  occurrence  of  coals  in  these  formations. 

4.  Preliminary  report  on  the  Ketchikan  mining  district,  Alaska,  with  an  introduc¬ 

tory  sketch  of  the  geology  of  southeastern  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  1, 120  pp.,  2  pis.,  6  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  physiographic  and  stratigraphic  features  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of 
gold  and  copper. 

5.  Geological  reconnaissances  in  southeastern  Alaska. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  253-266, 1  fig.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  general  stratigraphic  relations,  geologic  history,  and  correlation  of  the  beds  of 
the  region. 

6.  A  reconnaissance  in  the  Mt.  McKinley  -region,  Alaska. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  985-986, 1902. 

7.  Placer  gold  mining  in  Alaska  in  1902. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  41-48,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  placer  gold  in  different  parts  of  Alaska. 

8.  Stream  tin  in  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  92-93,  1903. 

9.  Placer  mining  in  Alaska  in  1903. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  43-59,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  of  gold  and  the  mining  developments. 

10.  The  geography  of  Alaska,  with  an  outline  of  the  geomorphology. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  204-230,  1  map,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography,  physiographic  features,  and  the  geologic  history. 

11.  Report  on  progress  of  investigations  of  mineral  resources  of  Alaska  in  1904. 

Administrative  report. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  13-17,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Reviews  the  Alaskan  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  during  1904. 

12.  Placer  mining  in  Alaska  in  1904. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  18-31,  1905. 

13.  The  investigation  of  Alaska’s  mineral  wealth. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  376-396,  1905. 

14.  The  outlook  for  coal  mining  in  Alaska. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.,  no.  4,  pp.  683-702,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Brooks  (Alfred  Hulse)  and  Collier  (Arthur  J.). 

1.  Glacial  phenomena  of  the  Seward  Peninsula  [Alaska] . 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  188-189,  1901.  Abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  Geo¬ 
logical  Society  of  Washington. 

Bull.  301—06 - 4 


50 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Brooks  (Alfred  Hulse),  assisted  by  Richardson  (George  B. )  and  Collier  (Arthur  J. ). 
L  A  reconnaissance  of  the  Cape  Nome  and  adjacent  gold  fields  of  Seward  Peninsula, 
Alaska,  in  1900. 

U.  S.  Geol  Surv.  Reconnaissances  in  the  Cape  Nome  and  Norton  Bay  regions,  Alaska,  in  1900, 
184  pp.,  27  pis.,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  the  surficial,  general,  and  economic  geology  of  the  region, 
and  includes  detailed  descriptions  of  the  various  placers. 

Brooks  (Alfred  Hulse),  Schrader  (F.  C.)  and. 

1.  Some  notes  on  the  Nome  gold  region  of  Alaska. 

See  Schrader  (F.  C.)  and  Brooks  (A.  H.),  1. 

Brower  (Jacob  V.). 

1.  Kakabikansing  [Little  Falls,  Minnesota]. 

Memoirs  of  Explorations  in  the  Basin  of  the  Mississippi,  vol.  5,  Kakabikansing.  St.  Paul, 
Minn.,  126  pp.,  30  pis.,  1902. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  in  the  vicinity  of  Little  Falls,  Minn. 

Brown  (Arthur  Erwin). 

1.  On  some  points  in  the  phylogeny  of  the  primates. 

Phil.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  119-125,  1901. 

Brown  (Barnum). 

1.  A  new'  genus  of  ground  sloth  from  the  Pleistocene  of  Nebraska. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  569-583,  2  pis.,  1903. 

2.  Stomach  stones  and  food  of  plesiosaurs. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  184-185,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  occurrence -of  “stomach  stones”  in  connection  with  the  remains 
of  plesiosaurs  and  their  probable  use  by  the  animal. 

3.  Recent  exploration  of  a  Pleistocene  fissure  in  northern  Arkansas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  300, 1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  vertebrate  fossils. 

Brown  (Lucius  P. ). 

1.  The  phosphate  deposits  of  the  Southern  States. 

Eng.  Assoc.  South,  Trans.,  1904,  vol.  15,  pp.  53-128,  4  pis.,  [1905]. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  phosphate  deposits  in  various  States  of 
the  South  and  the  character  and  composition  of  the  phosphates. 

Brown  (Robert  Marshall). 

1.  The  clays  of  the  Boston  Basin. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  445-450,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  correlation  of  the  clays  of  the  region. 

2.  Gaspee  Point  [Rhode  Island] :  a  type  of  cuspate  foreland. 

Jour.  Geog.,  vol.  1,  pp.  343-352,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  formation  and  gives  a  catalogue  of  cuspate  forelands. 

3.  The  Mississippi  River  from  Cape  Girardeau  to  the  head  of  the  passes. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  34,  pp.  371-383,  8  figs.,  1902;  vol.  35,  pp.  8-16,  1903. 

Contains  notes  on  the  physiography  of  the  region. 

4.  Cirques:  a  review. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  37,  pp.  86-91,  1905. 

Brown  (S.  S.). 

1.  A  bibliography  of  works  upon  the  geology  and  natural  resources  of  West  Virginia, 
from  1764  to  1901. 

W.  Va.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  1,  85  pp.,  1901. 

Brown  (Thomas  C.).  I 

1.  A  new  lower  Tertiary  fauna  from  Chappaquiddick  Island,  Martha’s  \  ineyard. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  229-238,  1  pi.,  1905. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


51 


Bmmell  (H  P.  H.). 

1.  Canadian  graphite. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  485,  1903. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  graphite  deposits  in  Canada. 

Bruncken  (Ernest). 

1.  Physiographical  field  notes  in  the  town  of  Wauwatosa  [Wisconsin]. 

Wis.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  new  ser.,  vol.  1,  pp.  95-99,  1900. 

Describes  glacial  and  lacustrine  deposits  and  discusses  the  origin  of  a  natural  exposure  of 
Niagara  limestone. 

Brunton  (D.  W.). 

1.  Geological  mine  maps  and  sections. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-Mo.  Bull.,  no.  5,  pp.  1027-1031,  14  figs.,  1905.  Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  52,  pp. 
363-365,  3  figs.,  1905.  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  p.  337,  1905. 

Brush  (George  J.). 

1.  On  sussexite,  a  new  borate  from  Mine  Hill,  Franklin  Furnace,  Sussex  County, 

New  Jersey. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  33-36,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  46,  pp.  240-243,  1868.) 

2.  On  hortonolite,  the  chrysolite  group. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  37-41,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  48,  pp.  17-23,  1869.) 

3.  On  gahnite  from  Mine  Hill,  Franklin  Furnace,  New  Jersey. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  42-44,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  pp.  28-29,  1871.) 

4.  On  the  chemical  composition  of  durangite. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  45-47,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  11,  pp.  464-465,  1876.) 

Brush  (George  J.)  and  Dana  (Edward  S.). 

1.  On  a  new  and  remarkable  mineral  locality  at  Branchville,  in  Fairfax  County, 

Connecticut;  with  a  description  of  several  new  species  occurring  there.  First 
paper. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  48-71,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  16,  pp.  33-46,  1878.) 

2.  Second  Branchville  paper. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  72-80, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  17,  pp.  359-360,  1879.) 

3.  Third  Branchville  paper. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  81-85,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  18,  pp.  45-50,  1879.) 

4.  Fourth  Branchville  paper — Spodumene  and  the  results  of  its  alteration. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  86-104,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  20,  pp.  257-284,  1880.) 

5.  Fifth  Branchville  paper,  with  analyses  of  several  manganesian  phosphates  by 

Horace  L.  Wells. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  105-120,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  39,  pp.  201-216,  1890.) 

Bryan  (William  Alanson).' 

1.  A  monograph  of  Marcus  Island. 

Bishop  Mus.,  Honolulu,  Occasional  Papers,  vol.  2,  no.  1,  pp.  77-139,  8  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  physical  features,  and  the  general  geology  and  mode  of  formation 
of  the  island. 


52 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Buchan  (J.  S. ). 

1.  Was  Mount  Royal  an  active  volcano? 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  321-328, 1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  313, 1901. 

Discusses  the  geologic  history  of  Mount  Royal. 

2.  Some  notes  on  Mount  Royal  [Quebec]. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  517-525,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  physiography  and  geology  of  the  region. 

3.  The  Pleistocene  of  Montreal  and  the  Ottawa  Valley  from  a  railway  carriage. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  9,  pp.  190-195, 1905. 

Buckley  (Ernest  Robertson). 

1.  The  clays  and  clay  industries  of  Wisconsin. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  7,  pt.  1,  304  pp.,  55  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  composition,  classification,  and  properties  of  clays  and  the  occurrence  and  dis¬ 
tribution  of  clay  deposits  in  Wisconsin.  Includes  map  of  the  State,  showing  the  distribution 
of  the  various  clay  beds. 

2.  Ice  ramparts. 

Wis.  Acad.  Sci.  Arts  and  Letters,  Trans.,  vol.  13,  pt.  1,  pp.  141-157, 13  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  expansion  and  contraction  of  ice  and  their  resulting  deformations. 

3.  Highway  construction  in  Wisconsin. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  10,  xvi,  339  pp.,  106  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  occurrence  and  character  of  road-making  materials. 

4.  Biennial  report  of  the  State  geologist  [of  Missouri]. 

Mo.  Bur.  Geol.'&  Mines,  83  pp.,  8  pis.,  1903. 

Administrative  report  for  the  year  1902.  Includes  an  outline  of  the  mineral  resources  of  the 
State  and  an  index  to  the  publications  of  the  Missouri  Geological  Survey. 

5.  Introduction  [to  the  Geology  of  Miller  County,  Missouri]. 

Mo.  Bur.  Geol.  &  Mines,  2d  ser.,  vol.  1,  pp.  xi-xvi,  1903. 

Discusses  the  stratigraphy,  correlation,  etc.,  of  geologic  formations  in  Miller  County,  Missouri 

6.  A  system  of  keeping  the  records  of  a  State  geological  survey. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  527, 1904. 

7.  Biennial  report  of  the  State  geologist,  transmitted  by  the  Board  of  Managers  of  the 

Bureau  of  geology  and  mines  to  the  Forty-third  General  Assembly  [Missouri]. 

Jefferson  City,  Mo.,  Tribune  Printing  Company  [1905] .  56  pp. 

An  administrative  report.  Includes  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  various  mineral  resources. 

8.  Introduction  to  the  Geology  of  Moniteau  County  [Missouri]. 

Mo.  Bur.  Geol.  &  Mines,  2d  ser.,  vol.  3,  pp.  1-9, 1905. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  occurrepce  of  Paleozoic  formations  in  Missouri,  and  discusses  their 
nomenclature. 

Buckley  (E.  R.)  and  Buehler  (H.  A.). 

1.  The  quarrying  industry  of  Missouri. 

Mo.  Bur.  Geol.  &  Mines,  2d  ser.,  vol.  2,  371  pp.,  59  pis.,  1904. 

Gives  an  account  of  investigations  upon  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  qualities,  and 
utilization  of  the  building  stones  of  Missouri.  Includes  a  brief  geological  history  of  Missouri. 

Buckley  (E.  R.),  Ball  (S.  H.),  and  Smith  (A.  F.). 

1.  Glacial  bowlders  along  the  Osage  River  in  Missouri. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  553, 1904. 

Buckman  (S.  S. ),  Schuchert  (C. )  and. 

1.  The  nomenclature  of  types  in  natural  history. 

See  Schuchert  (C.)  and  Buckman  (S.  S.),  1. 

Buehler  (H.  A.),  Buckley  (E.  R.)  and. 

1.  The  quarrying  industry  of  Missouri. 

See  Buckley  (E.  R.)  and  Buehler  (H.  A.),  1, 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


53 


Buffet  (Edward  P. ). 

1.  Some  glacial  conditions  and  recent  changes  on  Long  Island  [New  York]. 

Jour.  Geog.,  vol.  2,  pp.  95-101,  6  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  the  occurrence  of  drift  bowlders. 

Burchard  (Ernest  F. ). 

1.  Lignites  of  the  middle  and  upper  Missouri  Valley. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  276-288,  1904. 

Describes  prospecting  for  coal  in  northeastern  Nebraska,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  lig¬ 
nite  seams  and  the  character  of  the  lignite;  also  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  lignite 
of  North  Dakota. 

2.  Geology  of  Dakota  County,  Nebraska,  with  special  reference  to  the  lignite  deposits. 

Sioux  City  Acad.  Sci.  and  Letters,  vol.  1,  pp.  135-184,  8  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  drainage  features,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Creta¬ 
ceous  and  Quarternary  deposits,  the  geologic  history,  the  economic  resources,  and  the 
occurrence  and  character  of  lignite  not  of  workable  quality. 

3.  Iron  ores  in  the  Brookwood  quadrangle,  Alabama. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  321-334,  1905. 

Describes  the  development  of  the  iron  industry  of  Alabama,  the  distribution  of  the  ore-bearing 
formations  in  the  Brookwood  quadrangle,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relationships 
of  the  iron  ores. 

Burckhardt  (Carlos). 

1.  Les  masses  eruptives  intrusives  et  la  formation  des  montagnes. 

Soc.  Cient.  “Ant.  Alzate,”  Mem.  y  Rev.,  t.  21,  pp.  5-8, 1  fig.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  part  played  by  intrusives  in  the  formation  of  mountains. 

Burckhardt  (Carlos)  and  Scalia  (Salvador). 

1.  La  fauna  marine  du  Trias  Superieur  de  Zacatecas  [Mexique]. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Bull.  no.  21,  44  pp.,  8  pis.,  1905. 

Bureau  (Ed.). 

1.  Sur  une  collection  de  yegetaux  fossiles  des  Etats-lJnis. 

Mus.  d’Hist.  Nat.,  Paris,  Bull.,  t.  9,  pp.  250-251, 1903. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  a  collection  of  fossil  Cretaceous  plants  from  Kansas  and  Colorado. 

Burgess  (John  D.). 

1.  Secondary  enrichment. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  153,  1903. 

2.  Recent  discoveries  in  Arizona. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  936,  1903. 

Describes  geologic  structure  in  the  region  of  the  Santa  Catalina  Mountains,  and  the  discovery 
of  gold  ores. 

Burk  (W.  E.). 

1.  The  fluorspar  mines  of  western  Kentucky  and  southern  Illinois. 

Min.  Ind.  for  1900,  pp.  293-295, 1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  fluorspar  deposits. 

2.  Asphalt  rock  in  Kentucky. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  969-970,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  rock  producing  asphalt. 

Burns  (David). 

1.  On  the  phenomena  accompanying  the  volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indies. 

Brit.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  Kept.  73d  meeting,  pp.  567-568, 1904. 

Burr  (Henry  T. ). 

1.  The  structural  relations  of  the  amygdaloidal  melaphyr  in  Brookline,  Newton,  and 
Brighton,  Mass. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  38,  pp.  53-68,  2  pis.,  3  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Am. 

Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  319, 1901;  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  80-81,  1901. 

Discusses  the  evidence  for  the  intrusive  character  of  the  melaphyr. 


54 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Burritt  (Chas.  H.). 

1.  The  Coal  Measures  of  the  Philippines. 

U.  S.  War  Dept.,  Kept,  of  the  U.  S.  Military  Governor  in  the  Philippines,  256  pp.,  1901. 

Describes  the  coal-raining  industry  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  Includes  notes  on  the  occur 
rence  and  geologic  relations  of  coal  deposits. 

Burrows  (John  Shober). 

1.  The  Barnesboro-Patton  field  of  central  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  295-310, 1904. 

Describes  location  and  stratigraphy  of  the  field,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coal 
seams,  composition  and  value  of  the  coal,  and  the  mining  developments. 

Burwash  (E.  M.). 

1.  The  geology  of  Michipicoten  Island. 

Toronto  Univ.,  Studies,  Geol.  Ser.  no.  3,  48  pp.,  9  pis.,  1905. 

Reviews  previous  geological  work  relating  to  the  island,  describes  its  geologic  structure,  and 
the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  igneous  and  pre-Cambrian  rocks,  and  their 
petrographic  characters. 

Bush  (B.  F.). 

1.  The  coal  fields  of  Missouri. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.,  no.  1,  pp.  165-179,  3  figs.,  1905;  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  903-917, 
3  figs.,  1905. 

Bush  (Lucy  P.). 

1.  Note  on  the  dates  of  publication  of  certain  genera  of  fossil  vertebrates. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  96-98,  1903. 

Bushnell  (D.  1.,  jr. ). 

1.  The  small  mounds  of  the  United  States. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  712-714,  1905. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  various  small  mounds. 

Butts  (Charles). 

1.  Fossil  faunas  of  the  Olean  quadrangle. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  990-995,  1903. 

Gives  lists  of  fossils,  showing  their  distribution  by  zones  in  the  Devonian  and  Carboniferous 
formations  of  this  quadrangle. 

2.  Recent  structural  work  in  western  Pennsylvania. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  823,  1902. 

3.  Coal  mining  along  the  southeastern  margin  of  the  Wilmore  basin,  Cambria 

County,  Pa. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  325-329,  1904. 

Describes  the  location  and  geologic  structure  of  the  field  and  the  mining  operations. 

4.  Kittanning  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  115, 1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  Carboniferous 
strata,  and  particularly  of  the  coal  beds,  the  geologic  structure  and  geologic  and  geographic 
history,  and  the  economic  resources,  mainly  coal,  petroleum,  and  natural  gas.  The  section 
on  glacial  gravels  is  contributed  by  Frank  Leverett. 

5.  The  Warrior  coal  basin  in  the  Brookwood  quadrangle,  Alabama. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  357-381,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  location,  extent,  stratigraphy,  and  structure  of  the  field,  and  the  character, 
occurrence,  and  mining  of  the  coal. 

6.  Rural  Valley  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  125, 1905. 

Describes  the  geography  and  physiography,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Car¬ 
boniferous  strata  and  Quaternary  deposits,  the  geologic  history,  and  the  mineral  resources, 
chiefly  coal  and  natural  gas. 

7.  Ebensburg  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  133, 1905. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Devonian  and  Car¬ 
boniferous  strata,  the  geologic  structure  and  history  oi  the  area,  and  the  economic  resources 
chiefly  coal. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


55 


Byers  (Charles  Alma). 

1.  A  petrified  forest  covering  thousands  of  acres. 

Sci.  Am.,  yoI.  92,  p.  388,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  petrified  forest  near  the  Painted  Desert,  Arizona. 

Byers  (H.  G. ). 

1.  The  water  resources  of  Washington.  Potable  and  mineral  water. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  285-295,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Byrne  (John). 

1.  Geography,  history,  production,  fissure  systems,  distribution  of  ores,  character  of 
ores  [of  the  Butte,  Montana,  mining  district]. 

Mont.  Inspector  of  Mines,  14th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  26-83  [1903]. 

Includes  a  brief  account  of  the  general  geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Butte,  Montana,  of  the 
fissures  and  veins,  and  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits  of  silver  and  copper  ores. 

Byrne  (P.). 

1.  Marble  formations  of  the  Cahaba  River,  Alabama. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  p.  400,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  character  and  distribution  of  the  marble. 

2.  Marble  formations  of  the  Cahaba  River,  in  Alabama. 

Eng.  Assoc.  South,  Trans.,  1901,  vol.  12,  pp.  48-59,  3  figs.  [1902]. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  marble  in  this  region. 


C. 

Caballero  (Gustavo  de  J.). 

1.  Le  cobalt  au  Mexique. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  vol.  18,  pp.  197-201,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  cobalt-bearing  ore  deposits  in  Mexico. 

2.  El  vanadio  de  Charcas,  E.  de  San  Luis  Potosf,  Mexico. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  t.  20,  pp.  87-98, 1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  deposits  containing  vanadium  in  the  state  of  San 
Luis  Potosi,  Mexico. 

Cahill  (Edward  G. ). 

1.  The  method  used  in  working  the  silver-lead  mines  of  Santa  Eulalia,  Chihuahua, 

Mexico. 

Cal.  Jour.  Techn.,  vol.  3,  pp.  145-149,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Gives  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  the  silver-lead  ore  deposits. 

Calkins  (Frank  C.). 

L  A  contribution  to  the  petrography  of  the  John  Day  Basin. 

Univ.  of  Cal.,  Dept,  of  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  109-172,  1  pi. ,1902. 

Gives  a  resume  of  the  geology  of  the  John  Day  Basin  in  Oregon,  and  describes  the  rocks 
occurring  in  the  pre-Eocene,  Eocene,  and  Miocene  formations  in  this  region. 

2.  Soils  of  the  wheat  lands  of  Washington. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  669,  1903. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  the  soils. 

3.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  a  portion  of  east-central  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  118,  96  pp.,  4  pis.,  and  14  figs.,  1905. 
Describes  the  general  geology  and  physiographic  features,  and  discusses  in  detail  the  water 
resources  of  the  area,  particularly  artesian  water. 

Calkins  (Frank  C. ),  Smith  (George  Otis)  and. 

1.  A  geological  reconnaisance  across  the  Cascade  Range  near  the  Forty-ninth  Parallel. 

See  Smith  (George  Otis)  and  Calkins  (Frank  C.),  1. 

Calvin  (Samuel). 

1.  Geology  of  Page  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  11,  pp.  400-460,  10  figs,  and  map,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Carboniferous,  Cretaceous 
and  Pleistocene  strata,  and  the  occurrence  of  economic  products. 


56 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Calvin  (Samuel) — Continued. 

2.  Concerning  the  occurrence  of  gold  and  some  other  mineral  products  in  Iowa. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  363-372,  1901. 

Describes  the  origin  and  occurrence  of  various  minerals  and  notes  some  of  the  popular  fallacies 
that  are  held  concerning  them. 

3.  The  geology  and  geological  resources  of  Iowa. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  52-56,  1901. 

Describes  the  stratigraphic  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  economic  products  of  the  State. 

4.  The  geological  formations  of  Iowa. 

Stone,  vol.  25,  pp.  118-124,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  briefly  the  character  and  distribution  of  the  geologic  formations  in  the  State. 

5.  Tenth  annual  report  of  the  State  geologist  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  12,  Ann.  Rept.,  1901,  pp.  11-27,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Gives  a  nomenclature  of  the  divisions  of  the  Glacial  period  and  discusses  the  geologic  occur¬ 
rence  of  oil  and  gas. 

6.  Concrete  examples  from  the  topography  of  Howard  County,  Iowa. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  375-381,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  the  topographic  forms  of  the  region  and  reviews  its  glacial  history. 

7.  The  geology  and  geological  resources  of  Iowa — the  formations  and  their  economical 

values. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  560-561,-1902. 

8.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  T.  C.  Chamberlin  on  “The  geologic  relations  of  the 

human  relics  of  Lansing,  Kan.”] 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  777-778,  1902. 

9.  Artesian  wells  in  Iowa. 

Iowa  State  Institutions,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  402-408,  1902. 

Discusses  the  general  conditions  for  artesian  wells  and  the  underground  formations  of  Iowa 
as  sources  for  artesian  water. 

10.  Geology  of  Howard  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  13,  pp.  21-79,  15  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topograpy  and  drainage,  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characteristics  and  occurrence 
of  Devonian  and  Ordovician  strata  and  their  geologic  relations,  the  surficial  deposits,  and 
the  economic  resources. 

11.  Geology  of  Chickasaw  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  13,  pp.  255-292,  10  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of 
Devonian  strata  and  Glacial  deposits,  and  the  economic  resources. 

12.  Geology  of  Mitchell  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  13,  pp.  293-338,  12  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  Devonian 
strata  and  Glacial  deposits,  and  the  economic  resources. 

13.  Physiography  of  Iowa. 

Iowa  Weather  and  Crop  Service,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1902,  Appendix,  pp.  3-11,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage.  Includes  an  account  of  ’the  distribution  of  the  drift 
deposits  and  their  relation  to  physiographic  features. 

14.  Twelfth  annual  report  of  the  State  geologist  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  14,  pp.  1-6,  3  pis.  (maps),  1904. 

15.  The  Aftonian  gravels  and  their  relations  to  the  drift  sheets  in  the  region  about 

Afton  Junction  and  Thayer  [Iowa]. 

Davenport  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  10,  pp.  18-31,  7  pis.,  1905. 

Campbell  (C.  M.). 

1.  Mining  in  the  Rossland  district  [British  Columbia]. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  447-483,  36  figs.,  2  pis.,  1902.  Abstract:  Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  21, 
pp.  183-194,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  rocks  of  this  area. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


57 


Campbell  (H.  D. ). 

1.  The  Cambro-Ordovician  limestones  of  the  middle  portion  of  the  Valley  .of  Virginia. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  yol.  20,  pp.  446-447,  1905. 

Names  and  describes  Cambrian  and  Ordovician  formations  in  the  Valley  of  Virginia. 

Campbell  (H.  D. )  and  Howe  (James  Lewis). 

1.  A  new  (?)  meteoric  iron  from  Augusta  Co.,  Virginia. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  yol.  15,  pp.  469-471,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Campbell  (John  T. ). 

1.  Evidence  of  a  local  subsidence  in  the  interior  [Indiana]. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  437-438,  1901. 

Difference  in  levelings  made  in  1883  and  in  1901  show  a  subsidence  in  Parke  County,  Indiana. 

Campbell  (Marius  R. ). 

1.  Hypothesis  to  account  for  the  extra-Glacial  abandoned  valleys  of  the  Ohio  Basin. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  462,  1901;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  98-99,  1901. 

Discusses  their  formation  as  due  to  formation  and  persistence  of  local  ice  dams. 

2.  Charleston  folio,  West  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  72,  1901. 

Describes  the  geographic  and  topographic  features  of  the  region,  the  stratigraphy,  the  char¬ 
acter  and  occurrence  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Pleistocene  strata,  the  geologic  structure, 
and  the  mineral  resources  of  the  quadrangle. 

3.  Recent  geological  work  in  western  Pennsylvania. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  245,  1902. 

Abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  Geological  Society  of  Washington. 

4.  Reconnaissance  of  the  borax  deposits  of  Death  Valley  and  Mohave  Desert 

[California] . 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  200,  23  pp.,  1  pi.,  1902;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  517-519,  1  fig., 
1902. 

Describes  topography  and  geology  of  the  region  and  occurrence  of  borax  deposits. 

5.  Raleigh  folio,  West  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  77, 1902. 

Describes  geographic  and  topographic  features,  general  geologic  relations,  the  character  and 
occurrence  of  Carboniferous  formations  and  coal  beds. 

6.  Masontown-Uniontown  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  82,  1902. 

Describes  geographic  and  topographic  features,  general  geologic  relations,  character  and 
occurrence  of  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  strata,  Quaternary  deposits,  and  the  mineral 
resources,  chiefly  coal. 

7.  Recent  geological  work  in  Pennsylvania. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  189, 1902. 

8.  Brownsville-Connellsville  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  94,  1903. 

Describes  geographic,  physiographic,  and  geologic  relations  to  Appalachian  province,  surface 
features  and  drainage,  physiographic  history,  geologic  structure,  character  and  occurrence 
of  the  Carboniferous  strata  and  Quaternary  deposits,  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coal 
beds  and  other  economic  resources.  The  section  on  natural  gas  is  contributed  by  Myron  L. 
Fuller. 

9.  Geographic  development  of  northern  Pennsylvania  and  southern  New  York. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  277-296,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  this  region  and  discusses  the  mode  and  time  of  their 
origin. 

10.  Variation  and  equivalence  of  the  Charleston  sandstone. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  459-468,  1903. 

Reviews  the  divergent  views  as  to  the  correlation  of  the  sandstone  of  West  Virginia,  which 
the  writer  named  the  Charleston  sandstone,  with  the  Mahoning  sandstone  of  Pennsylvania, 
and  presents  additional  evidence  for  the  author’s  view  as  to  their  distinctness. 


58  • 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Campbell  (Marius  R. ) — Continued. 

11.  Recent  work  in  the  bituminous  coal  field  of  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  270-275,  1903. 

Discusses  the  general  structure  and  relations  of  the  coal,  natural  gas,  and  oil  bearing  beds. 

12.  Borax  deposits  of  eastern  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  401-405,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  utilization  of  borax  deposits  in  this  area. 

13.  Basin-range  structure  in  the  Death  Valley  region  of  southeastern  California. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  302,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22666,  1903;  Am. 
Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  311-312,  1903. 

14.  Pocono  rocks  in  the  Allegheny  Valley. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  942,  1903. 

15.  Conglomerate  dikes  in  southern  Arizona. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  135-138,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geologic  structure  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the 
dike,  and  the  source  of  its  material. 

16.  The  Deer  Creek  coal  field,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  240-258,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  location,  stratigraphy,  and  geologic  structure  of  the  field,  the  character  and  occur¬ 
rence  of  coal  seams,  and  the  composition  and  value  of  the  coal. 

17.  The  Meadow  Branch  coal  field  of  West  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  330-344,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  location  of  the  field,  the  stratigraphy  and  geologic  structure,  the  character  and 
occurrence  of  the  coal  beds,  the  quality  of  the  coal  and  the  mining  developments.  Includes 
a  short  report  by  David  White  on  the  fossil  plants. 

18.  Latrobe  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  110, 1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  the  general  geologic  structure  and  history  of  the  area,  the 
character  and  occurrence  of  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  strata  and  Quaternary  deposit 
and  the  mineral  resources,  chiefly  coal. 

19.  Glacial  erosion  in  the  Finger  Lake  region,  New  York. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  531-532,  1904. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  the  present  physiographic  features  of  this  region. 

20.  Hypothesis  to  account  for  the  transformation  of  vegetable  matter  into  the 

different  grades  of  coal. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  26-33,  1905. 

21.  The  classification  of  coals. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-Mo.  Bull.,  no.  5,  pp.  1033-1049,  1905. 

Campbell  (Marius  R. )  and  White  (David). 

1.  The  bituminous  coal  field  of  Pennsylvania. 

See  White  (David)  and  Campbell  (M.  R.),  1. 

Campbell  (Marius  R. ),  White  (David),  and  Haseltine  (Robert  M. ). 

1.  The  northern  Appalachian  coal  field. 

See  White  (David),  CampbeU  (M.  R.),  and  Haseltine  (R.  M.),  1. 

Camsell  (Charles). 

1.  The  region  southwest  of  Fort  Smith,  Slave  River,  N.  W.  T. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  149-167, 1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

2.  Country  around  the  headwaters  of  the  Severn  River. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  143-152, 1  map,  1905. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

Capilla  (Alberto). 

1.  Los  yacimientos  de  fierro  de  “Tatatila,”  Canton  de  Jalapa,  E.  de  Vera  Cruz 
[Mexico]. 

Secretaria  de  Fomento  [Mexico],  Bol.,  2a  6poca,  ano  3,  no.  10,  II,  pp.  535-542, 1904;  Soc.  Cient. 
Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  t.  19,  pp.  341-346,  1904. 

Decribes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  iron-ore  deposits  in  the  state  of  Yera  Cruz,  Mexico. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


59 


Capps  (S.  R.)  and  Leffingwell  (E.  D.  K.). 

1.  Pleistocene  geology  of  the  Sawatch  Range,  near  Leadville,  Colo. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  698-706,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  extent  in  this  region  of  the  ice  during  the  Glacial  epoch,  and  describes  the  drift 
deposits,  terraces,  and  drainage  changes. 

Caracristi  (C.  F.  Z.). 

1.  The  trans-Pecos  sulphur  field.  A  report  on  their  economic  geology  and  value. 

Bloomington,  Illinois  [1905].  44  pp.,  7  pis.  [Private  publication.] 

Gives  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  geology  of  the  sulphur  deposits  in  El  Paso  County,  Texas. 

Carlyle  (E.  J.). 

1.  The  Pioneer  iron  mine,  Ely,  Minn. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  335-367,  25  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  some  account  of  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  of  the  character,  occurrence, 
and  geologic  relations  of  the  iron-ore  deposits. 

Carmony  (F.  A.). 

1.  Jefferson  County  [Nebraska]. 

Nebr.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  pp.  235-241,  10  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage  and  stratigraphic  and  economic  geology. 

Carney  (Frank). 

1.  A  type  case  in  diversion  of  drainage. 

Jour.  Geog.,  vol.  2,  pp.  115-124,  7  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  physiographic  features  and  drainage  changes  in  Cortland  and  Tompkins  counties, 
New  York. 

2.  Direction  of  pre-Glacial  stream  flow  in  central  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  196-198,  1904. 

Discusses  criticisms  of  Professor  Fairchild  upon  the  writer’s  paper,  “  A  type  case  in  diversion 
of  drainage.” 

Carpenter  (Franklin  R.). 

1.  The  new  geology  and  vein  formation. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  253-266,  1904. 

Discusses  ore  formation  from  the  standpoint  of  the  planetesimal  hypothesis. 

2.  Vein  formation  and  the  new  geology. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  312,  1904. 

Carter  (O.  S.  C.). 

1.  Artesian  wells  as  a  water  supply  for  Philadelphia. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  135,  pp.  58-61,  1893. 

2.  Anthracite  coal  near  Perkiomen  Creek  [Pennsylvania]. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  138,  pp.  152-156,  1894. 

3.  Drilling  for  oil  and  natural  gas  in  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  138,  pp.  230-236,  1894. 

4.  A  ferruginized  tree. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  141,  pp.  227-229,  1896. 

5.  The  arid  district  between  the  Rio  Grande  and  the  Pacific  traversed  by  the  engi¬ 

neers  of  the  Mexican  Boundary  Commission  in  1892-94. 

Phila.  Engrs.  Club,  Proc.,  vol.  19,  pp.  252-267,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  physiography  of  the  region. 

6.  The  petrified  forests  and  Painted  Desert  of  Arizona. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  157,  pp.  293-311,  11  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  physiography  and  geology  of  the  region. 

Carter  (W.  E.  H.). 

1.  The  mines  of  Ontario. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  114-167, 1904. 

Includes  observations  on  the  occurrence  in  Ontario  of  deposits  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  nickel, 
iron,  lead,  and  zinc  ores,  corundum,  graphite,  mica,  and  other  minerals. 


60 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Case  (E.  C.). 

1.  Systematic  paleontology.  Eocene  Reptilia. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  95-98,  2  pis.,  1901. 

2.  Paleontological  notes. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  256-261,  2  pis.,  1902.  Walker  Mus.,  Contr.,  vol.  1,  no.  3,  1902. 

Describes  Lysorophus  tricarinatus  and  an  undetermined  Pelycosaurian. 

3.  On  some  vertebrate  fossils  from  the  Permian  beds  of  Oklahoma. 

Okla.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.,  2d  Bien.  Rept.,  pp.  62-68,  1902. 

4.  The  osteology  of  Embolophorus  dollovianus,  Cope,  with  an  attempted  restoration. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  1-28,  23  figs,,  1903. 

5.  New  or  little-known  vertebrates  from  the  Permian  of  Texas. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  394-402,  10  figs.,  1903. 

6.  The  structure  and  relationships  of  the  American  Pelycosauria. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  37,  pp.  85-102,  10  figs.,  1903. 

7.  The  osteology  of  the  skull  of  the  pelycosaurian  genus,  Dimetrodon. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  304-311,  6  figs.,  1904. 

8.  On  the  structure  of  the  fore  foot  of  Dimetrodon. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  312-315,  3  figs.,  1904. 

9.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Mammalia,  Aves, 

Reptilia. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  3-70, 18  pis.,  1904. 

10.  A  remarkably  preserved  specimen  of  a  pelycosaur  collected  during  the  last  sum¬ 

mer  in  Texas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  253,  1904. 

11.  The  morphology  of  the  skull  of  the  pelycosaurian  genus  Dimetrodon. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Trans.,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pt.  1,  pp.  1-29,  7  pis.  and  8  figs.,  1905. 

12.  The  osteology  of  the  Diadectidse  and  their  relations  to  the  Chelydosauria. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  126-159,  20  figs.,  1905. 

13.  Bathygnathus  borealis  Leidy,  and  the  Permian  of  Prince  Edwards  Island. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  52-53,  1905. 

14.  Oncological  features  of  evolution. 

Wis.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  new  ser.,  vol.  3,  pp.  169-180, 1905. 

15.  Characters  of  the  Chelydosauria. 

Abtract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  298, 1905. 

Casey  (Thomas  L.). 

1.  The  Jackson  outcrops  on  Red  River  [Louisiana]. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  716-717,  1902. 

Describes  outcrops  and  discusses  the  fauna  obtained,  describing  two  new  species. 

2.  On  the  probable  age  of  the  Alabama  white  limestone. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  53,  pp.  513-518,  1902. 

Discusses  the  geologic  age  and  relations  of  the  Alabama  white  limestone,  Jackson  and  Vicks¬ 
burg  stages  and  other  Tertiary  formations  in  the  light  of  evidence  of  their  fossils. 

3.  A  new  genus  of  Eocene  Eulimidse. 

Nautilus,  vol.  16,  pp.  18-19,  fig.,  1902. 

4.  Notes  on  the  Conrad  collection  of  Vicksburg  fossils,  with  descriptions  of  new 

species. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  55,  pp.  261-283, 1903. 

5.  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae,  with  description  of  some  new  genera  and  species. 

St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  14,  pp.  123-170,  1904. 

6.  The  mutation  theory. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  307-309, 1905. 

Calls  attention  to  the  support  which  Tertiary  mollusca,  particularly  from  Mississippi  deposits, 
give  to  the  mutation  theory. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


61 


Catherinet  (Jules). 

1.  Copper  Mountain,  British  Columbia. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jcmr.,  vol.  79,  pp.  125-127,  6  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  copper  ores  of  this  locality. 

Catlett  (Charles). 

1.  Coal-outcrops. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  559-566  and  1005-1109,  1901.  Mines  &  Minerals, 
yol.  21,  pp.  255-257,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  variations  in  character  of  the  strata  of  outcrop  and  the  conditions  some  distance 
under  cover. 

2.  Geological  relations  of  the  manganese  ore  deposits  of  Georgia.  [In  discussion  of 

paper  of  Thomas  L.  Watson.] 

»  Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  968-969,  1904. 

Discusses  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  manganese  ores. 

3.  Cement  resources  of  the  Valley  of  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.,  no.  225,  pp.  457-461,  1904. 

Describes  location,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  the  raw  materials. 

Chalmers  (Robert). 

1.  Notes  on  the  Pleistocene  marine  shore  lines  and  landslips  of  the  north  side  of  the 

St.  Lawrence  Valley. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  11,  Rept.  J,  Appendix  I,  pp.  63-70,  1901.  Published  in  1900. 
Describes  the  shore  lines  and  the  occurrence  of  the  landslips. 

2.  The  sources  and  distribution  of  the  gold-bearing  alluvions  of  Quebec. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  33-36,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gold  and  the  source  of  the  material. 

3.  Report  on  the  surface  geology  shown  on  the  Fredericktown  and  Andover  quarter- 

sheet  maps,  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1M-41M,  map,  1902. 

Describes  physiography,  striae  and  other  glacial  phenomena  of  this  area. 

4.  On  borings  for  natural  gas,  petroleum,  and  water;  also  notes  on  the  surface  geol¬ 

ogy  of  part  of  Ontario. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  158-169,  1902. 

5.  Artesian  borings,  surface  deposits,  and  ancient  beaches  in  Ontario. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  268-279,  1903. 

Describes  work  upon  surface  deposits,  exploration  for  natural  gas  and  oil,  determination  of 
ancient  shore  lines  of  the  Great  Lakes,  and  the  occurrence  and  utilization  of  peat. 

6.  The  geomorphic  origin  and  development  of  the  raised  shore  lines  of  the  St.  Law¬ 

rence  Valley  and  Great  Lakes. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  175-179,  1904. 

Describes  high-level  shore  lines  and  discusses  their  origin  and  geologic  history. 

7.  Peat  in  Canada. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  Can.,  Bull,  on  Peat,  40  pp.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  utilization  of  peat  in  Canada.  Includes  notes  upon  the  geology 
and  physical  features  of  peat  bogs. 

8.  Surface  geology  of  the  southern  part  of  the  Province  of  Quebec. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  140-143,  1904. 

9.  The  glaciation  of  Mount  Orford,  P.  Q.  [Canada]. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  19,  pp.  52-55,  1905. 

10.  Surface  geology  of  eastern  Quebec. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  250-263,  1905. 

Chamberlin  (Rollin  T.). 

1.  The  glacial  features  of  the  St.  Croix  Dalles  region. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  238-256,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Chamberlin  (Thomas  C. ). 

1.  [Geologic  terminology .  ] 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  267-270,  1901. 


62 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Chamberlin  (Thomas  C. ) — Continued. 

2.  On  a  possible  function  of  disruptive  approach  in  the  formation  of  meteorites, 

comets,  and  nebulae. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  369-392,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  possibility  of  mass  disruption  without  collision  and  the  probable  effects. 

3.  Report  on  some  studies  relative  to  primal  questions  in  geology. 

Abstract:  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  p.  21504,  1901. 

4.  On  Lord  Kelvin’s  address  on  the  age  of  the  earth  as  an  abode  fitted  for  life. 

Smith.  Inst.,  Ann.  Kept.,  1899,  pp.  223-246,  1901. 

5.  The  geologic  relations  of  the  human  relics  of  Lansing,  Kansas. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  745-777, 13  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  certain  phases  of  fluvial  action  and  their  bearing  on  the  phenomena  at  this  locality. 
Describes  the  character  of  the  river  deposits  and  presents  the  author’s  interpretations. 

6.  Distribution  of  the  internal  heat  of  the  earth. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  89,  1902. 

7.  Has  the  rate  of  rotation  of  the  earth  changed  appreciably  during  geological  history? 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  89,  1902. 

8.  The  criteria  requisite  for  the  reference  of  relics  to  a  glacial  age. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  64-85,  1  fig.,  1903. 

9.  Distribution  of  the  internal  heat  of  the  earth. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  530-531, 1903. 

Brief  note  on  the  character  of  the  paper. 

10.  Has  the  rate  of  rotation  of  the  earth  changed  appreciably  during  geological 

history? 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  p.  531,  1903. 

Brief  note  on  the  theory  of  a  high  rate  of  terrestrial  rotation  in  early  geologic  times. 

11.  The  origin  of  ocean  basins  on  the  planetesimal  hypothesis. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  p.  14,  1903;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  300-301, 1903;  Geol.  Soc. 
Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  548,  1904. 

12.  [The  geological  survey  of  the  Lake  Superior  region.  ] 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  276-277,  1904. 

Reviews  the  work  and  publications  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  upon  the  Lake  Superior 
ore-bearing  series. 

13.  Fundamental  problems  of  geology. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Yearb.  no.  2, 1903,  pp.  261-270,  1904. 

Discusses  lines  of  research  upon  fundamental  problems  of  geology. 

14.  A  contribution  to  the  theory  of  glacial  motion. 

Chicago  Univ.,  Decennial  Publications,  1st  ser.,  vol.  9,  pp.  193-296,  3  pis.,  3  figs.,  1904. 

15.  Fundamental  problems  of  geology. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Yearb.  no.  3, 1904,  pp.  195-258,  abstract,  pp.  117-118, 1905. 

Chamberlin  (Thomas  C. )  and  Salisbury  (Rollin  D. ). 

1.  Geology.  In  two  volumes.  Vol.  1.  Geologic  processes  and  their  results. 

New  York,  Henry  Holt  and  Company,  1904.  xix,  654  pp.,  24  pis.,  and  471  figs. 

Chance  (H.  M. ). 

1.  Gold  ores  of  the  Black  Hills,  South  Dakota. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  278-285,  1901. 

Describes  the  peculiar  occurrence  of  gold  in  the  nearly  horizontal  Cambrian  sandstones  and 
shales  in  the  vicinity  of  Deadwood. 

2.  The  iron  mines  of  Hartville,  Wyoming. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  987-1003,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  ore  bodies  and  gives  detailed  descriptions  of 
the  mine  workings. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


63 


Chaney  (L.  W. ). 

1.  Glacial  exploration  in  the  Montana  Rockies. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  403-496, 1906. 

Chapman  (Robert  H.). 

1.  Our  northern  Rockies. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  361-372,  10  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  physiographic  notes  on  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Montana. 

2.  The  value  of  topographic  maps. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  p.  148,  1902. 

Charles  (H.  W. ). 

1.  Dakota  sandstone  in  Washington  County  [Kansas]. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  p.  194, 1901. 

Describes  its  general  characteristics  in  this  county. 

Charlton  (O.  C. ). 

1.  Note  on  the  Mart  and  Bluff  meteorites. 

Texas  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  4,  pp.  83-84,  1901.  p 

Brief  description  of  occurrence  and  character. 

Chatard  (T.  M.)  and  Whitehead  (Cabell). 

1.  An  examination  of  the  ores  of  the  Republic  mine,  Washington. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  419-423,  1901. 

Describes  the  chemical  studies  made  of  these  gold  and  silver  ores. 

Chazal  (Philip  E. ). 

1.  The  century  in  phosphates  and  fertilizers.  A  sketch  of  the  South  Carolina  phos¬ 
phate  industry. 

Charleston,  S.  C.,  71  pp.,  1904. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  character,  origin,  and  economic 
development  of  the  phosphate  deposits  of  South  Carolina. 

Chester  (Albert  H.). 

1.  Mineralogical  notes  and  explorations. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  173-188,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  chemical  composition  of  several  minerals. 

Chibas  (Eduardo  J. ). 

1.  Manganese  mining  in  Cuba. 

Mines  and  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  295-296,  1901. 

Abstract  of  report  on  the  manganese  mines  near  Santiago. 

Christy  (S.  B.). 

1.  Biographical  notice  of  Joseph  LeConte. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  766-793, 1  pi.,  1902. 

Church  (John  A.). 

1.  The  Tombstone,  Arizona,  mining  district. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  3-37,  12  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  sedimentary  strata,  the  geologic  structure,  the 
character  and  occurrence  o '  eruptive  rocks,  and  the  position  and  relations  of  the  ore  bodies 
of  gold,  silver,  and  manganese. 

2.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  Walter  P.  Jenney,  “The  chemistry  of  ore-deposition.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1065-1070,  1903. 

Discusses  occurrences  of  ore  deposits  and  their  bearing  upon  the  subject  of  the  paper  under 
discussion. 

3.  Enrichment  in  veins. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  p.  695,  1905. 

Cilley  (Frank  H.). 

1.  Some  fundamental  propositions  in  the  theory  of  elasticity.  A  study  of  primary  or 
self-balancing  stresses. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  269-290,  1901. 

Discusses  briefly  the  application  of  the  theory  to  the  study  of  the  inner  condition  of  the 
earth. 


64 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Cirkel  (Fritz). 

1.  Vorkommen  und  Gewinnung  von  Asbest  in  Canada. 

Zeitsch.  f.  prak.  Geol.,  Jg.  11,  pp.  123-131,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  asbestos  deposits  in  Quebec  and  the  mining  develop¬ 
ments. 

2.  Mica  deposits. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  23,  pp.  82-86,  104-108,  128-133,  13  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  mica  and  phlogopite  deposits  in  Canada  and  else¬ 
where  and  their  economic  development  in  Canada. 

3.  Asbestos:  its  occurrence,  exploitation,  and  uses. 

Can.,  Dept,  of  the  Interior,  Mines  Branch,  Ottawa,  1905.  169  pp.,  38  figs.,  1  map,  and  2  charts. 

4.  Mica:  its  occurrence,  exploitation  and  uses. 

Can.,  Dept,  of  the  Interior,  Mines  Branch,  Ottawa,  1905.  148  pp.,  1  pi.,  38  figs.,  and  1  map. 

Clapp  (Frederick  G. ). 

1.  Geological  history  of  the  Charles  River  [Massachusetts]. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  14,  pp;  171-201,  13  figs.,  pp.  255-269,  4  figs.,  1901;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  218- 
233,  4  pis.,  1902.  * 

Describes  the  various  stages  of  the  river’s  development  and  their  causes,  its  relation  to  the 
geologic  structure  and  the  Tertiary  and  Glacial  history  of  the  region. 

2.  Relations  of  gravel  deposits  in  the  northern  part  of  Glacial  Lake  Charles,  Massa¬ 

chusetts. 

Jour.  Qeol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  198-214,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  sand  plains,  gravel,  and  other  Glacial  deposits  in  the  valley  of  the  Charles  River  in 
Massachusetts,  and  discusses  their  characteristics  and  formations,  the  disappearance  of  the 
Glacial  ice,  and  connected  events. 

3.  Water  resources  of  the  Curwensville,  Patton,  Ebensburg,  and  Barnesboro  quad¬ 

rangles,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  159-163, 1905. 

4.  Limestones  of  southwestern  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  249,  52  pp.,  7  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  limestones  of  southwestern 
Pennsylvania,  with  especial  reference  to  their  availability  for  the  manufacture  of  cement. 

Clapp  (Frederick  G.),  Fuller  (M.  L. )  and. 

1.  Marl-loess  of  the  lower  Wabash  Valley. 

See  Fuller  (M.  L.)  and  Clapp  (F.  G.),  1. 

2.  Patoka  folio,  Indiana-Illinois. 

See  Fuller  (Myron  L.)  and  Clapp  (Frederick  G.),  2. 

Clark  (P.  Edwin),  Van  Ingen  (Gilbert)  and. 

1.  Disturbed  fossiliferous  rocks  in  the  vicinity  of  Rondout,  N.  Y. 

See  Van  Ingen  (Gilbert)  and  Clark  (P.  E.),  1. 

Clark  (W.  Blair). 

1.  Drainage  modifications  in  Knox,  Licking,  and  Coshocton  counties  [Ohio]. 

Denison  Univ.,  Sci.  Lab.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  art.  1,  pp.  1-16,  3  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  modifications  produced  in  the  drainage  of  this  area  by  the  ice  of  the  Glacial 
period. 

Clark  (William). 

1.  Some  new  points  on  the  fin  attachment  of  Dinichthys  and  Cladodus. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  6th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  46-48,  3  figs.,  1898. 

Clark  (William  Bullock). 

1.  Maryland  Geological  Survey,  volume  four. 

Baltimore,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Press,  1902.  524  pp.,  69  pis.,  34  figs. 

2.  Reports  on  Cecil  County  [Maryland]. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Cecil  Co.,  322  pp.,  30  pis.,  24  figs.,  1902.  Atlas  with  3  maps. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


65 


Clark  (William  Bullock) — Continued. 

3.  Reports  on  Garrett  County  [Maryland] . 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Garrett  Co.,  340  pp.,  26  pis.,  12  figs.,  1902.  Atlas  with  2  maps. 

4.  The  Cretaceous-Eocene  boundary  in  the  Atlantic  coastal  plain. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  293, 1903. 

5.  The  Mata  wan  formation  of  Maryland,  Delaware,  and  New  Jersey,  and  its  rela¬ 

tions  to  overlying  and  underlying  formations. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  435-440,  1904;  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Circ.,  1904,  pp.  692-699 
(no.  7,  pp.  28-35),  1904. 

Includes  a  table  showing  correlation  of  Atlantic  coast  Cretaceous  formations  with  Creta¬ 
ceous  formations  of  Europe. 

6.  The  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland.  Introduction  and  general  stratigraphic 

relations. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  xxiii-xxxii,  1  pi.,  1904. 

7.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Echinodermata. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  430-433,  2  pis.,  1904. 

8.  Origin,  distribution  and  uses  of  coal. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  5,  pp.  221-240,  3  pis.,  1905. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  use,  origin,  occurrence,  and  production  of  coal,  and  the 
extent,  character  of  the  coal,  etc.,  of  the  Appalachian  coal  field. 

Clark  (William  Bullock)  and  Bibbins  (A.). 

1.  Geology  of  the  Potomac  group  in  the  middle  Atlantic  slope. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  187-214, 7  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence  and  distribution  of  the  divisions  of  the  Potomac  group, 
the  interpretation  of  these  deposits  and  the  surface  configuration  of  the  crystalline  floor  and 
of  the  Potomac  group.  Discusses  the  age  of  these  deposits. 

2.  The  Potomac  group  in  Maryland. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  905, 1902. 

Clark  (William  Bullock)  and  Martin  (George  Curtis). 

1.  The  Eocene  deposits  of  Maryland. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  21-92, 14  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  stratigraphic  relations,  distribution,  characters,  origin  of  the  materi¬ 
als,  and  the  stratigraphic  and  paleontologic  characteristics  of  the  Eocene  strata.  Discusses 
their  correlation. 

2.  Eocene  Mollusca. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  122-203,  41  pis.,  1901. 

3.  Eocene  Molluscoidea  (Brachiopoda). 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  203-205,  1  pi.,  1901. 

4.  Eocene  Echinodermata. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  232-233,  1  pi.,  1901. 

5.  Correlation  of  the  Coal  Measures  of  Maryland. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  215-232,  11  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  subdivisions  of  the  Coal  Measures  group  in  Maryland  and  discusses  their  corre¬ 
lation  with  the  Coal  Measures  of  other  portions  of  the  Appalachian  province. 

6.  Correlation  of  the  formations  and  members  [of  the  Maryland  coal  district]. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  5,  pp.  291-315,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Clark  (Wm.  Bullock),  Martin  (George  C.)  and  Rutledge  (J.  J.). 

1.  Distribution  and  character  of  the  Maryland  coal  beds. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  5,  pp.  317-512,  15  pis.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Clarke  (C.  H.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  Michipicoten  gold-belt. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol. 76,  pp.  735-736,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gold  ores  and  the  mining  developments. 

Bull.  301—06 - 5 


66 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Clarke  (Frank  Wigglesworth). 

1.  Mineral  analyses  from  the  laboratories  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey, 

1880  to  1903,  tabulated  by  F.  W.  Clarke,  chief  chemist. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  220,  119  pp.,  1903. 

2.  A  pseudo-serpentine  from  Stevens  County,  Washington. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  397-398,  1903. 

3.  The  composition  of  glauconite  and  greenalite. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  43,  pp.  243-247,  1903. 

4.  Analyses  of  rocks  from  the  laboratory  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  228,  375  pp.,  1904. 

Note. — The  analyses  of  rocks  have  not  been  listed  in  the  index  of  this  bibliography. 

5.  A  pseudo-serpentine  from  Stevens  County,  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  69-71,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  discusses  the  chemical  composition. 

Clarke  (Frank  Wigglesworth)  and  Steig’er  (George). 

1.  The  action  of  ammonium  chloride  upon  silicates. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  207,  57  pp.,  1902. 

2.  On  “  Californite.” 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  72-74,  1905. 

Discusses  the  chemical  composition. 

Clarke  (John  M. ). 

1.  The  Oriskany  fauna  of  Becraft  Mountain,  Columbia  County,  N.  Y. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  53rd  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  2,  pp.  6-101,  9  pis.,  and  geologic  map,  1901. 

See  Clarke  (J.  M.),  no.  971,  in  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  Bulletin,  no.  188. 

2.  Limestones  of  central  and  western  New  York  interbedded  with  bituminous  shales 

of  the  Marcellus  stage,  with  notes  on  the  nature  and  origin  of  their  faunas. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  49,  pp.  115-138,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1901. 

3.  New  Agelacrinites. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  49,  pp.  182-198,  1  pi.,  7  figs.,  1901. 

Reviews  the  literature  regarding  these  forms  and  describes  three  new  species. 

4.  Value  of  Amnigenia  as  an  indicator  of  fresh-water  deposits  during  the  Devonic  of 

New  York,  Ireland,  and  the  Rhineland. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  49,  pp.  199-203,  1  pi.,  1901. 

5.  Report  of  the  State  paleontologist,  1901  [N.  Y.]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  419-456,  1902. 

Contains  brief  discussion  of  the  results  of  the  studies  of  the  Cambrian,  Silurian,  and  Devonian 
rocks  and  fauna  of  the  Sta^e  in  1901. 

6.  George  Bancroft  Simpson. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  457-460,  1902. 

Contains  an  account  of  his  life  and  work. 

7.  Paleontologic  results  of  the  areal  survey  of  the  Olean  quadrangle  [N.  Y.]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  524-528,  1902. 

Discusses  the  paleontologic  aspect  of  the  faunas  of  the  Devono-Carboniferous  beds  of  the 
region. 

8.  A  new  genus  of  Paleozoic  brachiopods,  Eunoa,  with  some  considerations  there¬ 

from  on  the  organic  bodies  known  as  Discinocaris,  Spathiocaris,  and  Cardiocaris. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  606-615,  4  pis.,  2  figs.,  1902. 

9.  [Note  on  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  the  fauna.]  [In  Luther  (D.  D. ),  Strati¬ 

graphic  value  of  the  Portage  sandstone.  N.  Y.]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  630-631,  1  fig.,  1902. 

10.  The  indigene  and  alien  faunas  of  the  New  York  Devonic. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  664-672,  1902. 

Discusses  the  influence  of  the  supposed  barriers  in  the  Devonian  seas  upon  the  migrations 
and  distribution  of  the  faunas  of  that  period. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  190M905,  INCLUSIVE. 


67 


Clarke  (John  M.) — Continued. 

11.  Report  of  the  State' paleontologist,  1900. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  Appendix  I,  pp.  3-81,  1902. 

12.  Notes  on  Paleozoic  crustaceans. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  Appendix  I,  pp.  83-119,  4  pis.,  1902. 

13.  Origin  of  the  faunas  of  the  Marcellus  limestones  of  New  York. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  90,  1902. 

14.  Report  of  the  State  paleontologist,  1902. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  69,  pp.  851-891,  1903. 

Gives  a  review  of  the  work  of  the  office  of  the  State  paleontologist  of  New  York  for  1901-2. 

15.  Mastodons  of  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  69,  pp.  921-933,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrences  of  mastodon  remains  in  the  State  of  New  York. 

16.  Construction  of  the  Olean  rock  section. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  69,  pp.  996-999,  1903. 

Discusses  the  discrepancy  of  results  obtained  by  stratigraphic  and  paleontologic  work  in  t  : 
Olean  quadrangle  of  New  York  and  the  geologic  position  of  the  Cattaraugus  beds. 

17.  Torsion  of  the  lamellibranch  shell,  an  illustration  of  Noetiing’s  law. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  69,  pp.  1228-1233,  7  figs.,  1903. 

18.  Some  Devonic  worms. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  69,  pp.  1234-1238,  2  pis.,  1903. 

19.  Naples  fauna  in  western  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Mem.  6,  pp.  199-454,  26  pis.,  16  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  conditions  of  sedimentation  and  the  distribution  of  land  and  water  prevailing  in 
the  area  of  western  New  York  in  later  Devonian  times,  and  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Porlage 
and  character  of  the  fauna,  and  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  the  species  and  tables  of 
distribution  and  comparison  with  faunas  of  other  regions. 

20.  Classification  of  New  York  series  of  geologic  formations. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Handbook  19,  28  pp.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  nomenclature  and  classification  of  the  New  York  series  of  geologic  formations. 
Includes  a  table  showing  the  geologic  position  and  geographic  distribution  of  formations 
in  the  State  of  New  York. 

21.  Origin  of  the  limestone  faunas  of  the  Marcellus  shales  of  New  York. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  p.  535,  1903. 

22.  Charles  Emerson  Beecher.  Oct.  9,  1856-Feb.  14,  1904. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  1-13,  1  pi.  (por.),  1904. 

Includes  a  chronologic  list  of  Beecher’s  published  papers,  prepared  by  Lucy  P.  Bush. 

23.  With  regard  to  Portage  crinoids. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  246-247,  1905. 

A  short  note  in  regard  to  nomenclature. 

24.  Prof.  James  Hall  and  the  Troost  manuscript. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  256-257,  1905. 

25.  Report  of  the  State  paleontologist  [of  New  York],  1903. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  80,  pp.  3-133,  3  pis.,  1905. 

Reviews  the  scientific  and  office  work,  and  publications  of  the  office  of  the  State  paleon¬ 
tologist  for  the  year  beginning  October  1,  1902.  Appendices  contain  list  of  accessions,  new 
entries  of  fossil  localities,  and  type  specimens  of  Paleozoic  fossils,  Supplement  1. 

26.  Perce:  a  brief  sketch  of  its  geology. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  80,  pp.  134-171,  9  pis.,  13  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  general  geology  of  the  locality,  and  in  detail  its  geological 
structure  and  the  character  and  occurrence  oi  the  fossil  faunas,  with  faunal  lists,  contained 
ui  the  rocks  of  Perc6  and  vicinity,  on  the  coast  of  Gasp<§,  Province  of  Quebec. 

27.  Ithaca  fau  .a  of  central  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  82,  pp.  53-70,  1905. 

Gives  general  observations  upon  the  fauna,  a  list  of  localities  from  which  collections  have 
been  made,  and  lists  of  the  species  with  their  localities. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


68 

Clarke  (John  M.) — Continued. 

28.  Report  of  the  director,  1904,  with  the  24th  report  of  the  State  geologist  and  the 
report  of  the  State  paleontologist,  1904. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  58th  Ann.  Kept.,  pp.  5-136,  1905. 

Includes  various  geologic  data  and  contains  Supplement  2  to  the  list  of  type  specimens  of 
Paleozoic  fossils  in  the  New  York  State  Museum. 

Clarke  (John  M.)  and  Luther  (D.  Dana). 

1.  Stratigraphic  and  paleontologic  map  of  Canandaigua  and  Naples  quadrangles  [New 

York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  63,  76  pp.,  geol.  map,  1904. 

Describes  in  detail  the  occurrence  and  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  Silurian 
and  Devonian  formations  included  in  the  area  of  the  map,  and  gives  lists  of  the  fossils  of 
the  several  formations. 

2.  Geology  of  the  Watkins  and  Elmira  quadrangles  [New  York],  accompanied  by  a 

geologic  map. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  81,  pp.  3-29,  and  map,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  development,  relations,  and  fossil  contents  of  the  Devo¬ 
nian  formations  represented  on  the  geologic  map  of  this  area. 

3.  Geologic  map  of  the  Tully  quadrangle  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  82,  pp.  35-52,  and  map,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  development,  relations,  and  fossil  contents  of  the  Devo¬ 
nian  and  Silurian  formations  represented  in  this  area. 

Clarke  (John  M.)  and  Ruedemann  (Rudolf). 

1.  Guelph  fauna  in  the  State  of  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Mem.  5, 195  pp.,  21  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  stratigraphy,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  Guelph  formation  in  New 
York,  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  the  fauna,  and  discusses  the  conditions  of  life  and 
sedimentation  during  the  prevalence  of  the  Guelph  fauna,  and  its  distribution. 

2.  Catalogue  of  type  specimens  of  Paleozoic  fossils  in  New  York  State  Museum. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  65,  847  pp.,  1903. 

Clarke  (John  M. ),  Ruedemann  (R.),  and  Luther  (D.  D.). 

1.  Contact  lines  of  Upper  Siluric  formations  on  the  Brockport  and  Medina  quadran¬ 
gles,  N.  Y.  " 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  517-523,  1902. 

Describes  outcrops  of  these  beds  at  various  localities. 

Claypole  (Edward  W. ). 

1.  On  an  unrecognized  coal-horizon  in  northeastern  Ohio. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  3d  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  9-12  [1895]. 

Discusses  stratigraphic  position  of  coal  seams  in  the  vicinity  of  Massillon,  Ohio. 

2.  On  the  Salina  group  in  northeastern  Ohio. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  3d  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  12-13  [1895]. 

3.  Notes  on  petroleum  in  California. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  150-159,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  of  the  oil  areas,  the  general  geology,  and  the  source  of  the 
oil  and  gas. 

4.  The  Sierra  Madre  near  Pasadena  [California] . 

Abstracts:  Joup  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  69-70,  1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  494,  1901. 
Contains  notes  on  the  Tertiary  strata  and  igneous  rocks  of  the  region. 

5.  The  Devonian  era  in  the  Ohio  basin. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  15-41,  7  pis.,  pp.  79-105,  3  pis.,  pp.  240-250,  312-322,  335-353,  1903. 
Discusses  occurrence,  lithologic,  stratigraphic,  and  faunal  features  of  Devonian  formations  in 
the  Ohio  basin,  geographic  and  hypsographic  conditions  prevailing  in  Devonian  times,  and 
geologic  and  geographic  distribution  of  the  invertebrate  and  vertebrate  faunas,  and  describes 
briefly  species  of  Cladodus  and  Monocladodus. 

Clearman  (Harriet  M.). 

1.  A  geological  situation  in  the  lava  flow,  with  reference  to  the  vegetation. 

Iowa  Aokd.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1903,  vol.  11,  pp.  65-68, 1904. 

Includes  observations  upon  the  lava  beds  of  Idaho. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


69 


Cleland  (Herdman  Fitzgerald). 

1.  The  landslides  of  Mt.  Graylock  and  Briggsville,  Mass. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  513-517,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  recent  landslips. 

2.  A  study  of  the  Hamilton  formation  of  the  Cayuga  Lake  section  in  central  New 

York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  206,  112  pp.,  5  pis.,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  Cayuga  Lake  region  in  New  York  and  the  history,  cor¬ 
relation,  and  faunal  zones  of  the  Hamilton  formation  in  this  region,  and  gives  a  classified 
list  of  species  found,  with  notes  on  their  occurrence,  general  observations  and  conclusions, 
and  a  table  showing  vertical  distribution  and  relative  abundance  of  Hamilton  species. 

3.  Further  notes  on  the  Calciferous  (Beekmantown)  formation  of  the  Mohawk  Val¬ 

ley,  with  descriptions  of  new  species. 

Am.  Pal.,  Bull.  no.  18,  pp.  31-50,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  fossil  contents  of  Calciferous  strata  in  the  Mohawk  Val¬ 
ley,  and  gives  detailed  descriptions  of  the  new  species  of  fossils. 

4.  The  formation  of  natural  bridges. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  119-124,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Clements  (J.  Morgan). 

1.  Ellipsoidal  structure  in  the  pre-Cambrian  basic  and  intermediate  rocks  of  the 

Lake  Superior  region. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  260-261,  1902. 

2.  Vermilion  district  of  Minnesota. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  261, 1902. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  geological  structure  of  this  region  and  discusses  the  origin  of 
the  ores. 

3.  The  Vermilion  iron-bearing  district  of  Minnesota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  45,  463  pp.,  13  pis.,  23  figs.,  with  an  atlas  of  26  sheets,  1903 
Reviews  the  literature  regarding  the  district,  describes  its  physiography,  the  character,  occur¬ 
rence,  and  relations  of  the  Archaean,  Huronian,  and  Keweenawan  rocks  and  drift,  and  the 
occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  the  ore  deposits. 

4.  Ellipsoidal  structure  in  pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  Lake  Superior  region. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  8,  1903. 

5.  Vermilion  district  of  Minnesota. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  9,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  outline  of  the  geology. 

6.  Spherulitic  texture  in  the  Archean  greenstones  of  Minnesota. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  555, 1904. 

7.  Geological  history  of  the  Vermilion  iron-bearing  district  of  Minnesota.  * 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  565, 1904. 

Clements  (J.  Morgan),  Van  Hise  (C.  R.)  and. 

1.  The  Vermilion  iron-bearing  district. 

See  Van  Hise  (C.  R.)  and  Clements  (J.  M.),  1. 

Clendenin  (W.  W.). 

L  A  preliminary  report  upon  the  Florida  parishes  of  east  Louisiana  and  the  bluff, 
prairie,  and  hill  lands  of  southwest  Louisiana. 

La.  State  Experiment  Stations,  Geol.  &  Agric.,  pt.  3,  pp.  159-256  [1896?]. 

Describes  topographic,  drainage  and  geologic  features,  soils,  and  other  economic  resources  of 
this  area. 

2.  A  preliminary  report  upon  the  bluff  and  Mississippi  alluvial  lands  of  Louisiana. 

La.  State  Experiment  Stations,  Geol.  &  Agric.,  pt.  4,  pp.  257-290  [1897?]. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  soils  of  this  area. 

Clere  (M.). 

L  The  Moctezuma  district,  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  1007-1009,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  district,  and  the  occurrence  of  the  silver  and  gold  ore 

deposits. 


70 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Cobb  (Collier). 

1.  Origin  of  the  sandhill  topography  of  the  Carolinas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  226-227,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.22666, 1903. 

2.  Recent  changes  in  the  North  Carolina  coast,  with  special  reference  to  Hatteras 

Island. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  227,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22666, 1903. 

3.  A  new  Paloeotrochis  locality,  with  some  notes  on  the  nature  of  Palseotrochis. 

Elisha  Mitchell  Sci.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  20,  pp.  11-12,  1904. 

4.  The  forms  of  sand-dunes  as  influenced  by  neighboring  forests. 

Elisha  Mitchell  Sci.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  20,  p.  14, 1904. 

Cockerell  (T.  D.  A.). 

'  1.  A  new  fossil  Ashmunella. 

Nautilus,  vol.  16,  p.  105,  1903. 

2.  A  fossil  form  of  Orohelix  yavapai  Pilsbry. 

Nautilus,  vol.  19,  pp.  46-47,  1905. 

3.  Two  Carboniferous  genera. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  p.  330,  1905. 

Calls  attention  to  two  generic  names  that  are  preoccupied. 

Cohen  (E.)„ 

1.  liber  ein  neues  Meteoreisen  von  Locust  Grove,  Henry  Co.,  Nord-Carolina,  Ver- 

einigte  Staaten. 

Preus.  Akad.  d.  Wissen.  zu  Berlin,  Sitzungsb.,  pp.  76-81,  1897. 

Describes  the  character  and  constitution  of  this  meteorite. 

2.  Das  Meteoreisen  von  Forsyth  Co.,  Georgia,  Yereinigte  Staaten. 

Preus.  Akad.  d.  Wissen.  zu  Berlin,  Sitzungsb.,  pp.  386-396,  2  figs.,  1897. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  constitution  of  this  meteorite  from  Forsyth  County, 
Georgia. 

3.  liber  das  Meteoreisen  von  Cincinnati,  Vereinigte  Staaten. 

Preus.  Akad.  d.  Wissen.  zu  Berlin,  Sitzungsb.,  pp.  428-430,  1898. 

Describes  the  characters  and  constitution  of  this  meteorite. 

4.  Meteoreisen-Studien.  XI. 

K.  k.  naturh.  Hofmuseums,  Ann.,  Bd.  15,  pp.  351-391,  1900. 

Describes  meteorites  from  Illinois  Gulch,  Mont.:  Hammond,  Wis.;  Cacaria,  Mex.;  Mesquital, 
Mex.;  Murphy,  N.  C.;  Saint  Francois  County,  Mo.;  Cosby’s  Creek,  Tenn.;  Canyon  Diablo, 
Ariz.;  Kendall  County,  Tex.,  and  Mount  Joy,  Pa. 

5.  Die  Meteoreisen  von  Ranchito  und  Casas  Grandes  [Mexico]. 

Mittheilungen  des  Naturwissenschaftlichen  Vereins  fur  Neu-Vorpommern  und  Riigen  zu 
'  Greifswald,  Jahrg.  35,  13  pp.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition  of  meteorites  from  Mexico. 

6.  Die  Meteoreisen  von  Nenntmannsdorf  und  Persimmon  Creek;  Unterscheidung 

von  Cohenit  und  Schreibersit. 

Mittheilungen  des  Naturwissenschaftlichen  Vereins  fur  Neu-Vorpommern  und  Riigen  zu 
Greifswald,  Jahrg.  35,  4  pp.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  characters  of  a  meteorite  found  in  North  Carolina. 

7.  Das  Meteoreisen  von  Millers  Run  bei  Pittsburgh,  Alleghany  Co.,  Pennsylvania, 

Vereinigte  Staaten. 

Mittheilungen  des  Naturwissenschaftlichen  Vereins  fur  Neu-Vorpommern  und  Riigen  zu 
Greifswald,  Jahrg.  35,  4  pp.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  characters  of  a  meteorite  from  Pennsylvania. 

8.  Ueber  die  Meteoreisen  von  Cuernavaca  und  Iredell. 

Mittheilungen  des  Naturwissenschaftlichen  Vereins  fur  Neu-Vorpommern  und  Riigen  zu 
Greifswald,  Jahrg.  34,  5  pp.,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition  of  meteorites  from  Mexico  and  Texas. 

Colburn  (E.  A.). 

1.  A  peculiar  ore  deposit. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  p.  196,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  ore  bodies. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


71 


Cole  (A.  D. ). 

1.  Clarence  L.  Herrick. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol,  20,  pp.  600-601,  1904. 

Cole  (Leon  J.). 

1.  The  delta  of  the  St.  Clair  River. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  9,  pt.  1,  pp.  1-28,  4  pis.,  1908. 

Coleman  (Arthur  P.). 

1.  Glacial  and  inter-Glacial  beds  near  Toronto  [Canada]. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  285-310,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  glacial  history,  the  variations  in  climate  and  their  effect  on  the  then  existing 
faunas  and  floras,  and  the  glacial  deposits  of  the  region. 

2.  Marine  and  fresh-water  beaches  of  Ontario. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  129-146,  2  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13, 
p.  136,  1901. 

Describes  the  marine  deposits,  shell  gravels,  aud  beaches  of  the  region. 

3.  The  Vermilion  River  placers  [Ontario], 

Ontario  Bureau  of  Mines,  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  151-159,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  distribution  of  the  placers. 

4.  Iron  ranges  of  the  Lower  Huronian  [Ontario]. 

Ontario  Bureau  of  Mines,  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  181-211,  4  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  iron-ore  bodies  of  various  localities,  and  the 
petrographic  characters  of  some  of  the  associated  rocks.  Discusses  the  origin  of  some  of  thp 
ores  and  includes  notes  on  the  Pleistocene  geology. 

5.  Sea  beaches  of  eastern  Ontario. 

Ontario  Bureau  of  Mines,  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  215-227,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the.  Leda  clay  and  Saxicava  sand,  and  describes  the  character  and  occur¬ 
rence  of  the  beach  sands  and  gravels  and  their  faunas. 

6.  The  classification  of  the  Archaean. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  8,  sect.  4,  pp.  135-148, 1902. 

Reviews  the  work  upon  the  Archean  and  the  differences  of  interpretation,  and  compares  and 
discusses  the  different  schemes  of  classification  proposed. 

7.  Types  of  iron-bearing  rocks  in  Ontario. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  p.  842,  1902. 

8.  Nepheline  and  other  syenites  near  Port  Coldwell,  Ontario. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  147-155, 1902. 

Describes  the  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters  of  these  rocks. 

9.  The  duration  of  the  Toronto  inter-Glacial  period. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  71-80,  1902. 

Reviews  a  recent  paper  by  Upham  and  discusses  the  evidences  indicating  the  duration  of  this 
period. 

10.  The  Huronian  question. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  327-334,  1902. 

Discusses  the  relations  of  the  Huronian  rocks  and  the  views  of  various  geologists  regarding 
these  questions. 

11.  Rock  basins  of  Helen  mine,  Michipicoten,  Canada. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  293-304,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  topography  and  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  rock  basins. 

12.  Iron  ranges  of  northwestern  Ontario. 

Ont.  Bureau  of  Mines,  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  128-151,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  geographic  and  geologic  distribution  of  the  iron-bearing  rocks  and  the  stratigraphic 
position  of  the  ores. 

13.  Syenites  near  Port  Coldwell  [Ontario]. 

Ont.  Bureau  of  Mines,  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  208-213,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  lithologic  characters  of  these  rocks. 

14.  The  Sudbury  [Ontario]  nickel  deposits. 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  [12th]  Rept.,  pp.  235-299,  16  pis.,  25  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  geology  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  of  ore  bodies  and  mining 
operations,  and  discusses  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  ore  deposits. 


72 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Coleman  (Arthur  P. ) — Continued. 

15.  Types  of  iron-bearing  rocks  in  Ontario. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  294-295,  1903. 

16.  Iroquois  beach  in  Ontario. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  347-368,  1  pi.  (map),  1904. 

Describes  location  and  character  of  the  beach  in  Ontario  of  Lake  Iroquois  and  discusses  the 
levels  and  tilting  of  the  beach,  the  outlet  of  the  lake,  and  its  geological  and  time 
relationships. 

17.  The  Iroquois  beach  in  Ontario. 

Ont.  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1904,  pt.  1,  pp.  225-244,  1904. 

18.  The  northern  nickel  range  [Ontario]. 

Ont.  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1904,  pt.  1,  pp.  192-222,  5  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  topography,  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geological 
relations  of  nickel  and  iron-ore  deposits. 

19.  The  Sudbury  nickel-bearing  eruptive. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  p.  551,  1904;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  526, 1904; 
Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  57,  p.  23446,  1904;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  73,  1904. 

20.  Geology  of  the  Sudbury  district  [Ontario]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol  79,  pp.  189-190,  1905. 

21.  Theories  of  world  building. 

Can.,  R.  Astron.  Soc.,  Selected  Papers  and  Proc.,  1904,  pp.  53-56,  1905;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl., 
VOl.  60,  p.  24703,  1905.  . 

Discusses  the  nebular  and  planetesimal  hypotheses. 

22.  Glacial  lakes  and  Pleistocene  changes  in  the  St.  Lawrence  Valley. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  480-486, 1905. 

Coleman  (Arthur  P. )  and  Willmott  (A.  B.). 

1.  The  Michipicoten  iron  region  [Ontario]. 

Ont.  Bureau  of  Mines,  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  152-185,  4  pis.,  2  figs.,  geol.  map,  1902. 

Describes  the  topography,  gives  a  classification  of  the  Huronian  rocks,  discusses  the  geology 
and  formation  of  the  iron  ores,  and  describes  the  petrology  of  this  region. 

2.  The  Michipicoten  iron  ranges  [Ontario]. 

Toronto  Univ.  Studies,  Geol.  ser.,  no.  2,  47  pp.,  2  maps,  1902. 

Colies  (George  Wetmore). 

1.  Mica  and  the  mica  industry. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  160,  pp.  275-294,  3  pis.,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  characters  of  micas  and  discusses  the  age  and  origin  of  pegmatite  dikes,  the 
origin  of  the  mica,  and  the  origin  and  relations  of  the  Canadian  mica  deposits. 

Collie  (George  Lucius). 

1.  Wisconsin  shore  of  Lake  Superior. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  197-216,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  shore  formations  and  beach  phenomena,  and 
the  characters  of  the  wave  erosion  and  its  topography. 

2.  Physiography  of  Wisconsin. 

Am.  Bur.  Geog.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  270-287,  9  figs.,  1901. 

3.  Ordovician  section  near  Bellefonte,  Pennsylvania. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  407^20,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Describes  position,  character,  stratigraphy,  and  fauna  of  Ordovician  formations  in  Center 
County,  Pennsylvania,  and  describes  some  new  species  of  Ordovician  fossils. 

Collier  (Arthur  J. ). 

1.  A  reconnaissance  of  the  northwestern  portion  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  2,  70  pp.,  12  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geology  and  physiography  of  this  region  and  gives  notes  on  the  petrology  and 
the  occurrence  of  gold  and  tin. 

2.  The  coal  resources  of  the  Yukon,  Alaska. 

.  U,,S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  218,  71  pp.,  6  pis.,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coal  deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


73 


Collier  (Arthur  J..) — Continued. 

3.  The  Glenn  Creek  gold  mining  district,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  49-56,  1903. 

Describes  placer  deposits  and  developments  in  this  region. 

4.  Coal  resources  of  the  Yukon  Basin,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  276-284,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  coal  and  gives  notes  on  the  character  of  the  coals  and  the  mining' 
developments. 

5.  Tin  in  the  York  region,  Alaska. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  999-1000,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  deposits  of  tin  ore. 

6.  Coal-bearing  series  of  the  Yukon. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  668, 1903. 

Discusses  the  geologic  age  of  the  coal-bearing  formations. 

7.  Tin  deposits  of  the  York  region,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  154-167, 1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  occurrence  and  character  of  stream  and  lode  tin  deposits. 

8.  The  tin  deposits  of  the  York  region,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  229,  61  pp.,  6  pis.,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  sedimentary  rocks  of  Silurian 
age  and  igneous  rocks,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  in  detail  of  tin-ore  deposits  and 
the  mining  operations.  Gives  a  r6sum6  of  the  occurrence  of  tin  in  the  United  States  and 
other  parts  of  the  world. 

9.  The  coal  fields  of  Cape  Lisburne,  Alaska. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  401-402,  1904. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  situation  and  geologic  age  of  the  coal  fields,  and  the  occurrence 
and  character  of  the  coal  beds. 

10.  Auriferous  quartz  veins  on  Unalaska  Island  [Alaska]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  102-103,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  gold-bearing  quartz  veins. 

11.  Recent  development  of  Alaskan  tin  deposits. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  120-127,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  lode  and  placer  tin  deposits. 

12.  Coal  fields  of  the  Cape  Lisburne  region  [Alaska]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  172-185,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Paleozoic  and  Mesozoic 
formations,  the  geology,  topography,  and  extent  of  the  Mesozoic  and  Paleozoic  coal  fields 
of  this  region,  and  the  character  of  the  coals. 

Collier  (Arthur  J.),  Brooks  (Alfred  H.)  and. 

1.  Glacial  phenomena  of  the  Seward  Peninsula  [Alaska]. 

See  Brooks  (A.  H.)  and  Collier  (A.  J.),  1. 

Collins  (Arthur  L. ). 

1.  [In  discussion  of  “The  origin  of  ore-deposits.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  951-953,  1902.  • 

Collins  (G.  E.). 

1.  Vein  structure  at  the  Reynolds  mine,  Georgia. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  68-70,  11  figs.,  1901;  Inst.  Mg.  &  Met.,  Trans.,  vol.  9,  pp.  365-371, 
5  pis.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  vein  phenomena  in  the  auriferous  crystalline  rocks  of  the  region. 

Collins  (Henry  F. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  wollastonite  rock  mass  and  its  associated  minerals  of  the  Santa  Fe 
mine,  State  of  Chiapas,  Mexico. 

Mineral.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  356-362,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  origin,  and  crystallographic  features  of  a  rock  mass  of  wollastonite. 

Colton  (Geo.  H.). 

1.  A  possible  cause  of  osars. 

Ohio  Nat.,  vol.  2,  p.  257,  1902. 


74 


JUBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Combes  (Paul), 

1.  Exploration  de  File  d’ Anticosti. 

Paris,  Joseph  Andr6  et  Cie.,  1896.  46  pp.  and  map. 

Contains  a  brief  account  of  the  geology  of  the  island  of  Anticosti. 

Comstock  (Frank  M. ). 

1.  A  small  esker  in  western  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  12-14,  3  figs.,  1903. 

2.  Ancient  lake  beaches  on  the  islands  in  Georgian  Bay. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  312-318,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  elevated  beaches. 

Comstock  (Theodore  B. ). 

1.  The  geology  and  vein  phenomena  of  Arizona. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  1038-1101, 1  fig.,  1901. 

Gives  a  general  description  of  the  mineral  regions.  Discusses  the  orographic  disturbances 
and  their  effects  on  ore  deposition,  and  describes  the  stratigraphic  succession  in  the  state. 

2.  Edward  Claypole,  the  scientist. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  1-23,  1  pi.,  1902. 

3.  Memoir  of  Edward  Waller  Claypole. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  487-497,  1903. 

Includes  a  list  of  publications. 

4.  Superficial  blackening  and  discoloration  of  rocks,  especially  in  desert  regions. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  1014-1017,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  these  features  and  their  explanation. 

Comstock  (W.  J.),  Allen  (O.  D. )  and. 

1.  Bastnasite  and  tysonite  from  Colorado. 

See  Allen  ^O.  D.)  and  Comstock  (W.  J.),  1. 

Concannon  (Michael). 

1.  Relation  [regarding  the  discovery  of  the  Lansing,  Kansas,  skeleton]. 

Memoirs  of  Exploration  in  the  Basin  of  the  Mississippi,  vol.  7,  Kansas,  pp.  92-93,  1903. 

Details  the  circumstances  of  the  finding  of  the  fossil  human  remains  near  Lansing,  Kansas 

Condon  (Thomas). 

1.  The  two  islands  and  what  came  of  them. 

Portland,  Oregon,  J.  K.  Gill  Company,  1902.  211  pp.,  30  pis. 

Describes  the  geological  history  of  Oregon. 

Condra  (George  Evart). 

1.  New  Bryozoa  from  the  Coal  Measures  of  Nebraska. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  337-359,  8  pis.,  1902. 

2.  The  Coal  Measure  bryozoa  of  Nebraska. 

_  Nebr.  Geol.  Surv.  vol.  2,  pt.  1,  pp.  11-168,  21  pis.,  1903. 

Reviews  literature  bearing  on  the  subject,  gives  list  of  Coal  Measure  bryozoa  in  the  United 
States,  table  of  geographic  distribution  in  Nebraska,  and  systematic  descriptions  of  genera 
and  species. 

3.  On  Rhombopora  lepidodendroides  Meek. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  22-24,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  characters  and  occurrence  in  the  Permian  of  Nebraska. 

4.  An  old  Platte  channel  [Nebraska]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  361-369,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  situation,  stratigraphic  and  physiographic  features  of  the  valley  to  which  the  name 
Todd  Valley  is  given,  and  the  evidences  of  its  containing  a  buried  channel  formerly  occu¬ 
pied  by  the  Platte  River. 

5.  Stratigraphic  delineation  of  the  Benton  and  Niobrara  formations  of  Nebraska. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  925,  1904. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


75 


Cook  (Alfred  N. ). 

1.  A  new  deposit  of  fuller’s  earth. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sei.,  Proc.  for  1903,  vol.  11,  pp.  135-137,  1904. 

Describes  the  chemical  composition  of  a  specimen  of  fuller’s  earth  from  the  Black  Hills  of 
South  Dakota. 

Cook  (Edward  H.). 

1.  La  Mina  Santa  Francisca,  Mexico. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  11,  pp.  424-429,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Gives  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ores  carry¬ 
ing  principally  silver. 

Cooper  (A.  S.). 

1.  The  origin  and  occurrence  of  petroleum  in  California. 

Min.  Ind.  for  1901,  pp.  505-509,  fig.  1,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  oil. 

Cooper  (J.  C. ). 

1.  Oxygen  in  its  relation  to  mineralogy. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  33-38,  1905. 

Cooper  (W.  F.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  lower  Michigan. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  489-512,  1904. 

2.  Water  supply  of  the  Lower  Peninsula  of  Michigan. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  45-109,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  water  resources  of  the  area.  Includes  records  of  wells  and  borings. 

3.  The  coal  formation  of  Bay  County  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  7,  nos.  9-12,  1  pi.  (map),  1905. 

Corkill  (E.  T.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  occurrences,  production,  and  uses  of  mica. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  284-307,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  mica  in  India,  the  United  States,  and  Canada,  par¬ 
ticularly  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  deposits  in  Quebec  and  Ontario. 

2.  Petroleum  and  natural  gas  [in  Ontario] . 

Ont.  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1905,  vol.  14,  pt.  1,  pp.  89-117,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Reviews  the  various  theories  of  the  origin  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas,  and  describes  the 
occurrence  and  geologic  horizon  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  Ontario,  including  numer 
ous  records  of  borings. 

Corless  (C.  V.). 

1.  The  Coal  Creek  colliery  of  the  Crows  Nest  Pass  Coal  Co.  [Canada]. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  20,  pp.  60-67,  16  figs.,  1901;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour  ,  vol.  4,  pp.  155-173,  11 
figs.,  1901. 

Gives  a  general  description  of  the  geologic  occurrence  of  the  coal. 

2.  Notes  on  the  geology  and  ore  deposits  of  southeastern  British  Columbia. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst..  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  503-527,  lpl.,  1902;  Can.  Mg.  Review,  vol.  21,  pp.  211-218, 1902. 
Describes  the  geology  and  occurrence  of  ore  bodies  of  this  area. 

Cornwall  (H.  B. ). 

1.  Occurrence  of  greenockite  on  calcite  from  Joplin,  Missouri. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  7-8,  1902. 

Corss  (Frederic). 

1.  The  buried  valley  of  Wyoming  [Pennsylvania]. 

Wyoming  Hist.  &  Geol.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Coll.,  vol.  8,  pp.  42-44,  1°04. 

Describes  the  position,  formation,  and  filling  of  a  pre-Glacial  valley  at  Wyoming. 

Coste  (Eugene). 

1.  V  olcanic  origin  of  natural  gas  and  petroleum. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  439,  1903. 

Abstract  from  paper  read  before  the  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  March,  1903. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


76 

Coste  (Eugene)— Contiuued. 

2.  Volcanic  origin  of  natural  gas  and  petroleum. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp.  73-123,  1904. 

Gives  a  full  presentation  of  facts  confirmatory  of  the  theory  of  the  volcanic  origin  of  natural 
gas  and  petroleum. 

3.  The  volcanic  origin  of  oil. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  288-297,  1905. 

4.  Volcanic  origin  of  oil. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  157,  pp.  443-454,  1904. 

Discusses  volcanic  origin  of  oil  with  particular  reference  to  the  Texas-Louisiana  oil  district. 

Courtis  (W.  M. ). 

1.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  G.  O.  Smith  and  Bailey  Willis  on  “The  Clealum  iron 
ores,  Washington.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  1116-1117,  1901. 

Gives  additional  analyses  of  these  ores. 

Cowan  (John  L.). 

1.  The  arsenic  mines  at  Brinton,  Virginia. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  105-106,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  arsenic  ores  at  Brinton,  Virginia,  and  their  economic  develop¬ 
ment. 

Cowles  (Henry  C.). 

1.  The  relation  between  baseleveling  and  plant  distribution. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  372-373,  1901. 

2.  The  influence  of  underlying  rocks  on  the  character  of  the  vegetation. 

Am.  Bur.  Geog.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  163-176,  376-388,  10  figs.,  1901. 

Crag'in  (Francis  Whittemore). 

1.  A  study  of  some  teleosts  from  the  Russell  substage  of  the  Platte  Cretaceous  series. 

Colo.  Coll.  Studies,  vol.  9,  pp.  25-37,  3  pis.,  1901. 

2.  Paleontology  of  the  Malone  Jurassic  formation  of  Texas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.,  no.  266,  pp.  9-22,  34-172,  29  pis.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  geologic  horizon  of  Jurassic  fossils  in  the  Malone  Mountains 
region  of  Texas  and  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  the  species. 

Crane  (W.  R.). 

1.  Kansas  coal  mining. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  748-752,  7  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  distribution  and  characters  of  the  coal-bearing  strata. 

2.  The  Kansas  coal  mines  of  the  Missouri  Valley. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour,,  vol.  74,  pp.  514-516,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geologic  occurrence  of  the  coal  seams. 

3.  Asphalt  refining.  Methods  employed  in  the  Tar  Springs  Asphalt  Co.’s  refinery, 

near  Comanche,  Ind.  T. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  337-341,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  character  and  occurrence  of  asphalt  deposits. 

4.  Coal  fields  -f  Kansas.  Recent  discoveries  and  developments  in  the  Cretaceous 

formation  in  the  northern  central  portion  of  the  State. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  p.  94,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  a  workable  coal  seam  and  gives  a  section  of  the  strata  penetrated 
by  a  shaft. 

5.  Coal  mining  in  the  Indian  Territory — the  southwestern  field. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  577-581,  7  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coal  seams  and  the  methods  of  mining 

6.  The  Pratt  coal  mines  in  Alabama. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  177-180,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  coal  and  the  geologic  structure  of  the  coal  fields. 


FOR  THE'  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


77 


Crane  (W.  R. ) — Continued. 

7.  Coal  mining  in  Arkansas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  pp.,  774-777,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  character  of  coal  beds  in  western  Arkansas. 

Crane  (W.  R. ),  Adams  (George  I.),  Haworth  (Erasmus),  and. 

1.  Economic  geology  of  the  Iola  quadrangle,  Kansas. 

See  Adams  (George  I.),  Haworth  (Erasmus),  and  Crane  (W.  R.),  L 

Crawford  (J.). 

1.  Earthquakes  in  Nicaragua. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  p.  323,  1902. 

2.  Volcanoes  and  earthquakes  in  Nicaragua. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  p.  395,  1902. 

3.  List  of  the  most  important  volcanic  eruptions  and  earthquakes  in  western  Nicara¬ 

gua  within  historic  time. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  111-113,  1902. 

4.  Additions  to  the  list  of  Nicaragua  volcanic  eruptions  in  historic  time. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  395-396,  1902. 

Crevecoeur  (F.  F. ). 

1.  List  of  fossil  plants  collected  in  the  vicinity  of  Onaga,  Kans. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  124-128,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  occurrence  of  fossils  at  this  locality. 

Crider  (A.  F.). 

1.  Cement  resources  of  northeast  Mississippi. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  510-521, 1905. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geologic  occurrence,  distribution,  and  character  of  limestones 
and  clays,  and  their  adaptability  to  the  manufacture  of  cement. 

Crider  (A.  F. ),  Eckel  (E.  C. )  and. 

1.  Geology  and  cement  resources  of  the  Tombigbee  River  district,  Mississippi- 
Alabama. 

See  Eckel  (E.  C.)  and  Crider  (A.  F.),  1. 

Crook  (Alja  Robinson). 

1.  The  mineralogy  of  the  Chicago  area. 

Chicago  Aqad.  Sci.,  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  5,  57  pp.,  10  pis.,  21  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  composition  of  the  minerals  of  this  area. 

2.  Missouri  lead  and  zinc  regions  visited  by  the  Geological  Society  of  America. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  197-198,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  ore  deposits. 

3.  Molybdenite  at  Crown  Point,  Washington. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  283-288,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  relations  to  surrounding  rocks,  and  character  of  molybdenite  ore  at 
Crown  Point,  Washington. 

Crosby  (William  O.). 

1.  The  tripolite  deposits  of  Fitzgerald  Lake,  near  St.  John,  New  Brunswick 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  14,  pp.  124-127,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  origin  of  the  deposit. 

2.  Geological  history  of  the  hematite  iron  ores  of  the  Antwerp  and  Fowler  belt  in 

New  York. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  14,  pp.  162-170,  4  figs.,  1901;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  233-242,  2  figs.,  1902. 
Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  hematite  ores  of  the  region. 

3.  The  origin  of  eskers. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  1-38,  1902;  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Proc.,  vol.  30,  pp.  375-411,  1902. 
Describes  the  characteristics  of  eskers,  discusses  the  hypotheses  as  to  their  origin,  and  reviews 
the  evidence  that  has  been  heretofore  presented. 


78 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Crosby  (William  0.) — Continued. 

4.  Origin  and  relations  of  the  auriferous  veins  of  Algoma  [western  Ontario]. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  15,  pp.  161-180,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Presents  the  author’s  observations  in  the  region,  reviews  Dr.  Coleman’s  conclusions,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  the  origin  of  these  auriferous  veins. 

5.  A  study  of  hard-packed  sand  and  gravel. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  15,  pp.  260-263,  1902. 

Describes  the  character  of  the  glacial  gravels  and  gives  the  results  of  penetration  tests. 

6.  The  hanging  valleys  of  Georgetown,  Colorado. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  42-48,  3  pis.,  1903;  Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  16,  pp.  41-50,  4  figs.,  1903. 
Describes  certain  geographic  and  physiographic  features  and  discusses  their  origin. 

7.  A  study  of  the  geology  of  the  Charles  River  estuary  and  Boston  Harbor,  with 

special  reference  to  the  building  of  the  proposed  dam  across  the  tidal  portion  of 
the  river. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  16,  pp.  64-92,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  formations  of  the  vicinity,  the  bedded  rock  and  glacial  deposits,  and 
the  processes  and  conditions  of  sedimentation  prevailing  now  and  in  the  recent  past. 

8.  Structure  and  composition  of  the  delta  plains  formed  during  the  Clinton  stage  in 

the  Glacial  lake  of  the  Nashua  Valley. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  16,  pp.  240-254,  9  figs.,  map,  1903. 

9.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Rhode  Island. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  119-125,  1904. 

10.  Memoir  of  Alpheus  Hyatt. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  504-512,  pi.  64  (por.),  1904. 

Includes  a  list  of  papers  published  by  the  subject  of  the  memoir. 

11.  Structure  and  composition  of  the  delta  plains  formed  during  the  Clinton  stage  in 

the  Glacial  lake  of  the  Nashua  Valley.  [Continuation.] 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  17,  pp.  37-75,  3  pis.,  17  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  structure  and  process  of  building  of  Glacial  delta  plains  and  the  character  and 
occurrence  of  various  Glacial  deposits,  and  discusses  their  origin. 

12.  Geology  of  the  Weston  aqueduct  of  the  Metropolitan  waterworks  in  Southboro, 

Framingham,  Way  land,  and  Weston,  Massachusetts. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  17,  pp.  101-116,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  rocks  in  the  tunnels  of  the  Weston  aqueduct 
and  discusses  their  geologic  relations  and  their  age. 

13.  Water  supply  from  the  delta  type  of  sand  plain. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  161-178,  2  pis.,  3  figs.,  1905. 
Includes  an  account  of  the  formation  and  structural  features  of  sand  plains. 

14.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  68-75,  1905. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  general  geology  and  the  water  supply  considered  by  areas. 

15.  Genetic  and  structural  relations  of  the  igneous  rocks  of  the  lower  Neponset  Val¬ 

ley,  Massachusetts. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  34-47,  69-83,  1905;  Tech.  Quar.,  vol.  18,  pp.  386-409,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  history  of  the  basal  complex  of  this  region,  the  occurrence  and 
relations  of  Cambrian  strata,  and  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  age,  and  petrographic 
characters  of  the  gneissic  rocks  forming  the  bathoiite. 

16.  The  limestone-granite  contact  deposits  of  Washington  camp,  Arizona. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.18,pp.  171-190,  1905;  Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-Mo.  Bull.  no.  6,  pp.  1217-1238, 
1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  ore  deposits,  yield¬ 
ing  chiefly  copper,  and  the  metamorphism  of  the  contact  rocks. 

Crosby  (William  O.)  and  La  Forge  (Lawrence). 

1.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Massachusetts. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  94-117,  1904. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


79 


Crosby  (William  0.)  and  Loughlin  (G.  F.). 

1.  A  descriptive  catalogue  of  the  building  stones  of  Boston  and  vicinity. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  17,  pp.  165-185,  1904. 

Describes  the  geologic  and  geographic  occurrence,  character,  and  use  in  Boston  of  various 
building  stones. 

Cross  (Charles  Mortimer). 

1 .  The  underground  water  circulation. 

Ores  and  Metals,  vol.  13,  no.  15,  pp.  21,  37-38;  no.  16,  p.  22,  1904. 

Discusses  ore  deposition  by  circulating  waters. 

Cross  (Whitman). 

1.  Outline  of  geology.  (Silverton  quadrangle,  Colorado. ) 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  182,  pp.  29-39,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  characteristics  of  the  sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks  and  the  structure 
of  the  region. 

2.  Geologic  formations  versus  lithologic  individuals. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  223-244,  1902. 

Reviews  papers  by  Willis  and  Eckel  and  discusses  geological  formations  as  divisions  of  rock 
masses  which  should  be  discriminated  through  the  consideration  of  all  the  geologic  data 
which  each  contains. 

3.  The  development  of  systematic  petrography  in  the  nineteenth  century. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  332-376,  451-499,  1902. 

Reviews  the  development  of  the  science  of  petrography  and  gives  the  author’s  summary  of 
some  of  the  defects  of  the  modern  classifications  of  igneous  rocks  and  of  the  status  of 
systematic  petrography  at  the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

4.  Observations  on  Hawaiian  geology. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  740,  1903. 

5.  A  new  Devonian  formation  in  Colorado. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  245-252,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  Devonian  strata  in  the  San  Juan 
region  of  Colorado. 

6.  An  occurrence  of  trachyte  on  the  Island  of  Hawaii. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  510-523,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurence  and  character  of  a  trachyte  rock  from  the  Island  of  Hawaii,  gives 
chemical  analyses  of  this  and  allied  rocks  and  its  norm,  and  discusses  its  bearing  upon  the 
geologic  history  of  the  island,  and  the  general  significance  of  the  occurrence. 

7.  Geography  and  general  geology  of  the  Rico  quadrangle  [Colorado]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  Q.  S.,  folio  no.  130,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  metamor 
phic  and  igneous  rocks  and  of  Algonkian,  Cambrian,  Devono-Carboniferous,  Jurassic,  and 
Cretaceous  strata,  and  the  geologic  structure  and  history  of  the  area. 

Cross  (Whitman)  and  Howe  (Ernest). 

1.  Silver^  n  folio,  Colorada.  Geography  and  general  geology  of  the  quadrangle. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  the  U.  S.,  folio  no.  120,  1905. 

Gives  an  outline  sketch  of  the  physical  history  and  general  geology,  describes  the  occurrence, 
character,  and  relations  of  Archean,  Algonkian,  Cambrian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  and 
Tertiary  rocks,  of  Quaternary  deposits,  and  of  eruptive  rocks,  and  the  physiography  and 
geologic  history  and  structure,  and  discusses  in  detail  the  petrology  of  the  quadrangle. 

2.  Red  Beds  of  southwestern  Colorado  and  their  correlation. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  447-498,  4  pis.  and  4  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  strata,  collectively  called  Red  Beds,  in 
southwestern  Colorado,  their  stibdivisions  and  correlation  with  Red  Beds  elsewhere. 

3.  Topography  and  general  geology  of  the  Needle  Mountains  quadrangle  [Colorado]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  131,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  metamorphic 
and  igneous  rocks  and  of  Algonkian,  Cambrian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  and  Tertiary 
strata,  and  the  geologic  structure  and  history  of  the  area. 

4.  The  Red  Beds  of  southwestern  Colorado. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  349, 1905. 


80 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Cross  (Whitman),  Idding-s  (Joseph  P.),  Pirsson  (Louis  V.),  and  Washing-ton 
(Henry  S. ). 

1.  A  quantitative  chemico-mineralogical  classification  and  nomenclature  of  igneous 
rocks. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  555-690,  1902. 

Gives  a  general  summary  of  the  new  system  and  describes  the  classification  and  nomencla¬ 
ture  proposed.  Includes  chemical  analyses  and  tables  of  alferic  minerals  and  the  rocks  in 
which  they  occur. 

2. ,  Quantitative  classification  of  igneous  rocks  based  on  chemical  and  mineral  char¬ 
acters,  with  a  systematic  nomenclature. 

University  of  Chicago  Press,  286  pp.,  1903. 

A  review  of  the  development  of  systematic  petrography  in  the  nineteenth  century,  by  Whit¬ 
man  Cross,  is  followed  by  a  discussion  of  the  principles  of  classification  of  igneous  rocks 
and  an  exposition  of  the  new  system  of  classification  and  nomenclature  proposed  by  the 
authors  and  methods  of  calculation  for  determining  the  position  of  a  rock  in  their  system 
of  classification. 

Cross  (Whitman),  assisted  by  Arthur  Coe  Spencer. 

1.  General  geology,  La  Plata  folio,  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  60, 1899. 

Describes  the  geographic  and  physiographic  features,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the 
Juratrias,  Cretaceous,  Eocene,  and  Pleistocene  strata  and  igneous  rocks,  and  the  geological 
structure.  Includes  a  statement  of  the  general  geologic  problems  of  the  region. 

Crowther  (Henry  M.). 

1.  The  copper  deposits  of  the  Beaver  River  Range,  Utah. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  965,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  and  the  occurrence  of  the  ores. 

Culbert  (M.T.). 

1.  The  iron  belt  west  of  Hutton  [Ontario]. 

Ont.  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1904,  pt.  1,  pp.  222-224,  4  pis.,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  region  traversed  and  the  occurrence  of  iron  ores 
Culbertson  (Glenn). 

1.  Ripple  marks  in  Hudson  limestone  of  Jefferson  County,  Indiana. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  1902,  pp.  202-205,  1903. 

Cuming-s  (Edgar  Roscoe). 

1.  The  use  of  Bedford  as  a  formational  name. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  232-233,  1901. 

Proposes  the  name  Salem  limestone  for  the  Bedford  limestone,  the  latter  having  been 
preoccupied. 

2.  Orthothetes  minutus,  n.  sp.  from  the  Salem  limestone  of  Harrodsburg,  Indiana. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  147-149,  1  pi.,  1901. 

3.  A  section  of  the  upper  Ordovician  at  Vevay,  Indiana. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  361-380,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Gives  a  detailed  section,  names  the  fossils  found  in  each  bed,  and  compares  this  section  with 
that  at  Cincinnati.  Describes  four  new  species. 

4.  Notes  on  the  Ordovician  rocks  of  southern  Indiana. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1900,  pp.  200-215,  1901. 

Gives  section  at  various  localities  with  notes  on  the  faunas. 

5.  Some  developmental  stages  of  Orthothetes  minutus  n.  sp. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1900,  pp.  216-218,  1901. 

6.  Lower  Silurian  system  of  eastern  Montgomery  County,  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.,  no.  34  [also  in  54th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1],  pp.  418-468,4  pis.,  1  fig.,  5  cross 
sections,  geol.  map,  1902. 

7.  A  revision  of  the  Bryozoan  genera  Dekavia,  Dekayella,  and  Heterotrvpa  of  the 

Cincinnati  group. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  197-218,  4  pis.,  1902. 

Reviews  the  literature  on  these  genera  and  describes  new  species. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


81 


Cumings  (Edgar  Roscoe) — Continued. 

8.  The  morphogenesis  of  Platystrophia;  a  study  of  the  evolution  of  a  Paleozoic 

brachiopod. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  1-48,  121-136,  27  figs.,  1903. 

9.  Development  of  some  Paleozoic  bryozoa. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  49-78,  83  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  development  stages  in  recent  bryozoa  and  in  the  fossil  genera  Fenestella, 
Unitrypa,  and  Polypora. 

10.  Development  of  Fenestella. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  169-177,  3  pis.,  1905. 

11.  Development  and  morphology  of  Fenestella. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  50-51,  1905. 

Cumings  (Edgar  R. )  and  Mauck  (A.  V.). 

1.  A  quantitative  study  of  variation  in  the  fossil  brachiopod  Platystrophia  lynx. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  9-16,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Cumings  (Edgar  R. ),  Prosser  (Charles  S. )  and. 

1.  The  Waverly  formations  of  central  Ohio. 

See  Prosser  (Charles  S.)  and  Cumings  (Edgar  R.),  1. 

Cummings  (William  N. ). 

1.  The  Hostotipaquillo  district,  Jalisco  [Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  942-943,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  district. 

Currie  (P.  W.). 

1.  On  the  ancient  drainage  at  Niagara  Falls. 

Can.  Inst.,  Trans.,  vol.  7,  pp.  7-14,  6  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  course  of  the  pre-Glacial  river  and  discusses  its  mode  of  formation. 

Curtis  (George  Carroll). 

1.  Secondary  phenomena  of  the  West  Indian  volcanic  eruptions  of  1902. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  199-215,  12  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  phenomena  connected  with  volcanic  eruptions  of  1902  in  the  West  Indies  and 
discusses  the  character  and  cause  of  the  eruptions  within  stream  valleys. 

2.  Note  on  the  West  Indian  eruptions  of  1902. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  40-43, 1903. 

Describes  and  gives  an  explanation  of  eruptions  in  stream  beds. 

3.  Modern  rational  relief  of  the  earth’s  surface. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  178-182,  2  figs.,  1903. 

4.  Evidence  of  recent  differential  movement  along  the  New  England  coast 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  522-523,  1904. 

Cushing  (H.  P. ). 

1.  Origin  and  age  of  an  Adirondack  augite  andesite. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  464, 1901;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  100, 1901. 
Brief  description  of  character  and  occurrence. 

2.  Geology  of  Rand  Hill  and  vicinity,  Clinton  County  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  53d  Ann.  Kept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  r45-r82,  and  geologic  map,  1901. 

Describes  the  geologic  history  of  the  region,  and  the  pre-Cambrian  and  Paleozoic  rocks. 

3.  Recent  geologic  work  in  Franklin  and  St.  Lawrence  counties  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Kept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  r23-r82,  7  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  topography,  geologic  structure,  and  petrology  of  the  area. 

4.  Pre-Cambrian  outlier  at  Little  Falls,  Herkimer  County  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  r83-r95,  1902. 

Describes  exposures  and  microscopic  and  chemical  characters  of  rocks. 

5.  The  derivation  of  the  rock  name  “anorthosite.” 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  190-191,  1902. 

Discusses  the  use  of  the  name. 

Bull.  301-06 - 6 


82 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Cushing  (H.  P. ) — Continued. 

6.  Accessions  to  the  library  [of  the  Geological  Society  of  America]  from  June,  1901, 

to  June,  1902. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  547-556,  1903. 

7.  Petrography  and  age  of  the  Northumberland  rock. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  55th  Ann.  Kept.,  pp.  r24-r29,  1903. 

Describes  the  petrologic  characters  and  discusses  the  correlation  of  the  igneous  rock  discov¬ 
ered  near  Schuylerville,  New  York. 

8.  Memoir  of  Peter  Neff. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  541-544,  1  pi.  (port.),  1904. 

9.  Geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Little  Falls,  Herkimer  County  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  77,  95  pp.,  15  pis.,  14  figs.,  and  2  maps  and  sections  sheet  (in  pocket), 
1905.  . 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  pre-Cambrian,  Cambrian,  and  Ordovi¬ 
cian  strata,  the  geologic  structure,  the  topography,  glacial  deposits,  and  petrography  of  the 
pre-Cambrian  rocks. 

'  10.  Geology  of  the  northern  Adirondack  region. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.,  95,  pp.  271-453,  18  pis.,  9  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geologic  history  of  the  region;  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations 
of  pre-Cambrian  igneous  and  metamorphosed  rocks  of  Cambrian  and  Ordovician  sedi¬ 
mentary  deposits,  and  of  Paleozoic  igneous  rocks;  and  the  geologic  structure. 

Cushman  (Joseph  A.). 

1.  A  new  footprint  from  the  Connecticut  Valley. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  154-156,  1  pi.,  1904. 

2.  Pleistocene  foraminifera  from  Panama. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  265-266,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  gives  a  list  of  species  identified,  with  notes  as  to  the  occurrence  of 
living  forms  of  the  same  species. 

3.  Notes  on  the  Pleistocene  fauna  of  Sankaty  Head,  Nantucket,  Mass. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  169-174,  1904. 

Gives  a  section  of  the  strata  and  a  table  showing  the  occurrence  of  the  fossils  in  the  various 
beds,  and  discusses  the  relations  of  these  faunas. 

4.  Miocene  barnacles  from  Gay  Head,  Mass.,  with  notes  on  Balanus  proteus,  Conrad. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  293-296,  3  figs.,  1904. 

5.  Notes  on  fossils  obtained  at  Sankaty  Head,  Nantucket,  in  July,  1905. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  194-195,  1905. 

6.  Fossil  crabs  of  the  Gay  Head  Miocene. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  39,  pp.  381-390,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  fossil  crabs  at  this  locality,  and  gives  descriptions  of  two  species. 


D. 

Dale  (T.  Nelson). 

1.  Structural  details  in  the  Green  mountain  region  [Vermont]  and  in  eastern  New 

York  (Second  paper). 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  195,  22  pp.,  4  pis.,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  geologic  phenomena  presented  in  this  area. 

2.  The  slate  industry  at  Slatington,  Pa.,  and  Martinsburg,  W.  Va. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  361-364,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  slates  at  these  localities. 

3.  The  geology  of  the  north  end  of  the  Taconic  Range. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  185-190, 1  pi.  (map),  1904. 

Describes  the  areal  distribution  and  structural  relations  of  Cambrian  and  Ordovician  forma¬ 
tions  in  the  area  and  gives  an  explanation  of  these  facts. 

4.  Note  on  Arkansas  roofing  slates. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  414-416,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  190M905,  INCLUSIVE 


83 


Dale  (T.  Nelson) — Continued. 

5.  Geology  of  the  Hudson  Valley  between  the  Hoosic  and  the  Kinderhook. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  242,  63  pp.,  3  pis.,  and  17  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  general  and  petrographical  characters,  and  geologic  structure  and 
relations  of  lower  Cambrian,  Ordovician,  and  Silurian  strata,  and  the  general  geologic 
structure  and  history  of  this  region. 

6.  Note  on  the  geological  relations  of  the  Brandon  lignite  deposit. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  163-165,  1  fig.,  1904. 

7.  Water  resources  of  Fort  TicOnderoga  quadrangle,  Vermont  and  New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  126-129, 1905. 

8.  Slate  investigations  during  1904. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  436-488,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  quarrying  of  slate  in  Maine,  Vermont,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland, 
Virginia,  and  West  Virginia. 

9.  Taconic  physiography. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  272,  52  pp.,  14  pis.,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Reviews  papers  giving  descriptions  of  the  physiography  of  the  region  occupied  by  the  Taconic 
Mountains  in  western  New  England,  describes  in  detail  the  physical  characters  of  the 
underlying  rocks  and  the  various  physiographic  features,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the 
latter  and  their  relations  to  the  underlying  rocks. 

Dali  (William  Healey). 

1.  The  structure  of  Diamond  Head,  Oahu. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  386-387,  1901. 

2.  The  morphology  of  the  hinge  teeth  of  bivalves. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  35,  pp.  175-182,  1901. 

3.  A  gigantic  fossil  Lucina. 

Nautilus,  vol.  15,  pp.  40-42,  1901. 

Describes  Lucina  megameris  from  Jamaica. 

4.  A  new  Lyropecten. 

Nautilus,  vol.  14,  pp.  117-118,  1901. 

5.  Alpheus  Hyatt. 

Pop.  Sci.  Mo.,  vol.  60,  pp.  439-441,  por.,  1902. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  the  life  and  work  of  Professor  Hyatt. 

6.  The  Grand  Gulf  formation. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  946-947, 1902. 

Discusses  the  age  of  this  formation. 

7.  On  the  true  nature  of  Tamiosoma. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  5-7, 1902. 

8.  Contributions  to  the  Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  with  especial  reference  to  the  silex 

beds  of  Tampa  and  the  Pliocene  beds  of  the  Caloosahatchie  River,  including  a 
complete  revision  of  the  generic  groups  treated  of  and  their  American  Tertiary 
species.  Part  VI.  Concluding  the  work. 

Wagner  Free  Inst.  Sci.  Phila.,  Trans.,  vol.  3,  pp.  1219-1654,  13  pis.,  1903. 

Gives  systematic  descriptions  of  the  fauna,  including  emendatory  notes  upon  the  previous 
parts  of  the  work,  and  describes  the  geologic  history  of  the  region,  and  the  character, 
occurrence,  and  faunal  features  of  the  several  Tertiary  formations. 

9.  The  Grand  Gulf  formation. 

Science,  new  ser..  vol.  18,  pp.  83-85, 1903. 

Discusses  stratigraphic  position  and  geologic  age  of  the  Grand  Gulf  formation. 

10.  Neozoic  invertebrate  fossils.  A  report  on  collections  made  by  the  [Harriman 

Alaska]  expedition. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  4,  pp.  99-122,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Gives  systematic  descriptions  of  Eocene -fossils  from  Alaska  Peninsula  and  of  Miocene  fossils 
from  the  Shumagin  Islands,  and  a  list  of  Pleistocene  fossils  from  Douglas  Island,  and 
describes  the  localities  from  which  fossils  were  obtained. 


84 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dali  (William  Healey) — Continued. 

11.  On  the  geology  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  177,  1904. 

A  note  in  regard  to  the  explanation  of  certain  geologic  formations  on  the  Island  of  Oahu. 

12.  A  singular  Eocene  Turbinella. 

Nautilus,  vol.  18,  pp.  9-10,  1904. 

13.  An  historical  and  systematic  review  of  the  frog  shells  and  tritons. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  47  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  2,  no.  1),  pp.  114-144,  1904. 

Includes  observations  on  Tertiary  forfns. 

14.  The  relations  of  the  Miocene  of  Maryland  to  that  of  other  regions  and  to  the 

recent  fauna. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  cxxxix-clv,  1904.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  502- 
503,  1904. 

15.  Fossils  of  the  Bahama  Islands,  with  a  list  of  the  nonmarine  mollusks. 

Baltimore  Geog.  Soc.:  The  Bahama  Islands,  pp.  23-47,  3  pis.,  1905.  (New  York,  The  MacMillan 
Company,  1905.) 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  the  fossil  land  shells,  gives  systematic  descriptions 
of  a  number  of  forms  and  a  list  of  all  known  forms,  and  discusses  the  character  of  the 
marine  fossil  fauna  and  that  of  the  “salt  pans.” 

16.  Notes  on  the  fossils  of  the  Bahamas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  390-391,  1905. 

17.  [The  time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  correlation.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  584-585, 1905. 

Dali  (William  Healey)  and  Bartsch.  (Paul). 

1.  A  new  Californian  Bittium. 

Nautilus,  vol.  15,  pp.  58-59,  1901. 

2.  Synopsis  of  the  genera,  subgenera,  and  sections  of  the  family  Pyramidellidse. 

Wash.  Biol.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  17,  pp.  1-16, 1904. 

Includes  a  description  of  a  new  species  from  the  Oligocene  of  Florida. 

Daly  (Reginald  Aid  worth). 

1.  The  physiography  of  Acadia. 

Harv.  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  38,  pp.  73-103, 11  pis.,  1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol. 
27,  pp.  317-318,  1901. 

Describes  the  characteristics  of  the  several  plateau  and  lowland  areas  and  their  origin. 

2.  Notes  on  oceanography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  951-954, 1901. 

Discusses  phenomena  of  marine  currents  and  river  deflection. 

3.  The  geology  of  the  northeast  coast  of  Labrador. 

Harv.  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  38,  pp.  205-270,  13  pis.,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Gives  an  account  of  geologic  and  topographic  observations  made  along  the  coast  of  Labrador. 

4.  The  geology  of  the  region  adjoining  the  western  part  of  the  International 

Boundary. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  37-49,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  the  southern  part  of  British  Columbia. 

5.  Report  on  geology.  In  report  of  the  Brown-Harvard  expedition  to  Nachvak, 

Labrador,  in  the  year  1900. 

Phila.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  206-208, 1902. 

Gives  observations  on  the  geology  of  Labrador. 

6.  Geology  of  the  western  part  of  the  international  boundary  (49th  parallel). 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  136-147, 1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  general  geology  of  the  region. 

7.  The  geology  of  Ascutney  Mountain,  Vermont. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  209,  122  pp.,  7  pis.,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  physiography  and  general  geology,  and  the  character  ana  occurrence  of  metamor- 
phic  and  eruptive  rocks,  and  discusses  their  origin. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


85 


Daly  (Reginald  Aid  worth) — Continued. 

8.  The  mechanics  of  igneous  intrusion. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  269-298;  vol.  16,  pp.  107-126,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  origin  of  igneous  rocks. 

9.  Yariolitic  pillow  lava  from  Newfoundland. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  65-78,  2  pis.,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  pillow  lava  and  discusses  origin  of  variolite  and  pillow 
structure. 

10.  Geology  of  the  International  Boundary. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Kept,  for  1903,  pp.  91-100,  1904. 

11.  The  secondary  origin  of  certain  granites. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  185-216,  5  figs.,  1905. 

12.  The  classification  of  igneous  intrusive  bodies. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  485-508,  9  figs.,  1905. 

13.  Geology  of  the  western  part  of  the  international  boundary  (49th  parallel). 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  91-100,  1905. 

14.  Machine-made  line  drawings  for  the  illustration  of  scientific  papers. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  91-93, 1905. 

Dana  (Edward  S. ). 

1.  On  the  composition  of  the  labradorite  rocks  of  Waterville,  New  Hampshire. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications,  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  387-390, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  3rd  ser.,  vol.  3,  pp.  48-50,  1872.) 

Dana  (Edward  S. ),  Brush  (George  J. )  and. 

1.  On  a  new  and  remarkable  mineral  deposit  at  Branchville,  in  Fairfield  County, 

Connecticut;  with  a  description  of  several  new  species  occurring  there.  First 
paper. 

See  Brush  (G.  J.)  and  Dana  (E.  S.),  1. 

2.  Second  Branchville  paper. 

See  Brush  (G.  J.)  and  Dana  (E.  S.),  2. 

3.  Third  Branchville  paper. 

See  Brush  (G.  J.)  and  Dana  (E.  S.),  3. 

4.  Fourth  Branchville  paper — spodumene  and  the  results  of  its  alteration. 

See  Brush  (G.  J.)  and  Dana  (E.  S.),  4. 

5.  Fifth  Branchville  paper;  with  analyses  of  several  manganesian  phosphates,  by 

Horace  T.  Wells. 

See  Brush  (G.  J.)  and  Dana  (E.  S.),  5. 

Daniels  (L.  E.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  semi-fossil  shells  of  Posey  County,  Indiana. 

Nautilus,  vol.  19,  pp.  62-63,  1905. 

Gives  a  list  of  mollusca  obtained  from  alluvial  marl  deposits. 

Darton  (Nelson  Horatio). 

1.  Preliminary  description  of  the  geology  and  water  resources  of  the  southern  half  of 

the  Black  Hills  and  adjoining  regions  in  South  Dakota  and  Wyoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  4,  pp.  497-599,  55  pis.,  28  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Jour. 
Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  732-734,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Cambrian,  Carboniferous,  Juratrias,  Creta¬ 
ceous,  Tertiary,  and  Pleistocene  strata,  the  water  and  mineral  resources,  and  the  soils. 

2.  Comparison  of  stratigraphy  of  the  Black  Hills  with  that  of  the  front  range  of  the 

Rocky  Mountains. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  478, 1901;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  188,  1901. 

3.  Catalogue  of  photographs  belonging  to  the  Geological  Society  of  America. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  vol.  13,  pp.  377-474,  1902. 

4.  Stratigraphy  of  the  Big  Horn  Mountains. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  823,  1902. 


86 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Darton  (Nelson  Horatio) — Continued. 

5.  Preliminary  list  of  deep  borings  in  the  United  States.  Part  T.  Alabama-Mon- 

tana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  57,  60  pp.,  1902. 

6.  Preliminary  list  of  deep  borings  in  the  United  States.  Part  II.  Nebraska- 

Wyoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  61,  67  pp.,  1902. 

7.  Norfolk  folio,  Virginia-North  Carolina. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  80,  1902. 

Describes  the  geographic  and  topographic  features,  the  general  geologic  relations,  and  the 
character  and  occurrence  of  Cretaceous,  Tertiary  and  Quaternary  strata,  and  discusses  the 
soils  and  underground  waters. 

8.  Oelrichs  folio,  South  Dakota-Nebraska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  85, 1902. 

Describes  geographic  and  topographic  features,  the  general  geologic  relations  and  history,  the 
characters  and  occurrence  of  Carboniferous,  Juratrias,  Cretaceous,  Tertiary  and  Quaternary 
strata,  and  the  economic  resources. 

9.  Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  and  water  resources  of  Nebraska  west  of  the 

one  hundred  and  third  meridian. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  17,  69  pp.,  43  pis.,  23  figs.,  1903. 

This  is  a  reprint  of  the  paper  with  the  above  title  in  the  Nineteenth  Annual  Report  of  the 
Director  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Part  IV,  1899,  with  a  few  corrections  in  some  of  the 
maps  and  a  few  minor  changes  in  statements  regarding  geology. 

10.  Camp  Clarke  folio,  Nebraska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  87,  1903. 

Describes  geography,  topographic  features  and  drainage,  general  geologic  relations,  and 
character  and  occurrence  of  formations  of  Tertiary  age;  gives  a  brief  geologic  history  of 
the  central  Great  Plains  region,  and  discusses  the  supplies  of  underground  waters  and  irri¬ 
gation. 

11.  Scotts  Bluff  folio,  Nebraska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  88,  1903. 

Describes  geography,  topography  and  drainage,  general  geologic  relations,  and  character  and 
occurrence  of  Tertiary  and  Quaternary  formations;  gives  a  brief  geologic  history  of  the 
central  Great  Plains  region,  and  discusses  underground  waters  and  irrigation. 

12.  Some  relations  of  Tertiary  formations  of  the  northern  Great  Plains. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  218, 1903. 

13.  Comparison  of  stratigraphy  of  the  Big  Horn  Mountains,  Black  Hills,  and  Rocky 

Mountain  front  range. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  292,  1903. 

14.  Newcastle  folio,  Wyoming-South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  107, 1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  the  geologic  history  and  structure,  the  occurrence,  character, 
and  stratigraphic  relations  of  Carboniferous,  Triassic  (?) ,  Jurassic,  and  Cretaceous  strata 
and  Quaternary  deposits,  and  the  economic  resources,  artesian  water,  coal,  petroleum,  gyp¬ 
sum,  etc. 

15.  Gypsum  deposits  in  South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  76-78,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  economic  development  of  gypsum  deposits  in  the  Black 
Hills  region. 

16.  Comparison  of  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Black  Hills,  Bighorn  Mountains,  and 

Rocky  Mountain  front  range. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  379-448,  14  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  in  detail  the  occurrence,  character,  etc.,  of  geologic  formations  of  Cambrian,  Ordovi¬ 
cian,  Carboniferous,  Triassic,  Jurassic,  and  Cretaceous  age,  and  discusses  their  relations 
and  correlations. 

17.  New  York  City  folio,  New  York-New  Jersey. 

See  Merrill  (F.  J.  H.)  and  others,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


87 


Darton  (Nelson  Horatio) — Continued. 

18.  Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  and  underground  water  resources  of  the  central 

Great  Plains. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  32,  433  pp.,  72  pis.,  18  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Archean,  Algonkian,  Cambrian,  Ordovi¬ 
cian,  Carboniferous,  Triassic,  Jurassic,  Cretaceous  strata  and  Tertiary  deposits,  the  geologic 
history  of  the  central  Great  Plains  region,  and  the  underground  waters  and  other  economic 
resources  of  the  area. 

19.  The  Zuni  salt  lake  [Arizona]. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  185-193,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  situation  and  physiographic  features,  and  the  origin  and  history  of  the  lake. 

20.  The  coal  of  the  Black  Hills,  W yoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  429-433,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  coal  beds,  and  the  mining 
operations. 

21.  Zuni  salt  deposits,  New  Mexico. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  565-566,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  salt  deposits  in  west  central  New  Mexico. 

22.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Delaware. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  111-113,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology,  the  water-bearing  horizons,  and  the  water  supplies. 

23.  Age  of  the  Monument  Creek  formation. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  178-180,  1905. 

Gives  an  account  of  additional  evidence  for  the  Oligocene  age  of  the  Monument  Creek 
formation. 

24.  Discovery  of  the  Comanche  formation  in  southeastern  Colorado. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  120, 1905. 

25.  Preliminary  list  of  deep  borings  in  the  United  States*  Second  edition,  with 

additions. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  149,  175  pp.,  1905. 

26.  Sundance  folio,  Wyoming-South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  127,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Algonkian,  Cambrian, 
Ordovician,  Carboniferous,  Triassic  (?),  Jurassic,  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary 
formations  and  of  igneous  rocks,  the  geologic  structure  and  history,  and  the  economic 
resources  of  the  area. 

27.  Structure  of  the  Great  Plains  and  the  mountains  on  their  western  margin. 

Abstract-  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  917, 1905. 

Darton  (Nelson  H.)  and  Fuller  (Myron  L. ). 

1.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Maryland. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  114-123,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  and  water-bearing  horizons  of  the  State,  and  particu¬ 
larly  those  of  the  Baltimore  district. 

2.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  District  of  Columbia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  124-126,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  and  the  water-bearing  horizons  and  prospects. 

3.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  127-135,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  water  horizons. 

Darton  (Nelson  H.)  and  Keith  (Arthur). 

1.  Washington  folio,  District  of  Columbia-Maryland-Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  70,  1901. 

Describes  geographic  and  topographic  features,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Archean 
rocks  and  of  the  Cretaceous,  Eocene,  Neocene,  and  Pleistocene  strata,  the  general  structure 
of  the  Piedmont  and  Coastal  plain  regions,  and  mineral  resources  of  the  area. 


88 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Darton  (Nelson  H.)  and  O’Harra  (C.  C.). 

1.  Aladdin  folio,  Wyoming-South  Dakota-Montana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  128,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Cambrian,  Ordovician, 
Carboniferous,  Triassic(?),  Jurassic,  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  formations  and 
of  igneous  rocks,  the  geologic  history,  and  the  economic  products. 

Darton  (Nelson  H. )  and  Smith.  (W.  S.  Tangier). 

1.  Edgemont  folio,  South  Dakota-Nebraska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  108, 1904. 

Describes  the  geography,  topography,  and  drainage,  the  geologic  history  and  structure  of 
the  area,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Carboniferous,  Triassic,  Jurassic,  Cre¬ 
taceous,  and  Tertiary  sedimentary  strata,  and  the  soils  and  water  resources. 

Davidson  (George). 

1.  The  glaciers  of  Alaska  that  are  shown  on  Russian  charts  or  mentioned  in  older 
narratives. 

Geog.  Soc.  of  Pac.,  Trans.  &  Proc.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  3,  pp.  1-98, 11  pis.  (maps),  1904. 

Davis  (C.  Abbott). 

1.  Check-list  of  the  minerals  of  Rhode  Island. 

Roger  Williams  Park  Mus.,  Providence,  R.  I.,  Bull.  no.  8, 12  pp.,  1905.  The  Apteryx,  vol.  1, 
pp.  59-71,  1905. 

Davis  (Charles  A.). 

1.  A  second  contribution  to  the  natural  history  of  marl. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  491-506,  1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  186, 1901. 

2.  A  contribution  to  the  natural  history  of  marl. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  8,  pt.  3,  pp.  65-96,  1903. 

Discusses  sources  and  theories  of  formation,  character,  and  composition  of  marl,  and  the  rdle 
of  Chara  in  marl  formation. 

Davis  (R.  O.  E.) . 

1.  Analysis  of  kunzite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  p.  29,1904. 

Davis  (William  Morris). 

1.  An  excursion  to  the  Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado. 

Harv.  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  38,  pp.  108-201,  2  pis.,  18  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Geol. 
Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.483, 1901;  Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  4,  vol.  8,  p.  324, 1901;  Science, 
new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  138, 1901. 

Describes  the  denudation  and  displacements  of  the  region  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the 
drainage  system. 

2.  Peneplains  of  central  France  and  Brittany. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  480-487,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  theory  of  peneplains. 

3.  Note  on  river  terraces  of  New  England. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  483-485,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Discuses  the  formation  of  these  terraces. 

4.  Current  notes  on  physiography.  . 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  152-153,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  Dalles  of  the  Wisconsin  and  the  islands  of  southern  California. 

5.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  275-276,  1901. 

Contains  abstract  of  paper  by  H.  W.  Turner  on  the  origin  of  Yosemite  Valley. 

6.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  351-352,  1901. 

Contains  abstracts  of  papers  by  I.  C.  Russell  on  the  geology  of  the  Cascade  Mountains  and  by 
W.  T.  Lee  on  the  glacier  of  Mt.  Arapahoe. 

7.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  395-397,  1901. 

Contains  abstract  of  paper  by  Abbe  on  the  physiography  of  Allegany  County,  Maryland. 


FOR  -THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


89 


Davis  (William  Morris) — Continued. 

8.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  471-472, 1901. 

Contains  abstract  of  paper  by  Ganong  on  the  physiography  of  New  Brunswick. 

9.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  551-552,  1901. 

Contains  brief  abstract  of  paper  by  Lindgren,  describing  the  Snake  River  canyon. 

10.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Seience,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  628-629,  1901. 

Contains  brief  abstract  of  monograph  on  the  Illinois  glacial  lobe  and  describes  reversion  in 
river  development  in  Pennsylvania. 

11.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  751-753, 1901. 

Contains  abstracts  of  second  folio  of  the  Topographic  atlas  of  the  United  States  and  of  paper 
by  Lee  on  the  d6bris-eovered  mesas  of  Boulder,  Colorado. 

12.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  791-793,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Contains  abstracts  of  the  third  folio  of  the  Topographic  atlas  of  the  United  States  by  R.  T. 
Hill  and  of  a  paper  by  Crosby  on  the  Nashua  Valley,  Massachusetts. 

13.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  871-872, 1901. 

Gives  an  abstract  of  paper  by  Jones  on  the  Tallulah  gorge  in  Georgia. 

14.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  950-951, 1901. 

Reviews  recently  published  folios  of  the  Geologic  atlas  of  the  United  States. 

15.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  152-153, 1901. 

Gives  an  abstract  of  a  paper  by  Matthes  on  the  glacial  sculpture  of  the  Big  Horn  Mountains. 

16.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  299-300, 1901. 

Gives  an  abstract  of  paper  by  Shattuck  on  the  Pleistocene  problem  of  the  North  Atlantic 
Coastal  plain. 

17.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  457-459, 1901. 

Reviews  paper  by  Spurr  on  the  structure  of  the  Basin  ranges. 

18.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  537-538, 1901. 

Contains  remarks  on  glacial  lakes  in  Minnesota,  esker  lakes  in  Indiana  and  the  Ontario  coast. 

19.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  698-699,  1901. 

Refers  to  dikes  as  topographic  features,  the  character  of  the  plain  of  St.  Lawrence  Valley  and 
the  question  of  peneplains. 

20.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  778-779, 1901. 

Reviews  ipapers  by  Johnson  on  the  High  Plains  and  by  Low  on  the  south  shore  of  Hudson 
Strait. 

21.  Current  notes  on  physiography. . 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  856-859,  1901. 

Reviews  Hobbs’s  paper  on  the  River  system  of  Connecticut  and  Dowling  and  Tyrrell  on  Lake 
Winnipeg. 

22.  The  geographical  cycle. 

Intern.  Geogr.-Kongr.,  Siebenter,  Verh.,  pt.  2,  pp.  221-231,  1901. 

23.  La  peneplaine. 

Annal.  de  G6og.,  Paris,  vol.  8,  pp.  289-303,  385-405,  6  figs.,  1899. 

See  no.  1387  in  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  188. 


90 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Davis  (William  Morris) — Continued. 

24.  The  drainage  of  cuestas. 

London  Geol.  Assoc.,  Proc.,  vol.  16,  pp.  75-93, 16  figs.,  1899. 

Cites  some  American  physiographic  features  in  illustration. 

25.  Les  enseignements  du  Grand  Canyon  du  Colorado. 

La  G6og.,  Soc.  de  G6og.,  Paris,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  339-351,  4  figs.,T901. 

Describes  geologic  and  physiographic  features  of  the  Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado. 

26.  Baselevel,  grade,  and  peneplain. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  77-109,  1902. 

Discusses  the  use  of  these  words  and  the  meanings  that  have  been  given  them. 

27.  Field  work  in  physical  geography. 

Jour.  Geog.,  vol.  1,  pp.  17-24,  62-69,  1902. 

Discusses  the  differences  between  geography  and  geology. 

28.  The  terraces  of  the  Westfield  River,  Massachusetts. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  77-94,  1  pi.,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  local  features  of  these  terraces  and  discusses  their  origin. 

29.  River  terraces  in  New  England. 

Harv.  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  38,  pp.  281-346,  42  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  formation  of  river  terraces. 

30.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  74-75,  1902. 

Contains  an  abstract  of  the  Washington  folio  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

31.  The  walls  of  the  Colorado  Canyon. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol  15,  p.  87,  1902. 

32.  The  effect  of  the  shore  line  on  waves. 

Abstract-  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  88,  1902. 

33.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  154-156, 1902. 

Contains  an  abstract  of  a  paper  by  Hershey  on  the  *  Geology  of  the  central  portion  of  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama.’ 

34.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  234-235,  1902.  * 

Contains  abstracts  of  papers  by  Collie  on  the  physiography  of  Wisconsin. 

35.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  636-637, 1902. 

Discusses  a  paper  by  Newsom  on  ‘  Drainage  of  southern  Indiana,’  and  gives  an  abstract  of 
paper  by  Jaggar,  ‘  The  laccoliths  of  the  Black  Hills.’ 

36.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  748-749,  1902. 

Gives  an  abstract  of  paper  by  Marbut  on  ‘  The  evolution  of  the  northern  part  of  the  lowlands 
of  southeastern  Missouri.’ 

37.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  914-915, 1902. 

Gives  an  abstract  of  a  paper  by  J.  E.  Todd  on  the  ‘  Hydrographic  history  of  South  Dakota.’ 

38.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  995-996,  1902. 

Gives  an  abstract  of  Daly’s  report  on  ‘  The  geology  of  the  northeast  coast  of  Labrador.’ 

39.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  115-117,  1903. 

Gives  an  outline  of  Faifchild’s  work  on  the  “  Pleistocene  geology  of  western  New  York.” 

40.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  193-195,  1903. 

Discusses  the  physiographic  divisions  of  Kansas. 

41.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  354-356,  1903. 

Contains  a  discussion  of  abandoned  channels  of  the  Monongahela. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


91 


Davis  (William  Morris) — Continued. 

42.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  434-435,  1903. 

Discusses  overthrust  mountains  of  northern  Montana. 

43.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  550-552,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  physiography  of  the  southern  Appalachian  region. 

44.  Current  notes  on  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  672-673,  1903. 

Discusses  physiographic  features  of  the  Snake  River  lava  plains  in  Idaho. 

45.  An  excursion  to  the  plateau  province  of  Utah  and  Arizona. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  42,  pp.  1-50,  7  pis.,  14  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  this  region. 

46.  The  mountain  ranges  of  the  Great  Basin. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  42,  pp.  129-177,  7  pis.,  18  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  explanations  offered  for  the  formation  of  the  mountain  ranges  of  the  Great 
Basin,  describes  observations  made,  and  reaches  the  conclusion  that  the  Basin  ranges  are 
examples  of  dissected  fault-block  mountains. 

47.  The  development  of  river  meanders. 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  4,  vol.  10,  pp.  145-148,  1903. 

48.  The  stream  contest  along  the  Blue  Ridge. 

Phila.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  213-244,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  stream  capture  in  the  Blue  Ridge-region  of  North 
Carolina. 

49.  Effect  of  shore  line  on  waves. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  p.  528,  1903. 

50.  Walls  of  the  Colorado  Canyon. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  p.  528,  1903. 

Contains  brief  notes. 

51.  The  fresh-water  Tertiaries  at  Greeh  River,  Wyoming. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  220-221, 1903;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  544,1904. 

52.  Block  mountains  of  the  Basin  Range  province. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  301,  1903;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  153,  1903;  Geol. 

Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  551,  1904. 

Discusses  the  mode  of  their  origin. 

53.  The  relations  of  the  earth  sciences  in  view  of  their  progress  in  the  nineteenth 

century. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  669-687,  1904. 

54.  Glacial  erosion  in  the  Sawatch  Range,  Colorado. 

Appalachia,  vol.  10,  pp.  392-404,  1904. 

55.  The  geographical  cycle  in  an  arid  climate. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  381-407,  1905. 

56.  Complications  of  the  geographical  cycle. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  150-163,  1905. 

57.  Bearing  of  physiography  upon  Suess’s  theories. 

Abstract:  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  p.  164,  1905. 

58.  Glaciation  of  the  Sawatch  Range,  Colorado. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  49  (Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  8,  no.  1),  pp.  1-11,  1  pi.,  5  figs., 
1905. 

Discusses  various  physiographic  features  and  their  origin  through  glacial  erosion. 

59.  The  Wasatch,  Canyon,  and  House  ranges,  Utah. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  49  (Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  8,  no.  2),  pp.  17-56,  3  pis.,  28 
figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  structure,  physiographic  features,  and  mode  of  formation  of  these  mountains. 


92 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Davis  (William  Morris) — Continued. 

60.  Leveling  without  baseleveliug. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  825-828, 1905. 

Discusses  the  formation  of  level  plains  without  baseleveling. 

61.  [The  Colorado  Canyon.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  860, 1905. 

Davison  (Charles). 

1.  A  study  of  recent  earthquakes. 

London,  The  Walter  Scott  Publishing  Co.,  1905.  xii,  355  pp.,  80  figs. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  Charleston  earthquake. 

Davison  (J.  M.  ). 

1.  Internal  structure  of  cliftonite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  467-468,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence  and  crystallographic  characters. 

Dawson  (George  M. ). 

1.  Summary  report  on  the  operations  of  the  Geological  Survey  for  the  year  1898. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  11,  Rept.  A,  208  pp.,  1901,  published  separately  in  1899. 

2.  Geological  record  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  in  Canada. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  57-92, 1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  physiographic  features  and  a  table  of  geologic  formations  of  the 
region.  Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  rocks  of  the  subdivisions  of  the 
Archean,  Paleozoic,  Mesozoic,  and  Cenozoic  eras. 

3.  Physical  history  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  in  Canada. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  401-407, 1901. 

Contains  portion  of  address  delivered  before  the  Geological  Society  of  America. 

4.  Summary  report  on  the  operations  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada  for  the 

year  1900. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1900,  203  pp.,  map,  1901. 

5.  Summary  report  on  the  operations  of  the  Geological  Survey  for  the  year  1899  by 

the  Director. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1A-224A,  1902. 

Day  (Arthur  L. ). 

1.  The  study  of  minerals  in  the  laboratory. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.,  19,  pp.  733-734,  1904. 

Describes  experiments  upon  the  melting-point  determinations  of  feldspars. 

Day  (Arthur  L. )  and  Allen  (E.  T. ). 

1.  The  isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of  the  feldspars. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  93-142,  1  pi.  and  22  figs.,  1905. 

2.  The  isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of  the  feldspars.  Part  I,  Thermal  study. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Publ.  no.  31,  pp.  13-75,  24  figs.,  1905. 

Day  (Arthur  L. )  and  Shepherd  (E.  S. ). 

1.  The  phase-rule  and  conceptions  of  igneous  magmas.  Discussion  of  paper  by  Mr. 
T.  T.  Read. 

Econ.  Geol..  vol.  1,  pp.  286-289, 1905. 

Day  (Arthur  L. ),  Becker  (G.  F. )  and. 

1.  The  linear  force  of  growing  crystals. 

See  Becker  (G.  F.)  and  Day  (A.  L.),  1. 

Day  (David  T. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  occurrence  of  platinum  in  North  America. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  702-708,  1901. 

Describes  the  geographic  distribution  of  platinum  and  its  occurrence  on  the  Pacific  coast. 

2.  Experiments  on  the  diffusion  of  crude  petroleum  through  fuller’s  earth. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  1007-1008, 1903. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


93 


Day  (David  T. ) — Continued. 

3.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  George  I.  Adams,  “  Principles  controlling  the  geologic 

deposition  of  the  hydrocarbons.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1053-1055, 1903. 

Discusses  passage  of  petroleum  through  fuller’s  earth,  and  its  bearing  upon  the  subject  of  Mr. 
Adams’s  paper. 

4.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Florida. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  p.  48, 1904. 

Occurrence  and  character  of  a  gypsum  deposit  near  Panasoffkee,  Florida. 

5.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States,  1899.  Metallic  products,  coal  and  coke. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Kept.,  pt.  6,  656  pp.,  1901. 

Contains: 

Aluminum  and  bauxite,  pp.  267-271. 

Antimony,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  291-297. 

Coal,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  321-519. 

Coke,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  521-633. 

Copper,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  163-223. 

Gold  and  silver,  pp.  119-127. 

Iron  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  31-67. 

Iron.  The  American  and  foreign  iron  trades  in  1899,  by  James  M.  Swank,  pp.  69-118. 

Lead,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  225-247. 

Manganese  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  129-162. 

Nickel  and  cobalt,  pp.  285-289. 

Quicksilver,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  273-283. 

Tungsten,  molybdenum,  uranium,  and  vanadium,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  299-318. 
Tungsten.  An  occurrence  of  tungsten  ore  in  eastern  Nevada,  by  F.  B.  Weeks,  pp.  319-320. 
Zinc,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  249-266. 

6.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States,  1899.  Nonmetallic  products,  except  coal 

and  coke. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Kept.,  pt.  6  (con.),  634  pp.,  1901. 

Contains: 

Abrasive  materials,  pp.  463-479. 

Asbestos,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  561-564. 

Asphaltum  and  bituminous  rock,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  319-332. 

Barytes,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  587-588. 

Cement: 

American  rock  cement,  by  Uriah  Cummings,  pp.  407-411. 

Portland  cement,  by  Spencer  B.  Newberry,  pp.  393-406. 

Clay,  pp.  361-364. 

Clay  and  clay  products  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1900,  by  Heinrich  Hies,  pp.  365-392. 
Feldspar  and  quartz,  by  Heinrich  Ries,  pp.  593-596. 

Fluorspar,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  559-560. 

Fuller’s  earth,  pp.  589-592. 

Graphite,  pp.  565-568. 

Gypsum,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  523-530. 

Mica,  pp.  555-558. 

Mineral  paints,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  569-586. 

Mineral  waters,  by  A.  C.  Peale,  pp.  597-622. 

Natural  gas,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  293-318. 

Petroleum,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  1-292. 

Phosphate  rock,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  481-502. 

Precious  stones,  by  George  F.  Kunz,  pp.  419-462. 

Salt,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  531-554. 

Soapstone,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  413-418. 

Stone,  pp.  333-360. 

Sulphur  and  pyrite,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  503-522. 

7.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States.  Calendar  year  1900. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  U.  S.  for  1900,  927  pp.,  1901. 

Contains: 

Abrasive  materials,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  787-801. 

Aluminum  and  bauxite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  229-231. 

Antimony,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  251-255. 

Asbestos,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  861-868. 


94 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Day  (David  T.)— Continued. 

7.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States.  Calendar  year,  1900 — Continued. 

Asphaltum  and  bituminous  rocks,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  653-660. 

Barytes,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  891-892. 

Cement: 

American  rock  cement,  by  Uriah  Cummings,  pp.  745-746. 

Portland  cement,  by  Spencer  B.  Newberry,  pp.  737-744. 

Slag  cement  in  Alabama,  by  Edwin  C.  Eckel,  pp.  747-748. 

Chromite,  or  chromic  iron  ore,  pp.  897-898. 

Clay  products,  by  Jefferson  Middleton,  pp.  693-736. 

Coal,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  273-457. 

Coke,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  459-536. 

Copper,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  141-190. 

Flint  and  feldspar,  p.  895. 

Fluorspar,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  857-859. 

Fuller’s  earth,  pp.  893-894. 

Gold  and  silver,  by  George  E.  Roberts,  pp.  105-113. 

Graphite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  875-877. 

Gypsum,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  827-833. 

Iron  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  39-67. 

Iron  and  steel  at  the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century,  by  James  M.  Swank,  pp.  69-104. 

Lead,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  191-211. 

Lithium,  pp.  239-243. 

Lithographic  stone,  by  S.  J.  Kiibel,  pp.  869-873. 

Manganese  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  115-140. 

Mica,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  849-856. 

Mineral  paints,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  879-890. 

Mineral  waters,  by  A.  C.  Peale,  pp.  899-905. 

Natural  gas,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  629-651. 

Nickel  and  cobalt,  pp.  245-249. 

Petroleum,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  537-627. 

Phosphate  rock,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  803-814. 

Platinum,  pp.  233-234. 

Precious  stones,  by  George  F.  Kunz,  pp.  749-778. 

Quicksilver,  pp.  235-238. 

Salt,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  835-847. 

Stone,  pp.  661-692. 

Sulphur  and  pyrite,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  815-826. 

Talc  and  soapstone,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  779-786. 

Tin.  An  occurrence  of  stream  tin  in  the  York  region,  Alaska,  by  Alfred  H.  Brooks,  pp. 
267-271. 

Tungsten,  molybdenum,  uranium,  and  vanadium,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  257-265. 

Zinc,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  213-227. 

8.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States.  Calendar  year  1901. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  U.  S.  for  1901,  996  pp.,  1902. 

Contains: 

Abrasive  materials,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  781-809. 

Aluminum  and  bauxite,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  225-229. 

Antimony,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  251-256. 

Arsenic,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  257-258. 

Asbestos,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  887-895. 

Asphaltum  and  bituminous  rock,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  633-640. 

Barytes,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  915-919 
Bismuth,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  259-260. 

Borax,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  869-872. 

Bromine,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  867-868. 

Cement,  pp.  721-728. 

Chromite  or  chromic  iron  ore,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  941-948. 

Clay-working  industries,  by  Jefferson  Middleton,  pp.  671-720. 

Coal,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  279-449. 

Coke,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  451-523. 

Copper,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  157-198. 

Flint  and  feldspar,  by  Heinrich  Ries,  pp.  935-939. 

Fluorspar  and  cryolite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  879-885. 

Fuller’s  earth,  pp.  921-934. 

Gold  and  silver,  by  George  E.  Roberts,  pp.  117-126. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


95 


Day  ( David  T. ) — Continued. 

8.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States.  Calendar  year,  1901 — Continued. 

Graphite,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  897-900. 

Greensand  marl,  by  Arthur  L.  Parsons,  pp.  823-827. 

Gypsum,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  843-851. 

Iron  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  43-72. 

Iron.  Statistics  of  the  American  iron  trade  for  1901,  by  James  M.  Swank,  pp.  73-115. 

Lead,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  199-210. 

Lithium,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  239-240. 

Magnesite,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  959-960. 

Manganese  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  127-155. 

Mica,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  873-878. 

Mineral  paints,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  901-914. 

Mineral  waters,  pp.  961-966. 

Monazite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  949-954. 

Natural  gas,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  613-632. 

Nickel  and  cobalt,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  241-250. 

Ores  of  economic  importance,  by  Edmund  O.  Hovey,  pp.  967-973. 

Petroleum,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  525-611. 

Phosphate  rock,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  811-822. 

.  Platinum,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  231-233. 

Precious  stones,  by  George  F.  Kunz,  pp.  729-771. 

Quicksilver,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  235-238. 

Salt,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  853-865. 

Stone,  pp.  641-670. 

Strontium  ores,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  955-958. 

Sulphur  and  pyrite,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  829-842. 

Talc  and  soapstone,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  773-780. 

Titanium  ores,  by  W.  O.  Snelling,  pp.  271-278. 

Tungsten,  molybdenum,  uranium,  and  vanadium,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  261-270. 

Zinc,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  211-223. 

9.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States.  Calendar  year  1902. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  U.  S.  for  1902,  1,038  pp.,  1904. 

Contains: 

Abrasive  materials,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  873-890. 

Aluminum  and  bauxite,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  231-238. 

Antimony,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  271-277. 

Arsenic,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  279-282. 

Asbestos,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  963-966. 

Asphaltum  and  bituminous  rock,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  657-664. 

Barytes,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  945-948. 

Bismuth,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  283-284. 

Borax,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  891-896. 

Bromine,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  897-898. 

Cement.  Review  of  cement  industry  in  United  States,  by  L.  L.  Kimball,  pp.  789-812 
Cement  in  foreign  countries,  pp.  777-787. 

Chromite,  or  chromic  iron  ore,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  967-969. 

Clay-working  industries,  by  Jefferson  Middleton,  pp.  703-776. 

Coal,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  289-447. 

Coke,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  449-515. 

Copper,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  163-203. 

Flint  and  feldspar,  by  Heinrich  Ries,  pp.  971-973. 

Fluorspar  and  cryolite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  899-902. 

Gas,  coke,  tar,  and  ammonia  at  gas  works  and  in  retort  coke  ovens,  by  Edward  W.  Parker, 
pp.  517-533. 

Glass  sand,  by  A.  T.  Coons,  pp.  1007-1016. 

Gold  and  silver,  by  George  E.  Roberts,  pp.  123-131. 

Graphite,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  975-982. 

Gypsum,  by  George  I.  Adams,  pp.  903-913. 

Iron  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  41-73. 

Iron.  Statistics  of  the  American  iron  trade  for  1902,  by  James  M.  Swank,  pp.  75-99. 

Iron.  General  statistics  of  iron  and  steel,  iron  ore,  and  coal,  to  the  year  1901,  inclusive,  for 
five  leading  iron  and  steel  producing  countries,  by  James  M.  Swank,  pp.  101-122. 

Lead,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  205-216. 

Lithium,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  259-261. 

Magnesite,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  983-984. 

Manganese  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  133-161. 


96 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Day  (David  T. ) — Continued. 

9.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States.  Calendar  year  1903 — Continued. 

Mica,  by  J.  A.  Holmes,  pp.  985-991. 

Mineral  paints,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  949-962. 

Mineral  waters,  pp.  993-1002. 

Monazite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1003-1006. 

Natural  gas,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  631-655. 

Nickel  and  cobalt,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  263-270. 

Petroleum,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  535-630. 

Phosphate  rock,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  915-920. 

Platinum,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  239-243. 

Platinum  in  the  Rambler  mine,  Wyoming,  by  J.  F.  Kemp,  pp.  244-250. 

Precious  stones,  by  George  F.  Kunz,  pp.  813-865. 

Quicksilver,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  231-238. 

Salt,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  921-932. 

Stone,  pp.  665-701. 

Sulphur  and  pyrite,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  933-943. 

Talc  and  soapstone,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  867-872. 

Tungsten,  molybdenum,  uranium,  and  vanadium,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  285-288. 

Zinc,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  217-229. 

10.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States.  Calendar  year  1903. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  U.  S.  for  1903, 1,204  pp.,  1904. 

Contains: 

Abrasive  materials,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  989-1015. 

Aluminum  and  bauxite,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  265-279. 

Antimony,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  317-326. 

Arsenic,  by  Joseph  Struthers,  pp.  327-334. 

Asbestos,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1111-1116. 

Asphaltum  and  bituminous  rock,  by  Edmund  Otis  Hovey,  pp.  745-754. 

Barytes,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1089-1094. 

Borax,  by  Charles  G.  Yale,  pp.  1017-1028. 

Cement.  Portland  cement  in  Michigan  in  1903,  by  L.  L.  Kimball,  pp.  903-910. 

Cement  in  foreign  countries,  pp.  900-903. 

Clay-working  industries,  by  Jefferson  Middleton,  pp.  791-832. 

Coal,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  351-358. 

Coke,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  539-608. 

Copper,  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  201-239. 

Flint  and  feldspar,  by  Heinrich  Ries,  pp.  1117-1119. 

Fluorspar  and  cryolite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1029-1032. 

Gas,  coke,  tar,  and  ammonia  at  gas  works  and  in  retort  coke  ovens,  by  Edward  W.  Parker, 
pp.  609-634. 

Glass  sand,  by  A.  T.  Coons,  pp.  1171-1178. 

Gold  and  silver,  pp.  157-199. 

Graphite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1121-1129. 

Gypsum  and  gypsum  products,  pp.  1033-1045. 

Iron  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  41-73. 

Iron.  Statistics  of  the  American  iron  trade  for  1903,  by  James  M.  Swank,  pp.  75-127. 

Lead,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  241-252. 

Lithium,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  313-315. 

Magnesite,  by  Charles  G.  Yale,  pp.  1131-1135. 

Manganese  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  129-156. 

Mineral  paints,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1095-1110. 

Mineral  waters,  pp.  1137-1162. 

Monazite  and  zircon,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1163-1170. 

Natural  gas,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  719-743.  — 

Petroleum,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  635-718. 

Phosphate  rock,  by  Edmund  O.  Hovey,  pp.  1047-1058. 

Platinum,  pp.  311-312. 

Precious  stones,  by  George  F.  Kunz,  pp.  911-977. 

Quicksilver,  pp.  281-284. 

Salt,  by  Edmund  O.  Hovey,  pp.  1059-1071. 

Steel-hardening  metals,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  285-310. 

Stone,  pp.  755-789. 

Sulphur  and  pyrite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1073-1087. 

Talc  and  soapstone,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  979-987. 

Tin,  by  Joseph  Struthers  and  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  335-349. 

Zinc,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  253-264. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


97 


Day  (David  T. ) — Continued. 

11.  Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States.  Calendar  year  1904. 

U.  S..  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  U.  S.  for  1904,  1,264  pp.,  1905. 

Contains: 

Abrasive  materials,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  995-1015. 

Aluminum  and  bauxite,  pp.  285-294. 

Antimony,  by  Edmund  Otis  Hovey,  pp.  363-369. 

Arsenic,  by  Edmund  Otis  Hovey,  pp.  371-374. 

Asbestos,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1125-1142. 

Asphaltum  and  bituminous  rock,  by  Edmund  Otis  Hovey,  pp.  789-799. 

Barytes,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1095-1102. 

Bismuth,  by  Edmund  Otis  Hovey,  pp.  375-376. 

Borax,  by  Charles  G.  Yale,  pp.  1017-1028. 

Bromine,  by  Frederick  J.  H.  Merrill,  pp.  1029-1030. 

Cement,  pp.  909-939. 

Clay- working  industries,  by  Jefferson  Middleton,  pp.  843-908. 

Coal,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  381-577. 

Coke,  by  Edward  W.  Parker,  pp.  579-648. 

Copper,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  221-257. 

Flint  and  feldspar,  by  Heinrich  Ries,  pp.  1143-1145. 

Fluorspar  and  cryolite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1031-1036. 

Fuller’s  earth,  pp.  1121-1123. 

Gas,  coke,  tar,  and  ammonia  at  gas  works  and  in  retort  coke  ovens,  by  Edward  W.  Parker, 
pp.  649-674. 

Glass  sand  and  other  sand,  by  A.  T.  Coons,  pp.  1147-1155. 

Gold  and  silver,  by  Waldemar  Lindgren  and  others,  pp.  141-220. 

Graphite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1157-1167. 

Gypsum  and  gypsum  products,  by  George  Perry  Grimsley,  pp.  1037-1052. 

Iron  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  37-68. 

Iron.  Statistics  of  the  American  iron  trade  for  1904,  by  James  M.  Swank,  pp.  69-111. 

Lead,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  259-271. 

Lithium  minerals,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  361-362. 

Magnesite,  by  Charles  G.  Yale,  pp.  1169-1174. 

Manganese  ores,  by  John  Birkinbine,  pp.  113-140. 

Mica,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1175-1184. 

Mineral  paints,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1103-1119. 

Mineral  waters,  pp.  1185-1208. 

Monazite,  zircon,  gadolinite,  and  columbite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1209-1227. 

Natural  gas,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  761-788. 

Peat,  by  Henry  H.  Hindshaw,  pp.  1229-1234. 

Petroleum,  by  F.  H.  Oliphant,  pp.  675-759. 

Phosphate  rock,  by  Edmund  Otis  Hovey,  pp.  1053-1064. 

Platinum,  by  David  T.  Day,  pp.  359-360. 

Precious  stones,  by  George  F.  Kunz,  pp.  941-987. 

Quicksilver,  pp.  295-299. 

Salt,  by  Edmund  Otis  Hovey,  pp.  1065-1077. 

Steel  and  iron  hardening  metals,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  301-358 
Stone,  pp.  801-841. 

Sulphur  and  pyrite,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  1079-1094. 

Talc  and  soapstone,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  989-994. 

Tin,  by  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  pp.  377-380. 

Zinc,  by  Charles  Kirchhoff,  pp.  273-283. 

Dean  (Bashford). 

1.  On  two  new  Arthrodires  from  the  Cleveland  shale  of  Ohio 

N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  pp.  86-100,  6  pis.,  2  figs.,  1901. 

2.  On  the  characters  of  Mylostoma  Newberry. 

N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  pp.  101-109,  2  pis.,  8  figs.,  1901. 

3.  Further  notes  on  the  relationships  of  the  Arthrognathi. 

N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  pp.  110-123,  7  figs.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  position  of  the  Arthrognathi  and  the  systematic  arrangement  and  nomenclature 
of  the  structures. 

4.  Historical  evidence  as  to  the  origin  of  the  paired  limbs  of  vertebrates. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  36,  pp.  767-776,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  the  evidence  of  paleontology  on  the  subject. 

Bull.  301—06 - 7 


98 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dean  (Bash ford) — Continued. 

5.  Biometric  evidence  in  the  problem  of  the  paired  limbs  of  the  vertebrates. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  36,  pp.  837-846,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Discusses  studies  of  the  development  of  paired  limbs. 

6.  The  preservation  of  muscle-fibres  in  sharks  of  the  Cleveland  shale. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  273-278,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  processes  by  which  the  delicate  structures  are  preserved. 

7.  [Review  of]  ‘Bibliography  and  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Vertebrata  of  North  Amer¬ 

ica,’  by  Oliver  Perry  Hay. 

Science,  newser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  701-703,  1902. 

Contains  critical  notes  on  nomenclature  and  paleontology. 

8.  The  early  development  of  sharks  from  a  comparative  standpoint. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  pp.  45-46,  1903. 

Deckert  (Emil). 

1.  Die  Erdbebenherde  und  Schiittergebiete  von  Nord-Amerika  in  ihren  Beziehun- 

gen  zu  den  morphologischen  Verhiiltnissen. 

Berlin  Ges.  fur  Erdkunde,  Zeitsch.,  1902,  no.  5,  pp.  367-389,  1902. 

A  general  discussion  of  the  occurrences  of  earthquakes  in  North  America  with  reference  to 
their  morphological  relationships. 

2.  Martinique  und  sein  Vulkanismus. 

Petermanns  Mittheilungen,  Band  48,  pp.  133-136,  1  pi.  (map),  1902. 

Gives  a  description  of  Martinique  and  the  volcanic  eruption  of  Mont  Pel6. 

De  Cou  (Ralph  E. ),  Downer  (R.  H. )  and. 

1.  A  description  of  the  working  mines  of  Ouray  County,  Colorado. 

See  Downer  (R.  H.)  and  De  Cou  (R.  E.),  1. 

Demaret  (Leon). 

1.  Les  principaux  gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc  des  E  tats- Unis  d’Amerique. 

Revue  universelle  des  Mines  [Li6ge  and  Paris],  4e  s6r.,  t.  6,  pp.  221-256,  6  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  principal  deposits  of  zinc  ore  in  the  United  States,  including  observations  on 
the  character,  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  origin,  etc. 

2.  Les  principaux  gisements  des  minerais  de  mercure  du  monde. 

Annales  des  Mines  de  Belgique,  t.  9,  80  pp.,  3  pis.,  28  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  deposits  of  quicksilver  ores  in  the  world,  their  occurrence,  geologic 
relations,  production,  etc.  In  the  United  States  deposits  in  California,  Oregon,  and  Texas 
are  considered. 

Denis  (Theo. ). 

1.  The  coal  fields  of  Canada. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  15,  Part  S,  pp.  53-93, 1904. 

Denis  (Theo.),  Ingall  (E.  D. )  and. 

1.  Geology  of  the  country  around  Bruce  mines  [Ontario]. 

See  Ingall  (E.  D.)  and  Denis  (T.),  1. 

Dennis  (W.  B. ) 

1.  A  borax  mine  in  southern  Oregon. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  581-582,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  brief  description  of  the  deposit. 

2.  The  quicksilver  deposits  of  Oregon. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  539-541,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  quicksilver-ore  deposits  of 
Oregon  and  the  mining  developments. 

Dern  (George  H.). 

1.  The  geology  of  Mercur  [Utah].  A  history  of  the  region.  Description  of  the 
ores  and  their  peculiar  formations.  How  they  were  deposited. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  543-546,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  gold  and  silver  ledges,  and 
discusses  the  origin  of  the  ores. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  ] 901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


99 


Derr  (Homer  Munro). 

1.  A  method  of  petrographic  analysis  based  upon  chromatic  interference  with  thin 
sections  of  doubly-refracting  crystals  in  parallel  polarized  light.  Thesis  pre¬ 
sented  to  the  Faculty  of  Philosophy  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in 
partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 
The  Randal  Morgan  Laboratory  of  Physics,  1903.  21  pp.,  2  pis.,  4  figs. 

Dickinson  (Harold  T. ). 

1.  Quarries  of  bluestone  and  other  sandstones  in  the  upper  Devonian  of  New  York 
State. 

N.  Y.  State  Museum,  Bull.  no.  61,  112  pp.,  20  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  quarrying. 

Dickson  (Charles  William). 

1.  Note  on  the  condition  of  nickel  in  nickeliferous  pyrrhotite  from  Sudbury  [Ontario] . 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  660,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  concentration  of  some  of  these  ores. 

2.  The  concentration  of  barium  in  limestone. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  23,  pp.  366-370,  1902. 

3.  Note  on  the  condition  of  platinum  in  the  nickel-copper  ores  from  Sudbury 

[Ontario]. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  137-139,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  crystallographic  characters. 

4.  The  ore  deposits  of  Sudbury,  Ontario. 

Columbia  Univ.,  Contr.  from  Geol.  Dept.,  vol.  11,  no.  91,  65  pp.,  26  figs.,  1903;  Am.  Inst.  Mg. 
Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  3-67,  26  figs.,  1904. 

Contains  a  discussion  of  the  origin  of  the  Sudbury  nickeliferous  ores.  Includes  a  bibliography 
of  the  subject. 

5.  The  distribution  of  the  platinum  metals  in  other  sources  than  placers. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  192-214,  1905. 

Describes  the  various  occurrences  of  platinum. 

Diehl  (O.  0.). 

1.  Gypsum. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  6,  no.  6,  pp.  21-24,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gypsum  in  Michigan  and  Utah. 

Diller  (Joseph  Silas). 

1.  The  Klamath  Mountains. 

Mazama,  vol.  1,  no.  1,  pp.  104-108,  1896. 

Describes  briefly  the  geologic  history  of  the  Klamath  Mountains  region. 

2.  The  geology  of  Crater  Lake. 

Mazama,  vol.  1,  no.  2,  pp.  161-170,  4  pis.,  1897. 

Describes  geologic  structure  and  history  of  Crater  Lake  on  Mount  Mazama,  Oregon. 

3.  Geomorphogeny  cl  the  Klamath  Mountains  [California-O'regon]. 

Abstracts:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  461, 1901;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  97,  1901. 

4.  Coos  Bay  folio,  Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  73,  1901. 

Describes  the  topographic  features,  the  character,  and  the  occurrence  of  the  Cretaceous, 
Eocene,  Neocene,  and  Pleistocene  deposits  and  igneous  rocks,  and  the  occurrence  of  coal 
and  gold. 

5.  T.he  copper  region  of  northern  California. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  857-858,  1  fig.,  1902;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  823,  1902. 
Describes  the  occurrence  of  auriferous  quartz  veins  and  copper  deposits  of  the  region. 

6.  Copper  in  northern  California. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Pres.,  vol.  85,  pp.  62,  72,  1902. 

Discusses  the  geologic  occurrence  of  copper  ores. 


100 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Diller  (Joseph  Silas) — Continued. 

7.  Volcanic  rocks  in  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent,  collected  by  Robert  T.  Hill  and 

Israel  C.  Russell. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  285-296,  1902. 

Describes  the  microsopic  characters  of  these  specimens. 

8.  The  wreck  of  Mt.  Mazama  [Oregon]. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  203-211,  1902. 

Sketches  the  geologic. history  and  formation  of  the  Cascade  Range,  describes  the  formation 
and  wrecking  of  Mt.  Mazama,  and  discusses  the  evidences  for  the  manner  of  its  wrecking. 

9.  Volcanic  dust  from  Guatemala. 

Abstract:  Science;  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  1029,  1902. 

10.  Topographic  development  of  the  Klamath  Mountains. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Survey.,  Bull.  no.  196,  69  pp.,  13  pis.,  7  figs.,  1902. 

A  supplement  contains  notes  on  the  geologic  age  of  some  of  the  rocks  of  the  Klamath 
Mountains. 

11.  Port  Orford  folio,  Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  89,  1903. 

Describes  topography,  geologic  history,  character,  and  occurrence  of  pre-Cretaceous,  Cretace¬ 
ous,  Tertiary,  and  surficial  deposits  and  igneous  rocks,  coal,  gold,  and  platinum  minerals. 

12.  Klamath  Mountains  section,  California. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci..  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  342-362,  1903. 

Describes  general  distribution  and  structural  relations  of  Paleozoic,  Mesozoic,  and  Cenozoic 
formations  of  the  Klamath  Mountains  and  occurrence  and  characters  of  eruptive  rocks. 
Contains  reports  on  fossils  by  Charles  Schuchert,  George  H.  Girty,  Wm.  M.  Fontaine,  David 
White,  F.  H.  Knowlton,  T.  W.  Stanton,  and  W.  H.  Dali. 

13.  Copper  deposits  of  the  Redding  region,  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  123-132,  1903. 

Describes  sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks  of  the  region  and  their  geologic  relations  and  char¬ 
acter  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits. 

14.  Iron  ores  of  the  Redding  quadrangle,  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  219-220,  1903. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  iron  ores  in  this  area. 

15.  Limestone  of  the  Redding  district,  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  p.  365,  1903. 

16.  Mining  and  mineral  resources  in  the  Redding  quadrangle,  California,  in  1903. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  169-179,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  deposits  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  chromite,  and  iron 
ores. 

17.  The  composition  and  structure  of  the  Klamath  Mountains. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  794, 1904. 

18.  The  Bragdon  formation. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  379-387, 1  fig..  1905. 

Describes  the  lithological  characters,  stratigraphy,  and  relations  of  the  Bragdon  formation  of 
Shasta  and  Trinity  counties,  California,  and  presents  evidence  to  show  its  Carboniferous 
age. 

19.  Mineral  resources  of  the  Indian  Valley  region,  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.’no.  260,  pp.  45-49,  1905. 

Describes  the  development  and  general  geology  of  the  field,  the  geology  of  the  gold  mines, 
and  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  auriferous  gravels. 

20.  So-called  “iron  ore”  near  Portland,  Oreg. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  343-347,  1905. 

Describes  the  chemical  investigation  of  a  so-called' “iron  ore”  from  near  Portland,  Oreg. 

21.  Coal  in  Washington  near  Portland,  Oreg. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  411^12,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  composition  of  an  Eocene  coal  near  Portland,  Oreg. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


101 


Diller  (Joseph  Silas)  and  Patton  (Horace  Bushnell). 

1.  The  geology  and  petrography  of  Crater  Lake  National  Park  [Oregon]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  3,  167  pp.,  19  pis.,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  physiographic  and  dynamic  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  char¬ 
acters  of  the  igneous  rocks. 

Diller  (Joseph  Silas)  and  Steig*er  (George). 

1.  Volcanic  dust  and  sand  from  St.  Vincent  caught  at  sea  and  the  Barbados. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  947-950,  1902. 

Describes  the  characters  and  composition  of  this  material. 

Divers  (Edward). 

1.  Suggested  nature  of  the  phenomena  of  the  eruption  of  Mount  Pel6e  on  July  9. 
Observed  by  the  Royal  Society  Commission. 

Nature,  vol.  67,  p.  126,  1902. 

Discusses  the  phenomena  and  their  explanation. 

Dixon  (J.  D. ),  Nolan  (A.  W.)  and. 

1.  Geology  of  St.  Helen’s  Island'  [Quebec]. 

See  Nolan  (A.  W.)  and  Dixon  (J.  D.),  1. 

Dodg’e  (Richard  E. ). 

1.  Landslides  of  Echo  and  Vermillion  cliffs. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  485,  1901. 

2.  An  interesting  landslide  in  the  Chaco  Canon,  New  Mexico. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  pp.  49-50,  1903. 

3.  Arroyo  formation. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  p.  50,  1903. 

4.  New  York  City  folio,  New  York-New  Jersey. 

See  Merrill  (F.  J.  H.)  and  others,  1. 

Dominian  (Leon). 

1.  Geology  of  Goldfield,  Nevada. 

Ores  &  Metals,  vol.  13,  no.  20,  p.  25,  1904. 

Describes  briefly  the  geologic  structure  and  history  of  the  region,  and  discusses  the  genesis  of 
the  gold  and  silver  ores. 

2.  The  Goldfield  district,  Nevada. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  581-582,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  general  geology,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  veins  containing  gold-ore 
deposits. 

Dominian  (Leon),  Smith  (E.  Percy)  and. 

1.  Notes  on  a  trip  to  White  Oaks,  New  Mexico. 

See  Smith  (E.  Percy)  and  Dominian  (Leon),  1. 

Donald  (J.  T.) 

1.  The  limestone  of  the  Philipsburg  Railway  and  Coal  Company. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  657,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  chemical  composition  of  the  limestones. 

2.  The  composition  of  some  Canadian  limestones. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  20,  pp.  67-68,  1901.  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  4,  pp.  152-154,  1901. 

Gives  chemical  analyses  and  notes  on  the  economic  uses  of  these  limestones. 

Douglas  (James). 

1.  Record  of  borings  in  the  Sulphur  Spring  Valley,  Arizona;  and  of  agricultural 
experiments  in  the  same  locality. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  40,  pp.  161-163,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Gives  record  of  well  boring  in  the  valley  to  the  depth  of  765  feet. 


102 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Douglass  (Earl). 

1.  The  Neocene  lake  beds  of  western  Montana  and  descriptions  of  some  new  verte¬ 

brates  from  the  Lonp  Fork. 

Mont.  Univ.,  Missoula,  Mont.,  27  pp.,  4  pis.,  1899.  (Published  by  the  University.) 

2.  New  species  of  Merycochcerns  in  Montana.  Part  II. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  73-89,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  material  from  Tertiary  beds. 

3.  A  Cretaceous  and  Lower  Tertiary  section  in  south  central  Montana. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  41,  pp.  207-224,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  beds  exposed  along  the  Musselshell 
River,  and  discusses  the  problem  of  the  transition  from  the  Mesozoic  to  Cenozoic  time. 

4.  Fossil  mammalia  of  the  White  River  beds  of  Montana. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Trans.,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  237-279,  1  pi.,  map,  1902. 

Describes  the  characters  of  the  strata  and  of  the  fossil  mammals  collected. 

5.  Dinosaurs  in  the  Ft.  Pierre  shales  and  underlying  beds  in  Montana. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  31-32,  1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  the  fossils  and  the  character  and  origin  of  the  beds  in  which  they 
are  found. 

6.  The  discovery  of  Torrejon  mammals  in  Montana. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  272-273,  1902. 

7.  Astropecten?  montanus — a  new  star-fish  from  the  Fort  Benton;  and  some  geologi¬ 

cal  notes. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Ann.,  vol.  2,  pp.  5-8,  1  fig.,  1903. 

8.  New  vertebrates  from  the  Montana  Tertiary. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Ann.,  vol.  2,  pp.  145-199,  1  pi.,  37  figs.,  1903. 

A  brief  account  of  the  stratigraphy  of  the  formations  from  which  the  fossils  were  obtained 
precedes  detailed  generic  and  specific  descriptions. 

9.  The  Tertiary  of  Montana. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  pp.  203-224,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  remains  of  fossil  mammalia  from  the  White  River  beds  of  Montana. 

10.  Some  notes  on  the  geology  of  southwestern  Montana. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Ann.,  vol.  3,  pp.  407-428,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Archean,  Algonkian,  Cambrian,  Devon¬ 
ian,  and  Carboniferous  strata,  and  gives  lists  of  fossils  obtained. 

11.  Source  of  the  placer  gold  in  Alder  Gulch,  Montana. 

Mines  and  Minerals,  vol.  25,  pp.  353-355,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 

Dowlen  (Walton  E.). 

1.  The  Turtle  Mountain  rock  slide  [Alberta,  Canada]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  10-12,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  a  rock  slide  and  the  geologic  conditions  which  produced  it. 

Dowling-  (D.  B.). 

1.  Report  on  the  geology  of  the  west  shore  and  islands  of  Lake  Winnipeg. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  11,  Rept.  F.,  100pp.,  2  pis.,  10  figs.,  1901,  published  in  1900. 
Describes  the  physiography,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  faunas  of  the  Ordovician  strata 
and  the  glacial  phenomena  of  the  region. 

2.  The  physical  geography  of  the  Red  River  Valley  [Canada]. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  115-120,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiographic  history  of  the  region. 

3.  The  west  side  of  James  Bay.  # 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  107-115,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  this  area. 

4.  Eastern  Assiniboia  and  southern  Manitoba. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  180-190,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  geology  and  economic  resources  of  the  region  examined. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


103 


Dowling-  (D.  B.) — Continued. 

5.  Notes  to  accompany  a  contoured  plan  of  the  lower  slope  of  Turtle  Mountain,  Man¬ 

itoba. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Report  for  1902,  pp.  191-201,  1903. 

Gives  geologic  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  coal. 

6.  Report  on  geological  explorations  in  Athabaska,  Saskatchewan,  and  Keewatin 

districts,  including  Moose  Lake  and  the  route  from  Cumberland  Lake  to  the 
Churchill  River,  and  the  upper  parts  of  Burntwood  and  Grass  rivers. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  44  pp.,  2  pis.,  and  map,  1903.  (Published  sep¬ 
arately,  1902.) 

Gives  observations  upon  the  occurrence  and  character  of  Laurentian,  Huronian,  Cambro- 
Silurian,  Silurian,  and  Pleistocene  deposits  and  the  economic  resources,  and  upon  physio¬ 
graphic  and  geologic  features  of  the  region  examined. 

7.  On  the  coal  basins  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Sheep  Creek  and  Cascade  troughs 

northward  to  the -Panther  River. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  83-91,  1  map,  5  figs.,  1904. 

8.  Report  on  an  exploration  of  Ekwan  River,  Sutton  Mill  lakes,  and  part  of  the  west 

coast  of  James  Bay. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.F,  pp.  1-37,  2  pis.,  5  figs.,  1904. 

9.  Report  on  the  coal  field  of  the  Souris  River,  eastern  Assiniboia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  15,  pt.  F,  45  pp.,  7  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coal  beds  in  eastern  Assiniboia,  and  in  detail 
the  stratigraphy  of  the  region. 

10.  The  stratigraphy  of  the  Cascade  coal  basin. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  24,  pp.  105-111,  6  figs.,  1905;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  221-234,  5  figs., 
1905. 

11.  The  Cascade  and  Costigan  coal  basins  and  their  continuation  northward  [Alberta]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  105-121,  1  pi.  and  1  map,  1905. 

Gives  observations  on  the  geology,  and  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  the  coal  deposits. 

Downer  (R.  H.). 

1.  Ore  deposits  of  the  American-Nettie  mine,  Ouray,  Colo. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  104-107,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  , bodies. 

Downer  (R.  H.  )  and  De  Cou  (Ralph  E.). 

1.  A  description  of  the  working  mines  of  Ouray  County,  Colorado. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  242-259,  1901. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geology  and  on  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  ore 
bodies. 

Drake  (Frank  V.). 

1.  Mineral  resources  and  mining  in  Oregon. 

Am.  Mg.  Cong.,  7th  Ann.  Sess.,  Rept.  of  Proc.,  pp.  119-128,  1905. 

Drake  (N.  F.),  Lindg-ren  (Waldemar)  and. 

1.  Nampa  folio,  Idaho-Oregon. 

See  Lindgren  (Waldemar)  and  Drake  (N.  F.),  1. 

2.  Silver  City  folio,  Idaho. 

See  Iiindgren  (Waldemar)  and  Drake  (N.  F.),  2. 

Draper  (Marshall  D.). 

1.  The  district  of  Goldfield,  Nevada. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  383-384,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  the  gold-ore  deposits. 

Dresser  (John  A.). 

1.  On  the  physical  geography  of  a  northern  section  of  the  Appalachian  Mountain 
system. 

Am.  Bur.  Geog.,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  275-279,  1900. 


104 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dresser  (John  A.) — Continued. 

2.  A  hornblende  lamprophyre  dike  at  Richmond,  P.  Q. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  315-320,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  dike  and  the  characters  of  the  dike  rock. 

3.  A  preliminary  note  on  an  amygdaloidal  trap  rock  in  the  eastern  townships  of  the 

Province  of  Quebec. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  14,  pp.  180-182,  1901. 

Describes  the  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters  of  the  rock. 

4.  On  the  petrography  of  Mt.  Orford. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  14-21,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  diabase,  gabbro-diorite,  serpentine,  and  ophicalcite, 
and  gives  a  summary  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  region. 

5.  On  the  petrography  of  Shefford  Mountain  [Quebec]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  204-213,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  petrographic  characters  of  essexite,  nordmarkite,  and  pdlaskite,  and  discusses  their 
relations. 

6.  A  petrographical  contribution  to  the  geology  of  the  eastern  townships  of  the 

Province  of  Quebec. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  43-48,  1902. 

Describes  the  pre-Cambrian  igneous  rocks  that  are  regarded  as  similar  to  the  volcanics  of 
South  Mountain,  Pa. 

7.  On  the  copper-bearing  volcanic  rocks  in  the  eastern  townships  of  the  Province  of 

Quebec. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  81-86,  1902;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  412,  3  figs.,  1902. 

8.  Petrography  of  Shefford  and  Brome  Mountains  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Kept,  for  1901,  pp.  183-187,  1902. 

Describes  petrologic  and  other  observations. 

9.  Report  on  the  geology  and  petrography  of  Shefford  Mountain,  Quebec. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  13, 35  pp.,  6  pis.,  1  fig. and  1  map,  1903.  (Published 
separately,  1902.) 

Describes  the  geology,  and  the  occurrence,  relations,  and  composition  of  the  igneous  rocks. 

10.  An  investigation  of  the  copper-bearing  rocks  of  the  eastern  townships,  Province 

of  Quebec. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  302-316,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  geologic  position,  and  character  of  copper-ore  deposits. 

11.  Geology  of  Brome  Mountain,  one  of  the  Monteregian  Hills. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  347-358,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  position  and  physiographic  origin  of  the  Monteregian  Hills,  and  in  detail  the 
petrography  of  Brome  Mountain. 

12.  A  new  area  of  copper-bearing  rocks  in  the  eastern  townships  of  the  Province  of 

Quebec. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  23,  p.  29,  1904;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  397-400,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations. 

13.  The  copper-bearing  rocks  of  the  eastern  townships,  Quebec. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  146-149,  1904. 

Describes  investigations  upon  copper-producing  areas  in  Quebec. 

14.  The  bed-rock  of  the  Gilbert  River  gold  fields,  Quebec. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  21,  p.  71,  1905.  Can.  Mg.  Inst.  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  259-266,  1905. 

Discusses  the  source  of  the  placer  gold  of  this  region. 

15.  The  copper-bearing  rocks  of  the  Sherbrooke  district,  P.  Q. 

Can.  Geol  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  263-269,  1905. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence  of  minerals  of  eco¬ 
nomic  importance. 

16.  A  note  on  varieties  of  serpentine  in  south-eastern  Quebec. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  267-271,  1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


105 


Drevermann  (Fr. ). 

1.  Bemerkungen  fiber  John  M.  Clarke’s  Beschreibung  der  Naples-Fauna,  II.  Teil. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  Geol.  u.  Pal.,  pp.  385-391, 1905. 

Discusses  morphological  characters  of  various  Devonian  brachiopods. 

Dryer  (Charles  Red  way). 

1.  Certain  peculiar  eskers  and  esker  lakes  of  northeastern  Indiana. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  123-129,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  glacial  phenomena  of  the  region. 

2.  Lessons  in  physical  geography. 

American  Book  Co.,  1931,  430  pp.  Review:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  638-639, 1901. 

3.  The  use  of  the  word  “geest”  in  geology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  234,  1903. 

Discusses  nomenclature  of  surficial  deposits  and  suggests  the  use  of  the  term  “mantle  rock.” 

4.  Finger  lake  region  of  western  New  York. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  449-460,  4  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  glacial  deposits,  particularly  moraines,  of  this  region, 
and  discusses  their  interpretation. 

Duerden  (J.  E.). 

1.  Aggregated  colonies  in  Madreporarian  corals. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  36,  pp.  461-471,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  process  of  fixation  and  development  of  larvae  of  the  West  Indian  coral  Sideras- 
trsea  radians. 

2.  Boring  algoe  as  agents  in  the  disintegration  of  corals. 

Am,  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  323-332,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Reviews  the  literature  and  discusses  the  chemical  and  physical  processes  by  which  the  disin¬ 
tegration  is  effected. 

3.  Relationships  of  the  Rugosa  (Tetracoralla)  to  the  living  Zoantheae. 

Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Circ.,  vol.  21,  no.  155,  pp.  19-25, 12  figs.,  1902;  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  7th 
ser.,  vol.  9,  pp.  381-398,  12  figs.,  1902. 

4.  The  morphology  of  the  Madreporaria. 

Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Circ.,  vol.  21,  no.  157,  pp.  59-66,  13  figs.,  1902;  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  7th 
ser.,  vol.  10,  pp.  96-115,  13  figs.,  pp.  382-393,  4  figs.,  1902. 

5.  The  development  of  septa  in  the  Paleozoic  corals. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  350, 1902. 

6.  A  method  of  studying  the  septal  sequence  in  Paleozoic  corals. 

Elisha  Mitchell  Sci.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  19,  pp.  32-33,  1903. 

7.  The  morphology  of  the  Madreporaria. 

Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  7th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  141-155,  7  figs.,  1903. 

8.  The  morphology  of  the  Madreporaria.  V.  Septal  sequence. 

Biological  Bulletin,  vol.  7,  pp.  79-104,  9  figs.,  1904. 

9.  Recent  results  on  the  morphology  and  development  of  coral  polyps. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  47  (Quar.  Issue,  vol.  2,  no.  1),  pp.  93-111,  16  figs.,  1904. 

10.  The  antiquity  of  the  zoanthid  actinians. 

Mich.  Acad.  Sci.,  6th  Rept.,  pp.  195-198,  1904. 

11.  The  development  and  relationships  of  the  Rugosa  (Tetracoralla). 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  217-218,  525-526,  1904. 

12.  The  morphology  of  the  Madreporaria.  VI.  The  fossula  in  rugose  corals. 

Biol.  Bull.,  vol.  9,  pp.  27-52,  12  figs.,  1905. 

Duffield  (M.  S.). 

1.  The  Cumberland  Plateau  coal  field  [Tennessee]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  442-443,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geology  of  this  area  and  gives  a  geological  section  of  the  Cumberland  Plateau. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


106 

Durable  (Edwin  T. ). 

1.  Physical  geography,  geology,  and  resources  of  Texas. 

A  Comprehensive  History  of  Texas,  published  by  W.  G.  Scarff,  Dallas,  Tex.,  vol.  2,  chap.  4, 
pp.  471-516,  illus.,  1898. 

Includes  a  brief  account  of  the  geologic  history  and  structure  of  the  State,  and  describes 
geographic  and  physiograpic  features  and  mineral  resources. 

2.  Geology  of  the  Beaumont  oil  field. 

Houston  Post,  5  pp.,  1901.  (Private  publication.) 

Describes  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  discusses  the  geologic  horizon  of  the  oil. 

3.  The  iron  ores  of  east  Texas. 

Houston  Post,  4  pp.,  1901.  (Private  publication.) 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  iron  ores  in  eastern  Texas  and  processes  necessary  for  their 
development. 

4.  Cretaceous  of  Obispo  Canyon,  Sonora,  Mexico. 

Texas  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  4,  p.  81,  1901. 

Gives  brief  description  of  the  character  of  the  beds. 

5.  Occurrence  of  oyster  shells  in  volcanic  deposits  in  Sonora,  Mexico. 

Texas  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  4,  p.  82,  1901. 

Gives  brief  description  of  occurrence. 

6.  The  iron  ores  of  east  Texas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  p.  104,  1901. 

Contains  brief  notes  on  the  character  of  the  ores. 

7.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  southeastern  Arizona. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  696-715,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  Cenozoic,  Mesozoic,  and  Paleozoic  strata  of  Cochise  County,  Ari¬ 
zona,  and  give^i  a  general  section  of  the  rocks. 

8.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  A.  F.  Lucas  “The  great  oil-well  near  Beaumont, 

Texas.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  1029-1032,  1902. 

9.  A  Carboniferous  coal  in  Arizona. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  p.  270,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  gives  a  list  of  fossils. 

10.  The  Tertiary  of  the  Sabine  River. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  670-671,  1902. 

Discusses  the  correlation  of  Tertiary  formations  in  Texas  and  Louisiana. 

11.  The  red  sandstone  of  the  Diabolo  Mounta  ns,  Texas 

Texas  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  4,  pt.  2,  nos.  6-7,  pp.  1-3  (103-105),  1902. 

Discusses  the  stratigraphic  position  of  this  formation. 

12.  Cretaceous  and  later  rocks  of  Presidio  and  Brewster  counties  [Texas]. 

Texas  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  4,  pt.  2,  nos.  6-7.  pp.  1-8  (107-114),  1902. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  this  region  and  gives  sections  of  the  strata. 

13.  Geology  of  .southwestern  Texas. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  913-987,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  topography,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  forma¬ 
tions  of  Tertiary  and  Pleistocene  age  in  southwestern  Texas. 

Duryee  (Edward). 

1.  Cement  invest  gations  in  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213.  pp.  372-380,  1903. 

Dutton  (Clarence  Edward). 

1.  Earthquakes  in  the  light  of  the  new  seismology. 

New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam  s  Sons,  314  pp.,  10  pis..  63  figs.,  1904. 

A  general  treatise  upon  earthquakes,  their  nature,  causes,  etc.  The  Charleston  and  other 
American  earthquakes  are  considered. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


107 


Dwight  (W.  B. ). 

1.  Fort  Cassin  beds  in  the  Calciferous  limestone  of  Dutchess  County,  New  York. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  490-491,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  faunas  of  these  beds. 

Dyar  (W.  W.). 

1.  The  colossal  bridges  of  Utah.  A  recent  discovery  of  natural  wonders. 

Century  Mag.,  vol.  68,  pp.  505-511,  1904. 


E. 

Eakle  (Arthur  S. ). 

1.  Mineralogical  notes,  with  chemical  analyses  by  W.  T.  Schaller. 

Univ.  of  Calf,  Dept,  of  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  315-326,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  pectolite,  zircon  crystals,  esmeraldaite,  coquimbite,  and  altaite  crystals. 

2.  Colemanite  from  southern  California. 

Univ.  Cal.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  31-50,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  crystals  and  the  method  of  measurement  with  the  two-circle  goniometer. 

3.  Note  on  the  identity  of  palacheite  and  botryogen. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  379-380,  1903. 

Describes  composition,  characters,  and  occurrence. 

4.  Palacheite. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  231-236,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  crystallographic  characters,  and  physical  and  chemical  properties  of 
this  mineral  discovered  near  Knoxville,  Caliiornia. 

5.  Mineral  tables  for  the  determination  of  minerals  by  their  physical  properties. 

New  York,  John  Wiley  A  Sons,  73  pp.,  1904. 

6.  Phosphorescent  sphalerite. 

Cal.  Jour.  Techn.,  vol,  3,  pp.  30-31,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  a  sphalerite  from  Mariposa  County,  California, 
and  its  property  of  phosphorescence. 

Eakle  (A.  S. )  and  Sharwood  (W.  J. ). 

1.  Luminescent  zinc-blende. 

Eng  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  1000,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  in  Mariposa  County,  Caliiornia,  composition,  and  physical  qualities. 

Easter  (S.  E. ). 

1.  Jade. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  14,  pp.  9-17,  1903. 

Describes  characters,  occurrences,  and  uses. 

Eastman  (Charles  R. ). 

1.  Systematic  paleontology,  Eocene  Pisces. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  98-115,4  pis.,  1901. 

2.  On  Campodus,  Edestus,  Helicoprion,  Acanthodes,  and  other  Permo-Carboniferous 

sharks. 

Abstracts:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  p.  795,  1901.  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  p.  21505,  1901. 

3.  On  Campy loprion,  a  new  form  of  Edestus-like  dentition. 

Geol  Mag.,  dec.  iv,  vol.  9,  pp.  148-152,  1  pi.  and  1  fig.,  1902. 

4.  The  Carboniferous  fish  fauna  of  Mazon  Creek,  Illinois. 

jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  535-541,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  two  species  of  Acanthodes  and  one  eachot  Ccelacanthus  and  Elonichthys,  and  gives 
a  list  of  the  vertebrates  lound  at  ihis  locality. 

5.  On  the  genus  Peripristis,  St.  John. 

Geol.  Mag.,  dec.  iv,  vol.  9,  pp.  388-391,  2  figs.,  1902. 

6.  Some  Carboniferous  cestraciont  and  acanthodian  sharks. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  39,  pp.  55-99,  7  pis.,  14  figs.,  1902. 


108 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Eastman  (Charles  R. ) — Continued. 

7.  Phylogeny  of  the  cestraeiont  group  of  sharks. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  267, 1902. 

8.  Some  hitherto  unpublished  observations  of  Orestes  St.  John  on  Paleozoic  fishes. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  36,  pp.  653-659,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  Dinichthys  pustulosus  and  Edestus  and  Cochliodus. 

9.  Notice  of  interesting  new  forms  of  Carboniferous  fish  remains. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  36,  pp.  849-854,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  material  from  the  Carboniferous  of  the  Mississippi  Valley. 

10.  Carboniferous  fishes  from  the  central  Western  States. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  39,  pp.  163-226,  4  pis.,  17  figs.,  1903. 

A  short  account  of  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Upper  Carboniferous  of  Kansas  and  Nebraska  pre¬ 
cedes  the  systematic  descriptions. 

11.  A  peculiar  modification  amongst  Permian  dipnoans. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  37,  pp.  493-495,  2  figs.,  1903. 

12.  Devonian  fish  fauna  of  Iowa. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.  Bull.,  vol.  13,  p.  537,  1903. 

13.  On  the  nature  of  Edestus  and  related  forms. 

Mark  Anniversary  Volume  [Harvard  University],  New  York,  Henry  Holt  and  Company,  pp. 
279-289,  1  pi.,  1903. 

A  critical  discussion  based  upon  new  material  lately  discovered. 

14.  On  the  dentition  of  Rhynchodus  and  other  fossil  fishes. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  38,  pp.  295-299,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  a  description  of  Rhynchodus  pertenuis  n.  sp. 

15.  A  recent  paleontological  induction. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  465-466,  1904. 

Discusses  the  association  of  pebbles  with  the  remains  of  plesiosaurs. 

16.  On  Upper  Devonian  fish  remains  from  Colorado. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  253-260,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  fish  remains  from  Devonian  strata  in  the  San  Juan 
region  of  Colorado,  and  gives  a  systematic  description  of  a  new  form. 

17.  Fossil  plumage. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  38,  pp.  669-672,  1  fig.,  1904. 

18.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Pisces. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  71-93, 5  pis.,  1904. 

19.  A  brief  general  account  of  fossil  fishes. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Kept,  for  1904,  pp.  27-66, 8  figs.,  1905. 

20.  The  Triassic  fishes  of  New  Jersey. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  67-140,  14  pis.,  5  figs.,  1905. 

21.  Fossil  avian  remains  from  Armissan  [France]. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  pp.  131-138,  4  pis.,  1905. 

Includes  a  list  showing  geological  distribution  of  gallinaceous  birds. 

22.  The  literature  of  Edestus. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  39,  pp.  405-409,  1905. 

Discusses  the  relationships  of  Edestus  and  gives  a  list  of  papers  dealing  with  Edestus  and 
related  forms. 

Eastman  (Charles  R. )  and  Barbour  (Erwin  H.). 

1.  Synopsis  of  the  Missourian  and  Permo-Carboniferous  fish  fauna  of  Kansas  and 
Nebraska. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  266-267,  1902. 

Easton  (S.  A.). 

1.  Notes  on  Tonopah,  Nevada. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  697,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  gold  ores. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


109 


Eaton  (George  F.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  collection  of  Triassic  fishes  at  Yale. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  259-268,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Gives  descriptions  and  figures  of  some  of  the  material. 

2.  The  characters  of  Pteranodon. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  82-86,  2  pis.,  1903. 

3.  Characters  of  Pteranodon  (second  paper). 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  318-320,  2  pis.,  1904. 

4.  Obituary — John  Bell  Hatcher. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  163-164,  1904. 

Eavenson  (H.  N. ). 

1.  The  Connells ville  region.  Its  mineral  resources — the  extent  of  territory — the 
methods  of  mining  and  amount  of  output. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  26-29,  1902. 

Eckel  (Edwin  C.) . 

1.  The  formation  as  the  basis  for  geologic  mapping. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  708-717,  1901. 

Discusses  the  problems  involved  and  the  application  of  the  proposed  system. 

2.  The  emery  deposits  of  Westchester  County,  New  York. 

Min.  Ind.  for  1900,  pp.  15-17,  1901. 

Describes  briefly  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  deposits. 

3.  A  recently  discovered  extension  of  the  Tennessee  white  phosphate  fields. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  for  1900,  pp.  812-813,  1901. 

Briefly  describes  occurrence  in  Decatur  County. 

4.  The  Portland-cement  industry  in  New  York. 

Eng.  News,  vol.  45,  pp.  365-367,  1901. 

Describes  the  development  of  the  industry  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  raw 
materials,  and  discusses  the  processes  of  manufacture  employed. 

5.  Chapters  on  the  cement  industry  in  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  44,  pp.  849-955,  17  pis.,  map  in  pocket,  1901. 

Describes  character  of  materials  and  processes  of  manufacture  of  cement  in  New  York. 

6.  The  quarry  industry  in  southeastern  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  rl41-rl76,  20  pis.,  1902. 

7.  The  classification  of  the  crystalline  cements. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  146-154,  1902. 

8.  The  preparation  of  a  geologic  map. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  50-56, 1902. 

9.  Summaries  of  the  literature  of  structural  materials.  I. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  442-449,  1902. 

10.  Summaries  of  the  literature  of  structural  materials.  II. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  542-550, 1902. 

11.  Summaries  of  the  literature  of  structural  materials.  III. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  86-92,  1903. 

12.  Summaries  of  the  literature  of  economic  geology. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  716-719, 1903. 

13.  The  materials  and  manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

Cement  Resources  of  Alabama.  58th  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  Sen.  Doc.  no.  19,  pp.  1-11,  1903. 

Describes  character  of  materials  required  and  processes  of  manufacture  with  particular  refer¬ 
ence  to  the  industry  in  Alabama. 

14.  Molding  sand :  its  uses,  properties,  and  occurrence. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  55th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  r91-r96, 1903. 


110 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Eckel  (Edwin  C. ) — Continued. 

15.  The  Dahlonega  gold  district  of  Georgia. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  219-220,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore 
deposits. 

16.  Gold  and  pyrite  deposits  of  the  Dahlonega  district,  Georgia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  57-63,  1903;  Mines  A  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  493-494,  1903. 
Gives  a  general  account  of  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  gold 
and  pyrite  deposits. 

17.  Utilization  of  iron  and  steel  slags. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  221-231,  1903. 

18.  Stoneware  and  brick  clays  of  western  Tennessee  and  northwestern  Mississippi. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  382-391, 1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  and  utilization  of  clay  deposits  in  this  region. 

19.  Salt  and  gypsum  deposits  of  southwestern  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  406-416,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  stratigraphy  and  geologic  structure  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence  of 
salt  and  gypsum  deposits  and  their  development. 

20.  The  white  phosphates  of  Decatur  County,  Tenn. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  424-425,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  of  phosphate  deposits  in  this  area. 

21.  Dahlonega  mining  district,  Georgia. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  793,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  region. 

22.  Gypsum  deposits  in  New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  33-35,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  economic  development  and  geologic  relations  of  the  gypsum  deposits  in  the  Salina 
group. 

23.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.'36-37,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  economic  development  and  geologic  relations  of  gypsum  beds  occurring  in  Carbon¬ 
iferous  strata. 

24.  The  slate  deposits  of  California  and  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  417-422,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  slate  deposits  in  Eldorado  County,  California,  and 
near  Provo,  Utah. 

25.  Cement-rock  deposits  of  the  Lehigh  district  of  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  448-455,  1904. 

Describes  location  and  general  geology  of  the  district,  the  stratigraphic  position  and  charac¬ 
ter  of  the  cement  rock,  methods  of  manufacturing,  and  character  of  the  product. 

26.  The  salt  industry  in  Utah  and  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  488-495,  1904. 

Describes  character  and  source  of  materials  used  and  methods  of  manufacture  employed. 

27.  On  a  California  roofing  slate  of  igneous  origin. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  15-24,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  slate  deposits  in  California  and  discusses  their  origin. 

28.  On  the  chemical  composition  of  American  shales  and  roofing  slates. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  25-29,  1904. 

29.  The  nonmetallic  mineral  products  of  the  United  States. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  pp.  167-174,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  nonmetallic  mineral  products. 

30.  Brown  hematite  deposits  of  eastern  New  York  and  western  New  England. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  432-434,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  iron 
ores  and  discusses  their  origin. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Ill 


Eckel  (Edwin  C. ) — Continued. 

31.  The  materials  and  manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

Ala.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  8,  pp.  1-59,  1904. 

Includes  a  discussion  of  the  origin  and  general  characters  of  limestone  and  other  raw  mate¬ 
rials  used  in  cement  manufacture. 

32.  Cements,  limes,  and  plasters:  their  materials,  manufacture,  and  properties. 

New  York,  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1905.  712  pp.,  165  figs. 

Includes  notes  on  the  geologic  distribution  of  cement  materials. 

33.  The  Clinton  hematite. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  897-898,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  utilization  of  Clinton  iron  ores,  particularly  in  the 
town  of  Clinton,  New  York. 

34.  Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the  United  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  243,  395  pp.,  15  pis.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character  and  general  occurrence  of  cement  materials  and  their  preparation,  and 
in  detail  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  limestones,  shales,  and  marls 
in  the  various  States. 

35.  Iron  and  manganese  ores  of  the  United  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  317-320,  1905. 

Describes  the  production,  character,  and  occurrence  of  iron  and  manganese  ore  deposits  of 
the  United  States. 

36.  Limonite  deposits  of  eastern  New  York  and  western  New  England. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  335-342,  1905. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region,  the  mining  developments,  and  discusses  the  character 
and  origin  of  the  ores. 

37.  The  iron  ores  of  northeastern  Texas. 

U.S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  348-354,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence,  composition,  and  origin  of  the  ores. 

38.  The  American  cement  industry. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  496-505,  1905. 

Describes  the  classification  and  production  of  cement,  and  the  geologic  relations,  occurrence, 
and  character  of  the  raw  materials  in  the  United  States. 

39.  Portland-cement  resources  of  New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  522-530, 1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  composition,  and  geologic  relations  of  cement-making  rocks  of 
New  York. 

40.  Pyrite  deposits  of  the  western  Adirondacks,  New  York 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  587-588,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  pyrite  deposits,  and  the  mining  and  milling  of  the 
ore. 

Eckel  (Edwin  C.)  and  Bain  (H.  F. ). 

1.  Cement  and  cement  materials  of  Iowa. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  15,  Ann.  Kept.,  1904,  pp.  33-124,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  process  of  cement  manufacture,  and  the  geologic  occurrence  and  character  of 
cement  materials  in  Iowa. 

Eckel  (Edwin  C.)  and  Crider  (A.  F.). 

1.  Geology  and  cement  resources  of  the  Tombigbee  River  district,  Mississippi-Alabama. 

58th  Cong.,  3d  sess.,  Sen.  Doc.  no.  165,  23  pp.,  1  pi.  (map),  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  limestones  and  other  materials  in  this  region 
required  in  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

Eckel  (Edwin  C. ),  Hayes  (C.  W.)  and. 

1.  Iron  ores  of  the  Cartersville  district,  Georgia. 

See  Hayes  (C.  W.)  and  Eckel  (E.  C.),  1. 

2.  Occurrence  and  development  of  ocher  deposits  in  the  Cartersville  district,  Georgia, 

See  Hayes  (C.  W.)  and  Eckel  (E.C.),  2. 


112 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Eckel  (E.  0.),  Johnson  (L.  C.)  and. 

1.  Notes  on  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Mississippi. 

See  Johnson  (L.  C.)  and  Eckel  (E.  C.),  1. 

Edman  (J.  A.). 

1.  Corundum  in  Montana. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  84,  p.  21,  1902. 

Brief  notes  on  occurrence. 

Edwards  (Henry  W.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  862-863,  1902. 

Contains  general  notes  on  the  rocks  of  the  region. 

Edwards  (J.  Jep.). 

1.  Paleontology  of  Bartholomew  County,  Indiana,  mammalian  fossils. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  247-248,  1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  Quaternary  mammalian  remains. 

Edwards  (W.  F.). 

1.  The  new  geology  and  vein  formation.  Discussion. 

Colo.  Sc.i.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  289-296,  1904. 

Describes  the  history  of  the  nebular  hypothesis  and  discusses  the  relative  merits  of  this  and 
the  planetesimal  hypothesis. 

Eg'gleston  (Julius  Wooster). 

1.  Some  glacial  remains  near  Woodstock,  Conn. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  403-408,  1902. 

Describes  local  glacial  features. 

2.  Physiography — an  outline  of  its  scope  and  applications. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  no.  3,  pp.  96-110,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  areas  of  the  United  States  and  various  local  physiographic  features 
as  illustrative  of  principles  set  forth  in  the  paper. 

Eisele  (Martin  A.) 

1.  Report  of  the  superintendent  of  the  Hot  Springs  Reservation. 

Dept,  of  the  Interior,  Ann.  Rept.  for  the  year  ended  June  30, 1902  (  57th  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  H.  R. 
Doc.  no.  5),  pp.  499-526,  6  pis.,  1902. 

Gives  chemical  analyses  of  the  water  and  a  brief  extract  from  W.  H.  Weed’s  report  as  to  the 
source  of  the  heat. 

Eisen  (Gustav.). 

1.  The  earthquake  and  volcanic  eruption  in  Guatemala  in  1902. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  35,  pp.  325-352,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  earthquake  of  April,  1902,  and  its  effects,  the  volcanoes  and  their  eruptions,  more 
particularly  that  of  Santa  Maria  of  October  24,  1902,  the  character  of  the  ejected  material, 
and  the  physiographic  changes  produced. 

Eldridge  (George  H.). 

1.  The  asphalt  and  bituminous  rock  deposits  of  the  United  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  1,  pp.  209-452,  34  pis.,  52  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  geologic  occurrence  of  these  materials  in  the  United  States. 

2.  The  petroleum  industry  of  California. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  41,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  developments  in  1901. 

3.  Origin  and  distribution  of  asphalt  and  bituminous  rock  deposits  in  the  United 

States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  296-305, 1903. 

Describes  classification,  character,  occurrence,  origin,  and  distribution  of  asphalts  and  bitu¬ 
minous  rocks  of  the  United  States. 

4.  The  petroleum  fields  of  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  306-321,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  location  and  extent  of  the  oil  fields  and  their  topographic  and  geologic 
structure  and  production. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  190M905,  INCLUSIVE, 


113 


Elftman  (A.  H.). 

1.  The  Highland  range  in  Minnesota. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  447-448,  1908. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  range. 

2.  Keewatin  and  Laurentide  ice  sheets  in  Minnesota. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  536-537.  1903. 

Notes  on  the  ice  invasion. 

Ellis  (E.  E.). 

1.  Zinc  and  lead  mines  near  Dodgeville,  Wis. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  311-315,  1905. 

Describes  production,  occurrence,  and  character  of  zinc  and  lead  ores  near  Dodgeville,  Wis. 

Ellis  (Mary). 

1.  Index  to  publications  of  the  New  York  State  Natural  History  Survey  and  New 
York  State  Museum,  1837-1902;  also  including  other  New  York  publications  on 
related  subjects. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  66,  653  pp.,  1903. 

Includes  a  list  of  the  publications,  an  alphabetic  author  and  subject  index,  and  an  index 
to  descriptions  of  genera  and  species  of  fossils,  compiled  under  the  direction  of  John  M. 
Clarke,  State  paleontologist. 

Ells  (R.  Hugh). 

1.  Prince  Edward  and  Hastings  counties,  Ontario. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  133-136,  1904. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  geology  of  these  counties. 

Ells  (R.  W.). 

1.  The  physical  features  and  geology  of  the  Paleozoic  basin  between  the  Lower 

Ottawa  and  St.  Lawrence  rivers. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  6,  sect.  4,  pp.  99-120,  1900. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Paleozoic  rocks  and  the  structure  of  the  region. 

2.  Report  on  the  geology  of  the  Three  Rivers  map  sheet  or  northwestern  sheet  of 

the  eastern  townships  map,  Quebec. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  11,  Rept.  J.,  70  pp.,  4  pis.,  1901.  Published  in  1900. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  character,  and  occurrence  of  the  Ordovician,  Silurian,  and 
Pleistocene  deposits  and  economic  resources  of  the  region. 

3.  The  Carboniferous  basin  in  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  7,  sect.  4,  pp.  45-56,  1901.  Abstract:  Science,  new 
ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  1017,  1901. 

Discusses  the  geologic  structure  and  location  of  coal  seams  in  this  area. 

4.  The  Devonian  of  the  Acadian  provinces. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  335-343,  1901. 

Reviews  previous  geologic  work  on  the  Devonian  strata  of  the  region  and  discusses  the  prob¬ 
lems  involved. 

5.  Ancient  channels  of  the  Ottawa  River  [Canada]. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  17-30,  1  map,  1901. 

Describes  glacial  phenomena  of  the  region. 

6.  Marl  deposits  in  Ontario,  Quebec,  New  Brunswick,  and  Nova  Scotia. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  16,  pp.  59-69,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  character  and  distribution  of  the  deposits. 

7.  Report  on  the  geology  and  natural  resources  of  the  area  included  in  the  map  of 

the  city  of  Ottawa  and  vicinity. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1G-48G,  5  pis.,  map,  1902. 

Describes  geologic  structure  and  formations  and  economic  minerals  of  this  area. 

8.  Report  on  the  geology  of  Argenteuil,  Ottawa,  and  part  of  Pontiac  counties,  Prov¬ 

ince  of  Quebec,  and  portions  of  Carleton,  Russell,  and  Prescott  counties,  Prov¬ 
ince  of  Quebec. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1J-138J,  5  pis.,  map,  1902. 

Bull.  301—06 - 8 


114 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Ells  (R.  W. ) — Continued. 

9.  The  district  around  Kingston,  Ontario. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  170-183,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  this  area. 

10.  Bulletin  on  asbestus. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  Canada,  Bull,  on  Asbestus,  28  pp.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  asbestos  deposits  in  Canada,  and  the  mining 
operations. 

11.  The  progress  of  geological  investigation  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.'  Sci.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  433-446,  1903. 

12.  The  oil  fields  of  Gaspe  [Quebec]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  338-361,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  field,  the  conditions  requisite  for  oil  production,  and 
the  explorations  for  oil. 

13.  The  Albert  shale  deposits  of  Albert  and  Westmoreland  Counties,  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.. Rept.  for  1S02,  pp.  361-367,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  oil  shales. 

14.  Report  on  the  geology  of  Prince  Edward  Island  with  reference  to  proposed  borings 

for  coal. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  367-377,  1903. 

15.  Notes  on  some  interesting  rock-contacts  in  the  Kingston  district,  Ontario. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  9,  sect.  4,  pp.  97-108,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  formations 
of  Cambrian  and  Ordovician  age  in  Quebec  and  Ontario. 

16.  The  recent  landslide  on  the  Lievre  River,  Province  of  Quebec. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  136-139,  1  map,  1904. 

17.  Charlotte  County,  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  150-160,  1904. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  geology  and  economic  mineral  resources  of  this  area. 

18.  Graphite  in  Canada. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  Can.,  Bull,  on  Graphite,  30  pp.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  in  Canada,  particularly  in  Ontario,  and  the  mining  operations. 

19.  Bulletin  on  apatite  (phosphate  of  lime). 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  Can.,  Bull,  on  Apatite,  32  pp.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  deposits  of  apatite  in  Ontario  and  Quebec,  and  the  mining 
operations. 

20.  Report  on  the  geology  of  portions  of  the  counties  of  Renfrew,  Addington,  Fron- 

tenac,  Lanark,  and  Carleton  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.  J,  pp.  1-79,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  relations  of  sedimentary,  igneous,  and  metamorphic 
rocks,  and  the  occurrence  of  various  ore  deposits  of  economic  importance. 

21.  Mica  deposits  of  Canada. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  Can.,  Bull,  on  Mica,  32  pp.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  mica  in  British  Columbia,  Ontario,  and  Quebec,  and  the  mining 
operations. 

22.  On  the  ores  of  copper  in  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick,  and  Quebec. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  Can.,  Bull,  on  Copper,  58  pp.,  1904. 

23.  Nicola  coal-basin,  B.  C. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,.  pp.  42-74,  1  map,  1905. 

Gives  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  relations 
of  Tertiary  coal  deposits. 

24.  Geology  of  Charlotte  County,  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  271-279,  1905. 

25.  Some  interesting  problems  in  New  Brunswick  geology. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  11,  sect.  4,  pp.  21-35,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  various  Paleozoic  stratified  rocks  and  rocks  of 
volcanic  origin  in  New  Brunswick. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


115 


Elmore  (0.  J.). 

1.  A  comparison  of  fossil  diatoms  from  Nebraska  with  similar  deposits  at  St.  Joseph, 
Mo.,  and  at  Denver,  Colo. 

Nebr.  St.  Hist.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Coll.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  238-242,  1898. 

Gives  lists  of  species  identified  from  Tertiary  deposits. 

Elrod  (Morton  John). 

1.  The  physiography  of  the  Flathead  Lake  region  [Montana]. 

Mont.  Univ.,  Bull.  no.  16  [17],  pp.  197-203,  illus.,  1903. 

Elrod  (Moses  N.). 

1.  Niagara  group  unconformities  in  Indiana. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  205-215,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Emerson  (Benjamin  Kendall). 

1.  Note  on  corundum  and  a  graphitic  essonite  from  Barkhamsted,  Conn. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  234-236,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  garnet  and  corundum. 

2.  Two  cases  of  metamorphosis  without  crushing. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  73-76,  1902. 

Describes  an  amygdaloidal  amphibolite  and  a  porphyritic  mica  schist. 

3.  Holyokeite,  a  purely  feldspathic  diabase  from  the  Trias  of  Massachusetts. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  508-517,  1902. 

Describes  the  mineralogic  and  chemical  characters  of  the  rocks. 

4.  Glacial  cirques  and  rock-terraces  on  Mount  Toby,  Massachusetts. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  224,  1903. 

5.  A  plumose  diabase  containing  sideromelan  and  spherulites  of  caicite  and  blue 

quartz. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  296,  1903. 

6.  General  geology.  Notes  on  the  stratigraphy  and  igneous  rocks  [of  Alaska]. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  4,  pp.  11-56,  5  pis.,  13  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  geology  of  points  visited  by  the  Harriman  Alaska  expedition,  including  the 
occurrence  and  character  of  igneous,  metamorphic,  and  sedimentary  rocks  in  Alaska,  the 
petrographic  characters  of  various  rocks  collected,  and  the  age  and  correlation  of  fossil¬ 
bearing  formations. 

7.  Note  on  a  calcite-prehnite  cement  rock  in  the  tuff  of  the  Holyoke  Range. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  277-278, 1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  this  rock. 

8.  Notes  on  some  rocks  and  minerals  from  north  Greenland  and  Frobisher  Bay. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  72-94,  1  pi.,  1905. 

9.  Plumose  diabase  and  palagonite  from  the  Holyoke  trap  sheet. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  91-130,  9  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  inclusions  in  and  components  of  the  trap  of  Hol¬ 
yoke,  Mass.,  and  gives  an  explanation  of  the  formation  of  the  holyokeite  and  palagonite 
and  their  inclusions. 

Emerson  (Benjamin  K.)  and  Loomis  (F.  B. ). 

1.  On  Stegomus  longipes,  a  new  reptile  from  the  Triassic  sandstones  of  the  Connec¬ 
ticut  Valley. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  377-380,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Emerson  (Benjamin  K.),  Perry  (Joseph  H.)  and. 

1.  The  geology  of  Worcester,  Massachusetts. 

See  Perry  (J.  H.)  and  Emerson  (B.  K.),  1. 

Emerson  (Harrington). 

1.  The  coal  resources  of  the  Pacific. 

Eng.  Mag.,  vol.  23,  pp.  161-182,  18  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  distribution  of  coal  in  this  region. 


116 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Emerson  (J.  S. ). 

1.  Some  characteristics  of  Kau  [Hawaii]. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  431-439,  1902. 

Describes  the  physiography  of  the  region  and  discusses  the  evidences  regarding  the  source  of 
certain  eruptions. 

Emerson  (Philip). 

1.  Note  on  glacial  topography  in  central  New  Hampshire. 

Appalachia,  vol.  10,  pp.  299-303.  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features  in  central  New  Hampshire. 

Emmens  (Newton  W.). 

1.  The  Bingham  mining  camp  [Utah]. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  12,  pp.  457-464,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Includes  brief  notes  on  the  geology,  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  copper  ores. 

Emmons  (N.  H.). 

1.  The  value  of  ores  in  Mexico. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press.,  vol.  84,  p.  102,  1902. 

Emmons  (Samuel  Franklin). 

1.  The  secondary  enrichment  of  ore  deposits. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  177-217,  1901. 

Discusses  the  process  of  the  secondary  enrichment  of  sulphide  ore  bodies  by  transference  and 
reconcentration  of  the  alteration  products  of  the  original  vein  materials  by  descending 
surface  waters  and  the  chemical  reactions  which  take  place.  Describes  the  author’s 
observations  in  various  mining  districts  and  discusses  their  bearing  on  these  problems. 

2.  Notes  on  two  desert  mines  in  southern  Nevada  and  Utah. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  426-427, 1901. 

Contains  abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  Geological  Society  of  Washington. 

3.  The  Delamar  and  the  Horn-Silver  mines;  two  types  of  ore-deposits  in  the  deserts 

of  Nevada  and  Utah. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  658-683,  10  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  topography  and  geologic  structure  of  the  region,  characters  of  the  ore  and  history 
and  development  of  these  mines. 

4.  [In  discussion  of  “The  origin  of  ore-deposits.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  953-959,  1902. 

5.  Clarence  King. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  224-237,  1902. 

Includes  an  account  of  his  life  and  Work  and  a  bibliography  of  his  publications. 

6.  Tributes  to  Clarence  King. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  3-5,.  por.,  1902. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  life  and  work  and  a  list  of  his  publications. 

7.  The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  in  its  relation  to  the  practical  miner. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  p.  43,  1902. 

8.  [Discussion  of  James  W.  Malcolmson’s  paper  on  “The  Sierra  Mojado,  Coaliuila, 

Mexico,  and  its  ore-deposits.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  566-567,  1902. 

Discusses  the  age  of  the  beds,  the  structure  of  the  mountains,  and  the  distribution  of  the  ores. 

9.  The  Little  Cottonwood  granite  body  of  the  Wasatch  Mountains. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  139-147,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  geologic  relations  and  age  of  this  granitic  mass. 

10.  Investigation  of  metalliferous  ores. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  15-28,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  scope  of  the  economic  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  gives 
brief  outlines  of  economic  publications  on  metalliferous  deposits  by  the  Survey  during  1901, 
and  enumerates  by  geographic  areas  the  work  in  hand. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


117 


Emmons  (Samuel  Franklin) — Continued. 

11.  Platinum  in  copper  ores  in  Wyoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  94-97,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  topography  and  geology  of  the  Medicine  Bow  Range  in  Wyom¬ 
ing  and  the  occurrence  of  platinum  in  the  copper  ores  of  the  New  Rambler  mine. 

12.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  W.  P.  Jenney,  “The  mineral  crest,  or  the  hydrostatic 

level  attained  by  the  ore-depositing  solutions  in  certain  mining  districts  of  the 

Great  Salt  Lake  Basin.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1062-1063,  1903. 

13.  The  drainage  of  the  valley  of  Mexico. 

Abstract:  Science,  newser.,  vol.  17,  p.  309,  1903. 

14.  Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  541-542,  1903. 

15.  Theories  of  ore  deposition  historically  considered. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  1-28,  1904.  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  117-119,  157-159, 
199-200,  237-238,  1904.  New  Zealand  Mines  Record,  vol.  7,  pp.  384-387,  426-429, 1904.  Sci.  Am. 
Suppl.,  vol.  60,  pp.  25046-25047,  25062-25064,  25078-25079, 1905.  Smith.  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  for 
1904,  pp.  309-336,  1905. 

Reviews  in  chronologic  order  the  various  theories  held  at  different  periods  of  time  regarding 
the  origin  of  ore  deposits. 

16.  The  Virginius  mine. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  311,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  Occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  the  ore  bodies  of  copper  and 
galena.  . 

17.  Investigation  of  metalliferous  ores. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  18-24,  1904. 

Gives  a  short  summary  statement  respecting  the  economic  publications  of  the  preceding  year 
relating  to  metalliferous  ores  and  the  field  work  carried  on  in  this  division. 

18.  Occurrence  of  copper  ores  in  Carboniferous  limestone  in  the  region  of  the  Grand 

Canyon  of  the  Colorado. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  760-761,  1904. 

19.  Investigation  of  metalliferous  ores. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  19-27,  1905.  Reviews  the  publications  of  the  U.  S.  Geolog¬ 
ical  Survey  during  the  year  1904  upon  metalliferous  ores,  and  the  economic  work  in  prog¬ 
ress  during  the  year. 

20.  Copper  in  the  Red  Beds  of  the  Colorado  Plateau  region. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  221-232,  1905. 

Discussses  the  occurrence  of  copper  ores  in  foreign  and  American  Red  Beds  of  Permian  and 
Triassic  age,  and  their  origin,  and  more  particularly  an  occurrence  in  the  Colorado  Plateau 
region  of  Arizona. 

21.  The  Cactus  copper  mine,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  242-248,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  location  and  history  of  the  mine,  the  general  geology,  and  the  character  and 
occurrence  of  the  copper  ores. 

22.  Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham  mining  district,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  38,  pp.  17-25,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  sedimentary  strata,  and  of  igneous  rocks. 

Emmons  (S.  F.),  Hayes  (C.  W. ).,  geologists  in  charge. 

1.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1902. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  449  pp.,  1903. 

Contains  reports  by  different  members  of  the  staff  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey-of  the  eco¬ 
nomic  results  of  investigations  made  by  the  Geological  Survey,  and  bibliographies  of  the 
subjects  treated. 

2.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1903. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  527  pp.,  1  pi.,  11  figs.,  1904. 


118 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Emmons  (S.  F. ),  Hayes  (C.  W.) — Continued. 

3.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1904. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  1905.  620  pp.,  4  pis.,  25  figs. 

Includes  papers  by  various  members  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  on  economic  resources 
which  they  have  had  under  investigation.  With  each  section  is  given  a  list  of  the  Survey 
publications  bearing  upon  the  products  treated  in  that  section. 

Emmons  (S.  F. ),  Irving  (John  Duer)  and. 

1.  Economic  resources  of  the  northern  Black  Hills.  Part  II.  Mining  geology. 

See  Irving  (John  Duer)  and  Emmons  (S.  F.),  1. 

Emmons  (William  H.). 

1.  The  Neglected  mine  and  Nearby  properties,  Durango  quadrangle,  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  121-127,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  ores  containing  gold  and  sil¬ 
ver,  and  the  mining  operations. 

Emmons  (W.  H.),  Irving  (J.  D. )  and. 

1.  Economic  geology  of  the  Needle  Mountains  quadrangle  [Colorado]. 

See  Irving  (J.  D.)  and  Emmons  (W.  H.),  1. 

Evans  (A.  W.). 

1.  Jellico  coal  field. 

Eng.  Assoc.  South,  Trans.,  1904,  vol.  15,  pp.  43-52  [1905]. 

Discrlbes  the  occurrence,  composition,  and  qualities  of  coals  of  the  Jellico  field  in  Kentucky 
and  Tennessee. 

Evans  (H.  F.). 

1.  Canadian  geology. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  pp.  299-300,  1903. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  geology  of  Canada. 

2.  The  Adams  Lake  series,  British  Columbia. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  pp.  348-349,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  this  formation  and  the  strata  associated  with  it,  and  discusses  its 
geologic  relations  and  age. 

Evans  (Herbert  M.). 

1.  A  new  cestraciont  spine  from  the  lower  Triassic  of  Idaho. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  397-401,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Evans  (Nevil  Norton). 

1.  Native  arsenic  from  Montreal. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  92-93,  1903. 

2.  Chrysoberyl  from  Canada. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  316-318,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  chrysoberyl  in  the  province  of  Quebec,  and  the  method  and 
results  of  a  chemical  examination  thereof. 

Eyerman  (John). 

1.  Contributions  to  mineralogy. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  43-48,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition  of  some  minerals  from  New  Jersey  and 
Pennsylvania. 


Fairbanks  (Harold  W. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Three  Sisters,  Oregon. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  p.  73,  1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  498-499,  1901. 

Brief  notes  on  occurrence  of  volcanic  rocks. 

2.  Pyramid  Lake,  Nevada. 

Pop.  Sci.  Mo.,  vol.  53,  pp.  505-514,  8  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  geological  history  of  the  lake  and  adjacent  region  and  the  characteristics  of 
the  volcanic  materials. 

3.  The  physiography  of  California. 

Am.  Bur.  Geog.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  232-252,  329-353,  10  figs.,  1901. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE.  119 

Fairbanks  (Harold  W. ) — Continued. 

4.  Lake  Chelan,  Washington. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  412-413,  1902. 

Describes  physiographic  changes  which  have  taken  place  in  this  region. 

5.  The  physiography  of  southern  Arizona  and  New  Mexico. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  154,  1903;  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  97-99,  1903. 

6.  Gypsum  deposits  in  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  119-123,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  gypsum  deposits  of  California. 

7.  San  Luis  folio,  California. 

v  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  101,  1904. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  climate  and  vegetation,  the  character,  occurrence,  and 
relations  of  Juratrias  (?),  Cretaceous,  and  Tertiary  sedimentary  rocks  and  included  igneous 
rocks,  the  geologic  structure  and  history  of  the  area,  the  development  of  the  physiographic 
features,  and  the  economic  resources  and  soils. 

Fairchild  (Herman  Le  Roy). 

1.  Beach  structure  in  Medina  sandstone. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  9-14,  3  pis.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  evidences  indicating  the  origin  of  the  ripple  marks  in  the  Medina  sandstone  of 
New  York. 

2.  Pleistocene  geology  of  western  New  York,  report  of  progress  for  1900. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Kept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  rl03-rl39,  33  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  deformation  of  the  Iroquois  shore  line  and  gives  results  of  recent 
studies  in  the  Syracuse-Oneida  and  Cattaraugus-Chautauqua  districts. 

3.  Elements  of  geology:  a  text-book  for  colleges  and  the  general  reader  by  Joseph 

Le  Conte.  Revised  and  partly  rewritten  by  Herman  Le  Roy  Fairchild. 

See  Le  Conte  (Joseph),  4. 

4.  Latest  and  lowest  pre-Iroquois  channels  between  Syracuse  and  Rome. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  55th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  r31-r47,  25  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  formation  of  river  channels  formed  during  the  Glacial  period 
in  central  New  York. 

5.  Direction  of  pre- Glacial  stream  flow  in  central  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  43-45,  1904. 

6.  Geology  under  the  new  hypothesis  of  earth  origin. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  94-116,  1904. 

Compares  the  sufficiency  of  the  nebular  and  planetesimal  hypotheses  and  discusses  the  expla¬ 
nation  given  by  the  latter  of  the  origin  of  the  atmosphere  and  ocean,  volcanic  phenomena, 
deposits  of  hydrocarbons,  ores,  salt,  and  gypsum,  climate  in  geologic  time,  glaciation, 
crustal  movements,  and  life  on  the  earth. 

7.  Geology  under  the  planetesimal  hypothesis  of  earth  origin. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  243-266,  1904. 

See  preceding  entry.  Includes  discussion  by  Edward  H.  Kraus,  Willis  T.  Lee,  Israel  C.  Rus¬ 
sell,  and  Frederick  W.  Sardeson. 

8.  Glacial  waters  from  Oneida  to  Little  Falls  [New  York], 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  56th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  and  N.  Y.  State  Geol.,  22d  Rept.,  pp.  rl7-r41,  26  pis. 
1904. 

Describes  the  position  and  extent  of  waters  along  the  ice  front,  and  the  drainage  at  different 
stages  of  the  Glacial  epoch  in  north  central  New  York,  as  determined  from  the  occurrence, 
character,  etc.,  of  Glacial  deposits. 

9.  Glacial  drainage  in  central  western  New  York. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  553,  1904. 

10.  Evidences  of  slight  glacial  erosion  in  western  New  York. 

Abstract:  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  57,  p.  23447,  1904. 

11.  Ice  erosion  theory  a  fallacy. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  13-74,  12  pis.,  6  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  character  of  glacial  erosion  and  presents  evidence  to  show  that  deep  valleys  and 
the  finger  lakes  of  New  York  could  not  have  been  produced  by  erosion. 


120 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Fairchild  (Herman  Le  Roy) — Continued. 

12.  Pleistocene  features  in  the  Syracuse  region  [New  York]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol  36,  pp.  135-141,  2  pis.,  1905. 

13.  The  local  glacial  features  [of  the  vicinity  of  Syracuse,  N.  Y.]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  333-334,  1905. 

14.  Some  new  problems  in  glaciology. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  335, 1905. 

Falconer  (J.  D.) 

1.  Volcanic  dust  from  the  West  Indies. 

Nature,  vol.  66,  p.  132,  1902. 

Brief  note  on  the  character  of  the  dust  from  recent  eruptions. 

2.  The  evolution  of  the  Antilles. 

Scot.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  18,  pp.  369-376,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Dicsusses  the  general  geologic  history  of  America  and  more  particularly  that  of  Central 
America  and  the  West  Indies. 

Fall  (Delos). 

1.  Marls  and  clays  in  Michigan. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  3,  no.  11,  pp.  11-14, 1901. 

Discusses  occurrence  of  materials  in  Michigan  for  making  Portland  cement. 

2.  Marls  and  clays  in  Michigan. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  8,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-353,  1903. 

Discusses  occurrence,  composition,  and  character  of  marls  and  clays  in  Michigan  with  especial 
reference  to  their  use  in  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

Faribault  (E.  Rodolphe). 

1.  Nova  Scotia  gold  fields. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Kept,  for  1901,  pp.  214-221, 1902. 

Describes  observations  in  this  area. 

2.  Nova  Scotia  gold  fields. 

Can.  Geol.*  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  399-427,  1903. 

Describes  geologic  investigations  made  in  the  gold-producing  districts  of  Nova  Scotia. 

3.  Gold  fields  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  174-186,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  the  gold-ore  deposits  and  the  mining  operations. 

4.  Gold  fields  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  319-332,  1905. 

Farnsworth  (P.  J. ). 

1.  When  was  the  Mississippi  River  Valley  formed? 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  393-396,  1901. 

Discusses  the  geologic  history  of  the  region. 

Farrington  (Oliver  Cummings). 

1.  On  the  nature  of  the  metallic  veins  of  the  Farmington  meteorite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  60-62,  1  fig.,  1901. 

2.  The  structure  of  meteorites. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  51-66,  6  figs.,  pp.  174-190,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  various  structural  features  of  meteorites  and  discusses  their  origin. 

3.  The  constituents  of  meteorites. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  393^08  and  522-532,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  mineral  constituents  of  meteorites. 

4.  The  pre-terrestrial  history  of  meteorites. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  623-632,  1901. 

Discusses  the  evidences  indicating  the  probable  structure  of  meteorites  before  reaching  the 
earth. 

5.  Observations  on  Indiana  caves. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  1,  pp.  247-266,  2  pis.,  8  figs.,  1901. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


121 


Farrington  (Oliver  Cummings) — Continued. 

6.  Meteorite  studies. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  1,  pp.  283-315,  4  pis.,  6  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  meteorites  from  Kansas,  Mexico,  and  Ohio. 

7.  A  new  meteorite  from  Kansas. 

Science,  new  serM  vol.  16,  pp.  67-68,  1902. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  discovery  and  characters  of  this  meteorite. 

8.  The  meteorites  of  northwestern  Kansas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  260,  1902. 

9.  Catalogue  of  the  collection  of  meteorites,  May  1,  1903. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  79-124,  10  pis.,  1903. 

The  alphabetic  list  of  meteorites  includes  notes  on  the  character  and  source  of  the  specimens, 
some  of  which  are  figured. 

10.  An  occurrence  of  free  phosphorus  in  the  Saline  Township  meteorite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  71-72,  1903. 

11.  Meteorites  of  northwestern  Kansas. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  6,  1903. 

12.  Gems  and  gem  minerals. 

Chicago,  A.  W.  Mumford,  1903.  229  pp.,  16  pis.,  61  figs. 

13.  Observations  on  the  geology  and  geography  of  western  Mexico,  including  an 

account  of  the  Cerro  Mercado. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  197-228,  16  pis.,  5  figs.,  1904.  Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am., 
Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  549-550,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  climatic  conditions,  the  general  geology  and  silver-mining 
developments  of  this  part  of  Mexico,  and  in  detail  the  Cerro  Mercado  (Iron  Mountain), 
particularly  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  the  iron  ore,  minerals,  and  rocks. 

14.  The  geographical  distribution  of  meteorites. 

Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  vol.  64,  pp.  351-354,  1904. 

15.  The  Rodeo  meteorite. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  3,  pp.  1-6,  4  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  history,  characters,  and  composition  of  this  meteorite  found  in  the  State  of 
Durango,  Mexico. 

Farrington  (Oliver  Cummings),  Riggs  (  Elmer  S. )  and. 

1.  The  Dinosaur  beds  of  the  Grand  River  Valley  of  Colorado. 

See  Riggs  (E.  S.)  and  Farrington  (O.  C.),  1. 

Fawns  (Sydney). 

1.  Tin  deposits  of  the  world. 

London,  The  Mining  Journal,  1905.  xii,  240  pp.,  23  pis.,  34  figs. 

Includes  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  tin  deposits  in  the  United  States  and  Alaska. 

Felix  (J.). 

1.  Geologiai  uti  v&zlatok  eszak-ameriktlbol.  Geologische  Reiseskizzen  aus  Nord- 
amerika. 

Foldtani  Kozldny,  vol.  25,  pp.  5-29,  69-94,  1  pi.  and  1  fig.,  1895. 

Gives  observations  of  a  geological  nature  made  during  a  tour  through  the  United  States  and 
Canada,  particularly  upon  the  glaciers  and  petrography  of  the  Cascade  Mountains. 

Felix  (Johannes)  and  Lenk  (Hans). 

1.  Bemerkungen  zur  topographie  und  geologie  von  Mexico. 

Zeitsch.  d.  deutsch.  geol.  Gesell.,  vol.  54,  pp.  426-440, 1902. 

Contains  observations  on  the  topography  and  geology  of  Mexico. 

Fell  (E.  Nelson). 

1.  The  Canadian  Mining  Institute. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  411,  1902. 

Fellows  (A.  L. ). 

1.'  Water  resources  of  the  State  of  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  74, 151  pp.,  14  pis.,  5  figs.,  1902. 


122 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Fenneman  (N.  M.). 

1.  On  the  lakes  of  southeastern  Wisconsin. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  8,  178  pp.,  36  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  geology,  physiography,  and  formation  of  lakes  of  this  region. 

2.  Development  of  the  profile  of  equilibrium  of  the  subaqueous  shore  terrace. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  1-32,  10  figs.,  1902. 

3.  The  Arapahoe  glacier  in  1902  [Colorado]. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  839-851,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  moraines  and  crevasses  of  this  glacier. 

4.  The  Boulder,  Colo.,  oil  field. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  322-332,  1903. 

Describes  location,  general  geologic  structure  and  development  of  the  field,  the  character 
and  occurrence  of  the  oil-bearing  strata,  and  the  production  of  oil. 

.  Structure  of  the  Boulder  oil  field,  Colorado,  with  records  for  the  year  1903. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  383-391,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  location  and  geologic  structure  of  the  field  and  the  occurrence  and  production 
of  petroleum. 

6.  Effect  of  cliff  erosion  on  form  of  contact  surfaces. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  205-214,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  relations  of  shore  erosion  and  subsidence  and  the  application  to  the  contact  of 
the  Archean  granite  and  Wyoming  sandstone  in  the  front  range  of  the  Rocky  Mountains 
in  northern  Colorado. 

7.  Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  coastal  plain. 

•  Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  11,  pp.  313-322,  6  figs.,  1905. 

Includes  a  short  account  of  the  geological  structure  of  the  oil  fields. 

8.  Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  gulf  coast. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  459-467,  1905. 

Describes  the  location  and  condition  of  the  various  oil  fields  in  this  region,  and  discusses  the 
prospecting  for  oil,  the  surface  indications,  and  the  structure  and  origin  of  the  oil-producing 
mounds. 

9.  The  Florence,  Colo.,  oil  field. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  436-440,  1905. 

Describes  the  location  and  structure  of  the  field,  the  occurrence  of  the  oil,  and  the  economic 
developments. 

10.  Geology  of  the  Boulder  district,  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  265,  101  pp.,  5  pis.,  11  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  drainage,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  Algon- 
kian,  Triassic  (?),  Jurassic,  and  Cretaceous  sedimentary  rocks,  and  of  intrusive  rocks,  the 
geologic  history  of  the  area,  and  the  economic  geology,  particularly  the  occurrence  of  oil 
and  gas. 

Fernie  (W.  Blakemore). 

1.  The  Frank  disaster  [Alberta]. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  22,  pp.  121-122,  1903. 

Discusses  the  cause  of  the  landslide. 

Finch  (Grant  E. ). 

1.  A  terrace  formation  in  the  Turkey  River  Valley,  in  Fayette  County,  Iowa. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  8,  pp.  204-206,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  the  structure  and  formation  of  the  bluffs. 

2.  Notes  on  the  position  of  the  individuals  in  a  group  of  Nileus  vigilans  found  at 

Elgin,  Iowa. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  11,  pp.  179-181,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Finch  (John  Wellington). 

1.  The  circulation  of  underground  aqueous  solutions  and  the  deposition  of  lode  ores. 
Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  193-252,  1904.  Ores  &  Metals,  vol.  13,  no.  12,  pp.  19-22;  no.  13. 
pp.  22-24;  no.  14,  pp.  21-24,  1904. 

Discusses  underground  water  and  the  formation  of  ore  deposits. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


128 


Finch.  (John  Wellington) — Continued. 

2.  State  geological  survey  for  Colorado. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  217-218,  1905. 

Finlay  (George  Irving). 

1.  The  granite  of  Barre,  Vermont. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  509, 1901;  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  pp.  101-102, 1901. 
Briefly  describes  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters. 

2.  Preliminary  report  of  field  work  in  the  town  of  Minerva,  Essex  County  [New 

York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Kept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  r96-rl02,  1  pi.,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol. 

Dept.,  Contr.,  vol.  11,  no.  92,  1903. 

Describes  geologic  structure  and  petrology  of  this  area. 

3.  The  granite  area  of  Barre,  V ermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  Ill,  pp.  46-60,  5  pis.,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Contr.  Geol. 
Dept.,  vol.  10,  no.  87. 

Discusses  topography,  geology,  and  petrology  of  this  area. 

4.  Igneous  rocks  of  the  Algonkian  series. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  349-352,  1902. 

Describes  characters  and  occurrence  of  igneous  rocks  of  the  Algonkian  series  in  Lewis  and 
Livingston  ranges,  Montana. 

5.  Geology  of  the  San  Pedro  district,  San  Luis  Potosi,  Mexico. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  25,  pp.  60-69,  illus.,  1903;  Columbia  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Contr., 
vol.  12,  no.  101,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  rocks  and 
ore  deposits,  chiefly  gold,  silver,  and  lead,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  latter. 

6.  Geological  observations  along  the  northern  boundary  of  Montana. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  pp.  68-69,  1903. 

7.  The  geology  of  the  nephelite  syenite  area  at  San  Jose,  Tamaulipas,  Mexico. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  63-64,  1903;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  17-18, 1903. 

8.  The  geology  of  the  San  Jose  district,  Tamaulipas,  Mexico. 

N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  pp.  247-295,  11  pis.,  1904;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr., 
vol.  11,  no.  100,  1904. 

Describes  the  topography  and  the  general  geologic  structure  of  the  region,  the  field  relations 
of  the  igneous  rocks,  and  in  detail  their  petrographic  characters. 

Finlay  (George  I.)  and  Kemp  (J.  F. ). 

1.  Nepheline  syenite  area  of  San  Jose,  Tamaulipas,  Mexico. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  534, 1904;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  295,  1903. 

Finlay  (J.  R.). 

1.  The  mining  industry  of  the  Cceur  d’Alenes,  Idaho. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  235-271,  21  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  veins  and 
ore  deposits,  chiefly  lead,  and  the  mining  operations. 

2.  Mining  and  milling  in  the  Cceur  d’Alene,  Idaho. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  87,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  ore  bodies. 

3.  The  mining  industry  of  the  Cceur  d’Alene  district,  Idaho.  The  ore  formation. 

The  production  and  methods  of  operating. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  497-498,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers  in  1902,  together 
with  comments  by  Arthur  Lakes. 

Fishback  (P.  J.). 

1.  Geological  horizon  of  the  petroleum  in  southeast  Texas  and  southwest  Louisiana. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  p.  476,  1902. 

Fisher  (Cassius  A.). 

1.  Comparative  value  of  bluff  and  valley  wash  deposits  as  brick  material. 

Nebr.  State  Board  of  Agric.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  181-184,  1901. 


124 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Fisher  (Cassiu3  A.) — Continued. 

2.  Directory  of  the  limestone  quarries  of  Nebraska. 

Nebr.  State  Board  of  Agric.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  243-247,  1902. 

3.  Discovery  of  the  Laramie  in  Nebraska. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  315-316,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence  and  relations  of  the  Laramie  in  southeastern  Nebraska. 

4.  Coal  fields  of  the  White  Mountain  region,  New  Mexico. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  293-294,  1904. 

Describes  the  location  of  the  field  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coals. 

5.  Coal  of  the  Bighorn  basin,  in  northwest  W yoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  345-362,  1904. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  field,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coals,  and 
the  mining  operations. 

6.  The  bentonite  deposits  of  Wyoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  559-563,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  physical  properties,  occurrence,  and  geological  relations  of  bentonite,  a  variety 
of  clay. 

Fisher  (Cassius  A.),  Barbour  (Erwin  H. )  and. 

1.  A  new  form  of  calcite-sand  crystal. 

See  Barbour  (E.  H.)  and  Fisher  (C.  A.),  1. 

2.  The  geological  bibliography  of  Nebraska. 

See  Barbour  (E.  H.)  and  Fisher  (C.  A.),  2. 

Fisher  (Cassius  A.),  Gould  (C.  N.)  and. 

1.  The  Dakota  and  Carboniferous  clays  of  Nebraska. 

See  Gould  (C.  N.)  and  Fisher  (C.  A.),  1. 

Fisher  (0.). 

1.  On  rival  theories  of  cosmogony. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  414-422,  1901. 

Discusses  the  meteoric  and  nebular  theories  as  to  the  origin  of  the  earth. 

2.  Mathematical  notes  to  rival  theories  of  cosmogony. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  140-142,  1901. 

Contains  mathematical  notes  supplementary  to  the  author’s  previous  paper. 

Fitzhug’h  (G.  D. ). 

1.  Portland-cement  materials  of  southwestern  Arkansas. 

Eng.  Assoc.  South,  Trans.,  1904,  vol.  15,  pp.  33-42,  [1905]. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  composition  of  chalk  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  cement. 

Fletcher  (Hugh). 

1.  Geological  nomenclature  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  323-329,  1902. 

Discusses  the  age  of  the  New  Glasgow  conglomerate. 

2.  Kings  and  Hants  counties,  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  208-214,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  this  area. 

3.  Surveys  and  explorations  in  Richmond,  Cape  Breton,  Kings,  Cumberland,  and 

other  counties  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  388-399,  1903. 

Describes  geologic  work  in  the  coal  fields  of  Nova  Scotia. 

4.  Limits  of  the  workable  coals  of  the  Cumberland  coal  fields  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Nova  Scotia  Mg.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  123-126,  1904. 

Includes  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  region,  and  discusses  the  possibility  of  work¬ 
able  coal  seams  being  found  at  certain  points  in  the  light  of  geological  facts  presented. 

5.  Northern  part  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  160-174,  1904. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  geology  and  mineral  resources  of  this  area. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


125 


Fletcher  (Hugh) — Continued. 

6.  The  counties  of  Cumberland,  Hants,  Kings,  and  Annapolis,  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  293-318,  1  map,  1905. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  examined,  and  the  occurrence  and  rela¬ 
tions  of  minerals  of  economic  importance,  especially  deposits  of  iron  ore. 

Flett  (John  Smith). 

1.  Note  on  a  preliminary  examination  of  the  ash  that  fell  on  Barbados  after  the 
eruption  at  St.  Vincent  [West  Indies].  With  a  chemical  analysis  by  Dr.  Wil¬ 
liam  Pollard. 

London  Geol.  Soc.,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  58,  pp.  368-369,  1902. 

Flett  (John  Smith),  Anderson  (Tempest)  and. 

1.  Preliminary  report  on  the  recent  eruption  of  the  Soufriere  in  St.  Vincent,  and  of 

a  visit  to  Mont  Pel6e,  in  Martinique. 

See  Anderson  (Tempest)  and  Flett  (J.  S.),  1. 

2.  Preliminary  report  on  the  recent  eruption  of  the  Soufriere  in  St.  Vincent,  and  of 

a  visit  to  Mont  Pelee,  in  Martinique. 

See  Anderson  (Tempest)  and  Flett  (John  S.),  2. 

3.  Report  on  the  eruptions  of  the  Soufriere,  in  St.  Vincent,  in  1902,  and  on  a  visit  to 

Montagne  Pelee,  in  Martinique. 

See  Anderson  (Tempest)  and  Flett  (J.  S.) ,  3. 

Flink  (Gust.). 

1.  Berattelse  om  en  mineralogisk  resa  i  Syd-Groenland  sommaren  1897 

Meddelelser  om  Groenland,  vol.  14,  pp.  221-262,  2  pis.,  1898. 

Describes  minerals  and  rocks  obtained  from  Greenland. 

2.  On  the  minerals  from  Narsarsuk  on  the  firth  of  Tunugdliarfik  in  southern  Green¬ 

land. 

Meddelelser  om  Groenland,  vol.  24,  pp.  7-180,  9  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  minerals  in  this  area. 

Flores  (Teodoro). 

1.  Las  criaderos  argentiferos  de  “Providencia”  y  “San  Juan  de  la  Chica,”  San 
Felipe  (Estado  de  Guanajuato),  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Geol.  Mex.,  Bol.,  t.  1,  pp.  169-173,  1  map,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  silver  deposits. 

Fluck  (Frank). 

1.  Lower  Coal  Measures  of  central  Pennsylvania. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  p.  574,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  coal  seams  of  central  Pennsylvania. 

Fluker  (W.  H.). 

1.  Gold  mining  in  McDuffie  County,  Georgia. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  725-726,  1902. 

Contains  general  notes  on  the  geology  and  gold  ores  of  the  county. 

2.  Gold  mining  in  McDuffie  County,  Georgia. 

Am,  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  119-125,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gold  ore  and  the  mining  operations. 

Flynn  (Benjamin  H.)  and  (Margaret  S. ). 

1.  The  natural  features  and  economic  development  of  the  Sandusky,  Maumee,  Mus¬ 
kingum,  and  Miami  drainage  areas  in  Ohio. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  91,  130  pp.,  11  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  a  brief  account  of  the  topography  and  general  geology  of  the  areas  considered. 

Foerste  (August  F.). 

1.  Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of  Tennessee  and  Kentucky. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  395-444,  7  pis.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  lithologic  character  of  the  Ordovician,  Silurian,  and  Devonian 
series  in  the  southern  portion  of  the  Cincinnati  anticline  and  discusses  the  evidences  of 
unconformity.  Gives  lists  of  fossils  from  several  formations  at  various  points  in  the  region. 


126 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Foerste  (August  F. ) — Continued. 

2.  The  Niagara  group  along  the  western  side  of  the  Cincinnati  anticline. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  134-135,  1901. 

3.  The  Cincinnati  anticline  in  southern  Kentucky. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  359-369,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  the  relations  of  the  Devonian,  Silurian,  and  Ordovician  formations  along  the  Cin¬ 
cinnati  anticline. 

4.  Bearing  of  the  Clinton  and  Osgood  formations  on  the  age  of  the  Cincinnati  anti¬ 

cline. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  90,  1902;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  531-532,  1903. 

5.  Use  of  the  terms  Linden  and  Clifton  limestones  in  Tennessee  geology. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  90,  1902;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  p.  531,  1903. 

6.  The  Cincinnati  group  in  western  Tennessee,  between  the  Tennessee  River  and  the 

Central  Basin. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  29-45,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  subdivisions  of  the  Cincinnati  group  in  Ohio,  names  and  describes  the  subdivi¬ 
sions  in  Tennessee,  and  gives  localities  of  outcrops  and  notes  on  characteristic  fossils. 

7.  Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of  western  Tennessee. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  554-583,  6  figs.,  pp.  679-715,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  correlation  of  Silurian  strata  along  the  western  side  of 
the  Cincinnati  geanticline  in  southern  Indiana,  Kentucky,  and  northern  Tennessee,  and  of 
Silurian  and  Devonian  strata  in  the  Tennessee  River  Valley,  and  discusses  evidences  for  the 
age  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline  and  gives  lists  of  fossils  with  brief  descriptions  of  some 
forms. 

8.  The  Richmond  Group  along  the  western  side  of  the  Cincinnati  anticline  in  Indi¬ 

ana  and  Kentucky. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  333-361,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  occurrence  and  lithologic,  stratigraphic,  and  faunal  features  of  the  subdivisions  of 
the  Cincinnati  series,  the  decrease  in  thickness  of  the  Richmond  group  in  Indiana  and  Ken¬ 
tucky,  and  conditions  prevailing  in  the  Cincinnati  region  in  Ordovician  times. 

9.  Variation  in  thickness  of  the  subdivisions  of  the  Ordovician  of  Indiana.  With 

notes  on  the  range  of  certain  fossils. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  87-102,  1  pi.,  1904. 

10.  The  Ordovician-Silurian  contact  in  the  Ripley  Island  area  of  southern  Indiana, 

with  notes  on  the  age  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  321-342,  2  pis.  (maps),  1904. 

Discusses  the  stratigraphic  evidence  for.  the  time  of  formation  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline, 
the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Ordovician  and  Silurian  formations  in  Ohio, 
Indiana,  and  Kentucky,  and  gives  observations  upon  the  stratigraphic  position  of  various 
fossils,  the  relationships  of  Silurian  faunas  of  Indiana  with  those  of  New  York,  and  lists  of 
Niagara  fossils  of  Indiana. 

11.  Description  of  the  rocks  formed  in  the  different  geological  periods  in  Indiana: 

Ordovician  and  Silurian. 

lnd.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  21-39,  1904. 

12.  The  classification  of  the  Ordovician  rocks  of  Ohio  and  Indiana. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  149-152,  1905. 

13.  Notes  on  the  distribution  of  brachiopoda  in  the  Arnheim  and  Waynesville  beds. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  244-250,  1905. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  geographic  distribution  and  geologic  horizons  of  certain  brachiopods 
of  the  Arnheim  and  Waynesville  beds  of  the  upper  Ordovician  beds  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and 
Kentucky. 

Fontaine  (William  M.). 

1.  The  Jurassic  flora  of  Douglas  County,  Oreg. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pp.  48-145,  1905. 

2.  Report  on  collections  from  plant-bearing  beds  in  the  Jurassic,  or  forming  the 

transition  to  the  lower  Cretaceous. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pp.  148-179,  1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


127 


Fontaine  (William  M.) — Continued. 

3.  Notes  on  some  fossil  plants  from  the  Shasta  group  of  California  and  Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pp.  221-273,  1905. 

4.  Notes  on  some  lower  Cretaceous  (Kootanie)  plants  from  Montana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pp.  284-315,  1905. 

5.  Report  on  various  collections  of  fossil  plants  from  the  older  Potomac  of  Virginia 

and  Maryland. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pp.  476-580,  1905. 

Foote  (H.  W.),  Penfield  (S.  L.)  and. 

1.  On  bixbyite,  a  new  mineral. 

See  Penfield  (S.  L.)  and  Foote  (H.  W.),  1. 

2.  On  clinohedrite,  a  new  mineral  from  Franklin,  N.  J. 

See  Penfield  (S.  L.)  and  Foote  (H.  W.),  2. 

Foote  (H.  W. ),  Pratt  (J.  H.)  and. 

1.  On  wellsite,  a  new  mineral. 

See  Pratt  (J.  H.)  and  Foote  (H.  W.),  1. 

Foote  (W.  M. ). 

1.  Complete  mineral  catalog.  Part  I,  Mineral  collections  and  material  for  the  labora¬ 
tory.  Part  II,  Descriptive  account  of  choice  specimens.  Meteorites.  Price  list 
of  individual  specimens.  Classified  table  of  minerals,  according  to  Dana’s  Sys¬ 
tem,  with  index.  Metallurgical  classification  of  minerals. 

Philadelphia,  Foote  Mineral  Company,  [1904],  215  pp.,  29  pis. 

Ford  (Frederick  L.). 

1.  The  trap  rock  of  the  Connecticut  Valley. 

Stone,  vol.  26,  pp.  130-133,  1903. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  history  of  the  trap  rock  in  the  vicinity  of 
Hartford,  Conn. 

Ford  (W.  E.). 

1 .  On  the  chemical  composition  of  dumortierite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  426-430.  1902. 

2.  Rickardite,  a  new  mineral. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  69-70,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  pp.  22777-22778,  1903; 

Chemical  News,  vol.  87,  pp.  56-57,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  chemical  composition. 

3.  On  the  chemical  composition  of  axinite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  195-201,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Ford  (W.  E.),  Penfield  (S.  L.)  and. 

1.  On  calavarite. 

See  Penfield  (S.  L.)  and  Ford  (W.  E.),  1, 

Forstner  (William). 

1.  Genesis  of  ore  deposits  at  the  Royal  mine,  Hodson,  Cal. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  pp.  314-315,  7  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  the  ore  bodies  and  discusses  their  origin.  . 

2.  The  quicksilver  deposits  of  California. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  385-386,  426-428,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Forsyth  (Alexander). 

1.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  J.  D.  Irving  “  Wolframite  in  the  Black  Hills  of  South 
Dakota.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  1024-1025,  1902. 

Foster  (Ernest  Le  Neve). 

1.  The  Colorado  Central  lode,  a  paradox  of  the  mining  law. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  41-53,  illus.,  1902. 

Includes  some  discussion  of  the  occurrence  of  the  ores. 


128 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Fowke  (Gerard). 

1.  The  preglacial  drainage  of  Ohio — introduction. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  Special  Papers,  no.  3,  pp.  5-9,  1900. 

Reviews  work  previously  done  in  deciphering  preglacial  drainage  as  an  introduction  to 
papers  following. 

2.  Preglacial  drainage  conditions  in  the  vicinity  of  Cincinnati  [Ohio]. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  Special  Papers,  no.  3,  pp.  68-75,  map,  1900. 

Fowler  (George  L. ). 

1.  The  coals  and  coal-nuning  methods  of  the  Pocahontas  field. 

Eng.  Mag.,  vol.  27,  pp.  217-232,  illus.,  1904. 

Describes  the  geologic  occurrence,  fuel  value,  and  mining  methods  of  the  Pocahontas  coal. 
Fraas  (E. ). 

1.  [Origin  of  the  Oligocene  beds  of  the  Bad  Lands,  South  Dakota.] 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  211-212,  1901. 

Contains  quotation  from  letter  to  Professor  Osborn. 

2.  Geologische  Streifziige  durch  die  Prarien  und  Felsengebirge  Nordamerikas. 

Wurttemberg,  Jahreshefte  des  Vereins  fur  vaterlandische  Naturkunde,  Stuttgart,  Jahrg.  58, 
pp.  LXV-LXVIII,  1902. 

Contains  observations  on  the  Jurassic  strata  of  Wyoming  and  their  vertebrate  fossils,  and  the 
Bad  Lands  of  South  Dakota. 

Franke  (Robert  P. ). 

1.  Geology  of  the  Cochise  mining  district,  Arizona. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  p.  503,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Frazer  (Persifor). 

1.  Alphabetical  cross  reference  catalogue  of  all  the  publications  of  Edward  Drinker 

Cope,  from  1859  till  his  death  in  1897. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.,  vol.  14,  pp.  39-72,  233-256,  439-466,  1899-1900;  vol.  15,  pp.  31-96,1900. 

2.  Memoir  of  Franklin  Platt. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  454-455,  1901. 

Gives  a  brief  sketch  of  his  life  and  a  list  of  his  publications. 

3.  The  Eighth  Session  of  the  International  Congress  of  Geologists. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  335-342,  1901. 

4.  Sketch  of  Dr.  Frenzel. 

Am.  Geol., vol.  30,  pp.  333-335,  1902. 

5.  Compte  rendu,  8  Congres  Geologique  International,  Paris,  1900. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  110-112,  1902. 

6.  Catalogue  chronologique  des  publications  de  Edward  Drinker  Cope. 

Soc.  Geol.  de  Belgique,  Annales,  vol.  29,  pp.  bb3-77,  1902. 

7.  J.  Peter  Lesley. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  133-136,  lpl.  (por.),  1903. 

8.  History  of  the  Caribbean  Islands  from  a  petrographic  point  of  view.  (Abstract.) 

Phil.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  55,  pp.  396-400,  1903. 

Discusses  briefly  the  petrology  of  Cuba  and  Anglesey  and  its  bearing  on  the  geologic  history 
of  the  Antillean  region. 

9.  Geogenesis  and  some  of  its  bearings  on  economic  geology. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  298-308,  1905. 

Reviews  theories  of  the  origin  of  the  earth  and  discusses  the  planetesimal  theory  and  the  origin 
of  the  hydrocarbons. 

10.  Benjamin  West  Frazier. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol. 35,  pp.  263-266,  1  pi.  (por.),  1905. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  life. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


129 


Freeh  (Fritz). 

1.  Die  geographische  Verbreitung  und  Entwickelung  des  Cambrium. 

Congr.  g£ol.  intern.,  Compt.  rend.  VII  Sess.,  St.  Petersburg,  pp.  127-151, 1899. 

In  discussing  the  geographic  distribution  and  development  of  the  Cambrian,  includes  the 
Cambrian  of  North  America. 

Frizell  (Joseph  P.). 

1.  Tidal  scour  in  harbors,  or  the  function  of  tidal  basins  with  special  reference  to  the 
Harbor  of  Boston. 

Assoc.  Eng.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  28,  pp.  78-85  and  88,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  deposition  in  harbors  and  its  removal  by  tidal  scour. 

Fuchs  (Th.), 

1.  Ueber  Parapsonema  cryptophysa  Clarke  und  deren  Stellung  im  System. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  Geol.  u.  Pal.,  no.  12,  pp.  357-359,  1905. 

Discusses  the  systematic  position  of  this  Devonian  fossil. 

Fuller  (H.  T.). 

1.  Corundum  and  emery. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Field  Geol.  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  31-33, 1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  deposits  of  corundum  in  Ontario,  Canada. 

Fuller  (Myron  L. ). 

1.  Probable  representatives  of  the  pre- Wisconsin  till  in  southeastern  Massachusetts. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  311-329,  6  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  664,  1901. 
Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  till  at  various  localities  and  the  occurrence  of 
possible  interglacial  rock  disintegration. 

2.  Etching  of  quartz  in  the  interior  of  conglomerates. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  815-821,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  evidences  as  to  the  cause  and  the  conditions  during  the  etching. 

3.  The  Gaines  oil  field  of  northern  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  573-627,  8  pis.,  7  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  location,  topography,  extent  and  development  of  the  field,  location,  and  produc¬ 
tiveness  of  wells,  character  and  geologic  occurrence  of  oil-producing  sands  and  the  stratig¬ 
raphy  and  geologic  structure  of  this  area. 

4.  The  Catskill  rocks  in  northern  Pennsylvania. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  664-665,  1902. 

5.  Asphalt,  oil,  and  gas  in  southwestern  Indiana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  333-335,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  production  of  oil,  natural  gas,  and  asphalt  in  southwestern 
Indiana. 

6.  Probable  pre-Kansan  and  Iowan  deposits  of  Long  Island,  N.  Y. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  308-312,  1903, 

7.  The  Horseheads  outlet  of  the  Glacial  lakes  of  Central  New  York. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  26,  1903. 

Discusses  Glacial  deposits  and  terraces  in  this  region. 

8.  Ice-retreat  in  Glacial  Lake  Neponset  and  in  southeastern  Massachusetts. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp,  181-197,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  Glacial  deposits  in  a  part  of  eastern  Massachusetts  and 
discusses  the  disappearance  and  accompanying  events  of  the  Glacial  ice. 

9.  Hyner  gas  pool,  Clinton  County,  Pa. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  392-395,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  natural  gas  in  this  field  and  gives  the  record  of  one  of  the 
borings. 

10.  Water  supplies  from  wells  in  southern  Louisiana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  101,  pp.  74-81,  2  pis.,  1904. 

11.  Contributions  to  the  hydrology  of  eastern  United  States,  1903.  Introduction. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  9-13,  1904. 

Bull.  301—06 - 9 


130 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Fuller  (Myron  L.) — Continued. 

12.  Organization  of  the  Division  of  Hydrology  and  work  of  the  eastern  section. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  15-20,  1904. 

Outlines  the  work  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  in  the  investigation  of  underground 
water  resources. 

13.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  certain  eastern  and 

central  states.  Introduction. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  21-26,  1904. 

Describes  the  collection,  preparation,  and  utilization  of  data  relating  to  underground  waters, 
as  an  introduction  to  a  series  of  papers  by  different  writers  on  the  underground  water 
resources  of  certain  eastern  and  central  states. 

14.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Florida. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  238-275,  1904. 

15.  Experiments  on  the  pollution  of  deep  wells  in  Georgia. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  305, 1904. 

16.  Evidences  of  caves  of  Put-in-Bay,  Ohio,  on  question  of  land  tilting. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  p.  761, 1904. 

17.  Introduction  to  Contributions  to  the  hydrology  of  eastern  United  States,  1904. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  9-16,  1905. 

Gives  summaries  of  the  reports  comprised  in  the  second  of  the  series  of  “Contributions  to  the 
hydrology  of  eastern  United  States.” 

18.  Triassic  rocks  of  the  Connecticut  Valley  as  a  source  of  water  supply. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  95-112,  7  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  water  resources  of  the  area.  Includes  an  account  of  the  geologic  structure. 

19.  Notes  on  the  hydrology  of  Cuba. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  183-199,  1905. 

Includes  a  brief  account  of  the  geography,  topography,  and  geology. 

20.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States.  Introduction. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  p.  17,  1905. 

21.  Occurrence  of  underground  waters. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  18-40,  4  pis.,  14  figs.,  1905. 
Describes  the  relations  of  rainfall,  run-off,  evaporation,  and  absorption,  the  occurrence  of 
underground  water  and  its  recovery  by  wells. 

22.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  New  Hampshire. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  57-59,  1905. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  geology  and  underground  waters  of  the  state. 

23.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  104-110,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  and  the  sources  of  water  supply. 

24.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  North  Carolina. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  136-139,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  underground  water  resources  of  the  state. 

25.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Florida. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  159-163,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  topograpy,  general  geology,  and  underground  waters  of  the  state. 

26.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  West  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  271-272,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  physiographic  belts  and  their  underground  water  resources. 

27.  Bibliographic  review  and  index  of  papers  relating  to  underground  waters  pub¬ 

lished  by  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1879-1904. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  120,  128  pp.  1905. 

28.  Audubon’s  account  of  the  New  Madrid  earthquake. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  748-749, 1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


131 


Fuller  (Myron  L. ) — Continued. 

29.  Geology  of  Fishers  Island,  New  York. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  367-390,  1  pi.,  11  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  Pleistocene  and  drift  deposits  on  Fishers 
Island,  and  discusses  their  correlation  with  formations  of  other  regions. 

Hydrologic  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  in  the  eastern  United  States. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  509-514,  1905. 

31.  Hydrologic  work  in  eastern  United  States  and  publications  on  ground  waters. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  9-29,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  work  of  the  Division  of  Hydrology  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  in 
eastern  United  States  and  the  publications  relating  to  underground  waters. 

32.  Two  unusual  types  of  artesian  flow. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  40-45,  4  figs.,  1905. 

33.  Construction  of  so-called  fountain  and  geyser  springs. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.*  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  46-50,  4  figs.,  1905. 

34.  A  ground-water  problem  in  southeastern  Michigan. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  129-147,  1  pi.,  3  figs.,  1905. 

35.  Notes  on  certain  large  springs  of  the  Ozark  region,  Missouri  and  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  207-210,  1905. 

36.  Objects,  development,  and  results  of  the  work  of  collecting  well  records  and 

samples. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  264,  pp.  12-27,  1905. 

37.  Failure  of  wells  along  the  lower  Huron  River,  Michigan,  in  1904. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  1-29,  1  pi.,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  general  geology  and  of  the  condition  of  the  water  supply  of  the 
region. 

38.  Some  results  of  Geological  Survey  work  in  the  location  of  underground  waters. 

Eng.  News,  vol.  54,  p.  517,  1905. 

39.  Artesian  flows  from  unconfined  sandy  strata. 

Eng.  News,  vol.  53,  pp.  329-330,  1905. 

Discusses  certain  unusual  conditions  under  which  flowing  wells  occur. 

40.  Pleistocene  history  of  Fishers  Island,  N.  Y. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  p.  51,  1905. 

41.  Cause  and  periods  of  earthquakes  in  the  New  Madrid  area,  Missouri  and 

Arkansas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  349-350,  1905. 

Fuller  (Myron  L. )  and  Alden  (William  C.). 

1.  Gaines  folio,  Pennsylvania-New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  92,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  character  and  occurrence  of  Devonian,  Carboniferous 
and  Quaternary  deposits,  the  geologic  structure  and  history,  physiography  and  glaciai 
history,  economic  products,  and  discovery  and  development  of  the  Gaines  oil  field. 

2.  Elkland-Tioga  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  93, 1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  character  and  occurrence  of  Devonian,  Carboniferous, 
and  Quatenary  deposits,  the  geologic  structure,  geologic,  physiographic,  and  glacial  history 
and  economic  resources. 

Fuller  (Myron  L. )  and  Ashley  (George  H.). 

1.  Pitney  folio,  Indiana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  84,  1902. 

Describes  geographic  and  topographic  features,  general  geologic  relations,  Carboniferous  for¬ 
mations  and  Quaternary  deposits,  and  economic  resources,  chiefly  coal. 


132 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Fuller  (Myron  L. )  and  Ashley  (George  H.) — Continued. 

2.  Recent  work  in  the  coal  field  of  Indiana  and  Illinois. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  284-293,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coals  in  this  area,  and  thickness  and  relations 
of  the  coal  seams. 

Fuller  (Myron  L. )  and  Clapp  (Frederick  G. ). 

1.  Marl-loess  of  the  lower  Wabash  Valley. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  153-176,  2  pis.,  1903;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  p.  158,  1903. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  loess  deposits  in  this  region  and  discusses  evidences 
showing  their  origin. 

2.  Patoka  folio,  Indiana-Illinois. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  105,  1904. 

Describes  topographic  features,  the  general  geologic  relations,  the  character  and  occurrence 
of  Carboniferous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  formations,  the  geologic  structure  and  history, 
the  economic  resources,  coal,  clay,  and  building  stone,  the  soils,  forest  reserves,  and  water 
supply. 

Fuller  (Myron  L. )  and  Veatch  (A.  C. ). 

1.  Results  of  the  resurvey  of  Long  Island,  New  York. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  729-731,  1903. 

Discuss  the  occurrence  of  Cretaceous  and  Quaternary  deposits  and  the  source  of  the  water  of 
artesian  wells. 

Fuller  (Myron  L. ),  Darton  (Nelson  H. )  and. 

1.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Maryland. 

See  Darton  (N.  H.)  and  Fuller  (M.  L.),  1. 

2.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  District  of  Columbia. 

See  Darton  (N.  H.)  and  Fuller  (M.  L.),  2. 

3.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Virginia. 

See  Darton  (N.  H.)  and  Fuller  (M.  L.),  3. 

Fuller  (Myron  L. ),  Lines  (E.  F. ),  and  Veatch  (A.  C.). 

1.  Record  of  deep  well  drilling  for  1904. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  264,  193  pp.,  1905. 

Fulton  (Charles  H.). 

1.  The  cyanide  process  in  the  Black  Hills  of  South  Dakota. 

S.  Dak.  School  of  Mines,  Bull.  no.  5,  pp.  1-77, 1  pi.,  1902. 

Furlong  (Eustace  L. ). 

1.  An  account  of  the  preliminary  excavations  in  a  recently  explored  Quaternary 

cave  in  Shasta  County,  California. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  53-55,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  of  vertebrate  remains  and  gives  lists  of  forms  identified. 

2.  Preptoceras,  a  new  ungulate  from  the  Samwel  cave,  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  163-169,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Furlong  (Eustace  L. ),  Sinclair  (William  J. )  and. 

1.  Euceratherium,  a  new  ungulate  from  the  Quaternary  caves  of  California. 

See  Sinclair  (William  J.)  and  Furlong  (E.  L.),  1. 

Furman  (H.  van  F. ). 

1.  Gold  mining  in  Alaska. 

Mines  and  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  433-436,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  gold  ores  in  southeastern  Alaska. 

G. 

Gale  (HoytS.). 

1.  Water  resources  of  Cowee  and  Pisgah  quadrangles,  North  Carolina. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  174-176, 1905. 

Gallaher  (John  A.). 

1.  Preliminary  report  on  the  structural  and  economic  geology  of  Missouri. 

Mo.  Bur.  Geol.  &  Mines  (Mo.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  13),  Prel.  Rept.,  251  pp.,  63  pis.,  6  figs.,  1900. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


133 


Gallaher  (John  A.) — Continued. 

2.  Geology  of  Missouri. 

Encyclopedia  of  the  History  of  Missouri,  New  York,  The  Southern  History  Company,  vol.  3, 
pp.  31-41, 1901. 

A  general  account  of  the  geology  of  the  State  of  Missouri. 

Gannett  (Henry). 

1.  Profiles  of  rivers. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Papers  no.  44,  100  pp.,  11  pis.,  1901. 

2.  Geography  of  Alaska. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  2,  pp.  257-277,  1902. 

3.  Lake  Chelan  and  its  glacier  [Washington]. 

Mazama,  vol.  2,  pp.  185-189,  1  pi.,  1905! 

Describes  the  formation  of  a  gorge  through  glacial  erosion. 

Ganong-  (W.  F.) . 

1.  Notes  on  the  natural  history  and  physiography  of  New  Brunswick. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  no.  21  (vol.  5,  pt.  1),  pp.  35-92,  illus.,  1903. 

2.  Notes  on  the  natural  history  and  physiography  of  New  Brunswick. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  no.  22  (vol.  5,  pt.  2),  pp,  179-241,  illus.,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  history  of  various  rivers  of  New  Brunswick. 

3.  Notes  on  the  natural  history  and  physiography  of  New  Brunswick. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  no.  23  (vol.  5,  pt.  3),  pp.  299-343,  1905. 

Describes  various  physiographic  features,  in  sections,  entitled:  A  measure  of  the  rate  of  re¬ 
cession  of  the  New  Brunswick  coast  line;  on  the  physiographic  characteristics  of  the 
Renous  River;  on  the  physiographic  characteristics  of  the  Southwest  Branch  of  the  Little 
Southwest  Miramichi  River;  on  the  physiographic  characteristics  of  the  Walkemik  Basin; 
on  geological  boundaries  in  the  Tuadook- Walkemik  region. 

Gardiner  (J.  Stanley). 

1.  The  origin  of  coral  reefs,  as  shown  by  the  Maldives. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  203-213,  fig.  1,  1903. 

Garrey  (G.  H.),  Spurr  (J.  E. )  and. 

1.  Preliminary  report  on  ore  deposits  in  the  Georgetown,  Colo.,  mining  district. 

See  Spurr  (J.  E.)  and  Garrey  (G.  H.),  1. 

Garrison  (F.  Lynwood). 

1.  The  genesis  of  limonite  ores  in  the  Appalachians. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  470-471,  1904. 

2.  The  iron  ores  of  Shady  Valley,  Tennessee. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  590-592, 1904. 

Describes  the  geology  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  the  iron-ore  deposits. 

3.  Tin  in  the  United  States. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  830-832,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  tin  deposits. 

4.  Gold  in  Santo  Domingo. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  1128-1130,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Includes  brief  notes  on  the  general  geology  of  the  island. 

Gaudry  ( Albert) . 

1.  Observations  paleontologiques  dans  1’ Alaska. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  137,  pp.  553-554,  1903. 

Notes  the  occurrence  of  Quaternary  mammalian  remains  in  Alaska. 

Gautier  (Armand). 

1.  A  propos  de  la  composition  des  gaz  des  fumerolles  du  Mont  Pel6e.  Remarques  sur 
l’origine  des  phenomenes  volcaniques. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  136,  pp.  16-20,  1903. 

Discusses  the  constitution  of  gases  from  the  fumerolles  of  Mont  Pel6e  and  the  cause  of  volcanic 
phenomena. 


134 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Gay  (Ware  B. ). 

I.  [In  discussion  of  paper  on  “The  Richmond  coal-basin,  Virginia,”  by  J.  B.  Wood- 
worth.] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,*Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  1011-1012,  1902. 

Geikie  (Archibald). 

1 .  The  founders  of  geology. 

Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  George  Huntington  Williams  Memorial  lectures,  vol.  1,  297  pp.,  1901. 
Abstract:  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  p.  326,  1901. 

Gidley  (J.  W.). 

1.  Tooth  characters  and  revision  of  the  North  American  species  of  the  genus  Equus. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  91-142,  4  pis.,  27  tigs.,  1901. 

2.  A  new  three-toed  horse. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,,  pp.  465-476,  1903. 

3.  On  two  species  of  Platygonus  from  the  Pliocene  of  Texas. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  477-481,  5  figs.,  1903. 

4.  The  fresh-water  Tertiary  of  northwestern  Texas.  American  Museum  expeditions 

of  1899-1901. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  617-635,  7  pis.,  4  tigs.,  1903. 

Describes  explorations  in  the  Tertiary  beds  of  northwestern  Texas,  and  the  character,  occur¬ 
rence,  and  fossil  contents  of  Pleistocene,  Pliocene,  and  Miocene  formations. 

5.  Proper  generic  names  of  Miocene  horses. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  191-194,  1904. 

Gidley  (J.  W.),  Matthew  (W.  D. )  and. 

1.  New  or  little-known  mammals  from  the  Miocene  of  South  Dakota.  American 
Museum  expedition  of  1903. 

See  Matthew  (W.  D.)  and  Gidley  (J.  W.),  1. 

Gilbert  (Grove  Karl). 

1.  Physical  history  of  Niagara  River  [New  York]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Map  of  Niagara  River  and  vicinity,  1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27, 
pp.  375-377,  1901. 

2.  On  some  joint  veins. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  84-85, 1902. 

3.  John  Wesley  Powell. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  561-567,  por.,  1902. 

A  sketcn  of  his  life  and  work. 

4.  John  Wesley  Powell:  a  memorial  to  an  American  explorer  and  scholar.  Com¬ 

prising  articles  by  Mrs.  M.  D.  Lincoln  (Bessie  Beach),  Grove  Karl  Gilbert, 
Marcus  Baker,  and  Paul  Carus.  Edited  by  Grove  Karl  Gilbert.  (Reprinted 
from  “The  Open  Court.”) 

Chicago,  The  Open  Court  Publishing  Company,  75  pp.,  4  pis.  (por.),  1903. 

5.  Powell  as  a  geologist. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  5,  pp.  113-118,  1903. 

6.  Proposed  investigation  of  subterranean  temperatures  and  gradients. 

Carnegie  Inst.  Wash.,  Yearbook  no.  1,  1902,  pp.  285-286,  1903. 

Presents  a  proposition  for  a  deep  boring,  and  states  results  to  be  obtained  thereby. 

7.  John  Wesley  Powell. 

Smith.  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  633-640,  por.,  1903. 

Revised  by  the  author  from  article  published  in  Science,  October  10,  1902.  See  no.  3  above. 

8.  Joint  veins. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  521-522,  1903. 

Contains  brief  note  on  joint  structures  in  the  House  range,  Utah. 

9.  A  highly  viscous  eruption  of  rhyolite. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  221, 1903. 


FOE  THE  YEAES  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


135 


Gilbert  (Grove  Karl) — Continued. 

10.  Physiographic  belts  in  western  New  York. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  221,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  p.  22647,  1903. 

11.  Origin  of  Basin  ranges. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  301,  1903;  Geol:  Soc.  Am.,  vol.  14,  p.  551,  1904. 

12.  Statics  of  a  tidal  glacier. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  739-740,  1903. 

Discusses  the  statics  of  tidal  glaciers  and  their  bearing  upon  the  origin  of  fiords. 

13.  Alaska.  Glaciers  and  glaciation. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  3,  231  pp.,  27  pis.,  11  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  the  glaciers  and  physiographic  features  of  Alaska. 

14.  Geology  and  paleontology  [of  the  Harriman  Alaska  expedition].  Introduction. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  4,  pp.  1-8,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  briefly  the  itinerary  of  the  Harriman  Alaska  expedition  and  the  results  obtained. 

15.  Regulation  of  nomenclature  in  the  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  138-142,  1904. 

Notes  some  of  the  changes  made  in  the  regulations  given  in  the  Tenth  Annual  Report  of  the 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  The  revised  regulations  appear  in  the  Twenty-fourth  Annual 
Report  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

16.  The  mechanism  of  the  Mont  Pelee  spine. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  927-928,  1904:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  p.  27,  1904. 

Offers  an  explanation  of  the  formation  of  the  spine  of  Mont  Pel6* 

17.  Domes  and  dome  structure  of  the  high  Sierra. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  29-36,  4  pis.,  1904;  Sierra  Club  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  211-220,  4  pis. 
1905. 

Describes  dome  structure  and  discusses  its  origin. 

18.  Variations  of  Sierra  glaciers. 

Sierra  Club  Bull.,  vol.  5,  no.  1,  pp.  20-25,  2  pis.,  1904. 

19.  Systematic  asymmetry  of  crest  lines  in  the  high  Sierra  of  California. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  579-588,  8  figs.,  1904;  Sierra  Club  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  279-286,  4  pis.,  2  figs., 
1905. 

Discusses  the  relations  of  glaciers  and  physiographic  features  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains 

20.  The  sculpture  of  massive  rocks. 

Abstract:  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  191-192,  1905. 

21.  Plans  for  obtaining  subterranean  temperatures. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Yearb.  no.  3,  1904,  pp.  120,  259-260,  1905. 

22.  Value  and  feasibility  of  a  determination  of  subterranean  temperature  gradient  by 

means  of  a  deep  boring. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Yearb.  no.  3,  1904,  pp.  261-267,  1905. 

23.  Undulations  of  certain  layers  of  the  Lockport  limestone. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  224, 1905. 

24.  Terraces  of  the  High  Sierra,  California. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  822, 1905. 

25.  Fault  phenomena  near  Glen  Echo,  Md. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  917-918, 1905. 

Gilbert  (Grove  Karl)  and  Brigham  (Albert  Perry). 

1.  An  introduction  to  physical  geography. 

New  York,  D.  Appleton  an.d  Company,  1902.  380  pp.,  263  figs.. 

Gill  (Theodore  N.,). 

1.  Origin  of  fresh-water  faunas. 

Abstract:  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  p.  617,  1905. 

2.  An  interesting  Cretaceous  chimoeroid  egg  case. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  601-602,  1905. 


136 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Gillespie  (P. ). 

1.  Cement  industry  of  Ontario. 

Ont.  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1905,  vol.  14,  pt.  1,  pp.  118-183,  illus.,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  marls  and  clays  in  Ontario. 

Gillette  (Halbert  Powers). 

1.  Osmosis  as  a  factor  in  ore  formation. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  710-714,  1904. 

Gillot  (H.). 

1.  Sur  la  composition  chimique  des  poussieres  volcaniques  d  *  la,  Martinique. 

Soc.  Geol.  de  Belgique,  Ann.,  vol.  30,  pp.  B49-51,  1903. 

Discusses  the  chemical  composition  of  volcanic  ash  from  Martinique. 

Gilmore  (Charles  W.). 

1.  Discovery  of  teeth  in  Baptanodon, -an  Ichthyosaurian  from  the  Jurassic  of  Wyo¬ 

ming. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  913-914,  1902. 

2.  Discovery  of  dental  grooves  and  teeth  in  the  type  of  Baptanodon  (Sauranodon) 

Marsh. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  750, 1903. 

3.  Osteology  of  Baptanodon  (Marsh). 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  pp.  77-129,  6  pis.,  26  figs.,  1905. 

4.  The  mounted  skeleton  of  Trice ratops  prorsus. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  29,  pp.  433-435,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Gilmore  (Charles  W.),  Peterson  (0.  A.)  and. 

1.  Elosaurus  parvus;  a  new  genus  and  species  of  the  Sauropoda. 

See  Peterson  (O.  A.)  and  Gilmore  (C.  W.),l. 

Gilpin  (Edwin,  jr. ). 

1.  The  minerals  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Halifax,  N.  S.,  1901.  78  pp. 

Describes  the  economic  mineral  resources  of  the  province. 

2.  The  building  stones  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Stone,  vol.  24,  pp.  122-128,  1902. 

3.  Sections  and  analyses  of  Nova  Scotia  coals. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  8-17,  1905. 

Giraud  (J. ). 

1.  Sur  Page  des  formations  volcaniques  anciennes  de  la  Martinique. 

Acad.  des.  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  1377-1379,  1902. 

Discusses  the  geologic  age  of  volcanic  formations  on  the  island  of  Martinique. 

Giraud  (J.),  Lacroix  (A.),  Rollet  de  l’Isle  and. 

1.  Sur  l’eruption  de  la  Martinique. 

See  Lacroix  (A.),  Rollet  de  l’lsle  and  Giraud  (J.),  1. 

Girty  (George  H.). 

1.  The  Waverly  group  in  northeastern  Ohio. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  664,  1901. 

Gives  brief  notes  on  the  correlation  and  succession  of  the  subdivisions. 

2.  The  Upper  Permian  in  western  Texas. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  363-368,  1902. 

Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  Carboniferous  section  examined  by  Shu- 
mard  in  1855,  and  proposes  the  geographic  term  Guadalupian  for  the  Permian  strata  of  the 
region. 

3.  The  Carboniferous  formations  and  faunas  of  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  16,  546  pp.,  10  pis.,  1903. 

Reviews  in  chronologic  order  the  literature  bearing  upon  the  subject  and  includes  a  bibli¬ 
ography.  Gives  a  r£sum6  of  the  literature  upon  the  stratigraphic  geology  of  the  Carbon¬ 
iferous  area  of  Colorado.  Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Paleozoic  forma¬ 
tions,  discusses  the  occurrence  and  correlation  of  the  Carboniferous  fossil  faunas  by  geo¬ 
graphic  areas  and  localities,  with  lists  of  species,  and  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  the 
species. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


137 


Girty  (George  H.) — Continued. 

4.  Tabulated  list  of  invertebrate  fossils  from  the  Carboniferous  section  of  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  211,  pp.  73-83,  1903. 

5.  New  molluscan  genera  from  the  Carboniferous. ' 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  27,  pp.  721-736,  3  pis.,  1904. 

6.  Note  on  the  Carboniferous  fossils  [of  the  Bisbee  Quadrangle,  Arizona]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  21,  pp.  46-54,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Gives  lists  of  identified  fossils  with  notes  upon  their  occurrence  and  relations.  Some  of  the 
more  characteristic  are  figured. 

7.  The  typical  species  and  generic  characters  of  Aviculipecten,  McCoy. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  291-296,  1  fig.,  1904. 

8.  The  type  of  Aviculipecten. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  332-333,  1904. 

9.  Triticites,  a  new  genus  of  Carboniferous  foraminifers. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  234-240,  5  figs.,  1904. 

10.  Upper  Paleozoic  rocks  in  Ohio  and  northwestern  Pennsylvania. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  24-25,  19C4. 

Discusses  the  equivalency  of  certain  Carboniferous  formations. 

11.  The  relations  of  some  Carboniferous  faunas. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  1-26,  1905. 

Discusses  the  relations  and  correlations  of  Carboniferous  faunas  and  formations  in  the  vari¬ 
ous  parts  of  the  United  States  to  one  another  and  to  those  of  other  parts  of  the  world. 

12.  Paleontology  of  the  Bingham  mining  district,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  38,  pp.  387-393,  1905. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  occurrence  and  lists  of  fossils  identified  in  collections  there  made. 

Glenn  (L.  C. ). 

1.  Devonic  and  Carbonic  formations  of  southwestern  New  York,  with  stratigraphic 

map  of  the  Olean  quadrangle. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  967-989,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  strata 
of  this  region  and  discusses  the  geologic  age  of  the  formations. 

2.  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  rocks  of  southwestern  New  York. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  522-531,  1904. 

3.  Notes  on  a  new  meteorite  from  Hendersonville,  N.  C.,  and  on  additional  pieces 

of  the  Smith ville,  Tenn.,  fall. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  215-216,  1904 

4.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Tennessee. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  358-367,  1904. 

5.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Kentucky. 

•  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  369-373,  1904. 

6.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Pelecypoda. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  274-401,  44  pis.,  1904. 

7.  The  more  common  minerals  of  the  region  about  Nashville  [Tennessee]. 

Eng.  Assoc.  South,  Trans.,  1903,  pp.  103-113  [1904]. 

Discusses  the  general  principles  controlling  occurrence  of  minerals,  and  describes  the  occur¬ 
rence  and  character  of  minerals  from  central  Tennessee. 

8.  Fossiliferous  sandstone  dikes  in  the  Eocene  of  Tennessee  and  Kentucky. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  522, 1904. 

9.  Gerard  Troost. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  72-94,  1  pi.  (por.),  1905. 

Includes  a  discussion  of  Troost’s  reports  as  State  geologist  and  a  list  of  his  published  writings. 


138 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Glenn  (L.  C.) — Continued. 

10.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  South  Carolina. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  140-152,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  water-bearing  resources  of 
the  various  geologic  formations  of  the  State. 

11.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Tennessee  and  Kentucky. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  198-208,  1905. 

Describes  the  underground  water  resources  by  physiographic  provinces. 

Goldschmidt  (Victor). 

1.  From  the  borderland  between  crystallography  and  chemistry. 

Wis.  Univ.,  Bull.  no.  108  (Science  ser.,  vol.  3,  no.  2),  pp.  21-38,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Goldschmidt  (Victor)  and  Nicol  (William). 

1.  New  forms  of  sperrylite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  450-458,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  crystallographic  characters. 

Goldthwait  (James  Walter). 

1.  The  sand  plains  of  Glacial  Lake  Sudbury. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  42  (Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  6,  no.  6),  pp.  263-301,  5  pis.,  4 
figs.,  1905. 

Describes  an  investigation  upon  the  sand  plains  in  the  Sudbury  Valley,  Mass.,  discusses  their 
relations,  and  the  hypotheses  offered  to  explain  their  differences  in  level,  and  gives  a  sketch 
of  the  probable  history  of  Lake  Sudbury, 

Goldthwait  (James  Walter),  Huntington  (Ellsworth)  and. 

1.  The  hurricane  fault  in  southwestern  Utah. 

See  Huntington  (Ellsworth)  and  Goldthwait  (J.  W.),  1. 

2.  The  hurricane  fault  in  the  Toquerville  district,  Utah. 

See  Huntington  (E.)  and  Goldthwait  (J.  W.),  2. 

Goode  (John  Paul). 

1.  The  piracy  of  the  Yellowstone. 

Am.  Bur.  Geog.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  177-187,  illus.,  1901. 

See  no.  2047  in  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  188. 

Goodwin  (J.  O.). 

1.  Reformed  copper  ores. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  85,  pp.  60,  75,  85,  1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  copper-ore  deposits. 

Gordon  (C.  E. ). 

1.  Early  stages  of  some  Paleozoic  corals. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  990, 1905. 

Gordon  (Charles  H.). 

1.  On  the  origin  and  classification  of  gneisses. 

Nebr.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  90-96, 1901. 

2.  The  Port  Huron  oil  field  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  269-281,  1902. 

Contains  well  records  of  this  field  and  the  adjoining  region  in  Canada. 

3.  Wave-cutting  on  west  shore  of  Lake  Huron,  Sanilac  County,  Mich. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  283-290,  5  pis.,  3  figs,,  1902;  Mich.  Miner,  vol.  4,  no. 
12,  pp.  10-14,  illus.,  1902. 

Describes  the  recent  encroachment  of  the  lake  upon  the  land. 

4.  On  the  paramorphic  alteration  of  pyroxene  to  compact  hornblende. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  40-43,  1904. 

5.  On  the  pyroxenites  of  the  Grenville  series  in  Ottawa  County,  Canada. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  316-325,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  these  rocks  and  discusses  their  origin  and  nomen¬ 
clature. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


139 


Gordon  (Charles  H.) — Continued. 

6.  The  work  of  rivers. 

Northwest  Jour,  of  Education,  vol.  15,  no.  7,  pp.  3-6,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Discusses  erosion  and  sedimentation  by  running  waters. 

Gordon  (Reginald). 

1.  Bones  of  a  mastodon  found. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  594,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  remains  of  a  mastodon  near  Newburgh,  New  York. 

2.  Tree  trunks  found  with  mastodon  remains. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  1033, 1902. 

Describes  occurrence  of  remains  of  trunks  of  trees  near  Newburgh,  New  York. 

Gorham  (Frederic  P. ). 

1.  The  Cambrian  deposits  of  North  Attleboro,  Mass. 

The  Apteryx,  vol.  1,  pp.  53-58,  2  pis.,  1905;  Roger  Williams  Park  Museum,  Providence,  R.  I. 
Bull.  no.  9,  6  pp.,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  Cambrian  strata  at  this  locality  and  gives  figures  of  fossils  con¬ 
tained  in  them. 

Gottschalk  (A.  L.  M.). 

1.  Gold  fields  of  eastern  Nicaragua. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Comm,  and  Labor,  Daily  Consular  Reports,  no.  1774,  pp.  2-9,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  production  of  gold. 

Gould  (Charles  Newton). 

1.  Notes  on  the  fossils  from  the  Kansas-Oklahoma  Red  Beds. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  337-340,  L901. 

Gives  a  description  of  the  character  of  the  Red  Beds  and  of  the  evidences  on  which  they  have 
been  assigned  to  the  Permian.  Refers  to  fossils  recently  found  in  the  beds. 

2.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  parts  of  the  Seminole,  Creek,  Cherokee,  and  Osage 

Nations. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  185-190,  1901. 

This  paper  is  a  contribution  to  the  Red  Beds  problem  of  the  region,  and  indicates  that  the 
strata  are  of  Permian  and  Carboniferous  age. 

3.  Tertiary  springs  of  western  Kansas  and  Oklahoma. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  263-268,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  those  springs  at  the  contact  betweeii  the  Tertiary  and  the  under¬ 
lying  Cretaceous  or  Red  Bed  strata. 

4.  Notes  on  the  Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas  Gypsum  Hills. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  188-190,  1901. 

Describes  the  geologic  features  of  the  region  and  discusses  the  age  of  the  beds. 

5.  The  Dakota  Cretaceous  of  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  122-178,  9  pis.,  1901. 

Gives  a  historical  sketch  of  work  on  the  Dakota  group,  describes  its  geographic  distribution, 
character,  occurrence,  and  relations,  its  economic  products,  and  the  general  characteristics 
of  its  fauna  and  flora.  Includes  a  bibliography. 

6.  On  the  southern  extension  of  the  Marion  and  Wellington  formations. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  179-181,  1901. 

Describes  their  character  and  occurrence  in  Oklahoma 

7.  The  Oklahoma  salt  plains. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  181-184,  1901. 

Describes  the  geologic  formations  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  salt 
plains. 

8.  Oklahoma  limestones. 

Stone,  vol.  23,  pp.  351-354,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  limestones. 


140 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Gould  (Charles  Newton) — Continued. 

9.  General  geology  of  Oklahoma. 

Okla.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.,  2d  Bien.  Rept.,  pp.  17-74, 1902. 

Describes  the  drainage,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  igneous  rocks  and  sedi¬ 
mentary  rocks  of  Carboniferous,  Cretaceous,  and  Tertiary  age,  including  an  extended  and 
detailed  account  of  the  Red  Beds  in  Oklahoma,  and  a  historical  review  of  investigations 
upon  their  stratigraphic  position  and  geologic  age  in  Texas,  Kansas,  and  Oklahoma. 

10.  Oklahoma  gypsum. 

Okla.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.,  2d  Bien.  Rept.,  pp.  75-137,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  utilization  of  the  gypsum  deposits  in  Oklahoma,  and 
discusses  their  geologic  relations  and  origin. 

11.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Oklahoma. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  60-67,  2  pis.,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  economic  development,  and  geologic  relations  of  gypsum 
deposits  occurring  in  Permian  strata. 

12.  Geology  of  Jacobs  Cavern,  McDonald  County,  Missouri. 

Phillips  Acad.,  Andover,  Mass.,  Dept.  Archaeology,  Bull.  1,  pp.  9-12, 1904. 

13.  Geology  of  the  Wichita  Mountains  of  Oklahoma. 

Okla.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.,  3d  Bien.  Rept.,  pp.  15-22,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiography  of  the  region,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  igneous  rocks, 
and  of  sedimentary  rocks  of  Cambrian,  Ordovician,  and  Carboniferous  age. 

14.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  Oklahoma. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  148,  178  pp.,  22  pis.,  32  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  topography,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  Cambrian,  Ordovician, 
Carboniferous,  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  deposits,  and  the  water  supply. 

Gould  (Charles  Newton)  and  Fisher  (Cassius  A.). 

1.  The  Dakota  and  Carboniferous  clays  of  Nebraska. 

Nebr.  State  Board  of  Agr.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  185-194,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Gowling'  (F.  A.). 

1.  Notes  on  geology  of  Mineral  Creek  district,  Pinal  County,  Arizona. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  49,  pp.  501-504,  1904. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits. 

Grabau  (Amadeus  W.). 

1.  Guide  to  the  geology  and  paleontology  of  Niagara  Falls  and  vicinity. 

Buffalo  Soc.  Nat.  Sci^  Bull.,  vol.  7,  pp.  1-284, 18  pis.,  190  figs.,  and  geologic  map;  N.  Y.  State 
Mus.,  Bull.  no.  45,  pp.  1-284, 18  pis.,  190  figs,  and  geologic  map,  1901;  Review,  Am.  Geol.,  vol. 
28,  pp.  56-57,  1901;  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  4, 1902. 

Describes  the  physiography  of  the  region,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  distribution  of  the 
Silurian  and  Devonian  strata,  and  the  fossils  of  the  Silurian  rocks.  Includes  a  bibliography 

2.  A  preliminary  geologic  section  in  Alpena  and  Presque  Isle  counties,  Michigan. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  177-189,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Gives  a  section  of  a  well  1,250  feet  in  depth  and  describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the 
Devonian  strata  of  the  section  exposed. 

3.  Recent  contributions  to  the  problem  of  Niagara. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  p.  773,  1901;  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  p.  139, 1901; 
Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  329-330,  1901. 

4.  Studies  of  gastropoda. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  36,  pp.  917-945,  8  figs.,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr.,  vol.  10,  no.  89, 
1902. 

Describes  stages  of  development  of  gastropods. 

5.  Stratigraphy  of  the  Traverse  group  of  Michigan. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  163-210,  2  pis.,  2  figs.,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol. 
Dept.,  Oontr.,  vol.  10,  no.  82,  1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  subdivisions  of  this  group  and  includes  lists  of 
fossils  at  various  horizons  and  localities. 

6.  The  Geological  Society  of  America  [Proceedings  and  abstracts  of  papers]. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  81-91, 1902. 


FOE  THE  YEAKS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


141 


Grabau  (Amadeus  W.) — Continued. 

7.  Recent  contributions  to  the  problem  of  Niagara. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  p.  139,  1902. 

8.  Notes  on  the  development  of  the  biserial  arm  in  certain  crinoids. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  289-300,  8  figs.,  1903;  Columbia  Univ.,  Contr.  from  Geol. 
Dept.,  vol.  11,  no.  97,  1903. 

9.  Stratigraphy  of  Becraft  Mountain,  Columbia  County,  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  1030-1079, 13  figs.,  1903;  Columbia  Univ.,  Contr.  from  Geol.  Dept., 
vol.  11,  no.  98,  1903. 

Reviews  literature  of  the  region  and  describes  character,  occurrence,  and  fauna  of  the  Ordo¬ 
vician,  Silurian,  and  Devonian  strata  of  Becraft  Mountain. 

10.  Paleozoic  coral  reefs. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  337-352,  2  pis.,  1903;  Columbia  Univ.,  Contr.  from  Geol.  Dept., 
vol.  11,  no.  96,  1903. 

Describes  coral  reefs  in  the  Devonian  of  Michigan  and  New  York,  in  the  Silurian  of  Wiscon¬ 
sin  and  Gotland,  and  in  the  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  of  Belgium,  names  and  describes 
varieties  of  reef  limestone,  and  gives  a  classification  of  limestones. 

11.  Studies  of  Gastropoda.  II.  Fulgur  and  Sycotypus. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  37,  pp.  515-539,  19  figs.,  1903;  Columbia  Univ.,  Contr.  from  Geol.  Dept.,  vol.  11, 
no.  95,  1903. 

Describes  developmental  stages,  relationships,  and  phylogeny  of  Fulgur  and  Sycotypus. 

12«  Limestone  regions  of  Michigan. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  p.  81,  1903. 

13.  The  phylogeny  of  the  Fusidse.  . 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  pp.  86-87,  1903. 

14.  Traverse  group  of  Michigan. 

Abstract:  Ge’ol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  p.  519,  1903. 

15.  On  the  classification  of  sedimentary  rocks. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  228-247, 1904;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr.,  vol.  12,  no.  101, 1904. 
Proposes  a  classification  of  sedimentary  rocks  and  sets  forth  the  principles  upon  which  it  is 
based. 

16.  Phylogeny  of  Fusus  and  its  allies. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  44,  pp.  1-157,  18  pis.,  22  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  descriptions  of  American  Tertiary  forms. 

17.  Physical  characters  and  history  of  some  New  York  formations. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  528-535,  1905. 

Discusses  physiographic  changes  taking  place  in  New  York  and  other  parts  of  the  eastern 
half  of  the  United  States  in  Paleozoic  time. 

18.  Evolution  of  some  Devonic  spirifers. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  p.  195,  1905;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  426-427, 1905. 

19.  Types  of  sedimentary  overlap. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  991-992, 1905. 

Grabau  (A.  W. ),  Johnson  (C.  W. )  and. 

1.  A  new  species  of  Clavilithes  from  the  Eocene  of  Texas. 

See  Johnson  (C.  W.)  and  Grabau  (A.  W.),  1. 

Grabau  (Amadeus  W. ),  Kemp  (J.  F. )  and. 

1.  The  Washington  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America,  December  30,  31, 
1902,  January  1  and  2,  1903. 

See  Kemp  (J.  F.)  and  Grabau  (A.  W.),  1. 

Grabau  (Amadeus  W. ),  Shimer  (Henry  W.)  and. 

1.  Hamilton  group  of  Thedford,  Ontario. 

See  Shimer  (H.  W.)  and  Grabau  (A.  W.),  1. 

Granger  (Walter),  Osborn  (Henry  F. )  and. 

1.  Fore  and  hind  limbs  of  Sauropoda  from  the  Bone  Cabin  quarry  [Wyoming]. 

See  Osborn  (H.  F.)  and  Granger  (W.),  1. 


142 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Grant  (C.  C. ).  Opening  address. 

1.  Geological  Section  [Hamilton  Scientific  Association]. 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  17,  pp.  62-77,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  fossils  collected  near  Hamilton,  Ontario. 

2.  Niagara  Falls  as  an  index  of  time. 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  J^our.  &  Proc.,  no.  17,  pp.  78-83, 1  fig.,  1901. 

3.  Geological  notes,  etc. 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  17,  pp.  84-96,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Discusses  certain  post-Glacial  problems. 

4.  Opening  address,  geological  section  [Hamilton  Scientific  Association],  for  session 

1901-1902. 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  18,  pp.  33-42, 1902. 

Contains  notes  on  fossils  collected  near  Hamilton,  Ontario. 

5.  Coral  reefs — modern  and  ancient. 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  18,  pp.  43-45, 1902. 

Notes  the  occurrence  of  fossil  corals  in  Ontario. 

6.  Geological  notes — (continued). 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.*  no.  18,  pp.  48-52,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  fossils  near  Hamilton,  Ontario. 

7.  Geological  notes. 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  19,  pp.  111-127,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  Ordovician  and  Silurian  fossils. 

8.  The  origin  of  petroleum. 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  19,  pp.  142-145,  1903. 

9.  Notes  on  past  collecting  season.  . 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  20,  pp.  29-46,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  notes  on  the  occurence  of  Silurian  fossils  near  Hamilton,  Ontario. 

10.  Notes  on  the  late  collecting  season. 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  21,  pp.  68-74,  80-86,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  fossils  near  Hamilton,  Ontario. 

Grant  (Ulysses  Sherman). 

1.  Preliminary  report  on  the  copper-bearing  rocks  of  Douglas  County,  Wisconsin. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  6  (2d  edition),  83  pp.,  13  pis.,  1  fig.,  1901.  Abstract: 
Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  323-324,  1901. 

Contains  the  material  of  the  first  edition  and  the  results  of  the  field  work  of  1900  in  the  same 
region. 

2.  Junction  of  Lake  Superior  sandstone  and  Keweenawan  traps  in  Wisconsin. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  6-9,  1901. 

Reviews  previous  investigations  and  discusses  the  contact  phenomena  and  the  character  of 
the  sedimentary  rocks. 

3.  Lake  Superior  iron  ore  deposits. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  47-51,  1902. 

Reviews  recent  literature  on  these  ores. 

4.  Geological  excursion  in  the  Pittsburg  region. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  yol.  14,  pp.  3^,  1903. 

Gives  a  short  summary  of  the  stratigraphic,  economic,  physiographic,  and  Glacial  geology  of 
this  region. 

5.  Preliminary  report  on  the  lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  southwestern  Wisconsin. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  9, 103  pp.,  4  pis.,  8  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and 
origin  of  the  ore  deposits. 

6.  Investigations  on  the  Lake  Superior  iron  ore  deposits. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  pp.  175-183,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  character, 
and  origin  of  the  iron  ore  deposits. 


FOE  THE  YE4RS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


143 


Grant  (Ulysses  Sherman) — Continued. 

7.  A  pre-Glacial  peneplain  in  the  driftless  area. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser..  vol.  19,  p.  528,  1904;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  57,  p.  23446,  1904. 

8.  Field  work  in  the  Wisconsin  lead  and  zinc  district. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  552-553,  1904;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  526, 
1904;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  57,  p.  23446,  1904;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  74,  1904. 

Describes  briefly  the  method  adopted  in  a  combined  topographic,  geographic,  and  geologic 
survey  in  this  region. 

9.  Structural  relations  of  the  Wisconsin  zinc  and  lead  deposits. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  233-242,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  and  structural  geology  of  the  ore  deposits,  and  discusses  their  origin. 

10.  Zinc  and  lead  ores  of  southwestern  Wisconsin. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  304-310,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  zinc  and  lead  deposits. 

11.  Water  resources  of  the  Mineral  Point  quadrangle,  Wisconsin. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  67-73,  1905. 

Gratacap  (L.  P.). 

1.  Paleontological  speculations. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  75-100,  1901. 

Discusses  the  life  history  and  development  of  various  fossil  forms. 

2.  Paleontological  speculations.  II. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  214-234, 1901. 

Discusses  biological  crises. 

3.  The  Ward-Coonley  collection  of  meteorites. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  pp.  21382-21383,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  characters  of  meteorites. 

4.  Paleontological  speculations.  III. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  290-301,  1902. 

5.  The  great  Jurassic  dinosaur. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  86,  p.  5,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  vertebrate  animal  life  of  the  Jurassic  and  the  occurrence  of  remains  in 
Wyoming. 

6.  Vade  mecum  guide.  A  popular  guide  to  mineral  collections.  With  a  chapter  on 

the  development  of  mineralogy. 

New  York,  The  Broadway  Press,  no  date.  178  pp.,  illus. 

7.  Geology  of  the  City  of  New  York  (Greater  New  York),  with  geological  map. 

Second  edition.  For  use  in  schools,  institutes,  and  classes. 

New  York,  Brentano’s,  1904.  119  pp.,  35  figs.,  and  geol.  map. 

’Graton  (Louis  Caryl). 

1.  On  the  petrographical  relations  of  the  Laurentian  limestones  and  the  granite  in 

the  township  of  Glamorgan,  Haliburton  County,  Ontario. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  9,  pp.  1-38,  1903. 

2.  Up  and  down  the  Mississaga  [Ontario]. 

Out.  Bur.  Mines  [12th]  Kept.,  pp.  157-172,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geography,  typography,  geology,  petrography,  and  resources. 

3.  The  Carolina  tin  belt. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  188-195,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  location  and  general  geology  of  the  region  in  which  tin  ores  have  been  discov¬ 
ered,  their  character  and  occurrence,  and  tne  mining  developments. 

4.  Consanguinity  of  the  eruptive  rocks  of  Cripple  Creek. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  391,  1905. 

Graton  (L.  C.)  and  Schaller)  W.  T.). 

1.  Purpurite,  a  new  mineral. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  146-151, 1905.  Zeitschr.  f.  Krystall.  u.  Min.,  Bd.  41,  pp.  433- 
438,  1905  [German  translation] . 

Describes  occurrence,  physical  properties,  and  chemical  composition. 


144 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Graton  (L.  C. ),  Hess  (F.  L. )  and. 

1 .  The  occurrence  and  distribution  of  tin. 

See  Hess  (F.  L.)  and  Graton  (L.  C.),  1. 

Grave  (Caswell). 

1.  The  oyster  reefs  of  North  Carolina;  a  geological  and  economic  study. 

Johns  Hopkins  IJniv.,  Circ.  no.  151,  pp.  50-53,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Green  (Raoul). 

1.  The  Frank  disaster  [Alberta]. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  22,  pp.  103-110,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  landslide  at  Frank,  Alberta,  and  discusses  its  cause. 

Greene  (George  K.). 

1.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  VI. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  42-49;  3  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  Devonian  fossils  from  Indiana. 

2.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  VII. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  50-61,  3  pis.  1901. 

Describes  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  fossils  from  Indiana. 

3.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  VIII. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  62-74,  3  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  fossils  from  upper  Paleozoic  rocks. 

4.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  IX. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  75-84,  3  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  new  species  of  Devonian  corals  and  [R.  R.]  Rowley  describes  new  species  of  Devo¬ 
nian  echinodermata. 

5.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  X. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  85-97,  3  pis.,  1902. 

Contains  descriptions  of  new  corals  from  the  Devonian  by  Greene  and  of  new  species  of  echi- 
noderms  from  the  Carboniferous  and  Devonian  by  Rowley. 

6.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XI. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  98-109,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Includes  descriptions  of  Silurian  and  Devonian  corals  and  echinoderms,  the  latter  described 
by  Rowley. 

7.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XII. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  110-129,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Contains  descriptions  of  Devonian  corals  and  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  echinoderms,  the 
latter  by  Rowley. 

8.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XIII. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  130-136,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Contains  descriptions  of  Devonian  corals  and  echinoderms,  the  latter  by  Rowley. 

9.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XIV. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  138-145,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Contains  descriptions  of  Devonian  corals  by  Greene  and  Devonian  echinodermata  by  Rowley. 

10.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XV. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  146-155,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Contains  descriptions  of  Devonian  corals  by  Greene  and  of  Devonian  echinodermata  by 
Rowley. 

11.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XVI. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  156-167,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Contains  descriptions  of  Devonian  corals  by  Greene  and  of  Devonian  and  Carboniferous 
echinodermata  by  Rowley. 

12.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XVII. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  168-175,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Contains  descriptions  of  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  corals  by  George  K.  Greene,  and  of 
Carboniferous  echinoderms  by  R.  R.  Rowley. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


145 


Greene  (George  K. ) — Continued. 

13.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XVIII. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  176-184,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Contains  descriptions  of  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  corals  by  George  K.  Greene,  and  of 
Devonian  and  Carboniferous  echinoderms  by  R.  R.  Rowley. 

14.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XIX. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  185-197,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Contains  descriptions  of  Devonian,  Silurian,  and  Carboniferous  corals  by  G.  K.  Greene,  and 
of  Carboniferous  and  Devonian  echinoderms  by  R.  R.  Rowley.  The  latter  contributes  a 
review  of  Dr.  G.  Hambach’s  Revision  of  the  Blastoidese. 

15.  Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology.  Part  XX. 

New  Albany,  Ind.,  pp.  198-204,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Contains  specific  descriptions  of  Devonian  corals  by  George  K.  Greene. 

Parts  I-XX,  February,  1898,  to  September,  1904,  form  volume!  of  the  “Contribution  to  Indiana 
paleontology.” 

Greg-er  (D.  K.). 

1.  The  distribution  and  synonymy  of  Ptychospira  sexplicata  (White  and  Whitfield). 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  15-17,  1904. 

2.  On  the  genus  Rhynchopora,  King,  with  notice  of  a  new  species. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  297-301,  12  figs.,  1904. 

Greg-ory  (Herbert  E. ). 

1.  Andesites  of  the  Aroostook  volcanic  area  of  Maine. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral.  andPetrog.,  pp.  467-480,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  8,  pp.  359-369.) 

2.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Connecticut. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrig.  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  127-168,  1904. 

3.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Connecticut. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  76-81,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  underground  water  supply  of  the  State. 

Greg-ory  (J.  W.). 

1.  The  plan  of  the  earth  and  its  causes. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  100-119,  5  figs,  and  134-147,  3  pis.,  16  figs.,  1901. 

Reviews  previous  discussions  as  to  the  origin  of  the  distribution  of  the  irregularities  in  the 
surface  of  the  lithosphere  and  discusses  the  pentagonal  theory  of  Elie  de  Beaumont  and 
the  tetrahedral  of  Green. 

Greg-ory  (W.  K.). 

1 .  The  weight  of  the  Brontosaurus. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  572,  1905. 

Greg-ory  (W.  M.). 

1.  Preliminary  report  on  Arenac  County  and  parts  of  Ogemaw,  Iosco  and  Alcona 

counties  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  11-29,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  limestone,  gypsum,  coal,  water  supply  and  clays  in  these  counties. 

2.  Geological  Survey  of  Michigan:  Preliminary  report  on  Arenac,  Ogemaw,  Iosco 

and  Alcona  counties. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  4,  no.  3,  pp.  11-15, 1902. 

Discusses  the  economic  geology  of  this  area. 

3.  The  alabaster  area  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  9,  pt.  2,  pp.  60-77,  1904. 

Describes  the  glacial  geology,  the  physiographic  features,  and  the  Paleozoic  geological  forma¬ 
tions  exposed  in  this  area. 

4.  Recent  shore  forms. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  301-305,  1905. 

Describes  changes  in  the  shore  line  of  Lake  Huron. 

Bull.  301—06 - 10 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


146 

Gresley  (W.  S.).  '  j^H 

1.  Possible  new  coal  plants,  etc.,  in  coal. 

Am*  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.6-14,  6  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  structures  occurring  in  coal  beds  which  may  be  of  vegetable  origin. 

Grider  (R.  L.  ),  Bailey  (E.  YV.),  Rath  (C.  M .”). 

1.  A  garnetiferous  bed  in  Golden  Gate  Canyon,  Jefferson  County,  Colorado. 

See  Bailey  (E.  W.),  Rath  (C.  M.),  Grider  (R.  L.),  1. 

Griffith  (William). 

1.  An  investigation  of  the  buried  valley  of  Wyoming  [Pennsylvania]. 

Wyoming  Hist,  and  Geol.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Coll.,  vol.  6,  pp.  27-36,  with  map,  1901.  Abstract: 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  p,  324,  1901. 

Describes  glacial  phenomena  of  the  region. 

2.  The  anthracite  of  the  Third  Hill  Mountain,  West  Virginia. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  154,  pp. 431-439,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  recurrence  and  character  of  coal. 

3.  The  anthracite  of  the  Third  Hill  Mountain,  West  Virginia;  the  effect  of  crushing 

movements  on  the  quality  of  the  coal. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  293-294,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region. 

4.  A  Missouri  coal  field. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  564-565,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  coal  in  Morgan  County,  Missouri. 

Griffiths  (A.  B.). 

1.  The  volcanic  dust  of  Mont  Pelee. 

Chemical  News,  vol.  88,  p.  231,  1903. 

Grig-gs  (Robert  F. ). 

1.  The  thickness  of  the  Columbus  limestone. 

Ohio  Nat.,  vol.  l^p.  67-68,  1904. 

Grimsley  (G.  P. ). 

1.  Kansas  mines  and  minerals. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci..  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  200-207,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  occurrence  of  the  various  economic  products  of  the  State. 

2.  Economic  geology  of  Iola  [Kansas]  and  vicinity. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  78-82,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Describes  production  of  natural  gas  and  the  mineral  industries  of  this  locality. 

3.  Oil,  gas,  and  glass,  chemical  industries,  and  minerals  in  Kansas. 

Kans.,  Bur.  Labor  and  Industry,  1st  Bien.  Kept.,  pp.  323-350,  2  pis.  and  1  map,  1903. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  oil  and  gas,  the  geological  conditions  of  accumulation,  duration  of 
supply,  and  their  occurrence  in  Kansas. 

4.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Michigan. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  45-47,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  economic  development,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  gypsum 
deposits. 

5.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  53-59,  1  pi.,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  economic  development,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  gypsum 
deposits  in  Kansas. 

6.  A  theory  of  origin  for  the  Michigan  gypsum  deposits. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  378-387,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  lower  Michigan  and  the  geological  history  of  the  Michigan 
basin,  and  discusses  the  conditions  under  which  the  gypsum  deposits  of  this  area  were 
produced. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


147 


Grimsley  (G.  P. ) — Continued. 

7.  The  gypsum  of  Michigan  and  the  plaster  industry. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  9,  pt.  2,  246  pp.,  29  pis.,  49  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  occurrence  and  utilization  of  gypsum  deposits  in  other  countries  and 
States,  describes  the  geology  and  topography  of  the  Michigan  series  gypsum,  and  the  min¬ 
ing  of  the  gypsum  deposits  and  manufacture  into  plaster,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  gyp¬ 
sum  and  its  various  uses. 

8.  Origin  of  gypsum,  with  special  reference  to  the  origin  of  the  Michigan  deposits. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  110-117,  lpl.,  1905. 

Griswold  (W.  T.). 

1.  The  Berea  Grit  oil  sand  in  the  Cadiz  quadrangle,  Ohio. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  198,  43  pp.,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  petroleum  and  the  method  used  in  constructing  a  contour  map 
of  the  Berea  grit  oil  sand  in  this  area. 

2.  Structural  work  during  1901  and  1902  in  the  eastern  Ohio  oil  fields. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  336-344,  1903. 

Describes  factors  controlling  accumulation  of  oil,  the  method  used  in  constructing  a  map  of 
the  oil  sand,  the  structure  of  the  Berea  grit,  and  the  development  of  the  field. 

3.  Pittsburg  coal  in  the  Burgettstown  quadrangle,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  402-410,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  methods  of  work,  the  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  the 
Pittsburg  coal  in  this  quadrangle. 

Guild  (F.  N.). 

1.  Petrography  of  the  Tucson  Mountains,  Pima  Co.,  Arizona. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  313-318,  1  pi.,  1905. 

2.  El  Instituto  Geologica  de  Mexico. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  293-296,  1  pi.,  1905. 

A  brief  account  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Mexico,  giving  history,  organization,  etc.,  and  a 
list  of  its  publications. 

Gulick  (Addison). 

1.  The  fossil  land  shells  of  Bermuda. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  56,  pp.  406-421,  1  pi.  and  3  figs,  (maps),  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  fossil  land  shells  of  Bermuda. 

Gulliver  (F.  P.). 

1.  Joint  meetings  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America,  Section  E,  and  the  National 

Geographic  Society. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  258-268,  1902. 

Gives  titles  and  abstracts  of  papers  read  at  the  meeting  at  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  July  1  to  3,  1902. 

2.  Cutty  hunk  Island. 

Abstract:  Geol  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  p.  538,  1903. 

3.  Nantucket  shorelines.  I. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  555-556,  1904. 

Outlines  a  proposed  investigation  to  determine  changes  in  shore  lines. 

4.  Nantucket  shorelines.  II. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  507-522,  4  pis.,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  recent  changes  in  the  shore  lines  of  Nantucket  Island. 

5.  Island  tying. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Kept.,  pp.  146-149,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  method  by  which  islands  are  connected  with  one  another  and  the  mainland  by 
the  deposition  of  sediment. 

6.  Sudbury  basin  shore  lines  [Massachusetts]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  334-335, 1905. 


148 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Gunther  (Charles  Godfrey). 

1.  The  gold  deposits  of  Plomo,  San  Luis  Park,  Colorado. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  143-154,  7  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  lithologic  characters  of  the  rocks,  and  the  character,  occur¬ 
rence,  and  relations  of  the  ore  bodies. 

2.  An  interesting  fault-system  [California]. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  p.  1013,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Guppy  ( R.  J.  Lechmere) . 

1.  On  the  occurrence  of  gold  and  coal  in  Trinidad.  With  a  brief  sketch  of  the  geo¬ 

logical  history  of  the  island. 

Trinidad,  Victoria  Institute,  Industrial  Trinidad,  pp.  520-531,  1903. 

2.  On  some  samples  of  rock  from  borings  at  Sangregrande,  Trinidad.  Part  I. 

Trinidad,  Victoria  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-5, 1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  material  obtained  from  borings  and  gives  a  list  of  and  notes  upon  the  fossils 
identified  therein. 

3.  The  Sangregrande  borings.  Part  II. 

Trinidad,  Victoria  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  5-7,  1904. 

4.  Observations  on  some  of  the  Foraminifera  of  the  oceanic  rocks  of  Trinidad. 

Trinidad,  Victoria  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  7-16,  2  pis.,  1904. 

5.  Preliminary  geological  notes  on  the  Marbela  Manjak  mine  [Trinidad]. 

Trinidad,  Victoria  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  16-17, 1904. 

6.  Note  on  the  Komuto  shell-bed. 

Trinidad,  Victoria  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  p.  17,  1904. 

7.  Tobagan  fossils.  On  some  specimens  of  fossils  from  Tobago  in  the  Victoria 

Museum,  Trinidad. 

Trinidad,  Botan.  Dept  ,  Bull.  no.  514, 1904,  2  pp. 

Gives  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  some  molluscan  shells. 

8.  The  growth  of  Trinidad. 

Can.  Inst.,  Trans.,  vol.  8,  pp.  137-149,  9  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  process  of  formation  of  the  island  of  Trinidad. 

Gwillim  (J.  C. ). 

1.  Report  on  the  Atlin  mining  district,  British  Columbia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1B-48B,  5  pis.,  map,  1902. 

Discusses  physiographic  features,  geologic  structure  and  petrology  of  this  area,  and  character 
and  distribution  of  the  gold-bearing  gravels. 

2.  Characteristics  of  the  Atlin  gold  field  [British  Columbia]. 

Can.  Mg.  Review,  vol.  21,  pp.  13-16,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  topography  and  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  placer 
gold. 

3.  Glaciation  in  the  Atlin  district,  British  Columbia. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  182-185, 1902. 

Describes  the  valleys  and  local  glaciers  of  the  region. 

4.  Notes  on  some  western  coals. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  422-424,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  occurrence  and  character  of  coals  in  Alberta  and  British  Colum¬ 
bia,  and  their  geologic  horizons. 

5.  Notes  on  the  life  history  of  coal  seams. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  235-243,  1905. 

Discusses  origin  of  coal  and  the  composition  of  some  Canadian  coals. 

H. 

Haanel  (Eugene). 

1.  Discussion  of  Mr.  W.  M.  Brewer’s  paper  on  “The  rock-slide  at  Frank,  Alberta 
Territory,  Canada.” 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  26,  pp.  157-163,  1904. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


i4y 


Haas  (Hippolyt). 

1.  Der  Vulkan.  Die  Natur  nnd  das  Wesen  der  Feuerberge  iin  Lichte  der  neueren 
Anschanungen  fiir  die  Gebildeten  aller  Stiinde  in  gemeinfasslicher  Weise 
dargestellt. 

Berlin,  Alfred  Schall  [1904].  340  pp.,  32  pis. 

A  general  discussion  of  volcanic  activity,  its  causes,  nature,  etc.  One  chapter  is  devoted  to 
volcanic  eruptions  in  the  Lesser  Antilles  in  1902. 

2. .  Zur  Geologie  von  Canada. 

Petermanns  Mitteilungen,  Bd.  50,  pp.  20-28,  47-55,  1904. 

Haehl  (H.  L. )  and  Arnold  (Ralph). 

1.  The  Miocene  diabase  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Mountains  in  San  Mateo  County,  Cali¬ 
fornia. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  43,  pp.  16-53,  27  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  Tertiary  formations  and  included  igneous  rocks,  and 
the  petrographic  characters  of  the  latter.  Includes  lists  of  fossils  contained  in  the  Tertiary 
formations. 

Hager  (Lee). 

1.  The  mounds  of  the  southern  oil  fields. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  137-139,  180-182,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  Gulf  coastal  region  of  Louisiana  and  Texas,  and  the  geo¬ 
logic  structure  of  the  mounds  and  salines,  discusses  the  theories  of  their  origin,  and  pre¬ 
sents  a  new  hypothesis. 

Hague  (Arnold). 

1.  Note  sur  les  phenomenes  volcaniques  Tertiaires  de  la  chaine  d’Absaroka 
[Wyoming]. 

Intern.  Cong.  Geol.,  Compte  Rendu,  viii  session,  pp.  364-365,  1901. 

Halberstadt  (Baird). 

1.  Obituary  notice  of  J.  Peter  Lesley. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  p.  556,  por.,  1903. 

Hale  (David  J.). 

1.  Marl  (bog  lime)  and  its  application  to  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  8,  pt.  3,  pp.  1-399,  23  pis.,  44  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  marl  (bog  lime)  and  discusses  the  theories  of  its 
origin. 

Hall  (Benjamin  M.). 

1.  Water  powers  of  Alabama,  with  an  appendix  on  stream  measurements  in 
Mississippi. 

U.  S.  Geol  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  107,  253  pp.,  9  pis.,  9  figs,  1904. 
Includes  a  brief  account  of  the  topographic  and  geologic  features  of  the  State. 

Hall  (Charles  E.). 

1.  Notes  on  a  geological  section  from  Iguala  to  San  Miguel  Totolapa,  State  of  Guer¬ 
rero,  Mexico. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alzate,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  1. 13,  pp.  327-335,  2  pis.  (sections),  1903. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  Tertiary  and  Cretaceous  strata  and  of  igneous  rocks 
and  gives  several  sections  showing  the  geologic  relations  of  these  formations. 

Hall  (Charles  M.)  and  Willard  (Daniel  E. ). 

1.  Casselton- Fargo  folio,  North  Dakota-Minnesota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  117,  1905. 

Describes  the  topography,  drainage,  and  general  geology,  the  geologic  history,  including  a 
brief  account  of  Lake  Agassiz,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Quaternary  deposits,  dis¬ 
cusses  the  underground  water  resources,  and  gives  a  large  number  of  well  records. 

Hall  (Charles  M.),  Todd  (J.  E. )  and. 

1.  Alexandria  folio,*  South  Dakota. 

See  Todd  (J.  E.)  and  Hall  (C.  M.),  1. 


150  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hall  (Charles  M.),  Todd  (J.  E. )  and — Continued. 

2.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  part  of  the  lower  James  River  Valley,  South 

Dakota. 

See  Todd  (James  E.)  and  Hall  (C.  M.),  2. 

3.  De  Smet  folio,  South  Dakota. 

See  Todd  (James  E.)  and  Hall  (C.  M.),  3. 

Hall  (Christopher  Webber). 

1.  Exploration  for  gold  in  the  central  States. 

Lake  Superior  Mg.  Inst.,  Proc.,  pp.  49-60  [1898?]. 

Discusses  occurrences  of  gold. 

2.  Sources  of  the  constituents  of  Minnesota  soils. 

Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.  no.  3,  pp.  388-406,  2  figs.,  1901. 

3.  Keweenawan  area  of  eastern  Minnesota. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  313-342,  2  pis.,  3  figs,  1901. 

Describes  the  topography  and  physiography,  relations,  associated  formations,  the  occurrence 
of  the  Keweenawan  rocks,  and  the  general  characters  and  petrography  of  the  Chengwatana 
series. 

4.  Keewatin  area  of  eastern  and  central  Minnesota. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  343-376,  4  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  series  at  various  localities  and  their  megascopic  and  micro¬ 
scopic  characters.  Discusses  the  evidences  as  to  the  age  of  the  series. 

5.  The  geology  of  Minnesota. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  165-171,  1901. 

Describes  the  geologic  formations  of  the  State  and  the  occurrence  of  economic  minerals  in 
each  of  them. 

6.  The  geography  and  geology  of  Minnesota. 

Minneapolis,  The  H.  W.  Wilson  Company,  1903.  xii,  299  pp.,  5  pis.,  163  figs. 

7.  The  geology  of  Minnesota.  A  description  of  the  various  formations  in  the  State, 

and  an  account  of  their  products  which  are  of  economic  value. 

Mines  and  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  532-534,  1903. 

Describes  the-distribution,  lithology,  and  economic  products  of  the  several  geologic  systems 
present  in  the  State. 

8.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Minnesota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  441-488, 1904. 

9.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Minnesota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  226-232,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  water  resources  of  water-bearding  strata  underlying 
the  State. 

10.  The  structure,  lithology,  and  genesis  of  the  magnesian  series  of  the  northwestern 

States.  [Abstract.] 

Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  no.  1,  pt.  2,  pp.  119-123,  1905. 

Discusses  the  nomenclature  of  the  Magnesian  series  in  Minnesota  and  Wisconsin. 

Hallock  (William). 

1.  Peculiar  effects  due  to  a  lightning  discharge  on  Lake  Champlain  in  August,  1900. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  671-672,  1901. 

Describes  the  effect  upon  the  rocks  struck  by  the  discharge. 

2.  An  ascent  of  Mt.  Whitney,  California,  with  notes  on  the  geology. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  505,  1903. 

Halse  (Edward). 

1.  Some  silver-bearing  veins  of  Mexico. 

North  of  Eng.  Inst,  of  Mg.  &  Mech.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  50,  pp.  202-217,  1901. 

Contains  brief  notes  on  the  vein  systems  of  various  mines. 

2.  Notes  on  the  structure  of  ore-bearing  veins  in  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  285-302,  26  figs.,  1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


151 


Halse  (Edward) — Continued. 

3.  Gems  and  precious  stones  of  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  568-569,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  precious  stones  in  Mexico. 

4.  Some  silver-bearing  veins  of  Mexico. 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  370-384,  1900;  vol.  21,  pp.  198-213,  2  pis.,  1901;  vol.  23,  pp. 

243-257,  2  pis.,  1902;  vol.  24,  pp.  41-60,  1903;  vol.  27,  pp.  169-189,  1904. 

Contains  observations  upon  the  geology  and  occurrence  of  silver  ores. 

5.  The  occurrence  of  pebbles,  concretions,  and  conglomerates  in  metalliferous  veins. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.  no.  4,  pp.  719-742,  13  figs.,  1905. 

Hambach  (Gustav). 

1.  Revision  of  the  Blastoidese,  with  a  proposed  new  classification,  and  description  of 
new  species. 

St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  13,  pp.  1-67,  5  pis.,  15  figs.,  1903. 

Hamilton  (S.  Harbert). 

1.  Troost’s  survey  of  Philadelphia. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  41-42,  1901. 

Calls  attention  to  the  location  of  a  copy  of  Dr.  Gerard  Troost’s  publication  on  the  survey  of 
the  environs  of  Philadelphia. 

2.  [Notes  on  the  geology  and  physiography  of  Cuba.] 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  54,  pp.  744-749,  1902. 

Hamilton  (S.  Harbert)  and  Withrow  (James  R. ). 

1.  The  progress  of  mineralogy  in  1899,  an  analytical  catalogue  of  the  contributions  to 
that  science  published  during  the  year. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bull.  no.  2,  96  pp.,  1900.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  48,  1901. 

Hamilton  (W.  R.),  Kessler  (H.  H.)  and. 

1.  The  orbicular  gabbro  of  Dehesa,  California. 

See  Kessler  (H.  H.)  and  Hamilton  (W.  R.'),  1. 

Hanbury  (David  T.) . 

1.  Through  the  barren  ground  of  northeastern  Canada  to  the  Arctic  coast. 

Geog.  Jour.,  vol.  32,  pp.  173-191,  illus.,  1903. 

Contains  a  brief  account  of  the  geology  of  the  region  traversed. 

Hanks  (Henry  G. ). 

1.  The  deep-lying  auriferous  gravels  and  table  mountains  of  California. 

San  Francisco,  1901.  15  pp.,  6  pis. 

Hardman  (John  E. ). 

1.  A  new  mineral  area  in  Ontario. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  24,  pp.  95-98,  157-158,  10  figs.,  1905. 

Gives  notes  on  the  geology  of  western  Ontario  and  the  occurrence  of  mineral  deposits. 

Harper  (Henry  Winston). 

1.  A  contribution  to  the  chemistry  of  some  of  the  asphalt  rocks  found  in  Texas. 

Texas  Univ.  Mineral  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  3,  pp.  .08-129,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  nomenclature  of  asphalt  and  presents  the  results  of  analyses  of  many  samples. 

Harper  (Roland  M.). 

1.  Taxodium  distichum  and  related  species,  with  notes  on  some  -geological  factors 

influencing  their  distribution. 

Torrey  Bot.  Club,  Bull.,  vol.  29,  pp.  381-399,  1902. 

Discusses  the  influence  of  certain  geologic  formations  upon  the  geographic  distribution  of 
these  plants. 

2.  Notes  on  the  Lafayette  and  Columbia  formations  and  some  of  their  botanical 

features. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  68-70,  1902. 

Discusses  the  use  of  plants  growing  in  soils  derived  from  these  formations  in  identifying  the 
presence  of  the  latter  where  surface  outcrops  are  not  available. 


152 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Harrington  (Bernard  J.). 

1.  George  Mercer  Dawson. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp,  67-76,  1  pi.  (por.),  1901.  Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  413-425,  1  pi.  (por.), 
1902.  Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  8,  sect.  4,  pp.  183-192,  1902. 

Describes  the  life  and  work  of  Dr.  Dawson. 

2.  On  the  composition  of  some  Canadian  amphiboles. 

Am.  Jour.  Sei.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  392-394,  1903. 

3.  On  the  formula  of  bornite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  151-154,  1903. 

4.  On  an  interesting  variety  of  fetid  calcite  and  the  cause  of  its  odor. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  345-348,  1905. 

5.  On  the  composition  of  some  Montreal  minerals. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  11,  sect.  3,  pp.  25-28,  1905. 

Describes  the  composition  of  nepheline,  acmite,  lepidomelane,  natrolite,  and  analcite. 

Harrington  (Daniel). 

1.  Coal  mining  at  Sunny  side,  Utah. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  227-235,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence  of  the  coal  in  the  Laramie  group,  and  the 
mining  operations. 

Harris  (Gilbert  Dennison). 

1.  Oil  in  Texas. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  666-667,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  thickness  of  the  Tertiary  in  the  vicinity  of  Beaumont. 

2.  The  geology  of  the  Mississippi  embayment,  with  special  reference  to  the  State  of 

Louisiana. 

La.  Geol.  Surv.,  pt.  6,  pp.  5-39,  10  pis.,  7  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  orographic  movements  at  the  close  of  the  Cretaceous,  and  the  character  and 
distribution  of  the  Eocene,  Oligocene,  Miocene,  and  Quaternary  series  in  the  region. 

3.  Subterranean  waters  of  Louisiana. 

La.  Geol.  Surv.,  pt.  6,  pp.  203-252,  2  pis.,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  beds,  and  gives  sec¬ 
tions  of  many  well  borings  and  analyses  of  the  waters. 

4.  Oil  in  Louisiana. 

La.  Geol.  Surv.,  pt.  6,  pp.  265-275,  1  pi.,  27  figs.,  1902. 

Gives  sections  and  data  regarding  the  horizons  of  the  oil-bearing  sands. 

5.  Eocene  outcrops  in  central  Georgia. 

Am.  Pal.,  Bull.  no.  16,  pp.  1-7,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence  of  Eocene  formations  in  Georgia. 

6.  Underground  waters  of  southern  Louisiana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  101,  98  pp.,  11  pis.,  15  figs.,  1904. 
Includes  an  account  of  the  topography  and  stratigraphy  of  southern  Louisiana. 

7.  The  Helderberg  invasion  of  the  Manlius. 

Am.  Pal.,  Bull.,  no.  19  (vol.  4),  pp.  53-77,  9  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  seetions  of  Devonian  rocks  at  a  number  of  localities  in  New  York,  and  discusses 
their  correlation  and  the  occurrence  and  faunal  relations  of  the  fossils. 

8.  Underground  waters  of  southern  Louisiana. 

La.  State  Exp.  Station,  Geol.  Surv.  Bull.  no.  1,  pp.  2-77,  7  pis.,  12  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  stratigraphy  of  southern  Louisiana,  with  especial  reference  to  the  underground 
waters,  and  discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  depth,  etc.,  of  many  wells. 

9.  The  establishment  of  tidal  gage  work  in  Louisiana. 

La.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  3,  28  pp.,  8  pis.,  5  figs.,  1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


153 


Hartnagel  (C.  A.). 

1.  Preliminary  observations  on  the Cobleskill  (“Coralline  ”)  limestone  of  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  1109-1175,  2  pis.,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  geologic  position,  geographic  extent,  and  outcrops  of  the  “  Coralline  ”  limestone, 
the  distribution  and  stratigraphic  relations  of  its  fauna,  giving  lists  of  species  by  localities 
its  relations  to  other  Silurian  formations,  its  correlation  and  nomenclature,  and  the  geo¬ 
graphic  conditions  prevailing  in  Silurian  times. 

2.  Notes  on  the  Siluric  or  Ontario  section  of  eastern  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  80,  pp.  342-358,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  development,  character,  and  relations  of  Silurian  formations  in  the 
Helderberg  region  of  New  York. 

3.  Structural  relations  and  origin  of  the  limonite  beds  at  Cornwall,  N.  Y. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  991, 1905. 

Hartzell  (Joseph  Culver). 

1.  Pas  Oberdevon  Europas  und  Nordamerikas. 

Inaugural  Dissertation,  Ludwig  Maximilians-Universitat  zu  Miinchen.  Munchen,  Kastner  & 
Callwey,  73  pp.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  correlation  of  Devonian  strata  in  Europe,  North  America,  and 
other  parts  of  the  world. 

Harwood  (F.  H.). 

1.  The  fluorspar  and  zinc  mines  of  Kentucky. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  pp.  87-88,  101-102,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  mining  of  the  fluorspar  and  zinc  deposits  in  western 
Kentucky  and  southern  Illinois. 

Haseltine  (Robert  M. ). 

1.  Lignite  deposits  or  fields  of  brown  coal  in  North  Dakota. 

Mines  and  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  545-546,  1901. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  the  lignite  beds. 

2.  The  bituminous  coal  field  of  Ohio. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  215-226,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  extent  of  field,  character,  composition,  occurrence,  and  production  of  coals 

Haseltine  (Robert  M. ),  White  (David),  Campbell  (Marius  R. ).  and. 

1.  The  northern  Appalachian  coal  field. 

See  White  (David),  CampbeU  (M.  R.),  and  Haseltine  (R.  M.),  1. 

Hasse  (Adelaide  R.). 

1.  Reports  of  explorations  printed  in  the  documents  of  the  United  States  government. 
(A  contribution  toward  a  bibliography.) 

Office  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  1899,  90  pp. 
Contains  titles  of  papers  bearing  on  geology. 

Hatcher  (John  B. ).. 

1.  Diplodocus  Marsh,  its  osteology,  taxonomy,  and  probable  habits,  with  a  restora¬ 

tion  of  the  skeleton. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Mem.,  vol.  1,  no.  1,  pp.  1-63,  13  pis.,  21  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser., 
vol.  14,  pp.  531-532,  1901. 

2.  On  the  structure  of  the  manus  in  Brontosaurus. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  1015-1017,  1901. 

3.  On  some  new  and  little  known  fossil  vertebrates. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  1,  no.  1,  pp.  128-144,  4  pis.,  1901. 

4.  On  the  cranial  elements  and  the  deciduous  and  permanent  dentitions  of  Titano- 

therium. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  1,  no.  2,  pp.  256-262,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1901. 

5.  Sabal  rigida;  a  new  species  of  palm  from  the  Laramie. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  1,  no.  2,  pp.  263-264,  1  fig.,  1901. 


154 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hatcher  (John  B. ) — Continued. 

6.  -The  Jurassic  Dinosaur  deposits  near  Canyon  City,  Colorado. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  1,  no.  2,  pp.  327-341,  1901. 

Describes  the  mode  of  occurrence  of  the  saurian  remains  near  Canyon  City  and  the  geology  of 
the  strata  in  which  found. 

7.  A  mounted  skeleton  of  Titanotherium  dispar  Marsh. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  1,  no.  3,  pp.  347-355,  3  pis.,  1902. 

8.  Structure  of  the  fore  limb  and  manus  of  Brontosaurus. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  1,  no.  3,  pp.  356-376,  2  pis.,  14  figs.,  1902. 

9.  The  genera  and  species  of  the  Trachodontidse  (Hadrosauridse,  Claosauridte)  Marsh. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  1,  no.  3,  pp.  377-386,  1902. 

10.  Oligocene  Canidae. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Mem.,  vol.  1,  no.  2,  pp.  65-108,  20  pis.,  7  figs.,  1902. 

11.  Origin  of  the  Oligocene  and  Miocene  deposits  of  the  Great  Plains. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  41,  pp.  113-131,  1902. 

Discusses  the  character,  distribution,  origin,  and  correlation  of  these  strata. 

12.  Discovery  of  a  musk  ox  skull  (Ovibos  cavifrons  Leidy),  in  West  Virginia,  near 

Steubenville,  Ohio. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  707-709,  1902. 

13.  A  correction  of  Professor  Osborn’s  note  entitled  “New  vertebrates  of  the  Mid- 

Cretaceous.” 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  831-832,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the.  locality  of  species  of  Ornithominus  and  the  age  of  the  Judith  River 
beds. 

14.  Osteology  of  Haplocanthosaurus,  with  description  of  a  new  species,  and  remarks 

on  the  probable  habits  of  the  Sauropoda  and  the  age  and  origin  of  the  Atlanto- 
saurus  beds. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  no.  1,  pp.  1-72,  6  pis.,  28  figs.,  1903. 

15.  Additional  remarks  on  Diplodocus. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  no.  1,  pp.  72-75,  2  figs.,  1903. 

16.  Discovery  of  remains  of  Astrodon  (Pleurocoelus)  in  the  Atlantosaurus  beds  of 

Wyoming. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Ann.,  vol.  2,  pp.  9-14,  6  figs.,  1903. 

Includes  with  the  description  a  discussion  of  the  synonymy  and  the  age  of  the  beds  in  which 
it  occurs. 

17.  Relative  age  of  the  Lance  Creek  (Ceratops)  beds  of  Converse  County,  Wyoming, 

the  Judith  River  beds  of  Montana,  and  the  Belly  River  beds  of  Canada. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  369-375,  1903. 

18.  A  new  sauropod  dinosaur  [Haplocanthus]  from  the  Jurassic  of  Colorado. 

Wash.  Biol.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  16,  pp.  1-2,  1903. 

19.  A  new  name  for  the  dinosaur  Haplocanthus  Hatcher. 

Wash.  Biol.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  16,  p.  100,  1903. 

Proposes  to  substitute  the  name  Haplocanthosaurus  for  Haplocanthus,  preoccupied. 

20.  The  Judith  River  beds. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  471-472,  1903. 

Discusses  the  stratigraphic  position  of  the  Judith  River  beds. 

21.  An  attempt  to  correlate  the  marine  with  the  nonmarine  formations  of  the  middle 

west. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  43,  pp.  341-365,  2  figs.,  1904.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19, 
p.  717, 1904. 

Discusses  conditions  governing  the  formation  of  marine,  brackish,  and  fresh-water  beds,  and 
their  application  to  the  correlation  and  relative  age  of  various  Jurassic  and  Cretaceous 
horizons  of  the  middle  west.  A  note  discussing  the  views  advanced  in  the  paper  is  added 
by  Mr.  T.  W.  Stanton. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


155 


Hatcher  (John  B.) — Continued. 

22.  Two  new  Ceratopsia  from  the  Laramie  of  Converse  County,  Wyoming. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  413-419,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Hatcher  (John  B. )  and  Stanton  (T.  W.). 

1.  The  stratigraphic  position  of  the  Judith  River  beds  and  their  correlation  with  the 
Belly  River  beds. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  211-212, 1903. 

Hatcher  (J.  B. ),  Stanton  (T.  W.)  and. 

1.  Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Judith  River  beds. 

See  Stanton  (T.  W.)  and  Hatcher  (J.  B.),  1. 

Haverstock  (R.  S.). 

1.  Quicksilver. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press.,  vol.  84,  p.  4,  1902. 

Contains  general  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  treatment  of  quicksilver  ores,  with  descriptions 
of  California  deposits. 

Hawes  (George  W. ). 

1.  On  a  group  of  dissimilar  eruptive  rocks  in  Campton,  New  Hampshire^ 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  394-399,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  3d  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  147-151,  1879.) 

2.  The  Alban}^  granite,  New  Hampshire,  and  its  contact  phenomena.. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  400-414,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  3d  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  21-32,  1881.) 

Haworth  (Erasmus). 

1.  The  Galena- Joplin  lead  and  zinc  district. 

Min.  Ind.  for  1899,  pp.  658-668,  2  figs.,  1900. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  ores. 

2.  Petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  Kansas. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  p.  397,  1901. 

Describes  the  geographic  and  geologic  distribution  of  the  oil  and  gas. 

3.  Geology  and  mining  interests  of  Kansas. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  196-200,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  economic  minerals  in  the  State. 

4.  Oil  and  gas  in  Kansas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  37,  1902. 

Describes  the  developments  in  oil  and  gas  in  1901. 

5.  The  Kansas  River  flood  of  1903. 

Kans.  Univ.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  for  1902,  pp.  63-81,  19  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  geologic  effects  of  the  flood  of  1903  upon  the  flood  plain  of  the  Kansas  River. 

Haworth  (Erasmus)  and  McFarland  (D.  F. ). 

1.  The  Dexter,  Kansas,  nitrogen  gas  well. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  191-193, 1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  flow,  and  composition  of  a  natural  gas,  consisting  chiefly 
of  nitrogen,  issuing  from  a  well  at  Dexter,  Kansas. 

Haworth  (Erasmus)  and  Schrader  (F.  C. ). 

1.  Portland-cement  resources  of  the  Independence  quadrangle,  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  506-509,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  raw  materials,  and  the  composition  of  the 
product. 

Haworth  (Erasmus),  and  Crane  (W.  R. ),  Adams  (George  I.). 

1.  Economic  geology  of  the  Iola  quadrangle,  Kansas. 

See  Adams  (George  I.),  Haworth  (Erasmus),  and  Crane  (W.  R.),  1. 

Haworth  (E. ),  Schrader  (F.  C. )  and. 

1.  Oil  and  gas  of  the  Independence  quadrangle,  Kansas. 

See  Schrader  (F.  C.)  and  Haworth  (E.),  1. 


156 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Haworth  (E. ),  Schrader  (F.  C. )  and — Continued. 

2.  Clay  industries  of  the  Independence  quadrangle,  Kansas 

See  Schrader  (F.C.)  and  Haworth  (E.),  2. 

Hay  (Oliver  Perry). 

1.  The  chronological  distribution  of  the  elasmobranchs. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Trans.,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  63-75,  1901. 

2.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Baena  (B.  hatcheri)  from  the  Laramie  beds  of 

Wyoming. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  1,  no.  2,  pp.  325-326,  1  pi.,  1902. 

3.  Snoutfishes  of  Kansas. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  192-193,  1902. 

4.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Cladodus  (C.  formosus)  from  the  Devonian  of 

Colorado. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  373-374,  1  fig.,  1902. 

5.  Bibliography  and  catalogue  of  the  fossil  vertebrata  of  North  America. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  179,  868  pp.,  1902. 

6.  The  composition  of  the  shells  of  turtles. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  pp.  111-112,  1902. 

7.  On  some  recent  literature  bearing  on  the  Laramie  formation. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  115-120,  1903. 

8.  Description  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  tortoise  from  the  Jurassic  of  Colorado. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  2,  pp.  201-203,  1  pi.,  1903. 

9.  Two  new  species  of  fossil  turtles  from  Oregon. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  237-241,  6  figs.,  1903. 

10.  On  certain  genera  and  species  of  North  American  Cretaceous  actinopterous  fishes. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  1-95,  5  pis.,  72  figs.,  1903. 

11.  The  snout-fishes  of  Kansas. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  p.  15, 1903. 

12.  On  an  important  but  not  well-known  locality  furnishing  Cretaceous  fishes. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  219,  1903;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  542, 1904. 

13.  On  some  fossil  turtles  belonging  to  the  Marsh  collection  in  Yale  University 

Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  261-276,  6  pis.,  7  figs.,  1904. 

14.  Descriptions  of  two  species  of  extinct  tortoises,  one  new. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  vol.  54,  pp.  383-388,  7  figs.,  1902. 

15.  On  two  new  species  of  turtles  from  the  Judith  River  beds  of  Montana, 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  3,  no.  1,  pp.  178-182,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1904. 

16.  On  the  finding  of  skulls  of  Trionychidoe  in  the  Bridger  deposits  of  Wyoming. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  254,  1904. 

17.  A  new  gigantic  tortoise  from  the  Miocene  of  Colorado. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  503-504, 1904. 

18.  The  American  Paleontological  Society.  Section  A — Vertebrata. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  294-300,  1905. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  meeting  and  abstracts  of  papers  presented. 

19.  [Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the  Reptilia.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  295-296, 1905. 

20.  Meeting  of  section  A  of  the  American  Paleontological  Society. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  124-126,  1905. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  meeting  and  abstracts  of  papers  presented. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


157 


Hay  (Oliver  Perry) — Continued. 

21.  The  progress  of  vertebrate  paleontology  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 

History,  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  31-34,  1905. 

22.  The  fossil  turtles  of  the  Bridger  basin. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  327-342,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  location  and  character  of  the  Bridger  beds  and  gives  a  general  account  of  their 
chelonian  fauna. 

23.  On  the  group  of  fossil  turtles  known  as  the  Amphichelydia;  with  remarks  on 

the  origin  and  relationships  of  the  suborders,  superfamilies,  and  families  of 
Testudines. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  137-175,  5  figs.,  1905. 

24.  A  revision  of  the  species  of  the  family  of  fossil  turtles  called  Toxochelyidse,  with 

descriptions  of  two  new  species  of  Toxochelys  and  a  new  species  of  Portho- 
chelys. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  177-185,  16  figs.,  1905. 

25.  On  the  skull  of  a  new  trionychid,  Conchochelys  admirabilis,  from  the  Puerco 

beds  of  New  Mexico. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  335-338,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Haycock  (Ernest). 

1.  The  geological  history  of  the  Gaspereau  Valley,  Nova  Scotia. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  361-375,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  geologic  history  and  structure  of  this  area. 

2.  Fossils,  possibly  Triassic,  in  glaciated  fragments  in  the  bowlder-clay  of  Kings 

County,  Nova  Scotia. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  376-378, 1902. 

3.  Geology  of  the  west  coast  of  Vancouver  Island. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  74-90,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  igneous 
rocks,  and  the  economic  resources. 

4.  Geology  of  the  county  of  Ottawa  [Quebec]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  232-239, 1905. 

Hayden  (Horace  Edwin). 

1.  Mr.  Ralph  Dupuy  Lacoe. 

Wyoming  Hist,  and  Geol.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Coll.,  vol  6,  pp.  39-54,  1901;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp. 

335-344,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  his  life. 

Hayes  (Charles  Willard). 

1.  Geological  relations  of  the  iron-ores  in  the  Cartersville  district,  Georgia. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  403-419,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  structure  of  the  region  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of 
the  iron,  with  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  ocher  and  manganese. 

2.  The  Arkansas  bauxite  deposits. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  435-472,  5  pis.,  1901.  Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9, 
pp.  737-739,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geologic  and  physiographic  relations  of  the  region,  and  the  character, 
occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  bauxite  deposits. 

3.  Tennessee  white  phosphate. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  2lSt  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  473-485,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  phosphates  of  Perry  County. 

4.  The  asphalt  deposits  of  Pike  County,  Arkansas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  p.  782,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geologic  occurrence  and  gives  a  section  of  the  strata. 


158 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hayes  (Charles  Willard) — Continued. 

5.  Rome  folio,  Georgia- Alabama. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  78,  1902. 

Describes  the  geographic  and  topographic  features,  the  general  geologic  structure,  the  char¬ 
acter  and  occurrence  of  Cambrian,  Silurian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  and  Neocene  (?) 
strata,  and  the  occurrence  of  iron,  bauxite,  slate,  and  limestone. 

6.  The  coal  fields  of  the  United  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  7-24,  1  pi.  (map),  1902. 

Describes  character,  distribution  and  geologic  occurrence  of  coal  in  the  United  States. 

7.  The  southern  Appalachian  coal  field. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  227-263,  3  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  extent,  general  geologic  relations,  structure  and  stratigraphy  of  the  field,  the  char¬ 
acter  and  occurrence  of  the  coal  beds,  the  composition,  properties,  and  production  of  coal. 

8.  Some  facts  and  theories  bearing  on  the  accumulation  of  petroleum. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  1028,  1902. 

9.  Introduction  to  contributions  to  economic  geology,  1902. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  9-14,  1903. 

Describes  the  publications  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  in  which  papers  treating  of  economic 
subjects  appear. 

10.  Investigation  of  nonmetalliferous  economic  minerals. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  29-SO,  1903. 

Describes  character  and  scope  of  work  done  by  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  in  the  investiga¬ 
tion  of  nonmetalliferous  minerals. 

11.  Manganese  ores  of  the  Carters ville  district,  Georgia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull,  no  213,  p.  232,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  manganese  ores  in  this  district. 

12.  Coal  fields  of  the  United  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  257-269,  1903. 

Describes  distribution  of  coal  in  the  United  States,  the  geologic  relations  of  the  coal  fields, 
fuel  values  of  coals,  and  their  development,  production,  and  marketing. 

13.  Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf  Coastal  Plain. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  345-352,  1903. 

Describes  topography,  stratigraphy,  and  geologic  structure  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence, 
character,  and  utilization  of  the  oil. 

14.  Asphalt  deposits  of  Pike  County,  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  353-355, 1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  deposits  of  asphalt  in  sands  of  the  Trinity  group. 

15.  Origin  and  extent  of  the  Tennessee  white  phosphates. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  418-423,  1903. 

Describes  varieties  of  white  phosphate,  the  origin  and  extent  of  the  deposits,  and  possible 
extensions  of  the  field. 

16.  Introductions  to  “  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1903.” 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  11-17, 1904. 

Gives  a  brief  statement  regarding  the  publications  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey 
bearing  upon  economic  geology.  Includes  a  list  of  the  geologic  folios,  showing  the  mineral 
resources  described  in  each. 

17.  Investigation  of  nonmetalliferous  economic  minerals. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  25-27, 1904. 

A  brief  summary  statement  regarding  investigations  of  nonmetalliferous  economic  minerals 
completed  during  the  past  year  or  in  progress. 

18.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1904.  Introduction.  * 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  11-18, 1905. 

Explains  the  purpose  of  the  bulletin  and  describes  the  publications  of  the  Survey  bearing 
upon  economic  geology. 

19.  Investigation  of  iron  and  nonmetalliferous  economic  minerals. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  28-31, 1905. 

Reviews  the  work  during  the  year  1904  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  upon  iron  and  nonmet¬ 
alliferous  minerals  of  economic  importance. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


159 


Hayes  (Charles  Willard)  and  Eckel  (E.  C.). 

1.  Iron  ores  of  the  Cartersville  district,  Georgia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  233-242, 1903. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  geologic  structure  of  this  district  and  the  character  and  occur¬ 
rence  of  the  iron  ores. 

2.  Occurrence  and  development  of  ocher  deposits  in  the  Cartersville  district,  Georgia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  427-432,  1903. 

Hayes  (Charles  Willard),  Emmons  (S.  F.). 

1.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1902. 

See  Emmons  (S.  F.),  Hayes  (C.  W.),  1. 

2.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1903. 

See  Emmons  (S.  F. ),  Hayes  (C.  W.),  2. 

3.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1904. 

See  Emmons  (S.  F. ),  Hayes  (C.  W.  j,  3. 

Hayes  (Charles  Willard)  and  Kennedy  (William). 

1.  Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf  Coastal  Plain. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  212,  174  pp.,  11  pis.,  12  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage  of  the  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  of  Texas  and  Louisiana,  the 
occurrence  and  character  of  Tertiary,  Quaternary,  and  Recent  formations,  giving  numerous 
sections  and  records  of  borings,  and  the  location  and  development  of  the  oil  pools;  discusses 
the  origin  of  petroleum,  conditions  of  accumulation,  and  structural  features  in  this  field, 
and  the  constitution,  properties,  and  utilization  of  the  oil. 

Hayes  (Charles  Willard)  and  Ulrich  (Edward  O.). 

1.  Columbia  folio,  Tennessee. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  95,  1903. 

Describes  general  relations  and  topography,  character  and  occurrence  of  Ordovician,  Silurian 
Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  strata,  geologic  structure  and  history  and  mineral  resources, 
including  the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  the  phosphates.  Includes  a  correlation 
table  of  Paleozoic  formations  and  a  generalized  faunal  chart  for  the  western  side  of  the 
Middle  Tennessee  basin. 

Hayes  (Charles  Willard),  Vaugvhan  (T.  W.)  and  Spencer  (A.  C. ). 

1.  Report  on  a  geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba. 

Washington,  1901.  123  pp.,  29  pis.,  17  figs. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  general  character  and  distribution  of  the  igneous  and  sedi¬ 
mentary  rocks,  the  geologic  history  and  occurrence  of  gold,  copper,  manganese,  iron, 
asphalts,  oil,  and  coal. 

Hayes  (Seth). 

1.  The  Shaw  mastodon:  an  examination  and  description  of  mastodon  and  accom¬ 
panying  mammalian  remains  found  near  Cincinnati,  June,  1894. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  3d  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  37-41,  1  pi.  [1895]. 

Hayford  (John  F. ). 

1.  A  connection  by  precise  leveling  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  673-674,  1905. 

Hays  (Mabel). 

1.  Winoka  gravels,  supposed  Tertiary  deposits.  Description  of  deposits. 

Drury  Coil.,  Bradley  Field  Geol.  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  19-21,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  gravel  deposits  in  southwestern  Missouri. 

Haywood  (J.  K.). 

1.  Report  of  an  analysis  of  the  waters  of  the  hot  springs  on  the  Hot  Springs  Reserva¬ 
tion,  Hot  Springs,  Garland  County,  Arkansas. 

57th  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  Sen.  Doc.  no.  282,  Washington,  pp.  11-78,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Headden  (William  P.). 

1.  Mineralogical  notes. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  141-150,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  tellurium  and  tellurite  in  Colorado,  and  the  characters  of  cupro, 
descloizite  from  Arizona. 


160 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Headden  (William  P. ) — Continued. 

2.  Significance  of  silicic  acid  in  waters  of  mountain  streams. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  169-184,  1903. 

3.  The  Doughty  springs,  a  group  of  radium-bearing  springs,  Delta  County,  Colorado. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  297-309,  1905. 

4.  Mineralogical  notes,  no.  2. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  8,  pp.  53-70,  1905.  • 

Describes  the  characters  and  composition  of  minerals  from  various  localities. 

Hedburg“  (Eric). 

1.  The  Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines  at  the  close  of  1900. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  379-404,  5  figs,  (map  and  sections),  and  discussion, 
pp.  1022-1023,  1902. 

Reviews  the  mining  industry  of  this  district,  and  discusses  geologic  position  and  origin  of 
the  ores. 

Heilprin  (Angelo). 

1.  Fossils  and  their  teachings. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  pp.  21472-21473,  1901. 

2.  How  to  interpret  the  facts  of  geology. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  pp.  21488-21489,  1901. 

Abstract  of  lecture  delivered  before  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

3.  Mont  Pelee  and  the  tragedy  of  Martinique. 

Philadelphia,  J.  B.  Lippincott  Company,  1903.  xiii,  325  pp.,  illus. 

4.  The  activity  of  Mont  Pelee. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  546,  1903. 

5.  The  ascending  obelisk  of  the  Montagne  Pelee. 

Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  vol.  63,  pp. 467-468,  1  fig.,  1903. 

6.  The  ascending  obelisk  of  the  Montagne  Pelee. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  184-185,  1903. 

7.  Mont  Pelee — the  eruptions  of  August  24  and  30,  1902. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  226,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22647,  1903. 

8.  The  nature  of  the  Pelee  tower. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  800-801,  1904. 

Discusses  the  mode  of  formation  of  the  spine  of  Mont  Pel£e. 

9.  The  tower  of  Pelee:  new  studies  of  the  great  volcano  of  Martinique. 

Philadelphia,  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.,  1904.  62  pp.,  23  pis.,  4to. 

10.  Tower  of  Pelee. 

Abstract:  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  p.  446,  1905. 

11.  Uniformity  in  mountain  elevations. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  37,  pp.  726-729,  1905. 

Heine  (R.  E.). 

1.  The  water  resources  of  Washington.  Water  power. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  308-320,  3  pis.,  1902. 

Heiney  ( Wm.  M.). 

1.  River  bends  and  bluffs  [Indiana]. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1900,  pp.  197-200,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Henderson  (David  B. ). 

1.  Powell  as  a  soldier. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  5,  pp.  100-105,  1903. 

Henderson  (Junius). 

1.  The  overturns  in  the  Denver  basins  [Colorado]. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp. 584-586,  2  figs.,  1903;  Colo.  Univ.,  Studies,  vol.  1,  pp. 345-347,  2  figs.,  1904, 
Gives  an  explanation  of  the  overturning  of  strata  in  this  region. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


161 


Henderson  (Junius) — Continued. 

2.  The  Arapahoe  glacier  in  1903. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  30-33,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Compares  the  status  of  the  Arapahoe  glacier  of  Colorado  in  1903  with  that  of  1902. 

3.  Paleontology  of  the  Boulder  area  [Colorado] . 

Colo.  Univ.,  Studies,  vol.  2,  pp.  95-107,  1904. 

Gives  lists,  with  notes  on  their  occurrence  and  character,  of  fossils  found  in  formations  of 
Cretaceous  age  in  the  Boulder,  Colorado,  area. 

4.  Extinct  glaciers  of  Colorado. 

Colo.  Univ.,  Studies,  vol.  3,  pp.  39-44,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  evidences  of  former  glaciation  in  Colorado. 

5.  Arapahoe  glacier  in  1905. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  p.  556,  1905. 

Henretta  (C.  M.). 

1.  Bankhead  coal  mines  [Alberta,  Canada]. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  215-220,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coal  seams. 

H enrich.  (Carl). 

1.  The  Guanajuato  mining  district  [Mexico]. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  pp.  23-30,  101-108,  15  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  mining  of  the  silver  ores  of  this  region. 

Henry  (Carl  D.). 

1.  The  white  country  granite  of  West  Sugar  Loaf  or  Bald  Mountain,  Boulder  County, 
Colorado. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  112-116,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  the  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters,  and  the  composition  of 
this  rock. 

Herrick  (Clarence  Luther). 

1.  Applications  of  geology  to  economic  problems  in  New  Mexico. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  61-64,  1901. 

Describes  some  of  the  geologic  features  and  the  occurrence  of  economic  minerals. 

2.  Secondary  enrichment  of  mineral  veins  in  regions  of  small  erosion. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  87,  p.  97,  1903. 

3.  A  Coal-Measure  forest  near  Socorro,  New  Mexico. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  237-251,  10  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geologic  structure  of  the  Rio  Grand  Valley  and  the  occurrence,  charac¬ 
ter,  and  fauna  of  Coal-Measure  strata  in  vicinity  of  Socorro,  New  Mexico. 

4.  Laws  of  formation  of  New  Mexico  mountain  ranges. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  301-312,  393,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  and  physiographic  features  of  various  mountain  ranges  of 
New  Mexico. 

5.  The  clinoplains  of  the  Rio  Grande. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  376-381,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  clinoplains  in  the  vicinity  of  Socorro,  New 
Mexico. 

6.  Lake  Otero,  an  ancient  salt  lake  basin  in  southeastern  New  Mexico. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  174-189,  1  pi..  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  and  history,  physiographic  features,  and  economic  resources 
of  the  region,  the  character  and  relations  of  the  formations  present,  and  the  extent  and 
history  of  the  ancient  lake  Otero. 

Herrick  (H.  N.). 

1.  Gypsum  deposits  in  New  Mexico. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  89-99,  1  pi.,  9  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  gypsum  deposits  of  New  Mexico. 

Bull.  301—06 - 11 


162 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hershey  (Oscar  H.). 

1.  Peneplains  of  the  Ozark  Highlands. 

Am.  Geol.,  yol.  27,  pp.  25-41,  1901. 

Describes  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  peneplains,  the  Lafayette  baselevel,  the  Ozarkian 
valleys  and  the  modern  valleys. 

2.  Metamorphic  formations  of  northwestern  California. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  225-245,  1901. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  distribution  of  the  pre-Cretaceous  rocks  of  the 
Klamath  Mountains. 

3.  On  the  age  of  certain  granites  in  the  Klamath  Mountains. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  258-259,  1901. 

Brief  discussion  of  the  geology  of  the  region  and  of  the  intrusive  origin  of  the  granite. 

4.  The  age  of  the  Kansan  drift  sheet. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  20-25,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  Kansan  drift  in  Missouri  and  discusses  its  age. 

5.  The  geology  of  the  central  portion  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama. 

Univ.  of  Cal.,  Dept,  of  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  231-267,  and  map,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  several  formations. 
Discusses  the  relations  of  the  crust  movements  of  the  region. 

6.  On  the  age  of  certain  granites  in  the  Klamath  Mountains  [California]. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol,,  vol.  9,  pp.  76-77,  1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  501,  1901. 
Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  the  granites  and  on  the  geologic  history  of  the  region. 

7.  An  unusual  type  of  auriferous  deposit. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  869-871, 1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  gold  in  a  semidecomposed  rock  mass  in  California  and  discusses  the 
mode  of  deposition  of  the  gold. 

8.  The  significance  of  the  term  Sierran. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  88-95,  1902. 

Discusses  the  recent  earth  movements  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  region  and  the  use  of  the  terms 
Ozarkian  and  Sierran. 

9.  Some  crystalline  rocks  of  Southern  California. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  273-290,  1902. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  distribution  of  probable  pre-Paleozoic  crystalline 
granites,  schists,  etc.,  and  of  certain  quartzite  and  limestone  strata  in  this  region. 

10.  Some  Tertiary  formations  of  Southern  California. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  349-372,  1902. 

Describes  volcanic  and  sedimentary  beds  of  the  region. 

11.  The  significance  of  certain  Cretaceous  outliers  in  the  Klamath  region,  California. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  33-37,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  Cretaceous  sediment  and  the  geological  history 
of  this  region. 

12.  Boston  Mountain  physiography. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  160-165,  1902. 

Discusses  topographic  development  of  west  central  Arkansas  and  reviews  a  paper  by  A.  H. 
Purdue  on  “  Physiography  of  the  Boston  Mountain,  Arkansas.” 

13.  Neocene  deposits  of  the  Klamath  region,  California. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  377-392,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  these  deposits  and  the  conditions  under  which  they  were 
accumulated. 

14.  The  Quaternary  of  Southern  California. 

Pniv.  Cal.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  1-30,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  orographic  movements,  erosion  phenomena,  and  deposits  of  Quaternary  time  in  this 
region. 

15.  A  supposed  early  Tertiary  peneplain  in  the  Klamath  region,  California. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  951-954,  1902. 

Discusses  the  evidences  for  the  ancient  peneplain  character  of  the  region  and  the  date  of  forma¬ 
tion  of  the  peneplain. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


163 


Hershey  (Oscar  H.) — Continued. 

16.  Some  evidence  of  two  glacial  stages  in  the  Klamath  Mountains  in  California. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  139-156,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  of  remains  of  a  fossil  elephant  in  glacial  deposits,  the  character  and 
occurrence  of  glacial  deposits,  the  terrace  formations,  and  gorges  in  this  region. 

17.  Structure  of  the  southern  portion  of  the  Klamath  Mountains,  California. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  231-245,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geologic  structure  and  geologic  history  of  the  region. 

18.  The  Sierran  valleys  of  the  Klamath  region,  California. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  155-165,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  discusses  physiographic  history  of  the  region. 

19.  The  relation  between  certain  river  terraces  and  the  Glacial  series  in  northwestern 

California. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  431^58,  1903. 

Describes  location,  materials,  and  characteristics  of  river  terraces,  and  discusses  their  relation 
to  the  stages  of  the  Glacial  series  and  the  climatic  conditions  and  causes  of  glaciation. 

20.  Certain  river  terraces  of  the  Klamath  region,  California. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  240-250,  1903. 

Describes  river  terraces  in  the  region  and  discusses  their  formation  and  relation  to  the  Glacial 
series. 

21.  The  Bragdon  formation  in  northwestern  California. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  248-256,  347-360,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  Bragdon  and  associated 
formations,  and  presents  evidences  for  the  Jurassic  age  of  the  Bragdon. 

22.  The  river  terraces  of  the  Orleans  basin,  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3.  pp.  423-475, 1904. 

Outlines  briefly  the  bed-rock  geology  and  geomorphogeny  of  the  region,  gives  detailed  descrip¬ 
tions  of  the  occurrence  and  characteristic  features  of  the  terrace  remnants,  and  discusses 
the  problems  presented  by  them  and  their  correlation  with  the  Quaternary  terrace  system 
of  other  portions  of  California. 

Herzer  (H.). 

1.  Psaronius. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  5th  Ann.  Rept.,pp.  55-58,  1897. 

Gives  description  and  critical  remarks  upon  this  fossil  plant. 

2.  Six  new  species,  including  two  new  genera,  of  fossil  plants. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  9th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  22-29,  2  figs.,  3  pis.,  1901. 

3.  A  new  fossil  sponge  from  the  Coal  Measures  [Ohio] . 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  9th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  30-31,  1  pi.,  1901. 

4.  New  fossil  plants  from  the  Carboniferous  and  Devonian. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  10th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  40-48,  3  figs.,  3  pis.,  1902. 

5.  New  fossils  from  the  Corniferous,  Hamilton,  and  Medina  shales. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  10th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  49-66,  7  pis.,  1902. 

Hess  (Frank  L. )  and  Graton  (L.  C. ). 

1.  The  occurrence  and  distribution  of  tin. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.,  no.  260,  pp.  161-187,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  tin  ores  in  various  parts  of  the  world  and  States  of  the  Union, 
and  gives  a  bibliography  of  tin  deposits. 

Hess  (F.  L.).,  Prindle  (L.  M.)  and. 

1.  Rampart  placer  region  [Alaska]. 

See  Prindle  (L.  M.),  and  Hess  (F.  L.),  1. 

Hessler  (Robert). 

1.  The  medicinal  properties  and  uses  of  Indiana  mineral  water. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  26th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  159-226,  1903. 


164 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Heurteau  (Ch.  E. ). 

1.  Les  charbons  gras  de  la  Pennsylvanie  et  de  la  Yirginie  occidentale. 

Ann.  des  Mines,  10th  ser.,  vol.  3,  pp.  379-475, 12  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  bituminous  coal  regions  of  Pennsylvania  and  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  the  occurrence  of  the  coal  seams,  the  composition  and  fuel  values  of  the  coals,  and 
the  mining,  transportation,  and  sale  of  coal. 

2.  L’industrie  du  petrole  en  Californie. 

Ann.  des  Mines,  10th  s»r.,  vol.  4,  pp.  215-249,  1  pi.,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  location  and  general  geology  of  the  petroleum  field  of  southern  California,  and 
the  character,  production,  and  utilization  of  the  petroleum,  and  compares  it  with  that  pro¬ 
duced  in  Texas. 

Hewett  (G.  C.). 

1.  Notes  on  southwestern  Utah  and  its  iron  ores. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  55-66,  11  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  and  occurrence  of  the  iron  ores. 

2.  The  age  of  the  homestake  lode,  South  Dakota. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  563-564,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  the  origin  of  the  gold. 

3.  [Discussion  of  paper  by  W.  H.  Weed,  “Section  across  the  Sierra  Madre  Occidental 

of  Mexico.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1059-1060,  1903. 

Adds  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  region. 

Hice  (Richard  R. ). 

1.  Northward  flow  of  ancient  Beaver  River. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  297-304,  5  pis.,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  history  of  Beaver  River  and  discusses  evidence  of  potholes  for  showing  direction  of 
flow. 

2.  The  clays  of  the  upper  Ohio  and  Beaver  River  region. 

Am.  Ceramic  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  7,  pt.  2,  14  pp.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Quaternary  deposits  of  western  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  and  particularly  the  geologic  occurrence  and  character  of  the  clays. 

Hidden  (William  E.). 

1.  Some  results  of  late  mineral  research  in  Llano  County,  Texas. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  425-433,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  aild  characters  and  radio-'activity  of  minerals  occurring  at  Barrin- 
ger-Hill,  Llano  County,' Texas. 

Hig“gins  (Edward,  jr. ). 

1.  Zinc  mining  and  smelting  in  southwestern  Virginia. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  608-610,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  zinc  ores. 

Hfjar  (Jeronimo). 

1.  Ligeros  datos  sobre  los  criaderos  de  Penoles  (Oax.)  y  Tamazula  (Jal. ),  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Geol.  Mex.,  Bol.,  1. 1,  pp.  207-212, 1905. 

Gives  some  account  of  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits  of  these  localities, 
containing  principally  gold. 

Hilg’ard  (E.  W.). 

1.  A  historical  outline  of  the  geological  and  agricultural  survey  of  the  State  of 

Mississippi. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  284-311,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  work  of  this  organization  and  a  list  of  its  publications. 

2.  A  sketch  of  the  pedalogical  geology  of  California. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  74-75,  1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  499-500,  1901. 
General  notes  on  the  soils  of  the  State. 

3.  The  debris  fans  of  the  arid  region  in  their  relation  to  the  water  supply. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  414, 1902. 

Describes  the  structure  of  fans  at  the  mouths  of  canyons  and  their  relations  to  water  supply. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


165 


Hilgard  (E.  W.) — Continued. 

4.  The  Grand  Gulf  formation. 

Science,  new  ser..  yol.  18,  pp.  180-182, 1903. 

Describes  lithologic  and  other  characteristics  of  the  Grand  Gulf  formation. 

5.  The  valley  of  southern  California. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  p.  96,  1903. 

6.  The  prairie  mounds  of  Louisiana. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  551-552,  1905. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  these  mounds. 

Hill  (Benjamin  F. ). 

1.  The  Terlingua  quicksilver  deposits,  Brewster  County,  Texas. 

Texas  Univ.  Mineral  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  4,  74  pp.,  21  pis.,  10  figs.,  1902. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  physiography,  geologic  structure,  and  occurrence  of  the  Creta¬ 
ceous  and  igneous  rocks.  Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  quicksilver 
deposits  and  associated  minerals  and  discusses  the  mode  of  occurrence  of  the  ores. 

2.  The  occurrence  of  the  Texas  mercury  minerals. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  251-252,  1903. 

3.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Texas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  68-73,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  economic  development  of  gypsum  deposits  in  Texas. 

4.  Das  Vorkommen  der  texanischen  Quecksilbermineralien. 

Zeitsch.  f.  Krystal,  u.  Min.,  Bd.  39,  2  pp.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  in  Texas  of  minerals  containing  quicksilver. 

Hill  (B.  F.),  Kemp  (J.  F.)  and. 

1.  Preliminary  report  on  the  pre-Cambrian  formations  in  parts  of  Warren,  Saratoga, 
Fulton,  and  Montgomery  counties  (New  York). 

See  Kemp  (J.  F.)  and  Hfll  (B.  F.),  1. 

Hill  (Robert  T.). 

1.  The  coast  prairie  of  Texas. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  326-328,  1901. 

Describes  the  evidences  of  differential  movements  in  this  region  and  its  bearing  on  the 
occurrence  of  oil. 

2.  Geographic  and  geologic  features  of  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  561-564,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  geology  of  the  country. 

3.  Geography  and  geology  of  the  Black  and  Grand  prairies,  Texas,  with  detailed 

descriptions  of  the  Cretaceous  formations  and  special  reference  to  artesian 
waters. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  7,  666  pp.,  71  pis.,  80  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  physiographic  and  drainage  features,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Azoic,  Cam¬ 
brian,  Ordovician,  Carboniferous,  Permo-Triassic,  and  Cretaceous  rocks,  and  the  conditions 
and  occurrence  of  artesian  waters.  The  nomenclature,  classification,  correlation,  charac¬ 
ter,  and  occurrence  of  the  Cretaceous  rocks  are  described  in  detail,  with  numerous  sections, 
faunal  lists,  and  figures  of  characteristic  fossils  and  typical  exposures,  and  the  geography 
and  conditions  of  deposition  prevailing  in  Cretaceous  times  are  discussed. 

4.  The  geographic  and  geologic  features  and  their  relation  to  the  mineral  products  of 

Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  163-178,  2  figs.,  1902. 

5.  The  Beaumont  oil  field,  with  notes  on  other  oil  fields  of  the  Texas  region. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  154,  pp.  143-156,  2  figs.,  pp.  225-238,  263-281,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  the  oil-bearing  strata  of  Texas. 

6.  [Report  to  the  National  Geographic  Society  on  volcanic  disturbances  in  the  West 

Indies.] 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  225-267,  14  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  an  account  of  the  author’s  observations  of  the  phenomena  attending  the  eruptions 

in  1902. 


166 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hill  (Robert  T. ) — Continued. 

7.  The  upland  placers  of  La  Cienega,  Sonora,  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  132-134,  7  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  gold  and  the  method  of  dry  washing. 

8.  The  cinnabar  deposits  of  the  Big  Bend  province  of  Texas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  305-307,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geologic  occurrence  of  the  cinnabar  deposits  in  this  area. 

9.  The  Beaumont  oil-field,  with  notes  on  other  oil-fields  of  the  Texas  region. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  TVans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  363-405,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  origin  and  occurrence  of  oil,  describes  geography,  occurrence,  and  character  of  sedi¬ 
mentary  strata  of  southeastern  Texas,  the  situation,  extent,  and  production  of  different  oil¬ 
fields,  the  discovery,  development,  geology,  and  structural  features  of  the  Beaumont  field, 
and  discusses  the  origin  of  its  oil. 

10.  The  Santa  Eulalia  district,  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  158-160,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  bodies. 

11.  The  ore  deposits  of  Cananea  [Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  421,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  general  geology,  structural  features,  and  the  origin  of  the  ores. 

12.  Cananea  revisited. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  1000-1001,  1903. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  and  sequence  of  the  igneous  rocks,  the 
Assuring  and  faulting,  and  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  copper  ore  deposits. 

13.  The  geologic  and  physiographic  history  of  the  Lesser  Antilles. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  225-226,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22647,  1903. 

14.  The  Guanajuato  mining  district  [Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  599-601,  642-644,  7  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the 
gold  and  silver  ores. 

15.  Report  upon  the  geology  of  the  Santo  Domingo  placer  fields,  Magdalena  district, 

Sonora,  Mexico. 

Greene  Consolidated  Gold  Company  [Prospectus],  New  York,  pp.  12-24, 10  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  location  and  general  geology  of  the  district,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and 
geologic  relations  of  sedimentary  formations,  of  igneous  rocks,  and  of  placer  gold  deposits, 
and  discusses  the  source  of  the  gold. 

16.  Pele  and  the  evolution  of  the  Windward  archipelago. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  243-288,  5  pis.,  1905. 

Outlines  the  eruption  phenomena  of  Mont  Pel6,  and  from  the  study  of  these  phenomena  and 
data  furnished  by  physiographic,  stratigraphic,  and  paleontologic  investigations,  deduces 
the  geologic  history  of  the  Windward  Islands,  and  discusses  the  nature  and  causes  of 
volcanism. 

17.  Enrichment  in  fissure  veins. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  pp.  645-646,  1905. 

18.  Physical  history  of  the  Windward  Islands  as  illustrated  in  the  larger  story  of 

Pelee — a  study  of  volcanic  and  oceanic  geography. 

Abstract:  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  244-245,  1905. 

19.  The  physical  geography  of  Mexico — an  introduction  to  the  social,  political,  and 

economic  geography  of  the  republic. 

Abstract:  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Kept.,  pp.  765-766,  1905. 

Hill  (Robert  T.)  and  Vaughan  (T.  Wayland). 

1.  Austin  folio,  Texas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  76,  1902. 

Describes  geographic  and  topographic  features,  general  geologic  relations,  the  character  hnd 
occurrence  of  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  formations,  and  the  occurrence  of 
economic  products. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


167 


Hille  (F.). 

1.  The  iron  ore  deposits  of  western  Ontario  and  their  genesis. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  49-61,6  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geologic  and  geographic  position  of  the  ore  deposits,  and  discusses  their  for¬ 
mation. 

2.  The  Baraboo  iron  ore. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  875,  1904. 

Discusses  the  geologic  age  and  origin  of  the  iron  ores  of  Baraboo,  Wisconsin. 

3.  Genesis  of  the  Animikie  iron  range  [Ontario] . 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp.  245-287, 1904. 

Discusses  the  geologic  data  bearing  upon  the  presence  and  amount  of  iron  ore  north  of  the 
International  Boundary  in  this  region,  the  character,  occurrence,  classification,  and  nomen¬ 
clature  of  Archean  and  Algonkian  formations,  the  origin,  constituents,  and  metamorphism 
of  their  rocks,  and  the  origin  of  the  iron  ores. 

4.  A  correction  in  the  classification  of  our  gold  formation. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  183-191,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  relations  of  the  rocks  in  which  the  Algoma  gold  deposits  occur. 

Hillebrand  (W.  F. ). 

1.  Chemical  discussion  of  analyses  of  volcanic  ejecta  from  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  296-299,  1902. 

2.  The  composition  of  yttrialite,  with  a  criticism  of  the  formula  assigned  to  thalenite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  145-152,  1902. 

Discusses  Benedicks’  formula  for  thalenite  and  presents  the  author’s  results  of  the  chemical 
properties  of  yttrialite. 

3.  Critical  review  of  the  second  series  of  analyses  of  materials  for  the  Portland 

cement  industry  made  under  the  auspices  of  the  New  York  section  of  the 
Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 

Am.  Chem.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  25,  pp.  1180-1208,  1903. 

4.  Emmonsite  (?)  from  a  new  locality. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  433-434,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  optical  and  other  characters,  and  chemical  composition  of  a  mineral 
provisionally  regarded  as  emmonsite,  from  Cripple  Creek,  Colorado. 

5.  Red  beryl  from  Utah. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  330-331,  1905. 

6.  Two  tellurium  minerals  from  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  55-57,  1905. 

Describes  occurrence  and  composition  of  emmonsite  (?)  and  tetradymite. 

7.  The  composition  of  yttrialite,  with  a  criticism  of  the  formula  assigned  to  thal4nite. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  61-68,  1905. 

8.  Preliminary  announcement  concerning  a  new  mercury  mineral  from  Terlingua, 

Texas. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  844, 1905. 

Hillebrand  ( W.  F.)  and  Penfield  (S.  L.). 

1.  Some  additions  to  the  alunite-jarosite  group  of  minerals. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  211-220,  1902.  Zeitschrift  fur  Krystallographie,  vol.  36, 
pp.  545-554,  1902.  [German  translation.]  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  32-41,  2  figs., 
1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  optical  and  other  characters,  and  chemical  composition  of  several 
alunite-jarosite  minerals. 

Hillebrand  ( W.  F.)  and  Ransome  (F.  L.). 

1.  On  carnotite  and  associated  vanadiferous  minerals  in  western  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  9-31, 1905. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  origin,  and  chemical  composition. 


168 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hillebrand  (W.  F.),  Lindgren  (Waldemar)  and. 

1.  Minerals  from  the  Clifton-Morenci  district,  Arizona. 

See  Lindgren  (Waldemar)  and  Hillebrand  (W.  F.),  1. 

Hillebrand  (W.  F. ),  Schaller  (W.  T. )  and. 

1.  Crystallographical  and  chemical  notes  on  lawsonite. 

See  Schaller  (W.  T.)  and  Hillebrand  (W.  F.),  1.  • 

2.  Notes  on  lawsonite. 

See  Schaller  (W.  T.)  and  Hillebrand  (W.  F.),  2. 

Hills  (R.  C.). 

1.  Spanish  Peaks  folio,  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  71, 1901. 

Describes  the  geographic  features,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Cretaceous,  Eocene, 
and  Neocene  strata,  the  geologic  structure,  4he  igneous  rocks,  and  the  occurrence  of  coal 
and  artesian  water. 

2.  Eocene  and  earlier  beds  of  the  Huerfano  Basin,  Colorado,  and  their  relation  to 

the  Cretaceous. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  417,  1902. 

Discusses  the  correlation  of  these  beds. 

3.  The  Oscuro  Mountain  meteorite  [New  Mexico]. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  6,  pp.  30-33,  illus.  [1902]. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  the  characters  of  this  meteorite. 

Hind  (Wheelton). 

1.  The  type  of  Aviculipecten. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  200-201,  1904. 

Hitchcock  (A.  S.). 

1.  Controlling  sand  dunes  in  the  United  States  and  Europe. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  15,  pp.  43-47,  illus.,  1904. 

Hitchcock  (C.  H.). 

1.  Tuff  cone  at  Diamond  Head,  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  462,  1901;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  98, 1901. 

2.  The  story  of  Niagara. 

Amer.  Antiquarian,  vol.  23,  pp.  1-24,  illus.,  1901. 

Describes  the  geological  history  of  the  region  about  Niagara  Falls,  the  geological  history  of 
the  Niagara  Cataract  and  River,  and  discusses  the  rate  of  recession  of  the  falls  and  the 
estimates  of  age  in  years. 

3.  Mohokea  caldera  on  Hawaii. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  6-8,  1903. 

4.  Notice  of  a  species  of  Acidaspis  from  a  boulder  of  Marcellus  shale,  found  in  drift 

at  West  Bloomfield,  New  Jersey. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  97-98,  pi.  6,  1903. 

5.  Protection  of  terraces  in  the  upper  Connecticut  River. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  224,  1903. 

6.  New  studies  in  the  Ammonoosuc  district  of  New  Hampshire. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  461-482,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  with  lists  of  forms  identified,  of  Silurian  fossils,  and  the  occurrence, 
characters,  and  geologic  relations  of  Silurian  and  perhaps  other  Paleozoic  sedimentary 
strata,  in  large  part  metamorphosed,  and  of  igneous  rocks.  The  paper  includes  a  description 
of  Dalmanites  lunatus  by  Avery  E.  Lambert. 

7.  Glaciation  of  the  Green  Mountains. 

Montpelier,  Vt.,  Argus  and  Patriot  Press,  1904.  21  pp.  [Private  publication.] 

Describes  various  evidences  of  glacial  action  upon  high  summits  in  the  Green  Mountains  in 
Vermont  and  the  Adirondacks  of  New  York,  and  discusses  glaciation  in  New  England  and 
New  York. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


169 


Hitchcock  (C.  H.) — Continued. 

8.  Glaciation  of  the  Green  Mountain  Range. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  67-85, 1904. 

9.  Kilauea  again  active. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  551,  1905. 

Notes  the  renewal  of  activity  of  the  volcano  Kilauea  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

10.  The  geology  of  Littleton,  New  Hampshire. 

Cambridge,  U.  S.  A.,  1905.  Pp.  1-32,  1  pi.,  1  fig.  [Reprinted  from  History  of  Littleton.  Copy¬ 
right,  1905,  by  the  Town  of  Littleton.] 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  igneous  and 
schistose  rocks,  Silurian  and  Devonian  strata,  and  Glacial  deposits,  and  the  economic 
resources  of  the  township. 

11.  Fresh-water  springs  in  the  ocean. 

Pop.  Sci.  Mo.,  vol.  67,  pp.  673-683,  1905. 

Contains  notes  upon  the  geologic  structure  and  underground  water  conditions  of  Oahu,  one 
of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  and  of  Florida. 

Hixon  (Hiram  W.). 

1.  Geology  of  the  Sudbury  district  [Ontario]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  334-335,  1905. 

2.  Volcanoes  and  earthquakes. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  p.  1245,  1905. 

Offers  an  explanation  of  these  phenomena. 

Hobbs  (William  Herbert). 

1.  Connecticut  rivers. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  1011-1012, 1901. 

Discusses  a  recent  review  by  W.  M.  Davis. 

2.  The  Newark  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Valley,  Connecticut. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  7-160, 17  pis.,  59  figs.,  1901. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  present  knowledge  regarding  this  system,  describes  the  character  of  the 
sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks,  and  discusses  the  deformation  and  degradation  of  the  region. 

3.  The  river  system  of  Connecticut. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  469-485,  2  pis.,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  jointing  and  faulting  in  the  Pomperaug  Valley, 
the  occurrence  of  certain  intersecting  series  of  parallel  lines  called  troughs,  which  occupy 
the  drainage  channels  for  varying  distances. 

4.  Hiamondiferous  deposits  in  the  United  States. 

Min.  Ind.  for  1900,  pp.  301-304,  1901. 

Briefly  describes  occurrence  and  distribution. 

5.  The  old  tungsten  mine  at  Trumbull,  Conn. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  2,  pp.  7-22,  5  pis.,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  petrology,  geologic  structure,  and  occurrence  of  ore  bodies  of  this  locality. 

6.  Still  rivers  of  western  Connecticut. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  17-26,  2  pis.,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  peculiar  drainage  features  of  the  region  and  the  conditions  determining  the 
course  of  the  rivers,  and  discusses  the  theories  that  have  been  advanced. 

7.  Edward  Orton. 

Wis.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  13,  pt.  2,  pp.  610-613,  por.,  1902. 

8.  Emigrant  diamonds  in  America. 

Smithsonian  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  359-366,  2  figs.,  3  pis.,  1902.  Reprinted  from  Pop. 
Sci.  Monthly,  vol.  56,  1899. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  diamonds  in  glacial  materials,  principally  in  Wisconsin. 

9.  Former  extent  of  the  Newark  system. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  139-148,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Gives  a  summary  of  the  views  of  various  geologists  regarding  this  series,  and  discusses  the 
conditions  under  which  the  beds  were  deposited. 


170 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hobbs  (William  Herbert) — Continued. 

10.  The  mapping  of  the  crystalline  schists.  Part  I.  Methods. 

Jour.  Geol  ,  vol.  10,  pp.  780-792,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  methods  of  studying  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  crystalline  schists. 

11.  The  mapping  of  the  crystalline  schists.  .  II.  Basal  assumptions. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  858-890,  11  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  mechanics  of  deformation  and  the  criteria  for  recognizing  folds  and  faults. 

12.  An  instance  of  the  action  of  the  ice  sheet  upon  slender  projecting  rock  masses. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  399-403,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  glacial  phenomena  in  the  Pomperaug  Valley  (Connecticut). 

13.  A  new  meteorite  from  Algoma,  Kewaunee  County,  Wisconsin. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  260,  1902. 

14.  The  geological  structure  of  the  southwestern  New  England  region. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  437-446,  1903. 

Discusses  structural  features  of  the  region  and  their  origin. 

15.  Meteorite  from  Algoma,  Wisconsin. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  97-116,  5  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  surface,  composition,  and  texture. 

16.  Tungsten  mining  at  Trumbull,  Conn. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  p.  98,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  and  methods  employed  in  mining  and  extracting  the 
metal. 

17.  The  frontier  of  physiography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  538-540,  1903. 

18.  Geology  of  the  river  channels  about  Manhattan  Island. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  pp.  74-76,  1903. 

19.  A  record  of  post-Newark  depression  and  subsequent  elevation  within  the  aiea 

of  southwestern  New  England. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  223, 1903. 

20.  Evidences  of  post-Newark  normal  faulting  in  the  crystalline  rocks  of  southwest¬ 

ern  New  England. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  223, 1903. 

21.  Configuration  of  the  rock  floor  of  the  vicinity  of  New  York. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  298, 1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22647,  1903. 

22.  Lineaments  of  the  Atlantic  border  region. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  483-506,  3  pis.,  4  figs.,  1904.  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth, 
Rept.,  pp.  193-203,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  orientation  of  earth  lineaments,  namely,  mountain  ranges,  ridges,  borders  of 
plateaus,  drainage  lines,'  coast  lines,  boundary  lines  of  geologic  formations,  fall  lines, 
ooundaries  of  physiographic  provinces,  etc. 

23.  Tectonic  geography  of  southwestern  New  England  and  southeastern  New  York. 

Abstract;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  554-557,  1904;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  527, 
1904;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  57,  p.  23446,  1904. 

Discusses  the  relations  of  fault  systems  to  one  another  in  the  area  considered,  and  related 
geographic  features. 

24.  Origin  of  the  channels  surrounding  Manhattan  Island,  New  York. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  151-182,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  in  detail  various  data  secured  bearing  upon  the  configuration  of  the  suface  of  the 
rock  beneath  the  Manhattan  Island  area,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  water  channels. 

25.  The  correlation  of  fracture  systems  and  the  evidences  for  planetary  dislocations 

within  the  earth’s  crust. 

Wis.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  15,  pp.  15-29,  1  pi.,  1905. 

26.  Examples  of  joint-controlled  drainage  from  Wisconsin  and  New  York. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  363-374,  7  figs.,  1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


171 


Hobbs  (William  Herbert) — Continued. 

27.  The  configuration  of  the  rock  floor  of  Greater  New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  270,  96  pp.,  5  pis.,  6  figs.,  1905. 

Reviews  the  geological  studies  of  the  New  York  City  area  of  previous  writers,  and  describes 
investigations  upon  the  rock  floor  of  Greater  New  York. 

28.  Contributions  from  the  mineralogical  laboratory  of  the  University  of  Minnesota. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  179-186,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  composition,  characters,  and  crystallographic  features  of  minerals  from 
various  localities. 

Hodgdon  (F.  W.). 

1.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  J.  P.  Frizell  on  “Tidal  scour  in  harbors,  etc.”] 

Assoc.  Eng.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  28,  pp.  85-87,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  scour  in  Boston  Harbor. 

Hoeing’  (J.  B.). 

1.  The  oil  and  gas  sands  of  Kentucky. 

Ky.  Geol.,  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  1  (preliminary  part),  233  pp.,  10  pis.  and  3  maps,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  oil  and  gas,  the  geological  relations,  character,  and  occur¬ 
rence  of  oil  and  gas  bearing  strata,  and  gives  numerous  well  records.  An  appendix  con¬ 
tains  lists  of  elevations  above  sea  of  points  in  Kentucky. 

Hoen  (A.  B. ). 

1.  Discussion  of  the  requisite  qualities  of  lithographic  limestone,  with  report  on  tests 
of  the  lithographic  stone  of  Mitchell  County,  Iowa. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  13,  pp.  339-352,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Hoernes  (Rudolf). 

1.  Die  vulkanischen  Ausbruche  auf  den  Kleinen  Antillen. 

Steiermark  naturw.  Ver.,  Mitt.,  Jahrg.  1902,  Heft  39,  pp.  LXXXI-XCII,  1903. 

Describes  the  volcanic  eruptions  and  the  attendant  phenomena  that  took  place  in  the  Lesser 
Antilles  in  1902. 

Hoffmann  (G.  Christian). 

1.  Report  of  the  section  of  chemistry  and  mineralogy. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  11,  Rept.  R.,  55  pp.,  1901.  Published  in  1900. 

2.  On  some  newT  mineral  occurrences  in  Canada. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  149-153, 1901. 

3.  On  some  new  mineral  occurrences  in  Canada. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  447-448,  1901. 

Describes  datolite  and  faujasite. 

4.  Report  of  the  section  of  chemistry  and  mineralogy. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1  R-64R,  1902. 

5.  On  the  occurrence  of  chrompicotite  in  Canada. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  242-243,  1902. 

Describes  its  occurrence,  characters,  and  chemical  composition. 

6.  Report  of  the  section  of  chemistry  and  mineralogy. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  67  pp.,  1903. 

7.  Souesite,  a  native  iron-nickel  alloy  occurring  in  the  auriferous  gravels  of  the  Fra¬ 

ser,  province  of  British  Columbia,  Canada. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  319-320, 1905. 

8.  Chemistry  and  mineralogy. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  337-349,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  examination  and  occurrence  of  various  minerals. 

Hogarty  (Barry). 

1.  The  andesite  of  Mount  Sugar  Loaf,  Boulder  County,  Colorado. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  6,  pp.  171-185  [1902]. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  the  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters,  and  the  composition  of 
the  rock. 


172 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Holder  (Charles  F.). 

1.  A  remarkable  salt  deposit. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  84,  p.  217,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  salt  on  the  Salton  Desert,  in  California. 

♦ 

2.  Erosion  on  the  Pacific  coast. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  85,  p.  8,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  some  of  the  physiographic  features  of  the  California  coast. 

3.  Meteorites  and  their  collectors. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  90,  p.  10,  1904. 

4.  Natural  monuments. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  90,  p.  139,  1904. 

Describes  pillars  and  other  features  resulting  from  erosion. 

Hole  (Allen  D.),  Moore  (Joseph)  and. 

1.  Concerning  well-defined  ripple  marks  in  the  Hudson  River  limestone,  Richmond, 
Indiana. 

See  Moore  (J.)  and  Hole  (A.  D.),  1. 

Holland  (W.  J.) 

1.  In  memoriam,  John  Bell  Hatcher. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Ann.,  vol.  2,  pp.  597-604, 1  pi.  (por.),  1904;  Geol.  Mag.,  dec.  5,  vol.  1,  pp.  568- 
573,  1904. 

2.  A  new-  crocodile  from  the  Jurassic  of  Wyoming. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Ann.,  vol.  3,  pp.  431-434,  1  pi.  and  1  fig.,  1905. 

3.  The  hyoid  bone  in  Mastodon  americanus. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Ann.,  vol.  3,  pp.  464-467,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Hollick  (Arthur). 

1.  A  reconnoissance  of  the  Elizabeth  Islands  [Massachusetts]. 

N.  Y.  Afcad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  13,  pp.  387-418,  8  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiographic  and  glacial  features  of  the  region. 

2.  Discovery  of  a  mastodon’s  tooth  and  the  remains  of  a  boreal  vegetation  in  a 

swamp  on  Staten  Island,  N.  Y. 

N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  pt.  1,  pp.  67-68,  1901. 

3.  Eocene  Plantse. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  258-261,  1  pi.,  1901. 

4.  Geological  and  botanical  notes,  Cape  Cod  and  Chappaquidick  Island,  Mass. 

N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  no.  7,  pp.  38H07,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geologic  and  botanical  features  of  these  localities. 

5.  Fossil  ferns  from  the  Laramie  group  of  Colorado. 

Torreya,  vol.  2,  pp.  145-148,  1902;  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Contr.,  no.  28,  pp.  145-148,  2  pis.,  1902. 

6.  A  fossil'petal  and  a  fossil  fruit  from  the  Cretaceous  (Dakota  group)  of  Kansas. 

Torrey  Bot.  Club,  Bull.,  vol.  30,  pp.  102-105,  2  figs.,  1903;  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Contr.,  no.  31,  pp. 
102-105,  1903. 

7.  Field  work  during  1901  in  the  Cretaceous  beds  of  Long  Island. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  55th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  r48-r51,  1903. 

Gives  a  list  of  Cretaceous  fossil  plants  collected  in  the  vicinity  of  Glencove  on  Long  Island, 
New  York. 

8.  Two  additions  to  our  list  of  drift  fossils. 

Staten  Island  Nat.  Sci.  Assoc.,  Proc.,  vol.  8,  p.  53,  1903. 

Notes  occurrence  of  drift  bowlders  containing  Devonian  fossils. 

9.  Fossil  plants  from  Kansas. 

N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Jour.,  vol.  4,  pp.  66-68,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  a  collection  of  Cretaceous  fossil  leaves  from  Kansas. 

10.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Angiospermae. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  483-486, 1  fig.,  1904. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


173 


Hpllick  (Arthur) — Continued. 

11.  Additions  to  the  paleobotany  of  the  Cretaceous  formation  bn  Long  Island.  No.  II. 

N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  403-418,  10  pis.,  1904. 

12.  Some  recently  discovered  facts  in  regard  to  Silver  Lake  [Staten  Island,  New 

York]. 

Staten  Island  Nat.  Sci.  Assoc.,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  pp.  11-13,  1904. 

Gives  records  of  borings  at  this  locality,  and  notes  upon  the  character  of  the  material  passed 
through. 

13.  Geological  notes. 

Staten  Island  Nat.  Sci.  Assoc.,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  p.  25,  1904. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  submerged  peat  bed  near  Staten  Island,  New  York. 

14.  A  recent  discovery  of  amber  and  other  fossil  plant  remains  at  Kreischerville 

[Staten  Island,  New  York]. 

Staten  Island  Nat.  Sci.  Assoc.,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  pp.  31-32, 1904. 

15.  A  canoe  trip  down  the  Yukon  River  from  Dawson  to  Anvik  [Alaska]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  859,  1904;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  p.  399,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  region  traversed. 

16.  A  recent  discovery  of  amber  on  Staten  Island. 

N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp.  45-48,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  amber  in  Cretaceous  strata  on  Staten  Island,  and  discusses  its 
origin. 

17.  The  occurrence  and  origin  of  amber  in  the  eastern  United  States. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  39,  pp.  137-145,  1905;  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Contr.,  no.  64,  1905. 

18.  The  preservation  of  plants  by  geologic  processes. 

N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp.  115-118,  3  figs.,  1905 

19.  Paleobotanical  notes. 

N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp.  148-149,  1905. 

20.  Additional  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  amber  at  Kreischerville. 

Staten  Island  Nat.  Sci.  Assoc.,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  pp.  35-36,  1905. 

21.  New  York  City  folio,  New  York-New  Jersey. 

See  Merrill  (F.  J.  H.),  and  others,  1. 

Hollister  (George  B. ). 

1.  Physiographic  features  of  the  Susquehanna  basin. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrig.  Paper  no.  108,  pp.  9-18,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  the  Susquehanna  basin. 

2.  Hydrographic  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  515-522,  1905. 

3.  Waters  of  a  gravel-filled  valley  near  Tully,  N.  Y. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  179-184,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Holmes  (J.  A.). 

1.  Biennial  report  of  the  State  geologist  on  the  operations  of  the  Geological  Survey 

of  North  Carolina  during  the  two  years  ending  November  30,  1902. 

N.  C.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bienn.  Rept.  State  Geol.,  1901-1902,  15  pp.,  1902. 

2.  Biennial  report  of  the  State  geologist  on  the  operations  of  the  North  Carolina 

Geological  Survey  during  the  two  years  ending  November  30,  1904. 

N.  C.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bienn.  Rept.  State  Geol.,  1903-1904,  32  pp.,  1905. 

Holmes  (W.  H.). 

1.  Fossil  human  remains  found  near  Lansing,  Kansas. 

Am.  Anthrbp.,  hew  ser.,  vol.  4,  pp.  743-752,  2  pis.,  2  figs.,  1902;  Smith  Inst,,  Ann.  Rept,  for 
1902,  pp.  455-462,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  age  of  the  deposits  in  which  the  human  remains  were  found  at  Lansing,  Kansas 


174 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Holway  (Ruliff  S.). 

1.  Eclogites  in  California. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  344-358,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Reviews  previous  work  upon  eclogites  (garnetiferous  augite  or  hornblende),  and  describes 
the  occurrence  and  petrographic  characters  of  eclogites  from  localities  in  California  and 
Oregon. 

Hopkins  (A.  D.). 

1.  Work  of  the  prehistoric  scolytid,  Phloeosinus  squalidens  Scudd. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Cont.  to  Paleont.,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  pp.  91-92,  2  pis.,  1900. 

Hopkins  (Thomas  C. ).  , 

1.  Clays  and  clay  industries  of  Pennsylvania.  II.  Clays  of  southeastern  Pennsylvania 

(in  part). 

Pa.  St.  Coll.,  Ann.  Kept.,  1898-99,  Appendix,  76  pp.,  5  pis.,  1  fig.,  [1900?]. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  clays  and  their  products  manufactured  in  the  State. 

2.  A  short  discussion  of  the  origin  of  the  Coal  Measure  fire  clays. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  47-51,  1901. 

Reviews  the  evidences  of  the  formation  of  fire  clays  in  situ,  and  states  that  the  occurrence  of 
a  considerable  portion  of  them  is  better  explained  by  considering  them  as  transported  clays 
reduced  before  deposition. 

3.  Graphite  and  garnet. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  p.  352,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  in  Pennsylvania  and  other  regions. 

4.  Clays  and  clay  industries  of  Pennsylvania.  III.  Clays  of  the  Great  Valley  and 

South  Mountain  areas. 

Pa.  St.  Coll.,  Ann.  Rept.,  1899-1900,  Appendix,  45  pp.,  [1901?]. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  clays  and  products  manufactured  from  them. 

5.  Fireclays  of  the  Coal  Measures,  a  short  discussion  of  their  origin,  and  the  causes  of 

the  qualities  which  render  them  more  or  less  refractory. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  p.  296,  1902. 

6.  The  Lower  Carboniferous  area  in  Indiana. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  83,  1902. 

7.  Glacial  climate. 

Onondaga.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  1,  pp.  74-81,  1903. 

Discusses  the  causes  assigned  for  the  climate  of  Glacial  times,  especially  the  hypothesis  of  the 
variation  in  amount  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  atmosphere. 

8.  Lower  Carboniferous  area  in  Indiana. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am  ,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  519-521,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  Carboniferous  formations  of  the  region. 

9.  Mineral  resources  of  Onondaga  County,  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  56th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  rl09-rll4,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  production  of  building  stones,  clays,  and  other  economic 
resources. 

10.  The  geological  map  of  Indiana. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  11-14, 1904. 

Describes  the  preparation  of  the  geologic  map  of  the  State  of  Indiana  (scale:  4  miles  to  the 
inch)  accompanying  the  Twenty -eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Department  of  Geology  and 
Natural  Resources  of  Indiana. 

11.  A  short  description  of  the  topography  of  Indiana  and  of  the  rocks  of  the  different 

geological  periods;  to  accompany  the  geological  map  of  the  State. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  15-77,  1904. 

The  part  on  the  Ordovician  and  the  Silurian  (pp.  21-39)  was  written  by  A.  F.  Foerste. 

12.  Contents  of  the  published  volumes  of  reports  of  the  Indiana  Geological  Survey, 

the  Department  of  Geology  and  Natural  History,  and  the  Department  of  Geology 
and  Natural  Resources. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  487-495,  1904. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


175 


Hopkins  (Thomas  0.) — Continued. 

13.  General  index  to  all  the  publications  of  the  Indiana  Geological  Survey,  the 
Department  of  Geology  and  Natural  History,  and  the  Department  of  Geology 
and  Natural  Resources. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  497-553,  1904. 

16.  Stratigraphic  and  economic  geology  of  the  Syracuse  region  [New  York]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  334,  1905. 

Hopkins  (Thomas  C. )  and  Smallwood  (Martin). 

1.  On  some  anticlinal  folds  [Pennsylvania]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  89,  1902. 

Hopkins  (Thomas  C. ),  Smallwood  (W.  M.)  and. 

1.  A  discussion  of  the  origin  of  some  anticlinal  folds  near  Meadville,  Pennsylvania. 

See  Smallwood  (W.  M.)  and  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1. 

Horton  (Robert  E. ). 

1.  The  drainage  of  ponds  into  drilled  wells. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  30-39,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Hosea  (R.  M. ). 

1.  Tercio  and  Cuatro  mines.  A  description  of  the  coal  washing  and  coking  plants  of 
the  Colorado  Fuel  &  Iron  Co.  at  Tercio  and  Cuatro  [Colorado] . 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  25,  pp.  218-223,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  observations  on  the  general  geology  of  the  region. 

Hotchkiss  (W.  O.). 

1.  An  explanation  of  the  phenomena  seen  in  the  Becke  method  of  determining  index 
of  refraction. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  305-308,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Hovey  (Edmund  Otis). 

1.  The  Geological  Society  of  America.  Thirtieth  annual  meeting. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  51,  pp.  20948-20950,  1901. 

Contains  abstracts  of  papers  read. 

2.  Geology  and  geography  at  the  Denver  meeting  of  the  American  Association  for 

the  Advancement  of  Science. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  pp.  21504-21505,  1901. 

3.  The  Thirtieth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  84,  p.  19,  1901. 

Contains  brief  abstract  of  some  of  the  papers  read. 

4.  [Abstracts  of  papers  read  before  the  thirtieth  annual  meeting  of  the  Geological 

Society  of  America.] 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  pp.  49-50,  1901. 

5.  Geology  at  the  fiftieth  meeting  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 

of  Science. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  297-298,  1901. 

Contains  abstracts  of  papers  read. 

6.  Notes  on  the  Triassic  and  Jurassic  beds  of  the  Black  Hills  of  South  Dakota  and 

Wyoming. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  27,  1902. 

7.  The  fourteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  101-103,  1902. 

8.  The  paleontological  collections  of  the  geological  department  of  the  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  252-255,  1902. 

9.  Observations  on  the  eruptions  of  1902  of  La  Soufriere,  St,  Vincent,  and  Mt.  Pelee, 

Martinique. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  319-358,  1  pi.,  18  figs.,  1902, 


176 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hovey  (Edmund  Otis) — Continued. 

10.  The  eruptions  of  La  Soufriere,  St.  Vincent,  in  May,  1902. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  444-459,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations. 

11.  A  visit  to  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent  after  the  great  eruptions  of  May  and  June, 

1902. 

Am.  Mus.  Jour.,  vol.  2,  pp.  57-63,  3  pis.,  1902. 

12.  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent;  a  preliminary  report  upon  the  eruptions  of  1902. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  333-372,  19  pis.  (incl.  map),  1902. 

Describes  the  phenomena  of  these  eruptions  and  the  extent  of  the  devastation. 

13.  Notes  on  the  Triassic  and  Jurassic  strata  of  the  Black  Hills  of  South  Dakota  and 

Wyoming. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  p.  152,  1902. 

14.  A  remarkable  slab  of  fossil  crinoids  [from  the  Cretaceous  of  Kansas]. 

Am.  Mus.  Jour.,  vol.  2,  pp.  11-14,  1  pi.,  1902. 

15.  [Abstracts  of  papers  on  geology  and  geography  read  before  Section  E  of  the  Amer¬ 

ican  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  at  the  Washington  meeting.] 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  217-229,  1903. 

16.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America,  and  geology  and  geog¬ 

raphy  at  the  convention  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  pp.  22646-22648,  22665-22667,  1903. 

17.  The  new  cone  of  Mont  Pele  and  the  gorge  of  the  Riviere  Blanche,  Martinique. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  269-281,  9  figs.,  1903. 

18.  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent  revisited. 

Am.  Mus.  Jour.,  vol.  3,  pp.  41-55,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  phenomena  connected  with  the  eruptions  of  Mont  Pel6  and  La  Soufriere. 

19.  ‘Mount  Pelee.’ 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  1010,  1903. 

Discusses  the  proper  form  of  the  name  of  this  volcano. 

20.  Mont  Pel^from  May  to  October,  1903. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  633-634, 1903. 

Describes  changes  in  the  spine  of  Mont  PelA 

21.  The  marvelous  obelisk  of  Mont  Pele. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  89,  p.  407,  illus.,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  56,  pp.  23354-23355,  1903. 

Describes  the  appearance,  character,  and  formation  of  the  “spine”  and  other  volcanic 
phenomena. 

22.  The  volcanoes  of  the  Caribbean  Islands.  Appearance  of  Mont  Pel6,  Martinique, 

and  La  Soufriere,  St.  Vincent,  one  year  after  the  great  eruption. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  56,  pp.  23011-23014,  illus.,  1903. 

23.  The  inner  cone  of  the  Mont  Pelee  crater  and  its  relation  to  the  destruction  of 

Morne  Rouge. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  226,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22647, 1903. 

24.  Some  erosion  phenomena  on  Mont  Pelee  and  Soufriere. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  226,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55  pp.  22647-22648, 1903. 

25.  The  Geological  Society  of  America. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  73-74,  1904. 

Gives  abstracts  of  papers  read  at  the  sixteenth  annual  meeting. 

26.  Mont  Pele  from  October  20,  1903,  to  May  20,  1904. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  23-24,  1904. 

27.  The  Soufriere  of  St.  Vincent  in  July,  1904. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  281-282,  1904. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


177 


Hovey  (Edmund  Otis) — Continued. 

28.  The  Grand  Soufriere  of  Guadeloupe. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  36,  pp.  513-530,  10  figs.,  1904.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.19, 
pp.  859-860,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  island,  and  the  physical  features  and  volcanic 
activity  of  the  Grande  Soufri&re. 

29.  New  cone  and  obelisk  of  Mont  Pele. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  558-560,  2  pis.,  1904. 

30.  Some  erosion  phenomena  observed  on  the  islands  of  Saint  Vincent  and  Martinique 

in  1902  and  1903. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  560-561,  2  pis.,  1904. 

31.  Grande  Soufriere  of  Guadeloupe. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  p.  561, 1904. 

Describes  briefly  the  present  condition  of  this  volcano. 

32.  Bibliography  of  literature  of  the  West  Indian  eruptions  published  in  the  United 

States. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  562-566,  1904. 

33.  The  1902-1903  eruptions  of  Mont  Pele,  Martinique,  and  the  Soufriere,  St.  Vincent. 

Congr.  g£ol.  intern.,  Compte  rendu  ix®  sess.,  pp.  707-738,  11  pis.  and  6  figs.,  1904. 

34.  The  Crystal  Cave  of  South  Dakota. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  57,  pp.  23657-23658,  4  figs.,  1904. 

35.  Some  erosion  phenomena  in  St.  Vincent  and  Martinique. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  892,  1904. 

36.  St.  Vincent,  British  West  Indies:  the  eruptions  of  1902  and  their  immediate 

results. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  604-605, 1904. 

37.  [Report  of  meeting  of]  Section  E — Geology  and  Geography  [of  the  American 

Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  at  Philadelphia,  Decern oer  28, 
1904]. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  135-138,  1905. 

Gives  abstracts  of  some  of  the  papers  read. 

38.  The  Geological  Society  of  America. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  216-223,  1905. 

Gives  abstracts  of  papers  read  before  the  Geological  Society  of  America  at  Philadelphia, 
December  29-31,  1901. 

39.  Geology  and  geography  at  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 

Science. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  92,  p.  27,  1905. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  meeting  and  abstracts  of  some  of  the  papers  read. 

40.  Seventeenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  59,  pp.  24326-24327,  1905. 

Gives  abstracts  of  papers  presented. 

41.  Geological  progress. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  94-95,  1905. 

Gives  abstracts  of  papers  read  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America. 

42.  The  Cape  York  meteorites. 

Am.  Mus.  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  3-7,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  meteorites  brought  from  Greenland. 

43.  The  western  Sierra  Madre  of  the  State  of  Chihuahua,  Mexico. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  37,  pp.  531-543,  6  figs.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 

44.  Volcanoes  of  Martinique,  Guadaloupe,  and  Saba. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  447-451, 1905. 

Bull.  301—06 - 12 


178 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hovey  (Edmund  Otis) — Continued. 

45.  Volcanoes  of  St.  Vincent,  St.  Kitts,  and  Statia. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  452-454,  1905. 

46.  The  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science.  Summer  meeting 

of  section  C,  geology  and  geography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  333-336,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  and  abstracts  of  papers  pre¬ 
sented  to  the  meeting. 

47.  The  western  Sierra  Madre  of  the  State  of  Chihuahua  [Mexico]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  336,  1905. 

Hovey  ( Horace  C. ) . 

1.  The  lead  and  silver  mines  of  Newbury  [Massachusetts]. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  51,  p.  21284,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  the  minerals  and  the  geology  of  the  region. 

2.  Colossal  cavern  ( Kentucky) . 

Spelunca,  t.  5,  pp.  57-61  (247-251),  2  figs.,  1904. 

In  the  author’s  separates  a  copyright  plate  has  been  added  showing  route  in  the  cave. 

Howarth  (O.  H.). 

1.  Geological  features  of  the  Azores;  interesting  illustrations  of  peculiar  volcanic 
effects,  both  past  and  present. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  385-388,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Howe  (Ernest). 

1.  Experiments  illustrating  intrusion  and  erosion. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  291-303,  3  pis.,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  experiments  illustrating  the  formation  of  laccoliths  and  the  deformation  of  the 
invaded  strata. 

2.  Recent  tuffs  of  the  Soufriere,  St.  Vincent. 

Amer.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  317-322,  1903. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  deposits  of  volcanic  ejecta. 

3.  An  occurrence  of  greenstone  schists  in  the  San  Juan  Mountains,  Colorado. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  501-509,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  greenstone  schists  in  the  San  Juan  Mountains,  dis¬ 
cusses  their  age,  and  compares  them  with  similar  rocks  from  other  localities. 

4.  Ore  deposits  of  the  Ouray  district,  Colorado.  Geology. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  51-54,  1905. 

Howe  (E. ),  Cross  (W.)  and. 

1.  Silverton  folio,  Colorado.  Geography  and  general  geology  of  the  quadrangle. 

See  Cross  (W.)  and  Howe  (E.),  1. 

2.  Red  Beds  of  southwestern  Colorado  and  their  correlation. 

See  Cross  ( W.)  and  Howe  (E.),  2. 

3.  Topography  and  general  geology  of  the  Needle  Mountains  quadrangle  [Colorado]. 

See  Cross  (W.)  and  Howe  (E.),  3. 

4.  The  Red  Beds  of  southwestern  Colorado. 

See  Cross  (W.)  and  Howe  (E.),  4. 

Howe  (James  Lewis),  Campbell  (H.  D. )  and. 

1.  A  new  (?)  meteoric  iron  from  Augusta  Co.,  Virginia. 

See  Campbell  (H.  D.)  and  Howe  (J.  L.),  1. 

Howley  (James  P. ). 

1.  Report  of  geological  exploration  in  the  district  of  White  Bay,  N.  F.,  during  the 
season  of  1902. 

Newfoundland  Geol.  Surv.  28  pp.,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  geology  of  northern  Newfoundland. 


FOR,  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


179 


Howley  (James  P. ) — Continued. 

2.  Report  on  exploration  and  boring  operations  in  the  central  Carboniferous  basin 
near  Grand  Lake  [Newfoundland],  1904. 

Newfoundland  Geol.  Surv.,  St.  Johns,  Nfld.,  pp.  31-47,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  coal  in  Newfoundland. 

Hrdlicka  (Ales). 

1.  The  crania  of  Trenton,  New  Jersey,  and  their  bearing  upon  the  antiquity  of  man 

in  that  region. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  23-62,  22  pis.,  3  tables,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  remains. 

2.  The  Lansing  skeleton. 

Am.  Anthropologist,  new  ser.,  vol.  5,  pp.  323-330,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Gives  a  detailed  description  of  the  skeleton  and  its  parts,  and  a  comparison  with  that  of  the 
American  Indian. 

Hubbard  (George  D.). 

1.  An  inter-Glacial  valley  in  Illinois. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  152-160,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  distribution  of  Illinoian  and  Wisconsin  drift  deposits  in  southern  Illinois  and  vari¬ 
ous  physiographic  features  of  the  Embarras  Valley,  and  discusses  its  physiographic  history. 

Hubbard  (Lucius  L. ) 

1.  Two  new  geological  cross-sections  of  Keweenaw  Point  [Michigan]. 

Lake  Superior  Mg.  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  79-96  [1894?]. 

Describes  the  geology  of  this  area  and  gives  a  section  of  the  strata. 

2.  The  relation  of  the  vein  at  the  Central  mine,  Keweenaw  Point,  to  the  Kearsarge 

conglomerate  [Michigan]. 

Lake  Superior  Mg.  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  3,  pp.  74-83,  4  pis.  [1895?]. 

3.  Work  of  the  Geological  Survey  in  the  Upper  Peninsula  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  3,  no.  3,  p.  9, 1901. 

Hudson  (Edward  J. ),  Mabery  (Charles  H)  and. 

1.  On  the  composition  of  California  petroleum. 

See  Mabery  (C.  F.)  and  Hudson  (E.  J.),  1. 

Hudson  (George  H.). 

1.  Contributions  to  the  fauna  of  the  Chazy  limestone  on  Valcour  Island,  Lake 
Champlain. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  80,  pp.  270-295,  5  pis.  and  7  figs.,  1905. 

Hulst  (Nelson  P.). 

1.  The  geology  of  that  portion  of  the  Menominee  Range,  east  of  the  Menominee 
River  [Michigan]. 

Lake  Superior  Mg.  Inst.,  Proc.  for  1893,  pp.  19-28,  2  figs.,  geol.  map  [1893?]. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  and  occurrence  of  ores  in  this  area. 

Hunter  (A.  F. ). 

1.  The  Algonquin  shore  line  in  Simcoe  County,  Ontario. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  279-302,  1903. 

2.  Raised  shore  lines  along  the  Blue  Mountain  escarpment  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.,  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  225-228,  1905. 

Huntington  (Ellsworth)  and  Goldthwait  (James  Walter). 

1.  The  Hurricane  fault  in  southwestern  Utah. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  46-63,  10  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  a  table  showing  the  succession  of  formations  in  the  region,  and  describes  physiographic 
features  and  its  geologic  history. 

2.  The  Hurricane  fault  in  the  Toquerville  district,  Utah. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  42  (Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  6),  pp.  199-259,  7  pis.,  13  figs., 
1904. 

Describes  geographic  and  physiographic  features  of  the  region,  the  character  and  occurrence 
of  the  geologic  formations,  the  geologic  history,  embracing  deposition,  uplift,  folding,  fault¬ 
ing,  erosion,  and  vulcanism,  and  the  occurrence  and  effects  of  lava  flows. 


180 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hurley  (Thomas  Jefferson). 

1.  Famous  gold  nuggets  of  the  world. 

64  pp.,  illus.,  1900.  (Private  publication.) 

Hussakoff  (L. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  Devonian  “  placoderm,”  Dinichthys  intermedius  Newb. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  27-36,  1  pi.  and  2  figs.,  1905. 

2.  On  the  structure  of  two  imperfectly  known  Dinichthyds. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  409-414,  2  pis.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Hyatt  (Alpheus). 

1.  Pseud oceratites  of  the  Cretaceous.  Edited  by  T.  W.  Stanton. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.  vol.  44,  S51  pp.,  47  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  briefly  structural  details  of  Jurassic  Ammonites,  and  gives  systematic  descriptions 
of  genera  and  species  of  Cretaceous  Pseudoceratites  from  North  America  and  other  parts  of 
the  world. 

Hyatt  (Alpheus)  and  Smith.  (James  Perrin). 

1.  The  Triassie  cephalopod  genera  of  America. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  40,  394  ppv  85  pp.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

The  systematic  descriptions  of  orders,  families,  genera,  and  species  are  preceded  by  a  synopsis 
of  American  Triassie  stratigraphy,  a  discussion  of  the  classification  of  Triassie  ammonites 
and  a  table  showing  the  occurrence  of  American  Triassie  cephalopod  genera. 

Hyde  (Jesse  E. ). 

1.  Changes  in  the  drainage  near  Lancaster  [Ohio]. 

Ohio  Naturalist,  vol.  4,  pp.  149-157,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Discusses  changes  in  drainage  produced  by  the  ice  invasions  of  the  Glacial  period. 

I. 


Iddings  (Joseph  Paxson). 

1.  Chemical  composition  of  igneous  rocks,  expressed  by  means  of  diagrams,  with 

reference  to  rock  classification  on  a  quantitative  chemico-mineralogical  basis. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  18,  98  pp.,  8  pis.  (diagrams),  1903. 

Reviews  the  use  of  diagrams  in  representing  the  composition  of  igneous  rocks,  discusses  the 
purpose  and  construction  of  the  diagrams  employed  by  the  writer,  gives  a  classified  list  cf 
analyses  used  in  constructing  the  diagrams,  and  a  general  discussion  of  igneous  rocks  as  to 
occurrence,  composition,  correlation,  and  classification. 

2.  A  fracture  valley  system. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  94-105,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  relations  subsisting  between  systems  of  drainage  and  fractures,  and  describes) 
in  illustration,  the  drainage  system  and  geologic  structure  of  the  Livingston  quadrangle, 
folio  1  of  the  Geologic  Atlas  of  the  United  States. 

3.  Quartz-feldspar-porphyry  (graniphyro  liparose-alaskose)  from  Llano,  Texas. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  225-231,  1204. 

Describes  petrographic  characters  and  chemical  composition,  and  discusses  its  position  in  the 
quantitative  system  of  classification. 

4.  The  isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of  the  feldspars.  Part  II.  Optical  study. 

Lime-soda  feldspars  crystallized  in  open  crucibles  from  fused  constituents. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Publ.  no.  31,  pp.  77-95,  26  pis.,  1  fig..  1905. 

Iddings  (Joseph  P.) ,  Cross  (Whitman),  Pirsson  (Louis  V. ),  and  Washington 

(Henry  S.) . 

1.  A  quantitative  chemico-mineralogical  classification  and  nomenclature  of  igneous 

rocks. 

See  Cross  (Whitman)  and  others,  1. 

2.  Quantitative  classification  of  igneous  rocks. 

See  Cross  (Whitman)  and  others,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


181 


Ihlseng-  (Magnus  C.). 

1.  The  road-making  materials  of  Pennsylvania. 

Pa.  Dept.  Agric.,  Bull.  no.  69,  104  pp.,  illus.,  1900. 

Includes  notes  on  the  composition  and  occurrence  of  rocks  suitable  for  road-making 
materials. 

Ingall  (Elfric  Drew). 

1.  Section  of  mineral  statistics  and  mines,  Annual  report  for  1898. 

Can.  .Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  11,  Part  S,  192  pp.,1900. 

Contains  statistics  of  production  and  notes  on  the  coal  fields  of  Nova  Scotia,  Manitoba,  North¬ 
western  Territories  and  British  Columbia,  and  on  the  occurrence  of  natural  gas  and  oil 
in  Ontario. 

2.  Section  of  mineral  statistics  and  mines,  Annual  report  for  1899. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  12,  Part'S,  144,  pp.,  1901. 

3.  Section  of  mines,  Annual  report  for  1900. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  13,  Part  S,  160  pp.,  1902. 

4.  Report  on  the  iron  ore  deposits  along  the  Kingston  and  Pembroke  Railway  in 

eastern  Ontario. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  11-911,13  pis.,  1902. 

Gives  a  summary  of  the  geology  and  petrology  of  the  area  and  describes  the  character  and 
occurrence  oi  the  iron  ores. 

5.  Section  of  mines,  Annual  report  for  1901. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  Part  S,  160  pp.,  1902. 

6.  Geology  of  the  Bruce  Mines  district  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  f  ir  1902,  pp.  242-252,  1908. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  rocks,  the  occurrence  of  copper  and  iron  ore 
deposits,  and  the  mining  operations. 

7.  Section  of  mines,  Annual  report  for  1902. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  15,  Part  S,  280  pp.,  1904. 

8.  Bruce  Mines  district  [Ontario] . 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  195-196,  1904. 

Includes  brief  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  district. 

9.  Section  of  mines,  Annual  report  for  1903. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  16,  Part  S,  156  pp.,  1905. 

Ingall  (E.  D. )  and  Denis  (Theo. ). 

1.  Geology  of  the  country  around  Bruce  Mines  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  179-190,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  igneous  and  sedimentary  rocks  in  this  region. 

Irving  (John  Duer). 

1.  Some  recently  exploited  deposits  of  wolframite  in  the  Black  Hills  of  South  Dakota. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  633-695,  1  fig.  (small  geol.  map),  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  occurrence  of  wolframite  in  the  ore»bearing  veins  of  the 
region. 

2.  Ore  deposits  of  the  northern  Black  Hills. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  87,  pp.  166-167,  187-188,  205,  221-222,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  character  and  geologic  occurrence  of  the 
gold  ore  deposits. 

3.  The  ore  deposits  of  the  northern  Black  Hills. 

Mg.  Rep.,  toI.  50,  pp.  430-431,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  the 
gold,  silver,  tin,  and  wolframite  ore  deposits. 

4.  Ore  deposits  of  the  northern  Black  Hills. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  123-140,  1904.  Am.  Mg.  Cong.,  6th  Ann.  Sess.,  Rept.  of 
Proc.,  pp.  38-51,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  ore  deposits,  chiefly  gold, 
lead-silver,  and  wolframite,  in  Algonkian,  Cambrian,  Carboniferous,  and  eruptive  rocks. 


182 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Irving-  (John  Duer) — Continued. 

5.  Microscopic  structure  and  origin  of  certain  stylolitic  structures  in  limestone 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol  33,  pp.  266-267, 1904;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  580,  1904. 

Discusses  the  character  and  origin  of  stviolites. 

6.  Ore  deposits  of  the  Ouray  district,  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  50-77,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence,  relations,  and  economic  development  of 
gold  and  silver-bearing  deposits. 

7.  Ore  deposits  in  the  vicinity  of  Lake  City,  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  78-S4,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  the  gold  and 
silver-bearing  fissure  veins. 

8.  University  training  of  engineers  in  economic  geology. 

Ec.on.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  77-82,  1905. 

9.  The  ore  deposits  of  the  Ouray  quadrangle  [Colorado]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  916-917,  1905. 

Irving-  (John  Duer)  and  Emmons  (S.  F. ). 

1.  Economic  resources  of  the  northern  Black  Hills.  Part  II.  Mining  geology. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  26,  pp.  43-222,  19  pis.,  11  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  gold,  silver,  copper,  tin 
and  tungsten  ores,  and  their  economic  development. 

Irving  (J.  D.)  and  Emmons  (W.  H.). 

1.  Economic  geology  of  the  Needle  Mountains  quadrangle  [Colorado]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  131,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  the  gold  and  silver  ores. 

Ishikawa  (S. ). 

1.  Latest  eruption  of  Colima  volcano,  Mexico.  [In  Japanese.] 

Tokyo  Geol.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  11,  pp.  98-103,  1904. 


*J. 

Jackson  (J.  F. ). 

1.  Copper  mining  in  Upper  Michigan,  a  description  of  the  region,  the  mines,  and 
some  of  the  methods  and  machinery  used. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  535-540,  9  figs.,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  occurrence  of  the  copper-ore  deposits. 

Jackson  (Robert  T. ). 

1.  Charles  Emerson  Beecher. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  38,  pp.  407-426,  1  pi.  (por.),  1904. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  life  and  work,  and  a  list  of  his  published  papers. 

Jacobs  (E. ). 

1.  Ore  quarrying  in  the  Boundary  district  of  British  Columbia. 

Eng.  Mag.,  vol.  26,  pp.  236-249,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  occurrence  and  character  of  copper-ore  deposits. 

2.  The  coal  fields  of  Crow’s  Nest  Pass,  British  Columbia. 

Eng.  Mag.,  vol.  27,  pp.  36-57,  illus.,  1904. 

Describes  the  location  of  the  field,  the  occurrence  of  fhe  coal,  and  the  mining  operations. 

Jaekel  (O.). 

1.  Bemerkungen  fiber  den  Beinbau  der  Trilobiten. 

Zeitsch.  d.  deutsch.  geol.  Gesell.,  Bd.  54,  pp.  53-55  (of  Brief.  Mitt.),  1902. 

Discusses  criticisms  by  C.  E.  Beecher  of  a  paper  by  the  author  on  the  structure  of  trilobites. 

Jaggar  (Thomas  Augustus). 

1.  The  laccoliths  of  the  Black  Hills  [South  Dakota]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  163-290,  24  pis.,  40  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks,  and  the  character,  occurrence, 
and  distribution  of  the  laccolithic  intrusives,  and  discusses  the  physiographic  form  of  eroded 
domes. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


188 


Jaggar  (Thomas  Augustas) — Continued. 

2.  Field  notes  of  a  geologist  in  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent. 

Pop.  Sei.  Mo.,  vol.  61,  pp.  352-368,  19  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  recent  volcanic  phenomena. 

3.  The  next  eruption  of  Pelee. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  871-872, 1902. 

4.  Professor  Heilprin  on  Mont  Pelee. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  423-425,  1903. 

Reviews  the  “Mont  Pel6e  and  the  tragedy  of  Martinique”  of  Angelo  Heilprin,  and  discusses 
phenomena  connected  with  the  eruptions. 

5.  Economic  resources  of  the  northern  Black  Hills.  Part  I.  General  geology. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  26,  pp.  13-41, 1  pi.,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  topography,  stratigraphy,  lithology,  geologic  structure,  and  characteristic  sections. 

6.  The  eruption  of  Mount  Pelee,  1851. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  38,  pp.  51-73,  1904. 

Translated  from  the  French  of  LePrieur,  Peyraud,  and  Rufz. 

7.  The  initial  stages  of  the  spine  on  Pelee. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  34-40,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  and  appearance  of  spines  in  the  crater  of  Mont  Pel6e  and  gives  an 
explanation  of  their  origin. 

8.  The  eruption  of  Pelee,  July  9,  1902. 

Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  vol.  64,  pp.  219-231,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  details  of  observations  on  the  eruption  of  July  9, 1902,  and  discusses  the  causes  of  the 
phenomena. 

Jaggar  (T.  A.,  jr. )  and  Palache  (Charles). 

1.  Bradshaw  Mountains  folio,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  3.,  folio.no.  126, 1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Algonkian  sedimentary  and  metamor- 
phic  strata,  of  igneous  rocks,  and  of  Quaternary  deposits,  the  geologic  history,  and  the 
economic  resources,  including  gold,  silver,  and  copper  deposits. 

James  (F.  Wilton). 

1.  Notes  on  the  Minnewaska  region,  Ulster  Co.,  New  York. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  257-258,  1905;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  510-511,  1905. 
Gives  notes  upon  physiographic  features  of  the  region. 

Jamieson  (George  S.). 

1.  On  the  natural  iron-nickel  alloy,  awaruite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  413-415,  1905. 

Describes  character  and  composition  of  specimens  of  natural  iron-nickel  alloy  obtained  from 
Josephine  County,  Oregon,  and  from  Del  Norte  County,  California. 

Jamieson  (G.  S. ),  Penfield  (S.  L. )  and. 

1.  On  tychite,  a  new  mineral  from  Borax  Lake,  California,  and  on  its  artificial  pro¬ 
duction  and  its  relation  to  northupite. 

See  Penfield  (S.  L.)  and  Jamieson  (G.  S.),  1. 

Jefferson  (Mark  S.  W. ). 

1.  Limiting  widths  of  meander  belts. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  373-384,  6  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  methods  and  results  of  meander  studies. 

2.  Mount  Pelee. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  909,  1903. 

Discusses  the  proper  writing  of  the  name  of  this  volcano. 

3.  Some  shore  features  of  Lake  Huron. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  221,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22647, 1903. 

Jeffrey  (Edward  C.). 

1.  A  fossil  Sequoia  from  the  Sierra  Nevada. 

Bot.  Gaz.,  vol.  28,  pp.  321-332,  1904. 


184 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Jenney  (Walter  P.). 

1.  The  mineral  crest. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  825-826,  1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  ore  bodies  in  depth  in  limestone  beneath  large  masses  of  barren 
rock. 

2.  The  mineral  crest,  or  the  hydrostatic  level  attained  by  the  ore- depositing  solu¬ 

tions,  in  certain  mining  districts  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake  Basin. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  85,  p.  297,  1902. 

3.  The  mineral  crest,  or  the  hydrostatic  level  attained  by  the  ore-depositing  solu¬ 

tions,  in  certain  mining  districts  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake  Basin. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  46-50,  1903. 

4.  The  chemistry  of  ore-deposition. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  445-498,  1903.  Abstract:  Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86, 
pp.  317-318,  1903. 

Discusses  the  action  of  carbon  and  hydrocarbons  in  the  formation  of  ore  deposits. 

Jennings  (E.  P. ). 

1.  The  copper  deposits  of  the  Kaibab  Plateau,  Arizona. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  839-841,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits,  containing  copper  chiefly 

2.  Origin  of  the  magnetic  iron  ores  of  Iron  County,  Utah. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  338-342,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  magnetic  iron-ore  deposits  and  discusses 
their  origin. 

Jennings  (0.  E. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  vegetable  tissues  in  Daemonelix. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  pp.  190-191,  1905.  > 

Jennison  (W.  F. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  history  of  manganese  mining  in  part  of  Nova  Scotia  and  on  some  of 
the  geological  conditions  of  the  manganese  belt  running  through  Hants  County. 
Nova  Scotia  Mg.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  106-109,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  geological  relations  of  the  manganese  ore  deposits. 

Jewett  (J.  J.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  topography  and  geology  of  New  Mexico. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  141-149,  1905. 

Johnson  (Charles  W. ). 

1.  Description  of  two  new  Tertiary  fossils. 

Nautilus,  vol.  17,  pp.  143-144,  2  figs.,  1904. 

2.  Annotated  list  of  the  types  of  invertebrate  Cretaceous  fossils  in  the  collection  of 

the  Academy  of  Natural  Science,  Philadelphia. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  57,  pp.  4-28,  1905. 

Johnson  (C.  W.)  and  Grabau  (A.  W.). 

1.  A  new  species  of  Clavilithes  from  the  Eocene  of  Texas. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  53,  pp.  602-603,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Johnson  (Douglas  Wilson). 

1.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  saline  basins  of  central  New  Mexico. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  pp.  161-162,  1902. 

2.  Notes  of  a  geological  reconnaissance  in  eastern  Valencia  County,  New  Mexico 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  80-87,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  physiographic  and  geologic  features  of  the  region. 

3.  On  some  Jurassic  fossils  from  Durango,  Mexico. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  370-372,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr.,  vol.  10,  no.  88,  1902. 
Gives  a  brief  description  of  material  collected  by  E.  F.  Tuttle. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


185 


Johnson  (Douglas  Wilson) — Continued. 

4.  Geology  of  the  Cerrillos  Hills,  New  Mexico.  Part  I.  General  geology. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  24,  pp.  303-350,  7  pis.,  7  figs.;  pp.  456-500,  10  pis.,  6  figs.,  1903. 
Describes  the  geographic  and  physiographic  features,  reviews  previous  geologic  work  upon 
the  district,  gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  stratigraphy,  mainly  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary, 
areal  geology  and  intrusive  rocks,  discusses  the  physiographic  and  general  geologic  history, 
and  describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  production  of  coal  and  turquoise. 

5.  The  geology  of  the  Cerrillos  Hills,  New  Mexico.  Part  II.  Paleontology. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  24,  pp.  173-246,  14  pis.,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  description  of  the  geologic  formations  and  faunal  lists  by  localities,  and  system¬ 
atic  descriptions  of  the  fossils  collected. 

6.  The  geology  of  the  Cerrillos  Hills,  New  Mexico.  Part  III.  Petrography. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  25.  pp.  69-98,  5  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters,  megascopic  and  microscopic,  of  the  igneous  rocks 
of  this  region. 

7.  Block  mountains  in  New  Mexico. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  135-139,  1  pi.,  1903;  Columbia  TTniv.,  Contr.  from  Geol.  Dept.,  vol.  11, 
no.  93, 1903. 

Gives  observations  on  faulting  in  the  block  mountains  of  New  Mexico. 

8.  The  distribution  of  fresh-water  faunas  as  an  evidence  of  drainage  modifications. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  588-592, 1905. 

9.  The  Tertiary  history  of  the  Tennessee  River. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  194-231,  9  figs.,  1905. 

10.  The  scope  of  applied  geology  and  its  place  in  the  technical  school. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  243-256,  1905. 

11.  Youth,  maturity,  and  old  age  of  topographic,  forms. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  37,  pp.  648-653,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Johnson  (J.  E.,  jr.). 

1.  Origin  of  the  Oriskany  limonites  [Virginia]. 

Eng. &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  231-232,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the 
iron  ores. 

Johnson  (L.  C. ). 

1.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Mississippi. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  171-178,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  geologic  formations  of  the  state  and  their  underground  water  supplies. 

Johnson  (L.  C. )  and  Eckel  (E.  C. ). 

1.  Notes  on  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Mississippi. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  332-357,  1904. 

Johnson  (Willard  D.). 

1.  The  high  plains  and  their  utilization. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  4,  pp.  601-741,  44  pis.,  29  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Jour. 

Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  734-737,  1901. 

Discusses  the  origin  and  structure  of  the  region. 

2.  The  high  plains  and  their  utilization.  (Conclusion  of  paper  in  Twenty-first 

Annual  Report,  Part  IV.) 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Kept.,  pt.  4,  pp.  631-669,  14  pis.,  figs.  236-244,  1902. 

Discusses  the  origin  and  structure  of  the  region,  and  its  water  resources,  especially  the  ground 
water  as  a  possible  source  of  supply. 

3.  The  profile  of  maturity  in  Alpine  glacial  erosion. 

Jour..  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  569-578,  1904. 

Discusses  physiographic  characteristics  due  to  glacial  erosion  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains, 
and  the  agencies  by  which  they  were  produced. 

4.  The  grade  profile  in  Alpine  glacial  erosion. 

Sierra  Club  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  271-278,  4  pis.,  1905. 

Reprinted  with  changes  by  the  author,  from  the  Journal  of  Geology,  vol.  12,  pp.  569-578,1904. 
[See  no.  3  above]. 


186 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Johnson  (William  H.). 

1.  The  lead  and  zinc  fields  of  the  Ozark  uplift. 

Am.  Bur.  Geog.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  59-73,  illus.,  1901. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  development  of  the  Missouri- Arkansas-Kansas  lead  and  zinc 
mining  district,  and  discusses  briefly  the  general  geology  and  the  formation  and  character 
of  the  ores. 

Johnston  (J.  F.  E. ). 

1.  Eastern  part  of  the  Abitibi  region. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  128-141.  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  this  region. 

2.  Geology  of  part  of  the  County  of  Ottawa  [Quebec]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  239-250,  1905. 

Johnston  (R.  A.  A.). 

1.  Bulletin  on  molybdenum  and  tungsten. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  Can.,  Bull,  on  Molybdenum  and  Tungsten,  16  pp.,  1904. 
Describes  characters,  uses,  etc.,  of  molybdenum  and  tungsten,  and  gives  a  list  of  their  occur¬ 
rences  in  Canada. 

2.  The  copper  claims  of  Aspen  Grove  and  Aberdeen  Camp,  B.  C. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  74-80,  1905. 

3.  On  the  meteorite  which  fell  near  the  village  of  Shelburne,  township  of  Melanc- 

thon,  Ontario,  in  August,  1904. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  332-336,  1905. 

Joly  (Henri). 

1.  Notice  sur  le  Dr.  Professor  Charles  Othoniel  Marsh  (29  octobre  1831-18  mars  1899). 

Angers,  Bull  de  la  Soc.  d’Etud.  Sci.,  new  ser.,  vol.  30,  pp.  114-117,  1901. 

Joly  (J.). 

1.  An  estimate  of  the  geological  age  of  the  earth. 

Smith  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  1899,  pp.  247-288,  1901. 

Jonas  (Anna  I.). 

1.  Serpentines  in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  296-304,  1905. 

Reviews  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  known  serpentines  and  describes  more  particularly  the 
serpentine  dikes  in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Jones  (Alfred  W. ). 

1.  Further  studies  in  the  Mentor  beds  [Kansas]. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  104-105,  1903. 

2.  The  fauna  of  the  Mentor. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  p.  122,  1905. 

A  list  of  the  marine  fossils  found  in  the  Mentor  beds  of  the  Kansas  Carboniferous. 

Jones  (Fayette  Alexander). 

1.  New  Mexico  mines  and  minerals.  World’s  Fair  edition,  1904. 

Santa  Fe,  N.  M.,  The  New  Mexican  Printing  Company,  1904.  349  pp.,  50  figs. 

Includes  a  brief  account  of  the  general  geology,  and  observations  on  the  occurrence,  geologic 
relations,  and  character  of  various  ore  deposits,  mining  and  production  of  metals,  etc. 
Gives  a  list  of  minerals  occurring  in  New  Mexico. 

Jones  (F.  O.). 

1.  The  formation  and  geology  of  the  salt  deposits. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  87,  p.  59,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  formation  and  occurrence  of  deposits  of  salt. 

Jones  (S.  P. ). 

1.  The  geology  of  the  Tallulah  Gorge  [Georgia]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  67-75,  3  pis.,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  of  the  region  and  the  origin  of  the  gorge. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


187 


Jones  (T.  Rupert). 

1.  Notes  on  Dr.  G.  F.  Matthew’s  Cambrian  Ostracoda  from  northeastern  America. 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  4,  vol.  9,  pp.  401-403,  6  figs.,  1902. 

2.  On  some  Isochilinte  from  Canada  and  elsewhere  in  North  America. 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  4,  vol.  10,  pp.  300-304,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Includes  a  catalogue  of  the  known  Isochilinse,  giving  geologic  occurrence  and  citation  to 
description. 

3.  Note  on  a  Paleozoic  Cypridina  from  Canada. 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  5,  vol.  1,  pp.  438-439,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  a  new  species  under  the  name  Cypridina  antiqua. 

4.  Some  Paleozoic  ostracods  from  Maryland. 

Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  Circ.,  1905,  no.  3,  pp.  30-33,  7  figs.,  1905. 

Julien  (Alexis  A.). 

1 .  A  study  of  the  structure  of  fulgurites. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  673-693,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Gives  the  results  of  the  study  of  four  fulgurites. 

2.  Erosion  by  flying  sand  of  the  beaches  of  Cape  Cod. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  p.  125,  1901. 

3.  The  geology  of  central  Cape  Cod  [Massachusetts]. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  44,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  glacial  phenomena  of  the  region. 

4.  [Discussion  of  paper  by  J.  F.  Kemp  on  “The  Cambro-Ordovician  outlier  at  Wells- 

town,  Hamilton  County,  New  York.”] 

Science,  new  ser^,  vol.  13,  p.  710,  1901. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  the  sand  in  the  limestone. 

5.  On  pyrite  and  marcasite. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  870-872,  1902. 

6.  Erosion  by  flying  sand  on  the  beaches  of  Cape  Cod. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  pp.  152-153,  1902. 

7.  Genesis  of  the  amphibole  schists  and  serpentines  of  Manhattan  Island,  New 

York. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  421-494,  3  pis.,  9  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  these  rocks  and  their  metamorphic  phases 
and  contact  alterations. 

8.  The  occlusion  of  igneous  rock  within  metamorphic  schists. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  p.  268, 1904;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  581,  1904. 

Defines  the  term  “occlusion”  and  discusses  some  of  the  phenomena  of  occluded  igneous 
rocks. 

9.  Determination  of  brucite  as  a  rock  constituent. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  258-259, 1905;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  511,  1905. 

Describes  the  characters  of  brucite  by  which  it  may  be  recognized  in  rocks. 


K. 

Kain  (Samuel  W.). 

1.  Recent  earthquakes  in  New  Brunswick. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  243-245,  1904. 

Kay  (George  F. ). 

1.  The  Abitibi  region  [Ontario]. 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1904,  pt.  1,  pp.  104-121,  4  pis.,  1904. 

Includes  observations  upon  the  geology,  topography,  drainage,  etc.,  of  the  region  traversed, 
and  a  discussion  of  the  petrography. 

Keele  (Joseph). 

1.  The  Duncan  Creek  mining  district  [Yukon]. 

Can.  Gool.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  18-42,  1  map,  1905. 

Includes  observations  on  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  placer  gold. 


188 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Keeley  (Frank  J.). 

1.  Inclusions  in  quartz. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  55,  p.  700, 1904. 

Keith  (Arthur). 

1.  Maynardville  folio,  Tennessee. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  75,  1901. 

Describes  the  geographic  features,  the  stratigraphy,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the 
Cambrian,  Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  rocks,  the  geologic  structure,  and  the 
mineral  resources  of  the  region. 

2.  Folded  faults  in  the  southern  Appalachian. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  822-823, 1902. 

3.  Topography  and  geology  of  the  southern  Appalachians. 

Message  from  the  President  of  the  United  States,  transmitting  a  report  of  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  in  relation  to  the  forests,  rivers,  and  mountains  of  the  southern  Appalachian 
region  (Senate  Doc.  no.  84,  57th  Cong.,  1st  sess.),  pp.  111-123,  11  pis.,  1902. 

Contains  a  brief  account  of  the  general  geology  of  the  region.. 

4.  Cranberry  folio,  North  Carolina- Tennessee. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  90,  1903. 

Describes  geographic  and  .topographic  features,  general  geologic  relations  and  structure, 
character  and  occurrence  of  Archean,  Algonkian,  Cambrian,  and  Juratrias  (?)  rocks,  and 
mineral  resources. 

5.  Iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Cranberry  district,  North  Carolina-Tennessee. 

TJ.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  243-246,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  iron  ores  of  this  region. 

6.  Tennessee  marbles. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  366-370,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  marble  deposits  in  eastern  Tennessee,  and  loca¬ 
tions  suitable  for  quarrying. 

7.  Talc  deposits  of  North  Carolina. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  433-438,  1903. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  methods  of  mining  the  talc  deposits. 

8.  Recent  zinc  mining  in  east  Tennessee. 

Q.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  208-213,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  zinc-ore  deposits. 

9.  Asheville  folio,  North  Carolina-Tennessee. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  116,  1904. 

Describes  the  geographic  relations  and  drainage,  the  geologic  history,  the  character,  occur¬ 
rence,  and  relations  of  Archean,  Algonkian  (?),  Cambrian,  and  Ordovician  rocks,  the  geo¬ 
logic  structure,  and  the  mineral  resources  of  the  area. 

10.  Folded  faults  of  the  southern  Appalachians. 

Congr.  g£ol.  intern.,  Compte  rendu,  IX.  Sess.,  pp.  541-545,  1904. 

Discusses  the  character  and  occurrence  of  overthrust  faulting  in  the  southern  Appalachian 
region. 

11.  Greeneville  folio,  Tennessee-North  Carolina. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  118,  1895. 

Describes  the  general  relations  of  the  Greeneville  quadrangle,  its  detailed  geography,  the  gen¬ 
eral  geological  structure  and  history  of  the  area,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of 
Archean,  Cambrian,  Ordovician,  Silurian,  and  Carboniferous  rocks,  and  the  mineral 
resources. 

12.  Mount  Mitchell  folio,  North  Carolina-Tennessee. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.S.,  folio  no.  124,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography,  physiographic  features,  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence,  char¬ 
acter,  and  relations  of  Archean,  Cambrian,  and  Triassic  (?)  rocks,  the  geologic  structure, 
and  economic  resources. 

13.  Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham  mining  district,  Utah.  Parti.  Areal  geology. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no  38,  pp.  27-70,  15  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography,  topography,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  strata  and  of  igneous  rocks,  and  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


189 


Keith  (Arthur),  Darton  (N.  H.)  and. 

1.  Washington  folio,  District  of  Columbia-Maryland- Virginia. 

SeeDarion  (N.  H)  and  Keith  (Arthur),  1. 

Kemp  (James  Furman). 

1.  The  Albany  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  95-100,  133-139,  1901. 

Contains  abstracts  of  papers  presented. 

2.  The  Cambro-Ordovician  outlier  at  Wellstown,  Hamilton  County,  New  York. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  710, 1901. 

Contains  brief  description  of  occurrence  of  small  outliers  of  Paleozoic  strata  within  the  crys¬ 
talline  area  of  the  region. 

3.  New  asbestos  region  in  northern  Vermont. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  773-774,  1901;  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  p.  140, 
1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  asbestos  associated  with  serpentine. 

4.  Physiography  of  Lake  George. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  p.  774,  1901;  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  pp.  141-142, 
1901. 

Describes  briefly  the  physiographic  history  of  the  region. 

5.  Calculation  of  rock  analyses. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  22,  p.  75,  1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Nat.,  vol.  35,  p.  947,  1901. 

6.  New  asbestos  region  in  northern  Vermont. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  p.  330,  1901. 

Abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  N .  Y.  Academy  of  Sciences. 

7.  Physiography  of  Lake  George,  New  York. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  331-332,  1901. 

Abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  N.  Y.  Academy  of  Sciences. 

8.  Notes  on  the  occurrence  of  asbestos  in  Lamoille  and  Orleans  counties,  Vermont. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  U.  S.  for  1900,  pp.  862-866,  1901. 

9.  The  r61e  of  the  igneous  rocks  in  the  formation  of  veins. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  169-198,  1902. 

Discusser  mode  of  occurrence  and  formation  of  ores  in  igneous,  sedimentary,  and  metamor- 
phic  rocks;  and  the  occurrence  of  groundwater  and  the  part  which  it  plays  in  the  localiza¬ 
tion  of  ore  deposits. 

10.  The  deposits  of  copper-ores  at  Ducktown,  Tennessee. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  244-265,  12  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  briefly  topography  of  Ducktown,  mode  of  occurrence  and  character  of  the  ore  and 
associated  minerals,  and  possible  origin  of  the  ore  bodies. 

11.  The  geological  relations  and  distribution  of  platinum  and  associated  metals. 

U.  b.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  193,  95  pp.,  6  pis.,  8  figs.,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr., 
vol.  10,  no.  81,  1902. 

12.  Igneous  rocks  and  circulating  waters  as  factors  in  ore  deposition. 

Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr.,  vol.  10,  no.  86,  1902. 

13.  The  Cambro-Ordovician  outlier  at  Wellstown,  Hamilton  County,  New  York. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  pp.  113-115,  1902. 

14.  A  new  asbestos  region  in  northern  Vermont. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  pp.  140-141,  1902. 

15.  Notes  on  the  physiography  of  Lake  George. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  pp.  141-142,  1902. 

16.  Theodore  G.  White  (Obituary). 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  pp.  148-149,  1902. 

17.  The  anthracite  situation  and  problem. 

Eng.  Co.  Am.,  Bull.  no.  1,  22  pp.„1903. 

Contains  a  brief  account  of  the  character  and  occurrence  of  anthracite  and  the  geologic 
structure  of  the  anthracite  fields  of  Pennsylvania. 


190 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Kemp  (James  Furman) — Continued. 

18.  Memoir  of  Theodore  Greely  White. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  516-517,  1903. 

Includes  a  list  of  publications. 

19.  Igneous  rocks  and  circulating  waters  as  factors  in  ore-deposition. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  699-714,  1903. 

20.  Platinum  in  the  Rambler  mine,  Wyoming. 

Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr.,vol.  11,  no.  93,  7  pp.,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1903;  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv., 
Min.  Res.  for  1902,  pp.  244-250,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  vicinity  of  the  mine  and  the  occurrence  of  the  platinum¬ 
bearing  ores. 

21.  A  new  spheroidal  granite. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  503-504,  1903;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr.,  vol.  11,  no.  93, 
1903. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  spheroidal  granite  in  a  bowlder  found  near  Charle¬ 
voix,  Michigan. 

22.  On  the  differentiation  of  igneous  magmas  and  the  formation  of  ores. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  804-805,  1903. 

23.  Comments  on  the  geology  of  Bingham  Canyon,  Utah. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  pp.  76-77,  1903. 

24.  The  leucite  hills  of  Wyoming. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  505,  1903. 

25.  Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  542,  1903. 

26.  Ores  from  igneous  magmas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  675,  1904. 

27.  Graphite  in  the  eastern  Adirondacks,  N.  Y. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  512-514,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  deposits  of  graphite, 

28.  The  formation  of  veins:  a  brief  statement  of  general  principles. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  pp.  89-93,  1904. 

Discusses  the  general  principles  of  ore  deposition. 

29.  A  handbook  of  rocks  for  use  without  the  microscope.  With  a  glossary  of  the 

names  of  rocks  and  of  other  lithological  terms.  Third  edition,  revised. 

New  York,  D.  Van  Nostrand  Company,  1904.  238  pp.,  41  figs. 

30.  Geological  bookkeeping. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  411-418,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  methods  of  recording  field  observations  to  facilitate  easy  reference  thereto. 

31.  Die  Lagerstiitten  titanhaltigen  Eisenerzes  im  Laramie  Range,  Wyoming,  Yer. 

Staaten. 

Zeitschr.  f.  prak.  Geol.,  Jahrg.  13,  pp.  71-80,  7  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geological  relations  of  titaniferous  magnetite 
deposits  in  Wyoming. 

32.  The  copper  deposits  at  San  Jose,  Tamaulipas,  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.  no.  4,  pp.  885-912,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence,  character,  relations,  and  composition  of 
eruptive  rocks,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  their  component  minerals,  and  of  the  ores. 

33.  Secondary  enrichment  in  ore  deposits  of  copper. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  11-25, 1905. 

34.  What  is  a  fissure  vein? 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  167-169,  1905. 

35.  The  problem  of  the  metalliferous  veins. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  207-232,  1905. 

Discusses  the  formation  of  ore  deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


191 


Kemp  (James  Furman) — Continued. 

36.  The  titaniferous  magnetite  in  Wyoming. 

Abstracts:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  p.  64, 1905. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  67,  1905. 

37.  The  physiography  of  the  Adirondacks. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  988-989, 1905. 

Kemp  (James  Furman)  and  Grabau  (A.  W.). 

1.  The  Washington  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America,  December  30,  31, 
1902,  January  1  and  2,  1903. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  290-303,  1903. 

Gives  abstracts  of  papers  read. 

Kemp  (James  Furman)  and  Hill  (B.  F. ). 

1.  Preliminary  report  on  the  pre-Cambrian  formations  in  parts  of  Warren,  Saratoga, 
Fulton,  and  Montgomery  counties,  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  53d  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  rl7-r35,  6  pis.,  1901. 

Kemp  (James  Furman)  and  Knig-ht  (W.  C. ). 

1.  Leucite  hills  of  Wyoming. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  305-336, 10  pis.,  1903;  Columbia  Univ.,Geol.  Dept. ,  Contr.,  vol. 
11,  no.  94,  1903. 

Reviews  previous  work,  describes  the  geographic  situation  and  general  character  of  the 
region,  the  general  geology,  and  in  detail  the  twenty-two  leucite  hills  with  especial  refer¬ 
ence  to  physiographic  features  and  petrographic  character. 

Kemp  (J.  F. ),  Finlay  (George  I.)  and. 

1.  Nepheline  syenite  area  of  San  Jose,  Tamaulipas,  Mexico. 

See  Finlay  (George  I.)  and  Kemp.  (J.  F.),  1. 

Kendall  (J.  D.). 

1.  Ore  in  sight. 

Inst.  Mg.  &  Metal.,  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  143-149,  7  figs.,  1902;  Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  84,  pp.  177- 
178,  1902;  Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  13-14,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Kennedy  (William),  Hayes  (C.  W.)  and. 

1.  Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf  coastal  plain. 

See  Hayes  (C.  W.)  and  Kennedy  (William),  1. 

Kerr  (D.  G. ). 

1.  Corundum  in  Ontario,  Canada:  its  occurrence,  working,  milling,  concentration, 
and  preparation  for  the  market  as  an  abrasive. 

Tnst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  143-157,  6  figs.,  1905. 

Kerr  (Frank  M.) . 

1.  The  sulphur  deposits  of  Calcasieu  Parish  [Louisiana]. 

Assoc.  Eng.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  28,  pp.  90-97,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  sulphur  and  presents  the  record  of  a  boring  to  a  depth  of 
603  feet. 

Kessler  (H.  H.)  and  Hamilton  (W.  R. ). 

1.  The  orbicular  gabbro  of  Dehesa,  California. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  133-140,  5  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters,  and 
constitution. 

Kewitsch  (Georg) . 

1.  Die  Vulkane,  Pele,  Krakatau,  Etna,  Vesuv. 

Norden,  Soltau’s  Vcrlag,  1902.  35  pp.,  6  figs. 

Keyes  (Charles  Rollin). 

1.  A  depositional  measure  of  unconformity. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  173-196,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  the  development  of  the  Carboniferous  sediments  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  and 
Southwestern  regions. 


192 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Keyes  (Charles  Rollin) — Continued. 

2.  Origin  and  classification  of  ore  deposits. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  323-356, 1901. 

Discusses  the  nature  of  ore  deposits,  general  methods  of  ore  formation,  the  classification  of 
ore  deposits,  and  certain  other  phases  of  ore  deposits. 

3.  Derivation  of  the  terrestrial  spheroid  from  the  rhombic  dodecahedron. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  244-249,  1901. 

Discusses  Green’s  hypothesis  of  the  tetrahedral  form  of  the  earth. 

4.  Composite  genesis  of  the  Arkansas  Valley  through  the  Ozark  highlands. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  486-490,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  evidences  which  indicate  that  there  has  been  but  one  uplift  in  the  region  and 
that  the  river  eroded  its  bed  as  fast  as  the  strata  were. raised. 

5.  Ore  formation  on  the  hypothesis  of  concentration  through  surface  decomposition. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  353-362,  1901. 

Discusses  the  evidence  as  to  the  derivation  of  the  lead  and  zinc  ores  of  the  Ozark  region  and 
their  bearing  on  the  origin  of  ore  deposits  in  general. 

6.  Nomenclature  of  the  Cambrian  formations  of  the  St.  Francois  Mountains 

[Missouri]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  51-53,  1901. 

Discusses  the  validity  of  certain  names  applied  to  the  Cambrian  formations  of  the  region. 

7.  A  schematic  standard  for  the  American  Carboniferous. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  299-305,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Presents  a  general  section  of  the  Carboniferous  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  and  discusses  its 
correlation  with  other  regions. 

8.  Time  values  of  provincial  Carboniferous  terranes. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  305-309,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  time  ratios  of  the  several  subdivisons  of  the  Carboniferous  of  the  Mississippi 
Valley  region. 

9.  Note  on  the  correlation  of  the  Clarinda  well  section  with  the  schematic  section  of 

the  Carboniferous. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  11,  pp.  461-463,  1901. 

Compares  the  well  section  with  the  general  section. 

10.  A  depositional  measure  of  unconformity. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  135-136,  1901. 

11.  On  a  crinoidal  horizon  in  the  Upper  Carboniferous. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  915-916,  1901. 

Describes  its  occurrence  and  its  bearing  on  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Mississippi  Valley. 

12.  Zone  of  maximum  richness  in  ore  bodies. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  577-578, 1901. 

Contains  abstracts  of  recent  papers  by  Emmons  and  Weed. 

13.  Horizons  of  Arkansas  and  Indian  Territory  coals  compared  with  those  of  other 

trans-Mississippian  coals. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  pp.  692-693,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  relations  of  the  coal-bearing  horizons  of  the  trans-Mississippian  region. 

14.  The  stratigraphical  location  of  named  trans-Mississippian  coals. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  p.  198,  1901. 

Gives  list  of  geological  formations  and  the  coals  occurring  in  each. 

15.  Contiguity  of  ore  deposits  of  different  generic  relationships. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  597-598,  1901. 

16.  Diverse  origins  and  diverse  times  of  formation  of  the  lead  and  zinc  deposits  of 

the  Mississippi  Valley. 

Mining  &  Metallurgy,  vol.  24,  pp.  715-717,  1901. 

17.  Origine  eolienne  du  loess. 

Soc.  Beige  de  Geol.,  de  Paleont.  et  d’Hydrol.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  14-21,  1901. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  the  loess  of  the  Mississippi  Valley. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


193 


Keyes  (Charles  Rollin) — Continued. 

18.  Depositional  equivalent  of  hiatus  at  base  of  our  Coal  Measures;  and  the  Arkansan 

series,  a  new  terrane  of  the  Carboniferous  in  the  western  interior  basin. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,Proc.,  vol.  8,  pp.  119-128,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Discusses  evidences  of  denudation  prior  to  the  deposition  of  the  Coal  Measures  in  this  area, 
gives  tables  comparing  the  thickness  of  Coal  Measures  formations,  and  describes  the 
Arkansan  series. 

19.  Names  of  coals  west  of  the  Mississippi  River. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  8,  pp.  128-137,  1901. 

Discusses  the  Carboniferous  deposits  of  the  western  interior  coal  field,  tabulates  the  terranes 
and  percentage  of  coal  production  of  each,  and  gives  a  list  of  names  that  have  been  applied 
to  the  coal  seams,  with  place  of  publication  and  stratigraphic  position. 

20.  Diverse  origins  and  diverse  times  of  formation  of  the  lead  and  zinc  deposits  of 

the  Mississippi  Valley. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  603-611,  1902. 

Discusses  mode  of  formation  of  these  ores. 

21.  [In  discussion  of  “  The  origin  of  ore-deposits.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  942-944,  962-966,  1902. 

22.  Character  and  stratigraphieal  peculiarities  of  the  southwestern  Iowa  coal  fields. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  661,  1902. 

Describes  the  stratigraphic  position  of  these  coals. 

23.  Determination  of  the  Cambrian  age  [of]  the  magnesian  limestones  of  Missouri. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29?  pp.  384-387,  1902. 

Reviews  previous  determinations  of  the  age  of  these  limestones. 

24.  Geological  age  of  certain  gypsum  deposits. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  99-102,  1902. 

Discusses  the  evidences  of  the  age  of  the  Kansas  and  Iowa  gypsum  beds. 

25.  Cartographic  representation  of  geological  formations. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  691-699,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  criteria  by  which  formations  are  discriminated  and  the  methods  of  their  carto¬ 
graphic  representation. 

26.  Devonian  interval  in  Missouri. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  267-292,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Discusses  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  strata  and  the  evidence  of  unconformities. 

27.  Magmatic  differentiation  of  rocks. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  32-33,  1902. 

Discusses  the  formation  of  the  Magnet  Cove  [Arkansas]  igneous  mass  and  the  classification  of 
rocks. 

28.  A  Devonian  hiatus  in  the  continental  interior — its  character  and  depositional 

equivalents. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  pp.  105-112, 1902. 

Discusses  the  absence  of  Devonian  strata  in  west  central  Missouri  and  the  history  and  mean¬ 
ing  of  the  terms  Kinderhook  and  Chouteau. 

29.  Geological  structure  of  New  Mexican  bolson  plains. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  207-210,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  characters  of  these  plains  and  the  geologic  history  of  the  region. 

30.  Ephemeral  lakes  in  arid  regions. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  377-378,  1903. 

31.  Some  recent  aspects  of  the  Permian  question  in  America. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  218-223,  1903. 

Discusses  questions  of  nomenclature  and  taxonomic  rank. 

32.  A  remarkable  silver  pipe. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  805,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  “  pipe- veins,”  and  an  occurrence  in  central  New 
Mexico. 

Bull.  301—06 - 13 


194 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Keyes  (Charles  Rollin) — Continued. 

33.  Geology  of  the  Apache  Canon  placers  [New  Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  966-967,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  location  of  the  placers,  the  discovery  of  the  placer  gold,  the  geology  of  the 
Sierra  de  los  Caballos  Mountains,  and  the  occurrence  of  fissure  veins. 

34.  Significance  of  the  occurrence  of  minute  quantities  of  metalliferous  minerals  in 

rocks. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1902,  vol.  10,  pp.  99-103,  1903. 

35.  Genesis  of  certain  cherts. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1902,  vol.  10,  pp.  103-105,  1903. 

36.  Comparative  values  of  different  methods  of  geologic  correlation  in  the  Mississippi 

Basin. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1902,  vol.  10,  pp.  105-107,  1903. 

37.  Note  on  block  mountains  in  New  Mexico. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  19-23,  190L 

Discusses  structure  and  formation  of  block  mountains  in  New  Mexico. 

38.  Bolson  plains  and  the  conditions  of  their  existence. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  160-164,  1904. 

Describes  the  characters  of  bolson  plains  and  discusses  their  origin. 

39.  Remarkable  occurrence  of  aurichalcite. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1903,  vol.  11,  p.  253,  1904. 

Describes  an  occurrence  of  aurichalcite  in  the  Magdalena  Mountains  in  New  Mexico. 

40.  Certain  basin  features  of  the  high  plateau  region  of  southwestern  United  States. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1903,  vol.  11,  pp.  254-257,  1904. 

Describes  features  of  bolson  plains  of  New  Mexico,  and  discusses  their  origin. 

41.  Note  on  the  Carboniferous  faunas  of  Mississippi  Valley  in  the  Rocky  Mountain 

region. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1903,  vol.  11,  pp.  258-259,  1904. 

Notes  the  identity  of  many  of  the  fossils  from  the  two  regions,  although  they  have  been 
described  under  different  names. 

42.  Iron  deposits  of  the  Chupadera  Mesa  [New  Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  p.  632,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  iron  ores  in  central  New  Mexico  and 
explains  their  origin. 

43.  The  Hagan  coal  field  [New  Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  670-671,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  coal  beds  in  central  New  Mexico. 

44.  Unconformity  of  the  Cretaceous  on  older  rocks  in  central  New  Mexico. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  360-362,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  relations  of  the  Cretaceous  rocks  to  the  underlying  formations.  Includes  a 
table  giving  a  general  geological  section  for  New  Mexico,  showing  the  sequence,  thickness, 
and  lithologic  character  of  the  geologic  formations. 

45.  Structures  of  Basin  ranges. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  G3-70,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  systems  of  faulting  and  the  general  geologic  structure  of  the  Basin  ranges  of  New 
Mexico,  and  the  physiographic  development  of  the  New  Mexican  region. 

46.  The  fundamental  complex  beyond  the  southern  end  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  112-122,  1905. 

Discusses  age,  relations,  and  character  of  igneous  and  altered  clastic  rocks  occuring  in  the 
New  Mexican  portion  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

47.  Ore  deposits  of  the  Sierra  de  Los  Caballos  [New  Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  pp.  149-151,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurence  and  character  of  lead  deposits. 

48.  Zinc  carbonate  ores  of  the  Magdalena  Mountains. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  12,  pp.  109-114,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geology,  and  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  the  zinc-ore  deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


195 


Keyes  (Charles  Rollin) — Continued. 

49.  Geology  and  underground  water  conditions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto,  New 

Mexico. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  123,  42  pp.,  9  pis.,  11  figs.,  1905. 
Describes  the  physiographic  character  of  the  region,  the  geologic  structure,  the  occurrence 
and  relations  of  Archean,  Algonkian,  Carboniferous,  Jurassic-Triassic,  Cretaceous,  and 
Quaternary  deposits,  and  of  the  eruptive  rocks,  and  the  underground  water  resources. 

50.  Triassic  system  in  New  Mexico. 

•  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  423^129,  1  fig.,  1905 

Discusses  the  geologic  position  of  the  “  Red  Beds  '  of  the  Great  Plains  and  the  Southwest,  and 
the  occurrence  and  relationships  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Triassic  “Red  Beds”  in  New 
Mexico. 

51.  The  Jurassic  horizon  around  the  southern  end  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  289-292,  1  fig  ,1905. 

Discusses  the  stratigraphic  and  time  relations  of  some  Mesozoic  formations  in  New  Mexico. 

52.  Bisection  of  mountain  blocks  in  the  Great  Basin  region. 

Abstract:  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  12,  pp.  165-167,  3  figs.,  1905. 

53.  Geological  structure  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto  and  adjoining  bolson  plains 

[New  Mexico]. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  12,  pp.  167-169,  1  fig  .  1905. 

54.  Northward  extension  of  the  Lake  Valley  limestone  [New  Mexico]. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  12,  pp.  169-171.  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  Carboniferous  rocks  in  New  Mexico 

Kilham  (John  T. ). 

1.  The  oil  wells  of  the  United  States. 

Onondaga  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  1,  pp.  136-148,  1903. 

An  historical  account  of  the  discovery  of  oil  and  the  development  of  the  oil  industry. 

Killebrew  (J.  B. ),  Safford  (J.  M.)  and. 

1.  The  elements  of  the  geology  of  Tennessee. 

See  Safford  (J.  M.)  and  KiUebrew  (J.  B.),  1. 

Kimball  (James  P. ). 

1.  Bohemia  mining  district  of  western  Oregon. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  889-890,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  and  mining  developments  in  the  district. 

Kindle  ( Edward  M. ) . 

1.  The  Devonian  fossils  and  stratigraphy  of  Indiana. 

Ind.,Dept.  of  Geol.  and  Nat.  Res.,  25th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  529-763,  31  pis.,  1901. 

Reviews  the  nomenclature  of  the  formations  and  describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  character 
of  many  sections,  and  the  characters  of  a  large  number  of  fossils  from  the  Devonian  rocks 
of  the  State.  Discusses  the  correlation  of  the  formations. 

2.  The  Niagara  limestones  of  Hamilton  County,  Indiana. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  221-224,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  limestones  and  correlates  them  with  the 
Lockport  limestone. 

3.  The  Niagara  domes  of  northern  Indiana. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  459-468,  4  ffgs.,  1903. 

Discusses  general  structure  and  deformation  of  Niagara  strata. 

4.  A  series  of  gentle  folds  on  the  border  of  the  Appalachian  System. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  281-289,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  anticlinal  folds  in  the  Watkins  Glen  quadrangle  in 
southern  New  York. 

5.  Note  on  some  concretions  in  the  Chemung  of  southern  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  360-363,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  in  the  Chemung  of  a  bed  of  concretions  in  connection  with  a  fos- 
siliferous  band,  and  gives  an  explanation  of  their  origin. 

6.  The  stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the  Niagara  of  northern  Indiana. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  397-486,  28  pis.,  1904. 


196 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Kindle  (Edward  M. ) — Continued. 

7.  Salt  and  other  resources  of  the  Watkins  Glen  district,  New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  567-572,  1905. 

Describes  the  location  of  the  salt  deposits,  the  general  geology,  and  the  strata  penetrated  in 
the  salt  wells;  also  the  occurrence  of  natural  gas. 

8.  Water  resources  of  the  Catatonk  area,  New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  53-57,  1905. 

Kindle  (Edward  M.)  and  Breg-er  (C.  L. ). 

1.  Paleontology  of  the  Niagara  of  northern  Indiana. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  428-486,  28  pis.,  1904 

Kindle  (E.  M. ),  Williams  (H.  S. )  and. 

1.  Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontology,  1903. 

See  Williams  (H.  S.)  and  Kindle  (E.  M.),  1. 

Kingsley  (J.  S. ). 

1.  The  origin  of  the  mammals. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  193-205,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Kinney  (Bryce  A.). 

1.  Annual  report  of  the  State  natural-gas  supervisor. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept..,  pp.  357-375,  1904. 

2.  Annual  report  of  the  State  natural-gas  supervisor. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  29th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  757-799,  1905. 

Kinzie  (Robert  A.). 

1.  Mining  at  the  Alaska  Treadwell. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  583-587,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  and  the  methods  of  mining. 

2.  The  Treadwell  group  of  mines,  Douglas  Island,  Alaska. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  334-386,  14  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  a  brief  description  of  the  geology  of  the  district. 

Kirby  (Edmund  B.). 

1.  Methods  of  testing  and  sampling  placer  deposits. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  6,  pp.  186-199  [1902J. 

2.  The  ore  deposits  of  Rossland,  British  Columbia. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  326-328,  3  figs.,  1904.  Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  pp.  331,  347,  1904.  Can. 

Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  23,  pp.  60-64,  1904.  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  47-69,  4  pis.  (maps),  1904. 
Describes  the  geologic  occurrence,  relations  to  surrounding  rocks,  and  character  of  the  gold, 
silver,  and  copper  ore  deposits  of  this  locality. 

KircliofFer  (William  Gray). 

1.  The  sources  of  water  supply  in  Wisconsin. 

Wis.  Univ.  Bull.,  Eng.  ser.,  vol.  3,  pp.  163-249,  3  pis.,  1905. 

Includes  a  general  account  of  the  geology  of  Wisconsin. 

Kirk  (Charles  Townsend). 

1.  A  preliminary  report  on  the  contact  of  the  Permian  with  the  Pennsylvanian  in 
Oklahoma. 

Okla.,  Dept.  G  iol.  &  Nat.  Hist.,  3d  Bien.  RejJt.,  pp.  5-14,  1904. 

Describes  physiography  of  the  region  examined,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  economic 
products  of  Carboniferous  strata  in  Oklahoma  and  their  differentiation  into  Pennsylvanian 
and  Permian. 

Kirk  (Morris  P. ). 

1.  The  Terlingua  quicksilver  district  [Texas]. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  11,  pp.  441-443,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Includes  brief  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  district. 

Kirk  (M.  P.)  and  Malcolmson  (J.  W. ). 

1.  A  new  quicksilver  mining  district  [Texas], 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  685-686,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  geologic  relations,  and  economic  development  of  quick¬ 
silver-ore  deposits  in  Texas. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


197 


Kirsopp  (John,  jr. ). 

1.  The  coal  fields  of  Cook  Inlet,  Alaska,  U.  S.  A.,  and  the  Pacific  coast. 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.  [England],  Trans.,  vol.  21,  pp.  516-566,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  geologic  occurrence  of  coal  in  Alaska  and  distribution  of  coal  in  Alaska,  British 
Columbia,  and  Washington. 

Klein  (Carl). 

1.  Uber  die  am  7.  Mai  1902  vom  Vulcan  Soufriere  auf  St.  Vincent  ausgeworfene  vul- 

canische  Asche. 

K.  preus.  Akad.  d.  Wiss.,  Sitzungsb.,  pp.  993-994,  1902. 

Describes  the  fall  of  volcanic  ash  in  St.  Vincent  and  its  composition. 

2.  liber  das  Meteoreisen  von  Persimmon  Creek,  bei  Hot  House,  Cherokee  Co.,  Nord- 

Carolina. 

K.  preus.  Akad.  d.  Wiss.,  Sitzungsb.,  p.  557,  1904. 

Describes  characters  of  this  meteorite. 

Klem  (Mary  J. ). 

1.  A  revision  of  the  Paleozoic  Paleechinoidea,  with  a  synopsis  of  all  known  species. 

St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  14,  pp.  1-98,  6  pis.,  1904. 

Knapp  (George  N. ). 

1.  Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey.  Wells  drilled  in  1903. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  73-93,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  extent  and  character  of  the  physiographic  provinces  of  New  Jersey  and  their  water 
supply,  and  gives  data  regarding  wells  drilled  in  1903. 

2.  The  Cliffwood  clays  and  the  Matawan. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  23-27,  1904. 

Discusses  stratigraphic  position  of  the  formations  occurring  at  Cliffwood,  N.  J. 

3.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  New  Jersey. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  93-103,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1905. 
Describes  briefly  the  general  geology,  the  physiographic  provinces,  and  the  underground 
water  resources. 

Knapp  (George  N.),  Kummel  (Henry  B.)  and. 

1.  The  stratigraphy  of  the  New  Jersey  clays. 

See  Kiimmel  (Henry  B.)  and  Knapp  (George  N.),  1. 

Knapp  (S.  A.). 

1.  Tonopah  [Nevada]. 

Mg.  and  Sci.  Press,  vol.  82,  p.  231,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  gold  and  silver  at  this  locality. 

Knight  (C.  W.). 

1.  Notes  on  some  deposits  in  the  eastern  Ontario  gold  belt. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  210-244,  12  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  district,  and  in  detail  the  occurrence  and  character  of 
the  gold  ore  deposits  and  associated  rocks  of  the  Belmont  and  Star  of  the  East  gold  mi  Acs. 
and  discusses  their  origin. 

Knight  (Nicholas). 

1.  Some  Iowa  dolomites. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  244-246,  1901. 

Contains  chemical  analyses  of  the  dolomites. 

2.  Some  recent  analyses  of  Iowa  building  stones;  also  of  potable  waters. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  8,  pp.  104-109,  1901. 

3.  Analysis  of  the  Mount  Vernon  [Iowa]  loess. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  p.  189,  1902. 

4.  Apatite  crystals,  Antwerp,  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  p.  62,  1903. 

5.  The  dolomites  of  eastern  Iowa. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  64-66,  1904;  Geol.  Mag.,  dec.  5,  vol.  1,  pp.  493-495,  1904. 

Describes  investigations  upon  the  composition  of  dolomites. 


198 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Knight  (Nicholas) — Continued. 

6.  Some  features  in  the  analysis  of  dolomite  rock. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1903,  vol.  11,  pp.  127-131,  1904. 

Describes  composition  of  examples  of  dolomite  rock  from  the  Niagara  of  Iowa. 

7.  Estimation  of  the  silica  in  the  Bedford  limestone. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  57-60,  1905. 

Describes  a  chemical  examination  of  the  Bedford  limestone  of  Indiana. 

Knight  (Wilbur  Clinton). 

1.  Description  of  Bates  Hole  [Wyoming]. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  70-71,  1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  495-496,  1901. 
Describes  the  physiographic  and  geologic  features  of  the  region. 

2.  The  petroleum  fields  of  Wyoming. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  358-359,  628-630,  4  figs.,  and  map,  1901. 

Describes  the  geology  and  character  and  occurrence  of  the  oil  in  the  several  oil-bearing  dis¬ 
tricts  of  the  State. 

3.  The  Sweetwater  mining  district,  Fremont  County,  Wyoming. 

Wyo.  Univ. ^School  of  Mines,  35  pp.,  1  map,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  gold  in  this  district. 

4.  Further  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  rare  metals  in  the  Rambler  mine,  Wyoming. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  696,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  platinum  and  other  rare  metals. 

5.  The  petroleum  fields  of  Wyoming,  III.  The  fields  of  Uinta  County. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  720-722,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  topography,  general  geology,  and  occurrence  of  oil  in  Uinta  County. 

6.  The  Laramie  Plains  Red  Beds  and  their  age. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  412-422,  1902. 

Reviews  the  literature  of  the  subject,  gives  a  detailed  section  in  Red  Mountain,  and  discusses 
the  age  of  the  Red  Beds  and  their  associated  strata. 

7.  Coal  fields  of  southern  Uinta  County,  Wyoming. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  542-544,  1903'. 

Describes  briefly  the  Cretaceous  strata  of  the  region  and  gives  chemical  analyses  of  the  coal. 

8.  Some  notes  on  the  genus  Baptanodon,  with  a  description  of  a  new  species. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  76-81,  3  figs.,  1903. 

9.  Gypsum-deposits  in  Wyoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp,  79-85,  1  pi.,  2  figs,  1904. 

Describes  character,  extent,  occurrence,  economic  development,  and  geologic  relations  of 
the  gypsum  deposits  occurring  in  the  Red  Beds  in  Wyoming. 

Knight  (Wilbur  Clinton)  and  Slosson  (E.  E. ). 

1.  Alkali  lakes  and  deposits  [Wyoming]. 

Wyo.  Univ.,  Exp.  Stat.,  Bull.  no.  49,  pp.  72-123,  1  map,  1901. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  deposits  of  considerable  depth. 

2.  The  Dutton,  Rattlesnake,  Arago,  Oil  Mountain,  and  Powder  River  oil  fields 

[Wyoming]. 

Wyo.  Univ.,  School  of  Mines,  Petroleum  .Ser.,  Bull.  no.  4,  57  pp.,  1  fig.,  2  maps,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  oils  in  the  several  districts. 

3.  The  Newcastle  oil  field  [Wyoming]. 

Wyo.  Univ.,  School  of  Mines,  Petroleum  Ser.,  Bull.  no.  5,  25  pp.,  1902. 

Describes  the  topography,  geology,  and  development  of  oil  of  this  area. 

4.  The  Bonanza,  Cottonwood,  and  Douglas  oil  fields. 

Wyo.  Univ.,  School  of  Mines,  Petroleum  Ser.;  Bull.  no.  6,  30  pp.,  1903. 

Describes  geographic  location  and  geologic  structure  of  these  fields,  the  character  of  the  oil, 
and  the  possibilities  of  production. 

Knight  (Wilbur  Clinton),  Kemp  (J.  F. )  and. 

1.  Leucite  hills  of  Wyoming. 

See  Kemp  (J.  F.)  and  Knight  (W.  C.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


199 


Knig-ht  (William  H.). 

1.  Address  at  the  presentation  of  the  memorial  bronze  of  Edward  Waller  Clay  pole, 
Throop  Polytechnic  Institute,  Passadena,  Cal.,  June  2,  1902.  (Not  seen.) 

Knopf  (A.)  and  Thelen  (P. ). 

1.  Sketch  of  the  geology  of  Mineral  King,  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  227-262,  3  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography,  evidences  of  glaciation  and  its  effects,  the  occurrence,  character, 
and  relations  of  igneous  and  stratified  rocks,  and  their  petrography  and  metamorphism, 
and  discusses  the  relations  of  the  Mineral  King  belt  to  the  granite. 

Knowlton  (Frank  Hall) . 

1.  [Report  on  the  Clarno  flora,  Oregon.] 

niv.  of  Cal.,  Dept,  of  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  287-291,  1901. 

Gives  list  of  fossil  plants  collected. 

2.  [Report  on  the  flora  of  the  Mascall  formation,  Oregon.] 

Univ.  of  Cal.,  Dept,  of  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  308-309,  1901. 

Gives  list  of  fossils  collected. 

3.  Report  on  fossil  wood  from  the  Newark  formation  of  South  Britain,  Connecticut. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  161-162,  1901. 

Briefly  describes  material. 

4.  A  fossil  nut  pine  from  Idaho. 

Torreya,  vol.  1,  pp.  113-115,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  Pinus  lindgrenii  n.  sp. 

5.  Fossil  hickory  nuts. 

Plant  World,  vol.  4,  pp.  51-52,  1901. 

6.  A  fossil  flower. 

Plant  World,  vol.  4,  pp.  73-74,  1901. 

7.  Fossil  sequoias  in  North  America. 

Plant  World,  vol.  4,  p.  Ill,  1901. 

8.  Preliminary  report  on  fossil  plants  from  the  State  of  Washington,  collected  by 

Henry  Landes,  1901. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  32-33,  1902. 

Gives  lists  of  species  of  fossil  plants  determined. 

9.  A  fossil  nut  pine. 

Plant  World,  vol.  5,  pp.  33-34,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  Pinus  lindgrenii. 

10.  Fossil  mosses. 

Plant  World,  vol.  5,  pp.  243-244,  1902. 

Gives  a  summary  of  what  is  known  regarding  these  forms. 

11.  Notes  on  the  fossil  fruits  and  lignites  of  Brandon,  Vermont. 

Torrey  Bot.  Club,  Bull.,  vol.  29,  pp.  635-641,  1  pi.,  1902. 

12.  Report  on  a  small  collection  of  fossil  plants  from  the  vicinity  of  Porcupine  Butte, 

Montana. 

Torrey  Bot.  Club,  Bull.,  vol.  29,  pp.  705-709,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

13.  Six  new  species. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  273-274,  1902. 

A  critical  review  of  a  paper  by  H.  Herzer  on  “Six  new  species,  including  two  new  genera,  of 
fossil  plants,”  in  9th  Ann.  Rept.  Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci. 

14.  Fossil  flora  of  the  John  Day  Basin,  Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  204,  153  pp.,  17  pis.,  1902. 

Gives  a  brief  description  of  the  geologic  formations  and  localities  of  this  area,  describes  the 
fossil  plants,  and  discusses  critically  the  age  and  relations  to  other  floras. 

15.  Description  of  a  new  fossil  species  of  Chara. 

Torreya,  vol.  2,  pp.  71-72,  1  fig.,  1902. 


200 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Knowlton  (Frank  Hall) — Continued. 

16.  Fossil  plants  from  Kukak  Bay  [Alaska]. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  4,  pp.  149-162,  12  pis.,  1904. 

17.  Fossil  floras  of  the  Yukon. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  733-734,  1904. 

18.  Fossil  plants  of  the  Judith  River  beds. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  257,  pp.  129-155,  6  pis.,  1905. 

Knox  (Newton  Booth). 

1.  Dredging  and  valuing  dredging-ground  in  Oroville,  California. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  22,  pp.  211-213,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  occurrence  of  gold  in  the  placer  deposits. 

Koenig*  (George  A.). 

1.  The  crystallization  of  mohawkite,  domeykite,  and  other  similar  arsenides. 

Lake  Superior  Mg.  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  62-64  [1901?]. 

2.  On  the  new  species  melanochalcite  and  keweenawite,  with  notes  on  some  other 

known  species. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  404-416,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence  and  chemical  characters  of  the  material. 

Kofoid  (C.  A.). 

1.  The  plankton  of  the  Illinois  River,  1894-1899,  with  introductory  notes  upon  the 
hydrography  of  the  Illinois  River  and  its  basin.  Part  I.  Quantitative  inves¬ 
tigations  and  general  results. 

Ill.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  6,  pp.  95-629,  50  pis.,  1903. 

Includes  a  brief  account  of  geologic  and  hydrographic  features  of  the  Illinois  River  basin. 

Kolderup  (Carl  Fred.). 

1.  Guldforekomsterne  i  Alaska  og  tilgrsensende  strceg.  [The  occurrence  of  gold  in 

Alaska  and  adjacent  regions.] 

Naturen,  Bergen,  vol.  25,  pp.  361-3G6,  2  figs.,  1901. 

2.  Nordhavets  bund  og  den  gamle  landbro  mellen  Island  og  Greenland.  [The  bot¬ 

tom  of  the  Arctic  Ocean  and  the  old  bridge  between  Iceland  and  Greenland.] 

Naturen,  Bergen,  vol.  26,  pp.  142-146, 1902. 

3.  De  vulkanske  udbrud  i  Vestindien.  [The  volcanic  eruption  in  the  West  Indies.] 

Naturen,  Bergen,  vol.  26,  pp.  353-363,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  eruptions  of  La  Soufriere  in  St.  Vincent  and  Mont  Pel6  in  Martinique. 

4.  The  rock  name  anorthosyte. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  392-393,  1903. 

Kraus  (Edward  H.). 

1.  A  new  exposure  of  serpentine  at  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  330-332,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  to  other  dike  exposures. 

2.  The  occurrence  of  celestite  near  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  and  its  relation  to  the  vermicular 

limestones  of  the  Salina  epoch. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci., .4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  30-39,  4  figs.,  1904. 

3.  Some  interesting  mineral  occurrences  in  the  Salina  epoch. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  619-620,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  of  hematite  and  celestite. 

4.  Occurrence  and  distribution  of  celestite-bearing  rocks. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  286-293,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  celestite-bearing  rocks,  particularly  on  Put-in-Bay 
Island,  Lake  Erie. 

5.  Celestite-bearing  rocks. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  p.  130,  1905. 

A  brief  note  on  the  occurrence  of  celestite  and  the  origin  of  certain  limestones  and  dolomites. 


FOE  THE  YEAKS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


201 


Kraus  (Edward  H.) — Continued. 

6.  On  the  origin  of  the  caves  of  the  island  of  Put-in- Bay,  Lake  Erie. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  167-171,  1  fig.,  1905. 

7.  Hydration  caves. 

Science, -new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  502-503,  1905. 

Kraus  (E.  H.)  and  Reitinger  (J. ). 

1.  Hussakite,  a  new  mineral,  and  its  relation  to  xenotime. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  46-55,  1902. 

Describes  the  chemical  and  crystallographic  characters  of  the  material. 

Krebs  (Wilhelm). 

1.  Flutschwankungen  und  die  vulkanischen  Ereignisse  in  Mittelamerika. 

Globus,  Bd.  84,  pp.  72-74,  1903. 

Discusses  connection  between  high  tides  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the  volcanic  activity  in 
Central  America  in  1902. 

Kroustchoff  (K.  de). 

1.  Note  sur  une  roche  basaltique  de  la  Sierra  Verde  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  vol.  16,  Rev.  pp.  17-26,  1901. 

Krusch  (P. ). 

1.  Ueber  eine  Kupfererzlagerstatte  in  Nieder-Californien. 

Zeitsch.  f.  prak.  Geol.,  Jahrg.  1899,  heft  3,  pp.  83-86,  1899. 

Describes  occurrence  of  copper-ore  bodies. 

Kummel  (Henry  B. ). 

1.  Report  on  Portland-cement  industry  [New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  9-101,  11  pis.,  33  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  composition  of  Portland  cement,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  lower 
Paleozoic  rocks  from  which  the  materials  are  derived.  Includes  detailed  descriptions  of 
localities. 

2.  The  mining  industry.  [New  Jersey.] 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  197-217,  1901. 

Contains  statistics  and  notes  on  iron,  zinc,  and  copper. 

3.  The  mining  industry  [of  New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept,  for  1901,  pp.  133-161,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  iron,  zinc,  and  copper  ores. 

4.  Administrative  report  [of  the  State  geologist  of  New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  5-24,  1903. 

Reviews  the  work  of  the  New  Jersey  Geological  Survey  during  the  year  ending  October  31, 
1902. 

5.  The  iron  and  zinc  mines  [New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  115-123,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  ores  and  the  mining  operations. 

6.  A  summary  of  the  work  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  New  Jersey,  with  a  subject 

index  to  its  reports. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summary  and  Index  to  Repts.,  27  pp.,  1903. 

7.  Administrative  report  of  the  State  geologist. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  xiii-xxxvi,  1904. 

Outlines  the  work  of  the  New  Jersey  Geological  Survey  for  the  year  ended  October  31, 1903. 

8.  Administrative  report  [of  the  State  geologist  of  New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  3-25, 1905. 

9.  A  report  upon  some  molding  sands  of  New  Jersey. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  187-246, 1905. 

Describes  characters,  composition,  distribution,  and  geologic  relations. 

10.  Well  records  [New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  263-271,  1905. 

Gives  records  of  strata  passed  through  in  borings. 


202 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Kiimmel  (Henry  B. )  and  Knapp  (George  N.). 

1.  The  stratigraphy  of  the  New  Jersey  clays. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  6,  pp.  117-209,  10  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  clays  of  Pleistocene,  Tertiary,  Cretaceous, 
and  older  systems  of  New  Jersey. 

Kiimmel  (Henry  B. )  and  Weller  (Stuart). 

1.  Paleozoic  limestones  of  Kittatiny  Valley,  New  Jersey. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol  12,  pp.  147-164,  1901.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  134,1901 
Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  subdivisions  of  the  Cambrian  and  Ordo 
vician  series  and  the  structure  of  the  region. 

2.  The  rocks  of  the  Green  Pond  Mountain  region. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  1-51,  2  figs.,  6  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  geologic  occurrence  and  history  and  geographic  distribution  of  the  formations  of 
this  area,  and  gives  lists  of  fossils  determined. 

Kunz  (George  F. ). 

1.  Des  progres  de  la  production  des  pierres  precieuses  aux  Etats-Unis. 

Intern.  Cong.  g6ol.,  Compte  Rendu,  viii  session,  pp.  393-395,  1901. 

2.  Precious  stones  in  the  United  States  in  1901. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  38,  1902. 

3.  Composition  of  tourmaline. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  482-483,  1902. 

4.  Gems  and  precious  stones  of  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  55-93,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence,  properties,  etc. 

5.  Californite  (vesuvianite),  a  new  ornamental  stone. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  397-338,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition. 

6.  Native  bismuth  and  bismite  from  Pala,  California. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16.  p.  398,  1903. 

7.  On  a  new  lilac-colored  transparent  spodumene. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  264-267,  1  pi.,  1903;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  p.  280,  1903. 
Describes  occurrence  and  characters. 

8.  Gem  minerals  of  southern  California. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  107-108,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  some  gem  minerals  recently  discovered. 

9.  Clackamas  meteoric  iron. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  108,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  a  meteoric  mass  recently  discovered. 

10.  The  exhibit  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  radium  collection  shown  at  the  St. 

Louis  Exposition. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  665,  1905. 

Includes  brief  notes  on  the  Canon  Diablo  meteorite. 


L. 

Lacroix  (A.). 

1.  Les  roches  volcaniques  de  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  134,  pp.  1246-1248,  1902. 

2.  Sur  les  cendres  des  eruptions  de  la  Montagne  Pelee  de  1851  et  de  1902. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  134,  pp.  1327-1329, 1902. 

Describes  characters  of  volcanic  ashes  ejected  from  Mont  PelA 

3.  Les  roches  volcaniques  de  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  134,  pp.  1369-1371,  1902. 

Describes  characters  of  volcanic  material  from  Martinique. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


203 


Lacroix  (A.) — Continued. 

4.  Mission  de  la  Martinique. 

Acad.  des-Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  147-150, 1902. 

Describes  observations  upon  Mont  Pel 6  and  the  surrounding  country  after  the  eruptions. 

5.  Sur  les  roches  rejetees  par  l’eruption  actuelle  de  la  Montagne  Pelee. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  451-454,  1902. 

Discusses  the  character  of  rocks  ejected  by  Mont  Pel6. 

6.  Les  enclaves  des  andesites  de  l’eruption  actuelle  de  la  Montagne  Pel6e. 

Acad.  des.  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  470-472, 1902. 

Discusses  the  composition  of  rocks  ejected  by  Mont  Pel6. 

7.  Nouvelles  observations  sur  les  eruptions  volcaniques  de  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  672-674,  1902. 

Records  observations  upon  the  effects  of  the  volcanic  eruptions  in  Martiniqiie. 

8.  Sur  l’etat  actuel  du  volcan  de  la  Montagne,  Pelee,  a  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  771-773,  1902. 

Gives  observations  upon  conditions  prevailing  at  the  summit  of  Mont  Pel6  at  the  time  of  the 
writer’s  visit. 

9.  Etat  actuel  du  volcan  de  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  992-997,  1902. 

Gives  observations  made  during  an  ascent  of  Mont  Pel6  by  the  writer  on  November  8, 1902. 

10.  Quelques  observations  mineralogiques  faites  sur  les  products  de  l’incendie  de 

Saint-Pierre  (Martinique). 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  1068-1071, 1902. 

Describes  effects  of  the  conflagration  at  St.  Pierre  upon  the  andesites  used  in  buildings. 

11.  Nouvelles  observations  sur  les  eruptions  volcaniques  de  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  1331-1307, 1902. 

Describes  observations  upon  volcanic  phenomena  of  Mont  Pel6  during  November  and 
December  of  1902. 

12.  Les  eruptions  des  nuages  denses  de  la  Montagne  Pelee. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  136,  pp.  216-218,  1903. 

Describes  eruptive  phenomena  of  Mount  Pel6. 

13.  L’eruption  de  la  Montagne  Pelee  en  janvier,  1903. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  136,  pp.  442-443,  1903. 

Describes  an  eruption  of  Mount  Pel6  that  took  place  in  January  of  1903. 

14.  Sur  1’ etat  actuel  de  la  Soufriere  de  la  Guadeloupe. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  136,  pp.  656-659,  1903. 

Describes  the  volcanic  activity  of  Soufriere  in  Guadeloupe. 

15.  Sur  une  eruption  du  volcan  de  Saint  Vincent. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  136,  pp.  803-807, 1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  volcano  Soufriere  in  the  island  of  St.  Vincent. 

16.  Principaux  resultats  de  la  mission  de  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  136,  pp.  871-876,  1903. 

Discusses  volcanic  phenomena  observed  on  the  island  of  Martinique. 

17.  La  cordierite  dans  les  produits  eruptifs  de  la  Montagne  Pelee  et  de  la  Soufriere 

de  Saint  Vincent. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  137,  pp.  145-147, 1903. 

Describes  the  composition  and  mode  of  formation  of  some  eruptive  products  of  Mont  Pel6 
and  the  Soufriere  of  St.  Vincent. 

18.  Les  enclaves  basiques  des  volcans  de  la  Martinique  et  de  Saint  Vincent. 

Acad  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  137,  pp.  211-213,1903. 

Discusses  the  composition  of  some  eruptive  products  of  Mont  Pel6  (1902)  and  of  the  Soufriere 
of  St.  Vincent. 

19.  Les  dernieres  eruptions  de  Saint-Vincent. 

Ann.  de  Geog.,  Paris,  no.  63,  12e  Ann6e,  pp.  261-268,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  volcanic  phenomena  in  the  island  of  St.  Vincent. 


204 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Lacroix  (A.) — Continued. 

20.  La  Montagne  Pelee  et  ses  eruptions. 

Paris,  Masson  et  Cie.,  1904.  xxii,  662  pp.,  30  pis.  and  238  figs.,  4to. 

Gives  a  full  account  of  the  volcanic  phenomena  connected  with  the  eruptions  of  La  Montagne 
Pel6ein  1902. 

Lacroix  (A.),  Rollet  de  l’Isle,  and  Giraud  (J. ). 

1.  Sur  l’eruption  de  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  377-391,  419-431, 1902. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  eruptions  of  Mont  Pel6,  with  observations  upon  various  vol¬ 
canic  phenomena,  topographic  changes,  and  the  character  of  the  ejectamenta. 

Laflamme  (J.  C.  K.). 

1.  Modifications  remarquables  causees  a  l’embouchere  de  la  Riviere  Ste-Anne  par 

l’eboulement  de  St- Alban. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Trans.,  new  ser.,  vol.  6,  sect.  4,  pp.  175-177, 1900. 

2.  Eboulement  a  Saint-Luc-de-Vincennes,  Riviere  Champlain,  le  21  Septembre,  1895. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  and  Trans.,  new  ser.,  vol.  6,  sect.  4,  pp.  179-186,  1  fig.,  1900. 

3.  Geological  exploration  of  Anticosti  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  188-194,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  upon  the  island. 

La  Forge  (Laurence). 

1.  Water  resources  of  central  and  southwestern  Highlands  of  New  Jersey. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  141-155,  1905. 

La  Forge  (Laurence),  Crosby  (W.  O.)  and. 

1.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Massachusetts. 

See  Crosby  (W.  O.)  and  La  Forge  (Laurence),  1. 

Laguerenne  (Teodoro  L. ). 

1.  Estado  de  Tabasco  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.,  vol.  17,  pp.  125-131, 1902. 

Describes  topographic  and  geologic  features  and  mineral  deposits  of  this  State. 

Laird  (George  A.). 

1.  The  gold  mines  of  the  San  Pedro  district,  Cerro  de  San  Pedro,  State  of  San  Luis 
Potosi,  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-Mo)  Bull.  no.  1,  pp.  69-89,  1  fig.;  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  858-878,  1  fig., 
1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits  in  the  dif¬ 
ferent  mines  and  openings,  and  the  mining  methods  and  production. 

Lakes  (Arthur). 

1.  The  American  Nettie  [Colorado]. 

Minos  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  241-245,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  ores  in  cave  deposits. 

2.  Cripple  Creek  [Colorado]. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  276-280,  7  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  volcanic  rocks  and  phenomena  of  the  region. 

3.  The  Curtis  coal  mine  [Colorado]. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  p.  298, 1901. 

Brief  description  of  occurrence  and  character  of  coal  near  Colorado  Springs 

4.  Cave  ore  deposits  [Colorado] . 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  333-334,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  ore  bodies  in  the  San  Juan  region. 

5.  The  Cerrillos  anthracite  mines  [New  Mexico]. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  341-342, 1901. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  coal  in  this  region. 

6.  A  new  coal  field  [New  Mexico]. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  375-376,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  coal. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


205 


Lakes  (Arthur) — Continued. 

7.  The  turquoise  mines  [New  Mexico]. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  395-396,  1901. 

8.  Change  of  ore  bodies  with  change  of  country  rock. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  p.  417,  1901. 

Discusses  some  phenomena  accompanying  ore  deposition. 

9.  Peculiar  geological  formations  of  the  Southern  States. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  p.430,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  general  geology  of  the  region. 

10.  Oil  fields  of  California. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  467-470,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  southern  California  and  the  occurrence  of  oil. 

11.  Prospecting  for  oil  in  Colorado. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  481-433,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  general  geology  and  occurrence  of  oil  in  Colorado. 

12.  Building  and  monumental  stones  of  Colorado. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  29-30,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  characters  and  occurrence  of  various  building  stones. 

13.  Sedimentary  building  stones  of  Colorado. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  62-64,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  building  stones  from  sedimentary  strata. 

14.  Petroleum  in  western  North  America. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  78-80, 1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  oil  in  this  region. 

15.  The  geology  of  the  oil  fields  of  Colorado. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.l,  pp.  221-226,  1901. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  geologic  structure  of  the  oil  fields  and  the  occurrences  of  oil. 

16.  Prospecting  for  oil  in  Colorado. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  107-109,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  oil. 

17.  Oil  Springs  of  Rio  Blanco  County,  Colorado. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  150-152,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  and  occurrence  of  oil. 

18.  Some  Idaho  mining  districts. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  203-206,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  State  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  ore  bodies. 

19.  The  geological  occurrence  of  oil  in  Colorado. 

Abstract:  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  p.  21505,  1901. 

20.  The  Buckhorn  mine  and  the  San  Luis  Park,  Colorado.  Peculiar  formations 

which  contain  some  ores  and  present  a  striking  appearance. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  322-323,  3  figs.,  1902. 

21.  Oil  in  Colorado,  the  geology  of  the  deposits,  and  the  various  horizons  in  which 

signs  of  oil  have  been  found. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  256-257,  1902. 

22.  A  lesson  on  faults.  Sketch  of  the  Aspen  mining  region,.  Colorado,  in  which  tht 

effects  of  faulting  in  the  past,  and  still  going  on,  are  shown. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  341-343,  6  figs.,  1902. 

23.  The  coal,  graphite,  and  oil  fields  of  Raton,  New  Mexico.  The  location  and  geo 

logical  character.  The  coal  mines. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  350-352,  5  figs.,  1902. 

24.  The  western  oil  field  of  Mesa  and  Rio  Blanco  counties,  Colorado.  A  regior 

geologically  favorable  for  oil. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  388-389,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region. 


206 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Lakes  (Arthur) — Continued. 

25.  Geology  along  the  Animas  River,  with  descriptions  of  coal  and  metal  mines 

along  its  course,  including  a  sketch  of  the  Silver  Lake  mine  [Colorado]. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  j)p.  398-399,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coal  and  associated  strata. 

26.  Natural  gas  in  Colorado,  a  description  of  some  of  its  occurrences  and  the  condi¬ 

tions  which  point  to  the  probability  of  its  existence. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  417-418,  2  figs.,  1902. 

27.  Prospecting  for  oil  in  the  region  of  the  cliff  dwellers  of  southeastern  Colorado. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  438-440,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  structure  of  the  region. 

28.  The  Spanish  peaks.  Coal  region  in  southern  Colorado.  An  illustration  of  the 

effects  of  volcanic  action  on  coal  seams. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  463-464,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Gives  a  summary  of  R.  C.  Hill’s  description  of  the  region. 

29.  Crestone  mining  district  in  San  Luis  Park,  Colorado.  A  region  containing  some 

good  veins  favorably  situated  for  economical  mining. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  467-468,  3  figs.,  1902. 

30.  Glacial  placer  beds  on  the  flanks  of  the  Mosquito  Range,  South  Park,  Colorado. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  p.  469,  1  fig.,  1902. 

31. *  Prospecting  for  coal  in  the  western  States — points  of  resemblance  and  points  of 

difference  between  the  western  and  eastern  coal  fields. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  506-507,  2  figs.,  1902. 

32.  The  prairie  region  of  northeastern  Colorado.  A  description  of  some  interesting 

geological,  occurrences  near  Sterling. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  p.  510,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  Tertiary  strata  of  the  region. 

33.  Faults  in  metal  mines.  The  different  types  and  their  various  manifestations, 

their  effects  upon  ore  deposition. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  541-542,  6  figs.,  1902. 

34.  Volcanoes.  The  manner  of  their  eruption,  their  effect  upon  the  deposition  of 

minerals. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  554-556,  4  figs.,  1902. 

35.  South  Park,  Colorado.  A  description  of  its  geology  and  economic  resources  in 

gold,  silver,  lead,  coal,  and  oil. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  78-79,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region. 

36.  Prospecting  for  oil  in  Wyoming.  A  description  of  the  prospects  in  the  country 

around  Medicine  Butte,  and  Red  Mountain,  Uinta  County. 

Mines  &  Minprals,  vol.  23,  pp.  99-100,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  strata  of  the  region. 

37.  Great  Salt  Lake  basin.  A  description  of  the  terraces  which  show  the  shores  of 

the  ancient  lake  when  it  was  much  larger  than  now. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  112-113,  2  figs.,  1902. 

38.  Sketching  the  characteristic  features  of  rocks. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  74,  p.  22339,  1902. 

39.  Aguilar  coal  and  oil  district.  A  description  of  the  geology,  the  thickness  and 

quality  of  the  coal  veins,  and  the  indications  of  oil. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  196-198,  4  figs.,  1903. 

40.  The  soils  of  Colorado  in  relation  to  their  geological  origin  and  surroundings,  and 

their  availability  for  irrigation. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  207-209,  1903. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


207 


Lakes  ( Arthur)  — Continued. 

41.  The  La  Plata  Mountains.  Observations  on  their  formations  and  the  influence  of 

the  different  igneous  rocks  upon  mineralization. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  222-223,  2  figs.,  1903. 

42.  Recent  earth  movements.  An  account  of  some  movements  in  the  Rocky  Moun¬ 

tains  as  shown  by  effects  on  streams  and  mines. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  p.  228,  1903. 

43.  Summit  County  placers  of  Colorado;  a  description  of  the  great  hydraulic  works 

now  nearing  completion  near  Brec.kenridge. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  241-244,  6  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  placer  gold. 

44.  Redcliff  ore  deposits.  Not  unlike  in  some  respects  to  the  ore  deposits  of  the 

Manc.os  contact  and  the  American  Nettie  at  Ouray  [Colorado]. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  252-253, 1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  gold  ore  deposits. 

45.  The  Bellevue  mining  district  of  Idaho;  the  geological  peculiarities  of  the  veins  as 

shown  in  the  Minnie  Moore  and  the  Queen  of  the  Hills  mines. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  271-272,  4  figs.,  1903. 

46.  Secondary  enrichment  of  ore  deposits — its  causes  and  effects — the  conclusions  of 

various  authorities. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  p.  347,  1903. 

47.  The  Silver  Lake  mine,  near  Silverton,  San  Juan  County,  Colo.  An  instance  of 

successful  operation  of  a  large  mine  at  high  altitude. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  389-390,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Includes  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  the  silver-lead  ores. 

48.  The  present  oil  situation  in  Colorado;  a  review  of  the  histories  of  the  several 

regions,  and  the  discoveries  which  have  be'en  made. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  399-401,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  geology  of  the  Boulder  oil  field. 

49.  Geology  and  economics  along  the  line  of  the  new  Moffat  railway,  to  be  built 

from  Denver  to  Salt  Lake  City. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  418-419,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 

50.  Creede  mining  camp.  Valuable  mines  opened  through  the  Nelson  and  Hum¬ 

phreys  tunnels.  A  description  of  the  Humphreys  mill. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  433-435,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  and  occurrence  of  the  silver-lead  ores. 

51.  A  trip  to  Chihuahua,  old  Mexico.  A  description  of  the  Descubidoro  mine,  with 

some  impressions  of  the  country,  the  people,  and  the  mines. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  446-447,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  the  silver  and  gold  ores. 

52.  Zinc  deposits:  their  geology  and  origin  as  shown  in  Wisconsin,  Arkansas,  Mis¬ 

souri,  and  Tennessee. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  p.  468,  1903. 

53.  Peculiar  mines  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Rosita  and  Silver  Cliff  mining  district  of 

Colorado.  Ore  deposits  in  a  volcanic  throat. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  487-489,  4  figs.,  1903. 

54.  Santa  Eulalia  mines.  A  trip  to  the  ancient  and  very  rich  silver-lead  mines  in 

the  Santa  Eulalia  Mountains,  near  Chihuahua,  Mexico. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  529-531,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  the  silver-lead  ore  deposits. 

55.  A  remarkable  occurrence  in  the  depths  of  a  fissure  vein. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  p.  534,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  a  carbonized  tree  in  a  fissure  vein  of  quartz. 


208 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Lakes  (Arthur) — Continued. 

56.  Geologizing  by  the  seaside.  Illustrations  of  geological  phenomena  related  to 

mining  as  shown  in  the  sea  cliffs  and  caves  at  La  Jolia,  near  San  Diego,  Cal. 
Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  23,  pp.  543-545,  6  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  geology  and  geologic  phenomena  of  the  region. 

57.  The  sea  and  mining.  Illustrations  shown  at  seacoast  of  manner  of  making  and 

destruction  of  rocks  by  action  of  shellfish  and  erosion. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  12-14,  figs.  1-6,  1903. 

Describes  erosion  and  sedimentation  processes  and  the  destructive  action  of  boring  seashells. 

58.  Mud  volcanoes.  Present-day  illustrations  of  mudflows  and  formations  resembling 

some  older  ones  in  which  mineral  deposits  have  been  found. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  p.  33,  2  figs.,  1903. 

59.  Bonanzas  and  pockets  of  ore.  Some  of  the  causes  of  their  deposition  and  origin 

as  illustrated  in  various  mines. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  52-53,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  formation  of  ore  deposits. 

60.  Coal  and  asphalt  deposits  along  the  Moffat  railway.  Geological  conditions  shown 

which  promise  valuable  deposits  at  workable  depths. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  134-136,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  coal  and  asphalt  deposits. 

61.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  86-88,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  economic  development  of  the  gypsum  deposits  of  Colo¬ 
rado. 

62.  The  coal  fields  of  Colorado. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  no.  2,  pp.  11-23,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  formation  of  the  coal,  the  location,  character,  and  geologic  age  of  the  coal  fields 
and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coals. 

63.  Field  notes  concerning  ore  shoots  and  the  influence  of  downhill  pressure  on  the 

outcrop  of  veins. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  25,  pp.  92-93,  6  figs.,  1904. 

64.  Grand  Encampment  copper  district  of  Wyoming.  Some  notes  on  the  geology, 

and  a  description  of  some  of  the  development  work. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  25,  pp.  200-201,  2  figs.,  1904. 

65.  The  Yampa  coal  fields.  A  description  of  the  anthracite,  bituminous,  and  lignite- 

field  traversed  by  the  Moffatt  Road  in  Routt  County,  Colorado. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  249-251,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  coal  beds. 

66.  The  Book  Cliff  coal  mines.  Coal  seams  near  Grand  Junction,  Colorado,  which 

exhibit  interesting  peculiarities  in  their  locations  and  formations. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  289-291,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  geologic  relations,  and  economic  development  of  these 
coal  beds. 

67.  A  trip  through  Arizona.  Interesting  desert  scenery  and  the  relation  it  bears  to 

the  geology  and  mining  interests  of  the  region. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  356-358,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  observations  on  the  physiography  and  geology  of  parts  of  Arizona. 

68.  Tonopah  mining  camp.  Some  notes  on  its  location,  the  geological  formations  of 

the  region,  and  the  mines  in  operation. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  479-481,  1904. 

69.  Mines  and  scenery.  A  typical  Nevada  mining  region  situated  in  the  bottom  of 

an  ancient  dried  up  lake  bed. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  552-553,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  physiography  and  geology  of  a  part  of  western  Nevada. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE.  209 

Lakes  (Arthur) — Continued. 

70.  Schists  and  slates  as  ore  carriers. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  pp.  161-162,  1904. 

71.  Ore  in  anticlinals,  as  at  Bendigo,  Australia,  and  Tombstone,  Arizona. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  p.  193,  1904. 

72.  The  Lone  Mountain  district,  near  Tonopah,  Nevada. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  pp.  246-247,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  and  geologic  features  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  silver-ore 
deposits. 

73.  Some  of  the  ore  deposits  of  Colorado. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  pp.  377-378,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  some  ore  deposits. 

74.  Ore  shoots  and  veins  that  do  not  come  to  the  surface. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  55-56,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrences  of  ore  bodies. 

75.  Organic  remains  in  ore  deposits. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  113-114,  1904. 

76.  Ore  deposition  in  the  cement  of  rocks. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  p.  140,  1904. 

77.  Volcanic  craters  and  ore  deposits. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  216-217,  1904. 

78.  Shear  zones  or  zones  of  impregnation  vs.  true  quartz  fissure  veins. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  295-296,  1904. 

Discusses  the  character  of  veins  containing  ore  deposits. 

79.  The  Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  5-7,  2  figs.,  1905. 

80.  The  coal  fields  of  Colorado. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  73-74,  3  figs.,  1905. 

81.  The  anthracite  situation  in  Colorado. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  98-99,  1905. 

82.  Coal  along  the  eastern  foothills. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  127-128,  1905. 

83.  The  geology  and  coal  deposits  of  the  Spanish  Peaks  district. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  184-185,  4  figs.,  1905. 

84.  The  La  Plata  or  southwestern  Colorado  coal  field. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  212-213,  2  figs.,  1905. 

85.  Coals  of  the  southern  Colorado  or  the  Walsenburg  and  Trinidad  region. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  234-235,  1  fig.,  1905. 

86.  Disturbances  and  other  peculiarities  of  the  northeastern  coal  field  of  Colorado 

between  Ralston  Creek  and  Boulder. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  326-328,  3  figs.,  1905. 

87.  The  Grand  River  coal  field  [Colorado]. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  379-381,  2  figs.,  1905. 

88.  The  Y  ampa  coal  field  of  Routt  County,  Colorado. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  404-405,  2  figs.,  1905. 

89.  The  South  Park  coal  field  [Colorado]. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  428-429,  2  figs.,  1905. 

90.  Geology  of  the  hot  springs  of  Colorado  and  speculations  as  to  their  origin  and  heat. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  479-481,  1905. 

91.  Sketch  of  the  economic  resources  of  the  foothills  of  the  front  range  of  Colorado. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  622-524,  l  fig.,  1905. 

Bull.  301—06 - 14 


210 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Lakes  (Arthur) — Continued. 

92.  Faults  with  special  reference  to  coal  and  metal  mining. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  52,  pp.  6-7,  4  figs.,  1905. 

93.  Fault  phenomena.  Signs  of  faulting  below  ground. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  52,  pp.  58-59,  5  figs.,  1905. 

94.  Fault  phenomena.  Practical  consideration  of  faults  in  mining. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  52,  pp.  85-86,  2  figs.,  1905. 

95.  Examples  of  Colorado  faults,  both  old  and  recent.  Some  practical  suggestions. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  52,  pp.  166-167,  3  figs.,  1905. 

96.  Peat  and  its  relation  to  coal.’ 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  52,  pp.  208-209,  4  figs.,  1905. 

97.  The  hot  and  mineral  springs  of  Routt  County  and  Middle  Park,  Colorado. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  52,  pp.  438-439,  2  figs.,  1905. 

98.  Oil-impregnated  volcanic  dikes  in  Colorado. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  25  p.  394,  3  figs.,  1905. 

99.  The  Occidental  and  other  coal  mines  of  Huerfano  County,  Colorado.  A  descrip¬ 

tion  of  the  geology  and  development  of  the  region. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  25,  pp.  473-474,  3  figs.,  1905. 

100.  Flints  and  other  hard  rocks  as  material  for  tube  mills. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  26,  pp.  53-54,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  and.  origin  of  flint  nodules. 

101.  Organic  remains  in  ore  deposits. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  1226-1227,  1905. 

102.  Igneous  rocks  in  ore  deposition. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  p.  196,  1905. 

103.  Geology  of  the  hot  springs  of  Colorado  and  speculations  as  to  their  origin  and  heat. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  8,  pp.  31-37,  1905. 

104.  Geology  of  western  ore  deposits.  (New  edition  entirely  rewritten  and  enlarged, 

with  300  illustrations. ) 

Denver,  Colorado,  The  Kendrick  Book  and  Stationery  Company,  1905.  438  pp. 

Lamb  (George  F. ). 

1.  Field  geology  in  the  Ohio  State  University. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  195-197, 1905. 

Contains  brief  geological  notes  upon  various  Paleozoic  formations  in  Ohio. 

Lambe  (Lawrence  M.). 

1.  Notes  on  a  turtle  from  the  Cretaceous  rocks  of  Alberta  [Canada]. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  63-67,  4  pis.,  1901. 

2.  A  revision  of  the  genera  and  species  of  Canadian  Paleozoic  corals:  the  Madrepo- 

raria  Aporosa  and  the  Madreporaria  Rugosa. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Contr.  to  Can.  Paleont.,  vol.  4,  pt.  2,  pp.  97-197,  13  pis.,  1901. 

3.  New  genera  and  species  from  the  Belly  River  series  (Mid-Cretaceous). 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Contr.  to  Can.  Paleont.,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  23-81,  21  pis.,  1902. 

4.  Red  Deer  River,  Alberta  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  80-81,  1902. 

Discusses  the  author’s  field  work  at  this  locality. 

5.  On  Trionyx  foveatus,  Leidy,  and  Trionyx  vagans,  Cope,  from  the  Cretaceous 

rocks  of  Alberta  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  81-86,  4  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  characters  and  occurrence  of  these  fossil  Chelonia. 

6.  The  lower  jaw  of  Dryptosaurus  (Cope). 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  17,  pp.  133-139,  3  pis.,  1903, 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE.  211 

Lambe  (Lawrence  M.) — Continued. 

7.  Stegoceras  and  Stereocephalus. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  p.  60, 1903. 

8.  On  Dryptosaurus  incrassatus  (Cope),  from  the  Edmonton  series  of  the  Northwest 

Territory. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Contr.  to  Can.  Paleont.,  yol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  1-27,  8  pis.,  2  figs.,  1904. 

9.  The  grasping  power  of  the  manus  of  Ornithomimus  altus,  Lambe. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  18,  pp.  33-36,  2  pis.,  1904.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  254, 1904. 

10.  On  the  squamoso-parietal  crest  of  two  species  of  horned  dinosaurs  from  the  Cre¬ 

taceous  of  Alberta. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  18,  pp.  81-84,  2  pis.,  1904. 

11.  On  the  squamoso-parietal  crest  of  the  horned  dinosaurs  Centrosaurus  apertusand 

Monoclonius  canadensis  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Alberta. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  10,  sect.  4,  pp.  3-12,  2  pis.,  1904. 

12.  The  progress  of  vertebrate  paleontology  in  Canada. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  10,  sect.  4,  pp.  13-56,  1904.  . 

Gives  a  review  of  work  upon  vertebrate  fossils  discovered  in  Canada,  with  a  list  of  Canadian 
species  occurring  in  each  of  the  systems  of  the  geological  scale,  anu  a  list  oi  papers  con¬ 
taining  references  to  these  species. 

13.  Vertebrate  paleontology. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  205-207, 1904. 

Reviews  the  work  upon  vertebrate  paleontology  during  1903  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
Canada. 

14.  On  the  tooth-structure  of  Mesophippus  westoni  (Cope). 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  243-245,  1  pi.,  1905. 

15.  Vertebrate  paleontology. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  362-371,  1905. 

Reviews  of  the  work  on  vertebrate  paleontology  in  1904  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada. 

16.  Fossil  horses  of  the  Oligocene  of  the  Cypress  hills,  Assiniboia. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  11,  sect.  4,  pp.  43-52,  1  pi.,  1905. 

17.  A  new  species  of  Hyracodon  (H.  priscidens)  from  the  Oligocene  of  the  Cypress 

hills,  Assiniboia. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  11,  sect.  4,  pp.  37-42, 1  pi.,  1905. 

Lambert  (Avery  E.). 

1.  Description  of  Dalmanites  lunatus. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  480-482,  1  pi.,  1904. 

2.  A  trilobite  (Dalmanites  lunatus)  from  Littleton,  N.  H.,  with  notes  on  other  fossils 

from  the  same  locality. 

In  the  Geology  of  Littleton,  by  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  Cambridge,  U.  S.  A.,  1905,  pp.  33-38,  2  pis. 

Landes  (Henry). 

1.  An  outline  of  the  geology  of  Washington. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  11-35,  5  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  topography  and  geologic  formations  found  in  the  State  of  Washington. 

2.  The  nonmetalliferous  resources  of  Washington,  except  coal. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  161-213,  5  pis.,  1902.  Abstract:  Stone,  vol.  24, 
pp.  521-525;  vol.  25,  pp.  24-30,  125-127,  1902. 

3.  The  coal  deposits  of  Washington. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Ript.  for  1901,  pp.  257-281,  6  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  geologic  position  and  distribution  of  the  coals  of  the  State  of  Washington. 

4.  Preliminary  report  on  the  underground  waters  of  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  Ill,  85  pp.,  1  pi.,  1905, 

5.  The  clay  deposits  of  Washington. 

U.  s.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  550-558, 1905, 


212 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Landes  (Henry) — Continued. 

6.  Field  notes  on  Mt.  Rainier  [Washington]. 

Mazama,  vol.  2,  pp.  220-223,  1905. 

Gives  notes  on  the  general  geology  and  the  geologic  structure  of  Mt.  Rainier. 

Landes  (Henry)  and  Ruddy  (C.  A.). 

1.  Coal  deposits  of  Washington. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  2,  Ann.  Kept,  for  1902,  pp.  165-277,  1  pi.,  46  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  character,  geographic  distribution,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  coal  beds  of  Wash¬ 
ington,  the  occurrence,  thickness,  and  value  of  the  coal  seams,  and  constitution  and  fuel 
value  cf  the  coals. 

Landes  (Henry),  Thyng1  (William  S.),  Lyon  (D.  A.)  and  Roberts  (Milnor). 

1.  The  metalliferous  resources  of  Washington,  except  iron. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  39-157,  4  pis.,  1902. 

Lane  (Alfred  C. ). 

1.  Michigan  limestones  and  their  uses. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  pp.  662-663,  693-694,  and  725,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  uses  of  the  limestones  derived  from  the  several  ge 
ologic  horizons  in  Michigan. 

2.  The  pre-Glacial  surface  deposits  of  Lower  Michigan. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  788-799,  1901. 

Describes  briefly  the  drainage  systems  and  the  character  of  the  bed-rock  material. 

3.  Annual  report  of  the  State  geologist  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  3,  pp.  13-22,  1901. 

Summarizes  the  geological  work  done  in  Michigan. 

4.  Suggestion  from  the  State  geologist. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  3,  no.  10,  p.  9,  1901. 

Proposes  to  substitute  the  term  Saginaw  for  Jackson  as  applied  to  coal  beds  in  Michigan,  and 
Antrim  for  St.  Clair  as  applied  to  Upper  Devonian  shales  of  Thunder  Bay  and  Grand  Trav¬ 
erse  Bay  regions. 

5.  The  economic  geology  of  Michigan  in  its  relation  to  the  business  world. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  4,  no.  1,  pp.  9-15,  1901. 

6.  Asphalt  in  Delta  County,  Michigan. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  50,  1902. 

Gives  a  section  of  the  Ordovician  strata,  and  describes  the  character  of  the  asphalt  material. 

7.  Subsurface  geology  [Alcona  County,  Michigan] . 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  64-76,  geol.  map  and  sections,  19j2. 

Describes  the  character  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Devonian  rocks  as  exhibited  by  the  well 
records  and  the  possible  occurrence  of  oil  and  gas. 

8.  Economic  geology  [of  Michigan] . 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  121-137,  1902. 

9.  Limestones  [of  Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  141-159,  1902. 

Describes  the  character,  composition,  and  occurrence  of  limestones  in  Michigan. 

10.  Deep  wells  and  prospects  for  oil  and  gas  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  211-237,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Gives  notes  on  well  records  in  various  parts  of  the  State. 

11.  Geological  map  of  Michigan. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  opp.  p.  224,  1902. 

12.  Salt  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  241-242,  1902. 

Contains  brief  notes  on  well  records  and  analyses  of  the  brines. 

13.  Geothermal  gradient. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  244-251,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  surface  and  underground  temperatures. 


FOR  THE  TEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


213 


Lane  (Alfred  C.) — Continued. 

14.  Coal  of  Michigan:  its  mode  of  occurrence  and  quality. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  8,  pt.  2,  pp.  1-232,  9  pis.,  9  figs.,  map,  1902. 

Describes  the  geologic  occurrence,  composition,  and  mining  of  coal  in  the  Lower  Peninsula 
of  Michigan. 

15.  The  northern  interior  coal  field. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  307-331,  2  pis.,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  extent,  geologic  relations  and  structure  of  the  field,  the  character  and  occurrence 
of  the  coal  beds,  the  properties,  composition,  and  development  of  the  coal. 

16.  Variation  of  geothermal  gradient  in  Michigan. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  88, 1902. 

17.  Queneau  on  size  of  grain  in  igneous  rocks. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  393-396,  1902. 

18.  Recent  work  of  the  Geological  Survey  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Acad.  Sci.,  3d  Rept.,  pp.  38-39,  1902. 

19.  Report  on  certain  lands  leased  for  oil  and  gas  near  Cannel  City,  Morgan  County, 

Kentucky. 

Lansing,  12  pp.,  1902.  (Private  publication.) 

Gives  an  account  of  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region. 

20.  Notes  on  the  origin  of  Michigan  bog  limes. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  8,  pt.  3,  pp.  199-223,  1  pi.,  5  figs.,  1903. 

21.  List  of  localities  and  mills  [manufacturing  Portland  cement]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  8,  pt.  3,  pp.  224-342,  1903. 

Includes  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  marls  and  clays  and  analyses  of  materials  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  cements. 

22.  Studies  of  the  grain  of  igneous  intrusives. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  369-384,  5  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  grain  of  augite  in  a  group  of  chemically  similar  diabases. 

23.  Porphyritic  appearance  of  rocks. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  385-406,  1903. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  variation  in  texture  of  igneous  rocks  as  the  margin  is  approached. 

24.  Annual  report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Michigan. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  5,  no.  2,  pp.  16-26,  1903;  reprinted  as  separate,  26  pp.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  utilization  of  various  economic  products  found  in  Michigan. 

25.  Geological  changes  now  going  on. 

Mich.  Eng.,  pp.  102-105,  1903. 

Describes  erosion  on  lake  shores  and  changes  in  elevation. 

26.  The  economic  geology  of  Michigan. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  152,  1903;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  218,  1903;  Sci. 
Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22666,  1903. 

27.  Variation  of  geothermal  gradient  in  Michigan. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  528-529, 1903. 

Presents  data  regarding  underground  variations  of  temperature. 

28.  The  theory  of  copper  deposition. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  6,  no.  2,  pp.  9-11,  no.  3,  pp.  9-11,  1904.  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  297-309,  1  fig., 
1904. 

Discusses  the  theory  of  copper  deposition  with  especial  reference  to  the  copper-ore  deposits 
of  the  Lake  Superior  region. 

29.  The  science  of  raw  materials. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  6,  no.  4,  pp.  9-11,  1904. 

Discusses  scope  and  utility  of  economic  geology. 

30.  Building  and  road  materials. 

Mich.'  Miner,  vol.  6,  no.  5,  pp.  9-12,  no.  6,  pp.  9-11,  1904. 

Gives  notes  on  the  occurrence,  character,  and  use  of  materials  for  Portland  cement  and 
cement-brick  manufacture,  and  road  making. 


214 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Lane  (Alfred  C. ) — Continued. 

31.  Recent  explorations  for  oil  and  gas.  Advance  sheets  from  the  Annual  Report 

of  State  geologist,  1904  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  6,  no.  8,  pp.  9-12,  no.  9,  pp.  9-13,  1904. 

Includes  record  of  borings  and  discussion  of  the  strata  passed  through. 

32.  The  role  of  possible  eutectics  in  rock  magmas. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  83-93,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  quantitative  classification  of  igneous  rocks. 

33.  Magnetic  phenomena  around  deep  borings. 

Mich.  Acad.  Sci.,  4th  Rept.,  pp.  166-167,  1904. 

34.  Our  underground  wealth.  Michigan  clay,  shales,  and  paving  materials. 

The  Gateway,  vol.  1,  no.  6,  pp.  49-51, 1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  utilization  of  clays  and  shales  for  paving  materials. 

35.  Gold  near  Lake  Superior. 

The  Gateway,  vol.  3,  no.  3,  pp.  30-32, 1904. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  along  the  international  boundary  and  the  occurrence 
and  mining  of  gold  ores  in  Ontario  and  Michigan. 

36.  Historical  review  of  the  geology  of  Michigan. 

Mich.  Acad.  Sci.,  5th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  184-195,  1904. 

Gives  a  review  of  the  investigations  upon  the  geology  of  Michigan,  a  general  outline  of  the 
geological  structure  and  stratigraphy  of  the  State,  and  a  list  of  publications  bearing  upon 
the  geology  of  the  State. 

37.  The  coarseness  of  igneous  rocks  and  its  meaning. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  65-72,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Discusses  variation  in  size  of  grain  of  igneous  rocks  and  its  causes,  and  points  out  applications 
which  may  be  made  of  the  facts  stated. 

58.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  states:  Lower  Michigan. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  242-247,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology,  the  underground  water  supplies,  and  the  geologic 
horizons  from  which  they  are  obtained. 

39.  Fifth  annual  report  of  the  State  geologist  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  342  pp.,  6  pis.,  1905. 

40.  Waters  of  the  Upper  Peninsula  of  Michigan. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  111-167,  1905. 

Includes  records  of  wells  and  a  discussion  of  the  strata  passed  through. 

41.  Limestones  [of  Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  169-174,  1906. 

42.  Transmission  of  heat  into  the  earth. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  195-204,  1905;  Mich.  Engineer,  pp.  229-245,  1904. 

43.  Grain  of  rock. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  205-237,  6  figs.,  1905. 

44.  The  theory  of  copper  deposition. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  239-249,  1905. 

45.  The  Tamarack  Mine  cross  section  and  the  Keweenawan  lodes. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  251-270,  1905. 

Describes  petrographic  characters  of  rocks  in  these  lodes. 

46.  Deep  borings  for  oil  and  gas  [in  Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  271-294,  1905. 

47.  Comment  on  the  ‘  ‘  Report  of  the  special  committee  on  the  Lake  Superior  region.  ’  ’ 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  457-461, 1905. 

48.  Sixth  annual  report  of  the  State  geologist  [of  Michigan],  for  1904. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  113-168,  1  pi.,  1905;  Mich.  Miner,  vol.  7,  no.  2; 
pp.  12-15;  no.  3,  pp.  12-18;  no.  4,  pp.  9-12,  1905. 

Chiefly  administrative,  but  includes  various  data  relating  to  the  geology  of  Michigan.  Includes 
and  comments  upon  the  report  of  the  special  committee  for  the  Lake  Superior  region  (see 
Van  Hise  and  others,  1). 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


215 


Langley  (S.  P.). 

1.  Powell  as  a  man. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  5,  pp.  127-130,  1903. 

2.  The  greatest  flying  creature. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  pp.  22644-22645,  illus.,  1903. 

Discusses  flight  in  the  Ornithostoma,  introducing  a  paper  by  F.  A.  Lucas  with  the  same  title. 

Langworthy  (A.  E. ). 

1.  The  Atchison  [Kansas]  diamond-drill  prospect  hole. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  45-52,  1901. 

Gives  record  of  boring,  discusses  strata  penetrated,  and  includes  analyses  of  coal. 

Lasswitz  (Rudolf). 

1.  Die  Kreide-Ammoniten  von  Texas.  (Collectio  F.  Roemer.) 

Geol.  und  Pal.  Abh.  (Koken),  N.  F.,  Bd.  6,  Heft  4,  40  pp.,  8  pis.,  1901. 

Gives  systematic  descriptions  of  Cretaceous  ammonites  from  Texas,  a  graphic  section  of  strata 
at  Austin,  and  correlation  tables  of  Cretaceous  formations. 

Launay  (L.  de). 

1 .  [Discussion  of  ‘  ‘  The  origin  of  ore-deposits.  *  ’  ] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31, pp.  947-951,  1902. 

Lawson  (Andrew  C. ). 

1.  A  feldspar-corundum  rock  from  Plumas  County,  California. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  p.  78,  1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  501-502,  1901. 

Gives  chemical  analysis  of  the  feldspar. 

2.  The  drainage  features  of  California. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  77-78, 1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  495,  1901. 
Discusses  the  causes  which  have  determined  the  drainage  features  of  the  Coast,  Klamath, 
and  Sierra  Nevada  ranges. 

3.  Joseph  Le  Conte. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  273-277, 1  pi.,  1901. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  his  life  and  work. 

4.  The  Eparchsean  interval:  a  criticism  of  the  use  of  the  term  Algonkian. 

Univ.  Cal.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  51-62,  1902. 

Discusses  the  application  of  the  terms  Archaean  and  Algonkian,  the  correlation  of  their  for¬ 
mations  and  defines  the  term  Eparchaean  interval. 

5.  Third  annual  meeting  of  the  Cordilleran  section  of  the  Geological  Society  of 

America  [Proceedings  and  abstracts  of  papers]. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  410-417,  1902. 

6.  A  geological  section  of  the  middle  Coast  ranges  of  California. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  415, 1902. 

Gives  a  table  showing  succession  and  character  of  geologic  formations  in  the  Coast  ranges  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco. 

7.  On  an  orbicular  gabbro  from  San  Diego  County.  California. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  415, 1902. 

8.  Plumasite,  an  oligoclase-corundum  rock. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  219-229,  1903. 

Discusses  occurrence  of  corundiferous  rocks,  and  describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of 
this  corundum  rock  discovered  on  Spanish  Peak  in  Plumas  County,  California. 

9.  Geological  section  of  the  middle  Coast  ranges  of  California. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  544-545, 1903. 

In  a  table  gives  the  names  of  the  formations  and  their  lithologic  characters  and  thickness. 

10.  The  geomorphogeny  of  the  upper  Kern  basin. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  291-376, 15  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  general  petrographic  characters  of  the  rocks  and  the  glaciation 
and  physiographic  features  of  the  region,  and  discussess  the  origin  of  the  latter. 


216 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Lawson  (Andrew  C.) — Continued. 

11.  The  orbicular  gabbro  at  Dehesa,  San  Diego  Co.,  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  383-396, 1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  of  the  orbicular  gabbro  and  its 
petrographic  characters  and  composition. 

12.  The  relation  of  geology  to  the  mining  industry. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  91,  p.  395,  1905. 

Lawson  (Andrew  C. )  and  Palache  (Charles). 

1.  The  Berkeley  Hills  [California].  A  detail  of  Coast  Range  geology. 

Univ.  Cal.,  Dept  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  349-450,  8  pis.,  map,  1902. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  the  formations  of  the  region,  erosion 
intervals,  faults,  and  the  microscopic  characters  of  the  volcanic  rocks. 

Lawson  (Publius  V.). 

1.  Preliminary  notice  of  the  forest  beds  of  the  lower  Fox  [River,  Wisconsin]. 

Wis.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  170-173,  1902. 

Lay  (H.  C.). 

1.  Recent  geological  phenomena  in  the  “Tellunde  quadrangle”  of  the  U.  S.  Geolog¬ 
ical  Survey  in  Colorado. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  558-567,  1902. 

Presents  the  author’s  observations  on  the  glacial  phenomena,  earth  movements,  and  under¬ 
ground  waters  of  the  region. 

Lazo  (Augustin  M. )  and  Ordonez  (Ezequiel). 

1.  Las  canteras  de  San  Lorenzo  Totolinga  y  Echagarav  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Geol.  Mex.,  Bol.,  t.  1,  pp.  25-34,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  building  stone. 

Leach.  (J.  C. ). 

1.  Report  of  the  State  natural  gas  supervisor. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  26th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  426-444,  1903. 

2.  Annual  report  of  the  State  natural  gas  supervisor. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  27th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  477-493,  1903. 

Leach  (W.  W.). 

1.  Crows  Nest  coal  fields. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  67-79,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  coal  seams  of  Cretaceous  age  in  this  area. 

2.  The  Blairmore-Frank  coal  fields. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  167-179,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of 'the  area . 

Le  Conte  (Joseph). 

1.  The  origin  of  transverse  mountain  valleys  and  some  glacial  phenomena  in  those 

of  the  Sierra  Nevada. 

[Cal.]  Univ.  Chronicle,  vol.  1,  pp.  479-497,  14  ligs.,  1898. 

Describes  the  geologic  history  of  the  Sierra  Nevada,  the  origin  of  certain  mountain  valleys, 
and  the  glacial  phenomena  in  these  valleys. 

2.  A  century  of  geology. 

Smith  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  265-287,  1901. 

3.  The  autobiography  of  Joseph  Le  Conte,  edited  by  William  Dallam  Armes. 

New  York,  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  1903.  xvii,  337  pp. 

4.  Elements  of  geology:  a  text-book  for  colleges  and  for  the  general  reader.  Revised 

and  partly  rewritten  by  Herman  Le  Roy  Fairchild.  Fifth  edition. 

New  York,  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  1903.  xii,  667  pp.,  1002  figs. 

Le  Couppey  de  la  Forest  (Max). 

1.  Quelques  grottes  des  Etats-unis  d’Amerique. 

Spelunca,  t.  35,  no.  35,  pp.  3  (117)-21  (135),  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  Mammoth  and  Colossal  caves  in  Kentucky,  Wyandotte  Cave  in  Indiana,  and  Wind 
Cave  and  Grand  Cavern  in  Colorado.  Includes  some  account  of  the  Carboniferous  forma¬ 
tions  in  which  the  caves  occur. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


217 


Ledoux  (A.  R. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  Oregon  nickel  prospects. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  20,  pp.  84-85,  1901;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.  Jour.,vol.  4,  pp.  184-189,  1901. 

Describes  the  geological  relations  of  the  ore  bodies  and  gives  a  chemical  analysis  of  the  ore. 

2.  The  production  of  copper  in  the  Boundary  district,  B.  C. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.  Jour.,vol.  5,  pp.  171-177,  1902;  Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  84,  p.  307,  1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ores. 

Lee  (Harry  A. ). 

1.  Colorado:  Report  of  the  State  Bureau  of  Mines,  Denver,  U.  S.  A.  For  the  years 
1901-2. 

Denver,  1903.  310  pp.,  map. 

Gives  a  history  of  precious  metal  mining  by  counties  in  Colorado,  with  notes  upon  the 
geologic  occurrence,  production,  etc.,  of  precious  metals  and  other  minerals. 

Lee  (Leslie  A.). 

1.  The  mineral  resources  of  Maine. 

Am.  Mg.  Cong.,  7th  Ann.  Sess.,  Rept.  of  Proc.,  pp.  227-232,  1905. 

Lee  (Willis  Thomas). 

1.  The  Morrison  formation  of  southwestern  Colorado. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  343-352,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Jurassic  and  Cretaceous  strata  of  the  region, 
and  discusses  the  stratigraphic  and  paleontologic  evidences  of  the  age  of  the  Morrison 
formation. 

2.  The  areal  geology  of  the  Castle  Rock  region,  Colorado. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  96-110,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks  and  th 
geologic  structure  of  the  region. 

3.  The  Morrison  shales  of  southern  Colorado  and  northern  New  Mexico. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  36-58,  7  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  structure  of  the  region,  gives  detailed  sections  and  discusses  the  age 
and  equivalency  of  the  shales. 

4.  Canyons  of  southeastern  Colorado. 

Joilr.  Geog.,  vol.  1,  pp.  357-370,  12  figs.,  1902. 

Includes  sections  of  the  strata  cut#>y  some  of  the  canyons  described. 

5.  Note  on  the  Carboniferous  of  the  Sangre  de  Cristo  Range,  Colorado. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  393-396,  1902. 

Gives  a  detailed  section  in  the  Sangre  de  Cristo  Range  and  a  list  of  the  fossils  collected. 

6.  The  canyons  of  northeastern  New  Mexico. 

Jour.  Geog.,  vol.  2,  pp.  63-82,  14  figs.,  1903. 

Includes  sections  of  the  strata  cut  by  some  of  the  canyons  described  and  gives  a  general 
account  of  the  formations  exposed. 

7.  Age  of  the  Atlantosaurus  beds. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  292-293,  1903;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  531-532, 
1904. 

8.  The  underground  waters  of  Gila  Valley,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  104,  68  pp.,  5  pis.,  9  figs.,  1904. 
Includes  sections  of  wells  showing  thickness  and  character  of  strata  passed  through. 

9.  Underground  waters  of  Salt  River  Valley,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water  Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  136,  196  pp.,  23  pis.,  25  figs.,  1905. 
Includes  an  account  of  the  geology  and  physiography  of  the  region 

10.  Note  on  the  glacier  of  Mount  Lyell,  California. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  358-362,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Leffingwell  (E.  D.  K.),  Capps  (S.  R. )  and. 

1.  Pleistocene  geology  of  the  Sawatch  Range,  near  Leadville,  Colo. 

See  Capps  (S.  R.)  and  Iieffingwell  (E.  D.  K.),  1. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


218 

Leffmann  (Henry). 

1.  The  microscopic  structure  of  building  stones. 

Engrs.  Club  Phila.,  Proc.,  vol.  22,  pp.  327-342,  illus.,  1905. 

Leith  (Charles  Kenneth). 

1.  Summaries  of  current  North  American  pre-Cambrian  literature. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  79-87  and  441-458,  1901. 

2.  Geology  of  the  Mesabi  Iron  region. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  277,  1902;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  351,  1902. 

Abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  Geological  Society  ci  Washington.  Discusses  the  strati¬ 
graphic  geology  and  the  origin  of  the  ores. 

3.  Pre-Cambrian  summaries  for  1901. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  891-913,  1902. 

4.  The  Mesabi  iron-bearing  district  of  Minnesota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  43,  316  pp.,  33  pis.,  12  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  geography  and  topography,  gives  a  brief  history  of  the  opening  and  development 
of  the  district,  and  reviews  the  literature  bearing  on  the  geology  of  the  region.  Describes 
the  lithologic  character,  occurrence,  structure,  and  geologic  relations  of  Archean,  Huronian, 
Keweena wan,  Cretaceous,  and  Quaternary  deposits  and  discusses  the  geologic  history  of  the 
region,  the  correlation  of  the  formations,  the  distribution,  character,  and  geologic  occur 
rence  of  the  iron  ores,  their  petrographic  relations  to  adjacent  rocks  and  origin,  and  the 
development  of  the  mining  industry  of  the  district. 

5.  Geologic  work  in  the  Lake  Superior  iron  district  during  1902. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  247-250,  1903. 

Gives  observations  on  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  iron  ores. 

6.  Moose  Mountain  Iron  Range  [Ontario]. 

Ont.  Bur.  Mines,  [12th]  Rept.,pp.  318-321,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  geologic  features  of  the  range  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  ore. 

7.  Summaries  of  pre-Cambrian  literature  for  1902-1903. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  52-62,  1903. 

8.  A  comparison  of  the  origin  and  development  of  the  iron  ores  of  the  Mesabi  and 

Gogebic  iron  ranges. 

Lake  Sup.  Mg.  Inst.,  Proc.  for  1902,  vol.  8,  pp.  75-81  [1903]. 

9.  Summaries  of  pre-Cambrian  literature  for  1902-1903. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  52-62,  161-176,  1904. 

10.  The  Lake  Superior  iron  region  during  1903. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  215-220,  1904. 

Describes  the  geologic  occurrence  of  the  iron-ore  deposits  in  the  different  districts  of  the  Lake 
Superior  iron  region. 

11.  Iron  ores  in  southern  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp. 229-237, 1904. 

Describes  distribution,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  the  iron  ores  and  discusses  their 
origin. 

12.  Lake  Superior  iron  region  in  1903. 

Mg.  World,  vol.  21,  pp.  198-200,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  observations  on  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  iron- 
ore  deposits. 

13.  Rock  cleavage. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  239,  216  pp.,  27  pis.,  1905. 

14.  A  summary  of  Lake  Superior  geology  with  special  reference  to  recent  studies  of 

the  iron-bearing  series. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.  no.  3,  pp.  453-507,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  Lake  Superior  iron-bearing  and  copper-bearing  series  and  the 
occurrence,  relations,  and  origin  of  the  iron  ores. 

15.  Genesis  of  Lake  Superior  iron  ores. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  47-66, 1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


219 


Leith  (C.  K),  Van  Hise  (C.  R.)  and. 

1.  The  Mesabi  district. 

See  Van  Hise  (C.  R.),  2. 

Leonard  (Arthur  Gray). 

1.  The  basic  rocks  of  northwestern  Maryland  and  their  relation  to  the  granite. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  135-176,  5  pls>.,  1901. 

Describes  the  geologic  occurrence  and  relations  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  various  facies. 

2.  Report  of  assistant  State  geologist  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol  12,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  28-32,  1902. 

Gives  record  of  a  boring  at  Clarinda,  Iowa. 

3.  Geology  of  Wapello  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  12,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  441-499,  1  pi.,  15  figs.,  geol.  map,  1902. 
Describes  physiographic  features,  geologic  structure,  and  occurrence  and  utilization  of 
economic  products. 

4.  Topographic  features  and  geological  formations  of  North  Dakota. 

N.  Dak.  Geol.  Surv.,  3d  Biennial  Report,  pp.  127-177,  6  pis..  1904. 

Lerch  (Otto). 

1.  A  preliminary  report  upon  the  hills  of  Louisiana,  north  of  the  Vicksburg,  Shreve¬ 

port  and  Pacific  Railroad. 

La.  State  Experiment  Stations;  Geol.  &  Agric.,  pt.  1,  pp.  1-52,  6  figs.,  2  pis.  [1892?]. 

Describes  topography,  drainage,  and  geology  of  the  area  and  discusses  its  economic  resources. 

2.  A  preliminary  report  upon  the  hills  of  Louisiana,  south  of  the  Vicksburg,  Shreve¬ 

port  and  Pacific  Railroad,  to  Alexandria,  Louisiana. 

La.  State  Experiment  Stations;  Geol.&  Agric.,  pt.  2,  pp.  53-158,  26  figs.,  2  pis.  (sections)  [1893?J. 
Describes  topography,  drainage,  and  geology  of  the  area  and  discusses  its  economic  resources. 

LeRoy  (Osmond  Edgar). 

1.  Geology  of  Rigaud  Mountain,  Canada. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  377-394,  pis.  33-34,  1901:  McGill  Univ.  Papers  from  Dept.  Geol. 
no.  13,  1902. 

Describes  the  topographic. and  general  geologic  features  of  the  region  and  the  microscopic 
characters  of  the  igneous  rocks. 

LeRoy  (Osmond  E. ),  Adams  (F.  D. )  and. 

1.  The  artesian  and  other  deep  wells  on  the  Island  of  Montreal. 

See  Adams  (F.  D.)  and  LeRoy  (O.  E.),  1. 

Letson  (Elizabeth  J.). 

1.  Post-Pliocene  fossils  of  the  Niagara  River  gravels. 

Buffalo  Soc.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  7,  pp.  238-252,  30  figs.,  1901;  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rept., 
vol.  4, 1902. 

Leverett  (Frank). 

1.  Soils  of  Illinois. 

Ill.  Bd.  of  World’s  Fair  Commissioners,  Rept.,  pp.  77-92,  1  pi.,  1895. 

2.  Old  channels  of  the  Mississippi  in  southeastern  Iowa. 

Annals  of  Iowa,  3d  ser.,  vol.  5,  pp.  38-51,  1901. 

Describes  the  extent  and  history  of  the  glaciation,  the  old  drainage  of  the  upper  Mississippi, 
and  the  changes  produced  by  the  glaciation. 

3.  Report  on  the  surface  geology  of  Alcona  County,  Michigan. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  35-64,  2  pis.,  geol.  map,  1902. 

Describes  the  physiography,  glacial  deposits  and  lake  history,  and  the  occurrence  of  marl, 
clay,  and  water  powers. 

4.  Glacial  formations  and  drainage  features  of  the  Erie  and  Ohio  basins. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  41,  802  pp.,  26  pis.,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  physical  features,  present  and  former  drainage,  character,  and  occurrence  of  drift 
deposits  and  the  glacial  history  of  the  region. 

5.  Summary  of  the  literature  of  North  American  Pleistocene  geology,  1901  and  1902. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  420-428,  498-515,  587-611,  1903. 


220 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Leverett  (Frank) — Continued. 

6.  Glacial  features  of  Lower  Michigan. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  224, 1903. 

7.  The  loess  and  its  distribution. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  56-57,  1904. 

8.  Review  of  the  Glacial  geology  of  the  southern  peninsula  of  Michigan. 

Mich.  Acad.  Sci.,  6th  Rept.,  pp.  100-110,  1904. 

Discusses  the  physical  features  of  the  southern  peninsula,  the  possible  extension  of  the 
Keewatin  ice  field  over  Michigan,  evidences  in  Michigan  of  successive  advances  of  the  Lab¬ 
rador  ice  field,  the  location  of  the  ice  margin,  structure  of  the  drift  in  Michigan,  Glacial 
lakes,  and  origin  of  the  Great  Lakes,  and  gives  a  bibliography. 

9.  Glacial  geology  of  the  Grand  Rapids  area  [Michigan], 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  9,  pt.  2,  pp.  56-59,  1904. 

10.  Glacial  gravels  [of  the  Kittanning  quadrangle,  Pennsylvania]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  115, 1904. 

11.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Illinois. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  248-257,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  geology,  and  describes  the  water-producing  qualities  of  the 
various  geologic  formations  of  the  State,  and  localities  favorable  for  artesian  wells. 

12.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Indiana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  258-264,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  geologic  column  of  Indiana,  the  principal  water-bearing  horizons,  and 
the  mineral  waters. 

13.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Ohio. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  265-270,  1905. 

Describes  the  underground  water  supplies  with  reference  to  the  geologic  horizons. 

14.  Drumlins  of  the  Grand  Traverse  region  [Michigan]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser..  vol.  21,  p.  220,  1905. 

Levison  (W.  G.). 

1.  Notes  on  fluorescent  gems. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  57-58,  1904. 

Lewis  (J.  V.),  Pratt  (J.  H.)  and. 

1.  Corundum  and  the  peridotites  of  western  North  Carolina. 

See  Pratt  (J.  H.)  and  Lewis  (J.  V.),  1. 

L’Hame  (Wm.  E. ). 

1.  Thunder  Mountain,  Idaho. 

Mines  and  Minerals,  vol.  21,  p.  558,  1901. 

Describes  briefly  occurrence  of  gold  in  the  region. 

2.  Thunder  Mountain  district  [Idaho].  A  description  of  the  peculiarities  of  geology 

and  situation  of  the  various  regions  comprised  in  the  district. 

Mines  and  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  207-209,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  gold  ore  deposits. 

Liddell  (Charles  A.),  Parsons  (H.  F. )  and. 

1.  The  coal  and  mineral  resources  of  Routt  County  [Colorado]. 

See  Parsons  (H.  F.)  and  Liddell  (C.  A.),  1. 

Lindgren  (Waldemar). 

1.  Metasomatic  processes  in  fissure  veins. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  578-692,  30  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Jour,  Sci.,  4th 
ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  243-244,  1901. 

Discusses  the  general  features  of  the  changes  in  rocks  contiguous  to  ore-bearing  fissures,  and 
the  minerals  developed  by  metasomatic  processes  in  fissure  veins.  Gives  an  account  of 
fissure  veins  in  various  mining  regions  classified  according  to  metasomatic  processes. 

2.  Trias  in  northeastern  Oregon. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  270-271, 1901. 

Describes  briefly  character  and  distribution. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


221 


Lindgren  (Waldemar) — Continued. 

3.  Rare  minerals  in  gold  quartz  veins  of  eastern  Oregon. 

Mg.  and  Sci.  Press,  vol.  82,  p.  252,  1901. 

Gives  a  chemical  analysis  of  roscoelite  and  notes  on  other  minerals. 

4.  The  gold  belt  of  the  Blue  Mountains  of  Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Kept.,  pt.  2,  pp.  551-776,  16  pis.,  10  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  general  geologic  features,  the  character  and  occurrence 
or  Archaean,  Paleozoic,  Triassic,  Neocene,  and  Quaternary  strata  and  intrusive  rocks,  the 
character,  occurrence,  and  general  geologic  relations  of  the  ore  deposits  and  minerals,  the 
quartz  and  placer  mining,  and  production  of  precious  metals  in  this  area. 

5.  The  character  and  genesis  of  certain  contact  deposits. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  226-244,  1902. 

Describes  the  character,  origin,  and  geographic  distribution  of  some  ore  deposits,  discusses 
contact  metamorphism  and  its  cause,  and  gives  a  genetic  classification. 

6.  The  gold  production  of  North  America,  its  geological  derivation  and  probable 

future. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  85,  pp.  177,  193,  206,  1902. 

7.  Tests  for  gold  and  silver  in  shales  from  western  Kansas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  111-112, 1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  this  region. 

8.  Tests  for  gold  and  silver  in  shales  from  western  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  202,  21  pp.,  1902. 

Gives  a  brief  description  of  the  topography  and  geology,  and  describes  tests  made  to  deter¬ 
mine  presence  of  gold  and  silver  in  certain  shales  in  western  Kansas. 

9.  A  deposit  of  titanic  iron  ore  from  Wyoming. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  984-985,  1902. 

10.  Neocene  rivers  of  the  Sierra  Nevada. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  64-65, 1903. 

Gives  a  brief  outline  of  work  upon  the  Neocene  gravels  of  the  Sierra  Nevada. 

11.  Mineral  deposits  of  the  Bitterroot  Range  and  Clearwater  Mountains,  Montana. 

.  D.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  66-70,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  geography  and  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  character  and  dis¬ 
tribution  of  the  ore  deposits. 

12.  Copper  deposits  at  Clifton,  Ariz. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  133-140,  1903. 

Describes  topographic  features  and  geologic  structure,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  ore 
deposits,  and  occurrences  of  gold-bearing  gravels. 

13.  The  water  resources  of  Molokai,  Hawaiian  Islands. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  77,  62  pp.,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  island. 

14.  The  gold  production  of  North  America,  its  geological  derivation  and  probable 

future. 

Intern.  Mg.  Cong.,  Proc.  5th  sess.,  pp.  29-36  [1903]. 

Discusses  the  occcurrence  and  production  of  gold. 

15.  The  copper  deposits  of  Clifton,  Arizona. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  705-707,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  geological  structure  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  deposits  of  copper 
ore. 

16.  The  geological  features  of  the  gold  production  of  North  America. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  790-845,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  gold-bearing  veins  and  deposits,  and  pro¬ 
duction  of  gold  in  general  and  in  the  several  gold-producing  States,  Alaska,  Canada,  and 
Mexico. 

17.  [Classification  of  ore  deposits.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  274-275, 1903. 

18.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  Molokai,  Hawaiian  Islands, 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  309, 1903. 


222 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Lindgren  (Waldemar) — Continued. 

19.  Metallic  sulphides  from  Steamboat  Springs,  Nevada. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  792,  1903. 

20.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  p.  Ill,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  economic  development,  and  geologic  relations  of  gypsum 
deposits  in  eastern  Oregon. 

21.  A  geological  reconnaissance  across  the  Bitterroot  Range  and  Clearwater  Moun¬ 

tains  in  Montana  and  Idaho. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  27, 123  pp.,  15  pis.,  8  figs.,  l'..01. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  igneous 
and  sedimentary  rocks  of  Quaternary,  Tertiary,  and  pre-Tertiary  age,  the  geologic  structure 
and  history  of  the  area,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  and  lead  ore 
deposits,  and  the  mining  developments. 

22.  The  genesis  of  the  copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci,  Arizona. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vcl.  35,  pp.  511-550,  1905.  Abstract:  Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  p.  617 
1904;  Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  89,  p.  438,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  copper-ore  deposits,  and 
discusses  their  origin. 

23.  Chemistry  of  copper  deposits. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  p.  189,  1905. 

24.  The  occurrence  of  stibnite  at  Steamboat  Springs,  Nevada. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.,  no.  2,  pp.  275-278,  1905. 

25.  The  production  of  gold  in  the  United  States  in  1904. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  32-38,  1905. 

26.  The  production  of  silver  in  the  United  States  in  1904. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  39-44,  1905. 

27.  Ore  deposition  and  deep  mining. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  34-46,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  various  kinds  of  ore  deposits,  and  the  relations  of  depth  to  the 
richness  of  the  deposits. 

28.  Clifton  folio,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  129,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography  and  topography,  the  geologic  structure  and  history  of  the  area,  the 
occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  pre-Cambrian,  Cambrian,  Ordovician,  Devonian, 
Carboniferous,  Cretaceous,  and  Quaternary  formations  and  intrusive  rocks,  and  the  min¬ 
eral  resources,  chiefly  copper. 

29.  The  copper  deposits  of  the  Clifton-Morenci  district,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  43,  27-375  pp.,  25  pis.,  19  figs.,  1905. 

Gives  a  full  account  of  the  geology,  petrology,  character,  occurrence,  relations,  and  origin  of 
the  copper-ore  deposits  of  this  district. 

30.  The  great  fault  of  the  Bitterroot  Mountains. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  224, 1905. 

31.  The  subterranean  gases  of  Cripple  Creek  [Colorado]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  662,  1905. 

Lindgren  (Waldemar)  and  Drake  (N.  F.). 

1.  Nampa  folio,  Idaho-Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  103, 1904. 

Describes  the  geography,  the  geologic  history,  th^occurrence  and  character  of  Tertiary  strata 
and  igneous  rocks  and  Quaternary  deposits,  and  the  economic  resources,  chiefly  placer 
gold. 

2.  Silver  City  folio,  Idaho. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  104,  1904. 

Describes  geography,  topography,  and  drainage,  the  general  geologic  history  and  structure, 
the  character  and  occurrence  of  igneous  rocks  and  sedimentary  deposits  of  Tertiary  and 
Quaternary  age,  and  the  economic  resources,  chiefly  precious  metals. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


223 


Lindgren  (Waldemar)  and  Hillebrand  (W.  F. ). 

1.  Minerals  from  the  Clifton-Morenci  district,  Arizona. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  448-460,  2  figs.,  1904;  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp. 
42-54,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  optical  and  other  characters,  and  chemical  composition  of  some 
minerals  from  copper  deposits  in  Arizona. 

Lindgren  (Waldemar)  and  Ransome  (Frederick  Leslie). 

1.  Report  of  progress  in  the  geological  resurvey  of  the  Cripple  Creek  district, 

Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  254,  36  pp.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  gold-ore  deposits. 

2.  The  geological  resurvey  of  the  Cripple  Creek  district,  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  85-98,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  character  and  relations  of  the  gold-ore  deposits,  and 
discusses  the  types  of  ore  deposits  and  their  relations  to  depth  from  surface. 

Lines  (E.F.). 

1.  Well  records. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  264,  pp.  41-103,  1905. 

Gives  a  summary  of  well  drilling  reported  in  1904. 

Lloyd  (John  Uri). 

1.  When  did  the  American  mammoth  and  mastodon  become  extinct? 

Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  3,  pp.  43-46,  1904. 

Lobel  (Loicq  de). 

1.  Relation  du  voyage  au  Klondyke. 

Mus.  d’Hist.  Nat.,  [Paris],  Bull.,  vol.  7,  pp.  99-103,  1901. 

Lobley  (J.  Logan). 

1.  Volcanic  action  and  the  West  Indian  eruptions  of  1902. 

Victoria  Inst.,  Jour.  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  208-225,  1903. 

Describes  volcanic  phenomena  in  general  and  more  particularly  those  of  the  West  Indian 
eruptions  of  1902,  and  discusses  geologic  and  geographic  conditions,  and  the  causes  and 
results  of  volcanic  action. 

Logan  (W.  N.). 

1.  Economic  products  of  St.  Lawrence  County  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  56th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  rll8-rl24,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  production  of  economic  products  of  this  area. 

2.  Geology  of  Oktibbeha  County  [Mississippi]. 

Geological  and  Industrial  Survey  of  Mississippi,  Report  1,  Miss.  Agr.  &  Mech.  Coll.,  Bull.,  vol.  1, 
no.  2,  pp.  5-49,  6  pis.,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  drainage,  topography,  and  physiography,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations 
of  the  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  formations,  and  the  economic  resources  of  the 
county. 

Logan  (W.  N. )  and  Perkins  (W.  R. ). 

1.  The  underground  waters  of  Mississippi;  a  preliminary  report. 

Miss.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Bull.  no.  89,  112  pp.,  23  figs.,  1905. 

Loomis  (Frederic  B.). 

1.  Die  Anatomie  und  die  Verwandschaft  der  Ganoid-  und  Knochen-fische  aus  der 

Kreide-formation  von  Kansas,  U.  S.  A. 

Paleontographica,  vol.  46,  pp.  213-284,  9  pis.,  1900. 

Discusses  anatomy  and  relationships  of  the  ganoid  and  teleost  fishes  from  the  Cretaceous 
strata  of  Kansas  and  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  a  considerable  number  of  forms. 

2.  On  Jurassic  stratigraphy  in  southeastern  Wyoming. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  189-197,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  character  of  the  Jurassic  and  Cre¬ 
taceous  sediment  of  the  region. 


224 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Loomis  (Frederic  B. ) — Continued. 

3.  On  Jurassic  stratigraphy  on  the  west  side  of  the  Black  Hills — second  paper  on 

American  Jurassic  stratigraphy. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  401-407,  2  pis.,  1902. 

;  Describes  the  general  characters  of  the  Jurassic  strata  and  gives  detailed  sections. 

4.  The  dwarf  fauna  of  the  pyrite  layer  at  the  horizon  of  the  Tully  limestone  in 

western  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  892-920, 5  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  the  fauna,  discusses  the  causes  of  its  dwarfing,  and 
gives  descriptions  and  figures  of  the  species  determined. 

5.  Two  new  river  reptiles  from  the  Titanothere  beds. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  427-429,  11  figs.,  1904. 

6.  On  some  marine  fossils  in  the  Titanothere  beds. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  254,  1904. 

7.  Hyopsodidse  of  the  Wasatch  and  Wind  River  basins. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  416-424,  8  figs.,  1905. 

Loomis  (F.  B.),  Emerson  (B.  K.)  and. 

1.  On  Stegomus  longipes,  a  new  reptile  from  the  Triassic  sandstones  of  the  Con¬ 
necticut  Valley. 

See  Emerson  (B.  K.)  and  Loomis  (F.  B.),  1. 

Louderback  (George  Davis). 

1.  General  geological  features  of  Nevada  and  their  relationships  to  the  prevailing 

economic  deposits. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  sess.,  Proc.,  pp.  200-207,  1901. 

2.  Some  gypsum  deposits  of  northwestern  Nevada. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  p.  99,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character. 

3.  A  structural  section  of  a  Basin  range. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  102-103,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  and  stratigraphic  features  of  Humboldt  Lake  Range. 

4.  Basin  range  structure  of  the  Humboldt  region  [Nevada]. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  289-346,  8  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  general  relations  of  sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks 
of  the  Basin  ranges  of  western  Nevada,  particularly  those  of  the  Humboldt  Lake  mountains, 
and  their  geologic  structure,  discusses  the  mode  of  their  formation  and  the  evidences 
therefor,  and  gives  an  outline  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  region. 

5.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Nevada. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  112-118,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  economic  development,  and  geologic  relations  of  gypsum 
deposits  in  northwestern  Nevada. 

6.  The  Mesozoic  of  southwestern  Oregon. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  514-555,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  sedimentary  rocks  of  Cretaceous  age  and 
of  igneous  and  sedimentary  rocks,  the  areal  distribution  of  the  formations,  and  their  corre¬ 
lation  with  the  standard  California  type  formations. 

Loug-hlin  (Gerald  Francis). 

1.  The  clays  and  clay  industries  of  Connecticut. 

Conn.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  4,  121  pp.,  13  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geographic  distribution,  origin,  geological  history,  composition,  and  character 
of  Connecticut  clays,  and  the  clay-working  industries  of  the  State. 

Loug-hlin  (G.  F.),  Crosby  (W.  O.)  and. 

1.  A  descriptive  catalogue  of  the  building  stones  of  Boston  and  vicinity. 

See  Crosby  (W.  O.)  and  Loughlin  (G.  F.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


225 


Lovewell  (J.  T. ). 

1.  Gold  in  Kansas  shales. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  129-133,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  discusses  the  evidence  for  the  presence  of  gold  in  these  |>hales. 

2.  Gold  in  Kansas. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  134-137,  1.  pi.,  1903. 

Describes  experiments  to  determine  amount  of  gold  in  Kansas  shales. 

Low  (A.  R). 

1.  Report  on  an  exploration  of  part  of  the  south  shore  of  Hudson  Strait  and  of 
Niagara  Bay  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  11,  Rept.  L,  47  pp.,  5  pis.,  1901.  Published  in  1899. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  crystalline  rocks  of  the  region. 

*  2.  Report  on  an  exploration  of  the  east  coast  of  Hudson  Bay  from  Cape  Wolsten- 
holme  to  the  south  end  of  James  Bay. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Kept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  84  pp.,  2  pis.,  and  maps,  1903.  (Published 
separately,  1902.) 

Gives  observations  on  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  igneous,  Archean, 
and  Cambrian  rocks,  and  economic  resources  of  the  area  explored.  Includes  a  list  of 
glacial  striae. 

3.  Report  on  the  geology  and  physical  character  of  the  Nastapoka  Islands,  Hudson 

Bay. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Kept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  31  pp.,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  Nastapoka  Islands,  and  gives  detailed  descriptions  of  the 
physical  features  and  the  geologic  formation  of  each  of  the  larger  islands  of  the  group. 

4.  The  government  expedition  to  Hudson  Bay  and  northward  by  the  S.  S.  Neptune, 

1903-04. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  122-143,  1905. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  visited. 

5.  The  field  work  of  a  physiography  class  on  a  glacial  problem. 

Jour.  Geog.,  vol.  4,  pp.  321-329,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Lowry  (J.  D.). 

1.  Mining  in  Lower  California. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  457-458,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  gold,  silver,  and  copper  ores. 

Lucas  (Anthony  F. ). 

1.  The  great  oil  well  near  Beaumont,  Texas. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg,  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  362-374,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  method  used  in  obtaining  control  of  the  well,  the  character  of  the  oil,  and  gives 
section  passed  through  in  boring. 

Lucas  (Frederic  A.). 

1.  A  new  rhinoceros,  Trigonias  osborni,  from  the  Miocene  of  South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  23,  pp.  221-223,  2  figs.,  1901. 

2.  A  new  dinosaur,  Stegosaurus  marshi,  from  the  Lower  Cretaceous  of  South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  23,  pp.  291-292,  2  pis.,  1901. 

3.  The  pelvic  girdle  of  Zeuglodon,  Basilosaurus  cetoides  (Owen),  with  notes  on  other 

portions  of  the  skeleton. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  23,  pp.  327-331,  3  pis.,  1901. 

Includes  section  of  the  Zeuglodon  beds. 

4.  A  new  fossil  Cyprinoid,  Leuciscus  turneri,  from  the  Miocene  of  Nevada. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  23,  pp.  333-334,  1  pi.,  1901. 

5.  A  flightless  auk,  Mancalla  californiensis,  from  the  Miocene  of  California, 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  24,  pp.  133-134,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Bull.  301—06 - 15 


226 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Lucas  (Frederic  A.) — Continued. 

6.  Vertebrates  from  the  Trias  of  Arizona. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  p.  376, 1901. 

Describes  briefly  material  recently  collected. 

7.  Animals  of  the  past. 

New  York,  McClure,  Phillips  &  Co.,  1901.  20+258  pp.,  41  figs. 

8.  The  restoration  of  extinct  animals. 

Smithsonian  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  479-492,  8  pis.,  2  figs.,  1901. 

9.  The  dinosaurs  or  terrible  lizards. 

Smithsonian  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  641-646,  4  pis.,  1902. 

Reprinted  from  “Animals  of  the  past.” 

10.  The  greatest  flying  creature,  the  pterodactyl  Ornithostoma. 

Smithsonian  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  654r-659,  3  pis.,  1902. 

11.  Paleontological  notes — the  generic  name  Omosaurus — a  new  generic  name  for 

Stegosaurus  marshi. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  435,  1902. 

Proposes  the  name  Dacentrurus  for  Omosaurus  Owen,  preoccupied,  and  Hoplitosaurus  for  the 
author’s  previously  described  Stegosaurus  marshi. 

12.  Paleontological  notes — North  American  elephantids. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  554-555,  1902. 

Gives  notes  on  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  synonymy  of  these  fossils. 

13.  Constructing  an  extinct  monster  from  fossil  remains  [Triceratops.]. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  86,  p.  43,  3  figs.,  1902. 

14.  Animals  before  man  in  North  America. 

New  York,  D.  Appleton  and  Companj',  1902.  291  pp.,  ill. 

15.  Notes  on  the  osteology  and  relationship  of  the  fossil  birds  of  the  genera  Hesper- 

ornis,  Hargeria,  Baptornis,  and  Diatryma. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus..  Proc.,  vol.  26,  pp.  545-556,  8  figs.,  1903. 

16.  A  skeleton  of  Hesperornis. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  45,  p.  95,  1  pi.,  1903. 

17.  A  new  plesiosaur. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  45,  p.  96,  1  pi.,  1903. 

18.  The  greatest  flying  creature,  the  great  pterodactyl  Ornithostoma. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  pp.  22645-22646,  illus.,  1903. 

Discusses  flight  in  birds  and  in  the  Ornithostoma  as  indicated  by  its  anatomy. 

19.  A  new  batrachian  and  a  new  reptile  from  the  Trias  of  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  27,  pp.  193-195,  2  pis.,  1904. 

20.  Paleontological  notes.  Pleuroccelus  versus  Astrodon.  The  armor  of  Zeuglodon. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  436-437, 1904. 

21.  The  dinosaur  Trachodon  annectens. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  45  (Quar.  Issue,  vol.  1,  pts.  3  and  4),  pp.  317-320,  2  pis..  4  figs.,  1904. 
Describes  occurrence  and  characters  of  fossil  remains,  and  restorations. 

22.  Eocene  whales. 

Nature,  vol.  71,  p.  102,  1904. 

Note  on  the  occurrence  in  Eocene  deposits  of  southern  United  States  of  fossil  remains  which 
may  throw  light  upon  the  ancestry  of  the  whale. 

Ludlow  (Edwin). 

1.  The  coal  fields  of  Las  Esperanzas,  Coahuila,  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  140-156,  6  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  area,  and  character  and  production  of  the  coal  (Cretaceous). 

Lull  (Richard  Swan). 

Skull  of  Triceratops  serratus. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  19,  pp.  685-695,  lpl.,  1  fig.,  1903. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


227 


Lull  (Richard  Swan) — Continued. 

2.  Fossil  footprints  of  the  Juratrias  of  North  America. 

Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Mem.,  vol.  5,  pp.  461-557,  1  pi.,  34  figs.,  1904. 

Reviews  previous  work  upon  fossil  footprints,  describes  their  geologic  occurrence,  gives  a 
classification  and  systematic  descriptions  of  genera,  species,  and  higher  groups. 

3.  Note  on  the  probable  footprints  of  Stegomus  longipes. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  381-382,  1904. 

4.  Nature’s  hieroglyphics. 

Pop.  Sci.  Mo.,  vol.  66,  pp.  139-149,  8  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  footprints  in  the  Triassic  rocks  of  the  Connecticut  Valley  and 
of  the  animals  by  which  they  were  made. 

5.  Megacerops  tyleri,  a  new  species  of  titanothere  from  the  Bad  Lands  of  South 

Dakota. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  443-456,  2  pis.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

6.  Restoration  of  the  Titanothere  Megacerops. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  39,  pp.  419-424,  3  figs.,  1905. 

7.  Restoration  of  the  horned  dinosaur  Diceratops. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  420-422,  1  pi.,  1905. 

8.  Footprint  interpretation. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  299,  1905. 

Lunt  (Horace  F.). 

1.  The  copper  deposits  of  the  Kaibab  Plateau,  Arizona. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs..  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  989-990,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  copper  deposits  in  this  region. 

Luquer  (Lea  Mcllvaine). 

1.  On  the  determination  of  relative  refractive  indices  of  minerals  in  rock  sections  by 

the  Becke  method. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  33,  pp.  127-133,  1902. 

2.  Bedford  cyrtolite. 

Api.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  17-19,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  of  this  mineral  at  Bedford,  New  York,  and  its  characters.  Appends  a 
list  of  additional  minerals  collected  from  this  locality. 

3.  Ramosite  not  a  mineral. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  93-94,  1904. 

Shows  from  analysis  and  structure  that  ramosite  is  a  basic  scoria  and  not  a  mineral. 

4.  Minerals  in  rock  sections.  The  practical  methods  of  identifying  minerals  in  rock 

sections  with  the  microscope.  (Revised  edition.) 

New  York,  D.  Van  Nostrand  Company,  1905.  147  pp.,  85  figs. 

Luquer  (Lea  Mcl. ),  Moses  (Alfred  J. )  and. 

1.  Notes  on  recent  mineralogical  literature. 

See  Moses  (A.  J.)  and  Luquer  (L.  Mcl.),  1. 

2.  Notes  on  recent  mineralogical  literature. 

See  Moses  (Alfred  Jl)  and  Luquer  (L.  I.),  2. 

3.  Notes  on  recent  mineralogical  literature. 

See  Moses  (Alfred  J.)  and  Luquer  (Lea  Mcl.),  3. 

Luther  (D.  Dana). 

1.  Stratigraphic  value  of  the  Portage  sandstones. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  616-631,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  the  characters  of  these  beds  at  various  localities  and  discusses  the  relations  in 
different  sections.  Includes  a  note  by  J.  M.  Clarke  on  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  the 
faunas. 

2.  Stratigraphy  of  Portage  formation  between  the  Genesee  Valley  and  Lake  Erie. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  1000-1029,  13  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  Devonian  strata  in  the  Genesee 
Valley  and  other  localities  in  western  New  York. 


228 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Luther  (D.  Dana),  Clarke  (John  M.)  and. 

1.  Stratigraphic  and  paleontologic  map  of  Canandaigua  and  Naples  quadrangles. 

See  Clarke  (John  M.)  and  Luther  (D.  Dana),  1. 

2.  Geology  of  the  Watkins  and  Elmira  quadrangles  [New  York],  accompanied  by  a 

geologic  map. 

See  Clarke  (J.  M.)  and  Luther  (D.  D.),  2. 

3.  Geologic  map  of  the  Tully  quadrangle  [New  York]. 

See  Clarke  (J.  M.)  and  Luther  (D.  D.),  3. 

Luther  (D.  D.),  Clarke  (J.  M. ),  Ruedemann  (R.)  and. 

1.  Contact  lines  of  upper  Siluric  formations  on  the  Brockport  and  Medina  quadran¬ 
gles  [New  York]. 

See  Clarke  (J.  M.),  Ruedemann  (R.),  and  Luther  (D.  D.),  1. 

Lyman  (Benjamin  Smith). 

1.  Accounting  for  the  depth  of  the  Wyoming  buried  valley  [Pennsylvania]. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  54,  pp.  507-509,  1902. 

Discusses  explanations  offered  to  account  for  the  depth  of  the  buried  valley  and  advances  a 
new  hypothesis. 

2.  Lodel  Creek  and  Skippack  Creek. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  53,  pp.  604-607,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  ripple  marks,  footprints,  etc.,  in  shales  of  the  New  Red  in  south¬ 
eastern  Pennsylvania. 

3  The  original  southern  limit  of  the  Pennsylvania  anthracite  beds. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  561-567,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Discusses  topographic  and  other  evidences  that  show  that  the  anthracite  region  of  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  could  never  have  extended  far  south  of  its  present  limits. 

4.  Biographical  notice  of  J.  Peter  Lesley. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.  (New  York  meeting,  October,  1903),  35  pp.,  por.  [Advance 
separate.  ] 

5.  Biographical  notice  of  J.  Peter  Lesley. 

Abstract:  Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  726-739, 1904. 

Lyman  (K.),  Park  (E.  J.)  and. 

1.  The  Springfield  water  supply.  Description  of  springs  and  geology  of  the  district. 

See  Park  (E.  J.)  and  Lyman  (K.),  1. 

2.  The  Hannibal  formation  in  Green  County  [Missouri]. 

See  Park  (E.  J.)  and  Lyman  (K.),  2. 

Lyon  (D.  A.). 

1.  Serpentine  marbles  of  Washington. 

Mines  and  Minerals,  vol.  21,  p.  349,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  serpentine. 

Lyon  (D.  A.),  Roberts  (Milnor),  Landes  (Henry),  and  Thyng-  (William  S.). 

1.  The  metalliferous  resources  of  Washington,  except  iron. 

See  Landes  (H.),  Thyng  (W.  S.),  Lyon  (D.  A.),  and  Roberts  (M.). 


M. 

Mabery  (Charles  F. ). 

1.  Composition  of  Texas  petroleum. 

Am.  Chem.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  23,  pp.  264-267,  1901. 

2.  The  composition  of  petroleum.  On  the  hvdro-carbons  in  Pennsylvania  petroleum 

with  boiling  points  above  216°. 

Am.  Acad.  Arts  &  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  37,  pp.  565-595,  1902. 

3.  A  resume  of  the  composition  and  occurrence  of  petroleum. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  ATol.  42,  pp.  36-54,  1903. 

Discusses  composition,  occurrence  in  Ohio,  Canada,  California,  and  Texas,  and  the  natural 
formation  of  petroleum.  . 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


229 


Mabery  (Charles  F.)  and  Hudson  (Edward  J.). 

1.  On  the  composition  of  California  petroleum. 

Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sciences,  Proc.,  vol.  36,  pp.  255-283,  1901. 

Gives  results  of  chemical  analyses  of  petroleum  oil  from  various  parts  of  California. 

Macallum  (A.  B. ). 

1.  The  paleochemistry  of  the  ocean  in  relation  to  animal  and  vegetable  protoplasm. 

Can.  Inst.,  Trans.,  vol.  7,  pp.  535-562,  1904. 

Discusses  the  relative  abundance  of  certain  chemical  elements  in  sea  water  at  present  and  in 
remote  geological  ages,  and  the  origin  of  the  physiological  relation  of  the  chemical  ele¬ 
ments  in  blood  plasma. 

McBeth  (W.  A.). 

1.  The  development  of  the  Wabash  drainage  system  and  the  recession  of  the  ice 

sheet  in  Indiana. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1900,  pp.  184-192,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  drainage  and  glacial  phonomena. 

2.  A  theory  to  explain  the  western  Indiana  bowlder  belts. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1900,  pp.  192-194,  1901. 

Considers  they  were  deposited  by  floating  ice. 

3.  Wabash  River  terraces  in  Tippecanoe  County,  Indiana. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  237-243,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  topographic  features  and  character  of  glacial  deposits  in  this  area  and  discusses 
changes  in  drainage. 

4.  History  of  the  Wea  Creek  in  Tippecanoe  County,  Indiana. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  244-247,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  drainage  changes  produced  in  this  region  by  glacial  action. 

Macbride  (Thomas  H.). 

1.  Geology  of  Clay  and  O’Brien  counties  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geot.  Surv.,  vol.  11,  pp.  463-497,  2  figs.,  and  map,  1901. 

Describes  physiography,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  Pleistocene  beds  and  the  occur¬ 
rence  of  economic  products. 

2.  Geology  of  Cherokee  and  Buena  Vista  counties  [Iowa] ,  with  notes  on  the  limits 

of  the  Wisconsin  drift  as  seen  in  northwestern  Iowa. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  12,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  305-353,  4  figs.,  geol.  map,  1902. 

Describes  the  physiographic  and  drainage  features,  geologic  structure  and  economic  products 
of  the  counties. 

3.  Geology  of  Kossuth,  Hancock,  and  Winnebago  counties  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  13,  pp.  81-122,  2  pis.,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  deposits  of  Quaternary  age,  soils  and  economic  resources. 

4.  The  geology  of  Emmet,  Palo  Alto,  and  Pocahontas  counties. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  15,  Ann.  Rept.,  1904,  pp.  227-259, 1  pi.,  3  figs.,  3  maps,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Pleistocene 
deposits  and  Carboniferous  (Mississippian)  strata,  and  the  economic  resources. 

McCaffery  (Richard  S.),  Yung  (Morrison  B. )  and. 

1.  The  ore  deposits  of  the  San  Pedro  district,  New  Mexico. 

See  Yung  (M.  B.)  and  McCaffery  (R.  S.),  1. 

McCalley  (Henry). 

1.  The  Alabama  coal  fields. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  446-449,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coal. 

McCalley  (Henry),  Smith  (Eugene  Allen)  and. 

1.  Index  to  the  mineral  resources  of  Alabama. 

See  Smith  (Eugene  Allen)  and  McCalley  (Henry),  1. 

McCallie  (S.  W.). 

1.  Some  notes  on  the  trap  dikes  of  Georgia. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  133-134,  3  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  dike  rocks  which  cut  the  crystalline  rocks. 


230 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


McCallie  (S.  W.) — Continued. 

2.  Mineral  resources  of  Georgia. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  33-42,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  various  economic  products  of  the  State. 

3.  A  preliminary  report  on  the  roads  and  road-building  materials  of  Georgia. 

Ga.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  8,  264  pp.,  27  pis.,  28  tigs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Stone,  vol.  24,  pp.  316- 
322,  352-353,  1902. 

4  The  Ducktown  copper  mining  district. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  439-441,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  this  area. 

5.  An  erratic  bowlder  from  the  Coal  Measures  of  Tennessee. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  46-47,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  a  bowlder  of  rhyolite  in  a  coal  seam  near  Chattanooga,  Tenn. 

6.  Sandstone  dikes  near  Columbus,  Georgia. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  199-202,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  sandstone  dikes  in  Cretaceous  clays. 

7.  The  Barboursville  oil-field,  Kentucky. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  12-13,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  sketch  of  the  physiography  and  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  character 
and  occurrence  of  the  oil. 

8.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  water  resources  of  Georgia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  207-237,  1904. 

9.  A  preliminary  report  on  the  coal  deposits  of  Georgia. 

Ga.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  12, 121  pp.,  14  pis.,  60  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  topography  of  the  northwestern  part  of  Georgia,  the  geo¬ 
logic  structure  of  the  coal  fields  of  that  region,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coal 
beds,  and  the  composition  of  the  coals,  and  in  detail  the  coal  deposits  and  mining  develop¬ 
ments  of  Walker,  Chattooga,  and  Dade  counties. 

10.  Experiment  relating  to  problems  of  well  contamination  at  Quitman,  Ga. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  45-54,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Gives  general  notes  upon  the  geology  of  the  region. 

11.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Georgia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  153-158,  1  fig.,  1905. 

McCarn  (H.  L.). 

1.  The  Planet  copper  mines  [Arizona]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  26-27,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  copper  ores  on  Big  Wil¬ 
liams  Fork,  Arizona. 

McCaskey  (H.  D. ). 

1.  Report  on  a  geological  reconnoissance  of  the  iron  region  of  Angat,  Bulacan  [Phil¬ 

ippine  Islands]. 

[Phil.  lids.]  Mg.  Bur.,  Bull.  no.  3,  62  pp.,  41  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  geology,  the  occurrence  of  iron-ore  deposits,  and  the  mining 
operations. 

2.  Sixth  annual  report  of  the  chief  of  the  Mining  Bureau  for  the  year  ended  August 

31,  1905. 

Manila  Bureau  of  Printing,  1905.  66  pp.,  3  maps,  13  pis. 

Includes  notes  upon  the  occurrence  of  various  ores  and  building  stones. 

McCaslin  (D.  S.). 

1.  The  geology  of  the  artesian  basin  in  South  Dakota. 

Minn.  Acad.  lS[at.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  380-388,  1901. 

McClung  (C.  E.). 

1.  The  fossil  bison  of  Kansas. 

Kails.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  157-159,  1  pi.,  1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


231 


Macco  (Albr.  )• 

1.  Die  Eisenerzlagerstatten  am  Lake  Superior. 

Zeit.  f.  prak.  Geol.,  Jahrg.  12,  pp.  48-53,  377-399,  12  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  general  geology  and  occurrence  and  character  of  the  iron-ore  deposits. 

McCollum  (E.  V.),  Bartow  (E.)  and. 

1.  Kansas  petroleum. 

See  Bartow  (E.)  and  McCollum  (E.  V.),  1. 

McConnell  (R.  G. ). 

1.  Note  on  the  so-called  basal  granite  of  the  Yukon  Valley  [Alaska]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  55-62,  1902. 

Reviews  previous  discussion  of  the  age  and  relations  of  the  granite  and  presents  the  author’s 
observations  and  conclusions. 

2.  The  Yukon  district. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  23-37,  1902. 

Describes  topography,  geology,  and  occurrences  of  gold  in  this  area. 

3.  The  Macmillan  River,  Yukon  district. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  20-36,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  physical  features,  general  geology,  and  glacial  deposits  of 
the  region. 

4.  Klondike  district,  Yukon  Territory 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  34-42,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  placer  gold  in  this  region. 

5.  Report  on  the  Klondike  gold  fields  [Yukon]. 

Can. Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.  B,  71  pp.,  6  pis.,  2  figs.,  3  maps,  1905. 

Describes  the  topography  and  general  geology,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of 
stratified,  intrusive,  and  igneous  rocks,  and  the  distribution  and  working  of  gold-bearing 
placer  gravel  beds. 

6.  The  Kluana  mining  district  [Yukon]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  1-18,  1  map,  1905. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geography  and  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence  of 
placer  gold. 

McConnell  (R.  G. )  and  Brock  (R.  W.). 

1.  Report  on  the  great  landslide  at  Frank,  Alberta. 

Can.,  Dept.  Int.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1902-3,  pt.  8,  App.,  17  pp.,  16  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  Turtle  Mountain,  and  in  detail  the  slide  of  April  29, 1903,  and 
discusses  its  cause. 

McCormick  (E. ). 

1.  The  Santa  Fe  mining  district,  Nevada. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  p.  407,  1901. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  copper  and  silver  ores. 

MacDonald  (Bernard). 

1.  The  ore  deposits  of  Rossland,  British  Columbia. 

Eng.  &  Mg,  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  198-199,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  gold- 
copper  ores. 

McEvoy  (James). 

1.  Report  on  the  geology  and  natural  resources  of  the  country  traversed  by  the 

Yellow  Head  Pass  route  from  Edmonton  to  Tete  Jaune  Cache,  comprising 
portions  of  Alberta  and  British  Columbia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  11,  Rept.  D,  44  pp.,  1  pi.,  1901.  Published  in  1900. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  the  general  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Tertiary,  Creta¬ 
ceous,  Cambrian,  and  Archean  rocks  of  the  region. 

2.  Notes  on  the  special  features  of  coal  mining  in  the  Crow.’s  Nest,  B.  C. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  500-504,  1904;  Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vo1.  23,  p.  51,  1904;  Eng.  &  Mg. 
Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  601-602,  1904. 

Discusses  the  geologic  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coals  of  this  field. 


232 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


McFarland  (D.  F.). 

1.  Composition  of  gas  from  a  well  at  Dexter,  Kans. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  60-62,  1905. 

McFarland  (D.  F. ),  Haworth.  (E. )  and. 

1.  The  Dexter,  Kans.,  nitrogen  gas  well. 

See  Haworth  (E.)  and  McFarland  (D.  F.),  1. 

McGee  (W  J). 

1.  The  New  Madrid  earthquake. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  200-201,  1902. 

Refers  to  the  records  of  this  earthquake  described  by  G.C.  Broadhead.  See  Broadhead,  3. 

2.  Geest. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  381-384,  1902. 

Suggests  the  restoration  of  the  term  “geest,”  proposed  by  lie  Luc  for  the  superficial  mantle  of 
rock  debris. 

3.  The  Antillean  volcanos. 

Pop.  Sci.  Mo.,  v»ol.  61,  pp.  272-281,  1902. 

Reviews  descriptions  of  the  recent  volcanic  phenomena  in  this  region  and  discusses  the 
geographic  distribution  of  volcanoes. 

4.  Powell  as  an  anthropologist. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  5,  pp.  118-126, 1903. 

McGregor  (J.  H.). 

1.  The  relationships  of  the  Phytosauria. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  254-255, 1904. 

Mclnnes  (William). 

1.  Region  southeast  of  Lac  Seul  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  87-93, 1902. 

Describes  author’s  observations  in  this  region. 

2.  Region  on  the  northwest  side  of  Lake  Nipigon. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  206-211,  1903. 

Gives  observations  on  the  topography  and  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

3.  The  Winisk  River,  Keewatin  district. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  lyOS,  pp.  100-108,  1904. 

Gives  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

4.  The  upper  parts  of  the  Winisk  and  Attawapiskat  rivers. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  153-164,  1905. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

McKee  (G.  W.). 

1.  Prismatic  crystals  of  hematite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  241-242,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  crystallographic  characters. 

Mackensen  (Bernard). 

1.  Report  on  the  excavation  of  Mastodon  remains,  undertaken  by  a  committee  of 
the  Scientific  Society  of  San  Antonio  [Texas]. 

San  Antonio  Sci.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  3-10,  4  pis.  and  1  fig.,  1905. 

Mackenzie  (George  L. ). 

1.  A  quick  way  of  preparing  sections  of  rocks. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  348-349,  1903. 

Maclaren  (J.  M.). 

1.  Ores  which  are  deposited  by  underground  waters. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  85,  p.  281,  1902. 

McLaughlin  (J.  E. ). 

1.  Barela  Mesa  coal  field  [Colorado]. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  p.  139,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coal  seams,  and  gives  a  section  of  the  associated 
strata. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


233 


McLouth.  (C.  D. ). 

1.  Some  general  remarks  on  the  topography,  soils,  water  resources,  flora,  etc.,  of 
Muskegon  County  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  104-107,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Contains  brief  notes  on  the  subjects  mentioned  and  a  statement  regarding  the  recent  geolog¬ 
ical  history  of  the  region. 

McMillan  (James  G.). 

1.  Explorations  in  Abitibi  [Ontario]. 

Ont.  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1905,  vol.  14,  pt.  1,  pp.  184-212,  1905. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  petrography  of  the  region  examined. 

McNairn  (W.  Harvey). 

1.  On  a  large  phlogopite  crystal. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  p.  398,  1901. 

Briefly  describes  character  and  occurrence. 

Maddren  (A.  G.). 

1.  Smithsonian  exploration  in  Alaska  in  1904,  in  search  of  mammoth  and  other  fossil 
remains. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  49,  pp.  1-117,  7  pis.,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  traversed,  and  the  occurrence  of  fossil 
remains. 

Madsen  (Victor). 

1.  On  Jurassic  fossils  from  East-Greenland. 

Meddelelser  om  Gronland,  vol.  29,  pp.  157-210,  5  pis.,  1903.  Copenhagen  Univ.,  Mus.  Min.  & 
Geol.,  Comm.  Paleont.,  no.  6, 1903. 

Magnus  (Harry  C. ). 

1.  Abrasives  of  New  York  State. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  57th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  158-179, 1905. 

Contains  notes  on  their  occurrence. 

Malcolmson  (James  W.). 

1.  The  Sierra  Mojada,  Coahuila,  Mexico,  and  its  ore  deposits. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  100-139,  15  figs.,  1902;  Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp 
705-710,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  geology  of  the  area  and  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits. 

Malcolmson  (J.  W. ),  Kirk  (M.  P. )  and. 

1.  A  new  quicksilver  mining  district. 

See  Kirk  (M.  P.)  and  Malcomson  (J.  W.),  1. 

Mallery  (Willard). 

1.  Native  gold  in  igneous  rocks. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  596,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  native  gold  in  Oregon. 

Manning  (P.  C.). 

1.  Glacial  potholes  in  Maine. 

Portland  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  185-200,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  potholes  along  the  coast  of  Maine  and  discusses 
the  evidences  indicating  their  origin. 

Manson  (Marsden). 

1.  Evolution  of  climates. 

Revised,  enlarged,  and  reprinted  from  the  American  Geologist,  vol.  24,  nos.  2-4,  1899,  86  pp., 
7  pis.,  1903. 

2.  [On  the  length  of  post-Glacial  time.] 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32.  pp.  128-130,  1903. 

3.  The  evolution  of  climate. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  801-802,  1904. 

Manzano  (Jesus  P.). 

1.  The  mineral  zone  of  Santa  Maria  del  Rio,  San  Luis  Potosi,  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  478-483,  1902. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  and  mineral  deposits  of  the  region. 


234 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Marbut  (Curtis  F.). 

1.  The  evolution  of  the  northern  part  of  the  lowlands  of  southeastern  Missouri. 

Mo.  Univ.,  Studies,  vol.  1,  no.  3,  viii,  G3  pp.,  5  pis.,  2  maps,  1902. 

Describes  geology  and  topography  of  this  area  and  discusses  the  mode  of  formation  of  the 
physiographic  features. 

2.  The  sandstones  of  the  Ozark  region  in  Missouri. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  291,  1903. 

3.  Recent  studies  in  the  physiography  of  the  Ozark  region  in  Missouri. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  527,  1904. 

4.  Geology  and  physiography  [of  Missouri]. 

The  State  of  Missouri,  pp.  63-70,  illus.  (incl.  geol.  map),  1904. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  and  general  geology  of  the  State  of  Missouri. 

5.  Physiography  in  the  university. 

Jour.  Geog.,  vol.  4,  pp.  23-30,  1905;  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  997-1004,  1905. 

Marsters  (Vernon  Freeman). 

1.  Topography  and  geography  of  Bean  Blossom  Valley,  Monroe  County,  Indiana. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  222-237,  6  pis.,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  topographic  features  and  glacial  history  of  this  area. 

2.  A  preliminary  report  on  a  portion  of  the  serpentine  belt  of  Lamoille  and  Orleans 

counties  [Vermont]. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  86-102, 1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  asbestos  to  surrounding  rocks,  and  discusses  the 
character  and  origin  of  the  serpentine. 

3.  Petrography  of  the  amphibolite,  serpentine,  and  associated  asbestos  deposits  of 

Belvidere  Mountain,  Vermont. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  419-416,  11  pis.,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  general  geology  of  the  area  and  on  the  occurrence  of  asbestos  and  the 
development  of  the  industry,  and  a  discussion  of  the  origin  of  serpentinous  rocks. 

4.  The  serpentine  and  associated  asbestus  minerals  of  Belvidere  Mountain,  Vermont. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  426, 1905. 

Martel  (E.  A.). 

1.  Scientific  exploration  of  caves. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  165-172,  4  pis.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  American  caves. 

Martin  (Daniel  S. ). 

1.  [Minerals  at  Haddam,  Maine.] 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol. .27,  p.  44,  1901, 

Mentions  occurrence  of  certain  minerals. 

2.  Geological  notes  on  the  neighborhood  of  Buffalo  [New  York]. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  pp.  162-163,  1902. 

Martin  (George  Curtis). 

1.  The  geology  of  Garrett  County  [Maryland]. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Garrett  Co.,  pp.  55-182,  10  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Reviews  previous  geologic  work,  gives  a  bibliography,  describes  the  character,  distribution 
taxonomy,  and  history  of  the  geologic  formations  and  occurrence  of  the  anticlines  and 
synclines  of  the  county. 

2.  The  mineral  resources  of  Garrett  County  [Maryland]. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Garrett  Co.,  pp.  183-231,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence  and  stratigraphic  position  of  the  coal  seams,  the  distri¬ 
bution  of  fire-clays,  clays,  limestones,  building  stones,  road  materials,  and  other  economic 
products. 

3.  Petroleum  fields  of  Alaska  and  the  Bering  River  coal  fields. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  365-382,  1904. 

Describes  the  location,  general  geology,  and  structure  of  the  petroleum  fields  and  the  Bering 
River  coal  field,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  petroleum  and  coal. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


235 


Martin  (George  Curtis) — Continued. 

4.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Malacostraca  and 

Cirrepedia. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv..,  Miocene,  pp.  94-97,  2  pis.,  1904. 

5.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Mollusca,  except 

Pelecypoda. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  130-274,  16  pis.,  1904. 

6.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland :  Brachiopoda. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  402-404, 1  pi.,  1904. 

7.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Vermes. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  p.  430,  1  pi.,  1904. 

8.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Radiolaria. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  447-459,  2  pis.,  1904. 

9.  Water  resources  of  the  Accident  and  Grantsville  quadrangles,  Maryland. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  168-170, 1905. 

10.  Water  resources  of  the  Frostburg  and  Flintstone  quadrangles,  Maryland  and 

West  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  171-173,  1905. 

11.  The  petroleum  fields  of  the  Pacific  Coast  of  Alaska,  with  an  account  of  the 

Bering  River  coal  deposits. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  250,  64  pp.,  7  pis.  and  3  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography,  stratigraphy,  and  geologic  structure  of  Controller  Bay,  Cook  Inlet, 
and  Cold  Bay  regions,  the  indications  of  petroleum,  and  attempts  at  developing  the  fields, 
and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  coal  in  the  Bering  River 
region. 

12.  The  Cape  Yaktag  placers  [Alaska]. 

IT.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  88-89,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence  of  placer  gold. 

13.  Gold  deposits  of  the  Shumagin  Islands  [Alaska] . 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  100-101,  1905. 

14.  Notes  on  the  petroleum  fields  of  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  128-i39,  1905. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  geological  structure  of  the  petroleum  fields,  and  the  progress 
of  development. 

15.  Bering  River  coal  field  [Alaska]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  140-150,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence  and  geological  relations  of  the  coal  seams,  and 
the  character  of  the  coals. 

16.  Geology  of  the  Maryland  coal  district. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  5,  pp.  241-290,  5  pis.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy,  geologic  structure,  and  geologic  history  of  the  Coal  Measures  of 
western  Maryland. 

Martin  (George  Curtis),  Clark  (William  Bullock)  and. 

1.  Eocene  Echinodermata. 

See  Clark  (W.  B.)  and  Martin  (G.  C.),  1.  _ 

2.  Eocene  Moiluscoidea  (Brachiopoda). 

See  Clark  (W.  B.)  and  Martin  (G.  C.),  2. 

3.  Eocene  Mollusca. 

See  Clark  (W.  B.)  and  Martin  (G.  C.),  3. 

4.  The  Eocene  deposits  of  Maryland! 

See  Clark  (W.  B.)  and  Martin  (G.  C.),  4. 

5.  Correlation  of  the  Coal  Measures  of  Maryland. 

See  Clark  (W.  B.)  and  Martin  (G.  C.),  5. 

6.  Correlation  of  the  formations  and  members  [of  the  Maryland  coal  district]. 

See  Clark  (W.  B.)  and  Martin  (G.  C.),  6. 


236 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Martin  (G.  C. ),  and  Rutledge  (J.  J. ),  Clark  (W.  B.). 

1.  Distribution  and  character  of  the  Maryland  coal  beds. 

See  Clark  (W.  B.),  Martin  (G.  C.),  and  Rutledge  (J.  J.),  1. 

Martin  (G.  C. ),  Stanton  (T.  W.)  and. 

1.  Mesozoic  section  on  Cook  Inlet  and  Alaska  Peninsula. 

See  Stanton  (T.  W.)  and  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Martin  (G.  C.),  Stose  (G.  W. )  and. 

1.  Water  resources  of  the  Pawpaw  and  Hancock  quadrangles,  West  Virginia,  Mary¬ 
land,  and  Pennsylvania. 

See  Stose  (G.  W.)  and  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Martin  (J.  O. ). 

1.  The  Ontario  coast  between  Fairhaven  and  Sodus  bays  [New  York]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  331-334,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  lake  shore  phenomena  of  the  region. 

Martin  (K.). 

1.  Ueber  Tertiare  Fossilen  von  der  Philippinen. 

See  Becker  (George  F.),  1. 

Martin  (L.),  Tarr  (R.  S. )  and. 

1.  Recent  changes  of  level  in  Alaska. 

See  Tarr  (R.  S.)  and  Martin  (L.),  1. 

Maso  (Saderra). 

1.  Volcanoes  and  seismic  centers  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Commerce  and  Labor,  Census  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  Bull.  3,  80  pp.,  ills.,  1904. 
Describes  briefly  the  distribution  of  active  and  dormant  volcanoes,  the  occurrence  and  char¬ 
acter  of  volcanic  rocks,  the  general  geology,  and  in  detail  the  seismic  activity  in  the 
islands. 

Mason  (F.H.). 

1.  Potter’s  clay  at  Middle  Musquodoboit  [Nova  Scotia]. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  20,  pp.  175-176,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  chemical  character  of  the  material. 

Mathews  (Edward  Bennett). 

1.  The  mineral  resources  of  Cecil  County  [Maryland]. 

Md.  Geol.  8urv.,  Cecil  Co.,  pp.  195-226,  2  pis.,  1902. 

2.  Recent  work  in  the  Piedmont  area  of  northern  Maryland. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  906,  1902. 

3.  Abstract  of  criticism  of  the  quantitative  classification  of  igneous  rocks. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  399-400,  1903.  4 

4.  The  practical  working  of  the  quantitative  classification. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  668-669, 1903. 

Discusses  the  classification  of  igneous  rocks. 

5.  The  structure  of  the  Piedmont  Plateau  as  shown  in  Maryland. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  141-159,  249,  lpl.,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  rocks,  reviews  the  explanations  by  previous 
writers  of  the  geologic  structure,  and  describes  in  detail  the  structural  features  of  the  Pied¬ 
mont  Plateau. 

6.  Correlation  of  Maryland  and  Pennsylvania  Piedmont  formations. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  329-346,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  the  stratigraphic  formations  in  Mary¬ 
land,  and  discusses  their  correlation  with  those  of  Pennsylvania  and  their  extension  south¬ 
ward  into  Virginia. 

Mathews  (Edward  B. )  and  Miller  ( W .  J. ). 

1.  Cockeysville  marble. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  347-366,  1  pi.  and  2  figs,  (maps),  1905. 

Describes  the  distribution  and  character  of  the  geologic  formations  of  the  Piedmont  region  of 
northeastern  Maryland  and  their  structure. 


-FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


237 


Mathez  (Auguste). 

1.  Geology  of  the  Cananeas  [Mexico]. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  pp.  352-353,  1903. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  copper-ore  deposits. 

Matson  (George  C. ). 

1.  A  contribution  to  the  study  of  the  inter-Glacial  gorge  problem. 

Jour.  Geol.,  yol.  12,  pp.  133-151,  2  pis.,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  the  Finger  Lake  region  of  New  York,  and  discusses  the 
origin  of  the  gorges  in  the  streams  of  that  region. 

2.  Peridotite  dikes  near  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Jour.  Geol.,  yol.  13,  pp.  264-275,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  dikes  near  Ithaca,  New  York,  and  the  characters  and  mineral 
composition  of  the  rock  forming  the  dikes  and  discusses  their  age. 

Matthes  (Francois  E. ). 

1.  Glacial  erosion  in  the  northern  Rockies. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  507, 1902. 

2.  The  Alps  of  Montana. 

Appalachia,  vol.  10,  pp.  255-276,  4  pis.,  1904. 

Contains  observations  on  the  physiography,  general  geology,  glaciers,  and  glaciation  in  the 
Rocky  Mountain  region  of  Montana. 

3.  The  significance  of  U-shaped  glacier  and  stream  channels. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  856-857,  1904. 

4.  The  Lewis  Range  of  northern  Montana  and  its  glaciers. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  478-479,  1905. 

Matthew  (George  F. ). 

1  Preliminary  notice  of  the  Etcheminian  fauna  of  Newfoundland. 

New. Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  189-196,  3  pis.,  1899. 

Contains  descriptions  of  several  new  species. 

2.  Preliminary  notice  of  the  Etcheminian  fauna  of  Cape  Breton. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  198-208,  4  pis.,  1899.  Abstract:  Am.  Jour. 
Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  p.  396,  1901;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  49,  1901. 

3.  [Devonian  of  the  Acadian  provinces.] 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  344-345,  1901. 

Discusses  recent  papers  by  David  White. 

•x.  Are  the  St.  John  plant  beds  Carboniferous? 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  383-386,  1901. 

Discusses  the  stratigraphic  and  faunal  evidences  of  the  age  of  the  beds. 

5.  Les  plus  anciennes  faunes  Paleozoiques. 

Intern.  Cong.  Geol.,  Compte  Rendu,  viii  session,  pp.  313-316,  1901. 

Gives  a  r6sum6  of  what  is  known  regarding  the  earliest  faunas  of  eastern  Canada. 

6.  A  backward  step  in  Paleobotany. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  1019,  1901. 

Paper  read  before  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada. 

7.  Acrothyra  and  Hyolithes — a  comparison. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc. &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  7,  sect.  4,  pp.  93-107,  text  figs.,  1901.  Abstract: 
Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  1018, 1901. 

Discusses  characters,  systematic  position,  and  relation  of  these  genera,  and  describes  several 
species  of  Hyolithes. 

8.  Hyolithes  gracilis  and  related  forms  from  the  Lower  Cambrian  of  the  St.  John 

group. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  7,  sect.  4,  pp.  109-111,  text  figs.,  1901. 

9.  New  species  of  Cambrian  fossils  from  Cape  Breton. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  269-286,  1  pi.,  1901. 


238 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Matthew  (George  F. ) — Continued. 

10.  Acrothyra,  a  new  genus  of  Etcheminian  brachiopods. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  303-304,  6  figs.,  1901. 

11.  Monocraterion  and  Oldhamia. 

Irish  Naturalist,  vol.  10,  pp.  135-136,  1901. 

12.  Additional  notes  on  the  Cambrian  of  Cape  Breton,  with  descriptions  of  new 

species. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  377-426,  6  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  Cambrian  of  this  area  and  describes  its  fauna. 

13.  Ostracoda  of  the  basal  Cambrian  rocks  in  Cape  Breton. 

Can.  Bee.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  437-466.  2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  characters  of  ostracods  and  of  a  number  of  new  genera  and  species. 

14r  Cambrian  rocks  and  fossils  of  Cape  Breton. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  221-230, 1902. 

Describes  observations  in  this  area  and  gives  a,  table  of  geologic  formations  belonging  to  the 
lower  portion  of  the  Paleozoic  rocks  in  the  maritime  provinces  of  Canada. 

15.  “Stratigraphy  versus  paleontology  in  Nova  Scotia.” 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  513-514,  1902. 

Discusses  the  comparative  age  of  formations  in  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick.  See  White 
(David),  8. 

16.  Notes  on  Cambrian  faunas.  No.  5.  Oboloid  shells  of  the  Cambrian  system  in 

Canada  and  their  relationship. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  8,  sect.  4,  pp.  93-98,  1  pi.,  1902. 

17.  Notes  on  Cambrian  faunas.  No.  6.  Development  in  size  of  the  inarticulate 

brachiopods  of  the  basal  Cambrian. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  8,  sect.  4,  pp.  99-105,  1902. 

Describes  the  increase  in  size  in  successive  Cambrian  terranes  of  shells  belonging  to  the  genera 
Acrotreta,  Acrothyra,  Leptobolus,  Lingulepis,  Lingulella,  and  Obolus. 

18.  Notes  on  Cambrian  faunas.  No.  7.  Did  the  upper  Etcheminian  fauna  invade 

eastern  Canada  from  the  southeast? 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  8,  sect.  4,  pp.  105-107, 1902. 

Discusses  migrations  of  faunas  in  Cambrian  times. 

19.  Notes  on  Cambrian  faunas.  No.  8.  Cambrian  brachiopoda  and  mollusca  of 

Mt.  Stephen,  B.  C.,  with  the  description  of  a  new  species  of  Metoptoma. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  8,  sect.  4,  pp.  107-114, 1  pi.,  1902. 

20.  Report  on  the  Cambrian  rocks  of  Cape  Breton. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  Camb.  Rocks  Cape  Breton,  246  pp.,  18  pis.,  1903. 

Gives  a  detailed  description  of  the  occurrence,  fossil  contents,  and  stratigraphic  relations  of 
the  Cambrian  rocks  of  Cape  Breton  Island  and  systematic  descriptions  of  the  fossils. 

21.  New  genera  of  batrachian  footprints  of  the  Carboniferous  system  in  eastern 

Canada. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  9,  pp.  99-111,  6  figs.,  1903. 

22.  Note  in  reference  to  batrachian  footprints. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.  no.  21  (vol.  5,  pt.  1),  p.  102, 1903. 

23.  On  batrachian  and  other  footprints. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.  no.  21  (vol.  5,  pt.  1),  pp.  103-108, 1  pi.,  1903 

24.  How  long  ago  was  America  peopled? 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  195-196,  1903. 

Describes  evidences  for  the  length  of  post-Glacial  time. 

25.  An  attempt  to  classify  Paleozoic  batrachian  footprints. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  9,  sect.  4,  pp.  109-121,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  generic  terms  proposed  for  Paleozoic  batrachian  footprints,  and  gives  a  classification 
in  tabular  form  of  genera  and  species  hitherto  described. 

26.  Note  on  Oliver’s  cave. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  171-174,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  cave  and  discusses  its  origin  and  age. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


239 


Matthew  (George  F. ) — Continued. 

27.  Notes  on  Cambrian  faunas.  No.  9:  Protolenus. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  p.  246,  1904. 

28.  Note  on  the  genus  Hylopus  of  Dawson. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  247-252, 1  fig.,  1904. 

29.  Physical  aspect  of  the  Cambrian  rocks  in  eastern  Canada,  with  a  catalogue  of  the 

organic  remains  found  in  them. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  253-278,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  Cambrian  rocks  and  gives  a  table  of  the  fossils 
occurring  in  them,  showing  place  of  publication,  locality,  and  horizon. 

30.  New  species  and  a  new  genus  of  batrachian  footprints  of  the  Carboniferous  sys¬ 

tem  in  eastern  Canada. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  10,  sect.  4,  pp.  77-110,  6  pis.,  1905. 

31.  The  Cambric  Dictyonema  fauna  of  the  slate  belt  of  eastern  New  York.  By 

Rudolf  Ruedemann. 

Can.  Record  Sci.,  vol.  9,  pp.  196-197,  1905. 

A  note  in  regaid  to  R.uedemann’s  view  and  the  views  of  others  as  to  the  upper  boundary  of 
the  upper  Cambrian. 

Matthew  (William  D. ). 

1.  Additional  observations  on  the  Creodonta. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  1-38,  17  figs.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  classification  of  the  group  and  revision  of  genera. 

2.  Fossil  mammals  of  the  Tertiary  of  northeastern  Colorado. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Mem.,  vol.  1,  pt.  7,  pp.  355-447,  3  pis.,  34  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  Tertiary  beds  in  Colorado  and  the  vertebrate  fauna 
obtained  from  them. 

3.  A  skull  of  Dinocyon  from  the  Miocene  of  Texas. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  129-136,  4  figs.,  1902. 

4.  On  the  skull  of  Bunaelurus,  a  musteline  from  the  White  River  Oligocene. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  137-140,  3  figs.,  1902. 

5.  New  Canidae  from  the  Miocene  of  Colorado. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  281-290,  4  figs.,  1902. 

6.  A  horned  rodent  from  the  Colorado  Miocene.  With  a  revision  of  the  Mylagauli, 

beavers  and  hares  of  the  American  Tertiary. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  291-310,  17  figs.,  1902. 

7.  The  skull  of  Hypisodus,  the  smallest  of  the  Artiodactyla,  with  a  revision  of  the 

Hypertragulidae. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  311-316,  4  figs.,  1902. 

8.  List  of  the  Pleistocene  fauna  from  Hay  Springs,  Nebraska. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  317-322,  1902. 

Also  describes  Capromeryx  furcifer  n.  gen.  et  sp. 

9.  The  fauna  of  the  Titanotherium  beds  at  Pipestone  Springs,  Montana 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  197-226,  19  figs.,  1903. 

10.  A  fossil  hedgehog  from  the  American  Oligocene. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  227-229,  1  fig.,  1903. 

11.  The  evolution  of  the  horse. 

Am.  Mus.  Jour.,  vol.  3,  no.  1,  supplement,  30  pp.,  illus.,  1903. 

12.  The  collection  of  fossil  vertebrates.  A  guide  leaflet  to  the  exhibition  halls  of 

vertebrate  palaeontology  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Am.  Mus.  Jour.,  vol.  3,  no.  5,  supplement,  32  pp.,  illus.,  1903. 

13.  Recent  zoopaleontology.  Concerning  the  ancestry  of  the  dogs. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  912-913, 1903, 


240 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Matthew  (William  D. ) — Continued. 

14.  A  complete  skeleton  of  Merycodus. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  101-129,  1  pi.  and  21  figs.,  1904. 

15.  Notice  of  two  new  Oligocene  camels. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  211-215, 1904. 

16.  The  arboreal  ancestry  of  the  mammalia. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  38,  pp.  811-818,  1904. 

17.  Exhibition  of  the  series  of  foot  bones  illustrating  the  evolution  of  the  camel, 

recently  installed  in  the  Hall  of  Vertebrate  Paleontology  of  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  892,  1904. 

18.  Outlines  of  the  continents  in  Tertiary  times. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  268-269,  1904;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol,  19,  pp.  581-582,  1904. 

19.  Fossil  carnivores,  marsupials,  and  small  mammals  in  the  American  Museum  of 

Natural  History. 

Am.  Mus.  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  23-59,  27  figs.,  1905. 

Gives  a  synoptic  account  of  fossil  mammals  and  discusses  their  origin. 

20.  Notes  on  the  osteology  of  Sinopa,  a  primitive  member  of  the  Hysenodontidse. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  44,  pp.  69-72,  1905. 

21.  The  mounted  skeleton  of  Brontosaurus. 

Am.  Mus.  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  63-70,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  collection  and  mounting  of  a  skeleton  of  Brontosaurus,  and  the  probable 
appearance  and  habits  of  life  of  the  animal. 

22.  Notice  of  two  new  genera  of  mammals  from  the  Oligocene  of  South  Dakota. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  21-26,  6  pis.,  1905. 

23.  On  Eocene  Insectivora  and  on  Pantolestes  in  particular. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  298-299,  1905. 

Matthew  (W.  D.)  and  Gidley  (J.  W.). 

1.  New  or  little  known  mammals  from  the  Miocene  of  South  Dakota.  American 
Museum  expedition  of  1903. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  241-268,  15  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  origin,  and  faunal  contents  of  Loup  Fork  beds  of  South 
Dakota,  and  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  vertebrate  fossils  from  these  beds. 

Mauck  (A.  V.),  Cumings  (E.  R. )  and. 

1.  A  quantitative  study  of  variation  in  the  fossil  brachiopod  Platvstrophia  lynx. 

See  Cuxnings  (E.  R.)  and  Mauck  (A.  V.),  1. 

Maury  (Carlotta  Joaquina). 

1.  A  comparison  of  the  Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and  the  southern  United  States. 

Am.  Paleont.,  Bull.  no.  15,  pp.  3-94,  10  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  Oligocene  strata  in  France,  Belgium,  Germany,  and 
southern  United  States,  giving  faunal  lists  and  sections  of  strata,  and  discusses  their 
correlation. 

Maxwell  (Henry  V.). 

1.  Tennessee  iron  ores. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  p.  742,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  iron-ore  deposits  in  eastern 
Tennessee. 

Mead  (Charles  S.). 

1.  [Report  on]  Field  geology  in  Ohio  State  University. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  261-263,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  geological  formations  in  central  Ohio. 

Mead  (J.  R.). 

1.  The  Flint  Hills  of  Kansas. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  207-208,  1901. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  these  hills. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


241 


Meade  (R.  K.). 

1.  The  chemical  analysis  of  Portland  cement. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  84,  p.  5,  1902. 

Meissner  (C.  A.). 

1.  Some  of  the  pyrites  deposits  at  Port  an  Port,  Newfoundland. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  626-627,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  the  ores. 

Melander  (Axel  Leonard). 

1.  Some  additions  to  the  Carboniferous  terrestrial  arthropod  fauna  of  Illinois. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  178-198,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Memminger  (C.  G. ). 

1.  Progress  in  the  phosphate  mining  industry  of  the  United  States  during  1900. 

Min.  Ind.  for  1900,  pp.  513-518,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  phosphate  in  several  States. 

Mendenhall  (Walter  Curran). 

1.  A  reconnaissance  in  the  Norton  Bay  region,  Alaska,  in  1900. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Reconnaissances  in  the  Cape  Nome  and  Norton  Bay  regions,  Alaska,  in  1900, 
pp.  187-218,  6  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  igneous  and  sedimentary 
rocks  and  occurrence  of  placer  gold. 

2.  Reconnaissance  from  Fort  Hamlin  to  Kotzebue  Sound,  Alaska,  by  way  of  Dali, 

Kanuti,  Allen,  and  Kowak  rivers. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  10,  68  pp.,  9  pis.,  1902. 

Contains  an  account  of  the  geology  of  the  region  traversed. 

3.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Klondike. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  389,  1902. 

4.  The  Chistochina  gold  field,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  71-75,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  gold  in 
the  placer  deposits  of  this  gold  field. 

5.  The  Wrangell  Mountains,  Alaska. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  14,  pp.  395-407,  illus.,  1903. 

Includes  observations  on  the  physiography,  structure,  and  glaciers  of  the  mountains. 

6.  A  Carboniferous  section  in  the  upper  Copper  River  Valley,  Alaska. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  25-26, 1903. 

7.  Chitina  copper  deposits,  Alaska. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  387,  1903. 

8.  Geology  of  the  central  Copper  River  region,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  41, 133  pp.,  20  pis.  (incl.  4  maps),  11  figs.,  1905. 
Reviews  previous  work  upon  the  area,  and  describes  the  stratigraphy,  geologic  structure,  and 
physiography,  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  copper  and  gold  deposits. 
Includes  a  report  by  Charles  Schuchert  (pp.  42-45)  upon  Permian  fossils  collected  in  this 
region. 

9.  The  hydrology  of  San  Bernardino  Valley,  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  142,  124  pp.,  12  pis.,  16  figs.,  1905. 

Mendenhall  (Walter  C. )  and  Schrader  (Frank  C. ). 

1.  The  mineral  resources  of  the  Mount  Wrangell  district,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  15,  71  pp.,  10  pis.,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  a  r6sum6  of  the  previous  explorations  in  this  region,  and  describes  the  general  geology 
and  physiography  and  occurrences  of  copper,  gold,  and  other  minerals  of  the  region. 

2.  Copper  deposits  of  the  Mount  Wrangell  region,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull,  no.  213,  pp.  141-148, 1903. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  geology  and  occurrences  of  copper-bearing  ores  in  this  region  and 
the  mining  developments. 

Bull.  301—06 - 16 


242 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Merriam  (C.  Hart). 

1.  Bogoslof,  our  newest  volcano. 

Harriman  Alaska  expedition,  vol.  2,  pp.  291-336,  illus.,  1902. 

Merriam  (John  C.). 

1.  A  contribution  to  the  geology  of  the  John  Day  basin  [Oregon]. 

Univ.  of  Cal.,  Dept,  of  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  269-314,  3  pis.,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  previous  explorations  and  literature  of  the  region,  and  describes  the  classi¬ 
fication,  character,  occurrence,  relations,  and  faunas  of  the  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and  Pleis¬ 
tocene  strata. 

2.  A  geological  section  through  the  John  Day  basin  [Oregon]. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  71-72,  1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  496-497,  1901. 
Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  John  Day  beds  and  the  associated  strata. 

3.  The  John  Day  fossil  beds  [Oregon]. 

Harper’s  Monthly  Magazine,  vol.  102,  pp.  581-590,  8  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  vertebrate  fossils. 

4.  Triassic  Ichthyopterygia  from  California  and  Nevada. 

Univ.  Cal.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  63-108,  14  pis.,  1902. 

Notes  the  stratigraphic  position  and  describes  several  new  species  of  Shastasaurus  from  Cali¬ 
fornia,  and  redescribes  Leidy’s  species  of  Cymbospondylus  from  Nevada. 

5.  Triassic  Reptilia  from  northern  California. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  411-4?",  1902. 

6.  New  Ichthyosauria  from  the  upper  Triassic  of  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  249-263,  4  pis.,  1903. 

7.  The  Pliocene  and  Quaternary  Canidae  of  the  Great  Valley  of  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  277-290,  3  pis.,  1903. 

8.  Recent  literature  on  Triassic  Ichthyosauria. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  311-312,  1903. 

9.  Primitive  characters  of  the  Triassic  Ichthyosaurus. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  297, 1903;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  536, 1904. 

10.  A  note  on  the  fauna  of  the  lower  Miocene,  in  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,. vol.  3,  pp.  377-381,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  faunas  in  different  beds  of  Miocene  age  in  California. 

11.  A  new  marine  reptile  from  the  Triassic  of  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  419-421,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  Thalattosaurus  alexandrse,  new  genus  and  species. 

12.  A  new  group  of  marine  reptiles  from  the  Triassic  of  California. 

Congres  intern,  de  Zool.  Sixifime,  Compte-Rendu,  pp.  247-248,  1905. 

13.  The  types  of  limb  structure  in  the  Triassic  Ichthyosauria. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4tli  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  23-30,  7  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  characteristics  of  known  types  of  limbs,  and  discusses  lines  of  descent  among 
Triassic  and  Jurassic  genera  of  Ichthyosauria. 

14.  A  primitive  ichthyosaurian  limb  from  the  middle  Triassic  of  Nevada. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  33-38,  1  pi.,  1905. 

15.  The  Thalattosauria,  a  group  of  marine  reptiles  from  the  Triassic  of  California. 

Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Mem.,  vol.  5,  no.  1,  pp.  1-52,  8  pis.,  3  figs.,  1905. 

16.  A  new  sabre-tooth  from  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  171-175, 1  fig.,  1905. 

17.  The  occurrence  of  ichthyosaur-like  remains  in  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  640-641, 1905. 

Merriam  (John  C. )  and  Sinclair  (William  J. ). 

1.  The  correlation  of  the  John  Day  and  the  Maseall. 

Abstract:  Jour.,  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  95-96,  1903. 

Discusses  the  age  of  the  beds  from  a  study  of  the  fauna. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


243 


Merrill  (Frederick  J.  H.). 

1.  New  YorkBtate  Museum;  report  of  the  director  and  State  geologist,  1900. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rep.,  vol.  1,  pp.  r7-r22,  1902. 

Summary  of  work  done. 

2.  Description  of  the  State  geologic  map  of  1901. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  56,  pp.  3-37,  2  pis.  (maps),  and  a  table  of  formations,  1902. 

Sketches  the  history  of  the  New  York  Geological  Survey,  outlines  briefly  the  geologic  prov¬ 
inces  and  formations  of  New  York,  and  discusses  data  used  in  compiling  the  geologic  map. 

3.  Report  of  the  director  of  the  State  Museum  and  State  geologist  for  the  year  1901. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  55th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  r5-rl66, 1903. 

Reviews  the  administrative  and  scientific  work  of  the  year. 

4.  [Administrative]  56th  report  of  the  director  of  the  State  Museum  and  22d  of  the 

State  geologist  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  56th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  r5-rl77,  1904. 

5.  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  New  York  State  Museum,  1903. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  57th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol,  1,  pp.  5-14,  1905. 

Gives  a  summarized  account  of  the  work  for  the  year  ending  September  30,  1903. 

6.  The  northeast  extremity  of  the  pre-Cambrian  Highlands  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  57th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  195-197,  1  pi.  (map),  1905. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  distribution  of  Ordovician,  Cambrian,  and  pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  this 
area.  The  geologic  map  is  by  T.  Nelson  Dale  and  L.  M.  Prindle. 

7.  Geology  of  Sonora,  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  p.  976,  1905. 

Merrill  (F.  J.  H.),  assisted  by  Magnus  (H.  C.). 

1.  Distribution  of  Hudson  schist  and  Harrison  diorite  in  the  Westchester  area  of  the 
Oyster  Bay  quadrangle  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  57th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  193-194,  1  pi.  (map),  1905. 

Merrill  ( Frederick  J.  H.),  Darton(N.  H.),  Hollick  (Arthur),  Salisbury  (R.  D.), 
Dodge  (R.  E),  Willis  (Bailey),  and  Pressey  (H.  A.). 

1.  New  York  City  folio,  New  York-New  Jersey. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  83,  1902. 

Describes  geographic  and  physiographic  features,  general  geologic  relations  and  history, 
character  and  occurrence  of  pre-Cambrian,  Cambrian,  Silurian,  Juratrias,  and  Cretaceous 
strata,  Quaternary  deposits,  and  water  supply. 

Merrill  (George  P. ). 

1.  The  Department  of  geology  in  the  National  Museum. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  107-123,  5  pis.,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  methods  employed  in  caring  for  and  rendering  available  to  students 
the  materials  in  charge  of  this  department  of  the  Museum,  and  in  displaying  the  same  for 
the  benefit  of  the  public. 

2.  On  a  stony  meteorite  which  fell  near  Felix,  Perry  County,  Alabama,  May  15,  1901. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  24,  pp.  193-198,  2  pis.,  1901. 

3.  Guide  to  the  study  of  the  collections  in  the  section  of  applied  geology — the  non- 

metallic  minerals  [U.  S.  National  Museum]. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ann.  Rep.  for  1899,  pp.  156-483,  30  pis.,  13  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  uses  of  the  nonmetallic  minerals. 

4.  A  newly  found  meteorite  from  Admire,  Lyon  County,  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  24,  pp.  907-913,  7  pis.,  1902. 

5.  What  constitutes  a  clay. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  31&-322,  1902. 

Discusses  the  composition  of  clay  and  reviews  a  paper  by  Rosier,  entitled  “Beitrage  zur 
kenntniss  ciniger  Kaolinlagerstatten.” 

6.  Rutile  mining  in  Virginia. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  351,  1902;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  389,  1902. 

Abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  Geological  Society  of  Washington. 


244 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Merrill  (George  P.) - Continued. 

7.  A  newly  found  meteorite  from  Mount  Vernon,  Christian  County,  Kentucky. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  156-158,  1903. 

8.  John  Wesley  Powell. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  327-333,  1  pi.  (por.),  1903. 

9.  The  quantitative  classification  of  igneous  rocks. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  48-54,  1903. 

Gives  an  outline  of  the  nomenclature  and  classification  used  in  the  “Quantitative  Classifica¬ 
tion  of  Igneous  Rocks”  of  Cross,  Iddings,  Pirsson,  and  Washington.  Includes  a  table  by 
E.  B.  Mathews,  showing  the  new  nomenclature  and  terminology  as  applied  to  some  of  the 
better  known  igneous  rocks. 

10.  On  the  Glacial  pothole  in  the  National  Museum. 

Smith.  Misc.  Col.,  vol.  45,  pp.  100-103, 1  pi.,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  58,  p.  23844, 1  fig.,  1904. 
Describes  a  pothole  brought  from  Maine  and  the  method  employed  in  removing  it  from  its 
matrix. 

11.  Stones  for  building  and  decoration.  Third  edition. 

New  York,  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1903.  xi,  551  pp.,  33  pis.,  24  figs. 

12.  The  non-metallic  minerals,  their  occurrence  and  uses. 

New  York,  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1904.  414  pp.,  32  pis.,  28  figs. 

Note.— The  large  number  of  chemical  analyses  in  this  work  have  not  been  listed  in  the  index. 

13.  Catalogue  of  the  type  and  figured  specimens  of  fossils,  minerals,  rocks,  and  ores 

in  the  Department  of  geology,  United  States  National  Museum.  Part  1. — Fossil 
invertebrates. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  53,  pt.  1,  704  pp.,  1905. 

See  Schuchert  (Charles)  and  others,  1. 

14.  On  the  origin  of  veins  in  asbestiform  serpentine. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  131-136,  2  pis.  and  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  asbestos  veins  in  massive  serpentine  from  Thetford, 
Canada,  and  discusses  their  origin. 

15.  Gold  and  its  associations. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  902-903,  1905. 

Gives  a  list  of  specimens  of  gold  ore,  showing  conditions  of  occurrence  and  locality  from 
which  derived. 

16.  The  Division  of  applied  geology,  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.  no.  4,  pp.  929-937,  1905. 

Describes  the  history,  scope,  organization,  and  work  of  the  Department  of  geology  of  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum. 

Merrill  (George  P. )  and  Stokes  (H.  N.). 

1.  A  new  stony  meteorite  from  Allegan,  Michigan,  and  a  new  iron  meteorite  from 
Mart,  Texas. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  41-68,  6  pis.,  1900. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  chemical  composition  of  the  material. 

Meunier  (Stanislaus). 

1.  Remarque  sur  l’origine  de  l’activite  volcanique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  136,  pp.  123-124,  1903. 

Discusses  the  cause  of  volcanic  phenomena. 

Michel-Levy  (Auguste) . 

1.  L’eruption  de  la  montagne  Pelee  et  les  volcans  des  Petites  Antilles. 

Revue  g6n.  des  Sciences,  t.  13,  pp.  554-557,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  broad  problems  of  volcanic  activity  in  the  West  Indies  and  other  parts  of  the 
world. 

2.  Sur  la  composition  des  cendres  projetees,  le  3  mai  1902,  par  la  Montagne  Pelee. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  134,  pp.  1123-1124,  1902. 

Describes  characters  of  volcanic  material  ejected  from  Mont  PelA 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


245 


Mickle  (G.  R. ). 

1.  The  iron-bearing  rocks  of  the  Nastapokan  Islands. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  256-264, 12  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  composition  of  the  iron  ores. 

2.  Volcanic  origin  of  natural  gas  and  petroleum. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp.  123-126,  1904. 

Miers  (Henry  A.). 

1.  A  visit  to  the  Yukon  gold  fields.  Letter  from  Henry  A.  Miers  [to  the  Hon.  Clifford 

Sifton,  Canadian  Minister  of  the  Interior] .  32  pp. ,  1901.  [Private  publication.  ] 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  placer  gold  and  the  mining  operations. 

2.  Gold  mining  in  Klondike. 

Roy.  Inst.  Gt.  Brit.,  Proc.,  vol.  17,  pp.  72-81,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  general  geology,  occurrence  of  placer  gold,  mining  opera¬ 
tions,  and  prospects  in  the  Klondike  region. 

Miller  (Arthur  M. ). 

1.  Preglacial  drainage  in  southwestern  Ohio. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  534-535,  1  fig.,  1901. 

2.  A  new  meteorite  (Bath  Furnace)  from  Kentucky. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  154, 1903;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  228, 1903;  Sci.  Am. 
Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22666,  1903. 

3.  Additional  facts  concerning  the  Bath  Furnace  meteoric  fall  of  November  15, 1902. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  243-244,  1903. 

4.  The  lead  and  zinc  bearing  rocks  of  central  Kentucky,  with  notes  on  the  mineral 

veins. 

Ky.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  2,  35  pp.,  8  pis.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Ordovician  strata  of  central  Kentucky, 
and  of  the  mineral  veins  producing  lead,  zinc,  fluorite,  r  nd  barite. 

Miller  (B.  L.). 

1.  Geology  of  Marion  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  11,  pp.  130-197, 1  pi.  4  figs,  and  map,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Pleisto¬ 
cene  deposits,  and  the  occurrence  of  coal. 

Miller  (B.  L. ),  Shattuck  (G.  B. )  and. 

1.  Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Bahama  Islands. 

See  Shattuck  (G.  B.)  and  Miller  (B.  L.),  1. 

Miller  (Elmer  I. ). 

1.  A  week  in  the  Mt.  Lassen  and  cinder  cone  region  of  northern  California. 

Am.  Bur.  Geog.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  150-156,  1901. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  this  region  and  discusses  the  evidences  for  determining 
the  time  of  the  volcanic  activity  of  Mount  Lassen. 

Miller  (G.  W.). 

1.  The  Verde  mining  district,  Yavapai  County,  Arizona. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  pp.  70-71,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  geology  of  the  district  and  the  occurrence  of  the  copper-ore  deposits. 

2.  Geology  of  the  Butte  mining  district  [Montana] . 

Ores  &  Metals,  vol.  13,  no.  10,  pp.  15-16;  no.  11,  pp.  19-20,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  mining  of  silver  and  copper  ores,  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence,  char¬ 
acter,  and  origin  of  the  veins  and  fissures. 

Miller  (Gerrit  S.,  jr.). 

1.  Preliminary  list  of  mammals  of  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  53rd  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  267-390, 1901. 

Contains  list  of  fossil  species. 


246 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF.  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Miller  (Samuel  A.). 

1 .  Strophomena  and  the  type  of  the  genus. 

The  Nat.  Sci.  Jour.,  New  Bedford,  Mass.,  vol.  1,  no.  2,  pp.  29-35,  Apr.,  1897. 

Miller  (Willet  G.). 

1.  On  some  newly  discovered  areas  of  nepheline  syenite  in  central  Canada. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  21-25,  1901. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  in  Ontario. 

2.  Iron  ores  of  Nipissing  district  [Ontario]. 

Ontario  Bureau  Mines,  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  160-180,  4  pis.,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  iron  ores 
in  Huronian  rocks. 

3.  The  iron  ore  fields  of  Ontario. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  20,  pp.  151-158,  3  figs.,  1901;  Can.  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  4,  pp.  265-283,  3  figs.,  1901. 
Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  character  of  iron  ore  deposits  in  Ontario. 

4.  The  eastern  Ontario  gold  belt. 

Ontario  Bureau  Mines,  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  186-207,  3  figs.,  map,  1902;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol. 
74,  p.  850,  1902. 

Describes  the  distribution  and  geologic  occurrence  of  the  ore  bodies. 

5.  Lake  Temiscaming  to  the  Height  of  Land  [Canada]. 

Ontario  Bureau  Mines,  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  214-230,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  this  region. 

6.  Eastern  Ontario;  a  region  of  varied  mining  industries. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,pp.  233-255,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  mineral  deposits. 

7.  Nepheline  syenite  in  western  Ontario. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  182-185,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  composition. 

8.  Cobalt-nickel  arsenides  and  silver  in  Ontario. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  888-890,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  these  ore  bodies. 

9.  Iron  ranges  of  northern  Ontario. 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  [12th]  Rept.,  pp.  304-317,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrences  of  iron  ores. 

10.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  Waldemar  Lindgren,  “The  geological  features  of  the 

gold  production  of  North  America.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1077-1079,  1903. 

Discusses  occurrences  of  gold  in  Canada  and  conditions  under  which  they  can  be  worked. 

11.  Cobalt-nickel  arsenides  and  silver. 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1904,  pt.  1,  pp.  96-103,  5  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geological  relations  of  ore  deposits  of  nickel-cobalt 
arsenides  and  silver  in  the  northern  part  of  Ontario. 

12.  Undeveloped  mineral  resources  of  Ontario. 

Canadian  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  377-396,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  minerals  of  economic  value  in  the  Province  of  Ontario. 

13.  The  cobalt-nickel  arsenides  and  silver  deposits  of  Temiskaming  [Ontario] . 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1905,  pt.  2,  66  pp.,  28  figs.,  and  2  maps,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geological  relations  of  the  cobalt,  nickel,  and  silver 
ores  of  Ontario. 

14.  The  limestones  of  Ontario. 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  [13th]  Rept.,  pt.  2,  1904,  143  pp.,  24  pis.,  1904. 

A  full  account  of  the  character,  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  utilization  of  the  lime¬ 
stones  of  Ontario. 

15.  Boston  township  iron  range  [Ontario] . 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1905,  vol.  14,  pt.  1,  pp.  261-268,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  iron  ore  deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


247 


Miller  (Willet  G.) — Continued. 

16.  [Pre-Cambrian  rocks  in  the  vicinity  of  Lake  Temiskaming,  Ontario.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  221,  1905. 

Miller  (W.  J. ),  Mathews  (E.  B.)  and. 

1.  Cockeysville  marble. 

See  Mathews  (E.  B.)  and  Miller  (W.  J.),  1. 

Miller  (W.  W.,  jr.). 

1.  Analysis  of  emery  from  Virginia. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  314-315, 1901. 

2.  Examination  of  sandstone  from  Augusta  County,  Virginia. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  315,  1901. 

3.  Analysis  of  smithsonite  from  Arkansas. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  315,  1901. 

Mills  (Frank  S.). 

1.  River  terraces  and  reversed  drainage  [New  York]. 

Jour.  Geol.,  voj.  11,  pp.  670-678,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  in  the  Catatonk  River  Valley  in  southern  New  York  and 
their  bearing  upon  pre-Glacial  drainage  conditions. 

2.  The  delta-plain  at  Andover,  Mass. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  162-170,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  glacial  and  physiographic  features  of  this  locality. 

Mills  (S.  Dillon). 

1.  Some  recent  rock  movements  in  the  Laurentian  and  Huronian  areas  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  23,  pp.  174-177,  1904. 

2.  Occurrence  of  hematite  north  of  Little  Current,  Georgian  Bay  [Canada]. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  25,  pp.  119-122, 1  fig.,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  locality. 

Mills  (W.  Magoon). 

1.  A  physiographic  and  ecological  study  of  the  Lake  Eagle  (Winona  Lake)  region, 
Indiana. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  28th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  377-394,  3  pis.,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  observations  on  the  physiographic  features  of  the  region. 

Milne  (J.). 

1.  The  recent  volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indies. 

Nature,  vol.  66,  pp.  56-58,  107-111,  370-373,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  recent  reports  regarding  these  eruptions. 

2.  West  Indian  volcanic  eruptions. 

Nature,  vol,.  67,  pp.  91-92,  1902. 

Discusses  volcanic  phenomena  and  their  causes  with  especial  reference  to  the  volcanoes  Pel6 
and  St.  Vincent. 

Moffet  (Fred  H.). 

1.  The  copper  mines  of  Cobre,  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  p.  64,  1903;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  p.  18,  1903. 

2.  The  Kotzebue  placer-gold  field  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  74-80,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  placer  gold. 

3.  The  Fairhaven  gold  placers,  Seward  Peninsula,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  247,  85  pp.,  14  pis.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography,  the  general  geology,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of 
metamorphic  and  igneous  rocks  and  of  surficial  deposits,  and  th„  occurrence  and  mining  of 
placer  gold  in  this  region. 

4.  The  gold  placers  of  Turnagain  arm  [Alaska]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  90-99,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  ox  placer  gold. 


248 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Moissan  (Henri). 

1.  Slir  la  presence  de  l’argon,  de  l’oxyde  de  carbone  et  des  carbures  d’ hydrogene 

dans  les  gaz  des  furnerolles  du  Mont  Pele  a  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  1085-1088,  1902. 

Describes  investigations  upon  the  constitution  of  gases  collected  from  a  fumarole  of  Mont 
PelA 

2.  Sur  la  presence  de  V argon  dans  les  gaz  des  furnerolles  de  la  Guadeloupe. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  t.  138,  pp.  936-938,  1904. 

Describes  the  chemical  analyses  of  gas  from  fumaroles  of  Guadeloupe. 

3.  Nouvelles  recherches  sur  la  meteorite  de  Canon  Diablo. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  139,  pp.  773-780,  2  figs.,  1904.  Abstract:  Am.  Jour. 

Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  191,  1905. 

Describes  the  characters  and  composition  of  this  meteorite. 

Monckton  (G.  F. ). 

1.  Mining  districts  near  Kamloops  Lake,  British  Columbia. 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.  [England],  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  293-310,  7  figs.,  1899. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  this  area. 

2.  Cinnabar-bearing  rocks  of  British  Columbia. 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  27,  pp.  463-469,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  quicksilver  ores. 

Monroe  (Charles  E.). 

1.  Notes  on  a  collection  of  Hamilton  fossils  from  the  town  of  Bethany,  Genesee 
County,  N.  Y. 

Wis.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  57-67,  1902, 

Contains  notes  on  fossils  collected  and  gives  faunal  lists. 

Montessus  de  Ballore  (D.  de). 

1.  Les  Etats-Unis  sismiques. 

Arch,  des  Sci.  Phys.  et  Nat.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  5,  pp.  201-216,  1  pi.,  1898. 

Gives  notes  upon  and  lists  of  earthquakes  that  have  occurred  in  various  parts  of  the  United 
States. 

Montgomery  (Hugh  T. ). 

1.  The  glacial  phenomena  as  exhibited  in  northern  Indiana  and  southern  Michigan, 
and  the  resulting  ancient  waterways,  or  the  early  history  of  our  home. 

Northern  Ind.  Hist.  Soc.,  Publ.,  no.  2,  20  pp.,  1  fig.,  1899. 

Montgomery  (Thomas  H.). 

1.  Missing  links. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  pp.  21732-21734,  1901. 

Abstract  of  lecture  delivered  at  the  Wagner  Institute,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  Discusses 
evolution  of  vertebrates. 

Moore  (Charles  J. ). 

1.  The  formation  of  the  Cripple  Creek  mining  district,  Teller  County,  Colorado. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  87-91,  1901. 

2.  The  formation  of  the  Leadville  mining  district,  Lake  County,  Colorado. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  175-179,  1901. 

3.  Geology  applied  to  mining,  or  the  practical  use  of  geology  in  mining 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  68-77,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Moore  (Frederick). 

1.  Gold  in  North  Carolina. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  53,  p.  21918,  1902. 

Moore  (Joseph)  and  Hole  (Allen  D. ). 

1.  Concerning  well-defined  ripple  marks  in  the  Hudson  River  limestone,  Richmond, 
Indiana. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  216-220,  3  pis.,  1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  ] 901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


249 


Morgan  (William  Conger). 

1.  The  origin  of  bitumen. 

Cal.  Jour.  Tech.,  vol.  4,  pp.  49-50,  1904;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  46-50,  1905. 

Discusses  various  theories  proposed  to  explain  the  origin  of  bitumen. 

Morgan  (William  Conger)  and  Tallmon  (Marion  Clover). 

1.  A  fossil  egg  from  Arizona. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  403-410,  2  pis.,  1904. 

2.  A  peculiar  occurrence  of  bitumen  and  evidence  as  to  its  origin. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  363-377,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  mode  of  fossilization,  and  character  and  origin  of  the  mineralization 
of  a  fossil  egg  from  Arizona. 

Morganroth  (L.  C. ). 

1.  The  caves  of  Huntingdon  County,  Pennsylvania. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  p.  664,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  of  the  caves. 

Morris  (Henry  G.). 

1.  Hydro-thermal  activity  in  the  veins  at  Wedekind,  Nevada. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  275-276,  illus.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  geologic  structure  and  the  origin  of  the  ores. 

Morscher  (L.  N.). 

1.  Corrading  action  of  river  water  during  high  floods. 

Kans.  Univ.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  for  1902,  pp.  82-97,  8  figs.,  1903. 

A  study  of  river  erosion  based  largely  upon  observations  made  upon  the  effects  of  the  Kansas 
River  flood  of  1903. 

Mosely  (E.  L. ). 

1.  Submerged  valleys  in  Sandusky  Bay  [Ohio]. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  398-403,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  character  and  occurrence  of  these  valleys  and  the  indications  that  the  tilting  of 
the  Great  Lakes  region  is  still  progressing. 

2.  Formation  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Cedar  Point. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pt.  5,  pp.  179-238,  9  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  changes  in  the  lake  shore  in  this  locality  and  how  they  have  been  produced. 

Moses  (A.  J.). 

1.  Mineral ogical  notes. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser,,  vol.  12,  pp.  98-106,  6  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  crystallographic  characters  of  pectolite,  atacamite,  realgar,  vesuvianite,  chryso- 
beryl,  and  pyroxene. 

2.  Eglestonite,  terlinguaite,  and  montroydite,  new  mercury  minerals  from  Terlingua, 

Texas. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  253-263,  6  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  crystallographic  and  other  characters  and  composition. 

3.  The  crystallization  of  molybdenite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  359-364,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  crystallographic  measurements  of  material  from  several  sources. 

4.  Eglestonit,  Terlinguait  und  Montroydit,  neue  Quecksilbermineralien  von  Terlin¬ 

gua  in  Texas. 

Zeitsch.  f.  Krystal,  u.  Min.,  Bd.  39,  pp.  3-13,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  composition  and  crystallographic  characters  of  quicksilver  minerals  from 
Texas. 

5.  The  crystallization  of  luzonite,  and  other  crystallographic  studies. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  277-284,  1905. 

Moses  (Alfred  J.)  and  Luquer  (Lea  Mcl.). 

1.  Notes  on  recent  mineral  ogical  literature. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  23,  pp.  290-302,  1902. 


250 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Moses  (Alfred  J. )  and  Luquer  (Lea  Mel.) — Continued. 

2.  Notes  on  recent  mineralogical  literature. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  24,  pp.  247-266,  1903. 

3.  Notes  on  recent  mineralogical  literature. 

Sch.  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  25,  pp.  412-427,  1904. 

Moudy  (R.  B. ),  Slosson  (E.  E. )  and. 

1.  The  Laramie  cement  plaster. 

See  Slosson  (E.  E.)  and  Moudy  (R.  B.),  1. 

Miig-g-e  (0.). 

1.  Ueber  die  Structur  des  grdnlandischen  Inlandeises  und  ihre  Bedeutung  fur  die 

Theorie  der  Gletscherbewegung. 

Neues  Jahrb.  f.  Min.,  Jahrg.  1899,  Bd.  2,  pp.  123-136,  1899. 

Discusses  the  structure  and  movement  of  ice  in  the  interior  of  Greenland  and  its  bearing 
upon  the  theory  of  the  movement  of  glaciers. 

2.  Weitere  Versuche  iiber  die  Translationsfahigkeit  des  Eises,  nebst  Bemerkungen 

iiber  die  Bedeutung  der  Structure  des  gronliindischen  Inlandeises. 

Neues  Jahrb.  f.  Min.,  Jahrg.  1900,  Bd.  2,  pp.  80-98,  1900. 

Discusses  the  plasticity  of  ice,  and  the  significance  of  the  structure  of  the  ice-mass  in 
Greenland. 

Muir  (John). 

1.  Notes  on  the  Pacific  coast  glaciers. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  1,  pp.  119-135,  illus.,  1902. 

Murg'oci  (G.  M.). 

1 .  On  the  genesis  of  riebeckite  and  riebeckite  rocks. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  133-145,  1905. 

Murphy  (Edward  Charles). 

1.  Accuracy  of  stream  measurements. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  64,  99  pp.,  30  figs.,  4  pis.,  1902. 

Musgrave  (Robert). 

1.  Copper  deposits  of  Mt.  Sicker,  Vancouver  [British  Columbia]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  673-674,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  copper-ore  deposits. 

Myers  (E.  W.),  Pressey  (H.  A.)  and. 

1.  Hydrography  of  the  southern  Appalachians. 

See  Pressey  (H.  A.)  and  Myers  (E.  W.),  1. 

N. 

Nansen  (Fridtjof). 

1.  The  Norwegian  North  Polar  expedition,  1893-1896. 

Scientific  results,  vols.  1-2, 1901.  Longmans,  Green  &  Co.,  London,  New  York,  1901.  Review: 
Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  273-275,  1901. 

2.  The  bathymetrical  features  of  the  north  Polar  seas,  with  a  discussion  of  the  conti¬ 

nental  shelves  and  previous  oscillations  of  the  shore  line. 

The  Norwegian  North  Polar  Expedition,  1893-1896;  Scientific  Results,  vol.  4,  XIII,  231  pp.,  29 
pis.,  1904. 

Includes  in  the  discussion  an  account  of  the  continental  shelves  of  Greenland  and  the  North 
American  coast. 

Nason  (Frank  L. ). 

1.  On  the  presence  of  a  limestone  conglomerate  in  the  lead  region  of  St.  Francois 
County,  Missouri. 

Am.  Jotir.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  p.  396,  1901. 

Brief  note  announcing  discovery  of  limestone  conglomerate  between  the  St.  Joseph  or  Bonne 
Terre  limestone  and  the  Potosi  in  Missouri. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


251 


Nason  (Frank  L. ) — Continued. 

2.  The  geological  relations  and  the  age  of  the  St.  Joseph  and  Potosi  limestones  of 

St.  Frangois  County,  Missouri. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  358-361,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  a  conglomerate  between  the  two  formations  and  gives  a  columnar 
section. 

3.  The  origin  of  vein  cavities. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  pp.  177-179,  209-210,  1901. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  these  vein  phenomena. 

4.  The  disseminated  lead  ores  of  southeast  Missouri. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  478-480,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  these  ores. 

5.  The  geological  relations  and  the  age  of  the  St.  Joseph  and  Potosi  limestones  of 

Missouri. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  861,  1902. 

Discusses  the  relations  of  these  beds. 

Nathorst  (A.  G.). 

1.  Bidrag  till  nordostra  Gronlands  geologi. 

Stockholm  Geol.  Foren.,  FOrh.,  vol.  23,  pp.  275-305,  5  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  geology  of  northeastern  Greenland. 

Nattress  (Thomas). 

1.  The  Corniferous  exposure  in  Anderdon  [Ontario]. 

Ontario  Bureau  Mines,  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  123-127,  1902. 

Gives  notes  on  the  distribution  of  the  Corniferous,  describes  the  geology  at  this  locality,  and 
gives  a  faunal  list. 

Nelson  (Aven). 

1.  Wilbur  Clinton  Knight. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  406  409, 1903. 

Gives  a  short  account  of  his  life  and  work,  and  a  chronologic  list  of  his  papers. 

Neumayer  (L.). 

1.  Die  Koprolithen  des  Perms  von  Texas. 

Palaeontographica,  vol.  51,  pp.  121-128,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  coproliths  from  the  Permian  of  Texas. 

Nevius  (J.  Nelson). 

1.  Roofing  slate  quarries  of  Washington  County  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  53d  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  rl35-rl50, 12  pis.,  19Q1. 

Describes  the  slates  of  the  various  quarries. 

2.  Emery  mines  of  Westchester  County  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  53d  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  rl51-rl54,  4  pis.,  1901. 

3.  The  Sain  Alto  tin  deposits  [Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p..  929,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  tin. 

Newland  (David  H.). 

1.  The  serpentines  of  Manhattan  Island  and  vicinity  and  their  accompanying  minerals. 

,  School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  22,  pp.  307-317,  399-410,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  microscopic  and  chemical  characters  of  the  serpentines  and  the  minerals  asso¬ 
ciated  with  them.  Discusses  origin  of  the  serpentines. 

2.  The  mining  and  quarry  industry  of  New  York  State.  Report  of  operations  and 

production  during  1904. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  93,  pp.  909-970,  1905. 

Newsom  (John  F.). 

1.  Drainage  of  southern  Indiana. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  166-181,  6  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  drainage  features  of  this  region  that  are  dependent  upon  the  geologic  structure. 


252 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Newsom  (John  F. ) — Continued. 

2.  A  natural  gas  explosion  near  Waldron,  Indiana. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  8011-814,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  fissures  and  fractures  caused  by  the  explosion. 

3.  A  geologic  and  topographic  section  across  southern  Indiana  from  the  Ohio  River 

at  Hanover  to  the  Wabash  River  at  Vincennes,  with  a  discussion  of  the  general 
distribution  and  character  of  the  Knobstone  group  in  the  State  of  Indiana. 

Ind.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Res.,  26th  Ann.  Kept.,  pp.  227-302,  7  pis.,  19  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topographic  and  drainage  features,  the  stratigraphy,  character,  and  geological  rela¬ 
tions  of  formations  of  Ordovician,  Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  age,  and  discusses 
the  geologic  history  of  the  region. 

4.  Clastic  dikes. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  227-268,  11  pis.,  19  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  location,  geologic  relations,  character,  and  origin  of  clastic  dikes,  chiefly  those  of 
California,  and  gives  references  to  literature  in  which  clastic  dikes  are  described. 

Newton  (R.  Bullen). 

1.  List  of  Thomas  Say’s  types  of  Maryland  (U.  S. )  Tertiary  mollusca  in  the  British 
Museum. 

Geol.  Mag.,  dec.  iv,  vol.  9,  pp.  303-305,  1902. 

New  York  State  Museum. 

1.  Economic  geology  of  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Handbook  17,  40  pp.,  1904. 

Gives  brief  accounts  of  the  occurrence  and  utilization  of  mineral  products  of  the  State  of  New 
York. 

Nicholls  (H.  A.  Alford). 

1.  Notes  on  the  recent  eruptions  of  Mt.  Pelee  [West  Indies]. 

Nature,  vol.  66,  pp.  638-639,  1902. 

Contains  daily  notes  of  the  recent  eruptions. 

Nichols  (Henry  W. ). 

1.  Nitrates  in  cave  earths. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  236-243, 1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  p.  58,  1901. 

Reviews  paper  by  William  H.  Hess  on  the  same  subject,  gives  a  number  of  analyses  of  soil, 
limestone,  and  cave  earth,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  nitrates. 

2.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  Eric  Hedburg  on  “  The  Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc 

mines.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  1015-1021,  1902. 

Nichols  (J.  Clayton). 

1.  Notes  on  the  Pigholugan  and  Pigtao  gold  region,  Island  of  Mindanao,  Philippine 
Islands. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  611-616,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gold  veins  and  placers. 

Nicholson  (Frank). 

1.  The  Wisconsin  zinc-fields. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  847-849,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  zinc 
and  lead  ore  deposits  and  the  mining  operations. 

Nickles  (JohnM.). 

1.  Geological  section — St.  Louis  to  Shawneetown  [Illinois]. 

Ill.  Bd.  World’s  Fair  Commissioners,  Rept.,  pp.  155-176,  1  pi.  (sections),  1895. 

Describes  geology  along  the  line  of  the  section  and  gives  records  of  borings  and  sections  of 
outcrops. 

2.  Geological  section  in  southern  Illinois  through  Waterloo,  Sparta,  Murphysboro, 

and  Olmstead. 

Ill.  Bd.  World’s  Fair  Commissioners,  Rept.,  pp.  177-223,  1895. 

Describes  the  geology  along  the  line  of  the  section,  gives  records  of  borings  and  sections  of 
outcrops,  and  discusses  the  occurrence  and  exploitation  of  natural  gas  at  Sparta,  Illinois. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


253 


Nickles  (John  M. ) — Continued. 

3.  The  geology  of  Cincinnati. 

Cin.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Jour.,  vol.  20,  pp.  49-100,  1  pi.  (topographic  map),  1902. 

Describes  topography  and  geology  of  Cincinnati  and  the  surrounding  region,  and  gives 
faunal  lists. 

4.  Description  of  a  new  bryozoan  “  Homotrypa  bassleri,”  n.  sp.,  from  the  Warren 

beds  of  the  Lorraine  group. 

Cin.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Jour.,  vol.  20,  pp.  103-105,  text  figs.,  1902. 

5.  The  Richmond  group  in  Ohio  and  Indiana  and  its  subdivisions,  with  a  note  on  the 

genus  Strophomena  and  its  type. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  202-218,  1903. 

6.  The  upper  Ordovician  rocks  of  Kentucky  and  their  Bryozoa. 

Ky.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  5,  64  pp.,  3  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geological  history  and  stratigraphy  of  the  Ordovician  area  of  Kentucky  and 
gives  systematic  descriptions  of  characteristic  Bryozoa. 

Nicol  (William). 

1.  Spinel  twins  of  pyrite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  93,  1904. 

Nicol  (William),  Goldschmidt  (Victor)  and. 

1.  New  forms  of  sperrylite. 

See  Goldschmidt  (Victor) and  Nicol  (William),  1. 

Nicolau  (Th.). 

1.  TJntersuchungen  an  den  eisenfiihrenden  gesteinen  der  insel  Disko. 

Meddelelser  ohi  Groenland,  vol.  24,  pp.  215-248,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition  of  the  iron-bearing  rocks  of  the 
Island  Disco. 

Nicolson  (J.  T. ),  Adams  (Frank  D. )  and. 

1.  An  experimental  investigation  into  the  flow  of  marble. 

See  Adams  (F.  D.)  and  Nicolson  (J.  T.),  1. 

Nolan  (A.  W.)  and  Dixon  (J.  D.). 

1.  Geology  of  St.  Helen’s  Island  [Quebec]. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  9,  pp.  53-66,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Ordovician  and  Devonian  strata,  the  character, 
occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  breccia  formation  of  the  island,  and  the  petrography  of  the 
intersecting  dikes. 

Nordenskjold  (Otto). 

1.  Notes  on  some  specimens  of  rocks  collected  by  C.  Kruuse  on  the  east  coast  of 
Greenland,  between  lat.  65°  35'  and  67°  22'  N. 

Meddelelser  om  Gronland,  vol.  28,  pp.  1-16,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Norton  (William  Harmon). 

1.  Geology  of  Cedar  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  11,  pp.  282-396,  6  pis.,  12  figs,  and  maps,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiographic  and  drainage  features,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the 
Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Pleistocene  deposits  and  the  occurrence  of  economic  products. 

2.  The  relation  of  physical  geography  to  other  science  subjects. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  205-210,  1901. 

3.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Iowa. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no  114,  pp.  220-225,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  shallow  supplies  of  water,  and  the  artesian  waters  with  especial  reference 
to  the  geologic  horizons  from  which  they  are  derived. 

4.  Water  supplies  at  Waterloo,  Iowa. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  148-155,  1905. 

Novarese  (Vittorio). 

1.  Rocks  and  minerals  of  south  Alaska. 

In  Filippo  de  Fillipi’s  The  Ascent  of  Mount  St.  Elias,  Westminster,  Archibald  Constable  and 
Co.,  1900,  Appendix  E,  pp.  232-239. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  and  petrology  of  this  part  of  Alaska. 


254 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Nutter  (Edward  Hoit). 

1.  Sketch  of  the  geology  of  the  Salinas  Valley,  California. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  330-336,  8  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  formation  of  the  valley  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Tertiary  strata 
which  were  laid  down  in  this  trough. 

Nutter  (Edward  Hoit)  and  Barber  (William  B.). 

1.  On  some  glaucophane  and  associated  schists  in  the  Coast  Ranges  of  California. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  738-744,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  contact  relations  of  the  schists  and  discusses  their  origin. 

Nylander  (Olof  0.). 

1.  Shells  of  the  marl  deposits  of  Aroostook  County,  Maine,  as  compared  with  the 
living  forms  in  the  same  locality. 

Nautilus,  vol.  14,  pp.  101-104,  1901. 

Gives  list  of  fossils  determined. 


O. 

Obalski  (J. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  magnetic  iron  sand  of  the  north  shore  of  the  St.  Lawrence  [Canada]. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  20,  pp.  34-37,  1  fig.,  1901;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.  Jour.,  vol.  4,  pp.  91-98,  1  fig.,  1901. 
Gives  chemical  analyses  of  the  sand  and  describes  its  distribution. 

2.  On  a  mineral  containing  radium  in  the  Province  of  Quebec. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  23,  pp.  114-116,  1904;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  441,  1904;  Can.  Mg.  Inst. 
Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  245-256,  8  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  a  mineral,  cleveite,  containing  radium. 

O’Brien  (Charles  J. ). 

1.  Igneous  rocks:  How  to  identify  them. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  87,  p.  50,  1903. 

O’Brien  (M.  E.). 

1.  Geology  of  the  district  west  of  Redding,  Cal. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  p.  349,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  rock  formations  and  ore  deposits. 

Ochsenius  (Carl). 

1.  Natiirlicher  Koks  in  den  Santa  Clara-Kohlenfeldern,  Sonora,  Mexiko. 

Zeitsch.  fur  prak.  Geol.,  Jahrg.  1900,  p.  21,  1900. 

Describes  an  occurrence  of  natural  coke. 

2.  Natronsalpeter  in  California. 

Zeitsch.  fur  prak.  Geol.,  Jahrg.  1902,  heft.  10,  pp.  337-339,  1902. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  deposits  of  nitrate  of  soda. 

Ogulvie  (Ida  H.). 

1.  Glacial  phenomena  in  the  Adirondacks  and  Champlain  Valley. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  397-412,  1  pi.,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contrib.,  vol.  10. 
no.  84,  1902. 

Describes  the  striae,  character  of  ice  movement  and  glacial  deposits  of  the  region,  and  discusses 
the  erosion  history  of  the  Adirondacks.  Includes  table  of  striae. 

2.  An  analcite-bearing  camptonite  from  New  Mexico. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  500-507,  4  figs,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept..  Contrib.,  vol.  10, 
no.  85,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  campto¬ 
nite  and  compares  with  rocks  of  similar  composition  from  other  regions. 

3.  Geological  notes  on  the  vicinity  of  Banff,  Alberta. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  408-414,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  character  and  origin  of  physiographic  features  of  this 
region. 

4.  The  effect  of  superglacial  debris  on  the  advance  and  retreat  of  some  Canadian 

glaciers. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  722-743,  11  figs.,  1904. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


255 


Ogilvie  (Ida  H.) — Continued. 

5.  The  high  altitude  conoplain;  a  topographic  form  illustrated  in  the  Ortiz  Mountains 

[New  Mexico], 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  27-34, 1  pi.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  conditions  of  rainfall  and  erosion  by  which  the  conoplain  is  produced. 

6.  Geology  of  the  Paradox  Lake  quadrangle,  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  96,  pp.  461-508,  17  pis.,  3  figs.,  and  map,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Cambrian  strata,  and  in  detail 
the  physiography,  glaciology,  and  petrography  of  the  area. 

O’Harra  (Cleophas  C. ). 

1.  Black  Hills  ore  deposits. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  pp.  97-100,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  gold  ores. 

2.  The  mineral  wealth  of  the  Black  Hills  [South  Dakota]. 

S.  Dak.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  3, 136  pp.,  31  pis.,  1902;  S.  Dak.  School  of  Mines,  Bull.  no.  6,  Dept 
of  Geol.,  pp.  1-88,  22  pis.,  1902. 

Gives  a  general  geological  sketch  cf  the  geology  of  the  Black  Hills  and  describes  the  occur¬ 
rence  of  the  minerals. 

3.  The  geology  and  mineralogy  of  the  Black  Hills  region. 

Black  Hills,  South  Dakota.  Papers  read  before  the  Black  Hills  Mining  Men’s  Assoc.,  pp.  119- 
127,  1904.  Am.  Mg.  Cong.,  6th  Ann.  Sess.,  Rept.  of  Proc.,  pp.  87-93,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  topographic  and  geologic  features  and  character  of  the  rocks  of  the 
region,  and  gives  notes  upon  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  ore 
deposits,  chiefly  gold  ores. 

O’Harra  (C.  C. ),  Darton  (N.  H.)  and. 

1.  Aladdin  folio,  Wyoming-South  Dokota-Montana. 

See  Darton  (N.  H.)  and  O’Harra  (C.  C.),  1. 

Ohly  (J.). 

1.  The  origin  of  petroleum.  Different  theories  which  have  been  advanced  and  the 
circumstances  for  and  against  them. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  532-533,  1902. 

Oliphant  (F.  H.). 

1.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  R.  Pearson  on  “The  discovery  of  natural  gas  in  Sussex, 

Heathfield  district.”] 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.  [Engl.],  Trans.,  vol.  26,  pp.  505-506  [1904]. 

A  short  note  in  regard  to  the  distribution  of  natural  gas  in  the  United  States. 

2.  Petroleum. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  U.  S.  for  1903,  pp.  635-718,  1904. 

Includes  a  table  showing  the  stratigraphic  position  of  petroleum-producing  horizons  in  the 
Appalachian  and  Lima-Indiana  fields. 

Olsson-Seffer  (Pehr). 

1.  Examination  of  organic  remains  in  post-Glacial  deposits. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  37,  pp.  785-797,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  methods  of  collecting  and  examining  plant  remains  from  Quaternary  deposits, 
particularly  from  peat-bogs. 

Ordonez  (Ezequiel). 

1.  Las  rhyolitas  de  Mexico. 

M6xic.o  Inst.  Geol.,  Bui.  no.  14,  75  pp.,  5  pis.,  1900;  no.  15,  76  pp.,  11  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  macroscopic  and  microscopic  characters  of  the  rhyolites  and  their  distribution. 

2.  La  industria  minera  en  Mexico. 

Ciencia  y  Arte,  Mexico,  1901, 19  pp.  (Not  seen.) 

3.  The  mining  district  of  Pachuca,  Mexico. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  719-721,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  and  mineralization  of  the  region. 

4.  The  onyx-marble  deposits  of  Jimulco,  Coahuila  [Mexico]. 

Soc,  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.,  vol.  15,  pp.  381-385,  1901. 


256 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Ordonez  (Ezequiel) — Continued. 

5.  Les  cendres  d’un  volcan  pres  du  Santa  Maria  (Guatemala). 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  vol.  18,  pp.  33-36, 1902. 

Describes  materials  ejected  from  a  volcano  near  Santa  Maria. 

6.  The  mining  district  of  Pachuca,  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  224-241,  1902. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  topography  and  geology  of  the  area  and  the  ore  formations. 

7.  Le  Xinantacatl  ou  volcan  Nevado  de  Toluca  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  vol.  18,  pp.  83-112,  5  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  igneous  rocks,  and  the 
history  of  its  volcanic  activity,  and  compares  its  physical  features  with  those  of  other 
Mexican  volcanoes. 

8.  El  Sahcab  de  Yucatan. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  t.  18,  pp.  217-223,  1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  some  geologic  formations  in  this  part  of  Mexico. 

9.  Los  volcanes  de  Zacapu,  Michoacan  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  t.  18,  pp.  257-265,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  the  volcanoes  of  this  region  and  the  character  and  occur¬ 
rence  of  igneous  rocks. 

10.  Les  dernieres  eruptions  du  volcan  de  Colima  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  t.  20,  pp.  99-104,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  eruption  phenomena  and  eruptive  products  of  this  volcano. 

11.  El  mineral  de  Angangueo,  Michoacan  [Mexico]. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  59-74,  1  pi.,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Discusses  vein  phenomena  and  the  occurrence  of  silver  veins  in  a  matrix  of  pyrite  and  galena. 

12.  Las  aguas  subterraneas  de  Amozoc  [Mexico]. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  1. 1,  pp.  117-120,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  underground  water  in  the  State  of  Puebla,  Mexico. 

13.  Las  cenizas  del  volcan  de  Santa  Maria. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  229-234,  1904. 

Describes  ashes  from  the  volcano  Santa  Maria,  Guatemala. 

14.  Description  de  las  rocas  [de  los  Estados  de  Chiapas  y  Tabasco]. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Bol.  no.  20,  pp.  101-113,  1905. 

Describes  the  petrographic  characters  of  igneous  and  volcanic  rocks  from  the  States  of  Chia¬ 
pas  and  Tabasco,  Mexico. 

15.  Los  Xalapazces  del  Estado  de  Puebla. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Parer.,  1. 1,  pp.  293-344,  4  pis.  and  1  map,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  and  geologic  structure  of  the  district. 

16.  Las  Barrancas  de  las  Minas  y  de  Tatatila  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Geol.  Mex.,  Bol.,  t.  1,  pp.  119-133,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 

17.  Los  crateres  de  Xico  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Geol.  Mex.,  Bol.,  t.  1,  pp.  19-24,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  geologic  structure  of  the  Island  of  Xico  in  Lake  Chaleo, 
Mexico. 

18.  El  Nauchampatepetl  6  Cofre  de  Perote  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Geol.  Mex.,  Bol.,  t.  1,  pp.  151-168,  4  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  and  geologic  structure. 

Ordonez  (Ezequiel)  and  Bose  (E. ). 

1.  Apuntes  para  la  geologia  del  valle  de  .Chilpancingo  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.,  vol.  14,  pp.  5-12,  2  figs.,  1899. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  of  this  area. 

Ordonez  (E. ),  Lazo  (A.  M.)  and. 

1.  Las  canteras  de  San  Lorenzo  Totolinga  y  Echagaray  [Mexico]. 

See  Lazo  (A.  M.)  and  Orddnez  (E.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


257 


Orr  (William). 

1.  An  outline  of  eight  excursions  for  the  study  of  the  physical  geography  and  geol¬ 
ogy  of  Springfield  [Massachusetts]  and  vicinity. 

Published  for  the  Springfield  Geological  Club  by  the  City  Library  Association,  Springfield, 
Mass.,  16  pp.,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Ortmann  (Arnold  E.). 

1.  The  theories  of  the  origin  of  the  Antarctic  faunas  and  floras. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  35,  pp.  139-142,  1901. 

Reviews  the  literature  on  the  subject. 

2.  Ueber  die  Decapoden-Gattungen  Linuparus  und  Podocrates. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  Geol.,  u.  Pal.,  pp.  713-714,  1901. 

Discusses  the  relationships  of  these  genera  of  Crustacea. 

3.  The  geographical  distribution  of  freshwater  decapods  and  its  bearing  upon  ancient 

geography. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  41,  pp.  267-400,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Includes  a  discussion  of  the  geography  of  the  earth’s  surface  during  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and 
Quaternary  times. 

Orton  (Edward). 

1.  Petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  53d  Ann.  Kept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  391-526,  3  maps,  1901. 

See  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  No.  188,  Orton  no.  4172. 

Orton  (Edward,  jr. ). 

1.  The  organization  and  work  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Ohio. 

Ohio  Geol.  Surv.,  4th  ser.,  Bull.  no.  1,  pp.  i-xxi,  1903. 

Gives  an  outline  of  the  work  and  publications  of  the  preceding  and  present  organizations  of 
the  geological  survey  of  Ohio. ' 

Orton  (Edward,  jr. )  and  Peppel  (S.  V.). 

1.  The  lime  resources  of  Ohio  available  for  Portland-cement  manufacture. 

Ohio  Geol.  Surv.,  4th  ser.,  Bull.  no.  3,  pp.  88-101, 1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  limestones  in  Ohio  suitable  for 
use  in  manufacture  of  cements.  Gives  a  table  with  many  analyses  of  limestone. 

Osann  (A.). 

1.  Beitriige  zur  Geologie  und  Petrographie  der  Apache  (Davis)  Mts.,  Westtexas. 

Tschermak’s  Min.  &  Petrogr.  Mitt.,  N.  F.,  Bd.  15,  pp.  394-456,  2  pis.  and  1  fig.,  1896. 

Decribes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  of  igneous  and  Carboniferous  and 
Cretaceous  sedimentary  rocks,  and  the  petrographic  characters  of  the  igneous  rocks. 

2.  Notes  on  certain  Archaean  rocks  of  the  Ottawa  Valley  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1  o-84  o,  12  figs.,  11  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  petrology  of  this  region  and  occurrence  and  characters  of  economic  minerals. 

Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield). 

1.  The  recent  progress  of  vertebrate  paleontology  in  America. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  45-49, 1901. 

Abstract  of  lecture  delivered  at  Trinity  College,  Hartford,  Conn. 

2.  Recent  zoo-paleontology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  330-331, 1901. 

Contains  notes  on  papers  relating  to  the  John  Day  beds  and  to  the  Kansas  chalk. 

3.  Recent  zoo-paleontology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  699-700,  1901. 

Reviews  Wortman’s  work  on  the  Carnivora  and  Gidley’s  work  on  Pleistocene  horses. 

4.  Des  m6thodes  precises  mises  actuellement  en  oeuvere  dans  l’^tude  des  vert£bres 

fossiles  des  £tats-Unis  d’Amerique. 

Intern.  Cong.  Geol.,  Compte  Rendu,  viii  session,  pp.  353-356,  2  pis.,  1901. 

5.  Correlation  des  horizons  de  mammiferes  Tertiaires  en  Europe  et  en  Am£rique. 

Intern.  Cong.  Geol.,  .Compte  Rendu,  viii  Session,  pp.  357-363, 1901. 

Bull.  301—06 - 17 


258 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield) — Continued. 

6.  Systematic  revision  of  the  American  Eocene  primates  and  of  the  rodent  family 

Myxodectidse. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  p.  Ill,  1901. 

7.  Homoplasy  as  a  law  of  latent  or  potential  homology. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  36,  pp.  259-271,  6  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  independent  evolution  of  identical  structures  in  teeth  of  different  families  of 
mammals  as  a  form  of  homology  which  has  heretofore  been  defined  as  homoplasy. 

8.  The  law  of  adaptive  radiation. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  36,  pp.  353-363,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Quotes  from  the  author’s  previous  papers  bearing  upon  this  law  and  shows  how  it  is  exhib¬ 
ited  in  the  geographic  distribution  of  orders,  families,  and  related  contemporaneous  forms^ 

9.  Dolichocephaly  and  brachycephaly  in  the  lower  mammals. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  77-89,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  these  factors  in  cranial  evolution  and  their  correlation  with  similar  ones  in  the 
trunk  and  limbs. 

10.  The  four  phyla  of  Oligocene  Titanotheres.  Titanothere  contributions*  no.  4. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  91-109, 13  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  general  characters  of  the  material  and  their  stratigraphic  position. 

11.  American  Eocene  Primates  and  the  supposed  rodent  family  Mixodectidae. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  169-214,  40  figs.,  1902. 

Points  out  the  synonymous  genera  and  describes  the  species,  including  several  new  ones. 

12.  Distinctive  characters  of  the  mid-Cretaceous  fauna. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Contr.  to  Can.  Paleont.,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  5-21, 1902. 

Discusses  relative  age  and  correlation  of  Cretaceous  formations  and  the  relations  of  their 
faunas  and  gives  in  tabular  form  the  geologic  distribution  of  Cretaceous  vertebrates. 

13.  Recent  zoopaleontology — new  vertebrates  of  the  mid-Cretaceous. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  673-676, 1902. 

Gives  an  abstract  of  a  report  by  Henry  F.  Osborn  a'nd  Lawrence  M.  Lambe  on  “  Vertebra ta 
from  the  mid-Cretaceous  Rocks  of  the  Northwest  Territory  of  Canada.” 

14.  Recent  zoopaleontology:  a  remarkable  new  mammal  from  Japan,  its  relationship 

to  the  Californian  genus  Desmostylus,  Marsh — progress  of  the  exploration  for 
fossil  horses — the  perissodactyles  typically  polyphyletic. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  713-715,  1902. 

15.  Recent  zoopaleontology:  Triassic  ichthyosaurs  from  California  and  Nevada — 

abandonment  of  the  Oligocene  and  Miocene  lake  basin  theory — studies  of 
Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  749-752,  1902. 

16.  Ornitholestes  hermanni,  a  new  compsognathoid  dinosaur  from  the  upper  Jurassic. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  459-464,  3  figsv,  1903. 

17.  Glyptotherium  texanum,  a  new  glyptodont,  from  the  lower  Pleistocene  of  Texas. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  491-494,  1  pi.,  1903. 

18.  The  skull  of  Creosaurus. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  697-701,  2  figs.,  1903. 

19.  The  reptilian  subclasses  Diapsida  and  Synapsida  and  the  early  history  of  the 

Diaptosauria. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Mem.,  vol.  1,  pt.  8,  pp.  451-507,  1  pi.,  24  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  classification,  anatomy,  and  phylogeny  of  fossil  reptiles  and  defines  the  major 
classification  groups  and  genera. 

20.  Recent  zoopaleontology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  312-314,  1903. 

Includes  a  brief  discussion  of  the  age  of  the  Fort  Union  beds  and  related  formations. 

21.  Recent  zoopaleontology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  356-357,  1903. 

Discusses  the  age  of  the  typical  Judith  River  beds. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


259 


Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield) — Continued. 

22.  Recent  zoopaleontology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  673-674,  1903. 

Gives  a  comparison  of  the  European  and  American  Eocene  horses. 

23.  Evolution  of  the  Proboscidea  in  North  America. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  249, 1903. 

24.  On  recent  models  and  restorations  of  a  number  of  extinct  animals,  with  a  discus¬ 

sion  of  their  probable  habits  and  mode  of  life. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  978,  1903. 

25.  Vertebrate  paleontology  in  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  835-837,  1903. 

Describes  the  work  being  done  to  complete  Professor  Marsh’s  monographs  on  the  Titano- 
theres,  Ceratopsia,  Stegosauria,  and  Sauropoda. 

26.  Reclassification  of  the  Reptilia. 

Am.  Nat.,  vol.  38,  pp.  93-115,  13  figs.,  1904. 

Reviews  the  history  and  principles  of  classification  of  the  Reptilia,  proposes  a  new  classifica¬ 
tion,  and  gives  definitions  of  the  higher  groups. 

27.  Paleontological  evidence  for  the  original  tritubercular  theory. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  321-323,  1  pi.,  1904. 

28.  Recent  zoopaleontology.  Field  expeditions  during  the  past  season. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  35-36,  1904. 

29.  Recent  advances  in  our  knowledge  of  the  evolution  of  the  horse. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  43,  pp.  156-157,  1904.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  717, 1904. 

30.  An  armadillo  from  the  middle  Eocene  (Bridger)  of  North  America. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  163-165,  1904. 

31.  New  Oligocene  horses. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  167-179,  2  pis.  and  8  figs.,  1904. 

32.  Manus,  sacrum,  and  caudals  of  Sauropoda. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  181-190,  6  figs.,  1904. 

33.  Teleorhinus  browni— a  teleosaur  in  the  Fort  Benton. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  239-240,  1904. 

34.  New  Miocene  rhinoceroses  with  revision  of  known  species. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  307-326,  21  figs.,  1904. 

35.  The  great  Cretaceous  fish  Portheus  molossus  Cope. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.;  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  377-381,  1  pi.  and  4  figs.,  1904. 

36.  Revised  list  of  casts,  models,  photographs,  and  restorations  of  fossil  vertebrates 

of  the  Department  of  vertebrate  paleontology  of  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  Supplement,  52  pp.,  8  figs.,  1904.  * 

37.  On  the  position  of  the  bones  of  the  forearm  in  the  Opisthocoelia  or  Sauropoda. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  255-256,  1904. 

38.  On  the  use  of  the  sandblast  in  cleaning  fossils. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  256, 1904. 

39.  A  reclassification  of  the  Reptilia. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  256-257, 1904. 

40.  On  the  primary  components  of  vertebrae  and  their  relations  to  ribs. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  257,  1904. 

41.  The  classification  of  the  Reptilia. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  307-808, 1904. 

42.  Fossil  wonders  of  the  West.  The  dinosaurs  of  the  Bone-cabin  quarry,  being  the 

first  description  of  the  greatest  “ find”  of  extinct  animals  ever  made. 

The  Century  Magazine,  vol.  68,  pp.  680-694, 18  figs.,  1904. 


260 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield) — Continued. 

43.  The  evolution  of  the  horse  in  America.  First  complete  account  of  the  American 

Museum  explorations  under  the  William  C.  Whitney  fund. 

The  Century  Magazine,  vol.  69,  pp.  3-17, 15  figs.,  1905. 

44.  Ichthyosaurs:  The  evolution  of  fitness  in  ichthyosaurs. 

The  Century  Magazine,  vol.  69,  pp.  414-422,  7  figs.,  1905. 

45.  Recent  zoopaleontology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  315-316, 1905. 

Gives  an  abstract  of  a  lecture  delivered  by  the  author  before  the  Society  of  Naturalists  at  the 
Philadelphia  meeting  upon  the  evolution  and  phylogeny  of  various  vertebrate  types. 

46.  Recent  vertebrate  paleontology.  Fossil  mammals  of  Mexico. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  931-932, 1905. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  fossil  mammals  of  Mexico  and  the  present  location  of  the  specimens. 

47.  Recent  vertebrate  paleontology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  188-189,  1905. 

Notes  on  exploration  going  on  for  vertebrate  fossils  and  work  in  progress  in  museums  and 
laboratories  on  vertebrate  paleontology. 

48.  The  present  problems  of  paleontology. 

Pop.  Sci.  Mo.,  vol.  66,  pp.  226-242,  1905. 

49.  Ten  years’  progress  in  the  mammalian  paleontology  of  North  America. 

Congr.  intern,  de  Zool.,  6e,  Compt.  rend.,  pp.  86-113,  15  pis.,  7  figs.,  1905;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36, 
pp.  199-229,  7  figs,  1905. 

Gives  a  resume  of  the  progress  in  mammalian  paleontology  during  the  last  ten  years  and  indi¬ 
cates  lines  of  exploration  and  research.  Discusses  phylogenetic  relations  of  various  mam¬ 
mals. 

50.  Tyrannosaurus  and  other  Cretaceous  carnivorous  dinosaurs. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  259-265,  2  figs.,  1905. 

51.  Skull  and  skeleton  of  the  sauropodous  dinosaurs,  Morosaurus  and  Brontosaurus. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  374-376,  1905. 

52.  The  evolution  of  the  horse. 

Brit.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  Rept.  74th  Meeting,  pp.  607-608,  1905. 

53.  Western  explorations  for  fossil  vertebrates. 

Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  v.  67,  pp.  561-568,  6  figs.,  1905. 

54.  [Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the  Reptilia.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  294,  1905. 

55.  Evolution  of  the  horse.  Recent  discoveries  and  studies. 

Congr.  intern,  de  Zool.,  Sixieme,  Compt.  rend.,  p.  282, 1905. 

Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield)  and  Granger  (Walter). 

1.  Fore  and  hind  limbs  of  Sauropoda  from  the  Bone  Cabin  quarry  [Wyoming]. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  199-208,  6  figs.,  1901. 

Osg-ood  ('Wilfred  H.). 

1.  Scaphoceros  tyrrelli,  an  extinct  ruminant  from  the  Klondike  gravels. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  48  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  3,  pt.  2),  pp.  173-185,  6  pis.,  1905. 

Osmont  (Vance  C.). 

1.  A  geological  section  of  the  Coast  Ranges  north  of  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  37-87,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  stratified  rocks  of  Jurassic,  Cretaceous, 
Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  age,  and  of  igneous  rocks  observed  in  cross  sections  of  the  Coast 
Ranges  of  California,  and  the  petrographical  characters  of  the  igneous  rocks,  and  discusses 
the  correlation  of  the  Eocene  strata,  the  geological  structure  along  the  sections,  and  the 
geologic  history  of  the  region. 

2.  Areas  of  the  California  Neocene. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  89-100,  4  pis.,  1904. 

Gives  systematic  descriptions  and  discusses  the  occurrence  of  associated  fossils,  giving  faunal 
lists. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


261 


O’Sullivan  (Owen). 

1.  Survey  of  the  south  and  west  coast  of  James  Bay. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  173-179,  1  map,  1905. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

Otsuka  (S.). 

1.  A  short  sketch  on  the  petroleum  industry  of  Europe  and  America.  [In  Japa¬ 
nese.] 

Japan  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  no.  1,  pp.  1-82,  5  pis.  (maps),  1903. 

Includes  observations  on  the  petroleum  industry  in  the  Appalachian  region,  Texas,  and 
California. 

Owen  (Luella  Agnes). 

1.  The  bluffs  of  the  Missouri  River. 

Intern.  Geogr.-Kongr.,  Siebenter,  Verh.,  pt.  2,  pp.  686-690, 1901. 

Describes  loess  deposits  and  discusses  evidence  as  to  their  origin. 

2.  More  concerning  the  Lansing  skeleton. 

Bibliotheca  Sacra,  73d  yr.,  pp.  572-578,  190 

Reviews  the  discussion  as  to  the  geological  age  of  the  Lansing  skeleton. 

3.  The  loess  at  St.  Joseph  [Missouri]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  223-228,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  loess  deposits  at  this  point  and  discusses  the  origin 
of  the  loess. 

4.  Cave  regions  of  the  Ozarks  and  Black  Hills. 

Cincinnati,  The  Editor  Publishing  Co.,  1898.  228  pp.,  illus. 

5.  Evidence  on  the  deposition  of  the  loess. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  291-300,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  character  of  fossil  mollusks  in  the  loess  at  St.  Joseph,  Mo.,  and 
their  bearing  on  the  question  of  the  origin  of  the  loess. 


P. 

Palache  (Charles). 

1.  A  description  of  epidote  crystals  from  Alaska. 

Am.  Acad.  \rts  &  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  37,  pp.  531-535,  1  pi.,  1902;  Zeitsch.  fur  Kryst.  u.  Min.,  vol. 
36,  pp.  433-437,  1  pi,,  1902. 

2.  The  Alaska-Treadwell  mine.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  mine  and  vicinity. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  4,  pp.  59-66,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence  and  petrographic  characters  of  the  rocks,  the 
occurrence  of  the  gold  ore  deposits,  and  the  mining  operations. 

3.  Geology  about  Chichagof  Cove,  Stepovak  Bay,  with  notes  on  Popof  and  Unga 

Islands. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  4,  pp.  69-88,  2  pis.,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  sedimentary  and  igneous 
rocks,  and  the  petrographic  characters  of  the  latter. 

4.  Notes  on  the  minerals  collected  [by  the  Harriman  Alaska  expedition]. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  4,  pp.  91-96,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  some  minerals,  and  gives  a  list  of  minerals  obtained 
and  their  localities. 

Palache  (Charles)  and  Fraprie  (F.  R. ). 

1.  (1)  Babingtonite  from  Somerville,  Massachusetts.  (2)  Babingtonite  from  Athol, 
Massachusetts. 

Am.  Acad.  Arts  &  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  38,  pp.  383-393,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence,  crystallography,  and  chemical  analysis. 

Palache  (Charles)  and  Wood  (H.  O.). 

1.  A  crystallographic  study  of  millerite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  343-359,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Palache  (C. ),  Jag-gar  (T.  A.,  jr. )  and. 

1.  Bradshaw  Mountains  folio,  Arizona. 

See  Jaggar  (T.  A.,  jr. )  and  Palache  (C.),  1. 


262 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Palache  (Charles),  Lawson  (Andrew  C. )  and. 

1.  The  Berkeley  Hills  [California].  A  detail  of  Coast  Range  geology. 

See  Lawson  (A.  C.)  and  Palache  (C.),  1. 

2.  The  Berkeley  Hills  [California].  A  detail  of  Coast  Range  geology. 

See  Lawson  (A.  C.)  and  Palache  (C.),  2. 

Palache  (Charles),  Wolff  (John  E.)  and. 

1.  Apatite  from  Minot,  Maine. 

See  Wolff  (J.  E.)  and  Palache  (C.),  1. 

Palmer  (Charles  M. ). 

1.  Chrysocolla:  a  remarkable  case  of  hydration. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  45-48,  1908. 

Gives  composition  and  describes  absorption  of  water. 

Palmer  (T.  S. ). 

1.  North  American  Fauna,  no.  23.  Index  generum  mammalium:  a  list  of  the  genera 
and  families  of  mammals. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Div.  Biol.  Surv.,  984  pp.,  1904. 

Includes  also  the  fossil  forms. 

Park  (Emma  J. ). 

1.  Winoka  gravels,  supposed  Tertiary  deposits.  Origin  of  deposits. 

Drury  College,  Bradley  Geol.  Field  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  14-19, 1904. 

Describes  gravel  deposits  of  southwestern  Missouri  and  discusses  their  age. 

Park  (Emma  J.)  and  Lyman  (Kate).  * 

1.  The  Springfield  water  supply.  Description  of  springs  and  the  geology  of  the  dis¬ 

trict. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Geol.  Field  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  45-49, 1905. 

2.  The  Hannibal  formation  in  Greene  County  [Missouri]. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Geol.  Field  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  79-80, 1905. 

Park  (James). 

1 .  On  the  cause  of  border-segregation  in  some  igneous  magmas. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  51,  pp.  481-482,  1905. 

Parker  (Charles  A.). 

1.  Evidences  of  rheumatoid  arthritis  in  the  Lansing  man. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol,  33,  pp.  89-42,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  anatomical  features  of  the  fossil  human  bones  discovered  near  Lansing,  Kansas. 

Parkinson  (John). 

1.  The  hollow  spherulites  of  the  Yellowstone  and  Great  Britain. 

Lond.  Geol.  Soc.,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  57,  pp.  211-225,  1  pi.,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  the  Yellowstone  region  and  discusses  the  origin  of 
spherulites. 

2.  Some  lake  basins  in  Alberta  and  British  Columbia. 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  iv,  vol.  8,  pp.  97-101, 1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography  of  the  region  and  the  character  of  the  lake  basins. 

Parks  (William  Arthur). 

1.  The  Huronian  of  the  Moose  River  Basin  [Ontario]. 

Toronto  Univ.,  Studies,  Geol.  Series,  no.  1,  35  pp.,  1  map,  1900. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  and  classification  of  the  Huronian  rocks  of  the  region. 

2.  The  country  east  of  Nipigon  Lake  and  River  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  103-107,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  this  area. 

3.  Region  lying  northeast  of  Nipigon  Lake. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  211-220, 1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  physiography,  geology,  and  economic  resources  of  the  region 
examined. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


263 


Parks  (William  Arthur) — Continued. 

4.  Fossiliferous  rocks  of  southwest  Ontario. 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  [12th]  Rept.,  pp.  141-156, 1903. 

Describes  location,  lithologic  and  stratigraphic  features  of  outcrops  of  Silurian  and  Devonian 
strata  of  southwest  Ontario,  and  gives  lists  of  fossils  obtained  and  diseusses  economic 
resources. 

5.  Devonian  fauna  of  Kwataboahegan  River  [Ontario]. 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1904,  pt.  1,  pp.  180-191,  8  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  Devonian  fossils  in  the  Moose  River  basin  of  Ontario,  and  givse 
systematic  descriptions  of  new  species. 

6.  A  remarkable  parasite  from  the  Devonian  rocks  of  the  Hudson  Bay  slope. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  135-140,  6  figs.,  1904. 

7.  The  study  of  stratigraphy. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  168-176,  1904. 

Discusses  the  necessity  of  stratigraphy  and  paleontology  in  the  geologic  investigations  of  eco¬ 
nomic  resources. 

8.  The  geology  of  a  district  from  Lake  Timiskaming  northward  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  198-225,  1905. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  district  and  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  ore  deposits  contain¬ 
ing  cobalt. 

9.  Formation  of  coal  beds  and  life  of  the  coal  forming  age. 

Abstract:  Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  21,  p.  67,  1905. 

Parsons  (Arthur  L. ). 

1.  Recent  developments  in  the  gypsum  industry  in  New  York  State. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  r  177-r  183,  1902. 

2.  The  gypsum  deposits  of  New  York  state. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  855-856, 1904. 

3.  Peat:  its  formation,  uses,  and  occurrence  in  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  57th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  15-88,  1905. 

4.  Notes  on  the  gypsum  industry  in  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  57th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  89-157,  3  pis.,  1905. 

Parsons  (H.  F. )  and  Liddell  (Charles  A.). 

1.  The  coal  and  mineral  resources  of  Routt  County  [Colorado]. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.  vol.  1,  no.  4,  pp.  47-59,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  geology,  the  location  of  the  coal  districts,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the 
Cretaceous  coals,  and  the  occurrence  of  other  mineral  deposits,  chiefly  gold. 

Patten  (William). 

1.  New  facts  concerning  Bothriolepis. 

Biological  Bulletin,  vol.  7,  pp.  113-124,  6  figs.,  1904. 

2.  Studies  relating  to  the  origin  of  vertebrates. 

Abstract:  Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Yearb.  no.  3, 1904,  p.  140,  1905. 

Outlines  work  upon  the  ostracoderms  and  ihur  systematic  position. 

Patton  (Horace  Bushnell). 

1.  Abstracts  of  papers  read  before  Section  E  of  the  American  Association  for  the 

Advancement  of  Science,  August  26-29,  1901. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  794-800, 1901. 

2.  Synopsis  of  paper  on  the  development  of  pseudomorphs. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  103-107,  7  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  methods  of  alteration  of  minerals  and  describes  dolomite  and  calcite  crystals 
from  Colorado. 

3.  Fault-planes  in  the  Dakota  fire-clay  beds  at  Golden,  Colorado. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  p.  583, 1904. 

4.  Faults  in  the  Dakota  formation  at  Golden,  Colorado. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  no.  1,  pp.  26-32,  2  figs.,  1905. 


264 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Patton  (Horace  Bushnell) — Continued. 

5.  Lecture  notes  on  crystallography.  (Revised  edition,  largely  rewritten. ) 

New  York,  D.  Van  Nostrand  Company,  1905.  47  pp. 

Patton  (Horace  Bushnell),  Diller  (Joseph  Silas)  and. 

1.  The  geology  and  petrography  of  Crater  Lake  National  Park. 

See  Diller  (J.  S.)  and  Patton  (H.  B.),  1. 

Payne  (Henry  M.). 

1.  The  Tug  River  coal  field  [West  Virginia].  A  description  of  the  general  geology 
of  the  region  and  of  the  qualities  of  the  coal. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  25,  pp.  391-393,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Peale  (A.  C. ). 

1.  The  classification  of  mineral  waters  with  especial  reference  to  the  characteristics 
and  geographic  distribution  of  the  medicinal  springs  of  the  United  States. 
Cohen’s  System  of  Physiologic  Therapeutics,  vol.  9,  pp.  299-365,  1902. 

Pearce  (Richard). 

1.  Notes  on  the  occurrence  of  selenium  with  pyrite  rich  in  gold  and  silver  [from 
Mexico],  and  remarks  on  a  gold  nugget  from  Montana. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  6,  pp.  157-159  [1902]. 

Pearson  (Herbert  W.). 

1.  Oscillations  in  the  sea-level. 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  4,  vol.  8,  pp.  167-174,  223-231,  253-265,  1901. 

Contains  discussions  of  certain  observations  in  North  America. 

2.  A  nebulo-meteoric  hypothesis  of  creation.  Revised  and  edited  by  William  F. 

Phelps. 

Duluth,  Minn.,  J.  J.  LeTourneau  &  Co.,  1902.  38  pp.,  2  figs. 

3.  The  place  of  the  great  raised  beaches  in  geology. 

Assoc.  Eng.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  32,  pp.  78-90,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  elevation  of  raised  beaches,  the  explanation  of  subsidences  and 
elevations,  and  the  formation  and  location  of  coal  mines. 

Pearson  (Karl). 

1.  The  fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Kansas. 

Nature,  vol.  68,  p.  7,  1903. 

Discusses  in  the  light  of  measurements  of  the  bones  the  height  of  the  individual. 

Peck  (Frederick  B. ). 

1.  Preliminary  notes  oh  the  occurrence  of  serpentine  and  talc  at  Easton,  Pa. 

N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  13,  pp.  419-430,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  structure  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  crystal¬ 
line  rocks  and  the  alteration  products. 

2.  The  basal  conglomerate  in  Lehigh  and  Northampton  counties,  Pennsylvania. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  291,  1903;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  154, 1903. 
Describes  its  occurrence  and  characters. 

3.  Basal  conglomerate  in  Lehigh  and  Northampton  counties,  Pennsylvania. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  518-521, 1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  this  formation  in  the  area  under  consideration. 

4.  The  Atlantosaur  and  Titanotherium  beds  of  Wyoming. 

Wyoming  Hist.  &  Geol.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Coll.,  vol.  8,  pp.  25-41,  5  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  a  geologic  excursion  in  this  region.  Includes  observations  on  the  geology  and 
paleontology  of  Jurassic  and  Cretaceous  strata. 

5.  The  cement  belt  in  Lehigh  and  Northampton  counties  of  Pennsylvania.  A 

description  of  the  geological  formations. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  25,  pp.  53-57,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  and  the  general  stratigraphy  of  the  region  and  the 
character  and  occurrence  of  the  cement  rock. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


265 


Peck  (Frederick) — Continued. 

6.  The  talc  deposits  of  Phillipsburg,  N.  J.,  and  Easton,  Pa. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  161-185,  3  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  quarrying,  and  uses  of  talc  deposits,  and  their  character  and  geo¬ 
logic  relations. 

Peckham.  (Herbert  E. ). 

1.  On  the  bituminous  deposits  situated  at  the  south  and  east  of  Cardenas,  Cuba. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  33-41,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  extent  of  these  bituminous  deposits. 

Peckham  (S.  F.). 

1.  [Remarks  on  paper  by  Herbert  E.  Peckham  on  the  bituminous  deposits  near 
Cardenas,  Cuba.] 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  p.  41,  1901. 

Peet  (Charles  Emerson). 

1.  Glacial  and  post-Glacial  history  of  the  Hudson  and  Champlain  valleys. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  415-469,  617-660,  27  figs.,  1904. 

Penck  (Albrecht). 

1.  Climatic  features  in  the  land  surface. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  165-174, 1905. 

Discusses  the  shaping  of  the  earth’s  surface  by  river,  glacial,  and  eolian  agencies  as  influenced 
by  climate  conditions. 

Penfield  (Safnuel  L. ). 

1.  On  the  chemical  composition  of  childrenite. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  124-125,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  19,  pp.  315-316,  1880.) 

2.  On  the  chemical  composition  of  amblygonite. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  121-123, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  18,  pp.  295-301, 1879.). 

3.  On  spangolite,  a  new  copper  mineral. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  168-175, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  39,  pp.  370-378,  1890.) 

4.  On  pearcite,  a  sulpharsenite  of  silver. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  252-260, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  pp.  17-20,  1896.) 

5.  On  the  chemical  composition  of  hamlinite  and  its  occurrence  with  bertrandite  at 

Oxford  County,  Maine. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  287-290,  1901.  <  From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  4,  pp.  313-316,  1897.) 

6.  Tables  of  minerals,  including  the  uses  of  minerals  and  statistics  of  the  domestic 

production. 

New  Haven,  Conn.,  1903.  77  pp. 

7.  On  crystal  drawing. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  39-75,  59  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  methods  of  representing  crystals. 

Penfield  (Samuel  L. )  and  Foote  (H.  W.). 

1.  On  bixbyite,  a  new  mineral. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  283-286, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  4,  pp.  105-107, 1897.) 

2.  On  clinohedrite,  a  new  mineral  from  Franklin,  N.  J. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  291-296,  1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  5,  pp.  289-293,  1898.) 

Penfield  (Samuel  L. )  and  Ford  ( W.  E.). 

1.  On  calaverite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  225-245,  30  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  and  crystallographic  characters  of  the  material. 


266 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Penfield  (S.  L. )  and  Jamieson  (G.  S.). 

1.  On  tychite,  a  new  mineral  from  Borax  Lake,  California,  and  on  its  artificial  pro¬ 
duction  and  its  relations  to  north upite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  217-224,  1905.  Zeitschr.  f.  Krystall.  u.  Min.,  Bd.  41,  pp. 
235-242,  1905  [German  translation]. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  composition  of  tychite,  a  new  mineral  from  California 
and  its  relation  to  northupite. 

Penfield  (Samuel  L. )  and  Pirsson  (L.  V.). 

1.  Contributions  to  mineralogy  and  petrography,  from  the  laboratories  of  the 
Sheffield  Scientific  School  of  Yale  University. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Charles  Scribner’s  Sons,  New  York.  August,  1901.  482  pp. 
Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  322-323, 1901;  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  p.  398, 1901. 

Penfield  (Samuel  L. )  and  Pratt  (J.  H.). 

1.  On  the  occurrence  of  thaumasite  at  West  Paterson,  New  Jersey. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  246-251, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  pp.  229-233,  1896.) 

Penfield  (Samuel  L. )  and  Warren  (C.  H.). 

1.  Some  new  minerals  from  the  zinc  mines  at  Franklin,  N.  J.,  and  note  concerning 
the  chemical  composition  of  ganomalite. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  325-342, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  339-353,  1899.) 

Penfield  (S.  L.),  Hillebrand  (W.  F.)  and. 

1.  Some  additions  to  the  alunite  jarosite  group  of  minerals. 

See  Hillebrand  (W.  F.)  and  Penfield  (S.  L.),  1. 

Penfield  (S.  L.),  Wells  (H.  L.)  and. 

1.  On  a  new  occurrence  of  sperrylite. 

See  Wells  (H.  L.)  and  Penfield  (S.  L.),  1. 

Penhallow  (D.  P. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  North  American  species  of  Dadoxylon,  with  special  reference  to  type 

material  in  the  collections  of  the  Peter  Redpath  Museum,  McGill  College. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  6,  sect.  4,  pp.  51-97, 18  figs.,  1900. 

2.  A  decade  of  North  American  Paleobotany,  1890-1900. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  161-176,  1901. 

Presidential  address  before  the  Society  of  Plant  Morphology  and  Physiology. 

3.  Osmundites  skidegatensis  n.  sp. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  8, .sect.  4,  pp.  3-30,  6  pis.,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  megascopic  characters  and  microscopic  structure  of  this  fossil  plant. 

4.  Notes  on  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  plants  of  Canada. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  8,  sect.  4,  pp.  31-92,  10  pis.,  8  figs.,  1902. 

5.  Notes  on  Tertiary  plants. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  9,  sect.  4,  pp.  33-71,  29  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  descriptions  of  plants,  especially  of  internal  structure  as  revealed  by  microscopic 
sections,  of  early  Tertiary  age,  based  upon  material  obtained  by  the  British  North  American 
Boundary  Commission. 

6.  Notes  on  Tertiary  plants  from  Canada  and  the  United  States. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  10,  sect.  4,  pp.  57-76,  1904. 

Describes  two  new  species  and  gives  notes  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  number  of  others  in 
Tertiary  and  Pleistocene  deposits. 

7.  A  blazing  beach. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  794-796, 1905. 

Describes  burning  of  gas  upon  the  beach  at  Kittery  Point  and  explains  its  cause. 

Penhallow  (D.  P. )  and  Ami  (H.  M.). 

1.  Determinations  of  fossil  plants  from  various  localities  in  British  Columbia  and  the 
Northwest  territories,  with  notes  on  the  geological  horizons  indicated. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  389-392,  1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


267 


Penrose  (R.  A.  F.,  jr. ). 

1.  Present  condition  of  gold  mining  in  Arctic  America. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  807-809,  852-853,  illus.,  1903. 

Peppel  (S.  V.). 

1.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Ohio. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  38-44,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  character  and  distribution,  economic  development,  and  geologic  relations  of  gypsum 
deposits  occurring  in  Silurian  strata  of  Ohio. 

Peppel  (S.  V.),  Orton  (Edward,  jr. )  and. 

1.  The  lime  resources  of  Ohio  available  for  Portland-cement  manufacture. 

See  Orton  (Edward,  jr.)  and  Peppel  (S.  V.),  1. 

Perkins  (George  H.). 

1.  Report  on  the  marble,  slate,  and  granite  industries  of  Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Kept.  State  Geol.,  68  pp.,  23  figs.,  1898. 

Describes  occurrence  and  geologic  position  of  the  marbles,  slates,  and  granites  of  Vermont. 

2.  Report  of  State  geologist  on  the  mineral  resources  of  Vermont,  1899-1900. 

Burlington,  Vermont,  1900.  83  pp.,  29  figs. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  copper,  slate,  and  building  and  ornamental  stones. 

3.  Sketch  of  the  life  of  Zadock  Thompson. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  65-70,  por.,  1902;  Kept.  Vt.  State  Geol.,  Ill,  pp.  7-13,  por.,  1902. 

4.  Report  of  the  State  geologist  on  the  mineral  industries  and  geology  of  certain 

areas  of  Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Kept.  Ill  (of  this  series),  191  pp.,  64  pis.,  1902. 

5.  List  of  reports  on  the  geology  of  Vermont,  1845-1900  [and]  List  of  publications  on 

the  geology  of  Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Kept.  State  Geol.,  Ill,  pp.  14-21, 1902. 

6.  Report  on  mineral  industries  [Vermont]. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Kept.  State  Geol..  Ill,  pp.  31-45,  3  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  minerals  and  building  and  ornamental  stones. 

7.  The  geology  of  Grand  Isle  [Vermont]. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  Ill,  pp.  102-173,  43  pis.,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geographic  and  geologic  occurrence  and  history  of  the  formations  of  this  island. 

8.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Vermont. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  73-93,  1904. 

9.  List  of  works  on  the  geology  of  Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  16-21,  1904. 

10.  Mineral  resources  of  Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV.,  pp.  22-66,  33  pis.,  1904. 

Reviews  the  economic  resources  and  the  mining  and  quarrying  industries  of  Vermont. 

11.  Geology  of  Grand  Isle  County  [Vermont]. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  103-143,  33  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  topographic  and  physiographic  features  and  general  geology,  and  the  occur¬ 
rence,  character,  and  relations  of  Ordovician  strata  and  Glacial  deposits. 

12.  On  the  lignite  or  brown  coal  of  Brandon  and  its  fossils. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  153-162, 1  flg.,  1904. 

Gives  a  historical  sketch  of  the  investigations  upon  the  lignite  fossils. 

13.  Description  of  species  [of  fossil  fruits]  found  in  the  Tertiary  lignite  of  Brandon, 

Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  174-212,  7  pis.,  1904. 

14.  Hydrology  of  Vermont.  A  summary  of  investigations  upon  the  drinking  waters 

of  Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  213-227,  1904. 


268 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Perkins  (George  H.) — Continued. 

15.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Vermont. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  60-67.  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  water  supply  of  Vermont. 

16.  Mineral  resources  of  Vermont. 

Am.  Mg.  Cong.,  7th  Ann.  Sess.,  Kept,  of  Proc.,  pp.  161-165, 1905. 

17.  Tertiary  lignite  of  Brandon,  Vermont,  and  its  fossils. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  499-516,  2  pis.  and  1  fig.,  1905. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  location,  extent,  and  character  of  a  deposit  of  Tertiary  lignite  in 
Vermont,  and  describes  the  fossils  obtained  from  it. 

Perkins  (W.  R. ),  Logan  (W.  N. )  and. 

1.  The  underground  waters  of  Mississippi,  a  preliminary  report. 

See  Liogan  (W.  N.)  and  Perkins  (W.  R.),  1. 

Perry  (Joseph  H.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  Mount  Kearsarge,  New  Hampshire. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  403-412,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  petrologic  characters  of  the  rocks  composing  this  mountain. 

2.  Geology  of  the  Monadnock  Mountain,  New  Hampshire. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1-14,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  the  granites,  schists,  and  other  rocks  of  the 
Monadnock  Mountain,  and  discusses  their  age  and  the  reasons  for  the  survival  of  the 
mountain. 

Perry  (Joseph  H.)  and  Emerson  (Benjamin  K.). 

1.  The  geology  of  Worcester,  Massachusetts. 

Worcester  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  166  pp.,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  rocks  of  Worcester,  and  gives  an  account 
of  the  general  geology  of  the  surrounding  region. 

Peter  (Alfred  M. ). 

1.  Report  of  the  Division  of  Chemistry  [of  the  Kentucky  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station] . 

Ky.  Agric.  Exp.  Sta.,  13th  Ann.  Kept.,  for  the  year  1900,  pp.  xi-xxxiv  [1904?]. 

Includes  chemical  analyses  of  crude  petroleum,  phosphatic  limestone,  and  mineral  waters. 

Peters  (W.  J.). 

1.  Itinerary  and  topographic  methods  [of  a  reconnaissance  in  northern  Alaska]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  20,  pp.  18-25,  1904. 

Peterson  (O.  A.). 

1.  Osteology  of  Oxydactylus,  a  new  genus  of  camels  from  the  Loup  Fork  of  Nebraska, 

with  descriptions  of  two  new  species. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Ann.,  vol.  2,  pp.  434-476, 12  pis.,  3  figs.,  1904. 

2.  Recent  observations  upon  Dsemonelix. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  344-345, 1904. 

3.  Description  of  new  rodents  and  discussion  of  the  origin  of  Daemonelix. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Mem.,  vol.  2,  pp.  139-202,  5  pis.,  11  figs.,  1905. 

4.  Preliminary  note  on  a  gigantic  mammal  from  the  Loup  Fork  beds  of  Nebraska. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  211-212, 1905. 

Notes  the  occurrence  and  gives  a  brief  description  of  Dinochoerus  hollandi  n.  gen.  and  sp. 

5.  A  correction  of  the  generic  name  (Dinochoerus)  given  to  certain  fossil  remains 

from  the  Loup  Fork  Miocene  of  Nebraska. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  719, 1905. 

Proposes  the  name  Dinohyus  for  Dinochoerus  (preoccupied). 

Peterson  (O.  A.)  and  Gilmore  (C.  W.). 

1.  Elosaurus  parvus;  a  new  genus  and  species  of  the  sauropoda. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  1,  no.  3,  pp.  490-499,  1  pi.,  10  figs.,  1902. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  190M905,  INCLUSIVE.  269 


Phalen  (W.  0.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  rocks  of  Nugsuaks  Peninsula  and  its  environs,  Greenland. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  45,  pp.  183-212,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  characters  and  occurrence  of  rocks  from  northern  Greenland. 

2.  A  new  occurrence  of  unakite — a  preliminary  paper. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  45  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  1,  pts.  3  and  4),  pp.  306-316,  3  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 
Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  unakite  and  associated  rocks  at  Milams  Gap, 
Virginia. 

Phillips  (Alexander  H.). 

1.  Radium  in  an  American  ore. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  43,  pp.  157-160,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  composition  of  carnotite  from  Utah  and  Colorado,  and  the 
extraction  of  radium  therefrom. 

Phillips  (William  Battle). 

1.  Texas  petroleum. 

Texas  Univ.  Min.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  1,  p'p.  1-102,  1901. 

Describes  the  nature  and  origin  of  petroleum  and  the  oil  and  gas-bearing  horizons  of  Texas. 

2.  The  Beaumont  oil  field,  Texas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  pp.  175-176, 1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 

3.  The  zinc-lead  deposits  of  southwest  Arkansas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  pp.  431-432,  1901. 

Contains  brief  notes  on  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore. 

4.  The  bat  guano  caves  of  Texas. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  440-442,  6  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  and  chemical  character  of  the  material. 

5.  Report  of  progress  for  1901.  Sulphur,  oil,  and  quicksilver  in  trans-Pecos  Texas. 

Texas  Univ.  Mineral  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  2,  43  pp.,  12  pis.,  map,  1902. 

Contains  general  geologic  notes  on  certain  State  lands,  a  description  of  the  sulphur  deposits 
of  El  Paso  County,  and  of  the  quicksilver  deposits  of  Brewster  County,  and  includes  reports 
by  E.  M.  Skeates. 

6.  Coal,  lignite,  and  asphalt  rocks  [Texas]. 

Texas  Univ.  Mineral  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  3,  137  pp.,  26  figs.,  11  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coals,  lignites,  and  asphalts  and  associated 
rocks  at  various  localities  in  the  State.  Portions  of  the  report  were  prepared  by  R.  C. 
Brooks,  B.  F.  Hill,  and  H.  W.  Harper. 

7.  Report  of  progress  of  the  University  of  Texas  Mineral  Survey  for  the  year  ending 

December  31,  1903. 

Tex.  Univ.  Min.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  7,  14  pp.,  1904. 

Gives  an  outline  of  the  geologic  work  of  the  survey. 

8.  A  new  quicksilver  field  in  Brewster  County,  Texas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  160-161,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  and  the  general  geology  of  the  district  in  which  it  occurs. 

9.  Lead  ore  in  Burnett  County,  Texas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  364,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  lead  ore  and  gives  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  region. 

10.  Extension  of  the  quicksilver  district  in  Brewster  County,  Texas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  p.  212,  1904. 

11.  Condition  of  the  quicksilver  industry  in  Brewster  County,  Texas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  553-554,  1904. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  the  quicksilver  ores  of  this  region. 

12.  The  coal,  lignite,  and  asphalt  rocks  of  Texas. 

Western  Soc.  Engrs.,  Jour.,  vol.  9,  pp.  571-592,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  coal,  lignite,  and  asphalt  in  Texa*. 


270 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Phillips  (William  Battle) — Continued. 

13.  A  coking  coal  in  Chihuahua  [Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  661-662,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geological  relations  of  coal  beds  in  Chihuahua, 
Mexico. 

14.  The  quicksilver  deposits  of  Brewster  County,  Texas. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  155-162,  3  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  the  ore  depos¬ 
its  of  cinnabar. 

Pierce  (S.  J.). 

1.  The  Cleveland  water-supply  tunnel  [Ohio]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  380-385,  1901. 

Describes  the  quicksands  and  clays  and  other  material  penetrated  in  driving  this  tunnel. 

Pilsbry  (Henry  A.). 

1.  Crustacea  of  the  Cretaceous  formation  of  New  Jersey. 

Phil.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,1901,  pp.  111-118,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Piper  (C.  V.). 

1.  The  basalt  mounds  of -Columbia  lava. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  824-825,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  these  mounds  in  eastern  Washington  and  their  nature,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  their  origin. 

Pirsson  (Louis  Valentine). 

1.  Petrography  of  the  rocks  of  Yogo  Peak  [Montana]. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  436-456,  1901.  (Abstract 
from  U.  S.  Geol,  Surv.,  20th  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp. 471-488, 1900.) 

2.  On  mordenite. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  176-182,  1901.  (From 
Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  40,  pp.  232-237,  1890.) 

3.  On  the  petrography  of  Square  Butte  in  the  High  wood  Mountains  of  Montana. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  415-435, 1901.  (From  Geol. 
Soc.  Am.  Bull.,  vol.  6,  pp.  389-422,  1895.) 

4.  Petrography  and  geology  of  the  igneous  rocks  of  the  Highwood  Mountains, 

Montana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  237,  208.  pp.,  7  pis.  and  8  figs.,  1905. 

5.  The  petrographic  province  of  central  Montana. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  35-49,  1905. 

Defines  the  province  as  shown  by  various  evidences  of  consanguinity,  gives  its  general  law. 
and  describes  the  geographic  arrangement  of  the  magmas,  their  differentiation,  and  types. 

Pirsson  (L.  V.)  and  Washington  (H.  S.). 

1.  Contributions  to  the  geology  of  New  Hampshire.  I.  Geology  of  the  Belknap 
Mountains. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  344-352,  1  pi.  (map),  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  a  group  of  igneous  rocks. 

Pirsson  (Louis  V.),  Cross  (Whitman),  Iddings  (Joseph  P. ),  and  Washington 
(Henry  S.). 

1.  A  quantitative  chemico-mineralogical  classification  and  nomenclature  of  igneous 

rocks. 

2.  Quantitative  classification  of  igneous  rocks. 

See  Cross  (W.),  Iddings  (J.  P.),  Pirsson  (L.  V.),and  Washington  (H.  S.),  1,  2. 

Pirsson  (Louis  V.),  Penfield  (Samuel  L. )  and. 

1.  Contributions  to  mineralogy  and  petrography,  from  the  laboratories  of  the  Shef¬ 
field  Scientific  School  of  Yale  University. 

See  Penfield  (S.  L.)  and  Pirsson  (L.  V.),  1. 


t 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


271 


Pirsson  (Louis  V.),  Weed  (Walter  H.)  and. 

1.  Missourite,  a  new  leucite  rock  from  the  Highwood  Mountains  of  Montana. 

See  Weed  (Walter  H.)  and  Pirsson  (Louis  V.),  1. 

2.  Geology  of  the  Shonkin  Sag  and  Palisade  Butte  laccoliths  in  the  Highwood  Moun¬ 

tains  of  Montana. 

See  Weed  (W.  H.)  and  Pirsson  (L.  V.),  2. 

Plotts  (William). 

1.  Origin  of  petroleum,  coal,  etc.;  being  an  expert  treatise  on  the  actual  occurrence 
of  those  products  in  strata  of  the  earth  crust. 

Whittier,  California,  1905.  29  pp.  [Private  publication.] 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  petroleum  and  coal,  and  the  reasons  therefor. 

Plumb  (Carlton  H.). 

1.  The  Tercio  coal  mining  district,  Colorado. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Geol.  Field  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  94-100,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coal  seams. 

Pompeckj  (J.  F. )f 
1.  Jura-fossilien  aus  Alaska. 

Kais.  Russ.  Mineralog.  Gesell.,  St.  Petersburg,  Verh.,  ser.  2,  Band.  38,  pp.  239-282,  3  pis.,  1900. 
Abstract:  Am.  Nat.,  vol.  35,  pp.  420-421,  1901. 

Poole  (Henry  S.). 

1.  Stigmaria  structure. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  345-347,  2  pis.,  1902. 

2.  The  coal-fields  of  New  Brunswick,  Canada. 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.  [England],  Trans.,  vol.  23,  pp.  40-47,  1902. 

Discusses  the  geologic  occurrence  of  coal  in  this  area. 

3.  The  coal  problem  in  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  204-206,  1902. 

Discusses  possibilities  of  coal  production  in  the  province. 

4.  Notes  on  Dr.  Ami’s  paper  on  Dictyonema  slates  of  Angus  Brook,  New  Canaan, 

and  Kentville,  N.  S. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  451-454,  1903. 

5.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  Anthracite,  Alberta. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  147-149,  1903. 

Describes  geologic  features  developed  by  the  coal  mining  operations. 

6.  The  Carboniferous  rocks  of  Chignecto  Bay. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  377-382,  1903. 

Describes  results  of  geologic  examination  of  the  Carboniferous  area  of  this  region. 

7.  A  submerged  tributary  to  the  great  pre-Glacial  river  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence. 

Can.  Roy.  SocM  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  9,  sect.  4,  pp.  143-147,  1  fig.,  1903. 

8.  Report  on  the  coal  prospects  of  New  Brunswick. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  26  pp.,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  Carboniferous  field  in  New  Brunswick,  its  correlation 
with  that  of  Nova  Scotia,  and  the  probable  location  of  coal  beds  and  their  character.  In  an 
appendix  gives  detailed  records  of  borings. 

9.  A  trip  to  West  Virginia. 

Nova  Scotia  Mg.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  127-131,  1904. 

Includes  observations  upon  the  coals  anu  coal  fields  of  West  Virginia. 

10.  Report  on  the  Piotou  coal  field  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.  M,  38  pp.,  1  map,  1904. 

Describes  the  structure  and  stratigraphy  of  the  field,  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the 
coal  seams,  and  the  mining  operations. 


272 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Poole  (Henry  S.) — Continued. 

11.  Is  there  coal  under  Prince  Edward  Island? 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  1-7, 1905. 

Discusses  the  indications  afforded  by  the  geological  structure  of  the  island  and  adjoining 
regions  as  to  the  presence  of  coal  in  the  strata  underlying  the  island. 

Porter  (Fred  B.). 

1.  Analyses  of  the  Mississippian  (Subcarboniferous)  limestone  from  the  Atchison 
[Kansas]  prospect  well. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  p.  52, 1901. 

Porter  (T.  C.). 

1.  Volcanic  dust  from  the  West  Indies. 

Nature,  vol.  66,  pp.  131-132,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  characters  of  volcanic  dust  derived  from  recent  eruptions. 

Powers  (H.  C.). 

1.  The  smoking  bluffs  of  the  Missouri  River  region. 

Sioux  City  Acad.  Sci.  and  Letters,  vol.  1,  pp.  57-60, 1904. 

Describes  the  phenomenon  and  explains  it  as  due  to  disintegration  under  atmospheric  action 
of  the  iron  pyrites  in  Cretaceous  deposits. 

Prather  (John  K.). 

1 .  On  the  fossils  of  the  Texas  Cretaceous,  especially  those  collected  at  Austin  and 

Waco. 

Tex.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  4,  pp.  85-87,  1901. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  fossils  and  gives  faunal  lists. 

2.  A  preliminary  report  on  the  Austin  chalk  underlying  Waco,  Texas,  and  the 

adjoining  territory. 

Tex.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  4,  pt.  2,  no.  8,  pp.  1-8,  [115-122],  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  the  lithology  and  stratigraphy  of  this  formation  and  the  underlying  marl. 

2.  Glauconite. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  509-513,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  glauconite  from  the  Cretaceous  of  New 
Jersey. 

4.  The  Atlantic  Highlands  section  of  the  New  Jersey  Cretacic. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  162-178,  3  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  relations,  and  lithologic  characters  of  Cretaceous  formations  in 
eastern  New  Jersey,  and  gives  a  list  of  the  fossils  from  the  Navesink  marl. 

Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde). 

1.  A  peculiar  iron  of  supposed  meteoric  origin  from  Davidson  County,  North  Caro¬ 

lina. 

Elisha  Mitchell  Sci.  Soc.,  Jour.,  17th  year,  pt.  2,  pp.  21-26, 1901. 

Describes  character  of  the  material  and  gives  chemical  analysis. 

2.  The  occurrence  and  distribution  of  corundum  in  the  United  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  180,  pp.  1-98, 14  pis.,  14  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  modes  of  occurrence  and  distribution  of  corundum  and  the  corundum  localities 
in  the  United  States. 

3.  On  northupite;  pirssonite,  a  new  mineral;  gay-lussite  and  hanksite  from  Borax 

Lake,  San  Bernardino  County,  California. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  261-274,  1901.  (From  Am. 

-  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  pp.  128-135,  1896.) 

4.  The  mining  industry  in  North  Carolina  during  1900. 

N.  C.  Geol.  Surv.,  Economic  Papers,  no.  4,  36  pp.,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  economic  products  and  minerals. 

5.  Gold  deposits  of  Arizona. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  795-796,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Presents  a  map  showing  the  location  of  the  various  gold  deposits  and  describes  the  occurrence 
of  gold  ores  in  certain  districts. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


273 


Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde) — Continued. 

6.  Gold  mining  in  the  southern  Appalachians. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  241-242,  1902. 

7.  Marble  and  talc  of  North  Carolina. 

Stone,  vol.  24,  pp.  145-149,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  talc  and  accompanying  marble. 

8.  The  mining  industry  in  North  Carolina  during  1901. 

N.  C.  Geol.  Surv.,  Economic  Paper,  no.  6,  102  pp.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  economic  products  and  minerals 

9.  The  mining  industry  in  North  Carolina  during  1902. 

N.  C.  Geol.  Surv.,  Economic  Paper,  no.  7,  27  j»p.,  1904. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  economic  products  and  minerals. 

10.  The  mining  industry  in  North  Carolina  during  1903. 

N.  C.  Geol.  Surv.,  Economic  Paper  no.  8,  74  pp.,  1  pi.  (map),  1904. 

11.  The  mining  industry  in  North  Carolina  during  1904. 

N.  C.  Geol.  Surv.,  Economic  Paper  no.  9,  95  pp.,  1  pi.  (map),  1905. 

Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde)  and  Foote  (H.  W. ). 

1.  On  wellsite,  a  new  material. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  275-282, 1901.  (From  Am- 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  pp.  443-448,  1897.) 

Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde)  and  Lewis  (Joseph  Volney). 

1.  Corundum  and  the  peridotites  of  western  North  Carolina. 

N.  C.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  464  pp.,  45  pis.,  35  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy  of  the  corundum-bearing  rocks  of  western 
North  Carolina,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  corundum,  chromite,  and  asbestos 
deposits,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  corundum. 

Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde)  and  Penfield  (S.  L. ). 

1.  On  the  occurrence  of  thaumasite  at  West  Paterson,  New  Jersey. 

See  Penfield  (S.  L. )  and  Pratt  (J.  H.),  1. 

Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde)  and  Sterrett  (Douglass  B.). 

1.  The  tin  deposits  of  the  Carolinas. 

N.  C.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  19,  64  pp.,  8  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  geologic  relations,  origin,  and  economic  development  of 
the  tin-ore  deposits  of  North  Carolina  and  South  Carolina. 

Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde)  Struthers  (Joseph)  and. 

1.  Tin. 

See  Struthers  (Joseph)  and  Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde),  1. 

Pressey  (Henry  Albert). 

1.  Hydrography  of  the  southern  Appalachian  Mountain  region.  Part  I. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  62,  pp.  1-95,  25  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  briefly  the  topography  and  geology  of  the  region. 

2.  Hydrography  of  the  southern  Appalachian  region.  Part  II. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  63,  pp.  105-190,  19  pis.,  1902. 

3.  Water  powers  of  the  State  of  Maine. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  69,  124  pp.,  14  pis.,  12  figs.,  1902. 

Pressey  (H.  A.)  and  Myers  (E.  W.). 

1.  Hydrography  of  the  southern  Appalachians. 

Message  from  the  President  «of  the  United  States,  transmitting  a  report  of  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  in  relation  to  the  forests,  rivers,  and  mountains  of  the  southern  Appalachian 
region  (Senate  Doc.  no.  84,  57th  Cong.,  1st  sess.),  pp.  123-142, 10  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  the  region. 

Pressey  (Henry  Albert)  and  others.  New  York  City  folio,  New  York-New  Jersey. 

See  Merrill  (F.  J.  H.)  and  others,  1. 

Bull.  301—06 - 18 


274 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Prest  (Walter  EL). 

1.  Oil  drift  ice  as  an  eroding  and  transporting  agent. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  333-344,  1902. 

2.  Supplementary  notes  on  drift  ice  as  a  transporting  agent. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  455-457,  1903. 

Preston  (C.  H.). 

1.  Prof.  W.  Ii.  Barris. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  23,  pp.  358-361,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  his  life  and  work  on  the  paleontology  of  Iowa. 

Preston  (H.  L. ). 

1.  Niagara  meteorite. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  518-519, 1902. 

Describes  a  meteorite  from  North  Dakota. 

2.  The  Franceville  [El  Paso  County,  Colorado]  meteorite. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  852-857,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  dimensions  and  physical  characters  of  the  meteorite. 

3.  Franceville  meteorite. 

Rochester  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  75-78, 1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  characters  and  occurrence  of  this  meteorite  found  in  El  Paso  County,  Colo.,  and 
notes  other  falls  in  the  State. 

4.  Reed  City  [Michigan]  meteorite. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  230-233,  2  figs,  1903;  Rochester  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  89-91, 1  pi., 

1903. 

Price  (J.  A.)  and  Shaaf  (Albert). 

1.  Spy  Run  and  Poinsett  lake  bottoms  [Indiana]. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1900,  pp.  179-181,  1901. 

Describes  glacial  phenomena. 

2.  Abandoned  meanders  of  Spy  Run  Creek  [Indiana]. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1900,  pp.  181-184,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  its  drainage  modifications. 

Prichard  (William  A.). 

1.  Observations  on  Mother  Lode  gold  deposits,  California. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  125-127,  1903;  Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  454-466, 

1904. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits. 

Prindle  (Louis  M.). 

1.  Gold  placers  of  the  Fairbanks  district,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  64-73,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  placer  gold  and  the  mining  operations. 

2.  The  gold  placers  of  the  Fortymile,  Birch  Creek,  and  Fairbanks  regions,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  251,  89  pp.,  16  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  topography,  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  sedimen¬ 
tary  and  igneous  rocks,  and  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  gold-bearing  placer  gravels. 

Prindle  (Louis  M. )  and  Hess  (F.  L.). 

1.  Rampart  placer  region  [Alaska]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  104-119,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  topography,  drainage,  and  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence 
and  mining  of  placer  gold. 

Private-Deschanel  (Paul). 

1.  L’Etat  de  Californie. 

Lyon,  Soc.  GSog.,  Bull.,  vol.  17,  pp.  843-860,  1902. 

Discusses  the  general  geologic  structure  and  topography  of  California. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


275 


Probert  (Frank  H. ). 

1.  Secondary  enrichment. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  958-959,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  origin  of  the  copper-ore  deposits  of  the  Clifton-Morenci 
district  in  Arizona. 

Prosser  (Charles  S.). 

1.  The  classification  of  the  Waverly  series  of  central  Ohio. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  205-231,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Reviews  the  various  classifications  of  this  series  that  have  been  published,  describes  the 
character  and  occurrence  of  the  strata,  and  gives  the  author’s  classification. 

2.  [On  the  use  of  the  term  Bedford  limestone.] 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  270-272,  1901. 

Reviews  an  article  by  C.  E.  Siebenthal  on  the  same  subject,  and  considers  the  name  Bedford 
as  applied  in  Ohio  should  be  accepted. 

3.  The  Paleozoic  formations  of  Allegany  County,- Maryland. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  409-429,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  various  Paleozoic  formations  and  discusses  their 
probable  correlations  with  New  York  and  Pennsylvanian  formations. 

4.  Names  for  the  formations  of  the  Ohio  Coal  Measures. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  191-199,  1901. 

Reviews  previous  classification  and  nomenclature  of  the  Coal  Measures  of  Pennsylvania  and 
West  Virginia  and  presents  a  section  and  the  classification  of  the  Coal  Measures  of  Mary¬ 
land,  which  has  been  adopted  for  the  Ohio  Coal  Measures. 

5.  Notes  an  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Mohawk  Valley  and  Saratoga  County  [New  York], 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  34  (also  in  54th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1),  pp.  469-482,  6  pis.,  1902. 

6.  The  Sunbury  shale  of  Ohio. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  262-312,  6  figs.,  1902;  Ohio  State  Univ.  Bull.,  ser.  6,  no.  13  (Geol.  ser.,  no.  3), 
1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  this  formation  and  gives  a  historical  review  of  the 
literature  of  the  subject. 

7.  Revised  classification  of  the  upper  Paleozoic  formations  of  Kansas. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  703-737, 1902. 

Describes  the  lithologic  characters  of  the  formations  and  their  stratigraphic  relations. 

8.  The  specimen  of  Nematophyton  in  the  New  York  State  Museum. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  372-377,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  material  from  the  Devonian  of  New 
York. 

9.  Richard  Burton  Rowe. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  128-129,  1902. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  his  life. 

10.  The  nomenclature  of  the  Ohio  geological  formations. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  519-546,  1903;  Ohio  State  Univ.  Bull.,  ser.  8,  no.  3  (Geol.  ser.,  no.  6),  1903. 

Gives  a  table  of  the  formations  of  the  geological  scale  in  Ohio  and  discusses  their  nomencla¬ 
ture  and  correlations. 

11.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  eastern  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  381-384,  1903. 

Discusses  relations  and  nomenclature  of  Silurian  and  Devonian  formations  in  eastern  New 
York. 

12.  Description  and  correlation  of  the  Romney  formation  of  Maryland. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  361-372,  1904. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Romney  formation  and  its  members  in  Maryland, 
and  discusses  their  correlation  with  Devonian  formations  of  New  York  on  stratigraphic  and  • 
faunal  evidence;  discusses  also  the  correlation  of  American  Devonian  formations  with 
those  of  Europe. 

13.  The  Delaware  limestone. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  413-442,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  nomenclature  and  correlation  by  previous  writers,  and  describes  the  occurrence, 
character,  and  fossil  contents  of  the  Delaware  limestone  formation  of  Ohio. 


276 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Prosser  (Charles  S.) — Continued. 

14.  Notes  on  the  Permian  formations  of  Kansas. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  142-161,  1905. 

Discusses  conflicting  views  regarding  the  nomenclature  of  upper  Carboniferous  formations  of 
Kansas  and  their  correlation. 

15.  Revised  nomenclature  of  the  Ohio  geological  formations. 

Ohio  Geol.  Surv.,  4th  ser.,  Bull.  no.  7,  36  pp.,  1905. 

Gives  a  table  of  the  geologic  formations  of  Ohio  and  notes  upon  their  nomenclature  and 
classification. 

Prosser  (Charles  S. )  and  Beede  (J.  W.). 

1.  Cottonwood  Falls  folio,  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  109,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  occurrence,  character,  geologic  relations,  and  stratigraphy 
of  Carboniferous  formations,  the  geologic  structure  and  economic  resources. 

Prosser  (Charles  S. )  and  Cumings  (Edgar  R. ). 

1.  The  Waverly  formations  of  central  Ohio. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  335-361,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  the  various  members  of  the  Waverly 
series  in  central  Ohio,  giving  numerous  detailed  sections  of  the  strata. 

Prutzman  (Paul). 

1.  Production  and  use  of  petroleum  in  California. 

Cal.  State  Mg.  Bur.,  Bull.  no.  32,  230  pp.,  64  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence,  character,  production,  and  utilization  of 
petroleum  from  southern  California. 

Pultz  (John  Leggett). 

1.  The  Big  Stone  Gap  coal  field  of  Virginia  and  Kentucky. 

Eng.  Mag.,  vol.  28,  pp.  71-85,  11  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  a  description  of  the  geologic  conditions  existing  in  the  Big  Stone  Gap  coal  field  of 
Virginia  and  Kentucky,  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  workable  coal  seams,  with  a 
generalized  section  of  the  strata. 

Purdue  (A.  H.). 

1.  Valleys  of  solution  in  northern  Arkansas. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  47-50,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  these  valleys  and  discusses  their  origin. 

2.  Illustrated  note  on  a  miniature  overthrust  fault  and  anticline. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  341-342,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  a  miniature  anticline  passing  into  a  reversed  fault  at  Ozark,  Ark. 

3.  Physiography  of  the  Boston  Mountains,  Arkansas. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  694-701,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  structural  and  topographic  features  of  the  region. 

4.  The  saddle-back  topography  of  the  Boone  chert  region,  Arkansas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  222,  1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22666,  1903. 

5.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  374-388,  1904. 

6.  Concerning  the  natural  mounds. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  823-824,  1  tig.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  these  mounds. 

7.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States;  northern  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  188-197,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  discusses  the  relations  of  the  underground  water  supply 
and  the  geological  formations  of  the  State  of  Arkansas  north  of  the  Arkansas  River. 

8.  Water  resources  of  the  Winslow  quadrangle,  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  84-87, 1  fig.,  1905. 

9.  Water  resources  of  the  contact  region  between  the  Paleozoic  and  Mississippi 

embayment  deposits  in  northern  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  88-119,  17  figs.,  1905. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  geologic  conditions  of  the  area. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


277 


Purington  (Chester  Wells). 

1.  Economic  geology.  La  Plata  folio,  Colo. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  60, 1899. 

Describes  the  vein  systems,  the  occurrence  of  gold  and  silver  ores,  the  placer  deposits,  and 
the  occurrence  of  coal. 

2.  The  Contact,  Nevada,  quaquaversal. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  127-138,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  occur¬ 
rence  of  ore  bodies. 

3.  The  Camp  Bird  mine,  Ouray,  Colorado,  and  the  mining  and  milling  of  the  ore. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  499-528,  10  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  system  of  veins  and  fissures,  the  occurrence 
of  the  ores,  principally  galena,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  ore  deposits. 

4.  Secondary  enrichment. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  472-473,  1903. 

5.  The  geological  structure  of  the  Camp  Bird  vein  [Colorado]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  820-822,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  veins  and  fissures  and  their  rock  contents,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of 
the  gold  and  silver  ores. 

6.  Observations  on  gold  deposits. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  854-855,  893-894,  929-931,  1903. 

Discusses  occurrence  and  origin  of  gold  deposits  in  various  regions  of  the  world. 

7.  Geology  of  the  Virginius  mine  [Colorado] . 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  458,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  gold  ores. 

8.  Methods  and  costs  of  gravel  and  placer  mining  in  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  32-46,  1905. 

9.  Methods  and  costs  of  gravel  and  placer  mining  in  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  263,  273  pp.,  42  pis.,  49  figs.,  1905. 

10.  The  Camp  Bird  and  Smuggler- Union  fissures  [Colorado]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  1243-1244,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Discusses  Assuring  in  the  San  Juan  Mountains  region  and  its  explanation. 

11.  Ore  horizons  in  the  veins  of  the  San  Juan  Mountains,  Colorado. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  129-133, 1905. 

Discusses  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  metalliferous  viens  in  this  region. 

Pynchon  (W.  H.  C. ). 

11.  Drilled  wells  of  the  Triassic  area  of  the  Connecticut  Valley. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  65-94,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  Triassic  rocks, 
and  the  geologic  structure  of  the  area. 


a 

Queneau  (Augustin  L. ). 

1.  The  gold  sands  of  Cape  Nome  [Alaska]. 

Eng.  Mag.,  vol.  23,  pp.  497-510,  13  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  beach  and  creek 
sands. 

2.  Size  of  grain  in  igneous  rocks  in  relation  to  the  distance  from  the  cooling  wall. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  23,  pp.  181-195,  6  pis.,  4  figs.,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept., 
Contr.,  vol.  9,  no.  80, 1902.  Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Annals,  vol.  14,  p.  163,  1901. 

Discusses  the  mathematical  treatment  of  the  diffusion  of  heat  and  applies  the  theory  to  cer¬ 
tain  dike  rocks. 


R. 

Rabot  (Charles). 

1.  G6ologie  du  Grdnland  nord-oriental. 

G6ographie,  vol.  4,  pt.  2,  pp.  66-68,  3  figs.,  1901. 
Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  geology  of  Greenland. 


278 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Rafter  (George  W. ). 

1.  Hydrology  of  the  State  of  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  85,  902  pp.,  45  pis.,  74  figs.,  and  4  maps,  1905. 

Randolph.  (Beverley  S.). 

1.  [Discussion  of  paper  by  Charles  Catletton,  “  Coal  outcrops.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  1005-1006,  1901. 

Randolph  (L.  S.). 

1.  Virginia  anthracite  coal. 

Cassier’s  Mag.,  vol.  27,  pp.  328-336,  8  figs.,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coals  in  New  River  field  in  south¬ 
western  Virginia. 

Rangel  (M.  F. ). 

1.  Criadero  de  fierro  del  Cerro  de  Mercado,  Durango  [Mexico]. 

Mexico  Inst.  Geol.,  Bull.  no.  16,  pp.  3-14,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  iron  ore  and  associated  rocks. 

Ransome  (Frederick  Leslie). 

1.  A  report  on  the  economic  geology  of  the  Silverton  quadrangle,  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  182,  pp.  1-265,  16  pis.,  23  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  lode  fissures,  the  characters  of  the  ores  and  of  the  stocks  or  masses,  and  the 
origin  of  the  ore  deposits.  Includes  detailed  descriptions  of  special  areas. 

2.  A  peculiar  clastic  dike  near  Ouray,  Colorado,  and  its  associated  deposit  of  silver 

ore. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  227-236,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  the  dike  and  of  the  associated  ore  body. 

3.  The  ore  deposits  of  the  Rico  Mountains,  Colorado. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  2,  pp.  229-397,  16  pis.,  33  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  general  geologic  structure  and  relations  of  the  region,  the  character  and  occurrence 
of  ore-bearing  veins  and  fissures,  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  ore  bodies  and 
associated  minerals,  and  the  mining  operations. 

4.  Recent  progress  in  petrology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  673-674,  1902. 

5.  Faulting  and  mountain  structure  in  Arizona. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  711, 1902. 

6.  Geology  of  the  Globe  copper  district,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  12,  168  pp.,  27  pis.,  10  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  an  outline  of  the  physiography  of  Arizona  and  topography  and  general  geology  of  the 
Globe  quadrangle,  and  describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  igneous  rocks  and  sedi¬ 
mentary  strata  of  Cambrian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  Eocene  (?),  and  Quaternary  age, 
the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  ores,  chiefly  gold,  silver,  and  copper,  and  the 
mining  operations. 

7.  Copper  deposits  of  Bisbee,  Ariz. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  149-157,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  ores,  and  the 
mining  operations. 

8.  The  copper  deposits  of  Bisbee,  Arizona. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  444-445,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore 
deposits. 

9.  Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  542, 1903. 

10.  The  geology  and  copper  deposits  of  Bisbee,  Arizona. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  618-642,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  geography  and  general  geology,  the  character.,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  the 
Paleozoic  and  Mesozoic  sedimentary  strata,  the  intrusions  and  deformation,  the  character, 
occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  copper-ore  deposits,  and  the  mining  operations. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


279 


Ransome  (Frederick  Leslie) — Continued. 

11.  The  geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee  quadrangle,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  21,  168  pp.,  29  pis.,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  the  general  geology,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geo¬ 
logical  relations  of  pre-Cambrian  Cambrian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  and  Cretaceous 
strata  and  igneous  rocks,  the  geologic  structure  and  history,  and  the  character,  occurrence, 
economic  development,  and  origin  of  the  copper-ore  deposits. 

12.  The  geographic  distribution  of  metalliferous  ores  within  the  United  States. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  pp.  7-14,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiographic  divisions  of  the  United  States,  and  the  occurrence  and  production 
of  ores  in  them. 

13.  Globe  folio,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  EL,  folio  no.  Ill,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiographic  divisions  of  Arizona,  the  topography,  climate,  and  vegetation 
and  general  geology  of  the  area,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geological  relations  of  pre- 
Cambrian,  Cambrian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  deposits  and 
igneous  rocks,  the  geologic  structure  and  history,  the  occurrence,  character,  origin,  geologic 
relations,  and  mining  of  the  ores,  chiefly  gold,  silver,  and  copper. 

14.  Bisbee  folio,  Arizona. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  112,  1904. 

Describes  the  topography  and  drainage,  the  general  geology,  the  character,  occurrence,  and 
relations  of  pre-Cambrian  metamorphic  rocks,  Cambrian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  and 
Cretaceous  strata,  Quaternary  deposits,  and  igneous  rocks,  the  geologic  structure  and  its 
expression  in  topography,  the  geologic  history,  and  the  economic  resources,  principally 
copper  ores. 

15.  The  present  standing  of  applied  geology. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-10,  1905. 

Discusses  the  status  of  applied  geology  and  certain  phases  of  the  question  of  the  origin  of  ore 
deposits. 

16.  Silverton  folio,  Colorado.  Economic  geology  of  the  quadrangle. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  120,  pp.  26-34,  1905. 

Describes  the  system  of  fissures,  the  relations  cf  the  ores  to  the  fissures,  the  minerals  occurring 
in  the  lodes,  and  the  character,  distribution,  origin,  and  value  of  the  ore  deposits  contain¬ 
ing  gold,  silver,  and  lead. 

17.  Ore  deposits  of  the  Coeur  d’Alene  district,  Idaho. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  274-393,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geography,  general  geology,  and  geological  structure  of  the  district,  the  history 
of  the  mining  development,  the  production,  character,  and  occurrence  of  lead-silver,  gold, 
and  copper  deposits. 

18.  The  Coeur  d’Alene  district. 

Mg.  Mae.,  vol.  12,  pp.  26-32,  7  figs.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 

Ransome  (Frederick  Leslie),  Hillebrand  (W.  F. )  and. 

1.  On  carnotite  and  associated  vanadiferous  minerals  in  western  Colorado. 

See  Hillebrand  (W.  F.)  and  Ransome  (F.  L.),  1. 

Ransome  (Frederick  Leslie),  Lindgren  (Waldemar)  and. 

1.  Report  of  progress  in  the  geological  resurvey  of  the  Cripple  Creek  district,  Colo¬ 

rado. 

See  Iiindgren  (Waldemar)  and  Ransome  (F.  L.),  1. 

2.  The  geological  resurvey  of  the  Cripple  Creek  district,  Colorado 

See  Xiindgren  (W.)  and  Ransome  (F.  L.),  2. 

Rath  (C.  M.),  Grider  (R.  L.),  Bailey  (E.  W.). 

1.  A  garnetiferous  bed  in  Golden  Gate  Canyon,  Jefferson  County,  Colorado. 

See  Bailey  (E.  W.),  Rath  (C.  M.),  Grider  (R.  L.),  1. 


280 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  ^GEOLOGY 


Ravn  (J.  P.  J. ). 

1 .  The  Tertiary  fauna  at  Kap  Dalton  in  East  Greenland. 

Meddelelser  om  Greenland,  vol.  29,  pp.  93-140,  3  pis.,  1903:  Copenhagen  Univ.,  Mus.  Min.et 
Geol.,  Comm.,  Pal6ont.,  no.  4,  1903. 

Reviews  discoveries  of  fossils  in  Greenland  and  the  geologic  age  of  the  formations  from  which 
they  were  obtained,  describes  a  fauna,  mainly  molluscan,  obtained  from  East  Greenland 
and  discusses  its  geologic  horizon. 

Raymond  (Percy  E. ). 

1.  The  Crown  Point  section  [New  York]. 

Am.  Pal.,  Bull.  no.  14,  pp.  3-44,  2  pis.,  map,  1902. 

Gives  an  historical  sketch  of  previous  work,  describes  sections  of  Ordovician  strata,  giving 
faunal  lists,  and  several  new  species  of  fossils  from  this  locality. 

2.  The  faunas  of  the  Trenton  at  the  type  section  and  at  Newport,  N.  Y. 

Am.  Pal.,  Bull.  no.  17,  pp,  13-26,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  range  of  faunules  in  Trenton  sections. 

3.  The  developmental  changes  in  some  common  Devonian  brachiopods. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  279-300,  7  pis.,  20  figs.,  1904. 

4.  The  Tropidoleptus  fauna  at  Canandaigua  Lake,  New  York,  with  the  ontogeny  of 

twenty  species. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol.  3,  no.  1,  pp.  79-177,  8  pis.,  50  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  developmental  changes  of  some  Devonian  brachiopods  from  the  Tripidoleptus 
fauna  at  Canandaigua  Lake,  New  York,  and  gives  a  comparative  faunal  study  of  this 
faunule. 

5.  The  trilobites  of  the  Chazy  limestone. 

Carnegie  Mus.,  Annals,  vol  3,  pp.  328-386,  5 pis.,  11  figs.,  1905. 

6.  Note  on  the  names  Amphion,  Harpina,  and  Platvmetopus. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  377-378,  1905. 

7.  The  fauna  of  the  Chazy  limestone. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  353-382,  1  fig.,  1905-. 

Describes  the  distribution,  development,  and  faunal  subdivisions  of  the  Chazy  formation, and 
the  occurrence  and  range  of  its  fossils. 

Raymond  (R.  W.). 

1.  Recent  contributions  to  the  science  of  ore  deposits. 

Min.  Ind.  for  1900,  pp.  753-762,  1901. 

Gives  a  review  and  summaries  of  recent  important  papers  on  the  origin  of  ore  deposits. 

2.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  J.  D.  Irving  on  “Wolframite  in  the  Black  Hills  of 

South  Dakota.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  1025-1026,  1902. 

3.  Biographical  notice  of  Clarence  King. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  619-650,  por.,  1903. 

4.  What  is  a  fissure  vein? 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  169-172,  1905. 

Raymond  (William  James). 

1.  Writings  of  James  G.  Cooper,  M.  D.,  on  conchology  and  paleontology,  with  list 

of  species  described  by  him. 

Nautilus,  vol.  17,  pp.  6-12,  1903. 

2.  A  new  species  of  Pleurotoma  from  the  Pliocene  of  California. 

Nautilus,  vol.  18.  pp.  14-16,  1904. 

Read  (Thomas  Thornton). 

1.  Preliminary  note  upon  the  rare  metals  in  the  ore  from  the  Rambler  mine, 

Wyoming. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  p.  268,  1903. 

2.  Nodular-bearing  schists  near  Pearl,  Colorado. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11.  pp.  493-497,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  on  the  petrology  of  the  area. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


281 


Read  (Thomas  Thornton) — Continued. 

3.  The  alkali  deposits  of  Wyoming. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  164-169,  1904. 

Describes  their  occurrence  and  discusses  their  origin. 

4.  Copper  mining  in  the  Encampment,  Wyoming,  and  Pearl,  Colorado,  districts. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  462-463,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  copper  ores. 

5.  The  phase  rule  and  conceptions  of  igneous  magmas — their  bearing  on  ore 

deposition. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  101-118,  1905. 

Reade  (T.  Mellard). 

1.  The  evolution  of  earth  structure,  with  a  theory  of  geomorphic  changes. 

London,  Longmans,  Green  &  Co.,  1903.  xv,  342  pp.,  40  pis. 

Includes  papers  by  the  author  on  “Denudation  of  the  two  Americas”  and  “The  north  Atlantic 
as  a.  geological  basin,”  reprinted  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  Liverpool  Geological  Society, 
vol.  5,  pts.  1  and  2,  1885  and  1886. 

Reagan  (Albert  B. ). 

1.  Geology  of  the  Jemez- Albuquerque  region,  New  Mexico. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  67-111,  7  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  general  geologic  relations  and  structure,  character,  and  occurrence  of  strata  of  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Mesozoic,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  age,  geographic  and  physiographic  features, 
and  economic  resources  of  this  region. 

2.  Age  of  the  lavas  of  the  plateau  region  [New  Mexico  and  Arizona]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  170-177,  1903. 

Gives  stratigraphic  sections  of  strata  of  Permo-Carboniferous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  age  of 
this  region  and  discusses  age  of  included  lava  sheets. 

3.  Geology  of  the  Fort  Apache  region  in  Arizona. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  265-308,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  geography,  physiography,  drainage,  and  general  geological  structure,  occurrence, 
and  character  of  strata  of  Archean,  Algonkian,  Silurian,  Devonian,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary 
age,  and  intrusive  rocks,  and  discusses  origin  of  Quaternary  and  Tertiary  deposits  and  the 
economic  resources  of  the  region. 

4.  The  Jemez  coal  fields  [New  Mexico]. 

Ind.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc.,1902,  pp.  197-198,  1903. 

Gives  a  short  account  of  the  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coal  strata. 

5.  Some  geological  observations  on  the  central  part  of  the  Rosebud  Indian  Reserva¬ 

tion,  South  Dakota. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  229-243,  1  pi.  (map),  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  stratified 
deposits  and  physiographic  features. 

Redway  (Jacques  W.). 

1.  A  great  lava  flood. 

Am.  Bur.  Geog.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  157-163,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Defines  types  of  volcanic  outflows  and  describes  the  Tertiary  lava  flows  of  the  Pacific  region. 

Reid  (George  D.) . 

1.  The  Burro  Mountain  copper  district,  New  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  778-779,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Reid  (Harry  Fielding). 

1.  De  la  progression  des  glaciers,  leur  stratification,  et  leurs  veines  bleues. 

Intern.  Cong.  G6oL,  Compte  Rendu,  viii  session,  pp.  749-755,  1901. 

2.  The  variations  of  glaciers,  VI. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  250-254,  1901. 

Gives  a  summary  of  the  Fifth  annual  report  of  the  International  Committee  on  glaciers. 

3.  The  variations  of  glaciers. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  313-317, 1902. 

Gives  a  summary  of  the  Sixth  annual  report  of  the  International  Committee  on  glaciers. 


282 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Reid  (Harry  Fielding) — Continued. 

4.  A  reconnaissance  of  Mt.  Hood  and  Mt.  Adams. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.906,1902. 

5.  The  variation  of  glaciers,  VIII. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  285-288,  1903.  Arch.  d.  Sci.  phys.  et  nat.,  4  p6r.,  1. 14,  pp.  301-302, 1902 
Gives  a  summary  of  the  seventh  annual  report  of  the  International  Committee  on  Glaciers 
and  reports  on  the  glaciers  of  the  United  States  for  1902. 

6.  Notes  on  Mounts  Hood  and  Adams  and  their  glaciers. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.  Bull.,  vol.  13,  p.  536, 1903. 

7.  Glaciers. 

Mazama,  vol.  2,  no.  3,  pp.  119-122,  1903. 

Describes  formation  and  phenomena  of  glaciers. 

8.  Les  variations  periodiques  des  glaciers.  Etats-Unis.  VHIme  rapport,  1902. 

Arch,  des  Sci.  phys.  et  nat.,  4  p6r.,  1. 16,  pp.  92-94, 1903. 

9.  Les  variations  periodiques  des  glaciers.  Etats-Unis.  IXme  rapport,  1903. 

Arch,  des  Sci.  phys.  et  nat.,  4.  p6r.,  t.  18,  pp.  191-193,  1904. 

10.  The  variations  of  glaciers.  IX. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  252-263, 1904. 

Gives  a  summary  of  the  eighth  annual  report  of  the  International  Committee  on  glaciers. 
Includes  observations  on  the  glaciers  of  the  United  States. 

11.  The  relation  of  the  blue  veins  of  glaciers  to  the  stratification,  with  a  note  on  the 

variations  of  glaciers. 

Congr.  g6ol.  intern.,  Compte  rendu  IX.  Sess.,  pp.  703-706,1904. 

12.  The  flow  of  glaciers  and  their  stratification. 

Appalachia,  vol.  11,  pp.  1-6,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

13.  The  variations  of  glaciers.  IX. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  313-318,1905. 

Gives  a  summary  of  the  ninth  annual  report  of  the  International  Committee  on  glaciers. 

14.  Records  of  seismographs  in  North  America  and  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  No.  1. 

Terrestrial  Magnetism  and  Atmospheric  Electricity,  vol.  10,  pp.  81-96,  1905. 

15.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  R.  S.  Tarr,  “Gorges  and  Waterfalls  of  central  New 

York.”] 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  p.  137,  1905. 

16.  The  reservoir  lag  in  glacier  variations. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  487-491,1905. 

17.  The  glaciers  of  Mt.  Hood  and  Mt.  Adams. 

Mazama,  vol.  2,  pp.  195-200,  3  pis.,  1905.  Abstract:  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  p.  492, 
1905. 

Reid  (John  A.). 

1.  The  igneous  rocks  near  Pajaro  [California]. 

Univ.  Cal.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  173-190,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  geologic  occurrence  and  petrographic  characters  of  the  granite  rocks  of  the  Coast 
Ranges  of  California. 

2.  Preliminary  report  on  the  building  stones  of  Nevada,  including  a  brief  chapter  on 

road  metal. 

Nev.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Mg.,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  no.  1,  58  pp.,  1904. 

3.  The  structure  and  genesis  of  the  Comstock  lode. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  177-199,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Reitinger  (J. ),  Kraus  (E.  H.)  and. 

1.  Hussakite,  a  new  mineral,  and  its  relations  to  xenotime. 

See  Kraus  (E.  H.)  and  Reitinger  (J.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


283 


Renault  (B.). 

1.  Sur  quelques  microorganismes  des  combustibles  fossiles. 

Soc.  de  l’lnd.  Min.,  Bull.,  3d  ser.,  yol.  13,  livraison  4,  pp.  865-1129,  34  figs.,  atlas  of  9  pis.,  1899; 

yol.  14,  livraison  1,  pp.  5-160,  atlas  of  16  pis.,  1900.  / 

Contains  descriptions  of  fossils  from  the  Coal  Measures  of  the  Appalachian  region. 

Rice  (William  North). 

1.  The  physical  geography  and  geology  of  Connecticut. 

Conn.  Bd.  Agric.,  37th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  94-113,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  of  Connecticut  and  their  relation  to  the  geologic  struc¬ 
ture  of  the  State. 

2.  The  proper  scope  of  geological  teaching  in  the  high  school  and  academy. 

Nat.  Educ.  Assoc.,  Proc.  for  1903.  pp.  853-856,  1904. 

3.  The  classification  of  mountains. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Kept.,  pp.  185-190,  1905. 

Richards  (Joseph  W. ). 

1.  “Mohawkite.” 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  yol.  11,  pp.  457-458,  1901. 

Gives  results  of  the  author’s  chemical  studies,  which  prove  the  existence  of  the  species  termed 
mohawkite  and  of  another  species  for  which  the  name  ledouxite  is  proposed. 

Richards  (Ralph  W. ). 

1.  A  new  habit  for  chalcopyrite. 

Tufts  Coll.  Studies,  no.  8,  pp.  383-385,  1  fig.,  1904;  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  425-426,  1 
fig.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  crystallographic  features. 

Richardson  (C.  H.). 

1.  Analysis  of  Washington  [Vermont]  marble,  with  notes  upon  the  distribution 

and  age. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  pp.  39-40,  1898.  • 

2.  The  terranes  of  Orange  County,  Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  Ill,  pp.  61-101, 15  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  topographic  and  geologic  features,  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  economic 
products,  and  the  petrographic  and  chemical  characters  of  the  rocks. 

Richardson  (Clifford)  and  Wallace  (E.  C. ). 

1.  Petroleum  from  the  Beaumont,  Texas,  field. 

Soc.  Chem.  Industry,  Jour.,  vol.  20,  pp.  690-693,  1901. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  composition  and  refining  of  the  oil  of  the  Beaumont  field. 

Richardson  (G.  M. ). 

1.  Edward  Waller  Claypole  as  a  teacher. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  24-30,  1902. 

Richardson  (George  Burr) . 

1.  The  misnamed  Indiana  anticline. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  700-702, 1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  certain  structural  phenomena  in  Pennsylvania. 

2.  The  upper  Red  Beds  of  the  Black  Hills. 

Jour.  Geol.,  Vol.  11,  pp.  365-393,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physical  characters,  geographic  extent,  general  geological  relations,  and  stratigraphy 
of  the  Red  Beds  in  the  Black  Hills,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  their  color. 

3.  Indiana  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  102, 1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  Carboniferous 
strata,  and  general  geologic  structure,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coals,  natural 
gas,  and  other  economic  resources. 


284 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Richardson  (George  Burr) — Continued. 

4.  Report  of  a  reconnaissance  in  trans-Pecos  Texas,  north  of  the  Texas  and  Pacific 

Railway. 

Tex.  Univ.,  Min.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  9,  119  pp.,  11  pis.,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  topography,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  pre-Cambrian, 
Cambrian,  Ordovician,  Silurian,  Carboniferous,  Triassic,  Jurassic,  Cretaceous,  and  Quater¬ 
nary  deposits,  the  mineral  resources,  and  underground  water  supply  of  the  region. 

5.  Stratigraphic  sequence  in  trans-Pecos  Texas,  north  of  the  Texas  and  Pacific 

Railway. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  794-795,  1904. 

6.  Natural  gas  near  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  480-483, 1905.' 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  natural  gas  near  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

7.  Salt,  gypsum,  and  petroleum  in  trans-Pecos  Texas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  573-585, 1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  topography  and  stratigraphy  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence  of  salt, 
petroleum,  and  gypsum. 

8.  Native  sulphur  in  El  Paso  County,  Tex. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  589-592,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  sulphur. 

Rickard  (Edgar). 

1.  Tin  deposits  of  the  York  region,  Alaska. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  30-31,  1903. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  tin. 

Rickard  (Forbes). 

1.  Notes  on  Nome,  and  the  outlook  for  vein  mining  in  that  district  [Alaska]. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  pp.,  275-276,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  gold. 

2.  Copper  deposits  in  Sinaloa  and  southern  Sonora  [Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  97-98,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  economic  development  of  copper-ore  depos 
its  in  this  part  of  Mexico. 

3.  Notes  on  tungsten  deposits  in  Arizona. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  263-265,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  Little  Dragoon  mountains  in  Arizona,  and  the  geologic 
relations,  occurrence,  character,  and  mining  of  the  deposits  of  tungsten  ores. 

Rickard  (T.  A.) 

1.  The  Cripple  Creek  volcano  [Colorado]. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  367-403,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  various  stages  of  eruption  in  this  volcano  and  compares  it  with  vol¬ 
canos  in  other  regions. 

2.  The  telluride  ores  of  Cripple  Creek  [Colorado]  and  Kalgoorlie  [Australia]. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  708-718,  1901. 

Describes  the  characteristics  of  the  ores  of  these  regions. 

3.  The  formation  of  bonanzas  in  the  upper  portions  of  gold-veins. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  198-220,  1902. 

Discusses  enrichment  by  concentration  through  the  action  of  underground  water  by  solution 
and  precipitation,  and  the  distribution  of  ore-bonanzas  in  Australia,  Colorado,  California, 
and  New  Zealand. 

4.  Recent  progress  in  the  study  of  ore  deposits. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  106-107,  1902. 

5.  The  Geological  Survey  and  the  western  mines. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  p.  5,  1902. 

6.  An  example  of  the  localization  of  rich  ore. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  847-850,  6  figs.,  1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


285 


Rickard  (T.  A.) — Continued. 

7.  Across  the  San  Juan  Mountains. 

New  York,  The  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,  115  pp.,  illus.,  1903;  appeared  serially  in  the 
Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  7-10,  45-46,  82-84,  118-119,  154-155,  230,  269-270,  307-308,  346, 
385-387,  423-424,  461-463,  illus.,  1903. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geologic  structure,  ore  deposits,  and  mining  operations  of  south¬ 
western  Colorado. 

8.  The  lodes  of  Cripple  Creek  [Colorado]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  179-181,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  ore  bodies. 

9.  Water  in  veins — a  theory. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  402-403,  1903. 

Discusses  the  distribution  of  water  underground  and  its  bearing  upon  the  origin  of  ore 
deposits. 

10.  The  syncline  as  a  structural  type. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  746,  6  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  syncline  in  relation  to  ore  deposits. 

11.  The  veins  of  Boulder  and  Kalgoorlie. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  567-577,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  structure  of  gold-bearing  veins  of  Boulder,  Colorado 
and  Kalgoorlie,  West  Australia. 

12.  The  lodes  of  Cripple  Creek  [Colorado]. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  578-618,  23  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  lodes  and 
veins,  and  the  position  of  the  ore  bodies. 

13.  Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  542,  1903. 

14.  Copper  mines  of  Lake  Superior. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  585-587,  625-627,  665-667,  705-706,  745-747,  785-787,  825-827,  865-867, 
905-907,  945-950,  985-987,  illus.,  1904. 

Includes  a  description  of  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  character  and  occurrence  of 
the  copper-ore  deposits,  and  the  mining  operations. 

15.  The  copper  mines  of  Lake  Superior. 

New  York,  The  Engineering  &  Mining  Journal,  1905.  164  pp.,  illus. 

Rickert  (Julius). 

1.  Coal  in  Alberta,  Canada. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  766-767, 1902. 

Contains  brief  notes  on  the  coals  of  Crow’s  Nest  coal  field. 

Ries  (Heinrich). 

1.  Clays  and  shales  of  Michigan,  their  properties  and  uses. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  8,  pt.  1,  66  pp.,  4  pis.,  6  figs.,  1900. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geologic  occurrence  and  chemical  composition  of  clays  in  Michigan. 

2.  Theodore  Greely  White. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  269-270,  1  pi.  (por.),  1901. 

Gives  a  brief  sketch  of  his  life  and  work,  and  a  list  of  publications. 

3.  Clays  of  New  York,  their  properties  and  uses. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  2,  pp.  493-944,  140  pis.,  map  in  pocket,  1902. 

4.  Lime  and  cement  industries  of  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  44,  pp.  639-848,  85  pis.,  map  in  pocket,  1901;  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th 
Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  3,  1902. 

Discusses  origin,  chemical  composition  and  geologic  occurrence  in  New  York  of  lime  and 
cement  materials. 

5.  Report  on  the  clays  of  Maryland. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  4,  pp.  205-505,  51  pis.,  30  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  origin,  composition,  properties,  geologic  and  geographic  distribution,  and  working 
of  the  clays  of  Maryland. 


286 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hies  (Heinrich) — Continued. 

6.  The  c  ays  of  the  United  States  east  of  the  Mississippi  River. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  11,  298  pp.,  9  pis.,  11  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  origin,  geographic  and  geologic  distribution  of  clays  in  the  United  States  east  of  the 
Mississippi  River,  and  their  properties,  composition,  and  utilization. 

7.  Uses  of  peat  and  its  occurrence  in  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  55th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  r53-r90,  5  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  origin  and  nature  of  peat,  its  utilization,  and  its  occurrence  in  New  York. 

8.  Magnetite  deposits  at  Mineville,  New  York,  and  a  description  of  the  new  electric 

concentrating  plant. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  49-51,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  iron  ore  deposits. 

9.  The  coal  mines  at  Las  Esperanzas,  Mexico. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  5,  no  2,  pp.  13-15,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character,  geologic  occurrence,  and  mining  of  the  Cretaceous  coal  beds. 

10.  Notes  on  mineral  developments  in  the  region  around  Ithaca  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  56th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  rl07-rl08,  1904. 

Gives  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  economic  materials  and  a  geological  section  of  a  deep  well. 

11.  Notes  on  recent  mineral  developments  at  Mineville  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  56th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  rl2Vrl26,  1904. 

Brief  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  production  of  iron  ore  at  this  locality. 

12.  Clay  and  its  properties. 

N.  J,  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  6,  pp.  1-115, 15  pis.,  34  figs.,  1904. 
iscusses  mode  of  occurrence,  methods  of  working,  chemical  and  physical  properties. 

13.  The  manufacture  of  clay  products,  with  special  reference  to  the  New  Jersey 

industry. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  6,  pp.  211-533,  32  pis.,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  properties  of  clays. 

14.  The  coal  fields  of  Texas.  Locations  of  the  different  deposits.  Quality  of  the 

coals  as  shown  by  analyses.  Production  of  the  State. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  26,  pp.  104-105,  2  figs.,  1905. 

15.  Economic  geology  of  the  United  States. 

New  York,  The  Macmillan  Company,  1905.  435  pp.,  25  pis.,  97  figs. 

Riggs  (Elmer  S. ). 

1.  The  Dinosaur  beds  of  the  Grand  River  valley  of  Colorado. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  ser.,  vol.  1,  pp.  267-274,  6  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  character  of  the  Cretaceous,  Jurassic,  and  Triassic  strata,  and  the  occur¬ 
rence  of  vertebrate  remains. 

2.  The  fore  leg  and  pectoral  girdle  of  Morosaurus.  With  a  note  on  the  genus  Cama- 

rosaurus. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  ser.,  vol.  1,  pp.  275-281,  3  pis.,  1901. 

3  The  largest  known  dinosaur. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  549-650,  1901. 

Contains  brief  description  of  the  skeleton  obtained  by  a  recent  expedition  of  the  Field  Colum¬ 
bian  Museum. 

4.  The  vertebral  column  of  Brontosaurus. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  393-391, 1903. 

5.  The  use  of  pneumatic  tools  in  the  preparation  of  fossils. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  747-749, 1903. 

6.  Brachiosaurus  altithorax,  the  largest  known  dinosaur. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  299-306,  7  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  a  description  of  this  Jurassic  fossil  and  discusses  its  relationships. 

7.  Structure  and  relationships  of  Opisthoccelian  dinosaurs.  Part  I.  Apatosaurus 

Marsh. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  165-196,  8  pis.,  18  figs.,  1903. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


287 


Riggs  (Elmer  S.) — Continued. 

8.  Dinosaur  footprints  from  Arizona. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  423-424,  1  fig.,  ^904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  footprints. 

9.  Structure  and  relationships  of  Opisthoccelian  dinosaurs.  Part  II.  The  Brachio- 

sauridse. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  229-247,  5  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Riggs  (Elmer  S.)  and  Farrington  (Oliver  Cummings). 

1.  The  Dinosaur  beds  of  the  Grand  River  Valley  of  Colorado. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  53,  pp.  22061-22062,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Ritter  (Etienne  A.). 

1.  Le  district  aurifere  de  Cripple  Creek  et  ses  recents  developpements  dans  la  zone 
profonde. 

Ann.  des  Mines,  10®  s6r.,  t.  7,  pp.  465-487, 1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  lithology,  the  veins  and  their  minerals,  and  the  ore  deposits 
of  the  Cripple  Creek  gold  mining  district. 

Ritter  (Wm.  E. ). 

1.  Some  observations  bearing  on  the  probable  subsidence  during  recent  geologic 
times  of  the  Island  of  Santa  Catalina  off  the  coast  of  southern  California. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  575-577,  1901. 

Rivers  (J.  J.). 

1.  Descriptions  of  some  undescribed  fossil  shells  of  Pleistocene  and  Pliocene  forma¬ 
tions  of  the  Santa  Monica  Range  [California] 

So.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  69-72,  1904. 

Robbins  (F.). 

1.  Ore  occurrence  at  Leadville,  Colo. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  p.  168,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  stratigraphy  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  bodies. 

Roberts  (Milnor). 

1.  Note  on  the  action  of  frost  on  soil. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  314-317,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Roberts  (Milnor),  Landes  (Henry),  Thyng  (William  S.),  Lyon  (D.  A.),  and. 

1.  The  metalliferous  resources  of  Washington,  except  iron. 

See  Landes  (H.),  Thyng  (W.  S.),  Lyon  (D.  A.),  and  Roberts  (M.),  1. 

Robertson  (William  Fleet). 

1.  Summary  report  on  the  valley  of  the  Flathead  River  [British  Columbia]. 

Brit.  Col.,  Ann.  Kept.  Minister  Mines  for  1903,  pp.  79-92,  1904. 

Includes  observations  upon  the  physiography,  geology,  and  economic  resources  of  the  region 
examined. 

2.  Report  on  the  Trout  Lake  mining  division  [British  Columbia]. 

Brit.  Col.,  Ann.  Rept.,  Minister  Mines  for  1903,  pp.  109-124,  1904. 

Includes  observations  upon  the  geology  and  economic  resources  of  the  region. 

3.  Report  on  the  Lardeau  mining  district  [British  Columbia]. 

Brit.  Col.,  Ann.  Rept.,  Minister  Mines  for  1903,  pp.  127-130,  1904. 

Includes  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  region. 

4.  Petrography  of  rock  samples  from  British  Columbia. 

Brit.  Col.,  Ann.  Rept.,  Minister  Mines  for  1903,  pp.  254-263, 1904. 

Gives  reports  upon  examinations  of  rock  specimens  from  British  Columbia  by  A.  E.  Barlow, 
J.  A.  Dresser,  and  L.  P.  Silver. 

Robinson  (H.  H.) 

1.  On  octohedrite  and  brookite  from  Brindletown,  North  Carolina. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  180-184,  6  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  and  crystallographic  characters  of  the  minerals. 


288 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Robinson  (Neil). 

1.  The  Kanawha  and  New  River  coal  fields  of  West  Virginia,  U.  S.  A. 

Charleston,  W.  Va.,  23  pp.  3  pis.,  1904.  [Private  publication]. 

Includes  notes  upon  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  composition,  fuel  values,  and  produc¬ 
tion  of  coal  in  the  Kanawha  and  New  River  coal  fields  of  West  Virginia. 

Rockstroh  (Edwin). 

1.  Recent  earthquakes  in  Guatemala. 

Nature,  vol.  67,  pp.  271-272,  1903. 

Rockwell  (Cleveland). 

1.  The  Coos  Bay  coal  fields  [Oregon]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  238-240,  270-271,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geologic  structure  of  this  area. 

Rogers  (Austin  F.). 

1.  The  Pottawatomie  and  Douglas  formations  along  the  Kansas  River. 

Kan.  Univ.  Quart.,  vol.  9,  pp.  234-254,  1900. 

Gives  lists  of  fossils  from  various  localities. 

2.  Mineralogical  notes,  no.  2. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  42-48,  8  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  crystallographic  characters  of  calcite,  galena,  pyrite,  topaz,  leadhillite,  ilvaite, 
caledonite,  barite,  and  celestite. 

3.  Some  new  American  species  of  Cyclus  from  the  Coal  Measures. 

Kans.  Univ.,  Sci.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  269-275,  1  pi.,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr.,  vol. 
10,  no.  88. 

4.  Mineralogical  notes,  no.  3. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  33,  pp.  133-139,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Presents  crystallographic  notes  on  gypsum,  celestite,  barite,  angelsite,  cerussite,  vesuvianite, 
calcite,  dolomite,  pyrite,  and  quartz  crystals. 

5.  The  crystallography  of  the  calcites  of  the  New  Jersey  trap  region. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  23,  pp.  336-347,  1902. 

6.  The  minerals  of  the  Joplin,  Mo.,  lead  and  zinc  district. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  15,  pp.  60-61, 1903. 

7.  A  method  for  the  exact  expression  of  crystal  habit. 

Sch.  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  25,  pp.  199-203,  22  figs.,  1904. 

Rogers  (Austin  F.),_  Beede  (J.  W.)  and. 

1.  Coal  Measure  faunal  studies,  III.  Lower  Coal  Measures. 

See  Beede  (J.  W.)  and  Rogers  (Austin  F.),  1. 

Rohn  (Oscar). 

1.  The  Baraboo  iron  range  [Wisconsin]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  615-617,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  area  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  iron  ore. 

Rolfe  (Charles  W.). 

1.  The  geology  of  Illinois  as  related  to  its  water  supply. 

Ill.  Univ.,  Chemical  Survey  of  the  waters  of  Illinois,  pp.  41-56,  2  pis.  (geol.  maps),  1903. 

Gives  an  outline  of  the  general  geology  and  the  geological  history  of  Illinois. 

Rollet  de  l’Isle  et  Giraud,  Lacroix  (A.). 

1.  Sur  1’ eruption  de  la  Martinique. 

See  Lacroix  (A.),  RoUet  de  i’Isle  et  Giraud  (J.),  1. 

Ropes  (Leverett  S.). 

1.  [Corundum  of  North  Carolina.] 

Min.  Ind.,  1899,  pp.  12-14, 1900. 

Notes  on  occurrence. 

Rose  (Robert  Selden). 

1.  The  geology  of  some  of  the  lands  in  the  Upper  Peninsula  [Michigan]. 

Mg.  World,  vol.  21,  pp.  205-207,  1904;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  343-344,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  iron-ore  deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE.  289 

Rose  (Robert  Selden) — Continued. 

2.  The  geology  of  some  of  the  lands  in  the  Upper  Peninsula  [Michigan]. 

Lake  Superior  Mg.  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  10.  pp.  88-192  [1905]. 

Describes  the  geologic  occurrence,  character,  and  location  of  iron  ores  in  the  Upper  Peninsula. 

Rowe  (Jesse  Perry). 

1 .  Some  volcanic  ash  beds  of  Montana. 

Mont.  Univ.,  Bull.  no.  17  (Geol.  ser.  no.  1),  32  pp.,  9  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  the  volcanic  ash  of  Montana;  describes  its  composition  and  properties 
and  distribution  in  the  State  by  counties;  gives  a  list  and  figures  of  fossil  leaves  from  the 
ash  of  Missoula  County. 

2.  Some  Montana  coal  fields. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  369-380,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  the  bituminous  and  lignite  coal  resources  of  Montana  and  the  geographic  distribu¬ 
tion,  by  counties,  of  coal  deposits. 

3.  Nodular  barite  and  selenite  crystals  of  Montana. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  198-199,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  composition  of  selenite  crystals  and  nodular  barite  in  Montana. 

4.  Pseudomorpbs  and  crystal  cavities. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  p.  80,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  material  from  Shoshone,  Idaho. 

5.  Montana  gypsum  deposits. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  104-113,  4  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geological  relations  of  gypsum  deposits  in  Montana, 
and  their  utilization. 

6.  The  Montana  coal  fields. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  11,  pp.  241-250,  7  figs.,  1905. 

Rowley  (R.  R. ). 

1.  Two  new  genera  and  some  new  species  of  fossils  from  the  upper  Paleozoic  rocks 

of  Missouri. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  343-355,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  species  of  two  little-known  groups  of  blastoids. 

2.  New  species  of  fossils  from  the  Subcarboniferous  rocks  of  northeastern  Missouri. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  303-310,  1902. 

3.  The  Echinodermata  of  the  Missouri  Silurian  and  a  new  brachiopod. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  269-282,  1  pi.,  1904. 

4.  Missouri  paleontology. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  301-311,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  various  species  of  fossils,  in  part  new,  mainly  Echinodermata,  from  Mississippian 
formations  of  Missouri. 

See  also  Greene  (G.  K.). 

Ruddy  (C.  A.). 

1.  The  water  resources  of  Washington.  Artesian  water. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  296-307, 1902. 

Ruddy  (C.  A.),  Landes  (Henry)  and. 

1.  Coal  deposits  of  Washington. 

See  Landes  (Henry)  and  Ruddy  (C.  A.),  1. 

Ruedemann  (Rudolf). 

1.  Hudson  River  beds  near  Albany  and  their  taxonomic  equivalents. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  42,  pp.  489-587,  2  pis.,  5  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27, 
pp.  377-378, 1901. 

Reviews  previous  work  on  these  strata.  Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  at 
various  localities  in  the  region  and  discusses  the  geologic  structure  and  correlation  of  the 
beds.  Describes  the  characters  of  new  species  of  fossils  collected. 

2.  Trenton  conglomerate  of  Rysedorph  Hill,  Rensselaer  County,  N.  Y.,  and  its  fauna. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  49,  pp.  3-114,  9  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  stratigraphic  relations  and  characters  of  the  fauna. 

Bull.  301-06 - 19 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


290 

Ruedemann  ( Rudolf) — Continued. 

3.  The  graptolite  (Levis)  facies  of  the  Beekmantown  formation  in  Rensselaer  Countv, 

New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  516-575,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  beds,  and  discusses  their  relations  and 
correlation  with  Canadian  and  European  strata  of  the  same  age. 

4.  Growth  and  development  of  Goniograptus  thureaui  McCoy. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  576-592,  19  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  ontogony  of  the  species. 

5.  Noetling  on  the  morphology  of  the  pelecypods. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  34-40,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Gives  a  summary  of  Noetling’s  views  on  the  “  law  of  torsion  ”  in  pelecypod  shells  and  the  rela¬ 
tions  of  the  animal  and  the  position  of  its  shell. 

6.  Professor  Jaekel’s  theses  on  the  mode  of  existence  of  Orthoceras  and  other  cepha- 

lopods. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  199-217, 1903. 

Gives  a  translation  of  Professor  Jaekel’s  theses  and  some  of  the  discussion  following  (Zeit- 
schrift  der  Deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft,  54  Bd.,  2  Heft,  Protokolle,  pp.  67-101, 1902), 
and  discusses  these  propositions.  Includes  “Annotations”  by  John  M.  Clarke. 

7.  The  Cambric  Dictyonema  fauna  in  the  slate  belt  of  eastern  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  934-958,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  geologic  position,  and  paleontology  of  Upper  Cambrian 
strata  in  Rensselaer  County,  New  York,  and  discusses  the  relations  of  the  Dictyonema  beds 
of  Scandinavia,  Great  Britain,  and  North  America,  and  the  bearing  of  the  latter  upon 
paleogeography. 

8.  Graptolites  of  New  York.  Part  1.  Graptolites  of  the  lower  beds. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Mem.  7,  pp.  455-803,  17  pis.  and  105  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  a  review  of  investigations  upon  the  graptolites,  discusses  their  structure,  morphology, 
classification,  phyllogeny,  range,  and  distribution,  and  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  the 
graptolites  from  the  upper  Cambrian  and  lower  Ordovician  of  New  York. 

9.  The  structure  of  some  primitive  cephalopoda. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  80,  pp.  296-341,  26  figs.,  1905. 

Ruedemann  (Rudolf),  Clarke  (John  M.)  and. 

1.  Guelph  fauna  in  the  State  of  New  York. 

See  Clarke  (J.  M.)  and  Ruedemann  (Rudolf),  1. 

Ruedemann  (Rudolf),  Clarke  (J.  M.),  and  Luther  (D.  D. ). 

1.  Contact  lines  of  Upper  Siluric  formations  on  the  Brocknort  and  Medina  quad¬ 
rangles  [New  York]. 

See  Clarke  (J.  M.),  Ruedemann  (R.),  and  Luther  (D.  D.),  1. 

Ruhl  (Otto). 

1.  The  King-Ritter  fault. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Field  Geol.  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  33-36,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  faulting  along  the  northern  slope  of  the  Ozark  uplift 
in  southwestern  Missouri. 

2.  Observations  at  Pegmatite  Hill  (Camden  County,  Missouri]. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Field  Geol.  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  36-40,  1904. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  at  this  locality. 

Ruhm  ( H.  D.) . 

1.  The  present  and  the  future  of  the  Mount  Pleasant  phosphate  field. 

Eng.  Assoc.  South.,  Trans.,  1902,  vol.  13,  pp.  42-64  [1903] . 

Describes  discovery,  occurrence,  and  production  of  phosphate  rock  in  the  Mount  Pleasant 
phosphate  field  of  Tennessee. 

Russell  (Israel  C. ). 

1.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  Nez  Perce  County,  Idaho.  Part  I. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Papers,  no.  53,  pp.  1-85,  10  pis.,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  319-321,  1901. 

Describes  the  pre-Tertiary  terranes,  the  Columbia  lava,  the  soils,  and  the  physiography. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


291 


Russell  (Israel  C. ) — Continued. 

2.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  Nez  Perce  County,  Idaho.  Part  II. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Papers,  no.  54,  pp.  95-141,  10  figs.,  1901. 
Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  water  supply,  building  stones,  and  lignite. 
Includes  a  bibliography  of  artesian  waters  and  a  note  concerning  Portland  cement. 

3.  [Report  to  the  National  Geographic  Society  on  the  recent  volcanic  eruptions  in 

the  West  Indies.] 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  267-285,  8  figs,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent. 

4.  Volcanic  eruptions  on  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  415-436,  10  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  additional  data  on  the  eruptions  and  a  bibliography. 

5.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  the  Snake  River  Plains  of  Idaho. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  199,  192  pp.,  25  pis.,  6  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  topography,  geology  and  resources  of  this  area. 

6.  The  Portland-cement  industry  in  Michigan. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Kept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  629-685,  3  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  composition  of  Portland  cement,  method  of  manufacture,  the  geologic  occurrence, 
properties  and  composition  of  limestones,  shales,  marls  and  clays  occurring  in  Michigan 
suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement,  and  the  development  of  the  industry. 

7.  Geology  of  the  Snake  River  Plains,  Idaho. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  85-86, 1902. 

8.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  southwestern  Idaho  and  southeastern  Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  217,  83  pp.,  18  pis.,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  climatic  conditions,  topography,  hydrography,  recent  and  Tertiary  volcanic  forma¬ 
tions,  and  the  geologic  structure  of  this  region,  and  discusses  conditions  of  origin  and  accu¬ 
mulation  of  petroleum. 

9.  Preliminary  report  on  artesian  basins  in  southwestern  Idaho  and  southeastern 

Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  78,  51  pp.,  2  pis.,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Includes  a  short  account  of  the  general  geology  of  the  region. 

10.  Volcanic  eruptions  on  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent. 

Smith.  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  331-349,  11  pis.,  1903. 

Reprinted  by  permission,  after  revision  by  the  author,  from  the  National  Geographic  Maga¬ 
zine,  vol.  13,  no.  12,  December,  1902.  See  no.  4  above. 

11.  Glacier  cornices. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  783-785,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  glacier  cornices  and  discusses  their  origin. 

12.  The  Pele  obelisk. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  792-79.5,  1903. 

13.  Criteria  relating  to  massive-solid  volcanic  eruptions. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  253-268,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  massive-solid  volcanic  eruptions,  and  discusses  the  character  of  the  evidence  neces¬ 
sary  to  determine  that  volcanic  masses  have  been  extruded  in  a  solid  state. 

14.  Physiographic  problems  of  to-day. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  524-550, 1904. 

Discusses  the  scope,  nomenclature,  and  field  of  investigation  of  physiography,  the  use  of  ideal 
physiographic  types,  the  primary  and  secondary  features  of  the  earth’s  surface,  and  the 
relations  of  physiography  to  life  and  man. 

15.  North  America  (Appleton’s  World  Series:  The  regions  of  the  world). 

New  York,  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  1904.  435  pp.,  8  pis.,  39  figs. 

Includes  chapters  on  the  margin  of  the  con  tin.  nt,  the  topography  of  the  land,  climate,  plant 
life,  animal  life,  geology,  the  aborigines,  and  political  geography.  In  the  chapter  on  geol¬ 
ogy  describes  the  growth  of  the  continent,  the  distribution  and  character  of  the  rocks  of 
which  it  is  composed,  and  the  occurrence  of  economic  products, 

16.  Douglass  Houghton. 

Mich.  Acad:  Sci.,  4th  Rept.,  pp.  160-162,  por.,  1904, 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  his  life. 


292 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Russell  (Israel  C. ) — Continued. 

17.  Bela  Hubbard. 

Mich.  Acad.  Sci.,  4th  Rept.,  pp.  163-165,  por.,  1904. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  his  life. 

18.  Biographical  notice  of  William  Henry  Pettee. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.35.  pp.  1-4,  1  pi.  (por.),  1905. 

Includes  a  list  of  his  published  writings. 

19.  The  influence  of  caverns  on  topography. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  30-32,  1905. 

20.  Hanging  valleys. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  75-90,  1905. 

Gives  a  classification  of  hanging  valleys,  describes  their  characters  and  origin,  and  discusses 
particularly  the  characteristics  and  origin  of  glaciated  hanging  valleys. 

21.  Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  and  water  resources  of  central  Oregon. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  252,  138  pp.,  24  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  physiographic  features  and  geology  of  the  region,  and  in  detail  the  phys¬ 
iographic  features,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  volcanic  and  stratified  rocks  and  the 
water  resources  of  the  counties  included  in  the  area  under  consideration. 

22.  The  Pel6  obelisk  once  more. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  924-931, 1  fig. ,  1905. 

Discusses  the  mode  of  formation  of  the  spine  of  Mont  PelA 

23.  A  geological  reconnaissance  along  the  north  shore  of  Lakes  Huron  and  Michigan. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  33-112,  3  pis.,  1  map,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Ordovician.  Silurian,  and  Devonian  strata, 
and  in  detail  the  extent,  character,  and  origin  of  Glacial  deposits,  and  various  physiographic 
features. 

24.  Drumlin  areas  in  northern  Michigan. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  177-179,  1905;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  220-221, 1905. 

Rutland  (Joshua). 

1.  Mammals  and  reptiles;  or  what  was  the  Ice  ages? 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  51,  pp.  21032-21033, 1901. 

Describes  their  occurrence  and  characters  in  geologic  times. 

Rutledge  (J.  J. ),  Clark  (W.  B. ),  Martin  (G.  C. )  and. 

1.  Distribution  and  character  of  the  Maryland  coal  beds. 

See  Clark  (W.  B.),  Martin  (G.  C.),  and  Rutledge  (J.  J.),  1. 

Rutley  (Frank). 

1.  Mineralogy. 

London,.  Thomas  Murby,  1900.  12th  ed.,  240  pp.  Review:  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11 
p.  921,  1901. 

S. 

Safford  (J.  M.). 

1.  Horizons  of  phosphate  rocks  in  Tennessee. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  14-15,  1901. 

Describes  the  geologic  relations  of  the  various  phosphate  deposit? 

2.  Classification  of  the  geological  formations  of  Tennessee. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  10-14,  1901. 

Gives  in  tabular  form  a  list  of  the  geological  formations  of  Tennessee  and  includes  brief  notes 
regarding  them. 

Safford  (J.  M. ),  and  Killebrew  (J.  B. ). 

1.  The  elements  of  the  geology  of  Tennessee. 

Nashville,  Tenn.,  1900.  264  pp.,  45  figs. 

Salazar  (Leopoldo). 

1.  Apuntes  relativos  al  mineral  de  Taxco  de  Alarcon  (Estadode  Guerrero)  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.,  vol.  16,  pp.  167-177, 1  pi.,  1901, 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


293 


Salisbury  (Rollin  D. ). 

1.  The  surface  formations  in  southern  New  Jersey. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  33-40,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  surface  formations  of  pre-Pleistocene  and 
Pleistocene. ages  in  southern  New  Jersey. 

2.  Glacial  work  in  the  western  mountains  in  1901. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  718-731,  1901. 

Describes  the  results  of  the  work  of  several  parties  of  students  in  various  parts  of  western 
United  States. 

3.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  T.  C.  Chamberlin  on  “The  geologic  relations  of  the 

human  relics  of  Lansing.  Kansas.”] 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  778-779,  1902. 

4.  Recent  progress  in  glaciology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  353-355,  1902. 

5.  Three  new  physiographic  terms. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  707-715,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Defines,  discusses,  and  illustrates  the  application  of  the  physiographic  terms  topographic 
unconformity,  topographic  and  structural  adjustment,  and  superimposed  youth. 

6.  The, mineral  matter  of  the  sea,  with  some  speculations  as  to  the  changes  which 

have  been  involved  in  its  production. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  469-484  1905 

Discusses  the  amounts  of  various  kinds  of  mineral  matter  in  the  sea,  and  the  bearing  of  these 
facts  upon  geologic  history  and  geologic  time. 

Salisbury  (Rollin  D.)  and  others. 

1.  New  York  City  folio,  New  York-New  Jersey. 

See  Merrill  (F.J.  H.)  and  others,  1. 

Salisbury  (Rollin  D. )  and  Blackwelder  (Eliot). 

1.  Glaciation  in  the  Bighorn  Mountains. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  216-223,  2  figs.,  1903 

Describes  distribution  of  glaciers  in  the  region,  and  character,  occurrence,  and  age  of  the 
glacial  deposits. 

Salisbury  (Rollin  D.),  assisted  by  Kummel  (Henry  B.),  Peet  (Charles  E. ),  and 
Knapp  (George  N. ). 

1.  The  glacial  geology  of  New  Jersey. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Final  Rept.,  vol.  5,  xxv+  802  pp.,  66  pis.,  102  figs,  in  text,  4  maps  (in  pocket), 
1902. 

Discusses  character,  distribution,  and  origin  of  the  drift,  the  development  of  the  ice  sheet, 
the  topographic  and  drainage  changes  produced  by  it,  the  history  and  cause  of  the  Glacial 
period,  and  describes  in  detail  the  drift  features  of  northern  New  Jersey 

Salisbury  (Rollin  D.),  Chamberlin  (Thomas  C.),  and. 

1.  Geology.  In  two  volumes.  Vol.  1.  Geologic  processes  and  their  results. 

See  Chamberlin  (Thomas  C.)  and  Salisbury  (Rollin  D.),  1. 

Sapper  (Carl). 

1.  Bemerkungen  liber  einige  Vulkane  von  Guatemala  und  Salvador. 

Petermanns  Mitteilungen,  Bd.  46,  pp.  149-161,  1  pi.,  1900. 

2.  Die  siidlichsten  Vulkane  Mittel-Amerikas. 

Zeitschr.  d.  Deutsch.  geol.  Gesellsch.,  Bd.  53,  pp.  24-51,  5  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  volcanoes  in  the  southern  part  of  Central  America. 

3.  Die  Alta  Verapaz  (Guatemala). 

Mitth.  d.  Geog.  Ges.  in  Hamburg,  Band  17,  pp.  78-214, 5  pis.  (maps),  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  pre-Paleozoic,  Paleozoic, 
Mesozoic,  Tertiary,  and  Cenozoic  formations,  the  geologic  history,  and  the  petrology  of  this 
region. 

4.  Das  Erdbeben  in  Guatemala  vom  18.  April,  1902. 

Petermanns  Mitteilungen,  Band  48,  pp.  193-195,  1  pi.  (map),  1902. 

Describes  the  earthquake  of  April  18,  1902,  in  Guatemala. 


294 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Sapper  (Carl) — Continued. 

5.  Der  Ausbruch  des  Vulkans  Santa  Maria  in  Guatemala  (Oktober,  1902). 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  33-44, 1  fig.,  pp.  65-70,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  phenomena  connected  with  the  volcanic  eruption  of  Santa  Maria  in  Guatemala 
in  October,  1902. 

6.  Weitere  Mittheilungen  iiber  den  Ausbruch  des  Vulkans  St.  Maria  in  Guatemala. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  71-72, 1903. 

Gives  further  observations  upon  the  eruption  of  the  volcano  St.  Maria  in  Guatemala. 

7.  Die  jiingsten  Ereignisse  am  Vulkan  Izalco  (Salvador). 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  103-111,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  volcanic  phenomena  in  Salvador. 

8.  Ein  Besuch  der  Insel  Grenada. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  182-186,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  volcanic  deposits  of  this  island. 

9.  Bericht  iiber  einen  Besuch  von  St.  Vincent. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  248-258,  5  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  and  volcanic  phenomena  of  St.  Vincent. 

10. -  Zur  Kenntniss  der  Insel  S.  Lucia  in  Westindien. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  273-278,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  and  sulphur  springs  of  the  island. 

11.  Ein  Besuch  der  Insel -Montserrat  (Westindien). 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  279-283,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  island. 

12.  Ein  Besuch  von  Dominica. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  305-314,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  geologic  features  of  the  island. 

13.  Ein  Besuch  von  S.  Eustatius  und  Saba. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  314-318,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  of  these  islands. 

14.  Ein  Besuch  von  Guadeloupe. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  319-323,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  and  fumaroles  of  the  island. 

15.  Ein  Besuch  von  Martinique. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  337-358,  7  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  island  and  the  phenomena  connected  with 
the  eruptions  of  Mont  Pel6. 

16.  Der  Krater  der  Soufriere  von  St.  Vincent. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  369-373,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  crater  of  the  Soufriere  of  St.  Vincent. 

17.  Ein  Besuch  der  Inseln  Nevis  und  S.  Kitts  (S.  Christopher)  [West  Indies]. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  384-387,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geologic  formations  of  the  island. 

18.  St.  Vincent. 

Globus,  Bd.  84,  pp.  297-303,  377-383,  1903. 

Describes  the  eruption  and  its  effects  of  the  Soufriere  on  St.  Vincent. 

19.  Die  vulcanischen  Kleinen  Antillen  und  die  Ausbriiche  der  Jahre  1902  und  1903. 

Neues  Jahrb.  f.  Min.,  etc.,  Bd.  2,  pp.  1-70,  13  pis.,  9  figs.,  1904. 

Discusses  volcanic  and  related  phenomena  of  the  Lesser  Antilles  that  took  place  in  1902  and 
1903,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  volcanic  rocks  ejected,  and  the  forms  of  the 
Antillean  volcanoes. 

20.  Die  vulcanischen  Ereignisse  in  Mittelamerika  in  Jahre  1902. 

Neues  Jahrb.  f.  Min.,  etc.,  Bd.  1,  pp.  39-90,  7  pis.,  8  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  volcanic  eruptions  of  1902  in  Central  America. 

21.  Neuere  vulkanische  Ereignisse  in  Mittelamerika. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  449-450,  1904. 

Notes  the  activity  of  some  volcanos  in  several  States  of  Central  America. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  190] -1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


295 


Sapper  (Carl) — Continued. 

22.  Grundzuge  des  Gebirgsbaus  von  Mittelamerika. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  231-238,  1  map,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geologic  structure  of  Central  America. 

23.  Ein  neuer  VuLkanausbruch  in  Mittelamerika. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  Geol.  u.  Pal.,  no.  6,  pp.  172-175,  1905. 

Describes  an  eruption  of  the  volcano  Momotombo  in  Nicaragua  that  took  place  in  January 
1905. 

24.  In  den  Vulcangebieten  Mittelamerikas  und  Westindiens:  Reiseschilderungen 

und  studien  tiber  die  Vulcanausbriiche  der  Jahre  1902  bis  1903,  ihre  geolo- 
gischen,  wirthschaftlichen  und  soeialen  Folgen. 

Stuttgart;  Verlag  der  E.  Schweizerbartschen  Verlagsbuchhandlung  (E.  Niigele),  1905.  vi,  334 
pp.,  33  pis.  and  48  figs. 

Describes  volcanic  eruptions  of  1902-3,  and  physiographic  and  geologic  features  of  the  Lesser 
Antilles. 

Sardeson  (Frederick  W. ). 

1.  The  Saint  Peter  sandstone. 

Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  no.  1,  pp.  64-88,  3  pis.,  1896. 

Discusses  geographic  distribution  and  lithologic  characters,  and  describes  the  fauna. 

2.  The  fauna  of  the  Magnesian  series. 

Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  no.  1,  pp.  92-105,  2  pis.,  1896. 

3.  Problem  of  the  Monticuliporoidea.  I. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  1-27,  1  pi.  and  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  characters  of  various  species  of  Trepostomata  and  discusses  their  affinities. 

4.  Problem  of  the  Monticuliporoidea.  II. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  149-173,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  characters  of  various  species  of  Cryptostomata  and  discusses  their 
affinities. 

5.  Note  on  the  western  Tertiary. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  868-869,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  fossils  as  indicating  the  mode  of  formation  of  the  strata. 

6.  Paleozoic  fossils  in  the  drift  [Minnesota]. 

Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  317-318,  1901. 

7.  Fossils  in  the  St.  Peter  sandstone. 

Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  318-319,  1901. 

8.  The  lower  Silurian  formations  of  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota  compared. 

Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  319-326,  1  fig.,  1901. 

9.  The  range  and  distribution  of  the  lower  Silurian  fauna  of  Minnesota,  with  descrip¬ 

tions  of  some  new  species. 

Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  326-343, 1901. 

10.  On  the  deceptive  fossilization  of  certain  pelecypod  species  and  on  the  geJius 

Eurymya. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  39-45,  9  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  preservation  of  Modiolopsis  plana  Hall. 

11.  The  Carboniferous  formations  of  Humboldt,  Iowa. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  300-312,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  Kinderhook  at  this  locality  and  the  characters  of  the  fossils 
collected. 

12.  Observations  on  the  genus  Romingeria,  by  Charles  F.  Beecher. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  260-261,  1903. 

13.  The  phylogenic  stage  of  the  Cambrian  Gastropoda 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  469-492,  2  pis.,  1903. 

14.  A  particular  case  of  glacial  erosion. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  351-357,  2  figs.,  1905. 


296 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Sarle  (Clifton  J.). 

1.  Reef  structures  in  Clinton  and  Niagara  strata  of  western  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  282-299,  5.  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  irregular,  hardened  masses  in  the  limestone  and  discusses  their 
origin.  Describes  similar  occurrences  in  other  geologic  horizons. 

2.  A  new  eurypterid  fauna  from  the  base  of  the  Salina  of  western  New  York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  1080-1108,  21  pis.,  1903. 

3.  Economic  geology  of  Monroe  County  and  contiguous  territory  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  56th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  r75-rl06,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  county,  and  the  occurrence  and  utilization  cf  stone, 
clays,  sand,  gravel,  gypsum,  and  peat. 

4.  The  burrow  origin  of  Arthrophycus  and  Daedalus  ( Vexillum). 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  335, 1905. 

Savage  (T.  E. ). 

1.  Drift  exposure  in  Tama  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  8,  pp.  275-278,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  strata  exposed  in  a  railroad  cutting  and  refers  them  to  the  Kansas  drift, 
Aftonean  inter-Glacial  period,  and  pre-Kansan  drift. 

2.  Geology  of  Henry  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  12,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  239-302,  12  figs,  and  geol.  map,  1902. 
Describes  the  physiographic  and  drainage  features,  geologic  structure,  and  economic  products 
of  this  county. 

3.  Geology  of  Tama  County  [Iowa]. 

.  Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  13,  pp.  185-253,  13  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of 
Devonian  and  Carboniferous  strata  and  Glacial  and  post-Glacial  deposits,  and  the  economic 
resources. 

4.  The  Toledo  lobe  of  Iowan  drift. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1902,  vol.  10,  pp.  123-129,  1903. 

Describes  the  geographic  position,  physiographic  features,  and  component  materials  of  this 
portion  of  the  drift  sheet,  and  the  distribution  of  drift  deposits  in  the  lobe,  and  the  sequence 
of  geologic  events  producing  them. 

5.  A  buried  peat  bed  in  Dodge  Township,  Union  County,  Iowa. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1903,  vol.  11,  pp.  103-109,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  a  peat  bed  in  glacial  deposits,  and  discusses  its 
origin. 

6.  Report  of  the  assistant  State  geologist  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  15,  Ann.  Rept.,  1.04,  pp.  12-14,  1905. 

Outlines  the  official  work  carried  on  by  the  author. 

7.  Geology  of  Benton  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  15,  Ann.  Rept.,  19C4,  pp.  125-225, 15  figs.,  1  map,  19C5. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  cf  Devonian 
and  Mississippian  strata  and  Pleistocene  deposits,  and  the  economic  products. 

8.  Geology  of  Fayette  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  15,  Ann.  Rept.,  1904,  pp.  433-546,  17  figs.,  2  maps,  1915. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Ordovician,  Silurian, 
and  Devonian  strata  and  Pleistocene  deposits,  and  the  economic  resources. 

Savicki  (Wm.  V.). 

1.  Geological  Survey  of  Mh  higan.  Report  of  field  work  for  1900. 

Mich.  Miner,  vol.  3,  no.  3,  pp.  9-11,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Scalia  (S. ),  Burckhardt  (C. )  and. 

1.  La  faune  marine  du  Trias  Superieur  de  Zacatecas  [Mexique]. 

See  Burckhardt  (0.)  and  Scalia  (S.),  1. 

Schaller  (Waldemar  T.). 

1.  Minerals  from  Leona  Heights,  Alameda  Co.,  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vc.1.  3,  pp.  191-217,  1  pi.,  1C03. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


297 


Schaller  (WaldemarT.) — Continued. 

2.  Spodumene  from  San  Diego  Co.,  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  265-275,  3  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  crystallization,  physical  properties,  and  composition. 

3.  Notes  on  some  California  minerals. 

Am.  Jour.  Scis,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  191-194,  1904. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  composition  of  halloysite,  amblygonite,  boothite, 
pisanite,  and  a  quartz  pseudomorph. 

4.  The  tourmaline  localities  of  southern  California. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  266-268,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  tourmaline  deposits. 

5.  Dumortierite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  211-224,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  and  crystallographic  characters,  and  composition  of  this  mineral. 

6.  Crystallography  of  lepidolite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  225-226, 1905. 

7.  Dumortierite. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  91-120,  3  figs.,  1905. 

8.  Mineralogical  notes. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  121-144,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  composition,  and  optical  and  other  properties  of  various  minerals. 

Schaller  . (W.  T.)  and  Hillebrand  (W.  F.). 

1.  Crystallographical  and  chemical  notes  on  lawsonite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  195-197, 1904. 

2.  Notes  on  lawsonite. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  58-60,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  optical  characters  and  chemical  composition. 

Schaller  (W.  T. ),  Graton  (L.  C.)  and. 

1.  Purpurite,  a  new  mineral. 

See  Graton  (L.  C.)  and  Schaller  (W.  T.),  1. 

Scherer  (George  H.). 

1.  Geology  of  the  Hahatonka^  district,  Camden  County  [Missouri]. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Geol.  Field  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  58-67,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  occurrence  and  geologic  formations  of  the  region  and  of  the  springs. 

Schiotz  (O.  E. ). 

1.  Results  of  the  pendulum  observations  and  some  remarks  on  the  constitution  of 
the  earth’s  crust. 

Nansen’s  Norwegian  North  Polar  expedition.  Scientific  results,  vol.  2,  viii,  pp.  1-90,  1901. 

Schmeckebier  (Laurence  F. ). 

1.  Catalogue  and  index  of  the  publications  of  the  Hayden,  King,  Powell,  and 
Wheeler  surveys,  namely:  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Terri¬ 
tories,  Geological  Exploration  of  the  Fortieth  Parallel,  Geographical  and  Geo¬ 
logic  al  Surveys  of  the  Roc  y  Mountain  region,  Geographical  and  Geological 
Surveys  west  of  the  One  Hundredth  Meridian. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  222,  208  pp.,  1904. 

Schmidt  (C. ). 

1.  Ueber  vulkanische  Asche,  gefallen  in  Sail  Cristobal  L.  C.  (Siid-Mexiko)  am  25 
Oktober  19C2. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  p.  131,  1C03. 

Discusses  the  composition  of  volcanic  ashes. 

Schmitt  (Joseph). 

1.  Monographic  de  l’lle  d’ Anticosti  (golfe  Saint-Laurent). 

Paris,  A.  Hermann,  1904.  vi,  367  pp.,  12  figs,  and  map. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


298 

Schneider  (Philip  F.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  Onondaga  County,  N.  Y. 

Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  47  pp.,  1894.  (Privately  printed.) 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  formations  of  Silurian  and 
Devonian  age  in  this  county,  and  gives  observations  upon  the  occurrence  of  fossils. 

2.  Limestones  in  central  New  York. 

Onondaga  Acad.  Sci.,  Science  ser.,  no.  1,  16  pp.,  1897. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  utilization  of  the  limestones  in  central  New  York. 

3.  The  Marcel]  us  fault. 

Onondaga  Acad.  Sci.,  Science  ser.,  no.  2,  7  pp.,  1899. 

Describes  faulting  in  the  vicinity  of  Marcellus,  N.  Y. 

4.  New  exposures  of  eruptive  dikes  in  Syracuse,  New  York. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  24-26,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  dike  rock. 

5.  The  whetstone  industry. 

Onondaga  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  1,  pp.  20-31, 1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  Labrador  whetstone  in  the  Portage  group  in 
the  vicinity  of  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

6.  The  geology  of  the  serpentines  of  central  New  York. 

Onondaga  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  1,  pp.  110-117, 1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  petrologic  characters  of  dikes  at  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

7.  Notes  on  some  eruptive  dikes  near  Ithaca  [New  York]. 

Onondaga  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  1,  pp.  130-136,  1903. 

8.  South  Onondaga  geology. 

In  “The  Septuagenary  of  the  South  Onondaga  Methodist  Episcopal  Society”  by  W.  W. 

Newman  (Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  C.  W.  Bardeen,  1904,  108  pp.),  pp.  80-84,  1904. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  the  geological  history  of  the  region  around  South  Onondaga,  New  York. 

9.  Preliminary  note  on  some  overthrust  faults  in  central  New  York. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  308-312,  1905. 

10.  The  correlation  of  some  alnoite  dikes  in  East  Canada  Creek  [New  York]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  673,  1905. 

Scholz  (Carl). 

1.  [Discussion  of  paper  by  Charles  Catlett  on  “Coal  outcrops.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  1107-1109,  1901. 

2.  The  coal  fields  of  Arkansas  and  Indian  Territory. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  11,  pp.  520-524,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Schottler  (W.). 

1.  Bemerkung  liber  die  in  San  Cristobal  (S.-Mexico)  am  25  Okt.  1902  gefallene 
Asche. 

Centralbl.  f.  Min.,  pp.  286-289,  1903. 

Describes  petrographic  characters  of  volcanic  ashes  from  San  Cristobal,  in  southern  Mexico. 

Schrader  (Frank  Charles). 

1.  Geological  section  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  northern  Alaska. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  233-252,  4  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Silurian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous  and  Meso¬ 
zoic  rocks. 

2.  The  geological  section  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  northern  Alaska. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  665-666,  1902. 

3.  Reconnaissance  in  northern  Alaska  across  the  Rocky  Mountains,  along  Koyukuk, 

John,  Anaktuvuk,  and  Colville  rivers,  and  the  Arctic  coast  to  Cape  Lisburne, 
in  1901. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  20,  139  pp.,  16  pis.,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Reviews  previous  exploration  of  the  region,  describes  the  geography,  character,  and  occur¬ 
rence  of  Silurian,  Devonian,  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  strata,  and  the  mineral 
resources,  principally  gold  and  coal. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


299 


Schrader  (F.  C.)  and  Brooks  (Alfred  H.). 

1.  Some  notes  on  the  Nome  gold  region  of  Alaska. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.30,  pp. 236-247,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  topography  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  of  the  placers,  and  the  origin  of  the 
beach  placers. 

Schrader  (Frank  C.)  and  Haworth  (Erasmus). 

1.  Oil  and  gas  of  the  Independence  quadrangle,  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  446-458,  1905. 

Gives  a  summary  report  on  the  distribution,  occurrence,  development,  production,  character, 
and  utilization  of  the  oil  and  gas  of  the  Independence  quadrangle  in  southeastern  Kansas. 

2.  Clay  industries  of  the  Independence  quadrangle,  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.no.  260,  pp.  546-549,  1905. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  clays,  and  their  manufacture  into  brick  and  other 
wares. 

Schrader  (Frank  Charles)  and  Spencer  (Arthur  Coe). 

1.  The  geology  and  mineral  resources  of  a  portion  of  the  Copper  River  district, 
Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  (Special  reports  on  Alaska.)  94  pp.,  13  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geography  and  physiography,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the 
sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks,  and  the  occurrence  of  copper  and  gold. 

Schrader  (F.  C. ),  Haworth  (E. )  and. 

1.  Portland-cement  resources  of  the  Independence  quadrangle,  Kansas. 

See  Haworth  (E.)  and  Schrader  (F.  C. ),  1. 

Schrader  (F.  C. ),  Mendenhall  (Walter  C. )  and. 

1.  The  mineral  resources  of  the  Mount  Wrangell  district,  Alaska. 

See  Mendenhall  (W.  C.)  and  Schrader  (F.  C.),  1. 

2.  Copper  deposits  of  the  Mount  Wrangell  region,  Alaska. 

See  Mendenhall  (W.  C.)  and  Schrader  (F.  C.),  2. 

Schramm  (Eck  Frank). 

1.  A  preliminary  report  on  the  building  stone  of  Oklahoma. 

Okla.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.,  3d  Bien.  Rept.,  pp.  37-49,  1904. 

Schuchert  (Charles). 

1.  On  the  Helderbergian  fossils  near  Montreal,  Canada. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  245-253,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  fossils  and  probable  correlations  of  the  St.  Helens  Island  faunas  of 
New  York.  Figures  two  new  species. 

2.  Morse  on  living  brachiopods. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  112-121,  1903. 

Reviews  “Observations  on  living  brachiopods,”  by  Edward  S.  Morse,  especially  such  parts  as 
have  a  direct  bearing  on  fossil  forms.  Includes  observations  on  paleozoic  forms. 

3.  The  I.  H.  Harris  collection  of  invertebrate  fossils  in  the  United  States  National 

Museum. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  131-135,  1  pi.  (por.),  1903. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  the  life  of  Mr.  I.  H.  Harris  and  an  account  of  the  collection  which  he 
accummulated. 

4.  On  the  Manlius  formation  of  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  160-178,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  stratigraphic  position  of  the  Coralline  limestone  of  the  New  York  series  and  gives 
notes  upon  its  fauna,  with  descriptions  of  some  species. 

5.  On  the  faunal  provinces  of  the  middle  Devonicof  America  and  the  Devonic  coral 

sub-provinces  of  Russia,  with  two  paleographic  maps. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  137-162, 2  pis.,  1903. 

Gives  a  summary  of  Lebedew’s  work  on  the  corals  of  Russia,  describes  the  faunal  provinces 
of  the  American  middle  Devonic  and  relations  of  their  faunas  with  one  another  and  with 
the  faunas  of  European  provinces,  and  tabulates  the  distribution  of  American  corals  in  the 
Mississippian  and  Dakota  seas. 


300 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Schuchert  (Charles) — Continued. 

6.  On  new  Siluric  Cystoidea  and  a  new  Camarocrinus. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  230-240,  1903. 

7.  On  the  lower  Devonic  and  Ontario  formations  of  Maryland. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  26,  pp.  413-424,  1903. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  faunal  contents,  and  geologic  relationships  of  Silurian  and 
Devonian  strata  in  Allegany  County,  Maryland,  and  vicinity. 

8.  A  noteworthy  crinoid. 

Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  45  (Quart,  issue,  vol.  1,  pts.  3  and  4),  p.  450,  1  pi.,  1903. 

A  brief  note  on  the  occurrence  of  Uintacrinus  socialis. 

9.  Charles  Emerson  Beecher. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  411-422,  1  pi.  (por.),  1904. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  life  and  paleontologic  work,  and  a  list  of  his  published  papers. 

10.  The  stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the  Niagara  of  northern  Indiana. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  465-469,  1904. 

Reviews  a  paper  with  the  above  title  in  the  Twenty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  Indiana  by  E.  M.  Kindle,  and  discusses  the  subject-matter  of  the  paper. 

11.  On  Siluric  and  Devonic  Cystidea  and  Camarocrinus. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  47  (Quart,  issue,  vol.  2,  pt.  2),  pp.  201-272,  11  pis.,  24  figs.,  1904. 
Describes  the  occurrence  near  Keyser,  West  Virginia,  of  a  cystid  fauna,  and  gives  a  section 
of  the  strata  of  the  Manlius  formation  at  this  locality  and  systematic  descriptions  of 
Silurian  and  Devonian  cystids. 

12.  Dali’s  Contributions  to  the  Tertiary  Fauna  of  Florida. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  143-154,  1904. 

13.  [Review  of]  Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontology  by  H.  S.  Williams  and  E. 

M.  Kindle. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol:  19,  pp.  460-463, 1905. 

The  reviewer  includes  notes  of  his  own  observations  upon  the  occurrence  and  relations  of 
Devonian  faunas  in  the  Appalachian  region. 

14.  The  mounted  skeleton  of  Triceratops  prorsus  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  458-459,  1  pi.,  1905. 

15.  John  Bell  Hatcher. 

Am. Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  131-141, 1  pi.  (por.),  1905. 

Includes  a  list  of  his  published  writings. 

Schuchert  (Charles),  assisted  by  Dali  (W.  H.),  Stanton  (T.  W. ),  and  Bassler 
(R.  S.). 

1.  Catalogue  of  the  type  specimens  of  fossil  invertebrates  in  the  Department  of  Geol¬ 
ogy,  United  States  National  Museum. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  53,  pt.  1,  704  pp.,  1905. 

In  the  introduction  to  the  catalogue  discusses  the  kinds  and  nomenclature  of  type  material. 

Schuchert  (Charles)  and  Buckman  (S.  S. ). 

1.  The  nomenclature  of  types  in  natural  history. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  899-901,  1905. 

Schuchert  (Charles),  Ulrich  (E.  O. )  and. 

1.  Paleozoic  seas  and  barriers  in  eastern  North  America. 

See  Ulrich  (E.  O.)  and  Schuchert  (C.),  1. 

Schultz  (Alfred  R. ). 

1.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Wisconsin  district. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  233-241,  2  figs.,  1905. 
Describes  briefly  the  topography,  general  geology,  and  the  underground  water  resources. 

Schwarz  (T.  E. ). 

1.  Notes  on  an  occurrence  of  mick  in  Boulder  County  [Colorada]. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  139-14Q,  1903. 

2.  Features  of  the  occurrence  of  ore  at  Red  Mountain,  Ouray  County,  Colo. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.,  no.  2,  pp.  267-274,  3  figs,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  bodies. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


301 


Scott  (A.  0.). 

1.  A  brief  summary  of  glacier  work. 

Am.Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  215-261,  1902. 

Gives  a  general  summary  of  the  literature  of  glaciology. 

Scott  (Dunkinfield  Henry). 

1.  Studies  on  fossil  botany. 

The  Macmillan  Co.,  N.  Y.,  1900.  553  pp.  Abstract:  Am.  Nat.,  vol.  35,  pp.  73-77,  1901. 

Scott  (O.  N. ). 

1.  The  ore  deposits  of  Copper  Mountain,  Similkameen  district,  British  Columbia. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  493-502,  2  figs.,  1902;  Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  21,  pp.  173-176,  2  figs., 
1902. 

Describes  the  rocks  of  this  area,  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  bodies,  and  their  origin. 

Scott  (W.  B. ). 

1.  Historical  geology. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  pp.  21352-21353,  1901. 

Abstract  of  lecture  delivered  at  the  Wagner  Institute,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

2.  Earth  carrying. 

Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  p.  21456,  1901. 

Abstract  of  lecture  delivered  at  the  Wagner  Institute,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

3.  John  Bell  Hatcher. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  139-142,  1904. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  life  and  work. 

Scudder  (Samuel  H.). 

1.  Canadian  fossil  insects.  4.  Additions  to  the  coleopterous  fauna  of  the  inter-Glacial 
clays  of  the  Toronto  district. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Contr.  to  Can.  Paleont.,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  pp.  67-90,  8  pis.,  1900. 

Sears  (John  Henry). 

1.  The  physical  geography,  geology,  mineralogy,  and  paleontology  of  Essex  County, 
Massachusetts. 

Salem,  Mass.,  Published  by  the  Essex  Institute,  1905.  418  pp.,  209  figs.,  map  (in  pocket). 

Sebbin  (E.  W. ). 

1.  Geology  of  Mexico. 

Lead  &  Zinc  News,  vol.  8,  pp.  130-131,  1904. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  general  geology  of  Mexico. 

Seely  ( Henry  M. ). 

1.  Sketch  of  the  life  and  work  of  Augustus  Wing. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  1-8, 1  pi.  (por.),  1901;  Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  Ill,  pp.  22-30, 
por.,  1902. 

Describes  the  life  of  Augustus  Wing  and  his  work  on  the  geology  of  Vermont. 

2.  The  geology  of  Vermont. 

The  Vermonter,  vol.  5,  pp.  53-67,  illus.,  1901. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  geology  of  Vermont. 

3.  Some  sponges  of  the  Chazy  formation. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  Ill,  pp.  151-161,  3  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  geologic  position  and  gives  descriptions  of  these  forms. 

4.  Sketch  of  the  life  and  work  of  Charles  Baker  Adams. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  1-12,  pi.  1  (por.),  1903;  Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  3-15, 
1  pi.  (por.),  1904. 

5.  The  Stromatoceria  of  Isle  La  Motte,  Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  144-165,  5  pis.,  1904. 

Sellards  (E.  H.). 

1.  Permian  plants.  Teeniopteris  of  the  Permian  of  Kansas. 

Kan.  Univ.  Quart.,  vol.  10,  pp.  1-12,  4  pis.,  1901. 


302 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Sellards  (E.  H.) — Continued. 

2.  Fossil  plants  in  the  Permian  of  Kansas. 

Kan.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  208-209,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  the  plant  remains  at  various  localities. 

3.  On  the  fertile  fronds  of  Crossotheca  and  Myriotheca,  and  on  the  spores  of  other 

Carboniferous  ferns  from  Mazon  Creek,  Illinois. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  196-202,  1902. 

4.  On  the  validity  of  Idiophyllum  rotundifolium  Lesquereux,  a  fossil  plant  from  the 

Coal  Measures  of  Mazon  Creek,  Illinois. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  203-204,2  figs.,  1902. 

Considers  that  the  characters  of  this  fossil  plant  agree  with  Neuropteris  rarinervis  Bunb.  and 
that  the  genus  Idiophyllum  has  no  standing. 

5.  Some  new  structural  characters  of  Paleozoic  cockroaches. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  307-315,  2  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  structural  features  and  immature  stages,  and  describes  several  forms  of  Carboniferous 
cockroaches. 

6.  Codonotheca,  a  new  type  of  spore-bearing  organ  from  the  Coal  Measures. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  87-95,  1  pi.,  1903. 

7.  Discovery  of  fossil  insects  in  the  Permian  of  Kansas. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  323-324,  1903. 

8.  A  study  of  the  structure  of  Paleozoic  cockroaches,  with  descriptions  of  new  forms 

from  the  Coal  Measures. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  113-131,  213-227,  1  pi.,  37  figs.,  1904. 

Sellards  (E.  H.),  Beede  (J.  W.)  and. 

1.  Stratigraphy  of  the  eastern  outcrop  of  the  Kansas  Permian. 

See  Beede  (J.  W.)  and  Sellards  (E.  H.),  1 

Shaaf  (Albert),  Price  (J.  A.)  and. 

1.  Spy  Run  and  Poinsett  lake  bottoms. 

See  Price  (J.  A.)  and  Shaaf  (A.),  1. 

2.  Abandoned  meanders  of  Spy  Run  Creek  [Indiana]. 

See  Price  (J.  A.)  and  Shaaf  (A.),  2. 

Shaler  (M.  K.),  Taff  (J.  A.)  and. 

1.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Muscogee  oil  fields,  Indian  Territory. 

See  Taff  (J.  A.)  and  Shaler  (M.  K.),  1. 

Shaler  (N.  S.). 

1.  Broad  valleys  of  the  Cordilleras. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  271-300,  1901. 

Discusses  the  origin  and  development  of  these  valleys  and  the  bearing  of  the  evidence  on  the 
orographic  features  of  the  region. 

2.  A  comparison  of  the  features  of  the  earth  and  the  moon. 

Smith.  Cont.  Knowl.,  vol.  34,  pp.  1-79,  25  pis.,  1903. 

Sharwood  (W.  J.),  Eakle  (A.  S. )  and. 

1.  Luminescent  zinc-blende. 

See  Eakle  (A.  S.)  and  Sharwood  (W.  J.),  1. 

Shattuck  (C.  H.). 

1.  A  fossil  forest  in  Jackson  County  [Kansas]. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  107-109,  1  pi.,  I  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  fossil  plants  in  the  Carboniferous  of  Jackson  County,  Kansas. 

Shattuck  (George  Burbank). 

1.  The  Pleistocene  problem  of  the  North  Atlantic  coastal  plain. 

Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  Circular  no.  152,  pp.  69-75,  1901;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  87-107,  1901. 
Reviews  the  opinions  of  various  writers  on  these  problems  and  gives  the  author’s  conclusions, 

2.  Apparent  unconformities  during  periods  of  continuous  sedimentation. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  99-100, 1901. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


303 


Shattuck  (George  Burbank) — Continued. 

3.  Development  of  knowledge  concerning  the  physical  features  of  Cecil  County 

[Maryland],  with  bibliography. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Cecil  Co.,  pp.  31-62,  3  pis.,  3  tigs.,  1902. 

4.  The  physiography  of  Cecil  County  [Maryland]. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Cecil  Co.,  pp.  63-82,  4  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Discusses  topographic  features  and  their  origin. 

5.  The  geology  of  the  coastal  plain  formations  [of  Cecil  County,  Maryland]. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Cecil  Co.,  pp.  149-194,  5  pis.,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  character,  distribution,  and  history  of  geologic  formations  in  this  county  of 
Quaternary,  Tertiary,  and  Mesozoic  age. 

6.  The  Miocene  formation  of  Maryland. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  906,  1902. 

7.  The  Pleistocene  problem  in  Maryland. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  906-907,  1902. 

8.  The  Mollusca  of  the  Buda  limestone,  with  an  appendix  on  the  corals  of  the  Buda 

limestone. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  205,  94  pp.,  27  pis.,- 1  fig.,  1903. 

Gives  a  short  account  of  the  geology  of  the  Buda  limestone  in  Texas  and  descriptions  of  the 
molluscan  fauna  found  therein. 

9.  Papers  read  before  the  Geological  Society  of  America. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  523-533,  1904. 

10.  The  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland.  Geological  and  paleontological  relations,  with 

a  review  of  earlier  investigations. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  xxxiii-cxxxvii,  9  pis.,  1904. 

Gives  a  historical  review  of  investigations  upon  the  Maryland  Miocene  deposits  and  a  bibli¬ 
ography  of  literature  relating  thereto,  and  describes  in  detail  the  character,  occurrence, 
relations,  etc.,  of  the  Miocene  formations  in  Maryland,  with  sections  of  strata  and  a  tabular 
list  of  fossils,  showing  geographic  and  geologic  distribution  and  range. 

Shattuck  (George  Burbank)  and  Miller  (Benjamin  Leroy). 

1.  Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Bahama  Islands. 

Baltimore  Geog.  Soc.:  The  Bahama  Islands,  pp.  3-29,  9  pis.,  1905.  (New  York,  The  Macmillan 
Company,  1905.) 

Sheak  (W.  H.),  Blatchley  (W.  S. )  and. 

1.  Trenton  rock  petroleum. 

See  Blatchley  (W.  S.)  and  Sheak  (W.  H.),  1. 

Shedd  (S.). 

1.  The  iron  ores  of  Washington. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  217-256,  4  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  distribution,  genesis,  and  working  of  the  iron  ores  of  the  State  of  Washington, 
and  gives  chemical  analyses. 

2.  The  building  and  ornamental  stones  of  Washington. 

Wash.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  2,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  1-163,  22  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  physical  properties  required  in  building  stones,  and  describes  character,  occurrence, 
and  utilization  of  stone  deposits  of  Washington  suitable  for  building  and  decorative  pur¬ 
poses. 

Sheldon  (George)  and  (J.  M.  Arms). 

1.  Newly  exposed  geologic  features  within  the  old  “8,000  Acre  Grant.” 

New  York,  21  pp.,  12  pis.,  1903.  (Private  publication.) 

Describes  peculiar  structural  features  in  sand  and  clay  deposits  and  columnar  trap  formations, 
and  discusses  their  origin. 

Sheldon  (J.  M.  Arms). 

1.  Concretions  from  the  Champlain  clays  of  the  Connecticut  Valley. 

Boston,  1900.  45  pp.,  14  pis.  [Private  publication.]  Abstract:  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11, 
p.  397,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  constitution  of  concretions  from  clay  beds  in  the 
Connecticut  Valley,  and  discusses  their  origin, 


304 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Shepard  (Edward  M.). 

1.  Table  of  geological  formations. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Field  Geol.  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  41-42, 1904. 

Gives  in  tabular  form  the  gelogic  formations  of  Missouri  correlated  with  those  of  Arkansas. 

2.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Missouri. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  389-440,  1904. 

3.  The  New  Madrid  earthquake. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  45-62,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  phenomena  of  the  earthquake,  features  of  the  earthquake  area  and  associated 
artesian  conditions,  and  discusses  the  cause  of  the  earthquake. 

4.  Spring  system  of  the  Decaturville  dome,  Camden  County,  Missouri. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  113-125,  4  figs.,  1905. 

5.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Missouri. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  209-219,  3  figs.,  1905. 
Describes  thj  general  geology  and  the  physiographic  provinces  with  particular  reference  to 
their  underground  water  supplies. 

6.  Key  to  the  rocks  and  geological  horizons  of  Greene  County  [Missouri]. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Geol.  Field  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  53-57, 1905. 

Shepherd  (E.  S. ),  Day  (A.  L. )  and. 

1.  The  phase-rule  and  conceptions  of  igneous  magmas.  Discussion  of  paper  by  Mr. 
T.  T.  Read. 

See  Day  (A.  L.)  and  Shepherd  (E.  S.),  1. 

Sheridan  (Jo  E.). 

1.  Annual  report  of  the  mine  inspector  for  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico. 

U.  S.  Mine  Inspector  for  the  Territory  of  N.  Mex.,  Ann.  Rept,  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior 
for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1904.  Washington,  1904,  79  pp. 

Includes  a  description  of  the  New  Mexico  coal  fields,  showing  the  occurrence,  character,  geo¬ 
logic  relations,  etc.,  of  the  coal  seams. 

Sherwin  (R.  S. ). 

1.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Antelope  Hills  [Oklahoma]. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  83-84,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  geology  of  this  region. 

2.  Notes  on  the  theories  of  origin  of  gypsum  deposits. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  85-88,  1903. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  the  gypsum  deposits  of  Kansas  and  Oklahoma. 

Sherzer  (William  Hittell). 

1.  Ice  work  in  southeastern  Michigan. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  194-216,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  topography,  drift  and  ice  action,  and  scouring  in  the  region. 

2.  Glacial  studies  in  the  Canadian  Rockies  and  Selkirks.  (Smithsonian  Expedition 

of  1904. )  Preliminary  report. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  2,  pt.  4),  vol.  47,  pp.  453-496, 13  pis.,  31  figs.,  1905. 

Shimek  (B.). 

1.  Recent  decline  in  the  level  of  Lake  Nicaragua. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  396-398,  1901.  j 

Refers  to  a  paper  published  in  1896  on  the  same  subject. 

2.  The  loess  of  Iowa  City  ar*l  vicinity  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  State  Univ.,  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  195-212,  1901;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  344- 
358,  1901. 

Gives  list  of  loess  and  recent  fossils,  with  notes  on  some  of  the  species. 

3.  Pyramidula  shimekii  (Pilsbry)  Shimek. 

Iowa  St.  Univ.,  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  139-145, 1901. 

4.  The  loess  of  Natchez,  Mississippi. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  279-299,  7  pis.,  1902. 

Gives  lists  of  fossils  found  in  the  loess  and  describes  the  formation  and  character  of  the  loess 
deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


305 


Shimek  (B.) — Continued. 

5.  The  loess  and  the  Lansing  man. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  353-369,  1903. 

Discusses  the  character  of  the  fossil  shells  occurring  in  the  loess  and  their  bearing  upon  the 
question  of  the  origin  of  the  loess. 

6.  Living  plants  as  geological  factors. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1902,  vol.  10,  pp.  41-48,  12  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  action  of  plants  in  the  disintegration  and  formation  of  deposits. 

7.  Fresh -water  shells  in  the  loess. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  p.  576.  1904;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  533, 1904;  Sci. 
Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  57,  p.  23447,  1904. 

8.  Helicina  occulta  Say. 

Davenport  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  pp.  173-180,  1904. 

Discusses  the  geographical  and  geological  distribution  of  this  mollusk,  which  occurs  in  a 
fossil  state  in  the  loess. 

9.  Papers  on  the  loess. 

Iowa  State  Univ.,  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  298-381,  1904. 

Includes  the  five  following  papers. 

10.  The  loess  of  Natchez,  Miss. 

Iowa  State  Univ.,  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  299-326,  7  pis.,  1904. 

This  paper  appeared  in  the  American  Geologist,  vol.  30,  1902.  See  above. 

11.  The  loess  and  the  Lansing  man. 

Iowa  State  Univ.,  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  327-346, 1904. 

This  paper  appeared  in  the  American  Geologist,  vol.  32,  1903.  See  above. 

12.  The  Lansing  deposit  not  loess. 

Iowa  State  Univ.,  Lab  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  346-352,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  characters  which  distinguish  loess  deposits,  and  their  bearing  upon  the  kind 
and  age  of  the  deposits  containing  the  Lansing  human  remains. 

13.  Loess  and  the  Iowan  drift. 

Iowa  State  Univ.,  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  352-368,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  position  of  loess  deposits  with  reference  to  drift  deposits,  and  the  bearing  of 
these  facts  upon  the  question  of  the  formation  of  the  loess,  and  points  out  the  stratigraphic 
position  of  various  loess  deposits. 

14.  Evidences  (?)  of  water-deposition  of  loess. 

Iowa  State  Univ.,  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  5,  pp.  369-381,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  evidences  advanced  for  the  theory  of  the  deposition  of  loess  by  water  action. 

15.  Additional  note  on  Helicina  occulta. 

Jour.  Geol.,  voi.  13,  pp.  232-237,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  this  shell  in  the  loess  and  the  evidence  it  gives  as  to  climatic 
conditions. 

Shimer  (Hervey  Wood  burn). 

1.  Petrographic  description  of  the  dikes  of  Grand  Isle,  Vermont. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  Ill,  pp.  174-183, 1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr., 
vol.  10,  no.  87. 

Discusses  the  composition  and  occurrence  of  the  dikes  on  this  island. 

2.  [Report  of]  Fall  excursions  of  the  Geological  Department,  Columbia  University. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  62-64,  1903. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  and  petrology  of  Manhattan  Island  and  localities  in  the 
vicinity  of  New  York  City. 

3.  [Field  work  at  Larrabee’s  Point,  Vermont.] 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  130-131, 1903. 

4.  [Report  of]  Columbia  University  Geological  Department. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  259-260,  1903. 

Describes  observations  in  northeastern  New  Jersey. 

Bull.  301—06 - 20 


306 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Shimer  (Hervey  Woodburn) — Continued. 

5.  Upper  Siluric  and  Devonic  faunas  of  Trilobite  Mountain,  Orange  County,  New 
York. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  80,  pp.  173-269,  3  pis.  and  10  figs.,  1965. 

Describes  the  situation,  general  geology  and  geological  structure  of  Trilobite  Mountain,  with 
a  brief  review  of  the  work  previously  done,  and  in  detail  the  character,  occurrence,  and 
relations  of  the  Devonian  formations  and  the  fossil  faunas  contained  in  them. 

Shinier  (Hervey  W. )  and  Grabau  (Amadeus  W. ). 

1.  Hamilton  group  of  Thedford,  Ontario. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  149-186,  5  figs.,  1902;  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr., 
vol.  10,  no.  83,  1902. 

Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  local  sections,  discusses  the  correlation 
of  the  beds  and  presents  notes  on  some  of  the  species. 

Siebenthal  (C.  E. ). 

1.  On  the  use  of  the  term  Bedford  limestone. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  234-235,  1901. 

Discusses  the  use  of  the  name  in  Ohio  and  Indiana  and  considers  that  the  Bedford  of  Indiana 
has  priority. 

2.  The  Silver  Creek  hydraulic  limestone  of  southeastern  Indiana. 

Ind.,  Dept,  of  Geol.  and  Nat.  Res.,  25th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  331-389,  2  pis..  2  figs.,  1901. 

Reviews  the  geologic  literature  regarding  the  region,  describes  the  stratigraphic  and  paleon- 
tologic  features  and  nomenclature  of  the  Devonian  formations,  and  gives  an  account  of  the 
economic  uses  of  the  limestone. 

3.  The  Indiana  oolitic  limestone  industry  in  1900. 

Ind.,  Dept,  of  Geol.  and  Nat.  Res.,  25th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  390-393,  1901. 

4.  Structural  features  of  the  Joplin  district  [Missouri]. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  119-128, 1  pi.,  1905. 

Reviews  the  views  of  previous  workers  in  the  area  regarding  the  structure  of  the  district  and 
the  origin  of  the  ores,  and  describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  Cornfield  region  and  dis¬ 
cusses  its  origin. 

Silver  (L.  P. ). 

1.  The  sulphide  ore  bodies  of  the  Sudbury  region  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  528-551,  1  fig.,  9  pis.,  1902;  Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  21,  pp.  207-211, 
1902. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  nickel-bearing  ore  deposits. 

2.  Petrography  of  some  igneous  rocks  of  the  Kettle  River  mining  division,  British 

Columbia. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  17,  pp.  85-91,  1903. 

Describes  their  characters  and  occurrence. 

Simmersbach  (B.). 

1.  Die  Steinkohlengebiete  von  Pennsylvanien  und  Westvirginien. 

Zeitsch.  f.  prak.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  413-423,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  Appalachian  coal  field,  describing  its  geographic  extent,  and 
the  succession,  thickness,  character,  and  distribution  of  the  geologic  formations. 

Simmons  (Jesse). 

1.  Tungsten  ores  in  the  Black  Hills. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  217-218,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  tungsten  ores  and  discusses  their  origin. 

Simonds  (Frederic  William). 

1.  The  minerals  and  mineral  localities  of  Texas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  p.  797, 1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  preparation  of  a  list  of  Texas  minerals  and  localities. 

2.  Dr.  Ferdinand  von  Roemer,  the  father  of  Texas  geology;  his  life  and  work. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  131-140,  pi.,  1902. 

3.  The  minerals  and  mineral  localities  of  Texas. 

Tex.  Univ.,  Min.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  5,  pp.  3-95,  1902. 

Describes  characters  and  occurrences  of  minerals  found  in  Texas. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


307 


Simonds  (Frederic  William) — Continued. 

4.  The  geography  of  Texas,  physical  and  political. 

Boston,  Ginn  &  Company,  1905.  237  pp.,  133  figs. 

Includes  a  chapter  on  the  geology  of  Texas. 

Simpson  (Howard  E. ). 

1.  The  accretion  of  flood  plains  by  means  of  sand  bars. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1902,  vol.  10,  pp.  54-56,  1903. 

Sinclair  (William  J. ). 

1.  The  discovery  of  a  new  fossil  tapir  in  Oregon. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  702-707,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  Protapirus  robustus  n.  sp.  from  the  John  Day  beds. 

2.  A  preliminary  account  of  the  exploration  of  the  Potter  Creek  cave,  Shasta  County, 

California. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  708-712,  1903. 

Describes  the  situation  of  the  cave,  the  deposits  in  it,  and  the  occurrence  of  vertebrate  remains, 
with  a  list  of  the  forms  identified. 

3.  Mylagaulodon,  a  new  rodent  from  the  upper  John  Day  of  Oregon. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  143-144,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  the  characters  and  relations  of  a  new  genus  and  species. 

4.  A  new  tortoise  from  the  auriferous  gravels  of  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  243-248,  2  figs.,  1903. 

5.  The  exploration  of  the  Potter  Creek  cave  [California]. 

Cal.  Univ.  Publ.,  Am.  Arch.  &  Eth.,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-27,  14  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  physiography  of  the  region,  the  stratigraphy  of  the  cave 
deposits,  the  occurrence  of  the  remains  of  Quaternary  vertebrates,  with  a  list  of  identified 
forms,  and  their  relations  to  other  faunas. 

6.  New  or  imperfectly  known  rodents  and  ungulates  from  the  John  Day  series. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  125-143,  5  pis.,  1905. 

7.  New  Mammalia  from  the  Quaternary  caves  of  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  145-161,  4  pis.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Sinclair  (William  J.)  and  Furlong1  (E.  L. ). 

1.  Euceratherium,  a  new  ungulate  from  the  Quaternary  caves  of  California. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  411-418,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Sinclair  (William  J.),  Merriam  (John  C. )  and. 

1.  The  correlation  of  the  John  Day  and  the  Mascall. 

See  Merriam  (J.  C.)  and  Sinclair  (W.  J.),  1. 

Skeat  (Ethel  G.). 

1.  The  Jurassic  rocks  of  East  Greenland. 

Geol.  Assoc.,  Proc.,  vol.  18,  pp.  336-350,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Gives  an  historical  review  of  geological  exploration  in  East  Greenland,  describes  the  general 
geologic  structure  and  the  occurrence  of  Jurassic  strata  and  their  fossil  contents,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  the  distribution  of  land  and  sea  during  Jurassic  time. 

Skinner  (W.  W.). 

1.  The  underground  waters  of  Arizona — their  character  and  uses. 

Ariz.  Univ.  Agric.  Exp.  Sta.,  Bull.  no.  46,  pp.  273-296,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Slichter  (Charles  S. ). 

1.  The  motions  of  underground  waters. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  67,  106  pp.,  50  figs.,  8pls.,  1902. 

2.  Field  measurements  of  the  rate  of  movement  of  underground  waters. 

U.  S.  Geol,  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  140, 122  pp.,  15  pis.,  67  figs.,  1905. 

Sloan  (Earl). 

1.  The  mineral  resources  of  South  Carolina. 

Am.  Mg.  Cong.,  7th  Ann.  Sess.,  Rept.  of  Proc.,  pp.  129-160,  1905. 


808 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Slosson  (E.  E.)  and  Moody  (R.  B.). 

1 .  The  Laramie  cement  plaster. 

Wvo.  Univ.,  Agr.  Coll.,  10th  Ann.  Rept.,  18  pp.,  1  pi.,  1900. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gypsum  beds  and  the  composition  and  manufacture  of  cement 
plaster. 

Slosson  (E.  E. ),  Knight  (W.  C. )  and. 

1.  Alkali  lakes  and  deposits  [Wyoming]. 

See  Knight  (W.  C.)  and  Slosson  (E.  E.),  1. 

2.  The  Dutton,  Rattlesnake,  Arago,  Oil  Mountain,  and  Powder  River  oil  fields 

[Wyoming]. 

See  Knight  (W.  C.)  and  Slosson  (E.  E.),  2. 

3.  The  Newcastle  oil  field  [Wyoming]. 

See  Knight  (W.  C.)  and  Slosson  (E.  E.) ,  3. 

4.  The  Bonanza,  Cottonwood,  and  Douglas  oil  fields. 

See  Knight  (W.  C.)  and  Slosson  (E.  E.),  4. 

Smallwood  (W.  M.)  and  Hopkins  (T.  C.). 

1.  A  discussion  of  the  origin  of  some  anticlinal  folds  near  Meadville,  Pennsylvania. 

Syracuse  Univ.,  Bull.,  ser.  4,  no.  1.,  pp.  18-24,  1903. 

Describes  drainage  and  geological  structure  of  this  region. 

Smallwood  (Martin),  Hopkins  (T.  C.)  and. 

1.  On  some  anticlinal  folds  [Pennsylvania]. 

See  Hopkins  (T.  C.)  and  Smallwood  (Martin),  1. 

Smith  (A.  F.),  Ball  (Sydney  H.)  and. 

1.  The  geology  of  Miller  County. 

See  Ban  (Sydney  H.)  and  Smith  (A.  F.),  1. 

Smith  (A.  F.),  Buckley  (E.  R.),  Ball  (S.  H.),.and. 

1.  Glacial  boulders  along  the  Osage  River  in  Missouri. 

See  Buckley  (E.  R.),  Ban  (S.  H.),  and  Smith  (A.  F.),  1. 


Smith  (Alexander  H.). 

1.  “Los  Reyes”  gold  mines,  southern  Mexico. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  272-284, 1  fig.,  1905. 
Includes  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 


Smith  (Alva  J. ). 

1.  The  Americus  limestone. 


Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  189-190,  3  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  its  distribution  in  Lyon  County,  Kansas,  and  its  petrography  and  faunal  characters. 

2.  A  bulletin  on  Lyon  County  geology. 

Emporia,  Kansas,  1902.  11  pp.,4  pis.  (Private  publication.) 

Describes  the  topography  and  general  geology  of  Lyon  County  Kansas  Parts  ^ 
were  presented  to  the  Kansas  Academy  of  Science,  and  published  in  its  Transactions,  vo  s. 

16  and  17. 

3.  Geology  of  Lyon  County,  Kansas. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  93-103,  1903. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy. 

4.  Reading  blue  limestone. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  150-153, 1  pi.,  1905. 

Smith  (Burnett). 

1.  Senility  among  gastropods. 

phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  57,  pp.  345-361,  2  pis.,  2  figs.,  1905. 


Smith  (Charles  E. ). 

1.  Work  of  the  Cornell  Summer  School  of  field  geology. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  396-397,  1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


309 


Smith  (Dwight  T.). 

1.  A  geological  reconnoissance  of  the  region  of  the  upper  main  Walker  River,  Nevada. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  154,  1903;  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  94-95, 1903. 

2.  The  geology  of  the  upper  region  of  the  main  Walker  River,  Nevada. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull,  vol.  4,  pp.  1-32,  4  pis.  and  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  physical  features  of  the  region,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations 
of  the  sedimentary  Tertiary  and  igneous  rocks,  the  unconformities  between  formations,  the 
geological  structure  of  the  area,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  gold  and  copper  ore 
deposits. 

Smith  (E.  Percy)  and  Dominian  (Leon). 

1.  Notes  on  a  trip  to  White  Oaks,  New  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  799-800,  1904. 

Gives  observations  on  the  economic  resources  and  geology  of  the  region. 

Smith  (Eugene  Allen). 

1.  Carboniferous  fossils  in  “Ocoee”  slates  in  Alabama. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  244-246,  1903. 

Discusses  the  determinations  of  the  age  of  the  Ocoee  slates  and  related  formations  and  the 
occurrence  in  them  of  Carboniferous  plants  in  Clay  County,  Alabama. 

2.  The  Portland-cement  materials  of  central  and  southern  Alabama. 

Cement  Resources  of  Alabama.  58th  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  Sen.  Doc.  no.  19,  pp.  12-23,  map,  1903. 
Describes  character  and  distribution  of  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  limestones  suitable  for  use  in 
the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement.  Includes  a  map  showing  the  distribution  of  these 
limestones  and  the  coal  of  northern  Alabama. 

3.  The  cement  resources  of  Alabama. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  424-447,  1904. 

Describes  location,  geologic  horizon,  character,  and  availability  for  cement  manufacture  of 
the  limestones  and  clays  of  Alabama. 

4.  The  cement  resources  of  Alabama. 

Ala.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  8,  pp.  61-93,  16  pis.  (incl.  geol.  map),  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geological  relations  of  limestones  in  Alabama  avail¬ 
able  for  cement  manufacture. 

5.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  Alabama. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  276-331,  1904. 

6.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Alabama. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  164-170,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  geologic  formations  of  the  State  and  their  water-bearing  conditions. 

7.  Biographical  sketch  of  Henry  McCalley. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  197-201,  1  pi.  (por.),  1905. 

Includes  a  list  of  his  published  writings. 

8.  Portland-cement  materials  of  Alabama. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.,  no.  243,  pp.  60-84,  1  ph,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  geological  relations  of  limestones  and 
other  cement  materials  of  Alabama. 

9.  Revised  map  of  the  southeastern  part  of  the  Cahaba  coal  field,  with  columnar 

section. 

Ala.  Geol.  Surv.,  1905 

Smith.  (Eugene  Allen)  and  Aldrich  (Truman  H.). 

1.  The  Grand  Gulf  formation. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  835-837, 1902. 

Discusses  the  age  of  this  formation  in  the  light  of  new  data  obtained  by  the  authors. 

2.  The  Grand  Gulf  formation. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  20-26  1903. 

Discusses  stratigraphic  position  of  the  Grand  Gulf  formation. 


310 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Smith.  (Eugene  Allen)  and  McCalley  (Henry). 

1.  Index  to  the  mineral  resources  of  Alabama. 

Ala.  Geol.  Surv.,  79  pp.,  map  and  6  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  the  economic  resources  of 
Alabama. 

Smith  (Frank  B. ). 

1.  Coal  mining  in  the  Northwest  Territories  and  its  probable  future. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  104-112,  1902;  Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  21,  pp.  79-81,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geologic  occurrence  of  the  coals. 

2.  The  Frank  disaster  [Alberta]. 

■»<lan.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  22,  pp.  102-103,  1903. 

Describes  the  landslide  and  attendant  disasters  at  Frank,  Alberta. 

Smith  (Fred  D.) . 

1.  The  Osceola,  Nevada,  tungsten  deposits. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  304-305,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  ores. 

Smith  (G.  F.  Herbert). 

1.  On  the  remarkable  problem  presented  by  the  crystalline  development  of  calaverite. 

Min.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  122-150,  9  figs.,  1902. 

Smith  (G.  H.). 

1.  Stateline  mining  district,  Iron  County,  Utah. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  84,  p.  101,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  mining  developments. 

Smith  (George). 

1.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  S.  F.  Emmons,  “The  secondary  enrichment  of  ore 
deposits.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1055-1059,  1903. 

Discusses  formation  of  certain  ore  deposits. 

Smith  (George  Otis). 

1 .  The  geology  of  Mount  Rainier. 

Mazama,  vol.  2,  no.  1,  pp.  18-24,  1900. 

Describes  geologic  history  of  Mount  Rainier  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  its  igneous 
rocks. 

2.  A  geological  study  of  the  Fox  Islands,  Maine. 

Colby  College,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  supplement,  pp.  1-53,  and  geologic  map,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks  and  the  geo¬ 
logic  history  of  the  islands. 

3.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  a  portion  of  Yakima  County,  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Papers,  no.  55,  pp.  1-68,  7  pis.,  8  figs.,  1901. 
Describes  the  geographic  and  geologic  features  of  the  region  and  the  water  resources. 

4.  The  Mount  Baker  mining  district,  Washington. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  379-380,  1902: 

Contains  notes  on  the  geologic  structure  of  this  area  and  the  occurrence  of  gold. 

5.  Criticism  of  Doctor  Jenney’s  paper  [The  mineral  crest]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  826,  1902. 

Discusses  the  subject  in  the  light  of  observations  in  the  Tintic  district,  Utah. 

6.  The  coal  fields  of  the  Pacific  coast. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  473-513,  4  pis.,  18  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  location,  geologic  relations,  and  structure  of  the  Pacific  coast  coal  fields  occurring 
in  Washington,  California,  and  Oregon,  the  number,  extent,  and  occurrence  of  the  workable 
beds,  and  the  character,  composition,  mining,  and  distribution  of  the  coals. 

7.  Ellensburg  folio,  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  ho.  86.  1903. 

Describes  geographic  features,  drainage,  and  water  supply  of  the  Ellensburg  quadrangle,  the 
geologic  history  of  the  Cascade  Mountains  and  of  the  Ellensburg  quadrangle,  and  the  char¬ 
acter  and  occurrence  of  Miocene  strata  and  igneous  rocks,  and  discusses  character  and  origin 
of  structural  and  physiographic  features  and  economic  resources  of  the  quadrangle. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


311 


Smith.  (George  Otis) — Continued. 

8.  Geology  and  physiography  of  central  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  19,  pp.  9-39,  7  pis.,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Reviews  previous  work  upon  the  region,  describes  the  character,  extent,  and  relations  of  igne¬ 
ous  rocks  and  sedimentary  strata  of  pre-Eocene,  Eocene,  and  Miocene  age,  the  geologic  his¬ 
tory  and  structure,  and  physiographic  features  and  history. 

9.  Gold  mining  in  central  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv..  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  76-80,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  of  gold  in  gravel  deposits  and  quart/  veins,  and  the  mining  operations 
in  the  district. 

10.  Anticlinal  mountain  ridges  in  central  Washington. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  166-177,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Reviews  previous  work  in  the  area  and  describes  its  geological  structure. 

11.  [Discussion  of  paper  by  W.  P.  Jenney,  “The  mineral  crest,  or  the  hydrostatic 

level  attained  by  the  ore-depositing  solutions  in  certain  mining  districts  of  the 
Great  Salt  Lake  Basin.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1060-1062,  1903. 

Gives  geologic  observations  bearing  upon  the  subject  of  the  paper  discussed. 

12.  Abandoned  stream  gaps  in  northern  Washington. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17.  pp.  387-388,  1903. 

18.  Mount  Stuart  folio,  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  106, 1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  the  geologic  history  and  structure,  the  occurrence,  char¬ 
acter,  and  relations  of  pre-Tertiary  and  Tertiary  strata  and  igneous  rocks,  and  the  economic 
resources,  chiefly  gold  and  coal. 

14.  Quartz  veins  in  Maine  and  Vermont. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  81-88,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  quartz  veins  carrying  precious  metals. 

15.  Stratigraphic  problems  in  the  northern  Cascades. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.;  vol.  19,  p.  921,  1904. 

16.  A  molybdenite  deposit  in  eastern  Maine. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  197-199,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  molybdenite  deposits. 

17.  The  granite  industry  of  the  Penobscot  Bay  quadrangle,  Maine. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  489-492,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  quarrying,  and  production  of  granite  in  this  part  of  Maine. 

T8.  Water  resources  of  the  Portsmouth- York  region,  New  Hampshire  and  Maine. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  120-128,  1905. 

Includes  some  account  of  the  geologic  conditions  of  the  area. 

19.  Water  supply  from  Glacial  gravels  near  Augusta,  Me. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  156-160,  1  fig.,  1905. 

20.  Artesian  water  in  crystalline  rocks. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  224-225,  1905. 

Discusses  the  presence  of  artesian  water  in  crystalline  rocks  in  the  vicinity  of  York,  Maine. 

Smith  (George  Otis)  and  Calkins  (Frank  C. ). 

1.  A  geological  reconnaissance  across  the  Cascade  Range  near  the  Forty-ninth 
Parallel. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  235,  103  pp.,  4  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  topography  and  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  occurrence,  character,  and 
relations  of  the  pre-Cretaceous,  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and  Quaternary  formations,  and  the 
occurrence  and  petrographic  characters  of  the  metamorphic  and  igneous  rocks. 

Smith  (George  Otis)  and  White  (David). 

1.  The  geology  of  the  Perry  basin  in  southeastern  Maine. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  35,  107  pp.,  6  pis.,  1905. 

Reviews  previous  work  in  the  area,  describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations 
of  Silurian  and  Devonian  sedimentary  rocks  and  associated  lavas,  gives  systematic  descrip¬ 
tions  of  Devonian  plant  remains,  and  discusses  the  search  for  coal  in  Maine. 


312 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Smith  (George  Otis)  and  Willis  (Bailey). 

1.  The  Clealum  iron  ores,  Washington. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  356-366,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  ores  and  the  general  geologic  and  struc¬ 
tural  features  of  the  region. 

Smith  (James  Perrin). 

1.  The  border  line  between  the  Paleozoic  and  Mesozoic  in  western  America. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  512-521,  1901. 

Discusses  briefly  the  criteria  by  which  geologic  time  divisions  of  the  line  between  this  Paleo¬ 
zoic  and  Mesozoic  as  influenced  by  the  faunas  of  certain  beds  of  Idaho  and  California  and 
their  relation  to  allied  Asiatic  and  European  faunas. 

2.  Ueber  Pelecypodenzonen  in  der  Trias  Nord-Amerikas. 

Centralbl'.  fur  Min.,  etc.,  no.  22,  pp.  689-695, 1902. 

Describes  the  distribution  of  Trias  sediments  and  gives  a  table  showing  the  occurrence  aDd 
relations  of  pelecypods  in  the  Trias  in  North  America. 

3.  The  Carboniferous  ammonoids  of  America. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  42,  211  pp.,  29  pis.,  1903. 

Reviews  briefly  the  occurrence  of  ammonoids  in  the  different  Carboniferous  formations  of 
America,  gives  tables  of  the  correlation  of  Carboniferous  formations,  discusses  the  classifi¬ 
cation  and  phylogeny,  and  describes  and  figures  American  genera  and  species. 

4.  Periodic  migrations  between  the  Asiatic  and  the  American  coasts  of  the  Pacific 

Ocean. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  217-233,  1904. 

Discusses  geographic  distribution  and  relations,  and  evidences  of  migrations  and  derivations 
of  faunas  in  various  provinces  in  Paleozoic,  Mesozoic,  and  Tertiary  time,  and  physiographic 
changes. 

5.  The  comparative  stratigraphy  of  the  marine  Trias  of  western  America. 

Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  3d  ser.,  vol.  1,  pp.  323-430,  10  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  development  of  Triassic  formations  in  the  various  geographic  provinces 
of  the  world,  their  correlation  and  faunal  characteristics,  and  in  detail  the  Triassic  strata 
of  western  North  America,  and  gives  systematic  descriptions  of  Triassic  genera  and  species 
of  cephalopods. 

Smith  (James  Perrin)  and  Weller  (Stuart). 

1.  Prodromites,  a  new  ammonite  genus  from  the  Lower  Carboniferous. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  255-268,  3  pis.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  ammonites  in  upper  Paleozoic  rocks  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  and 
describes  a  new  genus  and  two  new  species. 

Smith  (J.  P. ),  Hyatt  (A.)  and. 

1.  The  Triassic  cephalopod  genera  of  America. 

See  Hyatt  (A.)  and  Smith  (J.  P.),  1. 

Smith  (Otto  M.)  and  Standley  (Paul  C.). 

1.  The  Pierson  Creek  mines  [Missouri]. 

Drury  Coll.,  Bradley  Geol.  Field  Station,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  72-79, 1  fig.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  lead  and  zinc  ores. 

Smith  (Philip  S.),  Smyth  (Henry  Lloyd)  and. 

1.  The  copper  deposits  of  Orange  County,  Vermont. 

See  Smyth  (Henry  Lloyd)  and  Smith  (Philip  S.),  1. 

Smith  (W.  D.). 

1.  Advance  report  to  the  chief  of  the  Mining  Bureau  upon  the  coal  deposits  of  Batan 
Island  [Philippine  Islands]. 

U.  S.  War  Dept.,  Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs,  Washington,  pp.  35-58, 1905. 

Smith  (W.  D.). 

1.  The  development  of  Scaphites. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  635-654,  3  pis.,  1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


313 


Smith  (W.  N.). 

1.  Loon  Lake  iron-bearing  district  [Ontario]. 

Ontario  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  1905,  vol.  14,  pt.  1,  pp.  254-260,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of 
deposits  of  iron  ore. 

Smith  (W.  S.  Tangier). 

1.  Hartville  folio,  Wyoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  91,  1903. 

Describes  geographic  and  topographic  features,  character,  and  occurrence  of  igneous  rocks 
and  sedimentary  deposits  of  Algonkian,  Carboniferous,  Juratrias,  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and 
Quaternary  systems,  the  geologic  history  and  economic  products. 

2.  Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Joplin  district,  Missouri-Kansas. 

•U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  197-204,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  stratigraphy  and  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  character, 
occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  ores. 

3.  Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of  western  Kentucky.  Part  II.  Ore  deposits 

and  mines. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  36,  pp.  107-207,  8  pis.,  31  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  production,  and  origin  of  the  lead  and  zinc  ores  and 
fluorite  deposits  and  the  mining  operations. 

4.  Water  resources  of  the  Joplin  district,  Missouri-Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  74-83,  1905. 

5.  Igneous  rocks  of  the  Sundance  folio,  Wyoming-South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  127, 1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  Algonkian  (?)  and  Tertiary  intrusive 
focks  in  the  area. 

6.  Igneous  rocks  of  the  Aladdin  quadrangle,  Wyoming-South  Dakota-Montana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  128,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Algonkian  intrusive  and  Tertiary  igneous 
rocks  of  this  area. 

Smith  (W.  S.  Tangier),  Darton  (N.  H.)  and. 

1.  Edgemont  folio,  South  Dakota-Nebraska. 

See  Darton  (N.  H.)  and  Smith  (W.  S.  Tangier),  1. 

Smith  (W.  S.  Tangier),  Ulrich  (E.  O. )  and. 

1.  Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of  western  Kentucky. 

See  Ulrich  (E.  O.)  and  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Smock  (John  C.). 

1.  Administrative  report.  (New  Jersey  Geological  Survey.) 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  xi-xl,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  work  of  the  Survey  for  the  year,  and  discusses  the  character  and 
relations  of  the  surface  formations  of  southern  New  Jersey. 

Smyth  (C.  H.,  jr.). 

1.  Geology  of  the  crystalline  rocks  in  the  vicinity  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  53d  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  r85-rl04,  12  pis.  and  geologic  map,  1901. 

Describes  the  gneiss  and  associated  rocks  of  the  region. 

2.  Petrography  of  recently  discovered  dikes  in  Syracuse,  New  York,  with  note  on 

the  presence  of  melilite  in  the  Green  Street  dike. 

Am.  Jour.  Sei.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  26-30,  1902. 

Describes  the  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters  of  the  dike  rocks. 

3.  Tourmaline  contact  zones  near  Alexandria  Bay,  New  York. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  377-383,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  characters  and  occurrence  of  the  tourmaline  zones  and  of  the  associated 
rocks. 

4.  The  Rossie  lead  veins  [New  York]. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  24,  pp.  421-429,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  rocks  and  galena-bearing  veins,  and  discusses 
the  origin  and  age  of  the  vein-filling  materials. 


314 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Smyth.  (C.  H.,  jr. ) — Continued. 

5.  Notes  on  the  economic  geology  of  Oneida  County  [New  York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  56th  Anr.  Rept.,  pp.  rll5-rll7,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  production  of  the  economic  resources  of  this  county. 

6.  Replacement  of  quartz  by  pyrite  and  corrosion  of  quartz  pebbles. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  v<  1.  19,  pp.  277-285,  1  pi.  and  1  fig.,  1905. 

7.  The  abstraction  of  oxygen  from  the  atmosphere  by  iron. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  319-323,  1905. 

Smyth  (H.  L.). 

1.  The  origin  and  classification  of  placers. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  1045-1046,  1179-1180,  1228-1230,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Smyth  (Henry  Lloyd)  and  Smith  (Philip  S.). 

1.  The  copper  deposits  of  Orange  County,  Vermont. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  677-678,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the 
copper  ores. 

Sollas  (W.  J.). 

1 .  Evolutional  geology. 

Smith.  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  1900,  pp.  289-314,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Souder  (Harrison). 

1.  Mineral  deposits  of  Santiago,  Cuba. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  308-321,  11  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  manganese,  copper,  and  iron  ores  in  the  vicinity  of 
Santiago,  Cuba. 

Sovereign  (L.  Douglas). 

1.  Gems  and  rare  minerals  of  southern  California. 

So.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  85-90,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  valuable  mineral  deposits  in  San  Diego  County,  Cal. 

Spalding  (E.  P. ). 

1.  The  quicksilver  mines  of  Brewster  County,  Texas. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  71,  pp.  749-750,  6  figs.,  1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore. 

Spencer  (Arthur  Coe). 

1.  The  iron  ores  of  Santiago,  Cuba. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  633-634,  6  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  geologic  relations  of  the  ore  bodies. 

2.  The  physiography  of  the  Copper  River  basin,  Alaska. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  189,  1901. 

Contains  abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  Geological  Society  of  Washington. 

3.  The  manganese  deposits  of  Santiago  Province,  Cuba. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  247-248,  3  figs.,  1902. 

4.  The  Pacific  mountain  system  of  British  Columbia  and  Alaska. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  261-262,  1902. 

Discusses  physiography  of  the  mountainous  region  bordering  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

5.  Pacific  mountain  system  in  British  Columbia  and  Alaska. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  117-132,  6  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  discusses  their  origin. 

6.  Mineral  resources  of  the  Encampment  copper  region,  Wyoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv..  Bull,  no  213,  pp.  158-162, 1903. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  general  geology  of  this  region,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of 
the  deposits  of  copper  ores. 

7.  Reconnaissance  examination  of  the  copper  deposits  at  Pearl,  Colo. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  163-169,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  geography  and  geology  of  this  region,  and  describes  the  mining 
developments. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


315 


Spencer  (Arthur  Coe) — Continued. 

8.  Manganese  deposits  of  Santiago,  Cuba. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  251-255,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  probable  output 
of  manganese  ores. 

9.  The  Juneau  gold  belt,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  28-42,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  gold. 

10.  The  copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment  district,  Wyoming. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  25,  107  pp.,  2  pis.  (maps),  49  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Mesozoic,  Tertiary,  pre- 
Cambrian,  and  igneous  rocks,  and  copper  and  silver  ore  deposits,  and  discusses  the  origin 
of  the  copper-ore  bodies. 

11.  The  geology  of  the  Treadwell  ore  deposits,  Douglas  Island,  Alaska. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  473-510,  12  figs.,  1905.  Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  89,  pp. 
240-241,  259-260,  274,  292-293,  310,  325-326,  344,  1904.  Abstract:  Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  616-617, 
1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  intrusive,  igneous, 
and  sedimentary  rocks,  and  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  character,  and  origin  of  the 
gold  ore  deposits. 

12.  Genesis  of  the  magnetite  deposits  in  Sussex  Co.,  New  Jersey. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  pp.  377-381,  4  figs.,  1904. 

13.  Pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  the  Franklin  Furnace  quadrangle  [New  Jersey]. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  391,  1905. 

14.  The  Treadwell  ore  deposits,  Douglas  Island. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  69-87,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character,  and  occurrence  of  the  gold-ore  deposits,  and 
surrounding  rocks. 

15.  Progress  of  work  in  the  pre-Cambrian  rocks  [of  New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  247-252,  1905. 

16.  What  is  a  fissure  vein? 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  289-294,  1905. 

17.  The  magmatic  origin  of  vein-forming  waters  in  southeastern  Alaska. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.-,  Bi-Mo.  Bull.,  no.  5,  pp.  971-978,  1905. 

18.  The  origin  of  vein-filled  openings  in  southeastern  Alaska. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-Mo.  Bull.,  no.  6,  pp.  1211-1216,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Spencer  (Arthur  Coe),  Hayes  (C.  Willard),  Vaughan  (T.  Wayland),  and. 

1.  Report  on  a  geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba. 

See  Hayes  (C.  W.),  Vaughan  (T.  W.),  and  Spencer  (A.  C.),  1. 

Spencer  (Arthur  Coe),  Schrader  (Frank  C. )  and. 

1.  The  geology  and  mineral  resources  of  a  portion  of  the  Copper  River  district, 
Alaska. 

See  Schrader  (F.  C.)  and  Spencer  (A.  C.),  1. 

Spencer  (Joseph  William  Winthrop). 

1.  On  the  geological  and  physical  development  of  Antigua. 

London  Geol.  Soc.,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  57,  pp.  490-505,  and  map,  1901. 

2.  On  the  geological  and  physical  development  of  Guadelupe. 

London  Geol.  Soc.,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  57,  pp.  506-519, 1901. 

3.  On  the  geological  and  physical  development  of  Anguilla,  St.  Martin,  St.  Bartholo¬ 

mew,  and  Sombrero. 

London  Geol.  Soc.,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  57,-  pp.  520-533,  1901. 

4.  On  the  geological  and  physical  development  of  the  St.  Christopher  chain  and 

Saba  Banks. 

London  Geol.  Soc.,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  57,  pp.  534-544, 1901. 


316 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Spencer  (Joseph  William  Winthrop) — Continued. 

5.  On  the  geological  and  physical  development  of  Dominica;  with  notes  on  Mar¬ 

tinique,  St.  Lucia,  St.  Vincent,  and  the  Grenadines. 

London  Geol.  Soc.,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  58,  pp.  341-353,  1  pi.  [map],  2  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  physiography  and  on  the  volcanic,  gravel,  and  terrace  formations. 

6.  On  the  geological  and  physical  development  of  Barbados;  with  notes  on  Trinidad. 

London  Geol.  Soc.,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  58,  pp.  354-370,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  physiographic  and  stratigraphic  features. 

7.  The  Windward  Islands  of  the  West  Indies. 

Can.  Inst.,  Trans.,  vol.  7,  pp.  351-370,  14  pis.,  1902. 

Gives  an  account  of  physiographic  and  geologic  features  of  these  islands. 

8.  On  the  geological  relationship  of  the  volcanoes  of  the  West  Indies. 

Victoria  Inst.,  Jour.  Trans.,  vol. 35,  pp.  198-207,  lfig.,  1903. 

Discusses  physiographic  features  and  changes  of  the  West  Indies  islands  and  the  submerged 
plateau  upon  which  they  rest,  the  place  of  their  igneous  formations  in  geologic  history,  and 
the  evidences  of  the  geologic  age  of  the  volcanic  activity  and  its  relations  to  physical 
changes  in  the  Antillean  region. 

9.  Geological  age  of  the  West  Indian  volcanic  formations. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  48-51, 1  fig.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  geologic  history  of  the  region. 

10.  Submarine  valleys  off  the  American  coast  and  in  the  North  Atlantic. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  207-226,  2  pis.,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  submerged  Atlantic  coastal  plain  from  Cape  Hatteras  to  Newfoundland  and  the 
channels  traversing  it,  discusses  geological  data  and  evidences  of  the  age  of  the  submerged 
valleys,  and  describes  submerged  valleys  of  the  North  Atlantic  and  adjacent  Arctic  basins. 

11.  A  rejoinder  to  Dr.  Dali’s  criticism  on  Dr.  Spencer’s  hypothesis  concerning  the 

late  union  of  Cuba  with  Florida. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  110-119, 1904. 

12.  The  submarine  great  canyon  of  the  Hudson  River. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  292-293,  1904. 

Describes  the  course,  depth,  etc.,  of  the  Hudson  River  channel. 

13.  The  submarine  great  canyon  of  the  Hudson  River. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  1-15,  3  figs.,  1905.  Geog.  Jour.,  vol.  25,  pp.  180-190,  3  figs., 
1905. 

Reviews  previous  work  upon  the  subject  and  gives  additional  data  upon  the  position,  depth, 
and  character  of  the  Hudson  River  canyon,  and  discusses  its  origin. 

14.  On  the  physiographic  improbability  of  land  at  the  North  Pole. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  s.r.,  vol.  19,  pp.  333-340,  1  fig.  (map),  1905. 

15.  Bibliography  of  submarine  valleys  off  North  America. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  341-344,  1905. 

16.  Dr.  Nansen’s  “Bathymetrical  features  of  the  north  polar  sea,  with  a  discussion 

of  the  continental  shelves  and  the  previous  oscillations  of  the  shore-line.  ” 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  221-235,  1905. 

17.  [Discussion  of  paper  by  R.  S.  Tarr,  “Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  central  New 

York.”] 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  136-137,  1905. 

Spencer  (W.  K.). 

1.  On  the  structure  and  affinities  of  Palaeodiscus  and  Agelacrinus. 

Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  74,  pp.  31-46,  1  pi.,  12 figs.,  1904. 

The  investigation  described  is  based  in  part  upon  specimens  of  Agelacrinus  from  the  Ordo¬ 
vician  of  Ohio. 

Spillman  (W.  J.). 

1.  Natural  mounds. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  632,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  these  mounds  in  southwestern  Missouri. 


FOE  THE  YE  AES  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


317 


Spinks  (Charles  H.). 

1.  Magnesite  and  its  uses. 

Cal.  Jour.  Techn.,  vol.  4,  pp.  68-71, 1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  geologic  relations  of  magnesite  deposits  in  southern  California, 
and  discusses  their  origin. 

Springer  (Ada). 

1.  On  some  living  and  fossil  snails  of  the  genus  Physa,  found  at  Las  Vegas,  New 
Mexico. 

Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  54,  pp.  513-516,  1  pi.,  2 figs.,  1902. 

Springer  (Frank). 

1.  Uintacrinus:  its  structure  and  relations. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Mem.,  vol.  25,  no.  1,  pp.  1-89,  8  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence,  structure,  and  relations  of  this  crinoid  from  Cretaceous  strata. 

2.  On  the  crinoid  genera  Sagenocrinus,  Forbesiocrinus,  and  allied  forms. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  88-97,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Includes  description  of  a  new  species  of  Sagenocrinus. 

3.  Cleiocrinus. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Mem.,  vol.  25,  no.  2,  pp.  93-114, 1  pi.,  1905. 

Spurr  (Josiah  Edward). 

1.  Origin  and  structure  of  the  Basin  ranges. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  217-270,  6  pis.,  1901.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p. 
98,  1901. 

Describes  the  structural  features  of  the  ranges  in  the  Great  Basin  region  and  discusses  their 
origin. 

2.  Variations  of  texture  in  certain  Tertiary  igneous  rocks  of  the  Great  Basin. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  586-606,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  variations  of  certain  andesitic  and  rhyolitic 
rocks  and  gives  chemical  analyses. 

3.  The  ore  deposits  of  Monte  Cristo,  Washington. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  2,  pp.  777-865,  4  pis.,  42  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg. 
Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  240-241,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  petrology,  general  geologic  relations  and  structure  of  the  area,  and  character, 
occurrence  and  origin  of  the  ores. 

4.  Application  of  geology  to  mining. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press.,  vol.  85,  pp.  145-146,  1902. 

Discusses  relations  of  geology  and  mining. 

5.  The  original  source  of  the  Lake  Superior  iron  ores. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  335-349,  1902. 

Describes  the  origin  of  these  ores  as  being  derived  from  a  sedimentary  rock  containing  large 
quantities  of  glauconite. 

6.  Descriptive  geology  of  Nevada  south  of  the  Fortieth  Parallel  and  adjacent  portions 

of  California. 

U.  S.  Geol.,  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  208,  229  pp.,  8  pis.,  25  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  character  and  occurrence  of  sedimentary  and  igneous  rocks 
and  ore  deposits  and  structure  of  the  region,  including  r6sum6  of  previous  publications  and 
unpublished  data  furnished  by  C.  D.  Walcott,  H.  W.  Turner,  F.  B.  Weeks,  R.  B.  Rowe,  G.  H. 
Girty,  and  E.  0.  Ulrich. 

7.  The  determination  of  the  feldspars  in  thin  section. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  376-383,  1903. 

8.  Ore  deposits  of  Tonopah  and  neighboring  districts,  Nevada. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  81-87, 1903. 

Describes  the  history  of  the  development  of  the  field,  the  topography,  general  geology,  and 
character  and  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits. 


318 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Spurr  (Josiah  Edward) — Continued. 

9.  The  ore  deposits  of  Tonopah,  Nevada  (preliminary  report). 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  219,  34  pp.,  1  pi.,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  history  of  the  discovery  and  development  of  this  mining  district,  and  describes 
the  geologic  structure  and  history  of  the  region,  the  periods  and  nature  of  mineralization, 
and  the  occurrence  of  the  ores  and  their  relation  to  the  geologic  structure. 

10.  Relation  of  rock  segregation  to  ore  deposition. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  54-55,  1903. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  ore  deposits. 

11.  The  ore  deposits  of  Tonopah,  Nevada. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  769-770,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits  of  precious 
metals. 

12.  A  consideration  of  igneous  rocks  and  their  segregation  or  differentiation  as  related 

to  the  occurrence  of  ores. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  288-340,  1903. 

Discusses  the  relations  of  igneous  rocks  and  ore  deposits,  and  the  origin  of  the  latter.  , 

13.  [In  discussion  of  paper  by  Waldemar  Lindgren,  “The  geological  features  of  the 

gold  production  of  North  America.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1081-1083,1903. 

Discusses  the  age  of  certain  gold  deposits  in  Alaska. 

14.  The  application  of  geology  to  mining. 

Intern.  Mg.  Cong.,  Proc.  5th  sess.,  pp.  80-86  [1903]. 

15.  [Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  274,  1903. 

16.  The  relation  of  faults  to  topography. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  792,  1903. 

17.  Preliminary  report  on  the  ore  deposits  of  Tonopah,  Nevada. 

U.'S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  89-110,  1  pi.  (geol.  map),  4  figs.,  1904. 

See  no.  9  above. 

18.  Ore  deposits  of  Silver  Peak  quadrangle,  Nevada. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  111-117,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  gold  and  silver  ore 
deposits  and  the  mining  operations. 

19.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Goldfields  district,  Nevada. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  118-119,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  gold-bearing  quartz  veins. 

20.  Coal  deposits  between  Silver  Peak  and  Candelaria,  Esmeralda  County,  Nev. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  289-292,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coal,  and 
the  outlook  for  development. 

21.  Alum  deposit  near  Silver  Peak,  Esmeralda  County,  Nev. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  501-502,  1904. 

Describes  location,  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  this  deposit. 

22.  The  Silver  Peak  region,  Nevada. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  759-760,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  gold  and  silver  ore  deposits. 

23.  Geology  applied  to  mining.  A  concise  summary  of  the  chief  geological  princi¬ 

ples,  a  knowledge  of  which  is  necessary  to  the  understanding  and  proper  exploi¬ 
tation  of  ore  deposits  for  mining  men  and  students. 

New  York,  The  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,  326  pp.,  70  figs.,  1904. 

24.  Faulting  at  Tonopah,  Nevada. 

Abstract;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  921-922,  1904. 

25.  The  ores  of  Goldfield,  Nev.  - 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  132-139,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  veins  and  the  origin  of 
the  gold  ores. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


319 


Spurr  (Josiah  Edward) — Continued. 

26.  Developments  at  Tonopah,  Nev.,  during  1904. 

IT.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  140-149,  1905. 

Describes  recent  mining  developments  in  this  part  of  Nevada,  and  gives  data  upon  the  char¬ 
acter  of  the  gold  ores,  and  the  occurrence,  relations,  and  origin  of  the  veins. 

27.  Tonopah  mining  district  [Nevada]. 

Franklin  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  160,  pp.  1-20,  11  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region,  the  systems  of  faulting,  and  the  occurrence  and  character 
of  the  gold-silver  ores. 

28.  Descriptive  geology  of  Nevada  south  of  the  Fortieth  Parallel,  and  adjacent  por¬ 

tions  of  California. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  52,  pp.  232-233,  1905. 

29.  Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  district,  Nevada. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  42,  295  pp.,  24  pis.,  78  figs.,  1905.  Abstract:  Eng.  & 
Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  pp.  922-923,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  geologic  structure,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  rela¬ 
tions  of  igneous  rocks,  mineral  veins,  and  deposits  of  gold  and  silver  ores,  the  origin  of  the 
mineral  veins,  the  economic  developments,  and  the  physiographic  features  of  the  area. 

30.  Enrichment  in  fissure  veins. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  pp.  597-598,  1905. 

Discusses  the  localization  of  ore  deposits  in  veins  and  the  reasons  therefor. 

31.  Genetic  relations  of  the  western  Nevada  ores. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-Mo.  Bull.,  no.  5,  pp.  939-969,  1905. 

Discusses  the  general  geology,  relations,  and  origin  of  gold  ores  of  western  Nevada. 

Spurr  (J.  E.)  and  Garrey  (G.  H.). 

1.  Preliminary  report  on  ore  dposits  in  the  Georgetown,  Colo.,  mining  district. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  99-120,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  petrology,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geological 
relations  of  the  gold  and  silver  ore  deposits. 

Standley  (P.  C. ),  Smith  (O.  M. )  and. 

1.  The  Pierson  Creek  mines  [Missouri]. 

See  Smith  (O  M.)  and  Standley  (P.  C.),l. 

Stanton  (Timothy  W.). 

1.  [Report  on  Cretaceous  fossils  from  the  John  Day  Basin,  Oregon.] 

Univ.  of  Cal.,  Dept,  of  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  280-284,  1901. 

Gives  lists  of  fossils  with  notes  on  some  of  the  species  and  discusses  the  faunal  relations. 

2.  Chondrodonta,  a  new  genus  of  ostreiform  mollusks  from  the  Cretaceous,  with 

descriptions  of  the  genotype  and  a  new  species. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  24,  pp.  301-307,  2  pis.,  1901. 

3.  The  stratigraphic  position  of  the  Judith  River  beds.  A  correction  of  Mr.  Hatcher’s 

correction. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  1031-1032,  1902. 

4.  A  new  fresh-water  molluscan  faunule  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Montana. 

Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  42,  pp.  188-199,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  stratigraphic  horizon  of  this  faunule,  and  the  occurrence  of  Cretaceous  for¬ 
mations  and  their  correlation,  and  describes  six  new  species  of  fresh-water  mollusks. 

5.  Alpheus  Hyatt. 

Washington  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  5,  pp.  389-391,  1903. 

6.  Note  on  the  Cretaceous  fossils  [of  the  Bisbee  quadrangle,  Arizona]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  21,  p.  70,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Gives  a  list  of  species  identified  and  notes  on  their  occurrence.  A  few  of  the  more  character¬ 
istic  are  figured. 

7.  Stratigraphic  notes  on  Malone  Mountain  and  the  surrounding  region  near  Sierra 

Blanca,  Texas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  266,  pp.  23-33,  1905. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  of  Cretaceous  and  Jurassic  formations  in  western  Texas. 


320 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Stanton  (Timothy  W. ) — Continued. 

8.  The  Morrison  formation  and  its  relations  with  the  Comanche  series,  and  the 

Dakota  formation. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  657-669,  1905.  Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  755-756,  1905. 
Discusses  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  Morrison  formation  in  Colorado  and  Wyoming, 
its  relations  to  associated  formations,  its  correlation,  and  age. 

9.  The  time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  correlation. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  583-584,  1905. 

See  also  Schuchert  (C.),  assisted  by  Dali  (W.  H.),  Stanton  (T.  W.),  and  Bassler  (R.  S.),  1. 

Stanton  (T.  W.)  and  Hatcher  (J.  B. ). 

1.  Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Judith  River  beds. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  257,  pp.  1-128,  13  pis.,  1905. 

Gives  an  historical  review  of  previous  work  upon  the  Judith  River  beds,  and  discusses  their 
stratigraphic  position,  character,  relations,  and  correlations,  and  gives  systematic  descrip¬ 
tions  of  the  vertebrates  (Hatcher),  invertebrates  (Stanton),  and  plants  (Knowlton). 

Stanton  (T.  W.)  and  Martin  (G.  C. ) 

1.  Mesozoic  section  on  Cook  Inlet  and  Alaska  Peninsula. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  391-410,  4  pis.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  occurrence,  character,  relations,  and  faunal  content 
of  Triassic,  Jurassic,  and  Cretaceous  formations. 

Starbird  (H.  B. ) 

1.  Secondary  enrichment  in  arid  regions. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  702-703,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  origin  of  gold  and  copper  ores. 

Stead  (Geoffrey). 

1.  Notes  on  the  surface  geology  of  New  Brunswick. 

New  Brunswick  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.  no.  21  (vol.  5,  pt.  1),  pp.  5-13,  1903. 

Describes  the  process  of  formation  of  shore  deposits  along  the  coast  of  New  Brunswick. 

Stearns  (C.  H.) 

1.  Some  observations  on  the  topography  of  Athens  and  vicinity  [Ohio]. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  7th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  67-70,  1899. 

Discusses  present  and  former  drainage  in  the  vicinity  of  Athens,  Ohio. 

Stearns  (Robert  E.  C. ). 

1.  Fossil  land  shells  of  the  John  Day  region,  with  notes  on  related  living  species. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  651-658,  1  pi.,  1900. 

2.  The  fossil  fresh-water  shells  of  the  Colorado  desert,  their  distribution,  environ¬ 

ment,  and  variation. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  24,  pp.  271-299,  6  pis.,  1901. 

3.  Fossil  shells  of  the  John  Day  region  [Oregon]. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  153-154,  393,  1902. 

Describes  two  new  species. 

Steel  (A.  A.) 

1.  The  ore  deposits  of  La  Cananea  [Mexico]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  458-460,  illus.,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  copper-ore 
deposits. 

Steele  (James  H.) 

1.  The  Joplin  zinc  district  of  southwestern  Missouri. 

Colo.  Sch.  Mines,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  43-50,  illus.,  1900. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  and  describes  the  occurrence  of  the  ores  and  the  mining 
operations. 

Steiger  (George). 

1.  Preliminary  note  on  silver  chabazite  and  silver  analcite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14.  pp.  31-32,  1902. 

Describes  experiments  undertaken  to  replace  certain  silicates  by  silver. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


321 


Steiger  (George) — Continued. 

2.  The  action  of  silver  nitrate  and  thallous  nitrate  upon  certain  natural  silicates. 

U.  S.Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  262,  pp.  75-90, 1905. 

Steiger  (George),  Clarke  (Frank  Wigglesworth)  and. 

1.  The  action  of  ammonium  chloride  upon  silicates. 

See  Clarke  (F.  W.)  and  Steiger  (George),  1. 

2.  On  “californite.” 

See  Clarke  (F  W.)  and  Steiger  (George),  2. 

Steiger  (George),  Diller  (J.  S. )  and. 

1.  Volcanic  dust  and  sand  from  St.  Vincent  caught  at  sea  and  the  Barbados. 

See  Diller  (J.  S.)  and  Steiger  (George),  1. 

Sternberg  (Charles  H.). 

1.  Experiences  with  early  man  in  America. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  89-93,  1903. 

Describes  association  of  human  relics  with  fossil  bones  of  animals  and  discusses  evidence  as 
to  their  age. 

2.  The  Permian  life  of  Texas. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  94-98,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  fossil  remains  and  physical  characters  of  the  Permian  Red  Beds 
in  Baylor  County,  Texas. 

3.  Elephas  columbi  and  other  mammals  in  the  swamps  of  Whitman  County,  Wash¬ 

ington. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  511-512,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  mammalian  remains. 

4.  Notes  on  the  Judith  River  group. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  870-872,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  vertebrate  fossils  and  the  stratigraphic  position  of  the  Judith 
River  beds. 

5.  Protostega  gigas  and  other  Cretaceous  reptiles  and  fishes  from  the  Kansas  Chalk. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  123-128,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Gives  notes  on  the  character  and  occurrence  of  these  fossils. 

Sterrett  (Douglass  B.) . 

1.  Tourmaline  from  San  Diego  County,  California. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  459-465,  1  pi.,  12  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  crystallographic  features  of  this  mineral. 

2.  A  new  type  of  calcite  from  the  Joplin  mining  district. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  73-76,  8  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  crystallographic  characters. 

Sterrett  (Douglass  B.),  Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde)  and. 

1.  The  tin  deposits  of  the  Carolinas. 

See  Pratt  (J.  H.)  and  Sterrett  (D.  B.),  1. 

Stevens  (Blarney). 

1 .  Geology  of  some  copper  deposits  in  Alaska. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.782,  2  figs.,  1903. 

2.  Relation  of  rock  segregation  to  ore  deposition. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  574,  1903. 

3.  On  the  differentiation  of  igneous  magmas  and  formation  of  ores. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  71-72,  1904. 

4.  Acidic  magmas,  their  exhalations  and  residues. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  351,  1904. 

Stevens  (E.  A.). 

1.  An  occurrence  of  limburgite  in  the  Cripple  Creek  district  [Colorado]. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  759-764,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  this  rock  type. 

Bull.  301—06 - 21 


322 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Stevens  (E.  A.) — Continued. 

2.  Basaltic  zones  as  guides  to  ore  deposits  in  the  Cripple  Creek  district,  Colorado. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  686-698,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  igneous  rocks  and  the  relations  of  the  dikes, 
fissures,  and  ore  deposits. 

Stevens  (Horace.!.). 

1.  General  information  of  the  geology  and  mines  of  the  Lake  Superior  copper  district. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-mo.  Bull.  no.  1,  pp.  208-222,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  geology  of  the  region. 

Stevenson  (John  J.). 

1.  Notes  upon  the  Mauch  Chunk  of  Pennsylvania. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  242-249,  1902. 

Discusses  the  nomenclature  of  a  portion  of  the  Carboniferous,  presents  a  section  in  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  giving  a  list  of  fossils  from  the  various  horizons  determined  by  Weller,  and  discusses 
the  correlation  of  the  formations. 

2.  The  Lower  Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  Basin. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  259-260,  1902. 

3.  Joseph  Le  Conte  (obituary). 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  pp.  150-151,  1902. 

4.  Lower  Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  Basin. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  15-96,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  stratigraphy,  lithologic  characters,  and  geologic  relations  of  Lower 
Carboniferous  formations  in  the  Appalachian  region  and  discusses  their  nomenclature  and 
correlation,  and  the  physiographic  conditions  prevailing  during  their  deposition. 

5.  J.  Peter  Lesley. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  1-3, 1903. 

6.  Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  Basin. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  37-210,  1904. 

Describes  in  detail  the  distribution,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  various  beds  of 
the  Pottsville  of  the  Pennsylvanian  series  in  the  Appalachian  region,  giving  numerous 
detailed  sections,  and  discusses  their  nomenclature  and  correlation. 

7.  Memoir  of  J.  Peter  Lesley. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  532-541,  1  pi.  (por.),  1904. 

Includes  a  list  of  his  published  writings. 

Stevenson  (Robert). 

1.  The  deposition  of  ores  from  an  igneous  magma. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  882,  1903. 

2.  The  deposition  of  ores  from  an  igneous  magma. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  272-273,  1904. 

3.  The  deposition  of  ores  from  an  igneous  magma. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  472-474,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Illustrates  the  formation  of  an  igneous  magma  by  an  example  based  upon  geologic  structure 
in  Alaska. 

Stewart  (Alban). 

1.  Teleosts  of  the  upper  Cretaceous. 

Kans.  Univ.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  6,  pp.  257-390,  41  pis.,  1900. 

Stewart  (John  L.). 

1.  Ore  deposits  and  industrial  supremacy. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  257-264,  1905. 

Stoek  (H.  H.). 

1.  The  Pennsylvania  anthracite  coal  field. 

U.  S,  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Kept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  55-117,  5  pis.,  12  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  extent,  subdivisions,  general  geologic  relations,  and  structure  of  the  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  anthracite  coal  field,  the  number  and  extent  of  workable  beds,  the  character,  com¬ 
position,  production,  and  marketing  of  the  coal. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


323 


Stoess  (P.  C.). 

1 .  The  Kayak  coal  and  oil  fields  of  Alaska. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  87,  p.  65,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  of  coal  and  petroleum. 

Stokes  (H.  N. ). 

1 .  On  pyrite  and  marcasite. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  186,  pp.  1-50, 1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1901:  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp. 
414-420,  1901. 

Describes  the  uncertainty  of  the  methods  of  distinguishing  pyrite  and  marcasite  and  a 
method  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  the  minerals  when  in  mixture,  and  discusses 
the  relations  of  these  sulphides  to  those  of  copper. 

Stokes  (H.  N. ),  Merrill  (George  P. )  and. 

1.  A  new  stony  meteorite  from  Allegan,  Michigan,  and  a  new  iron  meteorite  from 
Mart,  Texas. 

See  Merrill  (George  P.)  and  Stokes  (H.  N.),  1. 

Stone  (George  H.). 

1.  Note  on  the  minerals  associated  with  copper  in  parts  of  Arizona  and  New  Mexico. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  796-797,  1901.  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  p.  21505,  1901. 

2.  Note  on  the  extinct  glaciers  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  p.  798,  1901. 

Brief  account  of  occurrence. 

3.  [Discovery  of  coal  on  Turkey  Creek,  Colorado.] 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  p.  132,  1903. 

Stone  (Ralph  W.). 

1.  The  Elders  Ridge  coal  field,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  311-324,  1904. 

Describes  location  and  geologic  structure  of  the  field  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the 
coals. 

2.  Oil  and  gas  fields  of  eastern  Greene  County,  Pa. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  396-412,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  location  and  general  geology  of  the  field,  the  stratigraphic  position  and  charac¬ 
ter  of  the  oil  and  gas  producing  strata,  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region,  and  the  pro¬ 
duction  of  oil  and  gas. 

3.  Water  resources  of  the  Elders  Ridge  quadrangle,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  164-165, 1905. 

4.  Water  resources  of  the  Waynesburg  quadrangle,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  166-167,  1905. 

5.  Coal  resources  of  southwestern  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  151-171,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  and  the  various  occurrences  of  coal  beds  and  the  char¬ 
acter  of  the  coals. 

6.  Waynesburg  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  121,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography,  geologic  structure,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of 
Carboniferous  strata  and  Pleistocene  deposits,  the  geologic  history,  and  the  mineral 
resources,  chiefly  coal,  natural  gas,  and  oil. 

7.  Elders  Ridge  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  123,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  formations,  the  geologic  structure,  the  geologic  history,  and  the  mineral  resources, 
chiefly  coal  and  natural  gas. 

8.  Mineral  resources  of  the  Elders  Ridge  quadrangle,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  256,  86  pp.,  12  pis.,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Carboniferous 
strata,  and  the  mineral  resources,  principally  coal  and  natural  gas. 


324 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Stoneham  (W.  J.). 

1.  Nevada  coal  field. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  1009-1010,  1904. 

Describes  location  and  general  geology  of  the  field  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the 
coal. 

Storms  (W.  H.). 

1.  Some  structural  features  of  the  California  gold  belt. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  87,  pp.  112,  129,  149,  165,  183,  202,  216-217,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  lodes  and  veins  yielding  gold  ore. 

2.  The  genesis  and  character  of  ore  deposits. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  pp.  193-194,  1904. 

3.  The  Mother  Lode  in  Tuolumne  County,  California. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  89,  pp.  189,^210-211,  237,  257,  271-272,  306-307,  326-327,  343,  21  figs.,  1904. 
Describes  the  geologic  relations,  occurrence,  and  character  of  the  Mother  Lode,  the  occur¬ 
rence  of  the  gold-ore  bodies,  and  the  mining  operations. 

4.  Ancient  gravel  channels  of  Calaveras  County,  California. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  91,  pp.  170-171,  192-193,  4  figs.,  1905. 

5.  The  Golden  West  mine,  Pennington  County,  South  Dakota. 

Mg.  &  Sci..  Press,  vol.  91,  p.  257, 1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  relations  of  gold-bearing  deposits. 

Storrs  (Arthur  H.). 

1.  The  anthracite  coal  fields  of  Pennsylvania. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  11,  pp.  211-221,  13  figs.,  1905. 

Storrs  (L.  S. ). 

1.  The  Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv„  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  415-471,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  location,  extent,  geologic  relations  and  development  of  coal  areas  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains  region,  the  occurrence,  thickness,  and  extent  of  coal  beds,  and  the  character, 
composition,  and  utilization  of  the  coal  and  lignite. 

Stose  (George  W.). 

1.  The  structure  of  a  part  of  South  Mountain,  Pennsylvania. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  387,  1903. 

2.  Barite  in  southern  Pennsylvania  and  pure  limestone  in  Berkeley  County,  W.  Va. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  515-517,  1904. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  geologic  structure  of  the  Cumberland  Valley  and  the  occur¬ 
rence  of  barite  in  this  region;  describes  also  the  occurrence  and  quarrying  of  limestone  at 
Martinsburg,  W.  Va. 

3.  Physiographic  studies  in  southern  Pennsylvania. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  473-484,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features  in  the  Chambersburg  and  Mercersburg  quadrangles  and 
their  origin,  including  the  peneplains  and  their  age. 

4.  Water  resources  of  the  Chambersburg  and  Mercersburg  quadrangles,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  156-158,  1905. 

Stose  (George  W. )  and  Martin  (George  C. ). 

1.  Water  resources  of  the  Pawpaw  and  Hancock  quadrangles,  West  Virginia,  Mary¬ 
land,  and  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  58-63,  1905. 

Stretch  (R.  H.). 

1.  The  Silverton  mining  district,  Snohomish  County,  Washington. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  p.  105,  1901. 

Describes  briefly  the  occurrence  of  copper  ores. 

2.  The  Independent  mine  at  Silverton,  Snohomish  County,  Washington. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  p.  832,  1902. 

Briefly  describes  the  vein  system  and  occurrence  of  gold  ores. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


325 


Stretch  (R.  H. ) — Continued. 

3.  The  Montezuma  district,  Nevada. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  5-6,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  silver-lead  ore  deposits. 

4.  Copper  ores  in  the  Cascade  Mountains. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  789-790,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  copper-ore  deposits  in  the  State 
of  Washington. 

Strong-  (A.  M.),  Arnold  (Ralph),  and. 

1.  Some  crystalline  rocks  of  the  San  Gabriel  Mountains,  California. 

See  Arnold  (Ralph)  and  Strong  (A.  M.),  1. 

Struthers  (Joseph)  and  Pratt  (Joseph  Hyde). 

1.  Tin. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  U.  S.  for  1903,  pp.  335-349,  1904. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  rocks  in  which 
the  tin  ores  of  North  Carolina  and  South  Carolina  occur,  and  of  the  mineralogical  and 
chemical  character  of  the  ores. 

Stubbs  (Wm.  C.). 

1.  Report  on  the  agricultural  resources  and  capabilities  of  Hawaii. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Office  of  Exper.  Stations,  Bull.  no.  95,  100  pp.,  27  pis.,  1901. 

Includes  a  brief  account  of  the  geology  of  Hawaii. 

Stiibel  (Alphons). 

1.  Martinique  und  St.  Vincent.  Eine  Studie  zur  wissenschaftlicher  Beurteilung  der 

Ausbriiche  auf  den  kleinen  Antillen,  1902. 

Leipzig,  Max  Weg,  1903.  36  pp.,  6  figs.,  4to. 

2.  Ruckblick  auf  die  Ausbruchsperiode  des  Mont  Pele  auf  Martinique  1902-1903  vom 

theoretischen  Gesichtspunkte  aus. 

Leipzig,  Max  Weg,  1904.  24  pp.,  20  figs.,  4to.  (Not  seen.) 

Stupart  (R.  F. ). 

1.  Seismology  in  Canada. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  9,  sect.  3,  pp.  69-71, 1903. 

Describes  briefly  earthquake  observations  by  seismographs  in  Toronto  and  Victoria,  Canada. 

Sullivan  (Eugene  C. ). 

1.  The  chemistry  of  ore-deposition — precipitation  of  copper  by  natural  silicates. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  67-73, 1905. 

Sutton  (W.  J.). 

1.  The  geology  and  mining  of  Vancouver  Island. 

Manchester  Geol.  &  Mg.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  28,  pp.  307-314,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  economic  development  of  coal  and 
copper-ore  deposits. 


T. 

Taff  (Joseph  A.). 

1.  A  comparison  of  the  Ouachita  and  Arbuckle  Mountain  sections,  Indian  Territory. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  271-272, 1901. 

Briefly  describes  sections  of  Paleozoic  rocks. 

2.  Colgate  folio,  Indian  Territory. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  74, 1901. 

Describes  the  geographic  and  topographic  features,  the  general  geologic  relations,  the 
character  and  occurrence  of  the  Carboniferous,  Neocene,  and  Pleistocene  strata,  and  the 
occurrence  of  coal. 

3.  Atoka  folio,  Indian  Territory. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  79, 1902. 

Describes  geographic  and  topographic  features,  the  geologic  structure,  character  and  occur¬ 
rence  of  pre-Cambrian,  Cambrian,  Cambro-Silurian,  Silurian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  and 
Cretaceous  strata,  and  the  mineral  resources,  chiefly  coal,  granite,  and  building  stones. 


326  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 

TafF  (Joseph  A.) — Continued. 

4.  The  southwestern  coal  field. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  367-413,  4  pis.,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  location,  extent,  stratigraphy,  and  geologic  structure  of  this  coal  field,  occupying 
parts  of  Arkansas,  Texas,  and  Indian  Territory,  the  number  and  extent  of  workable  beds, 
the  character,  composition,  and  production  of  the  coal. 

5.  Chalk  of  southwestern  Arkansas,  with  notes  on  its  adaptability  to  the  manufac¬ 

ture  of  hydraulic  cements. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  687-742,  7  pis.,  13  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  location,  geologic  age,  and  occurrence  of  the  chalk  and  chalk  marl  deposits  of 
southwestern  Arkansas,  the  geologic  history  of  the  region,  character,  composition,  adapta¬ 
bility,  and  utilization  of  the  chalk,  chalk-marls,  and  clays  of  Arkansas  in  the  manufacture 
of  Portland  cement. 

6.  Tishomingo  folio,  Indian  Territory. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  98,  1903. 

Describes  geography,  physiography, general  relations,  pre-Cambrian  igneous  rocks,  Cambrian. 
Ordovician,  Siluro-Devonian,  Carboniferous,  and  Cretaceous  sedimentary  rocks  and  Qua¬ 
ternary  deposits,  geologic  structure  of  the  Arbuckle  Mountain  region,  and  the  mineral 
resources. 

7.  Maps  of  segregated  coal  lands  in  the  McAlester  district,  Choctaw  Nation,  Indian 

Territory,  with  descriptions  of  the  unleased  segregated  coal  lands. 

U.  S.,  Dept.  Interior,  Circular  no.  1,  59  pp.,  2  maps,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  coal  beds  and  the  quality  of  the  coal. 

8.  Maps  of  segregated  coal  lands  in  the  Wilburton-Stigler  district,  Choctaw  Nation, 

Indian  Territory,  with  descriptions  of  the  unlettsed  segregated  coal  lands. 

U.  S.,  Dept.  Interior,  Circular  no.  2,  47  pp.,  2  maps,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coal  beds  and  quality  of  the  coal. 

9.  Maps  of  segregated  coal  lands  in  the  Howe-Poteau  district,  Choctaw  Nation, 

Indian  Territory,  with  description  of  the  unleased  segregated  coal  lands. 

U.  S.,  Dept.  Interior,  Circular  no.  3,  48  pp.,  2  maps,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  coal  beds  and  quality  of  the  coal. 

10.  Maps  of  segregated  coal  lands  in  the  McCurtain-Massey  district,  Choctaw  Nation, 

Indian  Territory,  with  description  of  the  unleased  segregated  coal  lands. 

U.  S.,  Dept.  Interior,  Circular  no.  4,  54  pp.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coal  beds  and  the  quality  of  the  coal. 

11.  Maps  of  segregated  coal  lands  in  the  Lehigh- Ardmore  districts,  Choctaw  and 

Chickasaw  nations,  Indian  Territory,  with  descriptions  of  the  unleased  segre¬ 
gated  coal  lands. 

U.  S.,  Dept.  Interior,  Circular  no.  5,  39  pp.,  2  maps,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  coal  beds  and  the  quality  of  the  coal. 

12.  Description  of  the  unleased  segregated  asphalt  lands  in  the  Chickasaw  Nation, 

Indian  Territory. 

U.  S.,  Dept.  Interior,  Circular  no.  6,  14  pp.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  asphalt  deposits. 

13.  Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  of  the  Arbuckle  and  Wichita  mountains  in 

Indian  Territory  and  Oklahoma. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  31,  pp.  11-81,  8  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  and  history  of  the  region,  the  occurrence,  character,  and 
relations  of  pre-Cambrian  igneous  rocks,  and  Cambrian,  Ordovician,  Silurian,  Devonian, 
Carboniferous,  and  Cretaceous  sedimentary  rocks,  and  the  geologic  structure  of  the  Arbuckle 
and  Wichita  mountains. 

14.  Portland-cement  resources  of  Indian  Territory. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  243,  pp.,  145-147,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  limestones  suitable  for  cement  manufacture. 

15.  Portland-cement  resources  of  Texas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  243,  pp.  307-310,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  limestones  in  Texas  suitable 
for  Portland-cement  manufacture. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-3905,  INCLUSIVE. 


327 


TafF  (Joseph  A.) — Continued. 

16.  Progress  of  coal  work  in  Indian  Territory. 

U.'S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  2t>0,  pp.  382-401,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  location,  extent,  and  stratigraphy  of  the  coal  fields,  the  character  and  extent  of 
the  coal  beds,  and  the  mining  developments. 

17.  Tahlequah  folio,  Indian  Territory-Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  122,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiographic  relations  and  features,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations 
of  Ordovician,  Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  formations,  the  history  of  the  sedi¬ 
mentation,  the  geologic  structure,  and  the  economic  resources. 

18.  Some  erratic  boulders  in  middle  Carboniferous  shale  in  Indian  Territory. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  225,  1905. 

TafF  (Joseph  A.)  and  Shaler  (Millard  K.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Muscogee  oil  fields,  Indian  Territory. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  441-445,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  location  and  opening  of  the  field,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  oil, 
and  discusses  the  strata  penetrated  in  the  wells. 

Taft  (II.  H.). 

1.  Notes  on  southern  Nevada  and  Inyo  County,  California. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Bi-Mo.  Bull.,  no.  6,  pp.  1279-1298,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 

Talbot  (Mignon). 

1.  A  contribution  to  the  list  of  the  fauna  of  the  Stafford  limestone  of  New  York. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  148-150,  1903. 

2.  Revision  of  the  New  York  Helderbergian  crinoids. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  17-34,  4  pis.,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Tallmon  (Marion  Clover),  Morgan  (William  Conger),  and. 

1.  A  fossil  egg  from  Arizona. 

See  Morgan  (W.  C.)  and  Tallmon  (M.  C.),  1. 

2.  A  peculiar  occurrence  of  bitumen  and  evidence  as  to  its  origin. 

See  Morgan  (W.  C.)  and  Tallmon  (M.  C.),  2. 

Talmage  (J.  E. ). 

1.  A  recent  fault  slip,  Ogden  Canyon,  Utah 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  550, 1901. 

Gives  a  brief  account  of  the  phenomena. 

2.  The  geology  of  Utah. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  42-48,  1901. 

Describes  some  cf  the  geologic  features  of  the  State. 

Tarr  (Ralph  S. ). 

1.  Syllabus  for  field  and  laboratory  work  in  dynamic,  structural,  and  physiographic 

geology  (Geology  1)  at  Cornell  University. 

Ithaca,  New  York,  152  pp.,  1902. 

Contains  directions  for  field  and  laboratory  work  in  geology  and  elementary  mineralogy  and 
petrology. 

2.  The  physical  geography  of  New  York  State. 

The  MacMillan  company,  New  York,  1902.  397  pp.,  210  figs. 

Describes  the  general  physiographic  and  drainage  features  and  geologic  development,  the 
plains  and  plateaus,  and  the  influence  of  the  Glacial  period  upon  the  topography  and 
drainage  systems  of  the  State,  and  the  physiographic  and  glacial  geology  of  the  Great 
Lakes  region. 

3.  Post-Glacial  and  Inter-Glacial  (?)  changes  of  level  at  Cape  Ann,  Massachusetts. 

Harvard  Coll.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  42,  pp.  181-191,  13  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  discusses  evidences  of  changes  of  level. 

4.  New  physical  geography. 

New  York,  The  Macmillan  Company,  1904.  xiii,  457  pp.,  568  figs. 


328 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Tarr  (Ralph  S. )— Continued. 

5.  Artesian  well  sections  at  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  69-82,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  records  of  well  borings,  describes  the  materials  (glacial  deposits)  passed  through,  and 
discusses  the  geologic  history  of  the  Ithaca  delta. 

6.  Hanging  valleys  in  the  Finger  Lake  region  of  central  New  York. 

Am.Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  271-291,  5  pis.,  19  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  various  physiographic  features  bearirig  on  the  question  of  the  origin  of  these 
valleys. 

7.  Moraines  of  Seneca  and  Cayuga  Lakes. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  p.  129,  1905. 

A  brief  note  regarding  the  occurrence  of  moraines. 

8.  Water  resources  of  the  Watkins  Glen  quadrangle,  New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  134-140, 1905. 

9.  Some  instances  of  moderate  glacial  erosion. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  160-173,  9  figs.,  1905. 

10.  Moraines  of  the  Seneca  and  Cayuga  Lake  valleys. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  215-228,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  position  and  character  of  the  moraines  in  this  region  and  discusses  their  rela¬ 
tions  and  mode  of  formation. 

11.  Drainage  features  of  central  New  York. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  229-242,  6  pis.,  1905. 

Discusses  various  peculiarities  of  drainage  in  this  region  and  the  hypotheses  which  have  been 
advanced  in  explanation  thereof. 

12.  The  gorges  and  waterfalls  of  central  New  York. 

Am.Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  37,  pp.  193-212,  11  figs.,  1905. 

13.  Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  central  New  York. 

Abstract:  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  p.  136,  1905. 

14.  Some  drainage  features  of  southern  central  New  York. 

Abstract:  Am.Geol.,  vol.  35,  p.  52,  1905. 

Tarr  (Ralph  S. )  and  Martin  (Lawrence). 

1.  Recent  change  of  level  in  Alaska. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  879-880,  1905. 

Tassin  (Wirt). 

1.  Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  collection  of  gems  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. ,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  473-670,  9  pis.,  26  figs.,  1902. 

2.  Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  meteorite  collection  in  the  IT.  S.  National  Museum  to 

January  .1,  1902. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  671-698,  4  pis.,  1902. 

3.  The  Casas  Grandes  meteorite. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  25,  pp.  69-74,  4  pis.,  1912. 

Describes  occurrence  and  composition  of  a  meteorite  from  Casas  Grandes,  Mexico. 

4.  The  Persimmon  Creek  meteorite  [North  Carolina]. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  27,  pp.  955-959,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition. 

5.  The  Mount  Vernon  meteorite. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  28,  pp.  213-217,  2  pis. and  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  occurrence,  general  structure,  and  composition,  and  mineralogical  composition  of 
a  meteorite  found  near  Mount  Vernon,  Kentucky. 

Taylor  (Frank  Bursley). 

1.  Glacial  phenomena  in  eastern  Ontario. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  p.  138,  1901. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


329 


raylor  (Frank  Bursley) — Continued. 

1.  Surface  geology  of  Lapeer  County,  Michigan;  summary  report  of  progress. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  111-117,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  the  drift  covering  of  the  county  and  gives  a  sketch  of  the  Glacial  history  of  the 
'region. 

1.  The  correlation  and  reconstruction  of  recessional  ice  borders  in  Berkshire  County, 
Massachusetts. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.ll,  pp.  323-364,  10  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  topographic  and  drainage  features  and  moraines,  and  discusses  the  evidences  as  to 
the  movements  of  the  ice  sheet  and  general  relations  of  the  ice  front  to  the  land  relief. 

L  Studies  in  the  glaciation  of  the  Berkshire  Hills,  Massachusetts. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.17,  p.  225,  1903;  Sci.  Am.Suppl.,  vol.55,  p.22666,  1903. 

>.  Water  resources  of  the  Taconic  quadrangle,  New  York,  Massachusetts,  Vermont. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  130-133,  1905. 

raylor  (L.  H.). 

L.  Water  storage  in  the  Truckee  Basin,  California-Nevada. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  68,  90  pp.  8  pis.,  20  figs.,  1902. 

Fays  (E.  A.  H.). 

1.  Genesis  of  ore  deposits. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  83,  pp.  142-143,  3  figs.,  190L 
Discusses  article  by  M.  W.  Alderson  on  the  same  subject. 

r^il  (J.  J.  H.). 

L.  Volcanic  dust  from  the  West  Indies. 

Mature,  vol.  66,  p.  130,  1902. 

Notes  on  chemical  analysis  of  the  dust. 

Teggart  (Frederick  J. ). 

L  Literature  available  in  the  [Mechanics’  Institute]  Library  [San  Francisco,  Cali¬ 
fornia]  on  petroleum  with  some  references  on  asphaltum. 

Mechanics’  Inst.  Lib.,  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  Tech.  Ref.  List  no.  1,  24  pp.,  1903. 

reller  (Edgar  E. ). 

1.  The  Hamilton  formation  at  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin. 

Wis.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bull.,  new  ser.,  vol.  1,  pp.  47-56,  1  pi.,  1900. 

Reviews  previous  descriptions,  describes  the  characters  and  succession  of  the  strata,  and  gives 
notes  on  the  occurrence  of  characteristic  fossils. 

rhelen  (Paul). 

L.  The  differential  thermal  conductivities  of  certain  schists. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4,  pp.  201-226,  2  pis.,  10  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  methods  of  experimentation  and  experiments  made  to  determine  the  thermal  con¬ 
ductivity  of  certain  schists,  the  results  obtained,  and  the  petrographic  characters  of  the 
schists  employed. 

rhelen  (P.),  Knopf  (A.)  and. 

L.  Sketch  of  the  geology  of  Mineral  King,  California. 

See  Knopf  (A.)  and  Thelen  (P.),  1. 

Thiele  (F.  C.). 

1.  Ueber  Texas-petroleum. 

Chemiker-Zeitung,  Cothen,  vol.  25,  pp.  175-176,  1901. 

Discusses  character  and  composition  of  oil  from  Texas. 

Thierry  ( — ). 

1.  Sur  l’eruption  volcanique  du  8  mai  a  la  Martinique. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  (Paris),  Compt.  rend.,  vol.  135,  pp.  71-72,  1902. 

Describes  phenomena  witnessed  during  an  eruption  of  Mont  Pel£. 

Thomae  (W.  F.  A.). 

1.  An  ore  formation  on  Prince  of  Wales  Island  (S.  E.  Alaska). 

Inst.  Mg.  &  Metal.,  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  44-48,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  discusses  the  origin  of  ore  deposits  upon  this  island. 


330 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Thomas  (Kirby). 

1.  Mining  developments  in  eastern  Ontario. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  186-187,  1902. 

2.  Glacial  gold  in  Wisconsin. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  p.  248,  1902. 

3.  Methods  of  mining  in  the  Vermilion  iron  district  of  Minnesota. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  pp.  133-134,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  methods  of  mining  the  iron  ores. 

4.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  a  new  iron  district  in  Minnesota. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  25,  p.  27,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  iron-bearing  formations. 

Thyng  (William  S. ),  Lyon  (D.  A.),  and  Roberts  (Milnor),  Landes  (Henry). 

1.  The  metalliferous  resources  of  Washington,  except  iron. 

See  Landes  (H.),  Thyng  (W.  S.),  Lyon  (D.  A.),  and  Roberts  (M.),  1. 

Tight  (W.  G.). 

1.  Lake  Licking — a  contribution  to  the  buried  drainage  of  Ohio. 

.  Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  2d  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.,  17-20  [1894]. 

2.  Drainage  modifications  in  Washington  and  adjacent  counties  [Ohio]. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  Special  Papers  no.  3,  pp.  11-31,  5  pis.,  1900. 

Describes  present  drainage  system  and  topographic  features  of  this  area  and  their  bearing 
upon  pre-Glacial  drainage. 

3.  Pre-Glacial  drainage  in  southwestern  Ohio. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  775-776,  1901. 

Discusses  recent  article  by  A.  M.  Miller  on  the  same  subject. 

4.  Drainage  modifications  in  southeastern  Ohio  and  adjacent  parts  of  West  Virginia 

and  Kentucky. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  13.  Ill  pp.,  17  pis.,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  present  drainage  of  the  region  under  consideration,  the  pre-Glacial  drainage  of 
adjacent  regions,  the  general  topographic  features  and  their  relation  to  the  Tertiary 
peneplain,  the  characters  of  the  present  river  valleys,  the  reconstruction  of  the  old  drainage 
system,  relations  of  present  and  former  drainage  systems  to  one  another  and  to  the  geologic 
structure,  and  the  geologic  events  which  caused  the  drainage  changes. 

5.  Clarence  Luther  Herrick. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  1-26,  1  pi.  (por. ),  1905. 

Includes  a  list  of  his  published  writings. 

6.  Bolson  plains  of  the  Southwest. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  271-284,  1905. 

Discusses  the  definition  of  bolson  plains  and  its  application  to  the  intermontane  valleys  of 
New  Mexico. 

Tippenhauer  (L.  Gentil). 

1.  Beitriige  zur  Geologie  Haitis. 

Petermanns  Mitteilungen,  Bd.  45,  pp.  25-29,  153-155,  201-204,  3  pis.  (maps),  2  figs.,  1899. 
Describes  the  geology  of  portions  of  the  island  of  Hayti. 

2.  Beitriige  zur  Geologie  Haitis. 

Petermanns  Mitteilungen,  Bd.  47,  pp.  121-127,  169-178,  193-199,  5  pis.  (maps),  5  figs.,  1901. 
Describes  the  general  geology  of  portions  of  the  island  of  Hayti,  and  the  occurrence  and 
character  of  deposits  of  iron  and  copper  ores  and  lignite. 

Titcomb  (H.  A.). 

1.  The  Camp  Bird  gold  mine  and  mills  [Colorado]. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  24,  pp.  56-67,  7  figs.,  1902. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  the  gold  ore  deposits  and  of  the 
mining  operations. 

Todd  (James  E.). 

1.  River  action  phenomena. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  486-490,  1901. 

Discusses  the  variations  in  phenomena  of  river  action  in  time  of  flood  and  the  formation  of 
silt  and  loess  deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


331 


’odd  (James  E.)— Continued. 

Some  problems  of  the  Dakota  artesian  system. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  p.  794,  190L;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  p.  21504,  1901. 

!.  Moraines  and  maximum  diurnal  temperature. 

Abstracts:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  794-795,  1901;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52,  p.  21504,  1901. 
Describes  certain  glacial  phenomena. 

[.  Hydrographic  history  of  South  Dakota. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  27-40, 1  pi.  (map),  3  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  earth  movements  that  have  affected  the  drainage  features  of  the  State. 

).  Mineral  building  material,  fuels  and  waters  of  South  Dakota,  with  production  for 
1900. 

S.  Dak.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  3,  pp.  81-130,  10  pis.,  1902;  Stone,  vol.  25,  pp.  413-418,  521-524,  1903. 
Describes  the  character  and  distribution  of  the  building  stones,  cements,  clays,  fuels,  and 
mineral  waters  in  the  State. 

3.  Concretions  and  their  geological  effects. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  353-368,  5  pis.,  1903. 

Discusses  character,  occurrence,  and  modes  of  growth  of  concretions  and  their  influence  in 
producing  topographic  forms. 

7.  Building  stones  of  South  Dakota. 

Stone,  vol.  26,  pp.  20-27,  illus.,  1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  geologic  occurrence  of  building  stones. 

8.  A  newly  discovered  rock  at  Sioux  Falls,  South  Dakota. 

Stone,  vol.  27,  pp.  46-48,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  an  igneous  rock  discovered  in  this  vicinity. 

9.  Olivet  folio,  South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  96,  1903. 

Describes  geography  and  topography,  general  geology,  character,  and  occurrence  of  Algon¬ 
kian,  Cretaceous,  and  Quaternary  deposits,  geologic  history,  economic  and  water  resources. 

10.  Parker  folio,  South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  97,  1903. 

Describes  geography,  general  geology,  and  character  and  occurrence  of  Algonkian  and  Cre¬ 
taceous  strata  and  Quaternary  deposits,  the  geologic  history  and  economic  resources, 
including  underground  waters. 

11.  Mitchell  folio,  South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  99, 1903. 

Describes  geography,  general  geolsgy,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  deposits  belonging  to 
the  Algonkian,  Cretaceous,  and  Quaternary  systems,  the  geologic  history  and  economic 
resources,  more  particularly  the  underground  waters. 

12.  The  newly  discovered  rock  at  Sioux  Falls,  South  Dakota. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  35-39,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  characters  of  a  diabasic  rock  discovered  at  Sioux  Falls. 

13.  Benton  formation  in  eastern  South  Dakota. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  569-575,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Benton  formation  and  its  subdivisions  in  South 
Dakota,  and  corrects  the  former  erroneous  interpretation  of  the  Greenhorn  chalky  lime¬ 
stone. 

14.  Geology  of  South  Dakota. 

Black  Hills,  South  Dakota.  Papers  read  before  the  Black  Hills  Mining  Men’s  Assoc.,  pp.  128- 
135, 1904.  Am.  Mg.  Cong.,  6th  Ann.  Sess.,  Rept.  of  Proc.,  pp.  51-57,  1905.  Abstract:  Mg. 
Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  615-616, 1904. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  geology  of  the  State  of  South  Dakota. 

15.  Huron  folio,  South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  113,  1904. 

Describes  the  topography,  drainage,  and  general  geology,  the  character,  occurrence,  and 
relations  of  Cretaceous  strata  and  Quaternary  deposits  and  the  geologic  history,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  the  underground  water  resources  of  the  area. 


332 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Todd  (James  E.)  and  Hall  (C.  M.). 

1.  Alexandria  folio,  South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  100,  1903. 

Describes  geography,  general  geology,  Algonkian,  Cretaceous  and  Quaternary  deposits,  the 
geologic  history,  and  economic  and  artesian  water  resources  of  the  Alexandria  quadrangle. 

2.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  part  of  the  lower  James  River  valley,  South 

Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  90,  47  pp.,  23  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  Algonkian,  Cretaceous,  and  Quaternary  formations, 
the  geologic  history  of  the  region,  and  the  water  supply,  especially  from  artesian  wells,  giv¬ 
ing  records  of  borings. 

3.  De  Smet  folio,  South  Dakota. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  114,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  Cretaceous  strata 
and  Quaternary  deposits,  the  geologic  history,  and  the  economic  resources,  and  discusses  in 
detail  the  water  resources  of  the  area. 

Todd  (J.  H.). 

1.  Some  observations  on  the  pre-Glacial  drainage  of  Wayne  and  adjacent  counties 
[Ohio]. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  Special  Papers  no.  3,  pp.  47-67,  map,  1900. 

Tower  (Walter  S.). 

1.  The  development  of  cut-off  meanders. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  36,  pp.  589-599,  3  tigs.,  1904. 

2.  Topography  and  travel  in  Pennsylvania. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  37,  pp.  145-154,  1905. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  Pennsylvania. 

Transeau  (Edgar  N. ). 

1.  On  the  greographic  distribution  and  ecological  relations  of  the  bog  plant  societies 
of  northern  North  America. 

Bot.  Gaz.,  vol.  36,  pp.  401-420,  3  tigs.,  1903. 

Includes  a  discussion  of  pre-Glacial  distribution  and  Glacial  and  later  migrations  of  these 
plant  societies. 

Treadwell  (John  C.). 

I.  The  Sahuayacan  mining  district,  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  80,  pp.  1213-1216,  6  tigs.,  1905. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  region. 

True  (Frederick  W. ). 

1.  Diagnosis  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  fossil  sea-lion  from  the  Miocene  of  Oregon. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  48  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  3,  pt.  1),  pp.  47-49,  1905. 

2.  •  The  first  discovery  of  fossil  seals  in  America. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  794,  1905. 

True  (H.  L.). 

1.  The  cause  of  the  Glacial  period:  being  a  resume  and  discussion  of  the  current 
theories  to  account  for  the  phenomena  of  the  drift,  with  a  new  theory  by  the 
author. 

Cincinnati,  The  Robert  Clarke  Company,  1902.  xi,  162  pp.,  ill'us. 

Trumbull  (L.  W.). 

1.  A  preliminary  report  upon  the  coal  resources  of  Wyoming. 

Wyo.  Univ.,  School  of  Mines,  Bull.,  no.  7,  95  pp.,18  pis.,  1905. 

Includes  a  general  account  of  the  geology  of  the  Cretaceous  rocks  of  Wyoming. 

Turnbull  (J.  M.). 

1.  Geological  sketch  of  the  Bankhead  [Alberta]  coal  field. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  23,  pp.  213-214,  4 pis.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  occurrence  of  the  coal  beds  of  Cretaceous  age,  and  the 
character  and  mining  of  the  coal. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


333 


lurner  (Henry  W.). 

.  The  geology  of  the  Great  Basin  in  eastern  California  and  southwestern  Nevada. 

Abstract:  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  p.  73, 1901;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  498,  1901. 

11  escribes  the  structure  of  the  region  and  its  general  stratigraphic  features. 

.  Perknite  (lime-magnesia  rocks). 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  507-511, 1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  a  new  rock  type  and  gives  chemical  analyses  of 
rocks  included  in  this  group. 

The  mines  of  Esmeralda  County,  Nevada. 

Mg.  &Sci.  Press,  vol.  82,  pp.  73-74, 1901. 

Contains  notes  on  the  general  geology  of  portions  of  the  county. 

:.  Notes  on  unusual  minerals  from  the  Pacific  States. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  343-346,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence  and  chemical  characters  of  certain  mineral  phosphates,  silicates  and 
sulphates. 

i.  A  sketch  of  the  historical  geology  of  Esmeralda  County,  Nevada. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  261-272,  1902. 

Describes  the  general  characters  of  the  formations  from  pre-Cambrian  time  to  recent,  and 
discusses  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region. 

>.  The  Greenback  copper  mine,  Kern  County,  California. 

Eng? &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  547-548,  1  fig.,  1902. 

|  Unusual  minerals  from  the  Pacific  States. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  84,  p.  296,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence  of  pyromorphite,  monazite,  apatite  and  vivianite. 

J.  An  instance  of  variability  in  a  rock  magma. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  411,  1902. 

A  post-Tertiary  elevation  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  shown  by  a  comparison  of  the 
grades  of  the  Neocene  and  present  Tuolumne  rivers. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  414-415, 1902. 

10.  Post-Tertiary  elevation  of  the  Sierra  Nevada. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  540-541,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  age  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  uplift. 

11.  The  copper  deposits  of  the  Sierra  Oscura,  New  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  678-681,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  the  geographic  features  and  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence 
of  copper-bearing  reefs. 

12.  The  Cretaceous  auriferous  conglomerate  of  the  Cottonwood  mining  district,  Sis¬ 

kiyou  County,  California. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  653-654,  illus.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geological  relations  of  the  rock  formations,  and  the 
source  of  the  gold  contained  in  the  conglomerate. 

13.  Notes  on  contact-metamorphic  deposits  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  666-668,  1904. 

Describes  occurrences  of  deposits  additional  to  those  noted  by  Mr.  Lindgren  (Am.  Inst.  Mg. 
Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  230-231). 

14.  Observations  on  Mother  Lode  gold  deposits,  California.  [In  discussion  of  paper 

of  W.  A.  Prichard.] 

Am.  Inst,  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  973-974,  1904. 

Discusses  the  time-relations  of  the  diorite  intrusions  and  the  Assuring. 

15.  The  geological  features  of  the  gold  production  of  North  America.  [In  discussion 

of  paper  of  Waldemar  Lindgren.] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  p.  921,  1904. 

A  note  in  regard  to  the  geologic  position  of  gold  ores  in  the  vicinity  of  Silver  Peak,  Nevada. 

16.  Native  copper  in  greenstone  from  the  Pacific  coast. 

Eng.  <&  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  p.  276,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  native  copper. 


334 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Turner  (Henry  W. )—  Continued. 

17.  The  Terlingua  [Texas]  quicksilver  deposits. 

Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  1,  pp.  265-281,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  geologic  occurrence  of  the  ore  deposits,  the  character  am 
extent  of  the  lodes,  the  origin  of  the  ores,  and  associated  minerals. 

Tuttle  (George  W. ). 

1.  Recent  changes  in  the  elevation  of  land  and  sea  in  the  vicinity  of  New  York  City 

Am.  Jour.  Sfei.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  333-346,  1904. 

Discusses  detailed  investigations  upon  tidal  variation  and  their  bearing  upon  the  questioi 
of  the  elevation  or  subsidence  of  the  land. 

Tutton  (C.  H.). 

1.  The  laws  of  river  flow. 

Assoc,  of  Eng.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  28,  pp.  32-37,  1902. 

Contains  discussion  on  the  origin  and  flow  of  streams. 

Tyrrell  (J.  Burr). 

1.  Report  on  the  east  shore  of  Lake  Winnipeg  and  adjacent  parts  of  Manitoba  anc 

Keewatin,  compiled  by  D.  B.  Dowling. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  new  ser.,  vol.  11,  Kept.  G.,  96  pp.,  3  pis.,  1901.  Published  in  1900. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  drainage  of  the  region  and  the  character  of  the  crystalline 
rocks. 

2.  A  peculiar  artesian  well  in  the  Klondike. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  188.  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  conditions  producing  the  artesian  flow  oi 
water. 

3.  Report  on  explorations  in  the  northeastern  portion  of  the  district  of  Saskatchewan 

and  adjacent  parts  of  the  district  of  Keewatin. 

Can.  Geol.  Soc.,  Ann.  Rept.,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  48  pp.,  1  pi.,  and  map,  1903.  (Published  sepa¬ 
rately,  1902.) 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  Pleistocene  deposits  and  Cambro-Silurian  and  pre- 
Cambrian  rocks,  includes  a  list  of  glacial  striae  and  observations  on  the  geologic  structure, 
igneous  rocks,  and  minerals  of  the  region  examined. 

4.  Crystosphenes  or  buried  sheets  of  ice  in  the  Tundra  of  northern  America. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  232-236,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  mode  of  formation  of  the  masses  of  ice  for  which  the 
names  crystosphene  and  crystocrene  are  proposed. 

U. 

Udden  (Johan  August). 

1.  A  geological  section  across  the  northern  part  of  Illinois. 

Ill.  Bd.  of  World’s  Fair  Commissioners,  Rept.,  pp.  117-151, 1  pi.  (section),  1895. 

Describes  geology  of  northern  Illinois  and  gives  records  of  borings  and  other  sections. 

2.  Geology  of  Louisa  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  11,  pp.  58-126,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  2  maps,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  character  and  distribution  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Pleisto¬ 
cene  deposits  and  the  occurrence  of  economic  products. 

3.  Geology  of  Pottawattamie  County  [Iowa] . 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  11,  pp.  202-277, 1  pi.,  3  figs.,  and  map,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Carboniferous,  Cretaceous, 
and  Pleistocene  strata  and  the  occurrence  of  economic  products. 

4.  Loess  with  horizontal  shearing  planes. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  245-251, 1902. 

Describes  partings  in  the  loess  and  discusses  their  origin. 

5.  Geology  of  Jefferson  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  12,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  357-437,  4  figs.,  geol.  map,  1902. 

Describes  physiographic  and  drainage  features,  the  geologic  formations,  giving  sections  and 
lists  of  fossils,  and  the  economic  products  of  the  county. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


335 


Udden  (Johan  August) — Continued. 

6.  On  the  occurrence  of  rhizopods  in  the  Pella  beds  in  Iowa. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  p.  120,  1902. 

7.  Pleuroptyx  in  the  Iowa  Coal  Measures. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  p.  121, 1902. 

8.  Geology  of  Mills  and  Fremont  counties  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  IB,  pp.  123-183,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  topography  and  drainage,  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  Carbon¬ 
iferous  and  Cretaceous  strata  and  surficial  deposits,  and  economic  resources.  Includes  a 
report  by  Prof.  B.  Shimek  on  the  fossils  from  the  loess  of  these  counties. 

9.  Foraminiferal  ooze  in  the  Coal  Measures  of  Iowa. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  283-284,  1903. 

10.  Note  to  the  article  on  “Foraminiferal  ooze  in  the  Coal  Measures  of  Iowa.” 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  p.  430,  1903. 

Notes  the  occurrence  of  a  bed  of  foraminiferal  ooze  in  the  upper  Carboniferous  of  Texas. 

11.  The  geology  of  the  Shatter  silver-mine  district,  Presidio  County,  Texas. 

Tex.  Univ.  Min.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  8,  60  pp.,  11  figs.,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  the  physiographic  features  briefly  and  in  detail  the  occurrence,  character,  and 
geologic  relations  of  Carboniferous  and  Cretaceous  strata,  igneous  rocks,  and  mineral 
deposits,  mainly  silver  ores. 

12.  On  the  proboscidean  fossils  of  the  Pleistocene  deposits  in  Illinois  and  Iowa. 

Augustana  Library  Publications,  no.  5,  pp.  45-57,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrences  of  the  fossil  remains  of  elephants  and  mammoths  and  their  relations 
to  Pleistocene  deposits. 

Udden  (Jon  Andreas). 

1.  Geology  of  Clinton  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  15,  Ann.  Rept.,  1904,  pp.  369-431,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  2  maps,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Ordovician,  Silurian, 
and  Carboniferous  strata  and  Pleistocene  deposits,  and  the  economic  resources. 

Uhler  (P.  R.). 

1.  The  Niagara  period  and  its  associates  near  Cumberland,  Md. 

Md.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  pp.  19-26,  1905. 

Describes  Silurian  strata  in  the  vicinity  of  Cumberland,  Maryland,  and  gives  lists  of  fossils 
obtained. 

Ulrich  (Edward  Oscar). 

1.  Systematic  paleontology,  Eocene  Arthropoda. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  116-122,  1  pi.,  1901. 

2.  Eocene  Molluscoidea  (Bryozoa). 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  205-222,  2  pis.,  1901. 

8.  The  lithographic  stone  deposits  of  eastern  Kentucky. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  895-896,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geology  of  the  region  and  the  character  of  the  lithographic  stone. 

4.  Fossils  and  age  of  the  Yakutat  formation.  Description  of  collections  made  chiefly 

near  Kadiak,  Alaska. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition,  vol.  4,  pp.  125-146,  11  pis.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  geologic  age  of  the  Yakutat  formation  from  the  evidence  of  its  fossils  and  gives 
systematic  descriptions  of  these. 

5.  Determination  and  correlation  of  formations  [of  northern  Arkansas]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  24,  pp.  90-113,  1904. 

Discusses  the  occurrence,  character,  geologic  relations,  and  correlation  of  Ordovician,  Silurian, 
Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  formations  of  northern  Arkansas. 

6.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Hydrozoa. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  433-438, 1  pi.,  1904. 


336 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Ulrich  (Edward  Oscar) — Continued. 

7.  Portland-cement  resources  of  Tennessee. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  243,  pp.  301-307,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  limestones  in  Tennessee  suitable 
for  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

8.  Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of  western  Kentucky.  Part  I.  Geology  and 

general  relations. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  36,  pp.  15-105,  7  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  nomenclature,  correlation,  topography,  and  paleontology 
of  Devonian  and  Carboniferous,  especially  Mississippian,  formations  in  western  Kentucky 
and  southern  Illinois,  giving  illustrations  of  the  fossils,  the  geologic  structure,  particularly 
the  faulting,  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  dikes. 

9.  [The  time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  correlation.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  585,  1905. 

Ulrich  (Edward  Oscar)  and  Bassler  (Ray  S.). 

1.  A  revision  of  the  Paleozoic  bryozoa.  Part  I.  On  genera  and  species  of 

Ctenostomata. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  45  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  1,  pts.  3  and  4),.pp.  256-294,  4  pis., 2  figs.,  1904. 

2.  A  revision  of  the  Paleozoic  bryozoa.  Part  II.  On  genera  and  species  of 

Trepostomata. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  47  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  2,  no.  1),  pp.  15-55,  9  pis.,  1904. 

3.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Ostracoda. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  98-130,  4  pis.,  1904. 

4.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Bryozoa. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  404-429, 10  pis.,  1904. 

Ulrich  (Edward  Oscar)  and  Schuchert  (Charles). 

1.  Paleozoic  seas  and  barriers  in  eastern  North  America. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  633-663,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Reviews  the  evidences  of  the  existence  of  barriers  in  the  Paleozoic  seus  of  the  region,  and 
discusses  the  relations  and  migrations  of  the  faunas  and  the  character  and  extent  of  the 
oscillations  and  their  effect  on  the  sedimentation  and  life. 

Ulrich  (Edward  Oscar)  and  Smith  (W.  S.  Tangier). 

1.  Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of  western  Kentucky. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  205-213,  1903. 

Describes  the  mining  development  and  geologic  structure  of  the  region  and  the  character 
and  occurrence  of  the  veins  and  vein  minerals. 

Ulrich  (Edward  Oscar),  Adams  (G.  I.)  and. 

1.  Fayetteville  folio,  Arkansas-Missouri. 

See  Adams  (G.  I.)  and  Ulrich  (E.  O.),  1. 

Ulrich  (Edward  Oscar),  Bain  (H.  F. )  and. 

1.  The  copper  deposits  of  Missouri. 

See  Bain  (H.  F.)  and  Ulrich  (E.  O.),  1. 

2.  The  copper  deposits  of  Missouri. 

See  Bain  (H.  F.)  and  Ulrich  (E.  O.),  2. 

Ulrich  (Edward  Oscar),  Hayes  (C.  Willard)  and. 

1.  Columbia  folio,  Tennessee. 

See  Hayes  (C.  W.)  and  Ulrich  (E.  O.),  1. 

Underhill  (James). 

1.  The  correlation  of  Colorado  geological  formations. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  52,  pp.  496-497,  1905. 

United  States  Geological  Survey. 

1.  Geology,  etc.,  of  the  Coosa  Valley,  Alabama. 

56th  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  Senate  Doc.  no.  65,  4  pp.,  1901. 

A  letter  from  the  Director  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  submitting  a  brief  sketch 
of  the  geology  and  natural  resources  of  the  Coosa  Valley,  in  the  State  of  Alabama. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


337 


United  States  Geological  Survey — Continued.  t 

2.  The  United  States  Geological  Survey,  its  origin,  development,  organization,  and 
operations. 

Q.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  227,  205  pp.,  9  pis.,  5  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  organization  and  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  and  gives  a  full  list  of  its 
publications. 

Upham  (Warren). 

1.  Artesian  wells  in  North  and  South  Dakota. 

Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  3,  pp.  370-379,  1901. 

2.  Pre-Glacial  erosion  in  the  course  of  the  Niagara  gorge,  and  its  relation  to  estimates 

of  post-Glacial  time. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  235-244, 1901. 

Gives  the  author’s  views  of  the  Glacial  history  of  the  region  and  discusses  their  bearing  on 
estimates  of  post-Glacial  time. 

3.  The  antiquity  of  the  races  of  mankind. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  250-254,  1901. 

Reviews  the  evidences  indicating  the  pre-Glacial  origin  of  man. 

4.  The  Toronto  and  Scarboro  drift  series  [Ontario] . 

Am.  Geol.,  vol,  28,  pp.  306-316,  1901. 

Quotes  Coleman’s  description  of  these*  beds  and  discusses  the  bearing  of  the  evidences  on  the 
existence  of  interglacial  epochs  of  moderate  oscillations  of  the  ice  border. 

5.  Time  divisions  of  the  Ice  Age. 

Victoria  Inst.,  Jour.,  of  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  393-410,  1901. 

Describes  glacial  phenomena  in  North  America,  and  discusses  the  correlation  of  the  glacial 
deposits  and  time  divisions  of  North  America  and  Europe  and  the  evidences  as  to  the  time 
of  man’s  appearance  upon  the  earth. 

6.  New  evidence  of  epeirogenic  movements  causing  and  ending  the  Ice  Age. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  162-169,  1902. 

Reviews  of  work  of  Brogger  and  Nansen. 

7.  Growth  of  the  Mississippi  Delta. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  103-111,  1902. 

Gives  a  historical  sketch. 

8.  Man  in  the  Ice  Age  of  Lansing,  Kansas,  and  Little  Falls,  Minnesota. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30, pp.  135-150, 2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  deposits  in  which  the  remains  were  found  and  gives  estimates  of  the  duration 
of  the  various  divisions  of  the  Ice  Age. 

9.  Man  in  Kansas  during  the  Iowan  stage  of  the  Glacial  period. 

Science,  new.  ser.,vol.  16,  pp.  355-356,  1902. 

Describes  the  discovery  and  occurrence  of  human  remains  in  glacial  deposits  near  Lansing 
Kansas. 

10.  The  fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Kansas. 

Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  1,  pp.  272-275,  3  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  finding  of  human  remains  near  Lansing,  Kansas,  and  discusses  their  antiquity. 

11.  Primitive  man  and  stone  implements  in  the  North  American  loess. 

Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  24,  pp.  413-420,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  human  remains  in  the  loess  near  Lansing,  Kans. 

12.  Primitive  man  in  the  Ice  Age. 

Bibliotheca  Sacra,  vol.  59,  pp.  730-743,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  human  remains  in  the  loess  near  Lansing,  Kansas,  and  discusses, 
geological  history  during  the  Ice  Age. 

13.  Primitive  man  in  the  Ice  Age. 

Memoirs  of  Explorations  in  the  Basin  of  the  Mississippi,  vol.  5,  Kakabikansing,  pp.  116-119, 
St.  Paul,  Minn.,  1902. 

Discusses  evidences  as  to  the  origin  and  antiquity  of  man  in  Europe  and  America  and  his 
place  in  the  geological  scale. 

Bull.  301—06 - 22 


388 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Upham  (Warren) — Continued. 

14.  Vafley  loess  and  the  fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Kansas. 

Am.  Geol.  vol.  31,  pp.  25-34,  1903. 

Discusses  distribution  and  origin  of  loess  deposits  and  the  evidences  for  the  age  of  the  fossil- 
iferous  remains  found  near  Lansing,  Kansas. 

15.  The  life  and  work  of  professor  Charles  M.  Hall. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  195-198,  pi.  13  (por.),  1903. 

16.  How  long  ago  was  America  peopled? 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  312-315,  1903. 

Discusses  time  estimates  of  Glacial  and  post-Glacial  periods  and  evidences  of  antiquity  of  man 
in  America. 

17.  Glacial  Lake  Nicolet  and  the  portage  between  the  Fox  and  Wisconsin  rivers. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  105-115,  1903. 

18.  The  antiquity  of  the  fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Kansas. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  185-187,  1903. 

19.  The  Glacial  lakes  Hudson-Champlain  and  St.  Lawrence. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  223-230,  1903. 

20.  Glacial  Lake  Jean  Nicolet. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  330-331,  1903. 

As  the  name  Lake  Nicollet  had  been  previously  used  by  Winchell,  the  writer  amends  his  name 
Lake  Nicolet  to  the  form  given  above. 

21.  Geology  of  Prairie  Island  [Minnesota]. 

Memoirs  of  Exploration  in  the  Basin  of  the  Mississippi,  vol.  6,  Minnesota,  pp.  34-38,  1903. 

22.  The  past  and  future  of  Niagara  Falls. 

State  Reservation  at  Niagara,  Comm.  19th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  231-254,  1903. 

23.  Moraines  and  eskers  of  the  last  glaciation  in  the  White  Mountains. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  7-14,  1904. 

Calls  attention  to  previous  work  in  this  region  and  describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of 
moraines  and  eskers  and  distribution  of  boulders. 

24.  Boulders  due  to  rock  decay. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  370-375,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  origin  of  boulders  at  Butte,  Montana,  concludes  that  many  Glacial 
boulders  are  the  result  of  rock  decay,  and  discusses  the  occurrence  and  distribution  of 
Glacial  boulders. 

25.  Erosion  on  the  Great  Plains  and  on  the  Cordilleran  Mountain  belt. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  35-39,  1904. 

Discusses  the  physiographic  history  of  the  Great  Plains  and  Cordilleran  regions  during  Ter¬ 
tiary  and  Quaternary  times. 

26.  Age  of  the  Missouri  River. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  80-87,  1904. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geologic  history  and  physiographic  features  of  the  interior  por¬ 
tion  of  the  North  American  Continent. 

27.  Outer  Glacial  drift  in  the  Dakotas,  Montana,  Idaho,  and  Washington. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  151-162,  1904. 

Reviews  the  work  of  tracing  drift  boundaries  across  the  United  States,  and  describes  the 
occurrence  and  character  of  the  Glacial  drift  deposits  in  the  Northwestern  States. 

28.  Glacial  and  modified  drift  in  and  near  Seattle,  Tacoma,  and  Olympia  [Wash¬ 

ington]  . 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  203-214,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  probable  successive  stages  in  glaciation,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of 
Glacial  drift  deposits. 

29.  The  nebular  and  planetesimal  theories  of  the  earth’s  origin. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  202-220, 1905;  Victoria  Inst.,  Jour,  of  Trans.,  vol.  37,  pp.  186-204, 1905. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


339 


TJpham  (Warren) — Continued. 

30.  Fjords  and  hanging  valleys. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  312-315, 1905. 

Discusses  the  relations  of  these  physiographic  features  and  their  origin,  and  the  evidence 
they  give  as  to  the  cause  of  the  Glacial  epoch. 

31.  Age  of  the  St.  Croix  Dalles. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  347-355, 1905. 

Discusses  various  Glacial  phenomena  of  the  region  and  their  bearing  upon  the  time  and  mode 
of  formation  of  the  Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix  River. 

32.  Glacial  lakes  and  marine  submergence  in  the  Hudson-Champlain  valley. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  285-289, 1905. 

33.  Geological  history  of  the  Great  Lakes  and  Niagara  Falls. 

Intern.  Quart.,  vol.  11,  pp.  248-265, 1905. 

Ussing’  (N.  V.). 

1.  Mineral ogisk-petrografiske  undersoegelser  af  Groenlandske  nefelinsyeniter  og 
beskegtede  bjsegarter. 

Meddelelser  om  Greenland,  vol.  14,  pp.  1-220,  7  pis.,  1898: 

Describes  mineralogy  and  petrology  of  Greenland. 


V. 

Vaillant  (L6on). 

1.  Sur  la  presence  du  tissu  osseux  chez  certains  poissons  des  terrains  palaeozoiques  de 
Canyon  City,  Colorado. 

Acad,  des  Sci.  [Paris],  Compt.  rend.,  t.  134,  pp.  1321-1322,  1902. 

Notes  the  presence  of  osseous  tissue  in  certain  fish  remains  from  Paleozoic  strata  near  Canyon 
City,  Colorado. 

Van  der  Grinten  (Alphons  J. ). 

1.  New  circular  projection  of  the  whole  earth’s  surface. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci., 4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp. 357-366, 6  figs.,  1905. 

Van  Diest  (P.  H.). 

1.  A  mineralogical  mistake. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  6,  pp.  150-156,  1  pi.  [1902]. 

Contains  observations  on  occurrence  of  rocks  and  ores,  and  describes  the  efforts  to  find  tin  in 
the  Greenhorn  Mountains  of  Colorado. 

Van  Hise  (Charles  R.). 

1.  Some  principles  controlling  the  deposition  of  ores. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  27-177,  10  figs.,  1901.  Abstract:  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th 
ser.,  vol.  11,  p.  90, 1901;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  699-702, 1901. 

This  subject  is  discussed  under  the  following  general  heads:  Three  zones  of  the  lithosphere; 
the  water  content  and  openings  in  rocks;  physico-chemical  principles  controlling  the  work 
of  underground  waters;  general  geologic  work  of  underground  waters;  the  precipitation  of 
ores  by  ascending  waters;  precipitation  of  ores  by  ascending  and  descending  waters  com¬ 
bined;  the  association  of  certain  ores;  concentration;  enrichment  and  diminution  of  rich¬ 
ness  in  depth;  special  factors  affecting  the  concentration  of  ores,  and  the  classification  of 
ore  deposits. 

2.  The  iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Lake  Superior  region. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  305-434,  12  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  stratigraphy  and  occurrence  of  iron  ores  in  the  several  districts  of  the 
Lake  Superior  region.  The  Mesabi  district  is  by  C.  R.  Van  Hise  and  C.  K.  Leith.  The  Ver- 
milioh  iron-bearing  district  is  by  C.  R.  Van  Hise  and  J.  Morgan  Clements. 

3.  The  geology  of  ore  deposits. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  745-757,  6  figs.,  785-793, 1901.  Abstract:  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  52, 
p.  21504, 1901. 

Discusses  the  evidences  that  metallic  ores  and  gangue  are  deposited  by  underground  waters. 

4.  [Discussion  of  “Ice  ramparts,”  by  E.  R.  Buckley]. 

Wis.  Acad.  Sci.  Arts  and  Letters,  Trans.,  vol.  13,  pt.  1,  pp.  158-162,  5  pis.,  1901. 

Compares  the  phenomena  of  ice  deformation  with  those  of  crustal  deformation. 


340 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Van  Hise  (Charles  R. ) — Continued. 

5.  Introduction  to  ‘  ‘  Preliminary  report  on  the  lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Ozark 

region,”  by  H.  F.  Bain. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Kept.,  pt.  2,  pp.  33-60,  1901. 

Discusses  character,  origin,  and  concentration  of  lead  and  zinc  ores  of  the  upper  Mississippi 
Valley  and  c i  the  Ozark  region  of  the  lower  Mississippi  Valley. 

6.  Geological  excursion  in  Colorado. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  2-5, 1901. 

Contains  brief  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  points  visited. 

7.  The  training  and  work  of  a  geologist. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  150-170,  1902;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  321-334,  1902;  Am.  Assoc. 
Adv.  Sci.,  Proc.  Fifty-first  meeting,  pp.  399-420,  1902. 

8.  Some  principles  controlling  the  deposition  of  ores.  [Continuation  of  paper  in 

vol.  30,  1901.] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  284-302,  1902. 

Reviews  recent  papers  that  have  been  published  since  the  author’s  discussions  of  the  subject, 
with  special  reference  to  the  paper  by  Professor  Kemp  on  “The  role  of  the  igneous  rocks  in 
the  formation  of  veins.” 

9.  Geological  work  in  the  Lake  Superior  region. 

Lake  Sup.  Mg.  Inst.,  Proc.  for  1902,  vol.  8,  pp.  62-69  [1903]. 

Discusses  the  difficulties  of  geologic  work  in  this  region  and  gives  an  historical  review  of  the 
work  that  has  been  done. 

10.  Powell  as  an  explorer. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  5,  pp.  105-112, 1903. 

11.  Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.17,  pp.  542-543, 1903. 

12.  A  treatise  on  metamorphism. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  47, 1286  pp.,  13  pis.,  32  figs.,  1904. 

13.  Report  on  geophysics. 

Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  Yearb.  no.  2, 1903,  pp.  173-184, 1904. 

Discusses  establishment  of  a  geophysical  laboratory  and  the  work  to  be  done  therein. 

14.  Lake  Superior  geological  work. 

Abstract:  Mg.  World,  vol.  21,  pp.  197-198, 2  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  general  observations  on  geologic  work  in  the  Lake  Superior  iron  region. 

Extract  from  paper  read  before  the  Lake  Superior  Mining  Institute. 

15.  The  problems  of  geology. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  589-616,  1904. 

16.  A  correction. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  p.  280,  1905. 

Corrects  an  error  occurring  in  the  author’s  “  A  treatise  on  metamorphism.  ” 

Van  Hise  (C.  R. )  and  others. 

1.  Report  of  the  special  committee  for  the  Lake  Superior  region.  Introductory  note 
by  C.  R.  Van  Hise. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  89-104,  1905;  Out.  Bur.  Mines,  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.  1,  pp.  269-277,  1905; 

Geol.  Surv.  Mich.,  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  133-143, 1905. 

Describes  the  investigations  of  a  special  committee  of  geologists  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
Canada  and  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  upon  the  relations,  classification,  and 
nomenclature  of  the  formations  of  the  Lake  Superior  region,  and  gives  their  conclusions 
in  tabular  form.  The  report  is  alphabetically  signed  by  Frank  D.  Adams,  Robert  Bell, 
A.  C.  Lane,  C.  K.  Leith,  W.  G.  Miller,  Charles  R.  Van  Hise. 

Van  Hise  (Charles  R. )  and  Bain  (H.  Foster.) 

1.  Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  U.  S.  A. 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.  [England],  Trans.,  vol.  23,  pp.  376-434,  14  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  geographic  distribution  and  stratigraphy  of  the  lead  and  zinc  producing  areas 
Of  the  Mississippi  Valley  and  discusses  the  occurrence  and  genesis  of  the  ore  deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


341 


Van  Horn  (F.  B. ) 

1.  The  geology  of  Moniteau  County  [Missouri]. 

Mo.  Bur.  Geol.  &  Mines,  2d  ser.,  vol.  3,  pp.  10-104,  13  pis.,  25  tig  .,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Cambrian,  Ordovician, 
Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  strata,  various  structural  features,  and  the  economic  resources. 

Van  Ingen  (Gilbert). 

1 .  The  Siluric  fauna  near  Batesville,  Arkansas,  I. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  22,  pp.  318-328, 1  fig.,  1901.  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr. 
vol.  9,  no.  76. 

Describes  the  geologic  relations  of  the  strata.  Includes  a  bibliography. 

2.  The  Siluric  fauna  near  Batesville,  Arkansas. 

School  of  Mines  Quart.,  vol.  23,  pp.  34-74,  14  figs.,  1901.  Columbia  Univ.,  Geol.  Dept.,  Contr. 
vol.  9,  no.  76,  pt.  2. 

Describes  the  characters  of  the  various  species  collected. 

3.  [Paleozoic  rocks  of  northwestern  New  Jersey.] 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol. "27,  pp.  42-43, 1901. 

Contains  considerable  data  on  the  Paleozoic  strata  and  faunas  of  New  Jersey. 

4.  Potsdam  sandstone  of  the  Lake  Champlain  Basin. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  529-545,  geol.  map,  1902. 

Describes  certain  sections  and  discusses  briefly  the  results  of  the  investigations. 

5.  A  method  of  facilitating  photography  of  fossils. 

Abstract:  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ann.,  vol.  14,  pp.  115-116,  1902. 

6.  The  rounded  sands  of  Paleozoic  formations. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  807, 1905. 

Van  Ingen  (Gilbert)  and  Clark  (P.  Edwin). 

1.  Disturbed  fossiliferous  rocks  in  the  vicinity  of  Rondout,  N.  Y. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  1176-1227, 13  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  location,  stratigraphy,  paleontology,  and  structural  features  of  Silurian  and 
Devonian  strata  in  the  city  of  Rondout,  New  York,  and  its  vicinity. 

Van  Vleet  (A.  H.). 

1.  [Second  biennial  report  of  the  Department  of  Geology  and  Natural  History  of 
Oklahoma.] 

Okla.,  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.,  2d  Bien.  Kept.,  pp.  9-16,  1902. 

Outlines  the  work  and  status  of  the  Department  of  Geology  and  Natural  History  of  the  Ter¬ 
ritory  of  Oklahoma. 

Vaughan  (T.  Wayland). 

1.  Eocene  Ccelenterata. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene,  pp.  222-232,  1  pi.,  1901. 

2.  Some  fossil  corals  from  the  elevated  reefs  of  Curasao,  Arube,  and  Bonaire. 

Sammlungen  d.  Geol.  Reichs-Museum,  Leiden,  ser.  2,  Bd.  2,  Heft  1,  1901. 

3.  The  stony  corals  of  the  Porto  Rican  waters. 

U.  S.  Fish  Comm.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  for  1900,  pp.  289-320,  38  pis.,  1901. 

In  addition  to  describing  recent  species  of  corals,  gives  notes  on  fossil  species  from  the  United 
States  and  the  West  Indies. 

4.  Shell  Bluff,  Georgia,  one  of  Ly ell’s  original  localities. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13pp.  270, 1901. 

Contains  abstract  of  paper  read  before  the  Geological  Society  of  Washington. 

5.  Review  of  recent  papers  on  Bahaman  corals. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  497-498, 1901. 

6.  The  copper  mines  of  Santa  Clara  Province,  Cuba. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  814-816,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  geology  and  occurrence  and  character  of  the  ore  bodies. 

7.  The  locality  of  the  type  of  Prionastrsea  vaughani,  Gregory. 

Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  7th  ser.,  vol.  7,  p.  300, 1901. 


342 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Vaughan  (T.  Way  land) — Continued. 

8.  Bitumen  in  Cuba. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  73,  pp.  344-347,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  material. 

9.  Notes  on  Cuban  fossil  mammals. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  148-149, 1902. 

Questions  the  occurrence  of  certain  fossil  remains  in  Cuba  and  gives  a  note  on  the  priority  of 
Megalocnus  Leidy  over  Myomorphus  Pomel. 

10.  Earliest  Tertiary  coral  reefs  in  the  Antilles  and  United  States. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  506-507,  1902. 

11.  Evidence  of  recent  elevation  of  the  Gulf  coast  along  the  westward  extension  of 

Florida. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  5-14,  1902. 

12.  Fuller’s  earth  of  southwestern  Georgia  and  western  Florida. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.,  1901,  pp.  922-934,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  fuller’s  earth  deposits  in  Georgia  and  Florida,  and  discusses  their 
geologic  age  from  the  evidence  of  fossils. 

13.  Some  recent  changes  in  the  nomenclature  of  West  Indian  corals. 

Wash.  Biol.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  15,  pp.  53-53,  1902. 

14.  An  addition  to  the  coral  fauna  of  the  Aquia  Eocene  formation  of  Maryland. 

Wash.  Biol.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  15,  pp.  205-206,  1902. 

15.  A  redescription  of  the  coral  Platytrochus  speciosus. 

•  Wash.  Biol.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  15,  pp.  207-209,  1902. 

16.  Corrections  to  the  nomenclature  of  the  Eocene  fossil  corals  of  the  United  States. 

Wash.  Biol.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  16,  p.  101,  1903. 

17.  The  corals  of  the  Buda  limestone. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  205,  pp.  37-40,  1  pi.,  1903. 

18.  Fuller’s  earth  deposits  of  Florida  and  Georgia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  392-399, 1903. 

Describes  geographic  and  geologic  occurrence  and  character  of  deposits  of  fuller’s  earth  in 
these  States. 

19.  Systematic  paleontology  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland:  Anthozoa. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  pp.  438-447,  8  pis.,  1904. 

20.  A  Californian  Tertiary  coral  reef  and  its  bearing  on  American  recent  coral  faunas. 

Abstracts:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol. .19,  p.  503,  1904;  GeQl.  Centralbl.,  Bd.  5,  p.  526.  1904. 

21.  A  critical  review  of  the  literature  on  the  simple  genera  of  the  Madreporaria 

Fungida,  with  a  tentative  classification. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  28,  pp.  371-424,1905. 

Vaughan  (T.  Wayland)  and  Spencer  (Arthur  Coe). 

1.  The  geography  of  Cuba. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  34,  pp.  105-116, 1902. 

Describes  the  mountains,  plains,  terraces,  drainage,  and  harbors  of  Cuba. 

Vaughan  (T.  Wayland),  Hayes  (C.  Willard),  and  Spencer  (Arthur  Coe). 

1.  Report  on  a  geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba. 

See  Hayes  (C.  W.),  Vaughan  (T.  W.),  and  Spencer  (A.  C.),  1. 

Vaughan  (T.  Wayland),  Hill  (Robert  T. )  and. 

1.  Austin  folio,  Texas. 

See  Hill  (R.T.)  and  Vaughan  (T.W.),  1. 

Vaux  (George)  and  (William  S.,  jr. ). 

1.  Observations  made  in  1900  on  glaciers  in  British  Columbia. 

Phil.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1901,  pp.  213-215,  1901. 

Notes  on  movements  of  the  glaciers. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


343 


Vaux  (George)  and  (William  S.,  jr. ). 

2.  Les  variations  periodiques  des  glaciers.  IXme  rapport.  Colombie  anglaise  et 
Alberta. 

Arch,  des  Sci.  phys.  et  nat.,  4th  p6r.,  t.  18,  pp.  194-195, 1904. 

Veatch  (Arthur  C.). 

1.  The  salines  of  north  Louisiana. 

La.  Geol.  Surv.,  pt.  6,  pp.  47-100,  13  pis.,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  local  geology  of  the  various  salt  works,  and  discusses  the  geological  structure 
and  history  of  the  region. 

2.  The  geography  and  geology  of  the  Sabine  River,  Louisiana. 

La.  Geol.  Surv.,  pt.  6,  pp.  107-141,  14  pis.,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Tertiary  strata  of  the 
region. 

3.  Notes  on  the  geology  along  the  Ouachita  [Louisiana]. 

La.  Geol.  Surv.,  pt.  6,  pp.  153-170,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  the  physiography  and  Tertiary  beds  of  the  region. 

4.  The  diversity  of  the  Glacial  period  on  Long  Island. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  762-776,  6  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  character,  occurrence,  geologic  position,  and  correlation  of  glacial  deposits  on 
Gardiners  and  Long  Islands,  New  York. 

5.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  Long  Island. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  213-214,  1903. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  of  Quaternary  formations  and  their  relation  to  pre-Glacial  topography. 

6.  Some  peculiar  artesian  conditions  on  Long  Island,  N.  Y. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  795-796, 1904. 

7.  The  underground  waters  of  northern  Louisiana  and  southern  Arkansas. 

La.  State  Exp.  Station,  Geol.  Surv.  Bull.  no.  1,  pp.  82-91, 1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  strata  in  northern  Louisi¬ 
ana  and  their  water-bearing  properties. 

8.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  Louisiana  and  southern  Arkansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  179-187,  4  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  geologic  formation-; 
with  particular  reference  to  their  water-bearing  qualities. 

9.  Record  of  deep-well  drilling  for  1904.  General  plan  and  details  of  work. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  264,  pp.  28-39,  1905. 

10.  The  question  of  origin  of  the  natural  mounds  of  Louisiana,  Arkansas,  and  Texas. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  310-311,  350-351,  1905. 

Vermeule  (C.  C.). 

1.  East  Orange  wells  at  White  Oak  Ridge,  Essex  County  [New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Kept,  for  1904,  pp.  255-263,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  strata  passed  through  in  the  wells. 

Verrill  (A.  E.). 

1.  Peculiar  character  of  the  eruption  of  Mt.  Pel6e,  May  8th. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  72-74,  1902. 

Discusses  the  cause  of  the  destruction  of  St.  Pierre. 

Very  (Frank  W.). 

1.  A  cosmic  cycle. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  47-58,  97-114,  185-196, 1902. 

Vicaire  (A.). 

1.  Developpements  r6cents  des  industries  miniere  et  m4tallurgique  en  Colombie 
britannique. 

Ann.  des  Mines,  10e  s6r.,  t  5,  pp.  297-388,  10  figs.,  1904. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  geology  of  the  Crow’s  Nest  Pass  coal  field  and  the  Boundary  mining 
district. 


344 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Villada  (Manuel  M.) 

1.  Breve  resena  geologica  del  terreno  comprendido  en  las  obras  del  Desagiie  del  Valle 
de  Mexico  y  en  general  de  toda  esta  region. 

Mexico,  Mus.  Nac.,  Anales,  t.  1,  pp.  172-184,  1904. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  geology  of  the  Valley  of  Mexico. 

Villafana  (Andres). 

1.  Criaderos  cupro-argentiferos  en  Tapalpa,  Jal.  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Geol.  Mex.,  Bol.,  1. 1,  pp.  135-138, 1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  silver-copper  ores  in  Jalisco,  Mexico. 

Villarello  (Juan  D. ). 

1.  Genesis  de  los  yacimientos  mercuriales  de  Palomas  v  Huitzuco,  en  los  estados  de 

Durango  y  Guerrero  de  la  Republica  Mexicana. 

Soc.  Cieh.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  vol.  20,  pp.  95-136,  1903. 

Discusses  origin  of  mercury-bearing  ore  deposits. 

2.  Andlisis  y  clasificacion  de  un  granate  procedente  del  mineral  de  Pihuamo,  Jalisco 

[Mexico] . 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  75-80,  1904. 

Describes  the  chemical  composition  and  discusses  the  systematic  position  of  a  garnet  occurring 
at  Pihuamo,  Mexico. 

3.  Estudio  de  la  teorfa  qufmica  propuesta  por  el  Sr.  D.  Andres  Almaraz  para  explicar 

la  formation  del  petroleo  de  Aragon,  Mexico. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  1. 1,  pp.  95-111, 1904. 

Discusses  the  chemical  theory  for  the  origin  of  the  petroleum  of  Aragon,  proposed  by  Andres 
Almaraz. 

4.  Estudio  de  una  muestra  de  mineral  asbestiforme  procedente  del  rancho  del 

Ahuacatillo,  Distrito  de  Zinapecuaro,  Michoacan  [Mexico]. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  133-149,  1904. 

Gives  a  description  and  an  analysis,  and  discusses  the  classification  of  an  asbestiform  mineral 
occurring  in  the  State  of  Michoacan,  Mexico. 

5.  Estudio  de  la  hidrologfa  interna  de  los  alrededores  de  Cadereyta  Mendez,  Estado 

de  Queretaro  [Mexico]. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  t.  1,  pp.  155-208,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  hydrology  and  geology  of  the  region. 

6.  Description  de  los  criaderos  de  mercurio  de  Chiquilistan  (Jalisco)  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  Ant.  Alz.,  Mem.  y  Rev.,  t.  20,  pp.  389-397,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  geologic  relations,  and  character  of  ore  deposits  containing  mercury 
in  the  State  of  Jalisco,  Mexico. 

7.  Andlisis  y  clasificacion  de  un  granate  procedente  del  Mineral  de  Pihuamo,  Jalisco. 

M6x.,  Secretaria  de  Fomento,  Bol.,  s eg.  6poca,  ano  4,  num.  5,  IV,  pp.  85-90,  1904. 

8.  Distribucibn  de  la  riqueza  en  los  criaderos  metaliferos  primarios  epigeneticos. 

Soc.  Geol.  Mex.,  Bol.,  1. 1,  pp.  175-206, 1905. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  ore  deposits. 

9.  Description  de  las  minas  “Santiago  y  Anexas”  de  Estado  de  Michoacan  [Mexico]. 

Soc.  Cient.  “Ant.  Alzate,”  Mem.  y’Rev.,%t.  22,  pp.  125-140,  3  pis.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin 
of  the  gold  and  silver  ore. 

10.  Hidrologia  subterranea  de  los  alrededores  de  Queretaro  [Mexico]. 

Mexico,  Inst.  Geol.,  Par.,  1. 1,  pp.  239-289,  3  pis.,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography,  geology,  and  underground  water  resources  of  the  region  sur¬ 
rounding  Queretaro,  Mexico. 

Villarello  (Juan  de  D.)  and  Bdse  (Emilio). 

1.  Criaderos  de  fierro  de  la  hacienda  de  Vaquerias,  en  el  estado  de  Hidalgo. 

Mexico  Inst.  Geol,,  Bull.  no.  16,  pp.  15-44,  4  pis.,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  topography,  geology,  and  petrology,  and  discusses  the  occurrence  of  iron  ores 
in  this  area. 


FOE  THE  YEAKS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


345 


Villasenor  (F.). 

1.  Andlisis  de  las  cenizas  de  la  eruption  del  volcdn  de  Santa  Marfa  (Guatemala), 
ocurrida  el  24  de  octubre  de  1902,  recogidas  en  Comitan. 

Secretaria  de  Fomento  [Mexico],  Bol.,  2a  6p.,  afio  2,  no.  7,  II,  pp.  279-280,  1903. 

Discusses  the  composition  of  cinders  ejected  by  the  volcano  of  Santa  Maria  in  Guatemala. 

V ogdes  (Anthony  W. ) . 

1.  A  bibliography  relating  to  the  geology,  paleontology,  and  mineral  resources  of 

California. 

Cal.  State  Mg.  Bur.,  Bull.  no.  30,  pp.  7-258,  1904. 

2.  Address  on  books  relating  to  geology,  mineral  resources,  and  paleontology  of  Cal¬ 

ifornia. 

San  Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  1,  no.  1,  pp.  9-23, 1905. 

Vogt  (J.  H.  L.). 

1.  Problems  in  the  geology  of  ore-deposits. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  125-169,  1902. 

Dis’cusses  genesis  of  ore  deposits. 

Von  Rosenberg  (Leo). 

1.  Report  on  the  properties  of  the  Summit  Coal  Company,  situated  in  Marshall 
County,  State  of  West  Virginia. 

New  York,  12  pp.,  9  pis.,  1903.  (Privately  printed.) 

Contains  geologic  sections  of  Carboniferous  strata  and  data  bearing  on  coal  production. 
Voyle  (Joseph). 

1.  Aurite,  and  a  general  theory  of  gold  ore  genesis. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  86,  pp.  382-383,  1903. 


W. 

Wagenen  (T.  H.  van). 

1.  Nitrate  deposits,  Humboldt  County,  Nevada. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  84,  p.  63,  1902. 

Brief  description  of  occurrence. 

Wagner  (George). 

1.  Observations  on  Platygonus  compressus  Le  Conte. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  777-782,  4  figs.,  1903. 

2.  On  an  interesting  fossil  Unio  from  Wisconsin. 

Nautilus,  vol.  18,  pp.  97-100,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Walcott  (Charles  D.). 

1.  Cambrian  Brachiopoda;  Obolella,  subgenus  Glyptias;  Bicia;  Obolus,  subgenus 

Westonia;  with  description  of  new  species. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  23,  pp.  669-695,  1901. 

2.  The  work  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  in  relation  to  the  mineral 

resources  of  the  United  States. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  3-26,  with  map,  1901. 

Gives  a  general  account  of  the  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  in  the  development  of  the 
mineral  resources  of  the  country. 

3.  Twenty-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  United  States  Geological 

Survey  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  1900-1901. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  1,  pp.  1-207,  24  pis.,  1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  for  the  year. 

4.  Sur  les  formations  pr^-Cambriennes  fossilif&res. 

Intern.  Cong.  G6ol.,  Compte  Rendu,  viii  session,  pp.  299-312, 1901. 

Describes  the  lithologic  and  faunal  characters  of  the  pre-Cambrian  strata  in  various  parts  of 
the  United  States. 


346 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Walcott  (Charles  D. ) — Continued. 

5.  Outlook  of  the  geologist  in  America. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  99-118,  1902. 

Reviews  the  geologic  investigations  that  have  been  undertaken  in  North  America  by  organi¬ 
zations  and  individuals,  broadly  outlines  the  problems  that  are  being  studied,  and  discusses 
the  future  prospects  of  geologists. 

6.  Cambrian  brachiopoda:  Acrotreta;  Linnarssonella;  Obolus;  with  descriptions  of 

new  species. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  25,  pp.  577-612,  1902. 

7.  Twenty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  to  the 

Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

Washington,  Government  Printing  Office,  1902.  217  pp.,  26  pis. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  for  the  year  1901-2. 

8.  New  term  for  the  Upper  Cambrian  series. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  318-319,  1903. 

Proposes  the  term  Saratogian  for  Upper  Cambrian,  and  gives  a  list  of  formations  referred  to  it. 

9.  John  Wesley  Powell. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  5,  pp.  99-130, 1  pi.  (por.),  1903. 

10.  Twenty -fourth  annual  report  of  the  Director  of  the  United  States  Geological  Sur¬ 

vey  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  1902-3. 

Washington,  Government  Printing  Office,  1903.  302  pp.,  26  pis. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  for  the  year  1902-3.  Includes  a 
biographical  sketch  of  J.  W.  Powell. 

The  rules  governing  the  nomenclature  and  classification  of  geologic  formations  promulgated 
in  the  Tenth  Annual  Report,  pp.  63-79,  have  been  recently  revised  and,  as  revised,  are  given 
in  this  report  on  pp.  21-27. 

11.  Twenty -fifth  Annual  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  United  States  Geological  Sur¬ 

vey  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  1903-4. 

Washington,  Government  Printing  Office,  1904.  388  pp.,  25  pis.  and  2  figs. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  work  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  during  the  fiscal  year  1903-4. 

12.  Cambrian  Brachiopoda  with  descriptions  of  new  genera  and  species. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  28,  pp.  227-337,  1905. 

13.  Twenty-sixth  Annual  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  United  States  Geological  Sur¬ 

vey  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  1904-5. 

Washington,  Government  Printing  Office,  1905.  322  pp.,  25  pis.,  1  fig. 

Outlines  the  operations  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1905. 

Waldo  (C.  A.). 

1.  Dikes  in  the  Oklahoma  Panhandle. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  153,  1903;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  220,  1903:  Sci.  Am. 
Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22647,  1903. 

Walker  (B.  E.). 

1.  List  of  the  published  writings  of  Elkanah  Billings. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  366-388,  1901. 

Walker  (Bryant). 

1.  On  the  shells  of  marls. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  8,  pt.  3,  pp.  97-102,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gastropodous  shells  in  Michigan  marl  deposits. 

Walker  (T.  L.). 

1.  The  Geological  Survey  of  Canada  as  an  educational  institution. 

Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  435-449,  1904. 

Wallace  (E.  C.),  Richardson  (Clifford)  and. 

1.  Petroleum  from  the  Beaumont,  Texas,  field. 

See  Richardson  (Clifford)  and  Wallace  (E.  C.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


347 


Wanner  (Atreus). 

1.  A  new  species  of  Olenellus  from  the  Lower  Cambrian  of  York  County,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  pp.  267-272,  2  pis.,  1901. 

Ward  (Henry  A.). 

1.  The  Ste.  Genevieve  meteorite. 

Rochester  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  65-66,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  and  characters  of  this  meteorite  from  Ste.  Genevieve  County,  Mo. 

2.  Catalogue  of  the  Ward-Coonley  collection  of  meteorites. 

Chicago,  99  pp.,  6  pis.,  1900;  28  pp  ,  1901.  (Private  publication.) 

Contains  notes  on  the  character  and  occurrence  of  meteorites. 

3.  Description  of  four  meteorites. 

Rochester  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  79-88,  5  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  meteorites  from  Andover,  Me.;  Cuernavaca,  Mexico;  Arispe,  Mexico;  and  from 
near  Williamsport,  Pa. 

4.  On  Bacubirito,  or  the  great  meteorite  of  Sinaloa,  Mexico. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  203-211,  6  pis.,  1902;  Rochester  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  67-74,  4  pis. 
1902. 

Describes  occurrence,  size,  and  characters  of  this  meteoric  mass. 

5.  The  Bath  Furnace  [Kentucky]  meteorite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  316-319,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  fall  and  characters. 

6.  The  Andover  [Maine]  meteorite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  395-396,  1  fig.,  1903. 

7.  The  Canyon  City  meteorite  from  Trinity  County,  California. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  383-384,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  source,  character,  and  composition. 

8.  The  Willamette  [Oregon]  meteorite. 

Rochester  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  137-148,  6  pis.,  1904;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  58,  pp.  23838- 
23840,  9  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  discovery,  location,  and  characters. 

9.  Catalogue  of  the  Ward-Coonley  collection  of  meteorites. 

Chicago,  113  pp.,  9  pis.,  1904.  (Private  publication.) 

Contains  notes  on  the  character  and  occurrence  of  meteorites. 

10.  The  Billings  meteorite:  A  new  iron  meteorite  from  southern  Missouri. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  240-242,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  characters,  and  composition. 

11.  Great  meteorite  collections  and  their  composition. 

Rochester  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  149-164,  1  pi.,  1904. 

12.  Bath  Furnace  aerolite. 

Rochester  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  193-202, 1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  the  fall,  exterior  preservation,  and  character  of  one  piece  of  the  Bath  Furnace 
meteorite,  and  discusses  phenomena  connected  with  the  passage  of  aerolites  through  the 
earth’s  atmosphere,  and  their  source. 

Ward  (Lester  F. ). 

1.  Geology  of  the  Little  Colorado  Valley  [Arizona]. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  401-413,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  several  subdivisions  of  the  Mesozoic  strata  of 
the  region. 

2.  The  petrified  forests  of  Arizona. 

Smith.  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.  1899,  pp.  289-307,  1901. 

3.  Correlation  of  the  Potomac  formation  in  Maryland  and  Virginia. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  941-942, 1903. 


348 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Ward  (Lester  F. ) — Continued. 

4.  Paleozoic  seed  plants. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  279-281, 1904. 

5.  Status  of  the  Mesozoic  floras  of  the  United  States.  Second  Paper. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pt.  1,  Text,  616  pp.;  pt.  2,  Plates,  119  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  stratigraphic  and  paleontologic  relations  of  the  older  Mesozoic  of  Arizona,  and 
gives  an  account  of  the  status  of  knowledge  of  Triassic,  Jurassic,  and  Cretaceous  floras  and 
a  summary  of  geologic  work  upon  these  floras.  Includes  papers  by  Fontaine,  Bibbins, 
and  Wieland,  giving  systematic  descriptions  of  species  and  notes  upon  various  floras. 

6.  An  example  in  nomenclature. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  110-111,  1905. 

Discusses  nomenclature  applied  to  Aneimites  fertilis  ri.  sp.,  David  White. 

Waring  (G.  A.)  . 

1.  Quartz  from  San  Diego  County,  California. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4t,h  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  125-127,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  crystallographic  features. 

2.  The  pegmatyte  veins  of  Pala,  San  Diego  County  [California]. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  356-369,  5  pis.,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  intrusive  veins,  the  types  of  veins,  and  the  petro¬ 
graphic  characters  and  minerals  of  the  rocks  composing  them,  and  discusses  their  origin. 

Warman  (Philip  Creveling). 

1.  Catalogue  and  index  of  the  publications  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey, 

1880  to  1901. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  177,  858  pp.,  1901. 

2.  Catalogue  and  index  of  the  publications  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey, 

1901  to  1903. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  215,  234  pp.,  1903. 

3.  Catalogue  of  the  published  writings  of  John  Wesley  Powell. 

Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  5,  pp.  131-187, 1903. 

Warren  (C.  H.). 

1.  Mineralogical  notes.  I.  Native  arsenic  from  Arizona.  II.  Anthophyllite  with 

the  fayalite  from  Rockport,  Mass.  III.  Cerussite  and  phosgenite  from  Colorado. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  337-344,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  characters  of  these  minerals. 

2.  Petrographical  notes  on  the  rocks  of  the  Weston  aqueduct  [Massachusetts]. 

Tech.  Quart.,  vol.  17,  pp.  117-123,  1904. 

Describes  their  occurrence  and  petrographic  characters. 

Warren  (C.  H.),  Penfield  (S.  L.)  and. 

1.  Some  new  minerals  from  the  zinc  mines  at  Franklin,  N.  J.,  and  note  concerning 
the  chemical  composition  of  ganomalite. 

See  Penfield  (S.  L.)  and  Warren  (C.  H.),  1. 

Warwick  (A.  W. ). 

1.  The  iron  ores  of  the  Uintah  Mountains. 

Mg.  Rep.,  vol.  50,  pp.  166-167,  1904. 

Describes  the  geology  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  iron-ore  deposits. 

2.  The  Leadville  district  [Colorado] . 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  11,  pp.  430-439,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  district. 

Washburne  (Chester). 

1.  Notes  on  the  marine  sediments  of  eastern  Oregon. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  224-229,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  of  fossiliferous  limestone  of  Carboniferous  age  and  gives  notes  on  the 
occurrence  of  strata  and  fossils  of  Triassic,  Jurassic,  and  Cretaceous  age.  Includes  reports 
by  George  H.  Girty  on  the  fossils  collected  from  the  Carboniferous  limestone  and  by  T.  W. 
Stanton  on  fossils  from  the  Chico  formation. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


349 


Washburne  (Chester) — Continued. 

2.  The  distribution  of  placer  gold  in  Oregon. 

Oreg.  Univ.,  Bull.,  new  ser.,  vol.  1,  no.  4,  pp.  18-19,  1904. 

3.  Beach  gold  and  its  source. 

Oreg.  Univ.,  Bull.,  new  ser.,  vol.  1,  no.  4,  pp.  19-21,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  gold  in  the  sands  of  the  coast  of  Oregon  and  discusses  its  source. 

Washington  (Henry  Stephens). 

1.  The  foyaite-ijolite  series  of  Magnet  Cove  [Arkansas];  a  chemical  study  in  differ¬ 

entiation.  I. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  607-622,  1901. 

Comprises  a  study  of  the  chemical  composition  of  several  rock  types  and  a  discussion  of  their 
relations. 

2.  The  foyaite-ijolite  series  of  Magnet  Cove  [Arkansas] ;  a  chemical  study  in  differ¬ 

entiation.  II. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  645-670,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  petrographic  characters  of  the  rocks  and  compares  them  with  similar  rocks  from 
other  regions.  Discusses  differentiation  in  laccolithic  magmas. 

3.  The  rocks  of  Lake  Winnepesaukee,  New  Hampshire. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  44,  1901. 

Contains  brief  notes  on  the  rocks. 

4.  A  chemical  study  of  the  glaucophane  schists. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  35-59,  1901. 

Describes  the  microscopic  and  chemical  characters  of  these  schists  from  several  foreign 
countries  and  from  western  United  States. 

5.  Igneous  rocks  from  eastern  Siberia. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  175-184,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Compares  the  characters  of  some  of  these  rocks  with  similar  rocks  occurring  in  this  country. 

6.  Chemical  analyses  of  igneous  rocks  published  from  1884  to  1900,  with  a  critical 

discussion  of  the  character  and  use  of  analyses. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  14,  495  pp.,  1903. 

Discusses  character  of  chemical  analyses  of  igneous  rocks,  the  construction  and  nomenclature 
of  the  new  quantitative  classification  and  its  correlation  with  the  qualitative  system, 
and  methods  of  calculation  employed,  and  gives  tables  embracing  nearly  all  published 
analyses  of  igneous  rocks,  arranged  according  to  the  ndW  system. 

Note. — These  chemical  analyses  have  not  been  separately  listed  in  the  index  of  this 
bibliography. 

7.  The  calculation  of  center-points  in  the  quantitative  classification  of  igneous  rocks. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  668,  1903. 

8.  The  quantitative  distribution  of  rock  magmas. 

Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  p.  153,  1903;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  533, 1904. 

9.  The  superior  analyses  of  igneous^_rocks  from  Roth’s  Tabellen,  1869  to  1884, 

arranged  according  to  the  quantitative  system  of  classification. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  28,  68  pp.,  1904. 

Note. — The  analyses  in  this  paper  have  not  been  listed  in  the  index  of  this  bibliography. 

10.  Manual  of  the  chemical  analysis  of  rocks. 

New  York,  John  Wiley  &  Sons.  183  pp.,  1904. 

Describes  fully  methods  of  analysis  of  rocks. 

Washington  (Henry  S.),  Cross  (Whitman),  Iddings  (Joseph  P. ),  Pirsson  (Louis 
V. )  and. 

1.  A  quantitative  chemico-mineralogical  classification  and  nomenclature  of  igneous 

rocks. 

See  Cross  (W.)  and  others,  1. 

2.  Quantitative  classification  of  igneous  rocks. 

See  Cross  (W.)  and  others,  2. 


350 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Washington  (H.  S.),  Pirsson  (L.  V.)  and. 

1.  Contributions  to  the  geology  of  New  Hampshire.  I.  Geology  of  the  Belknap 
Mountains. 

See  Pirsson  (L.  V.)  and  Washington  (H.  S. ),  1. 

Watson  (Lawrence  W.). 

1.  Prince  Edward  Island. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ,  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  206-208,  1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  field  work  in  this  area. 

2.  Francis  Bain,  geologist. 

Can.  Roy.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  9,  sect.  4,  pp.  135-142,  1903. 

Includes  a  list  of  his  papers. 

Watson  (R.  Lind). 

1.  Auriferous  deposits  of  Wreck  Bay,  Jordan  River,  and  other  localities  of  Vancou¬ 
ver  Island  [Canada] . 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  21,  pp.  488-489,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  placers  of  the  region. 

Watson  (Thomas  Leonard). 

1.  The  granitic  rocks  of  Georgia  and  their  relationships. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  199-225,  8  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  microscopic  and  chemical  and  mineralogic  characters  of  the  varieties  of 
granite  and  discusses  the  evidence  of  their  intrusive  origin. 

2.  The  Georgia  bauxite  deposits;  their  chemical  constituents  and  genesis. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  25-45,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  bauxite  area  and  the  occurrence,  geologic  position,  and 
chemical  composition  of  the  ore  and  discusses  its  origin. 

3.  On  the  origin  of  the  phenocrysts  in  the  porphyritic  granites  of  Georgia. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  97-122,  6  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  characters  of  the  granites  of  the  several  areas  studied,  their  chemical  composi¬ 
tion,  and  the  genetic  relationship  of  phenocryst  to  groundmass. 

4.  Weathering  of  granitic  rocks  of  Georgia. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  93-108,  6  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  megascopic,  microscopic,  and  chemical  characters  of  the  granite  of  the  State 
and  the  phenomena  of  their  weathering. 

5.  On  the  occurrence  of  aplite,  pegmatite,  and  tourmaline  bunches  in  the  Stone 

Mountain  granite  of  Georgia. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  186-193,  2  pis.,  1902p  benison  Univ.,  Sci.  Lab.,  Bull.,  vol.  12.  pp.  17-24, 
2  pis.,  1902. 

6.  Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Virgilina  copper  district,  Virginia  and  North  Carolina. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  353-376,  3  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902;  Denison  Univ.,  Sci.  Lab..  Bull., 
vol.  12,  pp.  97-127,  3  pis.,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Reviews  previous  work  and  describes  the  occurrence,  petrographic  characters,  and  composi¬ 
tion  of  igneous  rocks,  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  deposits  of  copper  ores. 

7.  On  the  occurrence  of  uranophane  in  Georgia. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol,  13,  pp.  464-466,  1902;  Denison  Univ.,  Sci.  Lab.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp. 
25-28,  1902. 

Describes  its  occurrence  and  chemical  character. 

8.  A  preliminary  report  on  a  part  of  the  granites  and  gneisses  of  Georgia. 

Ga.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  9-A,  367  pp.,  32  pis.,  1902. 

Discusses  geological  age,  mode  of  occurrence,  origin,  and  distribution  of  granites  in  Georgia 
and  eastern  United  States,  their  chemical  and  lithologic  characteristics,  and  gives  chemi¬ 
cal  analyses.  The  geography  and  physiography  of  the  Georgia  portion  of  the  Piedmont 
Plateau  are  described. 

9.  Geological  relations  of  the  manganese  ore  deposits  of  Georgia. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  207-253,  970-973,  20  figs.,  1904:  Denison  Univ.,  Sci. 
Lab.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  art.  9,  pp.  147-198,  20  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  geologic  structure  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the 
manganese  ores  of  the  Paleozoic  and  crystalline  rocks  of  northern  Georgia,  and  discusses  the 
origin  of  the  ore  deposits. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


351 


Watson  (Thomas  Leonard) — Continued. 

10.  The  yellow  ocher  deposits  of  the  Cartersville  district,  Bartow  County,  Georgia. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  34,  pp.  643-666,  8  figs.,  1904;  Denison  Univ.,  Sci.  Lab.,  Bull. 
Yol.  12,  art.  10,  pp.  199-221,  3  pis.,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  geology  and  topography  of  the  district  and  describes  the  occurrence, 
composition,  and  mining  of  the  ocher  deposits. 

11.  The  Seminole  copper  deposit  of  Georgia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  182-186,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  structural  features,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the 
copper  ores. 

12.  A  preliminary  report  on  the  bauxite  deposits  of  Georgia. 

Ga.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  11,  169  pp.,  12  pis.,  3  figs.,  and  map,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  bauxite  region  of  Georgia,  the  character,  occurrence,  and 
origin  of  bauxite  deposits,  and  the  mining  operations. 

13.  Structural  relations  of  the  granites  of  North  Carolina. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  p.  526,  1904. 

14.  The  leopardite  (quartz  porphyry)  of  North  Carolina. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  215-224,  4  figs.,  1904;  Denison  Univ.,  Sci.  Lab.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  art.  11,  pp. 
223-230,  2  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters,  and  chemical  composition. 

15.  Orbicular  gabbro-diorite  from  Davie  County,  North  Carolina. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  294-303,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  the  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters. 

16.  Granites  of  North  Carolina. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  373-407,  7  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  types  of  granite  occurring  in  North  Carolina,  their  lithologic  characters,  structural 
features,  and  geographic  distribution  in  the  State. 

17.  Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Virginia. 

Va.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Ser.,  Bull.  no.  1,  156  pp.,  14  pis.,  27  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  geologic  structure  of  the  Great  Valley  of  Virginia,  and  the 
occurrence,  relations,  and  character  of  lead  and  zinc  deposits,  and  discusses  the  origin  of 
the  ores. 

Weatherbe  (D’Arcy). 

1.  '  Recent  developments  with  the  calyx  drill  in  the  Nictaux  iron  field  [Nova  Scotia]. 

Nova  Scotia  Inst.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  10,  pp.  350-360,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  the  area. 

2.  Boring  machines. 

Nova  Scotia,  Dept.  Mines,  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  69-82,  1904. 

Contains  records  of  strata  passed  through  in  borings  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Weatherby  (W.  J.) 

1.  The  Mogollon  range,  New  Mexico. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  97-101,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  mineral  resources  of  the  region. 

Weaver  (Charles  E. ). 

1.  Contribution  to  the  paleontology  of  the  Martinez  group. 

Cal.  Univ.,  Dept.  Geol.,  Bull.,  vol.  4',  pp.  101-123,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Give?  a  discussion  of  the  geographical  distribution,  stratigraphic  relations,  and  correlations 
of  the  Martinez  group  of  the  California  Eocene  formations,  followed  by  systematic  descrip¬ 
tions  of  its  fossils. 

Webster  (Arthur). 

1.  Geology  of  the  west  coast  of  Vancouver  Island. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  52-74,  1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  physical  features,  general  geology,  and  economic  resources 
of  the  region. 

Webster  (Clement  L. ). 

1.  Description  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  gastropod  from  the  Hack  berry  group 
of  Iowa. 

Iowa  Nat.,  vol.  1,  pp.  39-40.  1905. 


352 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Webster  (Clement  L. ) — Continued. 

2.  On  some  species  of  fossils  from  the  Hackberry  group  of  Iowa. 

Iowa  Nat.,  vol.  1,  pp.  58-59,  1905. 

3.  Contributions  to  the  paleontology  of  the  Iowa  Devonian. 

Iowa  Nat.,  vol.  1,  pp.  70-71, 1905. 

4.  Preliminary  observations  on  some  of  the  constituent  elements  of  the  glacial  drift 

of  northern  Iowa. 

Iowa  Nat.,  vol.  1,  pp.  82-83,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Weed  (Walter  Harvey). 

1.  The  enrichment  of  gold  and  silver  veins. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  426-448,  9  figs.,  1901. 

Discusses  the  genesis  of  rich  ore  bodies  occurring  near  ground  water  level  and  of  those  found 
in  deep  mine  workings  and  the  chemical  reactions  which  have  taken  place  during  the 
process  of  ore  deposition.  Describes  the  author’s  observations  and  those  of  other  geologists 
in  various  mines. 

2.  Types  of  copper  deposits  in  the  southern  United  States. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  30,  pp.  449-504,  22  fies.,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  copper  ores  in  certain  districts,  and  discusses  rela¬ 
tions  of  the  ores  of  the  regions  with  these  type  deposits. 

3.  Notes  on  the  Carolina  gold  deposits. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  p.  494,  1901. 

Brief  notes  on  the  character  of  the  ores. 

4.  The  El  Paso  tin  deposits  [Texas] . 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  178,  pp.  1-15, 1  pi.,  4  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  ore- 
bearing  veins. 

5.  Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Elkhorn  mining  district,  Jefferson  County, 

Montana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  2,  pp.  399-510,  20  pis.,  7  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  history  of  mining  operations  in  this  district,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  igneous 
and  metamorphic  rocks  and  strata  of  Algonkian,  Cambrian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous  and 
Mesozoic  age,  and  discusses  the  general  geologic  structure,  relations  of  the  rock  masses,  the 
character,  occurrence,  mode  of  formation,  and  commercial  development  of  the  ore  bodies. 

6.  Influence  of  country  rock  on  mineral  veins. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  634-653,  8  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  origin  of  certain  ore  deposits. 

7.  [Discussion  of  “The  origin  of  ore  deposits.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  959-962,  1902. 

8.  Notes  on  certain  mines  in  the  States  of  Chihuahua,  Sinaloa,  and  Sonora,  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  396-443,  28  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  of  these  States,  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  ores. 

9.  Notes  on  a  section  across  the  Sierra  Madre  Occidental  of  Chihuahua  aud  Sinaloa, 

Mexico. 

A 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  32,  pp.  444-458,  1  pi.  (sections),  1902. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geology  and  petrology  of  the  region. 

10.  Recent  development  of  southern  copper  deposits. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  80-81,  1902. 

11.  Contact  metamorphic  and  other  ore  deposits  near  igneous  contacts. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  p.  513,  1902. 

12.  The  Cananea  copper  deposits,  Mexico. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  744-745,  4  figs.,  1902. 

13.  Geological  sketch  of  the  Hot  Springs  district,  Arkansas. 

57th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.,  Sen.  Doc.  no.  282,  Washington,  pp.  79-94,  10  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  location,  topography,  and  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  source,  character, 
and  geologic  relations  of  the  hot  springs,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  their  heat. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


353 


Weed  (Walter  Harvey) — Continued. 

14.  Gold  mines  of  the  Marysville  district,  Montana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  88-89,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  history  of  the  development  of  the  field,  its  geological  features,  and  the  occur¬ 
rence  of  the  ore  bodies. 

15.  Tin  deposits  at  El  Paso,  Tex. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  99-102, 1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  geologic  structure  and  formation  of  the  Franklin  Mountains,  the  char¬ 
acter  and  occurrence  of  the  ores,  and  the  mining  developments. 

16.  Ore  deposits  at  Bntte,  Mont. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  170-180,  1903. 

Describes  the  mining  development  of  the  region,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  rocks 
and  structural  features  of  the  district,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  ore 
deposits  and  the  vein  systems. 

17.  Copper  deposits  of  the  Appalachian  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  181-185, 1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  deposits  of  copper  ores  in  New  Jersey,  Maryland,  Virginia,  North 
Carolina,  and  Tennessee. 

18.  Copper  deposits  of  New  Jersey. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Kept,  for  1902,  pp.  125-139, 1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  structural  conditions  of  the  copper  ores  and  the 
mining  operations,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  ores. 

19.  Ore  deposits  near  igneous  contacts. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  715-746,  1  fig.,  1903. 

Gives  a  genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits,  discusses  formation  of  ores  in  contact  zones,  and 
especially  the  origin  of  contact  metamorphic  deposits. 

20.  Ore  deposition  and  vein  enrichment  by  ascending  hot  waters. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  747-754,  1903. 

21.  Secondary  enrichment  at  Cripple  Creek  [Colorado]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  553-554,  1  fig.,  1903. 

22.  Cross  vein  ore  shoots  and  fractures. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  193,  1903. 

Describes  vein  structure  and  discusses  its  origin. 

23.  The  Cananea  ore  deposits  [Mexico] . 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  p.  383,  1903'. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  geology  and  the  occurrence  of  the  copper-ore  deposits. 

24.  [Classification  of  ore  deposits.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  273-274, 1903. 

25.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Montana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  74-75,  1904. 

Describes  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  gypsum  deposits  in  Montana. 

26.  Copper  deposits  in  Georgia. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.J.80-181,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  copper  ores. 

27.  The  Griggstown,  N.  J.,  copper  deposit. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  187-189, 1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  copper-ore  deposits. 

28.  Notes  on  the  copper  mines  of  Vermont. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  190-199,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  copper-ore  deposits,  and 
the  mining  developments. 

29.  Original  native  gold  in  igneous  rocks. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  440-441,  1904. 

Bull.  301—06 - 23 


354 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Weed  (Walter  Harvey) — Continued. 

30.  Occurrence  and  distribution  of  copper  in  the  United  States. 

Mg.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  pp.  185-193,  1  pi.,  10  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  formation,  and  geologic  relations  o i  copper  ores  in  various  parts  of 
the  United  States. 

31.  Dilation  fissures  and  their  contained  ores. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  p.  761,  1904. 

32.  The  Great  Flat  at  Butte,  Montana. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  129-130,  1905. 

A -brief  note  on  physiographic  features  of  this  region. 

33.  Cement  resources  of  Montana. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  243,  pp.  227-228,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  limestones  suitable  for  cement  manufacture. 

34.  Copper  mines  near  Havana,  Cuba. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  176-177,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  copper-ore  deposits  in  Cuba. 

*  35.  Notes  on  the  gold  veins  near  Great  Falls,  Maryland. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  128-131, 1905. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  veins  containing  gold  ore,  and  the  conditions  in 
which  it  is  found. 

36.  The  copper  production  of  the  United  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  211-216,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Discusses  production  and  consumption  of  copper,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  produc¬ 
tion  of  copper  ores  in  the  United  States. 

37.  The  copper  deposits  of  the  eastern  United  States. 

U.S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  217-220,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  copper-ore  deposits  of  the  Appalachian  region,  par¬ 
ticularly  those  of  Virginia  and  Tennessee. 

38.  Economic  value  of  hot  springs  and  hot-spring  deposits. 

U.S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  260,  pp.  598-604, 1905. 

Describes  general  uses  of  hot  springs,  and  particularly  the  limonite  and  travertine  deposits 
of  the  Anaconda  hot  springs  and  the  gypsum  veins  and  waters  of  Hunters  Hot  Springs, 
Montana. 

39.  Notes  on  certain  hot  springs  of  the  southern  United  States. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  145,  pp.  185-206,  3  figs.,  1905. 

Includes  notes  on  the  geologic  relations  of  the  thermal  waters  of  Meriwether  County,  Georgia, 
and  of  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

Weed  (Walter  Harvey)  and  Pirsson  (L.  V.). 

1.  Geology  of  the  Shonkin  Sag  and  Palisade  Butte  laccoliths  in  the  Highwood  Moun¬ 

tains  of  Montana. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1-17,  10  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  physiography  of  the  region,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  laccoliths,  and 
the  chemical  characters  of  the  shonkinite  and  syenite. 

2.  Missourite,  a  new  leucite  rock  from  the  Highwood  Mountains  of  Montana. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  457-466, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  315-323,  1896.) 

Weeks  (Fred  Boughton). 

1.  An  occurrence  of  tungsten  ore  in  eastern  Nevada. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  21st  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  6,  pp.  319-320,  1901.  Abstract:  Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour., 
vol.  72,  pp.  8-9,  1901. 

2.  Gold-bearing  quartzites  of  eastern  Nevada. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  546,  1902. 

3.  Bibliography  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineral¬ 

ogy  for  the  years  1892-1900,  inclusive. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  188,  717  pp.,  1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


355 


Weeks  (Fred  Boughton) — Continued. 

L  Index  to  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy  for 
the  years  1892-1900,  inclusive. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  189,  337  pp.,  1902. 

5.  North  American  geologic  formation  names:  bibliography,  synonymy,  and  distribu¬ 
tion. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  191,  448  pp.,  1902. 

5.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and 
mineralogy  for  the  year  1901. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  203,  144  pp.,  1902. 

7.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and 

mineralogy  for  the  year  1902. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  221,  200  pp.,  1903. 

8.  Tungsten  ore  in  eastern  Nevada. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  p.  103, 1903. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  huhnerite  in  the  Snake  Mountains,  Nevada. 

9.  Occurrence  of  Paleozoic  rocks  in  the  southern  portion  of  the  Great  Basin  region. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  26,  1903. 

Describes  briefly  the  occurrence  and  character  of  pre-Cambrian,  Cambrian,  Silurian,  Devonian, 
and  Carboniferous  strata  and  the  general  geologic  structure. 

10.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology, 

and  mineralogy  for  the  year  1903. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  240,  243  pp.,  1904. 

11.  Notes  on  the  wells,  springs,  and  general  water  resources  of  New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  102,  pp.  169-206, 1904. 

12.  Underground  waters  of  eastern  United  States:  New  York. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  114,  pp.  82-92,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  of  the  State  and  its  water  resources,  particularly  the 
underground  waters  and  the  springs. 

15.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and 
mineralogy  for  the  year  1904. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  271,  218  pp.,  1905. 

Weidman  (Samuel). 

1.  The  pre-Potsdam  peneplain  of  the  pre-Cambrian  of  north-central  Wisconsin. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  289-313,  1  pi.  and  8  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  physiographic  features  and  general  structure  of  the  peneplain,  and  discusses  its 
formation,  evidences  as  to  its  age,  and  its  subsequent  history. 

2.  Note  on  the  amphibole  hudsonite  previously  called  a  pyroxene. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  227-232,  2  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  microscopic  and  chemical  characters. 

3.  Preliminary  report  on  the  soils  and  agricultural  conditions  of  north  central  Wis¬ 

consin. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  11,  68  pp.,  10  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  topography,  general  geology,  water  supply,  and  character  and  origin  of  soil  forma¬ 
tions. 

4.  Widespread  occurrence  of  fayalite  in  certain  igneous  rocks  of  central  Wisconsin. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  551-561,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  in  Wisconsin,  character,  chemical  composition,  and  relations  to 
associated  rocks,  and  discusses  the  origin  and  occurrences  elsewhere  of  fayalite. 

5.  The  Baraboo  iron-bearing  district  of  Wisconsin. 

Wis.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  13,  190  pp.,  23  pis.  (includ.  geol.  map  in  pocket),  1904. 
Describes  the  occurrence,  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters,  and  geologic  relations  of 
pre-Cambrian  igneous  rocks  and  sedimentary  strata,  and  gives  a  general  account  of  Cambrian 
and  Ordovician  sedimentary  rocks  and  Glacial  drift  deposits,  and  discusses  the  ground 
water  and  the  occurrence,  character,  and  origin  of  the  iron-ore  deposits. 


356 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERLCAN  GEOLOGY 


Weidman  (Samuel) — Continued. 

6.  Iron  ores  of  Wisconsin,  with  special  reference  to  the  Baraboo  district. 

Wis.  Engineer,  vol.  9,  pp.  31-45,  3  figs.,  1904.  Abstract:  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  610-612, 
1905. 

Describes  the  character,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  iron-ore  deposits  of  Wiscon¬ 
sin  and  the  geology*of  the  Baraboo  Range. 

Weller  (Stuart). 

1.  Correlation  of  the  Kinderhook  formations  of  southwestern  Missouri. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  130-148,  1901. 

Reviews  recent  correlation  of  these  strata  and  describes  the  occurrence  and  faunas  of  the  sev¬ 
eral  formations  which  make  up  the  Kinderhook  group. 

2.  Kinderhook  faunal  studies.  III.  The  faunas  of  beds  no.  3  to  no.  7  at  Burlington, 

Iowa. 

St.  Jjouis  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  147-214,  9  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  species  collected  from  the  various  beds  and  discusses  the  correlations. 

3.  A  preliminary  report  on  the  Paleozoic  formations  of  the  Kittatinny  Valley  in  New 

Jersey. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  1-8,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  subdivisions  of  the  Cambrian  and  Ordovician 
strata  in  New  Jersey. 

4.  The  composition,  origin,  and  relationship  of  the  Corniferous  fauna  in  the  Appa¬ 

lachian  province  in  North  America. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  423-432,  1902. 

Presents  a  comparative  list  of  Corniferous  and  Oriskany  faunas,  describes  the  distribution 
and  relations  of  these  faunas,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  Corniferous  fauna. 

5.  Crotalocrinus  cora  (Hall). 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  532-534,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  material  from  the  Niagara  group  and  gives  the  synonymy  of  Crotalocrinus  cora. 

6.  The  Paleozoic  faunas  [of  New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  on  Paleont.,  vol.  3,  462  pp.,  53  pis.,  1903. 

Describes  the  Paleozoic  formations  of  New  Jersey,  gives  lists  of  their  included  fossils,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  the  characteristics  of  the  faunas  and  their  correlation  with  those  of  other  areas. 
Gives  systematic  descriptions  and  figures  of  the  fossils  of  the  several  formations  described. 

7.  The  classification  of  the  Upper  Cretaceous  formations  and  faunas  of  New  Jersey. 

Jour.  Geol,,  vol.  13,  pp.  71-84,  1905;  N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  145-159,  1905. 
Discusses  previous  classifications  of  the  Cretaceous  strata  of  New  Jersey  and  their  correla¬ 
tions  and  the  faunas  of  the  various  beds. 

8.  A  fossil  starfish  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  238-256,  3  figs.,  1905. 

9.  Paraphorhynchus,  a  new  genus  of  Kinderhook  Brachiopoda. 

St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  15,  pp.  259-264,  1  pi.,  7  figs.,  1905. 

10.  The  fauna  of  the  Cliffwood  clays. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  133-144,  1  pi.,  1905;  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  324-337, 
6  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  fossils,  gives  notes  upon  them  and  descriptions  of  the  new 
species,  a  table  showing  distribution,  and  an  analysis  of  the  fauna  and  comparison  with 
other  faunas. 

11.  The  northern  and  southern  Kinderhook  faunas. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  617-634,  1905. 

12.  Classification  of  the  upper  Cretaceous  formations  of  New  Jersey. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  176-177,  1905. 

13.  Fauna  of  the  Cliffwood  clays. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  p.  179,  1905. 

Weller  (Stuart),  Kiimmel  (Henry  B.)  and. 

1.  Paleozoic  limestones  of  Kittatinny  Valley,  New  Jersey. 

See  Kiimmel  (H.  B.)  and  Weller  (S.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


357 


Weller  (Stuart),  Kummel  (Henry  B. )  and — Continued. 

2.  The  rocks  of  the  Green  Pond  Mountain  region. 

See  Kiimmel  (H.  B.)  and  WeUer  (S.),  2. 

Weller  (Stuart),  Smith  (James  Perrin)  and. 

1.  Prodromites,  a  new  ammonite  genus  from  the  Lower  Carboniferous. 

See  Smith.  (J.  P.)  and  WeUer  (Stuart),  1. 

Wells  (Horace  L.). 

1.  Sperry lite,  a  new  mineral. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  151-156, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  37,  pp.  67-70,  1889.) 

2.  On  the  composition  of  pollucite  and  its  occurrence  at  Hebron,  Me. 

Yale  Bicentennial  publications.  Cont.  to  Mineral,  and  Petrog.,  pp.  183-192, 1901.  (From  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  41,  pp.  213-220,  1891.) 

Wells  (H.  L.)  and  Penfield  (S.  L.). 

1.  On  a  new  occurrence  of  sperry lite. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  95-96, 1902. 

Describes  occurrence  in  platiniferous  copper  ore  from  Wyoming. 

Wells  (J.  Walter). 

1.  Arsenic  in  Ontario. 

Ontario  Bureau  of  Mines,  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  101-122,  4  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  distribution,  manufacture,  production,  and  uses  of  arsenic. 

2.  Molybdenite — its  occurrence,  concentration,  and  uses. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  22,  pp.  113-118,  4  figs.,  1903;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  6,  pp.  47-65,  4  figs., 
1904. 

3.  Preliminary  report  on  the  raw  materials,  manufacture,  and  uses  of  hydraulic 

cements  in  Manitoba. 

Can.,  Dept,  of  the  Interior,  Mines  Branch,  Ottawa,  1905.  70  pp.,  7  pis. 

4.  Preliminary  report  on  the  industrial  value  of  the  clays  and  shales  of  Manitoba. 

Can.,  Dept,  of  the  Interior,  Mines  Branch,  Ottawa,  1905.  41  pp.,  8  pis. 

5.  Preliminary  report  on  the  limestones  and  the  lime  industry  of  Manitoba. 

Can.,  Dept,  of  the  Interior,  Mines  Branch,  Ottawa,  1905.  68  pp.,  8  pis. 

Wells  (W.  E.). 

1.  The  topography  and  geology  of  Clifton  Gorge. 

Ohio  Nat.,  vol.  4,  pp.  75-79,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Wendeborn  (B.  A.). 

1.  Die  Tiitigkeit  heisser  Quellen  in  den  Gangen  von  Wedekind,  Nevada,  Y.  S.  N.-A. 

Berg-und  huttenm.  Zeit.,  Jahrg.  63,  pp.  265-266, 1904. 

Discusses  the  ore  deposits  and  their  formation  by  the  agency  of  heated  water. 

2.  Die  Quecksilberablagerungen  in  Oregon. 

Berg-und  hiitten.  Zeit.,  Jahrg.  63,  pp.  274-277,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  quicksilver-ore  deposits  in  Oregon. 

Wenstrom  (Olof). 

1.  Mineral  deposits  of  Santiago,  Cuba.  [In  discussion  of  paper  of  Harrison  Souder.] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  35,  pp.  1008-1010, 1905. 

Contains  observations  on  the  geologic  structure  of  the  copper  deposits. 

Westgate  (Lewis  G.). 

1.  The  Twin  Lakes  glaciated  area,  Colorado. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  285-312,  14  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  pre-Glacial  topography  of  the  upper  Arkansas  Valley,  the  various  Glacial  fea 
tures  of  the  Twin  Lakes  region,  the  Glacial  erosion,  and  the  post-Glacial  changes,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  mountain  form  and  its  origin. 

Wheeler  (George  D. ). 

I.  Zinc  in  Crittenden  County,  Kentucky. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  413-414,  3  figs.,  1902. 


358 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Wheeler  (H.  A.). 

1.  Notes  on  the  source  of  the  southeast  Missouri  lead. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  77,  pp.  517-518,  1904. 

Discusses  the  origin  of  the  lead-ore  deposits  of  this  region. 

Wheelock  (Charles  E.). 

1.  The  Oriskany  sandstone. 

Onondaga  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  1,  pp.  39-44,  1903. 

Describes  distribution,  character,  and  fossil  contents  of  the  Oriskany  sandstone  in  Onondaga 
County,  N.  Y. 

2.  [Overthrust  faults  in  central  New  York.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  673,  1905. 

Whitaker  (Milton  C. ). 

1.  An  olivinite  dike  of  the  Magnolia  district  [Colorado]  and  the  associated  picroti- 
tanite. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  6,  pp.  104-119  [1902]. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  the  megascopic  and  microscopic  characters,  and  composition  of 
olivinite,  and  the  characters  and  composition  of  the  associated  picrotitanite. 

Whitbeck  (R.  H.). 

1.  The  pre-Glacial  course  of  the  middle  portion  of  the  Genesee  River  [New  York]. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  34,  pp.  32-44,  9  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  physiography  and  discusses  the  evidences  regarding  the  pre-Glacial 
course  of  this  river. 

White  (Charles  A.). 

1.  The  ancestral  origin  of  the  North  American  Unionidae,  or  fresh- water  mussels. 

Smith.  JMisc.  Coll.,  vol.  48  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  3,  pt.  1),  pp.  75-88,  1905. 

2.  The  relation  of  phylogenesis  to  historical  geology. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  105-113,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  bearing  of  certain  paleontologic  facts  upon  the  origin  cf  species. 

White  (Charles  Henry). 

1.  The  Appalachian  River  versus  a  Tertiary  trans- Appalachian  River  in  eastern  Ten¬ 

nessee. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  34-39,  1904. 

Discusses  the  evidences  for  the  drainage  system  of  the  southern  Appalachian  region  in  Creta¬ 
ceous  and  Tertiary  time. 

2.  Autophytograpliy:  A  process  of  plant  fossilization. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  231-236,  5  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  figures  of  plants  made  by  them  upon  rocks  by  their  coloring  matters  and  the  vari¬ 
ous  evidences  of  existence  of  plant  life  in  past  geological  ages. 

White  (David). 

1.  Two  new  species  of  Algae  from  the  Upper  Silurian  of  Indiana. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.,  vol.  24,  pp.  265-270,  3  pis.,  1901. 

2.  Age  of  the  coals  at  Tipton,  Blair  County,  Pennsylvania. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  473-477,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  structure  of  the  strata  associated  with  the  coals  and 
discusses  their  age  as  indicated  by  the  fossil  flora. 

3.  Mr.  Lacoe’s  relation  to  science. 

Wyoming  Hist.  &  Geol.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Coll.,  vol.  6,  pp.  55-60, 1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  geologic  and  paleontologic  labors. 

4.  The  Canadian  species  of  the  genus  Whittlesey  a  and  their  systematic  relations. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  98-110, 1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  relation,  systematic  position,  and  characters  of  the  species. 

5.  Some  paleobotanical  aspects  of  the  Upper  Paleozoic  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  271-280,  1901. 

Discusses  the  bearing  of  the  paleobotanical  data  on  the  age  of  certain  beds  in  Nova  Scotia. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


359 


White  (David) — Continued.  * 

6.  Description  of  a  fossil  Alga  from  the  Chemung  of  New  York,  with  remarks  on  the 

genus  Haliserites  Sternberg. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  52,  pp.  593-605,2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  Thamnocladus  clarkei,  n.  gen.  et  sp. 

7.  The  bituminous  coal  field  of  Maryland. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  201-214,  1902. 

Describes  area,  structure,  and  development  of  the  field,  and  character,  occurrence,  and  pro¬ 
duction  of  the  coal  beds. 

8.  Stratigraphy  versus  paleontology  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  232-235,  1902. 

Discusses  the  age  and  evidences  therefor  of  certain  beds  in  the  region  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy. 

9.  Memoir  of  Ralph  Dupuy  Lacoe. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.  vol.  13,  pp.  509-515,  1903. 

Includes  a  list  of  publications.’ 

10.  Summary  of  the  fossil  plants  recorded  from  tne  upper  Carboniferous  and  Permian 

formations  of  Kansas. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  211,  pp.  85-117,  1903. 

11.  Permian  elements  in  the  Dunkard  flora. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  298,  1903;  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  538-542,  1903. 

12.  An  anthracite  coal  field  three  and  a  half  hours  west  of  Washington. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  387, 1903. 

Describes  observations  upon  the  geology  and  age  of  the  Sleepy  Creek  Mountain  coal  basin  of 
West  Virginia. 

13.  Age  of  the  Mercer  group. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  942,  1903. 

14.  Deposition  of  the  Appalachian  Pottsville. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  267-282,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  Carboniferous  deposits  of  Pottsville  age  in  the  Appa¬ 
lachian  region,  and  the  extent,  figure,  and  general  characteristics  of  the  basin  in  which 
the  sedimentation  took  place,  and  sketches  the  geologic  history  of  the  Appalachian  region 
in  Pottsville  time. 

15.  Notes  on  the  deposition  of  the  Appalachian  Pottsville. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  24,  532,  1904. 

16.  A  new  seed-bearing  fern. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  p.  840,  1904. 

17.  The  seeds  of  Aneimites. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  47  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  2,  pt.  3V  pp.  322-331,  2  pis.,  1904. 

18.  The  geology  of  the  Perry  basin  in  southeastern  Maine:  Paleontology. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  35,  pp.  3f^84  5  pis.,  1905. 

Gives  systematic  descriptions  of  Devonian  plant  remains. 

19.  Fossil  plants  of  the  group  Cycadofilices. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  47  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  2,  ?),  pp.  377-390,  3  pis.,  1905. 

20.  [The  time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  cirr  olation.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  585, 1995. 

21.  Fossil  plants  of  the  group  Cycadofilices. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  664, 1905. 

22.  The  occurrence  of  glacial  epochs  in  Paleozoic  time. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  p.  3?9, 1905. 

23.  The  age  of  the  Wise  and  Harlan  formations  of  southwestern  Virginia. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  335-336,  1905. 

24.  The  American  range  of  the  Cycadofilices. 

Abstract:  Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  p.  616, 1906. 


360 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


White  (David)  and  Campbell  (Marius  R.  )•  * 

1.  The  bituminous  coal  field  of  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  127-200,  5  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  extent,  geologic  structure  and  development  of  the  field,  character,  occurrence  and 
productiveness  of  the  coal  beds,  gives  chemical  analyses  of  the  coals,  and  discusses  their  eco¬ 
nomic  value. 

White  (David),  Campbell  (Marius  R. ),  and  Haseltine  (Robert  M. ). 

1.  The  northern  Appalachian  coal  field. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  119-226,  2  pis.,  6  fi  s.,  1902. 

White  (D.),  Smith  (G.  O.)  and. 

1.  The  geology  of  the  Perry  basin  in  southeastern  Maine. 

See  Smith  (G.  O  )  and  White  (D.),  1. 

White  (I.  C.). 

1.  Second  edition  of  the  geological  map  of  West  Virginia. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  328-329,  1901. 

Gives  a  brief  description  of  the  map. 

2.  Geology  of  West  Virginia.  [Paper  read  before  the  International  Mining  Con¬ 

gress,  Boise,  Idaho,  June,  1901.] 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  22,  pp.  153-155, 1901. 

Describes  briefly  the  character  and  succession  of  the  sedimentary  strata  of  the  State. 

3.  The  geology  of  West  Virginia. 

Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  56-61,  1901. 

Presents  a  summary  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  State. 

4.  Geological  horizon  of  the  Kanawha  black  flint. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  119-126,  1902. 

Reviews  previous  investigations  of  the  stratigraphic  problems  involved  in  this  discussion, 
presents  the  author’s  recent  observations,  and  discusses  the  relative  value  of  stratigraphic 
and  paleobotanic  data. 

5.  List  of  fossils  from  the  lower  half  of  the  Conemaugh  formation  near  Morgantown, 

West  Virginia,  collected  in  1870  by  Dr.  John  J.  Stevenson  and  identified  by 
F.  B.  Meek. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  211-214,  1902. 

6.  The  geology  of  the  Pittsburgh  district. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  258-259, 1902. 

Gives  a  general  sketch  of  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Coal  Measures  and  of  geological  history  dur¬ 
ing  Quaternary  times. 

7.  The  Appalachian  coal  field  [West  Virginia]. 

W.  Va.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  2,  pp.  81-716, 1903. 

Gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  Carboniferous  system  in  West  Virginia,  including  geologic 
sections,  the  extent,  character,  and  geologic  position  of  the  various  formations,  and  the 
character,  occurrence,  constitution,  and  fuel  value  of  the  coals. 

8.  Map  showing  occurrence  of  coal,  oil,  and  gas  in  AVest  Virginia. 

W.  Va.  Geol.  Surv.,  1904. 

9.  Petroleum  and  natural  gas.  Precise  levels. 

W.  Va.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1A,  625  pp.,  1904. 

Gives  a  historical  sketch  of  the  subject  and  describes  the  occurrence  of  petroleum  and  natural 
gas,  including  many  records  of  borings  and  precise  surface  levels. 

10.  [Discussion  of  paper  by  R.  Pearson  on  “The  discovery  of  natural  gas  in  Sussex, 

Heathfield  district.”] 

Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.  [Engl.],  Trans.,  vol.  26,  pp.  506-507  [1904]. 

A  short  note  in  regard  to  the  occurrence  of  natural  gas  in  the  United  States. 

White  (Mark). 

1.  Geology  of  the  Glass  Mountains  of  western  Oklahoma. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  199-200,. 1901. 

Gives  a  section  of  the  Cretaceous  strata. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


361 


White  (Theodore  G.). 

1.  [Faunas  of  the  Lower  Ordovician  at  Glens  Falls,  N.  Y.] 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  p.  43,  1901. 

Gives  results  of  the  author’s  detailed  studies. 

Whiteaves  (J.  F. ). 

1.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Unio  from  the  Cretaceous  rocks  of  the  Nanaimo 

coal  field,  Vancouver  Island. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  14,  pp.  177-179,  1  fig.,  1901. 

2.  Note  on  a  supposed  new  species  of  Lytoceras  from  the  Cretaceous  rocks  at  Den¬ 

man  Island  in  the  Strait  of  Georgia  [Canada]. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  31-32,  1901. 

3.  On  the  genus  Trimerella,  with  descriptions  of  two  supposed  new  species  of  that 

genus  from  the  Silurian  rocks  of  Keewatin. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  16,  pp.  139-143,  2  pis.,  1902. 

4.  On  the  genus  Panenka,  Barrande,  with  a  description  of  a  second  species  of  that 

genus  from  the  Devonian  rocks  of  Ontario. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  15,  pp.  263-265,  1  pi.,  1902. 

5.  Paleontology  and  zoology. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  251-258, 1902. 

Reports  upon  the  paleontological  work  accomplished  by  the  author’s  department. 

6.  Description  of  a  fossil  Cyrena  from  Alberta. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  16,  pp.  231-233, 1  pi.,  1903. 

7.  Crania  of  extinct  bisons  from  the  Klondike  Creek  gravels. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  16,  pp.  240-241,  1903. 

8.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Mathena,  from  the  Trenton  limestone  at  Ottawa. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  17,  pp.  32-34,  1  fig.,  1903;  Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  4.  vol.  10,  pp.  358-359, 
1  fig.,  1903. 

9.  Description  of  a  species  of  Cardioceras  from  the  Crows  Nest  coal  fields. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  17,  pp.  65-67,  1  fig.,  1903. 

10.  Notes  on  some  Canadian  specimens  of  “  Lituites  undatus.” 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  17,  pp.  119-122,  1903. 

Reviews  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  and  discusses  the  generic  placement  and  relation¬ 
ships  of  Canadian  specimens. 

11.  Additional  notes  on  some  Canadian  specimens  of  “  Lituites  undatus.” 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  17,  pp.  161-163,  1903. 

12.  Mesozoic  fossils.  Part  5.  On  some  additional  fossils  from  the  Vancouver  Cre- 

aceous,  with  a  revised  list  of  the  species  therefrom. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mesozoic  Fossils,  vol.  1,  pp.  309-415, 12  pis.,  13  figs.,  1903. 

13.  The  Canadian  species  of  Trocholites. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  18,  pp.  13-18,  1904. 

14.  Description  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  rugose  corals  from  the  Silurian  rocks  of 

Manitoba. 

Ottawa  Nat.,  vol.  18,  pp.  113-114,  1904. 

15.  Uintacrinus  and  Hemiaster  in  the  Vancouver  Cretaceous. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  287-289,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  fossil  echinoderms  from  Vancouver  Island  and 
gives  a  description  of  Hemiaster  vancouverensis  n.  sp. 

16.  Paleontology  and  zoology. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  201-205,  1904. 

Outlines  the  work  upon  paleontology  during  1903  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada. 


362 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Whiteaves  (J.  F. ) — Continued. 

17.  Preliminary  list  of  fossils  from  the  Silurian  (Upper  Silurian)  rocks  of  the  Ekwan 

River,  and  Sutton  Mill  lakes,  Keewatin,  collected  by  D.  B.  Dowling  in  1901, 
with  descriptions  of  such  species  as  appear  to  be  new. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  14,  pt.  F,  pp.  38-59,  1904. 

18.  Paleontology  and  zoology. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  355-362,  1905. 

Gives  a  summary  of  the  paleontological  work  for  the  year  1904  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
Canada. 

19.  Notes  on  the  apical  end  of  the  siphuncle  in  some  Canadian  Endoceratidse,  with 

descriptions  of  two  supposed  new  species  of  Nanno. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  23-30,  324,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Whitehead  (Cabell),  Chatard  (T.  M. )  and. 

1.  An  examination  of  the  ores  of  the  Republic  Mine,  Washington. 

See  Chatard  (T.  M.)  and  Whitehead  (C.),  1. 

Whitfield  (Robert  Parr). 

1.  Note  on  a  very  fine  example  of  Helicoceras  stevensoni  preserving  the  outer 

chamber. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  219,  1  pi.,  1901. 

2.  Description  of  a  new  form  of  Myalina  from  the  Coal  Measures  of  Texas. 

,  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  63-66,  2  figs.,  1902. 

3.  Observations  on  and  emended  description  of  Heteroceras  simplicostatum  Whitfield. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16.  pp.  67-72,  5  pis.,  1902. 

4.  Description  of  a  new  Toredo-like  shell  from  the  Laramie  group. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  73-76,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

5.  Notice  of  a  new  genus  of  marine  algae,  fossil  in  the  Niagara  shale. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  399-400, 1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  Palseodictyota  n.  gen. 

6.  Notice  of  six  new  species  of  Unios  from  the  Laramie  group. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  483-487,  3  pis.,  1903. 

7.  Observations  on  a  remarkable  specimen  of  Halysites  and  description  of  a  new 

species  of  the  genus. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  19,  pp.  489-490,  2  pis.,  1903. 

8.  Notice  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  Lower  Carboniferous  bryozoan. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  p.  469,  1  pi.,  1904. 

9.  Notice  of  a  remarkable  case  of  reproduction  of  lost  parts  shown  on  a  fossil  crinoid. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  471-472,  2  pis.,  1904. 

10.  Note  on  some  worm  (?)  burrows  in  rocks  of  the  Chemung  group  of  New  York. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  473-474,  1  pi.,  1904. 

11.  Notice  of  a  new  crinoid  and  a  new  mollusk  from  the  Portage  rocks  of  New  York. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  17-20,  4  pis.,  1905. 

12.  Descriptions  of  new  fossil  sponges  from  the  Hamilton  group  of  Indiana. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  297-300,  3  pis.,  1905. 

13.  Notice  of  a  new  species  of  Fasciolaria  from  the  Eocene  green  marls  at  Shark 

River,  N.  J. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  21,  pp.  301-303,  2  pis.,  1905. 

Whitfield  (R.  P. )  assisted  by  Hovey  (E.  O.). 

1.  Catalogue  of  the  types  and  figured  specimens  in  the  paleontological  collection  of 
the  geological  department,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History;  Lower  Car¬ 
boniferous  to  Pleistocene,  inclusive. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Bull.,  vol.  11,  pt.  4,  pp.  357-500,  1901. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


363 


Whitlock  ( Herbert  P. ) . 

1.  Guide  to  the  mineralogic  collections  of  the  New  York  State  Museum. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.;  Bull.  58,  pp.  3-147,  39  pis.,  249  figs.,  11  models  in  pocket,  1902. 

Gives  an  outline  of  crystallography  and  describes  characters,  composition  and  occurrence  of 
minerals. 

2.  List  of  New  York  mineral  localities. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  70,  108  pp.,  1903. 

Tabulates  the  occurrence  and  geologic  association  of  minerals  found  in  the  State  of  New  York. 

3.  Minerals  not  commercially  important. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  57th  Ann.  Rept.,  vol.  1,  pp.  180-192,  1905. 

Gives  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  various  minerals  in  the  State  of  New  York. 

4.  Contributions  from  the  mineralogic  laboratory. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  98,  36  pp.,  7  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  crystallographic  and  other  characters  of  various  minerals. 

Whitney  (Francis  I.). 

1.  The  new  artesian  water  supply  at  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  110,  pp.  55-64,  1  pi.  and  1  fig.,  1905. 
Includes  notes  upon  the  geology  and  records  of  the  wells. 

Whitney  (Milton). 

1.  Report  on  the  examination  of  some  soils  from  Illinois. 

Ill.  Bd.  of  World’s  Fair  Commissioners,  Rept.,  pp.  93-114, 1896. 

2.  Field  operations  of  the  Division  of  Soils,  1899. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Rept.  no.  64,  Washington,  1900.  198  pp.,  29  pis.,  19  figs,  and  11  maps  (in 
pocket) . 

Contains  soil  surveys  of  the  following  areas: 

Colorado,  Cache  a  la  Poudre  Valley,  by  Thomas  H.  Means,  pp.  121-124. 

Connecticut  Valley,  by  Clarence  W.  Dorsey  and  J.  A.  Bonsteel,  pp.  125-140. 

New  Mexico,  Pecos  Valley,  by  Thomas  H.  Means  and  Frank  D.  Gardner,  pp.  36-76. 

Utah,  Salt  Lake  Valley,  by  Frank  D.  Gardner  and  John  Stewart,  pp.  77-114. 

Utah,  Sanpete,  Cache,  and  Utah  counties,  by  Thomas  H.  Means,  pp.  115-120. 

3.  Field  operations  of  the  Division  of  Soils,  1900. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Division  of  Soils  (Second  report),  Washington,  1901.  473  pp.,  51  pis.,  47  figs. 

and  24  maps  (in  separate  case). 

Contains  soil  surveys  of  the  following  areas: 

Arizona,  Salt  River  Valley,  by  Thomas  H.  Means,  pp.  287-332. 

California,  Fresno,  by  Thomas  H.  Means  and  J.  Garnett  Holmes,  pp.  333-384. 

California,  Santa  Ana,  by  J.  Garnett  Holmes,  pp.  385-412. 

Maryland,  Calvert  County,  by  Jay  A.  Bonsteel  and  R.  T.  Avon  Burke,  pp.  147-171. 
Maryland,  Cecil  County,  by  Clarence  W.  Dorsey  and  Jay  A.  Bonsteel,  pp.  103-124. 
Maryland,  Kent  County,  by  Jay  A.  Bonsteel,  pp.  173-186. 

Maryland,  St.  Mary  County,  by  Jay  A.  Bonsteel,  pp.  125-145. 

North  Carolina,  Raleigh  to  Newbern,  by  William  G.  Smith,  pp.  187-205. 

Ohio,  Montgomery  County,  by  Clarence  W.  Dorsey  and  George  N.  Coffey,  pp.  85-102. 
Utah,  Weber  County,  by  Frank  D.  Gardner  and  Charles  A.  Jensen,  pp.  207-242. 

Utah,  Sevier  Valley,  by  Frank  D.  Gardner  and  Charles  A.  Jensen,  pp.  243-285. 

4.  Field  operations  of  the  Bureau  of  Soils,  1901. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Bureau  of  Soils  (Third  report),  Washington,  1902.  647  pp.,  96  pis.,  25  figs. 

and  31  maps  (in  separate  case). 

Contains  soil  surveys  of  the  following  areas: 

California,  Hanford  area,  by  Macy  H.  Lapham  and  W.  H.  Heileman,  pp.  447-480. 
California,  Imperial  area,  by  Thomas  H.  Means  and  J.  Garnett  Holmes,  pp.  587-606. 
California,  Lower  Salinas  Valley,  by  Macy  H.  Lapham,  pp.  481-519. 

California,  San  Gabriel  area,  by  J.  Garnett  Holmes  and  Louis  Mesmer,  pp.  559-586. 
California,  Ventura  area,  by  J.  Garnett  Holmes  and  Louis  Mesmer,  pp.  521-557. 

Georgia,  Cobb  County,  by  R.  T.  Avon  Burke  and  Herbert  W.  Marean,  pp.  317-327. 

Georgia,  Covington  area,  by  Herbert  W.  Marean,  pp.  329-340. 

Idaho,  Boise  area,  by  Charles  A.  Jensen  and  B.  A.  Olshausen,  pp.  421-446, 

Louisiana,  Lake  Charles  area,  by  W.  H.  Heileman  and  Louis  Mesmer,  pp..  621-647. 
Maryland,  Harford  County,  by  W.  G.  Smith  and  J.  O.  Martin,  pp.  211-237. 

Maryland,  Prince  George  County,  by  Jay  A.  Bonsteel  and  party,  pp.  173-210. 


364 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Whitney  (Milton) — Continued. 

4.  Field  operations  of  the  Bureau  of  Soils,  1901 — Continued. 

Contains  soil  surveys  of  the  following  areas — Continued. 

Michigan,  Allegan  County,  by  Elmer  O.  Fippin  and  Thomas  D.  Rice,  pp.  93-124. 
Mississippi,  Yazoo  area,  by  Jay  A.  Bonsteel  and  party,  pp.  359-388. 

New  Jersey,  Salem  area,  by  Jay  A.  Bonsteel  and  F.  W.  Taylor,  pp.  125-148. 

New  York,  Westfield  area,  Chautauqua  County,  by  R.  T.  Avon  Burke  and  Herbert  W. 
Marean,  pp.  75-92. 

North  Carolina,  Alamance  County,  by  George  N.  Coffey  and  W.  Edward  Hearn,  pp. 
297-310. 

North  Carolina,  Cary  area,  by  George  N.  Coffey  and  W.  Edward  Hearn,  pp.  311-315. 

North  Carolina,  Statesville  area,  by  Clarence  W.  Dorsey  and  party,  pp.  273-295. 
Pennsylvania,  Lebanon  area,  by  W.  G.  Smith  and  Frank  Bennett,  jr.,  pp.  149-171. 

Texas,  Willis  area,  Montgomery  County,  by  J.  O.  Martin,  pp.  607-619. 

Virginia,  Bedford  area,  by  Charles  N.  Mooney,  F.  O.  Martin,  and  Thomas  A.  Caine,  pp. 
239-257. 

Virginia,  Prince  Edward  area,  by  Charles  N.  Mooney  and  Thomas  A.  Caine,  pp.  259-271. 
Washington,  Yakima  area,  by  Charles  A.  Jensen  and  B.  A.  Olshausen,  pp.  389-419. 

5.  Field  operations  of  the  Bureau  of  Soils,  1902. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Bureau  of  Soils  (Fourth  report),  Washington,  1903.  842  pp.,  60  pis.,  25 

figs,  and  44  maps  (in  separate  case). 

Contains  soil  surveys  of  the  following  areas: 

Alabama,  Perry  County,  by  R.  T.  Avon  Burke  and  party,  pp.  309-323. 

Arizona,  Yuma  area,  by  J.  Garnett  Holmes,  pp.  777-791. 

Arkansas,  Stuttgart  area,  by  J.  E.  Lapham,  pp.  611-622. 

Colorado,  Lower  Arkansas  Valley,  by  Macy  H.  Lapham  and  party,  pp.  729-776. 

Idaho,  Lewiston  are§,  by  Louis  Mesmer,  pp.  689-709. 

Illinois,  Clay  County,  by  George  N.  Coffey  and  party,  in  cooperation  with  the  Illinois 
Experiment  Station,  pp.  533-548. 

Illinois,  Clinton  County,  by  Jay  A.  Bonsteel  and  party,  in  cooperation  with  the  Illinois 
Experiment  Station,  pp.  491-505. 

Illinois,  St.  Clair  County,  by  George  N.  Coffey  and  party,  in  cooperation  with  the  Illinois 
Experiment  Station,  pp.  507-532. 

Illinois,  Tazewell  County,  by  Jay  A.  Bonsteel  and  party,  in  cooperation  with  the  Illinois 
Experiment  Station,  pp.  465-489. 

Indiana,  Posey  County,  by  Herbert  W.  Marean,  pp.  441-463. 

Iowa,  Dubuque  area,  by  Elmer  O.  Fippin,  pp.  571-592. 

Kansas,  Wichita  area,  by  J.  E.  Lapham  and  B.  A.  Olshausen,  pp.  623-642. 

Kentucky,  Union  County,  by  Herbert  W.  Marean,  pp.  425-440. 

Mississippi,  Smedes  area,  by  William  G.  Smith  and  William  T.  Carter,  jr.,  pp.  325-348. 
Missouri,  Howell  County,  by  Elmer  O.  Fippin  and  J.  L.  Burgess,  pp.  593-609. 

Montana,  Billings  area,  by  Charles  A.  Jensen  and  N.  P.  Neill,  pp.  665-687. 

New  Jersey,  Trenton  area,  by  R.  T.  Avon  Burke  and  Henry  J.  Wilder,  pp.  163-186. 

New  York,  Bigflats  area,  by  Louis  Mesmer  and  W.  Edward  Hearn,  pp.  125-142. 

North  Carolina,  Hickory  area,  by  Thomas  A.  Caine,  pp.  239-258. 

North  Carolina,  Mount  Mitchell  area,  by  Thomas  A.  Caine  and  A.  W.  Mangum,  pp. 
259-271. 

North  Dakota,  Grand  Forks  area,  by  Charles  A.  Jensen  and  N.  P.  Neill,  pp.  643-663. 

Ohio,  Columbus  area,  by  William  G.  Smith,  pp.  403-423. 

Ohio,  Toledo  area,  by  William  G.  Smith,  pp.  383-402. 

Porto  Rico,  Arecibo  to  Ponce,  by  Clarence  W.  Dorsey,  Louis  Mesmer,  and  Thomas  A. 
Caine,  pp.  793-839. 

South  Carolina,  Abbeville  area,  by  F.  W.  Taylor  and  Thomas  D.  Rice,  pp.  273-289. 

South  Carolina,  Darlington  area,  by  Thomas  D.  Rice  and  F.  W.  Taylor,  pp.  291-307. 

Texas,  Brazoria  area,  by  Frank  Bennett,  jr.,  and  Grove  B.  Jones,  pp.  349-364. 

Texas,  Vernon  area,  by  J.  E.  Lapham  and  party,  pp.  365-381. 

Virginia,  Albemarle  area,  by  Charles  N.  Mooney  and  F.  E.  Bonsteel,  pp.  187-238. 
Washington,  Walla  Walla  area,  by  J.  Garnett  Holmes,  pp.  711-728. 

Wisconsin,  Janesville  area,  by  Jay  A.  Bonsteel,  pp.  549-570. 

6.  Field  operations  of  the  Bureau  of  Soils,  1903. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Bureau  of  Soils  (Fifth  report),  Washington,  1904.  1310  pp.,  6  pis.,  61  figs. 

and  78  maps  (in  separate  case). 

Contains  soil  surveys  of  the  following  areas: 

Alabama,  Fort  Payne  area,  by  Grove  B.  Jones  and  M.  E.  Carr,  pp.  355-371. 

Alabama,  Huntsville  area,  by  Frank  Bennett,  jr.,  and  A.  M.  Giffen,  pp.  373-392. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


365 


Whitney  (Milton) — Continued. 

6.  Field  operations  of  the  Bureau  of  Soils,  1903 — Continued. 

Contains  soil  surveys  of  the  following  areas— Continued. 

Alabama,  Mobile  area,  by  R.  T.  Avon  Burke  and  party,  pp.  393-403. 

Arizona,  Solomonsville  area,  by  Macy  H.  Lapham  and  N.  P.  Neill,  pp.  1045-1070. 
Arkansas,  Miller  County,  by  J.  O.  Martin  and  E.  P.  Carr,  pp.  563-576. 

California,  Imperial  area,  by  J.  Garnett  Holmes  and  party,  pp.  1219^1248. 

California,  Indio  area,  by  J.  Garnett  Holmes  and  party,  pp.  1249-1262. 

California,  Los  Angeles  area,  by  Louis  Mesmer,  pp.  12C3  -1306. 

California,  San  Jose  area,  by  Macy  H.  Lapham,  pp.  1183-1217. 

Colorado,  San  Luis  Valley,  by  J.  Garnett  Holmes,  pp.  1099-1119. 

Connecticut  Valley,  by  Elmer  O.  Fippin,  pp.  39-61. 

Delaware,  Dover  area,  by  F.  E.  Bonsteel  and  O.  L.  Ayres,  pp.  143-164. 

Florida,  Gadsden  County,  by  Elmer  O.  Fippin  and  Aldert  S.  Root,  pp.  331-353. 

Georgia,  Fort  Valley  area,  by  William  G.  Smith  and  William  T.  Carter,  jr.,  pp.  317-330. 
Idaho,  Blackfoot  area,  by  W.  E.  McLendon,  pp.  1027-1044. 

Illinois,  Johnson  County,  by  George  N.  Coffey  and  party,  pp.  721-736. 

Illinois,  Knox  County,  by  George  N.  Coffey  and  party,  pp.  737-752. 

Illinois,  McLean  County,  by  George  N.  Coffey  and  party,  pp.  777-797. 

Illinois,  Sangamon  County,  by  George  N.  Coffey  and  party,  pp.  703-719. 

Illinois,  Winnebago  County,  by  George  N.  Coffey  and  party,  pp.  753-775. 

Indiana,  Madison  County,  by  R.  T.  Avon  Burke  and  La  Mott  Ruhlen,  pp.  687-702. 
Iowa,  Cerro  Gordo  County,  by  Herbert  W.  Marean  and  Grove  B.  Jones,  pp.  853-873. 
Iowa,  Story  County,  by  Herbert  W.  Marean  and  Grove  B.  Jones,  pp.  833-851. 

Kansas,  Parsons  area,  by  J.  A.  Drake,  pp.  891-909. 

Kansas,  Russell  area,  by  A.  W.  Mangum  and  J.  A.  Drake,  pp.  911-926. 

Kentucky,  Mason  County,  by  R.  T.  Avon  Burke,  pp.  631-645. 

Kentucky,  Scott  County,  by  R.  T.  Avon  Burke,  pp.  619-630. 

Louisiana,  Acadia  Parish,  by  Thomas  D.  Rice  and  Lewis  Griswold,  pp.  461-485. 
Louisiana,  New  Orleans  area,  by  Thomas  D.  Rice  and  Lewis  Griswold,  pp.  439-459. 
Louisiana,  Ouachita  Parish,  by  Thomas  D.  Rice,  pp.  419-438. 

Maryland,  Worcester  County,  by  F.  E.  Bonsteel  and  William  T.  Carter,  jr.,  pp.  165-189. 
Michigan,  Pontiac  area,  by  Henry  J.  Wilder  and  W.  J.  Geib,  pp.  659-685. 

Minnesota,  Marshall  area,  by  Henry  J.  Wilder,  pp.  815-831. 

Mississippi,  McNeill  area,  by  William  G.  Smith  and  William  T.  Carter,  jr.,  pp.  405-418. 
Missouri,  Shelby  County,  by  R.  T.  Avon  Burke  and  La  Mott  Ruhlen,  pp.  875-899. 
Nebraska,  Grand  Island  area,  by  W.  Edward  Hearn  arid  James  L.  Burgess,  pp.  927-945. 
Nebraska,  Stanton  area,  by  W.  Edward  Hearn,  pp.  947-962. 

New  York,  Long  Island  area,  by  J.  A.  Bonsteel  and  party,  pp.  91-128. 

New  York,  Syracuse  area,  by  F.  E.  Bonsteel  and  others,  pp.  63-89. 

North  Carolina,  Asheville  area,  by  J.  E.  Lapham  and  F.  N.  Meeker,  pp.  279-297. 

North  Carolina,  Craven  area,  by  William  G.  Smith  and  George  N.  Coffey,  pp.  253-278. 
North  Dakota,  Fargo  area,  by  Thomas  A.  Caine,  pp.  979-1003. 

North  Dakota,  Jamestown  area,  by  Thomas  A.  Caine  and  A.  E.  Kocher,  pp.  1005-1026. 
Ohio,  Ashtabula  area,  by  J.  O.  Martin  and  E.  P.  Carr,  pp.  647-658. 

Oregon,  Baker  City  area,  by  Charles  A.  Jensen  and  W.  W.  Mackie,  pp.  1151-1170. 
Oregon,  Salem  area,  by  Charles  A.  Jensen,  pp.  1171-1182. 

Pennsylvania,  Lockhaven  area,  by  J.  O.  Martin,  pp.  129-142. 

South  Carolina,  Campobello  area,  by  A.  W.  Mangum  and  Aldert  S.  Root,  pp.  299-315. 
South  Dakota,  Brookings  area,  by  Frank  Bennett,  jr.,  pp.  963-977. 

Tennessee,  Davidson  County,  by  William  G.  Smith  and  Hugh  H.  Bennett,  pp.  605-617. 
Tennessee,  Pikeville  area,  by  Henry  G.  Wilder  and  W.  J.  Geib,  pp.  577-603. 

Texas,  Jacksonville  area,  by  W.  Edward  Hearn  and  James  L.  Burgess,  pp.  521-631. 
Texas,  Lufkin  area,  by  W.  Edward  Hearn  and  party,  pp.  501-510. 

Texas,  Nacogdoches  area,  by  W.  Edward  Hearn  and  James  L.  Burgess,  pp.  487-499. 
Texas,  Paris  area,  by  Thomas  A.  Caine  and  A.  E.  Kocher,  pp.  533-562. 

Texas,  Woodville  area,  by  J.  E.  Lapham  and  party,  pp.  511-520. 

Utah,  Provo  area,  by  Alfred  M.  Sanchez,  pp.  1121-1150. 

Virginia,  Leesburg  area,  by  William  T.  Carter,  jr.,  and  W.  S.  Lyman,  pp.  191-231. 
Virginia,  Norfolk  area,  by  J.  E.  Lapham,  pp.  233-252. 

Wisconsin,  Viroqua  area,  by  William  G.  Smith,  pp.  799-814. 

Wyoming,  Laramie  area,  by  N.  P.  Neill  and  party,  pp.  1071-1097. 

Whittemore  (Charles  A.). 

1.  The  sub-Carboniferous  limestone  exposure  at  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

Mich.  Acad.  Sci.,  1st  Rept.,  pp.  62-65, 1900. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character,  and  notes  the  fossils  occurring  therein. 


866 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Wiel  (Samuel  C.). 

1.  A  Nevada  ore  deposit. 

Mg.  &  Sci.  Press,  vol.  88,  pp.  330-331,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  relations  of  a  deposit  of  manganese,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  its  origin. 

Wieland  (G.  R.). 

1.  A  study  of  some  American  fossil  Cycads.  Part  IV.  On  the  microsporangiate 

fructification  of  Cycadeoidea. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  423-436,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Continues  the  description  of  the  author’s  studies  of  the  fructification  of  Cycadeoidea,  which 
appeared  in  the  American  Journal  of  Science  for  March,  1899. 

2.  Notes  on  the  Cretaceous  turtles,  Toxochelys  and  Archelon,  with  a  classification  of 

the  marine  Testudinata. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  95-108,  2  figs.,  1902. 

3.  Notes  on  the  marine  turtle  Archelon:  1,  on  the  structure  of  the  carapace;  2,  asso¬ 

ciated  fossils. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  211-216, 1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  the  rib  series  of  Archelon  ischvros  from  new  material. 

4.  Polar  climate  in  time  the  major  factor  in  the  evolution  of  plants  and  animals. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  401-430,  1903. 

5.  Extent  and  progress  of  cycad  investigation. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  352-353, 1903. 

6.  Structure  of  the  upper  Cretaceous  turtles  of  New  Jersey:  Adocus,  Osteopygis,  and 

Propleura. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  112-132, 9  pis.,  7  figs.,  1904. 

7.  Structure  of  the  upper  Cretaceous  turtles  of  New  Jersey:  Lytoloma. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  183-196,  4  pis.,  6  figs.,  1904. 

8.  The  proembryo  of  the  Bennettitese. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  445-447,  1  pi.,  1904. 

9.  On  the  foliage  of  the  J  urassic  cycads  of  the  genus  Cycadella. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pp.  198-203,1905. 

10.  Jurassic  cycads  from  the  Black  Hills.  Field  notes. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pp.  205-207,  1905. 

11.  Notes  on  the  stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the  Black  Hills  rim. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Mon.,  vol.  48,  pp.  317-326,  1905. 

12.  A  new  Niobrara  Taxochelys. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  325-343,  9  figs.,  1905. 

13.  Structure  of  the  upper  Cretaceous  turtles  of  New  Jersey:  Agomphus. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  430-444,  9  figs.,  1905. 

Wig-more  (H.  L.). 

1.  Report  of  an  examination  of  the  coal  deposits  of  Polillo  Island,  P.  I. 

U.  S.  War  Dept.,  Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs,  Washington,  pp.  65-71, 1  map,  1905. 

2.  Report  of  examination  of  coal  deposits  on  the  Batan  military  reservation,  Batan 

Island,  P.  I. 

U.  S.  War  Dept.,  Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs,  Washington,  pp.  1-33,  1905. 

Wilcox  (Walter  D.). 

1.  Recent  exploration  in  the  Canadian  Rockies. 

Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  13,  pp.  151-168,  13  figs.,  pp.  185-200,  9  figs.,  1902. 

Contains  notes  on  the  physiography  of  the  region. 

Wilder  (Frank  A:). 

1.  The  lignite  deposits  of  North  Dakota. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  74,  pp.  674-675,  3  figs.,  1902. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


367 


Wilder  (Frank  A.) — Continued. 

2.  The  lignite  coal  fields  of  North  Dakota. 

N.  Dak.  Geol.  Surv.,  2d  Bien.  Kept.,  pp.  33-55,  5  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  the  deposits  of  lignite. 

3.  Geology  of  Webster  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  12,  Ann.  Kept,  for  1901,  pp.  65-191,  4  pis.,  26  figs.,  geol.  map,  1902. 
Describes  physiographic  features  and  geology  of  the  county,  and  discusses  the  origin,  geologic 
and  geographic  occurrence  and  utilization  of  gypsum  deposits  and  other  economic  products. 

4.  The  age  and  origin  of  the  gypsum  of  central  Iowa. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  723-748,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  and  geologic  position  of  the  gypsum  deposits,  and  discusses 
their  age  and  mode  of  formation. 

5.  Possible  origin  for  the  lignites  of  North  Dakota. 

Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.  for  1902,  vol.  10,  pp.  129-135,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  characters  of  lignite  beds  in  North  Dakota  and  Montana  and  offers 
an  explanation  of  their  origin. 

6.  Gypsum  deposits  in  Iowa. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  223,  pp.  49-52,  1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Discusses  character,  occurrence,  economic  development,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  gypsum 
deposits  in  this  State. 

7.  The  Laramie  and  Fort  Union  beds  in  North  Dakota. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  290-293,  1904. 

Discusses  the  evidences  observed  in  field  work  in  regard  to  the  relations  of  the  Fort  Union 
beds  and  the  Laramie. 

8.  The  lignite  of  North  Dakota  and  its  relation  to  irrigation. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  no.  117,  59  pp.,  8  pis.,  5  figs.,  1905. 
Discusses  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  lignite  of  North  Dakota,  and  its  use  in  irriga 
tion  work. 

9.  Thirteenth  annual  report  of  the  State  geologist. 

Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  15,  Ann.  Rept.,  1904,  pp.  3-11,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Outlines  the  work  of  the  Iowa  geological  survey  during  the  year  1904. 

10.  The  lignite  on  the  Missouri,  Heart  and  Cannon  Ball  rivers  and  its  relation  to 

irrigation. 

N.  Dak.  Geol.  Surv.,  3d  Bien.  Rept.,  pp.  9-40,  7  pis.,  1904. 

Contains  notes  on  the  character  and  occurrence  of  lignite  beds. 

Willard  (Daniel  E. ). 

1.  The  story  of  the  prairies,  or,  the  landscape  geology  of  North  Dakota.  Third 
edition. 

Printed  for  the  author  by  Rand,  McNally  &  Company,  Chicago,  1902.  256  pp.,  83  figs. 
Describes  the  physiography  and  geology  of  North  Dakota. 

Willard  (D.  E.),  Hall  (C.  M.)  and. 

1.  Casselton-Fargo  folio,  North  Dakota-Minnesota. 

See  HaU  (C.  M.)  and  Willard  (D.  E.),  1. 

Willcox  (O.  W.}. 

1.  On  certain  aspects  of  the  loess  of  southwestern  Iowa. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  716-721,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  and  occurrence  of  loess  deposits  in  this  region  differing  in  color  and 
character,  and  discusses  their  origin. 

2.  The  so-called  alkali  spots  of  the  younger  drift-sheets. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  259-263,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  so-called  alkali  spots  found  upon  the  surface  of 
fields  underlain  by  Glacial  drift  in  Iowa,  Wisconsin,  Illinois,  and  Indiana. 

Willey  (Day  Allen). 

1.  New  Texan  oil  deposits. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  90,  p.  96,  illus.,  1904. 

Contains  notes  on  the  occurrence  of  petroleum  deposits. 


368 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Willey  (Day  Allen) — Continued. 

2.  The  oil  fields  of  the  West. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  93,  pp.  484,  4  figs.,  1905. 

A  discussion  of  the  production  of  petroleum  in  the  United  States. 

Williams  (E.  G. ). 

1.  The  manganese  industry  of  the  Department  of  Panama,  Republic  of  Colombia. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  197-234,  9  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  manganese-ore  deposits  and  the  mining  opera 
tions. 

Williams  (Edward  H.,  jr. ). 

1.  The  alleged  Parker  channel  [Pennsylvania.] 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  p.  463,  1901. 

Describes  abandoned  channel  of  Allegheny  River. 

2.  Kansas  glaciation  and  its  effects  on  the  river  system  of  northern  Pennsylvania. 

Wyoming  [Pa.]  Hist.  &  Geol.  Soc.,  Proc.  &  Coll.,  vol.  7,  pp.  21-28,  11  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  drainage  modifications  produced  by  the  ice  of  the  Glacial  period. 

3.  Connection  by  precise  leveling  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  862,  1905. 

Williams  (Henry  Shaler). 

1.  The  discrimination  of  time  values  in  geology. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  570-585,  1901. 

Discusses  the  criteria  upon  which  the  classification  of  strata  should  depend  and  proposes  a 
plan  of  a  biochronic  classification  and  nomenclature. 

2.  Points  involved  in  the  Siluro-Devonian  boundary  question. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  472-473,  1901. 

Gives  brief  summary  of  questions  in  dispute. 

3.  Fossil  faunas  and  their  use  in  correlating  geological  formations. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  417-432,  1902. 

Discusses  methods  of  employing  fossil  faunas  in  correlating  definite  formations  and  their 
limitations. 

4.  Shifting  of  faunas  as  a  problem  of  stratigraphic  geology. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  177-190,  1  pi.,  1903. 

Discusses  relationships  of  faunas  in  different  types  of  sediments  in  the  Devonian  of  New 
York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Ohio  and  their  shifting,  and  gives  rules  for  the  use  of  fossils  in 
stratigraphy. 

5.  The  correlation  of  geological  faunas,  a  contribution  to  Devonian  paleontology. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  210, 147  pp.,  1903. 

Discusses  faunas  of  upper  Devonian,  with  especial  reference  to  the  statistics  of  the  species 
the  evidences  for  the  shif tings  of  faunas  and  the  consequences  thereof,  and  the  value  and 
use  of  fossils  in  correlation  work. 

6.  Note  on  the  Devonian  fossils  [of  the  Bisbee  quadrangle,  Arizona]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  21,  pp.  35-42, 1  pi.,  1904. 

Gives  a  list  of  fossils  identified  with  their  occurrence  by  localities.  A  few  of  the  more  char¬ 
acteristic  are  figured. 

7.  Preliminary  report  on  the  classification  of  the  rocks  of  the  Watkins  Glen  (30r) 

quadrangle  (U.  S.  Geological  Survey). 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  234-236, 1904. 

Discusses  some  of  the  results  obtained  and  the  methods,  largely  paleontologic,  used  in  the 
stratigraphic  work. 

8.  Bearing  of  some  new  paleontologic  facts  on  nomenclature  and  classification  of 

sedimentary  formations. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  137-150,  1905. 

Williams  (Henry  Shaler)  and  Kindle  (Edward  M.). 

1.  Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontology,  1903. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  244, 144  pp.,  6  pis.,  and  3  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  sections  of  Devonian  and  Mississippian  rocks  of  Virginia,  West  Virginia,  Kentucky, 
and  Pennsylvania,  gives  lists  of  the  species  identified  in  their  faunules,  and  discusses  the 
correlation,  range,  environment,  etc.,  of  these  faunules. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


369 


Williams  (Ira  A.). 

1.  Geology  of  Jasper  County  [Iowa]. 

Iowa  Geol.  Sury.,  vol.  15,  Ann.  Rept.,  1905,  pp.  277-367,  1  pi.,  12  figs.,  2  maps,  1905. 

Describes  physiographic  features,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Carboniferous 
strata  and  Pleistocene  deposits,  and  the  economic  resources. 

2.  The  comparative  accuracy  of  the  methods  for  determining  the  percentages  of  the 

several  components  of  an  igneous  rock. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  34-46,  1905. 

Williams  (I.  A.),  Beyer  (S.  W.)  and. 

1.  Technology  of  clays. 

See  Beyer  (S.  W.)  and  "Williams  (I.  A.),  1. 

2.  The  geology  of  clays. 

See  Beyer  (S.  W.)  and  Williams  (I.  A.),  2. 

Willimott  (C.  W.). 

1.  Minerals  of  the  Ottawa  Valley. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Kept.,  for  1904,  pp.  229-232, 1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  characters  of  lepidolite,  serpentine,  and  fuchsite  from  the 
Ottawa  Valley. 

2.  Notes  on  molybdenite. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Min.  Res.  of  Can.,  Bull,  on  Molybdenum  and  Tungsten,  pp.  15-16, 1904. 

Willis  (Bailey). 

1.  Paleozoic  Appalachia,  or  the  history  of  Maryland  during  Paleozoic  time. 

Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  4,  pp.  23-93, 12  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902.  [Advance  separate,  1900.] 

Describes  action  of  dynamic  forces  upon  land  surfaces,  and  history  of  orographic  movements 
and  geographic  changes  during  Paleozoic  time  affecting  the  area  in  which  Maryland  is 
situated. 

2.  Individuals  of  stratigraphic  classification. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  9,  pp.  557-569,  1901. 

Discusses  the  discrimination  of  formations  by  lithologic  criteria  and  the  determination  of 
faunal  and  time  divisions. 

3.  Thomas  Benton  Brooks. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  460-462, 1901. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  life  and  geologic  researches. 

4.  Oil  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains. 

Eng.  and  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  72,  pp.  782-784,  3  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  stratigraphy  and  structure  of  the  region  and  the  probable  occurrence  of  oil. 

5.  New  York  City  folio,  New  York-New  Jersey. 

See  Merrill  {F.  J.  H.)  and  others,  1. 

6.  Stratigraphy  and  structure,  Lewis  and  Livingston  ranges,  Montana. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  305-352,  8  pis.  (incl.  map),  6  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  occurrence  and  character  of  the  Algonkian,  Carboniferous, 
Cretaceous  and  Pleistocene  formations,  and  the  geologic  structure  of  the  region. 

7.  Structure  of  the  front  range,  northern  Rocky  Mountains,  Montana. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  86-87,  1902. 

38.  Physiography  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  87,  1902. 

9.  Conditions  of  overthrust  in  the  northern  Rockies. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  507,  1902. 

10.  Mountain  growths  of  the  Great  Plains. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  1028-1029, 1902. 

11.  Physiography  and  deformation  of  the  Wenatchee-Chelan  District,  Cascade  Range 

[Washington]. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Professional  Paper  no.  19,  pp.  41-97, 13  pis.,  2  figs.,  1903, 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  the  region  and  their  history. 

Bull.  301-t-00= - 24 


370 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Willis  (Bailey) — Continued. 

12.  Ames  Knob,  North  Haven,  Maine. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,' vol.  14,  pp.  201-206,  2  pis.,  1903;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  p.  159,  1903. 
Describes  physiographic  and  glacial  evidences  showing  submergence  and  re-elevation. 

13.  Post-Tertiary  deformation  of  the  Cascade  Range. 

Abstract;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  740, 1903. 

14.  Uberschiebungen  in  den  Vereinigten  Staaten  von  Nordamerika. 

Congr.  g6ol.  intern.,  Compte  rendu  IX.  Sess.,  pp.  529-540,  2  figs.,  1904. 

Defines  various  kinds  of  overthrust,  and  discusses  their  origin  and  time  relations. 

15.  Mountain  growth  and  mountain  structure. 

Abstract:  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  52-53, 1905;  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  p.  219, 1905. 

Willis  (Bailey),  Smith.  (George  Otis)  and. 

1.  The  Clealum  iron-ores,  Washington. 

See  Smith  (G.O.)  and  WiUis  (B.),  1. 

Williston  (S.  W.). 

1.  Cretaceous  fishes,  Selachians  and  Pycnodonts. 

Kans.  Univ.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  6,  pp.  237-256,  10  pis.,  1900. 

2.  The  dinosaurian  genus  Creosaurus,  Marsh. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  111-114,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Reviews  previous  descriptions  and  describes  new  material. 

3.  A  new  turtle  from  the  Kansas  Cretaceous. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  17,  pp.  195-199,  5  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  Porthochelys  laticeps,  n.  gen.  et  sp. 

4.  On  the  hind  limb  of  Protostega. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  276-278,  1  fig.,  1902. 

5.  An  arrow-head  found  with  bones  of  Bison  occidentalis  Lucas  in  western  Kansas. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  313-315,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Gives  a  section  of  the  locality  where  the  bones  were  found. 

6.  On  the  skull  of  Nyctodactylus,  an  Upper  Cretaceous  Pterodactyl. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  520-534,  2  pis.,  1902. 

Describes  new  material  from  western  Kansas. 

7.  Winged  reptiles. 

Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  vol.  60,  pp.  314-322,  6  figs.,  1902. 

8.  On  the  skeleton  of  Nyctodactylus  with  restoration. 

Am.  Jour.  Anat.,  vol.  1,  pp.  297-305,  1  fig.,  1902. 

9.  Restoration  of  Dolichorhyncops  osborni,  a  new  Cretaceous  plesiosaur. 

Kans.  Univ.,  Sci.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  241-244,  1  pi.,  1902. 

10.  Notes  on  some  new  or  little-known  extinct  reptiles. 

Kans.  Univ.,  Sci.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  247-254,  2  pis.,  1902. 

11.  On  certain  homoplastic  characters  in  aquatic  air-breathing  vertebrates. 

Kans.  Univ.,  Sci.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  259-266,  1902. 

Discussion  mainly  of  fossil  forms. 

12.  A  fossil  man  from  Kansas. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  195-196,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence  of  human  remains  in  loess  near  Lansing,  Kansas. 

13.  The  Laramie  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  16,  pp.  952-953, 1902. 

Discusses  age  of  the  Laramie  deposits  of  Converse  County,  Wyoming,  and  gives  notes  on  the 
fossils  found  in  them. 

14.  North  American  plesiosaurs.  Part  I. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-77,  29  pis.,  13  figs.,  1903. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


371 


Williston  (S.  W.)— 1 Continued. 

15.  On  the  osteology  of  Nyctosaurus  (Nyctodactylus),  with  notes  on  American 

pterosaurs. 

Field  Col.  Mus.,  Geol.  Ser.,  vol.  2,  pp.  125-163,  5  pis.,  2  figs.,  1903. 

16.  On  the  structure  of  the  plesiosaurian  skull. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  p.  980,  1903. 

17.  Some  osteological  terms. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  18,  pp.  829-830,  1903. 

18.  The  fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Kansas. 

Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  vol.  62,  pp.  463-473,  illus.,1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  human  remains  and  discusses  the  evidences  of  their  age. 

19.  The  relationships  and  habits  of  the  Mosasaurs. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  43-51,  1904. 

Discusses  taxonomy  in  the  vertebrates,  and  the  phylogeny,  classification,  and  mode  of  life  of 
extinct  saurians. 

20.  Wilbur  Clinton  *Knight. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol. 33,  pp.  1-6,  1  pi.  (por.),  1904. 

Includes  a  bibliography  of  the  scientific  papers  published  by  the  subject  of  the  sketch. 

21.  The  fingers  of  pterodactyls. 

Geol.  Mag.,  dec.  5,  vol.l,  pp.  59-60, 1904. 

22.  The  stomach  stones  of  the  plesiosaurs. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  20,  p.566, 1904. 

23.  Notice  of  some  new  reptiles  from  the  upper  Trias  of  Wyoming. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  688-697,  6  figs.,  1904. 

24.  On  the  Lansing  man. 

Intern.  Cong.  Americanists,  Proc.  13th  Session,  pp.  85-89, 1905;  Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  342-346 
1905. 

Describes  the  discovery  and  mode  of  occurrence  of  the  Lansing  skeleton. 

25.  The  Hallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlantosaurus  beds  of  Marsh. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  338-350,  1905. 

Discusses  the  age  of  these  beds  in  the  light  of  the  evidence  given  by  vertebrate  fossil  remains. 

26.  A  new  armored  dinosaur  from  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  22,  pp.  503-504, 1905. 

27.  [Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the  Reptilia.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  21,  pp.  294-295, 1905. 

28.  [New  locality  for  Triassic  vertebrates  in  Wyoming.] 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol. 21,  pp.  297-298, 1905. 

Willmott  (A.  B.). 

1.  The  Michipicoten  Huronian  area. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  14-19,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  the  igneous  and  sedimentary  rocks  of  the  region  and  discusses 
the  stratigraphic  succession  and  age  of  the  sediments. 

2.  The  nomenclature  of  the  Lake  Superior  formations. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  67-76,  1902. 

Discusses  the  use  of  names  for  the  subdivisions  of  the  Archean  and  Algonkian  of  the  region. 

3.  The  contact  of  the  Archean  and  post- Archean  in  the  region  of  the  Great  Lakes. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12, pp.  40-42,  1  pi.,  1904. 

Describes  the  character  of  the  line  of  contact  of  the  Archean  and  overlying  formations  in  the 
Great  Lakes  region  in  Canada  and  discusses  the  origin  of  this  character. 

4.  The  exploration  of  the  Ontario  iron  ranges. 

Can.  Mg.  Rev.,  vol.  23,  pp.  154-156,  1904;  Can.  Mg.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  7,  pp.  257-269,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  iron  ranges,  the  character  of  the  rocks,  and  the  occur¬ 
rence  of  iron  ore  deposits. 


372 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Willmott  (A.  B.),  Coleman  (A.  P. )  and. 

1.  The  Michipicoten  iron  ranges  [Ontario]. 

See  Coleman  (A.  P.)  and  Willmott  (A.  B),l. 

2.  The  Michipicoten  iron  region  [Ontario]. 

See  Coleman  (A.  P.)  and  Willmott  (A.  B.),2. 

Wilson  (Alfred  W.  G. ). 

1.  The  Medford  dike  area  [Massachusetts]. 

Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Proc.,  vol.  30,  pp.  353-374,  4  pis.,  1901. 

Describes  the  petrographic  characters  of  the  crystalline  rocks  and  the  glacial  phenomena  of 
the  region.  Includes  a  bibliography  and  geologic  map. 

2.  Physical  geology  of  central  Ontario. 

Can.  Inst.,  Trans.,  vol.  7,  pp.  139-186,  8  pis.,  10  figs.,  4  maps,  1901. 

Describes  the  character  of  the  pre-sedimentary  floor  of  the  region,  the  characters  of  the  Paleo¬ 
zoic  series,  its  post- Paleozoic  history,  and  the  glacial  phenomena. 

3.  The  country  west  of  Nipigon  Lake  and  River  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  94-103, 1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  upon  the  geology,  topography,  and  economic  resources  of 
this  region. 

4.  Some  recent  folds  in  the  Lorraine  shales  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  8,  pp.  525-531,  4  pis.,  1  fig.,  1902. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  local  folds. 

5.  A  geological  reconnoissance  about  the  headwaters  of  the  Albany  River  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  201-206,  1903. 

Gives  observations  upon  the  topography  and  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

6.  The  Laurentian  peneplain. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  11,  pp.  615-669,  14  figs.,  1903;  McGill  Univ.,  Papers  from  Dept.  Geol.,  no.  15, 
1903. 

Describes  location,  physiographic  control,  topographic  and  drainage  features,  and  discusses 
the  origin  of  the  Laurentian  peneplain  and  some  of  its  features. 

7.  The  theory  of  the  formation  of  sedimentary  deposits. 

Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  9,  pp.  112-132,  4  figs.,  1903;  McGill  Univ.,  Papers  from  the  Dept.  Geol.,  no. 

16. 1904. 

Discusses  the  conditions  and  processes  of  sedimentation  and  their  bearing  upon  the  character 
and  correlation  of  some  Ordovician  and  Silurian- formations  of  Canada. 

8.  Cuspate  forelands  along  the  Bay  of  Quinte  [Ontario]. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  106-132, 12  figs.,  1904;  McGill  Univ.,  Papers  from  the  Dept,  of  Geol.,  no 

18. 1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features  in  this  vicinity,  and  discusses  the  mode  of  their  formation- 
by  wave  action. 

9.  Trent  River  system  and  St.  Lawrence  outlet. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  211-242,  6  pis.,  1904. 

Describes  physiographic  features  of  the  country  east  and  northeast  of  Lake  Ontario,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  their  bearing  upon  the  pre-Glacial  drainage  of  that  region. 

10.  Physiography  of  the  Archean  areas  of  Canada. 

Intern.  Geog.  Cong.,  Eighth,  Rept.,  pp.  116-135,  3  pis.  and  2  maps,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiographic  character  of  the  region,  and  discusses  the  origin  of  various 
features. 

11.  A  forty-mile  section  of  Pleistocene  deposits  north  of  Lake  Ontario. 

Can.  Inst.,  Trans.,  vol.  8,  pp.  11-21,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  of  Pleistocene  deposits  along  the  north  shore  of  Lake 
Ontario. 

Wilson  (E.  B.). 

1.  The  theory  of  ore  deposits  applied  to  prospecting. 

Mines  &  Minerals,  vol.  24,  pp.  386-387,  527-529,  4  figs.,  1904, 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901*1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


373 


Wilson  (Herbert  M. ). 

1.  Porto  Rico;  its  topography  and  aspects. 

Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  Bull.,  vol.  32,  pp.  220-238,  with  map,  1900. 

Describes  physiography  of  the  island. 

Wilson  (J.  Howard). 

1.  The  Pleistocene  formations  of  Sankaty  Head,  Nantucket. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  13,  pp.  713-734, 12  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  position  and  character  of  the  successive  beds  in  a  section  at  this  point,  gives  a 
tabulated  list  of  the  fossils  obtained,  with  notes  on  their  occurrence  elsewhere,  and  dis¬ 
cusses  the  conditions  under  which  the  beds  were  formed. 

Wilson  (John  D.). 

1.  Fauna  of  the  Agoniatite  limestone  of  Onondaga  County,  N.  Y. 

Onondaga  Acad.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  1,  pp.  84-88, 1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  and  fossils  of  the  Agoniatite  limestone  of  the  Marcellus 
shale  in  Onondaga  County,  N.  Y. 

Wilson  (W.  J.). 

1.  Western  part  of  the  Abitibi  region  [Canada]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Kept,  for  1901,  pp.  115-128, 1902. 

Describes  the  author’s  observations  in  this' region. 

2.  Reconnaissance  surveys  of  Four  Rivers  southwest  of  James  Bay. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  220-239,  1903. 

Contains  observations  upon  the  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

3.  The  Nagagami  River  and  other  branches  of  the  Ivenogami. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  109-120,  1904. 

Gives  notes  upon  the  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

4.  The  Little  Current  and  Drowning  rivers,  branches  of  the  Albany,  east  of  Lake 

Nipigon  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  164-173, 1905. 

Includes  observations  on  the  geology  of  the  region  examined. 

Winchell  (Alexander  N.). 

1.  Etude  mineralogique  et  petrographique  des  roches  gabbroiques  de  PEtat  de  Min¬ 

nesota,  Etats-Unis,  et  plus  specialement  des  anorthosites. 

Paris,  1900.  164  pp.,  9  pis.,  23  figs.  Abstract:  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  p.  89,  1901. 

2.  Note  on  certain  copper  minerals. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  244-246,  1901. 

Describes  occurrence  of  chalcopyrite  and  bornite  at  Butte,  Mont. 

3.  Note  on  titaniferous  pyroxene. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  309-310,  1903. 

Discusses  composition  and  optic  angle. 

4.  [Discussion  of  paper  by  J.  E.  Spurr,  “  A  consideration  of  igneous  rocks  and  their 

segregation  or  differentiation  as  related  to  the  occurrence  of  ores.”] 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  1063-1064,  1903. 

Discusses  an  example  of  ore  concentration  in  Madison  County,  Montana. 

Winchell  (Horace  V.). 

L  The  ore  deposits  of  Monte  Cristo,  Washington. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  113-118,  1902. 

Reviews  a  paper  by  J.  E.  Spurr. 

2.  Synthesis  of  chalcocite  and  its  genesis  at  Butte,  Montana. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  269-276,  1903;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp.  782-784,  1903. 
Discusses  occurrence  and  experiments  to  determine  origin  of  chalcocite. 

3.  The  Mesabi  iron  range  [Minnesota]. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  76,  pp.  343-344, 1903. 

Discusses  geologic  work  upon  the  Mesabi  iron  range. 


374 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Winchell  (Horace  Y. ) — Continued. 

4.  Butte  [Idaho]  copper  veins. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  78,  pp.  7-8,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geologic  structure  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  copper-ore 
deposits. 

5.  Notes  on  Goldfield,  Nevada. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  382-385,  1905. 

Describes  the  location  and  character  of  the  mining  district,  and  the  occurrence  and  character 
of  the  gold-ore  deposits. 

Winchell  (Newton  H.). 

1.  A  new  iron-bearing  horizon  in  the  Keewatin  in  Minnesota. 

Lake  Sup.  Mg.  Inst.,  Proc.,  vol.  5,  pp.  46-48  [1898?]. 

Contains  notes  on  the  geology  and  occurrence  of  ore  in  this  region. 

2.  Geological  atlas  with  synoptical  descriptions  [Minnesota]. 

Minn.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Final  Rept.,  vol.  6,  88  pis.,  1901. 

3.  Glacial  lakes  of  Minnesota. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  12,  pp.  109-128,  1  pi.,  1901. 

Describes  the  retreat  of  the  ice  sheets  and  the  occurrence  of  the  several  Glacial  lakes  of  the 
region. 

4.  Edward  Waller  Claypole. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  247-248,  1901. 

Gives  a  sketch  of  the  life  of  Prof.  Claypole. 

5.  The  origin  of  Australian  iron  ores. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  248-250,  1901. 

Reviews  paper  by  J.  B.  Jaquet  on  “The  iron-ore  deposits  of  New  South  Wales,”  and  compares 
them  with  certain  deposits  in  the  State  of  Washington. 

6.  Fundamental  changes  in  the  Archean  and  Algonkian,  as  understood  by  Prof.  Van 

Hise,  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  385-388,  1901. 

Reviews  a  recent  paper  by  Prof.  Van  Hise. 

7.  Sketch  of  the  iron  ores  of  Minnesota. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  154-162,  1902;  Int.  Mg.  Cong.,  4th  session,  Proc.,  pp.  136-140, 1902. 
Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  origin  of  the  iron  ores. 

8.  The  geology  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  at  Little  Falls,  Minnesota. 

Memoirs  of  Explorations  in  the  Basin  of  the  Mississippi,  vol.  5,  Kakabikansing,  pp.  89-104, 
1902. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  strata  at  this  locality  and  sketches  their  geological 
history. 

9.  Regeneration  of  clastic  feldspar. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  85,  1902. 

10.  The  Monthly  American  Journal  of  Geology  and  Natural  Science. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  62-64,  1902. 

Gives  an  account  of  this  publication  issued  in  1831-2. 

11.  The  Sutton  Mountain. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  118-120, 1902. 

In  discussing  the  geology  of  the  region  refers  to  an  article  by  J.  A.  Dresser. 

12.  The  Lansing  [Kansas]  skeleton. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  30,  pp.  189-194,  1902. 

Describes  the  deposits  in  which  the  skeleton  was  found  and  gives  an  estimate  of  its  age. 

13.  Some  results  of  the  late  Minnesota  Geological  Survey. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  246-253,  1903. 

Gives  a  brief  summary  of  the  results  of  this  survey. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


375 


Winchell  (Newton  H.) — Continued. 

14.  The  Pleistocene  geology  of  the  Concannon  farm,  near  Lansing,  Kansas. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  31,  pp.  263-308,  4  pis.,  1903. 

Summarizes  and  discusses  Professor  Chamberlain’s  paper  on  “  The  geologic  relations  of  the 
human  relics  of  Lansing,  Kansas”  (Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  745-779, 1902),  describes  the  gen¬ 
eral  geologic  relations  and  character  of  the  deposits  where  the  human  remains  were  found, 
and  discusses  their  age  and  mode  of  formation.  Includes  contributions  by  S.  W.  Williston, 
J.  E.  Todd,  and  G.  Frederick  Wright. 

15.  Regeneration  of  clastic  feldspar. 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  13,  pp.  522-525,  1903. 

Reviews  previous  literature  on  the  subject  and  discusses  three  phases  of  the  changes  through 
which  feldspars  pass. 

16.  Was  man  in  America  in  the  Glacial  period? 

Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  pp.  133-152, 1  fig.,  1903. 

Describes  conditions  prevailing  in  North  America  during  Tertiary  times,  discusses  character 
of  the  pre-Glacial  geest  covering,  the  advent  of  the  ice  sheets,  origin  of  the  loess,  and  the 
occurrence  and  character  of  the  Lansing  skeleton. 

17.  Metamorphism  of  the  Laurentian  limestones  of  Canada. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  32,  pp.  385-392,  1903. 

A  review  of  a  paper  by  Louis  Caryl  Graton  “  On  the  petrographical  relations  of  the  Lauren¬ 
tian  limestones  and  the  granite  in  the  township  of  Glamorgan,  Haliburton  County,  Ontario  ” 
(Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  vol.  9,  pp.  1-38, 1903). 

18.  Granite.  Address  at  unveiling  of  the  Coronado  obelisk  at  Logan  Grove,  Kansas, 

Aug.  12,  1902. 

Memoirs  of  Exploration  in  the  Basin  of  the  Mississippi,  vol.  7,  Kansas,  pp.  87-91, 1903. 

Includes  a  discussion  of  Archean  geologic  history  and  the  origin  of  granite. 

19.  The  evolution  of  climates. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  116-122,  1904. 

States  the  fundamental  ideas  involved  in  the  hypothesis  of  climate  in  Marsden  Manson’s 
"Evolution  of  Climates”  (see  Manson,  1)  and  discusses  the  objections  which  have  been 
raised  against  it. 

20.  Where  did  life  begin? 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  185-189,  1904. 

Reviews  works  by  Wm.  F.  Warren  and  G.  Hilton  Scribner  and  statements  of  others  regarding 
the  origin  of  life  in  the  north  Polar  regions  and  its  distribution  southward. 

21.  Peleliths. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  319-325,  8  figs.,  1904. 

Applies  the  term  pel£lith  to  massive-solid  volcanic  extrusions  of  the  type  of  the  recently 
formed  cone  of  Mont  Pel6  and  describes  various  examples  of  peleliths. 

22.  The  colossal  bridges  of  Utah. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  189-192, 1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  briefly  these  arches  produced  by  erosion,  situated  in  San  Juan  County,  Utah. 

23.  The  Baraboo  iron  ore. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  242-253,  1904. 

Discusses  a  report  by  Dr.  Weidman  on  the  Baraboo  iron-bearing  district  of  Wisconsin. 

24.  The  geology  of  the  iron  ores  of  Minnesota,  U.  S.  A. 

Australasia  Geol.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  1,  pp.  171-180, 1892. 

Discusses  the  character  and  occurrence  of  the  iron  ores  of  Minnesota  and  the  age  and 
character  of  the  rocks  in  which  they  occur. 

25.  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Hellgate  and  Big  Blackfoot  valleys,  Montana. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  15,  pp.  576-578, 1904. 

Gives  a  provisional  general  section  of  the  rocks  of  the  region  and  brief  notes  upon  the  strati¬ 
fication,  geologic  structure,  and  igneous  rocks. 

26.  Note  on  the  geology  of  the  Hellgate  Valley  between  Missoula  and  Elliston,  and 

northward  to  Placid  Lake,  in  Montana. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  524-525, 1904. 

Describes  briefly  the  stratigraphy  and  general  geology  of  the  region. 


376 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Winchell  (Newton  H.) — Continued. 

27.  Deep  wells  as  a  source  of  water  supply  for  Minneapolis. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  266-291,  4  pis.,  1  fig.,  1905. 

Discusses  the  underground  water  resources  of  Minneapolis,  Minnesota 

28.  Another  meteorite  in  the  Supreme  Court. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  47-49, 1905. 

Discusses  the  question  of  ownership  of  meteorites. 

29.  The  Willamette  meteorite. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  250-257,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Describes  surface  features  of  this  meteorite  and  discusses  their  origin. 

Winterton  (J.). 

1.  The  volcanic  eruptions  in  Guatemala. 

Sci.  Am.,  vol.  89,  p.  84,  illus.,  1903. 

Withrow  (James  R.),  Hamilton  (S.  Harbert)  and. 

1.  The  progress  of  mineralogy  in  1899,  an  analytical  catalogue  of  the  contributions 
to  science  during  the  year. 

See  Hamilton  (S.  H.)  and  Withrow  (J.  R.),  1. 

Wittman  (Ernest). 

1.  The  geological  and  topographical  features  of  the  city  of  Monterey,  Nuevo  Leon, 
Mexico,  and  its  vicinity. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  171-176,  1905. 

Wolff  (John  E.). 

1.  Leucite-tinguaite  from  Beemerville,  New  Jersey. 

Harv.  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  38,  pp.  273-277,1902. 

Describes  this  rock  and  gives  chemical  analyses. 

2.  Zinc  and  manganese  deposits  of  Franklin  Furnace,  N.  J. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  213,  pp.  214-217,  1903. 

*  Describes  the  character,  geologic  occurrence,  and  origin  of  the  zinc  deposits. 

3.  Cambrian  and  pre-Cambrian  of  Hoosac  Mountains,  Massachusetts. 

Abstract:  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  Bull.,  vol.  14,  p.  554, 1904. 

Wolff  (John  E.)  and  Palache  (Charles). 

1.  Apatite  from  Minot,  Maine. 

Am.  Acad.  Arts  &  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  37,  pp.  517-528, 1  pi.,  1902;  Zeitsch.  fiir  Kryst.u.  Min.,  vol  36, 
pp.  438-448,  1  pi.,  1902. 

Describes  occurrence,  crystallography,  chemical  composition,  and  properties  of  a  specimen 
from  Maine. 

Wood  (Edgar). 

1.  Eruption  of  Mauna  Loa,  1903. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  62-64,  1  fig.,  1904. 

Describes  phenomena  observed  during  an  eruption  of  Mauna  Loa  in  October,  1903. 

Wood  (Elvira). 

1.  Marcellus  (Stafford)  limestones  of  Lancaster,  Erie  County,  N.  Y. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  49,  pp.  139-181, 1  pi.,  \fig.,  1901. 

Describes  their  stratigraphic  relations  and  lithologic  and  faunal  characters. 

2.  A  new  crinoid  from  the  Hamilton  of  Charlestown,  Indiana. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  297-300, 1  pi.,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Describes  Gennaeocrinus  carinatus  n.  sp. 

3.  On  new  and  old  middle  Devonic  crinoids. 

Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  47  (Quart.  Issue,  vol.  2,  no.  1),  pp.  56-84,  2  pis.,  9  figs.,  1904. 

Wood  (H.  O.),  Palache  (Charles),  and. 

1.  A  crystallographic  study  of  millerite. 

See  Palache  (Charles)  and  Wood  (H.  O.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


377 


Wood  (L.  H.). 

1.  Report  on  the  region  between  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  and  Missouri  River. 
Its  topography,  climate,  vegetation,  irrigation  possibilities,  and  coal  deposits. 

N.  Dak.  Geol.  Surv.,  3d  Bien.  Rept.,  pp.  41  125, 17  pis.,  3  figs.,  1904. 

Woodbridg’e  (Dwight  E. ). 

1.  The  Mesabi  iron  ore  range. 

Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  79,  pp.  698-700,  1905. 

Discusses  the  geology  of  the  Lake  Superior  iron  region. 

Woodman  (J.  Edmund). 

1.  Nomenclature  of  the  gold-bearing  metamorphic  series  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  364-370,  1901. 

Describes  character  and  occurrence  of  certain  geologic  formations  in  southern  Nova  Scotia, 
discusses  their  nomenclature,  and  proposes  new  terms. 

2.  The  sediments  of  the  Meguma  series  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  34,  pp.  13-34,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  and  character  and  the  geologic  relations  and  history  of  the 
metamorphic  formations  of  southern  Nova  Scotia. 

3.  Distribution  of  bedded  leads  in  relation  to  mining  policy. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Proc.  and  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  163-178, 1905. 

Discusses  the  structure  of  the  gold  fields  of  Nova  Scotia  and  its  relation  to  the  mining 
industry. 

4.  Geology  of  the  Moose  River  gold  district,  Halifax  County,  Nova  Scotia. 

Nova  Scotian  Inst.  Sci.,  Proc.  &  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  18-88, 18  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  the  geologic  structure  of  the  area,  and  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of 
the  folds  and  faults,  and  of  the  mineral  veins. 

Woodward  (Henry). 

1.  The  Canadian  Rockies.  Part  I:  On  a  collection  of  Middle  Cambrian  fossils  ob¬ 

tained  by  Edward  Whymper,  esq.,  F.  R.  G.  S.,  from  Mount  Stephen,  British 
Columbia. 

Geol.  Mag., new  ser.,dec.  4,  vol.  9,  pp.  502-505,  529-544, 1  pi.  and  7  figs.,  1902. 

Gives  a  geological  section  of  Mount  Stephen  and  describes  fossils  from  this  locality. 

2.  Note  on  some  fragmentary  remains  of  fossils  from  the  upper  part  of  Mount  Noyes 

(Canadian  Rockies). 

Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,dec.  4,  vol.  10,  pp.  297-298  3  figs.,  1903. 

Woodward  (R.  S.)  and  others. 

1.  Report  of  advisory  committee  on  geophysics. 

Carnegie  Inst.  Wa#h.,  Yearbook  no.  1, 1902,  pp.  26-70, 1903. 

Discusses  problems  of  geophysics  and  methods  of  investigation. 

Woodworth  (Jay  Backus). 

1.  Original  micaceous  cross-banding  of  strata  by  current  action. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  27,  pp.  281-283,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  phenomena  occurring  in  glacial  sand  of  Massachusetts  and  refers  to  descrip¬ 
tions  of  somewhat  similar  occurrences. 

2.  Pleistocene  geology  of  portions  of  Nassau  County  and  Borough  of  Queens  [New 

York]. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  no.  48,  pp.  618-670,  9  pis.,  9  figs.,  1901;  N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  54th  Ann.  Rept., 
vol.  4,  1902. 

Describes  .the  physiography,  and  character  and  occurrence  of  the  Pleistocene  strata  of  the 
region.  Includes  a  summary  of  Glacial  history  and  bibliography. 

3.  The  history  and  conditions  of  mining  in  the  Richmond  coal-basin,  Virginia. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  31,  pp.  477-484,  2  figs.  (geol.  map  and  section),  1902. 
Describes  geologic  conditions  in  this  coal  field. 


378 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Woodworth.  (Jay  Backus) — Continued. 

4.  The  Atlantic  coast  Triassic  coal  field. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  22d  Ann.  Kept.,  pt.  3,  pp.  25-53,  4  pis.,  7  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  extent,  general  geologic  relations  and  structure  of  this  coal  field  occupying  parts  of 
Virginia  and  North  Carolina,  the  number,  thickness  and  extent  of  the  coal  beds,  and  the 
character,  composition  and  production  of  the  coal. 

5.  Note  on  the  elevated  beaches  of  Cape  Ann,  Mass. 

Harvard  Coll.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Bull.,  vol.  42,  pp.  191-194, 1903. 

6.  On  the  sedentary  impression  of  the  animal  whose  trail  is  known  as  Climactich- 

nites. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  69,  pp.  959-966,  2  pis.,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  occurrence  and  character  of  the  trails  known  as  Climactichnites  and  discusses  their 
formation. 

7.  The  Northumberland  volcanic  plug. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  55th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  rl7-r24,  5  pis.,  3  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  occurrence,  character  and  geologic  relations  of  an  igneous  rock  mass  discovered 
near  Schuylerville,  New  York,  to  which  the  name  Stark’s  Knob  is  given. 

8.  The  Brandon  clays. 

Vt.  Geol.  Surv.,  Rept.  State  Geol.,  IV,  pp.  167-173, 1904. 

Describes  the  fuel  value,  occurrence,  and  geologic  relations  of  the  lignites  in  the  Brandon 
clays  of  Vermont,  and  discusses  fossil  fruits  occurring  in  them. 

9.  Pleistocene  geology  of  Mooers  quadrangle,  being  a  portion  of  Clinton  County, 

including  parts  of  the  towns  of  Mooers,  Champlain,  Altona,  Chazy,  Dannemora, 
and  Beekmantown,  N.  Y. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  83,  pp.  3-60,  25  pis.,  1905. 

Describes  in  detail  the  character,  occurrence,  and  relations  of  various  Glacial  deposits  and 
and  other  Glacial  phenomena,  and  discusses  the  presence  of  beaches  and  marine  Pleisto¬ 
cene  deposits  and  their  origin. 

10.  Ancient  water  levels  of  the  Champlain  and  Hudson  valleys. 

N.  Y.  State  Mus.,  Bull.  84,  265  pp.,  28  pis.  and  map  (in  pocket),  33  figs.,  1905. 

Describes  the  physiography  of  the  Hudson  and  Champlain  valleys,  the  occurrence  and  char¬ 
acter  of  glacial  deposits,  and  the  Pleistocene  history  of  the  region. 

Woolman  (Lewis). 

1.  Artesian  wells.  [NewT  Jersey.] 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1900,  pp.  103-171, 1901. 

Gives  sections  of  many  artesian  wells. 

2.  Artesian  wells. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1901,  pp.  53-128, 1902. 

Contains  records  of  wells  and  notes  on  the  strata  passed  through. 

3.  Report  on  artesian  wells  [New  Jersey]. 

N.  J.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1902,  pp.  61-95, 1903. 

Woolsey  (Lester  H.). 

1.  Clays  of  the  Ohio  Valley  in  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.,  no.  225,  pp.  463-480,  1904. 

Describes  occurrence,  character,  and  utilization  of  the  clays  of  this  region. 

2.  Extra-morainic  pebbles  in  western  Pennsylvania. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  19,  pp.  733, 1904. 

3.  Beaver  folio,  Pennsylvania. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Geol.  Atlas  of  U.  S.,  folio  no.  134, 1905. 

Describes  the  physiography,  the  occurrence,  character,  and  relations  of  Carboniferous  strata 
and  Pleistocene  deposits,  the  geologic  and  physiographic  history  of  the  quadrangle,  and 
the  economic  resources,  coal,  clays,  petroleum,  and  natural  gas  being  the  most  important. 

Wooster  (L.  C.). 

1.  The  Carboniferous  rock  system  of  eastern  Kansas. 

Emporia,  Kansas,  Press  of  The  Rowland  Printing  Office,  1905.  12  pp.  [Private  publication.] 
Describes  the  occurrence,  character,  thickness,  and  economic  resources  of  the  various  Car¬ 
boniferous  formations  present  in  Kansas. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


379 


Wooster  (L.  C. ) — Continued. 

2.  Some  notes  on  Kansas  geology. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  19,  pp.  118-121,  1  pi.,  1905. 

Brief  notes  on  the  occurrence,  relations,  and  character  of  Carboniferous  strata  in  Kansas. 

Wortman  (J.  L.). 

1.  A  new  American  species  of  Amphicyon. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  200-204,  2  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  the  characters  of  the  skull  and  the  relations  of  the  Amphicyon  group. 

2.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  333-348,  1  pi.,  6  figs.;  pp.  437-450,  1  pi.,  11  figs.,  1901. 
Discusses  the  relations  of  the  Carnivora  and  Creodonta,  and  describes  the  characters  of  some 
forms  of  Canidse,  including  a  few  new  species. 

3.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  143-154,  13  figs.,  1901. 

Describes  Viverravus  Marsh,  V.  gracilis  Marsh,  minutus  n.  sp.,  and  Oodectes  herpestoides  n. 
gen.  et  sp. 

4.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  193-206,  13  figs.,  1901. 

Continues  description  of  Oodectes  herpestoides  n.  sp.,  and  describes  Triacodon  fallax  Marsh, 
Ziphacodon  rugatus  Marsh,  Harpalodon  sylvestris  Marsh,  Aelurotherium  latidens  Marsh, 
and  A.  bicuspis  n.  sp. 

5.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  281-296,  4  pis.,  1  fig.,  1901. 

Gives  the  important  characters  by  which  the  Creodonta  are  distinguished  from  the  Carnassi- 
dentia,  and  describes  Harpagolestes  macrocephalus  n.  gen.  et  sp.,  and  Dromocyon  vorax 
Marsh. 

6.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  12,  pp.  377-382,  4  figs.,  and  421-432,  2  pis.,  12  figs.,  1901. 

Continues  description  of  Dromocyon  vorax  Marsh. 

7.  The  probable  successors  of  certain  North  American  primates. 

Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  209-211,  1901. 

8.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  14,  pp.  17-23,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  two  new  species  of  Sinopa,  discusses  certain  relations  of  the  creodonts,  and  gives  a 
summary  of  the  author’s  previous  papers  on  the  Eocene  Carnivora  in  the  Marsh  collection. 

9.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  39-46,  4  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  Mesonyx  obtusidens  Cope  and  discusses  the  origin  of  the  tritubercular  molar. 

10.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  115-128,  6  figs.,  1902. 

Discusses  the  character  and  habits  of  Patriofelis  ferox  Marsh. 

11.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  197-206. 1  pi.,  12  figs.,  1902. 

12.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  13,  pp.  433-448,  2  pis.,  13  figs.,  1902. 

Describes  Sinopa  rapax  Leidy  and  S.  agilis  Marsh. 

13.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum.  Part 

n,  Primates. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  15,  pp.  163-176,  5  figs.;  pp.  399-414,  419-436;  vol.  16,  pp.  345-368, 
2  pis.,  15  figs.,  1903. 

Discusses  characters,  relationships,  classification,  origin,  and  distribution  of  primates,  and 
gives  descriptions  of  forms  belonging  to  the  Cheiromyidse. 

14.  Studies  of  Eocene  Mammalia  in  the  Marsh  collection,  Peabody  Museum. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  23-33,  133-140,  203-214,  23  figs.,  1904. 

Wright  (Albert  A.). 

1.  New  evidence  upon  the  structure  of  Dinichthys. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  5th  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  59-60, 1897. 


380 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Wright  (Albert  A.) — Continued. 

2.  Ohio  boulders  containing  “  huronite.” 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  5th  Ann.  Kept.,  pp.  60-61, 1897. 

Wright  (Charles  W.). 

1.  The  Porcupine  placer  mining  district,  Alaska; 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  225,  pp.  60-63, 1904. 

Describes  briefly  the  general  geology  and  the  occurrence  and  mining  of  placer  gold. 

2.  The  Porcupine  placer  district,  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  236,  35  pp.,  10  pis.,  4  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  the  general  geology,  the  character  and  occurrence  of  placer  gold  deposits,  and  the 
mining  operations. 

Wright  (Charles  W.),  Wright  (F.  E.)  and. 

1.  Economic  developments  in  southeastern  Alaska. 

See  Wright  (F.  E.)  and  Wright  (C.  W.),  1. 

Wright  (Fred  Eugene). 

1.  A  new  combination  wedge  for  use  with  the  petrographical  microscope. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  pp.  33-35,  1  fig.,  1902. 

2.  Two  microscopic-petrographical  methods. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  385-391,  6  figs.,  1904. 

Describes  methods  of  determining  index  of  refraction  and  optical  character  of  minerals. 

3.  Der  Alkalisyenit  von  Beverly,  Massachusetts,  U.  S.  A. 

Tschermak’s  Min.  u.  Petrogr.  Mitt.,  N.  F.,  Bd.  19,  pp.  308-320,  11  figs.,  1900. 

Describes  crystallographic  characters  and  composition  of  an  alkali-syenite  from  Beverly, 
Massachusetts. 

4.  Report  of  progress  in  the  Porcupines  [Michigan]. 

Mich.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ann.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  33-44, 1905. 

Describes  the  field  work  of  1903  and  gives  notes  upon  the  geology. 

5.  The  determination  of  the  optical  character  of  bi-refracting  minerals. 

Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  ser.,  vol.  20,  pp.  285-296,  6  figs.,  1905. 

6.  Notes  on  the  rocks  and  minerals  of  Michigan.  To  accompany  the  loan  collection 

issued  by  the  Michigan  College  of  Mines. 

Houghton,  1905.  105  pp.,  2  pis.,  11  figs. 

Wright  (F.  E. )  and  Wright  (C.  W. ). 

1.  Economic  developments  in  southeastern  Alaska. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Bull.  no.  259,  pp.  47-68, 1905. 

Describes  the  general  geology  and  the  character  and  occurrence  of  placer  gold  deposits. 

Wright  (Frederick  Bennett ).- 

1.  The  mastodon  and  mammoth  contemporary  with  man. 

Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  2,  pp.  243-253,  illus.,  1903. 

Wright  (G.  Frederick). 

1.  Report  of  the  boulder  committee  of  the  Ohio  State  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  2d  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  5-10  [1894]. 

Discusses  source  and  distribution  of  glacial  bowlders. 

2.  Report  of  the  boulder  committee  of  the  Ohio  State  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Ohio  State  Acad.  Sci.,  3d  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  6-7  [1895]. 

Discusses  distribution  and  source  of  glacial  bowlders  in  Ohio. 

3.  The  rate  of  lateral  erosion  at  Niagara. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  29,  pp.  140-143,  1  pi.,  2  figs.,  1902. 

Gives  the  results  of  measurements  to  determine  the  rate  at  which  the  face  of  the  gorge  crum¬ 
bles  away  under  the  influence  of  subaerial  agencies. 

4.  The  age  of  the  Lansing  skeleton. 

Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  2,  pp.  119-124,  illus.,  1903. 

5.  Glacial  man. 

Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  2,  pp.  259-271,  illus..  1903. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


381 


Wright  (G.  Frederick) — Continued. 

6.  The  Lansing  skull  and  the  early  history  of  mankind. 

Bibliotheca  Sacra,  73d  yr.,  pp.  28-32,  1903. 

7.  The  revision  of  geological  time. 

Bibliotheca  Sacra,  73d  yr.,  pp.  578-582,  1903. 

Reviews  and  discusses  the  evidence  for  the  length  of  post-Glacial  time. 

8.  The  problem  of  the  loess  in  the  Missouri  Valley  compared  with  that  in  Europe 

and  Asia. 

Abstract:  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  17,  pp.  227-228, 1903;  Sci.  Am.  Suppl.,  vol.  55,  p.  22666, 1903. 

9.  Evidence  of  the  agency  of  water  in  the  distribution  of  the  loess  in  the  Missouri 

Valley. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  33,  pp.  205-222,  3  pis.,  1904. 

Discusses  the  distribution  of  the  loess  and  the  evidences  of  its  deposition  by  the  agency  of 
water.  Includes  a  note  by  Professor  Lane  on  the  flow  of  flooded  rivers. 

10.  Another  Glacial  wonder. 

The  Nation,  vol.  77,  pp.  462-463,  1904. 

Describes  the  occurrence  of  Glacial  bowlders  in  the  vicinity  of  Tuscumbia,  Mo.,  and  gives  an 
explanation  as  to  how  they  came  there,  and  its  bearing  on  the  origin  of  the  loess. 

11.  Prof.  Shimek’s  criticism  of  the  aqueous  origin  of  loess. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  35,  pp.  236-249,  1905. 

12.  Albert  Allen  Wright. 

Am.  Geol.,  vol.  36,  pp.  65-68,  1  pi.  (por.),  1905. 

Includes  a  list  of  his  published  writings. 

13.  The  physical  conditions  in  North  America  during  man’s  early  occupancy. 

Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  4,  pp.  15-26,  9  figs.,  1905. 

14.  Recent  date  of  lava  flows  in  California. 

Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  4,  pp.  105-198,  1  fig.,  1905. 

15.  The  ancient  gorge  of  Hudson  River. 

Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  4,  pp.  167-171,  2  figs.,  1905. 

Wuensch  (A.  F.). 

1.  The  Arizpe  meteorite  [Mexico]. 

Colo.  Sci.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  67-68,  illus.,  1903. 

Y. 

Yates  (J.  A.). 

1.  The  Ottawa  [Kansas]  gas  wells. 

Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  pp.  106-108, 1903. 

Describes  the  exploration  for  natural  gas  and  gives  a  record  of  the  borings. 

Yates  (Lorenzo  Gordin). 

1.  Prehistoric  California. 

So.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  1,  pp.  81-86,  3  pis.;  pp.  97-100,  4  pis.;  pp.  113-118,  2  pis.;  pp.  129- 
137,  2  pis.,  1902;  vol.  2,  pp.  145-155,  2  pis.;  pp.  17-22,  3  figs.;  pp.  44-51,  4  pis.;  pp.  74-75,  1  pi.; 
pp.  87-93,  3  pis.;  pp.  97-101,  2  pis.;  pp.  113-118,  2  pis.,  1903;  vol.  3,  pp.  6-10,  1  pi.,  1904. 
Describes  physiography  and  general  geologic  structure  and  history  of  southern  California,  and 
the  character  of  the  flora  and  fauna  during  Tertiary  time,  and  gives  lists  and  figures  of  and 
notes  upon  fossil  plants  and  animals. 

Yates  (William). 

1.  Natural  history,  meteorological  and  geological  notes  from  Burford  township 
[Ontario]. 

Hamilton  Sci.  Assoc.,  Jour.  &  Proc.,  no.  20,  pp.  144-154, 1904. 

Includes  observations  upon  glacial  phenomena  in  this  region. 

Young  (George  A.). 

1.  Geology  of  Yamaska  Mountain  [Quebec]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1903,  pp.  144-146, 1904, 


382 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY. 


Young  (George  A.) — Continued. 

2.  On  surveys  between  Rabbit  and  Temagaini  lakes  [Ontario]. 

Can.  Geol.  Surv.,  Summ.  Rept.  for  1904,  pp.  195-198,  1905. 

Gives  observations  on  the  geology  and  petrology  of  the  region  examined. 

Young  (L.  E. ),  Beyer  (S.  W.)  and. 

1.  Geology  of  Monroe  County,  Iowa. 

See  Beyer  (S.  W.)  and  Young  (L.  E.),  1. 

Yung  (Morrison  B. )  and  McCaffery  (Richard  S. ). 

1.  The  ore  deposits  of  the  San  Pedro  district,  New  Mexico. 

Am.  Inst.  Mg.  Engrs.,  Trans.,  vol.  33,  pp.  350-362,  7  figs.  1903;  Eng.  &  Mg.  Jour.,  vol.  75,  pp. 
297-299,  4  figs.,  1903. 

Describes  the  general  geology  of  the  region,  and  the  occurrences,  geologic  relations,  and 
character  of  the  copper,  silver-lead,  and  gold  deposits. 

Z. 

Zirkel  (Ferdinand). 

1.  Ueber  die  gegenseitigen  Beziehungen  zwischen  der  Petrographie  und  angrenzen- 
den  Wissenschaften. 

Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  12,  pp.  485-500,  1904. 

Discusses  the  scope  and  methods  of  petrography  and  relations  to  connected  sciences. 


CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX. 


Page. 


Alabama . .  293 

Alaska . 293 

Archean  and  Algonkian .  395 

Alaska .  395 

Appalachian  region .  395 

Canada .  395 

Great  Basin  region .  395 

Great  Lakes  region .  396 

Great  Plains  region .  396 

Lake  Superior  region .  396 

Mississippi  Valley  region .  396 

New  England  and  New  York .  396 

Pacific  coast  region . 396 

Rocky  Mountain  region .  396 

Southwestern  region .  397 

General . 397 

Arizona .  397 

Arkansas . 398 

Bibliography .  399 

Biography .  403 

California . .  404 

Cambrian .  407 

Appalachian  region .  407 

Canada . 407 

Great  Basin  region . .  407 

Great  Lakes  region .  407 

Great  Plains  region .  407 

Lake  Superior  region . 408 

Mississippi  Valley  region . 408 

New  England  and  New  York .  408 

Pacific  coast  region .  408 

Rocky  Mountain  region .  408 

Southwestern  region .  408 

General . 408 

Canada .  408 

Alberta .  408 

Assiniboia .  409 

Athabasca .  409 

British  Columbia .  409 

Cape  Breton  Island . 410 

Franklin .  410 

Keewatin .  410 

Labrador . 410 

Manitoba .  410 

New  Brunswick  . . 411 


383 


384  CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX. 

Canada — Continued.  Page. 

Northwest  Territory .  411 

Nova  Scotia .  411 

Ontario . 412 

Prince  Edward  Island .  414 

Quebec . 414 

Saskatchewan .  415 

Ungava . 415 

Yukon  Territory . 415 

General . . . ..... _  415 

Carboniferous . 417 

Alaska . 417 

Appalachian  region . 417 

Canada . 418 

Great  Basin  region . 418 

Great  Lakes  region .  418 

Great  Plains  region .  418 

Mexico .  419 

Mississippi  Valley  region . 419 

New  England  and  New  York .  420 

Ohio  Valley  region .  420 

Pacific  coast  region . . . . . . _ .  420 

Rocky  Mountain  region . 420 

Southwestern  region . 420 

General _ 421 

Cartography . 421 

Central  America . 421 

Chemical  analyses . . .  421 

Classification . 433 

Colorado . . ........ .  438 

Connecticut . . . . . . .  436 

Correlation .  436 

Cretaceous . 437 

Alaska . . .  437 

Atlantic  coast  region . 437 

Canada . 438 

Great  Basin  region . . ...... . .  438 

Great  Plains  region . 438 

Gulf  region . 439 

Mexico . . . . i  439 

Mississippi  Valley  region . ...  439 

New  England  and  New  York. .  439 

Pacific  coast  region . 439 

Rocky  Mountain  region . 440 

Southwestern  region . 440 

West  Indies . 440 

General . 440 

Delaware . 440 

Devonian . . . - _ ....................... . . . .  441 

Alaska  . . 441 

Appalachian  region . . . ..... ......  — ...... . .  441 

Canada . . . . . .  ..... .  _ _ ...  .  _  . .  . .  . . .. .  441 

Great  Basin  region _ ....... .  ^  ...............  441 

Great  Lakes  region . . . . . . ...» . 441 


CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX. 


385 


Devonian — Continued.  Page. 

Greenland .  441 

Mississippi  Valley  region .  442 

New  England  and  New  York . 442 

Ohio  Valley  region .  442 

Pacific  coast  region .  443 

Rocky  Mountain  region . . . . . —  . .  443 

Southwestern  region .  443 

General .  443 

District  of  Columbia .  443 

Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (geographic  divisions) .  443 

Alaska .  443 

Appalachian  region .  443 

Atlantic  coast  region .  443 

Canada .  - . . , .  443 

Central  America .  444 

Great  Basin  region .  444 

Great  Lakes  region .  444 

Great  Plains  region .  444 

Greenland . 445 

Gulf  region .  445 

Hawaiian  Islands .  445 

Mexico .  445 

Mississippi  Valley  region .  445 

New  England  and  New  York . 445 

Ohio  Valley  region . • . v .  446 

Pacific  coast  region . 446 

Panama .  446 

Philippine  Islands . 446 

Rocky  Mountain  region .  446 

Southwestern  region .  446 

West  Indies .  447 

Dynamic  geology  (divisions  by  subject-matter) .  448 

Caves .  448 

Concretions .  448 

Deformation .  448 

Earthquakes .  448 

Erosion . 449 

Faulting .  450 

Folding . : .  451 

Glaciers . 451 

Intrusion .  452 

Jointing .  452 

Landslides .  452 

Magmatic  differentiation .  452 

Metamorphism .  452 

Ore  formation .  452 

Orogeny .  453 

Oscillation .  453 

Sedimentation .  453 

Underground  temperature .  454 

Volcanoes . .  454 

Weathering.. .  456 

General . .  456 

Bull.  301—06 - -25 


386  CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX. 

Page. 

Economic  geology .  458 

Alabama . * .  458 

Alaska . - .  458 

Arizona .  459 

Arkansas .  460 

California .  460 

Canada .  461 

Colorado .  463 

Connecticut .  465 

Delaware .  465 

District  of  Columbia . 465 

Florida .  465 

Georgia .  465 

Hawaiian  Islands . T .  465 

Idaho . . .  465 

Illinois .  465 

Indiana .  466 

Indian  Territory .  466 

Iowa .  466 

Kansas .  467 

Kentucky .  467 

Louisiana .  467 

Maine . _ .  468 

Maryland .  468 

Massachusetts . r . . .  468 

Mexico . 468 

Michigan . 469 

Minnesota .  470 

Mississippi .  470 

Missouri . 470 

Montana .  470 

Nebraska . 471 

Nevada . * . . . .  471 

Newfoundland . 471 

New  Hampshire. . .  472 

New  Jersey .  472 

New  Mexico .  472 

New  York . 472 

Nicaragua .  473 

North  Carolina . 473 

North  Dakota .  473 

Ohio .  473 

Oklahoma .  473 

Oregon .  474 

Panama .  474 

Pennsylvania .  474 

Philippine  Islands .  475 

Rhode  Island . 475 

South  Carolina .  . . . 475 

South  Dakota . 475 

Tennessee . •. .  475 

Texas .  476 

Utah . 476 


CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX.  387 

Page. 

Economic  geology — Continued. 

Vermont .  477 

Virginia .  477 

Washington . 477 

West  Indies .  478 

West  Virginia .  478 

Wisconsin . 478 

Wyoming .  479 

General .  479 

Economic  products  described .  482 

Florida _ J . 495 

Geologic  formations  described .  495 

Geologic  maps .  544 

Georgia .  546 

Glacial  geology .  547 

Alaska .  547 

Appalachian  region .  547 

Atlantic  coast  region .  547 

Canada .  547 

Great  Basin  region .  547 

Great  Lakes  region . * .  547 

Great  Plains  region .  548 

Mississippi  Valley  region .  548 

New  England  and  New  York .  549 

Ohio  Valley  region .  550 

Pacific  coast  region .  550 

Rocky  Mountain  region .  550 

General .  550 

Greenland . ^ .  551 

Guam .  551 

Guatemala . . i .  551 

Hawaiian  Islands .  551 

Honduras .  552 

Hydrology .  552 

Appalachian  region .  552 

Atlantic  coast  region .  552 

Canada .  552 

Great  By  sin  region .  552 

Great  Lakes  region .  552 

Great  Plains  region .  552 

Gulf  region .  553 

Hawaiian  Islands .  553 

Lake  Superior  region .  553 

Mexico . 553 

Mississippi  Valley  region . 553 

New  England  and  New  York .  554 

Ohio  Valley  region .  554 

Pacific  coast  region .  554 

Rocky  Mountain  region .  554 

Southwestern  region .  554 

West  Indies .  555 

General .  555 

Idaho .  555 


388  CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX. 

Page. 

Illinois .  555 

Indiana .  556 

Indian  Territory .  557 

Iowa . 557 

Jurassic .  558 

Alaska .  558 

Atlantic  coast  region .  '  558 

Great  Basin  region . 559 

Great  Plains  region . 559 

Greenland .  559 

New  England  and  New  York .  559 

Pacific,  coast  region , .  559 

Rocky  Mountain  region .  559 

Southwestern  region .  559 

Kansas .  559 

Kentucky .  561 

Labrador . 562 

Louisiana .  562 

Maine . * .  562 

Marcus  Island .  562 

Maryland . . , . 562 

Massachusetts . 564 

Mexico . 565 

Michigan .  567 

Mineralogy .  568 

Minerals  described .  573 

Minnesota .  . 587 

Mississippi . 588 

Missouri .  588 

Montana .  589 

Nebraska .  590 

Nevada .  591 

Newfoundland .  592 

New  Hampshire .  592 

New  Jersey .  592 

New  Mexico .  593 

New  York .  594 

Nicaragua .  598 

Nomenclature . . .  598 

North  Carolina. .  599 

North  Dakota .  599 

Ohio . 599 

Oklahoma .  600 

Ordovician . 601 

Appalachian  region .  601 

Canada .  601 

Great  Basin  region . 601 

Great  Lakes  region . 601 

Great  Plains  region .  602 

Mississippi  Valley  region .  602 

New  England  and  New  York .  602 

Ohio  Valley  region .  602 

Rocky  Mountain  region. . 603 


CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX.  389 

Page. 

Ordovician — Continued. 

Southwestern  region .  603 

General .  603 

Oregon .  603 

Paleogeography .  604 

Paleontology . . - . i  -  -  - .  604 

Algonkian .  604 

Cambrian .  604 

Carboniferous .  605 

Cretaceous .  606 

Devonian . .  608 

Jurassic .  609 

Ordovician . 609 

Quaternary . 610 

Silurian . 611 

Tertiary . 612 

Triassic .  614 

Invertebrate .  614 

Vertebrate .  -  620 

Paleobotany .  625 

General  .  627 

Genera  and  species  described .  627 

Panama .  729 

Pennsylvania .  729 

Petrology .  731 

Alaska . 731 

Arizona . .  731 

Arkansas .  731 

California . 731 

Canada .  732 

Colorado . . . 732 

Connecticut .  733 

District  of  Columbia . 733 

Georgia .  733 

Greenland . 733 

Guatemala .  733 

Hawaiian  Islands .  733 

Idaho .  733 

Iowa .  733 

Kentucky .  733 

Maine .  733 

Maryland .  733 

Massachusetts .  733 

Mexico . 733 

Michigan .  734 

Minnesota .  734 

Missouri .  734 

Montana .  734 

Nevada .  734 

Newfoundland . . .  734 

New  Hampshire .  734 

New  Jersey .  734 

New  Mexico . . *. .  734 


390  CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX. 

Petrology — Continued.  Page 

New  York . 734 

North  Carolina .  735 

Ohio .  735 

Oklahoma .  735 

Oregon .  735 

Pennsylvania . 735 

Philippine  Islands . . .  735 

South  Dakota . 735 

Tennessee .  735 

Texas .  735 

Utah .  735 

Vermont . _ . . . .  735 

Virginia .  735 

Washington .  735 

W est  Indies . 736 

Wisconsin .  736 

Wyoming . .  736 

General . 736 

Rocks  described .  737 

Philippine  Islands .  743 

Physiographic  geology . 743 

Alaska .  743 

Appalachian  region .  744 

Atlantic  coast  region .  744 

Canada .  744 

Central  America .  745 

Great  Basin  region .  745 

Great  Lakes  region .  745 

Great  Plains  region .  746 

Hawaiian  Islands .  746 

Mexico .  746 

Mississippi  Valley  region .  746 

New  England  and  New  York .  747 

Ohio  Valley  region . 747 

Pacific  coast  region .  748 

Panama . . . :  748 

Rocky  Mountain  region . 748 

Southwestern  region . 749 

West  Indies . 749 

General .  749 

Quaternary . 750 

Alaska .  750 

Appalachian  region . .  750 

Atlantic  coast  region .  750 

Canada .  751 

Central  America . 751 

Great  Basin  region .  751 

Great  Lakes  region .  751 

Great  Plains  region .  751 

Gulf  region .  751 

Mexico . - .  751 

Mississippi  Valley  region .  751 

New  England  and  New  York .  752 


CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX.  391 

Quaternary — Continued.  Page. 

Ohio  Valley  region .  752 

Pacific  coast  region .  752 

Rocky  Mountain  region .  752 

Southwestern  region .  753 

West  Indies .  753 

General . 753 

Rhode  Island .  753 

Salvador .  753 

Silurian . 753 

Alaska . . . 753 

Appalachian  region .  753 

Atlantic  coast  region . . . •. _  753 

Canada .  753 

Great  Basin  region .  754 

Great  Lakes  region . 754 

Greenland .  754 

Mississippi  Valley  region .  754 

New  England  and  New  York .  754 

Ohio  Valley  region . 754 

Southwestern  region .  755 

General .  755 

South  Carolina . 755 

South  Dakota . . . 755 

Tennessee . 756 

Tertiary .  757 

Alaska . 757 

Atlantic  coast  region .  757 

Canada . 757 

Great  Basin  region .  757 

Great  Plains  region .  757 

Greenland .  757 

Gulf  region . 757 

Mexico .  758 

Mississippi  Valley  region . 758 

New  England  and  New  York .  758 

Ohio  Valley  region . N .  758 

Pacific  coast  region .  758 

Panama . 759 

Philippine  Islands .  759 

Rocky  Mountain  region . 759 

Southwestern  region .  759 

West  Indies . 759 

General . * . *  760 

Texas .  760 

Triassic .  761 

Alaska .  761 

Appalachian  region .  761 

Atlantic  coast  region .  761 

Canada . . • .  761 

Great  Basin  region .  761 

Great  Plains  region . ! .  761 

Pacific  coast  region .  762 

Rocky  Mountain  region .  762 


392  CLASSIFIED  KEY  TO  THE  INDEX. 

Triassic — Continued.  Page. 

Southwestern  region .  762 

General . 762 

Trinidad .  762 

Utah .  762 

Vermont .  763 

Virginia .  764 

W  ashington .  764 

West  Indies .  765 

W est  Virginia . 767 

Wisconsin .  768 

Wyoming .  769 

Miscellaneous .  770 


I  N  D  EX 


Alabama. 

Age  of  Alabama  white  limestone,  Casey, 

2. 

Alabama  coal  fields,  McCalley,  1. 

Carboniferous  fossils  in  Ocoee  slates, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  1. 

Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian 
Basin,  Stevenson  (.T.  J.),  6. 

Cement  resources  of  Alabama,  Smith 
(E.  A.),  3,  4. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Geology  and  cement  resources  of  the 
Tombigbee  River  district,  Eckel  and 
.  Crider,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Coosa  Valley,  U.  S.  G.  S., 

1. 

Grand  Gulf  formation,  Smith  and  Aid- 
rich,  1. 

Index  to  mineral  resources  of  Ala¬ 
bama,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Iron  ores  in  the  Brookwood  quadrangle, 
Burchard,  3. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian 
Basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Marble  formations  of  the  Cahaba  River, 
Byrne,  1,  2. 

Materials  and  manufacture  of  Portland 
cement,  Eckel,  13,  31. 

Meteoreisen  von  De  Sotoville,  Brezina 
and  Cohen,  5. 

Meteorite  which  fell  near  Felix,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  2. 

New  species  of  Eocene  fossils,  Aldrich, 
4. 

New  species  of  Tertiary  fossils,  Aid- 
rich,  2. 

Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and  south¬ 
ern  United  States,  Maury,  1. 

Origin  of  Clinton  red  fossil  ore  in 
Lookout  Mountain,  Alabama,  Bow- 
ron,  1. 

Oyster  from  Eocene  of  Alabama,  Aid- 
rich,  5. 

Portland-cement  materials  of  Alabama, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  2,  8. 

Pratt  coal  mines,  Crane,  6. 

Revised  map  of  Cahaba  coal  fields, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  9. 

Rome  Folio,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Southern  Appalachian  coal  field,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  7. 

Underground  waters  of  Alabama,  Smith 
(E.  A.),  6. 


Alabama — Continued. 

Warrior  coal  basin  in  the  Brookwood 
quadrangle,  Butts,  5. 

Water  powers  of  Alabama,  Hall  (B.  M.), 

1. 

Water  resources  of  Alabama,  Smith 
(E.  A.),  5. 

Alaska. 

Alaska  glaciers  and  glaciation,  Gilbert, 
13. 

Alaskan  tin  deposits,  Collier,  11. 

Alaska’s  mineral  wealth,  Brooks,  10,  13. 

Alaska-Treadwell  mine,  Palache,  2. 

Auriferous  quartz  veins  on  Unalaska 
Island,  Collier,  10. 

Bering  River  coal  field,  Martin  (G.  C.), 
15. 

Bogoslof,  our  newest  volcano,  Merriam 
(C.  H.),  1. 

Cape  Yaktag  placers,  Martin  (G.  C.), 

12. 

Carboniferous  section  in  Copper  River 
Valley,  Mendenhall,  6. 

Chistoc-hina  gold  field,  Mendenhall,  4. 

Chitina  copper  deposits,  Mendenhall,  7. 

Coal-bearing  series  of  the  Yukon,  Col¬ 
lier,  6. 

Coal  fields  of  Cape  Lisburne,  Collier,  3, 
7,  12. 

Coal  fields  of  Cook  Inlet,  Alaska,  and 
Pacific  coast,  Kirsopp,  1. 

Coal  resources  of  Alaska,  Brooks,  3. 

Coal  resources  of  southwestern  Alaska, 
Stone  (R.  W.),  5. 

Coal  resources  of  the  Y'ukon,  Collier, 
2,  4. 

Copper  deposits  of  Mount  Wrangell 
region,  Mendenhall  and  Schrader,  2. 

Copper  River  country,  Abercrombie,  1. 

Deposition  of  ores  from  an  igneous 
magma,  Stevenson  (R.),  3. 

Economic  developments  in  southeastern 
Alaska,  Wright  (F.  E.  and  C.  W.),  1. 

Epidote  crystals  from  Alaska,  Palache, 

1. 

Fairhaven  gold  placers,  Moffit,  3. 

Fossil  floras  of  the  Yukon,  Knowlton. 
17. 

Fossil  plants  from  Kukak  Bay,  Knowl¬ 
ton,  16. 

Fossils  and  age  of  Yakutat  formation, 
Ulrich,  4. 

Geography  of  Alaska,  Brooks.  10. 

393 


394 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Alaska — Continued. 

Geography  of  Alaska,  Gannett,  2. 

Geological  reconnaissance  in  southeast¬ 
ern  Alaska,  Brooks,  5. 

Geological  section  of  Rocky  Mountains 
in  northern  Alaska,  Schrader,  1. 

Geology  about  Chichagof  Cove,  Palache, 

3. 

Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  Cop¬ 
per  River  district,  Schrader  and 
Spencer,  1. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Alaska 
Harriman  expedition,  Gilbert,  14. 

Geology  of  copper  deposits,  Stevens 
(B.),  1. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Geology  of  the  Klondike,  Mendenhall,  3. 

Geology  of  Treadwell  ore  deposits, 
Spencer  (A.  C.),  11,  13. 

Glacial  phenomena  of  Seward  Penin¬ 
sula,  Brooks  and  Collier,  1. 

Glaciers  of  Alaska,  Davidson,  1. 

Glenn  Creek  gold  mining  district,  Col¬ 
lier,  3. 

Gold  deposits  of  Shumagin  Islands, 
Martin  (G.  C.),  13. 

Gold  mining  in  Alaska,  Furman,  1. 

Gold  mining  in  Arctic  America,  Pen¬ 
rose,  1. 

Gold  mining  in  Klondike,  Miers,  2. 

Gold  placers  of  the  Fairbanks  district, 
Prindle,  1,  2. 

Gold  placers  of  Turnagain  Arm,  Mof- 
fit,  4. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Spurr,  13. 

Gold  sands  of  Cape  Nome,  Queneau,  1. 

Guldforekomsterne  i  Alaska  og  tilgraen- 
sende  stroeg,  Kolderup,  1. 

Juneau  gold  belt,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  9. 

Jura-fossilien  aus  Alaska,  Pompeckj,  1. 

Kayak  coal  and  oil  fields,  Stoess,  1. 

Kotzebue  placer-gold  field,  Moffit,  2. 

Magmatic  origin  of  vein-forming  waters 
in  southeastern  Alaska,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  17. 

Mesozoic  section  on  Cook  Inlet,  Stanton 
and  Martin,  1. 

Methods  and  costs  of  gravel  and  placer 
mining  in  Alaska,  Purington,  8,  9. 

Mineral  resources  of  Alaska  in  1904, 
Brooks,  11. 

Mineral  resources  of  Mount  Wrangell 
district,  Mendenhall  and  Schrader,  1. 

Mineral  resources  of  southeaster 
Alaska,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  12. 

Minerals  of  the  Harriman  Alaska  expe¬ 
dition,  Palache,  4. 

Mining  at  the  Alaska  Treadwell,  Kin- 
zie,  1. 

Muir  glacier,  Andrews,  1. 

Neozoic  invertebrate  fossils,  Dali,  10. 

•Nome  gold  region,  Schrader  and  j 
Brooks,  1. 


|  Alaska — Continued. 

Notes  on  Nome,  Rickard  (F.),  1. 

Observations  paleontologiques  dans 
l’Alaska,  Gaudry,  1. 

Occurrence  of  cassiterite,  Brooks,  1. 

Occurrence  of  stream  tin,  Brooks,  2. 

Origin  of  vein -filled  openings  in  south¬ 
eastern  Alaska,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  18. 

Ore  formation  on  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  Thomae,  1. 

Outlook  for  coal  mining  in  Alaska, 
Brooks,  14. 

Pacific  coast  glaciers,  Muir,  1. 

Pacific  mountain  system,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  5. 

Pacific  mountain  system  of  British  Co¬ 
lumbia  and  Alaska,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  4. 

Petroleum  fields  of  Alaska,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  3,  14. 

Petroleum  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Mar¬ 
tin  (G.  C.),  11. 

Physiography  of  the  Copper  River  ba¬ 
sin,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  2. 

Placer  gold  mining  in  Alaska  in  1902, 
Brooks,  7. 

Placer  mining  in  Alaska,  Brooks  9,  12. 

Porcupine  placer  mining  district, 
Wright  (C.  W.),  1,  2. 

Preliminary  report  on  the  Ketchikan 
mining  district,  Brooks,  4. 

Rampart  placer  region,  Trindle  and 
Hess,  1. 

Recent  changes  of  level  in  Alaska,  Tarr 
and  Martin,  1. 

Rocks  and  minerals  of  south  Alaska, 
No  varese,  1. 

Reconnaissance  from  Fort  Hamlin  to 
Kotzebue  Sound,  Mendenhall,  2. 

Reconnaissance  in  Alaska,  Schrader,  3. 

Reconnaissance  in  Mount  McKinley  re¬ 
gion,  Alaska,  Brooks,  6. 

Reconnaissance  in  northern  Alaska, 
Peters,  1. 

Reconnaissance  in  Norton  Bay  region. 
Mendenhall,  1. 

Reconnaissance  of  northwestern  por¬ 
tion  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Collier,  1. 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Cape  Nome  and 
adjacent  gold  fields  of  Seward  Pen¬ 
insula,  Brooks  and  others,  1. 

Relation  de  voyage  au  Ivlondyke,  Lo- 
bel,  1. 

Search  for  mammoth  and  other  fossil 
remains,  Maddren,  1. 

Sketch  of  Nome,  Bogdanovic,  1. 

So-called  basal  granite  of  Yukon  Val¬ 
ley,  McConnell,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  igneous  rocks  of 
Alaska,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Stream  tin  in  Alaska,  Brooks,  8. 

Tin  deposits  of  York  region,  Rickard 
(E.),  1. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  York  region,  Col¬ 
lier,  7,  8. 

Tin  in  Alaska,  Bell  (R.  N.),  2. 

Tin  in  the  York  region,  Collier,  5. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


395 


Alaska — Continued . 

Tin  ledges  in' Alaska,  Bell  (R.  N.),  1. 

Treadwell  group  of  mines,  Kinzie,  2. 

Treadwell  ore  deposits,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  14. 

Variations  of  glaciers,  Reid  (H.  F.),3. 

Wrangell  Mountains,  Mendenhall,  5. 

Yukon  gold  fields,  Miers,  1. 

Archean  and  Algonkian. 

Alaska. 

So-called  basal  granite  of  Yukon  Val¬ 
ley,  McConnell,  1. 

Appalachian  region. 

Asheville  folio,  Keith,  9. 

Cockeysville  marble,  Mathews  and  Mil¬ 
ler,  1. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Virgilina  cop¬ 
per  district,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 

Correlation  of  Piedmont  formations, 
Mathews,  6. 

Cranberry  folio,  Keith,  4. 

Greeneville  folio,  Keith,  11. 

Mount  Mitchell  folio,  Keith,  12. 

Piedmont  district  of  Pennsylvania, 
Bascom,  3. 

Pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  Franklin  Fur¬ 
nace  quadrangle,  Spencer  (A.  C.), 
13. 

Pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  New  Jersey, 
Spencer  (A.  C.),  15. 

Topography  and  geology  of  southern 
Appalachians,  Keith,  3. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Canada. 

Classification  of  the  Archean,  Coleman, 

6. 

Cobalt-nickel  arsenides  and  silver  de¬ 
posits  of  Temiskaming,  Miller  (W. 
G.),  IS. 

Contact  of  Archean  and  post-Archean, 
Willmott,  3. 

Correction  in  classification  of  gold  for¬ 
mation,  Hille,  4. 

Country  west  of  Nipigon  Lake  and 
River,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  3. 

Economic  resources  of  Moose  River  ba¬ 
sin,  Bell  (J.  M.),  2. 

Exploration  of  east  coast  of  Hudson 
Bay,  Low,  2. 

Exploration  of  Ekwan  River,  Dowling, 

8. 

Explorations  in  Saskatchewan  and  Kee- 
watin,  Tyrrell,  3. 

Genesis  of  Animikie  iron  range,  Hille, 
3. 

Geological  explorations  in  Athabaska, 
Dowling,  6. 

Geological  exploration  in  district  of 
White  Bay,  Howley,  1. 

Geological  formations  about  Montreal, 
Ami  and  Adams,  1. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  and  natural  resources  of  Ot¬ 
tawa  and  vicinity,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7. 


Archean  and  Algonkian — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Geology  of  country  around  Bruce 
mines,  Ingall  and  Denis,  1. 

Geology  of  Michipicoten  Island,  Bur- 
wash,  1. 

Geology  of  Nastapoka  Islands,  Low,  3. 

Geology  of  Nottaway  River  Basin,  Bell 
(Robert),  5. 

Geology  of  northeast  coast  of  Labra¬ 
dor,  Daly,  3. 

Geology  of  principal  cities  in  eastern 
Canada,  Ami,  1. 

Geology  of  Province  of  Quebec,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  8. 

Geology  of  Renfrew,  Addington,  Fron- 
tenac,  Lanark,  and  Carleton  coun¬ 
ties,  Ells  (R.  W.),  20. 

Geology  of  Yellow  Head  Pass  route, 
McEvoy,  1. 

Gold  ores  of  western  Ontario,  Brent,  1. 

Headwaters  of  Severn  River,  Camsell,  2. 

Huronian  question,  Coleman,  j.0. 

Iron  ores  of  Nipissing  district,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  2. 

Iron  ranges  of  Michipicoten  west,  Bell 
(J.  M.),  3. 

Iron  ranges  of  northwestern  Ontario, 
Coleman,  12. 

Iron  ranges  of  the  Lower  Huronian, 
Coleman,  4. 

Loon  Lake  iron-bearing  district,  Smith 
(W.  N.),  1. 

Michipicoten  iron  region,  Coleman  and 
Willmott,  1,  2. 

Michipicoten  Huronian  area,  Willmott, 

1. 

Nickel  and  copper  deposits  of  Sudbury, 
Barlow,  8. 

Northeastern  Canada  to  the  Arctic 
coast,  Hanbury,  1. 

Pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  Lake  Temis¬ 
kaming,  Miller  (W.  G.),  16. 

Problems  in  New  Brunswick  geology, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  25. 

Round  Lake  to  Abitibi  River,  Bolton,  1. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 

Types  of  iron-bearing  rocks  in  Ontario, 
Coleman,  7. 

Up  and  down  the  Mississaga,  Graton,  2. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Bisbee  folio,  Ransome,  14. 

Bradshaw  Mountains  folio,  Jaggar  and 
Palache,  1. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  and  vein  phenomena  of  Ari¬ 
zona,  Comstock  (T.  B.),  1. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda 
County,  Nevada,  Turner,  5. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  Great  Basin  region, 
Weeks,  9. 


396 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Archean  and  Algonkian — Continued. 

Great  Basin  region- — Continued. 

Underground  waters  of  Salt  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Lee  (W.  T.),  9. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Baraboo  iron-bearing  district  of  Wis¬ 
consin,  Weidman,  5. 

Ellipsoidal  structure  in  pre-Cambrian 
basic  and  intermediate  rocks  of  Lake 
Superior  region,  Clements,  1. 

Geological  cross  sections  of  Keweenaw 
Point,  Hubbard  (L.  L.),  1. 

Geology  of  Menominee  Range,  Hulst,  1. 

Keeweenawan  area  of  eastern  Minne¬ 
sota,  Hall,  (C.  W.),  3. 

Menominee  district  of  Michigan,  Bay- 
ley,  1. 

Relation  of  vein  at  Central  mine,  Ke¬ 
weenaw  Point,  to  Kearsarge  con¬ 
glomerate,  Hubbard  (L.  L.),  2. 

Vermilion  district  of  Minnesota,  Clem¬ 
ents,  2. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Alexandria  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  the 
James  River  Valley,  Todd  and  Hall,  2. 

Geology  of  Lincoln  County,  Bendrat,  1. 

Hartville  folio,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Mitchell  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  11. 

Olivet  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9. 

Parker  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  10. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Water  resources  of  Devils  Lake  region, 
Babcock,  2. 

Lake  Superior  region. 

Comment  on  report  of  special  commit¬ 
tee  on  Lake  Superior,  Lane,  47. 

Eisenerzlagerstiitten  am  Lake  Superior, 
Macco,  1. 

Huronian  question,  Coleman,  10. 

Geological  survey  of  the  Lake  Superior 
region,  Chamberlin  (T.  C.),  12. 

Geology  of  the  iron  ores  of  Minnesota, 
Winchell  (N.  H.),  24. 

Lake  Superior  iron  ore  deposits,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  6. 

Mesabi  iron-ore  range,  Woodbridge,  1. 

Mesabi  Iron  Range,  Leith,  2. 

Mesabi  iron-bearing  district  of  Minne¬ 
sota,  Leith,  4. 

New  iron-bearing  horizon  in  Keewatin 
in  Minnesota,  Winchell  (N.  H. ),  1. 

Nomenclature  of  Lake  Superior  forma¬ 
tions,  Willmott,  2. 

Pioneer  iron  mine,  Ely,  Minnesota,  Car¬ 
lyle,  1. 

Report  on  Lake  Superior  region,  Van 
Hise  and  others,  1. 

Sixth  annual  report  of  the  State  geol¬ 
ogist,  Lane,  49. 

Summary  of  Lake  Superior  geology, 
Leith,  14. 

Summary  report  of  Geological  Survey 
of  Canada  for  1904,  Bell  (Robert),  8. 


Archean  and  Algonkian — Continued. 

Lake  Superior  region — Continued. 

Vermilion  district  of  Minnesota,  Clem¬ 
ents,  5. 

Vermilion  iron-bearing  district  of  Min¬ 
nesota,  Clements,  4. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Baraboo  iron  region,  Winchell  (N.  H.), 
23. 

Geology  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Mississippi  Valley  at  Little 
Falls,  Minnesota,  Winchell  (N.  H.), 
8. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  Ozark 
region,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

New  England  and  New  York. 

Cambrian  and  pre-Cambrian  of  Hoosac 
Mountains,  Wolff,  3. 

Field  work  in  town  of  Minerva,  Finlay 
(G.  I.),  2. 

Geology  of  Adirondack  region,  Cushing, 

10. 

Geology  of  crystalline  rocks,  Smyth  (C. 

H. ),  1. 

Geology  of  Paradox  Lake  quadrangle, 
Ogilvie,  6. 

Geology  of  Rand  Hill,  Cushing,  2. 

Geology  of  vicinity  of  Little  Falls, 
Cushing,  9. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Neponset  Valley,  Cros¬ 
by,  15. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and  others, 

I. 

Physical  geography  and  geology  of  Con¬ 
necticut,  Rice,  1. 

Pre-Cambrian  formations,  Kemp  and 
Hill,  1. 

Pre-Cambrian  Highlands,  Merrill  (F.  J. 
H.),  6. 

Pre-Cambrian  outlier  at  Little  Falls, 
Herkimer  County,  Cushing,  4. 

Quarry  industry  in  southeastern  New 
York,  Eckel,  6. 

Recent  geologic  work  in  Franklin  and 
St.  Lawrence  counties,  Cushing,  3. 

Terranes  of  Orange  County,  Vt.,  Rich¬ 
ardson  (C.  H.),  1. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Crystalline  rocks  of  southern  Califor¬ 
nia,  Hershey,  9. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment  dis¬ 
trict,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Geology  of  Boulder  district,  Fenneman, 

10. 

Geology  of  Needle  Mountains  quad¬ 
rangle,  Cross  and  Howe,  3. 

Geology  of  Rico  quadrangle.  Cross 
(W.),  7. 

Geology  of  southwestern  Montana, 
Douglass,  10. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Algonkian  series,  Fin¬ 
lay  (G.  I.),  4. 

Oil  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains, 
Willis,  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


397 


Archean  and  Algonkian — Continued. 

Rocky  Mountain  region — Continued. 

Silverton  folio,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  structure,  Lewis  and 
Livingston  ranges,  Montana, Willis,  6. 

Structure  of  Front  Range,  northern 
Rocky  Mountains,  Montana,  Willis,  7. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Southwestern  region. 

Fundamental  complex  beyond  southern 
end  of  Rocky  Mountains,  Keyes,  46. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Geology  and  underground  water  condi¬ 
tions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita  moun¬ 
tains,  Taft,  13. 

Geology  of  Fort  Apache  region,  Reagan, 
3. 

Red  sandstone  of  Diaholo  Mountains, 
Dumble,  11. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

General. 

Eparchaean  interval,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  4. 

Fundamental  changes  in  the  Archean 
and  Algonkian,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  6. 

Granite,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  18. 

Little  Cottonwood  granite  body  of  Wa¬ 
satch  Mountains,  Emmons  (S.  F.),9. 

Pre-Cambrian  literature  for  1902-3, 
Leith,  7. 

Pre-Cambrian  literature  for  19(32-3, 
Leith,  9. 

Summaries  of  current  North  American 
Pre-Cambrian  literature,  Leith,  1. 

Sur  les  formations  precambriennes  fos- 
silif&res,  Walcott,  4. 

Arizona. 

Age  of  lavas  of  plateau  region,  Reagan, 

2. 

Arid  district  between  Rio  Grande  and 
Pacific,  Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  5. 

Arizona  diatomite,  Blake  (W.  P.),  9. 

Bradshaw  Mountains  folio,  Jaggar  and 
Palache,  1. 

Caliche  of  southern  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  3. 

Carboniferous  coal  in  Arizona,  Dumble, 
9. 

Carboniferous  fossils  of  Bisbee  quad¬ 
rangle,  Girty,  6. 

Cement  investigations  in  Arizona,  Dur- 
yee,  1. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Conglomerate  dikes  in  southern  Ari¬ 
zona,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  15. 

Copper  deposits  of  Bisbee,  Ransome,  7, 

8. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton,  Lindgren, 
12,  15. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Kaibab  Plateau, 
Jennings  (E.  P.),  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Kaibab  Plateau, 
Lunt,  1. 


Arizona — Continued . 

Copper  in  the  Red  Beds  of  the  Colorado 
Plateau  region,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  20. 

Cretaceous  fossils  of  Bisbee  quadrangle, 
Stanton,  6. 

Deer  Creek  coal  field,  Campbell  (M. 
R.),  16. 

Devonian  fossils  of  Bisbee  quadrangle, 
Williams  (H.  S.),  6. 

Diatom-earth  in  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  10. 

Dinosaur  footprints  from  Arizona, 
Riggs,  8. 

Dumortierite,  Schaller,  7. 

Evidences  of  shallow  seas  in  Paleozoic 
time,  Blake  (W.  P.),  2. 

Extinct  glaciers,  Stone  (G.  H.),  2. 

Faulting  and  mountain  structure  in 
Arizona,  Ransome,  5. 

Fossil  egg  from  Arizona,  Morgan  and 
Tallmon,  i. 

Genesis  of  copper  deposits  of  Clifton- 
Morenci,  Lindgren,  22. 

Geology  and  copper  deposits  of  Bisbee, 
Ransome,  10,  11. 

Geology  and  vein  phenomena  of  Ari¬ 
zona,  Comstock  (T.  B. ),  1. 

Geology  of  Arizona,  Blake  (W.  P.),  1, 
13. 

Geology  of  Cochise  mining  district, 
Franke,  1. 

Geology  of  Fort  Apache  region,  Reagan, 
3. 

Geology  of  Galiuro  Mountains,  Blake 
(W.  P.),  5. 

Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ran¬ 
some,  6. 

Geology  of  Mineral  Creek  district,  Gow- 
ling,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Little  Colorado  Valley, 
Ward  (L.  F.),  1. 

Glaciation  of  San  Francisco  Mountain, 
Atwood,  1. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Gold  deposits  of  Arizona,  Tratt,  5. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Arizona,  Blake 
(W.  P.),  14. 

Iodobromite  in  Arizona,  Blake  (W.  l\), 
18. 

Lake  Quiburis,  an  ancient  Pliocene 
lake  in  Arizona,  Blake  (W.  P.),  6. 

Limestone-granite  contact  deposit  of 
Washington  camp,  Crosby,  16. 

Meteoreisen-Studien,  Cohen,  4. 

Mineralogical  notes,  Headden,  1. 

Mineralogical  notes,  Warren,  1. 

Minerals  associated  with  copper,  Stone 
(G.  H.),  1. 

Minerals  from  the  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren  and  Ilillebrand,  1. 

New  batrachian  and  reptile  from 
Trias  of  Arizona,  Lucas  (F.  A.),  19. 


398 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Arizona — Continued. 

Notes  on  geology  of  southeastern  Ari¬ 
zona,  Dumble,  7. 

Ore  in  anticlinals.  Lakes,  71. 

Peculiar  occurrence  of  bitumen,  Mor¬ 
gan  and  Tallmon,  2. 

Petrified  forest,  Byers  (C.  A.),  1. 

Petrified  forests  and  Painted  Desert  of 
Arizona,  Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  6. 

Petrified  forests  of  Arizona,  Ward  ! 
(L.  F.),  2. 

Petrography  of  the  Tucson  Mountains, 
Guild,  1. 

Physiography  of  southern  Arizona  and 
New  Mexico,  Fairbanks,  5. 

Planet  copper  mines,  McCarn,  1. 

Plateau  province  of  Utah  and  Arizona, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  45. 

Plication  in  the  rocks  of  Cananea, 
Blake  (W.  P.),  17. 

Recent  discoveries  in  Arizona,  Bur¬ 
gess,  1. 

Re-formed  copper  ores,  Goodwin,  1. 

Secondary  enrichment,  Probert,  1. 

Silver  Bell  Mountains,  Barney,  1. 

Status  of  Mesozoic  floras,  Ward  (L.  F.), 

5. 

Tombstone  and  its  mines,  Blake 
(W.  P.),  8,  12. 

Tombstone  mining  district,  Church,  1. 

Trip  through  Arizona,  Lakes,  67. 

Tungsten  deposits  in  Arizona,  Rickard 
(F.),  3. 

Underground  waters  of  Arizona,  Skin¬ 
ner,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Gila  Valley, 
Lee  (W.  T.),  8. 

Underground  waters  of  Salt  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Lee  (W.  T.),  9. 

Verde  mining  district,  Miller  (G.  W-)» 

1. 

Vertebrates  from  the  Trias  of  Arizona, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  6. 

Walls  of  the  Colorado  Canyon,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  50. 

Zuni  salt  lake,  Darton,  19. 

Arkansas. 

Analysis  of  smithsonite,  Miller 
(W.  W.),  3. 

Analysis  of  waters  from  Hot  Springs, 
Haywood,  1. 

Arkansas  bauxite  deposits,  Hayes  (C. 
W.),  2. 

Arkansas-Indian  Territory  coal  field, 
Bache,  1. 

Arkansas  roofing  slates,  Dale,  4. 

Asphalt  deposits  of  Pike  County, 
Hayes.  (C.  W.),  4,  14. 

Bauxite  in  Arkansas,  Berger,  1. 

Borings  in  Silver  Spring  Valley,  Doug¬ 
las,  1. 

Boston  Mountain  physiography,  I-Ier- 
shey,  12. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Chalk  of  southwestern  Arkansas,  Taff, 

5. 


Arkansas— Continued. 

Coal  fields  of  Arkansas  and  Indian 
Territory,  Scholz,  2. 

Coal  mining  in  Arkansas,  Crane,  7. 

Depositional  equivalent  of  hiatus  at 
base  of  our  Coal  Measures,  Keyes, 
18. 

Devonian  hiatus  in  continental  inte¬ 
rior,  Keyes,  28. 

Earthquakes  in  the  New  Madrid  area, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  41. 

Fayetteville  folio,  Adams  and  Ulrich, 

1. 

Formations  of  northern  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Genesis  of  the  Arkansas  Valley,  Keyes, 
4. 

Geological  sketch  of  Hot  Springs  dis¬ 
trict,  Weed,  13. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Hot  springs  of  the  southern  United 
States,  Weed,  39. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  re¬ 
gion,  Bain,  2. 

Magmatic  differentiation  of  rocks, 

Keyes,  27. 

Miniature  overthrust  fault  and  anti¬ 
cline,  Purdue,  2. 

'Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Branner,  3. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Iledburg,  1. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Nichols  (H.  W.),  2. 

Names  of  coals  west  of  Mississippi 
River,  Keyes,  19. 

Origin  of  bedded  breccias  in  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  13. 

Origin  of  natural  mounds,  Veatch,  10. 

Peneplains  of  the  Ozark  highland,  Her- 
shey,  1. 

Phosphate  rocks  of  Arkansas,  Branner 
and  Newsom,  1. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  Ozark  re¬ 
gion,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Pleistocene  fissure  in  northern  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Brown  (B.),  3. 

Portland-cement  materials  of  south¬ 
western  Arkansas,  Fitzhugh,  1. 

Saddle-back  topography  of  the  Boone 
chert  region,  Purdue,  4. 

Siluric  fauna  near  Batesville,  Ark., 
Van  Ingen,  1,  2. 

Southwestern  coal  field,  Taff,  4. 

Springs  of  the  Ozark  region,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  35. 

Table  of  geological  formations,  Shep¬ 
ard,  1. 

Tahlequah  folio,  Taff,  17. 

Underground  waters  of  Louisiana  and 
Arkansas,  Veatch,  7. 

Underground  waters  of  northern  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Purdue,  7. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


399 


Arkansas— Continued. 

Valleys  of  solution  in  northern  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Purdue,  1. 

Water  resources  in  northern  Arkansas, 
Purdue,  9. 

Water  resources  of  Arkansas,  Purdqe, 
5. 

Water  I’esources  of  the  Winslow  quad¬ 
rangle,  Purdue,  8. 

Water  supply  of  the  Ozark  region, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  17. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  12,  15. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  north  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Branner,  2. 

Zinc-lead  deposits  of  southwest  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  3. 

Bibliography. 

Abrasives  of  New  York  State,  Magnus, 

1. 

Accessions  to  library  of  Geological  So¬ 
ciety  of  America,  Cushing,  6. 

Addenda  and  corrigenda  to  progress  of 
geological  work  in  Canada  during 
1899,  Ami,  5. 

Alaska’s  mineral  wealth,  Brooks,  10, 
13. 

Albert  Allen  Wright,  Wright  (G.  F.), 

12. 

Alphabetical  cross  reference  catalogue 
of  publications  of  Edward  Drinker 
Cope,  Frazer,  1. 

American  Eocene  primates,  Osborn,  11. 

American  Paleontological  Society,  Sec¬ 
tion  A,  Vertebrata,  Hay,  18. 

Ancient  water  levels  of  Champlain  and 
Hudson  valleys,  Woodworth,  10. 

Archaean  rocks  of  Ottawa  Valley, 
Osann,  2. 

Arsenic  in  Ontario,  Wells,  1. 

Artesian  basins  in  Idaho  and  Oregon, 
Russell,  9. 

Asbestos,  Cirkel,  3. 

Atlantic  coast  Triassic  coal  field,  Wood- 
worth,  4. 

Baraboo  iron  district  of  Wisconsin, 
Weidman,  5. 

Base  level,  grade,  and  peneplain,  Davis, 
(W.  M.),  26. 

Base  leveling  and  its  faunal  signifi¬ 
cance,  Adams  (C.  C.),  1. 

Bauxite  deposits  of  Georgia,  Watson 
(T.  L,),  12. 

Bibliographic  review  and  index  of  pa¬ 
pers  relating  to  underground  waters 
published  by  the  United  States  Geo¬ 
logical  Survey  1879-1904,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  27. 

Bibliographical  sketch  of  Elkanah 
Billings,  Ami,  15. 

Bibliography  and  catalogue  of  fossil 
vertebrata,  Dean,  7. 

Bibliography  and  catalogue  of  fossil 
vertebrata,  Hay,  5. 

Bibliography  and  index  of  North  Amer¬ 
ican  geology,  paleontology,  petrol- 


Bibliography — Continued. 

ogy,  and  mineralogy  for  1901, 
Weeks,  6. 

Bibliography  and  index  of  North  Ameri¬ 
can  geology,  paleontology,  petrology, 
and  mineralogy  for  1902,  Weeks,  7. 

Bibliography  and  index  of  North  Ameri¬ 
can  geology,  paleontology,  petrology, 
and  mineralogy  for  1903,  Weeks,  10. 

Bibliography  and  index  of  North  Ameri¬ 
can  geology,  paleontology,  petrology, 
and  mineralogy  for  1904,  Weeks,  15. 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and 
paleontology  for  1900,  Ami,  19. 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and 
paleontology  for  1901,  Ami,  34. 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and 
paleontology  for  1902,  Ami,  42. 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and 
paleontology  for  1903,  Ami,  44. 

Bibliography  of  Dr.  George  M.  Dawson, 
Ami,  27,  35. 

Bibliography  of  E.  Billings,  Ami,  17. 

Bibliography  of  geology,  paleontology, 
and  mineral  resources  of  California, 
Vogdes,  1. 

Bibliography  of  literature  referring  to 
geology  of  Washington,  Arnold,  1. 

Bibliography  of  Mexican  geology  and 
mining,  Aguilar  y  Santillan,  1. 

Bibliography  of  North  American  geol¬ 
ogy,  paleontology,  petrology,  and 
mineralogy  for  1892-1900,  Weeks,  3. 

Bibliography  of  Sir  John  William  Daw¬ 
son,  Ami,  18. 

Bibliography  of  submarine  valleys, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  15. 

Bibliography  of  West  Indian  eruptions, 
Hovey  (E.  O.),  32. 

Bibliography  of  works  upon  the  geology 
and  natural  resources  of  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Brown  (S.  S.),  1. 

Biographical  notice  of  Clarence  King, 
Raymond  (R.  W.),  3. 

Biographical  notice  of  Joseph  Le  Conte, 
Christy,  1. 

Biographical  notice  of  William  Henry 
Pettee,  Russell,  18. 

Biographical  sketch  of  Henry  McCalley, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  7. 

Bogoslof,  our  newest  volcano,  Merriam 
(C.  II.),  1. 

Books  relating  to  geology,  etc.,  of  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Vogdes,  2. 

Cambrian  rocks  in  eastern  Canada, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  29. 

Canadian  specimens  of  Lituites,  Whit- 
eaves,  10. 

Carboniferous  ammonoids  of  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

Carboniferous  formations  and  faunas  of 
Colorado,  Girty,  3. 

Carboniferous  system  of  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  8. 

Catalogue  and  index  of  publications  of 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Warman,  1. 


400 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Bibliography — Continued. 

Catalogue  and  index  of  publications  of 
Hayden,  King,  Powell,  and  Wheeler 
surveys,  Schmeckebier,  1. 

Catalogue  chronologique  des  publica¬ 
tions  de  Edward  Drinker  Cope, 
Frazer,  6. 

Catalogue  of  published  writings  of  John 
Wesley  Powell,  Warman,  3. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Charles  Emerson  Beecher,  Clarke  (J. 
M.),  22. 

Charles  Emerson  Beecher,  Jackson 
"<R.  T.),  1. 

Charles  Emerson  Beecher,  Schuchert,  9. 
Chicago  folio,  Alden,  1. 

Cirques,  Brown  (R.  M.),  4. 

Clarence  King,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  5,  6. 
Clarence  Luther  Herrick,  Tight,  5. 
Clastic  dikes,  Newsom,  4. 

Clays  of  Maryland,  Ries,  5. 

Coal  fields  of  Canada,  Denis,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Smith  (G. 

O.),  6. 

Contents  of  reports  of  Indiana  geolog¬ 
ical  survey,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  12. 
Contributions  to  economic  geology,  Em¬ 
mons,  Hayes,  1,  2,  3. 

Contributions  to  economic  geology, 

1903,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  16. 
Contributions  to  economic  geology, 

1904,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  18. 
Contributions  to  hydrology  of  eastern 

United  States,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  11. 
Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Corundum  of  North  Carolina,  Pratt  and 
Lewis,  1. 

Cretaceous  deposits  of  Pacific  coast, 
Anderson  (F.  M.),  3. 

Cyclus  from  Coal  Measures,  Rogers,  3. 
Dakota  Cretaceous  of  Kansas  and  Ne¬ 
braska,  Gould,  5. 

Deposits  of  copper  ores  at  Ducktown, 
Tenn.,  Kemp,  10. 

Desarrollo  de  la  geologia  en  Mexico, 
Aguilera,  5. 

Description  of  State  geologic  map  [New 
York],  Merrill  (F.  J.  H.),  2. 
Development  of  Scaphites,  Smith  (W. 
D.),  1. 

Development  of  some  Paleozoic  bryo- 
zoa,  Cumings,  9. 

Devonian  era  in  Ohio  basin,  Claypole,  5. 
Diplodocus  (Marsh),  Hatcher,  1. 
Dolichocephaly  and  brachycephaly  in 
the  lower  mammals,  Osborn,  9. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  von  Roemer,  the  father 
of  Texas  geology,  his  life  and  work, 
Simonds,  2. 

Dryptosaurus  incrassatus,  Lambe,  8. 
Dumortierite,  Schaller,  7. 

Eastern  interior  coal  field,  Ashley,  1. 
Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham  dis¬ 
trict,  Boutwell,  12. 


Bibliography — Continued. 

Eisenfiihrenden  Gesteinen  der  Insel 
Disko,  Nicolau,  1. 

Edward  Claypole,  the  man,  Bridge,  1. 

Eocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Clark  and 
Martin,  1. 

*  Eruptions  of  Mont  Pele  and  the  Sou- 
frifere,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  33. 

•  Eurypterid  fauna  from  the  Salina, 
Sarle,  2. 

Extinct  glaciers  of  Colorado,  Hender¬ 
son  (J.),  4. 

Fossil  corals  from  the  elevated  reefs  of 
Curagao,  Arube,  and  Bonaire,  Vau¬ 
ghan,  2. 

Fossil  footprints  in  the  Juratrias,  Lull, 
2 

Fossil  mammalia  of  White  River  beds, 
Douglass,  4. 

Fossil  mammals  of  Tertiary  of  north¬ 
eastern  Colorado,  Matthew  (W.  D), 

2' 

Fossil  turtles,  Amphichelydia,  Hay,  23. 

Fossils  from  the  Vancouver  Cretaceous, 
Whiteaves,  12. 

Francis  Bain,  geologist,  Watson  (L. 
W.),  2. 

Gebirgbaus  von  Mittelamerika,  Sapper, 

22. 

Genus  Rhynchopora,  Greger,  2. 

Geographical  distribution  of  fresh¬ 
water  decapods,  Ortmann,  3. 

Geography  of  Texas,  Simonds,  4. 

Geological  bibliography  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  and  Fisher,  1. 

Geological  relations  and  distribution  of 
platinum  and  associated  metals, 
Kemp,  11. 

Geological  relationship  of  volcanoes  of 
West  Indies,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  8. 

Geological  Society  of  America,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  38. 

Geological  surveys,  Broadhead,  1. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  Niagara 
Falls,  Grabau,  1. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Nez 
Perces  County,  Part  II,  Russell,  2. 

Geology  of  Cincinnati,  Nickles,  3. 

Geology  of  Garrett  County,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  1. 

Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Ransome,  6. 

Geology  of  the  Jemez-Albuquerque  re¬ 
gion,  Reagan,  1. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Black  Hills,  Jaggar.  5. 

Geology  of  the  Hudson  Valley,  Dale,  5. 

Geology  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 
Becker,  1. 

Geology  of  Vermont,  Seely,  2. 

George  Mercer  Dawson,  Ami,  7,  16. 

Gerard  Troost,  Glenn,  9. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lever 
ett,  4, 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


401 


Bibliography— Continued. 

Glacial  geology  of  southern  peninsula 
of  Michigan,  Leverett,  8. 

Glaciation  of  the  Green  Mountains, 
Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  7,  8. 

Graptolites  of  New  York,  Ruedemann, 

8. 

Growth  of  Trinidad,  Guppy,  8. 

Gypsum  industry  in  New  York,  Par¬ 
sons,  4. 

Hamilton  formation  at  Milwaukee,  Wis¬ 
consin,  Teller,  1. 

Hamilton  formation  in  central  New 
York,  Cleland,  2. 

Hamilton  group  of  Thedford,  Ontario, 
Shimer  and  Grabau,  1. 

Historical  outline  of  the  geological  and 
agricultural  survey  -of  the  State  of 
Mississippi,  Hilgard,  1. 

Historical  review  of  geology  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Lane,  36. 

Homoplasy  as  a  law  of  latent  or  poten¬ 
tial  homology,  Osborn,  7. 

Identification  of  Meckelian  and  mylo¬ 
hyoid  grooves  in  mammals,  Bensley, 
1. 

Index  generum  mammalium,  Palmer 
(T.  S.),  1. 

Index  to  mineral  resources  of  Ala¬ 
bama,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Index  to  North  American  geology,  pale¬ 
ontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  1892-1900,  Weeks,  4. 

Index  to  publications  of  Indiana  geo¬ 
logical  survey,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  13. 

Index  to  publications  of  New  York 
State  Natural  History  Survey,  Ellis 
(M.),  1. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Highwood  Mountains, 
Pirsson,  4. 

Instituto  Geologica  de  Mexico,  Guild,  2. 

Investigation  of  metalliferous  ores,  Em¬ 
mons  (S.  F.),  10,  17. 

Iron  ores  of  northeastern  Texas,  Eckel, 
37. 

Iron  ranges  of  Michipicoten  west,  Bell 
(J.  M.),  3. 

John  Bell  Hatcher,  Schuchert,  15. 

Jura-Fossilien  aus  Alaska,  Pompeckj,  1 

Kreide-Ammoniten  von  Texas,  Lass- 
witz,  1. 

Lacoe  (Ralph  Dupuy),  Hayden,  1. 

Lake  Superior  iron-ore  deposits,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  3. 

Laurentian  peneplain,  Wilson  (A.  W. 
G.),  6. 

Law  of  adaptive  radiation,  Osborn,  8. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  southwestern 
Wisconsin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Virginia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Life  and  work  of  the  late  Doctor  Sel- 
wyn,  Ami,  38. 

Lime  and  cement  industries  of  New 
York,  Ries,  4. 

Limestones  of  southwestern  Pennsylva¬ 
nia,  Clapp,  4. 

Bull.  301—06 


Bibliography — Continued. 

List  of  reports  and  publications  on  the 
geology  of  Vermont,  Perkins,  5. 

List  of  works  on  the  geology  of  Ver¬ 
mont,  Perkins,  9. 

Literature  of  Edestus,  Eastman,  22. 

Literature  of  structural  materials,  Eck¬ 
el,  11. 

Literature  on  petroleum,  Teggart,  1. 

Manual  of  the  chemical  analysis  of 
rocks,  Washington,  10. 

Manufacture  of  clay  products,  Ries,  13. 

Marble,  slate,  and  granite  industries  of 
Vermont,  Perkins,  1. 

Marl-loess  of  lower  Wabash  Valley,  Ful¬ 
ler  and  Clapp,  1. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  of  San 
Pedro,  Arnold,  2. 

Marine  Trias  of  western  America,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  5. 

Marine  turtle  Archelon,  Wieland,  3. 

Medford  dike  area,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 

1. 

Meeting  of  Section  E  of  American  As¬ 
sociation  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science,  Hovey,  37. 

Memoir  of  Alpheus  Hyatt,  Crosby,  10. 

Memoir  of  Edward  Waller  Claypole, 
Comstock  (T.  B.),  1. 

Memoir  of  Franklin  Platt,  Frazer,  2. 

Memoir  of  George  Mercer  Dawson, 
Adams  (F.  D.),  6. 

Memoir  of  J.  Peter  Lesley,  Stevenson 
(J.  J.),  2. 

Memoir  of  James  E.  Mills,  Branner,  7. 

Memoir  of  Ralph  Dupuy  Lacoe,  White 
(D.),  9. 

Memoir  of  Theodore  Greely  White, 
Kemp,  18. 

Memoir  of  Wilbur  Clinton  Knight,  Bar¬ 
bour  (E.  H.),  10. 

Memorial  of  the  late  Dr.  Selwyn,  Ami, 
43. 

Menominee  district  of  Michigan,  Bay- 
ley,  1. 

Mesabi  iron-bearing  district  of  Minne¬ 
sota,  Leith,  4. 

Middle  Cambrian  fossils,  Woodward 
(H.),  1. 

Mineral  industries  and  geology  of  cer¬ 
tain  areas  of  Vermont,  Perkins,  4. 

Mineralogia  Groenlandica,  Boggild,  5. 

Mines  and  minerals  of  Guanajuato, 
Blake  (W.  P.),  7. 

Mining  in  the  Richmond  coal  basin, 
Virginia,  Woodworth,  3. 

Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Shat- 
tuck,  10. 

Mississippi  River  from  Cape  Girardeau 
to  Head  of  Passes,  Brovyi  (R.  M.).  3. 

Molding  sand,  Eckel,  14. 

Mollusca  of  Buda  limestone,  Shattuck, 

8. 

Molybdenite,  Wells,  2. 

La  Montagne  I'elde  et  ses  Eruptions, 
Lacroix,  20. 


-26 


402 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Bibliography— Continued . 

Morphogenesis  of  Platystrophia,  Cum- 
ings,  8. 

Morphology  of  Madreporaria,  septal  se¬ 
quence,  Duerden,  8. 

Morphology  of  the  skull  of  Dimetro- 
don,  Case,  11. 

Mountain  ranges  of  Great  Basin,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  46. 

Natural  mounds  or  hog-wallows,  Bran-  ! 
ner,  8. 

Names  of  coals  west  of  Mississippi 
River,  Keyes,  19. 

Nature  of  Edestus  and  related  forms,  j 
Eastman,  13. 

Newark  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Val-  J 
ley,  Hobbs,  2. 

New  Niobrara  Taxochelys,  Wieland,  12. 

New  York  mineral  localities,  Whitlock, 

2. 

Nomenclature  of  the  gold-hearing  meta- 
morphic  series  of  Nova  Scotia,  Wood¬ 
man,  1. 

Nonmetallic  minerals,  Merrill  (G.  P.), 

12. 

North  American  geologic  formation 
names,  Weeks,  5. 

North  American  plesiosaurs,  Williston, 
14. 

North  American  species  of  the  genus 
Equus,  Gidley,  1. 

Notes  on  mica,  Corkill,  1. 

Oberdevon  Europas  und  Nordamerikas, 
Hartzell,  1. 

Observations  on  the  Creodonta,  Mat¬ 

thew  (W.  D.),  1. 

Old  channels  of  the  Mississippi  in  Iowa, 
Leverett,  2. 

Oligocene  titanotheres,  Osborn,  10. 

Ore  deposits  of  Sudbury,  Dickson,  4. 

Organization  and  work  of  the  Geolog¬ 
ical  Survey  of  Ohio,  Orton,  1. 

Origin  of  eskers,  Crosby,  3. 

Occurrence  and  distribution  of  tin, 

Hess  and  Graton,  1. 

Osteology  of  Baptanodon,  Gilmore,  3. 

Osteology  of  the  Diadectidse  and  rela¬ 
tions  to  Chelydosauria,  Case,  12. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 

Papers  read  before  the  Geological  So¬ 
ciety  of  America,  Shattuck,  9. 

Peat,  Parsons,  3. 

Peat  and  its  occurrence  in  New  York. 
Ries,  7. 

Pennsylvania  anthracite  coal  field. 
Stoek,  1. 

Permische  Stegocephalen  und  Reptilien 
aus  Texas,  Broili,  2. 

Phosphate  rocks  of  Arkansas,  Branner 
and  Newsom,  1. 

Physical  features  of  Cecil  County, 
Md.,  Shattuck,  3. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Physical  geography,  of  New  York  State, 
Tarr,  2. 


Bibliography — Continued . 

Physical  geology  of  central  Ontario, 
Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  2. 

Physiography  of  Acadia,  Daly,  1. 

Plateau  province  of  Utah  and  Arizona, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  45. 

Platygonus  compressus  Le  Conte,  Wag¬ 
ner,  1. 

Pleistocene  features  in  the  Syracuse 
region,  Fairchild,  12. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  Nassau  County, 
Woodworth,  2. 

Portland-cement  industry  in  Michigan, 
Russell,  6. 

Portland-cement  materials  of  Alabama, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  8. 

Pre-Cambrian  literature  for  1902-3, 
Leith,  9. 

Pre-Cambrian  summaries  for  1901r 
Leith,  3. 

Pre-Glacial  course  of  middle  portion  of 
Genesee  River,  Whitbeck,  1. 

Tre-Kansan  and  Iowan  deposits  of 
Long  Island,  N.  Y.,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  6. 

Progress  of  vertebrate  paleontology  in 
Canada,  Lambe,  12. 

Pseudoceratites  of  the  Cretaceous, 
Hyatt,  1. 

Publications  of  U.  S.  Geological  Sur¬ 
vey,  1901-1903,  Warman,  2. 

Quantitative  classification  of  igneous 
rocks,  Cross  and  others,  2. 

Recent  literature  on  Laramie  forma¬ 
tion,  Hay,  7. 

Recent  mineralogical  literature,  Moses 
and  Luquer,  1,  3. 

Reconnaissance  in  Alaska,  Schrader,  3. 

Reconnaissance  in  trans-Pecos  Texas. 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Reconstruction  of  a  Cretaceous  dino¬ 
saur,  Beecher,  6. 

Red  Beds  of  Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe. 
2 

Relationships  of  the  Rugosa  (Tetra- 
coralla)  to  living  Zoantheae,  Duer¬ 
den,  3. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 

Report  of  State  geologist,  Buckley,  4. 

Reports  of  explorations  printed  in  the 
documents  of  the  United  States  Gov¬ 
ernment,  Hasse,  1. 

Restoration  of  Dolichorhyncops  os- 
borni,  Williston,  9. 

Revision  of  Paleozoic  I’aleechinoidea, 
Klem,  1. 

River  terraces  in  New  England,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  29. 

Rocks  of  Green  Pond  Mountain  region, 
Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Rocks  of  Rondout,  Van  Ingen  and 
Clark,  1. 

St.  Peter  sandstone.  Sardeson.  1. 

Sand  plains  of  Glacial  Lake  Sudbury, 
Goldthwait,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


403 


Bibliography— Continued. 

Sediments  of  the  Meguma  series  of 
Nova  Scotia,  Woodman,  2. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  faunas  of  Trilobite 
Mountain,  Shimer,  5. 

Siluric  fauna  near  Batesville,  Ark., 
Van  Ingen,  1,  2. 

Sketch  of  life  and  work  of  Charles 
Baker  Adams,  Seely,  4. 

Sketch  of  the  life  of  Zadoch  Thompson, 
Perkins,  3. 

Structural  relations  of  amygdaloidal 
melaphyre,  Burr,  1. 

Structure  of  some  primitive  cepha- 
lopods,  Ruedemann,  9. 

Studies  in  evolution,  Beecher,  1. 

Sulphide  ore  bodies  of  Sudbury  region, 
Ontario,  Silver,  1. 

Summaries  of  current  North  American 
pre-Cambrian  literature,  Leith,  1. 

Summaries  of  literature  of  economic 
geology,  Eckel,  12. 

Summary  of  literature  of  North  Amer¬ 
ican  Pleistocene  geology,  Leverett,  5. 

Surface  geology  of  Alcona  County, 
Mich.,  Leverett,  3. 

Syllabus  for  field  and  laboratory  work 
in  geology,  Tarr,  1.  ( 

Taconic  physiography,  Dale,  9. 

Tertiary  history  of  the  Tennessee 
River,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  9. 

Tertiary  lignite  of  Brandon,  Perkins, 
17. 

Terranes  of  Orange  County,  Vermont, 
Richardson  (C.  H.),  2. 

Theories  of  ore  deposition,  Emmons 
(S.  F.),  15. 

Time  divisions  of  Ice  Age,  Upham,  5. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  York  region, 
Alaska,  Collier,  8. 

Triassic  cephalopod  genera,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Triassic  Ichthyopterygia  from  Califor¬ 
nia  and  Nevada,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  4. 

Trilobites  of  Chazy  limestone,  Ray¬ 
mond,  5. 

Troost’s  survey  of  Philadelphia,  Ham¬ 
ilton  (S.  H.),  1. 

Tropidoleptus  fauna  at  Canandaigua  j 
Lake,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  4. 

Uberschiebungen  in  den  Vereinigten 
Staaten  von  Nordamerika,  Willis, 
14. 

United  States  Geological  Survey,  IT.  S. 
G.  S.,  2. 

Vermilion  iron-bearing  district  of  Min- 

.  nesota,  Clements,  3. 

Volcanic  action  and  the  West  Indian 
eruptions  in  1902,  Lobley,  1. 

Volcanic  ash  beds  of  Montana,  Rowe,  1. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  Martinique  and 
St.  Vincent,  Russell,  4. 

White  (Theodore  Greely),  Ries,  2. 

Wilbur  Clinton  Knight,  Nelson,  1. 

Wilbur  Clinton  Knight,  Williston,  20. 


Bibliography — Continued . 

Writings  of  James  G.  Cooper  on  con- 
chology  and  paleontology,  Raymond 
(W.  J.),  1. 

Xinantacatl  ou  volcan  .Nevado  de  Tol¬ 
uca,  Orddnez,  7. 

Biography. 

Adams,  Charles  Baker,  sketch  of  life 
and  work  of,  Seely,  4. 

Bain,  Francis,  Watson  (L.  W.),  2. 

Barris,  Prof.  W.  H.,  Preston  (C.  H.), 

1. 

Beecher,  Charles  Emerson,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  22. 

Beecher,  Charles  Emerson,  Jackson 
(R.  T.),  1. 

Beecher,  Charles  Emerson,  Schuchert, 
9. 

Billings,  Elkanah,  Ami,  15. 

Brooks,  Thomas  Benton,  Willis,  3. 

Claypole,  address  at  presentation  of 
memorial  bronze  of  Edward  Waller 
Claypole,  Bridge,  2. 

Claypole,  address  at  presentation  of 
memorial  bronze  of  Edward  Waller 
Claypole,  Knight  (W.  II.),  1. 

Claypole,  Edward  Waller,  Winchell 
(N.  H.),  4. 

Claypole,  Edward,  the  scientist,  Com¬ 
stock  (F.  B.),  2. 

Claypole,  Edward  Waller,  as  a  teacher, 
Richardson  (G.  M.),  1. 

Claypole,  Edward,  the  man,  Bridge,  1. 

Claypole,  Edward  Waller,  memoir  of, 
Comstock  (T.  B.),  1. 

Dawson,  George  M.,  Adams  (F.  D.),  1. 

Dawson,  George  Mercer,  Ami,  0. 

Dawson,  George  Mercer,  Harrington 
(B.  J.),  1,  2. 

Dawson,  George  Mercer,  memoir  of, 
Adams  (F.  D.),  6. 

Dawson,  Sir  John  William,  Adams  (F. 
D.),  3. 

Frazier,  Benjamin  WTest,  Frazer,  10. 

Frenzel,  Dr.,  Frazer,  4. 

Hall,  Charles  Monroe.  Life  and  work 
of  Professor  Charles  M.  Hall,  Up¬ 
ham,  15. 

Harris,  Israel  Hopkins.  The  I.  H. 
Harris  collection  of  invertebrate  fos¬ 
sils  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum, 
Schuchert,  3. 

Hatcher,  John  Bell,  Eaton,  4. 

Hatcher,  John  Bell,  Holland,  1. 

Hatcher,  John  Bell,  Schuchert,  15. 

Hatcher,  John  Bell,  Scott  .(W.  B.),  3. 

Herrick,  Clarence  L.,  Cole  (A.  D.),  1. 

Herrick,  Clarence  Luther,  Tight,  5. 

Houghton,  Douglass,  Russell,  16. 

Hubbard,  Bela,  Russell,  17. 

Hyatt,  Memorial  of  Prof.  Alpheus  Hy¬ 
att,  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  1. 

Hyatt,  Alpheus,  Dali,  5. 

Hyatt,  Alpheus,  Crosby,  10. 

Hyatt,  Alpheus,  Stanton,  5. 

King,  Clarence,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  5,  6. 


404 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Biography — Continued . 

King,  Clarence,  biographical  notice  of, 
Raymond  (R.  W.),  3. 

Knight,  Wilbur  Clinton,  Barbour 
(E.  ILL  10. 

Knight,  Wilbur  Clinton,  Nelson,  1. 

Knight,  Wilbur  Clinton,  Williston,  20. 

Lacoe,  Ralph  Dupuy,  Hayden,  1. 

Lacoe,  Ralph  Dupuy,  memoir  of,  White 
(D.),  9. 

Lacoe’s  relation  to  science,  White  (D.), 
3. 

Le  Conte,  Joseph,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  3. 

Le  Conte,  biographical  notice  of  Joseph 
Le  Conte,  Christy,  1. 

Le  Conte,  autobiography,  3. 

Le  Conte,  Joseph,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  3. 

Lesley,  J.  Peter,  biographical  notice  of, 
Lyman,  4. 

Lesley,  J.  Peter,  Frazer,  7. 

Lesley,  J.  Peter,  Halberstadt,  1. 

Lesley,  J.  Peter,  Stevenson  (J.  J.), 
5,  7. 

McCalley,  Henry,  Smith  (E.  A.),  7. 

Marsh,  Charles  Othniel,  Joly  (H.),  1. 

Memoir  of  Franklin  Platt,  Frazer,  2.. 

Memorial  of  the  late  Dr.  Selwyn,  Ami, 
43. 

Mills,  James  E.,  Branner,  7. 

Orton,  Edward,  Hobbs,  7. 

Neff,  Peter,  Cushing,  8. 

Pettee,  William  Henry,  Russell,  18. 

Powell  as  an  anthropologist,  McGee,  4 

Powell  as  an  explorer,  Van  Hise,  10. 

Powell  as  a  geologist,  Gilbert,  5. 

Powell  as  a  man,  Langley,  1. 

Powell  as  a  soldier,  Henderson  (D.  B.), 

1. 

Powell,  John  Wesley,  Brewer  (W.  H.), 

1. 

Powell,  John  Wesley,  Gilbert,  3,  4. 

Powell,  John  Wesley,  Merrill  (G.  P. ), 

8. 

Powell,  John  Wesley,  Walcott,  9,  10. 

Roemer,  Dr.  Ferdinand  von,  the  father 
of  Texas  geology  :  his  life  and  work, 
Simonds,  2. 

Rowe,  Richard  Burton,  Prosser,  9. 

Selwyn,  Dr.  Alfred  R.  C.,  Barlow,  5. 

Selwyn,  Doctor,  life  and  work  of,  Ami, 
38,  45. 

Simpson,  George  Bancroft,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  6. 

Thompson,  Zadoch,  Perkins,  3. 

Troost,  Gerard,  Glenn,  9. 

White,  Theodore  Greely,  Ries,  2. 

White,  Theodore  Greely,  memoir  of, 
Kemp,  16,  18. 

Wing,  Augustus,  sketch  of  life  and 
work  of,  Seely,  1. 

Wright,  Albert  Allen,  Wright  (G.  F.), 

12. 

California. 

Age  of  granites  in  the  Klamath  Moun¬ 
tains,  Hershey,  3. 

Ancient  gravel  channels  of  Calaveras 
County,  Storms,  4. 


California — Continued. 

Areas  of  the  California  Neocene,  Os- 
mont,  2. 

Arid  district  between  Rio  Grande  and 
Pacific,  Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  5. 

Ascent  of  Mt.  Whitney,  with  notes  on 
the  geology,  Ilallock,  2. 

Asymmetry  of  crest  lines  in  the  high 
Sierra  of  California,  Gilbert,  19. 

Auriferous  gravels  and  table  moun¬ 
tains  of  California,  Hanks,  1. 

Basin-range  structure  in  Death  Valley 
region,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  13. 

Berkeley  Hills,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

Bibliography  of  geology,  paleontology, 
and  mineral  resources  of  California, 
Vogdes,  1. 

Bismuth  and  bismite  from  Pala,  Kunz, 

6. 

Borax  deposits  of  eastern  California, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  12. 

Books  relating  to  geology,  etc.,  of  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Vogdes,  2. 

Border  line  between  the  Paleozoic  and 
Mesozoic,  Smith  (J.  P.),  1. 

Bragdon  formation,  Diller,  18. 

Bragdon  formation  in  California,  Her¬ 
shey,  21. 

California  minerals,  Schaller,  3. 

Californian  Tertiary  coral  reef, 
Vaughan,  20. 

Californite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  2. 

Californite,  a  new  ornamental  stone, 
Kunz,  5. 

Canidae  of  California,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
7. 

Canyon  City  meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.), 
7. 

Cement  materials  and  industi*y  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clastic  dikes,  Newsom,  4. 

Coal  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Smith 
(G.  O.),  6. 

Colemanite  from  southern  California, 
Eakle,  2. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  peti'o- 
leum,  Mabery,  3. 

Composition  and  structure  of  Kla¬ 
math  Mountains,  Diller,  17. 

Composition  of  California  peti-oleum, 
Mabery  and  Hudson.  1. 

Contact-metamorphic  deposits  in  Si¬ 
erra  Nevada  Mountains,  Turner.  13. 

Conti'ibution  to  minex*alogy  of  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Blasdale,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Redding  region, 
Diller,  13. 

Copper  region  of  northern  California, 
Diller,  5,  6. 

Cretaceous  auriferous  conglomerate  of 
Siskiyou  County,  Turner,  12. 

Cretaceous  deposits  of  Pacific  coast, 
Andei'son  (F.  M.),  3. 

Ci'ystalline  rocks  of  southern  Califor¬ 
nia,  Hershey,  9. 

Crystalline  rocks  of  San  Gabriel  Moun¬ 
tains,  Arnold,  6. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


405 


California — Continued. 

Crystalline  rocks  of  the  San  Gabriel 
Mountains,  Arnold  and  Strong,  1. 

Crystallography  of  lepidolite,  Schaller, 

6. 

Desert  dry  lakes  of  California,  Bailey 
(G.  E.),  1. 

Domes  and  dome  structure  of  the  high 
Sierra,  Gilbert,  17. 

Drainage  features  of  California,  Law- 
son  (A.  C.),  2. 

Dredging  in  Oroville,  Knox,  1. 

Dumortierite,  Schaller,  5,  7. 

Eclogites  in  California,  Holway,  1. 

Erosion  on  the  Pacific  coast,  Holder,  2. 

Etat  de  Californie,  Privat-Deschanel,  1. 

Exploration  of  Potter  Creek  cave, 
Shasta  County,  Sinclair,  2. 

Fault-system,  Gunther,  2. 

Feldspar-corundum  rocks  from  Plumas 
County,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  1. 

Faunal  relations  of  the  Carrizo  Creek 
beds,  Arnold,  3. 

Flightless  auk,  Mancalla  californiensis, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  5. 

Foraminifera  from  Santa  Barbara, 
Bagg,  7. 

Formation  of  bonanzas  in  upper  por¬ 
tions  of  gold  veins,  Rickard  (T. 
A.),  3. 

Fossil  plants  from  the  Shasta  group, 
Fontaine,  3. 

Fossil  Sequoia  from  the  Sierra  Nevada, 
Jeffrey,  1. 

Gems  and  rare  minerals  of  southern 
California,  Sovereign,  1. 

Gem  minerals  of  California,  Kunz,  8. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits  at  the  Royal 
mine,  Forstner,  1 

Geological  section  of  the  middle  Coast 
x*anges  of  California,  Lawson  (A. 
C.),  6,  9. 

Geological  section  of  the  Coast  ranges, 
Osmont,  1. 

Geologizing  by  the  seaside,  Lakes,  56. 

Geology  of  district  west  of  Redding, 
O’Brien  (C.  J.),  1. 

Geology  of  Mineral  King,  Knopf  and 
Thelen,  1. 

Geology  of  Nevada  and  adjacent  por¬ 
tions  of  California,  Spurr,  6. 

Geology  of  Salinas  Valley,  Nutter,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Great  Basin,  Turner,  1. 

Geomorphogeny  of  Kern  basin,  Law- 
son  (A.  C.),  10. 

Geomorphogeny  of  Klamath  Mountains, 
Diller,  3. 

Gisements  des  minerais  de  mercure, 
Demaret,  2. 

Glacial  stages  in  Klamath  Mountains, 
Hershey,  16. 

Glacier  of  Mount  Lyell,  Lee  (W.  T. ), 

10. 

Glaucophane  and  associated  schists  in 
Coast  ranges  of  California,  Nutter 
•and  Barber,  1. 


California— Continued. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Great  lava  flood,  Redway,  1. 

Greenback  copper  mine,  Turner,  6. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  California,  Fair¬ 
banks,  6. 

Hanging  valleys  of  the  Yosemite,  Bran- 
ner,  5. 

Ichthyosauria  from  Triassic  of  Califor¬ 
nia,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  6. 

Identity  of  palacheite  and  botryogen. 
Eakle,  3. 

Igneous  rocks  near  Pajaro,  Reid  (J. 
A.),  1. 

Industrie  du  petrole  en  Californie, 
Heurteau,  2. 

Iron-nickel  alloy,  awaruite,  Jamieson,  1. 

Iron  ores  of  the  Redding  quadrangle, 
Diller,  14. 

Klamath  Mountains,  Diller,  1,  12. 

Lawsonite,  Schaller  and  Hillebrand,  2. 

Les  anciens  chenaux  aurif&res  de  Cali¬ 
fornie,  Bordeaux,  1. 

Lilac-colored  spodumene,  Kunz,  7. 

Limestone  of  the  Redding  district,  Dil-. 
ler,  15. 

Luminescent  zinc-blend.  Eakle  and 
Sharwood,  1. 

Magnesite  and  its  uses,  Spinks,  1. 

Mammalia  from  Quaternary  caves  of 
California,  Sinclair,  7. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  of  San 
Pedro,  Arnold,  2. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  strati¬ 
graphy  of  coast  of  southern  Califor¬ 
nia,  Arnold  and  Arnold,  1. 

Marine  reptiles,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  12. 

Marine  Trias  of  western  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

Meta  morph  ic  formations  of  northwest¬ 
ern  California,  Hershey,  2. 

Miocene  diabase  of  Santa  Cruz  Moun¬ 
tains,  Haehl  and  Arnold,  1. 

Miocene  fauna  in  California,  Merriam 
(J.  C.),  10. 

Mineral  resources  of  the  Indian  Valley 
region,  Diller,  19. 

Mineral  resources  of  the  Redding  quad¬ 
rangle,  Diller,  16. 

Minerals  from  Leona  Heights,  Shal- 
ler,  1. 

Miocene  Foraminifera  from  Monterey 
shale,  Bagg,  9. 

Mother  Lode  gold  deposits,  Prichard 
(W.  R.),  1. 

Mother  Lode  gold  deposits,  Turner,  14. 

Mother  Lode  in  Tuolumne  County, 
Storms,  3. 

Mount  Lassen  and  cinder  cone  region. 
Miller  (E.  I.),  1. 

Mount  Diablo  Range  of  California,  An¬ 
derson  (F.  M.),  7 

Natronsalpeter  in  Californien,  Och- 
senius,  2. 

Neocene  basins  of  Klamath  Mountains, 
Anderson  (F.  M.),  1. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


406 


C  alifornia — Con  tinued . 

Neocene  deposits  of  Klamath  region, 
Hershey,  13. 

Neocene  rivers  of  the  Sierra  Nevada, 
Lindgren,  10. 

New  Californian  Bittium,  Dali  and 
Bartsch,  1. 

New  sabre-tooth  from  California,  Mer- 
riam  (J.  C.),  16. 

New  species  of  Pleurotoma  from  the 
Pliocene,  Raymond  (W.  J. ),  2. 

New  ungulate  from  the  Quaternary 
caves  of  California,  Sinclair  and 
Furlong,  1. 

Occurrence  of  platinum,  Day  (D.  T.),  1. 

Oil  fields  of  California,  Lakes,  10. 

On  northupite,  pirssonite,  etc.,  Pratt,  3. 

Orbicular  gabbro  at  Dehesa,  Lawson 
(A.  C.),  11. 

Orbicular  gabbro  from  San  Diego 
County,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  7. 

Orbicular  gabbro  of  Dehesa,  Kessler  and 
Hamilton,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Shasta  County,  Ander¬ 
son  (F.  M.),  4. 

Origin  and  occurrence  of  petroleum, 
Cooper  (A.  S.),  1. 

Origin  of  transverse  mountain  valleys, 
Le  Conte,  1. 

Palacheite,  Eakle,  4. 

Paleontology  of  Martinez  group, 
Weaver,  1. 

Pedalogical  geology  of  California,  Hil- 
gard,  2. 

Pegmatite  veins  of  Pala,  Waring,  2. 

Petroleum  fields  of  California,  Eld- 
ridge,  4. 

Petroleum  in  California,  Claypole,  3. 

Petroleum  in  California,  Prutzman,  1. 

Petroleum  industry  of  California,  Eld- 
ridge,  2. 

Petroleum  industry  of  Europe  and 
America,  Otsuka,  1. 

Phosphorescent  sphalerite,  Eakle,  6. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Siski¬ 
you  Range,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  5. 

Physiography  of  California,  Fair¬ 
banks,  3. 

Pleistocene  and  Pliocene  fossil  shells, 
Rivers,  1. 

Plumasite,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  8. 

Post-Tertiary  elevation  of  the  Sierra 
Nevada,  Turner,  10. 

Post-Tertiary  elevation  of  Sierra  Ne¬ 
vada,  Turner,  9. 

Potter  Creek  cave,  Sinclair,  5. 

Prehistoric  California,  Yates  (L.  G.),  1. 

Preptoceras,  a  new  ungulate,  Furlong, 

2. 

Profile  of  maturity  in  Alpine  glacial 
erosion,  Johnson  (W.  D.),  3. 

Quartz  from  San  Diego  County,  War¬ 
ing,  1. 

Quaternary  of  southern  California, 
Hershey,  14. 

Quicksilver,  Ilaverstock,  1. 


California— Continued. 

Quicksilver  deposits  of  California, 
Forstner,  2. 

Recent  date  of  lava  flows  in  California, 
Wright  (G.  F,),  14. 

Reconnaissance  of  borax  deposits  of 
Death  Valley  and  Mohave  Desert, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  4. 

Remarkable  salt  deposit,  Holder,  1.  ' 

Reptile  from  Triassic  of  California, 
Merriam  (J.  C.),  11. 

River  terraces  and  Glacial  series  in 
California,  Hershey,  19. 

River  terraces  of  Klamath  region,  Her¬ 
shey,  20. 

River  terraces  of  the  Orleans  basin, 
Hershey,  22. 

Roofing  slate  of  igneous  origin,  Eckel, 
27. 

Salt  industry  in  Utah  and  California, 
Eckel,  26. 

San  Luis  folio,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Sierra  Madre,  near  Pasadena,  Claypole, 

4. 

Sierran  valleys  of  Klamath  region,  Her¬ 
shey,  18. 

Significance  of  Cretaceous  outliers  in 
Klamath  region,  Hershey,  11. 

Slate  deposits  of  California  and  Utah, 
Eckel,  24. 

Southern  Nevada  and  Inyo  County, 
Taft,  1. 

Spodumene  from  San  Diego  County, 
Schaller,  2. 

Stratigraphy  of  Coast  ranges  of  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  6. 

Structural  features  of  California  gold 
belt,  Storms,  1. 

Structure  of  Klamath  Mountains,  Her¬ 
shey,  17. 

Subsidence  of  Santa  Catalina,  Ritter 
(W.  E.),  1. 

Terraces  of  the  High  Sierra,  Gilbert,  24. 

Tertiary  formations  of  southern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Hershey,  lb. 

Tertiary  peneplain  in  Klamath  region, 
California,  Hershey,  15. 

Thalattosauria,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  15. 

Topographic  development  of  Klamath 
Mountains,  Diller,  10. 

Tortoise  from  the  auriferous  gravels, 
Sinclair,  4. 

Tourmaline  from  San  Diego  County, 
Sterrett,  1. 

Tourmaline  localities  of  southern  Cal¬ 
ifornia,  Schaller,  4. 

Triassic  Ichthyopterygia  from  Cali¬ 
fornia  and  Nevada,  Merriam  (J. 
C.),  4. 

Triassic  ichthyosaurs  from  California 
and  Nevada,  Osborn,  15. 

Triassic  Reptilia  from  northern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Merriam,  (J.  C.),  5. 

Tychite,  Penfield  and  Jamieson,  1. 

Type  of  auriferous  deposit,  Hershey,  7. 

Valley  of  southern  California,  Hilgard, 

5.  . 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


407 


California — Continued. 

Variability  in  a  rock  magma,  Turner,  8.  [ 

Variations  of  Sierra  glaciers,  Gilbert, 
18. 

Water  storage  in  Truckee  Basin,  Tay¬ 
lor  (L.  H.),  1. 

Cambrian. 

Appalachian  region. 

Asheville  folio,.  Keith,  9. 

Basal  conglomerate  in  Lehigh  and 
Northampton  counties,  Pa.,  Peck, 

2,  3. 

Bauxite  deposits  of  Georgia,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  12. 

Cambro-Ordovician  limestones  of  the 
Valley  of  Virginia,  Campbell  (H. 
D.),  1. 

Cockeysville  marble,  Matthews  and  Mil¬ 
ler,  1. 

Correlation  of  Piedmont  formations, 
Mathews,  6. 

Cranberry  folio,  Keith,  4. 

Geologic  relations  of  the  iron  ores  in 
the  Cartersville  district,  Hayes  (C. 
W.),  1. 

Greeneville  folio,  Keith,  11. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Virginia,  Wat¬ 
son  (T.  L.),  17. 

Manganese  ore  deposits  of  Georgia, 
Watson,  9. 

Maynardville  folio,  Keith,  1. 

Mount  Mitchell  folio,  Keith,  12. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller,  6. 

Paleozoic  limestones  of  Kittatinny  val¬ 
ley,  Kiimmel  and  Weller  1. 

Piedmont  district  of  Pennsylvania,  Bas- 
com,  3. 

Preliminary  report  on  the  Paleozoic 
formations,  Weller,  3. 

Rocks  of  Green  Pond  Mountain  re¬ 
gion,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Rome  folio,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Topography  and  geology  of  southern 
Appalachians,  Keith,  3. 

Canada. 

Adams  Lake  series,  Evans  (H.  F.),  2. 

Cambrian  age  of  Dictyonema  slates 
of  New  Canaan  and  Kentville,  Nova 
Scotia,  Ami,  32. 

Cambrian  fossils  from  Cape  Breton, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  9. 

Cambrian  of  Cape  Breton,  with  de¬ 
scriptions  of  new  species,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  12. 

Cambrian  rocks  and  fossils  of  Cape 
Breton,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  14. 

Cambrian  rocks  in  eastern  Canada, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  29. 

Cambrian  rocks  of  Cape  Breton, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Explorations  in  Saskatchewan  and 
Keewatin,  Tyrrell,  3. 

Exploration  of  east  coast  of  Hudson 
Bay,  Low,  2. 

Exploration  of  Ekwan  River,  Dowling, 

8. 


Cambrian — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Geological  correlations  in  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  3. 

Geological  explorations  in  Athabaska, 
Dowling,  6. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  and  natural  resources  of  Ot¬ 
tawa  and  vicinity,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  BOisdale  Hills  anticline,  Bo- 
right,  1. 

Geology  of  Province  of  Quebec,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  8. 

Geology  of  Yellow  Head  Pass  route, 
McEvoy,  1. 

Middle  Cambrian  fossils,  Woodward 
(H.),  1. 

New  Brunswick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  5. 

Northeastern  Canada  to  the  Arctic 
coast,  Hanbury,  1. 

Ostracoda  of  basal  Cambrian  rocks  in^ 
Cape  Breton,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  13. 

Rock  contacts  in  the  Kingston  dis¬ 
trict,  Ells  (R.  W.),  15. 

Subdivisions  of  the  Cambrian  system, 
Ami,  13. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 

Upper  Cambrian  age  of  Dictyonema 
slates  of  Angus  Brook,  Ami,  37. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Bisbee  folio,  Ransome,  14. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Evidences  of  shallow'  seas  in  Paleozoic 
time,  Blake  (W.  I\),  2. 

Geology  and  copper  deposits  of  Bisbee, 
Ransome,  10. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bis¬ 
bee  quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  and  vein  phenomena  of  Ari¬ 
zona,  Comstock  (T.  B.),  1. 

Geology  of  Arizona,  Blake  (W.  P.),  1. 

Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ran¬ 
some,  6. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda  Coun¬ 
ty,  Nev.,  Turner,  5. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  Great  Basin  region, 
Weeks,  9. 

Stratigraphy  of  Uinta  Mountains,  Ber- 
key,  8. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Baraboo  iron-bearing  district  of  Wis¬ 
consin,  Weidman,  5. 

Chicago  folio,  Alden,  1. 

Geology  of  Michigan,  Lane,  36. 

Menominee  district  of  Michigan,  Bay- 
ley,  1. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 


408 


TNDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Cambrian — Continued. 

Great  Plains  region — Continued. 

Geology  of  the  Black  Hilla,  Jaggar,  5. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Lake  Superior  region. 

Junction  of  Lake  Superior  sandstone 
and  Keweenawan  traps  in  Wiscon¬ 
sin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  2. 

Magnesian  series  of  the  northwestern 
States,  Hall  (C.  W.),  10. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Cambrian  age  of  magnesian  limestones 
of  Missouri,  Keyes,  23. 

Cambrian  fossils  of  St.  Francois  Coun¬ 
ty,  Beecher,  2. 

Copper  deposits  of  Missouri,  Bain  and 
Ulrich,  2. 

Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix,  Berkey,  1. 

Geological  formations  of  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  4. 

Geological  relations  and  age  of  St. 
Joseph  and  Potosi  limestones  of 
Missouri,  Nason,  5. 

Geology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Williams,  2. 

Geology  of  Hahatonka  district,  Sche¬ 
rer,  1. 

Geology  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Miller  County,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Geology  of  Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Geology  of  Moniteau  County,  Van 
Horn,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  southwestern 
Wisconsin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  Ozark 
region,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Relations  and  age  of  the  St.  Joseph 
and  Potosi  limestones,  Nason,  2. 

Rocks  and  geological  horizons  of 
Greene  County,  Shepard,  6. 

Saccharoidal  sandstone,  Broadhead,  8. 

'New  England  and  New  York. 

Cambrian  deposits  of  North  Attleboro, 
Gorham,  1. 

Cambrian  and  pre-Cambrian  of  Hoo- 
sac  Mountains,  Wolff,  3. 

Cambric  Dictyonema  fauna  of  eastern 
New  York,  Ruedemann,  7. 

Geology  of  Adirondack  region,  Cush¬ 
ing,  10. 

Geology  of  Paradox  Lake  quadrangle, 
Ogilvie,  6. 

Geology  of  Rand  Hill,  Cushing,  2. 

Geology  of  Taconic  Range,  Dale,  3. 

Geology  of  the  Hudson  Valley,  Dale,  5. 

Geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Little  Falls, 
Cushing,  9. 

Geology  of  the  Weston  aqueduct,  Cros¬ 
by,  12. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Neponset  Valley, 
Crosby,  15. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Pre-Cambrian  Highlands,  Merrill  (F. 
J.  II.),  6. 


Cambrian — Continued. 

Yew?  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Pottsdam  sandstone  of  Lake  Cham¬ 
plain  Basin,  Van  Ingen,  4. 

Quarry  industry  in  southeastern  New 
York,  Eckel,  6. 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  5. 

Sedentary  impression  known  as  Cli- 
mactichnites,  Woodworth,  6. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Crystalline  rocks  of  southern  Califor¬ 
nia,  Hershey,  9. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O'Harra,  1. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Carboniferous  formations  and  faunas 
of  Colorado,  Girty,  3. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Geology  of  Castle  Rock  region,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Lee  (W.  T.),  2. 

Geology  of  Needle  Mountains  quad¬ 
rangle,  Cross  and  Howe,  3. 

Geology  of  Rico  quadrangle,  Cross 
(W.),  7. 

Geology  of  southwestern  Montana, 
Douglass,  10. 

Silver  ton  folio,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Stratigraphy  of  Black  Hills,  Bighorn 
Mountains,  and  Rocky  Mountain 
front  range,  Darton,  16. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Southwestern  region. 

Atoka  folio,  Taff,  3. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita  moun¬ 
tains,  Taff,  13. 

Geology  of  the  Wichita  Mountains, 
Gould,  13. 

Nomenclature  of  the  Cambrian  forma¬ 
tions  of  the  St.  Frangois  Mountains, 
Keyes,  6. 

Stratigraphic  sequence  in  trans-Pecos 
Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B. ),  5. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

General. 

Cambrian  Brachiopoda,  Walcott,  6. 

Cambric  Dictyonema  fauna  of  New 
York,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  31. 

New  term  for  Upper  Cambrian  series, 
Walcott,  8. 

Physical  characters  and  history  of  some 
New  York  formations,  Grabau,  17. 

Verbreitung  und  Entwickelung  des 
Cambrium,  Freeh,  1. 

Canada. 

Alberta. 

Alberta  coal  field,  Armstrong,  1. 

Baukhead  coal  mines,  Henretta.  1. 

Cascade  and  Costigan  coal  basins,  Dow¬ 
ling,  11. 

Coal  basins  in  Rocky  Mountains,  Dow¬ 
ling,  7. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


409 


Canada — Continued. 

A  Iberia-  —Continued. 

Coal  in  Alberta,  Rickert,  1. 

Dinosaurs  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Al¬ 
berta,  Lambe,  10. 

Fossil  Cyrena  from  Alberta,  Whiteaves, 

6. 

Frank  disaster,  Fernie,  1. 

Frank  disaster,  Green,  1. 

Frank  disaster,  Smith  (F.  B.),  2. 

Glacial  studies  in  the  Canadian  Rockies, 
Sherzer,  2. 

Geological  notes  on  the  vicinity  of 
Banff,  Ogilvie,  3. 

Geological  sketch  of  the  Bankhead  coal 
field,  Turnbull,  1. 

Geology  of  Anthracite,  Alberta,  Poole, 
5. 

Geology  of  Yellow  Head  Fass  route, 
McEvoy,  1. 

Grasping  power  of  manus  of  Ornitho- 
mimus,  Lambe,  9. 

Lake  basins  in  Alberta  and  British  Co¬ 
lumbia,  Parkinson,  2. 

Notes  on  western  coals,  Gwillim,  4. 

Red  Deer  River,  Lambe,  4. 

Report  on  landslide  at  Frank,  McCon¬ 
nell  and  Brock,  4. 

Rock  slide  at  Frank,  Brewer  (W.  M.), 

10. 

Rock  slide  at  Frank,  Haanel,  1. 

Squamoso-parietal  crest  of  horned 
dinosaurs,  Lambe,  11. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  Cascade  coal  basin, 
Dowling,  10. 

Trionyx  foveatus,  Leidy,  and  Trionyx 
vagans,  Cope,  from  Cretaceous  rocks, 
Lambe,  5. 

Turtle  from  the  Cretaceous  rocks, 
Lambe,  1. 

Turtle  Mountain  rock  slide,  Dowlen,  1. 

Variations  periodiques  des  glaciers, 
Vaux  and  Vaux,  2. 

Assiniboia. 

Coal  field  of  Souris  River,  Dowling,  9. 

Eastern  Assiniboia  and  southern  Mani¬ 
toba,  Dowling,  4. 

Fossil  horses  of  the  Oligocene,  Lambe, 
16. 

New  species  of  Hyracodon,  Lambe,  17. 

Tooth  structure  of  Mesohippus  westoni 

-  (Cope),  Lambe,  14. 

Athabasca. 

Geological  explorations  in  Athabasca, 
Dowling,  6. 

British  Columbia. 

Adams  Lake  series,  Evans  (H.  F.),  2. 

Atlin  mining  district,  Gwillim,  1. 

Auriferous  deposits  of  Vancouver  Is¬ 
land,  Watson  (R.  L.),  1. 

Bornite  ores  of  British  Columbia  and 
Yukon  territory,  Brewer,  16. 

Boundary  Creek  district,  Brock,  1,  3. 

Boundary  mining  district,  Brewer  (W. 
M.),  8. 

British  Columbia  coal  fields,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  6. 


Canada — Continued. 

British  Columbia — Continued. 

British  Columbia  iron  and  coal,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  2. 

Cambrian  Brachiopoda  and  Mollusca  of 
Mount  Stephen,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  19. 

Cardioceras  from  the  Crows  Nest  coal 
fields,  Whiteaves,  9. 

Characteristics  of  Atlin  gold  fields, 
Gwillim,  2. 

Cinnabar-bearing  rocks  of  British  Co¬ 
lumbia,  Monckton,  2. 

Coal  Creek  colliery  of  Crows  Nest  Pass, 
Corless,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Cook  Inlet,  Alaska,  and 
Pacific  coast,  Kirsopp,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Crows  Nest  Pass,  Jacobs, 

2. 

Coal  fields  of  Crows  Nest  Pass  Branch 
of  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  9. 

Coal  mining  in  the  Crows  Nest, 
McEvoy,  2. 

Copper  claims  of  Aspen  Grove  and 
Aberdeen  Camp,  Johnston  (R.  A.  A.), 
2. 

Copper  deposits  of  Aspen  Grove  camp, 
Similkameen,  Bailey  (F.),  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Mount  Sicker,  Mus- 
grave,  1. 

Copper  Mountain,  Catherinet,  1. 

Crows  Nest  coal  fields,  Leach  (W.  W.), 

1. 

Crows  Nest  Pass  coal  field,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  7. 

Fossil  plants  from  British  Columbia 
and  the  Northwest  territories,  Pen- 
hallow  and  Ami,  1. 

Fossils  from  the  Vancouver  Cretaceous, 
Whiteaves,  12. 

Genesis  of  gold  deposits  of  Baskerville, 
Atkin,  1. 

Geology  and  mining  of  Vancouver  Is¬ 
land,  Sutton,  1. 

Geology  of  region  adjoining  western 
part  of  International  Boundary, 
Daly,  4. 

Geology  of  the  International  Boundary, 
Daly,  10. 

Geology  of  western  part  of  Interna¬ 
tional  Boundary,  Daly,  13. 

Geology  of  Yellow  Head  Pass  route, 
McEvoy,  1. 

Geology  of  Vancouver  Island,  Haycock, 
3. 

Geology  of  Vancouver  Island,  Webster, 

1. 

Glaciation  in  Atlin  district,  Gwillim,  3. 

Glacial  studies  in  the  Canadian  Rockies, 
Sherzer,  2. 

Gold  occurrences  on  Lightning  Creek, 
Atkin,  2. 

Graham  Island  coal,  Blakemore,  3. 

Industries  mini&re  et  metallurgique  en 
Colombie  britannique,  Vicaire,  1. 

Iron-ore  deposits  near  Kitchener, 
Blakemore,  2. 


410 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Canada — Continued. 

British  Columbia — Continued. 

Lake  basins  in  Alberta  and  British  Co¬ 
lumbia,  Parkinson,  2. 

Lamprophyres  of  the  Rossland  mining 
district,  Barber,  1. 

Lardeau  district,  Brock,  7,  8. 

M’Kee  Creek,  Atlin  mining  division, 
British  Columbia,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  5. 

Mica  deposits  of  Canada,  Ells  (R.  W.), 

21. 

Middle  Cambrian  fossils,  Woodward 
(H.),  1. 

Mineral  resources  of  Vancouver  Island, 
Brewer  (W.  M.),  14. 

Mining  districts  near  Kemloops  Lake, 
Monckton,  1. 

Mining  in  the  Rossland  district,  Camp¬ 
bell  (C.  M.),  1. 

Mining  industry  and  mineral  resources 
of  British  Columbia,  Brewer  (W.  M.), 

3. 

Mount  Sicker  mining  district,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  13. 

Native  gold  in  igneous  rocks,  Brock,  4. 

Nepheline  rocks  of  Ice  River,  Barlow,  4. 

New  species  of  Unio,  Whiteaves,  1. 

Nicola  coal  basin,  Ells  (R.  W.),  23. 

Notes  on  geology  and  ore  deposits  of 
southeastern  British  Columbia,  Cor- 
less,  2. 

Notes  on  western  coals,  Gwillim,  4. 

Observations  on  glaciers,  Vaux,  1. 

Occurrence  of  scheelite,  Atkin,  1. 

Ordovician  succession  in  eastern  On¬ 
tario,  Ami,  39. 

Ore  deposits  of  Boundary  Creek  dis¬ 
trict,  Brock,  2. 

Ore  deposits  of  Copper  Mountain, 
Scott  (O.  N.),  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Rossland,  Kirby,  2. 

Ore  deposits  of  Rossland,  MacDonald,  1. 

Ore  quarrying  in  the  Boundary  district, 
Jacobs,  1. 

Pacific  Mountain  system,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  5. 

Pacific  Mountain  system  of  British  Co¬ 
lumbia  and  Alaska,  Spencer  (A.  C.), 

4. 

Petrography  of  Kettle  River  mining  di¬ 
vision,  Silver,  2. 

Petrography  of  rock  samples  from  Brit¬ 
ish  Columbia,  Robertson,  4. 

.  Pioneer  work  in  Crows  Nest  coal  areas, 
Blakemore,  1. 

Platinum  in  British  Columbia,  Brock,  6. 

Poplar  Creek  and  other  camps  of  the 
Lardeau  district.  Brock,  5. 

Production  of  copper  in  Boundary  dis¬ 
trict,  Ledoux,  2. 

Report  on  the  Lardeau  mining  district. 
Robertson,  3. 

Report  on  the  Trout  Lake  mining  divi¬ 
sion,  Robertson,  2. 

Report  on  valley  of  the  Flathead  River,  1 
Robertson,  1. 


Canada— Continue  d. 

British  Columbia — Continued. 

Secondary  origin  of  certain  granites, 
Daly,  11. 

Souesite,  a  native  iron-nickel  alloy, 
Hoffmann,  7. 

Stratigraphy  and  igneous  rocks  of 
Alaska,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Texada  Island,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  1. 

Uintacrinus  and  Hemiaster  in  the  Van¬ 
couver  Cretaceous,  Whiteaves.  15. 

Variations  periodiques  des  glaciers, 
Vaux  and  Vaux,  2. 

White  Horse  mining  district,  Yukon 
Territory,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  4. 

Cape  Breton  Island. 

Cambrian  fossils  from  Cape  Breton, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  9. 

Cambrian  of  Cape  Breton,  with  descrip¬ 
tions  of  new  species,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  12. 

Cambrian  rocks  and  fossils  of  Cape 
Breton,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  14. 

Preliminary  notice  of  Etcheminian 
fauna,  Matthew  (G.  F,),  2. 

Franklin. 

Exploration  of  northern  side  of  Hudson 
strait,  Bell  (Robert),  8. 

Laurentian  limestones,  Bell  (Robert),  2. 

Keewatin. 

Exploration  of  Ekwan  River,  Dowling, 

8. 

Explorations  in  Saskatchewan  and 
Keewatin,  Tyrrell,  3. 

Genus  Trimerella,  with  descriptions  of 
species  from  Silurian  rocks  of  Kee¬ 
watin,  Whiteaves,  3. 

Geological  explorations  in  Athabasca. 

Saskatchewan,  and  Keewatin,  Dowl¬ 
ing,  6. 

Geological  reconnoissance  of  Albany 
River,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  5. 

_  Headwaters  of  Severn  River.  Camsell.  2. 

Report  on  parts  of  Manitoba  and  Kee¬ 
watin,  Tyrrell,  1. 

Survey  of  south  and  west  coast  of 
James  Bay,  O’Sullivan,  1. 

Upper  parts  of  Winisk  and  Attawapis- 
kat  rivers,  Mclnnes,  4. 

Winisk  River,  Mclnnes,  3. 

Labrador. 

Drift  ice  as  an  eroding  and  transport¬ 
ing  agent,  Prest,  1. 

Exploration  of  the  south  shore  of  Hud¬ 
son  Strait,  Low,  1. 

Geology  of  Labrador,  Daly,  5. 

Geology  of  northeast  coast  of  Labra¬ 
dor,  Daly,  3. 

Manitoba. 

Clays  and  shales  of  Manitoba,  Wells 
(J.  W.),  4. 

Eastern  Assiniboia  and  southern  Mani¬ 
toba,  Dowling,  4. 

Geography  of  Red  River  Valley,  Dowl¬ 
ing,  2. 

Geology  of  west  shore  of  Lake  Winni¬ 
peg,  Dowling,  1. 


411 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Canada— Continued. 

Manitoba — Continued. 

Hydraulic  cements  in  Manitoba,  Wells 
(J.  W.),  3. 

Limestones  and  lime  industry  of  Mani¬ 
toba,  Wells  (J.  W.),  5. 

Report  on  parts  of  Manitoba  and  Kee- 
watin,  Tyrrell,  1. 

Turtle  Mountain,  Manitoba,  Dowling,  5. 

New  Brunsivick. 

Albert  shale  deposits,  Ells  (R.  W.),  13. 

Are  the  St.  John  plant  beds  Carbonif¬ 
erous?,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  4. 

Bothriolepis,  Patten,  1. 

Cambrian  ostracoda  from  northeastern 
America,  Jones  (T.  R.),  1. 

Cambrian  rocks  in  eastern  Canada, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  29. 

Carboniferous  basin  of  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Ells  (R.  W.),  3. 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  Chignecto  Bay, 
Poole,  6. 

Carboniferous  system  of  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  8. 

Charlotte  County,  Ells  (R.  W.),  17. 

Coal  fields  of  New  Brunswick,  Poole,  2. 

Coal  problem  in  New  Brunswick,  Poole, 
3. 

Coal  prospects  of  New  Brunswick, 
Poole,  8. 

Copper  ores  in  Nova  Scotia,  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  and  Quebec,  Ells  (R.  W.),  22. 

Devonian  of  the  Acadian  provinces, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  3. 

Earthquakes  in  New  Brunswick,  Kain, 

1. 

Economic  minerals  in  New  Brunswick, 
Bailey  (L.  W.),  11. 

Geological  correlations  in  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  2,  3. 

Geological  observations  in  northern 
New  Brunswick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  6. 

Geology  of  Charlotte  County,  E,!ls  (R. 
W.),  24. 

Highlands  of  northern  New  Brunswick, 
Bailey  (L.  W.),  7. 

List  of  fossils  from  New  Brunswick, 
Ami,  46. 

Marl  deposits,  Ells  (R.  W. ),  6. 

Modes  of  occurrence  of  mineral  albert- 
ite,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  4. 

Natural  history  and  physiography  of 
New  Brunswick,  Ganong,  3. 

New  Brunswick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  5. 

New  Brunswick  caves,  Bailey  (L.  W.), 
9. 

Note  on  Oliver’s  cave,  Matthew  (G.  F.). 
26. 

Ostracoda  of  basal  Cambrian  rocks  in 
Cape  Breton,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  13. 

Physiography  of  New  Brunswick,  Ga¬ 
nong,  1,  2. 

Problems  in  New  Brunswick  geology, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  25. 

Report  on  surface  geology  shown  on 
Frederickton  and  Andover  quarter- 
sheet  maps,  Chalmers,  3. 


Canada — Continued. 

New  Brunswick — Continued. 

Surface  geology  of  New  Brunswick, 
Stead,  1. 

Tripolite  deposits  of  Fitzgerald  Lake, 
Crosby,  1. 

Volcanic  rocks  of  New  Brunswick, 
Bailey  (L.  W.),  10. 

Northwest  Territory. 

Coal  mining  in  the  Northwest  territo¬ 
ries,  Smith  (F.  B.),  1. 

Dryptosaurus  incrassatus,  Lambe,  8. 

Fossil  plants  from  British  Columbia 
and  the  Northwest  territories,  Pen- 
hallow  and  Ami,  1. 

Gold  mining  in  Klondike,  Miers,  2. 

New  vertebrates  of  the  Mid-Cretaceous, 
Osborn,  13. 

Region  southwest  of  Fort  Smith,  Slave 
River,  Camsell,  1. 

Nova  Beotia. 

Batrachian  footprints,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  23. 

Batrachian  footprints  of  Carboniferous 
system,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  21. 

Bedded  leads  in  relation  to  mining 
policy,  Woodman,  3. 

Boring  machines,  Weatherbe,  2. 

Building  stones  of  Nova  Scotia,  Gilpin, 

2. 

Cambrian  rocks  of  Cape  Breton,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  Chignecto  Bay, 
Poole,  6. 

Copper  ores  in  Nova  Scotia,  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  and  Quebec,  Ells  (R.  W.),  22. 

Counties  of  Cumberland,  Hants,  Kings, 
and  Annapolis,  Fletcher,  6. 

Description  of  tracks  from  the  Knoy- 
dart  formation,  Ami,  3,  28. 

Devonian  of  Canadian  provinces,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  4. 

Dictyonema  slates  of  Angus  Brook, 
New  Canaan,  and  Iventville,  Poole,  4. 

Fossils,  possibly  Triassic,  in  bowlder- 
clay  of  Kings  County,  Haycock,  2. 

Geological  history  of  Gaspereau  Val¬ 
ley,  Haycock,  1. 

Geological  investigation  in  Nova  Scotia, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  11. 

Geological  nomenclature  in  Nova  Sco¬ 
tia,  Fletcher,  1. 

Geology  of  Boisdale  Hills  anticline,  Bo- 
right,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Moose  River  gold  dis¬ 
trict,  Woodman,  *4. 

Gold  fields  of  Nova  Scotia,  Faribault, 
3,  4. 

Ice-borne  sediments  in  Minas  basin, 
Bancroft  (J.  A.),  1. 

Is  there  coal  under  Prince  Edward  Is¬ 
land?,  Poole,  11. 

Kings  and  Hants  counties,  Fletcher,  2. 

Knoydart  formation  of  Nova  Scotia, 
Ami,  8. 

Manganese  mining  in  Nova  Scotia,  Jen- 
nison,  1. 


412 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Canada— Continued. 

Xova  Scotia- — Continued. 

Marl  deposits,  Ells  (R.  W.),  6. 

Meso-Carboniferous  age  of  the  Union 
and  Iiiversdale  formations,  Ami,  40. 

Minerals  of  Nova  Scotia,  Gilpin,  1. 

New  geological  formation  in  the  De¬ 
vonian,  Ami,  4. 

Nictaux  iron  field,  Weatherbe,  1. 

Nomenclature  of  the  gold-bearing  meta- 
morphic  series  of  Nova  Scotia,  Wood¬ 
man,  1. 

Northern  part  of  Nova  Scotia, 
Fletcher,  5. 

Nova  Scotia  coals,  Gilpin,  3. 

Nova  Scotia  gold  fields,  Faribault,  1,  2. 

Organic  remains  from  Messenger 
Brook,  Ami,  47. 

Paleobotanical  aspects  of  the  upper 
Paleozoic,  White  (D.),  5. 

Physiography  of  Acadia,  Daly,  1. 

Pictou  coal  field,  Poole,  10. 

Possible  occurrence  of  coal  area  be¬ 
neath  Neo-Carboniferous,  Nova  Sco¬ 
tia,  Ami,  29,  31. 

Potter’s  clay  at  Middle  Musquodoboit, 
Mason,  1. 

Sediments  of  the  Meguma  series  of 
Nova  Scotia,  Woodman,  2. 

Stigmaria  structure,  Poole,  1. 

Stratigraphy  versus  paleontology  in 
Nova  Scotia,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  15. 

Stratigraphy  versus  paleontology  in 
Nova  Scotia,  W’hite  (D.),  7. 

Surveys  and  explorations  in  Nova  Sco¬ 
tia,  Fletcher,  3. 

Tracks  from  the  Ivnoydart  formation, 
Ami,  3. 

Union  and  Riversdale  formations  in 
Nova  Scotia,  Ami,  30. 

Upper  Cambrian  age  of  Dictyonema 
slates  of  Angus  Brook,  Ami,  37. 

West  Gore  antimony  deposits,  Asquith, 

1. 

Workable  coals  of  Nova  Scotia, 
Fletcher,  4. 

Ontario. 

Abitibi  region,  Kay,  1. 

Algonquin  shore  line  in  Simcoe  County, 
Hunter,  1. 

Ancient  channels  of  Ottawa  River,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  5. 

Ancient  drainage  at  Niagara  Falls, 
Currie,  1. 

Ancient  lake  beaches  on  islands  in 
Georgian  Bay,  •  Comstock  (F.  M.),  2. 

Annual  report  of  geological  section  of 
Ottawa  Field-Naturalists’  Club,  Ami, 
25. 

Areas  of  nepheline  syenite,  Miller  (W. 
G.),  1. 

Arsenic  in  Ontario,  Wells  (J.  W.),  1. 

Artesian  borings,  surface  deposits,  and 
ancient  beaches  in  Ontario,  Chal¬ 
mers,  5. 

Borings  for  natural  gas,  petroleum, 
and  water,  Chalmers,  4. 


Canada — Continued . 

Ontario — Continued. 

Boston  township  iron  range,  Miller 
(W.  G.)-,  15. 

Bruce  Mines  district,  Ingall,  8. 

Bulletin  on  apatite,  Ells  (It.  W.),  19. 

Canadian  fossil  insects,  Scudder,  1. 

Cement  industry  of  Ontario,  Gillespie, 

1. 

Cobalt-nickel  arsenides  and  silver  de¬ 
posits  of  Temiskaming,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  13. 

Cobalt-nickel  arsenides  and  silver  in 
Ontario,  Miller  (W.  G.),  8,  11. 

Condition  of  nickel  in  nickeliferous 
pyrrhotite  from  Sudbury,  Dixon,  1. 

Coral  reefs — modern  and  ancient, 
Grant  (C.  Cr),  5. 

Corniferous  exposure  in  Anderdon, 
Nattress,  1. 

Corundum  and  emery,  Fuller  (H.  T.), 

1. 

Corundum  in  Ontario,  Baker,  1. 

Corundum  in  Ontario,  Barlow,  10. 

Corundum  in  Ontario,  Kerr  (D.  G.),  1. 

Cuspate  forelands,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 

8. 

Description  of  map  of  Ottawa  district, 
Ami,  24. 

Devonian  fauna  of  Kwataboahegan 
River,  Parks,  5. 

District  around  Kingston,  Ontario, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  9. 

Duration  of  Toronto  interglacial  pe¬ 
riod,  Coleman,  9. 

Eastern  Ontario,  Miller  (W\  G.),  6. 

Eastern  Ontario  gold  belt,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  4. 

Economic  resources  of  Moose  River 
basin,  Bell  (J.  M.),  2. 

Explorations  in  Abitibi,  McMillan,  1. 

Exploration  of  Ekwan  River,  Dowling, 

8. 

Exploration  of  the  Ontario  iron  ranges, 
Willmott,  4. 

Fossiliferous  rocks  of  southwest  Onta¬ 
rio,  Parks,  4. 

Genesis  of  Animikie  iron  range,  Hille, 
3. 

Genus  Panenka,  with  description  of  a 
species  from  Devonian  rocks  of  On¬ 
tario,  WThiteaves,  3. 

Glacial  beds  near  Toronto,  Coleman,  1. 

Glacial  phenomena  in  eastern  Ontario, 
Taylor  (F.  B.),  1. 

Geological  notes,  etc.,  Grant  (C.  C.),  3, 
6,  7. 

Geology  and  natural  resources  of  Ot¬ 
tawa  and  vicinity.  Ells  (R.  WT.),  7. 

Geology  of  Bruce  Mines  district,  In- 
gal  I,  6. 

Geology  of  country  around  Bruce 
mines,  Ingall  and  Denis,  1. 

Geology  of  district  from  Lake  Timis- 
kaming  northward,  Parks,  8. 

Geology  of  Michipicoten  Island,  Bur- 
wash,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


413 


Canada — Continued. 

Ontario — Continued. 

Geology  of  Renfrew,  Addington,  Fron- 
tenac,  Lanark,  and  Carleton  coun¬ 
ties,  Ells  (R.  W.),  20. 

Geology  of  the  Sudbury  district,  Cole¬ 
man,  20. 

Geology  of  the  Sudbury  district,  Hixon, 

1. 

Gold  near  Lake  Superior,  Lane,  35. 

Gold  ores  of  western  Ontario,  Brent.  1. 

Graphite  in  Canada,  Ells  (R.  W.),  18. 

Haliburton  and  Bancroft  areas,  Onta¬ 
rio,  Adams  (F.  D.),  5. 

Hamilton  group  of  Thedford,  Shimer 
and  Grabau,  1. 

Iron-bearing  rocks  in  Ontario,  Cole¬ 
man,  15. 

Iron  belt  west  of  Hutton,  Culbert,  1. 

Iron-ore  deposits  along  Kingston  and 
Pembroke  Railway  in  eastern  Onta¬ 
rio,  Ingall,  4. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  western  Ontario, 
Hille,  1. 

Iron-ore  fields  of  Ontario,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  3. 

Iron  ores  of  Nipissing  district,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  2. 

Iron  ranges  of  Michipicoten  west,  Bell 
(J.  M.),  3. 

Iron  ranges  of  northern  Ontario,  Mil¬ 
ler  (W.  G.),  9. 

Iron  ranges  of  northwestern  Ontario, 
Coleman,  12. 

Iron  ranges  of  the  Lower  Huronian, 
Coleman,  4. 

Iroquois  beach  in  Ontario,  Coleman, 
16,  17. 

Lake  Temiscaming  to  Height  of  Land, 
Miller  (W.  G.),  5. 

Laurentian  limestones  and  granite  of 
Haliburton  County,  Graton,  1. 

Limestones  of  Ontario,  Miller  (W.  G.), 
14. 

Little  Current  and  Drowning  rivers, 
Wilson  (W.  J.),  3. 

Lists  of  fossils  from  Perth  sheet,  Ami, 
49. 

Lists  of  organic  remains  of  Ottawa  dis¬ 
trict,  Ami,  20. 

Loon  Lake  iron-bearing  district,  Smith 
(W.  N.),  1. 

Lytoceras  from  the  Cretaceous  rocks, 
Whiteaves,  2. 

Marine  and  fresh-water  beaches,  Cole¬ 
man,  2. 

Marl  deposits,  Ells  (R.  W.),  6. 

Meteorite  from  Shelburne,  Johnston 
(R.  A.  A.),  3. 

Mica,  Cirkel,  4. 

Mica  deposits  of  Canada,  Ells  (R.  W.), 

21. 

Michipicoten  iron  region,  Coleman  and 
Willmott,  1,  2. 

Microscopic  examination  of  sections  of 
rocks,  Barlow,  2. 


Canada— Continued. 

Ontario — Continued. 

Mineral  resources  of  Ontario,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  12. 

Minerals  of  Ottawa  Valley,  Willimott, 

1. 

Michipicoten  gold  belt,  Clarke  (C.  II.), 

1. 

Michipicoten  Huronian  area,  Willmott, 

1. 

Mines  of  Ontario,  Carter  (W.  E.  II.),  1. 

Mining  developments  in  eastern  Onta¬ 
rio,  Thomas,  1. 

Moose  Mountain  iron  range,  Leith,  6. 

Nagagami  River,  Wilson  (W.  J.),  3. 

New  mineral  area  in  Ontario,  Hard¬ 
man,  1. 

New  species  of  Matheria,  Whiteaves,  8. 

Nepheline  and  other  syenites  near  Port 
Coldwell,  Ontario,  Coleman,  8. 

Nepheline  rock  from  Ontario,  Adams 
(F.  D.),  8. 

Nepheline  syenite  in  western  Ontario, 
Miller  (W.  G.),  7. 

Niagara  Falls  as  an  index  of  time, 
Grant  (C.  C.),  2. 

Nickel  and  copper  deposits  of  Sudbury, 
Barlow,  8. 

Northern  nickel  range,  Coleman,  18. 

Notes  from  Burford  Township,  Yates 
(W.),  1. 

Notes  on  mica,  Corkill,  1. 

Notes  on  past  collecting  season,  Grant 
•  (C.  C.),  9,  10. 

Occurrence  of  hematite,  Mills,  2. 

Opening  address,  geologic  section, 
Grant  (C.  C.),  1,  4. 

Ore  deposits  of  Sudbury,  Dickson,  4. 

Origin  and  relations  of  auriferous  veins 
of  Algoma  (western  Ontario),  Cros¬ 
by,  4. 

Origin  of  veins  ir.  asbestiform  ser¬ 
pentine,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  14. 

Parasite  from  Devonian  rocks  of  Hud¬ 
son  Bay,  Parks,  6. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  (in  Onta¬ 
rio),  Corkill,  2. 

Physical  geology  of  central  Ontario, 
Wilson  (A.  W.  GO,  2. 

Pleistocene  deposits  north  of  Lake  On¬ 
tario,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  11. 

Platinum  in  nickel-copper  ores,  Dick¬ 
son,  1. 

Port  Huron  oil  field,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  2. 

Pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  Lake  Temis- 
kaming,  Miller  (W.  G.),  16. 

Prince  Edward  and  Hastings  counties, 
Ells  (R.  II.),  1. 

Raised  shore  lines  along  Blue  Mountain 
escarpment,  Hunter,  2. 

Raised  shore  lines  of  St.  Lawrence 
Valley  and  Great  Lakes,  Chalmers,  6. 

Recent  folds  in  Lorraine  shales,  Wil¬ 
son  (A.  W.  G.),  4. 

Region  northeast  of  Nipigon  Lake, 
Parks,  3. 


414 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Canada — Continued. 

Ontario — Continued. 

Region  northwest  of  Lake  Nipigon,  Mc- 
Innes,  2. 

Report  on  Lake  Superior  region,  Van 
Hise  and  others,  J. 

Rock  basins  of  Helen  mine,  Michipico- 
ten,  Canada,  Coleman,  11. 

Rock  movements  in  the  Laurentian  and 
Huronian  areas,  Mills  (S.  D.),  1. 

Round  Lake  to  Abitibi  River,  Bolton,  1. 

Rock  contacts  in  the  Kingston  district, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  15. 

Sea  beaches  of  eastern  Ontario,  Cole¬ 
man,  5. 

Secondary  origin  of  certain  granites, 
Daly,  11. 

Shore  features  of  Lake  Huron,  Jeffer¬ 
son,  3. 

Shelburne  meteorite,  Borgstrom,  1. 

Sperrylite,  Wells,  1. 

Stratigraphical  note,  Ami,  10. 

Sudbury  district,  Barlow,  3. 

Sudbury  mining  district,  Barlow,  6. 

Sudbury  nickel  deposits,  Coleman,  14. 

Sudbury  nickel-bearing  eruptive,  Cole¬ 
man,  19. 

Sulphide  ore  bodies  of  Sudbury  region, 
Silver,  1. 

Survey  of  south  and  west  coast  of 
James  Bay,  O’Sullivan,  1. 

Surveys  between  Rabbit  and  Temagami 
lakes,  Young,  2. 

Syenites  near  Port  Coldwell,  Coleman, 
13. 

Temagami  district,  Barlow,  7. 

Trent  River  system,  Wilson  (A.  W. 
G.),  9. 

Types  of  iron  bearing  rocks  in  Onta¬ 
rio,  Coleman,  7. 

Up  and  down  the  Mississaga,  Graton,  2. 

Vermilion  River  placers,  Coleman,  3. 

Prince  Edward  Island. 

Bathygnathus  borealis  Leidy  and  the 
Permian  of  Prince  Edward  Island, 
Case,  13. 

Geology  of  Prince  Edward  Island,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  14. 

Prince  Edward  Island,  Watson  (L. 
W.),  1. 

Quebec. 

Amygdaloidal  trap  rock,  Dresser,  3, 

Artesian  wells  of  Montreal,  Adams  (F. 
D.),  10. 

Artesian  wells  of  Montreal,  Adams  and 
Le  Roy,  1. 

Asbest  in  Canada,  Cirkel,  1. 

Asbestos,  Cirkel,  3. 

Bed-rock  of  the  Gilbert  River  gold 
fields,  Dresser,  14. 

Bulletin  on  apatite,  Ells  (R.  W.),  19. 

Canadian  amphiboles,  Harrington  (B. 
J.),  2.- 

Chrysoberyl  from  Canada,  Evans  (N. 
N.),  2. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  in  Quebec,  Dres¬ 
ser,  7,  10,  12,  13. 


Canada — Continued. 

Quebec — Continued. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Sherbrooke  dis¬ 
trict,  Dresser,  15. 

Copper  ores  in  Nova  Scotia,  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  and  Quebec,  Ells  (It.  W.),  22. 
Crystallographic  study  of  millerite,  Pa- 
lache  and  Wood,  1. 

Description  of  map  of  Ottawa  district, 
Ami,  24. 

Eboulement  &  Saint-Luc-de-Vincennes, 
Laflamme,  2. 

Exploration  de  Tile  d’Anticosti, 
Combes,  1. 

Field  notes  on  geology  of  country 
about  Chelsea,  Quebec,  Ami,  23. 
Geological  exploration  of  Anticosti, 
Laflamme,  3. 

Geological  formations  about  Montreal, 
Ami  and  Adams,  3. 

Geology  and  petrography  of  Shefford 
Mountain,  Dresser,  9. 

Geology  of  Brome  Mountain,  Dresser, 
11. 

Geology  of  Nottawajr  River  Basin,  Bell 
(Robert),  5. 

Geology  of  county  of  Ottawa,  Hay¬ 
cock,  4. 

Geology  of  county  of  Ottawa,  John¬ 
ston  (J.  F.  E.),  2. 

Geology  of  Province  of  Quebec,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  8. 

Geology  of  Rigaud  Mountain,  Le  Roy,  1. 
Geology  of  St.  Helens  Island,  Nolan 
and  Dixon,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Paleozoic  basin,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  1. 

Geology  of  the  Three  Rivers  map  sheet, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  2. 

Geology  of  Yamaska  Mountain,  Young, 

1. 

Glaciation  of  Mount  Orford,  Chalmers, 
9. 

Gold-bearing  alluvions  of  Quebec,  Chal¬ 
mers,  2. 

Helderbergian  fossils  near  Montreal, 
Schuchert,  1. 

Hornblende  lamprophyre  dike  at  Rich¬ 
mond,  Dresser,  2. 

Landslide  on  the  Lievre  River,  Bar- 
low,  9. 

Landslide  on  Lievre  River,  Ells  (R. 
W.),  16. 

Limestone  of  Philipsburg  Railway  ana 
Coal  Company,  Donald,  1. 

Magnetic  iron  sand  of  the  St.  Law¬ 
rence,  Obalski,  1. 

Marl  deposits,  Ells  (R.  W.),  6. 

Mica,  Cirkel,  4. 

Mica  deposits  of  Canada,  Ells  (R.  W.), 

21. 

MineVal  containing  radium,  Obalski,  2. 
Minerals  of  Ottawa  Valley,  Willimott, 
1. 

Modifications  remarquables  causges  a 
l'embouchure  de  la  Rivibre  Ste.- 
Anne,  Laflamme,  1 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


415 


Canada— Continued. 

Quebec — Continued. 

Monographie  de  1’Ile  d’Anticosti, 
Schmitt,  1. 

Monteregian  Hills,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 

Native  arsenic  from  Montreal,  Evans 
(N.  N.),  1. 

Notes  on  mica,  Corkill,  1. 

Notes  on  Mount  Royal,  Buchan,  2. 

Oil  fields  of  Gaspe,  Ells  (R.  W.),  12. 

Perce,  sketch  of  its  geology,  Clarke  (J. 
M.),  26. 

Petrographical  contribution  to  geology 
of  Quebec,  Dresser,  6. 

Petrography  of  Belvidere  Mountain  de¬ 
posits,  Marsters,  ,3. 

Petrography  of  Mount  Orford,  Dresser, 
4. 

Petrography  of  Shefford  Mountain, 
Dresser,  5. 

Pleistocene  of  Montreal  and  Ottawa 
Valley,  Buchan,  3. 

Pyroxenites  of  the  Grenville  series  in 
Ottawa  County,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  5. 

Rock  contacts  in  the  Kingston  district, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  15. 

Shore  lines  and  landslips  of  St.  Law¬ 
rence  Valley,  Chalmers,  1. 

Surface  geology  of  eastern  Quebec, 
Chalmers,  10. 

Surface  geology  of  southern  part  of 
Quebec,  Chalmers,  8. 

Was  Mount  Royal  an  active  volcano?, 
Buchan,  1. 

Saskatchewan. 

Explorations  in  Saskatchewan  and  Kee- 
watin,  Tyrrell,  3. 

Geological  explorations  in  Athabaska, 
Saskatchewan,  and  Keewatin,  Dow¬ 
ling,  6. 

JJngava. 

Exploration  of  east  coast  of  Hudson 
Bay,  Low,  2. 

Geology  of  Nastapokan  Islands,  Low,  3. 

Iron-bearing  rocks  of  Nastapokan  Is¬ 
lands,  Mickle,  1. 

Yukon  Territory. 

Artesian  well  in  the  Klondike,  Tyrrell, 

2, 

Bornite  ores  of  British  Columbia  and 
Yukon  Territory,  Brewer,  16. 

Bythotrephis  from  the  Yukon  district, 
Ami,  48. 

Crystosphenes  in  northern  America, 
Tyrrell,  3. 

Duncan  Creek  mining  district,  Keele,  1. 

Gites  aurifferes  du  Klondike,  Bel,  2. 

Gold  mining  in  Arctic  America,  Pen¬ 
rose,  1. 

Klondike  district,  McConnell,  4,  5,  6. 

Macmillan  River,  Yukon  district,  Mc¬ 
Connell,  3. 

Scaphoceros  tyrrelli,  Osgood,  1. 

Voyage  minier  au  nord-ouest  Canadien, 
Bel,  1. 

White  Horse  copper  camp,  Brewer  (W. 
M.),  15. 


Canada — Continued. 

Yukon  Territory — Continued. 

White  Horse  district,  Brewer  (W.  M.), 

11. 

Yukon  district,  McConnell,  2. 

Yukon  gold  fields,  Miers,  1. 

General. 

Acrothyra  and  Hyolithes,  a  compari¬ 
son,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  7. 

Addenda  and  corrigenda  to  progress  of 
geological  work  in  Canada  during 
1899,  Ami,  5. 

Advantages  of  combining  topographical 
with  geological  surveying  in  unex¬ 
plored  regions,  Bell  (R.),  9. 

Archaean  rocks  of  Ottawa  Valley,  Os- 
ann,  2. 

Artesian  wells,  paleontology,  Ami,  22. 

Asbestus,  Ells  (R.  W.),  10. 

Batrachian  footprints,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  30. 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and 
paleontology  for  1900,  Ami,  19. 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and 
paleontology,  Ami,  42. 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  geology  and 
paleontology  for  1903,  Ami,  44. 

Blairmore-Frank  coal  fields,  Leach  (W. 
W.),  2. 

Cambrian  age  of  Dictyonema  slates  of 
New  Canaan  and  Kentville,  Nova 
Scotia,  Ami,  32. 

Canadian  Endoceratidae,  Whiteaves,  19. 

Canadian  geology,  Evans  (H.  F.),  1. 

Canadian  graphite,  Brumell,  1. 

Canadian  Rockies.  Part  II,  On  some 
rock  specimens,  Bonney,  2. 

Canadian  species  of  Trocholites,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  13. 

Canadian  specimens  of  Lituites,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  10. 

Chemistry  and  mineralogy,  Hoffmann,  8. 

Classification  of  the  Archean,  Coleman, 

6. 

Coal  fields  of  Canada,  Denis,  1. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  petro¬ 
leum,  Mabery,  3. 

Composition  of  Canadian  limestone, 
Donald,  2. 

Composition  of  Montreal  minerals,  Har¬ 
rington  (B.  J.),  5. 

Contact  of  Archean  and  post-Archean, 
Willmott,  3. 

Correction  in  classification  of  gold  for¬ 
mation,  Hille,  4. 

Country  east  of  Nipigon  Lake  and 
River,  Parks,  2. 

Country  west  of  Nipigon  Lake  and 
River,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  3. 

Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  plants  of  Can¬ 
ada,  Penhallow,  4. 

Descriptions  of  rocks  collected  in  1900, 
Barlow,  1. 

Development  in  size  of  the  inarticulate 
brachiopods  of  the  basal  Cambrian, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  17. 


416 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Canada— Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Did  the  upper  Etcheminian  fauna  in¬ 
vade  eastern  Canada  from  the  south¬ 
east?  Matthew  (G.  F. ),  18. 

Distinctive  characters  of  the  Mid-Cre¬ 
taceous  fauna,  Oshorn,  12. 

Eastern  part  of  Abitibi  region,  Johns¬ 
ton  (J.  F.  E.),  1. 

Effect  of  superficial  debris  on  the  ad¬ 
vance  and  retreat  of  some  Canadian 
glaciers,  Ogilvie,  4. 

Eisenerzlagerstatten  am  Lake  Superior, 
Macco,  1. 

Esquisse  geologique  du  Canada,  Ami,  33. 

Expedition  to  Hudson  Bay,  Low,  4. 

Exploration  in  Canadian  Rockies,  Wil¬ 
cox,  1. 

Fauna  of  Chazy  limestone,  Raymond  j 
(P.  E.),  7. 

First  Eparchean  formation,  Ami,  41. 

Formation  of  sedimentary  deposits,  i 
Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  7. 

Fossils  from  Mount  Noyes  (Canadian  j 
Rockies),  Woodward  (H.),  2. 

Fossils  from  the  Silurian  rocks  of  Ek-  i 
wan  River,  Whiteaves,  17. 

Genera  and  species  of  Canadian  Paleo-  I 
zoic  corals,  Lambe,  2. 

Geological  survey  of  Canada  as  an  edu-  j 
cational  institution,  Walker  (T.  L.),  j 
1. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geologische  Reiseskizzen  aus  Nordamer- 
ika,  Felix,  1. 

Geology  of  international  boundary, 
Daly,  6. 

Geology  of  principal  cities  in  eastern 
Canada,  Ami,  1. 

Glacial  lakes  and  Pleistocene  changes 
in  St.  Lawrence  Valley,  Coleman.  22. 

Gold  production  of  North  America 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gold  production  of  North  America,  Mil¬ 
ler  (W.  G.),  10. 

Huronian  of  Moose  River  Basin,  Parks, 

1. 

Huronian  question,  Coleman,  10. 

Isochilinae  from  Canada,  Jones  (T.  R.  1, 

2. 

Laurentian  peneplain,  Wilson  (A.  W. 
G.),  6. 

Les  plus  anciennes  faunes  paleozoiques, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  5. 

Life  and  work  of  the  late  Dr.  Selwyn. 
Ami,  38. 

Lists  of  fossils  from  formations  along 
Ottawa  River,  Ami,  21. 

Metamorphism  of  the  Laurentian  lime¬ 
stones  of  Canada,  Winchell  (N.  H.), 
17. 

Mica  and  the  mica  industry,  Colies,  1. 

Mica  deposits,  Cirkel,  2. 

Mineral  statistics,  Ingall,  1. 

Molybdenite,  Weils,  2. 


Canada — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Molybdenum  and  tungsten,  Johnston,  1. 

New  genera  and  species  from  Belly 
River  series,  Lambe,  3. 

New  mineral  occurrences  in  Canada, 
Hoffmann,  2. 

Northeastern  Canada  to  the  Arctic 
coast,  Hanbury,  1. 

Notes  on  molybdenite,  Willimott,  2. 

Notes  on  specimens  collected  in  the 
Canadian  Rocky  Mountains,  Bonney, 
3. 

Notes  on  the  life  history  of  coal  seams, 
Gwillim,  5. 

Oboloid  shells  of  the  Cambrian  system 
in  Canada,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  16. 

Occurrence  of  chrompicotite,  Hoffmann, 
5. 

Operations  of  Canada  Geological  Sur¬ 
vey,  Bell  (Robert),  4. 

Osmundites  skidegatensis  n.  sp.,  Pen- 
hallow,  3. 

Paleozoic  Cypridina  from  Canada,  Jones 
(T.  R.),  3. 

Paleontology  and  chronological  geology, 
Ami,  36. 

Paleontology  and  zoology,  Whiteaves,  5, 
16,  18. 

Peat  in  Canada,  Chalmers,  7. 

Petrography  of  Sheffield  and  Brome 
Mountains,  Dresser,  8. 

Physical  geography  of  northern  Appa¬ 
lachian  system,  Dresser,  1. 

Physical  history  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  3. 

Physiography  of  the  Archean  areas  of 
Canada,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  10. 

Progress  of  vertebrate  paleontology  in 
Canada,  Lambe,  12. 

Published  writings  of  Elkanah  Billings, 
Walker  (B.  E.),  1. 

Reconnaissance  surveys  of  Four  Rivers, 
Wilson  (W.  J.),  2. 

Region  southeast  of  Lac  Seul,  Mclnnes, 

1. 

Report  of  section  of  chemistry  and  min¬ 
eralogy,  Hoffmann,  1,  4,  6. 

Report  on  topography  and  geology  of 
Great  Bear  Lake,  Bell  (J.  M.).  1. 

Revision  of  genera  and  species  of  Cana¬ 
dian  Paleozoic  corals,  Lambe,  2. 

Rock  specimens  from  the  Canadian 
Rocky  Mountains,  Bonney,  4. 

Rugose  corals  from  the  Silurian  rocks 
of  Manitoba,  Whiteaves,  14. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  formations  of 
eastern  Canada,  Ami,  12. 

Section  of  mines,  annual  report,  In- 
gall*  2,  3,  5,  7,  9. 

Seismology  in  Canada,  Stupart,  1. 

So-called  basal  granite  of  Yukon  Valley, 
McConnell,  1. 

Sodalite  syenite  (ditroite)  from  Ice 
River  Valley,  Canadian  Rocky  Moun¬ 
tains,  Bonney,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


417 


Canada — Continued . 

General — Continued. 

Stratigraphic  position  of  Judith  River 
beds,  Hatcher  and  Stanton,  1. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  Cascade  coal  basin. 
Dowling,  10. 

Subdivisions  of  the  Cambrian  system, 
Ami,  13. 

Submerged  tributary  to  the  pre-Glacial 
river  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence, 
Poole,  7. 

Summary  report  on  operations  of  Geo¬ 
logical  Survey,  Bell  (Robert),  3,  4, 
7,  8. 

Summary  report  on  the  operations  of 
the  Geological  Survey,  Dawson,  4,  5. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 

Tertiary  plants,  Penhallow,  5. 

Tertiary  plants  from  Canada  and  the 
United  States,  Penhallow,  6. 

Varieties  of  serpentine  in  southeastern 
Quebec,  Dresser,  16. 

Vertebrate  paleontology,  Lambe,  13,  15. 

West  side  of  James  Bay,  Dowling,  3. 

Western  part  of  Abitibi  region,  Wilson 
(W.  J.),  1. 

Whittleseya  and  their  systematic  re¬ 
lations,  White  (D.),  4. 

Work  of  Doctor  Selwyn  in  Canada, 
Ami,  45. 

Work  of  prehistoric  scolytid,  Hopkins 
(A.  D.),  1. 

Carboniferous. 

Alaska. 

Carboniferous  section  in  Copper  River 
Valley,  Mendenhall,  6. 

Geological  section  of  Rocky  Mountains 
in  northern  Alaska,  Schrader,  1. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Appalachian  region. 

Age  of  the  coals  at  Tipton,  Pa.,  White 
(D.),  2. 

Age  of  the  Mercer  group,  White  (D.), 
13. 

Age  of  the  Wise  and  Harlan  formations 
of  southwestern  Virginia,  White 
(D.),  23. 

Anthracite  coal  field  west  of  Washing¬ 
ton,  White  (D.),  12. 

Anthracite  of  Third  Hill  Mountain. 
West  Virginia,  Griffith,  3. 

Anticlinal  folds  near  Meadville,  Pa., 
Smallwood  and  Hopkins,  1. 

Appalachian  coal  field,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Beaver  folio,  Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Bituminous  coal  field  of  Maryland, 
White  (D.),  7. 

Bituminous  coal  field  of  Ohio,  Hasel- 
tine,  2. 

Bituminous  coal  field  of  Pennsylvania, 
White  and  Campbell,  1. 

Brownsville-Connellsville  folio,  Camp¬ 
bell  (M.  R.),  8. 

Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  basin, 
Stevenson  (J.  J.),  6. 

Charleston  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2. 

Bull.  301— 0( 


Carboniferous — Continued . 

Appalachian  region — Continued. 

Classification  of  the  Waverley  series, 
Prosser,  1. 

Clays  of  upper  OL'o  and  Beaver  River 
region,  Hice,  2. 

Coal  deposits  of  Georgia,  McCallie,  9. 

Coal  Measures  of  bituminous  regions  of 
Pennsylvania,  Adams  (T.  K.),  1. 

Coal  Measures  of  central  Pennsylvania, 
Fluck,  1. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Correlation  of  Coal  Measures  of  Mary¬ 
land,  Clark  and  Martin,  5. 

Correlation  of  formations  and  members 
[of  the  Maryland  coal  district], 
Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Cumberland  Plateau  coal  field,  Duffield, 

1. 

Deposition  of  the  Appalachian  Potts- 
ville,  White  (D.),  14,  15. 

Distribution  and  character  of  Maryland 
coal  beds,  Clark,  Martin,  and  Rut¬ 
ledge,  1. 

Ebensburg  folio,  Pennsylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Elders  Ridge  folio,  Stone  (R.  W.),  7. 

Elkland-Tioga  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden, 

2. 

Erratic  bowlder  from  the  Coal  Meas¬ 
ures  of  Tennessee,  McCallie,  5. 

Gaines  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 

Gaines  oil  field  of  northern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Fuller  (M.  L. ),  3. 

Geological  excursion  in  Pittsburg  re¬ 
gion,  Grant  (U.  S.),/4. 

Geological  horizon  of  the  Kanawha 
black  flint,  White  (I.  C.),  4. 

Geology  of  Garrett  County,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  1. 

Geology  of  Pittsburg  district,  White 
(I.  C.),  6. 

Geology  of  the  Maryland  coal  district, 
Martin,  16. 

Greenville  folio,  Keith,  11. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Virginia,  Eckel,  23. 

Indiana  folio,  Richardson  (G.  B. ),  3. 

Kanawha  and  New  River  coal  fields  of 
West  Virginia,  Robinson  (N.),  1. 

Kittanning  folio.  Butts,  4. 

Latrobe  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R. ),  18. 

Limestones  of  southwestern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Clapp,  4. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian 
Basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  2,  4. 

Masontown-Uniontown  folio,  Campbell  • 
(M.  R.),  6. 

Mauch  Chunk  of  Pennsylvania,  Ste¬ 
venson  (J.  J.),  1. 

Maynardville  folio,  Keith,  1. 

Mineral  resources  of  Elders  Ridge 
quadrangle,  Stone  (R.  W. ),  8. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  Greene  County, 
Stone  (R.  W.),  2. 

Original  southern  limit  of  anthracite 
beds,  Lyman,  3. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 


-27 


418 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Carboniferous — Continued. 

Appalachian  region — Continued. 

Paleozoic  formations  of  Alleghany 
County,  Prosser,  3. 

Pocono  rocks  in  the  Allegheny  Valley, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  14. 

Raleigh  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  5. 

Recent  geological  work  in  western 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  3,  | 
7. 

Recent  structural  work  in  western 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  2. 

Rural  Valley  folio,  Butts,  6. 

Rome  folio,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Southern  Appalachian  coal  field, 
Hayes  (C.  W.),  7. 

Steinkohlengebiete  von  Pennsylvanien 
und  Westvirginien,  Simmersbach,  1. 

Tug  River  coal  field,  Payne,  1. 

Upper  Paleozoic  rocks  of  Ohio  and 
Pennsylvania,  Girty,  10. 

Use  of  the  term  Bedford  limestone, 
Prosser,  2. 

Variation  and  equivalence  of  the 
Charleston  sandstone,  Campbell 
(M.  R.),  10. 

Waverley  group  in  Ohio,- Girty,  1. 

Waynesburg  folio,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6. 

Canada. 

Bathygnathus  borealis  Leidy,  and  the 
Permian  of  Prince  Edward  Island, 
Case,  13. 

Carboniferous  basin  in  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Ells  (R.  W.),  3. 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  Chignecto  Bay, 
Poole,  6. 

Carboniferous  system  of  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  8. 

Coal  fields  of  New  Brunswick,  Poole.  2. 

Coal  problem  in  New  Brunswick,  Poole, 

3. 

Coal  prospects  of  New  Brunswick, 
Poole,  8. 

Geological  history  of  Gaspereau  Val¬ 
ley,  Haycock,  .1. 

Geological  nomenclature  in  Nova  Sco¬ 
tia,  Fletcher,  1. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  of  Bo'.sdale  Hills  anticline, 
Boright,  1. 

Is  there  coal  under  Prince  Edward 
Island,  Poole,  11. 

Kings  and  Hants  counties,  Nova  Sco¬ 
tia,  Fletcher,  2. 

Meso-Carboniferous  age  of  the  Union 
and  Riversdale  formations,  Nova 
Scotia,  Ami,  40. 

New  Brunswick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  5. 

Pictou  coal  field,  Poole,  10. 

Possible  occurrence  of  coal  beneath 
Neo-Carboniferous,  Nova  Scotia, 
Ami,  29,  31. 

Problems  in  New  Brunswick  geology, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  25. 

Stigmaria  structure,  Poole,  1, 


I  Carboniferous — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Stratigraphy  versus  paleontology  in 
Nova  Scotia,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  15. 
Stratigraphy  versus  paleontology  in 
Nova  Scotia,  White  (D.),  7. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 
Union  and  Riversdale  formations  in 
Novi  Scotia,  Ami,  30. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Bisbee  folio,  Ransome,  14. 
Carboniferous  coal  in  Arizona,  Dumble, 
9. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci 
district,  Lindgren,  29. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham  min¬ 
ing  district,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  22. 
Geology  and  copper  deposits  of  Bisbee, 
Ransome,  10. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  and  vein  phenomena  of  Ari¬ 
zona,  Comstock  (T.  B.),  1. 

Geology  of  Arizona,  Blake  (W.  P.),  1 
Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ran¬ 
some,  G. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda 
County,  Nev.,  Turner,  5. 

Hurricane  fault  in  southwestern  Utah, 
Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  1, 

Notes  on  geology  of  southeastern  Ari¬ 
zona,  Dumble,  7. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  Great  Basin  region. 
Weeks,  9. 

Stratigraphy  of  Uinta  Mountains, 
Berkey,  8. 

Underground  waters  of  Salt  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Lee  (W.  T.),  9. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Alabaster  area,  Gregory  (W.  M.),  3. 
Coal  of  Michigan.  Lane,  14. 

Gypsum  and  plaster  industry  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Grimsley,  7. 

Northern  interior  coal  field.  Lane,  15. 
Origin  of  Michigan  gypsum  deposits, 
Grimsley,  6. 

Subcarboniferous  limestone  exposure 
at  Grand  Rapids,  Whittemore,  1. 

•  Subsurface  geology  of  Alcona  County, 
Mich.,  Lane,  7. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Analyses  of  Mississippian  limestone 
from  Atchison  prospect  well,  Porter 
(F.  B.),  1. 

Atchison  diamond-drill  prospect  hole, 
Langworthy,  1. 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  Kansas  section, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Coal  Measures  faunal  studies,  II, 
Beede,  G. 

Edgemont  folio,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 
Fossil  insects  in  Permian  of  Kansas, 
Sellards,  7. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


419 


Carboniferous — Continued. 

Great  Plains  region — Continued. 

Fossil  plants  from  upper  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  and  Permian  formations  of 
Kansas,  White  (D.),  10. 

Fossil  plants  of  Onaga,  Crevecoeur,  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  of  Lyon  County,  Smith  (A.  J.), 
3. 

Geology  of  the  Black  Hills,  Jaggar,  5. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Oklahoma,  Gould, 

11. 

Hartville  folio,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Invertebrate  fossils  from  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  section  of  Kansas,  Girty,  4. 

Kansas  coal  mines  of  the  Missouri 
Valley,  Crane,  2. 

Names  of  coals  west  of  Mississippi 
River,  Keyes,  19. 

Newcastle  folio,  Darton,  14. 

New  fossils  from  Upper  Carboniferous 
of  Kansas,  Beede,  4. 

Oelrichs  folio,  Darton,  8. 

Oklahoma  salt  plains,  Gould,  303. 

Red  Beds  of  Black  Hills,  Richardson 
(G.  B.),  2. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Southern  extension  of  the  Marion  and 
Wellington  formations,  Gould,  6. 

Stratigraphy  of  Kansas  Permian, 
Beede  and  Sellards,  1. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Variation  of  spiralia  in  Seminula  ar- 
gentia  (Shepard)  Hall,  Beede,  5,  7. 

Mexico. 

Geologia  de  Chiapas  y  Tabasco,  Bose,  7. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Carboniferous  faunas  of  Mississippi 
Valley  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  re¬ 
gion,  Keyes,  41. 

Carboniferous  fishes  from  central  west¬ 
ern  States,  Eastman,  10. 

Carboniferous  formations  of  Humboldt, 
Iowa,  Sardeson,  11. 

Carboniferous  formations  of  the  Ozark 
uplift,  Ball,  1. 

Carboniferous  rock  system  of  eastern 
Kansas,  Wooster,  1. 

Coal  Measure  faunal  studies,  Beede 
and  Rogers,  1. 

Correlation  of  the  Clarinda  well  sec¬ 
tion,  Keyes,  9. 

Correlation  of  the  Kinderhook  forma¬ 
tions,  Weller,  1. 

Cottonwood  Falls  folio,  Prosser  and 
Beede,  1. 

Crinoidal  horizon  in  the  upper  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Keyes,  11. 

Cyclus  from  Coal  Measures,  Rogers,  3. 

Depositional  equivalent  of  hiatus  at 
base  of  our  Coal  Measures,  Keyes,  18. 

Depositional  measure  of  unconformity, 
Keyes,  1. 


Carboniferous — Continued. 

Mississippi  Valley  region — Continued. 

Devonian  hialus  in  continental  inte¬ 
rior,  Keyes,  28. 

Devonian  interval  in  Missouri,  Keyes. 
26. 

Eastern  interior  coal  field,  Ashley,  1. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Iola  quad¬ 
rangle,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane, 
1. 

Fayetteville  folio,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Fluorspar  deposits  of  southern  Illinois, 
Bain,  19. 

Foraminiferal  ooz*  in  Coal  Measures  of 
Iowa,  Udden,  9. 

Formations  of  northern  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Geological  age  of  certain  gypsum  de¬ 
posits,  Keyes,  24. 

Geological  formations  of  Iowa,  Calvin, 
4. 

Geological  section  across  northern  Illi¬ 
nois,  Udden  (Johan  A.),  1. 

Geological  section  in  southern  Illinois, 
Nickles,  2. 

Geological  section,  St.  Louis  to  Shaw- 
neetown,  Nickles,  1. 

Geology  of  Benton  County,  Savage,  7. 

Geology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Williams,  2. 

Geology  of  Emmet,  Palo  Alto,  and  Poca¬ 
hontas  counties,  Macbride,  4. 

Geology  of  Henry  County,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  2. 

Geology  of  Illinois,  Rolfe,  1. 

Geology  of  Jasper  County,  Iowa,  Wil¬ 
liams  (I.  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Jefferson  County,  Iowa,  Ud¬ 
den,  5. 

Geology  of  Louisa  County,  Iowa,  Ud¬ 
den,  2. 

Geology  of  Miller  County,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Geology  of  Mills  and  Fremont  counties, 
Iowa,  Udden,  8. 

Geology  of  Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Geology  of  Moniteau  County,  Van  Horn, 

1. 

Geology  of  Monroe  County,  Iowa, 
Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

Geology  of  Marion  County,  Miller  (B. 
L.),  1. 

Geology  of  Page  County,  Iowa,  Calvin, 

1. 

Geology  of  Pottawattamie  County. 
Iowa,  Udden,  3. 

Geology  of  Tama  County,  Iowa,  Savage, 
3. 

Geology  of  Wapello  County,  Leonard,  3. 

Geology  of  Webster  County,  Iowa, 
Wilder,  3. 

Hannibal  formation  in  Greene  County, 
Park  and  Lyman,  2. 

Kansas  coal  mining,  Crane,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

'  Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 


420 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Carboniferous — Con  tin  ued . 

Mississippi  Valley  region — Continued. 

Lithologic  phases  of  Pennsylvanian  and 
Permian  of  Kansas,  Indian  Terri¬ 
tory,  and  Oklahoma,  Adams  (G.  I.), 
7. 

Lyon  County  geology,  Smith  (A.  .T.),  2. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines,  Hed- 
burg,  1. 

Names  of  coals  west  of  Mississippi  Riv¬ 
er,  Keyes,  19. 

Notes  on  Kansas  geology,  Wooster,  2. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coasf,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Oil  and  gas  producing  rocks  of  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  1. 

Permian  formations  of  Kansas,  Pros¬ 
ser,  14. 

Permische  Stegocephalen  und  Reptilien 
aus  Texas,  Broili,  2. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Ozark 
region,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Reading  blue  limestone,  Smith  (A.  ,1.) , 
4. 

Report  of  assistant  State  geologist, 
Leonard,  2. 

Revised  classification  of  Upper  Paleo¬ 
zoic  formations  of  Kansas,  Prosser,  7. 

Rocks  and  geological  horizons  of 
Greene  County,  Shepard,  6. 

Schematic  standard  for  the  American 
Carboniferous,  Keyes,  7. 

Sti’atigraphical  location  of  trans-Mis- 
sippian  coals,  Keyes,  14. 

Tahlequah  folio,  Taff,  17. 

Time  values  of  provincial  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  terranes,  Keyes,  8. 

Water  resources  in  Arkansas,  Purdue,  9. 

Western  interior  coal  field,  Bain,  3. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

New  England  and  Neiv  York. 

Devonic  and  Carbonic  formations  of 
southwestern  New  York,  Glenn,  1. 

Geology  of  Monadnock  Mountain,  Perry, 

2. 

Olean  rock  section,  Clarke  (J.  M. ),  16. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Berea  Grit  oil  sand  in  Cadiz  quadrangle, 
Griswold,  1. 

Columbia  folio,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle.  1. 

Cumberland  Plateau  coal  field,  Duf- 
field,  1. 

Ditney  folio,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Grottes  des  fitats-Unis,  Le  Couppey  de 
la  Forest,  1. 

Lime  resources  of  Ohio,  Orton  and  Pep- 
pel,  1. 

Lithographic  stone  deposits  of  eastern 
Kentucky,  Ulrich,  3. 

Lower  Carboniferous  area  in  Indiana, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  8. 

Lower  Carboniferous  area  of  southern 
Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 


Carboniferous — Continued. 

Ohio  Vdlley  region — Continued. 

New  fossil  plants  from  Carboniferous 
and  Devonian,  Herzer,  4. 

New  fossil  sponge  from  Coal  Measures, 
Ilerzer,  3. 

Nomenclature  of  Ohio  geological  for¬ 
mations,  Prosser,  10,  15. 

On  an  unrecognized  coal  horizon  in 
northeastern  Ohio,  Claypole,  1. 

Patoka  folio,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Psaronius,  Herzer,  1. 

Section  across  southern  Indiana,  New¬ 
som,  3. 

Six  new  species,  including  two  new 
genera,  of  fossil  plants,  Herzer,  2. 

Sunbury  shale  of  Ohio,  Prosser,  6. 

Topography  and  geology  of  Indiana, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Waverly  formations  of  central  Ohio, 
Prosser  and  Cumings,  1. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Bragdon  formation,  Diller,  18. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 

Marine  sediments  of  eastern  Oregon. 
Washburne,  1. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Carboniferous  faunas  of  Mississippi 
Valley  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region, 
Keyes,  41. 

Carboniferous  formations  and  faunas 
of  Colorado,  Girty,  3. 

Carboniferous  of  Sangre  de  Cristo 
Range,  Colorado,  Lee  (W.  T.),  5. 

Geological  reconnaissance  in  eastern 
Valencia  County,  New  Mexico,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.),  2. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Geology  of  Castle  Rock  region,  Lee  (W. 
T.),  2. 

Geology  of  Needle  Mountains  quad¬ 
rangle,  Cross  and  Howe,  3. 

Geology  of  Rico  quadrangle,  Cross  (W.), 
7. 

Geology  of  southwestern  Montana, 
Douglass,  10. 

Laramie  Plains  Red  Beds  and  their 
age.  Knight  (W.  C.),  6. 

Red  Beds  of  Colorado,  Cross  and  Whit¬ 
man,  2. 

Red  Beds  of  southwestern  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Howe,  4. 

Silverton  folio,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  structure.  Lewis  and 
Livingston  ranges,  Montana,  Willis, 
6. 

Stratigraphy  of  Black  Hills.  Bighorn 
Mountains,  and  Rocky  Mountain 
front  range,  Darton,  16. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Southwestern  region. 

Age  of  lavas  of  Plateau  region,  Reagan. 

2. 

Age  of  Red  Beds,  Adams  (G.  I.),  1. 


FOR  TRIE  YEARS  1901-1905r  INCLUSIVE. 


421 


Carboniferous — Continued. 

Southwestern  region — Continued. 

Age  of  the  Red  Beds,  Beede,  3. 

Arkansas  and  Indian  Territory  coals, 
Keyes,  13. 

Atoka  folio,  Taff,  3. 

Coal  lands  of  Indian  Territory,  Taff, 
7-11. 

Coal  Measure  forest  near  Socorro,  Her¬ 
rick  (C.  L.),  3. 

Colgate  folio,  Taff,  2. 

Contact  of  Permian  with  Pennsyl¬ 
vanian  in  Oklahoma,  Kirk,  1. 

Depositional  measure  of  unconformity, 
Keyes,  1. 

Erratic  bowlders  in  Carboniferous 
shale,  Taff,  18. 

Foraminiferal  ooze,  TTdden,  10. 

Fossils  from  the  Red  Beds,  Gould,  1. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Geologie  und  Petrographie  der  Apache 
Mountains,  Osann,  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  condi¬ 
tions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita 
Mountains,  Taff,  13. 

Geology  of  Oklahoma,  Gould,  9. 

Geology  of  Seminole,  Creek,  Chero¬ 
kee,  and  Osage  nations,  Gould,  2. 

Geology  of  Shafter  silver-mine  district, 
Udden  (Johan  A.),  11. 

Geology  of  the  Jemez-Albuquerque  re¬ 
gion,  Reagan,  1. 

Geology  of  Wichita  Mountains,  Gould, 
13. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  New  Mexico,  Her¬ 
rick  (H.  N.),  1. 

Hagan  coal  fields,  Keyes,  43. 

Invertebrate  paleontology  of  Red  Beds, 
Beede,  8. 

Lake  Valley  limestone,  Keyes,  54. 

Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas  gypsum  hills, 
Gould,  4. 

Permian  life  of  Texas,  Sternberg,  2. 

Permische  Stegocephalen  und  Reptilien 
aus  Texas,  Broili,  2. 

Southwestern  coal  field,  Taff,  4. 

Stratigraphic  relations  of  Red  Beds, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  11. 

Stratigraphic  relations  of  Red  Beds  to 
Carboniferous  in  northern  Texas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  6. 

Stratigraphic  sequence  in  trans-Pecos 
Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B. ),  5. 

Texas  petroleum,  Phillips  (W.  B. ),  1. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

Triassic  system  in  New  Mexico,  Keyes, 
50. 

Upper  Permian  in  western  Texas, 
Girty,  2. 


Carboniferous — Continued. 

General. 

Areal  geology  of  the  Bingham  mining 
district,  Keith,  13. 

Bedford  as  a  formation  name,  Cum- 
ings,  1. 

Carboniferous  cestraciont  and  acan- 
thodian  sharks,  Eastman,  C. 

Coal  formation  of  Bay  County,  Cooper, 
3. 

Depositional  measure  of  unconformity, 
Keyes,  10. 

Names  for  the  formations  of  the  Ohio 
Coal  Measures,  Prosser,  4. 

Permian  elements  in  the  Dunkard  flora, 
White  (D.),  11. 

Permian  question  in  America,  Keyes, 
31. 

Physical  characters  and  history  of 
some  New  York  formations,  Grabau, 
17. 

Raised  beaches,  Pearson  (II.  W.),  3. 

Relations  of  some  Carboniferous  fau¬ 
nas,  Girty,  11. 

Use  of  the  term  Bedford  limestone, 
Siebenthal,  1. 

Cartography. 

Cartographic  representation  of  geo¬ 
logical  formations,  Keyes,  25. 

Circular  projection  of  whole  earth’s 
surface,  Van  der  Grinton,  1. 

Eastern  Ohio  oil  fields,  Griswold,  2. 

Geological  mine  maps  and  sections, 
Brunton,  1. 

Geological  map  of  Indiana,  Hopkins 
(T.  C.),  10. 

Mapping  of  crystalline  schists.  Part 
I,  Methods,  Hobbs,  10. 

Preparation  of  a  geologic  map,  Eckel,  8. 

Relief  of  earth’s  surface,  Curtis,  3. 

Central  America. 

Gebirgbaus  von  Mitt.elamerika,  Sapper, 

22. 

Chemical  analyses.™ 

Absarokite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Absarokose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Acmite,  Boggild,  5. 

Actinolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Actinolite,  Julien,  7. 

Adamellite,  Cushing,  3,  10. 

Adamellite,  Ransome,  6. 

Adularia,  Spurr,  29. 

Aegire,  Boggild,  5. 

Aegirite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Aegirite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Aegirite,  Steiger,  2. 

Aenigmatite,  Boggild,  5. 

Akerite,  Dresser,  9. 

Albanose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Albite,  Blasdale,  1. 

Albite,  Bonney,  1. 

Albite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Albite.  Emerson  (B.  K.),  9. 


“The  large  number  of  analyses  appearing  in  Washington's  "Chemical  analyses  of 
igneous  rocks,  published  from  1884  to  1900,”  in  Clarke's  "  The  analyses  of  rocks  from 
the  laboratory  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,”  in  Merrill's  "  The  nonmetallic 
minerals,  their  occurrence  and  uses.”  and  in  Washington's  “  Superior  analyses  of  igneous 
rocks  from  Roth’s  Tabellen,”  have  not  been  included  in  the  list. 


422 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Chemical  analyses— Continued. 

Algodonite.  Koenig,  2. 

Alkali  deposits,  Knight  and  Slosson,  1. 
Alkali-syenite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  3. 
Allanite,  Boggild,  5. 

Allanite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Allophane,  Bain,  2. 

Altaite,  Eakle,  1. 

Alunite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Alunite,  Hillebrand  and  Penfield,  1. 
Alunogen,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Alunogen,  Headden,  4. 

Amblygonite,  Penfield,  2. 

Amblygonite,  Schaller,  3,  8. 

Amphibole,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Amphibole,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  2. 
Amphibole,  Phalen,  1. 

Amphibole,  Weidman,  2. 

Amphibole,  Wright  (F.  E.),  3. 
Amphibole  granite,  Weidman,  4. 
Amphibole-peridotite,  Pratt  and  Lewis, 
1. 

Amphibole  schist,  Julien,  7. 

Amphibole  syenite,  Weidman,  4. 
Amphibolite,  Julien,  7. 

Amphibolite,  Marsters,  3. 
Amphibolite-pyroxene  rocks,  Turner,  2. 
Amphibolite-schist,  Lindgren,  1. 
Analcim,  Boggild,  5. 

Analcite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Analcite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Analcite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Analcite,  Steiger,  1,  2. 

Analcite-basalt,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Analcite-basalt,  Pirsson,  4. 

Analcite  tinguaite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 
Anchylite,  Boggild,  5. 

Andesine,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Andesine  rock,  Kolderup,  4. 

Andesite,  Barrell,  1. 

Andesite,  Diller,  7,  12. 

Andesite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Andesite,  Gregory  (H.  E.),  1. 

Andesite,  Hogarty,  1. 

Andesite,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 
Andesite,  Scott  (O.  N.),  1. 

Andesite,  Spurr,  29. 

Andesite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 

Andesite,  Weed,  5. 

Andesite-granophyre,  Fairbanks,  7. 
Andradite,  Simonds,  3. 

Anhydrite,  Schaller,  8. 

Annite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Annite,  Sears,  1. 

Anorthite,  Boggild,  5. 

Anorthite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Anorthite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Anorthoclase,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Anorthosite,  Cushing,  10. 

Anthophyllite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Antopliyllite,  Boggild,  5. 

Antlerite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Apatite,  Boggild,  5. 

Apatite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Apatite,  Knight  (N.)  4. 

Apatite,  Osann,  2. 

Apatite,  Wolff  and  Palache,  1. 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Aplite,  Barrell,  1. 

Aplite,  Reid  (J.  A.),  1. 

Aplite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  5. 

Apophyllite,  Boggild,  5. 

Apophyllite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Apophyllite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Apophyllite,  Schaller,  8. 

Aragonite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Arfvedsonite,  Boggild,  5. 

Arfvedsonite,  Weidman,  2. 

Arfedsonite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  3. 
Arkansose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Arkite,  Washington,  1,  2. 

Arsenic,  Evans  (N.  N.),  1. 
Arsenopyrite,  Richardson  (C.  H.),  2. 
Artesian  water,  Blatchley,  3. 

Asbestos,  Cirkel,  1. 

Ash,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Ash,  recent,  Calkins,  1. 

Asphalt,  Boutwell,  11. 

Asphalt,  Buckley,  3. 

Asphalt,  Harper  (H.  W.),  1. 

Asphalt,  Vaughan,  8. 

Asphaltum,  Simonds,  3. 

Astrophyllite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Augite,  Boggild,  5. 

Augite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Augite-diorite,  Dresser,  5,  9. 
Augite-hornblende-syenite,  Daly,  7. 
Augite-labradorite,  Lacroix,  3. 
Augite-latite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Augite  syenite,  Coleman,  8,  13. 
Augite-syenite,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 
Augite  syenite,  Cushing,  3,  10. 
Augite-syenite,  Peck,  1. 

Augite-syenite,  Phalen,  2. 

Augite- vosgesite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 
Auvergnose,  Phalen,  1. 

Awaruite,  Jamieson,  1. 

Axinite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Axinite,  Ford  (W.  E.),  3. 

Babingtonite,  Palache  and  Fraprie,  1. 
Banatite,  Cushing,  3,  10. 

Barite,  Rowe,  3. 

Barkevikite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Barkevikite,  Weidman,  2. 

Barkevikite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  3. 

Basalt,  Diller  and  Patton,  1. 

Basalt,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Basalt,  Ivroustclioff,  1. 

Basalt,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

Basalt,  Lindgren,  21. 

Basalt,  Merrill,  and  others,  1. 

Basalt,  Smith  (G.  O.),  13. 

Basalt,  Spurr,  29. 

Basalt,  Weed,  18. 

Basalt-augite,  Nicolau,  1. 

Basalt  cinder  buttes,  Russell,  13. 
Bastnasite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Bastnasite  and  tysonite,  Allen  and  Com¬ 
stock,  1. 

Bauxite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Bauxite,  Watson  *.T.  L.),  2,  12. 
Bentonite,  Darton,  14. 

Bentonite,  Fisher  (C.  A.),  6. 
Bergamaskite,  Weidman,  2. 


423 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Chemical  analyses— Continued. 

Beryl,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Bindheimite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Biotite,  Boggild,  5. 

Biotite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Biotite,  Eyerman,  1. 

Biotite  cascadose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Biotite-diorite,  Osmont,  1. 

Biotite  gneiss,  Belowsky,  1. 

Biotite-gran  te,  Bascom,  3. 
Biotite-granite,  Daly,  7. 

Biot'te-granite,  Spurr,  2. 

Bictite-ijolite,  Washington,  1. 
Biotite-rhyolite,  Spurr,  2. 
Biotite-trachyte,  Cross  (W.),  6. 
Bixbyite,  Penfleld  and  Foote,  1. 
Bismuthinite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Bismuthite,  Headden,  4. 

Boglime,  Lane,  21. 

Bole,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Boltonite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Boothite,  Schaller,  1,  3,  8. 

Bornite,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  3. 
Borclanite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Borolanose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Bostonite,  Cross  (W.),  6. 

Bournonite,  Schaller,  8. 

Brine,  Darton,  14,  18. 

Britholite,  Boggild,  5. 

Britholite,  Boggild  and  Winther,  1. 
Brochantite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1* 
Broggerite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Bronzite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Bronzite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Brucite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Building  stone,  Crosby  and  Loughlin,  1. 
Building  stone,  Knight  (N.),  2. 
Building  stone,  Shedd,  2. 

Bytownite  rock,  Kolderup,  4. 
Calamine,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Calamine,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Calamine,  Watson,  17. 

Calaverite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Calcite,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  4. 

Calcite,  Watson,  17. 

Calcite  strontium,  Chester,  1. 

Caliche,  Blake  (W.  P.),  4. 

Caliche,  Lee  (W.  T,),  9. 

Californite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  2. 
Camptonite,  Daly,  7. 

Camptonite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 
Camptonite,  Kemp,  32. 

Camptonite,  Ogilvie,  2. 

Camptonose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Cancrinite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Cancrinite,  Clarke  and  Steigpr,  1. 
C'arnotite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Carnotite  ore,  Hillebrand  and  Itan- 
some,  1. 

Carphosiderite,  Boggild,  5. 

Celestite,  Hoffman,  1. 

Cement,  Crider,  1. 

Cement,  Eckel,  5,  13,  31,  34. 

Cement,  Hillebrand,  3. 

Cement,  Lane,  21. 

Cement,  Smith  (E.  A.),  2. 

Cement,  Taff,  5. 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Cement  rock,  Peck,  5. 

Cement  rock,  Ries,  4. 

Cerussite,  Warren,  1. 

Chabazite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Chabazite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Chabazite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Chabazite,  Steiger,  1,  2. 

Chalcanthite,  Schaller,  1. 

Chalcopyrite,  WTinchell  (A.  N.),  2. 
Chalcolamprite,  Boggild,  5. 

Chalk,  Ries,  4. 

Chalk,  Taff,  5,  15. 

Chalk  marl,  Taff,  5. 

Chenevixite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Chert,  Bain,  2. 

Chert,  Leith,  4. 

Chert,  Weidman,  5. 

Cliildrenite,  Penfield,  1. 

Chiolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Chlorite,  Blasdale,  1. 

Chlorite,  Boggild,  5. 

Chloritoid,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Chloritoid,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Chloropal,  Turner,  4. 

Chordylite,  Boggild,  5. 

Chotose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Chromite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Chrompicotite,  Hoffmann,  5,  6. 
Chrysocolla,  Lindgren,  29. 

Chrysocolla,  Lindgren  and  Hille¬ 
brand,  1. 

Chrysocolla,  Palmer  (C.  M.),  1. 
Chrysolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Chrysotile,  Clarke,  (F.  W.),  1. 
Chrysotile,  Marsters,  3. 

Chrysotile,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1 
Ciminite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Cimolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Clay,  Beyer  and  Williams,  1,  2. 

Clay,  Blatchley,  8. 

Clay,  Buckley,  1,  3. 

Clay,  Crider,  1. 

Clay,  Eckel,  4,  5. 

Clay,  Eckel  and  Crider,  1. 

Clay,  Fall,  2. 

Clay,  Gillespie,  1. 

Clay,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1,  4. 

Clay,  Gould,  14. 

Clay,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Clay,  Hoffmann,  0. 

Clay,  Landes,  2. 

Clay,  Lane,  21,  34,  39. 

Clay,  Loughlin,  1. 

Clay,  Mason,  1. 

Clay,  Mathews,  1. 

Clay,  Merrill,  and  others,  1. 

Clay,  Ries,  1,  4,  5,  6,  12,  13. 

Clay,  Russell,  6,  23. 

Clay,  Smith  (E.  A.),  2-4,  8. 

Clay,  Taff,  5. 

Clay,  Woolsey,  1. 

Clay  shale,  Lane,  21. 

Clay  shale,  Lindgren,  28,  29. 

Clay-slate,  Lindgren,  1. 

Cleveite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Clinochlore,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 


424 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Clinoelasite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Clinohedrite,  Penfield  and  Foote,  2. 
Coal,  Arnold,  5. 

Coal,  Ashley,  1,  3,  4,  7. 

Coal,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Coal,  Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

Coal,  Brooks,  3. 

Coal,  Burrows,  1. 

Coal,  Butts,  4,  5. 

Coal,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  16,  17. 

Coal,  Collier,  2. 

Coal,  Cooper,  3. 

Coal,  Darton,  21. 

Coal,  Diller,  11,  21. 

Coal,  Fisher  (C.  A.),  5. 

Coal,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 

Coal,  Gilpin,  3. 

Coal,  Gwillim,  4,  5. 

Coal,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  7. 

Coal,  Heurteau,  1. 

Coal,  Hoffmann,  4,  6. 

Coal,  Kirsopp,  1. 

Coal,  Knight  (W.  C.),  7. 

Coal,  Landes  and  Ruddy,  1. 

Coal,  Lane,  15,  39,  49. 

Coal,  Langworthy,  1. 

Coal,  Martin,  15. 

Coal,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 

Coal,  Ries,  14. 

Coal,  Robinson  (N.),  1. 

Coal,  Russell,  6. 

Coal,  Scholz,  2. 

Coal,  Simonds,  3. 

Coal,  Smith  (F.  B.),  1. 

Coal,  Smith  (G.  O.),  6. 

Coal,  Smith  (W.  D.),  1. 

Coal,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Coal,  Spun-,  20. 

Coal,  Stoek,  1. 

Coal,  Storrs  (L.  S.),  1. 

Coal,  Taff,  4,  16. 

Coal,  Trumbull,  1. 

Coal,  Yon  Rosenberg,  1. 

Coal,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Coal,  White  and  Campbell,  1. 

Coal,  Wigmore,  1,  2. 

Coal,  Woodworth,  4. 

Colemanite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Columbite,  Boggild,  5. 

Columbite,  Headden,  4. 

Conichalcite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Copiapite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Copper  carbonate,  Gallaher,  1. 

Copper  ore,  Bond,  1. 

Copper  ore,  Lindgren,  29. 

Copper  ore,  Weed,  18. 

Copper-pitch  ore,  Lindgren,  29. 
Copper-pitch  ore,  Lindgren  and  Hille- 
brand,  1. 

Coquimbite,  Eakle,  1. 

Cordierite,  Boggild,  5. 
Cordierite-hcrnfels,  Daly,  7. 
Cordierite-liornstone,  Leith,  4. 
Coronadite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Coronadite,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand,  1. 
Corundum,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Cosalite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Covellite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Covite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Covite,  Washington,  1,  2. 

Cryolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Cryolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Cryophyllite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Cryophyllite,  Sears,  1. 
Cryptoperthite,  Dresser,  11. 
Cummingtonite,  Boggild,  5. 
Cuprobismutite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Cuprodescloizjte,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Cuprodescloizite,  Headden,  1. 
Custerose,  Phalen,  1. 

Cymatolite,  Brush  and  Dana,  4. 
Cyrtolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Dacite,  Bergeat,  3. 

Dacite,  Diller,  12. 

Dacite,  Lacroix,  3. 

Dacite,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  2. 
Dacite,  Ransome,  6. 

Dacite,  Spurr,  29. 

Dacite-granophyre,  Fail-banks,  7. 
Danburite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Datolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Datolite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Datolite,  Eakle,  1. 

Datolite,  Hoffmann,  3,  4. 

Dellenose,  Phalen,  1. 

Descloizite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Deweylite,  Chester,  1. 

Deweylite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Diabase,  Bascom,  1,  3. 

Diabase,  Cushing,  10. 

Diabase,  Daly,  7. 

Diabase,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  3,  9. 
Diabase,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Diabase,  Haehl  and  Arnold,  1. 
Diabase,  Lindgren,  1. 

Diabase,  Ransome,  6. 

Diabase,  Weed,  18. 

Diabase  greenstone,  Julien,  7. 
Diallage,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Diaspore,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Dickinsonite,  Brush  and  Dana,  1. 
Dike-rock  (acid),  Bascom,  1. 
Diopside,  Blasdale,  1. 

Diopside,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Diopside,  Pirsson,  4. 

Diorite,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 
Diorite,  Daly,  7. 

Diorite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Diorite,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 
Diorite,  Leonard.  1. 

Diorite,  Lindgren,  21. 

Diorite,  Phalen,  1. 

Diorite,  Reid  (J.  A.),  1. 

Diorite,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 
Diorite-porpliyry,  Cross  and  Spencer, 
Diorite-porphyry,  Kemp,  32. 
Diorite-porphyry,  Lindgren,  29. 
Dolerite,  Kay,  1. 

Dolomite,  Bayley,  1. 

Dolomite,  Boggild,  5. 

Dolomite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Dolomite,  Dale,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


425 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Dolomite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Dolomite,  Knight  (N.),  1,  5,  6. 
Dolomite,  Lindgren,  28,  29. 
Dolomite,  Newland,  1. 

Domeykite,  Koenig,  2. 

Doughtyite,  Headden,  4. 

Dudleyite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Dumortierite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Dumortierite,  Ford  (W.  E.),  L 
Dumortierite,  Schaller,  5,  7. 

Dunite,  Fratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Edenite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Edenite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Eglestonite,  Moses,  2,  4. 

Elseolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Elseolite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Elaeolite-syenite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 
Elseolite-syenite,  Wolff,  1. 

Elseolite,  Steiger,  2. 

Elpasolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.).  1. 
Elpidite,  Boggild,  5. 

Embolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Emmonsite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Emmonsite,  Hillebrand,  4,  6. 
Enargite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Enargite,  Headden,  4. 

Endeiolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Enstatite,  Boggild,  5. 

Enstatite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Enstatite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Enstatite-gabbro,  Osann,  2. 
Enstatolite,.  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Eosophorite,  Brush  and  Dana,  1,  3. 
Epidote,  Boggild,  5. 

Epidote,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Epistolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Epistolite,  Boggild  and  Winther,  1. 
Epsomite,  Boggild,  5. 

Epsomite,  Schaller.  1. 

Erikite,  Boggild,  2,  5. 

Erinite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Esmeraldaite,  Eakle,  1. 

Essexite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 
Essexite,  Daly,  7. 

Essexite,  Dresser,  5,  9,  11. 

Essexite,  Washington,  1. 

Eudialyte,  Boggild,  5. 

Euxenite,  Boggild,  5. 

Fairfieldite,  Brush  and  Dana,  2. 
Faujasite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Fayalite,  Sears,  1. 

Fayalite,  Weidman,  4. 

Feldspar,  Bascom,  1. 

Feldspar,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Feldspar,  Gallaher,  1. 

Feldspar,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1. 
Feldspar,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 
Feldspar,  Sears,  1. 

Felsite,  Hoffmann,  G. 

Fergusonite,  Boggild,  5. 
Fergusonite,  Simonds,  3. 

Fergusose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Fibroferrite,  Headden,  4. 

Fillowite,  Brush  and  Dana,  2. 

Fire  clay,  Darton,  18. 

Fire  clay,  Gallaher,  1. 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Flint,  Gallaher,  1. 

Foyaite,  Cross  (W.),  G. 

Foyaite,  Washington,  1,  2. 
Freieslebenite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Fuchsite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Fuller's  earth,  Cook,  1. 

Fuller’s  earth,  Vaughan,  18. 

Gabbro,  Barrell,  1. 

Gabbro,  Bascom,  3. 

Gabbro,  Bayley,  1. 

Gabbro,  Clements,  3. 

Gabbro,  Cushing,  3,  10. 

Gabbro,  Daly,  11. 

Gabbro,  .Julien,  7. 

Gabbro,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  10. 

Gabbro,  Smith  (G.  0.),’13. 

Gabbro,  Weed,  5. 

Gabbro  diorite,  Julien,  7. 

Gabbro,  orbicular,  Kessler  and  Hamil¬ 
ton,  1. 

Gabbro-porphyry,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 
Gadolinite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Gadolinite,  Simonds,  3. 

Gahnite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Gabnite,  PratJ;  and  Lewis,  1. 

Galenite,  Gallaher,  1. 

Ganomalite,  Penfield  and  Warren, 
Garnet,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Garnet,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  2. 

Garnet,  Eyerman,  1. 

Garnet,  Lindgren,  29. 

Garnet,  Villarello,  2. 

Gas,  volcanic,  Moissan,  2. 

Gauteite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Gearksutite,  Boggild,  5. 

Gearksutite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Gedrite,  Boggild,  5. 

Genthite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Gieseckite,  Boggild,  5. 

Glaucochroite,  Penfield  and  Warren,  1. 
Glaucodot,  Schaller,  8. 

Glauconite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1,  3. 
Glauconite,  Leith,  4. 

Glaucophane  schist,  Julien,  7. 
Glaucophane  schists,  Washington,  4. 
Glaucophane-solvsbergite,  Cross  (W. ), 
6. 

Gneiss,  Bascom,  3. 

Gneiss,  Cushing,  10. 

Gneiss,  Lindgren,  1. 

Gneiss,  Phalen,  1. 

Gneiss,  Watson  (T.  L.),  1,  8. 

Gold,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Gold  ores,  Chatard  and  Whitehead,  1. 
Grahamite,  Simonds,  3. 
Graniphyro-liparose-alaskose,  Iddings 
3. 

Granat,  Boggild,  5. 

Granite,  Barrell,  1. 

Granite,  Bascom,  1,  3. 

Granite,  Brock,  3. 

Granite,  Clements,  3. 

Granite,  Cross  and  others,  1. 

Granite,  Cushing,  10. 

Granite,  Daly,  11. 

Granite,  Eckel,  6. 


426 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Granite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  3. 

Granite,  Hawes,  2. 

Granite,  Henry,  1. 

Granite,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 
Granite,  Leonard,  1. 

Granite,  Lindgren,  1,  4. 

Granite,  Mathews,  1. 

Granite,  Perry,  1. 

Granite,  Phalen,  1. 

Granite,  Pratt,  8. 

Granite,  Ransome,  11,  14. 

Granite,  Shedd,  2. 

Granite,  Spurr,  2. 

Granite,  Villarello,  7. 

Granite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  1,  3,  4,  8,  9. 
Granite,  We'dman,  4. 

Granite,  Williams  (I.  A.),  2. 
Granite-gneiss,  Bascom,  1. 
Granite-porphyry,  Bay  ley,  1. 
Granite-porphyry,  Clements,  3. 
Granite-porphyry,  Ransome,  6,  11,  14. 
Granitite,  Bayley,  1. 

Granitite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Granitite,  Daly,  7. 

Granitite,  Ransome,  G. 
Grano-borolanose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Granodiorite,  Arnold  and  Strong,  1. 
Granodiorlte,  Daly,  7. 

Granodiorite,-  Lindgren,  1,  4,  21. 
Granodiorite,  Ransome,  6. 

Granodiorite,  Smith  (G.  O.),  13. 
Granulite,  Barrell,  1. 

Greenalite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  3. 
Greenalite  rock,  Leith,  4. 

Greenstone,  Bayley,  1. 

Greenstone,  Silver,  1. 

Greenstone,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 
Grorudite,  Daly,  7. 

Grossularite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Grossularite,  Hoffmann,  4. 
Guitermanite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Gypsum,  Boutwell,  3. 

Gypsum,  Brady,  1. 

Gypsum,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 

Gypsum,  Darton,  14,  18. 

Gypsum,  Gould,  14. 

Gypsum,  Ransome,  3. 

Gypsum,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  2. 
Gypsum,  Wilder,  4. 

Gypsum  rock,  Eckel,  19. 

Gyrolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Gyrolite,  Schaller,  8. 

Hagemannite,  Boggild,  5. 

Halite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Hallite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Halloysite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Halloysite,  Ransome,  3. 

Halloysite,  Schaller,  3,  8. 

Halotrichite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Hamlinite,  Penfleld,  5. 

Hancockite,  Penfield  and  Warren,  1. 
Hanksite,  Pratt,  3. 

Hastingsite,  Weidman,  2. 

Hastingsite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  3. 
Heaenbergite-quartz  syenite,  Weidman, 


Chemical  analyses— Continued. 

Hedrumite,  Cross  (W.),  6. 

Heller  dacite,  Nevada,  Spurr,  29. 
Hematite,  Gallaher,  1. 

Hematite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Hematite,  Weatherbe,  1. 

Ileronite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Hessite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Hessose,  Dresser,  11. 

Hessose  (amphibole  gabbro),  Cross  and 
others,  1. 

Heulandite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Heulandite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Highwoodose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Hisingerite,  Boggild,  5. 

Holyokeite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  3,  9. 
Hornblende,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 
Hornblende,  Blasdale,  1. 

Hornblende,  Boggild,  5. 

Hornblende,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Hornblende,  Hitchcock  (C.  H. ),  10. 
Hornblende,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Hornblende  andesite,  Russell,  13. 
Hornblende-andesite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 
Hornblende-andesite-porphyry,  Barrell, 
1. 

Hornblende-biotite-granite,  Bascom,  3. 
Hornblende -biotite  -  quartz  -  d  i  o  r  i  t  e, 
Spurr,  2. 

Hornblende  gabbro,  Bascom,  1. 
Hornblende  gabbro,  Reid  (J.  A.),  1. 
Hornblende-gneiss,  Belowsky,  1. 
Hornblende-granite,  Bascom,  1. 
Hornblende-mica-andesite,  Bergeat,  3. 
Hornblende-paisanite.  Daly,  7. 
Hornblende  quartz-andesite,  Spurr,  2. 
Hornblende  schist,  Julien,-  7. 
Hornblende-sol vsbergite,  Cross  (W.),6. 
Hornblende-syenite,  Le  Roy,  1. 
Hornblende-syenite,  Phalen,  2. 
Hornblendite,  Arnold  and  Strong,  1. 
Hornblendite,  Julien,  7. 

Hornblendite,  Turner,  2. 

•Hornstone,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  8. 
Hubnerite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Hubnerite,  Hoffmann,  1. 

Hubnerite,  Hobbs,  28. 

Hudsonite,  Weidman,  2. 

Hullit,  Nicolau,  1. 

Hussakite,  Kraus  and  Reitinger,  1. 
Hydraulic  cement,  Taff,  5. 

Hydraulic  lime,  Taff,  5. 
Ilydromagnesite,  Newland,  1. 
Hydromagnesite,  Hoffmann,  1. 
Hydronephelite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Hydronephelite,  Barlow,  4. 
Hydronephelite,  Hoffmann,  4. 
Hyperstliene,  Boggild,  5. 

Hypersthene,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Hypersthene-akerite,  Phalen,  2. 
Hypersthene-andesite,  Calkins,  1. 
Hypersthene-andesite,  Diller  and  Stei¬ 
ger,  1. 

Hypersthene-andesite,  Lacroix,  2,  3. 
Hypersthene-andesite.  Phalen,  2. 
Hypersthene-andesite,  Russell,  13. 
Hypersthene-labradorite,  Lacroix,  3. 


427 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Iiwaarite,  Barlow,  4. 

Ijolite,  Barlow,  4. 

Ijolite,  Washington,  1,  2. 

Ilmenite,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 

Ilraenite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Ilvaite,  Boggild,  1,  5. 

Ilvaite,  Clarke  (F.  W.j,  1. 

Ilvaite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Iloite,  Boggild,  5. 

Iron  ore,  Bayley,  1. 

Iron  ore,  Beyer,  1. 

Iron  ore,  Boutwell,  5. 

Iron  ore,  Boggild,  5. 

Iron  ore,  Clements,  3. 

Iron  ore,  Coleman,  12. 

Iron  ore,  Courtis,  1. 

Iron  ore,  Darton,  18. 

Iron  ore,  Diller,  20. 

Iron  ore,  Eckel,  33.  * 

Iron  ore,  Farrington,  13. 

Iron  ore,  Fuller  and  Alden,  2. 

Iron  ore,  Gallaher,  1. 

Iron  ore,  Hoffmann,  1,  6. 

Iron  ore,  Leith,  4,  11. 

Iron  ore,  McCaskey,  1. 

Iron  ore,  Mickle,  1. 

Iron  ore,  Obalski,  1. 

Iron  ore,  Richardson  (C.  H.),  2. 

Iron  ore,  Shedd,  1. 

Iron  ore,  Warwick,  1. 

Iron  ore,  Watson  (T.  L.),  9. 

Iron  ore,  Weidman,  5. 

Itacolumite,  Bascom,  3. 

Jacupirangite,  Washington,  1,  2. 

Jade,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Jadeite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Janeirose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Janeirose  (pseudo  -  leucite-sodalite-tin- 
guaite),  Cross  and  others,  1. 

Jarosite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Jarosite,  Hillebrand  and  Penfield,  1. 
Jarosite,  Ransome,  3. 

Jefferisite,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 

Jefferisite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Jeffersonite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Josephinite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Judithose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Kaolin,  Gallaher,  1. 

Kaolin,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1. 

Kaolin,  Mathews,  1. 

Kaolinite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Katapleite,  Boggild,  5. 

Kentallenose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Keratophyr,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  9. 
Keratophyre,  Sears,  1. 

Kerrite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Kerrite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Keweenawite,  Koenig,  1. 

Knoxvillite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Kornerupine,  Boggild,  5. 

Kotschubeite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Krokydolith,  Wright  (F.  E.),  3. 
Kryptoperthite,  Dresser,  5. 

Kunzite,  Davis  (R.  O.  E.),  1. 

Kyanite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Kyanite,  Schaller,  7. 


I  Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Labradorite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Labradorite  rock,  Dana,  1. 

Labradorite  rock,  Kolderup,,  4. 
Lamarose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Laumontite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Laumontite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Laurdalose,  Dresser,  11. 

Laurdalose  (laudalite),  Cross  and 
others,  1. 

Laurdalose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Laurvikose,  Dresser,  11. 

Lava,  Mendenhall,  8. 

Lava,  Russell,  5. 

Lawsonite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Lawsonite,  Schaller  and  Hillebrand, 
1,  2. 

Lazulite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Ledouxite,  Richards  (.1.  W.),  1. 
Lennilite,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 

Lepidolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Lepidolite,  Hoffmann,  2,  4. 
Lepidomelane,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Lestivarite,  Daly,  7. 

Lestiwarite,  Cress  (W.),  6. 
Leuchtenbergite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Leuchtenbergite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Leucite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Leucite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Leucite,  Steiger,  2. 

Leucite-shonkinose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Leucite-tinguaite,  Wolff,  1. 

Leucitite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Leucosphenite,  Boggild,  5. 
Leucophoenicite,  Penfield  and  War¬ 
ren,  1. 

Levynite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Libethenite,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand,  1. 
Lignite,  Burchard,  1,  2. 

Lignite,  Crider,  1. 

Lignite,  Eckel  and  Crider,  1. 

Lignite,  Hoffmann,  4,  6. 

Lignite,  Mendenhall,  8. 

Lignite,  Simonds,  3. 

Lignite,  Smith  (G.  O. ),  0. 

Limburgite,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  7. 
Limestone,  Alden,  2. 

Limestone,  Ashley,  2. 

Limestone,  Bain,  19. 

Limestone,  Bascom,  3. 

Limestone,  Bassler,  2. 

Limestone,  Bayley,  1. 

Limestone,  Blatchley,  7. 

Limestone,  Buckley,  3. 

Limestone,  Catlett,  3. 

Limestone,  Clapp,  4. 

Limestone,  Crider,  1. 

Limestone,  Darton,  8,  18. 

Limestone,  Dickson,  2. 

Limestone,  Donald,  1,  2. 

Limestone,  Duryee,  1. 

Limestone,  Eckel,  4-6,  25,  34,  39. 
Limestone,  Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 
Limestone,  Eckel  and  Crider,  1. 
Limestone,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  8. 
Limestone,  Gallaher,  1. 

Limestone,  Gillespie,  1. 


428 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Chemical  analyses— Continued. 

Limestone,  Gilpin,  2. 

Limestone,  Haworth  and  Schrader,  1. 
Limestone,  Hoffmann,  1,  4,  6. 
Limestone,  Ilulst,  1. 

Limestone,  Ihlseng,  l. 

Limestone,  Knight  (N.),  7. 
Limestone,  Kiimmel,  1. 

Limestone,  Landes,  2. 

Limestone,  Lane,  9,  41,  49. 

Limestone,  Leith,  11. 

Limestone,  Lindgren,  28,  29. 
Limestone,  Miller  (W.  G. ),  9. 
Limestone,  Newsom,  3. 

Limestone,  Nichols  (H.  W.),  1. 
Limestone,  Orton  and  Peppel,  1. 
Limestone,  Porter  (F.  B.),  1. 
Limestone,  Ransome,  3,  11. 
Limestone,  Ries,  4. 

Limestone,  Russell,  6. 

Limestone,  Siebenthal,  2. 

Limestone,  Smith  (A.  .1.),  4. 
Limestone,  Smith  (E.  A.),  2-4,  8. 
Limestone,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 
Limonite,  Gallaher,  1. 

Limonite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Limonite,  Newland,  1. 

Limonite,  Simonds,  3. 

Liparose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Litchfleldite,  Cross  (W.),  6. 
Lithiophilite,  Brush  and  Dana,  1,  3. 
Lithographic  limestone,  Hoen,  1. 
Loess,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  1. 

Loess,  Gallaher,  1. 

Loess,  Knight  (N.),  3. 

Lollingite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Lorenzenite,  Boggild,  5. 

Lucasite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Lucasite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Ludwigite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Mackintoshite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Mackintoshite,  Simonds,  3”. 

Maconite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Madupite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Magnesite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Magnesite,  Newland,  1. 

Magnetite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Magnetite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Magnetite,  Kemp,  33. 

Magnetite,  Leith,  4. 

Magnetite,  Simonds,  3. 

Manganese  ore,  Gallaher,  1. 
Manganese  ore,  Watson  (T.  L.),  9. 
Manganese  ore,  Williams  (E.  3.),  1. 
Marble,  Eckel,  34. 

Marble,  Perkins,  1. 

Marble,  Pratt,  8. 

Marble,  Richardson  tC.  H.),  1,  2. 
Marble,  Shedd,  2. 

Marble,  Smith  (E.  A.),  4,  8. 

Marble,  Ulrich,  7. 

Marcasite,  Stokes,  1. 

Margarite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Margarite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Mariposite,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 

Marl,  Blatchley  and  Ashley,  1. 

Marl,  Buckley,  3. 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Marl,  Davis  (C.  A.),  1,  2. 

Marl,  Eckel,  4,  5,  34,  39. 

Marl,  Fall,  2. 

Marl,  Gillespie,  1. 

Marl  (bog  lime),  Hale,  1. 

Marl,  Hoffmann,  6 
Marl,  Kiimmel,  1. 

Marl,  Lane,  21. 

Marl,  Russell,  6. 

Marl,  Taff,  15. 

Marls,  Ries,  4. 

Meionite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Melanochalcite,  Koenig,  2. 
Melanochalcite,  Lindgren,  29. 
Melanochalcite,  Lindgren  2nd  Hille- 
brand,  1. 

Melanterite,  Schaller,  1. 

Meionite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Mesolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Mesolite,  Steiger,  2. 

Meta-andesite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 
Metacinnebarite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Meta-gabbro,  Bascom,  3. 

Metarhyolite,  Diller,  13. 

Meteoric  iron,  Pratt,  1. 

Meteoric  iron,  Simonds,  3. 

Meteorite,  Borgstrom,  1. 

Meteorite,  Brezina  and  Cohen,  1. 
Meteorite,  Campbell  and  Howe,  1. 
Meteorite,  Cohen,  1-3,  5,  8. 

Meteorite,  Farrington,  6,  16. 

Meteorite,  Hobbs,  15. 

Meteorite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  2. 

Meteorite,  Merrill  and  Stokes,  1. 
Meteorite,  Moissan,  3. 

Meteorite,  Preston  (H.  L.),  1,  3. 
Meteorite,  Tassin,  3-5. 

Meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.),  1,  7,  10. 
Miaskose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Mica-andesite,  Blake,  1. 

Mica-gabbro,  Barrell,  1. 

Mica-gneiss,  Bascom,  1,  3. 
Mica-hypersthene-gabbro,  Osann,  2. 
Mica-schist,  Bascom,  3. 

Microcline,  Boggild,  5. 

Microcline,  Clarke  (B.  W.),  1. 

Microlite,  Boggild,  5. 

Micromonzonite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Millerite,  Palache  and  Wood,  1. 

Mineral  water,  Gallaher,  1. 

Mineral  water,  Lindgren,  4. 

Mineral  water,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  2. 
Mineral  waters,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Mineral  waters,  Lee  (H.  A.),  1. 

Mineral  waters,  Peter,  1. 

Mineral  waters,  Reagan,  1. 

Mineral  wool,  Eckel,  17. 

Minette,  Pirsson,  4. 

Missouri te,  Clarke  aud  Steiger,  1. 
Missourite,  Washington,  1. 

Missourote,  Pirsson,  4. 

Mitchellite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Mixite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Mizzonite,  Clarke  (F  W.),  1. 
Mohawkite,  Koenig,  2. 

Mohawkite,  Richards  (J.  W.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


429 


Chemical  analyses— Continued. 

Molybdenite,  Wells,  2. 

Monchiquose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Monmouthite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  8. 
Montanose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Montroydite,  Moses,  2,  4. 

Monzonite,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 
Monzonite,  Cushing,  3,  10. 

Monzonite,  Daly,  7. 

Monzonite,  Pirsson,  1,  4. 

Monzonite,  Ransome,  6. 
Monzonite-porphyry,  Jaggar  and  Pal- 
ache,  1. 

Monzonose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Mordenite,  Pirsson,  2. 

Morencite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Morencite,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand,  1. 
Muscovite,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 

Nasonite,  Penfield  and  Warren,  1. 
Natrojarosite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Natrojarosite,  Hillebrand  and  Penfield, 
1. 

Natrolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Natrolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Natrolite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Natrolite,  Eyerman,  1. 

Natrolite,  Steiger,  2. 

Natron,  Hoffman,  1. 

Natural  gas,  Bownocker,  4. 

Natural  gas,  Haworth  and  McFarland, 

1. 

Natural  gas,  McFarland,  1. 

Natural  gas,  Richardson  (G.  B. ),  6. 
Nepheline,  Boggild,  5. 

Nepheline,  Bonney,  1. 
Nepheline-pyroxene-malignite,  Osann,  2. 
Nepheline  syenite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  8. 
Nepheline  syenite,  Weidman,  4. 
Nephelite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Nephelite  syenite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 
Nephelite-syenite,  Kemp,  32. 

Nephrite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Neptunite,  Boggild,  5. 

Nickel  ore,  Ledoux,  L 
Niter,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Nivenite,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 
Nordmarkite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 
Nordmarkite,  Cross  (W.),  6. 
Nordmarkite,  Dresser,  5,  9. 
Nordmarkite,  Daly,  7. 

Nordmarkose,  Dresser,  11. 

Nordmarkose  (litchfieldite),  Cross  and 
others,  1. 

Norite,  Bascom,  1,  3. 

Norite,  Cushing,  10. 

Norite,  Leonard,  1. 

Norite,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Northupite,  Pratt,  3. 

Ocher,  Watson  (T.  L.),  10. 

Ochre,  Coleman  and  Willmott,  2. 

Oil,  Hill  (R.  T.) ,  5. 

Oil,  Knight  (W.  C.),  5. 

Oil,  Knight  and  Slosson,  2. 

Oil,  Mabery  and  Hudson,  1. 

Okenite,  Boggild,  5. 

Oligoclase,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Oligoclase,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Oligoclase  rock,  Kolderup,  4. 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

.Olivenite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Olivinite,  Whitaker,  1. 

Olivine,  Boggild,  5. 

Olivine,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Olivine,  Richardson  (C.  H.),  2. 

Olivin  diabase,  Cufehing,  3. 

Olivine  diabase,  Daly,  11. 

Olivine  hyperite,  Osann,  2. 

Omeose,  Phalen,  1. 

Oolitic  stone,  Blatchley,  1. 

Orendite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Orendose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Orthoclase,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Orthoclase,  Eyerman,  1. 

Pachnolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Pachnolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Paint  rock,  Leith,  4. 

Painterite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Palacheite,  Eakle,  4. 

Palagonite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  9. 
Palagonite  tuff,  Julien,  7. 

Palladium  ore,  Headden,  4. 

Paragonite,  Boggild,  5. 

Pearceite,  Penfield,  4. 

Peat,  Lane,  49. 

Peat,  Ries,  7. 

Pectolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Pectolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Pectolite,  Eakle,  1. 

Pectolite,  Steiger,  2. 

Pegmatite,  Reid  (J.  A.),  1. 

Peridotite,  Kemp,  11. 

Peridotite,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  8. 
Peridotite,  Matson,  2. 

Peridotite,  Phalen,  1. 

Perknite,  Turner,  2. 

Petalite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Petroleum,  Hill  (R.  T.),  9. 

Petroleum,  Ileurteau,  2. 

Petroleum,  Knight  and  Slosson,  4. 
Petroleum,  Mabery,  1,  2. 

Petroleum,  Peter,  1. 

Petroleum,  Prutzman,  1. 

Petroleum,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  7. 
Petroleum,  Richardson  and  Wallace,  1. 
Petroleum,  Simonds,  3. 

Petroleum,  Thiele,  1. 

Petzite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Phlegrose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Phlogopite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Phlogopite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Phlogopite,  Osann,  2. 

Phonolite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Phonolite,  Cross  (W.),  6. 

Phonolite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Phonolite,  Russell,  13. 

Phonolite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 
Phosphate,  Chazal,  1. 

Phosphate  rock,  Branner  and  Newsom, 

1. 

Phosphate  rock,  Ruhm,  1. 

Phosphatic  limestone,  Peter,  1. 

Phyllite,  Richardson  (C.  H.),  2. 
Phyro-biotite-cascadose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Pickeringite,  Boggild,  5. 

Picrallumogene,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 


430 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Chemical  analyses— Continued. 

Picrolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Picrolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Picrotitanite,  Whitaker,  1. 

Piedmontite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Pirssonite,  Pratt,  3. 

Pisanite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Pisanite,  Schaller,  1,  3,  8. 

Plagioclase  basalt,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 
Plaster,  Parsons,  1. 

Pleonaste,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Plumasite,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  8. 
Plumbojarosite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Plumbojarosite,  Hillebrand  and  Pen- 
field,  1. 

Pollucite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Pollucite,  Wells,  2. 

Polydymite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Porphyry,  Cushing,  10. 

Porphyry,  Gallaher,  1. 

Porphyry,  Lindgren,  29. 

Portland  cement,  Bain,  15. 

Portland  cement,  Eckel,  4,  17,  25,  34. 
Portland  cement,  Fall,  1. 

Portland  cement,  Meade,  1. 

Portland  cement,  Russell,  6. 

Portland  cement,  Taff,  5. 

Powellite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Prehnite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Prehnite,  Clarke  and  Stpiger,  1. 
Prehnite,  Eyerman,  1. 

Prehnite,  Schaller,  8. 

Prochlorite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Prochlorite,  Eyerman,  1. 

Prochlorite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Prosopite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Protovermiculite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Pseudo-diorite,  Julien,  7. 
Pseudo-serpentine,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  5. 
Psilomelane,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Ptilolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Pulaskite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 

Pulaskite,  Brock,  3. 

Pulaskite,  Cross  (W.),  6. 

Pulaskite,  Daly,  7. 

Pulaskite,  Dresser,  9,  11. 

Pulaskite,  Washington,  1,  2. 

Pulaskose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Pumice,  Bergeat,  3. 

Pumice,  Diller,  7. 

Purpurite,  Graton  and  Schaller,  1. 
Pyrite,  Eckel,  16. 

Pyrite,  Stokes,  1. 

Pyrite,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  2. 

Pyrope,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Pyrop’nyllite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Pyrophyllite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Pyroxene,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Pyroxene,  Osann,  2. 

Pyroxene,  Phalen,  1. 

Pyroxene,  Pirsson,  4. 

Pyroxene,  Turner,  4. 

Pyroxene,  Winchell  (A.  N.),  3. 
Pyroxene-andesite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 
Pyroxene  andesite,  Watson  (T.  L.).  6. 
Pyroxene-syenite,  Cross  (W.),  6. 
Pyroxenite,  Bascom,  3. 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Pyroxenite,  Turner,  2. 

Pyroxenite,  Washington,  1. 

Pyroxenite  (websterite),  Bascom,  1. 
Pyrrhotite,  Dickson,  4. 

Pyrrhotite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Quartz  augite  syenite,  Cushing,  3. 
Quartz  basalt,  Calkins,  1. 
Quartz-biotite-diorite,  Osmont,  1. 
Quartz-biotite-hornblende-gabbro,  Bas¬ 
com,  1. 

Quartz-feldspar-porphyry,  Iddings,  3. 
Quartz-diorite,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 
Quartz-diorite-porphyry,  Barrell,  1. 
Quartzite,  Bascom,  3. 

Quartzite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  9. 
Quartz-latite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 
Quartz-mica  diorite,  Ransome,  6. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Bascom,  3. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Daly,  7. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Lindgren,  21. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Phalen,  1. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Ransome,  6. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Weed,  5. 
Quartz-monzonite-porphyry,  Lindgren, 
28,  29. 

Quartz  porphyry,  Bayley,  1. 
Quartz-porphyry,  Le  Roy,  1. 
Quartz-porphyry,  Perry,  1. 
Quartz-porphyry,  Watson  (T.  L.),  14. 
Quartz  pseudomorph,  Schaller,  3. 
Quartz-pyroxenite-diorite,  Lindgren,  1. 
Quartz-sericite-schist,  Daly,  7. 
Quartz-syenite-porphyry,  Cross  (W.), 
6. 

Quartz-syenite-porphyry,  Cross  and 
Howe,  1. 

Quartz  syenite  porphyry,  Cushing,  3. 
Quartz-syenite-porphyry,  Le  Roy,  1. 
Ralstonite,  Boggild,  5. 

Ramosite,  Luquer,  3. 

Ranite,  Barlow,  4. 

Reddingite,  Brush  and  Dana,  2. 
Redingtonite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Rhodochrosite,  Boggild,  5. 

Rhodolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Rhodonite,  Richardson  (C.  H.),  2. 
Rhyolite,  Calkins,  1. 

Rhyolite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Rhyolite,  Duryee,  1. 

Rhyolite,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Rhyolite,  Farrington,  13. 

Rhyolite,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  2. 
Rhyolite,  Ordonez,  1. 

Rhyolite,  Ransome,  11. 

Rhyolite,  Reid  (J.  A.),  1. 

Rhyolite,  Russell,  13. 

Rhyolite,  Spurr,  2,  29. 

Rhyolite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  14. 

Rhyolite,  Weidman,  5. 

Rhyolitic  tuff,  Calkins,  1. 

Rieka  i  d  ite.  Ford  (W.  E.),  2. 

Riebeckite  (  ?),  Clark  and  Steiger,  1. 
Riebeckite,  Wright  (F.  E. ),  3. 

Riebeckite  trachyte,  Cross  (W.),  6. 
Rinkite,  Boggild,  5. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901--1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


431 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Roscoelite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Roscoelite,  Lindgren,  3,  4. 
Rowlandite,  Clarke  (F.  W.) ,  1. 
Rowlandite,  Simonds,  3. 

Rutile,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Salt,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  4,  7. 

Salt  (commercial),  Eckel,  26. 

Salt  brine,  Lane,  12. 

Samarskite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Sand,  molding,  Eckel,  14. 
Sandstone,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Sandstone,  Skedd,  2. 

Sandstone,  Ransome,  3. 

Sapphirine,  Boggild,  5. 

Saussurite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Scapolite,  Gordon  (C.  II.),  5. 
Scapolite,  Osann,  2. 

Schalstein,  Julien,  7. 

Schist,  Bayley,  1. 

Schist,  Hoffman,  1. 

Schizolite,  Boggild,  2,  5. 

Schizolite,  Boggild  and  Winther,  1. 
Schorlomite,  Barlow,  4. 

Scolecite,  Boggild,  5. 

Scolecite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Scolecite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Scolecite,  Steiger,  2. 

Scorodite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Selenite,  Rowe,  3. 

Sepiolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Sericite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Serpentine,  Boggild,  5. 

Serpentine,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1,  2. 
Serpentine,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Serpentine,  Eyerman,  1. 

Serpentine,  Leonard,  1. 

Serpentine,  Lyon,  1. 

Serpentine,  Marsters,  3. 

Serpentine,  Newland,  1. 

Serpentine,  Peck,  6. 

'Serpentine,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Serpentine,  Sears,  1. 

Serpentine,  Shedd,  2. 

Serpentine,  Smith  (G.  O.),  13. 
Serpentine,  Smith  and  Willis,  1. 
Shale,  Bassler,  2,  3. 

Shale,  Catlett,  3. 

Shale,  Eckel,  4,  25,  28,  34. 

Shale,  Haworth  and  Schrader,  1. 
Shale,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Shale,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  2. 

Shale,  Russell,  6. 

Shale,  Watson  (T.  L.),  9,  17. 

Shale,  Weed,  18. 

Shale,  bituminous,  Parks,  4. 
Shonkinite,  Osann,  2. 

Shonkinite,  Pirrson,  1,  3.  4. 
Shonkinite,  Washington,  1. 
Shonkinite,  Weed  and  Pirsson,  1. 
Shonkinose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Shoshonose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Siebert  tuff,  Nevada,  Spurr,  29. 
Silica  powder,  Leith,  4. 

Sillimanite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Sinter,  haritic,  Headden,  3, 

Slag,  Eckel,  17, 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Slag  cement,  Eckel,  17. 

Slate,  Bayley,  1. 

Slate,  Eckel,  24,  25,  27,  28. 

Slate,  Leith,  4. 

Slate,  Weidman,  5. 

Smithsonite,  Branner,  2. 

Smithsonite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Soda,  Darton,  18. 

Soda-granite-porphyry,  Clarke  and  Stei¬ 
ger,  1. 

Soda  niter,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 

Sodalite,  Bonney,  1. 

Sodalite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Sodalite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Sodalite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Sodalite-nepheline  syenite,  Weidman,  4. 
Sodalite-syenite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 

Soil,  Russell,  6. 

Soils,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Soils,  Reagan,  1. 

Soils,  Whitney  (M.),  1. 

Solvsbergite,  Sears,  1. 
Solvsbergite-tinguaite,  Pirsson,  4. 
Souesite,  Hoffmann,  7. 

Spangolite,  Penfield,  3. 

Sperrylite,  Wells,  1. 

Sphalerite,  Branner,  2. 

Sphalerite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 
Spessartite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Spessartite,  Simonds,  3. 

Spinel,  Boggild,  5. 

Spinel,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Spinel,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Spodiophyllite,  Boggild,  5. 

Spedumene,  Brush  and  Dana,  4. 
Spodumene,  Schaller,  1. 

Staurolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Staurolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Steenstrupite,  Boggild,  5. 

Steenstrupite,  Boggild  and  Winther,  1. 
Stilbite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Stilbite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Stilbite,  Eyerman,  1. 

Stilbite,  Steiger,  2. 

Stromeyerite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Sulphide  ore,  Spurr,  29. 

Sulphur  waters,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  5. 
Syenite,  Dresser,  5,  9. 

Syenite,  Kay,  1. 

Syenite,  Pirsson,  1. 

Syenite,  Weed  and  Pirsson,  1. 

Syenite,  basic,  Cushing,  3. 

Syenite  porphyry,  Cushing,  3. 
Synchysite,  Boggild,  5. 

Tachylite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  9. 
Tachylyte,  Luquer,  3. 

Tainiolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Talc,  Blasdale,  1. 

Talc,  Boggild,  5. 

Talc,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Talc,  Peck,  6. 

Talc,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Tallow-clays,  Branner,  2. 

Tengerite,  Hidden,  1. 

Tephroite,  Simonds,  3. 

Terlinguaite,  Moses,  2,  4. 


432 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Tetradymite,  Hillebrand,  6. 
Tetrahedrite,  Chester,  1. 

Thaumasite,  Penfield  and  Pratt,  1. 
Tkalenite,  Hillebrand,  6. 

Thenardite,  Bbggild,  5. 

Theralite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 

Theralite,  Osann,  2. 

Theralite,  Washington,  1. 

Thomsenolite,  Bbggild,  5. 

Thomsonite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Thomsonite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Thomsonite,  Steiger,  2. 

Thorogummite,  Simonds,  3. 

Tin  ore,  Collier,  8. 

Tinguaite,  Dresser,  11. 

Tinguaite,  Kemp,  32. 

Tinguaite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Tinguaite,  Sears,  1. 

Tinguaite,  Washington,  1. 

Tinguaite  var.,  solvsbergite,  Dresser,  9. 
Tinguaite-porphyry,  Pirsson,  4. 

Titanite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Titano-magnetite,  Lindgren,  9. 

Tonopah  rhyolite-dacite,  Nevada,  Spurr, 
29. 

Topaz,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Toscanose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Toscanose  (grano-diorite) ,  Cross  and 
others,  1. 

Tourmaline,  Bbggild,  5. 

Tourmaline,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Tourmaline,  Eyerman,  1. 
Trachiphyro-borolanose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Trachiphyro-pulaskose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Trachydolerite,  Jagger  and  Palache,  1. 
Trachyte,  Breed,  1. 

Trachyte,  Cross  (W.),  6. 

Trachyte  obsidian,  Cross  (W.),  6. 

Trap,  Weed,  18. 

Tremolite,  Blasdale,  1. 

Tremolite,  Bbggild,  5. 

Tremolite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Tremolite,  Peck,  6. 

Triplite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Triploidite,  Brush  and  Dana,  1. 
Troctolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Tscheffkinite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Tufa,  Weed,  13. 

Tuff,  Diller,  12. 

Tuff,  Shedd,  2. 

Turquoise,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Turquoise,  Johnson  (D.  W. ),  6. 
Tychite,  Penfield  and  Jamieson,  1. 
Tyrol ite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Tysonite,  Allen  and  Comstock,  1. 
Tysonite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Ulexite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Umptekite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 
Umptekite,  Dresser,  9. 

Umptekite,  Sears,  1. 

Umptekose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Uralite,  Weidman,  2. 

Uraninite,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 
Uranophane,  Watson  (T.  L.),  7. 

Urao,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Vermiculite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Vesuvianite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Vesuvianite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  2. 
Vesuvianite,  Kunz,  5. 

Vesuvianite,  Sears,  1. 

Vesuvianite,  Turner,  4. 

Vesuvose  -  albanose  (leucitite),  Cross 
and  others,  1. 

Villarsite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Volcanic  ash,  Flett,  1. 

Volcanic  ash,  Gillot,  1. 

Volcanic  ash,  Hovey,  9. 

Volcanic  ash,  Lacroix,  2,  3. 

Volcanic  ash,  Lobley,  1. 

Volcanic  ash,  Rowe,  1. 

Volcanic  dust,  Bridgford,  1. 

Volcanic  dust,  Diller,  7. 

Volcanic  dust,  Diller  and  Steiger,  1. 
Volcanic  dust,  Griffiths,  1. 

Volcanic  dust,  Hillebrand,  1. 

Volcanic  dust,  Teall,  1. 

Volcanic  sand,  Diller,  7. 

Waluewite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Warrenite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Warwickite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Water,  Babcock  and  Minor,  1. 

Water,  Bayley,  2. 

Water,  Blake  (W.  P.),  4. 

Water,  Boutwell,  7. 

Water,  Cooper  (W.  F.),  1,  2. 

Water,  Crosby,  9. 

Water,  Crosby  and  La  Forge,  1. 

Water,  Darton,  18. 

Water,  Eckel,  26. 

Water,  Eisele,  1. 

Water,  Fuller  (M.  L.  ),  13,  18. 

Water,  Gal  laker,  1. 

Water,  Gould,  14. 

Water,  Gregory  (H.  E.),  2. 

Water,  Hall  (C.  W.),  8. 

Water,  Harris,  8. 

Water,  Harwood,  1. 

Water,  Headden,  3. 

Water,  Hoffmann,  6 
Water,  Keyes,  49. 

Water,  Kirchoffer,  1. 

Water,  Lee  (WT.  T.),  9. 

Water,  Lindgren,  28. 

Water,  Logan,  2. 

Water,  Logan  and  Perkins,  1. 

Water,  McCallie,  8. 

Water,  Perkins,  8. 

Water,  Park  and  Lyman,  1. 

Water,  Peter,  1. 

Water,  Purdue.  5. 

Water,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Water,  Russell,  8. 

*  Water,  Smith  (E.  A.),  5. 

Water,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  4. 

Water,  Shepard,  2,  4. 

Water,  Tarr,  8. 

Water,  Taylor  (F.  B.),  5. 

Water,  Weed,  13. 

Water,  Weeks,  11. 

Water,  Weidman,  5 

Water  (of  streams),  Headden,  2. 

Websterite,  Leonard,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


433 


Chemical  analyses — Continued. 

Websterite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Websterite,  Turner,  2. 

Wellsite,  Pratt  and  Foote,  1. 

Wellsite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Willcoxite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Willemite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Williamsite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Windsorite,  Daly,  7 
Wolframite,  Boggild,  5. 

Wolframite,  Irving,  1. 

Wolframite,  O’Hara,  2. 

Wolframite,  Simmons,  1. 

Wolframite  ore,  Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 
Wollastonite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Wollastonite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Wollastonite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
W’yomingite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Xanthitane,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  1. 
Xanthophyllite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Xenotime,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Xenotime,  Kraus  and  Reitinger,  1. 
Yttrialite,  Clarke  ( F.  W. ) ,  1 . 

Yttrialite,  Hillebrand,  2,  7. 

Yttrialite,  Simonds,  3. 

Zinc-blende,  Eakle  and  Sharwood,  1. 
Zinc  ore,  Demaret,  1. 

Zinkenite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Zinnwaldite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Zoisite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Zoisite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Zoisite  amphibolite,  Julien,  7. 

Zunyite,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Classification. 

Classification  of  geologic  formations  of 
Tennessee,  Salford,  2. 

Classification  of  igneous  rocks,  Daly, 

12. 

Classification  of  New  York  geologic 
formations,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  20. 
Classification  of  the  Archean,  Coleman. 

6. 

Classification  of  upper  Cretaceous  for¬ 
mations  of  New  Jersey.  Weller,  12. 
Correlation  of  Colorado  geological  for 
mations,  Underhill,  1. 

Cretaceous  formations  and  faunas  of 
New  Jersey,  Weller,  7. 

Discrimination  of  time  values  in  ge¬ 
ology,  Williams  (II.  S.),  1. 

Dual  classification  required  in  the 
nomenclature  of  geological  forma¬ 
tions  in  Canada,  Ami,  14. 

Eparchaean  interval,  Lawson  (A.  C.),4. 
Formations  as  the  basis  for  geologic 
mapping,  Eckel,  1. 

Formations  of  northern  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Genesis  of  Animikie  iron  range,  Hille,  3. 
Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and ' 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 
Geological  nomenclature,  Bain,  7. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Judith 
River  beds,  Stanton  and  Hatcher,  1. 
Geology  and  water  resources  of  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14. 

Bull.  301—06 - 28 


I  Classification — Continued. 

Geology  of  eastern  New  York,  Prosser, 
11. 

Historical  review  of  geology  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Lane,  36. 

Huronian  of  Moose  River  Basin,  Parks, 
1. 

Individuals  of  stratigraphic  classifica¬ 
tion,  Bain,  4. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Michipicoten  iron  ranges,  Coleman  and 
Willmott,  2. 

Nomenclature  and  classification  of  sedi¬ 
mentary  formations,  Williams  (H. 

S.),  8. 

Nomenclature  of  Ohio  geological  for¬ 
mations,  Prosser,  15. 

Oberdevon  Europas  und  Norddmerikas, 
ITartzell,  1. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  Kentucky  and  their 
bryozoa,  Nickles,  0. 

Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the 

Reptilia,  Hay,  19. 

Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the 

Reptilia,  Osborn,  54. 

Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the 

Reptilia,  Williston,  27. 

Quantitative  chemico  -  mineralogical 
classification  and  nomenclature  of 
igneous  rocks,  Cross  and  others,  1. 

Relationships  and  habits  of  Mosasaurs, 
Williston,  19. 

Report  on  Lake  Superior  region,  Van 
Hise  and  others,  1. 

Tenth  annual  report  of  State  geologist, 
Calvin,  5. 

Colorado. 

Across  the  San  Juan  Mountains,  Rick¬ 
ard  (T.  A.),  7. 

Age  of  the  Monument  Creek  formation, 
Darton,  23. 

Aguilar  coal  and  oil  district,  Lakes,  39. 

American  Nettie,  Lakes,  1. 

Andesite  of  Mount  Sugar  Loaf,  Ho- 
garty,  1. 

Anthracite  situation  in  Colorado, 
Lakes,  81. 

Arapahoe  glacier  in  1902,  Fenneman,  3. 

Arapahoe  glacier  in  1903,  Henderson 
(J.),  2. 

Arapahoe  glacier  in  1905,  Henderson 
(J.),  5. 

Aspen  mining  region.  Lakes,  22. 

Barela  Mesa  coal  field,  McLaughlin,  1. 

Basaltic  zones  as  guides  to  ore  de¬ 
posits,  Stevens  (E.  A.),  2. 

Bastnasite  and  tysonite,  Allen  and 
Comstock,  1. 

Book  Cliff  coal  mines,  Lakes,  66. 

Boulder  oil  field,  Fenneman,  4. 

Buckhorn  mine  and  San  Luis  Park, 
Lakes,  20. 

Building  and  monumental  stones, 
Lakes,  12. 

Building  stones,  Lakes,  13. 


434 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Colorado — Con  tinued . 

Camp  B.rd  and  Smuggler-Union  fis¬ 
sures,  l’urington,  10. 

Camp  Bird  gold  mine,  Titcomb,  1. 

Camp  Bird  mine,  Ouray,  Purington,  3. 

Canyons  of  southeastern  Colorado,  Lee 
(W.  T.),  4. 

Carboniferous  formations  and  faunas 
of  Colorado,  Girty,  3. 

Carboniferous  of  Sangre  de  Cristo 
Range,  Lee  (W.  T.),  5. 

Carnotite  and  associated  vanadiferous 
minerals  in  western  Colorado,  Hille 
brand  and  Ransome,  1. 

Cave  ore  deposits,  Lakes,  4. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  along  the  eastern  foothills,  Lakes, 
82. 

Coal  and  asphalt  deposits  along  Moffat 
Railway,  Lakes,  60. 

Coal  and  mineral  resources  of  Routt 
County,  Parsons  and  Liddell,  1. 

Coal  field  between  Ralston  Creek  and 
Boulder,  Lakes,  86. 

Coal  fields  of  Colorado,  Lakes,  62,  80. 

Coal  mines  of  Huerfano  County,  Lakes, 
90.  • 

Coal  on  Turkey  Creek,  Stone  (G.  H.),  3. 

Coals  of  southern  Colorado,  Lakes.  85. 

Colorado  Canyon,  Davis  (W.  M.),  61. 

Colorado  Central  lode.  Fester,  1. 

Colorado  :  Report  of  State  Bureau  of 
Mines,  Lee  (H.  A.),  1. 

Comanche  formation  in  southeastern 
Colorado,  Darton,  24. 

Comparison  of  fossil  diatoms,  Elmore,  1. 

Copper  deposits  at  Pearl,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  7. 

Creede  mining  camp,  Lakes,  50. 

Copper  mining  in  the  Encampment  and 
Pearl  districts.  Read,  4. 

Correlation  of  Colorado  geological  for-  ! 
mations,  Underhill,  1. 

Creston  mining  district  in  San  Luis 
Park,  Lakes,  29. 

Cripple  Creek,  Lakes,  2. 

Cripple  Creek  volcano,  Rickard  (T.  A.), 

1. 

Crystalline  development  of  calaverite, 
Smith  (G.  F.  II.-),  1. 

Curtis  coal  mine,  Lakes,  3. 

Development  of  pseudomorphs,  Patton, 

2, 

Devonian  fish  remains  from  Colorado,  1 
Eastman,  16. 

Devonian  formation  in  Colorado,  Cross 
(W.),  5. 

Dinosaur  beds  of  the  Grand  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Riggs,  1. 

Dinosaur  beds  of  Grand  River  Valley 
of  Colorado,  Riggs  and  Farrington,  1. 

District  aurifere  de  Cripple  Creek,  Rit¬ 
ter,  1. 

Doughty  springs,  a  group  of  radium¬ 
bearing  springs,  Headden,  3. 


Colorado — Continued. 

Economic  geology,  La  Tlata  folio,  Pur¬ 
ington,  1. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Silverton  quad¬ 
rangle,  Ransome,  1. 

Economic  resources  of  the  foothills  of 
the  front  range,  Lakes,  91. 

Effect  of  cliff  erosion  on  form  of  con¬ 
tact  surfaces,  Fenneman,  6. 

Eocene  and  earlier  beds  of  Huerfano 
Basin,  Colorado,  Hills,  2. 

Emmonsite  from  a  new  locality,  Hille- 
brand,  4. 

Eruptive  rocks  of  Cripple  Creek, 
Graton,  4. 

Example  of  localization  of  rich  ore, 
Rickard  (T.  A.),  6. 

Examples  of  Colorado  faults,  Lakes,  95. 

Extinct  glaciers  of  Colorado,  Henderson 
(J.),  4. 

Fault  planes  in  the  Dakota  fire-clay 
beds  at  Golden,  Patton,  3. 

Faults  in  Dakota  formation  at  Golden, 
Patton,  4. 

Florence  oil  field,  Fenneman,  9. 

Formation  of  bonanzas  in  upper  por¬ 
tions  of  gold  veins,  Rickard  (T.  A.), 
3. 

Formation  of  Cripple  Creek  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Moore  (C.  J.),  1. 

Formation  of  Leadville  mining  district, 
Mocre  (C.  .T.),  2. 

Fossil  mammals  of  Tertiary  of  north¬ 
eastern  Colorado,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2. 

Franceville  meteorite,  Preston  (H.  L.), 
2,  3. 

Garnetiferous  bed  in  Golden  Gate  Can¬ 
yon,  Bailey,  Rath,  and  Grider,  1. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits  in  Boulder 
County,  Bagg,  2. 

Geological  excursion  in  Colorado,  Van 
Hise,  6.' 

Geological  occurrence  of  oil.  Lakes,  19. 

Geological  phenomena  in  the  Telluride 
quadrangle,  Lay,  1. 

Geological  resurvey  of  the  Cripple  Creek 
district,  Lindgren  and  Ransome,  1.  2. 

Geological  structure  of  Camp  Bird  vein, 
Purington,  5. 

Geology  along  the  Animas  River,  Lakes, 
25. 

Geology  and  coal  deposits  of  the  Span¬ 
ish  Peaks  district,  Lakes,  85. 

Geology  and  economics  along  Moffat 
Railway,  Lakes,  49. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Tlains. 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  of  Castle  Rock  region,  Lee 
(W.  T.),  2. 

Geology  of  hot  springs  of  Colorado, 
Lakes.  90,  103. 

Geology  of  Silverton  quadrangle,  Cross, 

1. 

Geology  of  the  Needle  Mountains  quad¬ 
rangle,  Cross  and  Howe,  3. 


435 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Colorado— Continued. 

Geology  of  the  Needle  Mountains  quad¬ 
rangle,  Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 

Geology  of  the  oil  fields  of  Colorado, 
Lakes,  15. 

Geology  of  the  ore  deposits  of  the  Ouray 
district,  Howe,  4. 

Geology  of  the  Rico  quadrangle,  Cross 
(W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Virginius  mine,  Purington, 
7. 

Geology  of  western  ore  deposits,  Lakes, 
104. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  De 
maret,  1. 

Glacial  erosion  in  the  Sawatch  Range, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  54. 

Glacial  placer  beds  on  flanks  of  Mos¬ 
quito  Range,  South  Park,  Lakes,  30. 

Glaciation  of  the  Sawatch  Range,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  58. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Austin,  5. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gold  deposits  of  Plomo,  Gunther,  1. 

Grand  River  coal  field,  Lakes,  87. 

Granite  of  west  Sugar  Loaf  Mountain, 
Hehry,  1. 

Greenstone  schists  in  the  San  Juan 
Mountains,  Howe,  3. 

Grottes  des  Eltats-Unis,  Le  Couppey  de 
la  Forest,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Colorado,  Lakes, 
61. 

I-Iallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlanto- 
saurus  beds  of  Marsh,  Williston,  25. 

Hanging  valleys  of  Georgetown,  Crosby, 

6. 

Hot  and  mineral  springs  of  Routt 
County,  Colorado,  Lakes,  97. 

Influence  of  country-rock  on  mineral 
veins,  Weed,  6. 

Jurassic  dinosaur  deposits  near  Canyon 
City,  Hatcher,  6. 

La  Plata  coal  field,  Lakes,  84. 

La  Plata  folio,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

La  riata  Mountains,  Lakes,  41. 

Leadville  district,  Warwick,  2. 

Lodes  of  Cripple  Creek,  Rickard  (T. 
A.),  8,  12. 

Mica-andesite  of  west  Sugar  Loaf  Moun¬ 
tain,  Blake  (J.  C.),  1. 

Mineralogical  mistake,  Van  Diest,  1. 

Mineralogical  notes,  Headden,  1,  4. 

Mineralogical  notes,  Warren,  1. 

Mines  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Rosita 
and  Silver  Cliff  mining  district, 
Lakes,  53. 

Mines  of  Ouray  County,  Dowmer  and  De 
C'ou,  1. 

Morrison  formation,  Lee  (W.  T.),  1. 

Morrison  formation,  Stanton,  8. 

Morrison  shales  of  southern  Colorado 
and  uortliern  New  Mexico,  Lee  (W. 
T.),  3. 

Natural  gas  in  Colorado,  Lakes,  26. 


Colorado— Continued . 

Neglected  mine  and  Nearby  properties, 
Emmons  (W.  II.),  1. 

New  Canid®  from  Miocene  of  Colorado, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  5. 

New  genus  and  species  from  Jurassic  of 
Colorado,  Hay,  8.  . 

New  sauropod  dinosaur  from  Jurassic 
of  Colorado,  Hatcher,  18. 

New  species  of  Cladodus  from  the  De¬ 
vonian,  Hay,  4. 

Nodular-hearing  schists  near  Pearl, 
Read,  2. 

Occurrence  of  limburgite,  Stevens  (E. 
A.),  1. 

Occurrence  of  mica  in  Boulder  County, 
Schwarz,  1. 

Occurrence  of  ore  at  Red  Mountain, 
Schwarz,  2. 

Oil  field  of  Mesa  and  Rio  Blanco  coun¬ 
ties,  Lakes,  24. 

Oil-impregnated  volcanic  dikes,  Lakes, 
98. 

Oil  in  Colorado,  Lakes,. 21. 

Oil  situation  in  Colorado,  Lakes,  48. 

Oil  springs  of  Rio  Blanco  County, 

Lakes,  17. 

Olivinite  dike  of  Magnolia  district, 
Whitaker,  1. 

Ore  deposits  in  Georgetown  mining 

district,  Spurr  and  Garrey,  1. 

Ore  deposits  near  Lake  City,  Irving,  7. 

Ore  deposits  of  Colorado.  Lakes,  73. 

Ore  deposits  of  Rico  Mountains,  Ran- 
some,  3. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  American-Nettie 

mine,  Ouray,  Downer,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  Ouray  district, 

Irving,  6. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  Ouray  quadrangle, 
Irving,  9. 

Ore  horizons  in  San  Juan  Mountains, 
Purington,  11. 

Ore  occurrence  at  Leadville,  Robbins,  1. 

Overturns  in  the  Denver  basins,  Hen¬ 
derson  (J.),  1. 

Paleontology  of  the  Boulder  area,  Hen¬ 
derson  (J.),  3. 

Peat  and  its  relation  to  coal,  Lakes, 
96. 

Peculiar  ore  deposit.  Colburn,  1. 

Plastic  dike  near  Ouray,  Ransome,  2. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  the  Sawatch 
Range,  near  Leadville,  Capps  and 
Leffingwell,  1. 

Prairie  region  of  northeastern  Colo¬ 
rado,  Lakes,  32. 

Prospecting  for  oil.  Lakes,  11,  16. 

Prospecting  for  oil  in  the  region  of  the 
cliff  dwellers,  Lakes,  27. 

Radium  in  an  American  ore,  Phillips 
(A.  II.),  1. 

Red  beds  of  Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe, 

2. 

Red  Beds  of  southwestern  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Howe.  4. 

Redcliff  ore  deposits,  Lakes,  44. 


436 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Colorado — Continued. 

Report  State  Bureau  of  Mines,  Lee 
(H.  A.),  1. 

Rickardite,  Ford  (W.  E.),  2. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs 
(L.  S.),  1. 

Secondary  enrichment  at  Cripple  Creek, 
Weed,  21. 

Silver  Lake  mine,  Lakes,  47. 

Silverton  folio,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Silverton  folio,  Ransome,  10. 

Skeleton  of  Merycodus,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  14. 

Soils  of  Colorado,  Lakes,  40. 

South  Fark  coal  field,  Lakes,  89. 

South  Park,  Lakes,  85. 

Spanish  Peaks  folio,  Hills,  1. 

Spanish  Peaks,  Lakes,  28. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  Black  Hills,  Dar- 
ton,  2. 

State  geological  survey  for  Colorado, 
Finch  (J.  W.),  2. 

Structure  of  Boulder  oil  field,  Fenne- 
man,  5. 

Subterranean  gases  of  Cripple  Creek, 
Lindgren,  81. 

Summit  County  placers,  Lakes,  43. 

Sunset  trachyte,  Breed,  1. 

Telluride  ores  of  Cripple  Creek  and 
Kalgoorlie,  Rickard  (T.  A.),  2. 

Tellurium  veins  in  La  Plata  Moun¬ 
tains,  Austin,  1. 

Tercio  and  Cuatro  mines,  Hosea,  1. 

Tercio  coal  mining  district,  Plumb,  1. 

Tissu  osseux  chez  certains  poissons  de 
Canyon  City,  Vaillant,  1. 

Tortoise  from  Colorado  Miocene,  Hay, 
17. 

Twin  Lakes  glaciated  area,  Westgate,  1. 

Two  tellurium  minerals  from  Colorado, 
Hillebrand,.  6. 

Veins  of  Boulder  and  Kalgoorlie, 
Rickard  (T.  A.),  11. 

Veins  of  Boulder  County,  Bagg,  3. 

Volcanoes,  Lakes,  34. 

Water  resources  of  Colorado,  Fellows,  1. 

Yampa  coal  fields,  Lakes,  65. 

Yampa  coal  field.  Lakes,  88. 

Connecticut. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  Connecticut,  Loughlin,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Corundum  and  essonite  from  Bark- 
ha-msted,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  1. 

Description  of  new  species  from  Brancli- 
ville,  Brush  and  Dana,  1. 

Fifth  Branchville  paper,  Brush  and 
Dana,  5. 

Fossil  wood  from  the  Newark  formation, 
Knowlton,  3. 

Glacial  and  post-Glacial  history  of  the 
Hudson  and  Champlain  valleys, 
Peet,  1. 

Glacial  remains  near  Woodstock,  Eg¬ 
gleston,  1. 


Connecticut — Continued . 

Hematite  deposits  of  New  York,  Eckel, 
30. 

Instance  of  action  of  ice-sheet  upon 
projecting  rock  masses,  Hobbs,  12. 
Limonite  deposits  of  New  York  and 
New  England,  Eckel,  36. 

Newark  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Val¬ 
ley,  Hobbs,  2. 

Occurrence  of  minerals  at  Iladdam 
Neck,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 

Physical  geography  and  geology  of 
Connecticut,  Rice,  1. 

Post-Newark  normal  faulting  in  the 
crystalline  rocks  of  southwestern 
New  England,  Hobbs,  20. 

River  system  of  Connecticut,  Hobbs,  3. 
Second  Branchville  paper,  Brush  and 
Dana,  2. 

Spodumene  and  results  of  its  altera¬ 
tion,  Brush  and  Dana,  4. 

Still  rivers  of  western  Connecticut, 
’  Hobbs,  6. 

Tectonic  geography  of  southwestern 
New  England  and  southeastern  New 
York,  Ilobbs,  23. 

Third  Branchville  paper,  Brush  and 
Dana,  3. 

Trap  rock  of  Connecticut  Valley,  Ford 
(F.  L.),  1. 

Triassic  rocks  of  the  Connecticut  Val¬ 
ley  as  a  source  of  water  supply,  Ful¬ 
ler,  18. 

Tungsten  mine  at  Trumbull,  Hobbs, 
5,  16. 

Underground  waters  of  Connecticut, 
Gregory  (H.  E.),  1. 

Water  resources  of  Connecticut,  Greg¬ 
ory  (H.  E.),  2. 

Wells  of  Triassic  area  of  Connecticut 
Valley,  Pynchon,  11. 

Correlation. 

Carboniferous  ammonoids  of  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  basin, 
Stevenson  (J.  ,T.),  6. 

Carboniferous  system  of  New  Bruns¬ 
wick.  Bailey  (L.  W.),  8. 

Classification  of  the  Archean,  Cole¬ 
man,  6. 

Coal  prospects  of  New  Brunswick, 
Poole,  8. 

Cobleskill  limestone  of  New  York, 
Hartnagel,  1. 

Columbia  folio,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 
Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 
Correlation  des  horizons  de  mammi- 
feres  Tertiaires  en  Europe  et  en 
Amerique,  Osborn,  5. 

Correlation  of  Colorado  geological  for¬ 
mations,  Underhill,  1. 

Correlation  of  formations  and  members 
[of  the  Maryland  coal  district], 
Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Correlation  of  formations  of  the  mid¬ 
dle  West,  Hatcher,  21. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


437 


Correlation— Continued . 

Correlation  of  geological  faunas,  Wil¬ 
liams  (H.  S.) ,  5. 

Correlation  of  John  Day  and  Mascall, 
Merriam  and  Sinclair,  1. 

Correlation  of  Piedmont  formations, 
Mathews,  6. 

Correlation  of  the  Potomac  formation 
in  Maryland  and  Virginia,  Ward 
(L.  F.),  3. 

Cretaceous  deposits  of  Pacific  coast, 
Anderson  (F.  M.),  3. 

Cretaceous  near  Cliffwood,  Berry,  8. 

Delaware  limestone,  Prosser,  13. 

Distinctive  characters  of  the  mid- 
Cretaceous  fauna,  Osborn,  12. 

Eocene  and  earlier  beds  of  Huerfano 
basin,  Colorado,  Hills,  2. 

Fossil  faunas  and  their  use  in  corre¬ 
lating  geological  formations,  Wil¬ 
liams  (H.  S.),  3. 

Formations  of  northern  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Fresh- water  faunule  from  Cretaceous 
of  Montana,  Stanton,  4. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Geological  correlations  in  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Bailey  (L.  W. ),  3. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Judith 
River  beds,  Stanton  and  Hatcher,  1. 

Geology  of  eastern  New  York,  Prosser, 

11. 

Geology  of  Fishers  Island,  Fuller,  29. 

Helderberg  invasion  of  the  Manlius, 
Harris,  7. 

Individuals  of  stratigraphic  classifica¬ 
tion,  Willis,  2. 

Jackson  outcrops  on  Red  River,  Casey, 

1. 

Kreide-Ammoniten  von  Texa£,  Lass- 
witz,  1. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Mesabi  iron-bearing  district  of  Minne¬ 
sota,  Leith,  4. 

Methods  of  geologic  correlation,  Keyes, 
36. 

Mollusca  of  Buda  limestone,  Shattuck, 

8. 

Oberdevon  Europas  und  Nordamerikas, 
Hartzell,  1. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  Kentucky  and 
their  bryozoa,  Nickles,  6. 

Paleontology  of  Martinez  group,  Wea¬ 
ver,  1. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller  6. 

Permian  formations  of  Kansas,  Pros¬ 
ser,  14. 

Petrography  and  age  of  the  North-  i 
umberland  rock,  Cushing,  7. 

Red  Beds  of  Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe, 

2- 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  11. 

Report  on  Lake  Superior  region,  Van  ; 
Hise  and  others,  1. 


Correlation — Continued. 

Romney  formation  of  Maryland,  Pros¬ 
ser,  12. 

Schematic  standard  for  the  American 
Carboniferous,  Keyes,  7. 

Siluric  or  Ontaric  section  of  eastern 
New  York,  Hartnagel,  2. 

Sixth  annual  report  of  the  State  geol¬ 
ogist,  Lane,  49. 

Stratigraphy  of  Black  Hills,  Bighorn 
Mountain,  and  Rocky  Mountain 
front  range,  Darton,  16. 

Stratigraphy  of  Uinta  Mountains,  Ber- 
key,  8. 

Siidlichsten  Vulkane  Mittel-Amerikas, 
Sapper,  2. 

Summary  of  Lake  Superior  geology, 
Leith,  14. 

Table  of  geological  formations,  Shep¬ 
ard,  1. 

Tertiary  of  Sabine  River,  Dumble,  10. 

Time  divisions  of  Ice  Age,  Upham,  5. 

Time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  cor¬ 
relation,  Dali,  17. 

Time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  cor¬ 
relation,  Stanton,  9. 

Time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  cor: 
relation,  Ulrich,  9. 

Time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  cor¬ 
relation,  White,  20. 

Triassic  cephalopod  genera,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Upper  Paleozoic  rocks  of  Ohio  and 
Pennsylvania,  Girty,  10. 

Cretaceous. 

Alaska. 

Coal  resources  of  Alaska,  Brooks,  3. 

Geological  section  of  Rocky  Mountains 
in  northern  Alaska,  Schrader,  1. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Mesozoic  section  on  Cook  Inlet,  Stan¬ 
ton  and  Martin,  1. 

Reconnaissance  in  Alaska,  Schrader.  3. 

Atlantic  coast  region. 

Artesian  wells,  Woolman,  2. 

Atlantic  Highlands  section,  Prather,  4. 

Classification  of  upper  Cretaceous  for¬ 
mations  of  New  Jersey,  Weller,  12. 

Cliffwood  clays  and  the  Matawan, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  2. 

Columbia  University  Geological  De¬ 
partment,  Shimer,  4. 

Correlation  of  the  Potomac  formation, 
Ward  (L.  F.),  3. 

Cretaceous  formations  and  faunas  of 
New  Jersey,  Weller,  7. 

-Cretaceous  near  Cliffwood,  N.  J.,  Berry, 

8. 

Cretaceous-Eocene  boundary  in  the  At¬ 
lantic  coastal  plain,  Clark  (W.  B.), 
4. 

Fauna  of  Cliffwood  clays,  Weller,  10. 

Flora  of  the  Matawan  formation, 
Berry,  5. 

Geology  of  Coastal  Plain  formations, 
Shattuck,  7. 


438 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Cretaceous — Continued. 

Atlantic  coast  region — Continued. 

Geology  of  Potomac  group  in  middle 
Atlantic  slope,  Clark  and  Bibbins,  1. 

Matavvan  formation,  Clark  (W.  B. ),  5. 

Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Clark 
(W.  B.),  6. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and  oth-- 
ers,  1. 

Norfolk  folio,  Darton,  7. 

Paleobotany  of  the  Cretaceous  of  Long 
Island,  Hollick,  11. 

Physical  features  of  Cecil  County, 
Md.,  Shattuck,  3. 

Position  and  nature  of  Maryland  Cy- 
cads,  Bibbins,  2. 

Results  of  resurvey  of  Long  Island, 
Fuller  and  Veatch,  1. 

Status  of  Mesozoic  floras,  Ward  j 
(L.  F.),  5. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  New  Jersey  Clays, 
Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Canada. 

Age  of  Lance  Creek  beds  of  Wyoming,  j 
Judith  River  beds  of  Montana,  and 
Belly  River  beds  of  Canada,  Hatcher, 
17. 

Coal  basins  in  Rocky  Mountains,  Dowl¬ 
ing,  7. 

Coal  mining  in  the  Northwest  Terri¬ 
tories,  Smith  (F.  B.),  1. 

Crows  Nest  coal  fields,  Leach  (W.  W.), 

1. 

Distinctive  characters  of  the  Mid- 
Cretaceous  fauna,  Osborn,  12. 

Dryptosaurus  incrassatus,  Lambe,  8. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

Geological  sketch  of  the  Bankhead  coal 
field,  Turnbull,  1. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  of  Yellow  Head  Pass  route, 
McEvoy,  1. 

New  vertebrates  of  the  mid-Cretaceous. 
Osborn,  13. 

Red  Deer  River,  Alberta,  Lambe,  4. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  Cascade  coal  ba¬ 
sin,  Dowling,  10. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami.  2. 

Trionyx  foveatus  Leidy  and  Trionyx 
vagans  Cope  from  Cretaceous  rocks 
of  Alberta,  Lambe,  5. 

Turtle  from  Cretaceous  rocks,  Lambe, 

1. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Bisbee  folio,  Ransome,  14. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Geology  and  copper  deposits  of  Bisbee, 
Ransome,  10. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spun*,  6. 


Cretaceous — Continued. 

Great  Basin  region — Continued. 

Notes  on  geology  of  southeastern  Ari¬ 
zona,  Dumble,  7. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Age  of  Atlantosaurus  beds,  Lee 
(W.  T.),  7. 

Age  of  Lance  Creek  beds  of  Wyoming, 
Judith  River  beds  of  Montana,  and 
Belly  River  beds  of  Canada, 
Hatcher,  17. 

Alexandria  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  1. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O'Harra,  1. 

Baked  clays  and  natural  slags  in  east¬ 
ern  Wyoming,  Bastin,  1. 

Benton  and  Niobrara  formations  of 
Nebraska,  Condra,  5. 

Benton  formation  in  eastern  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  13. 

Coal  fields  of  Kansas,  Crane,  4. 

Coal  resources  of  Wyoming,  Trumbull, 

1. 

Concretions  of  the  Pierre  shale,  Bar¬ 
bour  (C.  A.),  2. 

Correlation  of  formations  of  the  mid¬ 
dle  West,  Hatcher,  21. 

Dakota  Cretaceous  of  Kansas  and  Ne¬ 
braska,  Gould,  5. 

Dakota  sandstone  in  Washington 
County,  Kans.,  Charles,  1. 

De  Smet  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  3. 

Discovery  of  the  Laramie  in  Nebraska, 
Fisher  (C.  A.),  3. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Pembina  re¬ 
gion,  Berkey,  7. 

Edgemont  folio,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Faults  in  Dakota  formation  at  Golden, 
Patton,  4. 

Geological  observations  on  the  Rose¬ 
bud  Indian  Reservation,  Reagan,  5. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Judith 
River  beds,  Stanton  and  Hatcher,  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Patrick 
and  Goshen  Hole  quadrangles,  Adams 
(G.  I.),  4. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  the 
James  River  Valley,  Todd  and  Hall,  2. 

Geology  of  Lincoln  County,  S.  Dak., 
Bend  rat,  1. 

Ilallopus,  Baptanodon.  and  Atlantosau¬ 
rus  beds  of  Marsh,  Williston,  25. 

Ilartville  folio,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Huron  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  15. 

Jefferson  County,  Nebr.,  Carmony.  1. 

Judith  River  beds,  Hatcher,  20. 

Laramie  and  Fort  Union  beds  in  North 
Dakota,  Wilder,  7. 

Laramie  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming,  Wil¬ 
liston,  13. 

Leucite  hills  of  Wyoming,  Kemp  and 
Knight,  1. 

Lignite  deposits  of  North  Dakota,  Wild¬ 
er,  1,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


439 


Cretaceous — Continued. 

Great  Plains  region — Continued. 

Lignite  on  the  Missouri,  Heart,  and 
Cannon  Ball  rivers,  Wilder,  10. 
Mitchell  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  11. 
Morrison  formation,  Stanton,  8. 
Morrison  shales  of  southern  Colorado 
and  northern  New  Mexico,  Lee  (W. 
T.),  3. 

New  armored  dinosaur,  Williston,  26. 
Newcastle  folio,  Darton,  14. 

Oelrichs  folio,  Darton,  8. 

Olivet  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9. 

Parker  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  10. 

Recent  zoopaleontology,  Osborn,  21. 
Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 

Restoration  of  Dolichorhyncops  osborni, 
Williston,  9. 

Skeleton  of  Nyctodactylus  with  restora¬ 
tion,  Williston,  8. 

Stratigraphic  position  of  Judith  River 
beds,  Stanton,  3. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  Black 
Hills  rim,  WTieland,  11. 

Studies  in  the  Mentor  beds,  Jones  (A. 
W.),  1. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Tests  for  gold  and  silver  in  shales  from 
western  Kansas.  Lindgren,  7,  8. 
Topographic  features  and  geological 
formations  of  North  Dakota,  Leon¬ 
ard,  4. 

Uintacrinus,  Springer  (F.),  1. 

Water  resources  of  Devils  Lake  region. 
Babcock,  2. 

Gulf  region. 

Cement  resources  of  Alabama,  Smith 
(E.  A.),  3. 

Hills  of  Louisiana  north  of  V.  S.  &  P. 
Railroad,  Lerch,  1. 

Hills  of  Louisiana  south  of  V.  S.  &  P. 
Railroad,  Lerch,  2. 

Portland-cement  materials  of  Alabama, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  2. 

Preliminary  report  upon  Florida  par¬ 
ishes  of  east  Louisiana,  Clendenin,  1. 
Salines  of  north  Louisiana,  Veatch,  1. 
Subterranean  waters  of  Louisiana, 
Harris,  3. 

Underground  waters  of  Louisiana  and 
Arkansas,  Veatch,  7. 

Mexico. 

Coal  mines  at  Las  Esperanzas,  Ries,  9. 
Coal  fields  of  Las  Esperanzas,  Ludlow, 

1. 

Cretaceous  of  Obispo  Canyon,  Dumble, 

4. 

Criaderos  de  fierro  de  la  hacienda  de 
Vaquerias,  Villarello  and  Bose,  1. 
Geographic  and  geologic  features  and 
their  relation  to  the  mineral  prod¬ 
ucts  of  Mexico,  Hill  (R.  T.),  4. 
Geologia  del  valle  de  Chilpancingo,  Or¬ 
donez  and  Bose,  1. 

Geologia  de  Chiapas  y  Tabasco,  Bose,  7. 


I  Cretaceous — Continued. 

Mexico — Continued. 

Geological  section  in  Guerrero,  Hall  (C. 
E.),  1. 

Mines  in  the  states  of  Chihuahua,  Sin¬ 
aloa,  and  Sonora,  Weed,  8, 

Profil  durch  den  Ostabfall  der  Sierra 
Madre  Oriental,  Bose,  2, 

Section  across  the  Sierra  Madre  Occi¬ 
dental  of  Chihuahua  and  Sinaloa, 
.Weed,  9. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Geological  age  of  certain  gypsum  de¬ 
posits,  Keyes,  24. 

Geological  formations  of  Iowa,  Calvin, 
4. 

Geology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Williams,  2. 

Geology  of  Dakota  County,  Nebr.,  Bur- 
chard,  2. 

Geology  of  Mills  and  Fremont  counties, 
Iowa,  Udden,  8. 

Geology  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Mississippi  Valley  at  Little 
Falls,  Minn.,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  8. 

Geology  of  Oktibbeha  County,  Miss., 
Logan,  2. 

Geology  of  rage  County,  Iowa,  Calvin, 
1. 

Geology  of  Pottawattamie  County, 
Iowa,  Udden,  3. 

Smoking  bluffs  of  the  Missouri  River 
region,  Towers,  1. 

yew  England  and  New  York. 

Geological  and  botanical  notes :  Cape 
Cod  and  Chappaquidick  Island,  Hol- 
lick,  4. 

Results  of  resurvey  of  Long  Island, 
Fuller  and  Veatch,  1. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Berkeley  Hills,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

British  Columbia  coal  fields,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  6. 

Coos  Bay  folio.  Diller,  4. 

Cretaceous  deposits  of  Pacific  coast, 
Anderson  (F.  M. ),  3. 

Crows  Nest  Pass  coal  field,  Brewer  (W. 
M.),  7. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Cascade  Range,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Geological  section  of  the  Coast  ranges, 
Osmont,  1. 

Geology  of  the  John  Day  Basin,  Mer- 
riam  (J.  C.),  I. 

Geology  of  Washington,  Landes,  1. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 

Marine  sediments  of  eastern  Oregon, 
Washburne,  1. 

Mesozoic  of  southwestern  Oregon,  Lou- 
derback,  6. 

Mount  Diablo  Range  of  California,  An¬ 
derson  (F.  M.),  7. 

Physiographic  features  of  Klamath 
Mountains,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  2. 

Port  Orford  folio,  Diller,  11. 

San  Luis  folio,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Significance  of  Cretaceous  outliers  in 
Klamath  region,  Hershey,  11. 


440 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Cretaceous — Continued. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Age  of  Lance  Creek  beds  of  Wyoming, 
Judith  River  beds  of  Montana,  and 
Belly  River  beds  of  Canada,  Hatcher, 
17. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Uinta  County,  Wyo., 
Knight  (W.  C.),  7. 

Coal  on  Turkey  Creek,  Colorado,  Stone 
(G.  II.),  3. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment 
district,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Comanche  formation  in  southeastern 
Colorado,  Darton,  24. 

Cretaceous  and  Lower  Tertiary  section 
in  south  central  Montana,  Douglass, 
3. 

Dinosaur  beds  of  the  Grand  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Riggs,  1. 

Fresh-water  molluscan  faunule  from 
Cretaceous  of  Montana,  Stanton,  4. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Geology  of  Boulder  district,  Fenneman, 
10. 

Geology  of  Castle  Rock  region,  Lee  (W. 
T.),  2. 

Geology  of  Rico  quadrangle,  Cross  (W.), 
7. 

Geology  of  southwestern  Montana, 
Douglass,  10. 

Hallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlantosau- 
rus  beds  of  Marsh,  Williston,  25. 

Jurassic  dinosaur  deposits  near  Can¬ 
yon  City,  Hatcher,  6. 

Jurassic  stratigraphy  in  Wyoming, 
Loomis,  2. 

La  Plata  folio,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Morrison  formation,  Lee  (W.  T.),  1. 

New  and  little  known  fossil  vertebrates, 
Hatcher,  3. 

New  species  of  Baena  from  Laramie 
beds,  Hay,  2. 

Oil  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains, 
Willis,  4. 

Paleontology  of  the  Boulder  area,  Hen¬ 
derson  (J.),  3. 

Prospecting  for  oil,  Lakes,  36. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 

5. ),  1. 

Sabal  rigida,  Hatcher,  5. 

Spanish  Peaks  folio,  Hills,  1. 

Stratigraphic  position  of  Judith  River 
beds,  Hatcher  and  Stanton,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  structure,  Lewis  and 
Livingston  ranges,  Montana,  Willis, 

6. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  Black  Hills,  Big¬ 
horn  Mountains,  and  Rocky  Moun¬ 
tain  front  range,  Darton,  16. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Southivestern  region. 

Asphalt  deposits  of  Pike  County,  Ark., 
Hayes  (C.  W.),  4. 


Cretaceous — Continued. 

Southwestern  region — Continued. 

Atoka  folio,  Taff,  3. 

Austin  chalk  underlying  Waco,  Tex., 
Prather,  2. 

Austin  folio,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Cinnabar  deposits  of  Big  Bend  province, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  8. 

Chalk  of  southwestern  Arkansas,  Taff, 
5. 

Cretaceous  and  later  rocks  of  Presidio 
and  Brewster  counties,  Dumble,  12. 

Fossils  of  the  Texas  Cretaceous,  Pra¬ 
ther,  1. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T. ),  3. 

Geologie  und  Petrographie  der  Apache 
Mountains,  Osann,  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  condi¬ 
tions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita 
Mountains,  Taff,  13. 

Geology  of  Oklahoma,  Gould,  9. 

Geology  of  Shatter  silver-mine  district, 
Udden  (Johan  A.),  11. 

Geology  of  the  Cerrillos  Hills,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.),  4,  5. 

Geology  of  the  Glass  Mountains, 
White  (M.),  1. 

Geology  of  the  Jemez-Albuquerque  re¬ 
gion,  Reagan,  1. 

Jurassic  horizon  around  the  southern 
end  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Keyes, 
51. 

Kreide-Ammoniten  von  Texas,  Lass- 
witz,  1. 

Mollusca  of  Buda  limestone,  Shattuck, 

8. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coast,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Stratigraphic  notes  on  Malone  Moun¬ 
tain,  Stanton,  7. 

Stratigraphic  sequence  in  trans-Pecos 
Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  5. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

Unconformity  of  the  Cretaceous  on 
older  rocks  in  central  New  Mexico, 
Keyes,  44. 

West  Indies. 

Geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba, 
Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1. 

General. 

Geographical  distribution  of  fresh¬ 
water  decapods,  Ortmann,  3. 

Recent  literature  cn  Laramie  forma¬ 
tion,  Hay,  7. 

Recent  zoopaleontology,  Osborn,  20. 

Delaware. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Mata  wan  formation,  Clark  (W.  B. ),  5. 

Underground  waters  of  Delaware,  Dar¬ 
ton,  22. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


441 


Devonian. 

Alaska. 

Geological  section  of  Rocky  Mountains 
in  northern  Alaska,  Schrader,  1. 

Gold  placers  of  Fortymile,  Birch  Creek, 
and  Fairbanks  regions,  Prindle,  2. 

Preliminary  report  on  the  Ketchikan 
mining  district,  Brooks,  4. 

Reconnaissance  in  Alaska,  Schrader,  3. 

Appalachian  region. 

Catskill  rocks  in  northern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  4. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Devonian  era  in  Ohio  basin,  Claypole, 
5. 

Devonic  and  Ontario  formations  of 
Maryland,  Schuchert,  7. 

Ebensburg  folio,  Pennsylvania,  Butts. 
7. 

Elkland-Tioga  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden, 

2. 

Gaines  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 

Gaines  oil  field  of  northern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  3. 

Geology  of  Garrett  County,  Martin 
(G.  C.),  1. 

Latrobe  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  18. 

Masontown-Uniontown  folio,  Campbell 
(M.  R.),  6. 

Maynardville  folio,  Keith,  1. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller,  6. 

Paleozoic  formations  of  Allegany 
County,  Md.,  Prosser,  3. 

Rocks  of  Green  Pond  Mountain  region, 
Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Rome  folio,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Romney  formation  of  Maryland,  Pros¬ 
ser,  12. 

Shifting  of  faunas,  Williams  (H.  S.),  4. 

Canada. 

Artesian  wells  of  Montreal,  Adams  and 
LeRoy,  1. 

Charlotte  County,  Ells  (R.  W.),  17. 

Corniferous  exposure  in  Anderdon, 
Nattress,  1. 

Description  of  ti*acks  from  mudstones 
of  Knoydart  formation,  Ami,  28. 

Devonian  fauna  of  Kwataboahegan, 
Parks,  5. 

Devonian  of  Canadian  provinces,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  4. 

Devonian  of  the  Acadian  provinces, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  3. 

Economic  resources  of  Moose  River  ba¬ 
sin,  Bell  (J.  M. ),  2. 

Fossiliferous  rocks  of  southwest  On¬ 
tario,  Parks,  4. 

Genus  Panenka,  with  description  of  a 
species  from  Devonian  rocks  of  On¬ 
tario,  Whiteaves,  4. 

Geological  formations  about  Montreal, 
Ami  and  Adams,  1. 

Geological  history  of  Gaspereau  Valley, 
Haycock,  1, 


Devonian — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  of  Charlotte  County,  Ells  (R. 
W.),  24. 

Geology  of  St.  Helens  Island,  Nolan 
and  Dixon,  1. 

Geology  of  the  principal  cities  in  east¬ 
ern  Canada,  Ami,  1. 

Hamilton  group  of  Thedford,  Ontario, 
Shimer  and  Grabau,  1. 

Knoydart  formation  of  Nova  Scotia, 
Ami,  8. 

New  geological  formation  in  the  De¬ 
vonian,  Ami,  4. 

Nictaux  iron  field,  Weatherbe,  1. 

Perce:  Sketch  of  its  geology,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  26. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  [in  Onta¬ 
rio],  Corkill,  2. 

Problems  in  New  Brunswick  geology, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  25. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  formations  of 
eastern  Canada,  Ami,  12. 

Stratigraphical  note,  Ami,  10. 

Stratigraphy  versus  paleontology  in 
Nova  Scotia,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  15. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Bisbee  folio,  Ransome,  14. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29 

Evidences  of  shallow  seas  in  Paleo¬ 
zoic  time,  Blake  (W.  P.),  2. 

Geology  and  copper  deposits  of  Bisbee, 
Ransome,  10. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  of  Arizona,  Blake  (W.  I*.),  1. 

Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ran¬ 
some,  6. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Notes  on  geology  of  southeastern  Ari¬ 
zona,  Dumble,  7. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  Great  Basin  region, 
Weeks,  9. 

Stratigraphy  of  Uinta  Mountains,  Ber- 
key,  8. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Chicago  folio,  Alden,  1. 

Geologic  section  in  Alpena  and  Presque 
Isle  counties,  Grabau,  2. 

Hamilton  formation  at  Milwaukee,  Tel¬ 
ler,  1. 

Paleozoic  coral  reefs.  Grabau,  10. 

Stratigraphy  of  Traverse  group  of 
Michigan,  Grabau,  5. 

Subsurface  geology  of  Alcona  County, 
Mich.,  Lane,  7. 

Traverse  group  of  Michigan,  Grabau, 
14. 

Greenland. 

Bidrag  till  nordostra  Gronlands  ge- 
ologi,  Nathorst,  1. 


442 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Devonian — Continued. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Devonian  fossils  and  stratigraphy  of 
Indiana,  Keyes,  1. 

,  Devonian  hiatus  in  continental  inte¬ 
rior,  Keyes,  28. 

Devonian  interval  in  Missouri,  Keyes, 

-  26. 

Fayetteville  folio,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Fluorspar  deposits  of  southern  Illi¬ 
nois,  Bain,  19. 

Formations  of  northern  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Geological  formations  of  Iowa,  Cal- 

*  vin,  4. 

Geological  section  across  northern  Illi¬ 
nois,  Udden  (Johan  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Benton  County,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  7. 

Geology  of  Cedar  County,  Iowa,  Nor¬ 
ton,  1. 

Geology  of  Chickasaw  County,  Iowa, 
Calvin,  11. 

Geology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Williams, 

2. 

Geology  of  Fayette  County,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  8. 

Geology  of  Howard  County,  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  10. 

Geology  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Geology  of  Mitchell  County,  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  12. 

Geology  of  Moniteau  County,  Mo.,  Van 
Horn,  1. 

Geology  of  Tama  County,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  3. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Ozark 
region,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Silver  Creek  hydraulic  limestone,  Sie- 
benthal,  2. 

Tahlequah  folio,  Taff,  17. 

Water  resources  in  Arkansas,  Purdue, 
9. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

New  England  and  New  York. 

Classification  of  rocks  of  Watkins  Glen 
quadrangle,  Williams  (H.  S.),  7. 

Concretions  in  the  Chemung  of  New 
York,  Kindle,  5. 

Correlation  of  geological  faunas,  Wil¬ 
liams  (H.  S.),  5. 

Devonic  and  Carbonic  formations  of 
southwestern  New  York,  Glenn,  1. 

Drift  fossils,  Hollick,  8. 

Dwarf  fauna  of  Tully  limestone, 
Loomis,  4. 

Fauna  of  Agoniatite  limestone  of  Onon¬ 
daga  County,  N.  Y.,  Wilson  (J.  D.),  1.  : 

Fauna  of  Stafford  limestone,  Talbot,  1.  | 

Folds  on  the  border  of  the  Appalachian 
system,  Kindle,  4. 

Geologic  map  of  the  Tully  quadrangle, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 


Devonian — Continued. 

ew  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  Niagara 
Falls,  Grabau,  1. 

Geology  of  eastern  New  York,  Prosser, 

11. 

Geology  of  Littleton,  Hitchcock  (C. 
II.),  10. 

Geology  of  Onondaga  County,  N.  Y., 
Schneider,  1. 

Geology  of  Perry  basin,  Smith  and 
White,  1. 

Geology  of  Watkins  and  Elmira  quad¬ 
rangles,  Clarke  and  Luther,  2. 

Hamilton  fossils  from  Bethany,  N.  Y., 
Monroe,  1. 

Helderberg  invasion  of  the  Manlius, 
Harris,  7. 

Lime  and  cement  industries  of  New 
York,  Ries,  4. 

Limestones  interbedded  with  shales  of 
Marcellus  stage,  Clarke  (J.  M.)'  2. 

Limonite  beds  at  Cornwall,  Hartnagel, 
3. 

Map  of  Canandaigua  and  Naples  quad¬ 
rangles,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Marcellus  limestone,  Wood  (Elvira),  1. 

Naples  fauna  in  western  New  York, 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  19. 

Olean  rock  section,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  16. 

Origin  of  faunas  of  Marcellus  lime¬ 
stones  of  New  York,  Clarke  (J.  M.), 
13. 

Origin  of  limestone  faunas  of  the  Mar¬ 
cellus  shales  of  New  York,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  21. 

Oriskany  sandstone,  Wheelock,  1. 

Paleozoic  coral  reefs,  Grabau,  10. 

Quarry  industry  in  southeastern  New 
York,  Eckel,  6. 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  5,  11. 

Rocks  of  Rondout,  Yan  Ingen  and 
Clark,  1. 

Shifting  of  faunas,  Williams  (H.  S.),  4. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  faunas  of  Trilobite 
Mountain,  Shinier,  5. 


Stratigraphic  value  of  Portage  sand¬ 
stones,  Luther,  1. 


Stratigraphy 
Grabau,  9. 

of 

Becraft 

Mountain. 

Stratigraphy 

of 

Portage 

formation, 

Luther,  2. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Berea  Grit  oil  sand  in  Cadiz  quad¬ 
rangle,  Griswold,  1. 

Bearing  of  Clinton  and  Osgood  forma¬ 
tions  on  age  of  Cincinnati  anticline, 
Foerste,  4. 

Cincinnati  anticline  in  southern  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Foerste,  3. 

Columbia  folio,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Delaware  limestone,  Prosser,  13. 

Devonian  era  in  Ohio  basin,  Claypole,  5. 


443 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Devonian— Continued. 

Ohio  Valley  region — Continued. 

Field  geology  in  Ohio  State  University, 
Mead  (C.  S.),  1. 

New  fossil  plants  from  Carboniferous 
and  Devonian,  Herzer,  4. 

New  fossils  from  Corniferous,  Hamil¬ 
ton,  and  Medina  shales,  Herzer,  5. 

New  points  on  the  fin  attachment  of 
Dinichthys  and  Cladodus,  Clark 
(W.),  1. 

Nomenclature  of  Ohio  geological  forma¬ 
tions,  Prosser,  10,  15. 

Ohio  natural-gas  fields,  Bownocker,  4. 

Oil  and  gas  producing  rocks  of  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  3. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  5. 

Section  across  southern  Indiana,  New¬ 
som,  3. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of 
western  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Structure  of  Dinichthys,  Wright  (A. 
A.),  1. 

Thickness  of  Columbus  limestone, 
Griggs,  1. 

Topography  and  geology  of  Indiana, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Carboniferous  formations  and  faunas 
of  Colorado,  Girty,  3. 

Devonian  formation  in  Colorado,  Cross 
(W.),  5. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Geology  of  the  Needle  Mountains  quad¬ 
rangle,  Cross  and  Howe,  3. 

Geology  of  Rico  quadrangle,  Cross 
(W.),  7. 

Geology  of  southwestern  Montana, 
Douglass,  10. 

Silverton  folio,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Southwestern  region. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita 
Mountains,  Taff,  13. 

Geology  of  Fort  Apache  region,  Reagan, 
3. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

Texas  petroleum,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  1. 

General. 

Faunal  provinces  of  middle  Devonic  of 
America,  Schuchert,  5. 

Oherdevon  Europas  und  Nordamerikas, 
Hartzell,  1. 

Physical  characters  and  history  of 
some  New  York  formations,  Grabau, 

17. 

Siluro-Devonian  boundary  question, 
Williams  (H.  S.),  2. 

District  of  Columbia. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Underground  waters  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,  Darton  and  Fuller,  2. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (geographic 
divisions) . 

Alaska. 

Alaska  glaciers  and  glaciation,  Gilbert, 
13. 

Pacific  coast  glaciers,  Muir,  1. 

Recent  changes  of  level  in  Alaska,  Tarr 
and  Martin,  1. 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Cape  Nome  and 
adjacent  gold  fields  of  the  Seward 
Peninsula,  Brooks  and  others,  1. 

Appalachian  region. 

Anticlinal  folds  near  Meadville,  Pa., 
Smallwood  and  Hopkins,  1. 

Cockeysville  marble,  Mathews  and  Mil¬ 
ler,  1. 

Folded  faults  in  southern  Appalachian, 
Keith,  2,  10. 

Geographic  development  of  northern 
Pennsylvania  and  southern  New 
York,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  9. 

Geologic  relations  of  the  iron  ores  in 
the  Cartersville  district,  Hayes  (C. 
W.),  1. 

Geology  of  Rand  Hill,  Cushing,  2. 

Geology  of  the  Tallulah  gorge,  Jones 
(S.  P.),  1. 

Lineaments  of  the  Atlantic  border  re¬ 
gion,  Hobbs,  22. 

Maynardville  folio,  Keith,  1. 

Misnamed  Indiana  anticline,  Richard¬ 
son  (G.  B.),  1. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 

Paleozoic  limestones  of  Kittatinny  Val¬ 
ley,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  1. 

Recent  work  in  the  bituminous  coal 
field  of  Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M. 
R.),  11. 

Structure  of  the  Piedmont  Plateau, 
Mathews,  5. 

Atlantic  coast,  region. 

Bathymetrical  features  of  the  north 
Polar  seas,  Nansen,  2. 

Submarine  canyon  of  Hudson  River, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  12. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Canada. 

Composition  of  Canadian  limestone, 
Donald,  2. 

Cuspate  forelands,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 

8. 

Eboulement  &  Saint  Luc  de  Vincennes, 
Laflamme,  2. 

Earthquakes  in  New  Brunswick,  Kain, 

1. 

Frank  disaster,  Fernie,  1. 

Frank  disaster,  Green,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Moose  River  gold  dis¬ 
trict,  Woodman,  4. 

Geology  of  the  Paleozoic  basin,  Ells 
(It.  W.),  1. 

Frank  disaster,  Smith  (F.  B.),  2. 

Landslide  at  Frank,  Alberta,  McCon¬ 
nell  and  Brock,  1. 

Landslide  on  the  Li&vre  River,  Barlow, 

9. 


444 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (geographic 
divisions)  — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Landslide  on  Libvre  River,  Ells  (R. 
W.),  16. 

Modifications  remarquables  causees  a 
l’embouchure  de  la  Rivibre  Ste. 
Anne,  Lafiamme,  1. 

Natural  history  and  physiography  of 
New  Brunswick,  Ganong,  3. 

Physiography  of  Acadia,  Daly,  1. 

Raised  shore  lines  of  St.  Lawrence 
Valley  and  Great  Lakes,  Chalmers,  6. 

Recent  folds  in  Lorraine  shales,  Wil¬ 
son  (A.  W.  G.),  4. 

Rock  basins  of  Helen  mine,  Michipico- 
ten,  Canada,  Coleman,  11. 

Rock  movements  in  the  Laurentian  and 
Huronian  areas,  Mills  (S.  D.),  1. 

Rock-slide  at  Alberta,  Brewer  (W.  M.), 

10. 

Rock-slide  at  Frank,  Haanel,  1. 

Seismology  in  Canada,  Stupart,  1. 

Shore  lines  and  landslips  of  St.  Law¬ 
rence  Valley,  Chalmers,  1. 

Was  Mount  Royal  an  active  volcano? 
Buchan,  1. 

Central  America. 

Additions  to  the  list  of  Nicaragua  vol¬ 
canic  eruptions  in  historic  time, 
Crawford,  4. 

An&lisis  de  cenizas  del  volcan  de  Santa 
Marla,  Villasenor,  1. 

Ausbruch  des  Vulkans  St.  Maria,  Sap¬ 
per,  5,  6. 

Cenizas  del  volcan  de  Santa  Marla, 
Ordonez,  13. 

Earthquake  and  volcanic  eruption  in 
Guatemala,  Eisen,  1. 

Earthquakes  in  Nicaragua,  Crawford,  j 

1. 

Erdbeben  in  Guatemala,  Sapper,  4. 

Flutschwankungen  und  die  vulkan- 
ischen  Ereignisse  in  Mittelamerika,  | 
Krebs,  1. 

List  of  most  important  volcanic  erup¬ 
tions  and  earthquakes  in  western 
Nicaragua  within  historic  time, 
Crawford”,  3. 

Recent  earthquakes,  Rockstroh,  1. 

Siidlichsten  Vulkane  Mitlel-Amerikas, 
Sapper,  2. 

Volcanoes  and  earthquakes  in  Nica¬ 
ragua,  Crawford,  2. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  Guatemala,  Win- 
terton,  1. 

Vulkan  Izalco,  Sapper,  7. 

Vulkanausbrucli  in  Mittelamerika,  Sap¬ 
per,  23. 

Vulcanischen  Ereignisse  in  Mittel 
amerika,  Sapper,  20,  21. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Basin-range  structure  in  the  Death 
Valley  region,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  13. 

Basin-range  structure  of  the  Humboldt 
region,  Louderback,  4. 

Colossal  bridges  of  Utah,  Dyar,  1. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (geographic 
divisions) — Continued. 

Great  Basin  region — Continued. 

Colossal  bridges  of  Utah,  Winchell 
(N.  H.),  22. 

Current  notes  on  physiography.  Davis 
(W.  M.),  17. 

Fault  slip  in  Ogden  Canyon,  Talmage, 

1. 

Faulting  at  Tonopah,  Spurr,  24. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  and  vein  phenomena  of  Ari¬ 
zona,  Comstock  (T.  B.),  1. 

Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Spurr,  29. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  1. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda 
County,  Nev.,  Turner,  5. 

Hurricane  fault  in  southwestern  Utah, 
Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  1. 

Hurricane  fault  in  the  Toquerville  dis¬ 
trict,  Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  2. 

Joint  veins,  Gilbert,  8. 

Landslides  of  Echo  and  Vermilion 
cliffs,  Dodge,  1. 

Mountain  ranges  of  Great  Basin, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  46. 

Origin  and  structure  of  the  Basin 
ranges,  Spurr,  1. 

Origin  of  Basin  ranges,  Gilbert,  11. 

Plateau  province  of  Utah  and  Arizona, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  45. 

Stratigraphy  of  Uinta  Mountains,  Ber- 
key,  8. 

Structure  and  genesis  of  the  Comstock 
lode,  Reid  (J.  A.),  3. 

Structures  of  Basin  ranges,  Keyes,  45. 

Wasatch,  Canyon,  and  House  ranges, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  59. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Beach  structure  in  Medina  sandstone, 
Fairchild,  1. 

Delta  of  St.  Clair  River,  Cole  (L.  J.), 

1. 

Ellipsoidal  structure  in  pre-Cambrian 
rocks  of  Lake  Superior  region,  Cle¬ 
ments,  4. 

Evidences  of  caves  of  Put-in-Bay  on 
question  of  land  tilting,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  16. 

Geothermal  gradient  in  Michigan, 
Lane,  13,  16,  27. 

Hydration  caves,  Kraus,  7. 

Junction  of  Lake  Superior  sandstone 
and  Keeweenawan  ti’aps,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  2. 

Wave  cutting  on  west  shore  of  Lake 
Huron,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  3. 

Wisconsin  shore  of  Lake  Superior, 
Collie,  1. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Concretions  of  Ottawa  County,  Bell 
(W.  T.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


445 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (geographic 
divisions) — Continued. 

Great  Plains  region — Continued. 

Erosion  on  the  Great  Plains,  Upham, 

25. 

Geology  of  the  Black  Hills,  Jaggar,  5. 

Mountain  growths  of  Great  Plains, 
Willis,  10. 

Sand  crystals  and  their  relation  to 
concretionary  formations,  Barbour 
(E.  H.),  6. 

Greenland. 

Samples  of  the  sea  floor  along  the  coast 
of  east  Greenland,  Boggild,  3. 

Gulf  region. 

Recent  elevation  of  Gulf  coast, 
Vaughan,  11. 

Hawaiian  Islands. 

Brevity  of  tuff  cone  eruptions,  Bishop 
(S.  E.),  1. 

Characteristics  of  Kau,  Emerson 
(J.  S.),  1. 

Eruption  of  Mauna  Loa,  Wood  (Ed¬ 
gar),  1. 

Kilauea  again  active,  Hitchcock 
(C.  H.),  9. 

Mohokea  caldera  on  Hawaii,  Hitchcock 
(C.  H.),  3. 

Mexico. 

Area  cubierta  por  la  ceniza  del  volcan 
de  Santa  Maria,  Bose.  6. 

Condiciones  tectdnicas  de  la  Republica 
Mexicana,  Aguilera,  2. 

Eruptions  du  volcan  de  Colima,  Ord¬ 
onez,  10. 

Eruptions  of  Colima,  Arreola,  1. 

Geographic  and  geologic  features  and 
their  relation  to  the  mineral  prod¬ 
ucts  of  Mexico,  Hill  (R.  T.),  4. 

Geology  of  western  Mexico,  Farring¬ 
ton,  13. 

Latest  eruption  of  Colima  volcano, 
Ishikawa,  1. 

Origen  de  los  temblores  de  Zanatepec, 
Bose,  5. 

Profil  durch  den  Ostabfall  der  Sierra 
Madre  Oriental,  Bose,  2. 

Regiones  de  temblores  en  Mexico,  Bose, 
4. 

Temblor  en  Guerrero,  Bose  and  Anger- 
mann,  1. 

Volcan  de  Tacana,  Bose,  3. 

Volcanes  de  Zacapu,  Ordofiez,  9. 

Xinantacatl  ou  volcan  Nevado  de  Tol¬ 
uca,  Ordonez,  7. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Age  of  the  Kansan  drift  sheet,  Iler- 
shey,  4. 

Corrading  action  of  river  water  during 
floods,  Morscher,  1. 

Devonian  interval  in  Missouri,  Keyes, 

26. 

Evidence  of  local  subsidence,  Campbell 
(J.  T.),  1. 

Geologic  relations  of  the  human  relics 
of  Lansing,  Kans.,  Chamberlin  (T. 
C.),  5. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (geographic 
divisions)  — Continued. 

Mississippi  Valley  region — Continued. 

Geology  of  Miller  County,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Kansas  River  flood,  Haworth,  5. 

Iving-Ritter  fault,  Ruhl,  1. 

Loess  with  horizontal  shearing  planes, 
Udden,  4. 

New  Madrid  earthquake,  Broadhead,  3. 

New  Madrid  earthquake,  McGee,  1. 

New  Madrid  earthquake,  Shepard,  3. 

Observations  at  Pegmatite  Hill,  Ruhl, 

2. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  in  southwestern 
Ohio,  Miller  (A.  M.),  1. 

River  beds  and  bluffs,  Heiney,  1. 

Smoking  bluffs  of  the  Missouri  River 
region,  Powers,  1. 

Terrace  formation  in  Turkey  River 
Valley,  Finch  (G.  E.),  1. 

New  England  and  New  York. 

Alnoite  dikes  in  East  Canada  Creek, 
Schneider,  10. 

Ames  Knob,  North  Haven,  Me.,  Willis, 

12. 

Differential  movement  along  New  Eng¬ 
land  coast.  Curtis,  4. 

Erosion  by  flying  sand,  Julien,  2. 

Eruptive  dikes  near  Ithaca,  Schneider, 
7. 

Folds  on  the  border  of  the  Appklachian 
system,  Kindle,  4. 

Geologic  features  within  the  8,000-acre 
grant,  Sheldon  and  Sheldon,  1. 

Geological  history  of  Charles  River, 
Mass.,  Clapp,  1. 

Geological  structure  of  southwestern 
New  England,  Hobbs,  14. 

,  Geology  of  Ascutney  Mountain,  Daly, 
7. 

Geology  of  the  serpentines  of  central 
New  York,  Schneider,  6. 

Glacial  phenomena  in  Adirondacks  and 
Champlain  Valley,  Ogilvie,  1. 

Landslides  of  Mount  Greylock  and 
Briggsville,  Mass.,  Cleland,  1. 

Marcellus  fault,  Schneider,  3. 

Micaceous  cross-banding  of  strata, 
Woodworth,  1. 

Nantucket  shore  lines,  Gulliver,  3. 

New  dike  at  Ithaca,  Barnett,  1. 

Newark  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Val¬ 
ley,  Hobbs,  2. 

Origin  of  channels  surrounding  Man¬ 
hattan  Island,  Hobbs,  24. 

Overthrust  faults  in  central  New  York, 
Wheelock,  2. 

Overthrust  faults  in  New  York,  Schnei¬ 
der,  9. 

Rate  of  lateral  erosion  at  Niagara, 
Wright  (G.  F.),  3. 

Representatives  of  pre-Wisconsin  till, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  1. 

River  terraces  of  New  England,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  3. 

River  system  of  Connecticut,  Hobbs,  3. 


44G 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (geographic 
divisions)  — Continued. 

New  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Rocks  of  Itondout,  Van  Ingen  and 
Clark,  1. 

Sand  plains  of  Glacial  lake  Sudbury. 
Goldthwait,  1. 

Still  rivers  of  western  Connecticut. 
Hobbs,  G. 

Taconic  physiography,  Dale,  9. 

Tectonic  geography  of  southwestern 
New  England  and  southeastern  New 
York,  Hobbs,  23. 

Terraces  of  Westfield  River,  Mass.,  Da¬ 
vis  (W.  M.),  28. 

Undulations  of  the  Lockport  limestone, 
Gilbert,  24. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich  and  Smith, 
1. 

Natural  gas  explosion  near  Waldron, 
Tnd..  Newsom,  2. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Anticlinal  mountain  ridges  in  central 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O. ),  10. 

Asymmetry  of  crest  lines  in  the  high 
Sierra  of  California,  Gilbert,  19. 

Berkeley  Hills,  Lawson  and  Palaehe,  1. 

Clastic  dikes,  Newsom,  4. 

Drainage  features  of  California,  Law- 
s<$n  (A.  C.),  2. 

Ellensburg  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Erosion  on  the  Pacific  coast,  Holder,  2. 

Fault-system,  Gunther,  2. 

Geological  section  of  the  coast  ranges, 
Osmont,  1. 

Geology  of  Mineral  King,  Knopf  and 
Thelen,  1. 

Geology  of  Salinas  Valley,  Nutter.  1. 

Geomorphogeny  of  Klamath  Mountains, 
Diller,  3. 

Glacier  of  Mount  Lyell,  Lee  (W.  T.), 

10. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  stra¬ 
tigraphy  of  coast  of  southern  Califor¬ 
nia,  Arnold  and  Arnold.  1. 

Origin  of  transverse  mountain  valleys, 
Le  Conte.  1. 

Post-Tertiary  elevation  of  the  Sierra 
Nevada.  Turner,  10. 

Profile  of  maturity  in  Alpine  glacial 
erosion.  Johnson  (W.  D. ),  3. 

Significance  of  Cretaceous  outliers  in 
Klamath  region.  Hershey,  11. 

Significance  of  term  Sierran,  Hershey, 

8. 

Structure  of  Klamath  Mountains,  Her 
shey,  17. 

Subsidence  of  Santa  Catalina,  Ritter 
(W.  E.),  1. 

Panama - 

Geology  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama, 
Hershey,  5. 

Philippine  Islands. 

Volcanoes  and  seismic  centers  of  the 
Philippine  Archipelago,  Maso,  1. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geologry  (geographic 
divisions) — Continued. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Boston  Mountain  physiography,  Her¬ 
shey,  12. 

Complicated  fault  system,  Bacorn,  1. 
Cripple  Creek,  Lakes,  2. 

Cripple  Creek  volcano,  Rickard  (T.  A.), 

1. 

Effect  of  cliff  erosion  on  form  of  con¬ 
tact  surfaces,  Fenneman,  6. 

Erosion  on  the  Great  Plains  and  on 
the  Cordilleran  Mountain  belt,  Up- 
ham,  25. 

Examples  of  Colorado  faults.  Lakes,  95. 
Fault-planes  in  the  Dakota  fire-clay 
beds  at  Golden,  Patton.  3. 

Faults  in  the  Dakota  formation  at 
Golden,  Patton,  4. 

Fracture  valley  system,  Iddings.  2. 
Geology  of  Castle  Rock  region.  Lee  (W. 
T.L  2. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills.  Darton.  1. 
Geology  of  Silverton  quadrangle,  Cross, 
1. 

Geology  of  the  Boulder  district,  Fenne¬ 
man.  10. 

Glacial  erosion  in  the  Sawatch  Range, 
Davis  (W.  M. ),  54. 

Glaciation  of  the  Sawatch  Range,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  58. 

Hanging  valleys  of  Georgetown,  Cros¬ 
by.  6. 

Hydrographic  history  of  South  Dakota, 
Todd  (J.  E.),  4. 

Laccoliths  of  the  Black  Hills,  Jaggar,  1. 
La  Plata  folio.  Cross  and  Spencer.  1. 
Oil  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains. 
Willis,  4. 

Overturns  in  the  Denver  basins,  Hen¬ 
derson  (J. ),  1. 

Recent  earth  movements.  Lakes,  42. 
Spanish  Peaks  folio,  Hills,  1. 
Stratigraphy  and  structure,  Lewis  and 
Livingston  ranges.  Mont.,  Willis.  G. 
Structure  of  Front  Range,  northern 
Rocky  Mountains,  Mont.,  Willis,  7. 
Volcanoes,  Lakes,  34. 

South  western  reg  io  n . 

Block  Mountains  in  New  Mexico,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.),  7. 

Block  Mountains  in  New  Mexico.  Keyes. 
37. 

Caliche  of  southern  Arizona.  Blake  (W. 
P-),  4. 

Coast  prairie  of  Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  1. 
Colgate  folio,  Taff,  2. 

Depositional  measure  of  unconformity. 
Keyes,  1. 

Earthquakes  in  New  Mexico,  Bagg,  4. 
Laws  of  formation  of  New  Mexico 
mountain  ranges.  Herrick  (C.  L.),4. 
Plication  in  the  rocks  of  Cananea. 
Blake  (W.  P.).  17. 

Miniature  overthrust  fault  and  anti¬ 
cline,  Purdue,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


447 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (geographic 
divisions )  — Continued. 

Southwestern  region— Continued. 

Peneplains  of  the  Ozark  highland,  Her- 
shey,  1. 

Structures  of  Basin  ranges,  Keyes,  45. 

Topography  and  geology  of  New  Mex¬ 
ico,  Jewett,  1. 

Valleys  of  solution  in  northern  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Purdue,  1. 

West  Indies. 

Activity  of  Mont  Pelee,  Heilprin,  4. 

Antillean  volcanoes,  McGee,  3. 

Ausbruchsperiode  des  Mont  Pele,  Stii- 
bel,  2. 

Bibliography  of  West  Indian  eruptions, 
Ilovey  (E.  O. ),  32. 

Composition  des  gaz  des  fumerolles  du 
Mont  Pelee,  Gautier,  1. 

Der  Vulkan,  Haas,  1. 

Die  vulcanischen  Kleinen  Antillen  und 
die  Ausbriiche  der  Jahre,  1902  und 
1903,  Sapper,  19. 

Erosion  phenomena  in  St.  Vincent  and 
Martinique,  Ilovey  (E.  O.),  35. 

Erosion  phenomena  on  islands  of  St. 
Vincent  and  Martinique,  Ilovey  (E. 
O.),  30. 

Erosion  phenomena  on  Mont  Pelee  and 
Soufri&re,  Hovey  (E..  O.),  24. 

Eruption  de  la  Martinique,  Lacroix  and 
others,  1. 

Eruption  de  la  Montagne  Pelee,  La¬ 
croix,  13. 

Eruption  de  la  Montagne  Pelee,  Michel- 
Levy,  1. 

Eruption  du  volcan  de  Saint-Vincent, 
Lacroix,  15. 

Eruption  of  Pelee,  Jaggar,  8. 

Eruption  of  Mount  Pelee,  Jaggar,  G. 

Eruption  volcanique  a  la  Martinique, 
Thierry,  1. 

Eruptions  de  Saint-Vincent,  Lacroix,  19. 

Eruptions  des  nuages  de  la  Montagne 
Pelee,  Lacroix,  12. 

Eruptions  of  1902  of  La  Soufribre.  St. 
Vincent,  and  Mont  Pelee,  Martinique. 
Ilovey  (E.  O. ),  9. 

Eruptions  of  La  Soufriere,  St.  Vincent, 
in  May,  1902,  Ilovey  (E.  O.),  10. 

Eruptions  of  Mont  Pele  and  the  Sou¬ 
friere,  Ilovey  (E.  O. ),  33. 

Eruptions  of  Soufriere,  Anderson  and 
Flett,  2. 

Eruptions  volcaniques  de  la  Martinique, 
Lacroix,  11. 

Etat  actuel  du  volcan  de  la  Montagne 
Pelee,  Lacroix,  8. 

Etat  actuel  de  la  Soufri&re  de  la  Gua¬ 
deloupe,  Lacroix,  14. 

Field  notes  of  a  geologist  in  Martin¬ 
ique  and  St.  Vincent,  Jaggar,  2. 

Gaz  des  fumerolles  du  Mont  Pel6e, 
Moissan,  1. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
Antigua,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  1. 


Dynamic  and.  structural  geology  (geographic 
divisions) — Continued. 

West  Indies — Continued. 

Geological  and  physical  developme-nt  of 
Augilla,  St.  Martin,  St.  Bartholo¬ 
mew,  and  Sombrero,  Spencer  (J.  W.). 
3. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
Guadaloupe,  Spencer  (J.  W. ),  2. 
Geological  and  physical  development  of 
the  St.  Christopher  chain  and  Saba 
banks,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  4. 

Geological  features  of  Azores,  Howarth, 

1. 

Geological  relationship  of  volcanoes  of 
West  Indies,  Spencer  (J.  W. ),  8. 
Grande  Soufriere  of  Guadeloupe,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  31. 

Grand  Soufrifere  of  St.  Vincent,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  28. 

Inner  cone  of  Mont  Pelee,  Hovey  (E. 
O.),  23. 

Krater  der  Soufriere  von  St.  Vincent, 
Sapper,  16. 

La  Montagne  Pelfee  et  ses  eruptions, 
Lacroix,  20. 

Martinique,  Sapper,  15. 

Martinique  and  St.  Vincent ;  prelimi¬ 
nary  report  upon  the  eruptions  of 
1902.  Hovey  (E.  O.),  12. 

Martinique  and  St.  Vincent  revisited, 
Hovey  (E.  0.1.  18. 

Martinique  und  St  Vincent,  Stiibel.  1. 
Martinique  und  sein  Vulkanismus, 
Deckert,  2. 

Massive-solid  volcanic  eruptions,  Rus¬ 
sell,  13. 

Mechanism  of  Mont  Pele  spine,  Gil¬ 
bert,  16. 

Mission  de  la  Martinique,  Lacroix,  4, 
■16. 

Mont  Pele,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  20. 

Mont  Pele,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  26. 

Mont  Pelee,  Jaggar,  4. 

Mont  Pelee  and  tragedy  of  West  In¬ 
dies,  Heilprin,  3. 

Mont  Pelee — the  eruptions  of  August 
24  and  30,  1902,  Heilprin,  7. 

Nature  of  Pele  tower,  Heilprin,  8. 
Nature  of  phenomena  of  eruption  of 
Mont  Pelee,  Divers,  1. 

New  cone  and  obelisk  of  Mont  Pele, 
Hovey  (E.  O. ),  29. 

New  cone  of  Mont  Pele,  Hovey  (E.  O.), 
17. 

Next  eruption  of  Pel£e,  Jaggar,  3. 
Obelisk  of  Mont  I'elee,  Heilprin,  6. 
Obelisk  of  Mont  Pele,  Hovey  (E.  O.), 
21. 

Obelisk  of  Montagne  I’elee,  Heilprin, 
5,  G. 

Observations  sur  les  Eruptions  vol¬ 
caniques,  Lacroix,  7. 

Peculiar  character  of  eruption  of  Mont 
Pel£e,  Verrill,  1. 

Pele  and  the  evolution  of  the  Wind¬ 
ward  Archipelago,  Hill  (R.  T.),  16. 


448 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (geographic 
divisions)— Continued. 

West  Indies — Continued. 

Fele  obelisk,  Russell,  12,  22. 

Pelee’ s  obelisk,  Argali  (P.  H.),  1. 

Presence  de  l’argon  dans  les  gaz  des 
fumerolles  de  la  Guadeloupe,  Mois- 
san,  2. 

Recent  eruptions  of  Mont  Pelee, 
Nicholls,  1. 

Recent  tuffs  of  the  Soufriere,  Ilowe 
(E.),  2. 

Recent  volcanic  eruptions,  Anderson 
(T.),  1. 

Recent  volcanic  eruptions  in  West  In¬ 
dies,  Milne,  1. 

Recent  volcanic  eruptions  in  West  In¬ 
dies,  Russell,  3. 

St.  Vincent,  Sapper,  18. 

St.  Vincent,  eruptions  of  1902,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  36. 

Secondary  phenomena  of  West  Indian 
volcanic  eruptions,  Curtis,  1. 

Soufriere  of  St.  Vincent,  Hovey  (E. 
O.),  27. 

Spine  on  Mont  Pelee,  Jaggar,  7. 

Tower  of  Pelee,  Heilprin,  9,  10. 

Visit  to  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent 
after  the  great  eruptions  of  May  and 
June,  1902,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  11. 

Volcanic  action  and  the  West  Indian 
eruptions  of  1902,  Lobley,  1. 

Volcanic  disturbances  in  West  Indies, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  6. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indies, 
Anderson  (T.),  2. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indies, 
Burns,  1. 

Volcanic  eruptions  on  Martinique  and 
St.  Vincent,  Russell,  4. 

Volcanoes  of  Caribbean  Islands,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  22. 

Volcanoes  of  Martinique,  Guadeloupe, 
and  Saba,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  44. 

Volcanoes  of  St.  Vincent,  St.  Kitts, 
and  Statia,  Hovey  (  E.  O.),  45. 

Vulcangebiete  Mittelamerikas  und 
Westindiens,  Sapper,  24. 

Vulkane  Pele,  Krakatau,  Etna,  Vesuv, 
Kewitsch,  1. 

Vulcanische  Asche  vom  Vulcan  Soufri- 
bre,  Klein,  1. 

Vulkanischen  Ausbriiche  auf  den  Ivlei- 
nen  Antillen,  Hoernes,  1. 

Vulkanischen  Ereignisse  in  Westindien, 
Bergeat,  1. 

Vulkanske  udbrud  i  Vestindien,  Kol- 
derup,  3. 

West  Indian  eruptions  of  1902,  Cur¬ 
tis,  2. 

West  Indian  volcanic  eruptions,  Milne, 

2. 

Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter). 

Caves. 

Cave  regions  of  the  Ozarks  and  Black 
Hills,  Owen,  4. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Caves — Continued. 

Colossal  cavern,  Kentucky,  Hovey  (H. 
C.),  2. 

Crystal  cave,  South  Dakota,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  34. 

Geology  of  Jacobs  Cavern,  Gould,  12. 

Grottes  des  Etats-unis  d'Amerique,  Le 
Couppey  de  la  Forrest,  1. 

Hydration  caves,  Kraus,  7. 

New  Brunswick  caves,  Bailey  (L.  W.), 
9. 

Note  on  Oliver’s  cave,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
26. 

Origin  of  caves  of  Put-in-Bay,  Kraus,  6. 

Scientific  exploration  of  caves,  Martel, 

1. 

Concretions. 

Concretions  from  Connecticut  Valley, 
Sheldon,  1. 

Concretions  in  the  Chemung  of  New 
York,  Kindle,  5. 

Concretions  of  the  Pierre  shale,  Bar¬ 
bour  (C.  A.),  2. 

Deformation. 

Geographic  development  of  northern 
Pennsylvania  and  southern  New 
York,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  9. 

Niagara  domes  of  northern  Indiana, 
Kindle,  3. 

Physiography  and  deformation  of  the 
Wenatchee-Chelan  district,  Willis,  11. 

Earthquakes. 

Audubon’s  account  of  the  New  Madrid 
earthquake,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  28. 

Earthquake  and  volcanic  eruption  in 
Guatemala,  Eisen,  1. 

Earthquake  records  from  Guam,  Abbe,  4. 

Earthquakes,  Dutton,  1. 

Earthquakes  in  New  Mexico,  Bagg,  4. 

Earthquakes  in  Nicaragua,  Crawford,  1. 

Earthquakes  in  the  New  Madrid  area, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  41. 

Erdbeben  in  Guatemala,  Sapper,  4. 

Erdbebenherde  und  Schiittergebiete 
von  Nord-Amerika,  Deckert,  1.. 

Les  Etats-Unis  sismiques,  Montessus 
de  Ballore,  1. 

List  of  the  most  important  volcanic 
eruptions  and  earthquakes  in  west¬ 
ern  Nicaragua  within  historic  time, 
Crawford,  3. 

New  Madrid  earthquake,  Broadhead,  3. 

New  Madrid  earthquake,  McGee,  1. 

New  Madrid  earthquake,  Shepard,  3. 

Origen  de  los  temblores  de  Zanatepec, 
Bose,  5. 

Recent  changes  of  level  in  Alaska,  Tarr 
and  Martin,  1. 

Recent  earthquakes,  Davison  (C.),  1. 

Recent  earthquakes  in  Guatemala, 
Rockstroh,  1. 

Recent  earthquakes  in  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Ivain,  1. 


449 


F OR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

E  arthquakes — Continued. 

Records  of  the  seismographs  in  North  i 
America  and  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
Reid  (H.  F.),  14. 

Regiones  de  temblores  en  Mexico,  Bose, 

4. 

Seismology  in  Canada,  Stupart,  1. 

Temblor  en  Guerrero,  Bose  and  Anger  - 
mann,  1. 

Volcanoes  and  earthquakes,  Hixon,  2. 

Volcanoes  and  earthquakes  in  Nica¬ 
ragua,  Crawford,  2. 

Volcanoes  and  seismic  centers  of  the 
Philippine  Archipelago,  Maso,  1. 

Erosion. 

Age  of  the  Kansan  drift  sheet,  Her- 
shey,  4. 

Asymmetry  of  crest  lines  in  the  high 
Sierra  of  California,  Gilbert,  19. 

Broad  valleys  of  the  Cordilleras,  Sha- 
ler,  1. 

Colossal  bridges  of  Utah,  Dyar,  1. 

Colossal  bridges  of  Utah,  Winchell 
(N.  H.),  22. 

Concretions  of  Ottawa  County,  Bell 
(W.  T.),  1. 

Corrading  action  of  river  water  dur¬ 
ing  floods  Morscher,  1. 

Cuspate  forelands,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 

8. 

Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix,  Berkey,  1. 

Deflection  of  Mississippi,  Bowman 

(I.),  2. 

Depositional  equivalent  of  hiatus  at 
base  of  our  Coal  Measures,  Keyes,  18.  1 

Development  of  cut-off  meanders,  Tow¬ 
er,  1. 

Development  of  river  meanders,  Da¬ 
vis  (W.  M.),  47. 

Drainage  features  of  California,  Law- 
son  (A.  C.),  2. 

Drift  ice  as  a  transporting  agent, 
Prest,  2. 

Drift  ice  as  an  eroding  and  transport¬ 
ing  agent,  Prest,  1. 

Eboulement  a  Saint-Luc-de-Vincennes, 
Laflamme,  2. 

Effect  of  cliff  erosion  on  form  of  con¬ 
tact  surfaces,  Fenneman,  6. 

Ellensburg  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Erosion  by  flying  sand  on  beaches  of 
Cape  Cod,  Julien,  6. 

Erosion  on  the  Great  Plains,  Up- 
ham,  25. 

Erosion  phenomena  in  St.  Vincent  and  I 
Martinique,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  30,  35. 

Erosion  phenomena  on  Mont  Pelee  and 
Soufrifere,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  24. 

Etching  of  quartz  in  interior  of  con¬ 
glomerates,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  2. 

Fjords  and  hanging  valleys,  Upham,  30. 

Formation  of  natural  bridges,  Cleland, 
4. 

Formation  of  Sandusky  Bay,  Mose¬ 
ley,  2. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Erosion — Continued. 

Geographical  cycle  in  an  arid  climate, 
Davis  (W,  M.L  55. 

Geological  history  of  Charles  River, 
Mass.,  Clapp,  1. 

Geology  of  Mineral  King,  Knopf  and 
Thelen,  1. 

Geology  of  Salinas  Valley,  Nutter,  1. 
Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Spun*,  29. 

Geology  of  western  Mexico,  Farring¬ 
ton,  13. 

Glacial  erosion  in  northern  Rockies, 
Matthes,  1. 

Glacial  erosion  in  the  Sawatch  Range, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  54. 

Glaciation  of  the  Sawatch  Range,  Da¬ 
vis  (W.  M.),  58. 

Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  1. 

Hurricane  fault  in  the  Toquerville  dis¬ 
trict,  Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  2. 
Ice  erosion  theory  a  fallacy,  Fairchild, 
11. 

Instance  of  action  of  ice  sheet  upon 
projecting  rock  masses,  Hobbs,  12. 
Instances  of  moderate  glacial  erosion, 
Tarr,  9. 

Kansas  River  flood,  Haworth,  5. 

Lake  Chelan  and  its  glacier,  Gannett,  3. 
Laws  of  river  flow,  Tutton,  1. 

Leveling  without  base  leveling,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  60. 

Living  plants  as  geological  factors, 
Shimek,  6. 

Modifications  remarquables  caus£es  il 
l’embouchure  de  la  Rivifere  Ste.-Anne, 
Laflamme,  1. 

Mountain  ranges  of  Great  Basin,  Davis 
(W.  M. ),  46. 

Nantucket  shore  lines,  Gulliver,  3. 
Natural  history  and  physiography  of 
New  Brunswick,  Ganong,  3. 

Natural  monuments,  Holder,  4. 

Newark  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Val¬ 
ley,  Hobbs,  2. 

Niagara  group  unconformities  in  In¬ 
diana,  Elrod  (M.  N.),  1. 

Northward  flow  of  ancient  Beaver 
River,  Hice,  1. 

Origin  and  classification  of  placers, 
Smyth  (H.  L.),  1. 

Origin  and  structure  of  the  Basin 
ranges,  Spurr,  1. 

Origin  of  pebble-covered  plains  in  des¬ 
ert  regions,  Blake  (W.  I’.),  11. 
Particular  case  of  glacial  erosion,  Sar- 
deson,  14. 

Past  and  future  of  Niagara  Falls,  Up¬ 
ham,  22. 

Pele  and  the  evolution  of  the  Wind¬ 
ward  Archipelago,  Hill  (R.  T.),  16. 
Peneplains  of  central  France,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  2. 


Bull.  301—06 - 29 


450 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by  I 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Erosion — Continued. 

Feneplains  of  the  Ozark  highlands,  Hex’-  ! 
sbey,  1. 

Physiogi’aphic  features  of  Klamath 
Mountains,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  2. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  in  southwestern 
Ohio,  Miller  (A.  M. ) ,  1. 

Preliminary  report  upon  bluff  and  Mis¬ 
sissippi  alluvial  lands  of  Louisiana, 
Clendenin,  2. 

Profile  of  maturity  in  Alpine  glacial 
erosion,  Johnson  (W.  D.),  3. 

Quaternary  of  southern  California, 
Hershey,  14. 

Rate  of  lateral  erosion  at  Niagara, 
Wright  (G.  F.),  3. 

Recent  shore  forms,  Gregoi’y  (W.  M.), 

1. 

River  action  phenomena,  Todd  (J.  E.), 

1. 

River  beds  and  bluffs,  Heiney,  1. 

Sea  and  mining,  Lakes,  57. 

Sculptui’e  of  massive  rocks,  Gilbert,  20. 

Significance  of  Cretaceous  outliers  in 
Klamath  region,  Hershey,  10. 

Significance  of  U-shaped  and  stx’eam 
channels,  Matthes,  3. 

Still  rivers  of  western  Connecticut,  I 
Hobbs,  6. 

Stoi-y  of  Niagara,  Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  2. 

Taconic  physiography,  Dale,  9. 

Tidal  scour  in  hai’bors,  Frizell,  1. 

Tidal  scour  in  hai’bors,  Hodgdon,  1. 

Twin  lakes  glaciated  area,  Westgate,  1. 

Wasatch,  Canyon,  and  House  ranges, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  59. 

Wave  cutting  on  west  shoi’e  of  Lake 
Huron,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  3. 

Work  of  rivers,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  6. 

Faulting. 

Basin  range  structure  of  the  Humboldt 
region,  Loudei’back,  4. 

Bisection  of  mountain  blocks,  Keyes, 
52. 

Block  Mountains  in  New  Mexico,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.),  7. 

Camp  Bird  and  Smuggler-Union  fis¬ 
sures,  Purington,  10. 

Cockeysville  marble,  Mathews  and  Mil¬ 
ler,  1. 

Conditions  in  veins  and  faults  in  Butte, 
Braden,  1. 

Complicated  fault  system,  Bacorn,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Moi’enci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Cori’elation  of  fracture  systems,  Hobbs, 
25. 

Cross-vein  oi’e-shoots  and  fractures, 
Weed,  22. 

Examples  of  Coloi’ado  faults,  Lakes,  95. 

Faulting  and  mountain  structure  in 
Arizona,  Ransome,  5. 

Faulting  at  Tonopab,  Spurr,  24. 

Fault  phenomena,  Lakes,  93,  94. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Faulting — Continued. 

Fault  phenomena  near  Glen  Echo,  Gil 
bert,  25. 

Fault-planes  in  the  Dakota  fire-clay 
beds  at  Golden,  Patton,  3. 

Fault  slip  in  Ogden  Canyon,  Talmage,  1. 
Fault  system,  Gunther,  2. 

Faults  in  the  Dakota  formation  at 
Golden,  Patton,  4. 

Faults  with  special  reference  to  coal 
and  metal  mining,  Lakes,  92. 

Folded  faults  of  southern  Appala¬ 
chians,  Keith,  2,  10. 

Fracture  valley  system,  Iddings,  2. 
Geologic  structure  of  region  around 
Middlesboro,  Ivy.,  Ashley,  5. 
Geological  structure  of  Jornada  del 
Muei'to,  Keyes,  53. 

Geological  sti’ucture  of  southwestern 
New  England,  Hobbs,  14. 

Geology  and  oi’e  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  and  undei’ground  water  condi¬ 
tions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  and  vein  phenomena  of  Ari¬ 
zona,  Comstock  (T.  B.),  1. 

Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ran¬ 
some,  6. 

Geology  of  the  Boulder  district,  Fen- 
neman,  10. 

Geology  of  the  Moose  River  gold  dis¬ 
trict,  Woodman,  4. 

Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Spurr,  29. 

Gi’and  Canyon  of  the  Colorado,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  1. 

Gi-eat  fault  of  the  Bitterroot  Moun¬ 
tains,  Lindgi’en,  30. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda 
County,  Nev.,  Turner,  5. 

Hurricane  fault  in  southwestern  Utah, 
Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  1. 
Hurricane  fault  in  the  Toquerville  dis¬ 
tinct,  Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  2. 
King-Ritter  fault,  Ruhl,  1. 

Laws  of  formation  of  New  Mexico 
mountain  ranges,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  4. 
Lead,  zinc,  and  fluoi’spar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Uli’ich  and  Smith. 
1. 

Lineaments  of  the  Atlantic  border 
l’egion,  Hobbs,  22. 

Mapping  of  crystalline  schists.  II, 
Basal  assumptions,  Hobbs,  11. 
Marcellus  fault,  Schneider,  3. 

Miniature  ovei-thrust  fault  and  anti¬ 
cline,  Purdue,  2. 

Mountain  ranges  of  Great  Basin,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  46. 

Newai’k  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Val¬ 
ley,  Hobbs,  2. 

Origin  and  structure  of  the  Basin 
ranges,  SpuiT,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


451 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Faulting — Continued. 

Origin  of  transverse  mountain  valleys, 
Le  Conte,  1. 

Overthrust  faults  in  central  New  York, 
Wheelock,  2. 

Overthrust  faults  in  New  York,  Schnei¬ 
der,  9. 

Overthrust  In  northern  Rockies,  Willis, 
9. 

Paleozoic  limestones  of  Kittatinny  Val¬ 
ley,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  1. 

Plateau  province  of  Utah  and  Arizona, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  45. 

Post-Newark  normal  faulting  in  the 
crystalline  rocks  of  southwestern 
New  England,  Hobbs,  19. 

Relation  of  faults  to  topography,  Spurr, 
16. 

River  system  of  Connecticut,  Hobbs,  3. 

Rocks  of  Rondout,  Van  Ingen  and 
Clark,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  structure,  Lewis  and 
Livingston  ranges,  Montana,  Willis, 
6. 

Stratigraphy  of  Uinta  Mountains, 
Berkey,  8. 

Structural  features  of  the  Joplin  dis¬ 
trict,  Siebenthal,  4. 

Structure  and  genesis  of  the  Comstock 
lode,  Reid  (J.  A.),  3. 

Structures  of  Basin  ranges,  Keyes,  45. 

Tectonic  geography  of  southwestern 
New  England  and  southeastern  New' 
York,  Hobbs,  23. 

iiberschiebungen  in  Nordamerika,  Wil¬ 
lis,  14. 

Wasatch,  Canyon,  and  House  ranges, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  59. 

Folding. 

Anticlinal  folds  near  Meadville,  Pa., 
Smallwood  and  Hopkins,  1. 

Anticlinal  mountain  ridges  in  central 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  10. 

Basin-range  structure  in  Death  Valley 
region,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  13. 

Cockeysville  marble,  Mathews  and  Mil¬ 
ler,  1. 

Ellensburg  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Folded  faults  of  southern  Appala¬ 
chians,  Keith,  2,  10. 

Folds  on  the  border  of  the  Appala¬ 
chian  system,  Kindle,  4. 

Geologic  structure  of  region  around 
Middlesboro,  Ky.,  Ashley,  5. 

Geological  structure  of  southwestern 
New  England,  Hobbs,  14. 

Geology  of  Miller  County,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Moose  River  gold  dis¬ 
trict,  Vroodman,  4. 

Mapping  of  crystalline  schists.  II, 
Basal  assumptions,  Hobbs,  11. 

Marcellus  fault,  Schneider,  3. 

Miniature  overthrust  fault  and  anti¬ 
cline,  Purdue,  2, 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
„  subject  matter) — Continued. 

Folding — Continued. 

Misnamed  Indiana  anticline,  Richard¬ 
son  (G.  B.),  1. 

Oil  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains, 
V7illis,  4. 

Origin  and  structure  of  the  Basin 
ranges,  Spurr,  1. 

Overturns  in  the  Denver  basins,  Hen¬ 
derson  (J.),  1. 

Paleozoic  limestones  of  Kittatinny  Val¬ 
ley,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  1. 

Plication  in  the  rocks,  of  Cananea, 
Blake  (W.  P.),  17. 

Recent  folds  in  Lorraine  shales,  WTl- 
son  (A.  W.  G.),  4. 

Recent  work  in  the  bituminous  coal 
field  of  Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M. 
R.),  11. 

Stratigraphy  and  structure,  Lewis  and 
Livingston  ranges,  Montana,  Willis, 
6. 

Structural  details  in  Green  Mountain 
region,  Dale,  1. 

Structure  of  Klamath  Mountains, 
Hershey,  17. 

Structure  of  Piedmont  Plateau,  Ma¬ 
thews,  5. 

Syncline  as  a  structural  type,  Rickard 
(T.  A.),  10. 

Uberschiebungen  in  Nordamerika,  Wil¬ 
lis,  14. 

Glaciers. 

Alaska  glaciers  and  glaciation,  Gilbert. 
13. 

Arapahoe  glacier  in  1905,  Henderson 
(J-),  5. 

Asymmetry  of  crest  lines  in  the  high 
Sierra  of  California,  Gilbert,  19. 
Effect  of  superficial  debris  on  the  ad¬ 
vance  and  retreat  of  some  Canadian 
glaciers,  Ogilvie,  4. 

Flow  of  glaciers  and  their  stratifica¬ 
tion,  Reid  (H.  F.),  12. 

Glacial  erosion  in  northern  Rockies, 
Matthes,  1. 

Glacial  erosion  in  the  Sawatch  Range. 
Davis  (W.  M.),  54. 

Glacial  exploration  in  the  Montana 
Rockies,  Chaney,  1. 

Glacial  studies  in  the  Canadian  Rockies. 
Sherzer,  2. 

Glacier  of  Mount  Lyell,  Lee  (W.  T.),  10. 
Glaciers  of  Alaska.  Davidson,  1. 
Glaciers  of  Mount  Hood  and  Mount 
Adams,  Reid  (II.  F.),  17. 

Lewis  Range  of  Montana  and  its  gla¬ 
ciers,  Matthes.  4. 

Pacific  coast  glaciers,  Muir,  1. 

Profile  of  maturity  in  Alpine  glacial 
erosion,  Johnson  (W\  D.),  3. 
Reconnaissance  of  Mount  Hood  and 
Mount  Adams.  Reid  (H.  F.),  4. 
Relation  of  blue  veins  of  glaciers  to  the 
stratification,  Reid  (H.  F.),  11, 


452 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by  I 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Glaciers — Continued. 

Reservoir  lag  in  glacier  variations,  i 
Reid  (H.  F.),  16. 

Statics  of  a  tidal  glacier,  Gilbert,  12. 
Theory  of  glacial  motion,  Chamberlin 
(T.  C.),  14. 

Structur  des  gronlandischen  Inland- 
eises,  Miigge,  1. 

Translationsfahigkeit  des  Eises,  Miigge, 

Variations  of  glaciers,  Reid  (H.  F.),  2,  I 
3,  5,  8-10,  13. 

Variations  periodiques  des  glaciers,  ! 
Vaux  and  Vaux,  2. 

Intrusion. 

Alnoite  dikes  in  East  Canada  Creek, 
Schneider,  10. 

Classification  of  igneous  rocks,  Daly, 

12. 

Conglomerate  dikes  in  southern  Ari¬ 
zona,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  15. 

Eruption  of  rhyolite,  Gilbert,  9. 

Eruptive  dikes  near  Ithaca,  Schneider,  j 
7. 

Fossiliferous  sandstone  dikes  in  the 
Eocene  of  Tennessee  and  Kentucky, 
Glenn,  S. 

Geology  of  the  Black  Hills,  Jaggar,  5. 
Geology  of  the  serpentines  of  central 
New  York,  Schneider,  6. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Ilighwood  Mountains,  j 
Pirsson,  4. 

Laccoliths  of  the  Black  Hills,  Jaggar,  1. 
Mechanics  of  igneous  intrusion,  Daly,  8.  1 
New  dike  at  Ithaca,  Barnett,  1. 
Observations  at  Pegmatite  Hill,  Ruhl, 

Peridotite  dikes  near  Ithaca,  Matson,  2. 

J  ointing. 

Camp  Bird  and  Smuggler-Union  fis¬ 
sures,  Purington,  10. 

Fault  phenomena  near  Glen  Echo,  Gil¬ 
bert,  25. 

Geological  structure  of  southwestern 
New  England,  Hobbs,  14. 

Geology  of  Miller  County,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Joint  veins,  Gilbert,  2,  8. 

River  system  of  Connecticut,  Hobbs,  3. 
Simultaneous  joints,  Becker,  6. 
Landslides. 

Frank  disaster,  Fernie,  3 
Frank  disaster,  Green,  1. 

Frank  disaster,  Smith  (F.  B.),  2. 
Landslide  at  Frank,  Alberta,  McCon¬ 
nell  and  Brock,  1. 

Landslide  in  Chaco  Canon,  Dodge,  3. 
Landslide  on  the  Lievre  River,  Barlow, 

9. 

Landslide  on  Lievre  River,  Ells  (R. 
W.),  16. 

Landslides  of  Mount  Greylock  and 
Briggsville.  Mass.,  Cleland,  1. 

Rock  slide  at  Alberta,  Brewer  (W.  M.), 

10. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 
Landslides — Continued. 

Rock  slide  at  Frank,  Haanel,  1. 

Turtle  Mountain  rock  slide,  Dowlen,  1. 
Magmatic  differentiation. 

Acidic  magmas,  Stevens  (B.),  4. 

Cause  of  border  segregation  in  igneous 
magmas,  Park,  1. 

Deposition  of  ores  from  an  igneous 
magma*,  Stevenson  (R.),  2. 
Differentiation  of  igneous  magmas, 
Stevens  (B.),  3. 

Geology  of  Ascutney  Mountain,  Daly,  7. 
Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Spurr,  29. 

Igneous  rocks  and  their  segregation, 
Spurr,  12. 

Petrographic  province  of  central  Mon¬ 
tana,  Pirsson,  5. 

Phase  rule  and  conceptions  of  igneous 
magmas,  Read,  5. 

Size  of  grain  in  igneous  rocks,  Lane,  24. 
M  eta  m  o  rp  h  ism. 

Geology  of  Ascutney  Mountain,  Daly,  7. 
Geology  of  Mineral  King,  Knopf  and 
Thelen,  1. 

Limestone-granite  contact  deposits  of 
Washington  Camp,  Crosby,  16. 
Physical  effects  of  contact  metamor¬ 
phism,  Barrell,  2. 

Structure  of  the  Piedmont  Plateau,  Ma¬ 
thews,  5. 

Treatise  on  metamorphism,  Van  Hise. 

12. 

Ore  formation. 

Chemistry  of  copper  deposits,  Lindgren, 
23. 

Chemistry  of  ore  deposition,  Jenney,  4. 
Chemistry  of  ore  deposition,  Sullivan.  1. 
Circulation  of  underground  aqueous  so¬ 
lutions  and  the  deposition  of  lode 
ores,  Finch  (J.  W.),  1. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren.  28. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Copper  Mountain,  Catherinet,  1. 
Deposition  of  copper  by  solutions  of 
ferrous  salts,  Biddle,  1. 

Deposition  of  ores  from-  an  igneous 
magma,  Stevenson  (R.),  1. 
Differentiation  of  igneous  magmas  and 
the  formation  of  ores,  Kemp,  22. 
Enrichment  in  fissure  veins.  Hill  (It. 
T.),  17. 

Enrichment  in  fissure  veins,  Spurr,  30. 
Enrichment  in  veins.  Church,  3. 
Formation  of  lead  and  zinc  deposits  of 
Mississippi  Valley.  Keyes,  16.  20. 
Formation  of  veins.  Kemp,  28. 

Genesis  of  gold  deposits  of  Baskerville, 
Atkin,  1. 

Genesis  of  Lake  Superior  iron  ores. 
Leith,  15. 

Genesis  of  the  magnetite  deposits  in 
Sussex  County,  N.  J.,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),12. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


453 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Ore  formation — Continued. 

Genesis  of.  limonite  ores,  Garrison,  1. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits,  Alderson,  1. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits,  Boehmer,  1. 

Genesis '  of  ore  deposits  at  Bingham, 
Utah,  Boutwell,  14. 

Genetic  relations  of  western  Nevada 
ores,  Spurr,  31. 

Gold  deposition  by  drainage,  Bradford, 

1. 

Igneous  rocks  and  circulating  waters 
as  factors  in  ore  deposition,  Kemp, 
19. 

Limestone-granite  contact  deposits  of 
Washington  Camp,  Crosby,  16. 

Magmatic  origin  of  vein-forming  waters 
in  southeastern  Alaska,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  17. 

Mineral  crest,  Jenney,  3. 

Ore  deposition  and  deep  mining,  Lind- 
gren,  27. 

Ore  deposition  and  vein  enrichment, 
Weed,  20. 

Ore  deposits,  Beck,  2. 

Ore  deposits  near  igneous  contacts, 
Weed,  19. 

Origin  of  Clinton  red  fossil  ore  in 
Lookout  Mountain,  Alabama,  Bow- 
ron,  1. 

Phase  rule  and  conceptions  of  igneous 
magmas,  Read,  5. 

Present  standing  of  applied  geology, 
Ransome,  15. . 

Rock  segregation  and  ore  deposition, 
Stevens  (B.),  2. 

Secondary  enrichment  in  ore  deposits 
of  copper,  Kemp,  33. 

The  new  geology  and  vein  formation, 
Carpenter,  1,  2. 

Theory  of  copper  deposition,  Lane,  28. 

Underground  water  circulation,  Cross 
(C.  M.),  1. 

Orogeny. 

Formation  des  montagnes,  Burckhardt, 

1. 

Mountain  growth  and  mountain  struc¬ 
ture,  Willis,  15. 

Oscillation. 

Ames  Knob,  North  Haven,  Me.,  Willis, 

12. 

Ancient  lake  beaches  on  islands  in 
Georgian  Bay,  Comstock  (F.  M. ),'  2. 

Broad  valleys  of  the  Cordilleras,  Shaler, 

1. 

Correlation  of  formations  of  middle 
West,  Hatcher,  21. 

Differential  movement  along  New  Eng¬ 
land  coast,  Curtis,  4. 

Effect  of  cliff  erosion  on  form  of  con¬ 
tact  surfaces,  Fenneman,  6. 

Evidence  of  local  subsidence,  Campbell 
(J.  T.),  1. 

Evidences  of  caves  of  Put-in-Bay  on 
question  of  land  tilting,  Fuller  (M. 
L.),  16. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Oscillation — Continued. 

Geological  notes,  Hollick,  13. 

Mountain  growths  of  Great  Plains,  Wil¬ 
lis,  10. 

Geology  of  Mississippi  embayment,  Har¬ 
ris,  2. 

Geomorphogeny  of  Klamath  Mountains, 
Diller,  3. 

Hydrographic  history  of  South  Dakota, 
Todd  (J.  E.),  4. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  stra¬ 
tigraphy  of  coast  of  California,  Ar¬ 
nold  and  Arnold,  1. 

Oscillations  in  the  sea  level,  Pearson 
(II.  W.),  1. 

Paleozoic  seas  and  barriers  in  eastern 
North  America,  Ulrich  and  Schu- 
chert,  1. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  Moers  quad¬ 
rangle,  Woodworth,  9. 

Post-Newark  depression  and  subsequent 
elevation  within  the  area  of  south¬ 
western  New  England,  Hobbs,  19. 

Post-Tertiary  elevation  of  the  Sierra 
Nevada,  Turner,  10. 

Raised  beaches,  Pearson  (FI.  W. ),  3. 

Raised  shore  lines  of  St.  Lawrence 
Valley  and  Great  Lakes,  Chalmers,  6. 

Recent  changes  in  the  elevation  of 
land  and  sea  in  the  vicinity  of  New 
York  City,  Tuttle,  1. 

Recent  changes  of  level  in  Alaska,  Tarr 
and  Martin,  1. 

Recent  earth  movements,  Lakes,  42. 

Recent  elevation  of  Gulf  coast, 
Vaughan,  11. 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Cape  Nome  and 
adjacent  fields  of  Seward  Peninsula, 
Brooks  and  others,  1. 

Sand  plains  of  Glacial  Lake  Sudbury, 
Goldthwait,  1. 

Significance  of  Cretaceous  outliers  in 
Klamath  region,  Hershey,  11. 

Submarine  canyon  of  Hudson  River, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  12,  13. 

Submerged  valleys  in  Sandusky  Bay, 
Mosely,  1. 

Terraces  of  Westfield  River,  Mass.,  Da¬ 
vis  (W.  M.),  28. 

Union  of  Cuba  with  Florida,  Spencer 
(.T.  W.),  11. 

Sedimentation. 

Accretion  of  flood  plains  by  sand  bars, 
Simpson,  1. 

Beach  structure  in  Medina  sandstone, 
Fairchild,  1. 

Caliche  of  southern  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  4. 

Concretions  and  their  geological  effects. 
Todd  (J.  E.),  6. 

Delta  of  St.  Clair  River,  Cole  (L.  J.),  1. 

Depositional  measure  of  unconformity, 
Keyes,  1. 

Formation  of  veins,  Kemp,  28. 


454 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Sedimentation — Continued.  • 

Former  extent  of  Newark  system, 
Hobbs,  9. 

Geological,  relationship  of  volcanoes  of 
West  Indies,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  8. 

Geology  of  Charles  River  estuary,  Cros¬ 
by,  7. 

Ice-borne  sediments  in  Minas  basin, 
Bancroft  (.T.  A.),  1. 

Island  tying,  Gulliver,  5. 

Loess  in  the  Missouri  Valley,  Wright 
(G.  F.),  8. 

Origin  of  bedded  breccias  in  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  13. 

Micaceous  cross  banding  of  strata, 
Woodworth,  1. 

Mineral  de  Angangueo,  Ordonez,  11. 

Samples  of  the  sea  floor  along  the  coast 
of  east  Greenland,  Boggild,  3. 

Sea  and  mining,  Lakes,  57. 

Theory  of  formation  of  sedimentary 
deposits,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.)„7. 

Underground  temperature. 

Determination  of  subterranean  temper¬ 
ature,  Gilbert,  22. 

Distribution  of  the  internal  heat  of  the 
earth,  Chamberlin  (T.  C.),  9. 

Geothermal  gradient,  Lane,  13. 

Geothermal  gradient  in  Michigan, 
Lane,  16. 

Investigation  of  subterranean  tempera¬ 
tures  and  gradients,  Gilbert,  6. 

Plans  for  obtaining  subterranean  tem¬ 
peratures,  Gilbert,  21. 

Transmission  of  heat  into  the  earth, 
Lane,  42. 

Variation  of  geothermal  gradient  in 
Michigan,  Lane,  27. 

Volcanoes. 

Activity  of  Mont  Pelee,  Heilprin,  4. 

Analisis  de  cenizas  del  volcan  de 
Santa  Maria,  Villasenor,  1. 

Antillean  volcanoes,  McGee,  3. 

Area  cubierta  por  la  ceniza  del  volcan 
de  Santa  Maria,  Bose,  6. 

Ausbruch  des  Vulkans  S‘t.  Maria,  Sap¬ 
per,  5,  6. 

Ausbruchsperiode  des  Mont  Pele,  Stii- 
bel,  2. 

Bibliography  of  West  Indian  eruptions, 
Hovey  (E.  O.),  32. 

Bogoslof,  our  newest  volcano,  Mer- 
riam  (C.  H.),  1. 

Cenizas  del  volcan  de  Santa  Maria, 
Ordonez,  13. 

Characteristics  of  Kau,  Emerson 
(J.  S.),  1. 

Composition  des  gaz  des  fumerolles  du 
Mont  Pelee,  Gautier,  1. 

Cripple  Creek  volcano,  Rickard  (T.  A.), 

1. 

Der  Vulkan,  Haas,  1. 

Die  vulcanischen  Kleinen  Antillen  und 
die  Ausbriiche  der  Jahre  1902  und 
1903,  Sapper,  19. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  bv 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Volcanoes — Continued. 

Earthquake  and  volcanic  eruption  in 
Guatemala,  Eisen,  1. 

Eruption  de  la  Martinique,  Lacroix 
and  others,  1. 

Eruption  de  la  Montagne  Pel£e,  La¬ 
croix,  13. 

Eruption  de  la  montagne  Pel€e,  Michel- 
Levy,  1. 

Eruption  du  volcan  de  Saint-Vincent, 
Lacroix,  15. 

Eruption  of  Mauna  Loa,  Wood  (Ed¬ 
gar),  1. 

Eruption  of  Pelee,  Jaggar,  8. 

Eruption  of  Mount  Pelee,  Jaggar,  6. 

Eruption  volcanique  a  la  Martinique 
Thierry,  1. 

Eruptions  de  Saint-Vincent.  Lacroix, 
19. 

Eruptions  des  nuages  de  la  Montagne 
Pelee,  Lacroix,  12. 

Eruptions  du  volcan  de  Colima,  Ordo¬ 
nez,  10. 

Eruptions  of  Colima,  Arreola,  1. 

Eruptions  of  La  Soufriere,  St.  Vincent, 
in  May,  1902,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  10. 

Eruptions  of  La  Soufriere,  St.  Vincent, 
and  Mont  Pelee,  Martinique,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  9. 

Eruptions  of  Mont  Pele  and  the  Soufri¬ 
ere,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  33. 

Eruptions  of  Soufriere,  Anderson  and 
Flett,  2. 

Eruptions  volcaniques  de  la  Martin¬ 
ique,  Lacroix,  11. 

Etat  actuel  de  la  Soufriere  de  la 
Guadeloupe,  Lacroix,  14. 

Etat  actuel  du  volcan  de  la  Montagne 
Pelee,  Lacroix,  8. 

Field  notes  of  a  geologist  in  Martin¬ 
ique  and  St.  Vincent,  Jaggar,  2. 

Flutschwankungen  und  die  vulkan- 
ischen  Ereignisse  in  Mittelamerika. 
Krebs,  1. 

Gaz  des  fumerolles  du  Mont  Pelee. 
Moissan,  1. 

Geological  features  of  Azores,  Ho- 
warth,  1. 

Geological  relationship  of  volcanoes  of 
West  Indies,  Spencer  (J.  W. ),  8. 

Geology  and  petrography  of  Crater 
Lake  National  Park.  Diller  and  Pat¬ 
ton.  1. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Snake 
River  Plains,  Russell,  5. 

Geology  of  Crater  Lake.  Diller,  2. 

Grand  Soufriere  of  Guadeloupe,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  28,  31. 

Independencia  de  los  volcanes  de  gri- 
etas  preexistentes,  Bose,  1. 

Inner  cone  of  Mont  Pel£e,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  23. 

Kilauea  again  'active,  Hitchcock 
(C.  H.),  9. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


455 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by  I 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Volcanoes — Continued. 

Krater  der  Soufrifere  von  St.  Vincent, 
Sapper,  16. 

La  Montagne  Pelfee  et  ses  eruptions, 
Lacroix,  20. 

Latest  eruption  of  Colima  volcano, 
v  Ishikawa,  1. 

Martinique,  Sapper,  15. 

Martinique  and  St.  Vincent;  prelimi¬ 
nary  report  upon  the  eruptions  of 
1902,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  12. 

Martinique  and  St.  Vincent  revisited, 
Hovey  (E.  O.),  18. 

Martinique  und  St.  Vincent,  Stiibel,  1. 

Martinique  und  sein  Vulkanismus, 
Deckert,  2. 

Massive-solid  volcanic  eruptions,  Rus¬ 
sell,  13. 

Mechanism  of  Mont  Pele  spine,  Gilbert,  i 
16. 

Mission  de  la  Martinique,  Lacroix,  4, 
16. 

Mohokea  caldera  on  Hawaii,  Hitchcock 
(C.  H.),  3. 

Mont  Pele,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  20,  26. 

Mont  Pelee,  Jaggar,  4. 

Mont  Pelee  and  tragedy  of  Martinique, 
Heilprin,  3. 

Mont  Pelee — the  eruptions  of  August 
24  and  30,  1902,  Heilprin,  7. 

Mount  Pelee,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  19. 

Mount  Pelee,  Jefferson,  2. 

Mud  volcanoes,  Lakes,  58. 

Nature  of  Pele  tower,  Heilprin,  8. 

Nature  of  phenomena  of  eruption  of 
Mont  Pelee,  Divers,  1. 

New  cone  and  obelisk  of  Mont  Pele, 
Hovey  (E.  O.),  29. 

New  cone  of  Mont  Pele,  Hovey  (E.  O.).,  J 
17. 

Next  eruption  of  Pelee,  Jaggar,  3. 

Obelisk  of  Mont  Pele,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  | 

21. 

Obelisk  of  Mont  Pelee,  Heilprin,  6. 

Obelisk  of  Montagne  Pelee,  Heilprin,  5.  , 

Observaciones  geologicas  al  Citlalte-  I 
petl,  Angermann,  4. 

Observatios  sur  les  eruptions  volcan- 
iques,  Lacroix,  7. 

Origen  de  los  temblores  de  Zanatepec, 
Bose,  5. 

Origine  de  l'activite  volcanique,  Meun- 
ier,  1. 

Peculiar  character  of  eruption  of  Mont  I 
Pelee,  Verrill,  1. 

Pele  and  the  evolution  of  the  Wind¬ 
ward  Archipelago,  Hill  (R.  T.),  16. 

Pele  obelisk,  Russell,  12. 

Pele  obelisk,  Russell,  22. 

Pelee’s  obelisk,  Argali  (P.  II.),  1. 

Peleliths,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  21. 

Preliminary  report  on  recent  eruption 
of  Soufrifere  in  St.  Vincent,  and  of  a 
visit  to  Mont  Pelee  in  Martinique, 
Anderson  and  Flett,  1. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 
Volcanoes — Continued. 

Presence  de  l’argon  dans  les  gaz  des 
fumerolles  de  la  Guadeloupe,  Mois- 
san,  2. 

Recent  eruptions  in  West  Indies, 
Milne,  1. 

Recent  eruptions  of  Mont  Pelee,  Nich- 
olls,  1. 

Recent  tuffs  of  the  Soufrifere,  Howe 
(E.),  2. 

Recent  volcanic  eruptions,  Anderson 
(T.),  1. 

Recent  volcanic  eruptions  in  West  In¬ 
dies,  Russell,  3. 

Reconnaissance  of  Mount  Hood  and 
Mount  Adams,  Reid  (H.  F.),  4. 

St.  Vincent,  Sapper,  18. 

St.  Vincent,  eruptions  of  1902,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  36. 

Secondary  phenomena  of  West  Indian 
volcanic  eruptions,  Curtis,  1. 
Soufrifere  of  St.  Vincent,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  27. 

Siidlichsten  Vulkane  Mittel-Amerikas, 
Sapper,  2. 

Tower  of  Pelee,  Heilprin,  9,  10. 

Visit  to  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent 
after  the  great  eruptions  of  May  and 
June,  1902,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  11. 
Volcan  de  Tacana,  Bose,  3. 

Volcanes  de  Zacapu,  Ordonez,  9. 
Volcanic  action  and  the  West  Indian 
eruptions  of  1902,  Lobley,  1. 
Volcanic  disturbances  in  West  Indies, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  6. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  Guatemala,  Win- 
terton,  1. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indies, 
Anderson  (T.),  2. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indies, 
Burns,  1. 

Volcanic  eruptions  on  Martinique  and 
St.  Vincent,  Russell,  4. 

Volcanoes,  Lakes,  34. 

Volcanoes  and  earthquakes,  Ilixon,  2. 
Volcanoes  and  seismic  centers  of  the 
Philippine  Archipelago,  Maso,  1. 
Volcanoes  of  Caribbean  Islands,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  22. 

Volcanoes  of  Martinique,  Guadeloupe, 
and  Saba,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  44. 
Volcanoes  of  St.  Vincent,  St.  Kitts, 
and  Statia,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  45. 
Vulcangebiete  Mittelamerikas  und 
Westindiens,  Sapper,  24. 
Vulkanausbruch  in  Mittelamerika,  Sap¬ 
per,  23. 

Vulkan  Izalco,  Sapper,  7. 

Vulkane  Pele,  Krakatau,  Etna,  Vesuv, 
Kewitsch,  1. 

Vulkane  von  Guatemala  und  Salvador. 
Sapper,  1. 

Vulcanische  Asche  vom  Vulcan  Soufri- 
fere,  Klein,  1. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


456 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

Volcanoes — Continued. 

Yulkanische  Ausbriiche  auf  den 

Kleinen  Antillen,  Hoernes,  1. 

Vulkanische  Ereignisse  in  Mittel- 

amerika,  Sapper,  20,  21. 

Yulkanische  Ereignisse  in  Westindien, 
Bergeat,  1. 

Vulkanske  udbrud  i  Vestindien,  Kold- 
erup,  3. 

West  Indian  eruptions  of  1902,  Curtis,  i 

2. 

West  Indian  volcanic  eruptions,  Milne, 

2. 

Xinantacatl  ou  volcan  Nevado  de  To¬ 
luca,  Ordonez,  7. 

Weathering. 

Action  of  frost  on  soil,  Roberts,  1. 

Bowlders  due  to  rock  decay,  Upham,  24. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Virgilina  cop¬ 
per  district,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 

Heat  and  frost  in  weathering  of  stone, 
Barnum,  1. 

Weathering  of  granitic  rocks,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  4. 

General. 

Abstraction  of  oxygen  from  the  atmos¬ 
phere  by  iron,  Smyth  (C.  H.),  7. 

Aqueous  origin  of  loess,  Wright  (G. 
F.),  11. 

Arroyo  formation,  Dodge,  3. 

Autophytography,  White  (C.  II.),  2. 

Basalt  mounds  of  the  Columbia  lava, 
Piper,  1. 

Bathymetrical  features  of  the  north 
Polar  seas,  Nansen,  2. 

Blazing  beach,  Penhullow,  7. 

Buried  cypress  forests,  Bibbins,  3. 

Caliche  of  southern  Arizona,  Blake 
(W.  P.),  3. 

Celestite-bearing  rocks,  Kraus,  5. 

Clastic  dikes,  Newsom,  4. 

Climatic  features  in  the  land  surface, 
Penck,  1. 

Colorado  Canyon,  Davis  (W.  M.),  61. 

Comparison  of  features  of  the  earth 
and  the  moon,  Shaler,  2. 

Configuration  of  rock  floor  of  Greater 
New  York,  Hobbs,  27. 

Connection  by  precise  leveling  between 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans,  Hay- 
ford,  1. 

Connection  by  precise  leveling  between 
Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans,  Wil¬ 
liams  (E.  H.),  3. 

Controlling  sand  dunes  in  the  United 
States  and  Europe,  Hitchcock  (A. 
S.),  1. 

Copper  ore  and  garnet  in  association, 
Blake  (W.  I*.),  16. 

Correction,  Van  Hise,  16. 

Crystosplienes  in  northern  America, 
Tyrrell,  3. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  19,  42. 

Deposition  of  the  loess,  Owen,  5. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Derivation  of  the  terrestrial  spheroid 
from  the  rhombic  dodecahedron, 
Keyes,  3. 

Devonian  interval  in  Missouri,  Keyes, 
26. 

Differential  thermal  conductivity  of 
certain  schists,  Thelen,  1. 
Discoloration  of  rocks,  Comstock  (T. 

B.  ),  4. 

Distribution  of  the  internal  heat  of  the 
earth,  Chamberlin  (T.  C.),  6. 

Domes  and  dome  structure  of  the  high 
Sierra,  Gilbert,  17. 

Drumlins  of  southeastern  Wisconsin, 
Alden,  4. 

Earth  carving,  Scott  (W.  B.),  2. 

Effect  of  cliff  erosion  on  form  of  con¬ 
tact  surfaces,  Fenneman,  6. 

Effect  of  shore  line  on  waves,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  32. 

Effects  due  to  lightning  discharge,  Hal- 
lock,  1. 

Ellipsoidal  structure  in  pre-Cambrian 
rocks  of  Lake  Superior  region,  Clem¬ 
ents,  4. 

Etching  of  quartz  in  interior  of  con¬ 
glomerates,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  2. 
Evidences  (?)  of  water-deposition  of 
loess,  Shimek,  14. 

Examples  of  joint-controlled  drainage, 
Hobbs,  26. 

Experimental  investigation  into  flow 
of  marble,  Adams  and  Nicholson,  2. 
Experimental  work  on  flow  of  rocks, 
Adams  and  Nicho’son,  1. 

Experiments  illustrating  intrusion  and 
erosion,  Howe,  1. 

Field  work  of  a  physiography  class, 
Low,  5. 

Flints  and  other  hard  rocks,  Lakes, 
100. 

Flow  of  rocks,  Adams,  11. 

Formation  of  coal  beds,  Parks,  9. 

Forms  of  sand  dunes,  Cobb,  4. 
Fundamental  problems  of  geology, 
Chamberlin  (T.  C.),  13,  15. 
Fundamental  propositions  in  the  theory 
of  elasticity,  Cilly,  1. 

Geogenesis  and  its  bearings  on  eco¬ 
nomic  geology,  Frazer,  9. 

Geologic  deposition  of  hydrocarbons, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  10. 

Geologic  features  within  the  8,000-acre 
grant,  Sheldon  and  Sheldon,  1. 
Geologic  relations  of  the  human  relics 
of  Lansing,  Kans.,  Chamberlin  (T. 

C. ),  5. 

Geological  changes  now  going  on,  Lane, 
25. 

Geologizing  by  the  seaside.  Lakes,  56. 
Geology,  Chamberlin  and  Salisbury,  1. 
Geology  of  hot  springs  of  Colorado, 
Lakes,  90,  103. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


457 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Geophysical  investigations  suggested, 
Adams  (F.  D. ),  9. 

Grain  of  rock,  Lane,  43. 

Hanging  valleys,  Russell,  20. 

Has  the  rate  of  rotation  of  the  earth 
changed  appreciably  during  geo¬ 
logical  history?  Chamberlin  (T.  C.), 
7,  10. 

Hot  and  mineral  springs  of  Routt 
County,  Colo.,  Lakes,  97. 

Hot  springs  of  the  southern  United 
States,  Weed,  39. 

Hypothesis  to  account  for  the  transfor¬ 
mation  of  vegetable  matter  into  dif¬ 
ferent  grades  of  coal,  Campbell  (M. 
R.j,  20.. 

Ice  ramparts,  Buckley,  2. 

Ice  ramparts,  Van  Hise,  4. 

Interpretation  of  certain  laminated 
clays,  with  their  bearing  upon  esti¬ 
mates  of  geologic  time,  Berkey,  10. 

Isomorphism  and  thermal  properties 
of  the  feldspars,  Day  and  Allen,  1,  2. 

Junction  of  Lake  Superior  sandstone 
and  Keweenawan  traps  in  Wiscon¬ 
sin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  2. 

Linear  force  of  growing  crystals, 
Becker  and  Day,  1. 

Loess  and  the  Iowan  drift,  Shimek,  13. 

Loess  with  horizontal  shearing  planes, 
Udden,  4. 

Lord  Kelvin's  address  on  the  age  of  the 
earth,  Chamberlin  (T.  C.),  4. 

Magnetic  phenomena  around  deep  bor¬ 
ings,  Lane,  33. 

Materials  and  manufacture  of  Portland 
cement,  Eckel,  31. 

Metamorphosis  without  crushing,  Em¬ 
erson  (B.  K.),  2. 

Mica  and  the  mica  industry,  Colles,  1. 

Mineral  matter  of  the  sea,  Salisbury,  5. 

Nantucket  shore  lines,  Gulliver,  3. 

Natural  mounds,  Purdue,  G. 

Natural  mounds,  Spillman,  1. 

Natural  mounds  or  hog  wallows,  Bran 
ner,  8. 

Nebular  and  planetcsimal  theories  of 
the  earth’s  origin,  Upham,  29. 

Nitrates  in  cave  earths,  Nichols  (II. 
W.),  1. 

Notes  on  oceanography,  Dali,  2. 

Occurrence  of  pebbles,  concretions,  and 
conglomerate  in  metalliferous  veins,  ! 
Halse,  5. 

Oil-impregnated  volcanic  dikes,  Lakes, 

.  98. 

Origin  and  classification  of  placers, 
Smyth  (H.  L. ),  1 

Origin  of  bitumen,  Morgan,  1. 

Origin  of  channels  surrounding  Man¬ 
hattan  Island,  Hobbs,  24. 

Origin  of  coral  reefs,  Gardiner,  1. 

Origin  of  gypsum,  Grimsley,  8. 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Origin  of  gypsum  deposits,  Sherwin,  2. 
Origin  of  natural  mounds,  Veatch,  10. 
Origin  of  ocean  basins  on  planetesimal 
hypothesis,  Chamberlin  (T.  C.),  11. 
Origin  of  orbicular  and  concietionary 
structure,  Blake  (W.  P.),  19. 

Origin  of  pebble-covered  plains  in  desert 
regions,  Blake  (W.  P.),  11. 

Origin  of  petroleum,  coal,  etc.,  Plotts,  1. 
Origin  of  ripple  marks,  Branner,  1. 
Origin  of  the  Coal  Measure  fire  clays, 
Hopkins  (T.  C. ); 

Origin  of  vein-fUid  openings  in  south¬ 
eastern  Air  oka,  Spencer,  18. 

Origin  of  veins  in  asbestiform  serpen¬ 
tine,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  14. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 

Peat  and  its  relation  to  coal,  Lakes,  96. 
Peneplains  of  central  France,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  2. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Physical  history  of  the  Windward  Is¬ 
lands,  Hill  (R.  T.),  18. 

Plan  of  the  earth  and  its  causes,  Greg¬ 
ory  (J.  W.),  1. 

Polar  climate  in  time  the  major  factor 
in  the  evolution  of  plants  and  ani¬ 
mals,  Wieland,  4. 

Possible  function  of  disruptive  ap¬ 
proach  in  the  formation^  of  meteor¬ 
ites,  comets,  and  nebulse,  Chamber¬ 
lin  (T.  C.),  2. 

Prairie  mounds  of  Louisiana,  Hilgard, 

6. 

Preservation  of  plants  by  geologic  proc¬ 
esses,  Hollick,  18. 

Problems  of  geophysics,  Becker,  4. 
Profiles  of  rivers,  Gannett,  1. 

Recent  date  of  lava  flows  in  California, 
Wright  (G.  F.),  14. 

Report  of  advisory  committee  on  geo¬ 
physics,  Woodward  (R.  S.),  1. 
t  Ripple  marks  in  Hudson  River  lime¬ 
stone,  Moore  and  Hole,  1. 

Rival  theories  of  cosmogony,  Fisher 

(O.),  1. 

Rock  basins  of  Helen  mine,  Michipi- 
coten,  Canada,  Coleman,  11. 

Rock  cleavage,  Leith,  13. 

Rock  movements  in  the  Laurentian  and 
HurOnian  areas,  Mills  (S.  D.),  1. 
Rounded  sands  of  Paleozoic  formations. 
Van  Ingen,  G. 

Schistosity  and  slaty  cleavage,  Becker, 
3. 

Secondary  origin  of  certain  granites. 
Daly,  11. 

Shorelines  and  landslips  of  St.  Law¬ 
rence  Valley,  Chambers,  1. 

Small  mounds,  Bushnell,  1. 

Smoking  bluffs  of  the  Missouri  River 
region,  Powers,  1 


458 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Dynamic  and  structural  geology  (divisions  by 
subject  matter) — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

So-called  alkali  spots  of  drift-sheets, 
Willcox,  2. 

Structure  of  front  range,  northern 
Rocky  Mountains,  Willis,  7. 

Study  of  the  structure  of  fulgurites, 
Julien,  1. 

Study  of  hard-packed  sand  and  gravel, 
Crosby,  5. 

Study  of  minerals  in  the  laboratory, 
Day  (A.  L.),  1. 

Subterranean  gases  of  Cripple  Creek, 
Lindgren,  31. 

Superficial  blackening  and  discoloration 
of  rocks,  Comstock  (T.  B.),  4. 

Superficial  blackening  of  rocks  in  desert 
regions,  Blake  (W.  I\),  15. 

Surface  geology  of  New  Brunswick, 
Stead.  1. 

Syllabus  for  field  and  laboratory  work 
in  geology,  Tarr,  1. 

Technology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Wil¬ 
liams,  1. 

Teoria  quimica  para  explicar  la  forma- 
cion  del  petroleo  de  Aragon,  Villa- 
rello,  3. 

Tertiary  peneplain  in  Klamath  region, 
California,  Hershey,  15. 

Theories  of  world  building,  Coleman, 

21. 

Tidal  gage  work  in  Louisiana,  Har¬ 
ris,  9. 

Types  of  sedimentary  overlap,  Grabau, 
19. 

Undulations  of  Lockport  limestone, 
Gilbert,  23. 

Valleys  of  solution  in  northern  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Purdue,  1. 

Volcanic  origin  of  oil,  Coste,  3. 

Wreck  of  Mount  Mazama,  Diller,  8. 

Zuni  salt  lake,  Darton,  19. 

Economic  geology. 

Alabama. 

Alabama  coal  fields,  McCallejr,  1. 

Cement  resources  of  Alabama,  Smith 
(E.  A.),  3,  4. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Geology  and  cement  resources  of  the 
Tombigbee  River  district,  Eckel  and 
Crider,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Coosa  Valley,  U.  S. 
G.  S.,  1. 

Iron  ores  in  the  Brookwood  quadrangle, 
Burchard,  3. 

Index  to  mineral  resources  of  Ala¬ 
bama,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Marble  formations  of  the  Cahaba  River, 
Byrne,  1,  2. 

Materials  and  manufacture  of  Port-  ] 
land  cement,  Eckel,  13,  31. 

Origin  of  Clinton  red  fossil  ore,  Bow-  j 
ron,  1. 

Phosphate  deposits,  Brown  (L.  P.),  1.  1 

Portland-cement  materials  of  Alabama, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  2,  8. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Alabama — Continued. 

Pratt  coal  mines,  Crane,  6. 

Rome  folio,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Southern  Appalachian  coal  field,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  7. 

Warrior  coal  basin  in  the  Brookwood 
quadrangle,  Butts,  5. 

Water  powers  of  Alabama,  Hall  (B. 
M.),  1. 

.1  laska. 

Alaskan  tin  deposits,  Collier,  11. 

Alaska's  mineral  wealth,  Brooks,  10, 
13. 

Alaska-Treadwell  mine,  Palache,  2. 

.  Auriferous  quartz  veins  -on  Unalaska 
Island,  Collier,  10. 

Bering  River  coal  field,  Martin  (G.  C-), 
15. 

Cape  Yaktag  placers,  Martin  (G.  C.), 

12. 

Chistochina  gold  field,  Mendenhall,  4. 

Chitina  copper  deposits,  Mendenhall,  7. 

Coal-bearing  series  of  the  Yukon,  Col¬ 
lier,  6. 

Coal  fields  of  Cape  Lisburne,  Collier, 

3,  7. 

(^oal  fields  of  Cook  Inlet,  Alaska,  and 
Pacific  coast,  Kirsopp,  1. 

Coal  resources  of  Alaska,  Brooks,  3. 

Coal  resources  of  southwestern  Alaska, 
Stone  (R.  W.),  5. 

Coal  resources  of  the  Yukon,  Collier, 
2,  4. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Mount  Wran¬ 
gell  region,  Mendenhall  and  Schrader, 
2. 

Copper  River  country,  Abercrombie,  1. 

Deposition  of  ores  from  an  igneous 
magma,  Stevenson  (R.),  3. 

Economic  developments  in  southeastern 
Alaska,  Wright  (F.  E.  and  C.  W.),  1. 

Fairhaven  gold  placers,  Moffit,  3. 

Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  Cop¬ 
per  River  district,  Schrader  and 
Spencer,  1. 

Geology  of  copper  deposits,  Stevens 

(B.),  1. 

Geology  of  Cqpper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Geology  of  the  Klondike,  Mendenhall,  3. 

Geology  of  the  Treadwell  ore  deposits, 
Spencer  (A.  C.),  11. 

Glenn  Creek  gold  mining  district,  Col¬ 
lier,  3. 

Gold  deposits  of  Shumagin  Islands, 
Martin  (G.  C.),  13. 

Gold  mining  in  Alaska,  Furman.  1. 

Gold  mining  in  Arctic  America.  Pen¬ 
rose,  1. 

Gold  mining  in  Klondike,  Miers,  2. 

Gold  placers  of  Fortymile.  Birch  Creek, 
and  Fairbanks  regions.  Prindle,  2. 

Gold  placers  of  the  Fairbanks  district, 
Prindle,  1. 

Gold  placers  of  Turnagain  arm.  Moffit, 

4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


459 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Alaska — Continued. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Spurr,  13. 

Gold  sands  of  Cape  Nome,  Queneau,  1. 

Guldforekomsterne  i  Alaska  og  tilgrsen- 
sende  stroeg,  Kolderup,  1. 

.Tuneau  gold  belt,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  9. 

Kayak  coal  and  oil  fields,  Stoess,  1. 

Kotzebue  placer-gold  field,  Moffit,  2. 

Magmatic  origin  of  vein-forming  waters 
in  southeastern  Alaska,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  17. 

Methods  and  costs  of  gravel  and  placer 

,  mining  in  Alaska,  Purington,  8,  9. 

Mineral  resources  of  Alaska  in  1904, 
Brooks,  11. 

Mineral  resources  of  southeastern  Alas¬ 
ka,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  12. 

Mineral  resources  of  Mount  Wrangell 
district,  Mendenhall  and  Schrader,  1. 

Mining  at  the  Alaska  Treadwell,  Kin- 
zie,  1. 

Nome  gold  region,  Schrader  and  Brooks, 

1. 

Notes  on  Nome,  Rickard  (F.),  1. 

Occurrence  of  cassiterite,  Brooks,  1. 

Occurrence  of  stream  tin,  Brooks,  2. 

Ore  formation  on  Prince  of  Wales  Is¬ 
land,  Thomae,  1. 

Outlook  for  coal-mining  in  Alaska, 
Brooks,  14. 

Petroleum  fields  of  Alaska,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  3,  14. 

Petroleum  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Mar¬ 
tin  (G.  C.),  11. 

Placer  mining  in  Alaska,  Brooks,  7,  9, 

12. 

Porcupine  placer  mining  district,  Wright 
(C.  W.),  1,  2. 

Preliminary  report  on  the  Ketchikan 
mining  district,  Brooks,  4. 

Rampart  placer  region,  Prindle  and 
Hess,  1. 

Reconnaissance  from  Fort  Hamlin  to 
Kotzebue  Sound,  Mendenhall,  2. 

Reconnaissance  in  Alaska,  Schrader,  3. 

Reconnaissance  in  Norton  Bay  region, 
Mendenhall,  1. 

Reconnaissance  of  northwestern  por¬ 
tion  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Collier,  1. 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Cape  Nome  and 
adjacent  gold  fields  of  Seward  Penin¬ 
sula,  Brooks  and  others,  1. 

Stream  tin  in  Alaska,  Brooks,  8. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  York  region,  Col¬ 
lier,  7,  8. 

Tin  in  Alaska,  Bell,  2. 

Tin  in  the  York  region,  Collier,  5. 

Tin  deposits  of  York  region,  Rickard 
(E.),  1* 

Tin  ledges  in  Alaska,  Bell  (R.  N.),  1. 

Treadwell  group  of  mines,  Kinzie,  2. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Alaska — Continued. 

Treadwell  ore  deposits,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  14. 

Yukon  gold  fields,  Miers,  1. 

Arizona. 

Bisbee  folio,  Itansome,  14. 

Bradshaw  Mountains  folio,  .Taggar  and 
Palache,  1. 

Cement  investigations  in  Arizona,  Dur- 
yee,  1. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Copper  deposits  of  Bisbee,  Ransome,  7, 

8. 

Copper  deposits  at-  Clifton,  Lindgren, 
12,  15. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Kaibab  Plateau, 
Jennings  (E.  P.),  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Kaibab  Plateau. 
Lunt,  1. 

Copper  in  the  Red  Beds  of  the  Colorado 
Plateau  region,  Emmons  (S.  F. ),  20. 

Deer  Creek  coal  field,  Campbell  ( M. 
R.),  16. 

Diatom-earth  in  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  10. 

Genesis  of  copper  deposits  of  Clifton- 
Morenci,  Lindgren,  22. 

Geology  and  copper  deposits  of  Bisbee, 
Ransome,  10. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  and  vein  phenomena  of  Ari¬ 
zona,  Comstock  (T.  B. ),  1. 

Geology  of  Cochise  mining  district, 
Franke,  1. 

Geology  of  Fort  Apache  region,  Rea¬ 
gan,  3. 

Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ran¬ 
some,  6. 

Geology  of  Galiuro  Mountains,  Blake 
(W.  P.),  5. 

Geology  of  Mineral  Creek  district,  Gow- 
ling,  1. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Gold  deposits  of  Arizona,  Pratt,  5. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  14. 

Limestone-granite  contact  deposits  of 
Washington  Camp,  Crosby,  16. 

Ore  in  anticlinals,  Lakes,  71. 

Planet  copper  mines,  McCarn,  1. 

Recent  discoveries  in  Arizona,  Bur¬ 
gess,  2. 

Re-formed  copper  ores,  Goodwin,  1. 

Secondary  enrichment,  Probert,  1. 

Silver  Bell  Mountains,  Barney,  1. 

Tombstone  and  its  mines,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  8,  12. 

Tombstone  mining  district,  Church,  1. 

Tungsten  deposits  in  Arizona,  Rickard 
(F.),  3. 


460 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Arizona — Continued. 

Underground  waters  of  Arizona,  Skin¬ 
ner,  1. 

Verde  mining  district,  Miller  (G.  W.),  1. 

Arkansas. 

Arkansas  bauxite  deposits,  Hayes  (C. 
W.),  2. 

Arkansas-Indian  Territory  coal  field, 
Bache,  1. 

Arkansas  roofing  slates,  Dale,  11. 

Asphalt  deposits  of  Pike  County,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  4,  14. 

Bauxite  in  Arkansas,  Berger,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Chalk  of  southwestern  Arkansas,  Taff, 
5. 

Coal  fields  of  Arkansas  and  Indian  Ter¬ 
ritory,  Scholz,  2. 

Coal  mining  in  Arkansas,  Crane.  7. 

Fayetteville  folio,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  I)ema- 
ret,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Ilise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  region, 
Bain,  2. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Branner,  3. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Hedburg,  1. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Nichols  (H.  W, ) ,  2. 

Phosphate  deposits,  Brown  (L.  P.),  1 

Portland-cement  materials  of  south 
western  Arkansas,  Fitzhugh,  1. 

Phosphate  rocks  of  Arkansas,  Branner 
and  Newsom,  1. 

Report  of  superintendent  of  Hot 
Springs  Reservation,  Eisele,  1. 

Southwestern  coal  field,  Taff,  4. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  12.  15. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  north  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Branner,  2. 

Zinc-lead  deposits  of  southwest  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Phillips  (W.  B. ),  3. 

California. 

Borax  deposits  of  eastern  California, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  12. 

California  type  of  auriferous  deposit, 
Hersliey,  7. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Smith  (G. 

O),  6. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  petro¬ 
leum,  Mabery,  3, 

Contact-metamorphic  deposits  in  the 
Sierra  Nevada  Mountains.  Turner,  13. 

Copper  deposits  of  Redding  region,  Dil- 
ler,  13. 

Copper  region  of  northern  California, 
Diller,  5,  G. 

Cretaceous  auriferous  conglomerate  of 
Siskiyou  County,  Turner,  12. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

California — -Continued. 

Desert  dry  lakes  of  California,  Bailey 
(G.  E.),  1. 

Dredging  in  Oroville,  Knox,  1. 
Formation  of  bonanzas  in  upper  por¬ 
tions  of  gold  veins,  Rickard  (T.  A.), 
3. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits  at  the  Royal 
mine,  Forstner,  1. 

Geological  section  of  the  Coast  ranges, 
Osmont,  1. 

Geology  of  district  west  of  Redding, 
O’Brien  (M.  E.),  1. 

Geology  of  Nevada  and  adjacent  por 
tions  of  California,  Spurr.  6. 

Geology  of  Salinas  Valley,  Nutter,  1. 
Gisements  des  minerais  de  mercure,  De- 
maret,  2. 

Gold  production  of  North  America. 
Lindgren,  16. 

Greenback  copper  mine,  Turner,  6. 
Gypsum  deposits  in  California.  Fair¬ 
banks,  6. 

Industrie  du  petrole  en  Californie. 
Heurteau,  2. 

Iron  ores  of  the  Redding  quadrangle, 
Diller,  14. 

Les  anciens  chenaux  aurif&res  de  Cali¬ 
fornie,  Bordeaux,  1. 

Limestone  of  the  Redding  district,  Dil¬ 
ler,  15. 

Magnesite  and  its  uses,  Spinks,  1. 
Mineral  resources  of  the  Indian  Val¬ 
ley  region,  Diller,  19. 

Mineral  resources  of  the  Redding  quad¬ 
rangle,  Diller,  16. 

Mother  lode  gold  deposits,  Prichard 
(W.  R.),  1. 

Mother  lode  gold  deposits,  Turner,  14. 
Mother  lode  in  Tuolumne  County, 
Storms,  3. 

Natronsaltpeter  in  Californien.  Och- 
senius,  2. 

Neocene  rivers  of  the  Sierra  Nevada, 
Lindgren,  10. 

Occurrence  of  platinum.  Day  (D.  T.), 

1. 

Oil  fields  of  California,  Lakes,  10. 

Ore  deposits  of  Shasta  County,  Ander¬ 
son  (F.  M. ),  4. 

Origin  and  occurrence  of  petroleum. 
Cooper  (A.  S. ),  1. 

Petroleum  fields  of  California,  Eld- 
ridge,  4. 

Petroleum  in  California,  Claypole,  3. 
Petroleum  in  California,  Prutzman,  1. 
Petroleum  industry  of  Europe  and 
America.  Otsuka,  1. 

Quicksilver.  Haverstock,  1. 

Quicksilver  deposits  of  California. 
Forstner,  2. 

Reconnaissance  of  borax  deposits  of 
Death  Valley  and  Mohave  Desert, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  4. 

Remarkable  salt  deposit,  Holder,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


461 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

California — Continued. 

Roofing  slate  of  igneous  origin,  Eckel, 
27. 

Salt  industry  in  Utah  and  California, 
Eckel,  26. 

San  Luis  folio,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Slate  deposits  of  California  and  Utah, 
Eckel,  24. 

Structural  features  of  California  gold 
belt,  Storms,  1. 

Canada. 

Albert  shale  deposits,  Ells'  (R.  W.),  13. 

Alberta  coal  field,  Armstrong,  1. 

Arsenic  in  Ontario,  Wells  (J.  W.),  1. 

Artesian  borings,  surface  deposits,  and 
ancient  beaches  in  Ontario,  Chal¬ 
mers,  5. 

Artesian  well  in  the  Klondike,  Tyr¬ 
rell,  2. 

Artesian  wells,  paleontology,  Ami,  22. 

Asbest  in  Canada.  Cirkel,  1. 

Asbestos,  Cirkel,  3. 

Asbestus,  Ells,  10. 

Atlin  mining  district,  Gwillim,  1. 

Auriferous  deposits  of  Vancouver 
Island,  Watson  (R.  L.),  1. 

Bankhead  coal  mines,  Henretta,  1. 

Bedded  leads  in  relation  to  mining 
policy,  Woodman,  3. 

Bed  rock  of  the  Gilbert  River  gold 
fields,  Dresser,  14. 

Blairmore-Frank  coal  fields,  Leach  (W. 
W.),2 

Borings  for  natural  gas,  petroleum, 
and  water,  Chalmers,  4. 

Bornite  ores  of  British  Columbia  and 
Yukon  territory,  Brewer,  16. 

Boston  Township  iron  range,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  15. 

Boundary  Creek  district,  British  Co¬ 
lumbia,  Brock,  1,  3. 

British  Columbia,  Boundary  mining 
district,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  8. 

British  Columbia  coal  fields,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  6. 

British  Columbia  iron  and  coal,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  2. 

Bruce  mines  district.  Ingall,  8. 

Building  stones  of  Nova  Scotia,  Gil¬ 
pin,  2. 

Bulletin  on  apatite,  Ells  (R.  W.),  19. 

Canadian  graphite,  Brumell,  1. 

Carboniferous  basin  in  New  Brunswick, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  3. 

Carboniferous  system  of  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  8. 

Cascade  and  Costigan  coal  basins,  I 
Dowling,  11. 

Cement  industry  of  Ontario,  Gillespie, 

1. 

Characteristics  of  Atlin  gold  field, 
Gwillim,  2. 

Charlotte  County,  Ells  (R.  W.),  17. 

Cinnabar-bearing  rocks  of  British  Co¬ 
lumbia,  Monckton,  2. 


Economic  geology — Contim  ed. 

Canada — Continued. 

Clays  and  shales  of  Manitoba,  Wells 

(J,  W.),  4. 

Co:.L  oasins  in  Rocky  Mountains,  Dow¬ 
ling,  7. 

Coal  Creek  colliery  of  Crows  Nest  Pass, 
Corless,  1. 

Coal  field  of  Souris  River,  Dowling,  9. 

Coal  fields  of  Canada,  Denis,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Cook  Inlet,  Alaska,  and 
Pacific  coast,  Kirsopp,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Crows  Nest  Pass,  Ja¬ 
cobs,  2. 

Coal  fields  of  Crows  Nest  Pass  branch 
of  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  9. 

Coal  fields  of  New  Brunswick,  Poole,  2. 

Coal  in  Alberta,  Rickert,  1. 

Coal  mining  in  the  Crows  Nest,  Mc- 
Evoy,  2. 

Coal  mining  in  the  Northwest  Terri¬ 
tories,  Smith  (F.  B. ),  1. 

Coal  problem  in  New  Brunswick,  Poole, 
3. 

Coal  prospects  of  New  Brunswick, 
Poole,  8. 

Cobalt-nickel  arsenides  and  silver. 
Miller  (W.  G.),  11. 

Cobalt-nickel  arsenides  and  silver  de¬ 
posits  of  Temiskaming,  Miller  (W. 
G.),  13. 

Cobalt-nickel  arsenides  and  silver  in 
Ontario,  Miller  (W,  G. ),  8. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  petro¬ 
leum,  Mabery,  3. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  in  Quebec,  Dres¬ 
ser,  7,  10,  12,  13. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Sherbrooke  dis¬ 
trict,  Dresser,  15. 

Copper  claims  of  Aspen  Grove  and 
Aberdeen  Camp,  Johnston  (R.  A.  A.), 
2. 

Copper  deposits  of  Aspen  Grove  Camp, 
Similkameen,  Bailey  ( F. ) ,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Mt.  Sicker,  Mus- 
grave,  1. 

Copper  Mountain,  Catherinet,  1. 

Copper  ores  in  Nova  Scotia,  New 
Brunswick,  and  Quebec,  Ells  (R.  W.), 
22. 

Correction  in  classification  of  gold  for¬ 
mation,  Hille,  4. 

Corundum  and  emery,  Fuller  (H.  T.),  1. 

Corundum  in  Ontario,  Baker,  1. 

Corundum  in  Ontario,  Barlow,  10. 

Corundum  in  Ontario,  Kerr  (D.  G. ),  1. 

Counties  of  Cumberland,  Hants,  Kings, 
and  Annapolis,  Fletcher,  6. 

Crows  Nest  coal  fields,  Leach,  (W.  W.), 

1. 

Crows  Nest  Pass  coal  field,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  7. 

Duncan  Creek  mining  district,  Keele,  1. 

Eastern  Assiniboia  and  southern  Mani¬ 
toba,  Dowling,  4. 


462 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Eastern  Ontario,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 

Eastern  Ontario  gold  belt,  Miller  (W. 
G.),  4. 

Economic  minerals  in  New  Brunswick, 
Bailey  (L.  W.),  11. 

Economic  resources  of  Moose  River 
Basin,  Bell  (J.  M.),  2. 

Eisenerzlagerstatten  am  Lake  Superior, 
Macco,  1. 

Exploration  of  the  Ontario  iron  ranges, 
Willmott,  4. 

Fossil iferous  rocks  of  southwest  On¬ 
tario,  Parks,  4. 

Genesis  of  Animikie  iron  range,  Hille, 
3. 

Genesis  of  gold  deposits  of  Baskerville, 
Atkin,  1. 

Geological  exploration  in  district  of 
White  Bay,  Howley,  1. 

Geological  sketch  of  the  Bankhead  coal 
field,  Turnbull,  1. 

Geology  and  mining  of  Vancouver 
Island,  Sutton,  1. 

Geology  and  natural  resources  of  Ot¬ 
tawa  and  vicinity,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Boisdale  Hills  anticline, 
Boright,  1. 

Geology  of  Bruce  Mines  district,  Ingall, 

6. 

Geology  of  district  from  Lake  Timiska- 
ming  northward,  Parks,  8. 

Geology  of  Province  of  Quebec,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  8. 

Geology  of  Renfrew,  Addington,  Fron- 
tenac,  Lanark,  and  Carleton  Coun¬ 
ties,  Ells  (R.  W.),  20. 

Geology  of  the  Moose  River  gold  dis¬ 
trict,  Woodman,  4. 

Geology  of  the  Sudbury  district,  Gole- 
man,  20. 

Geology  of  the  Sudbury  district,  Hixon, 

1. 

Geology  of  the  Three  Rivers  map  sheet, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  2. 

Geology  of  Vancouver  Island,  Hay¬ 
cock,  3. 

Geology  of  Vancouver  Island,  Webster, 

1. 

Gites  aurifSres  du  Klondike,  Bel,  2. 

Gold-bearing  alluvions  of  Quebec,  Chal¬ 
mers,  2. 

Gold  fields  of  Nova  Scotia,  Faribault, 
3,  4. 

Gold  mining  in  Arctic  America,  Pen¬ 
rose,  I . 

Gold  mining  in  Klondike,  Miers,  2. 

Gold  near  Lake  Superior,  Lane,  35. 

Gold  occurrences  on  Lightning  Creek, 
Atkin,  2. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gold  production  of  North  America,  Mil¬ 
ler  (W.  G.),  10. 

Gold  ores  of  western  Ontario.  Brent,  1. 

Graham  Island  coal,  Blakemore,  3. 


Economic  geology— Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Graphite  in  Canada,  Ells  (R.  W.),  18. 
Hydraulic  cements  in  Manitoba,  Wells 
(.T.  W.),  3. 

Industries  minifere  et  metallurge  en 
Colombie  britannique.  Vicaire,  1. 
Iron-bearing  rocks  in  Ontario,  Cole¬ 
man,  15. 

Iron-bearing  rocks  of  Nastapokan  Is¬ 
lands,  Mickle,  1. 

Iron  belt  west  of  Hutton,  Culbert,  1. 
Iron-ore  deposits  along  Kingston  and 
Pembroke  Railway  in  eastern  Onta¬ 
rio,  Ingall,  4. 

Ix-on-ore  deposits  near  Kitchener, 
Blakemore,  2. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  western  Ontario, 
Hille,  1. 

Iron-ore  fields  of  Ontario,  Miller  (W. 

G. ),  3. 

Iron  ores  of  Nipissing  district,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  2. 

Iron  ranges  of  northern  Ontario,  Mil¬ 
ler  (W.  G.),  9. 

Iron  ranges  of  northwestern  Ontario, 
Coleman,  12. 

Iron  ranges  of  the  Lower  Huronian, 
Coleman,  4. 

Is  there  coal  under  Prince  Edward 
Island?,  Poole,  11. 

Klondike  district,  McConnell,  4. 
Klondike  gold  fields,  McConnell..  5. 
Kluana  mining  district,  McConnell,  6. 
Lardeau  district,  Brock,  7. 

Lardeau  mining  district,  Brock.  8. 
Limestone  of  Philipsburg  Railway  and 
Coal  Company,  Donald,  1. 

Limestones  and  lime  industry  of  Mani¬ 
toba,  Wells  (J.  W.),  5. 

Limestones  of  Ontario,  Miller  (W.  G.), 
14. 

Loon  Lake  iron-bearing  district,  Smith 
(W.  N.),  1. 

McKee  Creek,  Atlin  mining  division. 

British  Columbia,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  5. 
Magnetic  iron  sand  of  the  St.  Law¬ 
rence,  Obalski,  1. 

Manganese  mining  in  Nova  Scotia,  Jen- 
nison,  1. 

Marl  deposits.  Ells  (R.  W.),  6. 

Mica,  Cirkel,  4. 

Mica  and  the  mica  industry,  Colles.  1. 
Mica  deposits,  Cirkel,  2. 

Mica  deposits  of  Canada,  Ells  (R.  W.), 
21. 

Michipicoten  gold  belt,  Clarke  (C. 

H. ),  1. 

Michipicoten  iron  ranges,  Coleman  and 
Willmott,  2. 

Michipicoten  iron  region,  Coleman  and 
Willmott.  1. 

Mineral  resources  of  Ontario,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  12. 

Mineral  resources  of  Vancouver  Is¬ 
land,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  14. 

Mineral  statistics,  Ingall,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


463 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Minerals  of  Nova  Scotia,  Gilpin,  1. 

Mines  of  Ontario,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 

Mining  developments  in  eastern  On¬ 
tario,  Thomas,  1. 

Mining  districts  near  Kamloops  Lake, 
Monckton,  1. 

Mining  in  the  Rossland  district,  Camp¬ 
bell  (C.  MO  ,  1. 

Mining  industry  and  mineral  resources 
of  British  Columbia,  Brewer  (W. 
M.),  3. 

Modes  of  occurrence  of  mineral  albert- 
ite,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  4. 

Molybdenite,  Wells,  2. 

Molybdenum  and  tungsten,  Johnston,  1. 

Moose  Mountain  iron  range,  Leith,  6. 

Mount  Sicker  mining  district,  Brewer 
(W.  M.),  13. 

Native  gold  in  igneous  rocks,  Brock,  4. 

New  Brunswick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  5. 

New  mineral  area  in  Ontario,  Hard¬ 
man,  1. 

Nickel  and  copper  deposits  of  Sud¬ 
bury,  Barlow,  8. 

Nicola  coal  basin,  Ells  (R.  W.),  23. 

Nictaux  iron  field,  Weatherbe,  1. 

Northern  nickel  range,  Coleman,  18. 

Northern  part  of  Nova  Scotia,  Fletch¬ 
er,  5. 

Notes  on  geology  and  ore  deposits  of 
southeastern  British  Columbia,  Cor- 
less,  2. 

Notes  on  mica,  Corkill,  1. 

Notes  on  molybdenite,  Willimott,  2. 

Notes  on  the  life  history  of  coal  seams, 
Gwillim,  5. 

Notes  on  western  coals,  Gwillim,  4. 

Nova  Scotia  coals,  Gilpin,  3. 

Nova  Scotia  gold  fields,  Faribault,  1,  2. 

Occurrence  of  hematite,  Mills,  2. 

Occurrence  of  scheelite,  Atkin,  1. 

Oil  fields  of  Gaspe,  Ells  (R.  W.),  12. 

Ore  deposits  of  Boundary  Creek  dis¬ 
trict,  Brock,  2. 

Ore  deposits  of  Copper  Mountain,  Scott 
(O.  N.),  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Rossland,  Kirby,  2. 

Ore  deposits  of  Rossland,  MacDonald, 

1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Sudbury,  Dickson,  4. 

Ore  quarrying  in  the  Boundary  dis¬ 
trict,  British  Columbia,  Jacobs,  1. 

Origin  and  relations  of  auriferous  veins 
of  Algoma  (western  Ontario),  Cros-  j 
by,  4. 

Peat  in  Canada,  Chalmers,  7. 

Petrography  of  Belvidere  Mountain 
deposits,  Ma'rsters,  3. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  [in  Onta¬ 
rio],  Corkill,  2. 

Pictou  coal  field,  Poole,  10. 

Pioneer  work  in  Crows  Nest  coal  area, 
Blakemore,  1. 

Platinum  in  British  Columbia,  Brock,  6. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Poplar  Creek  and  other  camps  of  the 
Lardeau  district,  Brock,  5. 

Port  Huron  oil  field,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  2. 

Possible  occurrence  of  coal  area  be¬ 
neath  Neo-Carboniferous,  Nova  Sco¬ 
tia,  Ami,  29,  31. 

Potter’s  clay  at  Middle  Musquodoboit, 
Mason,  1. 

Production  of  copper  in  Boundary  dis¬ 
trict,  Ledoux,  2. 

Report  on  the  Lardeau  mining  district, 
Robertson,  3. 

Report  on  the  Trout  Lake  Mining  divi¬ 
sion,  Robertson,  2. 

Report  on  the  valley  of  the  Flathead 
River,  Robertson,  1. 

Section  of  mineral  statistics  and  mines, 
annual  report,  Ingall,  2. 

Section  of  mines,  annual  report,  In¬ 
gall,  3,  5,  7,  9. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  Cascade  coal  basin, 
Dowling,  10. 

Sudbury  district,  Barlow,  3. 

Sudbury  mining  district,  Barlow,  6. 

Sudbury  nickel-bearing  eruptive,  Cole¬ 
man,  19. 

Sudbury  nickel  deposits,  Coleman,  14. 

Sulphide  ore  bodies  of  Sudbury  region, 
Silver,  1. 

Surveys  and  explorations  in  Nova  Sco¬ 
tia,  Fletcher,  3. 

Temagami  district,  Barlow,  7. 

Texada  Island,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  1. 

Tripolite  deposits  of  Fitzgerald  Lake, 
Crosby,  1. 

Turtle  Mountain,  Manitoba,  Dowling,  5. 

Types  of  iron-bearing  rocks  in  Ontario, 
Coleman,  7. 

Vermilion  River  placers,  Coleman,  3. 

Voyage  minier  au  nord-ouest  Canadien, 
Bel,  1. 

West  Gore  antimony  deposits,  Asquith, 

1. 

White  Horse  copper  camp,  Brewer  (W. 
M.),  15. 

White  Horse  district,  Brewer  (W.  M.), 

11. 

White  Horse  mining  district,  Yukon 
Territory,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  4. 

Workable  coals  of  Nova  Scotia,  Fletch¬ 
er,  4. 

Yukon  district,  McConnell,  2. 

Yukon  gold  fields,  Miers,  1. 

Colorado. 

Across  the  San  Juan  Mountains,  Rick¬ 
ard  (T.  A.),  7. 

Aguilar  coal  and  oil  district,  Lakes,  39. 

American  Nettie,  Lakes,  1. 

Anthracite  situation  in  Colorado,  Lakes, 
81. 

Barela  Mesa  coal  field,  McLaughlin,  1. 

Basaltic  zones  as  guides  to  ore  deposi¬ 
tion,  Stevens  (E.  A.),  2. 

Book  Cliff  coal  mines,  Lakes,  66. 

Boulder  oil  field,  Fenneman,  4. 


464 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Colorado — Continued. 

Building  and  monumental  stones, 
Lakes,  12. 

Building  stones,  Lakes,  13. 

Camp  Bird  gold  mine,  Titcomb,  1. 

Camp  Bird  mine,  Ouray,  Purington,  3. 

Cave  ore  deposits,  Lakes,  4. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  along  the  eastern  foothills,  Lakes, 
82. 

Coal  and  asphalt  deposits  along  Moffat  ! 
railway,  Lakes,  60. 

Coal  and  mineral  resources  of  Routt 
County,  Parsons  and  Liddell,  1. 

Coal  field  between  Ralston  Creek  and  j 
Boulder,  Lakes,  86. 

Coal  fields  of  Colorado,  Lakes,  62,  80. 

Coal  mines  of  Huerfano  County,  Lakes, 
99. 

Coals  of  southern  Colorado,  Lakes,  85.  | 

Colorado  Central  lode,  Foster,  1. 

Colorado :  Report  of  State  bureau  of 
mines,  Lee  (H.  A.),  1. 

Copper  deposits  at  Pearl,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  7. 

Copper  mining  in  the  Pearl  district, 
Read,  4. 

Creede  mining  camp,  Lakes,  50. 

Cripple  Creek  volcano,  "  Rickard  (T. 
A.),  1. 

Curtis  coal  mine,  Lakes,  3. 

District  aurifbre  de  Cripple  Creek,  Rit¬ 
ter,  1. 

Economic  geology,  La  Plata  folio,  Pur¬ 
ington,  1. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Silverton  quad¬ 
rangle,  Ransome,  1. 

Example  of  localization  of  rich  ore, 
Rickard  (T.  A.),  6. 

Florence  oil  field,  Fenneman,  9. 

Formation  of  bonanzas  in  upper  por¬ 
tions  of  gold  veins,  Rickard  (T.  A.), 

3. 

Formation  of  Cripple  Creek  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Moore  (C.  J.),  1. 

Formation  of-Leadville  mining  district, 
Moore  (C.  J.),  2. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits  in  Boulder 
County,  Bagg,  2. 

Geological  resurvey  of  the  Cripple  Creek 
district,  Lindgren  and  Ransome,  1,  2. 

Geological  structure  of  Camp  Bird  vein, 
Purington,  5. 

Geology  along  the  Animas  River,  Lakes, 
25. 

Geology  and  coal  deposits  of  the  Span¬ 
ish  Peaks  district,  Lakes,  83. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  of  the  Needle  Mountains  quad¬ 
rangle,  Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 

Geology  of  the  oil  fields  of  Colorado, 
Lakes,  15. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Colorado — Continued. 

Geology  of  Virginius  mine,  Purington, 
7. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  De- 
maret,  1. 

Gold  deposits  of  Plomo,  Gunther,  1. 
Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Austin,  5. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Grand  River  coal  field,  Lakes,  87. 
Gypsum  deposits  in  Colorado,  Lakes,  61. 
Influence  of  country  rock  on  mineral 
veins,  Weed,  6. 

La  Plata  coal  field,  Lakes,  84. 

Leadville  district,  Warwick,  2. 

Lodes  of  Cripple  Creek,  Rickard  (T. 
A.),  8,  12. 

Mineralogical  mistake.  Van  Diest,  1. 
Mines  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Rosita 
and  Silver  Cliff  mining  district, 
Lakes,  53. 

Mines  of  Ouray  County,  Downer  and 
De  Cou,  1. 

Neglected  mine  and  Near-by  properties, 
Emmons  (W.  H.),  1. 

Occurrence  of  ore  at  Red  Mountain, 
Schwarz,  2. 

Oil  field  of  Mesa  and  Rio  Blanco  coun¬ 
ties,  Lakes,  24. 

Oil  in  Colorado,  Lakes,  21. 

Oil  situation  in  Colorado,  Lakes,  48. 
Oil  springs  of  Rio  Blanco  County, 
Lakes,  17. 

Ore  deposits  in  Georgetown  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Spurr  and  Garrey,  1. 

Ore  deposits  near  Lake  City,  Irving,  7. 
Ore  deposits  of  Colorado,  Lakes,  73. 

Ore  deposits  of  Rico  Mountains,  Ran¬ 
some,  3. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  American-Nettie 
mine,  Ouray,  Downer,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  Ouray  district,  Irv¬ 
ing,  6,  9. 

Ore  horizons  in  San  Juan  Mountains, 
'Purington,  11. 

Ore  occurrence  at  Leadville,  Robbins,  1. 
Plastic  dike  near  Ouray,  Ransome,  2. 
Prospecting  for  oil.  Lakes,  11,  16. 
Peculiar  ore  deposit,  Colburn,  1. 
Redcliff  ore  deposits,  Lakes,  44. 

Report  State  Bureau  of  Mines,  Lee  (H. 
A.),  1. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 
S.),  1. 

Secondary  enrichment  at  Cripple  Creek, 
Weed,  21. 

Silver  Lake  mine,  Lakes.  47. 

Silverton  folio,  Ransome,  16. 

Soils  of  Colorado,  Lakes,  40. 

South  Park  coal  field,  Lakes,  89. 
Spanish  Peaks  folio.  Hills,  1. 

Structure  of  Boulder  oil  field,  Fenne¬ 
man,  5. 

Summit  County  placers,  Lakes,  43. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


465 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Colorado — Continued. 

Telluride  ores  of  Cripple  Creek  and 
Kalgoorlie,  Rickard  (T.  A.),  2. 

Tellurium  veins  in  La  Plata  Mountains. 
Austin,  1. 

Tercio  and  Cuatro  mines,  Hosea,  1. 

Tercio  coal  mining  district,  Plumb,  1. 

Veins  of  Boulder  and  Kalgoorlie,  Rick¬ 
ard  (T.  A.),  11. 

Veins  of  Boulder  County,  Bagg,  3. 

Yampa  coal  fields,  Lakes,  65,  88. 

Connecticut. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  Connecticut,  Loughlin,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Hematite  deposits  of  New  York,  Eckel, 
30. 

Limonite  deposits  of  New  York  and 
New  England,  Eckel,  36. 

Tungsten  mine  at  Trumbull,  Hobbs,  5. 

Tungsten  mining  at  Trumbull,  Hobbs, 
16. 

Delaware. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

District  of  Columbia. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Florida. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  3. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Fuller’s  earth  deposits  of  Florida  and 
Georgia,  Vaughan  18. 

Fuller’s  earth  of  Georgia  and  Florida, 
Vaughan,  12. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Florida,  Day,  4. 

Phosphate  deposits,  Brown  (L.  P.),  1. 

Georgia. 

Bauxite  deposits  of  Georgia,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  12. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Coal  deposits  of  Georgia,  McCallie,  9. 

Copper  deposits  in  Georgia,  Weed,  26. 

Dahlonega  gold  district,  Eckel,  15. 

Dahlonega  mining  district,  Eckel,  21. 

Fuller’s  earth  deposits  of  Florida  and 
Georgia,  Vaughar,  18. 

Fuller’s  earth  of  Georgia  and  Florida, 
Vaughan,  12.  /- 

Geologic  relations  of  the  iron  ores  in 
the  Cartersville  district,  Hayes  (C. 
W.),  1. 

Georgia  bauxite  deposits,  Watson  (T. 

L.),  2. 

Gold  and  pyrite  deposits  of  the  Dah¬ 
lonega  district,  Eckel,  16. 

Gold  mining  in  McDuffie  County, 
Fluker,  1. 

Gold  mining  in  McDuffie  County,  Ga., 
Fluker,  2. 

Granites  and  gneisses  of  Georgia,  Wat¬ 
son  (T.  L.),  8. 


Economic  geology— Continued. 

Georgia — Continued. 

Iron  ores  of  Cartersville  district,  Hayes 
and  Eckel,  1. 

Manganese  ore  deposits  of  Georgia,  Cat¬ 
lett,  2. 

Manganese  ore  deposits  of  Georgia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  9. 

Manganese  ores  of  *he  Cartersville  dis¬ 
trict,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  11. 

Mineral  resources  of  Georgia,  McCallie, 

2. 

Ocher  deposits  in  Cartersville  district, 
Hayes  and  Eckel,  2. 

Ocher  deposits  of  Bartow  County,  Wat¬ 
son  (T.  L.),  10. 

Roads  and  road-building  materials  of 
Georgia,  McCallie,  3. 

Rome  folio,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Seminole  copper  deposit,  Watson  (T. 
L.),  11. 

Southern  Appalachian  coal  field,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  7. 

Vein  structure  at  Reynolds  mine,  Col¬ 
lins  (G.  E.J,  1. 

Hawaiian  Islands. 

Geology  of  Hawaiian  Islands,  Branner, 

6. 

Idaho. 

Artesian  basins  in  Idaho  and  Oregon, 
Russell,  9. 

Bellevue  mining  district,  Lakes,  45. 

Butte  copper  veins,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  4. 

Coeur  d’Alene  district,  Ransome,  16. 

Facts  about  Thunder  Mountain,  Bell 
(R.),  5. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across,  the 
Bitterroot  Range  and  Clearwater 
Mountains,  Lindgren,  21. 

Geology  and  mineral  resources,  Bell 
(R.  N.),  5. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Nez 
Perces  County,  Part  II,  Russell,  2. 

Geology  of  Thunder  Mountain  and  cen¬ 
tral  Idaho,  Bell  (R.),  4. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Idaho  mining  districts,  Lakes,  18. 

Mining  industry  of  Coeur  d’Alenes,  Fin¬ 
lay  (J.  R.),  1-3. 

Mining  industry  of  Idaho,  Bell  (R.  N.), 
3. 

Nampa  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Coeur  d’Alene  district, 
Ransome,  17. 

Outline  of  Idaho  geology  and  of  prin¬ 
cipal  ore  deposits  of  Lemhi  and  Cus¬ 
ter  counties,  Idaho,  Bell  (R. ),  1. 

Silver  City  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake, 

2. 

Thunder  Mountain,  L’llame,  1. 

Thunder  Mountain  and  Mackay,  Idaho, 
Bell  (R.),  2. 

Thunder  Mountain  district,  L’Hame,  2. 

Illinois. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 


Bull.  301—06 - 30 


466 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Illinois — Continued. 

Chicago  folio,  Alden,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Coal  field  of  Indiana  and  Illinois,  Fuller 
and  Ashley,  2. 

Eastern  interior  coal  field,  Ashley,  1. 

Fluorspar  and  zinc  mines  of  Kentucky, 
Harwood,  1. 

Fluorspar  deposits  of  Kentucky-Illinois 
district,  Bain,  12. 

Fluorspar  deposits  of  scw-thern  Illinois, 
Bain,  6,  19. 

Fluorspar  mines  of  Kentucky  and  Illi¬ 
nois,  Burk,  1. 

Geological  section  across  northern  Illi¬ 
nois,  Udden  (Johan  A.),  1. 

Geological  section  in  southern  Illinois, 
Nickles,  2. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Illinois,  Bain, 

11. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Patoka  folio,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Stone  industry  in  vicinity  of  Chicago, 
Alden,  2. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  northwestern 
Illinois,  Bain,  14. 

Indiana. 

Asphalt,  oil,  and  gas  in  southwestern 
Indiana,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  5. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  Indiana,  Blatchley,  8. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Coal  field  of  Indiana  and  Illinois,  Ful¬ 
ler  and  Ashley,  2. 

Ditney  folio,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Eastern  interior  coal  field,  Ashley,  1. 

Estimation  of  the  silica  in  the  Bedford 
limestone,  Knight  (N.),  7. 

Lakes  of  Indiana  and  their  marl  de¬ 
posits,  Blatchley  and  Ashley,  1. 

Lime  industry  in  Indiana,  Blatchley,  7. 

Lower  Carboniferous  area  of  southern 
Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Medicinal  properties  and  uses  of  In¬ 
diana  mineral  waters,  Ilessler,  1. 

Mineral  waters  of  Indiana,  Blatchley,  3. 

Oolitic  stone  for  Portland  cement, 
Blatchley,  1. 

Oolitic  limestone  industry,  Siebenthal. 
3. 

Patoka  folio,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Petroleum  industry  in  Indiana,  Blatch¬ 
ley,  2,  4,  6. 

Report  of  natural  gas  supervisor,  Kin¬ 
ney,  1,  2. 

Report  of  natural  gas  supervisor,  Leach 
(J.  C.),  1,  2. 

Silver  Creek  hydraulic  limestone,  Sie¬ 
benthal,  2. 

Indian  Territory. 

Arkansas-Indian  Territory  coal  field. 
Bache,  1. 

Asphalt  lands  of  Indian  Territory,  Taff, 

12, 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Indian  Territory — Continued. 

Asphalt  refining,  Crane,  3. 

Atoka  folio,  Taff,  3. 

Calgate  folio,  Taff,  2. 

Coal  fields  of  Arkansas  and  Indian  Ter¬ 
ritory,  Scholz,  1. 

Coal  lands  of  Indian  Territory,  Taff, 
7-11. 

Coal  mining  in  Indian  Territory,  Crane, 
5. 

Coal  work  in  Indian  Territory,  Taff.  10. 
Geology  of  Muscogee  oil  fields,  Taff  and 
Shaler,  1. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coast,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 
Portland-cement  resources  of  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  14. 

Southwestern  coal  field,  Taff,  4. 
Tahlequah  folio,  Taff,  17. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

Iowa. 

Analyses  of  Iowa  building  stones, 
Knight  (N.),  2. 

Artesian  wells  in  Iowa,  Calvin,  9. 
Cement  and  cement  materials  of  Iowa, 
Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

Geology  and  geological  resources  of 
Iowa,  Calvin,  3,  7. 

Geology  of  Benton  County,  Savage,  7. 
Geology  of  Cedar  County,  Norton,  1. 
Geology  of  Cherokee  and  Buena  Vista 
counties,  Macbride,  2. 

Geology  of  Chickasaw  County,  Calvin. 

11. 

Geology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Williams,  2. 
Geology  of  Clinton  County,  Udden 
(Jon  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Emmet,  Palo  Alto,  and  Po¬ 
cahontas  counties,  Macbride,  4. 
Geology  of  Fayette  County,  Savage,  8. 
Geology  of  Henry  County,  Savage,  1. 
Geology  of  Howard  County,  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  10. 

Geology  of  Jasper  County,  Williams  (I. 
A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Jefferson  County,  Udden,  5. 
Geology  of  Louisa  County,  Udden.  2. 
Geology  of  Marion  County,  Miller  (B. 
L.).  1. 

Geology  of  Mills  and  Fremont  counties, 
Udden,  8. 

Geology  of  Mitchell  County,  Calvin,  12. 
Geology  of  Monroe  County,  Iowa.  Beyer 
and  Young,  1. 

Geology  of  Page  County,  Calvin,  1. 
Geology  of  Pottawattamie  County,  Ud¬ 
den.  3. 

Geology  of  Tama  County,  Savage,  3. 
Geology  of  Wapello  County,  Leonard.  3. 
Geology  of  Webster  County,  Wilder,  3. 
Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  Dema-. 
ret,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Iowa,  Wilder,  C. 
Gypsum  of  central  Iowa,  Wilder,  4. 
Iowa’s  iron  mine.  Beyer,  2, 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


467 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Iowa — Continued. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Ilise  and  Bain,  1. 

Mineral  production  in  1901,  Beyer,  1. 

Mineral  production  in  1902,  Beyer,  3. 

Mineral  production  in  1904,  Beyer,  4. 

Occurrence  of  gold  and  other  mineral 
products  in  Iowa,  Calvin,  2. 

Portland  cement  resources  of  Iowa, 
Bain,  15. 

Report  of  assistant  State  geologist, 
Leonard,  2. 

Southwestern  Iowa  coal  fields,  Keyes, 

22. 

Technology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Wil¬ 
liams,  1. 

Tenth  annual  report  of  State  geologist, 
Calvin,  5. 

Tests  of  lithographic  limestone,  of 
Mitchell  County,  Hoen,  1. 

Western  interior  coal  field,  Bain,  3. 

Kansas. 

Americus  limestone,  Smith  (A.  J.),  1. 

Atchison  diamond-drill  prospect  hole, 
Langworthy,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clay  industries  of  Independence  quad¬ 
rangle,  Schrader  and  Haworth,  2. 

Coal  fields  of  Kansas,  Crane,  4. 

Composition  of  gas  from  a  well  at  Dex¬ 
ter,  McFarland,  1. 

Cottonwood  Falls  folio,  Prosser  and 
Beede,  1. 

•Dakota  Cretaceous  of  Kansas  and  Ne¬ 
braska,  Gould,  5. 

Dexter  nitrogen  gas  well,  Haworth  and 
McFarland,  1. 

Economic  geology  of  Iola  and  vicinity, 
Grimsley,  2. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Iola  quadran¬ 
gle,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Galena-Joplin  lead  and  zinc  district, 
Haworth,  1. 

Geology  and  mining  interests  of  Kan¬ 
sas,  Haworth,  3. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  Dema 
ret,  1. 

Gold  in  Kansas,  Lovewell,  2. 

Gold  in  Kansas  shales,  Lovewell,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Kansas,  Grimsley, 
5. 

Kansas  coal  mines  of  the  Missouri  Val¬ 
ley,  Crane,  2. 

Kansas  coal  mining,  Crane,  1. 

Kansas  mines  and  minerals,  Grimsley, 

1. 

Kansas  petroleum,  Bartow  and  McCol¬ 
lum,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Joplin 
district.  Smith  (W.  S.  T.).  2. 

Oil  and  gas  in  Kansas,  Haworth,  4. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Kansas — Continued. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coast,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Oil  and  gas  of  Independence  quadran¬ 
gle,  Schrader  and  Haworth,  1. 

Oil,  gas,  glass,  etc.,  in  Kansas,  Grims¬ 
ley,  1. 

Origin  of  gypsum  deposits,  Sherwin,  2. 

Ottawa  gas  wells,  Yates  (J.  A.),  1. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas,  Haworth, 
o 

Portland-cement  resources  of  the  Inde¬ 
pendence  quadrangle,  Haworth  and 
Schrader,  1. 

Springs  of  Kansas  and  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  3. 

Tests  for  gold  and  silver  in  shales  from 
western  Kansas,  Lindgren,  7,  8. 

Western  interior  coal  field,  Bain,  3. 

Kentucky. 

Asphalt  rock  in  Kentucky,  Burk,  2. 

Barboursville  oil  field,  McCallie,  7. 

Big  Stone  Gap  coal  field,  Pultz,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Cumberland  Gap  coal  field,  Ashley,  3,  4. 

Eastern  interior  coal  field,  Ashley,  1. 

Fluorspar  and  zinc  mines  of  Kentucky, 
Harwood,  1. 

Fluorspar  deposits  of  Kentucky-Illinois 
district,  Bain,  12. 

Fluorspar  mines  of  Kentucky  and  Illi¬ 
nois,  Burk,  1. 

Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Jellico  coal  field,  Evans  (N.  N.),  2. 

Lead  and  zinc  bearing  rocks  of  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.), 
3. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich  and 
Smith,  1. 

Lithographic  stone  deposits  of  eastern 
Kentucky,  Ulrich,  3. 

Norton  coals  of  Big  Sandy  Basin,  Alt- 
house,  1. 

Oil  and  gas  sands  of  Kentucky,  Hoe¬ 
ing,  1. 

Report  of  division  of  chemistry,  Peter, 

1. 

Report  on  lands  leased  for  oil  and  gas 
near  Cannel  City,  Lane,  19. 

Southern  Appalachian  coal  field, 
Hayes  (C.  W.),  7. 

Zinc  in  Crittenden  County,  Wheeler 
(G.  D.),  1. 

Louisiana. 

Accumulation  of  petroleum,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  8. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Geological  horizon  of  petroleum,  Fish- 
back,  1.  » 

Hills  of  Louisiana  north  of  V.  S.  &  P. 
Railroad,  Lerch,  1. 


468 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Louisiana — Continued. 

Hills  of  Louisiana  south  of  V.  S.  and  P. 
Railroad,  Lerch,  2. 

Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  gulf 
coast,  Fenneman,  8. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  13. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Oil  in  Louisiana,  Harris,  4. 

Preliminary  report  upon  bluff  ahd  Mis¬ 
sissippi  alluvial  lands  of  Louisiana, 
Clendenin,  2. 

Preliminary  report  upon  Florida  par¬ 
ishes  of  east  Louisiana,  Clendenin,  1. 

Salines  of  north  Louisiana,  Veatch,  1. 

Southern  oil  fields,  Hager,  1. 

Subterranean  waters  of  Louisiana, 
Harris,  3. 

Sulphur  deposits  of  Calcasieu  Parish, 
Kerr,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Louisiana, 
Harris,  6. 

Volcanic  origin  of  oil,  Coste,  4. 

Water  supplies  in  Louisiana,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  10. 

Maine. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Geology  of  Perry  Basin,  Smith  and 
White,  1. 

Granite  industry  of  Penobscot  Bay 
quadrangle,  Smith  (G.  O.),  17. 

Mineral  resources,  Lee  (L.  A.),  1. 

Molybdenite  deposit  in  eastern  Maine, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  16. 

Quartz  veins  in  Maine  and  Vermont, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  14. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 

8. 

Water  powers  of  Maine,  Pressey,  3. 

Maryland. 

Bituminous  coal  fields  of  Maryland, 
White  (D.),  7. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  Maryland,  Ries,  5. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States, 
Weed,  17. 

Distribution  and  character  of  Mary¬ 
land  coal  beds,  Clark,  Martin,  and 
Rutledge,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Maryland  coal  district, 
Martin  (G.  C.),  16. 

Gold  veins  near  Great  Falls,  Weed,  35. 

Mineral  resources  of  Cecil  County, 
Mathews,  1. 

Mineral  resources  of  Garrett  County, 
Martin  (G.  C.),  2. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 

8. 

Massachusetts. 

Building  stones  of  Boston,  Crosby  and 
Loughlin,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34, 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Massachusetts — Continued. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 
Hematite  deposits  of  New  York,  Eckel, 
30. 

Limonite  deposits  of  New  York  and 
New  England,  Eckel,  36. 

Mexico. 

Aguas  subterraneas  de  Amozoc,  Ordo¬ 
nez,  12. 

Cananea  copper  deposits,  Weed,  12. 
Cananea  ore  deposits,  Weed,  23. 
Cananea  revisited,  Hill  (R.  T.),  12. 
Canteras  de  San  Lorenzo  Totolinga, 
Lazo  and  Ordonez,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Las  Esperanzas,  Ludlow, 

1. 

Coal  mines  at  Las  Esperanzas,  Ries,  9. 
Cobalt  au  Mexique,  Caballero,  1. 

Coking  coal  in  Chihuahua,  Phillips 
(W.  B.),  13. 

Copper  deposits  of  San  Jose,  Kemp,  32. 
Copper  deposits  in  Sinaloa  and  Sonora, 
Rickard  (F.),  2. 

Criadero  de  fierro  del  Cerro  de  Mercado, 
Durango,  Rangel,  1. 

Criaderos  argentiferos,  Flores,  1. 
Criaderos  cupro-argentiferos  en  Tapal- 
pa,  Villafana,  1. 

Criaderos  de  fierro  de  la  hacienda  de 
Vaquerias,  Villarello  and  Bose,  1. 
Criaderos  de  mercurio  de  Chiquilistan, 
Villarello,  6. 

Criaderos  de  petroleo  de  Pichucalco, 
Alcala,  1. 

Distribucion  geografica  y  geologica  de 
los  criaderos  minerales,  Aguilera,  1. 
Estado  de  Tabasco,  Laguerenne,  1. 
Fierro  de  Tatatila,  Veracruz,  Capilla, 
1. 

Genesis  de  los  yacimientos  mercuriales 
de  Palomas,  Villarello,  1. 

Geographic  and  geologic  features,  and 
their  relation  to  "the  mineral  prod¬ 
ucts  of  Mexico,  Hill  (R.  T.),  4. 
Geographical  and  geological  distribu¬ 
tion  of  mineral  deposits  of  Mexico, 
Aguilera,  3. 

Geology  of  San  Pedro  district,  Finlay 
(G.  I.),  5. 

Geology  of  Santo  Domingo  placer 
fields,  Hill  (R.  T.),  15. 

Geology  of  the  Cananeas,  Mathez,  1. 
Geology  of  western  Mexico,  Farring¬ 
ton,  13. 

Gold  mines  of  the  San  Pedro  district, 
Laird.  1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Guanajuato  mining  district,  Henrich, 

1. 

Guanajuato  mining  district,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  14. 

Hostotipaquillo  district,  Cummings,  10 
La  industria  minera,  Ordonez,  2. 
Kupfererzlagerstiitte  in  Nieder-Califor- 
nien,  Krusch,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


469 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Mexico — Continued. 

Ligeros  datos  sobre  los  criaderos  de 
Penoles,  Hijar,  1. 

“Los  Reyes”  gold  mines,  Smith  (A. 

H. ),  1. 

Mina  Santa  Francisca,  Cook  (E.  H.), 

I. 

Minas  “  Santiago  y  Anexas,”  Villarello, 
9. 

Mineral  de  Angangueo,  Ordonez,  11. 

Mineral  zone  of  Santa  Maria  del  Rio, 
Manzano,  1. 

Mines  and  minerals  of  Guanajuato, 
Blake  (W.  P.),  7. 

Mines  in  the  states  of  Chihuahua,  Si¬ 
naloa,  and  Sonora,  Weed,  8. 

Mines  of  Santa  Eulalia,  Aiken,  1. 

Mining  industry  of  Pachuca,  Ordonez, 
3,  6. 

Mining  in  Lower  California,  Lowry,  1. 

Montezuma  district,  Clere,  1. 

Occurrence  of  selenium  with  pyrite, 
Pearce,  1. 

Onyx-marble  deposits  of  Jimulco,  Ordo¬ 
nez,  4. 

Ore  deposits  of  Cananea,  Austin,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Cananea,  Hill  (R.  T.), 
11.  ' 

Ore  deposits  of  La  Cananea,  Steel,  1. 

Sahuayacan  district,  Bagg,  8. 

San  Alto  tin  deposits,  Nevius,  3. 

Santa  Eulalia  district,  Hill  (R.  T.),  10. 

Santa  Eulalia  mines,  Lakes,  54. 

Santa  Eulalia  mining  district,  Argali 
(P.L  I- 

Santa  Eulalia  ore  deposits,  Argali  (P.), 

2. 

Sierra  Mojada  and  its  ore  deposits, 
Emmons  (S.  F.),  8. 

Sierra  Mojada  and  its  ore  deposits, 
Malcomson,  1. 

Silver-bearing  veins  of  Mexico,  Halse, 
1,  4,  5. 

Silver-lead  mines  of  Santa  Eulalia,  Ca¬ 
hill,  1. 

Structure  of  ore-bearing  veins  in  Mex¬ 
ico,  Halse,  2. 

Teoria  quimica  para  explicar  la  forma- 
cion  del  petroleo  de  Aragon,  Villa¬ 
rello,  3. 

Trip  to  Chihuahua,  Lakes,  51. 

Upland  placers  of  La  Cienaga,  Sonora, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  7. 

Value  of  ores  in  Mexico,  Emmons  (N. 
H.),  1. 

Vanadio  de  Charcas,  Caballero,  2. 

Yaqui  River  country  of  Sonora,  Ban¬ 
croft,  1. 

Michigan. 

Alabaster  area,  Gregory  (W.  M.),  3. 

Asphalt  in  Delta  County,  Lane,  6. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  and  shales  of  Michigan,  Ries,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Michigan — Continued. 

Coal  formation  of  Bay  County,  Cooper 
(W.  F.),  3. 

Coal  of  Michigan,  Lane,  14. 

Copper  mines  of  Lake  Superior,  Rick¬ 
ard  (T.  A.),  14,  16. 

Copper  mining  in  Upper  Michigan, 
Jackson  (J.  F.),  1. 

Deep  borings  for  oil  and  gas,  Lane,  46. 

Deep  wells  and  prospects  for  oil  and 
gas,  Lane,  10. 

Economic  geology  of  Michigan,  Lane,  5, 
8,  26. 

Eisenerzlagerstatten  am  Lake  Superior, 
Macco,  1. 

Explorations  for  oil  and  gas,  Lane,  31. 

Fifth  annual  report  of  State  geologist, 
Lane,  39. 

Geology  of  lands  in  Upper  Peninsula, 
Rose,  2. 

Geology  of  Menominee  Range,  Hulst,  1. 

Geology  of  some  lands  in  Michigan, 
Rose,  1. 

Gold  near  Lake  Superior,  Lane,  35. 

Gypsum,  Diehl,  1. 

Gypsum  and  plaster  industry  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Grimsley,  7. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Michigan,  Grims¬ 
ley,  4. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Lake  Superior 
region,  Van  Hise,  2. 

Lake  Superior  geological  work,  Van 
Hise,  14. 

Lake  Superior  iron-ore  deposits,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  6. 

Lake  Superior  iron  region,  Leith,  10. 

Limestones  of  Michigan,  Lane,  1,  9,  41. 

Localities  and  mills  manufacturing 
Portland  cement,  Lane,  21. 

Marl  and  the  manufacture  of  Portland 
cement,  Hale,  1. 

Marls  and  clays  in  Michigan,  Fall,  1,  2. 

Menominee  district  of  Michigan,  Bay- 
ley,  1. 

Michigan  clay,  shales,  and  paving  ma¬ 
terials,  Lane,  34. 

Northern  interior  coal  field,  Lane,  15. 

Origin  of  gypsum,  Grimsley,  8. 

Origin  of  Michigan  bog  limes,  Lane,  20. 

Origin  of  Michigan  gypsum  deposits, 
Grimsley,  6. 

Port  Huron  oil  field,  Gordon  (C.  II.),  2. 

Portland-cement  industry  in  Michigan, 
Russell,  6. 

Relation  of  vein  at  Central  mine,  Ke¬ 
weenaw  Point,  to  Kearsarge  con¬ 
glomerate,  Hubbard  (L.  L.),  2. 

Report  of  Michigan  Geological  Survey, 
Lane.  17. 

Report  on  Arenac  County,  Gregory  (W. 
M.),  1,  2. 

Salt,  Lane,  12. 

Sixth  annual  report  of  the  State  geolo¬ 
gist,  Lane,  49. 

Summary  of  Lake  Superior  geology. 
Leith,  14. 


470 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Michigan — Continued. 

Surface  geology  of  Alcona  County, 
Leverett,  3. 

Topography,  soils,  water  resources,  etc., 
of  Muskegon  County,  McLouth,  1. 

Minnesota. 

Baraboo  iron  ore,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  23. 

Casselton-Fargo  folio,  Hall  and  Wil¬ 
lard,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Constituents  of  Minnesota  soils,  Hall 
(C.  W.),  2. 

Deep  wells  as  a  source  of  water  supply 
for  Minneapolis,  Winchell  (N.  H.), 
27. 

Eisenerzlagerstatten  am  Lake  Superior, 
Macco,  1. 

Geologic  work  on  Lake  Superior  iron 
district,  Leith,  5. 

Geology  and  mines  of  Lake  Superior 
copper  district,  Stevens  (H.  J.),  1. 

Geology  of  a  new  iron  district  in  Min¬ 
nesota,  Thomas,  4. 

Geology  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W. ), 

5,  7. 

Geology  of  the  iron  ores  of  Minnesota, 
Winchell  (N.  H.),  24. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Lake  Superior 
region,  Van  Hise,  2. 

Iron  ores  of  Mesabi  and  Gogebic  ranges, 
Leith,  8. 

Iron  ores  of  Minnesota,  Winchell  (N. 
II.),  7. 

Lake  Superior  iron  ore  deposits,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  6. 

Lake  Superior  iron  region  during  1903, 
Leith,  12. 

Mesabi  iron-bearing  district,  Leith,  4. 

Mesabi  iron  ore  range,  Woodbridge,  1. 

Mesabi  iron  range,  Winchell  (H.  V.),3. 

Mining  in  the  Vermilion  iron  district 
of  Minnesota,  Thomas,  3. 

New  iron-bearing  horizon  in  Keewatin 
in  Minnesota,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  1. 

Origin  and  distribution  of  Minnesota 
clays,  Berkey,  3. 

Original  source  of  Lake  Superior  iron 
ores,  Spurr,  5. 

Pioneer  iron  mine,  Ely,  Minn.,  Carlyle, 

1. 

Vermilion  district  of  Minnesota,  Clem¬ 
ents,  2. 

Vermilion  iron-bearing  district  of  Min¬ 
nesota,  Clements,  3. 

Mississippi. 

Cement  and  cement  resources  of  the 
Tombigbee  River  district,  Eckel  and 
Crider,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Cement  resources  of  northeast  Missis¬ 
sippi,  Crider,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Geology  of  Oktibbeha  County,  Logan,  2.  j 

Loess  of  Natchez,  Miss.,  Shimek,  4. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Mississippi — Continued. 

Phosphate  deposits,  Brown  (L.  P. ),  1. 

Stoneware  and  brick  clays,  Eckel,  18. 

Missouri. 

Biennial  report  of  State  geologist, 
Buckley,  7. 

Bituminous  and  asphalt  rocks,  Broad- 
head,  4. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal*  fields  of  Missouri,  Bush,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Missouri,  Bain  and 
Ulrich,  1,  2. 

Disseminated  lead  ores  of  southeast 
Missouri,  Nason,  4. 

Galena-.Joplin  lead  and  zinc  district, 
Haworth,  1. 

Geology  of  Miller  County,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Geology  of  Moniteau  County,  Van 
Horn,  1. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Graydon  sandstone,  Babcock  and  Mi¬ 
nor,  1. 

Joplin  zinc  district,  Steele,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Keyes,  20. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  re¬ 
gion,  Bain,  2. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  re¬ 
gion,  Van  Hise,  5. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Joplin 
district,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  2. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Branner,  3. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Hedburg,  1. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Nichols  (H.  W.),  2. 

Missouri  coal  field,  Griffith,  4. 

Missouri  lead  and  zinc  regions,  Crook, 

2. 

Origin  of  Joplin  ore  deposits,  Bain.  1. 

Quarrying  industry  of  Missouri,  Buck- 
ley  and  Buehler,  1. 

Pierson  Creek  mines.  Smith  and  Stand- 
ley,  1. 

Report  of  State  geologist.  Buckley,  4. 

Source  of  Missouri  lead.  Wheeler  (H. 
A.),  1. 

Structural  features  of  Joplin  district, 
Bain,  17. 

Western  interior  coal  field,  Bain,  3. 

Zinc  deposits  of  Missouri,  Bain,  13. 

Montana. 

Cement  resources  of  Montana.  Weed,  33. 

Chalcocite  at  Butte,  Winchell  (H.  V.), 

2. 

Conditions  in  veins  and  faults  in  Butte. 
Braden,  1. 

Corundum  in  Montana.  Edman,  1. 

Economic  value  of  hot  springs,  Weed, 
38. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


471 


Economic  geology— Continued. 

Montana — Continued. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Bitterroot  Range  and  Clearwater 
Mountains,  Lindgren,  21. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Weed,  5. 

Geology  of  the  Butte  mining  district, 
Miller  (G.  W.),  2. 

Gold  mines  of  Marysville  district, 
Weed,  14. 

Gold  nugget  from  Montana,  Fearce,  1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gypsum  deposits,  Rowe,  5. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Montana,  Weed,  25. 

Igneous  rocks  and  their  segregation, 
Winchell  (A.  N.),,4. 

Influence  of  country  rock  on  mineral 
veins,  Weed,  6. 

Mineral  deposits  of  Bitterroot  Range 
and  Clearwater  Mountains,  Lindgren, 

11. 

Montana  coal  fields,  Rowe,  2,  6. 

Oil  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains. 
Willis,  4. 

Ore  deposits  at  Butte,.  Weed,  16. 

Ores  of  Butte  mining  district,  Byrne,  3. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 
S.),  1. 

Source  of  placer  gold  in  Alder  Gulch, 
Douglass,  11. 

Volcanic  ash  beds  of  Montana,  Rowe,  1. 

Nebraska. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Comparative  value  of  hluff  and  valley 
wash  deposits  as  brick  material, 
Fisher  (C.  A.),  1. 

Dakota  and  Carboniferous  clays  of  Ne¬ 
braska,  Gould  and  Fisher,  1. 

Dakota  Cretaceous  of  Kansas  and  Ne¬ 
braska,  Gould,  5. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  of  Dakota  County,  Burchard,  2. 

Jefferson  County,  Carmony,  1. 

Lignites  of  the  Missouri  Valley,  Burch¬ 
ard,  1. 

Limestone  quarries  of  Nebraska,  Fisher 
(C.  A.),  2. 

Report  of  State  geologist,  Barbour  (E. 
II.),  8. 

Scotts  Bluff  folio,  Darton,  11. 

Nevada. 

Alum  deposit  near  Silver  Feak,  Spurr, 

21. 

Building  stones  of  Nevada,  Reid  (.T. 
A.),  2. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  deposits  between  Silver  Creek  and 
Candelaria,  Spurr,  20. 

Contact  quaquaversal,  I’urington,  2. 

Delamar  and  Horn-Silver  mines,  Em¬ 
mons  (S.  F,),  3, 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Nevada — Continued. 

Developments  at  Tonopah  during  1904, 
Spurr,  26. 

District  of  Goldfield,  Draper,  1. 

Genetic  relations  of  western  Nevada 
ores,  Spurr,  31. 

.  Geological  features  of  Nevada,  Louder- 
back,  1. 

Geology  of  Goldfield,  Dominian,  1,  2. 

Geology  of  Goldfields  district,  Spurr,  19. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Geology  of  region  of  Walker  River, 
Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Spurr,  29. 

Gold-bearing  quartzites  of  eastern  Ne¬ 
vada,  Weeks,  2. 

Gold  production  of  North  America. 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Turner,  15. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Nevada,  Louder- 
back,  5. 

Gypsum  deposits  of  Nevada,  Louder- 
back,  2. 

Hydrothermal  activity  in  veins  at  We¬ 
dekind,  Morris,  1. 

Lone  Mountain  district,  Lakes,  72. 

Mines  of  Esmeralda  County,  Turner,  3. 

Montezuma  district,  Stretch,  3. 

Nevada  coal  field,  Stoneham,  1. 

Nevada  ore  deposit,  Wiel,  1. 

Nitrate  deposits,  Humboldt  County, 
Wagenen,  1. 

Notes  on  Goldfield,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  5. 

Notes  on  Tonopah,  Easton,  1. 

Notes  on  two  desert  mines,  Emmons  (S. 
F.),  2. 

Occurrence  of  tungsten  ore,  Weeks,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Contact,  Bailey  (J.  T.), 

1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Silver  Feak  quadrangle. 
Spurr,  18. 

Ore  deposits  of  Tonopah,  Spurr,  8,  9, 

11. 

Ores  of  Goldfield,  Spurr,  25. 

Osceola  tungsten  deposits,  Smith  (F. 
D.),  1. 

Rabbit  Hole  sulphur  mines,  Adams  (G. 
I.),  16. 

Santa  Fe  mining  district,  McCormick,  1. 

Silver  Peak  region,  Spurr,  22. 

Tiitigkeit  heisser  Quellen  in  den  Gang- 
en  von  Wedekind,  Wendeborn,  1. 

Tonopah,  Knapp  (S.  A.),  1. 

Tonopah  mining  camp,  Lakes,  68. 

Tonopah  mining  district,  Spurr,  27. 

Tungsten  ore  in  eastern  Nevada.  Weeks, 

8. 

N  eicfo  und  land. 

Exploration  in  Carboniferous  basin 
near  Grand  Lake,  Howley,  2. 

Pyrites  deposits  at  Fort  au  Fort, 
Meissner,  1. 


472 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

New  Hampshire. 

Geology  of  Littleton,  Hitchcock  (C.  ] 
H.),  10. 

Neiv  Jersey. 

Artesian  wells,  Woolman,  1-3. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Cement-rock  deposits  of  the  Lehigh  dis¬ 
trict,  Eckel,  25. 

Clay  and  its  properties,  Ries,  12. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States, 
Weed,  17. 

Copper  deposits  of  New  Jersey,  Weed, 
18. 

Copper  leaching  at  the  American  cop¬ 
per  mine,  Bond,  1. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Griggstown  copper  deposit,  Weed,  27. 

Iron  and  zinc  mines,  Kummel,  5. 

Magnetite  deposits  in  Sussex  County, 
Spencer  (A.  C.),  12. 

Manufacture  of  clay  products,  Ries,  13. 

Mining  industry,  Kummel,  2,  3. 

Molding  sands  of  New  Jersey,  Kiim-  j 
mel,  9. 

Portland-cement  industry,  Kummel,  1. 

Stratigraphy  of  New  Jersey  clays,  Kiim- 
mel  .and  Knapp,  1. 

Talc  deposits  of  Phillipsburg,  Peck,  6. 

Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 

Zinc  and  manganese  deposits  of  Frank¬ 
lin  Furnace,  Wolff,  2. 

New  Mexico. 

Application  of  geology  to  economic 
problems  in  New  Mexico,  Herrick  (C.  i 
L.),  1. 

Burro  Mountain  copper  district,  Reid  ' 
(£.  D.),  1. 

Cerrillos  anthracite  mine,  Lakes,  5. 

Coal  fields  of  the  White  Mountain  re¬ 
gion,  Fisher  (C.  A.),  4. 

Coal,  graphite,  and  oil  field  of  Raton, 
Lakes,  23. 

Copper  deposits  of  Sierra  Oscura,  Turn¬ 
er,  11. 

Curtis  mines,  Lakes,  7. 

Geology  of  Apache  Canyon  placers, 
Keyes,  33. 

Geology  of  the  Cerrillos  Hills,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.),  4. 

Geology  of  the  Jemez-Albuquerque  re¬ 
gion,  Reagan,  1. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  Dema-  I 
i*et,  1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  New  Mexico,  Her¬ 
rick  (H.  N.),  1. 

Hagan  coal  field,  Keyes,  43. 

Iron  deposits  of  the  Chupadera  Mesa, 
Keyes,  42. 

Jemez  coal  fields,  Reagan,  4. 

Lake  Otero,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  6. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

New  Mexico — Continued. 

Mogollon  range,  Weatherby,  1. 

New  coal  field,  Lakes,  6. 

New  Mexico  copper  deposits,  Austin,  2. 
New  Mexico  mines  and  minerals,  Jones 
(F.  A.),  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  San  Pedro  district, 
Yung  and  McCaffery,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  Sierra  de  Los  Cabal- 
los,  Keyes,  47. 

Remarkable  silver  pipe,  Keyes,  32. 
Report  of  mine  inspector,  Sheridan,  1. 
Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 
S.),  1. 

Secondary  enrichment  in  the  Santa  Rita 
district,  Bagg,  5. 

Trip  to  White  Oaks,  Smith  and  Domin- 
ian,  1. 

White  sands  of  New  Mexico,  Brady,  1. 
Zinc  carbonate  ores  of  the  Magdalena 
Mountains,  Keyes,  48. 

New  York. 

Abrasives  of  New  York  State,  Magnus, 

1. 

Artesian  conditions  on  Long  Island, 
Veatch,  6. 

Artesian-well  sections  at  Ithaca,  Tarr, 

K 

Cement  industry  in  New  York,  Eckel,  5. 
Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 
Clinton  hematite,  Eckel,  33. 

Economic  geology  of  Monroe  County, 
Sarle,  3. 

Economic  geology  of  New  York,  New 
York  State  Museum,  1. 

Economic  geology  of  Oneida  County, 
Smyth  (C.  H.),  5, 

Economic  geology  of  western  New  York. 
Bishop  (T.  P.),  2. 

Economic  products  of  St.  Lawrence 
County,  Logan,  1. 

Emery  deposits  of  Westchester  County, 
Eckel,  2. 

Geological  history  of  hematite  iron  ores 
of  Antwerp  and  Fowler  belt  in  New 
York,  Crosby,  3. 

Geology  of  the  Paradox  Lake  quad¬ 
rangle,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Graphite  in  the  Adirondacks,  Kemp,  27. 
Gypsum  deposits  in  New  York,  Eckel, 
-  22. 

Gypsum  deposits  of  New  York  State, 
Parsons,  2. 

Gypsum  industry  in  New  York,  Parsons, 
1,  4. 

Hematite  deposits  of  New  York,  Eckel, 
30. 

Hematite  iron  ores  of  Antwerp  and 
Fowler  belt,  Crosby,  2. 

Hydrology  of  New  York,  Rafter,  1. 

Lime  and  cement  industries  of  New 
York,  Ries,  4. 

Limestones  in  central  New  York, 
Schneider,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


473 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

New  York — Continued. 

Limonite  deposits  of  New  York  and 
New  England,  Eckel,  36. 

Magnetite  deposits  at  Mineville,  Ries,  8. 

Mineral  developments  around  Ithaca, 
Ries,  10. 

Mineral  developments  at  Mineville, 
Ries,  11. 

Mineral  resources  of  Onondaga  County, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  9. 

Minerals  not  commercially  important,  1 
Whitlock,  3. 

Mining  and  quarry  industry  during 
1904,  Newland,  2. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and  others; 

1. 

Oil  and  gas  in  New  York,  Bishop  (T. 
P.),  1. 

Peat,  Parsons,  3. 

Peat  and  its  occurrence  in  New  York, 
Ries,  7. 

Portland-cement  industry  in  New  York, 
Eckel,  4. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  New  York, 
Eckel,  39. 

Pyrite  deposits  of  the  western  Adiron- 
dr.cks,  Eckel,  40. 

Quarries  of  bluestone,  Dickinson,  1. 

Quarry  industry  in  southeastern  New 
York,  Eckel,  6. 

Rossie  lead  veins,  Smyth  (C.  H.),  4. 

Salt  and  other  resources  of  the  Watkins 
Glen  quadrangle,  Kindle,  7. 

Slate  quarries  of  Washington  County, 
Nevius,  1. 

W’hetstone  industry,  Schneider,  5. 

Nicaragua. 

Gold  fields  of  eastern  Nicaragua,  Gott- 
schalk,  1. 

North  Carolina. 

Asheville  folio,  Keith,  9. 

Atlantic  coast  Triassic  coal  field,  Wood- 
worth,  4. 

Biennial  report  of  the  State  geologist, 
Holmes  (J.  A.),  1,  2. 

Carolina  gold  deposits,  Weed,  3. 

Carolina  tin  belt,  Graton,  3. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Virgilina  cop¬ 
per  district,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States, 
Weed,  17. 

Copper  deposits  of  southern  United 
States,  Weed,  2. 

Corundum  in  North  Carolina,  Ropes,  1. 

Corundum  of  North  Carolina,  Pratt  and 
Lewis,  1. 

Cranberry  folio,  Keith,  4. 

Gold  in  North  Carolina,  Moore  (F.),  1. 

Greeneville  folio,  Keith,  11. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Cranberry  dis¬ 
trict,  Keith,  5. 

Marble  and  talc  of  North  Carolina, 
Pratt,  7. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

North  Carolina — Continued. 

Mining  industry  in  North  Carolina, 
Pratt,  4,  9-11. 

Mount  Mitchell  folio,  Keith,  12. 

Norfolk  folio,  Darton,  7. 

Phosphate  deposits,  Brown  (L.  P.),  1. 

Talc  deposits  of  North  Carolina,  Keith, 
7. 

Tin,  Struthers  and  Pratt,  1. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  Carolinas,  Pratt 
and  Sterrett,  1. 

North  Dakota. 

Casselton-Fargo  folio,  Hall  and  Wil¬ 
lard,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Pembina  re¬ 
gion,  Berkey,  7. 

Lignite  coal  fields  of  North  Dakota, 
Wilder,  2. 

Lignite  deposits,  Hazeltine,  1. 

Lignite  of  North  Dakota,  Wilder,  1,  8. 

Lignite  on  the  Missouri,  Heart,  and 
Cannon  Ball  rivers,  Wilder,  10. 

Lignites  of  the  Missouri  Valley,  Burch- 
ard,  1. 

Region  between  the  Northern  Pacific 
Railroad  and  Missouri  River,  Wood 
(L.  H.),  1. 

Report  of  Geological  Survey,  Babcock, 

1. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 
S.),  1. 

Water  resources  of  Devils  Lake  region, 
Babcock,  2. 

Ohio. 

Berea  grit  oil  sand  in  Cadiz  quadrangle, 
Griswold,  1. 

Bituminous  coal  field  of  Ohio,  Hazel- 
tine,  2. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  petro¬ 
leum,  Mabery,  3. 

Corning  oil  and  gas  field,  Bownocker,  2. 

Eastern  Ohio  oil  fields,  Griswold,  2. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Ohio,  Peppel,  1. 

Lime  resources  of  Ohio,  Orton  and  Pep¬ 
pel,  1. 

Manufacture  of  hydraulic  cements, 
Bleininger,  1. 

Natural  features  and  economic  develop¬ 
ment  of  drainage  areas  in  Ohio,  Flynn 
(B.  H.  and  M.  S.),  1. 

Ohio  natural-gas  fields,  Bownocker,  4. 

Oil  and  gas  producing  rocks  of  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  3. 

Origin  of  gypsum  deposits,  Sherwin,  2. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  5. 

Salt  deposits  of  northeastern  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  6. 

Oklahoma. 

Building  stone  of  Oklahoma,  Schramm, 

1. 


474 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Oklahoma — Co-ntinued. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Contact  of  Permian  with  Pennsylva¬ 
nian  in  Oklahoma,  Kirk,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Oklahoma,  Gould, 

11. 

Oklahoma  gypsum,  Gould,  10. 

Oklahoma  limestones,  Gould,  8. 

Oklahoma  salt  plains,  Gould,  7. 

Reported  gold  deposits  of  the  Wichita 
Mountains,  Bain,  8,  9. 

Reported  ore  deposits  of  Wichita  Moun¬ 
tains,  Bain,  10. 

Springs  of  Kansas  and  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  3. 

Oregon. 

Artesian  basins  in  Idaho  and  Oregon, 
Russell,  9. 

Beach  gold  and  its  source,  Wash- 
burne,  3. 

Bohemia  mining  district  of  western 
Oregon,  Kimball,  1. 

Borax  mine  in  southern  Oregon,  Den¬ 
nis,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Smith 
(G.  O.),  6. 

Coal  in  Washington,  near  Portland, 
Diller,  21. 

Coos  Bay  coal  fields,  Rockwell,  1. 

Coos  Bay  folio,  Diller,  4. 

Gisements*des  minerais  de  mercure,  De- 
maret,  2. 

Gold  belt  of  Blue  Mountains,  Lind- 
greu,  4. 

Gold  •  mining  in  eastern  Oregon,  Bea¬ 
dle,  1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Oregon,  Lindgren, 

20. 

Mesozoic  of  southwestern  Oregon, 
Louderback,  6. 

Mineral  resources  and  mining  in  Ore¬ 
gon,  Drake,  1. 

Nampa  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  1. 

Native  gold  in  igneous  rocks,  Mallery, 

1. 

Oregon  nickel  prospects,  Ledoux,  1. 

Placer  gold  in  Oregon,  Wasliburne,  2. 

Port  Orford  folio,  Diller,  11. 

Quecksilberablagerungen  in  Oregon, 
Wendeborn,  2. 

Quicksilver  deposits  of  Oregon,  Den¬ 
nis,  2. 

So-called  iron  ore  near  Portland,  Dil¬ 
ler,  20. 

Panama. 

Manganese  industry  of  Panama,  Wil¬ 
liams  (E.  G.),  1. 

Pennsylvania. 

Anthracite  coal  fields,  Storrs  (A.  II.), 

1. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Pennsylvania — Continued. 

Anthracite  coal  near  Perkiomen  Creek, 
Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  2. 

Anthracite  situation,  Kemp,  17. 

Barite  in  Pennsylvania,  Stose,  2. 

Barnesboro-Patton  field,  Burrows,  1. 

Beaver  folio,  Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Bituminour  coal  field  of  Pennsylvania, 
White  and  Campbell,  1. 

Brownsville-Connellsville  folio,  Camp¬ 
bell  (M.  R.),  8. 

Cement  belt  in  Lehigh  and  Northamp¬ 
ton  counties,  Peck,  5. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Cement-rock  deposits  of  the  Lehigh 
district,  Eckel,  25. 

Charbons  gras  de  la  Pennsylvanie  et 
de  la  Virginie  occidentale,  Ileur- 
teau,  1. 

Clays  of  Great  Valley  and  South  Moun¬ 
tain  areas,  Hopkins  (T.  C. ),  4. 

Clays  of  Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  1. 

Clays  of  southeastern  Pennsylvania, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Clays  of  upper  Ohio  and  Beaver  River 
region,  Hice,  2. 

Coal  Measures  of  bituminous  regions, 
Adams  (T.  K.),  1. 

Coal  Measures  of  central  Pennsylvania, 
Fluck,  1. 

Coal  mining  in  the  Wilmore  basin, 
Butts,  3. 

Connellsville  region  mineral  resources, 
Eavenson,  1. 

Ebensburg  folio,  Pennsylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Elders  Ridge  coal  field,  Stone  (R. 
W.),  1. 

Elders  Ridge  folio,  Stone  (R.  W.),  7. 

Elkland-Tioga  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden, 

2. 

Gaines  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 

Gaines  oil  field,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  2. 

Gisements  des  minerais  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Hyner  gas  pool,  Fuller  (M.  L. ),  9. 

Indiana  folio,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 

Kittanning  folio.  Butts,  4. 

Latrobe  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  18. 

Limestones  of  southwestern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Clapp,  4. 

Mineral  resources  of  Elders  Ridge  quad¬ 
rangle,  Stone  (R.  W.),  8. 

Masontown-Uniontown  folio,  Campbell 
(M.  R.).,  6. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  Greene  County, 
Stone  (R.  W.),  2. 

Pennsylvania  anthracite  coal  fields, 
Stoek,  1. 

Petroleum  industry  of  Europe  and 
America,  Otsuka,  1. 

Pittsburg  coal  in  the  Burgettstown 
quadrangle,  Griswold,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


475 


Economic  geology— Continued. 

Pennsylvania — Continued. 

Recent  work  in  the  bituminous  coal 
field  of  Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M. 
R.),  11. 

Rural  valley  folio,  Butts,  6. 

Slate  industry  at  Slatington,  Dale,  2. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 

8. 

Waynesburg  folio,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6. 

Philippine  Islands. 

Coal  deposits  of  Batan  Island,  Smith 
(W.  D.),  1. 

Coal  deposits  of  Polillo  Island,  Wig- 
more,  1. 

Coal  deposits  on  the  Batan  military 
reservation,  Wigmore,  2. 

Coal  Measures  of  the  Philippine  Is¬ 
lands,  Burritt,  1. 

Geological  reconnoissance  of  Bulacan, 
McCaskey,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 
Becker,  1. 

Pigholugan  and  Pigtao  gold  regions, 
Island  of  Mindanao,  Nichols  (J.  C.), 
1. 

Sixth  annual  report  of  the  mining 
bureau,  McCaskey,  2. 

Rhode  Island. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

South  Carolina. 

Carolina  gold  deposits,  Weed,  3. 

Carolina  tin  belt,  Graton,  3. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Mineral  resources,  Sloan,  1. 

Phosphate  deposits,  Brown  (L.  P.),  1. 

Phosphate  industry,  Chazal,  1. 

Tin,  Struthers  and  Pratt,  1. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  Carolinas,  Pratt 
and  Sterrett,  1. 

South  Dakota. 

Age  of  Homestake  lode,  Ilewett,  2. 

Alexandria  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  1. 

Artesian  wells  in  North  and  South 
Dakota,  Upham,  1. 

Bald  Mountain  district  in  the  Black 
Hills,  Blatchford,  2. 

,  Black  Hills  ore  deposits,  O’Harra,  1. 

Building  stones  of  South  Dakota,  Todd 
( J.  E.) ,  7. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Deposit  of  fuller’s  earth,  Cook,  1. 

Deposits  of  wolframite  in  the  Black 
Hills,  Irving,  1. 

De  Smet  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  3. 

Economic  resources  of  Black  Hills, 
Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 

Edgemont  folio,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Geology  and  mineralogy  of  the  Black 
Hills,  O’Harra,  3, 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

South  Dakota — Continued. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  James 

River  Valley,  Todd  and  Hall,  2. 

Geology  of  artesian  basins,  McCaslin,  1. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Black  Hills,  Jaggar,  5. 

Gold  ores  of  the  Black  Hills,  Chance,  1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Golden  West  mine,  Storms,  5. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  South  Dakota, 
Darton,  15. 

Huron  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  15. 

Mineral  building  material,  fuels,  and 
waters  of  South  Dakota,  Todd 
(J.  E.),  5. 

Mineral  wealth  of  Black  Hills, 
O’Harra,  2. 

Mitchell  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  11. 

Newcastle  folio,  Darton,  14. 

Oelrichs  folio,  Darton,  8. 

Olivet  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9. 

Ore  deposits  of  northern  Black  Hills, 
Irving,  2. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  Black  Hills,  Irving, 
3,  4. 

Parker  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  10. 

Potsdam  formation  of  Bald  Mountain 
district,  Blatchford,  1. 

Problems  of  the  Dakota  artesian  Sys¬ 
tem,  Todd  (J.  E.),  2. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Tungsten  ores  in  the  Black  Hills,  Sim¬ 
mons,  1. 

Wolframite  in  Black  Hills,  Forsyth,  1. 

Wolframite  in  Black  Hills,  Raymond 
(R.  W.),  2. 

Tennessee. 

Asheville  folio,  Keith,  9. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Columbia  folio,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States. 
Weed,  17. 

Copper  deposits  of  eastern  United 
States,  Weed,  37. 

Copper  deposits  of  southern  United 
States,  Weed,  2. 

Cranberry  folio,  Keith,  4. 

Cumberland  Gap  coal  field,  Ashley,  3,  4. 
Cumberland  Plateau  coal  field,  Duffield, 
1. 

Deposits  of  copper  ores  at  Ducktown, 
Kemp,  10. 

Ducktown  copper-mining  district,  Mc- 
Callie,  4. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  Dem- 
ai-et,  1. 

Greeneville  folio,  Keith,  11. 

Horizons  of  phosphate  rocks,  Safford, 

1. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Cranberry 
district,  Keith,  5. 

Iron  ores  of  Shady  Valley,  Garrison,  2. 


476 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Tennessee — Continued. 

.Tellico  coal  field,  Evans  (N.  N.),  2. 
Maynardville  folio,  Keith,  1. 

Phosphate  deposits,  Brown  (L.  I*.),  1. 
Portland-cement  resources  of  Tennes¬ 
see,  Ulrich,  7. 

Southern  Appalachian  coal  field, 
Hayes  (C.  W.),  7. 

Stoneware  and  brick  clays,  Eckel,  18. 
Tennessee  iron  ores,  Maxwell,  1. 
Tennessee  marbles,  Keith,  6. 

Tennessee  white  phosphate,  Eckel,  8. 
Tennessee  white  phosphate,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  3r  15. 

White  phosphates  of  Decatur  County, 
Eckel,  20. 


Texas. 

Accumulation  of  petroleum,  Hayes  | 
(C.  W.),  8. 

Austin  folio,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Bat  guano  caves  in  Texas,  Phillips 
(W.  B.),  4. 

Beaumont  oil  field,  Hill  (R.  T. ),  5,  9. 

Beaumont  oil  field,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  2. 

Chemistry  of  asphalt  rocks,  Harper 
(H.  W.),  1. 

Cinnabar  deposits  of  Big  Bend  prov¬ 
ince,  Hill  (R.  T.),  8. 

Coal  fields  of  Texas,  Ries,  14. 

Coal,  lignite,  and  asphalt  rocks,  Phil-  ; 
lips  (W.  B.),  6,  12. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  petro¬ 
leum,  Mabery,  3. 

Composition  of  Texas  petroleum,  Ma¬ 
bery,  1. 

El  Paso  tin  deposits,  Weed,  4. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Geological  horizon  of  petroleum,  Fish- 
back,  1. 

Geology  of  Beaumont  oil  field,  Dum 
ble,  2. 

Geology  of  Shafter  silver  mine  dis¬ 
trict,  TJdden  (Johan  A.),  11. 

Gisements  des  mineiais  de  mercure. 
Demaret,  2. 

Great  oil  well  near  Beaumont,  Durable, 

8. 

Great  oil  well  near  Beaumont,  Lucas  | 
(A.  F.),  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Texas,  Hill  ! 
(B.  F.),  3. 

Industrie  du  petrole  en  Californie. 
Heurteau,  2. 

Iron  ores  of  east  Texas,  Dumble,  3,  6. 

Iron  ores  of  northeastern  Texas,  Eckel, 
37. 

Lead  ore  in  Burnett  County,  Phillips 
(W.  B.),  9. 

Mount  Pleasant  phosphate  field,  Ruhm, 

1. 

Native  sulphur  in  El  Paso  County, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  8. 


Economic  geology— Continued. 

7  c.ras — Continued. 

New  quicksilver  field  in  Brewster 
County,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  8. 

New  quicksilver  mining  district,  Kirk 
and  Malcolmson,  1. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coast,  Adams  (G.  T.),  2. 

Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  gulf 
coast,  Fenneman,  7,  8. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  13. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Petroleum  from  the  Beaumont  field, 
Richardson  and  Wallace,  1. 

Petroleum  industry  of  Europe  and 
America,  Otsuka,  1. 

Physical  geography,  geology,  and  re¬ 
sources  of  Texas,  Dumble,  1. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  Texas.. 
Taff,  15. 

Quicksilver  deposits  of  Brewster 
County,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  14. 

Quicksilver  district  in  Brewster 
County,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  10,  11. 

Quicksilver  mines  of  Brewster  County, 
Spalding,  1. 

Reconnaissance  in  trans-Pecos  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Salt,  gypsum,  and  petroleum  in  trans- 
Pecos  Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  7. 

Southern  oil  fields,  Hagar,  1. 

Southwestern  coal  field,  Taff,  4. 

Sulphur,  oil,  and  quicksilver  in  trans- 
Pecos  Texas,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  5. 

Terlingua  quicksilver  deposits,  Brews¬ 
ter  County,  Hill  (B.  F.),  1. 

Terlingua  quicksilver  deposits,  Turner, 
17. 

Terlingua  quicksilver  district,  Kirk,  1. 

Texan  oil  deposits,  Willey,  1. 

Texas  petroleum,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  1. 

Texas  petroleum,  Thiele,  1. 

Tin  deposits  at  El  Paso,  Weed,  15. 

Trans-Pecos  sulphur  field,  Caracristi, 

1. 

Volcanic  origin  of  oil,  Coste,  4. 

Utah. 

Bingham  mining  camp,  Emmens,  1. 

Cactus  copper  mine.  Emmons  (S.  F.), 

21. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  mining  at  Sunnyside,  Harrington 
(D.),  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Beaver  River 
Range,  Crowther,  1. 

Delamar  and  Horn-Silver  mines,  Em¬ 
mons  (S.  F.),  3. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham  dis¬ 
trict,  Boutwell,  12. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits  at  Bingham, 
Utah,  Boutwell,  14. 

Geology  of  Mercur,  Dern,  1. 

Geology  of  Park  City  district,  Bell 
(R.  N.),  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


477 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Utah — Continued. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gypsum,  Diehl,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Utah.  Boutwell,  3. 

Iron  ores  in  Utah,  Leith,  11. 

Iron  ores  in  the  Uinta  Mountains, 
Boutwell,  5. 

Iron  ores  of  the  Uinta  Mountains, 
Warwick,  1. 

Mineral  crest,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  12. 

Mineral  crest,  Jenney,  3. 

Mineral  crest,  Smith  (G.  O.),  11. 

Mineral  resources  of  the  Uinta  Moun¬ 
tains,  Berkey,  4. 

Natural  gas  near  Salt  Lake  City,  Rich¬ 
ardson  (G.  B:),  6. 

Notes  on  two  desert  mines,  Emmons 
(S.  F.),  2. 

Oil  and  asphalt  prospects  in  Salt  Lake 
basin,  Utah,  Boutwell,  11. 

Ore  deposits  of  Bingham,  Boutwell,  2, 
10,  13. 

Origin  of  magnetic  iron  ores  of  Iron 
County,  Jennings  (E.  P.),  2. 

Park  City  mining  district,  Boutwell, 

1,  4,  8. 

Rock  gypsum  at  Nephi,  Boutwell,  6. 

Rocky  Mountain  gold  fields,  Storrs 
(L.  S.),  1. 

Salt  industry  in  Utah  and  California, 
Eckel,  26. 

Slate  deposits  of  California  and  Utah, 
Eckel,  24. 

Stateline  mining  district,  Smith 
(G.  H.),  1. 

Southwestern  Utah  and  its  iron  ores, 
Hewett,  1. 

Vanadium  and  uranium  in  southeast¬ 
ern  Utah,  Boutwell,  9. 

Vermont. 

Arsenic  mines  at  Brinton,  Cowan,  1. 

Asbestos  region  in  northern  Vermont, 
Kemp,  3,  6,  14. 

Big  Stone  Gap  coal  field,  Pultz,  1. 

Brandon  clays,  Woodworth,  8. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coals  of  Pocahontas  field,  Fowler,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Orange  County, 
Smyth  and  Smith,  1. 

Copper  mines  of  Vermont,  Weed,  28. 

Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Granite  area  of  Barre,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  3. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Virginia,  Eckel,  23. 

Marble,  slate,  and  granite  industries, 
Perkins,  1. 

Mineral  industries,  Perkins,  6. 

Mineral  resources  of  Vermont,  Perkins, 

2,  10,  16. 

Norton  coals  of  Big  Sandy  basin,  Alt- 
house,  1. 

Occurrence  of  asbestos,  Kemp,  8. 

Petrography  of  Belvidere  Mountain  de¬ 
posits,  Marsters,  3. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Vermont — Continued. 

Quartz  veins  in  Maine  and  Vermont, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  14. 

Serpentine  belt  of  Lamoille  and  Or¬ 
leans  counties,  Marsters,  2. 

Serpentine  of  Belvidere  Mountain, 
Marsters,  4. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 

8. 

Terranes  of  Orange  County,  Richard¬ 
son  (C.  H.),  2. 

Virginia. 

Atlantic  coast  Triassic  coal  field,  Wood- 
worth,  4. 

Cement  materials  of  the  Valley  of  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Bassler,  3. 

Cement  resources  of  the  Valley  of  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Catlett,  3. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Virgil ina  cop¬ 
per  district,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States, 
Weed,  17. 

Copper  deposits  of  eastern  United 
States,  Weed,  37. 

Copper  deposits  of  southern  United 
States,  Weed,  2. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Virginia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Mining  in  the  Richmond  coal  basin, 
Woodworth,  3. 

Norfolk  folio,  Darton,  7. 

Origin  of  Oriskany  limonites,  Johnson 
(J.  E.,  jr.),  1. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  Virginia, 
Bassler,  2. 

Richmond  coal  basin,  Gay,  1. 

Rutile  mining  in  Virginia,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  6. 

Salt  and  gypsum  deposits  of  southwest¬ 
ern  Virginia,  Eckel,  19. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 

8. 

Virginia  anthracite  coal,  Randolph  (L. 
S.),  1. 

Zinc  mining  and  smelting  in  south¬ 
western  Virginia,  Higgins,  1. 

Washington. 

Building  and  ornamental  stones  of 
Washington,  Shedd,  2. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clay  deposits  of  Washington,  Landes,  5. 

Clealum  iron  ores,  Courtis,  1. 

Clealum  iron  ores,  Smith  and  Willis,  1. 

Coal  deposits  of  Washington,  Landes,  3. 

Coal  deposits  of  Washington,  Landes 
and  Ruddy,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Cook  Inlet,  Alaska,  and 
Pacific  coast,  Kirsopp,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Smith  (G. 

O.),  6. 

Coal  in  Clallam  County,  Arnold,  5. 

Copper  ores  in  the  Cascade  Mountains, 
Stretch,  4. 

Ellensburg  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 


478 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Washington — Continued. 

Gold  mining  in  central  Washington,  j 
Smith  (G.  O.),  9. 

Gold  placers  of  the  coast  of  Washing-  i 
ton,  Arnold,  4. 

Gold  production  of  North  America,  i 
Lindgren,  16. 

Independent  mine  at  Silverton,  Stretch, 
o 

<  1 

Iron  ores  of  Washington,  Shedd,  1. 

Metalliferous  resources  of  Washington, 
Landes  and  others,  1. 

Molybdenite  at  Crown  Point,  Crook,  3. 

Mount  Baker  mining  district,  Smith 
(G.  O.),  4. 

Mount  Stuart  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  13. 

Nonmetalliferous  resources  of  Wash¬ 
ington,  Landes,  2. 

Ore  deposits  of  Monte  Cristo,  Spurr,  3. 

Ore  deposits  of  Monte  Cristo,  Winchell 
(H.  V.),  1. 

Ores  of  the  Republic  mine,  Chatard  and 
Whitehead,  1. 

Silverton  mining  district,  Stretch,  1. 

Washington  serpentine  marbles,  Lyon, 

1. 

Water  resources  of  Washington,  Bye.rs 
(H.  G.),  1. 

Water  resources  of  Washington,  Heine, 

1. 

Water  resources  of  Washington,  Ruddy, 

1. 

West  Indies. 

Bitumen  in  Cuba,  Vaughan,  8. 

Bituminous  deposits  of  Cardenas,  Cuba, 
Peckham  (H.  E.),  1. 

Copper  mines  near  Habana,  Weed,  34. 

Copper  mines  of  Cobre,  Santiago  de 
Cuba,  Moffet,  1. 

Copper  mines  of  Santa  Clara  Province, 
Cuba,  Vaughan,  6. 

Geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba, 
Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1. 

Geologie  Haitis,  Tippenhauer,  1,  2. 

Gold  in  Santo  Domingo,  Garrison,  4. 

Iron  ores  of  Cuba,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  1. 

Manganese  deposits  of  Santiago  Prov¬ 
ince,  Cuba,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  3. 

Manganese  deposits  of  Santiago,  Spen¬ 
cer  (A.  C.>,  8. 

Manganese  mining  in  Cuba,  Chibas,  1. 

Mineral  deposits  of  Santiago,  Cuba, 
Souder,  1. 

Mineral  deposits  of  Santiago,  Cuba, 
Wenstrom,  1. 

Occurrence  of  gold  and  coal  in  Trini¬ 
dad,  Guppy,  1. 

West  Virginia. 

Anthracite  coal  field  west  of  Washing¬ 
ton,  White  (D.),  12. 

Anthracite  of  Third  Hill  Mountain, 
Griffith,  2. 

Anthracite  of  Third  Hill  Mountain. 
O'Brien  (C.  J.).  1. 

Appalachian  coal  field.  White  (I.  C.),  7. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

West  Virginia — Continued. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Charbons  gras  de  la  Pennsylvania  et 
de  la  Virginie  occidental,  Heurteau, 
1. 

Charleston  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2. 
Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Coal  in  the  Nicholas  quadrangle,  Ash¬ 
ley,  7. 

Coals  of  Pocahontas  field,  Fowler,  1. 
Kanawha  and  New  River  coal  fields  of 
West  Virginia,  Robinson  (N.),  1. 

Map  of  coal,  oil,  and  gas  in  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  White  (I.  C.),  8. 

Meadow  Branch  coal  field,  Campbell 
(M.  R.),  17. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas,  White  (I. 
C.),9. 

Properties  of  Summit  Coal  Company  in 
Marshall  County,  Von  Rosenberg,  1. 
Pure  limestone  in  Berkeley  County, 
Stose,  2. 

Raleigh  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  5. 
Slate  industry  at  Martinsburg,  Dale,  2. 
Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 
8. 

Trip  to  West  Virginia,  Poole,  9. 

Tug  River  coal  field,  Payne,  1. 
Wisconsin. 

Baraboo  iron-bearing  district  of  Wis¬ 
consin,  Weidman,  5. 

Baraboo  iron  ore,  Hille,  2. 

Baraboo  iron  ore,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  23. 
Baraboo  iron  range,  Rohn,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  and  clay  industries,  Buckley,  1. 
Clays  of  the  United  States.  Ries.  6. 
Copper  -  bearing  rocks  of  Douglas 
County,  Grant  (U.  S.),  1. 
Eisenerzlagerstatten  am  Lake  Superior. 
Macco,  1. 

Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Glacial  gold  in  Wisconsin,  Thomas,  2. 
Highway  construction  in  Wisconsin. 
Buckley,  3. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Lake  Superior 
region,  Van  Hise,  2. 

Iron  ores  of  the  Baraboo  district.  Weid¬ 
man.  6. 

Lake  Superior  geological  work,  Van 
Hise,  14. 

Lake  Superior  iron-ore  deposits,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  6. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  region. 
Van  Hise.  5. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  southwestern 
Wisconsin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Soils  of  Wisconsin,  Weidman,  3. 
Summary  of  Lake  Superior  geology. 
Leith,  14. 

Wisconsin  zinc  fields,  Nicholson,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


479 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Wisconsin — Continued. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits,  Grant  (U.  S.),  9. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  north  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Branner,  2. 

Zinc  and  lead  mines  near  Dodgeville, 
Ellis  (E.  E.),  1. 

Zinc  and  lead  ores  of  southwestern 
Wisconsin,  Grant  ( tJ.  S.),  10. 

Wyoming. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O'Harra,  1. 

Alkali  deposits  of  Wyoming,  Read,  3. 

Alkali  lakes  and  deposits,  Knight  and 
Slosson,  1. 

Bentonite  deposits  of  Wyoming,  Fisher 
(C.  A.),  6. 

Bonanza,  Cottonwood,  and  Douglas  oil 
fields,  Knight  and  Slosson,  4. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  fields  of  Uinta  County,  Knight 
(W.  C.),  7. 

Coal  of  the  Bighorn  basin,  Fisher  (C. 
A.),  5. 

Coal  of  the  Black  Hills,  Darton,  20. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment 
district,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Copper  mining  in  the  Encampment  dis¬ 
trict,  Read,  4. 

Deposit  of  titanic  iron  ore,  Lindgren,  9. 

Dutton,  Rattlesnake,  Arago,  Oil  Moun¬ 
tain,  and  Powder  River  oil  fields, 
Knight  and  Slosson,  2. 

Geology  and  mineral  resources,  Beeler, 

3. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Grand  Encampment  copper  district. 
Lakes,  64. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Wyoming,  Knight 
(W.  C.),  9. 

Hartville  folio,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Iron  mines  of  Hartville,  Chance,  2. 

Lagerstatten  titanhaltigen  Eisenerzes 
im  Laramie  Range,  Kemp,  31. 

Laramie  cement  plaster,  Slosson  and 
Moudy,  1. 

Mineral  resources  of  Encampment  cop¬ 
per  region,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  6. 

New  occurrence  of  sperrylite,  Wells  and 
Penfield,  1. 

Newcastle  folio,  Darton,  14. 

Newcastle  oil  field,  Knight  and  Slos¬ 
son,  3.  , 

Occun*ence  of  rare  metals  in  Rambler 
mine,  Knight  (W.  C.),  4. 

Platinum  in  copper  ores  in  Wyoming, 
Emmons  (S.  F.),  11. 

Platinum  in  the  Rambler  mine,  Kemp, 

20. 

Petroleum  fields,  Knight  (W.  C.),  2,  5. 

Report  by  the  State  geologist,  Beeler,  2. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 
S.),  1. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

Wyoming — Continued. 

South  Pass  gold  district,  Fremont 
County,  Beeler,  1. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Sweetwater  mining  district,  Knight 
(W.  C.),  3. 

Titaniferous  magnetite  in  Wyoming, 
Kemp,  36. 

General. 

American  cement  industry,  Eckel,  38. 
Anthracite  situation,  Kemp,  17. 
Application  of  geology  to  mining, 
Spurr,  4,  14. 

Arkansas  and  Indian  Territory  coals, 
Keyes,  13. 

Asphalt  and  bituminous  rock  deposits, 
Eldridge,  1,  3. 

Aurite,  and  a  general  theory  of  gold 
ore  genesis,.  Voyle,  1. 

Bitumen  and  oil  rocks,  Broadhead,  5. 
Bonanzas  and.  pockets  of  ore,  Lakes,  59. 
Building  and  road  materials,  Lane,  30. 
Cements,  limes,  and  plasters,  their 
materials,  manufacture,  and  proper¬ 
ties,  Eckel,  32 

Change  of  ore  bodies  with  change  of 
country  rock,  Lakes,  8. 

Character  and  genesis  of  certain  con¬ 
tact  deposits,  Lindgren,  5. 

Chemical  composition  of  shales  and 
roofing  slates,  Eckel,  28. 

Chemistry  of  ore  deposition,  Church,  2. 
Chemistry  of  ore  deposition,  Jenney,  4. 
Chemistry  of  ore  deposition,  Sullivan, 
1. 

Circulation  of  underground  aqueous  so¬ 
lutions  and  the  deposition  of  lode 
ores,  Finch  (J.  W.),  1. 

Classification  of  coals,  Campbell  (M. 
R.),  21. 

Classification  of  crystalline  cements, 
Eckel,  7. 

Classification  of  ore  deposits,  Lindgren, 
17. 

Classification  of  ore  deposits,  Weed,  24. 
Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 
Coal  fields  of  United  States,  Hayes  (C. 
W.),  6. 

Coal  fields  of  the  United  States,  Hayes 
(C.  W.).  12. 

Coal  outcrops,  Catlett,  1. 

Coal  outcrops,  Randolph,  1. 

Coal  outcrops,  Scholz,  1. 

Coal  resources  of  Pacific,  Emerson  (H.), 
1. 

Coal  resources  of  Wyoming,  Trumbull, 
1. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  petro¬ 
leum,  Mabery,  3. 

Contact  metamorphic  and  other  ore  de¬ 
posits  near  igneous  contacts,  Weed, 
11. 

Contiguity  of  ore  deposits  of  different 
generic  relationships,  Keyes,  15. 
Contribution  to  the  natural  history  of 
marl,  Davis  (C.  A.),  1. 


480 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Contributions  to  economic  geology,  Em¬ 
mons,  Hayes,  1-3. 

Contributions  to  economic  geology, 

1902,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  9. 
Contributions  to  economic  geology, 

1903,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  16. 
Contributions  to  economic  geology, 

1904,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  18. 

Copper  ore  and  garnet  in  association. 
Blake  (W.  P.),  16. 

*  Copper  production  of  the  United  States, 
Weed,  36. 

Criticism  of  Dr.  Jenney’s  paper  on  the 
mineral  crest,  Smith  (G.  O. ),  5. 
Cross-vein  ore-shoots  and  fractures, 
Weed,  22. 

Debris  fans  of  the  arid  region,  Hilgard, 
3. 

Deposition  of  copper  by  solutions  of 
ferrous  salts,  Biddle,  1. 

Deposition  of  ores  in  limestone,  Jen- 
ney,  4. 

Deposition  of  ores  from  an  igneous 
magma,  Stevenson  (R. ),  1-3. 
Diamondiferous  deposits  in  the  United 
States,  Hobbs,  4. 

Differentiation  of  igneous  magmas  and 
the  formation  of  ores,  Kemp,  22. 
Differentiation  of  igneous  magmas, 
Stevens  (B.),  3. 

Diffusion  of  petroleum  through  fuller’s 
earth,  Day  (D.  T.),  2. 

Dilatation  fissures  and  their  contained 
ores,  Weed,  31. 

Distribucion  de  la  riqueza  en  los  cria- 
deros  metaliferos  primarios  epigen- 
eticos,  Villarello,  8. 

Distribution  of  copper  in  the  United 
States,  Weed,  30. 

Distribution  of  platinum  metals,  Dick¬ 
son,  5. 

Economic  geology  of  the  United  States, 
Ries,  15. 

Economic  value  of  hot  springs,  Weed. 
38. 

Enrichment  in  fissure  veins.  Hill  (R. 
T.),  17. 

Enrichment  in  fissure  veins,  Spurr,  30. 
Enrichment  in  veins,  Church,  3. 
Enrichment  of  gold  and  silver  veins, 
Weed,  1. 

Exploration  for  gold  in  central  States, 
Hall  (C.  W.),  1. 

Faults  in  metal  mines,  Lakes,  33. 

Field  operations'of  the  Bureau  of  Soils, 
Whitney,  2-6. 

Fire  clays  of  Coal  Measures,  Hopkins 
(T.  C.),  5. 

Formation  and  geology  of  salt  deposits, 
Jones  (F.  O.),  1. 

Formation  of  bonanzas  in  upper  por¬ 
tions  of  gold  veins,  Rickard  (T.  A.), 
3. 

Formation  of  lead  and  zinc  deposits  of 
Mississippi  Valley,  Keyes,  16,  20.1 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

General— Continued. 

Formation  of  veins,  Kemp,  28. 

Genesis  and  character  of  ore  deposits, 
Storms,  2. 

Genesis  of  Lake  Superior  iron  ores, 
Leith,  15. 

Genesis  of  limonite  ores,  Garrison,  1. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits,  Alderson,  1. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits,  Boehmer,  1. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits,  Tays,  1. 

Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits, 
Emmons  (S.  F.),  14. 

Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits, 
Kemp,  25. 

Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits, 
Ransome,  9. 

Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits, 
Rickard  (T.  A.),  13. 

Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits, 
Spurr,  15. 

Genetic  classification  of  ore  deposits, 
Van  Hise,  11. 

Geogenesis  and  its  bearings  on  economic 
geology,  Frazer,  9. 

Geographic  distribution  of  metalliferous 
ores  within  the  United  States,  Ran 
some,  12. 

Geologic  deposition  of  hydrocarbons, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  10. 

Geologic  deposition  of  hydrocarbons. 
Day  (D.  T.),  3. 

Geological  relations  and  distribution  of 
platinum  and  associated  metals, 
Kemp,  11. 

Geological  survey  and  the  western 
miner,  Rickard  (T.  A.),  5. 

Geological  work  in  Lake  Superior  re¬ 
gion,  Van  Hise,  9. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Snake 
River  Plains,  Russell,  5. 

Geology  applied  to  mining,  Moore  (C. 
J.),  3. 

Geology  applied  to  mining,  Spurr,  23. 

Geology  of  Idaho  and  Oregon,  Russell, 

8. 

Geology  of  ore  deposits,  Van  Hise,  3. 

Geology  of  western  ore  deposits,  Lakes, 
104. 

Geology,  technology,  and  statistics  of 
gypsum.  Adams  (G.  I.),  14. 

Gold  and  its  associations.  Merrill,  15. 

Gold  deposition  by  drainage,  Bradford, 

1. 

Gold  mining  in  southern  Appalachians, 
Pratt,  6. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  6,  14. 

Graphite,  Bateman,  1. 

Graphite  and  garnet,  Hcpkins  (T.  C.), 
3. 

High  plains  and  their  utilization,  John¬ 
son  (W.  D.),  1. 

How  copper  is  produced,  Bell  (Rals¬ 
ton),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


481 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Hypothesis  to  account  for  the  transfor¬ 
mation  of  vegetable  matter  into  differ¬ 
ent  grades  of  coal,  Campbell  (M.  R.), 
20. 

Igneous  rocks  and  circulating  waters  as 
factors  in  ore  deposition,  Kemp,  12, 
19. 

Igneous  rocks  and  their  segregation, 
Spurr,  12. 

Igneous  rocks  in  ore  deposition,  Lakes, 

100. 

Investigation  of  iron  and  nonmetal- 
liferous  economic  minerals,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  19. 

Investigation  of  metalliferous  ores,  Em¬ 
mons  (S.  F. ),  10,  17,  19. 

Investigation  of  nonmetalliferous  eco¬ 
nomic  minerals,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  10, 
17. 

Iron  and  manganese  ores  of  the  United 
States,  Eckel,  35. 

Lake  Superior  iron  ore  deposits,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  4. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  resources  of  the  United 
States,  Bain,  16. 

Literature  of  structural  materials, 
Eckel,  11. 

Literature  on  petroleum,  Teggart,  1. 

Mesabi  Iron  Range,  Leith,  2. 

Metallic  sulphides  from  Steamboat 
Springs,  Nev.,  Lindgren,  19. 

Metasomatic  processes  in  fissure  veins, 
Lindgren,  1. 

Methods  of  testing  and  sampling  placer 
deposits,  Kirby,  1. 

Mica  deposits,  Cirkel,  2. 

Microscopic  structure  of  building 
stones,  Leffmann,  1. 

Mineral  crest,  Emmons  (S.  F. ),  12. 

Mineral  crest,  Jenney,  1,  2. 

Mineral  crest,  Smith  (G.  O.),  11. 

Mineral  resources  of  United  States, 
Day,  5-8. 

Molding  sand,  Eckel,  14. 

Motions  of  underground  waters,  Slich- 
ter,  1. 

Native  copper  in  greenstone  from  the 
Pacific  coast,  Turner,  16. 

Native  gold  in  igneous  rocks,  Weed.  29. 

Natural  gas  in  Sussex,  Oliphant,  1. 

Natural  gas  in  Sussex,  White  (1.  C. ), 

10. 

Natural  history  of  marl,  Davis  (C.  A.), 

2. 

New  geology  and  vein  formation,  Car¬ 
penter,  1,  2. 

Nonmetallic  mineral  products  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  29. 

Nonmetallic  minerals,  Merrill  (G.  I’.), 

12. 

Nonmetallic  minerals ;  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  3. 

North  America,  Russell,  15. 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Occurrence  and  distribution  of  corun¬ 
dum,  Pratt,  2. 

Occurrence  and  distribution  of  tin,  Hess 
and  Graton,  1. 

Observations  on  gold  deposits,  Puring- 
ton,  6. 

Oil  fields  of  the  West,  Willey,  2. 

Oil  Wells  of  the  United  States,  Kilham, 

1. 

Ore  deposition  and  deep  mining,  Lind¬ 
gren,  27. 

Ore  deposition  and  vein  enrichment, 
Weed,  20. 

Ore  deposition  in  the  cement  of  rocks, 
Lakes,  76. 

Ore  deposits,  Beck,  2. 

Ore  deposits  near  igneous  contacts,  Aus¬ 
tin,  4. 

Ore  deposits  near  igneous  contacts, 
Weed,  20. 

Ore  formation  by  concentration  through 
surface  decomposition,  Keyes,  5. 

Ore  formation  on  Prince  of  Wales  Is¬ 
land,  Thomae,  1. 

Ore  in  anticlinals,  Lakes,  71. 

Ore  in  sight,  Kendall,  1. 

Ore  shoots  and  outcrop  of  veins,  Lakes, 
63. 

Ore  shoots  and  veins  that  do  not  come 
to  the  surface,  Lakes,  74. 

Ores  deposited  by  underground  waters, 
Maclaren,  1. 

Ores  from  igneous  magmas,  Kemp,  26. 

Origin  and  classification  of  ore  de¬ 
posits,  Keyes,  2. 

Origin  and  development  of  iron  ores  of 
Mesabi  and  Gogebic  iron  ranges, 
Leith,  8. 

Origin  and  relations  of  auriferous  veins 
of  Algoma  (western  Ontario),  Cros¬ 
by,  4.  v 

Origins  and  times  of  formation  of  lead 
and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Mississippi 
Valley,  Keyes,  16. 

Origin,  distribution,  and  uses  of  coal, 
Clark  (W.  B.),  8. 

Origin  of  Australian  iron  ores,  Winchell 
(N.  II.),  5. 

Origin  of  bitumen,  Morgan,  1. 

Origin  of  fine  gold  of  Snake  River, 
Bell  (  R. ).  3. 

Origin  of  Michigan  boglimes,  Lane,  20. 

Origin  of  ore  deposits,  Adams  (F.  D. ), 
4. 

Origin  of  ore  deposits,  Bain,  5 

Origin  of  ore  deposits,  Beck,  1. 

Origin  of  ore  deposits,  Collins  (A.  L. ) 

1. 

Origin  of  ore  deposits,  Emmons  (S.  F.), 
4. 

Origin  of  ore  deposits,  Keyes,  21. 

Origin  of  ore  deposits,  Launay,  1. 

Origin  of  ore  deposits,  Weed,  7. 

Origin  of  petroleum,  Grant  (C.  C. L  8. 

Origin  of  petroleum,  Ohly,  1. 


Bull.  301—06 - 31 


482 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  geology — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Origin  of  petroleum,  coal,  etc.,  Plotts,  1. 

Origin  of  the  Coal  Measure  fire  clays, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  2. 

Origin  of  vein  cavities,  Nason,  3. 

Origine  eolienne  du  loess,  Keyes,  17. 

Osmosis  as  a  factor  in  ore  formation, 
Gillette,  1. 

Peat  and  its  relation  to  coal,  Lakes,  9G. 

Petroleum,  Baxter,  1. 

Petroleum,  Oliphant,  2. 

Petroleum  in  western  North  America, 
Lakes,  14. 

Phase-rule  and  conceptions  of  igneous 
magmas,  Day  and  Shepherd,  1. 

Phosphate  mining  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Memminger,  1. 

Precious  stones  in  the  United  States, 
Kunz,  2. 

Preliminary  list  of  deep  borings  in 
United  States,  Darton,  5,  6. 

Present  standing  of  applied  geology, 
Ransome,  15. 

Principles  controlling  the  deposition 
of.  ores,  Van  Hise,  1,  8. 

Problem  of  metalliferous  veins,  Kemp, 
35. 

Problems  in  geology  of  ore  deposits, 
Vogt,  1. 

Production  of  gold  in  United  States 
in  1904,  Lindgren,  25. 

Production  of  silver  in  the  United 
States  in  1904,  Lindgren,  26. 

Progress  of  economic  geology  in  1905, 
Bain,  18. 

Prospecting  for  coal  in  western  States, 
Lakes,  31. 

Recent  contributions  to  the  science 
of  ore  deposits,  Raymond  (R.  W. ),  1. 

Recent  progress  in  study  of  ore  depos¬ 
its,  Rickard  (T.  A.),  4. 

Review  of  analyses  of  Portland-cement 
materials,  Hillebrand,  3. 

Relation  of  geology  to  the  mining  in¬ 
dustry,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  12. 

Rock  segregation  and  ore  deposition, 
Spurr,  10. 

Rock  segregation  and  ore  deposition, 
Stevens  (B.),  2. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Lakes, 
79. 

Role  of  igneous  rocks  in  formation  of 
veins,  Kemp,  9. 

Schists  and  slates  as  ore  carriers, 
Lakes,  70. 

Science  of  raw  materials,  Lane,  29. 

Scope  of  applied  geology,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  10. 

Secondary  enrichment,  Burgess,  1. 

Secondary  enrichment,  Purington,  4. 

Secondary  enrichment  in  arid  regions, 
Starbird,  1. 

Secondary  enrichment  of  mineral  veins, 
Herrick  (C.  L.),  2. 

Secondary  enrichment  of  ore  deposits, 
Emmons  (S.  F.),  1. 


I  Economic  geology — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Secondary  enrichment  of  ore  deposits, 
Lakes,  46. 

Secondary  enrichment  of  ore  deposits. 
Smith  (G.),  1. 

Secondary  enrichment  in  ore  deposits 
of  copper,  Kemp,  33. 

Shear  zones  or  zones  of  impregnation 
vs.  true  quartz  fissure  veins,  Lakes, 
78. 

Southern  copper  deposits,  Weed,  10. 
Stones  for  building  and  decoration, 
Merrill  (G.  P.),  11. 

Study  of  stratigraphy,  Tarks,  7. 
Sulphur  deposits  of  Calcasieu  Parish, 
Kerr,  1. 

Summaries  of  literature  of  economic 
geology,  Eckel,  12. 

Summaries  of  literature  of  structural 
materials,  Eckel,  9,  10. 

Syncline  as  a  structural  type,  Rickard 
(T.  A.),  10. 

Theories  of  ore  deposition,  Emmons 
(S.  F.),  15. 

Theory  of  copper  deposition,  Lane,  28, 
44. 

Theory  of  ore  deposits  applied  to  pros¬ 
pecting,  Wilson  (E.  B.),  1. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  world,  Fawns,  1. 

Tin  in  the  United  States,  Garrison,  3. 
Training  of  engineers  in  economic 
geology,  Branner,  9. 

Trenton  rock  petroleum,  Blatchley  and 
Sheak,  1. 

Underground  water  circulation,  Cross 
(C.  M.),  1. 

United  States  Geological  Survey  in  its 
relation  to  the  practical  miner,  Em¬ 
mons  (S.  F.),  7. 

Utilization  of  iron  and  steel  slags, 
Eckel,  17. 

Virginius  mine,  Emmons  (S.  F.'),  16. 
Volcanic  craters  and  ore  deposits, 
Lakes,  77. 

Volcanic  origin  of  natural  gas  and 

petroleum,  Bell  (Robert),  6. 

Volcanic  origin  of  natural  gas  and 

petroleum,  Coste,  1,  2. 

Volcanic  origin  of  natural  gas  and 

petroleum,  Mickle,  2. 

Volcanic  origin  of  oil,  Coste,  3. 

Water  in  veins,  Rickard  (T.  A.).  9. 
What  constitutes  a  clay,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  5. 

What  is  a  fissure  vein?  Kemp,  34. 
What  is  a  fissure  vein?  Raymond  (R. 
W.),  4. 

What  is  a  fissure  vein?  Spencer  (A.  C.), 
16. 

Zinc  deposits.  Lakes,  52. 

Zone  of  maximum  richness  in  ore 
bodies,  Keyes,  12, 

Economic  products  described. 

Abrasive  materials.  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  3. 
Abrasives,  Day,  6-11. 

Abrasives,  Magnus,  1. 


FOE  THE  YEAKS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


483 


Economic  products  described— Continued. 
Abrasives,  Pratt,  10,  11. 

Actinolite,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 

Albertite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Alkali,  Read,  3. 

Allanite,  orthite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Alum,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Alum,  Spurr,  21. 

Alum  slate  or  shale,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Aluminite,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  3. 
Aluminum,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Alunite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Amber,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Amblygonite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Ammonia,  DSy,  9-11. 

Antimony,  Aguilera,  3. 

Antimony,  Asquith,  1. 

Antimony,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Apatite,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7,  8,  19,  20. 
Apatite  ;  rock  phosphates  ;  guano,  etc., 
Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Arsenic,  Cowan,  1. 

Arsenic,  Day,  8-11. 

Arsenic,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Arsenic,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 

Arsenic,  Wells  (J.  W.),  1. 

Arsenopyrite ;  mispickel  or  arsenical 
pyrites,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Artesian  borings,  Kerr,  1. 

Artesian  water,  Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 
Artesian  water,  Blatcbley,  3. 

Artesian  water,  Branner,  6. 

Artesian  water,  Calvin,  9. 

Artesian  water,  Carmony,  1. 

Artesian  water,  Darton,  11,  14. 
Artesian  water,  Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 
Artesian  water,  Lercli,  1,  2. 

Ai'tesian  water,  Logan,  2. 

Artesian  water,  Reagan,  3. 

Artesian  water,  Ruddy,  1. 

Artesian  water,  Russell,  8,  9. 

Artesian  water,  Slichter,  1. 

Artesian  water,  Skinner,  1. 

Artesian  water,  Tarr,  5. 

Artesian  water,  Todd  (  J.  E.),  2,  9-11. 
Artesian  water,  Todd  and  Hall,  1,  2 
Artesian  water,  Tyrrell,  2. 

Artesian  water,  TTdden  (Johan  A.),  1. 
Artesian  water,  Woolman,  3. 

Artesian  waters,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 
Artesian  wells,  Ami,  22. 

Artesian  wells,  Darton,  5,  6. 

Artesian  wells,  Leonard,  2. 

Artesian  wells,  Miller  (B.  L.),  1. 
Artesian  wells,  Nickles,  1,  2. 

Artesian  wells,  Woolman,  2. 

Asbestos,  Aguilera,  3. 

Asbestos,  Cirkel,  1,  3. 

Asbestos,  Day,  6-11. 

Asbestos,  Ells  (R.  W.),  8,  10. 

Asbestos,  Keith,  9. 

Asbestos,  Kemp,  3,  6,  8. 

Asbestos,  Marsters,  3. 

Asbestos,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 
Asbestos,  Perkins,  G. 

Asbestos,  Pratt,  8. 

Asbolite,  Merrill  (G.  1\),  3. 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Asphalt,  Adams  (G.  I.),  10. 

Asphalt,  Boutwell,  11. 

Asphalt,  Crane,  4. 

Asphalt,  Eldridge,  1,  3. 

Asphalt,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  5. 

Asphalt,  Harper  (II.  W.),  1. 

Asphalt,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  4,  14. 

Asphalt,  Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spen¬ 
cer,  1. 

Asphalt,  Lakes,  60. 

Asphalt,  Lane,  6. 

Asphalt,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Asphalt,  Phillips  (W:  B.),  6,  12. 
Asphalt,  Taft,  12. 

Asphalt  rock,  Burk,  2. 

Asphaltic  deposits,  Taff,  6. 

Asphaltum,  Day,  6-11. 

Asphaltum,  mineral  pitch,  Merrill 
(G.  P.),  3. 

Barite,  Aguilera,  3. 

Barite,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Barite,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7,  8. 

Barite,  Keith,  9. 

Barite,  Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Barite,  Stose,  2. 

Barite;  heavy  spar,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Barytes,  Day,  6-11. 

Barytes,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Basalt,  Shedd,  2. 

Bauxite,  Berger,  1. 

Bauxite,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Bauxite,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  2,  5. 

Bauxite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 

Bauxite,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 
Bauxite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  2,  12. 
Bentonite,  Darton,  14,  18. 

Bentonite,  Fisher  (C.  A.),  6. 

Beryl,  Aguilera,  3. 

Beryl,  Pratt,  8. 

Bismuth,  Aguilera,  3. 

Bismuth,  Day,  8-9,  11. 

Bitumen,  Peckham  (II.  E.),  1. 

Bitumen,  Vaughan,  8. 

Bituminous  rock,  Eldridge,  3. 

Bluestone,  Dickinson,  1. 

Boglime,  Lane,  20. 

Boracite  or  stassfurtite ;  borate  of 
•  magnesia,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Borax,  Bailey  (G.  E.),  1. 

Borax,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  4,  12. 

Borax,  Day,  8-11. 

Borax,  Dennis,  1. 

Borax,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Borax  or  tincal ;  borate  of  soda,  Mer¬ 
rill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Braunite,  Merrill  (G.  I\),  3. 

Bromine,  Day,  8-9,  11. 

Buhrstone,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 
Building  and  ornamental  stones,  Keith, 
4. 

Building  and  ornamental  stones, 
Landes,  2. 

Building  stone,  Alden,  1,  2. 

Building  stone,  Ashley,  2. 

Building  stone,  Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 
Building  stone,  Bishop  (T.  P.),  2. 


484 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Building  stone,  Buckley  and  Buehler, 

1. 

Building  stone,  Campbell  (M.  R. ),  8. 
Building  stone,  Crosby  and  Loughlin, 
1. 

Building  stone,  Barton  and  Keith,  1. 
Building  stone,  Ells  (R.  W.),  8. 
Building  stone,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Building  stone,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 
Building  stone,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 
Building  stone,  Gilpin,  2. 

Building  stone,  Gould,  5,  8. 

Building  stone,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  9. 
Building  stone,  Keith,  9,  12. 

Building  stone,  Knight  (N.),  2. 
Building  stone,  Lakes,  12,  13. 

Building  stone,  Lazo  and  Ordonez,  1. 
Building  stone,  Leffmann,  1. 

Building  stone,  Leonard,  3. 

Building  stone,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  11. 
Building  stone,  Miller  (B.  L.),  1. 
Building  stone,  Norton,  1. 

Building  stone,  Perkins,  2. 

Building  stone,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 
Building  stone,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 
Building  stone,  Reid  (J.  A.),  2. 
Building  stone,  Russell,  2. 

Building  stone,  Sarle,  3. 

Building  stone,  Schramm,  1. 

Building  stone,  Shedd,  2. 

Building  stone,  Smith  (A.  ,T.),  1. 
Building  stone,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 
Building  stone,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 
Building  stone,  Taff,  3,  6. 

Building  stone,  Todd  (.1.  E.),  5,  9-11. 
Building  stone,  Todd  and  Hall,  1. 
Building  stone,  Udden,  2. 

Building  stone,  Wilder,  3. 

Calk  spar,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Calcite  ;  calk  spar  ;  Iceland  spar,  Mer¬ 
rill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Carbonite  or  natural  coke,  Merrill 
(G.  P.),  3. 

Celestite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Cement,  Berkey,  7. 

Cement,  Blatchley,  1. 

Cement,  Bleininger,  1. 

Cement,  Crider,  1. 

Cement,  Darton,  18. 

Cement,  Day,  6-11. 

Cement,  Duryee,  1. 

Cement,  Eckel,  5,  13,  31-32,  34,  38,  39. 
Cement,  Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

Cement,  Fall,  1. 

Cement,  Gillespie,  1. 

Cement,  Kiimmel,  1. 

Cement,  Lane,  30. 

Cement,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 

Cement,  Newland,  2. 

Cement,  Peck,  5. 

Cement,  Ries,  4. 

Cement,  Russell,  2. 

Cement,  Siebentlial,  2. 

Cement,  Smith  (E.  A.),  2,  4. 

Cement,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 
Cement,  Todd  (J.  EJ),  5. 


Economic  products  described— Continued. 
Cement,  Wells  (.7.  W.),  3. 

Cement  plaster,  Slosson  and  Moudy,  1. 
Cerite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Chalk,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 

Chalk,  Taff,  5. 

Chalkstone,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9. 
Chemawinite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Chrome,  Mathews,  1. 

Chromite,  Day,  7-9. 

Chromite,  Diller,  16. 

Chromite,  Keith,  9. 

Chromite,  Lindgren,  4. 

Chromite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 
Chromite,  Pratt,  8,  11. 

Chromite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Chromium,  Aguilera,  3. 

Chromium,  Spurr,  12. 

Clay,  Ashley,  2. 

Clay,  Babcock,  1. 

Clay,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Clay,  Berkey,  3. 

Clay,  Beyer  and  Williams,  1,  2. 

Clay,  Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

Clay,  Bishop  (I.  P.),  2. 

Clay,  Blatchley,  8. 

Clay,  Bleininger,  1. 

Clay,  Buckley,  1. 

Clay,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  8. 

Clay,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Clay,  Day,  6-11. 

Clay,  Eckel,  18. 

Clay,  Fall,  2. 

Clay,  Fisher  (C.  A.),  6. 

Clay,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Clay,  Gould,  5. 

Clay,  Gould  and  Fisher,  1. 

Clay,  Gregory  (W.  M. ),  1. 

Clay,  Hice,  2. 

Clay,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1,  2,  9. 

Clay,  Keith,  9. 

Clay,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Clay,  Landes,  2,  5. 

Clay,  Lane,  21,  34,  39. 

Clay,  Leonard,  3. 

Clay,  Leverett,  3. 

Clay,  Lindgren,  4. 

Clay,  Loughlin,  1. 

Clay,  Martin  (G.  C.),  2. 

Clay,  Mason,  1. 

Clay,  Mathews,  1. 

Clay,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  5,  12. 

Clay,  Miller  (B.  L.),  1. 

Clay,  Newland,  2. 

Clay,  Pratt.  8,  10,  11. 

Clay,  Ries,  1.  5,  6,  12,  13. 

Clay,  Sarle,  3. 

*  Clay,  Schrader  and  Haworth,  2. 

Clay,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Clay,  Taff,  5. 

Clay,  Todd  (J.  E.),  5,  11. 

Clay,  Udden,  2,  3. 

Clay,  Wells  (J.  W.),  4. 

Clay,  Wilder,  3. 

Clay,  Woolsey,  1,  3. 

Coal,  Adams  (T.  K.),  1. 

Coal,  Aguilera,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


485 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Coal,  Althouse,  1. 

Coal,  Armstrong,  1. 

Coal,  Arnold,  5. 

Coal,  Ashley,  1.  3,  4,  7. 

Coal,  Babcock,  1. 

Coal,  Backe,  1. 

Coal,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  8. 

Coal,  Bain,  3. 

Coal,  Bail  and  Smith,  1. 

Coal,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Coal,  Becker,  1. 

Coal,  Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

Coal,  Blakemore,  1,  3. 

Coal,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  2,  4,  6-8,  11. 
Coal,  Brooks,  3,  14. 

Coal,  Burritt,  1. 

Coal,  Burrows,  1. 

Coal,  Bush,  1. 

Coal,  Butts,  3-7. 

Coal,  Calvin,  1. 

Coal,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2,  5,  6,  8,  11, 
16-18,  20,  21. 

Coal,  Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  2. 

Coal,  Catlett,  1. 

Coal,  Clark  (W.  B.),  8. 

Coal,  Clark,  Martin,  and  Rutledge,  1. 
Coal,  Collier,  2,  3,  4,  6. 

Coal,  Cooper,  3. 

Coal,  Corless,  1. 

Coal,  Crane,  1,  2,  4-7. 

Coal,  Darton,  1,  14,  18,  20,  26. 

Coal,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Coal,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Coal,  Denis,  1. 

Coal,  Diller,  4,  11,  21. 

Coal,  Dowling,  7,  9,  10,  11. 

Coal,  Duffield,  1. 

Coal,  Eavenson,  1. 

Coal,  Ells  (R.  W.),  3,  25. 

Coal,  Emerson  (H.),  1. 

Coal,  Evans  (A.  W.),  1. 

Coal/ Fisher  (C.  A.),  4,  5. 

Coal,  Fletcher,  4,  6. 

Coal,  Fluck,  1. 

Coal,  Fowler,  1. 

Coal,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 

Coal,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1,  2. 

Coal,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Coal,  Cay,  1. 

Coal,  Gilpin,  1,  3. 

Coal,  Gould,  5. 

Coal,  Gregory  (W.  M.),  1,  2. 

Coal,  Griffith,  2-4. 

Coal,  Griswold,  3. 

Coal,  Guppy,  1. 

Coal,  Gwillim,  4,  5. 

Coal,  Harrington  ID.),  1. 

Coal,  Haseltine,  1,  2. 

Coal,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  6,  7,  12. 

Coal,  Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1. 
Coal,  Henretta,  1. 

Coal,  Heurteau,  1. 

Coal,  Hills,  1. 

Coal,  Hosea,  1. 

Coal,  Howley,  2. 

Coal,  Ingall,  1. 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Coal,  Jacobs,  2. 

Coal,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  4. 

Coal,  Kemp,  17. 

Coal,  Keyes,  13,  22,  43. 

Coal,  Knight  (W.  C.),  7. 

Coal,  Laguerenne,  1. 

Coal,  Bakes,  3,  5,  6,  23,  25,  39,  60,  62, 
65,  66,  79-89,  99. 

Coal,  Landes,  3. 

Coal,  Landes  and  Ruddy,  1. 

Coal,  Lane,  14,  15,  39,  49. 

Coal,  Leach  (W.  W.),  1. 

Coal,  Leonard,  3. 

Coal,  Lindgren,  4. 

Coal,  Ludlow,  1. 

Coal,  McCalley,  1. 

Coal,  McCallie,  9. 

Coal,  McEvoy,  2. 

Coal,  McLaughlin.  1. 

Coal,  Martin  (G.  C.),  2,  3,  11,  15,  16. 
Coal,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Coal,  Miller  (B.  L.),  1. 

Coal,  Parsons  and  Liddell,  1. 

Coal,  Payne,  1. 

Coal,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  6,  12,  13. 

Coal,  Plotts,  1. 

Coal,  Plumb,  1. 

Coal,  Poole,  2,  3,  8-10. 

Coal,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Coal,  Pultz,  1. 

Coal,  Purington,  1. 

Coal,  Randolph,  1. 

Coal,  Reagan,  4. 

Coal,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 

Coal,  Rickert,  1. 

Coal,  Ries,  9,  14. 

Coal,  Robinson  (N.),  1. 

Coal,  Rockwell,  1. 

Coal,  Rowe,  2,  6. 

Coal,  Scholz,  2. 

Coal,  Schrader,  3. 

Coal,  Sheridan,  1. 

Coal,  Smith  (F.  B.),  1. 

Coal,  Smith  (G.  O.),  6,  13. 

Coal,  Smith  (W.  D.),  1. 

Coal,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Coal,  Smith  and  White,  1. 

Coal,  Spurr,  20. 

Coal,  Stoess,  1. 

Coal,  Stoek,  1. 

Coal,  Stone  (R.  W.),  1,  5,  6-9. 

Coal,  Stoneham,  1. 

Coal,  Storrs  (A.  II.).  1. 

Coal,  Storrs  (L.  S.),  1. 

Coal,  Sutton,  1. 

Coal,  Taff,  3,  4,  7-11.  It 
Coal,  Todd  (J.  E.),  5. 

Coal,  Trumbull,  1. 

Coal,  Turnbull,  1. 

Coal,  Vicaire,  1. 

Coal,  Von  Rosenberg,  1. 

Coal,  White  (D.),  7,  12. 

Coal,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Coal,  Wigmore,  1,  2. 

Coal,  Wilder,  3. 

Coal,  Williams  (I.  A.),  1. 


486 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Coal,  Woodworth,  4. 

Coal,  Woolsey,  3. 

Coal  series,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Cobalt,  Caballero,  1. 

Cobalt,  Day,  5,  7-9. 

Cobalt,  Dickson,  4. 

Cobalt,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Cobalt,  Miller  (W.  G.),  8,  11,  13. 

Cobalt,  Parks,  8. 

Cobalt,  Spurr,  12. 

Cobaltite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Coke,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Colemanite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Columbite,  Day,  11. 

Columbite  and  tantalite,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  3. 

Copper*,  Abercrombie,  1. 

Copper,  Aguilera,  3. 

Copper,  Austin,  3. 

Copper,  Bagg,  5. 

Copper,  Bailey  (F.),  1. 

Copper,  Bain  and  Ulrich,  1,  2. 

Copper,  Barlow,  6,  8. 

Copper,  Barney,  1. 

Copper,  Becker,  1. 

Copper,  Bell  (Ralston),  1. 

Copper,  Bell  (R.  N.),  3. 

Copper,  Biddle,  1. 

Copper,  Blake  (W.  P. ),  16. 

Copper,  Bond,  1. 

Copper,  Boutwell,  2,  10,  12—14. 

Copper,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  4,  11,  13-16. 
Copper,  Brock,  8. 

Copper,  Brook,  3. 

Copper,  Brooks,  4. 

Copper,  Byrne,  3. 

Copper,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 

Copper,  Catherinet,  1. 

Copper,  Crosby,  16. 

Copper,  Crowtlier,  1. 

Copper,  Parton,  18,  26. 

Copper,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Copper,  Diller,  5,  6,  13,  16. 

Copper,  Dresser,  7,  10,  12,  13,  15. 
Copper,  Ells  (R.  W.),  17,  20,  22. 

Copper,  Ernmens,  1. 

Copper,  Emmons  (S.  F. ),  3,  16,  20,  21. 
Copper,  Franke,  1. 

Copper,  Goodwin,  1. 

Copper,  Grant  (U.  S.),  1. 

Copper,  Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer, 

1. 

Copper,  Hill  (R.  T.),  4,  11,  12. 

Copper,  Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  10. 

Copper,  Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 

Copper,  Jackson  (J.  F.),  1. 

Copper,  Jacobs,  1. 

Copper,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 

Copper,  Jennings  (E.  P.),  1. 

Copper,  Johnston  (R.  A.  A.),  2. 

Copper,  Kemp,  32,  33. 

Copper,  Kirby,  2. 

Copper,  Kruscli,  1. 

Copper,  Kummel,  2,  3. 

Copper,  Lakes,  64. 

Copper,  Lane,  8,  28,  44. 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Copper,  Ledoux,  2. 

Copper,  Lee  (II.  A.),  1. 

Copper,  Leith,  14. 

Copper,  Lindgren,  4,  12,  15,  21,  22,  28. 
Copper,  Lowry,  1. 

Copper,  Lunt,  1. 

Copper,  McCarn,  1. 

Copper,  McCallie,  4. 

Copper,  MacDonald,  1. 

Copper,  McCormick,  1. 

Copper,  Malcolmson,  1. 

Copper,  Mathez,  1. 

Copper,  Mendenhall,  7,  8. 

Copper,  Mendenhall  and  Schrader,  1,  2. 
Copper,  Miller  (G.  W.),  1,  2,  6. 

Copper,  Musgrave,  1. 

Copper,  O’Harra,  2. 

Copiper,  Perkins,  2,  6. 

Copper,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Copper,  Probert,  1. 

Copper,  Ransome,  3,  6-8,  10,  11,  13, 
14,  17. 

Copper,  Read,  4. 

Copper,  Reid  (G.  D.),  1. 

Copper,  Rickard  (F.),  2. 

Copper,  Rickard  (T.  A.),  14,  15. 

Copper,  Schrader  and  Spencer,  1. 
Copper,  Scott  (O.  N.),  1. 

Copper,  Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Copper,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Copper,’ Smyth  and  Smith,  1. 

Copper,  Souder,  1. 

Copper,  Spencer  (A.  C.).,  6,  7,  10. 
Copper,  Spurr,  12. 

Copper,  Steel,  1. 

Copper,  Stevens  (B.),  1. 

Copper,  Stevens  (H.  J.),  1. 

Copper,  Stretch,  1,  4. 

Copper,  Tippenhauer,  2. 

Copper,  Turner,  6,  11. 

Copper,  Vaughan,  6. 

Copper,  Vicaire,  1. 

Copper,  Villafaiia,  1. 

Copper,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6,  11. 

Copper,  Weed,  2,  10,  12,  16-19,  23,  26- 
28,  30,  34,  36,  37. 

Copper,  Wenstrom,  1. 

Copper,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  2,  4. 

Copper,  Yung  and  McCaffery,  1. 
Corundum,  Baker,  1. 

Corundum,  Barlow,  10. 

Corundum,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 
Corundum,  Edman,  1. 

Corundum,  Ells  (R.  W.),  20. 

Corundum,  Fuller  (H.  T.),  1. 

Corundum,  Keith,  9.  12. 

Corundum,  Kerr  (D.  G.),  1. 

Corundum.  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Corundum,  Miller  (W.  G.),t3. 

Corundum,  Pratt,  8,  10. 

Corundum,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Corundum,  Ropes,  1. 

Corundum  and  emery,  Merrill  (G.  P.), 
3. 

Cryolite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Cryolite,  Day,  8-11. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


487 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Descloizite,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  3. 

Diamond,  Hobbs,  4,  8. 

Diamond,  Kunz,  2. 

Diamond,  Pratt,  8. 

Diaspore,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  3. 
Diatom-earth,  Blake  (W.  P.),  10. 
Diatomaceous  earth,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Diatomaceous  or  infusorial  earth,  Mer¬ 
rill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Dolomite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Elaterite,  mineral  caoutchouc,  Merrill 
(G.  P.),  3. 

Emerald,  Kunz,  2. 

Emery,  Eckel,  2. 

Emery,  Fuller  (H.  T.),  1. 

Emery,  Magnus,  1. 

Emery,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Emery,  Newland,  2. 

Epsomite,  Epsom  salts,  Merrill  (G.  P.), 
3. 

Erythrite  or  cobalt  bloom,  Merrill  (G. 

P-),  3- 

Feldspar,  Day,  6-11. 

Feldspar,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7,  8. 

Feldspar,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1. 

Feldspar,  Mathews,  1. 

Feldspar,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 
Feldspar,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 

Feldspar,  Newland,  2. 

Feldspar,  Pratt,  8. 

Fireclay,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  6.  . 
Fireclay,  Darton,  18. 

Fireclay,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  2,  5. 
Fireclay,  Martin  (G.  C.),  2. 

Fireclay,  Mathews,  1. 

Flagstone,  Fuller  and  Alden,  2. 

Flint,  Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 

Flint,  Day,  7-11. 

Flint,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1. 

Flint,  Mathews,  1. 

Flint,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Fluorite,  Aguilera,  3. 

Fluorite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Fluorite,  Miller  (A.  M. ),  4. 

Fluorspar,  Bain,  6,  12,  19. 

Fluorspar,  Burk,  1. 

Fluorspar,  Day,  6-11. 

Fluorspar,  Harwood,  1. 

Fluorspar,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Fluorspar,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1. 
Franklinite,  Merrill  (3.  P.),  3. 

Fuller’s  earth,  Cook,  1. 

Fuller’s  earth,  Darton,  1,  18. 

Fuller’s  earth,  Day,  6-8,  11. 

Fuller’s  earth,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Fuller’s  earth,  Vaughan,  12,  18. 
Gadolinite,  Day,  11. 

Gadolinite,  Merrill  (3.  P.),  3. 

Garnet,  Aguilera,  3. 

Garnet,  Keith,  9. 

Garnet,  Magnus,  1. 

Garnet,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Garnet,  Newland,  2. 

Garnet,  Pratt,  8. 

Garnet  gems,  Pratt,  8. 

Gem  minerals,  Pratt,  8. 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Gibbsite,  hydrargillite,  Merrill  (G.  P.), 
3. 

Gilsonite,  Merrill  (G.  1’.),  12. 

Glass  sand,  Campbell  (M.  R. ),  8. 

Glass  sand,  Day,  9-11. 

Glauberite,  Merrill  (G.  I’.),  3. 
Glaucodot,  Merrill  (G.  1’.),  3. 

Gneiss,  Watson  (T.  L.),'8. 

Gold,  Abercrombie,  1. 

Gold,  Aguilera,  3. 

Gold,  Arnold,  4. 

Gold,  Atkin,  1,  2. 

Gold,  Austin,  5. 

Gold,  Bancroft,  1. 

Gold,  Beadle,  1. 

Gold,  Becker,  1. 

Gold,  Bel,  1.  2. 

Gold,  Bell  (R.),  2,  3. 

Gold,  Bell  (R.  N.),  3. 

■  Gold,  Blake  (W.  F.),  5,  8. 

Gold,  Blatchford,  2. 

Gold,  Bordeaux,  1. 

Gold,  Boutwell,  2,  8,  12,  13. 

Gold,  Brent,  1. 

Gold,  Brewer  (W.  M. ),  14,  16. 

Gold,  Brock,  4,  5,  7. 

Gold,  Brooks,  4,  7,  9,  12. 

Gold,  Brooks  and  others,  1. 

Gold,  Burgess,  2. 

Gold,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 

Gold,  Chalmers,  2. 

Gold,  Chance,  1. 

Gold,  Church,  1. 

Gold,  Clarke  (C.  H.),  1. 

Gold,  Clere,  1. 

Gold,  Coleman,  3. 

Gold,  Collier,  1,  3,  10. 

Gold,  Comstock  (T.  B.),  1. 

Gold,  Crosby,  4. 

Gold,  Cummings,  1. 

Gold,  Darton,  18,  26. 

Gold,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Gold,  Dern,  1. 

Gold,  Diller,  4,  5,  11,  16,  19. 

Gold,  Dominian,  1,  2. 

Gold,  Douglass,  11. 

Gold,  Draper,  1. 

Gold,  Dresser,  14. 

Gold,  Easton,  1. 

Gold,  Eckel,  15,  16. 

Gold,  Ells  (R.  W.),  20. 

Gold,  Emmons  (S.  F. ),  3. 

Gold,  Emmons  (W.  II.),  1. 

Gold,  Faribault,  1-4. 

Gold,  Fluker,  1,  2. 

Gold,  Forsyth,  1. 

Gold,  Furman,  1. 

Gold,  Garrison,  4. 

Gold,  Gilpin,  1. 

Gold,  Gottschalk,  1. 

Gold,  Gunther,  1. 

Gold,  Guppy,  1. 

Gold,  Gwillim,  1,  2. 

Gold,  Hall  (C.  W.),  1. 

Gold,  Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1. 
Gold,  Ilershey,  7. 


488 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  woducts  described — Continued. 

Gold,  Hewett,  2. 

Gold,  HIjar,  1. 

Gold,  Hill  (R.  T.),  7,  14,  15. 

Gold,  Hi  lie,  4. 

Gold,  Howley,  1. 

Gold,  Irving,  2—4,  6,  7. 

Gold,  Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 

Gold,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 

Gold,  Iveele,  1. 

Gold,  Keith,  4. 

Gold,  Keyes,  33. 

Gold,  Ivinzie,  1,  2. 

Gold,  Kirby,  2. 

Gold,  Knapp  (S.  A.),  1. 

Gold,  Knight  (W.  C.),  3. 

Gold,  Knox,  1. 

Gold,  Kolderup,  1. 

Gold,  Laird,  1. 

Gold,  Lakes,  1,  43,  44,  51,  68. 

Gold,  Lane,  35. 

Gold,  Lee  (II.  A.),  1. 

Gold,  L’Hame,  1,  2. 

Gold,  Lindgren,  4,  6,  7,  8,  12,  14,  16, 
21,  25,  28. 

Gold,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  1,  2. 

Gold,  Lindgren  and  Ransome,  1,  2. 
Gold,  Lovewell,  1,  2. 

Gold,  Lowry,  1. 

Gold,  McConnell,  2,  4-6. 

Gold,  MacDonald,  1. 

Gold,  Mallery,  1. 

Gold,  Martin,  12,  13. 

Gold,  Mendenhall,  1,  3,  8. 

Gold,  Mendenhall  and  Schrader,  1. 

Gold,  Miers,  1. 

Gold,  Miller  (W.  G.),  4,  6,  10. 

Gold,  Moffit,  2-4. 

Gold,  Moore  (F.) ,  1. 

Gold,  Nichols  (J.  C.),  1. 

Gold,  O'Harra,  1-3. 

Gold,  Palache,  2. 

Gold,  Parsons  and  Liddell,  1. 

Gold,  Penrose,  1. 

Gold,  Pratt,  5,  6,  8,  10,  11. 

Gold,  Prichard  (W.  R.),  1. 

Gold,  I’rindle,  1,  2. 

Gold,  Prindle  and  Hess,  1. 

Gold,  Purington,  1,  3,  5-7,  8,  9. 

Gold,  Queneau,  1. 

Gold,  Ransome,  1,  6,  13,  16,  17. 

Gold,  Rickard  (F.),  1. 

Gold,  Rickard  (T.  A.),  2,  6,  11,  12. 
Gold,  Ritter,  1. 

Gold,  Schrader,  3. 

Gold,  Schrader  and  Brooks,  1. 

Gold,  Schrader  and  Spencer,  1. 

Gold,  Smith  (A.  H.),  1. 

Gold,  Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Gold,  Smith  (G.  D.),  4,  9,  13. 

Gold,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Gold,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  9,  11,  13.  14. 
Gold,  Spurr,  9,  11-13,  18,  19,  22,  25- 
29,  31. 

Gold,  Spurr  and  Garrey,  1. 

Gold,  Storms,  1,  3,  5. 

Gold,  Stretch,  2. 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Gold,  Sutton,  1. 

Gold,  Thomas,  2. 

Gold,  Titcomb,  1. 

Gold,  Turner,  12,  14,  15. 

Gold,  Vicaire,  1. 

Gold,  Villarello,  9. 

Gold.  Washburne,  2,  3. 

Gold,  Watson  (R.  L.),  1. 

Gold,  Weatherby,  1. 

Gold,  Weed,  3,  5,  14,  19,  29,  35. 

Gold,  Weeks,  2. 

Gold,  Winchell  (A.  N.),  4. 

Gold,  Winchell  (II.  V.),  5. 

Gold,  Woodman,  3,  4. 

Gold,  Wright  (F.  E.  and  C.  W.),  1. 
Gold,  Wright  (C.  W.),  1,  2. 

Gold,  Yung  and  McCaffery,  1. 
Grahamite,  Eldridge,  1. 

Grahamite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Granite,  Eckel,  6. 

Granite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  3. 

Granite,  Mathews,  1. 

Granite,  Newland,  2. 

Granite,  Perkins,  1,  6. 

Granite,  Pratt,  8. 

Granite,  Richardson  (C.  H.),  2. 
Granite,  Shedd,  2. 

Granite,  Smith  (G.  O.),  17. 

Granite,  Taff,  3. 

Granite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  8. 

Graphite,  Bateman.  1. 

Graphite,  Brumell,  1. 

Graphite,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 
Graphite,  Day,  6-11. 

Graphite,  Ells  (R.  W.),  8,  18,  20. 
Graphite,  Keith,  12. 

Graphite,  Kemp,  27. 

Graphite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Graphite,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 

Graphite,  Newland,  2. 

Graphite,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Graphite,  O'Harra,  2. 

Graphite,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Gravel,  Sarle,  3. 

Greensand  marl.  Day,  8. 

Grindstones,  whetstones,  and  hones, 
Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Guano,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Gum  copal,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  3. 

Gypsum,  Adams  (G.  I.),  14. 

Gypsum,  Bell  (J.  M.),  2. 

Gypsum,  Blake  (W.  P.),  14. 

Gypsum,  Boutwell,  3,  6. 

Gypsum,  Brady,  1. 

Gypsum,  Darton.  1.  14.  15,  18. 

Gypsum,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 
Gypsum,  Day.  6-11. 

Gypsum,  Diehl,  1. 

Gypsum,  Eckel.  19,  22,  23. 

Gypsum,  Fairbanks,  6. 

Gypsum,  Gould,  10,  11. 

Gypsum,  Gregory  (W.  M.)f  1-3. 
Gypsum,  Grimsley,  4-7.  8. 

Gypsum.  Herrick  (C.  L. ),  6. 

Gypsum.  Herrick  (H.  N.),  1. 

Gypsum,  Hill  (B.  F.),  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


489 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Gypsum,  Knight  (W.  C.),  9. 

Gypsum,  Lakes,  61. 

Gypsum,  Lindgren,  4,  20. 

Gypsum,  Louderback,  2,  5. 

Gypsum,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 

Gypsum,  Newland,  2. 

Gypsum,  Parsons,  1,  2,  4. 

Gypsum,  Peppel,  1. 

Gypsum,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  7. 
Gypsum,  Rowe,  5. 

Gypsum,  Sarle,  3. 

Gypsum,  Sherwin,  2. 

Gypsum,  Slosson  and  Moudy,  1. 
Gypsum,  Weed,  25. 

Gypsum,  Wilder,  3,  4,  6. 

Halite,  sodium  chloride  or  common 
salt,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Hausmannite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Hematite,  Keith,  4. 

Hiddenite,  Pratt,  8. 

Hydrocarbons,  Aguilera,  3. 

Ilmenite,  menaceanite,  or  titanic  iron, 
Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Iron,  Aguilera,  3. 

Iron,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Iron,  Barlow,  7. 

Iron,  Bay  ley,  1. 

Iron,  Bell  (J.  M.),  2. 

Iron,  Beyer,  1,  2. 

Iron,  Blakemore,  2. 

Iron,  Bowron,  1. 

Iron,  Boutwell,  5. 

Iron,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  2,  14. 

Hon,  Burchard,  3. 

Iron,  Capilla,  1. 

Iron,  Carlyle,  1. 

Iron,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 

Iron,  Chance,  2. 

Iron,  Clements,  3. 

Iron,  Coleman,  4,  7,  18. 

Iron,  Coleman  and  Willmott,  1,  2. 

Iron,  Courtis,  1. 

Iron,  Crosby,  2,  3. 

Iron,  Culbert,  1. 

Iron,  Da r ton,  18. 

Iron,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Iron,  Diller,  14,  16,  20. 

Iron,  Dumble,  3,  6. 

Iron,  Eckel,  30,  33,  35,  36,  37. 

Iron,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7,  8,  20. 

Iron,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Iron,  Farrington,  13. 

Iron,  Fletcher,  6. 

Iron,  Garrison,  1,  2. 

Iron,  Gilpin,  1. 

Iron,  Grant  (U.  S.),  6. 

Iron,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  1,  5. 

Iron,  Hayes  and  Eckel,  1. 

Iron,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Iron,  Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1 
Iron,  Hille,  1-3. 

Iron,  Hulst,  1. 

Iron,  Ingall,  4. 

Iron,  Jennings  (E.  P.),  2. 

Iron,  Johnson  (J.  E.,  jr.),  1. 

Iron,  Keith,  12. 


!  Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Iron,  Kemp,  31. 

Iron,  Keyes,  42. 

Iron,  Kiimmel,  3,  5. 

Iron,  Lane,  8. 

Iron,  Leith,  4-6,  10-12,  14,  15. 

Iron,  Lindgren,  4,  9,  28. 

Iron,  McCaskey,  1. 

Iron,  Macco,  1. 

Iron,  Mathews,  1. 

Iron,  Maxwell,  1. 

Iron,  Mickle,  1. 

Iron,  Miller  (W.  G.),  2,  3,  6,  9,  15. 
Iron,  Mills,  2. 

Iron,  Newland,  2. 

Iron,  Obalski,  1. 

Iron,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Iron,  O’Harra,  2. 

Iron,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Iron,  Rangel,  1. 

Iron,  Ries,  8,  11. 

Iron,  Rohn,  1. 

Iron,  Rose,  1,  2. 

Iron,  Shedd,  1. 

Iron,  Smith  (W.  D.),  1. 

Iron,  Smith  (W.  N.),  1. 

Iron,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Iron,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Iron,  Smith  and  Willis,  1. 

Iron,  Sonder,  1. 

Iron,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  1,  12. 

Iron,  Spurr,  5,  12. 

Iron,  Thomas,  3,  4. 

Iron,  Tippenhauer,  2. 

Iron,  Van  Hise,  2,  14. 

Iron,  Villarello  and  Bose,  1. 

Iron,  Warwick,  1. 

Iron,  Weatherbe,  1. 

Iron,  Weidman,  5,  6. 

Iron,  Willmott,  4. 

Iron,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  3. 

Iron,  Winchell  (N.  II.),  7,  23,  24. 

Iron,  Woodbridge,  1. 

Kainite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Kalinite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Kaolin,  Aguilera,  3. 

Kaolin,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1. 

Kaolin,  Lindgren,  4. 

Kaolin,  Mathews,  1. 

Kaolin,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Kiesrite,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  3. 

Lazurite,  lapis  lazuli,  or  native  ultra- 
marine,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Lead,  Adams  (G.  I.),  12,  15. 

Lead,  Aguilera,  3. 

Lead,  Aiken,  1. 

Lead,  Argali  (P.),  2. 

Lead,  Bain,  2,  11,  12,  14,  16. 

Lead,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Lead,  Bell  (R.  N.),  3,  4. 

Lead,  Boutwell,  4,  14. 

Lead,  Branner,  2. 

Lead,  Cahill,  1. 

Lead,  Carter  (W.  E.  II.),  1. 

Lead,  Crook,  2. 

Lead,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Lead,  Ellis  (E.  E.),  1. 


490 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Lead,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  3. 

Lead,  Finlay  (J.  Ii. ),  1,  3. 

Lead,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5,  9,  10. 

Lead,  Haworth,  1. 

Lead,  Hedburg,  1. 

Lead,  Keith,  1. 

Lead,  Keyes,  20,  47. 

Lead,  Lakes,  45,  47,  50,  54. 

Lead,  Lee  (H.  A.),  1. 

Lead,  Lindgren,  21. 

Lead,  Malcomson,  1. 

Lead,  Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Lead,  Nason,  4. 

Lead,  Nicholson,  1. 

Lead,  OHarra,  2. 

Lead,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  3,  9. 

Lead,  Kansome,  16-18. 

Lead,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  2,  3. 

Lead,  Smith  and  Standley,  1. 

Lead,  Smyth  (C.  II.),  4. 

Lead,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1. 

Lead,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Lead,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Lead,  Wheeler  (H.  A.),  1. 

Lead,  Yung  and  McCaffery,  1. 
Lignite,  Bell  (J.  M.),  2. 

Lignite,  Burchard,  1,  2. 

Lignite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Lignite,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  12. 
Lignite,  Russell,  2. 

Lignite,  Storrs  (L.  S.),  1. 

Lignite,  Tippenhauer,  2. 

Lignite,  Wilder,  1,  2,  8,  10. 
Lignite,  Wood  (L.  H.),  1. 

Lignite,  Woodworth,  8. 

Lime,  Blatchley,  7. 

Lime,  Keith,  9. 

Lime,  Norton,  1. 

Lime,  Ries,  4. 

Limestone,  Ashley,  2. 

Limestone,  Bassler,  2. 

Limestone,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  8. 
Limestone,  Clapp,  4. 

Limestone,  Darton,  18. 

Limestone,  Diller,  15. 

Limestone,  Donald,  1,  2. 
Limestone,  Eckel,  6,  34. 
Limestone,  Fisher  (C.  A.),  2. 
Limestone,  Fuller  and  Alden,  2. 
Limestone,  Gregory  (W.  M. ),  1,  2. 
Limestone,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 
Limestone,  Knight  (N.),  7. 
Limestone,  Landes,  2. 

Limestone,  Lane,  8,  9,  41. 
Limestone,  Lindgren,  4. 

Limestone,  Martin  (G.  C.),  2. 
Limestone,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Limestone,  Miller  (W.  G.),  13. 
Limestone,  Newland,  2. 

Limestone,  Orton  and  I’eppel,  1. 
Limestone,  Pratt,  8. 

Limestone,  Ries,  4. 

Limestone,  Schneider,  2. 
Limestone,  Shedd,  2. 

Limestone,  Siebenthal,  3. 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Limestone,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 
Limestone,  Stose,  2. 

Limestone,  Taff,  14. 

Limestone,  Ulrich,  7. 

Limestone,  Wells  (J.  W.),  5. 

Limestone,  bituminous,  Taff,  C. 
Limestone,  lithographic,  Iloen,  1. 
Limestones,  mortars,  and  cements,  Mer¬ 
rill  (G.  I'.),  3. 

Limonite,  Weed,  38. 

Linnaute,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Lithographic  limestones,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  3. 

Lithium,  Day,  7-11. 

Lithographic  stone,  Day,  7. 
Lithographic  stone,  Ulrich,  3. 

Lollingite,  leucopyrite,  Merrill  (G.  P.), 
3. 

Magnesite,  Day,  8-11. 

Magnesite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Magnesite,  Spinks,  1. 

Magnetite,  Keith,  4. 

Magnetite,  Kemp,  31. 

Manganese,  Aguilera,  3. 

Manganese,  Blake  (W.  P.),  12. 
Manganese,  Catlett,  2. 

Manganese,  Chibas,  1. 

Manganese,  Church,  1. 

Manganese,  Darton,  18. 

Manganese,  Day,  5,  7—11. 

Manganese,  Eckel,  35. 

Manganese,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  11. 
Manganese,  Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spen¬ 
cer,  1. 

Manganese,  Jennison.  1. 

Manganese,  Lindgren,  4. 

Manganese,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 
Manganese,  O’Harra,  2. 

Manganese,  Pratt,  8. 

Manganese,  Souder,  1. 

Manganese,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  3,  8. 
Manganese,  Watson  (T.  L.),  9. 
Manganese,  Wiel,  1. 

Manganese,  Williams  (E.  G.).  1. 
Manganese,  Wolff,  2. 

Manganite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Manjak,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Marble,  Byrne,  1,  2. 

Marble,  Eckel.  6,  34. 

Marble,  Keith,  1,  6,  9. 

Marble,  Lyon,  1. 

Marble,  Newland,  2.  . 

Marble,  Perkins,  1,  6. 

Marble,  Pratt.  7,  8. 

Marble,  Richardson  (C.  II.),  2. 

Marble,  Shedd,  2. 

Marble,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Marl,  Blatchley  and  Ashley,  1. 

Marl,  Davis  (C.  A.),  1,  2. 

Marl,  Eckel,  34. 

Marl,  Ells  (R.  W.),  6. 

Marl,  Fall,  1,  2. 

Marl,  Lane,  21. 

Marl,  Leverett,  3. 

Marl  (bog  lime),  Hale,  1. 

Mercury,  Aguilera,  3. 


491 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Economic  products  described— Continued. 
Mercury,  Villarello,  1,  G. 

Mica,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 

Mica,  Cirkel,  2,  4. 

Mica,  Colles,  1. 

Mica,  Corkill,  1. 

Mica,  Day,  6-9,  11. 

Mica,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7,  8,  20,  21. 

Mica,  Keith,  4,  12. 

Mica,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 

Mica,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 

Mica,  O’Harra,  2. 

Mica,  Perkins,  6. 

Mica,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Mica,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 
Millstones,  Newland,  2. 

Mineral  paint,  Day,  6-11. 

Mineral  paint,  Newland,  2. 

Mineral  water,  Babcock  and  Minor,  1. 
Mineral  water,  Blatchley,  3. 

Mineral  water,  Day,  6—11. 

Mineral  water,  Eisele,  1. 

Mineral  water,  Hessler,  1. 

Mineral  water,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Mineral  water,  Newland,  2. 

Mineral  water,  Peter,  1. 

Mineral  water,  Todd  (.T.  E.),  5. 
Mirabilite,  or  Glauber  salt,  Merrill  (G. 
P-),  3. 

Molybdenite,  Crook,  3. 

Molybdenite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Molybdenite,  Wells,  2. 

Molybdenum,  Aguilera,  3. 

Molybdenum,  Day,  7-9. 

Molybdenum,  Johnston.  1. 

Molybdenum,  Smith  (G.  O.),  16. 
Molybdenum,  Willimott,  2. 

Monazite,  Day,  8-11. 

Monazite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Monazite,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Natron,  the  nitrum  of  the  ancients, 
Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Natural  gas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  10. 

Natural  gas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and 
Crane,  1. 

Natural  gas,  Bell  (Robert),  6. 

Natural  gas,  Bishop  (I.  P.),  1,  2. 
Natural  gas,  Blatchley,  6 
Natural  gas,  Bownocker,  2,  3,  5. 
Natural  gas,  Butts,  4,  6. 

Natural  gas,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  8,  9. 
Natural  gas,  Chalmers,  4. 

Natural  gas,  Corkill,  2. 

Natural  gas,  Coste,  1-3. 

Natural  gas,  Darton,  18. 

Natural  gas,  Day,  6-11. 

Natural  gas,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  5,  9. 
Natural  gas,  Grimsley,  1,  2. 

Natural  gas,  Haworth,  2. 

Natural  gas,  Haworth  and  McFarland, 

1. 

Natural  gas,  Hoeing,  1. 

Natural  gas,  Ingall,  1. 

Natural  gas,  Kindle,  7. 

Natural  gas,  Kinney,  1,  2. 

Natural  gas,  Lane,  10,  31,  46. 

Natural  gas,  Leach  (J.  C.),  1,  2. 


I  Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Natural  gas,  McFarland,  1. 

Natural  gas,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Natural  gas,  Mickle,  2. 

Natural  gas,  Newland,  2. 

Natural  gas,  Nickles,  2. 

Natural  gas,  Olipliant,  1. 

Natural  gas,  Richardson  (G.  B. ),  3,  6. 
Natural  gas,  Schrader  and  Haworth,  1. 
Natural  gas,  Stone  (R.  W. ),  2,  6-8. 
Natural  gas,  Todd  (J.  E.),  5. 

Natural  gas,  Udden,  2. 

Natural  gas,  White  (I.  C.),  9,  10. 
Natural  gas,  Woolsey,  3. 

Natural  gas,  Yates  (J.  A.),  1. 

Nickel,  Aguilera,  3. 

Nickel,  Barlow,  6,  8. 

Nickel,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 

Nickel,  Coleman,  14,  18,  19. 

Nickel,  Day,  5,  7-9. 

Nickel,  Dickson,  4. 

Nickel,  Ells  (R.  W.),  17. 

Nickel,  Keith,  9. 

Nickel,  Ledoux,  1. 

Nickel,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6,  8,  11,  13. 
Nickel,  Silver,  1. 

Nickel,  Spurr,  12. 

Niter,  potassium  nitrate,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  3. 

Nitre,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Nitrate,  Wagenen.  1. 

Nitro-calcite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Ocher,  Chester,  1. 

Ocher,  Ells  (R.  W.),  8. 

Ocher,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  1. 

Ocher,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 

Ocher,  Pratt,  8. 

Ocher,  Watson  (T.  L.),  10. 

Oil,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Oil,  Bishop  (I.  P.),  1. 

Oil,  Blatchley,  2. 

Oil,  Bownocker,  3. 

Oil,  Cooper  (A.  S.),  1. 

Oil,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  2. 

Oil,  Harris,  4. 

Oil,  Ilayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1. 
Oil,  Hill  (R.  T.),  5. 

Oil,  Hager,  1. 

Oil,  Haworth,  2. 

Oil,  Ingall.  1. 

Oil,  Knight  and  Slosson,  2. 

Oil,  Knight  (W.  C.),  2,  5. 

Oil,  Lakes,  10,  11,  14,  16,  17,  21,  24. 

Oil,  Lane,  10. 

Oil,  Mabery,  1. 

Oil,  Ohly,  1. 

Oil,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  2. 

Oil,  Richardson  and  Wallace,  1. 

Oil,  Thiele,  1. 

Oil,  Willis,  4. 

Onyx-marble,  Ordonez,  4. 

Opal,  Aguilera,  3. 

Ornamental  stone,  Sliedd,  2. 

Orpiment,  auripigment,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  3. 

Ozokerite,  Merrill  (G.  1\),  12. 


492 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Ozokerite,  mineral  wax ;  native  par¬ 
affin,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Peat,  Chalmers,  5,  7. 

Peat,  Day,  11. 

Peat,  Ells  (R.  W.),  8. 

Peat,  Lakes,  96. 

Peat,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Peat,  Parsons,  3. 

Peat,  Ries,  7. 

Peat,  Sarle,  3. 

Petroleum,  Adams  (G.  I.),  10. 
Petroleum,  Adams,  Haworth,  and 
Crane.  1. 

Petroleum,  Alcala,  1. 

Petroleum,  Bartow  and  McCollum,  1. 
Petroleum,  Baxter,  1. 

Petroleum,  Bell  (Robert),  6. 

Petroleum,  Bishop  (I.  P.),  2. 
Petroleum,  Blatchley,  4,  6. 

Petroleum,  Blatchley  and  Sheak,  1. 
Peti’oleum,  Boutwell,  11. 

Petroleum,  Bownocker,  2,  5. 

Petroleum,  Butts,  4. 

Petroleum,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  11. 
Petroleum,  Chalmers,  4. 

Petroleum,  Claypole,  3. 

Petroleum,  Corkill,  2. 

Petroleum,  Coste,  1-4. 

Petroleum,  Darton,  1,  14,  18. 
Petroleum,  Day  (D.  T.),  2,  3. 
Petroleum,  Day,  6-11. 

Petroleum,  Dumble,  2,  8. 

Petroleum,  Eldridge,  4. 

Petroleum,  Ells  (R.  W.),  12. 

Petroleum,  Fenneman,  4,  5,  7-9. 
Petroleum,  Fishback,  1. 

Petroleum,  Frazer,  9. 

Petroleum,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  3,  5. 
Petroleum,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 
Petroleum,  Grimsley,  1. 

Petroleum,  Griswold,  1,  2. 

Petroleum,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  8,  13. 
Petroleum,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 
Petroleum,  Heurteau,  1. 

Petroleum,  Hill  (R.  T.),  9. 

Petroleum,  I-Ioeing,  1. 

Petroleum,  Ivilham,  1. 

Petroleum,  Knight  and  Slosson,  4. 
Petroleum,  Laguerenne,  1. 

Petroleum,  Lakes,  15,  39,  48. 

Petroleum,  Landes,  2. 

Petroleum,  Lane,  31,  46. 

Petroleum,  Lucas  (A.  F.),  1. 

Petroleum,  McCallie,  7. 

Petroleum,  Martin  (G.  C.),  3,  11,  14. 
Petroleum,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 
Petroleum,  Mickle,  2. 

Petroleum,  Newland,  2. 

Petroleum,  Oliphant,  2. 

Petroleum,  Otsuka,  1. 

Petroleum,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  1. 
Petroleum,  Plotts,  1. 

Petroleum,  Prutzman,  1. 

Petroleum,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  7. 
Petroleum,  Russell,  8. 

Petroleum,  Schrader  and  Haworth,  1. 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Petroleum,  Stoess,  1. 

Petroleum,  Stone  (R.  W.),  2,  6. 
Petroleum,  Taff  and  Slialer,  1. 
Petroleum,  Todd  (J.  E.),  5. 

Petroleum,  Villarello,  3. 

Petroleum,  White  (I.  C.),  9. 

Petroleum,  Willey,  1,  2. 

Petroleum,  Woolsey,  3. 

Phosphate,  Branner  and  Newsom,  1. 
Phosphate,  Brown  (L.  P.),  1. 
Phosphate,  Chazal,  1. 

Phosphate,  Day,  6-11. 

Phosphate,  Eckel,  3,  19. 

Phosphate,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  3,  15. 
Phosphate,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 
Phosphate,  Memininger,  1. 

Phosphate,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Phosphate,  Ochsenius,  2. 

Phosphate,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  4. 
Phosphate,  Ruhm,  1. 

Phosphate,  Safford,  1. 

Phosphate,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 
Platinum,  Brock,  6. 

Platinum,  Day,  1,  7-11. 

Platinum,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  11. 
Platinum,  Kemp,  11,  20. 
riatinum,  Knight,  4. 

Platinum,  Dickson,  5. 

Platinum,  Spurr,  12. 

Platinum,  Wells  and  Penfield,  1. 
Platinum  minerals,  Diller,  11. 

Polianite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Polyhalite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Portland  cement,  Bain,  15. 

Portland  cement,  Bassler,  2,  3. 

Portland  cement,  Catlett,  3. 

Portland  cement,  Day,  6,  7,  10. 
Portland  cement,  Eckel,  4,  25,  32,  34, 
39. 

Portland  cement,  Eckel  and  Crider,  1. 
Portland  cement,  Fitzhugli,  1. 

Portland  cement,  Haworth  and  Schra¬ 
der,  1. 

Portland  cement,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 
Portland  cement,  Russell.  6. 

Portland  cement,  Smith  (E.  A.),  3,  8. 
Portland  cement.  Taff,  5,  14.  15. 
Portland  cement,  Ulrich,  7. 

Portland  cement.  Wilder,  3. 

Precious  stones,  Day,  6-11. 

Precious  stones,  Keith,  12. 

Precious  stones.  Pratt.  10.  11. 
Psilomelane.  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Pumice,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 

Pyrite,  Day.  6-11. 

Pyrite,  Eckel.  16,  40. 

Pyrite,  Meissner.  1. 

Pyrite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Pyrite.  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 

Pyrite,  Newland.  2. 

Pyrite,  Pratt.  8. 

Pyrite,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Pyrites,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Pyrolusite,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  3. 
Pyrophyllite,  Pratt,  8,  10. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


493 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Pyrophyllite,  agalmatolite,  and  pago- 
dite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Quartz,  Day,  6. 

Quartz,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Quartz,  Newland,  2. 

Quartz,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Quicksilver,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Quicksilver,  Demaret,  2. 

Quicksilver,  Dennis,  2. 

Quicksilver,  Forstner,  2. 

Quicksilver,  Haverstock,  1. 

Quicksilver,  Hill  (B.  F.),  1. 

Quicksilver,  Hill  (R.  T.),  8. 

Quicksilver,  Kirk,  1. 

Quicksilver,  Kirk  and  Malcolmson,  1. 
Quicksilver,  Monckton,  2. 

Quicksilver,  Osmont,  1. 

Quicksilver,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  6,  8,  10, 
11,  14. 

Quicksilver,  Spalding,  1. 

Quicksilver,  Turner,  17. 

Quicksilver,  Wendeborn,  2. 

Realgar,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Retinite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  12. 
Rhodochrosite ;  dialogite,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  3. 

Rhodolite,  Pratt,  8. 

Rhodonite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Road  material,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 
Road  materials,  Buckley,  3. 

Road  materials,  Landes,  2. 

Road  materials,  McCallie,  3. 

Road  materials,  Martin  (G.  C.),  2. 

Road  materials,  Mathews,  1. 

Roman  cement,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Roofing  slate,  Nevius,  1. 

Ruby,  Kunz,  2. 

Ruby,  Pratt,  8. 

Rutile,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3,  6,  12. 

Salt,  Aguilera,  3. 

Salt,  Bishop  (I.  P.),  2. 

Salt,  Bownocker,  6. 

Salt,  Clendenin,  1. 

Salt,  Darton,  18,  21. 

Salt,  Day,  6-11. 

Salt,  Eckel,  11,  19. 

Salt,  Gould,  7. 

Salt,  Hager,  1. 

Salt,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  6. 

Salt,  Holder,  1. 

Salt,  Kindle,  7. 

Salt,  Lane,  8,  12. 

Salt,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Salt,  Newland,  2. 

Salt,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  4,  7. 

Salt,  Veatch,  1. 

Samarskite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Sand,  Ashley,  2. 

Sand,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Sand,  Kiimmel,  9. 

Sand,  Newland,  2. 

Sand,  Sarle,  3. 

Sand,  molding,  Eckel,  14. 

Sandstone,  Ashley,  2. 

Sandstone,  Dickinson,  1. 

Sandstone,  Eckel,  6. 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Sandstone,  Lane,  8. 

Sandstone,  Martin  (G.  C.),  2. 
Sandstone,  Newland,  2. 

Sandstone,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 
Sandstone,  Shedd,  2. 

Sandstone,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 
Sandstone,  bituminous,  Taff,  6. 
Sapphire,  Kunz,  3. 

Sapphire,  Pratt,  8. 

Scheelite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Selenium,  Aguilera,  3. 

Sepiolite  ;  meerschaum,  Merrill  (G.  1'.) 
3. 

Serpentine,  Marsters,  2,  4. 

Serpentine,  Pratt,  8. 

Serpentine,  Shedd,  2. 

Shale,  Eckel,  34. 

Silver,  Aguilera,  3. 

Silver,  Aiken,  1. 

Silver,  Argali  (P.),  2. 

Silver,  Bagg,  8. 

Silver,  Bell  (R.  N.),  3. 

Silver.  Blake  (W.  P.),  8. 

Silver,  Boutwell,  4,  8,  12,  13. 

Silver,  Brewer,  16. 

Silver,  Byrne,  3. 

Silver,  Brock,  8. 

Silver,  Cahill.  1. 

Silver,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 

Silver,  Church,  1. 

Silver,  Clere,  1. 

Silver,  Comstock  (T.  B.),  1. 

Silver,  Cummings,  1. 

Silver,  Cook  (E.  H.),  1. 

Silver,  Darton,  18. 

Silver,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Silver,  Dern,  1. 

Silver,  Diller,  16. 

Silver,  Dominian,  1. 

Silver,  Ells,  20. 

Silver,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  3,  16. 

Silver,  Emmons  (W.  H.),  1. 

Silver,  Farrington,  13. 

Silver,  Finlay  (J.  R.),  1,  3. 

Silver,  Flores,  1. 

Silver,  Halse,  4,  5. 

Silver,  Hardman,  1. 

Silver,  Henrich,  1. 

Silver,  Hill  (R.  T.),  4,  10,  14. 

Silver,  Irving,  3,  4,  6.  7. 

Silver,  Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 

Silver,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 

Silver,  Keyes,  32. 

Silver,  Kirby,  2. 

Silver,  Knapp  (S.  A.),  1. 

Silver,  Lakes,  45,  47,  50,  51.  54,  68,  72 
Silver,  Lee  (II.  A.),  1. 

Silver,  Lindgren,  4.  7,  8,  21,  26. 

Silver,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  2. 

Silver,  Lowry,  1. 

Silver,  McCormick,  1. 

Silver,  Malcolmson,  1. 

Silver,  Mendenhall.  1. 

Silver,  Miller  (G.  W.),  2. 

Silver,  Miller  (W.  G.),  8,  11,  13. 

Silver,  O'Harra,  2. 


494 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Silver,  Ordonez,  3,  11. 

Silver,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Silver,  Purington,  1,  3,  5. 

Silver,  Itansome,  1-3,  0,  13,  16-18. 
Silver,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Silver,  Spurr,  9,  11,  18,  27,  29. 

Silver,  Spurr  and  Garrey,  1. 

Silver,  Stretch,  3. 

Silver,  Udden  (Johan  A.),  1. 

Silver,  Vicaire,  1. 

Silver,  Villafana,  1. 

Silver,  Villarello,  9. 

Silver,  Weatherby,  1. 

Silver,  Weed,  5. 

•Silver,  Yung  and  McCaffery,  1. 
Skutterudite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Slate,  Dale,  2,  4,  8. 

Slate,  Eckel,  24,  27,  28. 

Slate,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Slate,  Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  10. 

Slate,  Newland,  2. 

Slate,  Perkins,  1,  2,  6. 

Slate,  Richardson  (C.  H. ),  2. 

Smaltite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Soapstone,  Day,  6-11. 

Soapstone,  Keith,  4,  9,  12. 

Soapstone,  Pratt,  11. 

Soda,  Darton,  18. 

Soda  niter,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Soils,  Darton,  7,  8,  26. 

Soils,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Soils,  Darton  and  Smith.  1. 

Soils,  Fairbanks.  7. 

Soils,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Soils,  Hall  (C.  W.),  2. 

Soils,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Soils,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Soils,  Lakes,  40. 

Soils,  Norton,  1. 

Soils,  Russell,  23. 

Soils,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Soils,  Taff,  6. 

Soils,  Todd  (.T.  E.),  10,  11. 

Soils,  Weidman,  3. 

Spodumene,  O’Harra,  2. 

Spodumene  and  petalite,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  3. 

Steatite,  talc,  and  soapstone,  Merrill 
(G.  P.),  3. 

Steel-hardening  metals,  Day,  11. 

Stone,  Day,  6-11. 

Stone,  Newland.  2. 

Strontianite,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7. 
Strontianite,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  3. 
Strontium,  Aguilera,  3. 

Strontium,  Day,  8. 

Succinite;  amber,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Sulphur,  Adams  (G.  I.),  16. 

Sulphur,  Aguilera,  3. 

Sulphur,  C'aracristi,  1. 

Sulphur,  Day,  6-1 1. 

Sulphur,  Kerr,  1. 

Sulphur,  Merrill  (G.  r. ),  12. 

Sulphur,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  5. 

Sulphur,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  4,  8. 
Sychnodymite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Talc,  Blasdale,  1. 

Talc,  Day,  7-11. 

Talc,  Keith,  7,  9,  12. 

Talc,  Merrill -(G.  I\),  12. 

Talc,  Miller  (W.  G.),  6. 

Talc,  Newland,  2. 

Talc,  Peck,  6. 

Talc,  Pratt,  7,  8,  10,  11. 

Tantalum,  Pratt,  11. 

Tar,  Day,  9-11. 

Tellurium,  Aguilera,  3. 

Thenardite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Tin,  Aguilera,  3. 

Tin,  Bell  (R.  N.),  2. 

Tin,  Bell  (Robert),  4. 

Tin,  Brooks,  1,  2,  8. 

Tin,  Collier,  1,  5,  7,  11. 

Tin,  Darton,  18,  26. 

Tin,  Day,  7,  11. 

Tin,  Fawns,  1. 

Tin,  Garrison,  3. 

Tin,  Graton,  3. 

Tin,  Hess  and  Graton,  1. 

Tin,  Irving,  3. 

Tin,  Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 

Tin,  Nevius,  3. 

Tin,  O’Harra,  2. 

Tin,  Pratt,  10,  11. 

Tin,  Pratt  and  Sterrett,  1. 

Tin,  Rickard  (E.),  1. 

Tin,  Struthers  and  Pratt,  1. 

Tin,  Weed,  4,  15. 

Titanium,  Day,  8. 

Topaz,  Aguilera,  3. 

Tourmaline,  Ivunz,  2. 

Trap,  Newland.  2. 

Triphylite  and  lithiophilite,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  3. 

Tripoli,  Merrill  (S.  P.),  3,  12. 
Tripolite,  Crosby,  1. 

Trona  ;  urao,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Tschermigite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Tufa,  Shedd.  2. 

Tuff,  Shedd.  2. 

Tungsten,  Day,  5,  7-9. 

Tungsten,  Hobbs,  16. 

Tungsten,  Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 
Tungsten,  Johnston,  1. 

Tungsten,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  12. 
Tungsten.  O’Harra,  2. 

Tungsten,  Rickard  (F.),  3. 

Tungsten.  Simmons,  1. 

Tungsten,  Smith  (F.  D.),  1. 

Tungsten,  Weeks,  1,  8. 

Turquoise.  Johnson  (D.  W.),  4. 

Ulexite ;  boronatrocalcite,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  3. 

Uintaite,  Eldridge.  1. 

Uintaite  ;  gilsonite.  Merrill  (G.  P.).  3. 
Uraninite  ;  pitchblende,  Merrill  (G.  P.), 
3. 

Uranium,  Boutwell,  9. 

Uranium,  Day,  7-9. 

Uranium,  Pratt,  11. 

Vanadinite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Vanadium,  Aguilera,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


495 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 
Vanadium,  Boutwell,  9. 

Vanadium,  Caballero,  2. 

Vanadium,  Day,  7-9. 

Volcanic  ash,  Darton,  18. 

Volcanic  ash,  Rowe,  1. 

Water  power,  Ashley,  2. 

Water  power,  Flynn  and  Flynn,  1. 
Waterpower,  Hall  (B.  M.),  1. 

Water  power,  Leverett,  3. 

Water  power,  Pressey,  3. 

Water  supply,  Babcock,  1,  2. 

Water  supply,  Calvin,  3. 

Water  supply,  Chalmers,  4. 

Water  supply,  Darton,  1,  6,  8. 

Water  supply,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 
Water  supply,  Gould,  3,  5. 

Water  supply,  Gregory  (W.  M.),  1,  2. 
Water  supply,  Harris,  3. 

Water  supply,  Hills4  1. 

Water  supply,  Johnson  (W.  D. ),  1. 
Water  supply,  McCaslin,  1. 

WTater  supply,  Nutter,  1. 

Water  supply,  Russell,  2. 

Water  supply,  Udden,  3. 

Water  supply,  Upham,  1. 

Water  supply,  Woolman,  1. 

Whetstone,  Schneider,  5. 

Whetstones,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Witherite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Wolframite,  Irving,  1,  3,  4. 

Wolframite,  Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 
Wolframite,  Raymond  (R.  W.),  2. 
Wolframite  and  hiibnerite,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  3. 

Wurtzillite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 
Yttrotantalite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Zinc,  Adams  (G.  I.),  12,  15. 

Zinc,  Bain,  2,  11,  13,  14,  16. 

Zinc,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Zinc,  Boutwell,  2. 

Zinc,  Branner,  3. 

Zinc,  Carter  (W.  E.  H.),  1. 

Zinc,  Crook,  2. 

Zinc,  Crosby,  16. 

Zinc,  Day,  5,  7-11. 

Zinc,  Demaret,  1. 

Zinc,  Ellis  (E.  E.),  1. 

Zinc,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  3. 

Zinc,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5,  9,  10. 

Zinc,  Harwood,  1. 

Zinc,  Haworth,  1. 

Zinc,  Hedburg,  1. 

Zinc,  Higgins,  1. 

Zinc,  Keith,  1,  8. 

Zinc,  Keyes,  20,  48. 

Zinc,  Kiimmel,  3,  5. 

Zinc,  Lakes,  52. 

Zinc,  Lindgren,  28. 

Zinc,  Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Zinc,  Newland,  2. 

Zinc,  Nicholson,  1. 

Zinc,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  3. 

Zinc,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  2,  3. 

Zinc,  Smith  and  Standley,  1. 

Zinc,  Steele,  1. 

Zinc,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1, 


Economic  products  described — Continued. 

Zinc,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Zinc,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Zinc,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Zinc,  Wheeler  (G.  D.),  1. 

Zinc,  Wolff,  2. 

Zircon,  Day,  11. 

Zircon,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Zircon,  Pratt,  8,  10,  11. 

Florida. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Fresh-water  springs  in  the  ocean,  Hitch¬ 
cock  (C.  H.),  11. 

Fuller’s  earth  of  Georgia  and  Florida, 
Vaughan,  12,  18. 

Genera,  subgenera,  and  sections  of  Py- 
ramidellidse,  Dali  and  Bartsch,  2. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Florida,  Day  (D. 
T.),  4. 

New  Conus  from  Tertiary,  Aldrich,  3. 

New  species  of  Tertiary  fossils,  Aid- 
rich,  2. 

Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and  south¬ 
ern  United  States,  Maury,  1. 

Recent  elevation  of  Gulf  coast, 
Vaughan,  11. 

Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Dali,  8. 

Underground  waters  of  Florida,  Fuller, 
25. 

Union  of  Cuba  with  Florida,  Spencer 
(J.  W.),  11. 

Water  resources  of  Florida,  Fuller  (M. 
L.).  13. 

Geologic  formations  described. 

Abram’s  formation,  pre-Cretaceous, 
California,  Hershey,  2. 

Abrigo  limestone,  Cambrian,  Arizona, 
Ransome,  9,  11,  14. 

Acadian,  Cambric,  New  York,  Clarke, 

20. 

Acadian  division,  Cambrian,  Canada, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Adams  Lake  series,  Cambrian,  Canada, 
Evans  (H.  F.),  2. 

Admire  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Aftonian,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Udden,  2. 

Aftonian,  Quaternary,  New  Jersey, 
Salisbury  and  others,  1. 

Aftonian  gravels.  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Calvin,  15. 

Aftonian  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  8. 

Agawa  formation,  Algonkian,  Minne¬ 
sota,  Clements,  3. 

Agoniatites  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  (  J.  M.),  2. 

Agua  Dulce  formation.  Pleistocene, 
Panama,  Hershey,  5. 

Ahtell  diorite,  Alaska,  Mendenhall,  8. 

Ajax  quartzite,  Arizona,  Church.  1. 

Akins  shale  member.  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Tafif,  17. 


496 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Alabama  white  limestone,  Tertiary, 
Alabama,  Casey,  2. 

Albany  granite,  New  Hampshire, 
Hawes,  2. 

Albany  division,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Taff,  4. 

Albert  shales,  Carboniferous,  Canada. 
Bailey  (L.  W.),  8. 

Albertan,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Udden,  2. 

Albertan,  Quaternary,  New  Jersey, 
Salisbury  and  others,  1. 

Albertan,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Beyer  and 
Williams,  2. 

Albuquerque  marls,  Pliocene,  Tertiary, 
New  Mexico,  Reagan,  1. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Prosser,  3,  4. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland.  Included  in  Coal  Meas: 
ures.  Includes  Brookville  coal,  Cla¬ 
rion  coal,  Clarion  sandstone,  Ferrif¬ 
erous  limestone,  Kittanning  lime¬ 
stone,  Kittanning  sandstone,  “  Split- 
six  ”  coal,  Lower  Kittanning  coal, 
Middle  Kittanning  coal,  Upper  Kit¬ 
tanning  coal,  Lower  Freeport  sand¬ 
stone,  Lower  Freeport  limestone, 
Lower  Freeport  coal,  Upper  Free¬ 
port  sandstone,  Upper  Freeport  lime¬ 
stone  and  Bolivar  clay,  and  Upper 
Freeport  coal,  Clark  and  Martin,  5. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell,  6. 

Allegheny  formation  (includes  Blue- 
baugh  coal,  Parker  coal,  Davis  coal, 
Thomas  coal),  Carboniferous,  Mary¬ 
land,  WThite  (D.),  7. 

Allegheny  formation  (includes  Brook¬ 
ville  coal,  Clarion  coal,  Lower  Kit¬ 
tanning  coal,  Middle  Kittanning  coal, 
Upper  Kittanning  coal,  Lower  Free¬ 
port  coal,  Upper  Freeport  coal),  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Pennsylvania,  White  and 
Campbell,  1. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  8. 

Allegheny  formation  (Lower  Productive 
Coal  Measures),  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Allegheny  series,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous. 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  18. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  6,  7. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 

Allegheny  formation.  Carboniferous. 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Allegheny  formation.  Carboniferous, 
Maryland.  Martin,  16. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6-8. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Allegheny  formation,  Carboniferous 
(Pennsylvanian),  Pennsylvania, 
Woolsey,  3. 

Allen  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Alloway  clay,  Tertiary,  New  Jersey, 
Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Alma  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Prosser,  7. 

Alpena  limestone,  Devonian,  included 
in  Traverse  group,  Michigan,  Grabau, 

5. 

Alpreston  quartzites  (Flathead  quartz¬ 
ites),  Cambrian,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Alta  beds,  Carboniferous,  Texas,  Udden- 
(Johan  A.),  11. 

Altamaha  grits,  Tertiary,  Georgia, 
Maury,  1. 

Altamont  (Parsons)  limestone,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Kansas,  Beede  and  Rogers,  1. 

Altona  dolomite,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Altyn  limestone,  Algonkian,  Montana, 
Willis,  6. 

Alum  Bluff  beds,  Tertiary,  Florida, 
Maury,  1. 

Amboy  stoneware  clay,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Americus  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Prosser,  7. 

Americus  limestone.  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Americus  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Smith  (A.  J.),  1,  2. 

Americus  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Ames,  or  Crinoidal,  limestone,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  West  Virginia,  White  (I. 
C.),  7. 

Ames  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Orton  and  I’eppel.  1. 

Ames  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Butts,  4. 

Ames,  or  Crinoidal.  limestone.  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin, 

6. 

Ames  limestone.  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Amsden  formation,  Carboniferous,  Wy¬ 
oming,  Darton,  16.  18. 

Anacacho  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Anaktoovuk  series,  Cretaceous,  Alaska, 
Schrader.  1.  3. 

Angelina  series,  Tertiary,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.)  ,  9. 

Angola  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke,  19,  20. 

Animikie  formations,  Canada,  Smith 
(W.  N.),  1. 

Anona  chalk,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Antigua  formation= White  limestone, 
West  Indies,  Spencer  (J.  W.).  1,  3. 

Antigua  formation,  West  Indies, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  6. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


497 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Antlers  sands,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Antrim,  Devonian,  Michigan,  Lane,  4. 

Antrim  shales,  Devonian,  Michigan, 
Russell,  6. 

Apache  group,  Cambrian  (?),  Arizona, 
Ransome,  6,  13. 

Apache  group,  pre-Cambrian,  Arizona, 
Lee  (W.  T.),  9. 

Apishapa  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Hills,  1. 

Appanoose  beds,  Pennsylvania  series, 
Iowa,  Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

Appekunny  argillite,  Algonkian,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Willis,  6. 

Aquia  formation,  Eocene,  Tertiary, 
Maryland,  Shattuck,  5. 

Aquia  formation  or  stage.  Eocene, 
Maryland,  includes  Piscataway  and 
Paspotansa  members  or  substages. 
Clark  and  Martin,  1. 

Arago  formation,  Tertiary,  Oregon, 
Diller,  11. 

Arapahoe  formation,  Colorado,  Lee, 
(W.  T.),  2. 

Arapahoe  formation,  Tertiary,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Darton,  16,  18. 

Arbuckle  limestone,  Cambro-Silurian, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  3,  6,  13. 

Arbuckle  limestone,  Cambro-Ordovicianr 
Oklahoma,  Gould,  13,  14. 

Arcadia  clays,  Tertiary,  Louisiana, 
Lerch,  2. 

Arietina  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Dumble,  12. 

Arikaree  formation.  Tertiary,  Wyoming, 
Nebraska,  Adams  (G.  I.),  4. 

Arikaree  formation,  Miocene,  Tertiary, 
Nebraska,  Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 

Arikaree  formation,  Neocene,  Tertiary, 
Wyoming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Arikaree  formation,  Tertiary,  Nebraska, 
Darton,  10,  18. 

Arikaree  formation,  Tertiary,  South 
Dakota,  Reagan,  5. 

Arisaig  formation,  Silurian,  Canada, 
Ami,  10. 

Arizona  formation,  included  in  Hu- 
ronian,  Blake  (W.  P.),  1. 

Arkadelphia  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Arkansan  series.  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Keyes,  18. 

Arlington  diabase,  Juratrias,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Armuchee  chert,  Devonian,  Georgia, 
Hayes,  5. 

Arnheim  beds,  Ordovician,  Ohio,  In¬ 
diana,  and  Kentucky,  Foerste,  12. 

Arnheim  beds,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 

Arundel  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mary¬ 
land,  Clark  and  Bibbins,  1. 

Asbury  clay,  Tertiary,  New  Jersey, 
Kiimmel,  and  Knapp,  1. 

Bull.  301—06 - 32 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Atascedero  formation,  Cretaceous,  Cal¬ 
ifornia,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Atchison  shales  (Wabaunsee),  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Nebraska,  Barbour  (E.  II.), 
8. 

Athens  shale,  Ordovician,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  9,  11. 

Atoka  formation.  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  2,  3. 

Atlantosaurus  oeds,  Cretaceous,  Rocky 
Mountain  region,  Lee  (W.  T.),  7. 

Atlantosaurus  beds,  Jurassic,  Colo¬ 
rado  and  Wyoming,  Hatcher,  14. 

Atlantosaurus  beds,  Jurassic-Creta¬ 
ceous,'  Colorado  and  Wyoming,  Wil- 
liston,  25. 

Atwell  sand,  Devonian,  Pennsylvania, 
Fuller,  3. 

Aubery  group,  Arizona,  Reagan,  3. 

Aubrey  and  Super-Aubrey,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  Utah,  Huntington  and  Gold- 
thwait,  1. 

Aubrey  limestone  and  sandstone,  Ne¬ 
vada,  Spurr,  6. 

Aubrey  formation,  Utah,  Huntington 
and  Goldthwait,  2. 

Augusta  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Iowa,  Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

Austin  chalk,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Dum¬ 
ble,  12. 

Austin  chalk,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Austin  chalk,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
and  Vaughan,  1. 

Austin  chalk,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Pra¬ 
ther,  2. 

Avenal  sandstones,  Tertiary,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Anderson,  7. 

Baird  shales,  Carboniferous,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Diller,  12. 

Bakersville  gabbro,  Juratrias,  North 
Carolina,  Keith,  4. 

Bakersville  gabbro,  Triassic(?),  North 
Carolina,  Keith,  12. 

Baltimore  gneiss,  Algonkian,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Bascom,  2. 

Baltimore  gneiss,  Maryland,  Mathews 
and  Miller,  1. 

Baltimore  gneiss,  Ordovician,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Bascom,  3. 

Baltimore  gneiss,  pre-Cambrian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Mathews,  6. 

Bandera  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Bandera  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Bandera  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede  and  Rogers,  1. 

Bangor  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Geor¬ 
gia,  Hayes,  5. 

Bangor  limestone.  Carboniferous,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Bangor  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Geor¬ 
gia,  McCallie,  9. 

Baptanodon  beds,  Jurassic,  Wyoming, 
Williston,  25. 


498 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Baraboo  quartzite,  pre-Cambrian,  Wis¬ 
consin,  Weidman,  5. 

Barclay  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede,  6. 

Barclay  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Barnegat  limestone,  Cambro-Silurian, 
New  York,  Eckel,  6.  • 

Barnes  conglomerate,  Cambrian  (?), 
Arizona,  Ransome,  13. 

Barstow  series,  Tertiary,  California, 
Hershey,  10. 

Basal  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Basal  beds,  Eocene,  Texas,  Dumble,  13. 

Basal  conglomerate,  Pennsylvania, 
Peck,  3. 

Bates  ville,  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Arkansas,  Adams  (C.  I.),  3,  15. 

Batesville  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Arkansas,  TJlrich,  5. 

Batesville  sandstone,  Mississippian, 
Arkansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Bath-reef  series,  West  Indies,  Spencer 
(J.  W.),  6. 

Baucari  division,  Tertiary,  Arizona, 
Dumble,  7. 

Bay  View  Avenue  sand,  Cretaceous, 
New  Jersey,  Prather,  4. 

Bays  formation,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  1. 

Bays  sandstone,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  11. 

Beacon  Hill  formation,  pre-Pleisto- 
cene,  New  Jersey,  Salisbury,  1. 

Beacon  Hill  formation,  Miocene,  New 
Jersey,  Smock,  1. 

Beacon  Hill  formation,  Tertiary,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Bearpaw  shales,  Cretaceous,  Montana, 
Hatcher  and  Stanton,  1. 

Bear  River  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wy-  I 
oming,  Stanton,  4. 

Beaumont  clays,  Pleistocene,  Texas, 
Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Beaver  limestone,  Cambrian,  Alabama,  ! 
Hayes,  5. 

Beaver  limestone,  Cambrian,  Georgia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  9. 

Becraft  limestone,  Devonian,  New  Jer-  j 
sey,  Weller,  6. 

Becraft  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Grabau,  9. 

Becraft  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Van  Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 

Becraft  limestone.  Devonic,  Maryland, 
Schuchert,  7. 

Becraft  limestone,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Becraft  limestone,  New  York,  Shimer, 

5. 

Bedford,  Carboniferous,  Indiana  and 
Ohio,  Siebentbal,  1. 

Bedford  limestone*  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Cumings,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Bedford  shale.  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  1,  2. 

Bedford,  Carboniferous,  Pennsylvania, 
Stevenson  (J.  J),  4. 

Bedford  limestone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Newsom,  3. 

Bedford  oolitic  limestone.  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Indiana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  8. 

Bedford  oolitic  limestone,  Lower  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Bedford  shale,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Bedford  oolitic  limestone,  Mississip¬ 
pian,  Indiana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Beech  granite,  Archean,  North  Carolina 
and  Tennessee,  Keith,  4. 

Beekmantown,  Ordovician,  Vermont, 
Perkins,  7,  11. 

Beekmantown  limestone,  Champlainic, 
New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Beekmantown  stage,  Ordovician,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Collie,  3. 

Beekmantown,  Ordovician,  New  York, 
Dale,  5. 

Beekmantown  (Calciferous)  formation, 
Ordovician,  New  York,  Cushing,  10. 

Beekmantown  formation,  Ordovician, 
New  York,  Cushing,  9. 

Belfast  bed,  Silurian,  Ohio,  Prosser,  10. 

Bell  shale,  included  in  Traverse  group, 
Devonian,  Michigan,  Grabau,  5. 

Bellton  stage,  Carboniferous,  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Bellevue  beds,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and 
Indiana,  Nickles,  3. 

Bellevue  beds,  Ordovician,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Bellevue  beds,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 

Bellvale  flags,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Eckel,  6. 

Bellvale  flags,  Devonian,  New  Jersey, 
Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Bellvale  flags,  Devonian,  New  Jersey, 
Weller,  6. 

Bellvale  flags,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Belly  River  beds,  Cretaceous,  Canada, 
Hatcher,  17. 

Belly  River  beds,  Cretaceous,  Canada, 
Hatcher  and  Stanton,  1. 

Benezette  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Bennington  limestone,  Cretaceous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory.  Taff,  3,  6. 

Benton.  Cretaceous,  Montana.  Willis.  6. 

Benton  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Babcock,  2. 

Benton  group,  Cretaceous,  Kansas, 
Lindgren,  S. 

Benton  sand,  Tertiary,  Missouri,  Mar- 
but,  1. 

Benton  shales,  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Hatcher,  6. 

Benton  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ne¬ 
braska,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


499 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Benton  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ne¬ 
braska,  Carmony,  1. 

Benton  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9-11,  13,  15. 

Benton  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Todd  and  Hall,  1,  2,  3. 

Benton  group,  Cretaceous,  Black  Hills 
region,  Wyoming  and  Colorado,  Dar- 
ton,  16,  18. 

Benton  shale,  Cretaceous,  Black  Hills 
region,  Jaggar,  5. 

Benton  group,  Cretaceous,  Nebraska, 
Burchard,  2. 

Benton,  Cretaceous,  North  Dakota, 
Leonard,  4. 

Benton  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Fenneman,  10. 

Benton  group,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming, 
Darton,  26. 

Benwood  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Benwood  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  2,  6-8. 

Berea  grit,  Carboniferous,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  1,  10. 

Berea  grit,  Carboniferous,  Ohio,  Bow- 
nocker,  3,  5. 

Berea  grit,  Carboniferous,  Ohio,  Steven¬ 
son  (J.  J.),  4. 

Berea  shale,  Carboniferous,  Ohio,  Ste¬ 
venson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Berea  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser  and  Cumings,  1. 

Berea  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Bergman  series,  Cretaceous  (?),  Alas¬ 
ka,  Schrader,  1,  3. 

Bergman  series,  probably  Mesozoic, 
Alaska,  Mendenhall,  2. 

Berkeleyan  series,  California,  included 
in  Pliocene,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

Berkeleyan  series,  California,  Lawson 
and  Palache,  1. 

Berkeleyan,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.), 

9. 

Bertie  formation  (lower  Waterlime), 
Silurian,  New  York,  proposed  for 
Rondout,  Schuchert.  4 

Bertie  waterlime,  Ontario,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Bertie  water  lime,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Bertie  dolomite,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Bethany  Falls  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Bethlehem  granite,  New  Hampshire, 
Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  10. 

Beulah  shales,  Jurassic,  Black  Hills, 
Darton,  1. 

Bigby  limestone,  Ordovician,  Tennessee, 
Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Bigby  beds,  Ordovician,  Kentucky,  Mil¬ 
ler  (A.  M.),  4. 

Bighorn  limestone,  Ordovician,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  18. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Bighorn  limestone,  Ordovician,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  16. 

Big  Injun  series,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  3. 

Big  Injun,  Carboniferous,  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Stevenson  (J.  J. ),  4. 

Big  Injun  series,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  5. 

Bingen  sands,  Cretaceous,  Arkansas, 
Veatch,  7. 

Bingham  quartzite,  Carboniferous, 
Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Birch  Creek  series,  Alaska,  Collier,  2. 

Birch  Creek  schists,  pre-Devonian, 
Alaska,  Prindle,  2. 

Birdsville  formation,  Carboniferous 
(Mississippian) ,  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 

Birdsville  limestone,  Mississippian,  Mis¬ 
sissippi  Valley,  Ulrich,  8. 

Birmingham  shale,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Bisbee  group,  Cretaceous,  Arizona,  Ran- 
some,  10,  11,  14. 

Biwabik  formation,  included  in  Upper 
Huronian,  Minnesota,  Clements,  3. 

Biwabik  formation,  included  in  Upper 
Huronian  series,  Algonkian,  Minne¬ 
sota,  Leith,  4. 

Black  Hand  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Prosser,  10. 

Black  River  limestone,  Ordovician,  Can¬ 
ada,  Ells,  7,  8. 

Black  River  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ver¬ 
mont,  Perkins,  7,  11. 

Black  River  limestone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Black  River  stage,  Ordovician,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Collie,  3. 

Black  River  limestone,  Ordovician,  Can¬ 
ada,  Ells,  20. 

Black  River  limestone,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Cushing,  9,  10. 

Blacktail  Deer  Creek  beds,  Tertiary, 
Douglass,  4. 

Blaine  division,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Blaine  formation,  Carboniferous  (Per¬ 
mian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Planco  beds,  Pliocene,  Tertiary,  Texas, 
Gidley,  4. 

Bliss  sandstone,  Cambrian,  Texas,  Rich¬ 
ardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Blossburg  forrtiation,  Devonian,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Fuller,  3. 

Blowing  Rock  gneiss,  Arcliean,  North 
Carolina,  Keith,  4. 

Blueberry  Mountain  argillites,  Devon¬ 
ian,  New  Hampshire,  Hitchcock  (C. 
H.),  10. 

Boggy  shale,  Carboniferous,  Indian  Ter¬ 
ritory,  Taff,  2-4. 

Boise  granite,  Arcliean,  Idaho,  Russell, 
5. 

Bokchito  formation,  Cretaceous,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  3,  6, 


500 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Bolinas  sandstone,  California,  Lawson 
(A.  €.),  9. 

Bolin  Creek  sandstone  member  of  Eliza¬ 
beth  formation,  Ordovician,  Missouri, 
Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Bolsa  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Arizona, 
Ranscme,  9,  11,  14. 

Bolton  gneiss,  Massachusetts,  Berry 
and  Emerson,  1. 

Bonita  sandsone,  California,  Lawson 
(A.  C.),  9. 

Bonneterre  limestone,  Cambrian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Bain  and  Ulrich,  2. 

Boone  formation,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Boone  formation,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Boone  formation,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Bain,  13. 

Boone  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Boone  limestone  and  chert,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  Arkansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Boone  beds.  Carboniferous  (Mississip- 
pian),  Kansas,  Wooster,  1,  2. 

Boone  formation,  Carboniferous,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Boone  formation,  Mississippian,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Boscabel  bowlder  beds,  Triassic,  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Woodworth,  4. 

Bossardville  limestone,  Silurian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Bossardville  shale,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Hartnagel,  2. 

Boston  group,  Carboniferous,  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Bradford  schist,  Ordovician,  Vermont, 
Richardson  (C.  H.),  2. 

Bradfordian,  Carboniferous,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Girty,  10. 

Bradshaw  granite,  Arizona,  Jag-gar  and 
Palache,  1. 

Bragdon  formation,  pre-Cretaceous, 
California,  Ilershey,  2. 

Bragdon  formation,  Carboniferous,  Cal¬ 
ifornia,  Diller,  12,  18. 

Bragdon  formation,  Jurassic,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Hershey,  21. 

Brandon  clays,  Tertiary,  Vermont, 
Woodworth,  8. 

Braxton  formation,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  R. ),  2. 

Brazil  formation,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Brentwood  (Pentremital)  limestone, 
Carboniferous,  Arkansas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Brentwood  limestone  lentil,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  Arkansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich, 
1. 

Bretonian  division,  Cambrian.  Canada, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Brevard  schist,  Cambrian,  North  Caro- 
iina,  Keith,  12. 

Briceville  shale.  Carboniferous,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Keith,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Bridgeton  formation,  Pleistocene,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Bridgeton  formation,  Pleistocene,  New 
Jersey,  Salisbury,  1. 

Bridgeton  formation,  New  Jersey, 
Smock,  1. 

Brier  slate,  Algonkian,  Michigan,  Bay- 

ley,  1. 

Brimfield  schist,  Massachusetts,  Perry 
and  Emerson,  1. 

Bronson  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Bronson  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane, 
1. 

Brownsport  bed,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  7. 

Brownstown  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Brownwood  division  (Canyon  division), 
Carboniferous,  Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.)t 
3. 

Brule  clay,  Tertiary,  South  Dakota, 
Darton,  8. 

Brule  formation,  Tertiary,  Wyoming, 
Nebraska,  Adams  (G.  I.),  4. 

Brule  clay,  Oligocene,  Tertiary,  Neb¬ 
raska,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Brule  clay,  Tertiary,  Nebraska,  Darton. 

10. 


Brule  formation  (Oligocene)  Tertiary, 
Wyoming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Brunswick  series,  included  in  Newark, 
New  Jersey,  Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 

Buchanan  gravels,  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Norton,  1. 

Buchanan  gravel,  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Udden,  2. 

Buchanan  gravels,  Quaternary,  Iowa, 
Calvin,  10. 

Buchanan  gravels,  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Savage,  7,  8. 

Buchanan  gravels,  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Ma'cbride,  4. 


Buda  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Buda  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
and  Vaughan,  1. 

Buda  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Shattuck,  8. 

Buda  limestone  (?),  Cretaceous.  Texas. 
Udden  (Johan  A.),  11. 

Buffalo  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Buena  Vista  member.  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Prosser  and  Cumings,  1. 

Buena  Vista  shale,  Cambrian,  Virginia, 
Campbell  (H.  D.),  1. 

Buffalo  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Mary¬ 
land.  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Burden  conglomerate,  Ordovician.  New 
York,  Grabau.  9. 

Burgen  sandstone.  Ordovician.  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Burgoon  (Mountain)  limestone,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


501 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Burgoon  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Burgoon  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Burlingame  limestone  and  shale,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Kansas,  Prosser,  7. 

Burlingame  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan: 
sas,  Beede,  6. 

Burlingame  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Burlingame  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Smith  (A.  J.),  2. 

Burlington  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Burlington-Keokuk  or  Carthage  lime¬ 
stone,  Carboniferous,  Missouri,  Gal- 
laher,  1. 

Burlington  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Ball,  1. 

Burlington  (upper)  limestone,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Missouri,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Burlington  limestone,  Mississippian, 
Missouri,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Burns  latite  complex,  Colorado,  Cross 
and  Howe,  1. 

Butler  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Butts,  6. 

Butler  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Butler  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Butts,  4. 

Butterfield  limestone  member,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Byram  beds,  Tertiary,  Mississippi, 
Casey,  2. 

Cacaquabic  granite,  Algonkian,  Minne¬ 
sota,  Clements,  3. 

Cache  Creek  series,  pre-Cretaceous, 
Washington,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Caddo  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  3,  6. 

Calciferous  (Beekmantown)  limestone, 
Ordovician,  New  York,  Cushing.  2. 

Calciferous  formation,  Ordovician,  Can¬ 
ada,  Ells  (R.  W.)„  8,  20. 

Calciferous,  Ordovician,  Missouri,  Gal- 
laher,  1. 

Calciferous  sand  rock,  Ordovician,  Can¬ 
ada,  Adams  and  Le  Roy,  1. 

Calderwood's  Neck  schists,  Maine, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  2. 

Calera  limestone,  California,  Lawson 
(A.  C.),  9. 

Calhoun  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas. 
Beede,  6. 

Calhoun  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Caliche  Mountain  rhyolite,  Mexico,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  15. 

Callaway  limestone,  Devonian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Calvan  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  2. 

Calvert  formation,  Miocene,  Maryland, 
Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Calvert  formation,  Miocene,  Maryland, 
Shattuck,  10. 

Cambridge,  Upper  and  Lower,  lime¬ 
stone,  Carboniferous,  West  Virginia. 
White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Cambridge  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Orton  and  Peppel,  1. 

Cambridge  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Camden  series,  Tertiary,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  9. 

Camden  chert,  Devonian,  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  7. 

Camillus  shale,  Ontario,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Camillus  shale,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  3. 

Campagrande  formation,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Campan  series,  Pliocene,  California, 
Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

Campan,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.),9. 

Campbells  Creek  limestone,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Camp  Nelson  beds,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Canaan  shales,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Canadian,  Champlainic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Canandaig-.a  shale,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Canandaigua  shale,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Caney  shale,  Carboniferous,  Indian  Ter¬ 
ritory,  Taff,  2,  3,  6,  13. 

Cannelton  (Stockton)  limestone.  Car¬ 
boniferous,  West  Virginia,  White  (I. 
C.),  7. 

Canyon  division,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Taff,  4. 

Cap  Barre  beds,  Devonian,  Canada, 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  26. 

Cape  May  formation,  New  Jersey, 
Smock,  1. 

Cape  May  formation,  Pleistocene,  New 
Jersey,  Salisbury,  1. 

Cape  May  formation,  Pleistocene,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Capitan  limestone,  Permian,  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Capote  limestone,  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  17. 

Cardiff  quartzite,  Ordovician  ( ?;, 
Maryland,  Mathews,  6. 

Cardiff  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  3. 

Cariboo  schists,  lower  Paleozoic,  Can¬ 
ada,  Atkin,  1. 

Carlile  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Carlile  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton,  8. 

Carlile  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region  and  Colorado,  Darton, 

16. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


502 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Carliie  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Carliie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  14,  26. 

Carliie  shales,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  13. 

Carliie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Wyoming,  and  Colorado, 
Darton,  18. 

Carliie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton  and 
O’Harra,  1. 

Carmichael  clay,  Quaternary,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Campbell  (M.  II.),  6,  8.  18. 

Carmichaels  formation,  Quaternary, 

Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4.  G. 

Carmichaels  formation,  Quaternary, 

Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W. ),  6-8. 

Carmichaels  formation,  Quaternary, 

Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Carolina  gneiss,  Archean,  Piedmont  re¬ 
gion,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Carolina  gneiss,  Archean,  North  Caro¬ 
lina,  Keith,  4,  9,  12. 

Carters  limestone,  Ordovician,  Tennes¬ 
see,  llayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Carthage  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Cascade  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Stanton,  4. 

Cascade  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Pirsson,  4. 

Cashaqua  shales,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Luther,  2. 

Cashaqua  shales,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke,  19,  20. 

Cashaqua  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther.  1,  2. 

Cason  shale,  Upper  Silurian,  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Cason  shale,  Silurian,  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Cassada  Garden  gravels,  West  Indies, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  1. 

Cassin  formation,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Cushing,  10. 

Cassville  plant  shale,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Castile  gypsum,  Permian,  Texas,  Rich¬ 
ardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Castle  conglomerate,  Colorado,  Lee  (W. 
T.),  2. 

Catahoula  (Grand  Gulf),  Tertiary, 
Louisiana,  Yeatch,  7. 

Cathead  limestone,  Ordovician,  Canada, 
Dowling,  1. 

Catheys  formation,  Ordovician,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Catskill  beds,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Catskill  formation,  Devonian.  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Campbell,  6. 

Catskill  formation.  Devonian.  Pennsyl-  I 
vania,  Fuller,  3,  4. 

Catskill  formation,  Devonian,  Pennsyl-  I 
vania,  Butts,  7.  ] 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Catskill  sandstone,  Devonian,  Clay- 
pole,  5. 

Cattaraugus  beds,  Carboniferous,  New 
York,  Clarke,  16,  20. 

Cattaraugus  beds,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Glenn,  1. 

Cattaraugus  formation,  Devonian,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1,  2. 

Cavanal  (Cavaniol)  group,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Indian  Territory  and  Arkansas, 
Taff,  4. 

Cayugan,  Ontaric,  New  York,  Clarke, 
20. 

Cedar  Creek  beds,  Tertiary,  Colorado, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 

Cedartop  gypsum,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Cedartop  gypsum  member,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  (Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould, 
14. 

Cedar  Valley  stage,  Devonian,  Iowa, 

Calvin,  10. 

Cedar  Valley  stage,  Devonian,  Iowa, 

Savage,  3. 

Cedar  Valley  limestone,  Devonian, 
Iowa,  Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

Cedar  Valley  stage,  Devonian,  Iowa, 

Savage,  7,  8. 

Cedarville  limestone,  Silurian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Cemetery  limestone,  Cambrian,  Mon¬ 

tana,  Weed,  5. 

Centerfield  limestone,  Devonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Centerfield  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Chadron  formation,  Tertiary,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Adams  (G.  I.),  4. 

Chadron  sand,  Tertiary,  South  Dakota, 
Darton,  8. 

Chadron  formation,  Oligocene,  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Nebraska,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Chadron  formation,  Tertiary,  Ne¬ 
braska,  Darton,  10. 

Chadron  formation  (Oligocene),  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Wyoming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Chadron  formation,  Tertiary,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Chagrin  formation,  Devonian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Champlainic.  New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Chandler  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Oklahoma,  Kirk,  1. 

Chaney  gypsum  member,  Carboniferous 
(Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Chanute  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Chanute  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane.  1. 

Chariton  conglomerate,  Pennsylvanian 
series,  Beyer  and  Y'oung.  1. 

Charleston  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2, 
5,  10. 

Chase  stage,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Prosser,  7. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


503 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Chattahoochee  group,  Tertiary,  Flor¬ 
ida,  Dali,  8. 

Chattahoochee  limestones  and  clays, 
Tertiary,  Florida,  Georgia,  and  'Ala¬ 
bama,  Maury,  1. 

Chattanooga  black  shale,  Devonian, 
Kentucky  and  Tennessee,  Foerste,  1. 

Chattanooga  shale,  Devonian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Keith,  1. 

Chattanooga  shale,  Devonian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Chattanooga  black  shale,  Devonian, 
Tennessee,  Foerste,  7.  » 

Chattanooga  shale,  Devonian,  Georgia, 
Hayes,  5. 

Chattanooga  formation,  Devonian,  Ar 
kansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Chattanooga  formation,  Devonian,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Chattanooga  shale,  Devonian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Keith,  11. 

Chautauquan,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Chazy,  Ordovician,  Vermont,  Perkins, 
7. 

Chazy  formation,  Ordovician,  Canada, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  8,  20. 

Chazy  limestone,  Ordovician,  Canada, 
Ells,  7. 

Chazy  shales,  Ordovician,  Canada, 
Ells,  7. 

Chazy,  Ordovician,  Vermont,  Perkins, 

11. 

Chazy  formation,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Cushing,  10. 

Chazy  limestone,  Ordovician,  Canada, 
Adams  and  Le  Roy,  1. 

Chazy  limestone,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Vermont,  and  Canada,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  7. 

Chemung  formation,  Devonian,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Fuller,  3. 

Chemung  beds,  Devonic,  New  York 
Clarke,  20. 

Chemung  formation,  Devonian,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1,  2. 

Chemung  shales,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Glenn,  1. 

Chemung  period,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Schneider,  1. 

Chemung  formation,  Devonian,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  18. 

Chemung  formation,  Devonian,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Chemung  group,  Devonian,  New  York. 
Clarke  and  Luther,  2. 

Chengwatana  series,  Minnesota,  Hall 
(C.  W.),  3. 

Cherokee  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Iowa,  Bain,  3. 

Cherokee  shales,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Cherokee  Shal<  s,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Cherokee  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Cherokee  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede  and  Rogers,  1. 

Cherokee  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Cherry  Creek  formation,  Algonkian?, 
Montana,  Douglass,  10. 

Cherry  vale  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Cherryville  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Chesapeake  formation,  Tertiary,  At¬ 
lantic  coast  region,  Darton  and 
Keith,  1. 

Chesapeake  formation,  Tertiary,  Vir¬ 
ginia,  North  Carolina,  Darton,  7. 

Chesapeake  group,  Miocene,  Maryland, 
Clark  (W.  B.),  0. 

Chesapeake  group,  Miocene,  Maryland, 
Shattuck,  10. 

Chester  group,  Carboniferous,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1. 

Chester  group,  Mississippian,  Missis¬ 
sippi  Valley,  Ulrich,  8. 

Chester  Valley  limestone,  Cambro- 
Ordovician,  Pennsylvania,  Bascom. 
2,  3. 

Chickachoc  chert  lentil,  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  2,  3. 

Chickamauga  limestone,  Silurian,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Keith,  1. 

Chickamauga  limestone,  Silurian,  Ala¬ 
bama  and  Georgia,  Hayes,  5. 

Chickamauga  limestone,  Ordovician, 
Tennessee,  Keith,  11. 

Chickamauga  limestone,  Ordovician, 
Virginia,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Chickies  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Bascom,  2. 

Chickies  quartzite,  Pre-Cambrian, 
Pennsylvania,  Bascom,  3. 

Chico,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  0. 

Chico  formation,  Cretaceous,  Oregon, 
Washburne,  1. 

Chico  beds,  Cretaceous,  Oregon,  Knowl- 
ton,  14. 

Chico  sandstones,  Cretaceous,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

Chico  division,  Cretaceous,  California, 
Anderson,  7. 

Chinati  series,  Permian(?)  and  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Texas,  Udden  (Johan 
A.),  11. 

Chipola  beds,  Tertiary,  Florida,  Dali,  8. 

Chipola  marl,  Tertiary,  Florida,  Maury, 

1. 

Chisna  formation,  lower  Carboniferous 
or  Devonian,  Alaska,  Mendenhall,  8. 

Chitistone  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Alaska,  Schrader  and  Spencer,  1. 

Chitistone  limestone,  probably  Per¬ 
mian,  Alaska,  Mendenhall  and 
Schrader,  1. 

Chocolate  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Beede,  6. 

Choptank  formation,  Miocene,  Mary¬ 
land,  Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 


504 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Choptank  formation.  Miocene,  Mary¬ 
land,  Shattuck,  10. 

Chouteau  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Mississippi  Valley  region,  Keyes,  28. 

Chouteau  limestones,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Chouteau  beds,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Chouteau  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Ball,  1. 

Chouteau,  Carboniferous,  Missouri,  Ball 
and  Smith,  1. 

Chouteau  limestone,  Mississippian, 
Missouri,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Chuar  series,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Chugwater  formation,  Triassic  (  ?)  and 
Permian  (  ?),  Colorado  and  Wyoming. 
Darton,  1G. 

Chugwater  formation,  Triassic  (?)  or 
Permian,  Wyoming,  Darton,  16. 

Chugwater  formation,  Triassic  (?), 
Wyoming,  Darton,  18. 

Cibolo  beds,  Carboniferous,  Texas,  Ud- 
den  (Johan  A.),  11. 

Cieneguita  beds,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Udden  (.Johan  A.),  11. 

Cimarron  formation,  Permo-Carbonif- 
erous,  Kansas,  Darton,  18. 

Cincinnati  or  Hudson  group,  Silurian, 
Illinois,  Alden,  1. 

Cincinnati  group,  Ordovician,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Foerste,  6. 

Cincinnati  series,  Ordovician,  Ohio,  In¬ 
diana,  and  Kentucky,  Foerste,  8. 

Cincinnati  period,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and 
Indiana,  Nickles,  3. 

Cincinnatian,  Champlainic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Cincinnatian  series,  Ordovician,  In¬ 
diana,  Foerste,  11. 

Cincinnatus  flags,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Cintura  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Ransome,  10,  11,  14. 

Cisco  division,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Taff,  5. 

Claggett  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Hatcher  and  Stanton,  1. 

Claiborne,  Tertiary,  Louisiana,  Lerch,  J 

2. 

Claiborne  (Lower),  Tertiary,  Louisiana,  j 
Veatch,  2,  3. 

Claiborne  (Lower)  stage,  Tertiary, 
Louisiana,  Harris,  2. 

Claiborne  formation,  Tertiary,  Louisi-  j 
ana,  Lerch,  1. 

Claiborne  (Lower),  Tertiary,  Georgia, 
Harris,  5. 

Claiborne  (Lower)  stage,  Eocene, 
Texas,  Dumble,  13. 

Claibornian,  Tertiary,  Florida,  Dali.  8.  j 

Clarendon  beds,  Miocene,  Tertiary, 
Texas,  Gidley,  4. 

Clarion  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Clarion  sandstone.  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Butts,  4,  G,  7. 

Clark  formation,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  Campbell,  5. 

Clarksburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Clarksburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Clarno  formation,  Tertiary,  Oregon,  in¬ 
cluded  in  Eocene,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
1,  2. 

Clarno  formation,  Oregon,  Knowlton, 
14. 

Clear  Creek  formation,  Pre-Cretaceous, 
California,  Ilershey,  2. 

Clear  Creek  volcanic  series,  Trias,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Hershey,  21. 

Clear  Fork  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Cleveland  shale,  Devonian,  Ohio,  Clay- 
pole,  5. 

Cleveland  shale,  Devonian,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10. 

Cliffwood  clays,  Cretaceous,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Knapp  (3.  N.),  2. 

Cliffwood  lignitic  sands  and  clays,  Cre¬ 
taceous,  New  Jersey,  Kiimmel  and 
Knapp,  1. 

Cliffwood  clays,  Cretaceous,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Weller,  10. 

Clifton  limestone,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Clifton  limestone,  Tennessee,  Foerste,  5. 

Clifton  limestone,  equivalent  to  Niaga- 
ran,  Silurian,  Tennessee,  Foerste.  7. 

Clinch  sandstone,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  1,  11. 

Clinton  beds,  Silurian,  Missouri,  Gal¬ 
laher,  1. 

Clinton  formation,  Silurian,  Ohio,  Bow- 
nocker,  3-5. 

Clinton,  Silurian,  New  York,  Grabau,  1. 

Clinton  formation,  Silurian,  Maryland. 
Prosser,  3. 

Clinton  limestone.  Silurian.  Kentucky 
and  Tennessee,  Foerste,  1. 

Clinton  group,  Silurian.  New  York, 
Schneider,  1. 

Clinton  limestone,  Silurian,  Indiana, 
Newsom,  3. 

Clinton  limestone,  Silurian.  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10. 

Clinton  limestone,  Silurian.  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  7. 

Clinton  limestone.  Silurian,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Clinton  formation.  Silurian.  Canada. 
Corkill.  2. 

Cloverly  formation.  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton.  16. 

Coalbrooke  schist.  pre-Cretaceous,  Ore¬ 
gon,  Diller,  11. 

Coaledo  formation,  Eocene,  Oregon,  Dil¬ 
ler,  4. 

Coaledo  formation,  Tertiary,  Oregon, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  6. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE 


505 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Coalinga  beds,  Tertiary,  California,  An¬ 
derson,  7. 

Coast  clays,  Pleistocene,  Texas.  Dumble, 
13. 

Coal  Measures,  Carboniferous,  Mary¬ 
land.  Includes  Pottsville,  Allegheny, 
Conemaugh,  Monongahela,  and  Dunk- 
ard  formations,  Clark  and  Martin,  5. 

Coal  Measures,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  3. 

Coal  Measures,  Carboniferous,  Missouri, 
Gallaher,  1. 

Coal  Measures,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  5. 

Coal  Measure  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Coal  Measures,  Carboniferous,  Indiana, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Cobleskill,  Silurian,  New  York.  Van 
Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 

Cobleskill  (Coralline  limestone),  Silu¬ 
rian,  New  York,  Schuchert,  4. 

Cobleskill  limestone,  Ontario,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Cobleskill  limestone,  Silurian,  New 
York,  Hartnagel,  1. 

Cobleskill  shale  and  dolomite,  Silurian. 
New  York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Cobleskill  dolomite,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Cochran  conglomerate,  Cambrian,  North 
Carolina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  9. 

Cochran  conglomerate,  Cambrian,  North 
Carolina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  11. 

Cockeysville  marble,  Maryland,  Ma¬ 
thews  and  Miller,  1. 

Cockeysville  mai’ble,  Cambro-Ordovi- 
cian,  Maryland,  Mathews,  6. 

Cockfield,  Tertiary,  Louisiana,  Veatch, 

Cocksfield,  Eocene,  Tertiary,  Louisiana, 
Veatch,  3. 

Cocksfield  beds,  included  in  Eocene, 
Tertiary,  Louisiana,  Harris,  2. 

Cocksfield  Ferry  beds,  Eocene,  Tertiary, 
Louisiana,  Veatch,  2. 

Coeymans  limestone,  Devonian.  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Coeymans  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Grabau,  9. 

Coeymans  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Van  Ingen  and  Clarke,  1. 

Coeymans  limestone,  Devonic,  Mary¬ 
land,  Schuchert,  7. 

Coeymans  limestone,  Devonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Coeymans  limestone,  New  York,  Shimer, 
5. 

Coffee  sand,  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Coggan  limestone,  Devonian,  Iowa,  Nor¬ 
ton,  1. 

Coggan  beds,  Devonian,  Iowa,  Savage,  7. 

Cohansey  formation,  Tertiary,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Knapp  (3.  N.),  1. 

Cohansey  formation,  Tertiary,  New 
Jersey,  Kurnmel  and  Knapp,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Coldbrook  terrane,  Cambrian,  Canada, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Coldwater  shales,  Carboniferous,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Russell,  6. 

Coleman  division,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Collingsworth  gypsum,  Permian,  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  9. 

Collingsworth  gypsum  member,  Carbon¬ 
iferous  (Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould, 
14. 

Colob  sandstone,  Jurassic,  Utah,  Hunt¬ 
ington  and  Goldthwait,  1. 

Colob  formation,  Utah,  Huntington  and 
Goldthwait,  2. 

Colorado  group,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9-11,  15. 

Colorado  group,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  and  Hall,  1,  3. 

Colorado  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Pirsson,  4. 

Colorado  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Leonard,  4. 

Columbia  formation,  Pleistocene,  Atlan¬ 
tic  coast  region,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Columbia  lava,  Oregon,  Merriam  (J. 
C.),  1. 

Columbia,  Pleistocene  Quaternary,  Vir¬ 
ginia,  North  Carolina,  Darton,  7. 

Columbia  formation,  Tertiary,  Louisi 
ana,  Clendenin,  1. 

Columbia  group,  Quaternary,  Mary¬ 
land,  Shattuck,  3,  5. 

Columbia  River  lava,  Tertiary,  Oregon, 
Knowlton,  14. 

Columbia  sands,  Pleistocene,  Texas, 
Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Columbia  formation.  Pleistocene,  Atlan¬ 
tic  coast  region,  Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 

Columbus  limestone,  Devonian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Columbus  limestone,  synonym  for  Del¬ 
aware  limestone,  Devonian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  13. 

Columbus  sand,  Cretaceous,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Columbus  sand,  Cretaceous,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Prather,  4. 

Colville  series,  Tertiary,  Alaska,  Schra¬ 
der,  1,  3. 

Comanche  series,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Comanche  series,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Comanche  series,  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Darton,  16. 

Comanche  series,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Comanche  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Darton,  24. 

Comanche  series,  Colorado  and  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Stanton,  8. 

Comanche  series,  Cretaceous,  Colorado 
and  Kansas,  Darton,  18. 

Comanche  series,  Cretaceous,  Oklaho¬ 
ma,  Gould,  14. 


506 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Comanche  Peak  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Comanche  Peak  limestone,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Commercial  limestone  member,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Como  beds,  exact  synonym  Atlantosau- 
rus  beds,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming,  Wi!- 
liston,  2. 

Como  beds,  Jurassic,  Wyoming,  Stan¬ 
ton,  4. 

Conasauga  shale,  Cambrian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  1. 

Conasauga  formation,  Cambrian,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Conasauga  shale,  Cambrian,  Georgia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  9. 

Concreto  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Prosser,  3,  4. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland.  Included  in  Coal  Meas¬ 
ures.  Includes  Lower  Mahoning 
sandstone,  Mahoning  limestone,  Ma¬ 
honing  coal,  Upper  Mahoning  sand¬ 
stone,  Masontown  coal,  Lower  Cam¬ 
bridge  limestone,  Buffalo  sandstone, 
Upper  Cambridge  limeston/e,  Lower 
red  shales,  Bakerstown  coal,  Salts- 
burg  sandstone,  Crinoidal  coal,  Ames 
or  Crinoidal  limestone,  Elklick  coal, 
Morgantown  sandstone,  Clarksburg 
limestone,  Franklin  or  Little  Clarks¬ 
burg  coal, ,  Connellsville  sandstone, 
Lower  Pittsburg  limestone,  and  Low¬ 
er  Pittsburg  coal,  Clark  and  Martin, 
5. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  White  and  Campbell,  1. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  6, 
8,  18. 

Conemaugh  formation  (Lower  Barren 
Coal  Measures),  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Conemaugh  series,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  6,  7. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Richardson  (G.  B.),3. 

Conemaugh*  formation.  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Martin,  16. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous 
(Pennsylvanian),  Pennsylvania, 
Woolsey,  3. 

Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6-8. 

Connellsville  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.j,  7. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Connellsville  sandstone,  member  of 
Conemaugh  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Pennsyl vania,  Campbell  (M.  R.), 
8,  18. 

Connellsville  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Richardson  (G.  B.),3. 

Connellsville  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Connellsville  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  7,8. 

Connoquenessing  sandstone,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  6. 

Connoquenessing  sandstone,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin, 
6. 

Contention  series,  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  8. 

Contention  shale,  Arizona,  Church,  1. 

Contra  Costa  beds.  Tertiary,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Anderson,  7. 

Conway  granite,  Azoic,  New  Hamp¬ 
shire,  Perry,  1. 

Cook  Mountain  beds,  Eocene,  Tertiary, 
Texas,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Cods  series,  Silurian,  New  Hampshire, 
Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  10. 

Coralline  limestone,  Silurian,  New 
York,  Hartnagel,  1. 

Corniferous,  Devonian,  Ontario,  Parks, 
4. 

Corniferous  group,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Schneider,  1. 

Corniferous  limestone,  Devonian,  Ohio, 
Claypole,  5. 

Corniferous  limestone,  Devonian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Corniferous  or  Jeffersonville  limestone, 
Devonian,  Indiana,  Newsom,  3. 

Corniferous  period,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Schneider,  1. 

Corniferous-Hamilton  period,  Devonian, 
Ohio,  Claypole,  5. 

Corniferous  formation,  Devonian,  Can¬ 
ada,  Corkill,  2. 

Cornwall  limestone.  Silurian.  New 
York,  Eckel.  6. 

Coronado  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Arizona, 
Lindgren,  28,  29. 

Corryville  beds.  Ordovician,  Ohio  and 
Indiana,  Nickles,  3. 

Corryville  beds.  Ordovician,  Kentucky. 
Nickles,  6. 

Corryville  beds,  Ordovician,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Corsicana  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas.  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Corwin  series.  Mesozoic,  Alaska,  Schra¬ 
der,  1,  3. 

Corwin  group,  Mesozoic,  Alaska,  Col¬ 
lier.  12. 

Cottonwood  limestone.  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Beede,  6. 

Cottonwood  limestone.  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Cottonwood  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Nebraska,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


507 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Cottonwood  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Smith  (A.  J.),  2,  3. 

Cottonwood  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Cottonwood  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Beede  and  Sellards,  1. 

Couchiching  rocks,  Canada,  Coleman, 

12. 

Council  Grove  stage,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Prosser,  7. 

Cow  Creek  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Cowiche  gravels,  Quaternary,  Washing¬ 
ton,  Smith  (G.  O. ),  7. 

Cox  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Rich¬ 
ardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Cranberry  granite,  Archean,  North  Car¬ 
olina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  4,  9,  12. 

Cranberry  granite,  Archean,  North  Car¬ 
olina,  Keith,  9. 

Cranberry  granite,  Archean,  North  Car¬ 
olina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  11. 

Crooks  complex,  Arizona,  Jaggar  and 
Palache,  1. 

Crosswicks  clays  included  in  Matawan 
formation,  Cretaceous,  New  Jersey, 
Berry,  5. 

Crow  Ridge  series,  Mesozoic,  Montana, 
Weed,  5. 

Crystal  City  sandstone,  Ordovician, 
Missouri,  Ulrich,  5. 

Cuba  sandstone,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Cuba  sandstone  lentil,  included  in  Che¬ 
mung  shales,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Glenn,  1. 

Cuchara  formation,  Eocene  (?),  Colo¬ 
rado,  Hills,  1. 

Cuesta  diabase,  California,  Fairbanks, 

Cumberland  sandstone,  Ordovician, 
Kentucky,  Foerste,  1,  3. 

Curdsville  bed,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Curry  member  of  Vulcan  formation,  Al- 
gonkian,  Michigan,  Bayley,  1. 

Curzen’s  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Cussewago  sandstone,  member  of  Oil 
Lake  group,  Devonian,  Pennsylvania, 
Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Cutler  formation,  Carboniferous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  and  Howe,  1-3. 

Cutler  formation,  Permian,  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Howe,  4. 

Cutler  formation,  Carboniferous  (Per¬ 
mian  ?),  Colorado,  Cross  (W.),  7. 

Cuyahoga  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Prosser,  1,  10. 

Cuyahoga  shales,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Cuyahoga  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Prosser  and  Cumings,  1. 

Cypress  sandstone,  Carboniferous  (Mis- 
sissippian),  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Cypress  sandstone,  Mississippian,  Mis¬ 
sissippi  Valley,  Ulrich,  8. 

Dadina  schists,  pre-Silurian,  Alaska, 
Mendenhall,  8. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Lee  (W.  T.),  1. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Kansas,  Charles,  1. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Dakota,  Cretaceous,  Montana,  Willis,  6. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Babcock,  2. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton,  8. 

Dakota  sandstones,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Hatcher,  6. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Great 
Plains  region,  Stanton,  4. 

Dakota,  Cretaceous,  Kansas,  Jones  (A. 
W.),  1. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ne¬ 

braska,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ne¬ 

braska,  Carmony,  1. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9-11,  15. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Todd  and  Hall,  1-3. 

Dakota  group,  Cretaceous,  New  Mexico, 
Johnson  (D.  W.),  4. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Dakota,  Cretaceous,  Nebraska,  Bur- 

chard,  2. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Jaggar,  5. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Wyoming  and  Colorado, 
Darton,  16. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Fenneman,  10. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Patton,  4. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado  and  Wyoming,  Stanton,  8. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Pirsson,  4. 

Dakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Leonard,  4. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Wyoming  and  Colorado, 
Darton,  18. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  (W. ),  7. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  26. 

Dakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton  and 
O’ Hurra,  1. 


508 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Dakota  stage,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming, 
Trumbull,  1. 

Dannemara  formation,  Algonkian,  New 
York,  Cushing,  2. 

Davenport  (upper  and  lower),  Devo¬ 
nian,  Iowa,  Norton,  1. 

Day  Creek  dolomite,  Permian,  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  9,  14. 

Dayton  limestone,  Silurian,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10. 

Deadwood  formation,  Cambrian,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Deadwood  formation,  Cambrian,  Black 
Hills  region,  Jaggar,  5. 

Deadwood  formation,  Cambrian,  Black 
Hills  region  and  Wyoming,  Darton, 
16,  18. 

Deadwood  formation,  Cambrian,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Deadwood  formation,  Cambrian,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton,  26. 

Decker  Ferry  limestone,  Silurian,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Decker  Ferry  formation,  Silurian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Decker  Ferry  formation,  Silurian,  New 
York,  Ilartnagel,  2. 

Deepkill  shale,  Champlainic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Deep  River  beds,  Tertiary,  Montana, 
Douglass,  1,  8. 

Deer  Creek  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Beede,  6. 

Deer  Creek  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Delaware  Mountain  formation,  Ter- 
mian,  Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Delaware  limestone,  Devonian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  13. 

Delaware  stage,  Silurian,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  8. 

Delphi  dolomite,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Del  Rio  clay,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
and  Vaughan,  1. 

Del  Rio  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Del  Rio  clay  (?),  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Udden  (Johan  A.),  11. 

Denison  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Dennis  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan-  I 
.  sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Dennis  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Denton  subgroup,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Denver  formation,  Tertiary,  Colorado, 
Darton,  16. 

Denver  formation,  Teritary,  Colorado, 
Darton,  18. 

Des  Moines,  Pennsylvanian  series, 
Iowa,  Leonard,  3. 

Des  Moines  division,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Missouri,  Bain,  3. 


Gaologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Des  Moines  stage,  Upper  Carboniferous 
or  Pennsylvanian  series,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  3. 

Des  Moines  stage,  Pennsylvanian  series, 
Iowa,  Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

Des  Moines  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Iowa,  Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

Des  Moines  stage,  Pennsylvanian  series, 
Carboniferous,  Iowa,  Wilder,  3. 

Des  Moines  stage,  Carboniferous,  Iowa, 
Udden  (Jon  A.),  1. 

Des  Moines  stage,  Carboniferous,  Iowa, 
Williams  (I.  A.),  1. 

Dexter  sands,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Diamond  Peak  quartzite,  Nevada, 
Spurr,  6. 

Dillard  series,  Cretaceous,  Oregon, 
Louderback,  6. 

Ditney  formation.  Carboniferous,  Indi¬ 
ana,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Ditney  formation.  Carboniferous,  Indi¬ 
ana,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Dixon  clay,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  7. 

Dog  Creek  shales,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Dolores  formation.  Juratrias.  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  and  Spencer.  1. 

Dolores  formation,  Triassic  (?),  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  (W.),  7. 

Dolores  formation,  Triassic,  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Howe,  2. 

Domijean  sands,  Tertiary,  California, 
Anderson,  7. 

Dorans  Cove  sandstone.  Carboniferous, 
Alabama,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Dore  conglomerate,  Huronian.  Canada. 

Coleman  and  Willmott,  1.  2. 

Dore  formation,  Canada,  Bell  (J.  M.), 
3. 

Double  Mountain  formation.  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 
Douglas  formation.  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Rogers,  1. 

Dover  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede,  6. 

Doyle  shales,  Carboniferous.  Kansas, 
Prcsser,  7. 

Doyle  shales.  Carboniferous.  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White.  1. 

Doyle  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Dresbach  formation,  Cambrian.  Upper, 
Wisconsin  and  Minnesota,  Berkey,  1. 
Dripping  Spring  quartzite,  Cambri¬ 
an  (?),  Arizona,  Ransome,  13. 

Drum  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Indian 
Territory,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White, 
1. 

Drum  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White.  1. 

Drum  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane.  1. 
Duck  Creek  formation,  Cretaceous,  Tex¬ 
as,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


509 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Dudley  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Dudley  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Beede  and  Rogers,  1. 

Dudley  shales,  'Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Duluth  gabbro,  included  in  Keweena- 
wan,  Minnesota,  Clements,  3. 

Duluth  gabbro,  included  in  Iveweena- 
wan,  Minnesota,  Leith,  4. 

Dundee  limestone,  Devonian,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Russell,  6. 

Dundee  limestone,  included  in  Traverse 
group,  Devonian,  Michigan,  Grabau, 
5. 

Dunkard  formation,  Permian  (?), 

Maryland,  Prosser,  3,  4. 

Dunkard  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  6, 
8,  18. 

Dunkard  formation,  Carboniferous; 

Maryland,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Dunkard  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  White  and  Campbell, 

1. 

Dunkard  formation,  Permian!  ?),  Mary¬ 
land.  Includes  \yaynesburg  sand¬ 
stone,  Waynesburg  “A”  coal,  Wash¬ 
ington  coal,  Upper  Washington  lime¬ 
stone,  Jollytown  coal,  and  Jollytown 
limestone,  Clark  and  Martin,  5. 

Dunkard  formation  (Upper  Barren  Coal 
Measures),  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Dunkard  series,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Dunkard  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  2,  G,  7. 

Dunkard  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Dunkard  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Maryland,  Martin,  16. 

Dunkirk  shales,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke,  19,  20. 

Durazno  formation,  Mexico,  Hill  (R. 
T.),  15. 

Eagle  formation,  Cretaceous,  Montana, 
Hatcher  and  Stanton,  1. 

Eagle  limestone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Eagle  formation,  Cretaceous,  Montana, 
Pirsson,  4. 

Eagle  Ford  formation,  Cretaceous,  Tex¬ 
as,  Dumble,  12. 

Eagle  Ford  formation,  Cretaceous,  Tex¬ 
as,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Eagle  Ford  formation,  Cretaceous,  Tex¬ 
as,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Earlton  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Easton  schist,  pre-Tertiary,  Washing¬ 
ton,  Smith  (G.  O.),  8,  13. 

Ebensburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Eden,  Ordovician,  Ohio,  Indiana,  and 
Kentucky,  Foerste,  12, 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Eden  group,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 

Edmonton  series,  Cretaceous,  Canada, 
Lambe,  8. 

Edmund’s  Hill  andesites,  Gregory  (II. 
E.),  1. 

Edwards  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Edwards  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Edwards  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Udden  (Johan  A.),  11. 

Elbert  formation,  Devonian,  Colorado, 
Cress  (W.),  5. 

Elbert  formation,  Devonian,  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Howe,  1,  3. 

Eleanor  slates,  Huronian,  Canada,  Cole¬ 
man  and  Willmott,  1,  2. 

Elkhorn  hornstone,  Cambrian,  Montana, 
Weed,  5. 

Elk  Lick  limestone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Elk  Lick  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Ellensburg  formation,  Miocene,  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Washington,  Smith  (G.  0.1, 
7,  8,  13. 

Ellensburg  formation,  Tertiary,  Wash¬ 
ington,  Calkins,  3. 

Elmdale  formation,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede,  6. 

Elmdale  formation,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser,  7. 

Elmdale  formation,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Elmdale  formation,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Elmdale  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

El  Paso  formation,  Ordovician,  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Elvins  formation,  Cambrian,  Missouri, 
Bain  and  Ulrich,  2. 

Ely  greenstone,  Archean,  Minnesota, 
Clements,  3. 

Embarrass  granite,  included  in  Kewee- 
nawan,  Minnesota,  Leith,  4. 

Emerald  limestone,  Arizona,  Church,  1. 

Emerald  series,  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  8. 

Empire  formation,  Tertiary,  Oregon, 
Diller,  4,  11. 

Emporia  limestone  and  shale,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Kansas,  Prosser,  7. 

Emporia  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Emporia  system,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Smith  (A.  .T.),  2. 

Emporia  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Emporia  limestone.  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Smith  (A.  .T.l,  4. 

Englewood  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Black  Hills,  Darton,  1,  1G,  18,  26. 


510 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Englewood  limestone,  Carboniferous 
(Mississippian) ,  Black  Hills  region, 
.Taggar,  5. 

Enid  formation,  Carboniferous  (Per¬ 
mian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Enochkin  formation,  Jurassic,  Alaska, 
Stanton  and  Martin,  1. 

Enochkin  formation,  Jurassic,  Martin, 

11. 

Equus  beds,  Pleistocene,  Texas,  bum¬ 
ble,  13. 

Erian,  Devonic,  New  York,  Clarke,  20.  i 

Erie  shale,  Devonian,  Ohio,  Stevenson 
(J.  J.),  4. 

Erie  (Bronson)  beds,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Wooster,  1,  2. 

Erwin  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  4,  12. 

Escabrosa  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Arizona,  Ransome,  10,  11,  14. 

Escamela  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Mex¬ 
ico,  Hall  (C.  E.),  1. 

Escondido  series,  Tertiary,  California, 
Hersbey,  10. 

Eskridge  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede,  6. 

Eskridge  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser,  7. 

Eskridge  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Eskridge  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Esmeralda  formation,  Nevada,  Spurr, 

6. 

Esopus  grit,  Devonian,  New  Jersey, 
Weller,  6. 

Esopus  grit,  Devonian,  New  York,  Gra- 
bau,  9. 

Esopus  grit,’  Devonian,  New  York,  Van 
Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 

Esopus  grit,  Devonic,  New  lrork, 
Clarke,  20. 

Esopus  grit,  New  York,  Shimer,  5. 

Etchegoin  beds,  Tertiary,  California, 
Anderson,  7. 

Etcheminian  terrane,  Cambrian,  Can¬ 
ada,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Eureka  shale,  Carboniferous,  Missouri, 
Weller,  1. 

Eureka  quartzite,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Eureka  shales,  Mississippian,  Missouri, 
Gould,  12. 

Eureka  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Eureka  rhyolite,  Colorado,  Cross  and 
Howe,  1. 

Eutaw  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Smith  (E.  A.),  2. 

Fairhaven  diatomaceous  earth,  Mio 
cene,  Maryland,  Shattuck,  10. 

Fairmount  beds,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and 
Indiana,  Nickles,  3. 

Fairmount  beds,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 

Fayette  sands,  Eocene,  Texas,  Dumble, 
13. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Fayette  sands,  Eocene,  Tertiary,  Texas, 
Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Fayette  sands,  Tertiary,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  9. 

Fayette  breccia,  Devonian,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  7. 

Fayetteville  shale,  Carboniferous,  Ar 
kansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3,  15. 
Fayetteville  shale,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Fayetteville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  17. 
Fayetteville  formation,  Mississippian, 
Arkansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 
Ferguson  gypsum,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Ferguson  gypsum  member,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  (Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 
Fernvale  formation,  Ordovician,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Fickett  series,  Carboniferous,  Alaska, 
Schrader,  1,  3. 

Finlay  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Fish  Creek  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White -(I.  C.),  7. 
Fish-House  clays,  Pleistocene,  X°w 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Flat  Creek  beds,  Tertiary,  Canada,  Mc¬ 
Connell,  5. 

Flattop  schist,  Algonkian(  ?),  North 
Carolina,  Keith,  4. 

Fleming  beds  (Frio  clays),  Tertiary, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  9. 

Flint  Creek  beds,  Tertiary,  Montana, 
Douglass,  8. 

Florena  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas. 

Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Florena  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Beede  and  Sellards,  1. 

Florence  flint,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Prosser,  7. 

Florence  flint,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Florence  flint.  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Florence  beds,  Carboniferous.  Kansas. 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Florence  flint.  Carboniferous.  Kansas, 
Beede  and  Sellards,  1. 

Floyd  shale,  Carboniferous.  Georgia, 
McCallie,  9. 

Floyd  shale,  Carboniferous,  Alabama 
and  Georgia,  Hayes,  5. 

Floyd  shale,  Carboniferous,  Tennessee, 
Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Forbes  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Forest  City  sandstone.  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Fordliam  gneiss.  New  York,  Eckel.  6. 
Fordham  gneiss,  pre-Cambria^,  New 
York.  Merrill  and  others.  1. 

Fort  Benton  group,  Cretaceous,  New 
Mexico,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


511 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Fort  Benton  stage,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Trumbull,  1. 

Fort  Logan  Beds,  Tertiary,  Montana, 
Douglass,  8. 

Fort  Payne  chert,  Carboniferous,  Ala¬ 
bama  and  Georgia,  Ilayes,  5. 

Fort  Payne  chert,  Carboniferous,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Fort  Payne  chert,  Carboniferous,  Geor¬ 
gia,  McCallie,  9. 

Fort  Pierre  group,  Cretaceous,  New 
Mexico,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  4. 

Fort  Pierre  stage,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Trumbull,  1. 

Fort  Riley  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Prosser,  7. 

Fort  Riley  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Fort  Riley  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Fort  Riley  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Beede  and  Sellards,  1. 

Fort  Scott  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Adams,  Girty,  and 
White,  1. 

Fort  «Scott  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and 
Crane,  1. 

Fort  Scott  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Beede  and  Rogers,  1. 

Fort  Union  beds,  Cretaceous,  New 
Mexico,  Reagan,  1. 

Fort  Union  beds,  North  Dakota,  Wild¬ 
er,  7. 

Fort  Worth  formation,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Fortymile  series,  Alaska,  Collier,  2. 

Fortymile  formation,  pre-Devonian, 
Alaska,  Prindle,  2. 

Fountain  formation,  Carboniferous 
(Pennsylvanian),  Colorado,  Darton, 
1G. 

Fountain  sandstone,  Triassic(?),  Colo¬ 
rado,  Fenneman,  10. 

Fowler  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  included  in  Richmond  group, 
Foerste,  1. 

Fox  Hills  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Fox  Hills  [formation],  Cretaceous, 
New  Mexico,  Reagan,  1. 

Fox  Hills  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region  and  Wyoming,  Darton. 
16. 

Fox  Hills  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  14. 

Fox  Hills  stage,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Trumbull,  1. 

Fox  Hills,  Cretaceous,  North  Dakota, 
Leonard,  4. 

Fox  Hills  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Wyoming  and  Colo¬ 
rado,  Darton,  18. 

Fox  Hills  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Fenneman,  10. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Franciscan  series,  California,  Lawson 
and  Palache,  1. 

Franciscan,  California,  Lawson  (A. 
C.),  9. 

Franciscan  series,  California,  Osmont, 

1. 

Franconia  sandstone,  Upper  Cambrian. 
Wisconsin  and  Minnesota,  Berkey,  1. 

Franks  conglomerate,  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  6,  13. 

Fredericksburg  division,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Fredericksburg  limestone,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Dumble,  12. 

Fredericksburg  group,  Cretaceous. 
Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Fredericktown  limestone,  Cambrian, 
Missouri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Fredericktown  dolomite,  Cambrian, 
Missouri,  Keyes,  6. 

Fredonia  limestone,  Mississippian, 

Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Fredonia  member,  Carboniferous  (Mis¬ 
sissippian),  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 

Freedom  formation,  pre-Cambrian, 

Wisconsin,  Weidman,  5. 

Fremont  limestone,  Ordovician,  Colo- 
.rado,  Darton,  16,  18. 

Freeport  .  limestone,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  6,  7. 

Freeport  sandstone,  Carboniferous,. 

Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4. 

Freeport  (Lower)  limestone,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Freeport  (Upper)  limestone,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Freeport  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 

Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Freeport  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Butts,  6. 

Freeport  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Freeport  (Lower),  sandstone,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),7. 

Freeport  (Upper),  limestone,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),7. 

Friars'  Dill  series,  West  Indies,  Spen¬ 
cer  (J.  W.),  1. 

Frio  clays,  Oligocene,  Tertiary,  Louisi¬ 
ana,  Veatch,  2. 

Frio  clays,  Tertiary,  Texas  and  Louisi¬ 
ana,  Fishback,  1. 

Frio  clays,  Eocene,  Texas,  Dumble,  13. 

Frio  clays,  Eocene,  Tertiary,  Texas, 
Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Frio  clays,  Tertiary,  Texas,  Maury,  1. 

Frog  Mountain  limestone,  Devonian, 
Alabama,  Hayes,  5. 

Fulton  layer,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and 
Kentucky.  Foerste,  12. 

Fuson  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1,  8,  14,  16,  18. 


512 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Fuson  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Fuson  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming, 
Darton,  26. 

Fuson  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming 
and  South  Dakota,  Darton  and 
O'Harra,  1. 

Gakona  formation,  Tertiary,  Alaska, 
Mendenhall,  8. 

Galena  limestone,  Ordovician,  Illinois, 
Bain,  11. 

Galena  (Boone)  beds,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Wooster,  1. 

Galena  (Boone),  beds,  Carboniferous, 
(Mississippian) ,  Kansas,  Wooster,  2. 

Galena-Trenton  formation,  Ordovician, 
Iowa,  Calvin,  10. 

Galena-Trenton,  Iowa,  Beyer  and  Wil¬ 
liams,  2. 

Galena-Trenton  stage,  Ordovician, 
Iowa,  Savage,  8. 

Galesburg  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Galesburg  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Galisteo  sand  group,  Cretaceous,  New 
Mexico,  Johnson  (D.  W. ),  4. 

Gardeau  flags,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Gardeau  shales  and  flags,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Luther,  2. 

Gardiner  clay,  Quaternary,  New  York,  j 
Fuller,  29. 

Garrard  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Foerste,  12. 

Garrard  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Nickles,  6. 

Garrison  formation.  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Prosser,  7. 

Garrison  formation.  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Garrison  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Garrison  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Beede  and  Sellards,  1. 

Gasconade  limestone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Gasconade  limestone,  Cambro-Ordovi- 
cian,  Missouri,  Ball,  1. 

Gasconade  limestone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Gasconade  limestone,  Cambrian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Bain  and  Ulrich,  2. 

Gaspe  sandstone,  Devonian,  Canada, 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  26. 

Genesee  black  shale,  Devonian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaway,  1. 

Genesee  shale,  Devonic,  New  York, 

Clarke,  20. 

Genesee  shales,  Ontario,  Parks,  4. 

Genesee  shales,  Devonian.  New  York, 
Luther,  2. 

Genesee  slate,  Devonian,  New  York, 

Schneider,  I . 

Genesee  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 

Clarke  and  Luther,  1-3, 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Genesee  shale,  Devonian,  Pennsylvania, 
Butts,  7. 

Geneva  limestone,  Devonian,  Indiana, 
Newsom,  3. 

Geneva  limestone,  exact  synonym  (?) 
Shelby  bed,  Devonian,  Indiana, 
Kindle,  1. 

Genundewa  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Luther,  2. 

Genundewa  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  2. 
Georgetown  formation,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Georgetown  limestone,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Georgia  slates.  Cambric,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Gering  formation,  Miocene,  Tertiary, 
Nebraska,  Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 

Gering  formation,  Tertiary,  Nebraska, 
Darton,  10,  18. 

Gering  sandstones,  Tertiary,  Nebraska. 
Peterson,  1. 

Gerona  marble,  Cuba,  Hayes,  Vaughan, 
and  Spencer,  1. 

Giants  Range  granite.  Algopkian,  Min¬ 
nesota,  Clements,  3. 

Gila  conglomerate,  Pleistocene!?),  Ari¬ 
zona,  Rausome,  6. 

Gila  conglomerate,  Quaternary,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Ransome,  13. 

Gila  conglomerate.  Quaternary,  Ari¬ 
zona,  L'.ndgren,  28,  29. 

Gilboy  sandstone.  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Gilmore  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Glance  conglomerate,  Cretaceous,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Ransome,  9,  11,  14. 

Glenkirk  limestone,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  7. 

Glenn  formation.  Pennsylvania.  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Indian  Territory.  Tall,  6. 
Glen  Rose  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill, 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Glen  Rose  formation,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  and  Vaughan.  1. 

Globe  limestone,  Devonian  and  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Arizona.  Ransome,  6,  13. 
Golden  Bar  andesite,  Mexico.  Hill  (R. 
T.),  15. 

Goldenville  formation.  Nova  Scotia, 
Woodman.  1,  2. 

Goodland  limestone,  Cretaceous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff.  3,  6. 

Goodland  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Goodnight  (Paloduro)  beds,  Miocene, 
Tertiary,  Texas,  Gidley,  4. 

Gower  limestone,  Silurian.  Iowa,  in¬ 
cluded  in  Niagara,  Norton.  1. 

Grainger  shale.  Devonian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  1.  11. 

Grainger  shale,  Devonian,  Virginia  and 
Tennessee,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 
Grand  Canyon  group,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 


513 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Grand  Gulf,  Oligocene,  Tertiary,  Lou¬ 
isiana,  Veatch,  2,  3. 

.  Grand  Gulf  formation,  post-Tertiary, 
Gulf  region,  Smith  and  Aldrich,  1. 

Grand  Gulf  formation,  Tertiary,  Dali, 

6. 

Grand  Gulf  group,  Tertiary,  Louisiana, 
Lereh,  2. 

Grand  Gulf  stage,  included  in  Oligo¬ 
cene,  Tertiary,  Louisiana,  Harris,  2. 

Grand  Gulf  formation,  Smith  and  Aid- 
rich,  2. 

Grand  Gulf  formation,  Tertiary,  Gulf 
region,  Dali,  9. 

Grand  Gulf  formation,  Tertiary,  Gulf 
region,  Hilgard,  4. 

Grand  Gulf  sandstones,  Tertiary,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Mississippi,  and  Louisiana, 
Maury,  1. 

Grand  Rapids  group,  Carboniferous, 
Michigan,  Gregory  (W.  M.),  3. 

Grande  Grfeve  limestones,  Devonian, 
Canada,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  26. 

Graneros  shale,  Cretaceous,  Black  Hills, 
Darton,  1,  8. 

Graneros  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Graneros  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  South  Dakota,  Darton,  14. 

Graneros  shale,  Cretaceous,  Black  Hills 
region  and  Colorado,  Darton,  16. 

Graneros  shale,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Graneros  shales,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  13. 

Graneros  shale,  Cretaceous,  Black  Hills 
region,  Wyoming,  and  Colorado,  Dar¬ 
ton,  18. 

Graneros  shale,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming, 
Darton,  26. 

Graneros  shale,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming 
and  South  Dakota,  Darton  and 
O’Harra,  1. 

Granton  diabase,  Juratrias,  New  Jersey, 
Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Gravina  series,  Mesozoic,  Alaska, 
Brooks,  4. 

Graydon  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Graydon  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Ball,  1. 

Graydon  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Graydon  sandstone,  Missouri,  Babcock 
and  Minor,  1. 

Graydon  sandstone,  Pennsylvanian, 
Missouri,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Grayson  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Great  limestone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Great  Smoky  conglomerate,  Cambrian, 
North  Carolina  and  Tennessee,  Keith, 
9. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Greenbrier  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Prosser,  3. 

Greenbrier  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Greenbrier  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  6, 
8. 

Greenbrier  limestone,  Virginia,  Eckel, 

20. 

Greenbrier  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Virginia,  and  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Greenbrier  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Greene  formation,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6. 

Greenhorn  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1,  8. 

Greenhorn  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region  and  Colorado,  Darton, 
16. 

Greenhorn  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Ne¬ 
braska,  Burchard,  2. 

Greenhorn  limestone,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Greenhorn  limestone,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  13. 

Greenhorn  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  14,  26. 

Greenhorn  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Wyoming,  and  Colorado, 
Darton,  18. 

Greenhorn  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton 
and  O'Harra,  1. 

Green  Pond  conglomerate,  Silurian, 
New  Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Green  Pond  conglomerate,  Silurian, 
New  York,  Eckel,  6. 

Green  Pond  conglomerate,  Silurian, 
New  Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Greer  formation,  Carboniferous  (Per¬ 
mian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Greer  division,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Grenville  rocks,  pre-Cambrian,  New 
York,  Cushing,  9,  10. 

Grenville  series,  Canada,  Coleman,  6. 

Grenville  series,  pre-Cambrian,  New 
York,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Grimes  sandstones,  included  in  Portage, 
Devonian,  New  York,  Luther,  1. 

Grimes  sandstone,  Devonian,  New 

York,  Clarke,  19,  20. 

Grimes  sandstone,  Devonian,  New 

York,  Luther,  2. 

Grimes  sandstone,  Devonian,  New 

York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  2. 

Grinnell  argillite,  Algonkian,  Montana, 
Willis,  6. 

Grizzly  Peak  andesite,  Lawson  and  Pa- 
lache,  1. 

Gros  Cap  greenstones,  Huronian,  Can¬ 
ada,  Coleman  and  Willmott,  1,  2. 

Ground-ice  formation,  Quaternary, 
Alaska,  Schrader,  3. 


Bull.  301—06 - 33 


514 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Guadalupian,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Girty,  2.  Exact  synonym  Permian. 

Gubik  sand,  Quaternary,  Alaska,  Schra¬ 
der,  3. 

Guelph,  Silurian,  New  York  and  On¬ 
tario,  Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 

Guelph  dolomite,  Ontaric,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Guelph  formation,  Silurian,  Canada, 
Corkill,  2. 

Guernsey  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Wyoming,  Smith  (W.  S.  1.),  1. 

Guernsey  formation,  Carboniferous 
(Mississippian) ,  Wyoming,  Darton, 
16,  18. 

Guertie  sand,  Neocene,  Indian  Terri¬ 
tory,  Taff,  2. 

Gulf  series,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
and  Vaughan,  1. 

Gunflint  formation,  included  in  Upper 
Huronian  (Animikie),  Minnesota, 
Clements,  3. 

Gunter  sandstone,  Cambro-Ordovician, 
Missouri,  Ball,  1. 

Gunter  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Guyafidot  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  Campbell,  5. 

Gwynedd  shales,  Pennsylvania,  Lyman, 

2. 

Gypsum  series,  New  Mexico,  Reagan,  1. 

Hailey  shales,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming, 
Williston,  26. 

Hale  sandstone  lentil,  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Hale  sandstone  member,  Carboniferous, 
Arkansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Halifax  formation,  Nova  Scotia,  Wood¬ 
man,  1,  2. 

Hallopus  beds,  Triassic,  Colorado,  Wil¬ 
liston,  25. 

Hamburg  limestone  and  shale,  Nevada, 
Spurr,  6. 

Hamilton  beds,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Hamilton  formation,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Cleland,  2. 

Hamilton  formation,  Ontario,  Parks,  4. 

Hamilton  group,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Schneider,  1. 

Hamilton  (Callaway)  limestone,  De¬ 
vonian,  Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Hamilton  formation,  Devonian,  Canada, 
Corkill,  2. 

Hamilton  formation,  Devonian,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Hampshire  formation,  Devonian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Prosser,  3. 

Hampshire  formation,  Devonian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Hampshire  for  Catskill,  Devonian,  Ap¬ 
palachian  region,  Stevenson  (J.  J.), 
4. 

Hampton  shale,  Cambrian,  North  Car¬ 
olina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  4. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Hampton  shale,  Cambrian,  North  Caro¬ 
lina,  Keith,  12. 

Hanbury  slate,  Algonkian,  Michigan, 
Bayley,  1. 

Hannibal  sandstone  and  shales,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Missouri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Hannibal  shales,  Devonian,  Missouri, 
Gallaher,  1. 

Hannibal  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Park  and  Lyman,  2. 

Hardin  sandstone,  Devonian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Foerste,  7. 

Harding  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Darton,  16,  18. 

Hardiston  quartzite,  Cambrian,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  1. 

Hardiston  quartzite,  Cambrian.  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  3. 

Hardyston  quartzite,  Cambrian,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Hardyston  quartzite,  Cambrian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Harlan  formation,  White,  23. 

Harper  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Harrison  diorite,  post-Hudson,  New 
York,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Harrison  beds,  Tertiary,- Nebraska,  Pe¬ 
terson,  1. 

Harrison  diorite,  New  York,  Merrill 
and  Magnus,  1. 

Harrodsburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Indiana,  Newsom,  3. 

Harrodsburg  limestone,  Lower  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Harrodsburg  limestones  and  shales. 
Carboniferous,  Indiana,  Hopkins  (T. 
C.),  8. 

Harrodsburg  limestone,  Mississippian, 
Indiana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Hartford  (Topeka)  limestone,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Kansas,  Beede,  6. 

Hartford  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Hartselle  sandstones,  Carboniferous, 
Alabama,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Hartshorn  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  2. 

Hartshorne  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  3,  4. 

Hartville  formation,  Carboniferous,  Wy¬ 
oming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Hartville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Wyoming,  Darton,  16,  18. 

Harvey  conglomerate,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  Campbell,  5. 

Hastings  series,  Canada,  Coleman,  6. 

Hastings  series,  Canada,  Ells,  20. 

Hatch  flags  and  sands,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Luther,  2. 

Hatch  shales  and  flags,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Clarke,  19. 

Hatch  shale  and  flags,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  2. 

Hawkins  formation,  pre-Eocene,  Wash* 
ington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  8. 


515 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Hawkins  formation,  pre-T  e  r  t  i  a  r  y, 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  13. 

Haystack  gypsum,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Haystack  gypsum  member,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  (Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Hazlet  sands,  included  in  Matawan 
formation,  Cretaceous,  New  Jersey, 
Berry,  5. 

Helderberg  limestone,  Devonian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Prosser,  3. 

Helderbergian,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Helderbergian  limestone,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Helderberg  (Lower)  formation,  Silu¬ 
rian,  Canada,  Corkill,  2. 

Helen  formation,  Canada,  Bell  (J.  M.), 
3. 

Helen  iron  formation,  Huronian,  Can¬ 
ada,  Coleman  and  Willmott,  1. 

Henderson  granite,  Archean,  North 
Carolina,  Keith,  12. 

Hensell  sands,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Hermitage  formation,  Ordovician,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Hermitage  beds,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Hermosa  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe,  1,  3. 

Hermosa  formation,  Carboniferous 
(Pennsylvanian),  Colorado,  Cross 
(W.),  7. 

Herod  gravels,  Quaternary,  New  York, 
Fuller,  29. 

Hermansville  limestone,  Ordovician, 
Michigan,  Bayley,  1. 

Herschel  quartzite,  Arizona,  Church,  1. 

Hertha  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Hertha  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Hesse  quartzite,  Cambrian,  North  Car¬ 
olina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  9. 

Hesse  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  11. 

Highland  Boy  limestone  member,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Highpoint  sandstone,  Devonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Highpoint  sandstone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  2. 

Hilliard  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Knight  (W.  C.),  7. 

Hillsboro  sandstone,  Silurian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Hinton  formation,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  Campbell,  5. 

Hinton  formation,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  Stevenson  (.T.  J.),  4. 

Hiwassee  slate,  Cambrian^  North  Caro¬ 
lina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  9,  11. 

Hobo-Gulch  lime-shale,  Cambrian,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Weed,  5. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Hodges  Hill  sandstone,  West  Indies, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  1. 

Holdenville  shale,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  2. 

Holston  marble,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
„  Keith,  1. 

Holston  marble  member  of  Chickamau- 
ga  limestone,  Ordovician,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  11. 

Homewood  sandstone,  Carboniferous' 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  6. 

Homewood  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Honaker  limestone,  Cambrian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Keith,  9,  11. 

Horsetail  Creek  beds,  Tertiary,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 

Horton  series,  Canada,  Fletcher,  2. 

Horton  slates,  Devonian  or  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Canada,  Haycock,  1. 

Hosselkuss  limestone,  Triassic,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Diller,  12. 

Howard  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede,  6. 

Howard  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Hudson  River  beds,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Ruedemann,  1. 

Hudson  River  formation,  Ordovician, 
New  Jersey,  Weller,  3. 

Hudson  formation,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Eckel,  6. 

Hudson  River  group,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  11. 

Hudson  River  shale?,  Ordovician,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Hudson  schist,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Hudson  River  beds,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Hudson  River  (or  Cincinnati)  group, 
Ordovician,  Indiana,  Newsom,  3. 

Hudson  River  shales,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Grabau,  9. 

Hudson  River  slates,  Ordovician,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Hudson  shale  and  Hudson  schist,  Or¬ 
dovician,  New  York,  Dale,  5.. 

Hudson  River  formation,  Cambro-Silu- 
rian,  Canada,  Corkill,  2. 

Hudson  River  or  Lorraine  shale,  Ordo¬ 
vician,  Canada,  Adams  and  Le  Roy, 
1. 

Hudson  schist,  Ordovician,  New  York, 
Merrill  and  Magnus,  1. 

Hueco  formation,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Huerfano  formation,  Eocene,  Colorado, 
Hills,  1. 

Humboldt  series,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Huntingdon,  Carboniferous,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Huntington  series,  Triassic(?),  Oregon, 
Lindgren,  4. 

Huntington  limestone,  Silurian,  Indi¬ 
ana,  Kindle,  6, 


516 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Hunton  limestone,  Indian  Territory, 
Taff,  3. 

Hunton  limestone,  Siluro-Devonian, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  6,  13. 

Huron  group,  Mississippian,  Indiana, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Huron  group,  Lower  Carboniferous, 
Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Huron  limestone  and  sandstone,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Indiana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.), 
8. 

Huron  shale,  Devonian,  Ohio,  Prosser, 

10. 

Huronian,  Ontario,  Bolton,  1. 

Huronian,  Canada,  Coleman,  6. 

Huronian,  Willmott,  2. 

Huronian  (Lower),  Minnesota,  Clem¬ 
ents,  3. 

Huronian,  Ontario,  Graton,  2. 

Huronian  (Upper)  (Animikie),  Min¬ 
nesota,  Clements,  3. 

Huronian  series  (Lower),  Algonkian, 
Minnesota,  Leith,  4. 

Huronian  series  (Upper),  Algonkian, 
Minnesota,  Leith,  4. 

Huronian,  Canada,  Barlow,  8. 

Idaho  formation,  Tertiary,  Idaho, 
Russell,  5. 

Idaho  formation,  Tertiary,  Idaho,  Lind- 
gren  and  Drake,  2. 

Idalia  shale,  Tertiary,  Missouri,  Mar- 
hut,  1. 

Ignacio  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Colorado, 
Cross  (W.),  5,  7. 

Ignacio  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Howe,  1,  3. 

Illinoian,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Udden,  2. 

Illinois  drift,  Quaternary,  New  Jersey, 
Salisbury  and  others,  1. 

Illinoisan  drift,  Quaternary,  Leverett, 
4. 

Illinoian  drift,  Quaternary,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10. 

Illinoian,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Beyer  and 
Williams,  2. 

Illinoian  drift,  Quaternary,  Indiana 
and  Illinois,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Illinoian  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Ud¬ 
den  (Jon  A.),  1. 

Incarnacion  clays,  Carboniferous,  New 
Mexico,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  3. 

Independence,  Devonian,  Iowa,  Nor¬ 
ton,  1. 

Independence  shales,  Devonian,  Iowa, 
Beyer  and  Williams,  2. 

Inglefleld  formation,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Iola  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Iola  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Iola  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Iowan  drift,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Norton, 

1. 


I  Geologic  formations  described— Continued. 

Iowan,  Quaternary,  New  Jersey,  Salis¬ 
bury  and  others,  1. 

Iowan  drift,  Quaternary,  Iowa,  Savage, 
3. 

Iowan  drift (  ?),  Quaternary,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10. 

Iowan  loess,  Quaternary,  Iowa,  Calvin, 

10. 

Iowan  till,  Quaternary,  Iowa,  Calvin, 

10. 

Iowan,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Beyer  and 

Williams,  2. 

Iowan  deposits,  Quaternary,  Indiana 
and  Illinois,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Iowan  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 

age,  7,  8. 

Iowan  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Udden 
(Jon  A.),  1. 

Iowan  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Wil¬ 

liams  (I.  A.),  1. 

Irondale  limestone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Iron  Mountain  conglomerate,  Cambrian, 
Missouri,  Keyes,  6. 

Iron  Mountain  porphyry,  pre-Cambrian, 
Missouri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Irving  formation,  Colorado,  Howe,  3. 

Irving  greenstone,  Colorado,  Cross  and 
Howe,  3. 

Ithaca  group,  Devonian,  New  York, 

Clarke  (J.  M.),  11. 

Ithaca  beds,  Devonic,  New  York,  Clarke, 

20. 

Ithaca  flags  and  sandstone,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Izard  limestone,  Ordovician,  Missouri, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Izard  limestone,  Ordovician,  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Izard  limestone,  Ordovician,  Arkansas, 
Ulrich,  5. 

Jackfork  sandstone,  Silurian,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  3. 

Jackson,  Tertiary,  Louisiana,  Veatch, 
2,  3. 

Jackson  stage,  included  in  Eocene,  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Louisiana,  Harris,  2. 

Jaskson  stage,  Tertiary,  Louisiana, 
Casey,  1. 

Jackson  stage,  Tertiary,  Louisiana, 
Casey,  2. 

Jackson  limestone,  Tertiary,  Alabama, 
Maury,  1. 

Jacksonboro  white  limestone,  Tertiary, 
Florida,  Dali,  8. 

Jacob  sands,  Quaternary,  New  York, 
Fuller,  28. 

Jameco  gravels,  Quaternary,  New  York, 
Veatch,  4. 

Jameco  gravel,  Quaternary,  New  York, 
Fuller,  29. 

Jefferson  City  formation,  Cambro-Ordo- 
vician.  Missouri,  Ball.  1. 

Jefferson  City  formation,  Ordovician, 
Missouri,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


517 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Jefferson  City  formation,  Cambro-Ordo- 
vician,  Missouri,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Jefferson  City  limestone,  Ordovician, 
Missouri,  Bain  and  Ulrich,  2. 

Jeffersonville  limestone,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Jeffersonville  limestone,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Newsom,  3. 

Jeffersonville  limestone,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Kindle,  1. 

Jeffersonville  limestone,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Siebenthal,  2. 

Jemez  marls,  Pliocene,  Tertiary,  New 
Mexico,  Reagan,  1. 

Jennings  formation,  Devonian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Prosser,  3. 

Jennings  formation,  Devonian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Jennings  for  Chemung,  Devonian,  Appa¬ 
lachian  region,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Joachim  limestone,  Cambro-Ordovician, 
Missouri,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Joachim  limestone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Bain  and  Ulrich,  2. 

Johannian  division,  Cambrian,  Canada, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

John  Day  series,  Tertiary,  Oregon, 
Merriam  (J.  C.),  1,  2. 

John  Day  series,  Tertiary,  Oregon, 
Knowlton,  13. 

John  Day  formation,  Russell,  21. 

John  Day  series,  Tertiary,  Oregon,  Mc- 
Clung,  1. 

Johnstown  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Jolly  town  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Jollytown  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6. 

Jordan  limestone  member,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Judith  River  beds,  Cretaceous,  Hatcher, 
13. 

Judith  River  beds,  Cretaceous,  Stanton, 
3. 

Judith  River  beds,  Cretaceous,  Mon¬ 

tana,  Hatcher,  17,  20. 

Judith  River  beds,  Cretaceous,  Mon¬ 

tana,  Hatcher  and  Stanton,  1. 

Judith  River  beds,  Cretaceous,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Osborn,  21. 

Judith  River  beds,  Montana,  Stern¬ 

berg,  4. 

Juniata  formation,  Silurian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Prosser,  3. 

Kanab,  Upper  and  Lower,  Triassic, 
Utah,  Huntington  and  Goldthwait.  1. 

Kanab,  Utah,  Huntington  and  Gold¬ 
thwait,  2. 

Kanawha  formation,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2. 

Kanawha  black  flint,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  4. 

Kanawha  formation,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  IL),  5. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Kanawha  black  flint,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Kanawha  series,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Kansan,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Macbride,  1. 

Kansan,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Udden,  2. 

Kansan  drift,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Cal 
vin,  1. 

Kansan  drift,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Mil¬ 
ler  (B.  L.),  1. 

Kansan  drift,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Nor¬ 
ton,  1. 

Kansan,  Quaternary,  New  Jersey,  Sal¬ 
isbury  and  others,  1. 

Kansan  or  pre-Kansan  drift,  Quater¬ 
nary,  Leverett,  4. 

Kansan  drift,  Quaternary,  Iowa,  Mac- 
bride,  3. 

Kansan  drift,  Quaternary,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  3. 

Kansan  till,  Quaternary,  Iowa,  Calvin, 

10. 

Kansan,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Beyer  and 
Williams,  2. 

Kansan  gravel,  Quaternary,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Leverett,  10. 

Kansan  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Mac- 
bride,  4. 

Kansan  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  7,  8. 

Kansan  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Ud¬ 
den  (Jon  A.),  1. 

Kansan  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Wil¬ 
liams  (I.  A.),  1. 

Kansas  City  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Kanuti  series,  probably  Paleozoic, 
Alaska,  Mendenhall,  2. 

Kanwaka  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede,  6. 

Kanwaka  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Karquinez,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.), 
9. 

Kaskaskia  group,  Carboniferous,  Indi¬ 
ana,  Newsom,  3. 

Kaskaskia  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Katalla  formation,  Tertiary,  Alaska, 
Martin,  11. 

Keene  limestone,  Devonian,  Montana, 
Weed,  5. 

Keewatin,  Algonkian,  Minnesota,  Hall 
(C.  W.),  4. 

Kemp  clay,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill  (R. 
T.),  3. 

Kenai  series,  probably  Tertiary,  Alas¬ 
ka,  Mendenhall,  2. 

Kenai  series,  Tertiary,  Alaska,  Schra¬ 
der  and  Spencer,  1. 

Kenai  series,  Eocene,  Tertiary,  Alaska, 
Collier,  2. 

Kenai  formation,  Alaska,  Stone  (R. 
W.L  5. 

Kenai  formation,  Tertiary,  Alaska, 
Prindle,  2. 


518 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Kenai  series  (?),  Tertiary,  Canada,  Mc¬ 
Connell,  5. 

Kennicott  formation,  Jura-Cretaceous, 
Alaska,  Mendenhall  and  Schrader,  1. 

Kennicott  formation,  Upper  Jurassic 
or  Lower  Cretaceous,  Alaska,  Schra 
der  and  Spencer,  1. 

Kennicott  formation,  Cretaceous  or 
Jurassic,  Alaska,  Mendenhall,  8. 

Keokuk  limestone,  Mississippian  series, 
Carboniferous,  Iowa,  Savage,  2. 

Kern  River  beds,  Tertiary,  California, 
Anderson,  7. 

Kessler  limestone  lentil,  Carboniferous, 
Arkansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Kessler  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Ar 
kansas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Ketchikan  series,  Upper  Paleozoic,  Alas¬ 
ka,  Brooks,  4. 

Keweenawan,  Algonkian,  Minnesota', 
Hall  (C.  W.),  3. 

Keweenawan  trap,  pre-Cambrian,  Wis 
consin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  2. 

Keweenawan,  Minnesota,  Clements,  3. 

Keweenawan,  Minnesota,  Leith,  4. 

Keweenawan,  Canada,  Burwash,  1. 

Keweenawan  formation.  Canada, 
Smith  (W.  N.),  1. 

Key  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Key  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Arkansas, 
Ulrich,  5. 

Kiamichi  formation,  Cretaceous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  3,  6. 

Kiamitia  clays,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Kiger  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Kigluaik  series,  Alaska,  Brooks  and 
others,  1. 

Kigluaik  series,  older  than  Silurian, 
Alaska,  Collier,  1. 

Kilbuck  conglomerate,  Carbonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Kilbuck  conglomerate  lentil,  included 
in  Cattaraugus  beds,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Glenn,  1. 

Kinderhook,  Carboniferous,  Missouri, 
Weller,  1. 

Kinderhook  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Iowa,  Sardeson,  11. 

Kinderhook  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Iowa,  Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

Kinderhook  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Mississippi  Valley  regions,  Keyes,  28. 

Kinderhook  stage,  Lower  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  or  Mississippian  series,  Iowa, 
Savage,  3. 

Kinderhook  stage,  Carboniferous,  Iowa, 
Savage,  7. 

King  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Kingston  beds,  Devonian,  New  Jersey. 
Weller,  6. 

Kirkwood  formation.  Miocene,  New 
Jersey,  Clapp,  3. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Kiser  gypsum,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Kiser  gypsum  member,  Carboniferous 
(Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Kittanning  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Orton  and  Peppel,  1. 

Kittanning  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4. 

Kittanning  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  C. 

Kittanning  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  6. 

Kittanning  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Kittatinny  limestone,  Cambro-Ordovi- 
cian,  New  Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Wel¬ 
ler,  1. 

Kittatinny  limestone,  Cambrian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  3. 

Kittatinny  limestone,  Cambrian,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Kittatinny  limestone,  Cambrian  and 
Ordovician,  New  Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Kiutla  argillite,  Algonkian,  Montana, 
Willis,  6. 

Klondike  series,  Canada,  McConnell,  5. 

Klutina  series,  pre-Silurian  ( ?),  Alas¬ 
ka,  Schrader  and  Spencer,  1. 

Knapp  beds,  Carbonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Knapp  beds,  Carboniferous,  New  York. 
Glenn,  1. 

Knife  Lake  slates,  Algonkian,  Minne¬ 
sota,  Clements,  3. 

Knob  Lick  granite,  pre-Cambrian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Ivnobstone,  Carboniferous,  Indiana, 
Siebenthal,  2. 

Knobstone,  Carboniferous,  Kentucky. 
Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Knobstone,  Lower  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Ashley,  2. 

Knobstone  group,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Newsom,  3. 

Knobstone  (Upper)  shale,  included  in 
Knobstone  group,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Newsom,  3. 

Knobstone  shales  and  sandstones,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Indiana.  Hopkins,  8. 

Knobstone  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Indiana,  included  in  Knobstone 
group,  Newsom,  3. 

Knobstone  group,  Mississippian,  Indi¬ 
ana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Knox  dolomite,  Ordovician,  Georgia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  9. 

Knox  dolomite,  Silurian,  Alabama  and 
Georgia,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Knox  dolomite,  Ordovician.  Tennessee. 
Keith,  1,  9,  11. 

Knoxville,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.), 
9. 

Knoxville  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ore¬ 
gon,  Washburne,  1. 

Knoxville  beds,  Cretaceous,  Oregon, 
Knowlton,  14. 


519 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Knoxville  shales,  Cretaceous,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

Knoxville  division,  Cretaceous,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Anderson,  7. 

Knoydart  formation,  Devonian,  Can¬ 
ada,  Ami,  4,  8,  10. 

Koipato  formation,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Kokomo  (Waterlime)  limestone,  Silu¬ 
rian,  Indiana,  Foerste,  11. 

Kootenay  series,  Cretaceous,  Alberta, 
Canada,  Dowling,  10. 

Kowak  clay,  Quaternary,  Alaska,  Schra¬ 
der,  3. 

Koyukuk,  Cretaceous,  Alaska,  Schra¬ 
der,  3. 

Koyukuk  series,  Cretaceous,  Alaska, 
Schrader,  1. 

Kreyenhagen  shales,  Tertiary,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Anderson,  7. 

Kugruk  group,  Silurian  or  Devonian, 
Alaska,  Collier,  1. 

Kushtaka  formation,  Alaska,  Martin, 
15. 

Kushtaka  formation,  Tertiary,  Alaska, 
Martin,  11. 

Kuzitrin-  series,  Alaska,  Brooks  and 
others,  1. 

Kuzitrin  series,  older  than  Silurian, 
Alaska,  Collier,  1. 

Labette  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Labette  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Labette  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Beede  and  Rogers,  1: 

Labette  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Labrador  formation,  Pleistocene,  Can¬ 
ada,  exact'  synonym,  Bowlder  Clay, 
Ami,  1. 

La  Brisca  formation,  Hill  (R.  T.),  15. 

Lafayette  formation,  Tertiary,  Atlantic 
coast  region,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Lafayette,  Louisiana,  Veatch,  2. 

Lafayette  formation,  Neocene,  Mary¬ 
land,  Shattuck,  6. 

Lafayette  (?)  formation,  Neocene  (?), 
Tertiary,  Georgia  and  Alabama, 
Hayes,  5. 

Lafayette  formation,  Tertiary,  Quater¬ 
nary  (?),  Louisiana,  Clendenin,  1. 

Lafayette  sands,  Neocene,  Texas,  Hayes 
and  Kennedy,  1. 

Lafayette  formation,  Pliocene,  Atlantic 
coast  region,  Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 

Lafond  gravel  and  marl,  West  Indies, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  2. 

Lagarto  beds,  Neocene,  Texas,  Dumble, 
13. 

Lagarto  clays,  Texas,  Dumble,  2. 

Lahontan  beds,  Nevada,  Louderback,  4. 

Lake  beds,  Tertiary,  Idaho,  Lindgren 
and  Drake,  1. 

Lake  Superior  sandstone,  Burwash,  1. 

Lake  Superior  sandstone,  Cambrian, 
Wisconsin,  Collie,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Lake  Superior  sandstone,  Cambrian, 
Wisconsin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  2. 

Lake  Superior  sandstone,  Cambrian, 

-  Michigan,  Bayley,  1. 

Lake  Valley  limestone,  Mississippian, 
New  Mexico,  Keyes,  54 

Lakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Stanton,  4. 

Lakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Lakota  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1,  8,  14,  16,  18. 

Lakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  26. 

Lakota  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton  and 
O’Harra,  1. 

Lamotte  sandstone,  Cambrian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Keyes,  6. 

La  Motte  sandstone,  Cambrian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

La  Motte  sandstone,  Cambrian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Bain  and  Ulrich,  2. 

Lance  Creek  (Ceratops)  beds,  Creta¬ 
ceous,  Wyoming,  Hatcher,  17. 

Lane  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Lang  division,  Pliocene,  Tertiary,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Hershey,  10. 

Lansdale  shales,  Pennsylvania,  Lyman, 

2. 

Laona  sandstone,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke,  19,  20. 

Lapara  beds,  Neocene,  Texas,  Dumble, 
13. 

La  Plata  sandstone,  Jura-Trias,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

La  Plata  formation,  Jurassic,  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Howe,  2. 

La  Plata  sandstone,  Jurassic,  Colorado, 
Cross  (W.),  7. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Hills,  1. 

Laramie,  Cretaceous,  Montana,  Willis, 

6. 

Laramie,  Cretaceous,  Nebraska,  Fisher 
(C.  A.),  3. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Babcock,  2. 

Laramie  formation,*  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Wilder,  2,  7,  10. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Adams  (G.  I.),  4. 

Laramie,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming,  Knight 
(W.  ('.),  7. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Hay,  7. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ne¬ 
braska,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region  and  Wyoming,  Darton, 
16. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  14. 


520 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Wyoming,  and  Colorado, 
Darton,  18. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Fenneman,  10. 

Laramie  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Leonard,  4. 

Laramie  stage,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming. 
Trumbull,  1. 

Lauderdale  chert,  Carboniferous,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Stevenson  (J.  J. ),  4. 

Laurel  limestone,  Silurian,  Kentucky 
and  Tennessee,  Foerste,  1. 

Laurel  limestone,  Silurian,  Indiana, 

.  Foerste,  11. 

Laurel  limestone,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  7. 

Laurentian,  Ontario,  Bolton,  1. 

Laurentian,  Ontario,  Graton,  2. 

Lawrerlce  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Lebanon  limestone,  Ordovician,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Lecompton  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Lecompton  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Beede,  6. 

Lecompton  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Wooster,  1,  2. 

Leda  clay,  Canada,  Coleman,  5. 

Lee  conglomerate,  Carboniferous,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Keith,  1. 

Lego  limestone,  Silurian,  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  7. 

Leipers  formation,  Ordovician,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Leipers  Creek  limestone,  Cincinnati 
group,  Ordovician,  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  6. 

Lenox  limestone  member,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Le  Roux  beds,  Triassic,  Arizona,  Ward 
(L.  F.),  1. 

Leroux  member,  Triassic,  Arizona, 
Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 

Le  Roy  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Leseur  dolomite,  Cambrian,  Missouri, 
Keyes,  6. 

Leseuer  limestone,  Cambrian,  Missouri, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Lewis  shale,  #  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Lewisville  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Lexington  group,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 

Lexington  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Liberty  beds,  included  in  Richmond 
group,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and  Indiana, 
Nickles,  5. 

Liberty  beds,  Ordovician,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Liberty  Hall  limestone,  Ordovician, 
Virginia,  Campbell  (H.  D.),  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Lignitic,  Eocene,  Tertiary,  Louisiana, 
Veatch,  2. 

Lignitic  stage,  included  in  Eocene,  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Louisiana,  Harris,  2. 

Lignitic  formation,  Eocene,  Louisiana, 
Harris,  3. 

Lignitic  stage,  Eocene,  Texas,  Dupable, 
13. 

Lignitic  clay,  Tertiary  (Eocene),  Mis¬ 
sissippi,  Logan,  2. 

Lime  Creek  shales,  Devonian,  Iowa, 
Beyer  and  Williams,  2. 

Lime  Creek  shales,  Devonian,  Iowa, 
Eckel,  and  Bain,  1. 

Linden  bed,  Devonian,  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  7. 

Linden  limestone,  Tennessee,  Foerste,  5. 

Linville  metadiabase,  Algonkian(  ?), 
North  Carolina  and  Tennessee,  Keith, 
4. 

Lisbon  group,  New  Hampshire,  Hitch¬ 
cock  (C.  H.),  10. 

Lisburne  formation,  Devonian,  Alaska, 
Schrader,  1,  3. 

Lista  Blanca  division,  Triassic,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Dumble,  7. 

Lithodendron  member,  Triassic,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 

Little  Cottonwood  granite,  Utah,  Em¬ 
mons  (S.  F.),  9. 

Little  Falls  dolomite,  Champlainic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Littlehorn  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Wyoming,  Darton,  16,  18. 

Llanfair  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Lockatong,  included  in  Newark,  New 
Jersey,  Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 

Lockport  limestone,  Silurian,  New  York. 
Synonym,  Niagara  limestone,  Grabau, 
1. 

Lockport  limestone,  Silurian,  Indiana, 
Kindle,  2. 

Lockport  dolomite,  Ontario,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Logan  formation,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  1,  10. 

Logan  group,  Carboniferous,  Ohio,  Bow- 
nocker,  3,  5. 

Logan,  Carboniferous,  Ohio,  Steven¬ 
son  (J.  J.),  4. 

Logan,  upper  part  of  Pocono,  Carbonif¬ 
erous,  Appalachian  region,  Steven¬ 
son,  (J.  J.),  4. 

Logan  sills,  Minnesota,  included  in  Ke- 
weenawan,  Clements,  3. 

Logana  bed,  Ordovician,  Kentucky,  Mil¬ 
ler  (A.  M.),  4. 

Lone  Mountain  limestone,  Nevada, 
Spurr.  6. 

Long  Beards  riffs  sandstone,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Luther,  2. 

Longbeards  riffs  sandstone,  Devonic, 
New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Long  Branch  sand.  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Prather,  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


521 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Long  Branch  sand,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  7. 

Longfellow  formation,  Ordovician,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Lindgren,  28,  29. 

Longwood  red  shales,  Silurian,  New 
York,  Eckel,  6. 

Longwood  shale,  Silurian,  New  Jersey, 
Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Longwohd  sandstone,  Silurian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Lookout  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Georgia,  Hayes,  5. 

Lookout  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Georgia,  McCallie,  9. 

Lorraine  formation,  Ordovician,  Can¬ 
ada,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7. 

Lorraine  formation,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Foerste,  3. 

Lorraine  group,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and 
Indiana,  Nickles,  3. 

Lorraine  beds,  Champlainic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Lorraine  formation,  Ordovician,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Lorraine  stage,  Ordovician,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Collie,  3. 

Lorraine  formation,  Ordovician,  Indi¬ 
ana,  Foerste,  11. 

Lorraine  formation,  Ordovician,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Russell,  23. 

Lorraine  formation,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Cushing,  10. 

Los  Angelan  epoch,  Quaternary,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Hershey,  14. 

Lost  Gulch  monzonite,  pre-Cambrian, 
Arizona,  Ransome,  6,  13. 

Louisiana  limestone,  Devonian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Louisiana  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Louisville  limestone,  Silurian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Foerste,  7. 

Louisville  limestone,  Silurian,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Loup  Fork  formation,  Tertiary,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 

Loup  Fork  beds,  Tertiary,  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Loup  Fork  formation,  Tertiary,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Douglass,  8. 

Loup  Fork  stage,  Miocene,  Tertiary, 
Texas,  Gidley,  4. 

Loup  Fork  beds,  Miocene,  Montana, 
Douglass,  1. 

Loup  Fork  beds,  Miocene,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Matthew  and  Gidley,  1. 

Loup  Fork  series,  Tertiary,  Nebraska, 
Peterson,  1. 

Lower  Helderberg,  Silurian,  Ohio,  Bow- 
nocker,  3,  5. 

Lower  Helderberg  period,  Silurian,  New 
York,  Schneider,  1. 

Lower  Helderberg  or  WTaterline  forma¬ 
tion,  Ontario,  Parks,  4. 

Lower  Magnesian  group,  Silurian,  Illi¬ 
nois,  Alden,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Lowville  limestone,  Champlainic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Lowville  limestone,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Cushing,  9. 

Lowville  (Birdseye)  limestone,  Ordovi¬ 
cian,  New  York,  Cushing,  10. 

Loyallianna  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  7. 

Loyalhanna  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Lucas  limestone,  Silurian,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10. 

Lucky  Cuss  limestone,  Arizona,  Church, 

1. 

Ludlowville  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Lufkin  deposits  (Yegua),  Tertiary, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  9. 

Lykins  formation,  Triassic  (?),  Colo¬ 
rado,  Fenneman,  10. 

Lyman  group,  New  Hampshire,  Hitch¬ 
cock  (C.  H.),  10. 

Lyons  sandstone,  Triassic  (?),  Colo¬ 
rado,  Fenneman,  10. 

Lytton  formation,  Eocene,  Tertiary, 
Texas,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

McAdam  formation,  Silurian,  Canada, 
Ami,  10. 

McAlester  shale,  Carboniferous,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  2,  3,  4. 

McCloud  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Diller,  12. 

McCloud  shale,  Carboniferous,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Diller,  12. 

McElmo  formation,  Jura-Trias,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

McElmo  formation,  Colorado,  Cross  and 
Howe,  2. 

McElmo  formation,  Jurassic,  Colorado, 
Cross  (W.),  7. 

Madera  diorite,  pre-Cambrian,  Arizona, 
Ransome,  6,  13. 

Madison  bed,  Ordovician,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Madison  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Weed,  5. 

Madison  formation,  included  in  Rich¬ 
mond  group,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and 
Indiana,  Nickles,  5. 

Madison  Valley  beds,  Tertiary,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Douglass,  8. 

Madrid  coal  group,  Cretaceous,  New 
Mexico,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  4. 

Magnesian  formation,  Wisconsin,  Weid- 
man,  5. 

Magpie  dolomite,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Mahoning  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Mahoning  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Mahoning  sandstone,  member  of  Cone- 
maugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  8. 

Mahoning  sandstone  stage,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 


522 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Mahoning  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  6,  7. 

Mahoning  sandstone,  Carboniferous. 
Pennsylvania,  Richardson  (G.  B.),3. 

Mahoning  sandstone,  member  of  the 
Conemaugh  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.) , 
18. 

Mahoning  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Mahoning  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Mahoning  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W,),  7,  8. 

Mahoning  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Main  Street  limestone,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Malone  formation,  Jurassic,  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Malone  formation,  Jurassic,  Texas, 
Cragin,  2. 

Mai  Pais  gravel,  Cuba,  Hayes, 
Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1. 

Maltrata,  Cretaceous,  Mexico,  Villa- 
rello  and  Bose,  1. 

Maltrata  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Mexico, 
Hall  (C.  E.)  ,  1. 

Manastash  formation,  Tertiary,  Wash¬ 
ington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  8,  13. 

Mancos  shale,  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Mancos  shale,  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Cross  (W.),  7. 

Mangum  dolomite  member,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  (Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Manhasset  beds,  Quaternary,  New  York. 
Veatch,  4. 

Manitou  limestone,  Ordovician,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Darton,  16,  18. 

Mankomen  formation,  Carboniferous 
(Permian),  Alaska,  Mendenhall,  8. 

Manlius  limestone,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Grabau,  1,  9. 

Manlius  limestone,  Silurian,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Weller,  6. 

Manlius  limestone,  Silurian,  New  York. 
Hartnagel,  1. 

Manlius,  Silurian,  New  York,  Schu- 
chert,  4. 

Manlius  limestone,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Van  Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 

Manlius  formation,  Ontario,  Maryland, 
Schuchert,  7. 

Manlius  limestone,  Ontaric,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Manlius  limestone,  New  York,  Skimer. 
5. 

Manlius  limestone,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Mannetto  gravel,  Quaternary,  New 
York,  Fuller,  29. 

Mannie  shale,  included  in  Richmond, 
Ordovician,  Tennessee,  Foerste,  6. 

Mansfield  group,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Ashley,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Mansfield  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  In 
diana,  Newsom,  3. 

Mansfield  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Mansfield  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Mansfield  sandstone,  Carboniferous 
(Mississippian) ,  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 

Maquoketa  or  Hudson  River,  Ordovi¬ 
cian,  Iowa,  Calvin,  10. 

Maquoketa  shales,  Iowa,  Beyer  and  Wil¬ 
liams,  2. 

Maquoketa  shale,  Ordovician,  Illinois. 
Bain,  11. 

Maquoketa  stage,  Ordovician,  Iowa, 
Savage,  8. 

Maquoketa  shales,  Ordovician,  Iowa, 
Udden  (Jon  A.),  1. 

Marble  Falls  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Marcellus  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Schneider,  1. 

Marcellus  shales,  included  in  Hamilton, 
Devonian,  New  York,  Cleland,  2. 

Marcellus  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  1—3. 

Mariato  formation,  Pleistocene,  Pan¬ 
ama,  Hershey,  5. 

Marietta  sandstones,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Marine  beds,  Eocene,  Texas,  Dumble, 
13. 

Marion  formation,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  6. 

Marion  formation,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser,  7. 

Marion  formation,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Marion  formation,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Marion  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Wooster,  1,  2. 

Mark  West  andesite,  Tertiary,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Osmont,  1. 

Marshall,  Carboniferous,  Michigan, 
Gregory  (W.  M.),  3. 

Marshalltown  bed,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Marshalltown  clay,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Prather,  4. 

Martin  Canyon  beds,  Tertiary,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 

Martin  limestone,  Devonian,  Arizona, 
Ransome,  10,  11,  14. 

Martinez,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.), 
9. 

Martinsburg  shale,  Ordovician,  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Maryville  limestone,  Cambrian,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Keith,  1,  11. 

Mascall  formation.  Tertiary,  Oregon. 
Included  in  Miocene,  Merriam  (J. 
C.),  1. 

Mascall  formation,  Tertiary,  Oregon, 
Knowlton,  13. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


523 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Mascarene  series,  Devonian,  Canada, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  17. 

Mason  shales,  Carboniferous,  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Matawan  formation,  Cretaceous,  Dar- 
ton  and  Keith,  1. 

Matawan  formation,  Upper  Cretaceous, 
Maryland,  Shattuck,  5. 

Matawan  formation,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Berry,  5. 

Matawan  formation,  Cretaceous,  At¬ 
lantic  coast  region,  Clark  (W.  B. ),  6. 

Matawan  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mary¬ 
land,  Delaware,  and  New  Jersey, 
Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 

Matawan  formation,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Knapp  (G.  N.),  2. 

Matawan  formation,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Prather,  4. 

Matfield  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Prosser,  7. 

Matfield  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Matfield  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Matfield  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Beede  and  "Sellards,  1. 

Mauch  Chunk  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Maryland,  Prosser,  3. 

Mauch  Chunk,  Carboniferous,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  1. 

Mauch  Chunk  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Maryland,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Mauch  Chunk  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Pennsylvania,  Fuller  (M.  L.),3. 

Mauch  Chunk,  Lower  Carboniferous, 
Appalachian  region,  Stevenson  (J. 
J.),  4. 

Mauch  Chunk  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.)‘, 
6,  8,  18. 

Mauch  Chunk  shale,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1,  2. 

Mauch  Chunk  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  6,  7. 

Mauch  Chunk  shale,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 

Mauch  Chunk  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W. ), 
6,  7. 

Mauch  Chunk  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  (Mississippian),  Pennsylvania, 
Woolsey,  3. 

Max  Patch  granite,  Archean,  North 
Carolina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  9,  11. 

Maxville  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Trosser,  10. 

Maxville  limestone,  Lower  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Ohio,  Stevenson  (J.  J. ),  4. 

Maxville  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Orton  and  Peppel,  1. 

Maysville,  Ordovician,  Ohio,  Indiana, 
and  Kentucky,  Foerste,  12. 

Maysville  group,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Meadville  shales,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Medicine  Lodge  gypsum,  Permian, 
Oklahoma,  Gould,  9. 

Medicine  Lodge  beds,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Wooster,  1,  2. 

Medicine  Lodge  gypsum  member,  Car¬ 
boniferous  (Permian),  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  14. 

Medina,  Silurian,  New  York,  Grabau,  1. 

Medina  shales,  Silurian,  Canada,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  7. 

Medina  sandstone,  Silurian,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Weller,  6. 

Medina  shales,  Silurian,  Ohio,  Prosser, 

10. 

Medina  formation,  Silurian,  Canada, 
Corkill,  2. 

Meguma  series,  Nova  Scotia,  Woodman, 

1,  2. 

Mellenia  series,  Tertiary,  California, 
Hershey,  10. 

Menominee  series,  Algonkian,  Michigan, 
Bayley,  1. 

Menteth  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Mentor  beds,  included  in  the  Dakota 
Cretaceous,  Kansas,  Jones  (A.W.),  1. 

Meramec  group,  Mississippian,  Missis¬ 
sippi  Valley,  Ulrich,  8. 

Merced  series,  California,  Arnold  and 
Arnold,  1. 

Merced,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  9. 

Mercer  group,  included  in  Pottsville, 
Carboniferous,  Pennsylvania,  White 
and  Campbell,  1. 

Mercer  group,  Carboniferous,  Appala¬ 
chian  region,  White  (D.),  13. 

Mercer  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Orton  and  Peppel,  1. 

Mercer  shale,  Carboniferous,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Butts,  4,  6. 

Mercer  (Tionesta)  limestone,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Merchantville  clay,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Merom  group,  Carboniferous,  Illinois, 
Ashley,  1. 

Merom  sandstone,  Carboniferous  (?), 
Indiana,  Newsom,  3. 

Merom  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Indi¬ 
ana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Mesa  Verde  formation,  Cretaceous,  Col¬ 
orado,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Michigan  series,  Carboniferous,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Russell,  6. 

Michigan  group,  Carboniferous,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Grimsley,  6. 

Michigan  series,  Carboniferous,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Gregory  (W.  M.),  3. 

Michipicoten  schists,  Canada,  Bell  (J. 
M.),  3. 

Middlesex  shales,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke,  19,  20. 

Middlesex  black  shale,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 


524 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Midway  stage,  included  in  Eocene,  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Louisiana,  Harris,  2. 

Milburn  beds,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Hill  (It.  T.),  3. 

Milbury  limestone,  Massachusetts, 
Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 

Millersburg  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Indiana,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Millersburg  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Indiana,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Million  beds,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 

Millsap  division,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Taff,  4/ 

Millsap  limestone,  Carboniferous  (Mis- 
sissippian),  Colorado,  Darton,  16. 

Millsap  limestone,  Carboniferous-Tri- 
assic,  Colorado,  Darton,  18. 

Millstone  grit,  Carboniferous,  Missouri, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Minnekahta,  Permian,  Carboniferous, 
South  Dakota,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  2. 

Minnekahta  limestone  (Permian?), 
Carboniferous,  Wyoming,  Smith  (W. 
S.  T.),  1. 

Minnekahta  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Black  Hills  region  and  Wyoming, 
Darton-,  8,  14,  16,  18,  26. 

Minnekahta  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
South  Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Minnekahta  limestone,  Carboniferous 
(Permian),  Black  Hills  region,  Jag- 
gar,  5. 

Minnekahta  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Wyoming,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Minnelusa  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Black  Hills,  Darton,  1,  8,  16,  18. 

Minnelusa  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Black  Hills  region,  Jaggar,  5. 

Minnelusa  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
South  Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Minnelusa  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
South  Dakota,  Darton,  14. 

Minnelusa  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Wyoming,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Minnelusa  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Wyoming  and. South  Dakota,  Darton, 
26. 

Minnewaste  limestone,  Cretaceous, 
Black  Hills,  Darton,  1,  8,  16,  18. 

Minnewaste  limestone,  Cretaceous, 
South  Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Mississippian  series,  Carboniferous, 
Iowa,  Udden,  2. 

Missourian  stage,  Carboniferous,  Iowa, 
Calvin,  1. 

Missourian  stage,  Carboniferous,  Iowa, 
Udden,  3,  8. 

Missourian  division,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Missouri,  Bain,  3. 

Missourian  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Iowa,  Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

Mitchell  limestone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  8. 

Mitchell  limestone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Newsom,  3. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Mitchell  limestone,  Lower  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Mitchell  limestone,  Mississippian,  In¬ 
diana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Moccasin  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Keith,  1,  11. 

Modoc  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Lindgren,  28,  29. 

Moencopie  beds,  Triassic,  Arizona, 
Ward  (L.  F.),  1,  5. 

Moencopie  shales,  Utah,  Huntington 
and  Goldthwait,  2. 

Mohawkian,  Champlainic.  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Molas  formation,  Carboniferous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Molas  formation,  Carboniferous  (Pen- 
sylvanian),  Colorado,  Cross  and 
Howe,  3. 

Monmouth  formation,  Cretaceous,  At¬ 
lantic  coast  region,  Darton  and  Keith, 
1. 

Monmouth  formation,  Upper  Creta¬ 
ceous,  Maryland,  Shattuck,  5. 

Monmouth  formation,  Cretaceous,  At¬ 
lantic  coast  region,  Clarke  (W.  B.),  6. 

Monmouth  formation,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Prather,  4. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Prosser,  3,  4. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland  (included  in  Coal  Meas¬ 
ures,  includes  Pittsburg  coal,  Red¬ 
stone  limestone,  Redstone  coal,  Se- 
wickley  limestone,  Lower  Sewickley 
coal,  Upper  Sewickley  or  Tyson  coal, 
Sewickley  sandstone,  Uniontown 
coal,  Uniontown  sandstone,  Waynes- 
burg  limestone,  and  Waynesburg 
coal),  Clark  and  Martin,  5. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Monongahela  formation  (includes  Elk 
Garden  coal,  Tyson  coal,  Koontz 
coal),  Carboniferous,  Maryland, 
White  (D.),  7. 

Monongahela  formation  (includes  Pitts¬ 
burg  coal,  Redstone  coal,  Sewickley 
coal,  Uniontown  coal,  Waynesburg 
coal),  Carboniferous,  Pennsylvania, 
White  and  Campbell,  1. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  6, 
8,  IS. 

Monongahela  formation  (Upper  Pro¬ 
ductive  Coal  Measures),  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Ohio,  Prosser,  10. 

Monongahela  series,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  2. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Martin,  16. 


525 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6-8. 

Monongahela  formation,  Carboniferous, 
(Pennsylvanian),  Penn  s  y  1  v  a  n  i  a  , 
Woolsey,  3. 

Monroe  formation,  Silurian,  Michigan, 
Russell,  6,  23,  45. 

Monroe  shales,  Devonian,  New  Jersey, 
Kiiinmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Monroe  shales,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Eckel,  6. 

„  Monroe  beds,  Pennsylvania  series,  Iowa, 
Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

Monroe  formation,  Silurian,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10. 

Monroe  shale,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Monroe  shales,  Devonian,  New  Jersey, 
Weller,  6. 

Monroe  Creek  beds,  Tertiary,  Nebraska, 
Peterson,  1. 

Montana  group,  Cretaceous,  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Montana  group,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  15. 

Montana  group,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  and  Hall,  3. 

Montana  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Pirsson,  4. 


Montana  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Leonard,  4. 


Montauk  drift,  Quaternary,  New  York, 
Fuller,  29. 

Monte  Cristo  diorite,  probably  pre-Per- 
mian,  Alaska,  Mendenhall  and  Schra¬ 
der,  1. 

Monterey  series,  California,  Lawson 
and  Palache,  1. 

Monterey,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.), 
9. 


Monterey,  California,  Osmont,  1. 

Monterey  series,  Miocene,  California, 
Arnold,  2. 

Monterey  shales,  Miocene,  California, 
Anderson  (F.  M.),  6. 

Monterey  shale,  Miocene,  California, 
Haehl  and  Arnold,  1. 

Monterey  shale,  Neocene,  California, 
Fairbanks,  7. 

Monterey  shales,  Tertiary,  California, 
Anderson,  7. 

Monterey  shale,  Tertiary,  California, 
Bagg,  9. 

Montezuma  schist,  Algonkian?,  North 
Carolina,  Keith,  4. 

Montijo  conglomerate,  Panama,  Her- 
shey,  5. 

Monument  Creek  formation,  Colorado, 
Lee  (W.  T.),  2. 

Monument  Creek  formation,  Tertiary, 
Darton,  23. 

Moorefield  shale,  Carboniferous,  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Adams  (G.  1.),  15. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Moorefield  shale,  Carboniferous,  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Moosehide  diabase,  Canada,  McConnell, 
5. 

Moreau  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Morenci  formation,  Devonian,  Arizona, 
Lindgren,  28,  29. 

Morgantown  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Morgantown  sandstone,  member  of 
Conemaugh  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  8, 
18. 

Morgantown  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Richardson  (G.  B.),3. 

Morgantown  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Morgantown  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  7,  8. 

Morita  formation,  Cretaceous,  Arizona, 
Ransome,  10,  11,  14. 

Morris  granite,  New  York,  Cushing,  10. 

Morrison  formation,  Jurassic,  Colorado, 
Lee  (W.  T.),  1. 

Morrison  shales,  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Lee  (W.  T.),  3. 

Morrison  clay,  Jurassic  or  Lower  Cre¬ 
taceous,  Wyoming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.), 
1. 

Morrison  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Morrison  formation,  Jurassic,  Black 
Hills  region,  Jaggar,  5. 

Morrison  shales,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region  and  Wyoming,  Darton, 
16. 

Morrison  shale,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming, 
South  Dakota,  Darton,  14. 

Morrison  formation,  Colorado  and  Wy¬ 
oming,  Stanton,  8. 

Morrison  formation,  Jurassic,  Colorado, 
Fenneman,  10. 

Morrison  shale,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Darton,  18. 

Morrison  shale,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming, 
Darton,  26. 

Morrison  shale,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming 
and  South  Dakota,  Darton  and 
O’Harra,  1. 

Morrow  formation,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Morrow  formation,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Morrow  formation,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Morrow  formation,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Moscow  shale,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Moscow  shales,  included  in  Hamilton 
Devonian,  New  York,  Cleland,  2. 

Moscow  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  1-3. 

Mottled  limestone  (upper  and  lower), 
Ordovician,  Canada,  Dowling,  1. 


526 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Mount  Auburn  beds,  Ordovician,  Ohio 
and  Indiana,  Nickles,  3. 

Mount  Auburn  bed,  Cincinnati  series, 
Ordovician,  Foerste,  8,  11. 

Mount  Auburn  beds,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Nickles,  6. 

Mount  Baker  lava,  Quaternary,  Wash¬ 
ington,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Mount  Hope  beds,  Ordovician,  Ohio 
and  Indiana,  Nickles,  3. 

Mount  Hope  beds,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Nickles,  6. 

Mount  Laurel  sand,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Prather,  4. 

Mount  Pleasant  conglomerate.  Carbon 
iferous,  Pennsylvania,  Stevenson  (J. 
J.),  4. 

Mount  Stuart  granodiorite,  pre-Ter¬ 
tiary,  Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.), 
13. 

Mural  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Arizona, 
Itansome,  10,  11,  14. 

Murat  limestone,  Ordovician,  Virginia, 
Campbell  (H.  D.),  1. 

Murray  slate,  Cambrian,  North  Caro¬ 
lina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  9,  11. 

Myrtle  formation,  Cretaceous,  Oregon, 
Diller,  4,  11. 

Myrtle  group,  Cretaceous,  Oregon, 
Louderback,  6. 

Nabesna  limestone,  Permian,  Alaska, 
Mendenhall  and  Schrader,  1. 

Nacatoch  (Washington)  sand,  Louisi¬ 
ana,  Veatch,  7. 

Naco  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Ransome,  11,  14. 

Naknek  formation,  Jurassic,  Alaska, 
Martin,  11. 

Naknek  formation,  Jurassic,  Alaska, 
Stanton  and  Martin,  1. 

Nanjemoy  formation  or  stage,  Eocene, 
Maryland.  Includes  Patapsco  and 
Woodstock  members  or  substages. 
Clark  and  Martin,  1. 

Nantahala  slate,  Cambrian,  North  Car¬ 
olina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  9. 

Nanushak  series,  Cretaceous,  Alaska, 
Schrader,  1,  3. 

Naples  beds,  Devonic,  New  York. 
Clarke,  20. 

Napoleon,  Carboniferous,  Michigan, 
Gregory  (W.  M.),  3. 

Nasina  series,  Canada,  McConnell,  5. 

Natural  Bridge  limestone,  Cambrian 
and  Ordovician,  Virginia,  Campbell 
(H.  D.),  1. 

Navarro  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Navesink  marls,  included  in  Monmouth 
formation,  Cretaceous,  Maryland, 
Shattuck,  5. 

Navesink  marl,  Cretaceous,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Prather,  4. 

Nebo  quartzite,  Cambrian,  North  Caro¬ 
lina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  9,  11. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Nebraska  beds,  Tertiary,  Nebraska, 
Peterson,  1. 

Necoxtla,  Cretaceous,  Mexico,  Villa- 
rello  and  Bose,  1. 

Necoxtla  slates,  Cretaceous,  Mexico, 
Hall  (C.  E.),  1. 

Needle  Mountains  group,  Algonkian, 
Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe,  3. 

Negaunee  formation,  Algonkian,  Bay- 
ley,  1. 

Neosho  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Smith  (A.  J.),  3. 

Neosho  member,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Neosho  member,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede  and  Sellards,  1. 

Neva  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Beede,  6. 

Neva  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kansas 
Prosser,  7. 

Neva  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Neva  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Crevecoeur,  1. 

Neva  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kansas. 
Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Nevada,  limestone,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

New  Albany  shale,  Devonian  of  Indi¬ 
ana,  Kindle,  1. 

New  Albany  black  shale,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Siebenthal,  2. 

New  Albany  black  shale,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Ashley,  2. 

New  Albany  black  shale  (Genesee), 
Devonian,  Indiana,  Newsom,  3. 

New  Albany  black  shale,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Newark  beds,  Juratrias,  New  York, 
Eckel,  6. 

Newark  group,  Juratrias,  New  Jersey, 
Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Newark  system,  Atlantic  coast  region, 
Hobbs,  6. 

Newark  system,  New  Jersey,  Knapp 
(C.  N.),  1. 

Newfoundland  grit,  Devonian,  New 
Jersey,  Klimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Newfoundland  grit,  Devonian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Newfoundland  quartzite,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Eckel,  6. 

New  Glasgow  conglomerate,  Permian, 
Carboniferous,  Canada,  Fletcher,  1. 

New  Providence  shale,  included  in 
Knobstone  group,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Newsom,  3. 

Newman  limestone,  Carbonifei’ous,  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Newman  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Keith,  1,  11. 

New  Red,  Pennsylvania,  Lyman,  2. 

New  Richmond  sandstone,  Ordovician, 
Illinois,  Bain,  11. 

New  Scotland  beds,  Devonian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 


FOB  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


527 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

New  Scotland  beds,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Van  Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 

New  Scotland  beds,  Devonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

New  Scotland  limestone,  Devonic, 
Maryland,  Schuchert,  7. 

New  Scotland  shales,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Grabau,  9. 

New  Scotland  beds,  New  York,  Shinier, 
5. 

Niagara  formation,  Silurian,  Maryland, 
Prosser,  3. 

Niagara  group,  Silurian,  Illinois,  Al- 
den,  1. 

Niagara  beds,  Silurian,  Indiana,  Kin¬ 
dle,  3. 

Niagara  group,  Silurian,  Indiana,  New¬ 
som,  3. 

Niagara  group,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Schneider,  1. 

Niagara  group,  Silurian,  Ohio,  Prosser, 
10. 

Niagara  limestone,  Ontario,  Parks,  4. 

Niagara  limestone,  Silurian,  Missouri, 
Gallaher,  1. 

Niagaran,  Ontario,  New  York,  Clarke, 

20. 

Niagara  group,  Silurian,  Indiana,  Kin¬ 
dle,  6. 

Niagara  limestone,  Silurian,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Niagara,  Silurian,  New  Hampshire. 
I-Iitchcock  (C.  H.),  10. 

Niagara  dolomite,  Silurian,  Illinois, 
Bain,  11. 

Niagara  formation,  Silurian,  Canada, 
.  Corkill,  2. 

Niagara  formation,  Silurian,  Maryland, 
Uhler,  1. 

Niagara  limestone,  Silurian,  Iowa,  Ud- 
den  (Jon  A.),  1. 

Niagara  limestone,  Silurian,  Michigan, 
Russell,  23,  45. 

Niagara  series,  Silurian,  Iowa,  Savage, 

8. 

Nichols  slate,  Cambrian,  North  Caro¬ 
lina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  9,  11. 

Nikolai  greenstone,  Alaska,  Schrader 
and  Spencer,  1. 

Nikolai  greenstone,  probably  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Alaska,  Mendenhall  and 
Schrader,  1. 

Nikolai  greenstone,  Carboniferous, 
Alaska,  Mendenhall,  8. 

Nineveh  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C. ),  7. 

Nineveh  limestone,  Carboniferous,  West 
-Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1,  8. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Babcock,  2. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Hatcher,  6. 

Niobrara  group,  Cretaceous,  Kansas, 
Lindgren,  8. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9-11,  15. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ne¬ 
braska,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Todd  and  Hall,  1-3. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  Black 
Hills  region,  Wyoming  and  Colorado, 
Darton,  16,  18. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  14. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Leonard,  4. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Fennemau,  10. 

Niobrara  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton  and 
O’Harra,  1. 

Niobrara  stage,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming, 
Trumbull,  1. 

Nipigon  series,  Canada,  Smith  (W.  N.), 

1. 

Nishnabotna  stage,  Cretaceous,  Iowa, 
Udden,  8. 

Noblesville  dolomite,  Silurian,  Indiana, 
Kindle,  6. 

Noel  shale,  Carboniferous,  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Noel  shale,  Carboniferous,  Arkansas, 
Ulrich,  5. 

Nogales  division,  Tertiary,  Arizona, 
Dumble,  7. 

Nolichucky  shale,  Cambrian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  1,  9,  11. 

Nome  series,  Alaska,  Brooks  and  others, 

1. 

Nome  series,  Paleozoic  and  Mesozoic, 
Alaska,  Collier,  1. 

Norman  division,  Permian,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  9. 

Normanskill  shale,  Champlainic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Northbridge  gneiss,  Massachusetts, 
Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 

North  Haven  greenstones,  Maine,  Smith 
(G.  O.),  2. 

North. View  sandstone  and  shale,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Missouri,  Weller,  1. 

Nulato  sandstone,  Alaska,  Schrader  and 
Spencer,  1. 

Nunda  formation,  Devonian,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Butts,  7. 

Nussbaum  formation,  Neocene,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Hills,  1. 

Nuttall  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  R. ),  5. 

Nuttall  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Oak  Grove  sands,  Tertiary,  Florida, 
Dali,  8. 

Oak  Grove  sands,  Tertiary,  Florida, 
Maury,  1. 

Oakland,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  9. 


528 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Oakville  Beds,  Neocene,  Texas,  Dumble,  ' 
13. 

Ocala  limestone,  Tertiary,  Florida, 
Dali,  8. 

Ocala  nummilitic  limestone,  Tertiary, 
Florida,  Maury,  1. 

Ocoee  formation,  upper  Paleozoic,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Smith  (E.  A.),  1. 

Ogallala  formation,  Tertiary,  Wyoming, 
Nebraska,  Adams  (G.  I.),  4. 

Ogallala  formation,  Pliocene  (?),  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Nebraska,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Ogallala  formation,  Tertiary,  Nebraska, 
Darton,  10,  18. 

Ogallala  (  ?)  formation,  Tertiary,  South 
Dakota,  Reagan,  5. 

Ogden  quartzite,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Ogden  quartzite,  Devonian,  Utah  and 
Nevada,  Berkey,  8. 

Ogishke  conglomerate,  Algonkian,  Min¬ 
nesota,  Clements,  3. 

Ohara  limestone,  Mississippian,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Ohara  member,  Carboniferous  (Missis¬ 
sippian),  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 

Ohio  shale,  Devonian,  Ohio,  Claypole,  5. 

Ohio  shale,  Devonian,  Ohio,  Prosser,  10, 
13. 

Ohio  shale,  Devonian,  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 

Ohio  shale,  Devonian,  Illinois,  Ulrich,  8. 

Ohio  River  formation,  post-Carbonifer- 
ous  (Tertiary?),  Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Oil  Lake  group,  Devonian,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Olean  conglomerate,  Carbonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Olean  conglomerate,  Carboniferous, 
New  York,  Glenn,  1. 

Olentangy  shale,  Devonian,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10,  13. 

Olpe  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Beede,  6. 

Olpe  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Onaga  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  C'revecoeur,  1. 

Oneida  Conglomerate,  Champlainic,- 
New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Oneonta  beds,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Oneota  limestone,  Iowa,  Beyer  and 
Williams,  2. 

Oneota  dolomite,  Ordovician,  Illinois, 
Bain,  11. 

Onondaga  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Grabau,  1.  9. 

Onondaga,  Ontario,  Parks,  4. 

Onondaga  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Onondaga  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Schneider,  1. 

Onondaga  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Van  Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 

Onondaga  limestone,  Devonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Onondaga  limestone,  Devonian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Foerste,  7. 

Onondaga  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1-3. 

Onondaga  formation,  Silurian,  Canada, 
Corkill,  2. 

Onondaga  limestone,  New  York,  Shimer, 
5. 

Ontario,  New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Oolagah  limestone, .  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Adams,  Girty,  and 
White,  1. 

Opeche  formation,  Carboniferous,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1,  8. 

Opeche,  Permian,  Carboniferous,  South 
Dakota,  Richardson  (3.  B.),  2. 

Opeche  formation  (Permian?),  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Wyoming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.), 
1. 

Opeche  formation,  Carboniferous,  "Black 
Hills  region  and  Wyoming,  Darton, 
16. 

Opeche  formation,  Carboniferous,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Opeche  formation,  Carboniferous,  Wy¬ 
oming,  South  Dakota,  Darton,  14. 

Opeche  formation,  Carboniferous,  Black 
Hills  region  and  Wyoming,  Darton, 
18. 

Opeche  formation,  Carboniferous,  Wy¬ 
oming,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Opeche  formation,  Carboniferous,  Wy¬ 
oming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton,  26. 

Orange  sands,  Texas,  Dumble,  2. 

Orange  sand  (Lafayette)  formation. 
Tertiary  (Pliocene),  Mississippi, 
Logan,  2. 

Orca  series,  Alaska,  Schrader  and  Spen¬ 
cer,  1. 

Oread  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Oregon  bed,  Ordovician,  Kentucky,  Mil¬ 
ler  (A.  M.),  4. 

Orindan  formation,  California,  Lawson 
and  Palache,  1. 

Orindan,  California,  Osmont.  1. 

Oriskanian,  Devonic,  New  York,  Clarke, 

20. 

Oriskany  sandstone,  Devonian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Prosser,  3. 

Oriskany,  Ontario,  Parks,  4. 

Oriskany  beds,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Grabau,  9. 

Oriskany  beds,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Van  Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 

Oriskany  beds,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Oriskany  formation,  Devonian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Oriskany  formation,  Devonic,  Mary¬ 
land,  Schuchert,  7. 

Oriskany  formation,  Devonian,  Canada, 
Corkill,  2. 

Oriskany  limestone,  New  York,  Shimer, 
5. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


529 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Oriskany  period,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Schneider,  1. 

Oriskany  quartzite,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Oriskany  sandstone,  Devonian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Oriskany  sandstone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Osgood  bed,  Silurian,  Kentucky  and 
Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Osgood  bed,  Silurian,  Indiana,  Foerste, 

11. 

Osgood  beds,  Silurian,  Ohio,  Prosser, 

10. 

Osos  basalt,  California,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Oswayo  beds,  Carbonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Oswayo  beds,  Carboniferous,  New  York, 
Glenn,  1. 

Oswayo  formation,  Devono-Carbonifer- 
ous,  Pennsylvania,  Fuller  and  Alden, 
1,  2. 

Oswegan,  Ontario,  New  York,  Clarke, 

20. 

Otero  marls,  Tertiary  (?),  New  Mex¬ 
ico,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  6. 

Otis,  Devonian,  Iowa,  Norton,  1. 

Otselic  shale  and  sandstone,  Devonic, 
New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Otterdale  sandstones,  Triassic,  Virginia, 
Woodworth,  4. 

Ouray  limestones,  Devonian,  Colorado, 
Purington,  3. 

Ouray  limestone,  Devonian  and  Missis- 
sippian,  Colorado,  Cross  (W. ),  5. 

Ouray  limestone,  Devono-Carboniferous, 
Colorado,  Cross  (W.),  7. 

Ouray  limestone,  Devonian  and  Missis- 
sippian,  Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe, 
1,  3. 

Oxmoor  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Geor¬ 
gia,  Hayes,  5. 

Oxmoor,  Carboniferous,  Alabama,  Ste¬ 
venson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Ozarkian,  Hershey,  8. 

Pacific  sandstone,  Cambro-Ordbvician, 
Missouri,  Ball,  1. 

Pacific  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Missouri, 
Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Pahasapa  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Black  Hills  region,  Jaggar,  5. 

Pahasapa  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Black  Hills,  Darton,  1,  16,  18. 

Pahasapa  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Wyoming,  South  Dakota,  Darton,  14. 

Pahasapa  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Wyoming,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Pahasapa  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Wyoming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton, 
26. 

Painted  Desert  beds,  Triassic,  Arizona, 
Ward  (L.  F.),  1,  5. 

Painted  Desert  formation,  Utah,  Hunt¬ 
ington  and  Goldthwait,  2. 

Palisade  conglomerate,  Tertiary, 
Alaska,  Collier,  2. 

Bull.  301—06 - 34 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Palisade  diabase,  Juratrias,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Paluxy  sands,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(A.  T.),  3. 

Paloduro  beds,  Miocene,  Tertiary, 
Texas,  Gidley,  4. 

Pamunkey  formation,  Tertiary,  Atlan¬ 
tic  coast  region,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Pamunkey  formation,  Tertiary,  Vir¬ 
ginia,  North  Carolina,  Darton,  7. 

Panama  formation,  Hershey,  5. 

Panama  conglomerate,  Carbonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Panhandle  beds,  Miocene,  Tertiary, 
Texas,  Gidley,  4. 

Parkville  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Parrish  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  2. 

Parsons  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Parsons  limestone.  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Parting  quartzite,  Devonian,  Colorado, 
Cross  (W.),  5. 

Pasayten  formation,  Cretaceous,  Wash¬ 
ington,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Paso  Robles  formation,  Neocene,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Paspotansa  member  or  substage,  Eo¬ 
cene,  Maryland.  Included  in  Aquia 
formation  or  stage.  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  1. 

Patapsco,  Cretaceous,  Maryland,  Clark 
and  Bibbins,  1. 

Patapsco  formation,  lower  Cretaceous, 
Maryland,  Shattuck,  5. 

Patton  shale,  Carboniferous,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Butts,  7. 

Patton  shale,  Carboniferous,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Butts,  4. 

Patton  shale  lentil  of  the  Pocono  for¬ 
mation,  Carboniferous,  Pennsylvania, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  18. 

Patuxent  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mary¬ 
land,  Clark  and  Bibbins,  1. 

Patuxent  formation,  Jurassic?,  Mary¬ 
land,  Shattuck,  5. 

Patuxent  formation,  Cretaceous,  Atlan¬ 
tic  coast  region,  Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 

Pawhuska  limestone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Adams,  Girty,  and 
White,  1. 

Pawnee  Creek  beds,  Tertiary,  Colorado, 
Matthew  (W.  D. ),  2. 

Pawnee  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Pawnee  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Pawnee  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede  and  Rogers,  1. 

Pawpaw  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Paxton  schist,  Massachusetts,  Perry 
and  Emerson,  1. 


530 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Payette  formation,  Tertiary,  Idaho, 
Russell,  5. 

Payette  formation,  Tertiary,  Idaho, 
Lindgren  and  Drake,  2. 

Payette  formation,  Oregon,  Russell,  21. 

Payne  formation,  Carboniferous,  Okla¬ 
homa,  Kirk,  1. 

Peachbottom  slates,  Ordovician  ( ?) , 
Maryland,  Mathews,  6. 

Pegram  limestone,  Devonian,  Kentucky 
and  Tennessee,  Foerste,  1. 

Pella  beds,  included  in  St.  Louis,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Iowa,  Udden,  5. 

Pella  beds,  included  in  St.  Louis,  Mis- 
sissippian  series,  Iowa,  Savage,  2. 

Pelly  gneisses,  Alaska,  Collier,  2. 

Pelly  gneiss,  Archean  (?),  Alaska, 
Prindle,  2. 

Pelona  schist  series,  California, 
Hershey,  8. 

Pendleton  sandstone,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Siebenthal,  2. 

Pendleton  sandstone,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Pennington  shale,  Carboniferous,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Keith,  1. 

Pennington  shales,  Carboniferous,  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Pensauken,  Quaternary,  New  York, 
Veatch,  4. 

Pensauken  formation,  Pleistocene,  New 
Jersey,  Salisbury,  1. 

Pensauken  formation,  Quaternary,  New 
Jersey,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Pensauken  formation,  Pleistocene,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Peorian  soil,  Quaternary,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10. 

Perry  formation,  Devonian,  Maine, 
Smith  and  Perry,  1. 

Perry  group,  Devonian,  Canada,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  17. 

Pescadero  sandstones,  Miocene,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  6. 

Peshastin  formation,  pre-Tertiary, 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  8,  13. 

Petersburg  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Indiana,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Petit  Bourg  series,  West  Indies,  Spen¬ 
cer  (J.  W.),  2. 

Phelps  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Weller,  1. 

Phelps  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Phoenix  limestone  lentil,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Picayune  andesite,  Colorado,  Cross  and 
Howe,  1. 

Pierre  shale,  Cretaceous,  Black  Hills, 
Darton,  1,  8. 

Pierre  shale,  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Hills,  1. 

Pierre  formation,  Cretaceous,  North 
Dakota,  Babcock,  2. 

Pierre  shales,  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Hatcher,  6. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Pierre  formation,  Cretaceous,  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 

Pierre  shale,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9-11,  15. 

Pierre  shale,  Cretaceous,  Black  Hills 
region,  Wyoming  and  Colorado,  Dar¬ 
ton,  16,  18. 

Pierre  shale,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 

kota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Pierre  shale,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 

kota,  Todd  and  Hall,  2,  3. 

Pierre  shale,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming, 

Darton,  14. 

Pierre,  Cretaceous,  North  Dakota, 
Leonard,  4. 

Pierre  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colorado, 
Fenneman,  10. 

Pierre  shales,  Cretaceous,  South  Da¬ 

kota,  Reagan,  5. 

Pierre  shale,  Cretaceous,  Wyoming  and 
South  Dakota,  Darton  and  O'Harra, 
1. 

Pierson  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Weller,  1. 

Piketown  gravels,  Tertiary,  Missouri, 
Marbut,  1. 

Pilarcitos  sandstone,  California,  Law- 
son  (A.  C.),  9. 

Pinal  schists,  pre-Cambrian,  Arizona, 
Ransome,  6,  10,  11,  13,  14. 

Pinal  schist,  pre-Cambrian,  Arizona, 
Lindgren,  28,  29. 

Pine  Hill  quartzite,  Silurian,  Eckel,  6. 

Pinkard  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Lindgren,  28,  29. 

Pinole  tuffs,  California,  Lawson  (A. 
C.),  9. 

Pioneer  shale,  Cambrian  (?),  Arizona, 
Ransome,  13. 

Pipestone  beds,  Tertiary,  Montana, 
Douglass,  4. 

Piqua  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Piscataway  member  or  substage,  Eo¬ 
cene,  Maryland,  included  in  Aquia 
formation  or  stage,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  1. 

Pismo  formation,  Neocene,  California, 
Fairbanks,  7. 

Pit  formation,  Triassic,  California,  Dil- 
ler,  12. 

Pitkin  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Pitkin  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Pitkin  formation,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Pitkin  limestone,  Mississippian,  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Pittsburg  red  shale,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Pittsburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 

West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Pittsburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 

Ohio,  Orton  and  Peppel,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


531 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Pittsburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 

Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Pittsburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Pittsburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  7,  8. 

Pittsburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  7,  8. 

Pittsford  shale,  Ontario,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Pittsford  shale,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Hartnagel,  1. 

Placita  marl,  Quaternary,  New  Mexico, 
Reagan,  1. 

Platteville  limestone,  Ordovician,  Illi¬ 
nois,  Bain,  11. 

Pleasonton  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Wooster,  1,  2. 

Plum  Point  marls,  Miocene,  Maryland, 
Shattuck,  IQ. 

Pocahontas  formation,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  5. 

Pocono  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Mary¬ 
land,  Prosser,  3. 

Pocono  formation,  Carboniferous,  Mary¬ 
land,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Pocono  formation,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  3. 

Pocono,  Lower  Carboniferous,  Appala¬ 
chian  region,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Pocono  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  6,  8,  18. 

Pocono  formation,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Butts,  4,  6,  7. 

Pocono  formation,  Carboniferous  (Mis- 
sissippian),  Pennsylvania,  Woolsey, 
3. 

Pocono  formation,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6,  7. 

Pogonip  formation,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Point  Pleasant  beds,  Ordovician,  Ohio, 
Nickles,  3. 

Point  rieasant  beds,  Ordovician,  Ohio, 
Foerste,  12. 

Poison  Canyon  formation,  Eocene  (?), 
Colorado,  Hills,  1. 

Pokegama  quartzite,  included  in  Upper 
Huronian  series,  Algonkian,  Minne¬ 
sota,  Leith,  4. 

Polk  Bayou  limestone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Polk  Bayou  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Polk  Bayou  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ar- 


kansas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Portage 

formation,  Devonian, 

New 

York, 

Luther,  2. 

Portage 

sandstone,  Devonian, 

New 

York, 

Clarke,  19,  20. 

Portage 

sandstones,  Devonian, 

New 

York, 

Luther,  1,  2. 

Portage-Chemung  formation,  Devonian, 
Canada,  Corkill,  2. 

Port  Clarence  limestone,  Ordovician, 
Alaska,  Collier,  1,  8. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Port  Ewen  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Van  Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 

Port  Ewen  limestone,  Devonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Port  Ewen  (Kingston)  beds,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Grabau,  9. 

Port  Ewen  beds,  New  York,  Shimer,  5. 

Port  Hudson,  Louisiana,  Veatch,  2. 

Port  Hudson  clays,  Columbia,  Tertiary, 
Louisiana,  Clendenin,  1. 

Port  Hudson  stage,  Quaternary,  Louisi¬ 
ana,  Harris,  2. 

Port  Hudson  clays,  Recent,  Texas, 
Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Portland  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke,  19,  20. 

Potapaco  member  or  substage,  Eocene, 
Maryland,  included  in  Nanjemoy 
formation  or  stage,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  1. 

Poteau  group,  Carboniferous,  Indian 
Territory  and  Arkansas,  Taff,  4. 

Potomac  formation,  Cretaceous,  Atlan¬ 
tic  coast  region,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Potomac  formation,  Cretaceous,  Vir¬ 
ginia-North  Carolina,  Darton,  7. 

Potomac  group,  Cretaceous,  Jurassic, 
Maryland,  Shattuck,  5. 

Potomac  group,  Jurassic  and  Creta¬ 
ceous,  Maryland,  Clark  and  Bibbins, 
2. 

Potomac  group,  Maryland.  Includes 
Patuxent,  Arundel,  Patapsco,  and 
Raritan  formations,  Clark  and  Bib- 
bins,  1. 

Potomac  group,  Mesozoic,  Maryland, 
Shattuck,  3. 

Potomac  group,  Cretaceous,  Atlantic 
coast  region,  Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 

Potosi  limestone,  Cambrian,  Missouri, 
Keyes,  6. 

Potosi  limestone,  Cambrian,  Missouri, 
Nason,  2. 

Potosi  series,  Cross  (W.),  1. 

Potosi  limestone,  Cambrian,  Missouri, 
Nason,  5. 

Potosi  series,  Colorado,  Purington,  3. 

Potosi  group,  Cambrian  and  Ordovi¬ 
cian,  Missouri,  Bain  and  Ulrich,  2. 

Potosi  volcanic  series,  Colorado,  Cross 
and  Howe,  1. 

Potsdam  formation,  Cambrian,  New 
York,  Cushing,  2. 

Potsdam  group,  Cambrian,  Illinois,  Al- 
den,  1. 

Potsdam  sandstone,  Cambrian,  Canada, 
Ells,  8. 

Potsdam  sandstone,  Cambrian,  New 
York,  Woodworth,  6. 

Potsdam  formation,  Cambrian,  Wiscon: 
sin,  Weidman,  5. 

Potsdam,  Ordovician,  Canada,  Ells,  20. 

Potsdam  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Cana¬ 
da,  Adams  and  LeRoy,  1. 

Potsdam  sandstone,  Cambrian,  New 
York,  Cushing,  9,  10. 


532 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Potsdam  sandstone,  Cambrian,  New 
York,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Pottawattamie  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Kansas,  Rogers,  1. 

Pottsboro  subgroup,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Prosser,  3. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland.  Included  in  Coal  Meas¬ 
ures.  Includes  Sharon  sandstone, 
Sharon  coal,  Lower  Connoquenes- 
sing  sandstone,  Quakertown  coal. 
Upper  Connoquenessing  sandstone, 
Lower  Mercer  coal,  Mount  Savage 
fire-clay,  Mount  Savage  or  Upper 
Mercer  coal,  and  Homewood  sand¬ 
stone,  Clark  and  Martin,  5. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Martin  (G.  C.),  1. 

Pottsville  formation  (includes  Bloom¬ 
ington  coal,  Mercer  group),  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Maryland,  White  (D. ),  7. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Fuller  (M.  L. ),  3. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  White  and  Campbell,  1. 

Pottsville  series,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  Campbell,  5. 

Pottsville  beds,  Carboniferous,  New 
York,  Glenn,  1. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Ohio,  Prosser,  10. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 

Pottsville  conglomerate,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania  and  Ohio,  Stevenson 
(J.  J.),  4. 

Pottsville  series,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Pottsville,  Carboniferous,  Appalachian 
region,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  6. 

Pottsville,  Carboniferous,  Appalachian 
region,  White  (D.),  14. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  6,  7. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  6, 
8,  18. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Martin,  16. 

Pottsville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6,  7. 

Pottsville  formation,  Cax*boniferous, 
(Pennsylvanian) ,  Pennsylvania, Wool- 
sey,  3. 

Poughquag  quartzite,  Cambrian,  New 
York,  Eckel,  6,  30. 

Poughquag  quartzite,  Cambrian,  New 
York,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Poxino  shale,  Silurian,  New  York,  Ilart- 

nagel,  2. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Poxino  Island  shale,  Silurian,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Weller,  6. 

Prattsburg  sandstone,  Devonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Prattsburg  sandstone  and  shale,  De¬ 
vonian,  New  York,  Clarke  and  Lu¬ 
ther,  1. 

Prattsburg  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  2. 

Pre-Kansan  drift,  Quaternary,  Iowa, 
Savage,  3. 

Pre-Kansan  or  Albertan,  Pleistocene, 
Iowa,  Beyer  and  Williams,  2. 

Pre-Kansan  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Macbride,  4. 

Pre-Kansan  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Savage,  7,  8. 

Pre-Kansan  stage.  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Udden  (.Ton  A.),  1. 

Presidio  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Ud¬ 
den  (Johan  A.),  11. 

Preston  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Princeton  conglomerate,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  5. 

Princeton  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kentucky,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1. 

Procter  limestone,  Cambrian,  Missouri, 
Ball,  1. 

Procter  limestone,  Cambrian,  Missouri, 
Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Prospect  Mountain  limestone  and 
quartzite,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Protean  of  Safford,  Carboniferous,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Puerco  marls,  Cretaceous,  New  Mexico, 
Reagan,  1. 

Puget  formation,  Tertiary,  Washing¬ 
ton,  Smith  (G.  O.),  6 

Pulaski  formation,  Eocene,  Oregon, 
Diller,  4. 

Purisima  formation.  Pliocene,  Ter¬ 
tiary,  California,  Haehl  and  Arnold, 
1. 

Putnam  Hill  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Orton  and  Peppel,  1. 

Pyburn  limestone,  subdivision  of  Linden 
bed,  Devonian,  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Quadrant  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Quartermaster  division,  Permian,  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  9. 

Quatermaster  formation,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  (Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Quebec  formation,  Ordovician,  Canada, 
Ami,  1. 

Quinnesec  schists,  Archean,  Michigan, 
Bayley,  1. 

Quinnimont  formation,  Ccrboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  Campbell,  5. 

Ragged  Point  series,  West  Indies,  Spen¬ 
cer  (J.  W.),  6. 

Raleigh  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  5. 

Raleigh  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C,),  7. 


533 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Rampart  series,  Devonian?,  Alaska, 
Collier,  2. 

Rampart  formation,  Devonian,  Alaska, 
Prindle,  2. 

Rancocas  formation,  Cretaceous,  Atlan¬ 
tic  coast  region,  Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 

Randolph  limestone,  Arizona,  Church, 

1. 

Randville  dolomite,  Algonkian,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Bayley,  1. 

Raritan  formation,  Cretaceous,  Mary¬ 
land,  Clark  and  Bihbins,  1. 

Raritan  formation,  Cretaceous,  New 
York,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Raritan  formation,  Lower  Cretaceous, 
Maryland,  Shattuck,  5. 

Raritan  clay  series,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Raritan  formation,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Knapp  (G.  N.),  2. 

Rattlesnake  formation,  Tertiary,  Ore¬ 
gon,  included  in  Pliocene,  Merriam 
(J.  C.),  1. 

Rattlesnake  formation,  Tertiary,  Ore¬ 
gon,  Knowlton,  14. 

Ravenna  plutonic  series,  California, 
Hershey,  9. 

Reading  blue  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kansas,  Smith  (A.  J.),  4. 

Reagan  sandstone,  Cambrian,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  3,  6. 

Reagan  sandstone,  Cambrian,  Indian 
Territory  and  Oklahoma,  Taff,  13. 

Reagan  sandstone,  Cambrian,  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  13,  14. 

Red  Bank  sands,  included  in  Monmouth 
formation,  Cretaceous,  Maryland, 
Shattuck,  5. 

Redbank  formation,  Cretaceous,  New 
Jersey,  Prather,  4. 

Red  Beds,  Permian,  Kansas,  Gould,  1. 

Red  Beds,  Permo-Triassic,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Red  Beds,  Permian,  New  Mexico,  Rea¬ 
gan,  1. 

Red  Beds,  Texas,  Oklahoma,  Indian 
Territory,  and  Kansas,  Adams  (G. 
I.),  11. 

Red  Beds,  Permian  (?),  Indian  Terri¬ 
tory  and  Oklahoma,  Taff,  13. 

Red  Beds,  Permian,  Oklahoma,  Gould, 
9. 

Red  Beds,  Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.), 
4. 

Red  Beds,  Trias,  Wyoming,  Spencer 
(A.  C.),  10. 

Red  Beds,  Triassic,  Black  Hills  region, 
Jaggar,  5. 

Red  Beds,  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Red  Beds,  Carboniferous  and  Triassic, 
New  Mexico,  Keyes,  50. 

Red  Bluff  epoch,  Quaternary,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Hershey,  14. 

Red  Bluff  bed,  Tertiary,  Mississippi, 
Casey,  2. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Red  Bluff  sandstone,  Permian,  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  9. 

Red  Bluff  beds,  Tertiary,  Mississippi, 
Maury,  1". 

Red  Rock  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Iowa,  included  in  Des  Moines  forma¬ 
tion,  Miller  (B.  L.),  1. 

Redstone  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Redstone  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Redstone  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Red  Wall  group,  Upper  and  Lower, 
Arizona,  Reagan,  3. 

Red  Wall  limestone,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Reef  bed,  Tertiary,  California,  Ander¬ 
son,  7. 

Rensselaer  grit,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Dale,  5. 

Reynosa  beds,  Neocene,  Texas,  Dumble, 
13. 

Reynosa  limestone,  Pliocene,  Texas, 
Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Rhinestreet  black  shales,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Luther,  2. 

Rhinestreet  shales,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke,  19,  20. 

Rhinestreet  black  shale,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Rhinestreet  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  2. 

Riceville  shales,  included  in  Chemung, 
Devonian,  Pennsylvania,  Stevenson 
(J.  J.),  4. 

Richland  division,  Carboniferous,  Tex¬ 
as,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Richmond  group,  Ordovician,  Kentucky 
and  Tennessee,  Foerste,  1. 

Richmond  formation,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Foerste,  3. 

Richmond  group,  Ordovician,  Ohio,  and 
Indiana,  Nickles,  3. 

Richmond  formation,  Ordovician,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Richmond  group,  Cincinnati  series,  Or¬ 
dovician,  Foerste,  8. 

Richmond  group,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and 
Indiana,  Nickles,  5. 

Richmond  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Foerste,  6,  7. 

Richmond  formations,  Ordovician,  In¬ 
diana,  Foerste,  11. 

Richmond  group,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 

Rico  formation,  Carboniferous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Rico  formation,  Carboniferous  (Penn¬ 
sylvanian),  Colorado,  Cross  (W.),  7. 

Rico  formation,  Carboniferous  (Penn¬ 
sylvanian),  Colorado,  Cross  and 
Howe,  3. 

Rio  Grande  marls,  Quaternary,  New 
Mexico,  Reagan,  1. 

Rio  Grande  drift,  Pleistocene,  Texas, 
Udden  (Johaa  A.),  11. 


534 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Ripley  formation,  Cretaceous,  Alabama, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  2. 

Ripley  formation,  Cretaceous,  Missis¬ 
sippi,  Logan,  2. 

Riversdale  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Canada,  Ami,  40. 

Roan  gDeiss,  Arehean,  North  Carolina, 
Keith,  4,  9,  12. 

Roaring  Creek  sandstone  (Upper  Free¬ 
port  sandstone),  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Rochester  ’  shale,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Grabau,  1. 

Rock  Creek  beds,  Pleistocene,  Texas, 
Gidley,  4. 

Rockford  limestone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Siebenthal,  2. 

Rockford  goniatite  limestone,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Indiana,  Newsom,  3. 

Rockford  goniatite  limestone  Missis- 
sippian,  Indiana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.), 
11. 

Rockmart  slate,  Silurian,  Georgia, 
Hayes,  5. 

Rockwood  formation,  Silurian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Keith,  1. 

Rockwood  formation,  Silurian,  Ala¬ 
bama  and  Georgia,  Hayes,  5. 

Rockwood  formation,  Cambrian,  Ten¬ 
nessee,  Keith,  11. 

Rogersville  shale,  Cambrian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Keith,  1,  11. 

Rome  formation,  Cambrian,'  Tennessee, 
Keith,  1,  11. 

Rome  formation,  Cambrian,  Alabama, 
Hayes,  5. 

Romney  formation,  Devonian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Prosser,  3. 

Romney  formation,  Devonian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Prosser,  12. 

Roundout  water  lime,  Silurian,  New 
York,  Grabau,  1. 


Roundout  beds,  Silurian,  New  York. 
Van  Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 


Roundout 

formation, 

Silurian, 

New 

Jersey, 

Weller,  6. 

Roundout 

formation, 

Silurian, 

New 

York,  Hartnagel,  1. 

Roundout 

waterlime, 

Ontaric, 

New 

York,  Clarke,  20. 

Roundout 

waterlime, 

Silurian, 

New 

York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Rosamond  series,  Tertiary,  California, 
Hershey,  10. 

Rosebud  beds,  Miocene,  South  Dakota, 
Matthew  and  Gidley,  1. 

Rosiclare  member,  Carboniferous  (Mis- 
sissippian),  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 

Rosiclare  sandstone,  Mississippian, 
Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Roslyn  formation,  Tertiary,  Washing¬ 
ton,  Smith  (G.  O.),  8,  13. 

Ross  limestone,  subdivision  of  Linden 
bed,  Devonian,  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Roubidoux  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1, 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Roubidoux  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Roubidoux  formation,  Cambrian  and 
Ordovician,  Missouri,  Bain  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  2. 

Rove  slate,  included  in  Upper  Huro- 
nian,  Minnesota,  Clements,  3. 

Itoxton  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Ruin  granite,  pre-Cambrian,  Arizona, 
Ransome,  6,  13. 

Russell  formation,  Cambrian,  Virginia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Rustler  formation,  Permian,  Texas, 
Richardson  (  G.  B.),  4. 

Rutledge  limestone,  Cambrian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Keith,  1,  11. 

Rysedorph  conglomerate,  Champlainic, 
New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Sabine  (Lignitic),  Tertiary,  Louisiana, 
Veatch,  7. 

Sac  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis 
souri,  Weller,  1. 

Sac  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Saccharoidal  sandstone,  Ordovician, 
Missouri,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Saccharoidal  sandstone,  Missouri. 
Broadhead,  8.  * 

Sage  Creek  beds,  Tertiary,  Montana, 
Douglass,  8. 

Saginaw,  Carboniferous,  Michigan, 
Lane,  4. 

Saginaw  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Michigan,  Russell,  6. 

St.  Clair  limestone,  Upper  Silurian, 
Arkansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

St.  Clair  limestone,  Silurian,  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Ulrich,  5. 

St.  Clair  marble,  Silurian,  Indian  Ter¬ 
ritory,  Taff,  17. 

St.  Croix  sandstone,  Iowa,  Beyer  and 
Williams,  2. 

St.  Elizabeth  formation,  Cambro-Ordo- 
vician,  Missouri,  Ball,  1. 

St.  Elizabeth  formation,  Ordovician, 
Missouri,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

St.  Elizabeth  formation,  Cambro-Ordo- 
vician,  Missouri,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Ste.  Genevieve  sandstone,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Ste.  Genevieve  limestone,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  (Mississippian),  Illinois,  Bain, 
19. 

Ste.  Genevieve  limestone,  Mississip¬ 
pian,  Mississippi  Valley,  Ulrich,  8. 

St.  Helena  rhyolite,  Tertiary,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Osmont,  1. 

St.  Joe  limestone  member,  Mississip¬ 
pian,  Arkansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

St.  Joe  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

St.  Joe  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

St.  Joe  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Ulrich,  5, 


535 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

St.  Joe  limestone,  Mississippian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gould,  12. 

St.  Joseph  limestone,  Cambrian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Keyes,  6. 

St.  Joseph  limestone,  Cambrian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Nason,  2,  5. 

St.  John  beds,  Devonian,  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  4. 

St.  John  terrane,  Cambrian,  Canada, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

St.  Kitts  gravels,  West  Indies,  Spencer 
(J.  W.),  4. 

St.  Louis,  Carboniferous,  Missouri,  in¬ 
cluded  in  Mississippian  series,  Mil¬ 
ler  (B.  L.),  1. 

St.  Louis,  Mississippian  series,  Iowa, 
Leonard,  3. 

St.  Louis  limestone,  Mississippian  se¬ 
ries,  Carboniferous,  Iowa,  Wilder,  3. 

St.  Louis  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Kentucky,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1. 

St.  Louis  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

St.  Louis  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Tennessee,  Hayes  and-  Ulrich,  1. 

St.  Louis  stage,  Mississippian  series, 
Iowa,  Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

St.  Louis  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Iowa,  Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

St.  Louis  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Iowa,  Macbride,  4. 

St.  Louis  limestone,  Carboniferous 
(Mississippian),  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 

St.  Louis  limestone,  Mississippian, 
Mississippi  Valley,  Ulrich,  8. 

St.  Mary’s  formation,  Miocene,  Mary¬ 
land,  Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 

St.  Mary’s  formation,  Miocene,  Mary¬ 
land,  Shattuck,  10. 

St.  Peter  group,  Silurian,  Illinois,  Al- 
den,  1. 

St.  Peter  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Sarde- 
son,  1. 

St.  Peter  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

St.  Peter  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

St.  Peter  sandstone,  Wisconsin,  Weid- 
man,  5. 

St.  Peter  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Illi¬ 
nois,  Bain,  11. 

St.  Peter  (“Crystal  City”)  sandstone, 
Ordovician,  Missouri,  Bain  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  2. 

St.  Peters  (Pacific)  sandstone,  Cambro- 
Ordovician,  Van  Horn,  1. 

St.  Stephens  limestone,  Tertiary,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Smith  (E.  A.),  2,  3. 

St.  Thomas  sandstone,  Ordovician, 
Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Salamanca  conglomerate,  Carbonic, 
New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Salamanca  conglomerate  lentil,  in¬ 
cluded  in  Cattaraugus  beds,  Devo¬ 
nian,  New  York,  Glenn,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Salem  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Indi¬ 
ana,  Cumings,  1. 

Salina  formation,  Silurian,  Maryland, 
Prosser,  3. 

Salina,  Silurian,  New  York,  Van  Ingen 
and  Clark,  1. 

Salina  beds,  Ontario,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Salina  formation,  Ontario,  Maryland, 
Schuchert,  7. 

Salina  formation,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Sarle,  2. 

Salina  period,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Schneider,  1. 

Salmon  formation,  pre-Cretaceous,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Hershey,  2. 

Saltillo  limestone,  Cincinnati  group, 
Ordovician,  Tennessee,  Foerste,  6. 

Saline  Creek  cave-conglomerate,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Missouri,  Ball,  1. 

Saline  Creek  cave-conglomerate,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Missouri,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Saline  Creek  cave-conglomerate,  Penn¬ 
sylvanian,  Missouri,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Salt  Mountain  limestone,  Tertiary, 
Alabama,  Maury,  1. 

Saltsburg  sandstone,  member  of  Cone- 
maugb  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  8, 
18. 

Saltsburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  6,  7. 

Saltsburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 

Saltsburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Saltsburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  7,  8. 

Saltzburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Saluda  bed,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Foerste,  3. 

Saluda  bed,  Ordovician,  Ohio,  Prosser, 

10. 

Saluda  beds,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 

San  Carlos  formation,  Pleistocene,  Pan¬ 
ama,  Hershey,  5. 

Sandia  series,  Carboniferous,  New  Mex¬ 
ico,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  3. 

San  Diego  formation,  Pliocene,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Arnold,  2. 

Sandusky  limestone,  Devonian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10,  13. 

San  Emidio  series,  California,  Hershey, 
9. 

San  Francisco  sandstone,  California, 
Osmont,  1. 

Sangamon  soil,  Quaternary,  Ohio,  Pros¬ 
ser,  10. 

Sangamon,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Udden,  2. 

Sangamon  deposits,  Quaternary,  In¬ 
diana  and  Illinois,  Fuller  and  Clapp, 
2. 


536 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

San  Joaquin  clays,  Tertiary,  California, 
Anderson,  7. 

San  Juan  formation,  Colorado,  Cross 
(W.),  1. 

San  Juan  tuff,  Tertiary  volcanic,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

San  Juan  breccias,  Colorado,  Puring- 
ton,  3. 

Sankaty  beds,  Quaternary,  New  York, 
Yeatch,  4. 

Sankaty  beds,  Quaternary,  Massachu¬ 
setts,  Fuller,  29. 

San  Luis  formation,  Juratrias  ?,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Fairbanks,  7. 

San  Miguel  cherts,  California,  Lawson 
(A.  C.),  9. 

San  Pablo,  California,  Lawson  (A.C.), 

9. 

San  Pablo,  California,  Osmont,  1. 

San  Pedran  epoch,  Quaternary,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Hershey,  14. 

San  Pedro  series,  Pleistocene,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Arnold  and  Arnold,  1. 

San  Pedro  series,  Pleistocene,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Arnold,  2. 

Santa  Claran  epoch,  Quaternary,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Hershey,  14. 

Sante  Fe  marl  group,  Tertiary,  New 
Mexico,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  4. 

Sante  Fe  schists,  Cuba,  Hayes, 
Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1. 

Santa  Margarita  formation,  Neocene, 
California,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Santo  Domingo  rhyolite,  Mexico,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  15. 

Saracachi  formation,  Mexico,  Hill  (R. 
T.),  15. 

Saranac  formation,  New  York,  Cushing, 

10. 

Saratoga  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Taff,  5. 

Saratogian,  Cambric,  New  York,  Clarke, 

20. 

Saratogian,  proposed  for  Upper  Cam¬ 
brian,  Walcott,  8. 

Saugus  division,  Pliocene,  Tertiary, 
California,  Hershey,  10. 

Sausalito  cherts,  California,  Lawson 
(A.  C.-),  9. 

Savanna  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  2-4. 

Saxicava  sand,  Canada,  Coleman,  5. 

Scanlan  conglomerate,  Cambrian  ?,, 
Arizona,  Ransome,  13. 

Schultze  granite,  pre-Cambrian,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Ransome,  6,  13. 

Schunnemunk  conglomerate,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Eckel,  6. 

Seaforth  limestone,  West  Indies,  Spen¬ 
cer  (J.  W.),  1. 

Secret  Canyon  shale,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Seeley  slate,  pre-Cambrian,  Wisconsin, 
Weidman,  5. 

Sellersburg  beds,  Devonian,  Indiana, 
Kindle,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Sellersburg  limestone,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Siebenthal,  2. 

Sellersburg  limestone,  included  in  Ham¬ 
ilton,  Devonian,  Indiana,  Newsom,  3. 

Sellersburg  limestone,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Seminole  conglomerate,  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  2. 

Selma  chalk,  Cretaceous,  Alabama, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  2,  3. 

Selma  chalk  (Rotten  limestone),  Cre¬ 
taceous,  Mississippi,  Logan,  2. 

Seneca  group,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Schneider,  1. 

Senecan,  Devonic,  New  York,  Clarke, 

20. 

Senora  formation,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  2. 

Setters  quartzite,  Maryland,  Mathews 
and  Miller,  1. 

Setters  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Maryland, 
Mathews,  6. 

Severy  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Beede,  6. 

Severy  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Sevier  shale,  Ordovician,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  1,  11. 

Sewell  formation,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2,  5. 

Sewickley  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Sewickley  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Sewickley  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Sewickley  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Sewickley  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Shady  limestone,  Cambrian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  4,  9,  11. 

Shady  marble,  Cambrian,  North  Caro¬ 
lina,  Keith,  12. 

Shaffer  shale,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Shatter  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Udden 
(Johan  A.),  11. 

Shakopee  dolomite,  Ordovician,  Illi¬ 
nois,  Bain,  11. 

Sharon  conglomerate.  Carboniferous, 
Ohio,  Prosser,  10. 

Sharon  conglomerate,  member  of  Potts- 
ville  formation,  Carboniferous,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1,  2. 

Sharpsville  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stevenson  (.T.  J.).  4. 

Sharon  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Mary¬ 
land,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Shasto-Chico,  California,  Lawson  (A. 
C.),  9. 

Shasta-Chico  series,  Cretaceous,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

Shasta-Chico  series,  Cretaceous,  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Osmont,  1. 


FOE  THE  YEAES  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


537 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Shawangunk  conglomerate,  Silurian, 
New  Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Shawangunk  grit  and  conglomerate, 
Silurian,  New  York,  Hartnagel,  2. 

Shell  Bluff  group,  Tertiary,  Georgia, 
Maury,  1. 

Shell  Bluff  group,  Tertiary,  Florida, 
Dali,  8. 

Shenandoah  limestone,  Cambro-Ordo- 
vician,  Virginia,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Shenandoah  limestone,  Ordovician,  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Bassler,  4. 

Shenango  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Sheppard  quartzite,  Algonkian,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Willis,  6. 

Sherburne  flags,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Sherburne  sandstone,  Devonic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Sheridan  (Equus)  beds,  Pleistocene, 
Texas,  Gidley,  4. 

Sherwood  limestone,  Cambrian,  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Campbell  (H.  D.),  1. 

Shiloh  marl,  Tertiary,  New  Jersey, 
Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Shimer  gypsum,  Permian,  Oklahoma. 
Gould,  9. 

Shimer  gypsum  member,  Carboniferous 
(Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Shinarump,  Triassic,  Arizona,  Ward,  1. 

Shinarump  conglomerate,  Utah,  Hunt 
ington  and  Goldthwait,  1. 

Shinarump,  Utah,  Huntington  and 
Goldthwait,  2. 

Shinarump  formation,  Triassic,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 

Shumla  sandstone,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Sierran,  Hershey,  8. 

Siestan  formation,  California,  Lawson 
and  Palache,  1. 

Silo  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Indian  Ter¬ 
ritory,  Taff,  3,  6. 

Silver  Creek  shale,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke,  19. 

Silver  Creek  limestone,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Siebenthal,  2. 

Silver  Creek  hydraulic  limestone,  in¬ 
cluded  in  Hamilton,  Devonian,  In¬ 
diana,  Newsom,  3. 

Silver  Creek  hydraulic  limestone,  De¬ 
vonian,  Indiana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Silverton  series,  Colorado,  Purington,  3. 

Silverton  series,  Colorado,  Cross  (W.), 

1. 

Silverton  volcanic  series,  Colorado, 
Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Simpson  formation,  Ordovician,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  3,  6,  13. 

Sioux  quartzite,  Algonkian,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9-11. 

Sioux  quartzite,  Algonkian,  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  and  Hall,  1. 

Siyeh  limestone,  Algonkian,  Montana, 
Willis,  6. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Skajit  formation,  Upper  Silurian, 
Alaska,  Schrader,  1,  3. 

Skaneateles  shale,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Skaneateles  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  3. 

Skunnemunk  conglomerate,  Devonian, 
New  Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Skunnemunk  conglomerate,  Devonian, 
New  Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Slocan  series,  British  Columbia,  Cor- 
less,  2. 

Smith  or  Deep  River  beds,  Miocene, 
Montana,  Douglass,  1. 

Snowbank  granite,  Algonkian,  Minne¬ 
sota,  Clements,  3. 

Snowbird  formation,  Cambrian,  North 
Carolina  and  Tennessee,  Keith,  9,  11. 

Snyder  Creek  shales,  Devonian,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Soledad  division,  Pliocene,  Tertiary, 
California,  Hershey,  10. 

Solitude  granite,  pre-Cambrian,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Ransome,  6,  13. 

Somerville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Indiana,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Somerville  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Indiana,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Sonoma  tuff,  Tertiary,  California,  Os- 
mont,  1. 

Soudan  formation,  Archean,  Minne¬ 
sota,  Clements,  3. 

South  Bosque  marl,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Prather,  2. 

Spearfish  formation,  Triassic,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1,  8. 

Spearfish,  South  Dakota,  Richardson 
(G.  B.),  2. 

Spearfish  sandstone,  Triassic?,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Spearfish  formation,  Triassic?,  Black 
Hills  region  and  Wyoming,  Darton, 
16,  18. 

Spearfish  formation,  Triassic?,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton,  14. 

Spearfish  shale,  Triassic?,  South  Da- 
~  kota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Spearfish  formation,  Triassic?,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton,  26. 

Spearfish  formation,  Triassic?,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton  and 
O’Harra,  1. 

Spergen  limestone,  Mississippian,  Mis¬ 
sissippi  Valley,  Ulrich,  8. 

Spring  Creek  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Arkansas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Springfield  limestone,  Silurian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Springvale  beds,  included  in  St.  Louis, 
Carboniferous,  Iowa,  Udden,  5. 

Springvale  beds,  included  in  St.  Louis, 
Mississippian  series,  Iowa,  Savage,  2. 

Squaw  sandstone,  Devonian,  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Stafford  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke,  2. 


538 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Stafford  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Wood  (Elvira),  1. 

Stafford  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Talbot,  1. 

Stafford  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Standish  flags  and  shales,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Standley  shale,  Silurian,  Indian  Terri¬ 
tory,  Taflf,  3. 

Stanton  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty  and  White,  1. 

Star  Peak  formation,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Starmount  limestones,  Cambrian,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Weed,  5. 

Stepovak  series,  Eocene,  Alaska,  Pa- 
lache,  3. 

Stewart  shale,  Carboniferous,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  2. 

Stockhridge  dolomite,  Silurian,  New 
York,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Stockhridge  limestone,  Cambro-Silurian, 
New  York,  Eckel,  6. 

Stockhridge  limestone,  New  York, 
Eckel,  30. 

Stockton,  included  in  Newark,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 

Stonehouse  formation,  Silurian,  Can¬ 
ada,  Ami,  10. 

Stones  River  stage,  Ordovician,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Collie,  3. 

Stones  River  series,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Stony  Mountain  formation,  Ordovician, 
Canada,  Dowling,  1. 

Stormville  sandstone,  Devonian,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Strawn  division,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Taff,  4. 

Stringtown  shale,  Silurian,  Indian  Ter¬ 
ritory,  Taff,  3. 

Strong  City  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Wooster,  1,  2. 

Sturgeon  quartzite,  Algonkian,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Bayley,  1. 

Stuver  series,  pre-Devonian,  Alaska, 
Schrader,  1,  3. 

Styliola  or  Genundewa  limestone,  Devo¬ 
nian,  New  York,  Luther,  2. 

Sub-Blairsville  shale,  member  of  the 
Chemung  formation,  Devonian,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  18. 

Summerhill  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Sumner  stage,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Prosser,  7. 

Sunbury  shale,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  1,  6,  10. 

Sunbury  shale,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser  and  Cumings,  1. 

Sundance  formation,  Jurassic,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1,  8. 

Sundance  formation,  Jurassic,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 


Geologic  formations  described— Continued. 

Sundance  formation,  Jurassic,  Black 
Hills  region,  Wyoming  and  Colorado, 
Darton,  16. 

Sundance  formation,  Jurassic,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Sundance  formation,  Jurassic,  Wyo- 
,  ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton,  14. 

Sundance  formation,  Jurassic,  Black 
Hills  region  and  Wyoming,  Darton, 
18. 

Sundance  formation,  Jurassic,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton,  26. 

Sundance  formation,  Jurassic,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton  and 
O’Harra,  1. 

Sunderland  formation,  Quaternary, 

Maryland,  Shattuck,  5. 

Sunderland  formation,  Pleistocene, 

Atlantic  coast  region,  Clark  (W.  B.), 

6. 

Swan  Creek  limestone,  Cincinnati 
group,  Ordovician,  Tennessee, 

Foerste,  6. 

Swauk  formation,  Tertiary,  Washing¬ 
ton,  Smith  (G.  O. ),  8,  13. 

Swauk  formation,  Tertiary,  Washing¬ 
ton,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Swift  Water  series,  Silurian,  New 
Hampshire,  Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  10. 

Sycamore  sands,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Sycamore  limestone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  6,  13. 

Sylamore  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Sylamore  formation,  Devonian.  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Sylamore  formation,  Devonian,  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Sylamore  sandstone,  Devonian,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Sylamore  sandstone  member,  Devonian, 
Arkansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Sylvan  shale,  Silurian,  Indian  Terri¬ 
tory,  Taff,  3,  6,  13. 

Sylvania  sandstone,  Silurian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Syracuse  salt,  Ontaric,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Taconic,  New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Tahkandit  series,  Permian,  Alaska,  Col¬ 
lier,  2. 

Talbot  formation,  Pleistocene,  Atlantic 
coast  region,  Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 

Talbot  formation,  Quaternary,  Mary¬ 
land,  Shattuck,  5. 

Talihina  chert,  Silurian,  Indian  Terri¬ 
tory,  Taff,  3. 

Tampa  limestone,  or  Orbitolite  bed,  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Florida,  Dali,  8. 

Tampa  silex  beds,  Tertiary,  Florida, 
Dali,  8. 

Tampa  limestone,  Tertiary,  Florida, 
Maury,  1. 

Tanana  schists,  pre-Silurian-,  Alaska, 

Mendenhall,  8. 


539 


FOE  THE  YEAES  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Taneum  andesite,  Tertiary,  Washing¬ 
ton,  Smith  (G.  O.),  13. 

Taylor  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Taylor  marl,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
and  Vaughan,  1. 

Teanaway  basalt,  Tertiary,  Washing¬ 
ton,  Smith  (G.  O.),  8,  13. 

Teay  formation,  Pleistocene,  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2. 

Tecumseh  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Eeede,  6. 

Tecumseh  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Tejon,  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  9. 

Tejon,  Tertiary,  California,  Osmont,  1. 

Tellico  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Keith,  1,  11. 

Telluride  conglomerate,  Tertiary,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Cross  and  Howe,  1,  3. 

Temblor  beds,  Tertiary,  California,  An¬ 
derson,  7. 

Tensleep  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  Wy¬ 
oming,  Darton,  16,  18. 

Tetelna  volcanics,  Upper  Paleozoic, 
Alaska,  Mendenhall,  8. 

Thessalon  series,  Canada,  Van  Hise  and 
others,  1. 

Thetis  group,  Mesozoic,  Alaska,  Col¬ 
lier,  12. 

Thompson  Creek  beds,  Tertiary,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Douglass,  4. 

Thoroughfare  volcanics,  Maine,  Smith 
(G.  O.),  2. 

Thurman  sandstone,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  2. 

Thurmond  formation,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  Campbell,  5. 

Tichenor  limestone,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Tichenor  limestone,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Tieton  andesite,  Quaternary,  Washing¬ 
ton,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Tilden  limestone  lentil,  Carboniferous, 
Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Timpas  formation,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Hills,  1. 

Tinton  beds,  Cretaceous,  New  Jersey, 
Weller,  7. 

Tishury  sands,  referred  to  Iowan  glacial 
stage,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  40. 

Tishomingo  granite,  pre-Cambrian,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  3,  6. 

Tombstone  beds,  Carboniferous,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Church,  1. 

Tonto  formation,  Arizona,  Reagan,  3. 

Tonto  shale  and  sandstone,  Nevada, 
Spurr,  6. 

Torio  limestone,  Panama,  Hershey,  5. 

Toro  formation,  Cretaceous,  California, 
Fairbanks,  7. 

Totsen  series,  Silurian,  Alaska,  Schra¬ 
der,  1,  3. 

Toughnut  quartzite,  Arizona,  Church,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Toughnut  series,  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  8. 

Traders  member  of  Vulcan  formation, 
Algonkian,  Michigan,  Bayley,  1. 

Traverse  group,  Devonian,  Michigan, 
Grabau,  2,  5. 

Traverse  group,  Devonian,  Michigan, 
Russell,  6. 

Traverse  series,  Upper  Devonian,  Michi¬ 
gan.  Exact  synonym,  Thunder 
Bay  series,  Grabau,  5. 

Travis  Peak  formation,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Travis  Peak  formation,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  New 
Jersey,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  1. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  3. 

Trenton,  Silurian,  Illinois,  Alden,  1. 

Trenton  formation,  Ordovician,  Ohio, 
Nickles,  3. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  Canada, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  7,  8. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  3,  5. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ver¬ 
mont,  Perkins,  7,  11. 

Trenton  limestone,  Champlainic,  New 
York,  Clarke,  20. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  New 
Jersey,  Weller,  6. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Trenton  stage,  Ordovician,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Collie,  3. 

Trenton,  Ordovician,  Indiana,  Foerste, 
11. 

Trenton  clays,  Cretaceous,  New  Jersey, 
Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Smith  (E.  A.),  3. 

Trenton,  Ordovician,  Kentucky,  Miller 
(A.  M.),  4. 

Trenton  formation,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Cushing,  10. 

Trenton  group,  Ordovician,  Canada, 
Adams  and  Le  Roy,  1. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  Canada, 

.  Ells  (R.  W.),  20. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Russell,  23. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Cushing,  9. 

Trenton  limestone,  Ordovician,  New 
York,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Tribune  limestone,  Carboniferous  (Mis- 
sissippian),  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 

Tribune  limestone,  Mississippian,  Mis¬ 
sissippi  Valley,  Ulrich,  8. 

Trincheras  division,  Tertiary,  Arizona, 
Dumble,  7. 

Trinidad  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Hills,  1. 


540 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Trinity  division,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Trinity  sand,  Cretaceous,  Arkansas, 
Taff,  5. 

Trinity  sandstone,  Cretaceous,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  3,  6. 

Truckee  formation,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Truckee  beds,  Nevada,  Louderback,  4. 

Tulare  formation,  Tertiary,  California, 
Anderson,  7. 

Tularosa  formation,  New  Mexico,  Her¬ 
rick  (C.  L.),  6. 

Tule  Spring  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Arizona,  Lindgren,  28,  29. 

Tullahoma  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Tennessee,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Tullahoma  formation,  Carboniferous 
(Mississippian),  Illinois,  Bain,  19. 

Tullahoma  formation,  Mississippian, 
Mississippi  Valley,  Ulrich,  8. 

Tully  limestone,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Claypole,  5. 

Tully  limestone,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Loomis,  4. 

Tully  limestone,.  Devonian,  New  York, 
Schneider,  1. 

Tully  limestone,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Tully  limestone,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  3. 

Turnley  hornstones  (Spokane  shale?), 
Algonkian,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Tuscaloosa  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Smith  (E.  A.),  2. 

Tuscan  tuff,  California,  Anderson  (F. 
M.),  2. 

Tuscarora  formation,  Silurian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Prosser,  3. 

Tuscumbia,  Carboniferous,  Alabama, 
Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Twelvemile  beds,  Tertiary,  Alaska,  Col¬ 
lier,  2. 

Tymochtee  member  (?),  Silurian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Tyner  formation,  Ordovician,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Tyrone  beds,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Uffington  shale,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Ulsterian,  Devonic,  New  York,  Clarke, 

20. 

Unadilla  formation,  Devonian,  New 
York,  Prosser,  11. 

Uncompahgre  formation,  Algonkian, 
Colorado,  Cross  (W.),  7. 

Uncompahgre  formation,  Algonkian, 
Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe,  1,  3. 

Unicoi  formation,  Cambrian,  North 
Cai'olina  and  Tennessee.  Keith,  4. 

Union  shale,  Devonian,  Montana,  Weed, 
5. 

Union  formation,  Carboniferous,  Can¬ 
ada,  Ami,  40. 

Uniontown  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  0 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Unkar  formation,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Unkpapa  sandstone,  Jurassic,  Black 
Hills,  Darton,  1,  8,  16,  18. 

Unkpapa  sandstone,  Jurassic,  South 
Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Ute  limestone,  Silurian,  Utah  and  Ne¬ 
vada,  Berkey,  8. 

Utica,  Ordovician,  Vermont,  Perkins,  7, 

11. 

Utica  group,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and  In¬ 
diana,  Nickles,  3. 

Utica  shale,  Ordovician,  Canada,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  7,  8. 

Utica  formation,  Ordovician,  Canada, 
Nolan  and  Dixon,  1. 

Utica  shale,  Ordovician,  Ohio,  Prosser, 

10. 

Utica  stage,  Ordovician,  Pennsylvania, 
Collie,  3. 

Utica  formation,  Ordovician,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Utica  formation,  Cambro-Silurian,  Can¬ 
ada,  Corkill,  2. 

Utica  formation,  Ordovician,  Michigan, 
Russell,  23. 

Utica  formation,  Ordovician,  New  York, 
Cushing,  9,  10. 

Utica  shale,  Ordovician,  Canada,  Adams 
and  Le  "Roy,  1. 

Utica  shale,  Ordovician,  Canada,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  20. 

Uvalde  formation,  Neocene,  Tertiary. 
Texas,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Valdes  series,  Silurian?,  Alaska, 
Schrader  and  Spencer,  1. 

Valdez  formation,  Silurian,  Alaska, 
Mendenhall,  8. 

Vallecito  conglomerate,  Algonkian, 
Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe.  3. 

Vallenar  series,  Upper  Paleozoic?, 
Alaska,  Brooks,  4. 

Vancouver  series,  Triassic,  Canada. 
Haycock,  3. 

Vancouver  series,  Triassic,  Canada, 
Webster,  1. 

Vancouver  series,  Triassic  and  Jurassic, 
Alaska,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Van  Horn  formation,  Cambrian,  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Vanport  limestone.  Carboniferous, 

West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Vanport  or  Ferriferous  limestone.  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Maryland,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  6. 

Vanport  limestone,  Carboniferous. 

Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Vanport  limestone.  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Stone,  8. 

Vanport  limestone,  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Vanport  limestone  lentil.  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  7. 

Vanport  limestone.  Carboniferous, 

Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4.  6. 

Vaquero  sandstone,  Miocene,  Tertiary, 
California,  Haehl  and  Arnold,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


541 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Vaquero  sandstone,  Neocene,  California, 
Fairbanks,  7. 

Venango,  Devonian,  Pennsylvania,  Ste¬ 
venson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Verdi  beds,  included  in  St.  Louis,  Mis- 
sissippian  series,  Iowa,  Savage,  2. 

Verdi  beds,  Upper  and  Lower,  included 
in  St.  Louis,  Carboniferous,  Iowa, 
Udden,  5. 

Verkin,  Upper  and  Lower,  Permian, 
Utah,  Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  1. 

Vernon  shale,  Ontaric,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Versailles  beds,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Nickles,  6. 

Versailles  bed,  Ordovician,  Ohio,  In¬ 
diana,  and  Kentucky,  Foerste,  12. 

Vicksburg  group,  Tertiary,  Louisiana, 
Lerch,  2. 

Vicksburg  stage,  included  in  Oligocene, 
Tertiary,  Louisiana,  Harris,  2. 

Vicksburg  limestone,  Tertiary,  Florida, 
Dali,  8. 

Vicksburg  stage,  Tertiary,  Mississippi, 
Casey,  2. 

Vicksburg  limestone,  Tertiary,  Gulf  re¬ 
gion,  Maury,  1. 

Vilas  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Vilas  shale,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 

Vinal  Haven  acid  volcanics,  Maine, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  2. 

Vinita  beds,  Triassic,  Virginia,  Wood- 
worth,  4. 

Viola  limestone,  Ordovician,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  3,  6. 

Viola  limestone,  Ordovician,  Indian 
Territory  and  Oklahoma,  Taff,  13. 

Viola  limestone,  Ordovician,  Oklahoma, 
Gould,  13,  14. 

Virginia  slate,  included  in  Upper  Hu- 
ronian  series,  Algonkian,  Minnesota, 
Leith,  4. 

Vola  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Dumble,  12. 

Vulcan  formation,  Algonkian,  Michi¬ 
gan,  Bayley,  1. 

Wabash  group,  Carboniferous,’  Illinois, 
Indiana,  Ashley,  1. 

Wabash  formation,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
diana,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Wabaunsee  stage,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser,  7. 

Walden  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Georgia,  McCallie,  9. 

Waldrip  division,  Carboniferous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Waldron  shaly  clay,  Silurian,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Foerste,  7. 

Waldron  clay,  Silurian,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Wales  series,  Lower  Paleozoic?,  Alaska, 
Brooks,  4. 

Walnut  clay,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
and  Vaughan,  1. 


Geologic  formations  described. — Continued. 

Walnut  formation,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Wapanucka  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  2,  3,  13. 

Wappinger  limestone,  Champlainic, 
New  York,  Clarke,  20. 

Wapsipinicon  stage,  Devonian,  Iowa, 
Calvin,  10. 

Wapsipinicon  formation,  Devonian, 
Iowa,  Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

Wapsipinicon  stage,  Devonian,  Iowa, 
Savage,  8. 

Warren  beds,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and  In¬ 
diana,  Nickles,  3. 

Warren  bed,  Cincinnati  series,  Ordo¬ 
vician,  Foerste,  8,  11. 

Warren  limestone,  Cincinnati  group, 
Ordovician,  Tennessee,  Foerste,  6. 

Wasatch  limestone,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Wasatch  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Utah 
and  Nevada,  Berkey,  8. 

Washington  serpentine  marbles,  Lyon, 

1. 

Washington  beds,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Washington  limestone,  Ordovician,  Ver¬ 
mont,  Richardson  (C.  H.),  2. 

Washington  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Washington  stage,  Carboniferous,  West 
Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Washington  shale  and  sandstone,  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Arkansas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Washington  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Washington  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6. 

Washington  (upper)  limestone,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Washita  limestone,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Dumble,  12. 

Washita  division,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Washita  group,  Cretaceous,  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Watauga  shale,  Cambrian,  Tennessee, 
Keith,  4,  9. 

Watchung  basalt,  Juratrias,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Waverley  series,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  1. 

Waverly,  Carboniferous,  Ohio  and  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Stevenson  (J.  J. ),  4. 

Waverly  series,  Carboniferous,  Ohio, 
Prosser  and  Cumings,  1. 

Waynesburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Waynesburg  sandstone,  member  of 
Dunkard  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  8. 

Waynesburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Waynesburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Waynesburg  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W. ),  6. 


542 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Waynesburg  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Waynesville  beds,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and 
Indiana,  Nickles,  5. 

Waynesville  beds,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Nickles,  6. 

Waynesville  beds,  Ordovician,  Indiana, 
Foerste,  11. 

Wawa  tuffs,  Huronian,  Canada,  Cole¬ 
man  and  Willmott,  1,  2. 

Webberville  formation,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Webberville  formation,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Weber  conglomerate,  Nevada  and  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Spurr,  6. 

Weber  quartzite,  Carboniferous,  Utah 
and  Nevada,  Berkey,  8. 

Wedington  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Arkansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Wedington  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Arkansas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Wedington  sandstone  member,  Carbon¬ 
iferous,  Indian  Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Wedington  sandstone  member,  Missis- 
sippian,  Arkansas,  Adams  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  1. 

Weisner  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Georgia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  10,  11. 

Weisner  quartzite,  Cambrian,  Alabama 
and  Georgia,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Wellington  formation,  Permian,  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  6. 

Wellington  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Wellington  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser,  7. 

Wellington  beds,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Wooster,  1,  2. 

Wenas  basalt,  Miocene,  Tertiary,  Wash¬ 
ington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Weno  subgroup,  Cretaceous,  Texas,  Hill 
(R.  T.),  3. 

Wenonah  sand,  Cretaceous,  New  Jersey, 
Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

West  Fork  series,  Alaska,  Schrader  and 
Spencer,  1. 

Westhill  flags,  Devonic,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

West  Hill  sands,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke,  19. 

West  Hill  flags  and  shale,  Devonian, 
New  York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  2. 

Weston  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Mis¬ 
souri,  Gallaher,  1. 

West  River  shale,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  1,  2. 

West  Union  limestone,  Silurian,  Ohio, 
Prosser,  10. 

Wetumka  shale,  Carboniferous,  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  2. 

Wewoka  formation,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  2. 

Whalen  group,  Algonkian,  Wyoming, 
Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

White  limestone,  Tertiary,  Alabama, 
Maury,  1. 

Whitecliffs  formation,  Cretaceous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Taff,  5. 

Whiteface  anorthosite,  New  York, 
Cushing,  10. 

Whitehorse  sandstone  member,  Carbon¬ 
iferous  (Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould, 
14. 

White  Pine  shale,  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

White  River  group,  Tertiary,  Black 

Hills,  Darton,  1. 

White  River  formation,  Tertiary,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  3. 

White  River  formation,  Tertiary,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Douglass,  4. 

White  River  formation,  Tertiary,  Mon¬ 
tana,  Douglass,  8. 

White  River  group,  Tertiary,  Black 

Hills  region,  Darton,  18. 

White  River  series,  Tertiary,  Great 

Plains  region,  Hatcher,  11. 

White  River  beds,  Miocene,  Montana, 
Douglass,  1. 

White  River  formation,  Tertiary,  Black 
Hills  region,  Jaggar,  5. 

Whitetail  formation,  Tertiary,  Arizona, 
Ransome,  6,  13. 

Whitewater  beds,  included  in  Richmond 
group,  Ordovician,  Ohio  and  Indiana, 
Nickles,  5. 

Whitewood  limestone,  Ordovician, 

Black  Hills  i-egion,  Darton,  16,  18. 

Whitewood  limestone,  Ordovician, 

Black  Hills  region,  Jaggar,  5. 

Whitewood  limestone,  Ordovician,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Whitewood  limestone,  Ordovician,  Wyo¬ 
ming  and  South  Dakota,  Darton,  26. 

Wichita  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Wichita  beds,  Permian,  Texas,  Broili,  2. 

Wicomico  formation,  Pleistocene,  At 
lantic  coast  region,  Clark  (W.  B.),  6. 

Wicomico  formation,  Quaternary,  Mary¬ 
land,  Shattuck,  5. 

Wilbur  limestone,  Ontario,  New  York, 
Clarke,  20. 

Wilbur  limestone,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Hartnagel,  1. 

Wilbur  limestone,  Silurian,  New  York, 
Van  Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 

Willard  shales,  Carboniferous,  Kansas, 
Beede,  6. 

Willow  Spring  granite,  Arizona,  Ran¬ 
some,  6,  13. 

Wills  Creek  formation,  Silurian,  Mary¬ 
land,  Uhler,  1. 

Wills  Point  clays,  Eocene,  Tertiary, 
Texas,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Wilmore  sandstone,  Carboniferous, 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  7. 

Wilson  Ranch  beds,  Tertiary,  Califor¬ 
nia,  Osmont,  1. 

Winchester  bed,  Ordovician,  Kentucky, 
Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


543 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Winchester  group,  Ordovician,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Nickles,  6. 

Windy  Gap  limestone,  Carboniferous, 
West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Winfield  formation,  Carboniferous, 

Kansas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Winfield  formation  Carboniferous, 

Kansas,  Prosser,  7. 

Winfield  formation  Carboniferous, 

Kansas,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Winnipeg  sandstone,  Ordovician,  Can¬ 
ada,  Dowling,  1. 

Winoka  gravels,  Tertiary,  Missouri, 
Hays,  1. 

Winoka  gravels,  Tertiary,  Missouri, 
Park  (E.  J.),  1. 

Winslow  formation,  Carboniferous,  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Winslow  formation,  Carboniferous,  In¬ 
dian  Territory,  Taff,  17. 

Winslow  formation,  Carboniferous,  Ar- 


kansas, 

Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Wisconsin, 

Pleistocene,  Iowa, 

Mac- 

bride,  1. 

Wisconsin, 

Quaternary,  New 

York, 

Veatch, 

4. 

Wisconsin 

drift,  Quaternary, 

Iowa, 

Macbride,  3. 

Wisconsin 

drift,  Quaternary, 

Ohio, 

Prosser, 

10. 

Wisconsin 

gravels,  Quaternary, 

Iowa, 

Macbride,  3. 

Wisconsin, 

,  Quaternary,  New 

Jersey, 

Salisbury  and  others,  1. 

Wisconsin  drift,  Quaternary,  Leverett, 

4. 

Wisconsin,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Beyer 
and  Williams,  2. 

Wisconsin  deposits,  Quaternary,  Indi¬ 
ana  and  Illinois,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Wisconsin  drift,  Quaternary,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Leverett,  10. 

Wisconsin  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Macbride,  4. 

Wisconsin  stage,  Pleistocene,  Iowa, 
Williams  (I.  A.),  1. 

Wiscoy  beds,  included  in  Portage,  De¬ 
vonian,  New  York,  Luther,  1. 

Wiscoy  shales,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Clarke,  19,  20. 

Wiscoy  shales,  Devonian,  New  York, 
Luther,  2. 

Wise  formation,  White,  23. 

Wissahickon  mica-schist,  Ordovician?, 
Maryland,  Mathews,  6. 

Wissahickon  mica-gneiss,  Ordovician, 
Pennsylvania,  Bascom,  3. 

Wissahickon  schist,  Maryland,  Ma¬ 
thews  and  Miller,  1. 

Wissahickon  mica-gneiss  and  mica- 
schist  (Hudson),  Ordovician,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Bascom,  2. 

Wolf  Creek  conglomerate,  Carbonic, 
New  York,  Clarke,  20. 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Wolf  Creek  conglomerate  lentil,  in¬ 
cluded  in  Cattaraugus  beds,  Devon¬ 
ian,  New  York,  Glenn,  1. 

Woodbine  formation,  Cretaceous, 
Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.)',  3. 

Woodbridge  clay,  Cretaceous,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Woodbury  clay,  Cretaceous,  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Woodford  chert,  Devonian,  Indian  Ter¬ 
ritory,  Taff,  3,  13. 

Woodford  chert,  Devono-Carboniferous, 
Indian  Territory,  Taff,  G. 

Woods  Bluff  beds,  included  in  Lignitic, 
Eocene,  Tertiary,  Georgia,  Harris,  5. 

Woodward  formation,  Carboniferous 
(Permian),  Oklahoma,  Gould,  14. 

Woodward  division,  Permian,  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  9. 

Woodstock  member  or  substage,  Eo¬ 
cene,  Maryland,  included  in  Nanje- 
moy  formation  or  stage,  Clark  and 
Martin,  1. 

Worcester  phyllite  and  mica-schist, 
Massachusetts,  Perry  and  Emerson, 
1. 

Worcester  quartzite,  Massachusetts, 
Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 

Wrangell  lavas,  Alaska,  Mendenhall,  8. 

Wreford  formation,  Carboniferous, 
Oklahoma,  Kirk,  1. 

Wreford  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Wreford  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Wreford  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Beede  and  Sellards,  1. 

Wreford  limestone,  Carboniferous,  Kan¬ 
sas,  Prosser,  7. 

Wyoming  formation,  Carboniferous- 
Triassic,  Colorado,  Darton,  18. 

Wyoming  conglomerate,  Tertiary,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Wyoming  (Lower)  formation,  Carbon¬ 
iferous  (Pennsylvanian),  Colorado, 
Darton,  16. 

Wyoming  (Upper)  or  Chugwater,  Tri 
assic(?),  and  Permian  (?),  Colorado, 
Darton,  16. 

Yakima  basalt,  Tertiary,  Washington, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  3,  7,  8,  13. 

Yakima  basalt,  Tertiary,  Washington, 
Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Yakutat  formation,  Jurassic,  Alaska, 
Ulrich,  4. 

Yampa  limestone,  member,  Carbonifer¬ 
ous,  Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Yarmouth  soil,  Pleistocene,  Iowa,  Ud- 
den,  2. 

Yavapai  schist,  Algonkian,  Arizona, 
Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 

Yegua  clays,  Eocene,  Texas,  Dumble, 
13. 

Yegua  clays,  Eocene,  Tertiary,  Texas, 
Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 


544 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  formations  described — Continued. 

Yellow  loam,  Pleistocene,  Mississippi, 
Logan,  2. 

Yellville  formation,  Ordovician,  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Yellville  formation,  Ordovician,  Arkan- 
sas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Yellville  limestone,  Ordovician,  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Ulrich,  5. 

Yonkers  gneiss,  New  York,  Eckel,  6. 
Yonkers  gneiss,  post-Hudson,  New 
York,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

Yukon  silts,  Quaternary,  Alaska,  Col¬ 
lier,  2. 

Geologic  maps. a 

Alabama,  Eckel  and  Crider,  1. 

Alabama,  Smith  (E.  A.),  2,  8,  9. 
Alabama,  Smith  and  McCalley,  1. 

Alaska,  Brooks,  4. 

Alaska,  Brooks  and  others,  1. 

Alaska,  Collier,  1,  2,  8. 

Alaska,  Mendenhall,  1,  2,  8. 

Alaska,  Mendenhall  and  Schrader,  1. 
Alaska,  Moffit,  3. 

Alaska,  Prindle,  2. 

Alaska,  Schrader,  3. 

Alaska,  Schrader  and  Spencer,  1. 

Alaska,  Stanton  and  Martin,  1. 

Alaska,  Wright  (C.  W.),  2. 

Arizona,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 

Arizona,  Lee  (W.  T.),  9. 

Arizona,  Lindgren,  28,  29. 

Arizona,  Ransome,  6,  13,  14. 

Arkansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Arkansas,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 
Arkansas,  Branner,  2. 

Arkansas,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  2. 

Arkansas,  Taff,  5,  17. 

Arkansas,  Van  Ingen,  1. 

California,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  4. 
California,  Diller,  18. 

California;  Fairbanks,  7. 

California,  Iiershey,  14. 

California,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 
California,  Nutter,  1. 

California,  Spurr,  14. 

Canada,  Adams  and  LeRoy,  1. 

Canada,  Ami,  8. 

Canada,  Barlow,  7. 

Canada,  Bel,  2. 

Canada,  Bell  (Robert),  1,  3,  5. 

Canada,  Boright,  1. 

Canada,  Brewer  (W.  M.),  6. 

Canada,  Buchan,  2. 

Canada,  Burwash,  1. 

Canada,  Cirkel,  4. 

Canada,  Coleman,  2. 

Canada,  Coleman  and  Willmott,  1. 
Canada,  Corkill,  1. 

Canada,  Daly,  1. 

Canada,  Dawson,  4,  5. 

Canada,  Dowling,  1,  6,  11. 

Canada,  Dresser,  9. 

Canada,  Ells  (R.  W.),  2,  7,  12,  20,  23. 
Canada,  Fletcher,  3,  6. 

Canada,  Gwillim,  1. 

Canada,  Ingall  and  Denis,  1. 

°  Includes  geologic  maps  of  the  whole 


Geologic  maps — Continued. 

Canada,  Leach  (W.  W.),  2. 

Canada,  Low,  2. 

Canada,  McConnell,  3,  5,  7. 

Canada,  Miller  (W.  G.),  4. 

Canada,  Poole,  10. 

Canada,  Tyrrell,  1,  3. 

Canada,  Willmott,  1. 

Canada,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  9. 
Colorado,  Cross  (W.),  7. 

Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe,  1,  3. 
Colorado,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 
Colorado,  Darton,  18. 

Colorado,  Fenneman,  5,  10. 

Colorado,  Hills,  1. 

Colorado,  Lee  (W.  T.),  2. 

Colorado,  Purington,  1,  3. 

Colorado,  Ransome,  1. 

Connecticut,  Hobbs,  2,  5. 

Connecticut,  Loughlin,  1. 

Connecticut,  Rice,  1. 

District  of  Columbia,  Darton  and  Keith, 
1.  - 

Georgia,  Eckel,  34. 

Georgia,  Hayes  <C.  W. ),  1. 

Georgia,  McCallie,  9. 

Georgia,  Watson  (T.  L.),  2,  8,  12. 
Greenland,  Boggild,  3. 

Greenland,  Nathorst,  1. 

Greenland,  Nordenskjold,  1. 

Guatemala,  Sapper,  3. 

Haiti,  Tippenhauer,  2. 

Idaho,  Bell  (R.  N.),  4. 

Idaho,  Lindgren,  21. 

Idaho,  I.indgren  and  Drake,  1,  2. 

Idaho,  Russell,  1. 

Illinois,  Bain,  14,  19. 

Illinois,  Eckel,  34. 

Illinois,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Illinois,  Leverett,  1. 

Illinois,  Rolfe,  1. 

Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Indiana,  Blatchley,  6. 

Indiana,  Eckel,  34. 

Indiana,  Foerste,  10. 

Indiana,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Indiana,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  10. 

Indiana,  Leverett,  4. 

Indiana,  Newsom,  3. 

Indiana,  Siebenthal,  2. 

Indiana,  Ulrich,  8. 

Indian  Territory,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 
Indian  Territory,  Adams,  Girty,  and 
White,  1. 

Indian  Territory,  Taff,  2-4,  6,  7-11,  13, 
17. 

Iowa,  E<ain,  14,  15. 

Iowa,  Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

Iowa,  Calvin,  1,  10-12,  14. 

Iowa,  Leonard,  3. 

Iowa,  Macbride.  1-4. 

Iowa,  Miller  (B.  L.),  1. 

Iowa,  Norton.  1. 

Iowa,  Savage,  2,  3,  7,  8. 

Iowa,  Udden  (Jon  A.),  1. 

Iowa,  Udden,  2,  3,  5,  8. 

Iowa,  Wilder,  3,  6. 
or  any  part  of  the  States  mentioned. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


545 


Geologic  maps— Continued. 

Iowa,  Williams  (I.  A.),  1. 

Kansas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Kansas,  Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 
Kansas,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane,  1. 
Kansas,  Bailey  (E.  H.  S.),  1. 

Kansas,  Beede  and  Sellards,  1. 

Kansas,  Darton,  18. 

Kansas,  Gould,  5. 

Kansas,  Prosser  and  Beede,  1. 

Kansas,  Smith  (A.  J.),  1,  4. 

Kentucky,  Bain,  19 
Kentucky,  Eckel,  34. 

Kentucky,  Foerste,  3,  10. 

Kentucky,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Kentucky,  Tight,  4. 

Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Lake  Superior  region,  Leith,  14. 
Louisiana,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Louisiana,  Hager,  1. 

Louisiana,  Harris,  2. 

Louisiana,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 
Louisiana,  Veatch,  1. 

Maine,  Smith  (G.  O.),  2. 

Maine,  Smith  and  White,  1. 

Maryland,  Clark  (W.  B.),  2,  3,  6,  8. 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Bibbins,  1. 
Maryland,  Clark  and  Martin,  1,  5. 
Maryland,  Clark,  Martin,  and  Rutledge, 
1. 

Maryland,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 
Maryland,  Eckel,  34. 

Maryland,  Leonard,  1. 

Maryland,  Mathews,  6. 

Maryland,  Mathews  and  Miller*  1. 
Maryland,  Ries,  5. 

Massachusetts,  Burr,  1. 

Massachusetts,  Clapp,  1. 

Massachusetts,  Crosby,  8. 
Massachusetts,  Goldthwait,  1. 
Massachusetts,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Massachusetts,  Sears,  1. 

Massachusetts,  Taylor  (F.  B.),  3. 
Massachusetts,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  1. 
Mexico,  Bose,  7. 

Mexico,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Mexico,  Ordonez,  1. 

Mexico,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  13. 

Michigan,  Bayley,  1. 

Michigan,  Eckel,  34.  * 

Michigan,  Grimsley,  7. 

Michigan,  Lane,  7,  11,  14,  15,  39. 
Michigan,  Leverett,  3,  4. 

Michigan,  Macco,  1. 

Michigan,  Russell,  6,  23. 

Michigan,  Van  Hise,  2,  14. 

Michigan,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Michigan,  Taylor  (F.  B.),  2. 

Minnesota,  Chamberlin  (R.  T.),  1. 
Minnesota,  Clements,  3. 

Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  3,  4. 
Minnesota,  Hall  and  Willard,  1. 
Minnesota,  Leith,  4. 

Minnesota,  Macco,  1. 

Minnesota,  Van  Hise,  2. 

Minnesota,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  2. 
Mississippi,  Eckel,  34. 

Bull.  301—06 - 35 


Geologic  maps — Continued. 

Mississippi,  Eckel  and  Crider,  1. 
Mississippi,  Logan,  2. 

Missouri,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 
Missouri,  Ball  and  Smith,  1. 

Missouri,  Buckley  and  Buehler,  1. 
Missouri,  Eckel,  34. 

Missouri,  Marbut,  1. 

Missouri,  Van  Horn,  1. 

Montana,  Douglass,  4. 

Montana,  Lindgren,  21. 

Montana,  Rowe,  2. 

Montana,  Willis,  6. 

Nebraska,  Adams  (G.  I.),  4. 

Nebraska,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Nebraska,  Burchard,  2. 

Nebraska,  Carmony,  1. 

Nebraska,  Darton,  10,  11,  18. 

Nebraska,  Gould,  5. 

Nevada,  Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Nevada,  Spurr,  6,  9,  29. 

New  Hampshire,  Hitchcock  (C.  H.), 

6,  10. 

New  Hampshire,  Pirsson  and  Washing¬ 
ton,  1. 

New  Jersey,  Kiimmel,  1. 

New  Jersey,  Ries,  12. 

New  Jersey,  Salisbury  and  others,  1. 
New  Mexico,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  2,  4. 
New  Mexico,  Keyes,  49. 

New  Mexico,  Reagan,  1. 

New  Mexico,  Yung  and  McCaffery,  1. 
New  York,  Bishop  (I.  P.),  1. 

New  York,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  19. 

New  York,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1-3. 
New  York,  Cleland,  2. 

New  York,  Cumings,  6. 

New  York,  Cushing,  2,  3,  9,  10. 

New  York,  Dale,  5. 

New  York,  Eckel,  5,  6,  34. 

New  York,  Fairchild,  2. 

New  York,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  2. 

New  York,  Glenn,  1. 

New  York,  Grabau,  1,  9. 

New  York,  Gratacap,  7. 

New  York,  Hartnagel,  1. 

New  York,  Kemp  and  Hill,  1. 

New  York,  Kindle,  4. 

New  York,  Luther,  2. 

New  York,  Merrill  (F.  J.  II.),  6. 

New  York,  Merrill  and  Magnus,  1. 

New  York,  Merrill  and  others,  1. 

New  York,  Rafter,  1. 

New  York,  Ries,  4. 

New  York,  Schneider,  8. 

New  York,  Smyth  (C.  II.),  1. 

New  York,  Van  Ingen  and  Clark,  1. 
New  York,  Woodworth,  2,  9,  10. 

North  Carolina,  Keith,  4,  9,  11,  12. 
North  Carolina,  Pratt,  10,  11. 

North  Carolina,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
North  Dakota,  Hall  and  Willard,  1. 
Ohio,  Bownocker,  1,  4. 

Ohio,  Eckel,  34. 

Ohio,  Foerste,  10. 

Ohio,  Fowke,  2. 

Ohio,  Griswold,  1. 


546 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Geologic  maps — Continued. 

Ohio,  Hyde,  1. 

Ohio,  Leverett,  4. 

Ohio,  Tight,  2,  4. 

Ohio,  Todd  (J.  H.),  1. 

Oklahoma,  Gould,  14, 

Oklahoma,  Taff,  13. 

Oregon,  Diller,  4,  11. 

Oregon,  Lindgren,  4. 

Oregon,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  1. 

Panama,  Hershey,  5. 

Pennsylvania,  Butts,  4,  G,  7. 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  It.),  8,  18. 
Pennsylvania,  Clapp,  4. 

Pennsylvania,  Eckel,  34. 

Pennsylvania,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1,  2. 
Pennsylvania,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Pennsylvania,  Leverett,  4. 

Pennsylvania,  Peck,  1. 

Pennsylvania,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 
Pennsylvania,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6-8. 
Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Philippine  Islands,  Burritt,  1. 

South  Dakota,  Bendrat,  1. 

South  Dakota,  Darton,  1,  14,  18,  26. 
South  Dakota,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 
South  Dakota,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 
South  Dakota,  Jaggar,  1,  5. 

South  Dakota,  Reagan,  5. 

South  Dakota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9-11,  15. 
South  Dakota,  Todd  and  Hall,  1,  3. 
Tennessee,  Eckel,  34. 

Tennessee,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 
Tennessee,  Keith,  4,  9,  11,  12. 

Tennessee,  Ulrich,  7. 

Texas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2,  11. 

Texas,  Dumble,  13. 

Texas,  Gidley,  4. 

Texas,  Hager,  1. 

Texas,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3,  5. 

Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Texas,  Taff,  4,  15. 

Texas,  Udden  (Johan  A.),  11. 

United  States,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  6,  7. 
United  States,  Maury,  1. 

United  States  (in  part),  White  (D.), 
14. 

United  States  (east  of  Mississippi  ! 

River),  Ries,  6. 

Utah,  Berkey,  8. 

Utah,  Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  2. 
Utah,  Keith,  13. 

Vermont,  Dale,  3. 

Vermont,  Daly,  7. 

Vermont,  Marsters,  3. 

Vermont,  Perkins,  6,  11. 

Virginia,  Eckel,  23. 

Virginia,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Virginia,  Woodworth,  3,  4. 

Washington,  Landes  and  Ruddy,  1. 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  3,  6-8,  13. 
Washington,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Washington,  Smith  and  Willis,  1. 
Washington.  Spurr,  3. 

Washington,  Willis,  11. 

West  Indies,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  5. 


Geologic  maps — Continued. 

West  Indies,  Tippenhauer,  1. 

West  Virginia,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2. 
West  Virginia,  Tight,  4. 

West  Virginia,  White  (I.  C.),  1,  8. 
Wisconsin,  Alden,  3,  4. 

Wisconsin,  Bain,  14. 

Wisconsin,  Berkey,  6. 

Wisconsin,  Buckley,  1. 

Wisconsin,  Chamberlin  (R.  T.),  1. 
Wisconsin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  1,  5. 
Wisconsin,  Kirchoflfer,  1. 

Wisconsin,  Macco,  1. 

Wisconsin,  Van  Hise,  2,  14. 

Wisconsin,  Weidman,  5. 

Wyoming,  Adams  (G.  I.),  4. 

Wyoming,  Darton,  1,  14,  18,  26. 
Wyoming,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 
Wyoming,  Kemp  and  Knight,  1. 
Wyoming,  Knight  (W.  C.),  3. 

Wyoming,  Knight  and  Slosson,  2. 
Wyoming,  Loomis,  2. 

Wyoming,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 
Wyoming,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Georgia. 

Aplite,  pegmatite,  and  tourmaline 
hunches  in  Stone  Mountain  granite. 
Watson  (T.  L.),  5. 

Bauxite  deposits  of  Georgia,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  12. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Coal  deposits  of  Georgia,  McCallie,  9. 
Copper  deposits  in  Georgia,  Weed,  26. 
Dahlonega  gold  district,  Eckel,  15. 
Dahlonega  mining  district,  Eckel,  21. 
Eocene  outcrops  in  central  Georgia, 
Harris,  5. 

Fuller’s  earth  deposits  of  Florida  and 
Georgia,  Vaughan,  18. 

Geologic  relations  of  the  iron  ores  in 
the  Cartersville  district,  Hayes  (C. 
W.),  1. 

Geology  of  the  Tallulah  gorge,  Jones 
(S.  P.),  1. 

Georgia  bauxite  deposits,  Watson  (T. 

L.),  2. 

Gold  and  pyrite  deposits  of  the  Dahlo¬ 
nega  district,  Eckel,  16. 

Gold  mining  in  McDuffie  County, 
Fluker,  1,  2. 

Granites  and  gneisses  of  Georgia,  Wat¬ 
son  (T.  L.),  8. 

Granitic  rocks  of  Georgia,  Watson  (T. 

L. ),  1. 

Hot  springs  of  the  southern  United 
States,  Weed,  39. 

Iron  ores  of  Cartersville  district,  Hayes 
and  Eckel,  1. 

Lafayette  and  Columbia  formations  and. 
their  botanical  features,  Harper  (R. 

M. ),  2. 

Manganese  ore  deposits  of  Georgia, 
Catlett,  2. 

Manganese  ore  deposits  of  Georgia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  9. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


547 


Georgia— Continued. 

Manganese  ores  of  the  Cartersville  dis¬ 
trict,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  11. 

Meteoreisen  yon  Forsyth  County, 
Cohen,  2. 

Mineral  resources  of  Georgia,  McCallie. 
2, 

Ocher  deposits  of  Bartow  County,  Wat¬ 
son  (T.  L.),  10. 

Ocher  deposits  in  Cartersville  district, 
Hayes  and  Eckel,  2. 

Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and  south¬ 
ern  United  States,  Maury,  1. 

Origin  of  the  phenocrysts  in  porphy- 
ritic  granites,  Watson  (T.  L.),  3. 

Roads  and  road-building  materials  of 
Georgia,  McCallie,  3. 

Rome  folio,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Sandstone  dikes  near  Columbus,  McCal¬ 
lie,  6. 

Seminole  copper  deposit,  Watson  (T. 
L.),  17. 

Shell  Bluff,  one  of  Lyell’s  original  lo¬ 
calities,  Vaughan,  4. 

Southern  Appalachian  coal  field,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  7. 

Trap  dikes  of  Georgia,  McCallie,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Georgia,  McCal¬ 
lie,  11. 

Uranophane  in  Georgia,  Watson  (T. 
L  ) ,  7. 

Vein  structure  at  the  Reynolds  mine, 
Collins  (G.  E.),  1. 

Water  resources  of  Georgia,,  McCallie, 
8. 

Weathering  of  granitic  rocks,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  4. 

Well  contamination  at  Quitman,  McCal¬ 
lie,  10. 

Glacial  Geology. 

Alaska. 

Alaska  glaciers  and  glaciation,  Gilbert, 
13.  n 

Glacial  phenomena  of  Seward  Penin¬ 
sula,  Brooks  and  Collier,  1. 

Glaciers  of  Alaska,  Davidson,  1. 

Appalachian  region. 

Buried  valley  of  Wyoming,  Corss,  1. 

Buried  valley  of  Wyoming,  Griffith,  1. 

Elkland-Tioga  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden, 
2, 

Extra-morainic  pebbles  in  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Woolsey,  2. 

Gaines  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 

Geological  excursion  in  Pittsburg  re¬ 
gion,  Grant  (U.  S.),  4. 

Glacial  gravels  of  the  Kittanning 
quadrangle,  Leverett,  10. 

Kansas  glaciation  and  its  effects  on  the 
river  system  of  northern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Williams  (E.  H.),  2. 

Kittanning  folio,  Butts,  4. 

Atlantic  coast  region. 

Geology  of  Long  Island,  Veatch,  5. 

Glacial  conditions  on  Long  Island,  Buf¬ 
fet,  1. 


Glacial  Geology — Continued. 

Atlantic  coast  region — Continued. 

Glacial  geology  of  New  Jersey,  Salis¬ 
bury  and  others,  1. 

Glacial  period  on  Long  Island,  Veatch, 
4. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and  others, 

1. 

Canada. 

Ancient  channels  of  Ottawa  River,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  5. 

Ancient  drainage  at  Niagara  Falls, 
Currie,  1. 

Duration  of  Toronto  interglacial  period, 
Coleman,  9. 

Economic  resources  of  Moose  River 
basin,  Bell  (J.  M.),  2. 

Effect  of  superficial  debris  on  the  ad¬ 
vance  and  retreat  of  some  Canadian 
glaciers,  Ogilvie,  2. 

Exploration  de  File  d’Anticosti,  Combes, 

1. 

Exploration  of  east  coast  of  Hudson 
Bay,  Low,  2. 

Geologische  Reiseskizzen  aus  Nord- 
amerika,  Felix,  1. 

Glacial  beds  near  Toronto,  Coleman,  1. 
Glacial  lakes  and  Pleistocene  changes 
in  St.  Lawrence  Valley,  Coleman,  22. 
Glaciation  in  Atlin  district,  Gwillim,  3. 
Glaciation  of  Mount  Orford,  Chalmers, 
9. 

Iroquois  beach  in  Ontario,  Coleman, 
16,  17. 

Macmillan  River,  Yukon  district,  Mc¬ 
Connell,  3. 

Marine  and  fresh  water  beaches,  Cole¬ 
man,  2. 

Notes  from  Burford  Township,  Yates 
(WO,  1. 

Observations  on  glaciers,  Vaux,  1. 
Physical  geology  of  central  Ontario, 
Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  2. 

Raised  shore  lines  of  St.  Lawrence  Val¬ 
ley  and  Great  Lakes,  Chalmers,  6. 
Toronto  and  Scarboro  drift  series,  Up- 
ham,  4. 

Trent  River  system,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 
9. 

Variations  periodiques  des  glaciers, 
Vaux  and  Vaux,  2. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Extinct  glaciers,  Stone  (G.  II.),  2. 
Glaciation  of  San  Francisco  Mountain, 
Atwood,  1. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Alabaster  area,  Gregory  (W.  M.),  3. 
Contributions  to  the  problem  of  Niag¬ 
ara,  Grabau,  3. 

Development  of  Wabash  drainage  sys¬ 
tem,  McBeth,  1. 

Drumlin  areas  in  Michigan,  Russell,  24. 
Drumlins  of  southeastern  Wisconsin, 
Alden,  4. 

Drumlins  of  the  Grand  Traverse  region, 

Leverett,  14. 


548 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Glacial  Geology — Continued. 

Great  Lakes  region — Continued. 

Emigrant  diamonds  in  America,  Hobbs, 

8. 

Eskers  and  esker  lakes  of  Indiana, 
Dryer,  1. 

Geological  history  of  the  Great  Lakes, 
Upham,  33. 

Geological  reconnaissance  along  north 
shore,  Russell,  23. 

Glacial  features  of  Lower  Michigan, 
Leverett,  6. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea¬ 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lev¬ 
erett,  4. 

Glacial  geology  of  Grand  Rapids  area, 
Leverett,  9. 

Glacial  geology  of  southern  peninsula 
of  Michigan,  Leverett,  8. 

Glacial  lake  Nicolet,  Upham,  17. 

Glacial  phenomena  in  Indiana  and 
Michigan,  Montgomery  (H.  T.),  1. 

Ice  work  in  southeastern  Michigan, 
Sherzer,  1. 

Mineralogy  of  Chicago  area,  Crook,  1. 

Physiographical  field  notes  in  the  town 
of  Wauwatosa,  Wis.,  Bruncken,  1. 

Physical  geography  of  New  York  State, 
Tarr,  2. 

Preglacial  erosion  in  the  course  of  the 
Niagara  gorge,  Upham,  2. 

Report  of  bowlder  committee,  Wright 
(G.  F.),  1,  2. 

So-called  alkali  spots  of  drift  sheets, 
Willcox,  2. 

Spy  Run  and  Poinsett  Lake  bottoms, 
Price  and  Shaaf,  1. 

Story  of  Niagara,  Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  2. 

Surface  geology  of  Alcona  County, 
Mich.,  Leverett,  3. 

Surface  geology  of  Lapeer  County, 
Mich.,  Taylor  (F.  B.),  2. 

Vermilion  iron-bearing  district  of  Min¬ 
nesota,  Clements,  3. 

Western  Indiana  bowlder  belts,  Mc- 
Beth,  1. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Alexandria  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  1. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  the 
James  River  Valley,  Todd  and  Hall,  [ 
2. 

Geology  of  Lincoln  County,  S.  Dak., 
Bendrat,  1. 

Mitchell  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  11. 

Olivet  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9. 

Parker  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  10. 

Region  between  the  Northern  Pacific 
Railroad  and  Missouri  River,  Wood 
(L.  H.),  1. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Aftonian  gravels,  Calvin,  15. 

Age  of  Lansing  skeleton,  Wright  (G.  I 
F.),  4. 

Age  of  St.  Croix  Dalles,  Upham,  31. 

Age  of  the  Kansan  drift  sheet,  Hershey, 
4. 


Glacial  Geology — Continued. 

Mississippi  Valley  region — Continued. 

Another  glacial  wonder,  Wright  (G. 
F.),  10. 

Antiquity  of  fossil  man  of  Lansing, 
Kans.,  Upham,  18. 

Bluffs  of  Missouri  River,  Owen,  1. 

Buried  peat  bed  in  Dodge  township, 
Savage,  5. 

Concrete  examples  from  topography  of 
Howard  County,  Calvin,  6. 

Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix,  Berkey,  1. 

Deposition  of  the  loess,  Owen,  5. 

'  Drift  exposure  in  Tama  County,  Iowa, 
Savage,  1. 

Evidences  ( ?)  of  water  deposition  of 
loess,  Shimek,  14. 

Fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Kans.,  Willis- 
ton,  18. 

Fresh-water  shells  in  the  loess,  Shimek, 
7. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Minnesota, 
Hall  (C.  W.),  6. 

Geologic  relations  of  the  human  relics 
of  Lansing,  Kans.,  Chamberlin  (T. 
C.),  5. 

Geology  of  Benton  County,  Savage,  7. 

Geology  of  Chickasaw  County,  Iowa, 
Calvin,  11. 

Geology  of  Clinton  County,  Udden  (Jon 
A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Emmet,  Palo  Alto,  and  Po¬ 
cahontas  counties,  Macbride,  4. 

Geology  of  Fayette  County,  Savage,  8. 

Geology  of  Howard  County,  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  10. 

Geology  of  Illinois,  Rolfe,  1. 

Geology  of  Jasper  County,  Iowa,  Wil¬ 
liams  (I.  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Kossuth,  Hancock,  and 
Winnebago  counties,  Macbride,  3. 

Geology  of  Mills  and  Fremont  counties, 
Udden,  8. 

Geology  of  Mitchell  County,  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  12. 

Geology  of  Prairie  Island,  Upham,  21. 

Geology  of  Tama  County,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  3. 

Glacial  bowlders  along  Osage  River,  in 
Missouri,  Buckley,  Ball,  and  Smith,  1. 

Glacial  drift  of  northern  Iowa,  Webster, 
4. 

Glacial  drift  in  the  Dakotas,  Montana, 
Idaho,  and  Washington,  Upham,  27. 

Glacial  features  of  the  St.  Croix  Dalles 
region,  Chamberlin  (R.  T.),  1. 

Glacial  lakes  of  Minnesota,  Winchell 
(N.  IL),  3. 

Interglacial  clays  of  Grantsburg, 
Berkey,  6. 

Iveewatin  and  Laurentide  sheets  in  Min¬ 
nesota,  Elftman,  2. 

Lansing  deposit  not  loess,  Shimek,  12. 

Lansing  skeleton,  Gwen,  2. 

Lansing  skeleton,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  12. 

Loess,  Broadhead,  6. 

Loess  and  the  Iowan  drift,  Shimek,  13. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


549 


Glacial  Geology— Continued. 

Mississippi  Valley  region — Continued. 

Loess  and  the  Lansing  man,  Shimek,  5. 

Loess  at  St.  Joseph,  Owen,  3. 

Loess  in  the  Missouri  Valley,  Wright 
(G.  F.),  9. 

Loess  of  southwestern  Iowa,  Willcox,  1. 

Man  in  the  Ice  Age  at  Lansing,  Kans., 

.  and  Little  Falls,  Minn.,  Upham,  8. 

Old  channels  of  the  Mississippi  in  Iowa, 
Leverett,  2. 

Particular  case  of  glacial  erosion,  Sar- 
deson,  14. 

Physiography  of  Iowa,  Calvin,  13. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  the  Concannon 
farm,  near  Lansing,  Ivans.,  Winchell 
(N.  H.),  14. 

Prohiscideran  fossils  of  Pleistocene  de¬ 
posits  in  Illinois  and  Iowa,  Udden, 
11. 

So-called  alkali  spots  of  drift-sheets, 
Willcox,  2. 

Toledo  lobe  of  Iowan  drift,  Savage,  4. 

Valley  loess  and  fossil  man  of  Lansing, 
Upham,  14. 

Was  man  in  America  in  the  Glacial 
period,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  16. 

New  England  and  New  York. 

Artesian  well  sections  at  Ithaca,  Tarr, 
5. 

Ancient  water  levels  of  Champlain  and 
Hudson  valleys,  Woodworth,  10. 

Clays  of  Connecticut,  Loughlin,  1. 

Delta-plain  at  Andover,  Mass.,  Mills 
(F.  S.),  2. 

Delta  plains  of  Nashua  Valley,  Crosby, 

8. 

Drainage  features  of  central  New  York, 
Tarr,  11. 

Drainage  features  of  southern  central 
New  York,  Tarr,  14. 

Drift  fossils,  Holliclc,  8. 

Esker  in  western  New  York,  Comstock 
(F.  M.),  1. 

Finger  Lake  region  of  western  New 
York,  Dryer,  4. 

Geological  history  of  Charles  River, 
Clapp,  1. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  Niagara 
Falls,  Grabau,  1. 

Geology  of  central  Cape  Cod,  Julien,  3. 

Geology  of  Charles  River  estuary, 
Crosby,  7. 

Geology  of  Fishers  Island,  Fuller,  29. 

Geology  of  Grand  Isle  County,  Perkins, 

11. 

Geology  of  Long  Island,  Veatch,  5. 

Geology  of  Paradox  Lake  quadrangle, 
Ogilvie,  6. 

Geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Little  Falls, 
Cushing,  9. 

Geology  of  Worcester,  Mass.,  Perry 
and  Emerson,  1. 

Glacial  and  post-Glacial  history  of  the 
Hudson  and  Champlain  valleys,  Peet, 

1. 


Glacial  Geology— Continued. 

New  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Glacial  conditions  on  Long  Island,  Buf¬ 
fet,  1. 

Glacial  erosion  in  Finger  Lake  region, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  19. 

Glacial  features  of  Syracuse,  Fairchild, 
13. 

Glacial  lakes  and  marine  submergence 
in  the  Hudson-Champlain  Valley, 
Upham.  32. 

Glacial  lakes,  Hudson-Champlain  and 
St.  Lawrence,  Upham,  19. 

Glacial  period  on  Long  Island,  Veatch, 
4. 

Glacial  phenomena  in  Adirondacks  and 
Champlain  Valley,  Ogilvie,  1. 

Glacial  pot  holes  in  Maine,  Manning,  1. 

Glacial  remains  near  Woodstock,  Con¬ 
necticut,  Eggleston,  1. 

Glacial  waters  from  Oneida  to  Little 
Falls,  Fairchild,  8. 

Glaciation  of  the  Berkshire  Hills,  Tay¬ 
lor  (F.  B.),  4. 

Glaciation  of  the  Green  Mountains, 
Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  7,  8. 

Gravel  deposits  in  Glacial  Lake  Charles, 
Clapp;  2. 

Hanging  valleys  in  the  Finger  Lake 
region  of  New  York,  Tarr,  6. 

Horseheads  outlet  of  the  Glacial  lakes 
of  central  New  York,  Fuller  (M.  L.), 
7. 

Ice  erosion  theory  a  fallacy,  Fairchild, 
11. 


Instance  of  action  of  ice  sheet  upon 
projecting  rock  masses,  Hobbs,  12. 

Instances  of  moderate  glacial  erosion, 
Tarr,  9. 

Inter-Glacial  gorge  problem,  Matson,  1. 

Medford  dike  area,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 
1. 

Moraines  and  eskers  in  the  White  Moun¬ 
tains,  Upham,  23. 

Moraines  of  Seneca  and  Cayuga  Lake 
valleys,  Tarr,  7,  10. 

New  problems  in  glaciology,  Fairchild, 
14. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Pleistocene  features  in  the  Syracuse 
region,  Fairchild,  12. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  Mooers  quad¬ 
rangle,  Woodworth,  9. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  western  New 
York,  Fairchild,  2. 

Pleistocene  history  of  Fishers  Island, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  40. 

Pre-Glacial  stream  flow  in  central  New 
York,  Carney,  2. 

Pre-Iroquois  channels  between  Syracuse 
and  Rome,  Fairchild,  4. 

Pre-Kansan  and  Iowan  deposits  of 
Long  Island,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  6. 

Recessional  ice  borders  in  Berkshire 
County,  Mass.,  Taylor  (F.  B.),  3. 


550 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Glacial  Geology— Continued. 

New  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Representatives  of  pre-Wisconsin  till, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  1. 

River  terraces  and  reversed  drainage, 
Mills  (F.  S.),  1. 

Sand  plains  of  Glacial  Lake  Sudbury, 
Goldtliwait,  1. 

Structure  and  composition  of  delta 
plains,  Crosby,  11. 

Water  supply  from  delta  type  of  sand 
plain,  Crosby,  13. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Changes  in  drainage  near  Lancaster, 
Hyde,  1. 

Ditney  folio,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Knox,  Lick¬ 
ing,  and  Coshocton  counties,  Clark 
•  (W.  Blair),  1. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Washington 
and  adjacent  counties,  Ohio,  Tight,  2. 

Extra-Glacial  abandoned  valleys  of 
Ohio  basin,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  1. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea¬ 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lever- 
ett,  4. 

Gold  and  diamonds  in  Indiana,  Blatch- 
ley,  5. 

History  of  Little  Miami  River,  Bow- 
nocker,  1. 

Inter-Glacial  valley  in  Illinois,  Hub- 
hard  (G.  D.),  1. 

Lake  Licking,  a  contribution  to  the 
buried  drainage  of  Ohio,  Tight,  1. 

Marl-loess  of  lower  Wabash  Valley, 
Fuller  and  Clapp,  1. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  conditions  in  vi¬ 
cinity  of  Cincinnati,  Fowke,  2. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  of  Ohio,  Fowke,  1. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  of  Wayne  and  ad¬ 
jacent  counties,  Ohio,  Todd  (J.  H.), 
1*. 

Report  of  bowlder  committee,  Wright 
(G.  F.),  1,  2. 

Topography  and  geography  of  Bean 
Blossom  Valley,  Monroe  County,  Ind., 
Marsters,  1. 

Topography  of  Athens  and  vicinity, 
Ohio,  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  3. 

Valley  of  lower  Tippecanoe  River, 
Breeze,  1. 

Wabash  River  terraces  in  Tippecanoe 
County,  Indiana,  McBeth,  3. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Geomorphogeny  of  Kern  basin,  Lawson 
(A.  C.),  10. 

Glacial  drift  in  the  Dakotas,  Montana, 
Idaho,  and  Washington,  Upham,  27. 

Glacial  drift  in  Washington,  Upham, 
28. 

Glacial  stages  in  Klamath  Mountains, 
Hershey.  16. 

Glacial  work  in  the  western  moun¬ 
tains,  Salisbury,  2, 

Glaciers  of  Mount  Hood  and  Mount 
Adams,  Reid  (H.  F.),  17. 


Glacial  Geology — Continued. 

Pacific  coast  region — Continued. 

Mounts  Hood  and  Adams  and  their 
glaciers,  Reid  (II.  F.),  6. 

Origin  of  transverse  mountain  valleys, 
Le  Conte,  1. 

River  terraces  and  Glacial  series  in 
California,  Hershey,  19. 

River  terraces  of  the  Orleans  basin, 
Hershey,  22. 

Variations  of  Sierra  glaciers,  Gilbert, 
18. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Alps  of  Montana,  Matthes,  2. 

Arapahoe  glacier  in  1902,  Fenneman,  3. 

Arapahoe  glacier  in  1903,  Henderson 
(J.),  2. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  15. 

Extinct  glaciers  of  Colorado,  Hender¬ 
son  (.7.),  4. 

Geological  reconnaissance  in  Montana 
and  Idaho,  Lindgren,  21. 

Glacial  drift  in  the  Dakotas,  Montana, 
Idaho,  and  Washington,  Upham,  27. 

Glacial  work  in  the  western  mountains, 
Salisbury,  2. 

Glaciation  in  Bighorn  Mountains,  Salis¬ 
bury  and  Blackwelder,  1. 

Glaciation  of  the  Sawatch  Range,  Da¬ 
vis  (W.  M.),  58. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  the  Sawatch 
Range,  near  Leadville,  Colo.,  Capps 
and  Leffingwell,  1. 

Twin  Lakes  glaciated  area,  Westgate,  1. 

General. 

Bog  plant  societies  of  North  America, 
Transeau,  1. 

Bowlders  due  to  rock  decay,  Upham,  24. 

Cause  of  Glacial  period,  True  (H.  L.), 

1. 

Cause  of  osars,  Colton,  1. 

Criteria  requisite  for  reference  of  relics 
to  a  Glacial  age,  Chamberlin  (T.  C.), 
8. 

Fjords  and  hanging  valleys,  Upham,  30. 

Glacial  climate,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  7. 

Glacial  epochs  in  Paleozoic  time, 
White  (D.),  22. 

Glacial  Lake  Jean  Nicolet,  Upham,  20. 

Glacial  man,  Wright  (G.  F. ),  5. 

Glacial  pothole  in  National  Museum, 
Merrill  (G.  P.),  10. 

Glacier  work,  Scott  (A.  C.),  1. 

Glacier  cornices,  Russell,  11. 

Glaciers,  Reid  (H.  F.),  7. 

How  long  ago  was  America  peopled? 
Upham,  16. 

Ice  ramparts,  Buckley,  2. 

Ice-retreat  in  Glacial  Lake  Neponset, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  8. 

Instances  of  moderate  glacial  erosion, 
Tarr,  9. 

Lake  Chelan  and  its  glacier,  Gannett,  3. 

Length  of  post-Glacial  time,  Manson,  2. 

Loess  and  its  distribution,  Leverett,  7. 

Mammals  and  reptiles,  Rutland,  1. 


EOR  THE  YEAES  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


551 


Glacial  Geology— Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Moraines  and  maximum  diurnal  tem¬ 
perature,  Todd  (J.  E.),  3. 

Muir  glacier,  Andrews,  1. 

New  evidence  of  epeirogenic  movements 
causing  and  ending  the  Ice  Age,  Up- 
ham,  6. 

Note  on  Helicina  occulta,  Shimek,  15. 

Origin  of  eskers,  Crosby,  3. 

Past  and  future  of  Niagara  Falls,  Up- 
ham,  22. 

Physical  conditions  in  America  during 
man’s  early  occupancy,  Wright  (G. 
F.),  13. 

Post-Glacial  origin  and  migration  of 
life  of  northeastern  United  States, 
Adams  (C.  C.),  2. 

Progression  des  glaciers,  leur  stratifi¬ 
cation  et  leurs  veines,  Reid  (H.  F.), 
1. 

Recent  progress  in  glaciology,  Salis¬ 
bury,  4. 

Statics  of  a  tidal  glacier,  Gilbert,  12. 

Summary  of  literature  of  North  Ameri¬ 
can  Pleistocene  geology,  Leverett,  5. 

Time  divisions  of  Ice  Age,  Upham,  5. 

Variation  of  glaciers  in  North  America, 
Reid  (H.  F.),  2,  3,  5,  6. 

Greenland. 

Bathymetrical  features  of  the  north 
Polar  seas,  Nansen,  2. 

Bidrag  till  nordostra  Gronlands  geo- 
logi,  Nathorst,  1. 

Cape  York  meteorites,  Hovey,  42. 

Eisenfiihrenden  Gesteinen  der  Insel 
Disko,  Nicolau,  1. 

G^ologie  du  Gronland,  Rabot,  1. 

Ilvaite  from  Siorarsuit  at  Julianehaab, 
Boggild,  1. 

Jurassic  fossils  from  east  Greenland, 
Madsen,  1. 

Jurassic  rocks  of  east  Greenland, 
Skeat,  1. 

Mineralogia  Groenlandica,  Boggild,  5. 

Mineralogisk  resa  i  Syd-Groenland, 
Flink,  1. 

Mineralogisk-petrografiske  undersoegel- 
ser  af  Groenlandske  nefelinsyeniter 
og  beslaegtede  bjsegarter,  Ussing,  1. 

Minerals  from  Julianehaab,  Boggild,  2. 

Minerals  from  Narsarsuk,  Flink,  2. 

Minerals  from  the  basalt  of  east  Green¬ 
land,  Boggild,  4. 

Minerals  from  the  nephelite-syenite  at 
Julianehaab,  Boggild  and  Winther,  1. 

Nordhavets  bund,  Kolderup,  2. 

Petrographie  Nord-Gronlands,  Below- 
sky,  1. 

Rocks  and  minerals  from  north  Green¬ 
land  and  Frobisher  Bay,  Emerson 
(B.  K.),  8. 

Rocks  from  east  coast  of  Greenland, 
Nordenskjold,  1. 

Rocks  of  Nugsuaks  Peninsula,  Phalen, 

1. 


Greenland — Continued. 

Samples  of  the  sea  floor  along  the  coast 
of  east  Greenland,  Boggild,  3. 
Structur  des  gronliindischen  Inland- 
eises,  Miigge,  1. 

Tertiary  fauna  at  Kap  Dalton,  Ravn,  1. 
Translationsfiihigkeit  des  Rises,  Miigge, 

9 

Guam. 

Earthquake  records  from  Guam,  Abbe, 

4. 

Guatemala. 

Alta  Verapaz,  Sapper;  3. 

Anfilisis  de  las  cenizas  del  volcfin  de 
Santa  Maria,  Villasenor,  1. 

Asche  des  Vulkans  Sta.  Maria,  Brauns, 

1,  2. 

Ausbruch  des  Vulkans  St.  Maria,  Sap¬ 
per,  5,  6. 

Cendres  d’un  volcan  pres  du  Santa 
Maria,  Ordonez,  5. 

Cenizas  del  volcan  de  Santa  Maria, 
Ordonez,  13. 

Earthquake  and  volcanic  eruption  in 
Guatemala,  Risen,  1. 

Erdbeben  in  Guatemala,  Sapper,  4. 
Jadeit  und  Chloromelanit  aus  Guate¬ 
mala,  Bauer,  1. 

Produkte  des  Ausbruchs  am  S'.  Maria, 
Bergeat,  3. 

Produkte  Vulkan  S.  Maria,  Bergeat,  2. 
Recent  earthquakes,  Rockstroh,  1. 
Volcanic  dust  from  Guatemala,  Diller, 
9. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  Guatemala,  Win- 
terton,  1. 

Vulkanische  Ereignisse  in  Mittel- 
amerika,  Sapper,  20,  21. 

Hawaiian  Islands. 

Agricultural  resources  of  Hawaii, 
Stubbs,  1. 

Brevity  of  tuff  cone  eruptions,  Bishop 
(S.  E.),  1. 

Characteristics  of  Kau,  Emerson  (J. 

5. ),  1. 

Eruption  of  Mauna  Loa,  Wood  (Ed¬ 
gar),  1. 

Fresh-water  springs  in  the  ocean, 
Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  11. 

Geology  of  Hawaiian  Islands,  Branner, 

6. 

Geology  of  Hawaiian  Islands,  Dali,  11. 
Geology  of  Molokai,  Lindgren,  18. 
Kilauea  again  active,  Hitchcock  (C. 
H.),  9. 

Mohokea  caldera  on  Hawaii,  Hitch¬ 
cock  (C.  II.),  3. 

Observations  on  Hawaiian  geology, 
Cross  (W.),  4. 

Structure  of  Diamond  Head,  Dali,  1. 
Trachyte  in  Hawaii,  Cross  (W.),  6. 
Tuff  cone  at  Diamond  Head,  Hitchcock 
(C.  II.),  1. 

Water  resources  of  Molokai,  Lindgren, 
13. 


552 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Honduras. 

Geological  notes  in  Honduras,  Baron, 

1. 

Hydrology. 

Appalachian  region. 

Hydrography  of  southern  Appalachian 
region,  Pressey,  1,  2. 

Underground  waters  of  Maryland,  Dar- 
ton  and  Fuller,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  3. 

Underground  waters  of  North  Caro¬ 
lina,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  24. 

Underground  waters  of  Georgia,  Mc- 
Callie,  11. 

Underground  waters  of  Pennsylvania, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  23. 

Underground  waters  of  South  Caro¬ 
lina,  Glenn,  10. 

Underground  waters  of  Virginia,  Bar¬ 
ton  and  Fuller,  3. 

•  Underground  waters  of  West  Virginia, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  26. 

Water  resources  of  Chambersburg  and 
Mercersburg  quadrangles,  Stose,  4. 

Water  resources  of  Cowee  and  Pisgah 
quadrangles,  North  Carolina,  Gale,  1. 

Water  resources  of  Elders  Ridge  quad¬ 
rangle,  Stone  (R.  W.),  3. 

Water  resources  of  Frosthurg  and 
Flintstone  quadrangles,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  10. 

Water  resources  of  Georgia,  McCallie, 

8. 

Water  resources  of  New  Jersey,  La 

Forge,  1. 

Water  resources  of  the  Accident  and 
Grantsville  quadrangles,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  9. 

Water  resources  of  the  Curwensville, 
Patton,  Ebensburg,  and  Barnesboro 
quadrangles,  Clapp,  3. 

Water  resources  of  the  Middlesboro- 

Harlan  region,  Ashley,  6. 

Water  resources  of  the  Nicholas  quad¬ 
rangle,  Ashley,  8. 

Water  resources  of  the  Pawpaw  and 
Hancock  quadrangles,  Stose  and 
Martin,  1. 

Water  resources  of  the  Philadelphia 

district,  Bascom,  2. 

Water  resources  of  the  Wayneshurg 

quadrangle,  Stone  (R.  W.),  4. 

Wells  at  White  Oak  Ridge,  Vermeule,  1. 

Atlantic  coast  region. 

Artesian  conditions  on  Long  Island, 
Veatch,  6. 

Artesian  wells,  Woolman,  3. 

Fresh-water  springs  in  the  ocean, 
Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  11. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and  oth¬ 
ers,  1. 

Results  of  resurvey  of  Long  Island, 
Fuller  and  Veatch,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Delaware,  Dar- 
ton,  22. 


Hydrology — Continued. 

Atlantic  coast  region — Continued. 

Underground  waters  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,  Darton  and  Fuller,  2. 

Underground  waters  of  Florida,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  25. 

Underground  waters  of  Georgia,  Mc¬ 
Callie,  11. 

Underground  waters  of  Maryland,  Dar¬ 
ton  and  Fuller,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 

Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  3. 

Underground  waters  of  North  Caro¬ 
lina,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  24. 

Underground  waters  of  South  Caro¬ 
lina,  Glenn,  10. 

Underground  waters  of  Virginia,  Dar¬ 
ton  and  Fuller,  3. 

Water  resources  of  Georgia,  McCallie, 

8. 

Water  resources  of  the  Philadelphia 
district,  Bascom,  2. 

Canada. 

Artesian  well  in  the  Klondike,  Tyrrell, 

2. 

Artesian  wells  of  Montreal,  Adams  (F. 
D.),  10. 

Artesian  wells  of  Montreal,  Adams  and 
Le  Roy,  1. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Geology  and  underground  water  con¬ 
ditions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Underground  waters  of  Gila  Valley, 
Lee  (W.  T.)s8. 

Underground  waters  of  Salt  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Lee  (W.  T.),  9. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Artesian  flows  from  unconfined  sandy 
strata,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  39. 

Failure  of  wells  in  Michigan,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  37. 

Ground-water  problem  in  southeastern 
Michigan,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  34. 

Natural  features  and  economic  devel¬ 
opment  of  drainage  areas  in  Ohio, 
Flynn  and  Flynn,  1. 

Soils  of  Wisconsin,  Weidman,  3. 

Sources  of  water  supply  in  Wisconsin, 
Kirchoffer,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Indiana,  Lev- 
erett,  12. 

Underground  waters  of  lower  Michi¬ 
gan,  Lane,  38. 

Underground  waters  of  Ohio,  Leverett, 
13. 

Water  resources  of  Michigan,  Cooper 
(W.  F.),  1. 

Water  supply  of  the  lower  peninsula 
of  Michigan,  Cooper  (W.  F.),  2. 

Watex-s  of  upper  peninsula  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Lane,  40. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O'Harra,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


553 


Hydrology— Continued. 

Great  Plains  region— Continued. 

Alexandria  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  1. 

Camp  Clarke  folio,  Darton,  10. 

Casselton-Fargo  folio,  Hall  and  Wil¬ 
lard,  1. 

De  Smet  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  3. 

Edgemont  folio,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Patrick 
and  Goshen  Hole  quadrangles,  Adams 
(G.  I.),  4. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  the 
James  River  Valley,  Todd  and  Hall, 
2. 

Huron  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  15. 

Jefferson  County,  Nebr.,  Carmony,  1. 

Lignite  of  North  Dakota,  Wilder,  8. 

Mitchell  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  11. 

Olivet  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9. 

Parker  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  10. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Report  on  mineral  waters,  Bailey  (E. 
H.  S.),  1. 

Scotts  Bluff  folio,  Darton,  11. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Water  resources  of  Devils  Lake  region, 
Babcock,  2.  . 

Gulf  region. 

Hot  springs  of  southern  United  States, 
Weed,  39. 

Pollution  of  deep  wells  in  Georgia, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),.  15. 

Subterranean  waters  of  Louisiana, 
Harris,  3. 

Underground  waters  of  Alabama,  Smith, 

6. 

Undei'ground  waters  of  Louisiana,  Har¬ 
ris,  6. 

Underground  waters  of  Louisiana  and 
Arkansas,  Veatch,  7,  8. 

Underground  waters  of  Mississippi, 
Johnson  (L.  C.),  1. 

Underground  waters  of  southern  Loui¬ 
siana,  Harris,  6,  8. 

Water  resources  of  Alabama,  Smith 
(E.  A.),  5. 

Water  resources  of  Florida,  Fuller  (M. 
L.),  13. 

Water  resources  of  Mississippi,  John¬ 
son  and  Eckel,  1. 

Water  supplies  from  wells  in  southern 
Louisiana,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  10. 

Well  contamination  at  Quitman,  Mc- 
Callie,  10. 

Hawaiian  Islands. 

Fresh-water  springs  in  the  ocean,  Hitch¬ 
cock  (C.  H.K  11. 

Geology  of  Hawaiian  Islands,  Branner, 

6. 

Lake  Superior  region. 

Sources  of  water  supply  in  Wisconsin, 
Kirchoffer,  1. 


Hydrology— Continued. 

Lake  Superior  region — Continued. 

Underground  waters  of  Wisconsin  dis¬ 
trict,  Schultz,  1. 

Water  resources  of  Minnesota,  Hall 
(C.  W.),  8. 

Mexico. 

Aguas  subterraneas  de  Amozoc,  Ordo¬ 
nez,  12. 

Fisiographia,  geologia,  e  hydrologia  de 
la  Paz,  Angermann,  1. 

Hidrologia  interna  de  Queretaro,  Villa- 
rello,  5. 

Hidrologia  subterranea  de  Queretaro, 
Villarello,  10. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Artesian  wells  in  Iowa,  Calvin,  9.  * 

Deep  wells  as  a  source  of  water  sup¬ 
ply  for  Minneapolis,  Winchell  (N. 
H.),  27. 

Geology  of  Oktibbeha  County,  Logan,  2. 

Geology  of  the  Hahatonka  district, 
Scherer,  1. 

Graydon  sandstone  and  its  mineral 
waters,  Babcock  and  Minor,  1. 

Hot  springs  of  southern  United  States, 
Weed,  39. 

Location  of  underground  waters,  Ful¬ 
ler  (M.  L.),  38. 

Report  on  mineral  waters,  Bailey  (E. 
H.  S.),  1. 

Soils  of  Wisconsin,  Weidman,  3. 

Sources  of  water  supply  in  Wisconsin, 
Kirchoffer,  1. 

Spring  system  of  the  Decaturville  dome, 
Shepard,  4. 

Springfield  water  supply,  Park  and  Ly¬ 
man,  1. 

Springs  of  the  Ozark  region,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  35. 

Underground  waters  of  Illinois,  Lev- 
erett,  11. 

Underground  waters  of  Iowa,  Norton,  3. 

Underground  waters  of  Minnesota,  Hall 
(C.  W.),  9. 

Underground  waters  of  Mississippi, 
Johnson  (L.  C.),  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Mississippi,  Lo¬ 
gan  and  Perkins,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Missouri,  Shep¬ 
ard,  5. 

Underground  waters  of  northern  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Purdue,  7. 

Underground  waters  of  Wisconsin  dis¬ 
trict,  Schultz,  1. 

Water  resources  in  northern  Arkansas, 
Purdue,  9. 

Water  resources  of  Arkansas,  Purdue, 
5. 

Water  resources  of  Kentucky,  Glenn,  5. 

Water  resources  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C. 
W.),  8. 

Water  resources  of  Missouri,  Shepard, 

2. 

Water  resources  of  Tennessee,  Glenn,  4. 

Water  resources  of  the  Joplin  district, 
Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  4. 


554 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Hydrology — Continued . 

Mississippi  Valley  region — Continued. 

Water  resources  of  the  Mineral  Point 
quadrangle,  Grant  (U.  S.),  11. 

Water  resources  of  the  Winslow  quad- 

.  rangle,  Purdue,  8. 

Water  supplies  at  Waterloo,  Norton,  4. 

Water  supplies  of  southeastern  Kansas, 
Bartow,  1. 

Water  supply  of  the  Ozark  region,  Ad¬ 
ams  (G.  I.),  17. 

Nei o  England  and  New  York. 

Artesian  flows  from  unconfined  sandy 
strata,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  39. 

Artesian  water  in  crystalline  rocks, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  20. 

Artesian  water  supply  at  Ithaca,  Whit¬ 
ney,  1. 

Artesian  well  sections  at  Ithaca,  Tarr, 
5. 

Hydrology  of  New  York,  Rafter,  1. 

Results  of  resurvey  of  Long  Island, 
Fuller  and  Veatch,  1. 

Triassic  rocks  of  the  Connecticut  Val¬ 
ley  as  a  source  of  water  supply, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  18. 

Underground  waters  of  Connecticut, 
Gregory  (H.  E.) ,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Maine,  Bayley, 
3. 

Underground  waters  of  Massachusetts 
and  Rhode  Island,  Crosby,  14. 

Underground  waters  of  New  Hamp¬ 
shire,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  22. 

Underground  waters  of  New  York, 
Weeks,  12. 

Underground  waters  of  Vermont,  Per¬ 
kins,  15. 

Water  powers  of  Maine,  Pressey,  3. 

Water  resources  of  Connecticut,  Greg¬ 
ory-  (H.  E.),  2. 

Water  resources  of  Fort  Ticonderoga 
quadrangle,  Dale,  7. 

Water  resources  of  Maine,  Bayley,  2. 

Water  resources  of  Massachusetts, 
Crosby  and  La  Forge,  1. 

Water  resources  of  New  Hampshire, 
Boutwell,  7. 

Water  resources  of  New  York,  Weeks, 

11. 

Water  resources  of  Rhode  Island, 
Crosby,  9. 

Water  resources  of  Taconic  quadrangle, 
Taylor  (F.  B.),  5. 

Water  resources  of  the  Catatonk  area, 
Kindle,  8. 

Water  resources  of  the  Portsmoutli- 
York  region,  Smith  (G.  O.),  18. 

Water  resources  of  Vermont,  Perkins, 
8,  14. 

Water  resources  of  Watkins  Glen  quad 
rangle,  Tarr,  8. 

Water  supply  from  Glacial  gravels  near 
Augusta,  Smith  (G.  O.),  19. 

Waters  of  a  gravel-filled  valley  near 
Tully,  Hollister,  3. 


Hydrology — Continued. 

New  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Wells  of  Triassic  area  of  Connecticut 
Valley,  Pynchon,  11. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Geology  of  Lower  Carboniferous  area 
of  southern  Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Medicinal  properties  and  uses  of  In¬ 
diana  mineral  waters,  Hessler,  1. 

Mineral  waters  of  Indiana,  Blatchley, 
3. 

Natural  features  and  economic  develop¬ 
ment  of  drainage  areas  in  Ohio, 
Flynn  and  Flynn,  1. 

Ohio  natural  gas  fields,  Bownocker,  4. 

Underground  waters  of  Indiana,  Lever- 
ett,  12. 

Underground  waters  of  Ohio,  Leverett, 
13. 

Underground  waters  of  Tennessee  and 
Kentucky,  Glenn,  11. 

Underground  waters  of  West  Virginia, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  26. 

Water  resources  of  Kentucky,  Glenn,  5. 

Water  resources  of  Tennessee,  Glenn,  4. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Ellensburg  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Geology  and  water  I’esources  of  central 
Oregon,  Russell,  21. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  east 
central  Washington,  Calkins,  3. 

Underground  waters  of  Washington, 
Landes,  4. 

Water  resources  of  Washington,  Ruddy, 

1. 

Water  storage  in  Truckee  Basin,  Tay¬ 
lor  (L.  H.),  1. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O'Harra,  1. 

Artesian  basins  in  Idaho  and  Oregon, 
Russell,  9. 

Doughty  springs,  a  group  of  radium¬ 
bearing  springs,  Headden,  3. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Snake 
River  Plains,  Russell,  5. 

Geology  of  Idaho  and  Oregon,  Russell, 

8. 

Geology  of  hot  springs  of  Colorado, 
Lakes,  103. 

Hot  and  mineral  springs  of  Routt 
County,  Colo.,  Lakes,  97. 

Hydrographic  history  of  South  Dakota, 
Todd  (.T.  E.) ,'4. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Water  resources  of  State  of  Colorado, 
Fellows,  1. 

So u tli i r estern  reg ion. 

Geological  sketch  of  Hot  Springs  dis¬ 
trict,  Weed,  13. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14* 

Geology  of  Fort  Apache  region,  Reagan, 
3. 

Report  of  superintendent  of  Hot 
Springs  Reservation,  Eisele, .  1. 

Silicic  acid  in  waters  of  mountain 
streams,  Headden,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


555 


Hydrology — Continued. 

Southicestern  region — Continued. 

Underground  waters  of  Arizona,  Skin¬ 
ner,  1. 

Wes#  Indies. 

Hydrology  of  Cuba,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  19. 

General. 

Accuracy  of  stream  measurements,  Mur¬ 
phy,  1. 

Analysis  of  waters  from  Hot  Springs, 
Haywood,  1. 

Bibliographic  ‘review  and  index  of 
papers  relating  to  underground 
waters  published  by  the  U.  S.  Geo¬ 
logical  Survey  1879-1904,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  27. 

Classification  of  mineral  waters,  Peale, 

1. 

Construction  of  so-called  fountain  and 
geyser  springs,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  33. 

Contributions  to  hydrology  of  eastern 
United  States,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  11. 

Debris  fans  of  the  arid  region,  Hilgard, 

3. 

Drainage  of  ponds  into  drilled  wells, 
Horton,  1. 

High  plains  and  their  utilization,  John¬ 
son  (W.  D.),  2. 

Hydrographic  work  of  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey,  Hollister,  2. 

Hydrologic  work  in  the  eastern  United 
States,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  30,  31. 

Hydrology  of  eastern  United  States, 
1904,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  17. 

Motions  of  underground  waters,  Slich- 
ter,  1. 

Occurrence  of  underground  waters,  Ful¬ 
ler  (M.  L.),  21. 

Organization  of  the  Division  of  Hy¬ 
drology,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  11. 

Preliminary  list  of  deep  borings  in 
United  States,  Darton,  5,  6. 

Rate  of  movement  of  underground  wa¬ 
ters,  Slichter,  2. 

Record  of  deep  well  drilling  for  1904, 
Fuller,  Lines,  and  Veatch,  1. 

Record  of  deep  well  drilling  for  1904, 
Veatch,  9. 

Two  unusual  types  of  artesian  flow, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  32. 

Underground  waters  of  eastern  United 
States,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  20. 

Water  resources  of  eastern  and  cen¬ 
tral  States,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  12. 

Well  records,  Lines,  1. 

Idaho. 

Artesian  basins  in  Idaho  and  Oregon, 
Russell,  9. 

Bellevue  mining  district,  Lakes,  45. 

Border  line  between  the  Paleozoic  and 
Mesozoic,  Smith  (J.  P.),  1. 

Butte  copper  veins,  Winchell  (H.  V.), 

4. 

Cestraciont  spine  from  Triassic  of 
Idaho,  Evans  (H.  M.),  1. 

Coeur  d’Alene  district,  Ransome,  16. 

Complicated  fault  system,  Bacorn,  1. 


Idaho — Continued . 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  44. 

Facts  about  Thunder  Mountain,  Bell 

(R.),  5. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Bitterroot  Range  and  Clearwater, 
Mountains,  Lindgren,  21. 

Geological  situation  in  the  lava  flow, 
with  reference  to  the  vegetation, 
Clearman,  1. 

Geology  and  mineral  resources,  Bel! 
(R.  N.),  5. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Nez 
Perces  County,  Part  I,  Russell,  1. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Nez 
Perces  County,  Part  II,  Russell,  2. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Snake 
River  Plains,  Russell,  5. 

Geology  of  Idaho  and  Oregon,  Russell, 

8. 

Geology  of  Snake  River  Plains,  Rus¬ 
sell,  7. 

Geology  of  Thunder  Mountain  and 
central  Idaho,  Bell  (R.),  4. 

Glacial  drift  in  the  Dakotas,  Montana. 
Idaho,  and  Washington,  Upham,  37. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Idaho  mining  districts,  Lakes,  18. 

Marine  Trias  of  western  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

Mining  and  milling  in  the  Coeur 
d'Alene,  Finlay  (J.  R.),  2. 

Mining  industry  of  the  Coeur  d’Alenes, 
Finlay  (J.  R.),  1,  3. 

Mining  industry  of  Idaho,  Bell  (R.  N.), 
3. 

Nampa  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Coeur  d’Alene  district, 
Ransome,'  17. 

Origin  of  fine  gold  of  Snake  River,  Bell 
(R.),  3. 

Outline  of  Idaho  geology  and  prin¬ 
cipal  ore  deposits  of  Lemhi  and  Cus¬ 
ter  counties,  Idaho,  Bell  (R.),  1. 

Pseudomorphs  and  crystal  cavities, 
Rowe,  4. 

Silver  City  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake, 

2. 

Thunder  Mountain  and  Mackay,  Idaho, 
Bell  (R.),  2. 

Thunder  Mountain,  L’Hame,  1. 

Thunder  Mountain  district,  L’Hame,  2. 

Illinois. 

Carboniferous  ferns  from  Mazon  Creek, 
Sellards,  3. 

Carboniferous  fishes  from  central  West¬ 
ern  States,  Eastman,  10. 

Carboniferous  fish  fauna  of  Mazon 
Creek,  Eastman,  4. 

Carboniferous  terrestrial  arthropod 
fauna  of  Illinois,  Melander,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Chicago  folio,  Alden,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 


556 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Illinois — Continued. 

Coal  field  of  Indiana  and  Illinois,  Ful¬ 
ler  and  Ashley,  2. 

Eastern  interior  coal  field,  Ashley,  1. 

Examination  of  soils  from  Illinois, 
Whitney  (M.),  1. 

Fluorspar  and  zinc  mines  of  Kentucky, 
Harwood,  1. 

Fluorspar  deposits  of  Kentucky-Illinois 
district,  Bain,  12. 

Fluorspar  deposits  of  southern  Illinois, 
Bain,  6,  19. 

Geological  section  across  northern  Illi¬ 
nois,  Udden  (Johan  A.),  1. 

Geological  section  in  southern  Illinois, 
Nickles,  2. 

Geological  section,  St.  Louis  to  Shaw- 
neetown,  Nickles,  1. 

Geology  of  Illinois,  Rolfe,  1. 

Inter-Glacial  valley  in  Illinois,  Hubbard 
(G.  D.),  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Illinois,  Bain, 

11. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Ilise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Mineralogy  of  Chicago  area,  Crook,  1. 

New  forms  of  Carboniferous  fish  re¬ 
mains,  Eastman,  9. 

Patoka  folio,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Permische  Stegocephalen  und  Reptilien 
aus  Texas,  Broili,  2. 

Plankton  of  the  Illinois  River,  Ivofoid, 

1. 

So-called  alkali  spots  of  drift-sheets, 
Will  cox,  2. 

Soils  of  Illinois,  Leverett,  1. 

Stone  industry  in  vicinity  of  Chicago, 
Alden,  2. 

Underground  waters  of  Illinois,  Lever¬ 
ett,  n. 

Validity  of  Idiophyllum  rotundifolium, 
Sellards,  4. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  northwestern 
Illinois,  Bain,  14. 

Indiana. 

Abandoned  meanders  of  Spy  Run  Creek, 
Price  and  Shaaf,  2. 

Asphalt,  oil,  and  gas  in  southwestern 
Indiana,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  5. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Cincinnati  geanticline,  Foerste,  10. 

Classification  of  the  Ordovician  rocks 
of  Ohio  and  Indiana,  Foerste,  12. 

Clays  of  Indiana,  Blatchley,  8. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Coal  field  of  Indiana  and  Illinois,  Ful¬ 
ler  and  Ashley,  2. 

Contents  of  reports  of  Indiana  geologi¬ 
cal  survey,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  12. 

Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology, 
Greene,  1-15. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  35. 


Indiana — Continued . 

Development  of  Wabash  drainage  sys¬ 
tem,  McBeth,  1. 

Developmental  stages  of  Orthothetes 
minutus,  Cumings,  5. 

Devonian  fossils  and  stratigraphy  of 
Indiana,  Keyes,  1. 

Ditney  folio,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Drainage  of  southern  Indiana,  Newsom, 

1. 

Eastern  interior  coal  field,  Ashley,  1. 

Eskers  and  esker  -lakes  in  Indiana, 
Dryer,  1. 

Estimation  of  the  silica  in  the  Bedford 
limestone,  Knight  (N.),  7. 

Evidence  of  local  subsidence,  Campbell 
(J.  T.),  1. 

Fluorspar  mines  of  Kentucky  and  Illi¬ 
nois,  Burk,  1. 

Fossil  land  shells  of  old  forest  bed, 
Billups,  1. 

Geological  map  of  Indiana,  Hopkins  (T. 
C.),  10. 

Geology  of  Cincinnati,  Nickles,  3. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea¬ 
tures  of  Erie  and  Obio  basins,  Lever¬ 
ett,  4. 

Glacial  phenomena  in  Indiana  and 
Michigan,  Montgomery  (H.  T. ),  1. 

Gold  and  diamonds  in  Indiana,  Blatch¬ 
ley,  5. 

Grottes  des  Etats-unis,  Le  Couppey  de 
la  Forest,  1. 

Hyoid  bone  in  Mastodon  americanus, 
Holland,  3. 

Index  to  publications  of  Indiana  geo¬ 
logical  survey,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  13. 

Indiana  paleontology,  Greene,  1-15. 

Lakes  of  Indiana  and  their  marl  de¬ 
posits,  Blatchley  and  Ashley,  1. 

Lime  industry  in  Indiana,  Blatchley,  7. 

Lower  Carboniferous  area  in  Indiana, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  6,  8. 

Lower  Carboniferous  area  of  southern 
Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Marl-loess  of  lower  Wabash  Valley,  Ful¬ 
ler  and  Clapp,  1. 

Medicinal  properties  and  uses  of  In¬ 
diana  mineral  waters,  Hessley,  1. 

Mineral  waters  of  Indiana,  Blatchley,  3. 

Natural  gas  explosion  near  Waldron, 
Newsom,  2. 

New  crinoid  from  the  Hamilton,  Wood 
(Elvira),  2. 

New  species  of  algae,  White  (D.).  1. 

Niagara  group  unconformities,  Elrod 
(M.  N.),  1. 

Niagara  domes  of  northern  Indiana, 
Kindle,  3. 

Niagara  limestones  of  Hamilton  County, 
Kindle,  2. 

Observations  in  Indiana  caves,  Farring¬ 
ton,  5. 

Oolitic  stone  for  Portland  cement, 
Blatchley,  1. 

Oolitic  limestone  industry,  Siebenthal, 
3. 


557 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Indiana— Continued . 

Ordovician  and  Silurian  rocks  of  In¬ 
diana,  Foerste,  11. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  southern  Indiana, 
Cumings,  4. 

Orthothetes  minutus  n.  sp.  from  the 
Salem  limestone,  Cumings,  2. 

Paleontology  of  Bartholomew  County, 
Ind.,  mammalian  fossils,  Edwards 
(J.  J.),  1. 

Paleontology  of  the  Niagara  of  north¬ 
ern  Indiana,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 

Patoka  folio,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Petroleum  industry  in  Indiana,  Blatch- 
ley,  2,  4,  6. 

Physiographic  and  ecological  study  of 
the  Lake  Eagle  region,  Mills  (W. 
M.),  1. 

Report  of  natural-gas  supervisor,  Kin¬ 
ney,  1.  2. 

Report  of  natural-gas  supervisor,  Leach 
(J.  C.),  1,  2. 

Reproduction  of  lost  parts  in  a  fossil 
crinoid,  Whitfield,  9. 

Richmond  group  and  its  subdivisions, 
Nickles,  5. 

Richmond  group  of  Cincinnati  anti¬ 
cline,  Foerste,  8. 

Ripple  marks  in  Hudson  limestone  of 
Jefferson  County,  Culbertson,  1. 

Ripple  marks  in  Hudson  River  lime¬ 
stone,  Moore  and  Hole,  1. 

River  beds  and  bluffs,  Heiney,  1. 

Section  across  southern  Indiana,  New¬ 
som,  3. 

Semi-fossil  shells  of  Posey  County, 
Ind.,  Daniels,  1. 

Silver  Creek  hydraulic  limestone,  Sie- 
benthal,  2. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of 
western  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

So-called  alkali  spots  of  drift-sheets, 
Willcox,  2. 

Sponges  from  the  Hamilton  group  of 
Indiana,  Whitfield,  12. 

Spy  Run  and  Poinsett  Lake  bottoms, 
Price  and  Shaaf,  1. 

Subdivisions  of  the  Ordovician  of  In¬ 
diana,  Foerste,  9. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the 
Niagara  of  northern  Indiana,  Kin¬ 
dle,  6. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the 
Niagara  of  northern  Indiana,  Schu- 
ehert,  10. 

Topographic  features  in  lower  Tippe¬ 
canoe  Valley,  Breeze,  2. 

Topography  and  geography  of  Bean 
Blossom  Valley,  Monroe  County, 
Marsters,  1. 

Topography  and  geology  of  Indiana, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.).  11. 

Underground  waters  of  Indiana,  Lev- 
erett,  12. 

Upper  Ordovician  at  Vevay,  Cumings,  3. 

Valley  of  lower  Tippecanoe  River, 
Breeze,  1. 


Indiana — Continued . 

Wabash  River  terraces  in  Tippecanoe 
County,  McBeth,  3. 

Western  Indiana  bowlder  belts,  Mc¬ 
Beth,  2. 

Indian  Territory. 

Arkansas-Indian  Territory  coal  field, 
Bache,  1. 

Asphalt  lands  of  Indian  Territory,  Taff, 

12. 

Asphalt  refining,  Crane,  3. 

Atoka  folio,  Taff,  3. 

Coal  lands  of  Indian  Territory,  Taff, 
7-11. 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  Kansas  section, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Arkansas  and  Indian  Ter¬ 
ritory,  Scholz,  2. 

Coal  mining  in  Indian  Territory,  Crane, 

5. 

Coal  work  in  Indian  Territory,  Taff,  16. 

Colgate  folio,  Taff,  2. 

Erratic  bowlders  in  Carboniferous 
shale,  Taff,  18. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita 
mountains,  Taff,  13. 

Geology  of  Muscogee  oil  fields,  Taff  and 
Shaler,  1. 

Geology  of  Seminole  Creek,  Cherokee 
and  Osage  nations,  Gooild,  2. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coast,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Ouachita  and  Arbuckle  Mountain  sec¬ 
tions,  Taff,  1. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  Indian 
Territory,  Taff,  14. 

Southwestern  coal  field,  Taff,  4. 

Stratigraphic  relations  of  Red  Beds, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  11. 

Tahlequah  folio,  Taff,  17. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

Iowa. 

Accretion  of  flood  plains  by  sand  bars, 
Simpson,  1. 

Aftonian  gravels,  Calvin,  15. 

Analyses  of  Iowa  building  stones, 
Knight  (N. ),  2. 

Analysis  of  dolomite  rock,  Knight  (N. ), 

6. 

Analysis  of  Mount  Vernon  loess,  Knight 
(N.),  3. 

Artesian  wells  in  Iowa,  Calvin,  9. 
Buried  peat  bed  in  Dodge  Township, 
Savage,  5. 

Carboniferous  formations  of  Humboldt, 
Sardeson,  11. 

Cement  and  cement  materials  of  Iowa, 
Eckel  and  Bain,  1. 

Concrete  examples  from  the  topography 
of  Howard  County,  Calvin,  6. 
Depositional  equivalent  of  hiatus  at 
base  of  our  Coal  Measures,  Keyes,  18. 
Devonian  fish  fauna  of  Iowa,  Eastman, 
11. 

Devonian  hiatus  in  continental  interior, 
Keyes,  28. 


558 


INDEX  TO  NOETH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Iowa — Continued. 

Dolomites  of  eastern  Iowa,  Knight 
(N.),  5. 

Drift  exposure  in  Tama  County,  Sav¬ 
age,  1. 

Fossils  from  the  Ilackberry  group  of 
Iowa,  Webster,  2. 

Foraminiferal  ooze  in  Coal  Measures, 
Udden,  9. 

Gastropod  from  the  Hackberry  group  of 
Iowa,  Webster,  1. 

Geological  age  of  certain  gypsum  de¬ 
posits,  Keyes,  24. 

Geological  formations  of  Iowa,  Calvin, 
4. 

Geology  and  geological  resources  of 
Iowa,  Calvin,  3,  7. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  of  Benton  County,  Savage,  7. 

Geology  of  Cedar  County,  Norton,  1. 

Geology  of  Cherokee  and  Buena  Vista 
co.unties,  Macbride,  2. 

Geology  of  Chickasaw  County,  Calvin, 

11. 

Geology  of  Clay  and  O’Brien  counties, 
Macbride,  1. 

Geology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Williams,  2. 

Geology  of  Clinton  County,  Udden  (Jon 
A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Emmet,  Palo  Alto,  and  Po¬ 
cahontas  counties,  Macbride,  4. 

Geology  of  Fayette  County,  Savage,  8. 

Geology  of  Henry  County,  Savage,  2. 

Geology  of  Howard  County,  Calvin,  10. 

Geology  of  Jasper  County,  Williams 
(I.  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Jefferson  County,  Udden,  5. 

Geology  of  Kossuth,  Hancock,  and  Win¬ 
nebago  counties,  Macbride,  3. 

Geology  of  Louisa  County,  Udden,  2. 

Geology  of  Marion  County,  Miller  (B. 
L.),  1. 

Geology  of  Mills  and  Fremont  counties, 
Udden,  8. 

Geology  of  Mitchell  County,  Calvin,  12. 

Geology  of  Monroe  County,  Beyer  and 
Young,  1. 

Geology  of  Page  County,  Calvin,  1. 

Geology  of  Pottawattamie  County,  Ud¬ 
den,  3. 

Geology  of  Tama  County,  Savage,  3. 

Geology  of  Wapello  County,  Leonard,  3. 

Geology  of  Webster  County,  Wilder,  3. 

Glacial  drift  of  northern  Iowa,  Webster, 
4. 

Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  Demu- 
ret,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Iowa,  Wilder,  G. 

Gypsum  of  central  Jowa,  Wilder,  4. 

Iowa’s  iron  mine,  Beyer,  2. 

Ivinderhook  faunal  studies,  Weller,  2. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Location  of  underground  waters,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  38. 


Iowa — Continued. 

Loess  of  Iowa  City,  Shimek,  2. 

Loess  of  southwestern  Iowa,  Willcox,  1. 

Mineral  production  of  Iowa,  Beyer,  1, 
3,  4. 

Names  of  coals  west  of  Mississippi 

River,  Keyes,  19. 

New  genus  and  species  of  Lower  Car¬ 
boniferous  bryozoan,  Whitfield,  8. 

Nileus  vigilans  from  Elgin,  Finch  (G. 
E.),  2. 

Occurrence  of  gold  and  other  mineral 
products  in  Iowa,  Calvin,  2. 

Old  channels  of  the  Mississippi  in  Iowa, 
Leverett,  2. 

Paleontology  of  the  Iowa  Devonian. 

Webster,  3. 

Physiography  of  Iowa,  Calvin,  13. 

Pleuroptyx  in  Iowa  Coal  Measures,  Ud¬ 
den,  7. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  Iowa, 
Bain,  15. 

Report  of  assistant  State  geologist, 

Leonard,  2. 

Report  of  assistant  State  geologist, 

Savage,  6. 

Report  of  State  geologist,  Calvin,  14. 

Report  of  State  geologist,  Wilder,  9. 

Iihizopods  in  Pella  beds,  Udden,  G. 

Smoking  bluffs  of  the  Missouri  River 
region,  Towers,  1. 

So-called  alkali  spots  of  drift-sheets, 
Willcox,  2. 

Southwestern  Iowa  coal  fields,  Keyes, 

22. 

Technology*  of  «lays,  Beyer  and  Wil¬ 
liams,  1. 

Tenth  annual  report  of  State  geologist, 
Calvin,  5. 

Terrace  formation  in  Turkey  River 
Valley,  Finch  (G.  E.),  1. 

Tests  of  lithographic  limestone  of 
Mitchell  County.  Iloen,  1. 

Toledo  lobe  of  Iowan  drift,  Savage,  4. 

Underground  waters  of  Iowa,  Norton, 
3. 

Water  supplies  at  Waterloo,  Norton,  4. 

Western  interior  coal  fields,  Bain,  3. 

Jurassic. 

Alaska. 

Fossils  and  age  of  Yakutat  formation, 
Ulrich,  4. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Mesozoic  section  on  Cook  Inlet,  Stanton 
and  Martin,  1. 

Petroleum  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Mar¬ 
tin  (G.  C.),  11. 

Stratigraphy  and  igneous  rocks  of 
Alaska,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  G. 

Atlantic  coast  region. 

Former  extent  of  Newark  system, 
Hobbs,  9. 

Geology  of  Coastal  Tlain  formations, 
Shattuck,  5. 

Lodel  Creek  and  Skippack  Creek,  Ly¬ 
man,  2. 


559 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Jurassic— Continued . 

Atlantic  coast  region — Continued. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and 
others,  1. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Basin  range  structure  of  the  Humboldt 
region,  Louderback,  4. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spun*,  6. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda  County, 
Nev.,  Turner,  5. 

Hurricane  fault  in  southwestern  Utah, 
Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  1. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Atlantosaur  and  Titanotherium  beds  of 
Wyoming,  Peck,  4. 

Correlation  of  the  formations  of  the 
Middle  West,  Hatcher,  21.  „ 

Edgemont  folio,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Geologische  Streifziige  durch  die  Prii- 
rien  und  Felsengebirge  Nordamerikas, 
Fraas,  2. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Hallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlanto- 
saurus  beds  of  Marsh,  Williston,  25. 

Hartville  folio,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Jurassic  dinosaurs,  Gratacap,  5. 

Morrison  formation,  Stanton,  8. 

Newcastle  folio,  Darton,  14  . 

Oelrichs  folio,  Darton,  8. 

Osteology  of  Haplocanthosaurus, 
Hatcher,  14. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Triassic  and  Jurassic  strata  of  the 
Black  Hills,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  13. 

Greenland. 

Bidrag  till  nordostra  Gronlands  geologi, 
Nathorst,  1. 

Jurassic  rocks  of  east  Greenland, 
Skeat,  1. 

New  England  and  New  York. 

Newark  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Val¬ 
ley,  Hobbs,  2. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Bragdon  formation  in  California, 
Hershey,  21. 

Geological  section  of  the  coast  ranges. 
Osmont,  1. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 

Marine  sediments  of  eastern  Oregon, 
Washburne,  1. 

San  Luis  folio,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment 
district,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Dinosaur  beds  of  Grand  River  Valley 
of  Colorado,  Riggs  and  Farrington,  1 . 

Dinosaur  beds  of  the  Grand  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Riggs,  1. 

Forelimb  and  manus  of  Brontosaurus, 
Hatcher,  8. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 


J  urassic— Continued. 

Rocky  Mountain  region — Continued. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Boulder  district,  *Fenne- 
man,  10. 

Geology  of  the  Hellgate  and  Big  Black- 
foot  valleys,  Winchell  (N.  II.),  25. 

Geology  of  the  Rico  quadrangle,  Cross 
(W.),  7. 

Hallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlanto- 
saurus  beds  of  Marsh,  Williston,  25. 

Jurassic  dinosaur  deposits  near  Canyon 
City,  Hatcher,  6. 

Jurassic  stratigraphy  in  Wyoming, 
Loomis,  2. 

Jurassic  stratigraphy  on  west  side  of 
Black  Hills,  Loomis,  3. 

La  Plata  folio,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Morrison  formation,  Lee  (W.  T.),  1. 

Stratigraphy  of  Black  Hills,  Bighorn 
Mountains,  and  Rocky  Mountain 
front  range,  Darton,  16. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Triassic  and  Jurassic  strata  of  the 
Black  Hills,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  6. 

Southwestern  region. 

Geology  and  underground  water  con¬ 
ditions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  of  the  Jemez-Albuquerque  re¬ 
gion,  Reagan,  1. 

Jurassic  horizon  around  the  southern 
end  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Keyes. 
51. 

Paleontology  of  the  Malone  Jurassic 
formation,  Cragin,  2. 

Stratigraphic  notes  on  Malone  Moun¬ 
tain,  Stanton,  7. 

Kansas. 

Age  of  Lansing  skeleton,  Wright  (G. 
F.),  4. 

Age  of  Red  Beds,  Adams  (G.  I.),  1. 

Age  of  the  Red  Beds,  Beede,  3. 

Americus  limestone,  Smith  (A.  J.),  1. 

Analyses  of  Mississippian  limestone 
from  the  Atchison  prospect  well, 
Porter  (F.  B.),  1. 

Antiquity  of  fossil  man  of  Lansing, 
Upham,  18. 

Arrow-head  found  with  bones  of  Bison 
occidental  is  Lucas  in  western  Kan¬ 
sas,  Williston,  5. 

Atchison  diamond-drill  prospect  hole, 
Langworthy,  1. 

Carboniferous  fishes  from  central  West¬ 
ern  States,  Eastman,  10. 

Carboniferous  invertebrates,  Beede,  1. 

Carboniferous  rock  system  of  eastern 
Kansas,  Wooster,  1. 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  Kansas  section, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clay  industries  of  Independence  quad¬ 
rangle,  Schrader  and  Haworth,  2. 

Coal  fields  of  Kansas,  Crane,  4. 


560 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Kansas— Continued. 

Coal  Measures  faunal  studies,  Beede 
and  Rogers,  1. 

Coal  Measures  faunal  studies,  II,  Beede, 

6. 

Composition  of  gas  from  a  well  at 
Dexter,  McFarland,  1. 

Concretions  of  Ottawa  County,  Bell 
(W.  T.),  1. 

Corrading  action  of  river  water  during 
floods,  Morscher,  1. 

Cottonwood  Falls  folio,  Prosser  and 
Beede,  1. 

Cretaceous  fishes,  Williston,  i. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  40. 

Cyclus  from  Coal  Measures,  Rogers,  3. 

Dakota  Cretaceous  of  Kansas  and  Ne¬ 
braska,  Gould,  5. 

Dakota  sandstone  in  Washington 
County,  Charles,  1. 

Dexter  nitrogen  gas  well,  Haworth  and 
McFarland,  1. 

Economic  geology  of  Iola  and  vicinity, 
Grimsley,  2. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Iola  quad¬ 
rangle,  Adams,  Haworth,  and  Crane, 
1. 

Fauna  of  the  Mentor,  Jones  (A.  W.),  2. 

Flint  hills  of  Kansas,  Mead  (J.  R.),  1. 

Fossil  bison  of  Kansas,  McClung,  1. 

Fossil  forest  in  Jackson  County  [Kan¬ 
sas],  Shattuck,  1. 

Fossil  human  remains  found  near  Lans¬ 
ing,  Holmes,  1. 

Fossil  insects  in  Permian  of  Kansas, 
Sellards,  7. 

Fossil  man  from  Kansas,  Williston,  12. 

Fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Pearson  (K.),  1. 

Fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Upham,  10. 

Fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Williston,  18. 

Fossil  plants  from  Kansas,  Hollick,  9. 

Fossil  plants  from  Upper  Carboniferous 
and  Permian  formations  of  Kansas, 
White  (D.),  10. 

Fossil  plants  in  the  Permian,  Sellards, 

2. 

Fossil  plants  of  Onaga,  Crevecoeur,  1. 

Fossils  from  the  Red  Beds,  Gould,  1. 

Galena-Joplin  lead  and  zinc  district, 
Haworth,  1. 

Ganoid-  und  Knochen-fische  aus  der 
Kreide  formation  von  Kansas, 
Loomis,  1. 

Geologic  relations  of  human  relics  of 
Lansing,  Calvin,  8. 

Geologic  relations  of  the  human  relics 
of  Lansing,  Chamberlin  (T.  C.),  5. 

Geological  age  of  certain  gypsum  de¬ 
posits,  Keyes,  24. 

Geology  and  mining  interests  of  Kan¬ 
sas,  Haworth,  3. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 


Kansas — Continued 

Geology  of  Lyon  County,  Smith  (A. 
J.),  3. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  De- 
maret,  1. 

Gold  in  Kansas,  Lovewell,  2. 

Gold  in  Kansas  shales,  Lovewell,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Kansas,  Grimsley, 
5. 

High  plains  and  their  utilization,  John¬ 
son  (W.  D.),  1. 

Invertebrate  fossils  from  Carboniferous 
section  of  Kansas,  Girty,  4. 

Kansas  coal  mines  of  the  Missouri  Val¬ 
ley,  Crane,  2. 

Kansas  coal  mining,  Crane,  1. 

Kansas  mines  and  minerals,  Grimsley, 

1. 

Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas  gypsum  hills, 
Gould,  4. 

Kansas  petroleum,  Bartow  and  McCol¬ 
lum,  1. 

Kansas  River  flood,  Haworth,  5. 

Lansing  deposit  not  loess,  Shimek,  12. 

Lansing  man,  Williston,  24. 

Lansing  skeleton,  Owen,  2. 

Lansing  skeleton,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  11. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Joplin 
district,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  2. 

Lyon  County  geology,  Smith  (A.  J.),  2. 

Man  in  Kansas  during  the  Iowan  stage 
of  the  Glacial  period,  Upham,  9. 

Man  in  the  Ice  Age  at  Lansing,  Kans  , 
and  Little  Falls,  Minn.,  Upham,  8. 

Meteorite  from  Admire,  Lyon  County, 
Merrill  (G.  P.),  4. 

Meteorites  of  Kansas,  Farrington,  11. 

Meteorites  of  northwestern  Kansas, 
Farrington,  8. 

Missourian  and  Permo-Carboniferous 
fish  fauna  of  Kansas  and  Nebraska, 
Eastman  and  Barbour,  1. 

Names  of  coals  west  of  Mississippi 
River,  Keyes,  19. 

New  fossils  from  Upper  Carboniferous, 
of  Kansas,  Beede,  4. 

New  meteorite,  Farrington,  7. 

New  turtle  from  the  Kansas  Creta¬ 
ceous,  Williston,  3. 

Notes  on  Kansas  geology,  Wooster,  2. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coasts,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Oil  and  gas  in  Kansas,  Haworth,  4. 

Oil  and  gas  of  Independence  quad¬ 
rangle,  Schrader  and  Haworth,  1. 

Oil,  gas,  glass,  etc.,  in  Kansas,  Grims¬ 
ley,  1. 

Origin  of  gypsum  deposits,  Sherwin,  2. 

Ottawa  gas  wells,  Yates  (J.  A.),  1. 

Permian  formations  of  Kansas,  Pros¬ 
ser,  14. 

Permian  Xiphosuran  from  Kansas, 
Beecher,  10. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas,  Haworth,  2. 

Physiographic  divisions  of  Kansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  5,  9. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


561 


Kansas — Con  tinued . 

Pleistocene  geology  of  the  Concannon 
farm,  near  Lansing,  Winchell  (N. 
H.),  14. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  the  In¬ 
dependence  quadrangle,  Haworth  and 
Schrader,  1. 

Pottawattamie  and  Douglas  formations, 
Rogers,  1. 

Primitive  man  in  the  Ice  Age,  Upham, 

12. 

Protostega  gigas  and  other  Cretaceous 
reptiles,  Sternberg,  5. 

Reading  blue  limestone,  Smith  (A.  J.), 

4. 

Remarkable  slab  of  crinoids,  Ilovey 
(E.  O.),  14. 

Report  on  mineral  waters,  Bailey  (E. 
H.  S.),  1. 

Restoration  of  Dolichorhyncops  oshorni, 
Williston,  9. 

Revised  classification  of  upper  Pale¬ 
ozoic  formations  of  Kansas,  Pros¬ 
ser,  7. 

Skull  of  Nyctodactylus,  Williston,  6. 
Snoutfishes  of  Kansas,  Hay,  3,  11. 
Southern  extension  of  the  Marion  and 
Wellington  formations,  Gould,  6. 
Stratigraphic  relations  of  Red  Beds, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  11. 

Stratigraphy  of  Kansas  Permian,  Beede 
and  Sellards,  1. 

Studies  in  the  Mentor  beds,  Jones  (A. 
W.),  1. 

Surface  deposits  of  Missouri  and  Kan¬ 
sas,  Broadhead,  7. 

Taeniopteris  of  the  Permian,  Sellards,  1. 
Teleosts  of  the  upper  Cretaceous,  Stew¬ 
art,  1. 

Tertiary  springs  of  Kansas  and  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  3. 

Tertiary  terrane  new  in  Kansas  geology, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  8. 

Tests  for  gold  and  silver  in  shales 
from  western  Kansas,  Lindgren,  7,  8, 
Uintacrinus,  Springer  (F.),  2. 

Valley  loess  and  fossil  man  of  Lansing, 
Upham,  14. 

Variation  of  spiralia  in  Seminula  ar- 
gentia  (Shepard)  Hall,  Beede,  5,  7. 
Water  resources  of  the  Joplin  district, 
Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  4. 

Western  interior  coal  field,  Bain,  3. 
Winged  reptiles,  Williston,  7. 
Kentucky, 

Age  of  the  Wise  and  Harlan  forma¬ 
tions  of  southwestern  Virginia, 
White  (D.),  23. 

Asphalt  rock  in  Kentucky,  Burk,  2. 
Barboursville  oil  field,  McCallie,  7. 

Bath  Furnace  aerolite,  Ward  (H.  A.), 

12. 

Bath  Furnace  meteorite,  Ward  (II.  A.), 

5.  '  ’ '  1  ' 

Bath  Fur'fiace  meteoric  fall,  Miller  (A. 
M.),  3. 

Bull.  301—06 - 36 


Kentucky — Con  tinued . 

Big  Stone  Gap  coal  field,  Pultz,  1. 

Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  ba¬ 
sin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  6. 

Cincinnati  anticline  in  southern  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Foerste,  3. 

Cincinnati  geanticline,  Foerste,  10. 

Classification  of  the  Ordovician  rocks 
of  Ohio  and  Indiana,  Foerste,  12. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Colossal  cavern,  Hovey  (H.  C.),  2. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Cumberland  Gap  coal  field,  Ashley,  3, 
4. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Ohio,  West 
Virginia,  and  Kentucky,  Tight,  4. 

Eastern  interior  coal  field,  Ashley,  1. 

Fluorspar  and  zinc  mines  of  Kentucky, 
Harwood,  1. 

Fluorspar  deposits  of  Kentucky-Illinois 
districts,  Bain,  12. 

Fluorspar  mines  of  Kentucky  and  Il¬ 
linois,  Burk,  1. 

Fossiliferous  sandstone  dikes  in  Eocene 
of  Tennessee  and  Kentucky,  Glenn,  8. 

Geologic  structure  of  region  around 
Middlesboro,  Ky.,  Ashley,  5. 

Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Grottes  des  Etats-unis,  Le  Couppey  de 
la  Forest,  1. 

Jellieo  coal  field,  Evans  (N.  N.),  2. 

Lead  and  zinc  bearing  rocks  of  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.), 
3. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich  and  Smith, 
1. 

Lithographic  stone  deposits  of  eastern 
Kentucky,  Ulrich,  3. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian 
basin,  Stevenson  (.T.  J.),  4. 

Meteorite  from  Mount  Vernon,  Merrill 
(G.  P.),  7. 

Mount  Vernon  meteorite,  Tassin,  5. 

New  meteorite  from  Kentucky,  Miller 
(A.  M.),  2. 

Norton  coals  of  Big  Sandy  basin,  Alt- 
house,  1. 

Oil  and  gas  sands  of  Kentucky,  Hoe¬ 
ing,  1. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  Kentucky  and  their 
hryozoa,  Nickles,  6. 

Southern  Appalachian  coal  field,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  7. 

Report  of  division  of  chemistry,  Peter, 

1. 

Report  on  lands  leased  for  oil  and  gas 
near  Cannel  City,  Lane,  19. 

Richmond  group  of  Cincinnati  anti¬ 
cline,  Foerste,  8. 


562 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Kentucky — Continued. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestone, 
Foerste,  1. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of 
western  Tennessee,  Foprste,  7. 

Underground  waters  of  Tennessee  and 
Kentucky,  Glenn,  11. 

Water  resources  of  Kentucky,  Glenn,  5. 

Water  resources  of  tlie  Middlesboro- 
Harlan  region,  Ashley,  6. 

Zinc  in  Crittenden  County,  Wheeler 
(G.  D.),  1. 

.Labrador. 

Instances  of  moderate  glacial  erosion, 
Tarr,  9. 

Louisiana. 

Accumulation  of  petroleum,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  8. 

Age  of  Alabama  white  limestone,  Casey, 

2' 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Eocene  Eulimidae,  Casey,  3. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Sabine  River, 
Veatch,  2. 

Geological  horizon  of  petroleum,  Fish- 
back,  1. 

Geology  along  the  Ouachita,  Veatch,  3. 

Geology  of  Mississippi  embayment, 
Harris,  2. 

Hills  of  Louisiana  north  of  V.,  S.  & 
P.  Railroad,  Lerch,  1. 

Hills  of  Louisiana  south  of  V.,  S.  and 
P.  Railroad,  Lerch,  2. 

Jackson  outcrops  on  Red  River,  Casey, 

1. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  13. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coast,  Fenneman,  8. 

Oil  in  Louisiana,  Harris,  4. 

Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and 
southern  United  States,  Maury,  1. 

Origin  of  natural  mounds,  Veatch,  10. 

Prairie  mounds  of  Louisiana,  Hilgard, 

6. 

Preliminary  report  upon  bluff  and  Mis¬ 
sissippi  alluvial  lands  of  Louisiana, 
Clendenin,  2. 

Preliminary  report  upon  Florida  par¬ 
ishes  of  east  Louisiana,  Clendenin,  1. 

Salines  of  north  Louisiana,  Veatch,  1. 

Southern  oil  fields,  Hager,  1. 

Subterranean  waters  of  Louisiana, 
Harris,  3. 

Sulphur  deposits  of  Calcasieu  Parish,  [ 
Kerr,  1. 

Tertiary  of  Sabine  River,  Dumble,  10. 

Tidal  gage  work  in  Louisiana,  Harris, 

9. 

Underground  waters  of  Louisiana, 
Harris,  6. 

Underground  waters  of  Louisiana  and 
Arkansas,  Veatch,  7,  8. 


Louisiana — Continued. 

Underground  waters  of  southern  Lou¬ 
isiana,  Harris,  8. 

Volcanic  origin  of  oil,  Coste,  4. 

Water  supplies  in  Louisiana,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  10. 

Maine. 

Ames  Knob,  North  Haven,  Willis,  12. 

Andesites  of  the  Aroostook  volcanic 
area,  Gregory  (II.  E.),  1. 

Andover  meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.),  6. 

Apatite  from  Minot,  Wolff  and  Pa- 
lache,  1. 

Artesian  water  in  crystalline  rocks, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  20. 

Blazing  beach,  Penhallow,  7. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  pollu- 
cite,  Wells,  2. 

Description  of  four  meteorites,  Ward 
(H.  A.),  3. 

Geological  study  of  the  Fox  Islands, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  2. 

Geology  of  Perry  basin,  Smith  and 
White,  1. 

Geology  of  Perry  basin,  White  (D.), 
18. 

Glacial  potholes  in  Maine,  Manning  1. 

Granite  industry  of  Penobscot  Bay 
quadrangle,  Smith  (G.  O.),  17. 

Mineral  resources,  Lee  (L.  A.),  1. 

Minerals  at  Haddam,  Martin  (D.  S.), 

1. 

Molybdenite  deposit  in  eastern  Maine, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  16. 

Quartz  veins  in  Maine  and  Vermont, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  14. 

Shells  of  the  marl  deposits  of  Aroos¬ 
took  County,'  Nylander,  1. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 

8. 

Water  powers  of  Maine,  Pressey,  3. 

WTater  resources  of  Maine,  Bayley,  2. 

Underground  waters  of  Maine,  Bayley, 
3. 

Water  resources  of  the  Portsmouth- 
York  region,  Smith  (G.  O.),  18. 

Water  supply  from  Glacial  gravels 
near  Augusta.  Smith  (G.  O.),  19. 

Marcus  Island. 

Monograph  of  Marcus  Island,  Bryan,  1. 

Maryland. 

Addition  to  coral  fauna  of  Aquia  Eo¬ 
cene  formation  of  Maryland, 
Vaughan,  14. 

Basic  rocks  of  northeastern  Maryland, 
Leonard,  1. 

Bituminous  coal  field  of  Maryland, 
White  (D.),  7. 

Buried  cypress  forests,  Bibbins,  3. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  Maryland,  Ries,  5. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Cockeysville  marble,  Mathews  and  Mil¬ 
ler,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


563 


Maryland — Continued. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States, 
Weed,  17. 

Correlation  of  Coal  Measures  of  Mary¬ 
land,  Clark  and  Martin,  5. 

Correlation  of  formations  and  mem¬ 
bers  [of  the  Maryland  coal  district], 
Clark  and  Martin,  6. 

Correlation  of  Piedmont  formations, 
Mathews,  6. 

Correlation  of  the  Potomac  formation. 
Ward  (L.  F.),  3. 

Devonic  and  Ontario  formations  of 
Maryland,  Schuchert,  7. 

Distribution  and  character  of  Mary¬ 
land  coal  beds,  Clark,  Martin,  and 
Rutledge,  1. 

Eocene  Arthropoda,  Ulrich,  1. 

Eocene  Bryozoa,  Ulrich,  2. 

Eocene  Coelenterata,  Vaughan,  1. 

Eocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Clark 
and  Martin,  1. 

Eocene  Echinodermata,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  4. 

Eocene  Mollusca,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Eocene  Molluscoidea  (Brachipoda) , 
Clark  and  Martin,  3. 

Eocene  Pisces,  Eastman,  1. 

Eocene  Plant®,  Hollick,  3. 

Eocene  Protozoa,  Bagg,  1. 

Fault  phenomena  near  Glen  Echo,  Gil¬ 
bert,  25. 

First  discovery  of  fossil  seals  in  Amer¬ 
ica,  True  (F.  W.),  2. 

Fossil  grasses  and  sedges,  Berry,  10. 

Geology  of  Coastal  Plain  formations, 
Shattuck,  5. 

Geology  of  crystalline  rocks  of  Cecil 
County,  Bascom,  1. 

Geology  of  Garrett  County,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  1. 

Geology  of  Potomac  group  in  middle 
Atlantic  slope,  Clark  and  Bibbins,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Maryland  coal  district, 
"Martin,  16. 

Gold  veins  near  Great  Falls,  Weed,  35. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian 
basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Maryland  Geological  Survey,  volume  4, 
Clark  (W.  B.),  1. 

Matawan  formation,  Clark  (W.  B.),  5. 

Mineral  resources  of  Cecil  County,  Ma¬ 
thews,  1. 

Mineral  resources  of  Garrett  County, 
Martin  (G.  C.),  2. 

Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Clark 
(W.  B.),  6. 

Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Shat¬ 
tuck,  10. 

Miocene  formation  of  Maryland,  Shat¬ 
tuck,  6. 

Names  for  the  formations  of  the  Ohio 
Coal  Measures,  Prosser,  4. 

Niagara  period  near  Cumberland,  Uh- 
ler,  1. 

Occurrence  of  zoisite  and  thulite,  Bib- 
bins,  1. 


Maryland — Continued. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Angiosperm®,  llollick,  10. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Anthozoa,  Vaughan,  19. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Brachiopoda,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Bryozoa,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  4. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Echinodermata,  Clark  (W. 
B.),  7. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Foraminifera,  Bagg,  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Hydrozoa,  Ulrich,  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Malacostraca  and  Cirrepe- 
dia,  Martin  (G.  C.),  4. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Mammalia,  Aves,  Reptilia, 
Case,  9. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Mollusca,  except  Pelecy- 
poda,  Martin  (G.  C.),  5. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Ostracoda,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  3. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Pelecypoda,  Glenn,  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Pisces,  Eastman,  18. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Radiolaria,  Martin  (G.  C.), 
8. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Thallophyta-Diatomace®, 
Boyer,  1. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Vermes,  Martin  (G.  C.),  7. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 

Paleozoic  formations  of  Allegany  Coun¬ 
ty,  Prosser,  3. 

Paleozoic  ostracods  from  Maryland, 
Jones  (T.  R.),  4. 

Physical  features  of  Cecil  County, 
Shattuck,  3. 

Physiographic  features  of  Maryland, 
Abbe,  1. 

Physiography  of  Cecil  County,  Shat¬ 
tuck,  4. 

Physiography  of  Garrett  County,  Abbe, 

2. 

Pleistocene  problem  in  Maryland,  Shat¬ 
tuck,  7. 

Potomac  group  in  Maryland,  Clark  and 
Bibbins,  2. 

Position  and  nature  of  Maryland  cy- 
cads,  Bibbins,  2. 

Recent  work  in  Piedmont  area  of  north¬ 
ern  Maryland,  Mathews,  2. 

Relations  of  Maryland  Miocene,  Dali, 
14. 


564 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Maryland — Continued. 

Report  on  various  collections  of  fossil 
plants  from  the  older  Potomac  of 
Virginia  and  Maryland,  Fontaine,  5. 
Reports  on  Cecil  County,  Clark  (W. 
B.),  2. 

Reports  on  Garrett  County,  Clark  (W. 

B. ),  3. 

Romney  formation  of  Maryland,  Pros¬ 
ser,  12. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 

8. 

Structure  of  Piedmont  Plateau,  Math¬ 
ews,  5. 

Systematic  paleontology,  Eocene  Rep- 
tilia,  Case,  1. 

Types  of  Maryland  Tertiary  Mollusca 
in  British  Museum,  Newton,  1. 
Underground  waters  of  Maryland,  Dar- 
ton  and  Fuller,  1. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 
Water  resources  of  Frostburg  and 
Flintstone  quadrangles,  Martin  (G. 

C. ),  10. 

Water  resources  of  Pawpaw  and  Han¬ 
cock  quadrangles,  Stose  and  Martin, 
1. 

Water  resources  of  the  Accident  and 
Grantsville  quadrangles,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  9. 

Massachusetts. 

Alkalisyenit  von  Beverly,  Wright  (F. 
E.),  3. 

Babingtonite  from  Somerville,  Palache 
and  Fraprie,  1. 

Building  stones  of  Boston,  Crosby  and 
Loughlin,  1. 

Calcite-prehnite  cement  rock  from  the 
Holyoke  Range,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 
Cambrian  and  pre-Cambrian  of  Hoosac 
Mountains,  Wolff,  3. 

Cambrian  deposits  of  North  Attleboro, 
Gorham,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Changes  of  level  at  Cape  Ann,  Tarr,  3. 
Clays  of  Boston  Basin,  Brown  (R.  M.), 
1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 
Concretions  from  the  Champlain  clays, 
Sheldon,  1. 

Contributions  from  the  mineralogic  lab¬ 
oratory,  Whitlock,  4. 

Cuttyhunk  Island,  Gulliver,  2. 

Delta  plain  at  Andover,  Mills  (F.  S.),  2. 
Delta  plains  of  the  Nashua  Valley, 
Crosby,  8. 

Elevated  beaches  of  Cape  Ann,  Wood- 
worth,  5. 

Erosion  by  flying  sand  on  beaches  of 
Cape  Cod,  .Tulien,  6. 

Formation  of  natural  bridges,  Cleland, 

4. 

Fossil  crabs  of  the  Gay  Head  Miocene, 
Cushman,  6. 

Fossils  from  Sankaty  Head,  Cushman, 

5. 


Massachusetts — Continued, 

Geologic  features  within  the  8,000-acre 
grant,  Sheldon  and  Sheldon,  1. 

Geological  and  botanical  notes,  Cape 
Cod  and  Chappaquidick  Island,  IIol- 
lick,  4. 

Geological  history  of  Charles  River, 
Clapp,  1. 

Geology  of  central  Cape  Cod,  Julien,  3. 

Geology  of  .  Charles  River  estuary, 
Crosby,  7. 

Geology  of  Weston  aqueduct,  Crosby,  12. 

Geology  of  Worcester,  Perry  and  Emer¬ 
son,  1. 

Glacial  and  post-Glacial  history  of  the 
Hudson  and  Champlain  valleys,  Peet, 
1. 

Glacial  cirques  and  rock  terraces  on 
Mount  Toby,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  4. 

Glaciation  of  the  Berkshire  Hills,  Tay¬ 
lor  (F.  B.),  4. 

Gravel  deposits  in  Glacial  Lake  Charles, 
Clapp,  2. 

Hematite  deposits  of  New  York,  Eckel, 
30. 

Holyokeite  from  the  Trias  of  Massachu¬ 
setts,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  3. 

Ice  retreat  in  Glacial  Lake  Neponset, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  8. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Neponset  Valley, 
Crosby,  15. 

Instances  of  moderate  glacial  erosion, 
Tarr,  9. 

Island  tying,  Gulliver,  5. 

Landslides  of  Mount  Greylock  and 
Briggsville,  Massachusetts,  Cleland, 
1. 

Lead  and  silver  mines,  Newbury,  Hovey 
(II.  C.),  1. 

Limonite  deposits  of  New  York  and 
New  England,  Eckel,  36. 

Medford  dike  area,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 

1. 

Micaceous  cross-banding  of  strata, 
Woodworth,  1. 

Mineralogical  notes,  Warren,  1. 

Miocene  barnacles  from  Gay  Head, 
Cushman,  4. 

Nantucket  shore  lines,  Gulliver,  3. 

New  habit  for  chalcopyrite,  Richards 
(R.  W.),  1. 

Physical  geography  and  geology  of 
Springfield,  Orr,  1. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Massachusetts,  Sears,  1. 

Pleistocene  fauna  of  Sankaty  Head, 
Cushman,  3. 

Pleistocene  formations  of  Sankaty 
Head,  Nantucket,  Wilson  (J.  H.),  1. 

Plumose  diabase  and  palagonite  from 
Holyoke  trap  sheet,  Emerson  (B.  K.), 
9. 

Pre-Pleistocene^  deposits  at  Third  Cliff, 
Bowman  (I.),  3. 

Recessional  ice  borders  in  Berkshire 
County,  Taylor  (F.  B.),  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


565 


Massachusetts — Continued. 

Fossils  from  Sankaty  Head,  Cushman, 
5. 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Elizabeth  Is¬ 
lands,  Hollick,  1. 

Representatives  of  pre-Wisconsin  till, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  1. 

Rocks  of  the  Weston  aqueduct,  Warren, 

2. 

Sand  plains  of  Glacial  Lake  Sudbury, 
Goldthwait,  1. 

Structural  relations  of  amygdaloidal 
melaphyre,  Burr,  1. 

Structure  and  composition  of  delta 
plains,  Crosby,  11. 

Study  of  hard-packed  sand  and  gravel, 
Crosby,  5. 

Sudbury  basin  shore  lines,  Gulliver,  6. 

Taconic  physiography,  Dale,  9. 

Terraces  of  Westfield  River,  Davis  (W. 
M.),  28. 

Tertiary  fauna  from  Chappaquiddick 
Island,  Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 

Tidal  scour  in  harbors,  Frizell,  1. 

Tidal  scour  in  harbors,  Hodgdon,  1. 

Triassic  rocks  of  the  Connecticut  Val¬ 
ley  as  a  source  of  water  supply,  Ful¬ 
ler  (M.  L.),  18. 

Underground  waters  of  Massachusetts 
and  Rhode  Island,  Crosby,  14. 

Water  resources  of  Taconic  quadrangle, 
Taylor  (F.  B.),  5. 

Water  resources  of  Massachusetts, 
Crosby  and  La  Forge,  1. 

Water  supply  from  delta  type  of  sand 
plain,  Crosby,  13. 

Wells  of  Triassic  area  of  Connecticut 
Valley,  Pynchon,  11. 

Mexico. 

Aguas  subterraneas  de  Amozoc,  Ordo¬ 
nez,  12. 

An&lisis  y  clasificacibn  de  granate,  Vil- 
larello,  7. 

Anfilisis  y  clasificacion  de  un  granate 
de  Pihuamo,  Villarello,  2. 

Apuntes  relativos  al  mineral  de  Taxco 
de  Alarcon,  Salazar,  1. 

Area  cubierta  por  la  ceniza  del  volcan 
de  Santa  Maria,  Bose,  6. 

Arizpe  meteorite,  Wuensch,  1. 

Bacubirito  meteorite,  Aguilera,  4. 

Bacubirito,  or  the  great  meteorite  of 
Sinaloa,  Ward  (II.  A.),  4. 

Barrancas  de  Las  Minas,  Ordbnez,  16. 

Bibliography  of  Mexican  geology  and 
mining,  Aguilar  y  Santillfin,  1. 

Caliche  of  southern  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  4. 

Cananea  copper  deposits,  Weed,  12. 

Cananea  ore  deposits,  Weed,  23. 

Cananea  revisited,  Hill  (R.  T.),  12. 

Canteras  de  San  Lorenzo  Totolinga, 
Lazo  and  Orddiiez,  1. 

Casas  Grandes  meteorite,  Tassin,  3. 

Coal  fields  of  Las  Esperanzas,  Ludlow, 

1. 

Coal  mines  at  Las  Esperanzas,  Ries,  9. 


Mexico — Continued . 

Cobalt  au  Mexique,  Caballero,  1. 

Condiciones  tectonicas  de  la  Republica 
Mexicana,  Aguilera,  2. 

Coking  coal  in  Chihuahua,  Phillips  (W. 
B.),  13. 

Copper  deposits  at  San  Jose,  Kemp,  32. 

Copper  deposits  in  Sinaloa  and  Sonora, 
Rickard  (F.),  2. 

Crateres  de  Xico,  Ordonez,  17. 

Cretaceous  of  Obispo  Canyon,  Dumble, 
4. 

Criadero  de  fierro  del  Cerro  de  Mercado, 
Durango,  Rangel,  1. 

Criaderos  argentlferos,  Flores,  1. 

Criaderos  cupro-argentlferos  en  Ta- 
palpa,  Villafana,  1. 

Criaderos  de  fierro  de  la  hacienda  de 
Vaquerias,  Villarello  and  Bose,  1. 

Criaderos  de  mercurio  de  Chiquilistan, 
Villarello,  6. 

Criaderos  de  petroleo  de  pichucalco, 
Alcala,  1. 

Desarrollo  de  la  geologia  en  Mexico, 
Aguilera,  5. 

Description  of  four  meteorites,  Ward 
(H.  A.),  3. 

Distribucion  geogrfifica  y  geologica  de 
los  criaderos  minerales,  Aguilera,  1. 

Drainage  of  Valley  of  Mexico,  Emmons 
(S.  F.),  13. 

Eruptions  du  Volcan  de  Colima,  Ordb- 
nez,  10. 

Eruptions  of  Colima,  Arreola,  1. 

Estado  de  Tabasco,  Laguerenne,  1. 

Faune  marine  du  Trias  Superieur  de 
Zacatecas,  Burckhardt  and  Scalia,  1. 

Fierro  de  Tatatila,  Vera  Cruz,  Capilla, 

1. 

Fierro  meteorico  de  Bacubirito,  Anger- 
mann,  3. 

Fisiographia,  geologia  e  hidrologia  de 
La  Paz,  Angermann,  1. 

Formation  des  montagnes,  Burckhardt, 
1. 

Gems  and  precious  stones  of  Mexico, 
Halse,  3. 

Gems  and  precious  stones  of  Mexico, 
Kunz,  4. 

Genesis  de  los  yacimientos  mercuriales 
de  Palomas,  Villarello,  1. 

Geographic  and  geologic  features,  and 
their  relation  to  the  mineral  products 
of  Mexico,  Hill  (R.  T.),  4. 

Geographic  and  geologic  features  of 
Mexico,  Hill  (R.  T.),  2. 

Geographical  and  geological  distribu¬ 
tion  of  mineral  deposits  ol  Mexico, 
Aguilera,  3. 

^  Geologia  de  Chiapas  y  Tabasco,  Bose,  7. 

Geologfa  del  valle  de  Chilpancingc, 
Ordbnez  and  Bose,  1. 

Geological  and  topographical  features 
of  city  of  Monterey,  Wittman,  1. 

Geological  section  in  Guerrero,  Hall  (C 
E.),  1. 

Geology  of  Mexico,  Sebbin,  1. 


566 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Mexico — Continued. 

Geology  of  nepheline  syenite  area  at 
San  Jos6,  Tamaulipas,  Finlay  (G. 
!•)»  7. 

Geology  of  San  Jose  district,  Finlay 
(G.  I.),  8. 

Geology  of  San  Pedro  district,  Finlay 
(G.  I.),  5. 

Geology  of  Santo  Domingo  placer  fields, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  15. 

Geology  of  Sonora,  Merrill  (F.  J.  H.),  7. 

Geology  of  the  Cananeas,  Mathez,  1. 

Geology  of  western  Mexico,  Farrington, 
13. 

Gold  mines  of  the  San  Pedro  district, 
Laird,  1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Guanajuato  mining  district,  Henrich,  1. 

Guanajuato  mining  district,  Hill  (R. 
T.),  14. 

Hydrologia  interna  de  Queretaro,  Villa-  j 
rello,  5. 

Hidrologia  subterranea  de  Queretaro,  [ 
Villarello,  10. 

Hostotipaquillo  district,  Cummings,  1. 

In  San  Cristobal  gefallene  Asche, 
Schottler,  1. 

Independencia  de  los  volcanes  de  grie- 
tas  preexistentes,  Bose,  1. 

La  industria  minera,  Ordonez,  2. 

Institute  Geologica  de  Mexico,  Guild,  2. 

Jurassic  fossils  from  Durango,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.),  3. 

Kupfererzlagerstatte  in  Nieder-Califor-  I 
nien,  Krusch,  1. 

Latest  eruption  of  Colima  volcano,  Ishi- 
kawa,  1. 

Ligeros  datos  sobre  los  criaderos  de 
Penoles,  Hijar,  1. 

“  Los  Reyes  ”  gold  mines,  Smith  (A. 
H- ),  1. 

Meteoreisen-Studien,  Cohen,  4. 

Meteoreisen  von  Cuernavaca  und  Ire¬ 
dell,  Cohen,  8. 

Meteoreisen  von  Ranchito  und  Casas 
Grandes,  Cohen,  5. 

Mina  Santa  Francisca,  Cook  (E.  II.),  1. 

Minas  '*  Santiago  y  Anexas,”  Villarello, 

9. 

Mineral  asbestiforme,  Villarello,  4. 

Mineral  de  Angangueo,  Ordonez,  11. 

Mineral  zone  of  Santa  Maria  del  Rio, 
Manzano,  1. 

Mineralogical  notes,  Headden,  4. 

Mines  and  minerals  of  Guanajuato, 
Blake  (W.  P.),  7. 

Mines  in  the  States  of  Chihuahua,  Sina¬ 
loa,  and  Sonora,  Weed,  8. 

Mines  of  Santa  Eulalia,  Aiken,  1. 

Mining  district  of  Pachuca,  Ordonez,  6. 

Mining  in  lower  California,  Lowry,  1. 

Mining  industry  of  Pachuca,  Ordonez, 

3. 

Moctezuma  district,  Clere,  1. 


Mexico— Continued . 

Natiirlicher  Koks  in  den  Santa  Clara 
Kohlenfeldern,  Sonora,  Ochsenius,  1. 
Nauhcampatepetl  6  Cofre  de  Perote, 
Ordonez,  18. 

Nephelite  syenite  area  of  San  Jos£, 
Finlay  and  Kemp,  1. 

Observaciones  geologicas  al  Citlalte¬ 
petl,  Angermann,  4. 

Occurrence  of  selenium  with  pyrite, 
Pearce,  1. 

Onyx-marble  deposits  of  Jimulco,  Ordo¬ 
nez,  4. 

Ore  deposits  of  Cananea,  Austin,  3. 

Ore  deposits  of  Cananea,  Hill  (R.  T.), 

11. 

Ore  deposits  of  La  Cananea,  Steel,  1. 
Origen  de  los  temblores  de  Zanatepec, 
Bose,  5. 

Oyster  shells  in  volcanic  deposits,  Dum- 
ble,  5. 

Paleozoico  en  Mexico,  Angermann,  2. 
Physical  geography  of  Mexico,  Hill,  19. 
Profil  durch  den  Ostabfall  der  Sierra 
Madre  Oriental,  Bose,  2. 

Ramosite  not  a  mineral,  Luquer,  3. 
Recent  vertebrate  paleontology,  Osborn, 
46. 

Regiones  de  temblores  en  Mexico,  Bose, 
4. 

Resena  geoldgica  del  Desague  del  Valle 
de  Mexico,  Villada,  1. 

Las  rhyolitas,  Ordonez,  1. 

Rocas  de  Chiapas  y  Tabasco,  Ordonez, 
14. 

Roche  basaltique  de  la  Sierra  Verde, 
Kroustchoff,  1. 

Rodeo  meteorite,  Farrington,  16. 
Sahcab  de  Yucatan,  Ordonez,  8. 
Sahuayacan  district,  Bagg,  8. 
Sahuayacan  mining  district,  Tread¬ 
well,  1. 

Sain  Alto  tin  deposits,  Nevius,  3. 

Santa  Eulalia  district,  Hill  (R.  T.),  10. 
Santa  Eulalia  mines,  Lakes,  54. 

Santa  Eulalia  mining  district,  Argali 

‘  (P-),  1. 

Santa  Eulalia  ore  deposits,  Argali  (P.), 

2. 

Sierra  Madre  of  the  State  of  Chihuahua, 
Hewett,  1.  ' 

Section  across  the  Sierra  Madre  Occi¬ 
dental  of  Chihuahua  and  Sinaloa, 
Weed,  9. 

Sierra  Madre  of  the  State  of  Chihuahua, 
Hovey  (E.  O.),  43. 

Sierra  Mojada  and  its  ore  deposits,  Em¬ 
mons  (S.  F.),  8. 

Sierx*a  Mojada  and  its  ore  deposits, 
Malcolmson,  1. 

Silver-bearing  veins  of  Mexico,  Halse. 
1,  4. 

Silver-lead  mines  of  Santa  Eulalia,  Ca¬ 
hill,  1. 

Structure  of  ore-bearing  veins  in  Mex¬ 
ico,  Halse,  2. 


FOE  THE  YEAKS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


567 


Mexico— Continued. 

Temblor  en  Guerrero,  Bose  and  Anger- 
mann,  1. 

Teoria  quimica  para  explicar  la  forma- 
cion  del  petroleo  de  Aragon,  Villa- 
rello,  3. 

Topographie  und  Geologie  von  Mexico, 
Felix  and  Lenk,  1. 

Trip  to  Chihuahua,  Lakes,  51. 

Upland  placers  of  La  Cienega,  Sonora. 
Hill  (R.  T.),  7. 

Value  of  ores  in  Mexico,  Emmons  (N. 

H. ),  1. 

Vanadio  de  Charcas,  Caballero,  2. 

Volcan  de  Tacana,  Bose,  3. 

Volcanes  de  Zacapu,  Ordonez,  9. 

Vulkanische  Asche,  Schmidt,  1. 

Western  Sierra  Madre  of  the  State  of 
Chihuahua,  Hovey,  47. 

Wollastonite  rock  mass,  Collins  (H.  F.), 

I. 

Los  Xalapazcos  del  Estado  de  Puebla, 
Ordonez,  15. 

Xinantacatl  ou  volcan  Nevado  de  To¬ 
luca,  Ordonez,  7. 

Yaqui  River  country  of  Sonora,  Ban¬ 
croft,  1. 

Michigan. 

Alabaster  area,  Gregory  (W.  M.),  3. 

Artesian  flows  from  unconfined  sandy 
strata,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  39. 

Asphalt  in  Delta  County,  Lane,  6. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  and  shales  of  Michigan,  Ries,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Coal  formation  of  Bay  County,  Cooper 
(W.  F.),  3. 

Coal  of  Michigan,  Lane,  14. 

Comment  on  report  of  special  commit¬ 
tee  on  Lake  Superior,  Lane,  47. 

Copper  mines  of  Lake  Superior,  Rick¬ 
ard  (T.  A.),  4,  16. 

Copper  mining  in  upper  Michigan, 
Jackson  (J.  F.),  1. 

Deep  borings  for  oil  and  gas,  Lane,  46. 

Deep  wells  and  prospects  for  oil  and 
gas,  Lane,  10. 

Delta  of  St.  Clair  River,  Cole  (L.  J.), 

1. 

Drainage  of  ponds  into  drilled  wells, 
Horton,  1. 

Drumlin  areas  in  Michigan,  Russell,  24. 

Drumlins  of  the  Grand  Traverse  re¬ 
gion,  Leverett,  14. 

Economic  geology  of  Michigan,  Lane,  5. 
8,  26. 

Eisenerzlagerstiitten  am  Lake  Supe¬ 
rior,  Macco,  1. 

Explorations  for  oil  and  gas,  Lane,  31. 

Failure  of  wells  in  Michigan,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  37. 

Fifth  annual  x’eport  of  State  geologist, 
Lane,  39. 

Geologic  section  in  Alpena  and  Presque 
Isle  counties,  Grabau,  2. 


Michigan — Continued. 

Geological  cross  sections  of  Keeweenaw 
Point,  Hubbard  (L.  L.),  1. 

Geological  map  of  Michigan,  Lane,  11. 

Geological  reconnaissance  along  north 
shore,  Russell,  23. 

Geological  Survey  of  Michigan,  field 
work  of  1900,  Savicki,  1. 

Geology  of  lands  in  upper  peninsula, 
Rose,  2. 

Geology  of  Menominee  Range,  Hulst,  1. 

Geology  of  some  lands  in  Michigan, 
Rose,  1. 

Geothermal  gradient  in  Michigan,  Lane, 
16. 

Glacial  features  of  lower  Michigan, 
Leverett,  6. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea¬ 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lever¬ 
ett,  4. 

Glacial  geology  of  Grand  Rapids  area, 
Leverett,  9. 

Glacial  geology  of  southern  peninsula 
of  Michigan,  Leverett,  8. 

Glacial  phenomena  in  Indiana  and 
Michigan,  Montgomery  (H.  T.),  1. 

Gold  near  Lake  Superior,  Lane,  35. 

Ground-water  problem  in  southeastern 
Michigan,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  34. 

Gypsum,  Diehl,  1. 

Gypsum  and  plaster  industry  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Grimsley,  7. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Michigan,  Grims¬ 
ley,  4. 

Historical  review  of  geology  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Lane,  36. 

Ice  work  in  southeastern  Michigan, 
Sherzer,  1. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Lake  Superior 
region,  Van  Hise,  2. 

Lake  Superior  geological  work,  Van 
Hise,  14. 

Lake  Superior  iron-ore  deposits,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  6. 

Lake  Superior  iron  region,  Leith,  10. 

Limestone  regions  of  Michigan,  Grabau, 

12. 

Limestones  of  Michigan,  Lane,  9,  41. 

Localities  and  mills  manufacturing  ce¬ 
ment,  Lane,  21. 

Marl  and  the  manufacture  of  Portland 
cement,  Hale,  1. 

Marls  and  clays,  Fall,  1. 

Marls  and  clays  in  Michigan,  Fall,  2. 

Menominee  district  of  Michigan,  Bay- 
ley,  1. 

Meteorite  from  Allegan,  Michigan,  and 
Mart,  Texas,  Merrill  and  Stokes,  1. 

Michigan  clay,  shales,  and  paving  mate¬ 
rials,  Lane,  34. 

Michigan  limestones,  Lane,  1. 

Northern  interior  coal  field,  Lane,  15. 

Notes  on  rocks  and  minerals  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Origin  of  gypsum,  Grimsley,  8. 

Origin  of  Michigan  boglimes,  Lane,  20. 


568 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Michigan — Continued. 

Origin  of  Michigan  gypsum  deposits, 
Grimsley,  6. 

Paleozoic  coral  reefs,  Grabau,  10. 

Platygonus  compressus  Le  Conte,  Wag¬ 
ner,  1. 

Port  Huron  oil  field,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  2. 

Portland  cement  industry  in  Michigan, 
Russell,  6. 

Pre-Glacial  surface  deposits,  Lane,  2. 

Recent  work  of  geological  survey,  Lane, 
18. 

Reed  City  meteorite,  Preston  (H.  L.), 

4. 

Relation  of  vein  at  Central  mine,  Ke¬ 
weenaw  Point,  to  Kearsage  conglom¬ 
erate,  Hubbard  (L.  L. ),  2. 

Report  of  Michigan  geological  survey, 
Lane,  17. 

Report  of  progress  in  the  Porcupines, 
Wright  (F.  E.),  4. 

Report  of  State  geologist,  Lane,  3. 

Report  on  Arenac  County,  Gregory  (W. 
M.),  1,  2. 

Report  on  Lake  Superior  region,  Van 
Hise  and  others,  1. 

Salt,  Lane,  12. 

Shells  of  marls,  Walker  (B.),  1. 

Sixth  annual  report  of  State  geologist, 
Lane,  48,  49. 

Stratigraphy  of  Traverse  group,  Gra¬ 
bau,  5. 

Stream  capture  in  Michigan,  Bowman 
I.),  1. 

Sub-Carboniferous  limestone  exposure  . 
at  Grand  Rapids,  Whittemore,  1. 

Subsurface  geology  of  Alcona  County,  ; 
Lane,  7. 

Suggestion  from  State  geologist,  Lane, 

4- 

Summary  of  Lake  Superior  geology, 
Leith,  14. 

Surface  geology  of  Alcona  County,  Lev- 
erett,  3. 

Surface  geology  of  Lapeer  County,  Tay¬ 
lor  (F.  B.),  2. 

Tamarack  mine  cross  section,  Lane,  45. 

Theory  of  copper  deposition,  Lane,  28. 

Topography,  soils,  water  resources,  etc.,  j 
of  Muskegon  County,  McLouth,  1. 

Traverse  group  of  Michigan,  Grabau,  j 
14. 

Underground  waters  of  lower  Michigan,  I 
Lane,  38. 

Variation  of  geothermal  gradient,  Lane,  I 
27. 

Water  resources  of  Michigan,  Cooper 
(W.  F.),  1. 

Water  supply  of  the  lower  peninsula  j 
of  Michigan,  Cooper  (W.  F.),  2. 

Waters  of  upper  peninsula  of  Mich:-  J 
gan,  Lane,  40. 

Wave  cutting  on  west  shore  of  Lake 
Huron,  Gordon  (C.  II.),  3. 

Work  of  Geological  Survey  in  upper  ' 
peninsula,  Hubbard  (L.  L.),  3.( 


Mineralog-y- 

Action  of  ammonium  chloride  upon  sili¬ 
cates,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Action  of  silver  nitrate  and  thallous 
nitrate  upon  certain  natural  sili¬ 
cates,  Steiger,  2. 

Alkalisyenit  von  Beverly,  Mass.,  Wright 
(F.  E.),  3. 

Alunite-jarosite  group  of  minerals,  Hil- 
lebrand  and  Penfield,  1. 

Amphibole  hudsonite,  Weidman,  2. 

Analisis  y  clasificacidn  de  un  granate 
de  Pihuamo,  Villarello,  2. 

Analysis  of  kunzite,  Davis  (R.  O.  E.),  1. 

Andover  meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.),  6. 

Apatite  crystals,  Antwerp,  N.  Y., 
Knight  (N.),  4. 

Apatite,  from  Minot,  Me.,  Wolff  and 
Palache,  1. 

Archaean  rocks  of  Ottawa  Valley, 
Osann,  2. 

Arizpe  meteorite,  Wuensch,  1. 

Arrangement  of  collections  of  meteor¬ 
ites,  Brezina,  1. 

Babingtonite  from  Massachusetts,  Pa¬ 
lache  and  Fraprie,  1. 

Bacubirito  meteorite,  Aguilera,  4. 

Bacubirito,  or  the  great  meteorite  of 
Sinaloa,  Mexico,  Ward  (H.  A.),  4. 

Barite  and  selenite  crystals,  Rowe,  3. 

Barites  of  Nebraska  and  Bad  Lands, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  1. 

Bastnasite  and  tysonite,  Allen  and 
Comstock,  1. 

Bath  Furnace  aerolite,  Ward  (H.  A.), 

12. 

Bath  Furnace  meteoric  fall,  Miller  (A. 
M.),  3. 

Bath  Furnace  meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.), 
5. 

Bauxite  deposits  of  Georgia,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  12. 

Bedford  cyrtolite,  Luquer,  2. 

Bibliography  and  index  of  North  Amer¬ 
ican  geology,  paleontology,  petrology, 
and  mineralogy,  Weeks,  3,  4,  6,  7,  10, 
15. 

Billings  meteorite,  Ward  IH.  A.),  10. 

Bismuth  and  bismite  from  Pala,  Cal., 
Kunz,  6. 

Borderland  between  crystallography 
and  chemistry,  Goldschmidt,  1. 

Calcite  from  the  Joplin  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Sterrett,  2. 

California  minerals,  Schaller,  3. 

Californite,  a  new  ornamental  stone, 
Kunz,  5. 

Canadian  amphiboles,  Harrington  (B. 

J.),  2. 

Canyon  City  meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.), 
7. 

Cape  York  meteorites,  Hovey  (E.  O.f, 
42. 

Carnotite  and  associated  vanadiferous 
minerals  in  western  Colorado,  Hille- 
brand  and  Ransome,  1. 

Casas  Grandes  meteorite,  Tassin,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEAES  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


569 


Mineralogy — Continued. 

Catalogue  of  meteorites,  Farrington,  9. 

Catalogue  of  the  Ward-Coonley  collet 
tion  of  meteorites,  Ward  (H.  A.),  9. 

Celestite  near  Syracuse,  Kraus,  2. 

Chemical  composition  of  amblygomte, 
Penfield,  2. 

Chemical  composition  of  axinite,  Ford 
(W.  E.),  3. 

Chemical  composition  of  childrenite, 
Penfield,  1. 

Chemical  composition  of  durangite, 
Brush,  4. 

Chemical  composition  of  hamlinite  and 
its  occurrence  with  bertrandite,  Pen- 
field,  5. 

Chemistry  and  mineralogy,  Hoffmann, 

8. 

Chrysoberyl  from  Canada,  Evans  (N. 
N.),  2. 

Chrysocolla  :  a  remarkable  case  of  hy¬ 
dration,  Palmer  (C.  M.),  1. 

Clackamas  meteoric  iron,  Kunz,  9. 

Colemanite  from  southern  California, 
Eakle,  2. 

Colorado  :  Report  of  State  Bureau  of 
Mines,  Lee  (H.  A.),  1. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  pollu- 
cite,  Wells,  2. 

Composition  of  Montreal  minerals, 
Harrington  (B.  J.),  5. 

Composition  of  tourmaline,  Kunz,  3. 

Composition  of  yttrialite,  Hillebrand, 

2. 

Composition  of  yttrialite,  with  a  criti¬ 
cism  of  the  formula  assigned  to  tha- 
lenite,  Hillebrand,  7. 

Concentration  of  barium  in  limestone, 
Dickson,  2. 

Condition  of  nickel  in  nickeliferous 
pyrrhotite  from  Sudbury,  Dickson,  1. 

Constituents  of  meteorites,  Farrington, 
3. 

Contribution  to  mineralogy  of  Califor¬ 
nia,  Blasdale,  1. 

Contributions  from  the  mineralogy 
laboratory,  Whitlock,  4. 

Contributions  from  mineralogical  la¬ 
boratory  of  University  of  Minnesota. 
Hobbs,  28. 

Contributions  to  mineralogy,  Eyerman, 

1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci 
district,  Lindgren,  29. 

Copper  ore  and  garnet  in  association, 
Blake  (W.  P.),  16. 

Corundum  of  North  Carolina,  Pratt, 
and  Lewis,  1. 

Crystal  drawing,  Penfield,  7. 

Crystalline  development  of  calaverite. 
Smith  (G.  F.  H.),  1. 

Crystallization  of  mohawkite,  domey- 
kite,  and  other  similar  arsenides, 
Koenig,  1. 

Crystallization  of  Luzonite,  Moses,  5. 

Crystallization  of  molybdenite,  Moses, 
3. 


Mineralogy — Continued . 

Crystallographic  study  of  millerite,  Pa- 
lache  and  Wood,  1. 

Crystallographical  and  chemical  notes 
on  lawsonite,  Schaller  and  Hille¬ 
brand,  1. 

Crystallography  of  calcites  of  New  Jer¬ 
sey  trap  region,  Rogers,  5. 

Crystallography  of  lepidolite,  Schaller, 

6. 

Deposits  of  copper  ores  at  Ducktown, 
Tenn.,  Kemp,  10. 

Deposits  of  wolframite  in  the  Black 
Hills,  Irving,  1. 

Description  of  four  meteorites,  Ward 
(H.  A.),  3. 

Description  of  new  species  from 
Branchville,  Brush  and  Dana,  1. 

Descriptive  catalogue  of  collections  of 
gems  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Tas- 
sin,  1. 

Descriptive  catalogue  of  meteorite  col¬ 
lection  in  U.  S.  National  Museum, 
Tassin,  2. 

Determination  of  brucite  as  a  rock  con¬ 
stituent,  Julie'n,  9. 

Determination  of  feldspars  in  thin  sec¬ 
tion,  Spurr,  7. 

Determination  of  optical  character  of 
bi-ref racting  minerals,  Wright  (F. 
E.),  5. 

Determination  of  relative  refractive 
indices  of  minerals,  Luquer,  1. 

Determining  index  of  refraction, 
Hotchkiss,  1. 

Development  of  pseudomorphs,  Patton, 

2. 

Discovery  of  meteoric  iron  in  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  3. 

Doughty  springs,  a  group  of  radium¬ 
bearing  springs,  Headden,  3. 

Dumortierite,  Schaller,  5,  7. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Silverton 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  1. 

Emmonsite  from  a  new  locality,  Hille¬ 
brand,  4. 

Epidote  crystals  from  Alaska,  Palache, 

1. 

Exhibit  of  radium  collection  at  the  St. 
Louis  Exposition,  Kunz,  10. 

Famous  gold  nuggets  of  the  world, 
Hurley,  1. 

Fierro  meteorico  de  Bacubirito,  Anger- 
mann,  3. 

Fifth  Branchville  paper,  Brush  and 
Dana,  5. 

Fluorescent  gems,  Levison,  1. 

Formula  of  bornite,  Harrington  (B. 
.T.),  3. 

Franceville  meteorite,  Preston  (H.  L.), 
2,  3. 

Garnetiferous  bed  in  Golden  Gate  Can¬ 
yon,  Bailey,  Rath,  and  Grider,  1. 

Gem  minerals  of  California,  Kunz,  8. 

Gems  and  gem  minerals,  Farrington, 

12. 


570 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Mineralogy — Continued. 

Gems  and  precious  stones  of  Mexico, 
Halse,  3. 

Gems  and  precious  stones  of  Mexico, 
Kunz,  4. 

Gems  and  rare  minerals  of  southern 
California,  Sovereign,  1. 

Geographical  distribution  of  meteor¬ 
ites,  Farrington,  14. 

Geological  relations  and  distribution 
of  platinum  and  associated  metals, 
Kemp,  11. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  of  Worcester,  Mass.,  Perry 
and  Emerson,  1. 

Geology  of  western  Mexico,  Farring¬ 
ton,  13. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Gold  and  its  associations,  Merrill  (G. 
P.),  15. 

Gold  belt  of  Blue  Mountains  of  Oregon, 
Lindgren,  4. 

Guide  to  mineral  collections,  Gratacap, 

6. 

Guide  to  mineralogic  collections  of 
New  York  State  Museum,  Whitlock, 
1. 

Highway  construction  in  Wisconsin, 
Buckley,  3. 

Hussakite,  a  new  mineral,  and  its  rela¬ 
tion  to  xenotime,  Kraus  and  Reitin- 
ger,  1. 

Identity  of  palacheite  and  botryogen, 
Eakle,  3. 

Ilvaite  from  Siorarsuit  at  Julianehaab, 
Boggild,  1. 

Inclusions  in  quartz,  Keeley,  1. 

Inclusions  in  quartz,  Bilgram,  1. 

Index  to  North  American  geology,  pale¬ 
ontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  1892-1900,  Weeks,  4. 

Internal  structure  of  cliftonite,  Davi¬ 
son,  1. 

Iodobromite  in  Arizona,  Blake,  18. 

Iron  of  meteoric  origin,  Pratt,  1. 

Iron-nickel  alloy,  awaruite,  Jamieson, 

1. 

Isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of 
the  feldspars,  Becker,  5. 

Isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of 
the  feldspai’s,  Day  and  Allen,  2. 

Isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of 
the  feldspars.  Optical  study,  Id- 
dings,  4. 

Jade,  Easter,  1. 

Jadeit  und  Chloromelanit  aus  Guate¬ 
mala,  Bauer,  1. 

Kunzite,  Baskerville,  1. 

Kunzite  and  its  unique  properties,  Bas¬ 
kerville  and  Kunz,  1. 

Lawsonite,  Schaller  and  Ilillebrand,  2. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  region, 
Bain,  2. 


Mineralogy — Continued. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  region, 
Van  Ilise,  5. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  southwestern 
Wisconsin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Virginia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  iiuorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.), 
3. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Dlrich  and  Smith, 
1. 

Lecture  notes  on  crystallography,  Pat¬ 
ton,  5. 

Lilac-colored  transparent  spodumene, 
Kunz,  7. 

Linear  force  of  growing  crystals,  Beck¬ 
er  and  Day,  1. 

Luminescent  zinc-blende,  Eakle  and 
Sharwood,  1. 

Mart  and  Bluff  meteorites,  Charlton,  1. 
Melanochalcite  and  keweenawite,  Koe¬ 
nig,  2. 

Mercury  minerals  from  Terlingua,  Tex¬ 
as,  Moses,  2. 

Metallic  veins  of  Farmington  meteor¬ 
ite,  Farrington,  1. 

Metasomatic  processes  ip  fissure  veins, 
Lindgren,  1. 

Meteoreisen-Studien,  Cohen,  4. 
Meteoreisen  von  Cincinnati,  Cohen,  3. 
Meteoreisen  von  Cuernavaca  und  Ire¬ 
dell,  Cohen,  8. 

Meteoreisen  von  De  Sotoville,  Brezina 
and  Cohen,  5. 

Meteoreisen  von  Forsyth  County,  Geor¬ 
gia,  Cohen,  2. 

Meteoreisen  von  Locust  Grove,  Nord- 
Carolina,  Cohen,  1. 

Meteoreisen  von  Millers  Run  bei  Pitts¬ 
burgh,  Cohen,  7. 

Meteoreisen  von  Nenntmannsdorf  und 
Persimmon  Creek,  Cohen,  6. 
Meteoreisen  von  Persimmon  Creek, 
Klein,  2. 

Meteoreisen  von  Ranchito  und  Casas 
Grandes,  Cohen,  5. 

Meteoric  iron  from  Augusta  County  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Campbell  and  Howe,  1. 
Meteorite  collection,  Ward  (II.  A.),  11. 
Meteorite  de  Canon  Diablo,  Moissan,  3. 
Meteorite  from  Admire,  Kansas,  Mer¬ 
rill  (G.  P.),  4. 

Meteorite  from  Algoma,  Kewaunee 
County,  Wisconsin,  Hobbs,  13,  15. 
Meteorite  from  Allegan,  Michigan,  and 
Mart,  Texas,  Merrill  and  Stokes,  1. 
Meteorite  from  Hendersonville,  Glenn, 
3. 

Meteorite  from  Mount  Vernon,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  7. 

Meteorite  from  Shelburne,  Johnston 
(R.  A.  A.),  3. 

Meteorite  in  Supreme  Court,  Winchell 
(N.  H.),  28. 

Meteorite  studies,  Farrington,  6. 


FOE  THE  YEAES  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


571 


Mineralogy— Con  tinued . 

Meteorite  which  fell  near  Felix,  Ala¬ 
bama,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  2. 

Meteorites  and  their  collectors,  Holder, 

3. 

Meteorites  of  Kansas,  Farrington,  11.  1 

Meteorites  of  Nebraska,  Barbour  (E. 

H. ),  4. 

Meteorites  of  northwestern  Kansas, 
Farrington,  8. 

Method  for  the  exact  expression  cf 
crystal  habit,  Rogers,  7. 

Method  of  petrographic  analysis,  Derr, 

I. 

Microscopic  -  petrographical  methods, 
Wright  (F.  E.),  2. 

Mineral  analyses,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 
Mineral  asbestiforme,  Villarello,  4. 
Mineral  catalog,  Foote,  1. 

Mineral  containing  radium,  Obalski,  2. 
Mineral  occurrences  in  the  Salina  ep¬ 
och,  Kraus,  3. 

Mineral  tables,  Eakle,  5. 

Mineralogia  Groenlandica,  Boggild,  5. 
Mineralogical  notes,  Chester,  1. 
Mineralogical  notes,  Eakle,  1. 
Mineralogical  notes,  Headden,  1,  4. 
Mineralogical  notes,  Moses,  1. 
Mineralogical  notes,  Rogers,  2,  4. 
Mineralogical  notes,  Schaller,  8. 
Mineralogical  notes,  Warren,  1. 
Mineralogisk  resa  i  Syd-Groenland, 
Flink,  1. 

Mineralogisk-petrografiske  undersoegel- 
ser  af  Groenlandske  nefelin  syeni- 
ter  og  heslsegtede  bjaegarter,  Ussing, 

1. 

Mineralogy  of  Chicago  area,  Crook,  1. 
Mineralogy  [of  Missouri],  Broadhead, 

2. 

Minerals  and  mineral  localities  of  Tex¬ 
as,  Simonds,  3. 

Minerals  associated  with  copper,  Stone 
(G.  II.),  1. 

Minerals  at  Haddam,  Martin  (D.  S.),  1. 
Minerals  from  Julianehaab,  Greenland, 
Boggild,  2. 

Minerals  from  Leona  Heights,  Alameda 
County,  California,  Schaller,  1. 
Minerals  from  Narsarsuk  in  southern 
Greenland,  Flink,  2. 

Minerals  from  Pacific  States,  Turner, 

4,  7. 

Minerals  from  the  basalt  of  east  Green¬ 
land,  Boggild,  4. 

Minerals  from  the  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Arizona,  Lindgren  and  Hille- 
brand,  1. 

Minerals  from  the  nephelite-syenite  at 
Julianehaab,  Boggild  and  Winther,  1. 
Minerals  in  gold  quartz  veins,  Lind¬ 
gren,  3.  | 

Minerals  in  rock  sections,  Luquer,  4. 
Minerals  of  Joplin  district,  Rogers,  6. 
Minerals  of  Nova  Scotia,  Gilpin,  1. 
Minerals  of  Ottawa  Valley,  Willimott, 

1. 


Mineralogy — Continued. 

Minerals  of  regiofi  about  Nashville, 
Glenn,  7. 

Minerals  of  Rhode  Island,  Davis  (C. 
Abbott),  1. 

Minerals  of  the  Harriman  Alaska  -ex¬ 
pedition,  Palache,  4. 

Mines  and  minerals  of  Guanajuato, 
Blake  (W.  P.),  7. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines,  Hed- 
burg,  1. 

Modes  of  occurrence  of  albertite,  Bai¬ 
ley  (L.  W.),  1. 

Mohawkite,  Richards  (J.  W.),  1. 

Molybdenite  at  Crown  Point,  Crook,  3. 

Mount  Vernon  meteorite,  Tassin,  5. 

Native  arsenic  from  Montreal,  Evans 
(N.  N.),  1. 

New  form  of  calcite-sand  crystal,  Bar¬ 
bour  and  Fisher,  2. 

New  forms  of  sperrylite,  Goldschmidt 
and  Nicol,  1. 

New  habit  for  chalcopyrite,  Richards 
(R.  W.),  1. 

New  lilac-colored  spodumene,  Kunz,  7. 

New  mercury  mineral  from  Terlingua, 
Hillebrand,  8. 

New  meteorite  from  Kansas,  Farring¬ 
ton,  7. 

New  meteorite  from  Kentucky,  Miller 
(A.  M.),  2. 

New  Mexico  mines  and  minerals,  Jones 
(F.  A.),  1. 

New  mineral  occurrences  in  Canada, 
Hoffmann,  2. 

New  minerals  from  Franklin,  N.  J., 
Penfield  and  Warren,  1. 

New  minerals  in  Canada,  Hoffmann,  3. 

New  occurrence  of  sperrylite,  Wells  and 
Penfield,  1. 

New  York  mineral  localities,  Whitlock, 

Niagara  meteorite,  Preston  (H.  L.),  1. 

Nickel  and  copper  deposits  of  Sudbury, 
Barlow,  8. 

Nonmetallic  minerals,  Merrill  (G.  P.), 

12. 

Nonmetallic  minerals,  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  3. 

Note  on  certain  copper  minerals,  Win- 
chell  (A.  N.),  2. 

Notes  on  rocks  and  minerals  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Occurrence  and  distribution  of  celest- 
ite-bearing  rocks,  Kraus,  4. 

Occurrence  of  aurichalcite,  Keyes,  39. 

Occurrence  of  chrompicotite,  Hoffmann, 
5. 

Occurrence  of  fayalite  in  Wisconsin, 
Weidman,  4. 

Occurrence  of  mica  in  Boulder  County, 
Schwarz,  1. 

Occurrence  of  minerals  at  Haddam 
Neck,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 

Occurrence  of  Texas  mercury  minerals, 
Hill  (B.  F.),  2. 


572 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Mineralogy— rContinued. 

Occurrence  of  thaumasite,  Penfield  and 
Pratt,  1. 

Occurrence  of  zoisite  and  thulite,  Bib- 
bins,  1. 

Octahedrite  and  brookite,  Robinson  (H. 

H. ),  1. 

On  bixbyite,  Penfield  and  Foote,  1. 

On  calaverite,  Penfield  and  Ford,  1. 

On  californite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  2. 

On  clinohedrite,  Penfield  and  Foote,  2. 

On  gahnite,  Brush,  3. 

On  hortonolite,  Brush,  1. 

On  moi*denite,  Pirsson,  2. 

On  northupite,  pirssonite,  etc.,  Pratt,  3. 

On  pearceite,  Penfield,  4. 

On  spangolite,  Penfield,  3. 

On  sussexite,  Brush,  2. 

On  wellsite,  Pratt  and  Foote,  1. 

Optische  Orientirung  des  Albit  von 
Amelia,  Becke,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Rico  Mountains,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Ransome,  3. 

Ore  deposits  of  Monte  Cristo,  Spurr,  3. 

Oscuro  Mountain  meteorite,  Hills,  3. 

Oxygen  in  its  relation  to  mineralogy, 
Cooper  (J.  C.),  1. 

Palacheite,  Eakle,  4. 

Peculiar  occurrence  of  bitumen,  Mor¬ 
gan  and  Tallmon,  2. 

Persimmon  Creek  meteorite,  Tassin,  4. 

Phlogopite  crystal,  McNairn,  1. 

Phosphorescent  sphalerite,  Eakle,  6. 

Phosphorus  in  Saline  Township  meteor¬ 
ite,  Farrington,  10. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Platinum  in  nickel-copper  ores  from 
Sudbury,  Dickson,  3. 

Pre-terrestial  history  of  meteorites, 
Farrington,  4. 

Prismatic  crystals  of  hematite,  McKee, 

I. 

Production  des  pierres  precieuses  aux 
Etats-Unis,  Kunz,  1. 

Progress  of  mineralogy  in  1899,  Ham¬ 
ilton  and  Withrow,  1. 

Pseudomorphs  and  crystal  cavities, 
Rowe,  4. 

Purpurite,  a  new  mineral,  Graton  and 
Schaller,  1. 

Pyrite  and  marcasite,  Julien,  5. 

Pyrite  and  marcasite,  Stokes,  1. 

Quartz  from  San  Diego  County,  War¬ 
ing,  1. 

Quecksilbermineralien  von  Terlingua  in 
Texas,  Moses,  4. 

Radium  in  an  American  ore,  Phillips 
(A.  H.),  1. 

Rare  metals  from  Rambler  mine,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Read,  1. 

Recent  mineralogical  literature,  Moses 
and  Luquer,  2,  3. 

Red  beryl  from  Utah,  llillebrand,  5. 

Reed  City  meteorite,  Preston  (II.  L.),  4. 

Regeneration  of  clastic  feldspar,  Win- 
chell  (N.  H.),  9. 


Mineralogy — Continued. 

Relations  of  tetrahedral  combinations 
to  crystalline  form,  Blake  (J.  C.),  2. 

Replacement  of  quartz  by  pyrite  and 
corrosion  of  quartz  pebbles,  Smyth,  6. 

Report  of  section  of  chemistry  and  min¬ 
eralogy,  Hoffmann,  1,  4,  6. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 

Results  of  late  mineral  research  in 
Llano  County,  Hidden,  1. 

Rickardite,  Ford  (W.  E.),  2. 

Road-making  materials  of  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Rodeo  meteorite,  Farrington,  16. 

Ste.  Genevieve  meteorite,  Ward  (H. 
A.),  1. 

Second  Branchville  paper,  Brush  and 
Dana,  2. 

Secondary  enrichment  in  ore  deposits 
of  copper,  Kemp,  33. 

Serpentines  of  Manhattan  Island,  New- 
land,  1. 

Shelburne  meteorite,  Borgstrom,  1. 

Silverj;on  folio,  Ransome,  16. 

Sodalite  syenite  (ditroite)  from  Ice 
River  Valley,  Canadian  Rocky  Moun¬ 
tains,  Bonney,  1. 

Souesite,  a  native  iron-nickel  alloy, 
Hoffmann,  7. 

Sperrylite,  Wells,  1. 

Spinel  twins  of  pyrite,  Nicol,  1. 

Spodumene,  and  results  of  its  altera¬ 
tion,  Brush  and  Dana,  4. 

Spodumene  from  San  Diego  County, 
Schaller,  2. 

Stibnite  at  Steamboat  Springs,  Lind- 
gren,  24. 

Structure  of  meteorites,  Farrington,  2. 

Study  of  minerals  in  the  laboratory, 
Day  (A.  L.),  1. 

Synthesis  of  chalcocite  and  its  genesis 
at  Butte,  Mont.,  Winchell  (H.  V.),2. 

Tables  of  minerals,  Penfield,  6. 

Third  Branchville  paper,  Brush  and 
Dana,  3. 

Titaniferous  magnetite  in  Wyoming, 
Kemp,  36. 

Titaniferous  pyroxene,  Winchell  (A. 
N.),  3. 

Tourmaline  contact  zones  near  Alex¬ 
andria  Bay,  N.  Y.,  Smyth  (C.  H.),3. 

Tourmaline  from  San  Diego  County, 
Sterrett,  1. 

Tourmaline  localities  of  southern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Schaller,  4. 

Treatise  on  metamorphism,  Van  Hise, 

12. 

Tungsten  mine  at  Trumbull,  Conn., 
Hobbs,  5. 

Two  tellurium  minerals  from  Colorado, 
Hillebrand,  6. 

Tychite,  Penfield  and  Jamieson,  1. 

Ultimate  disintegration  products  of  the 
radio-active  elements,  Boltwood,  1. 

Uranophane  in  Georgia,  Watson  (T. 
L.),  7. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


573 


Mineralogy — Continued. 

Variety  of  fetid  calcite  aDd  cause  of  its 
odor,  Harrington,  1. 

Vorkommen  der  texanischen  Quecksil- 
bermineralien,  Hill  (R.  F.),  4. 
Ward-Coonley  collection  of  meteorites, 
Gratacap,  3. 

Ward-Coonley  collection  of  meteorites, 
Ward  (H.  A.),  2. 

Willamette  meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.),  8. 
Willamette  meteorite,  Winchell  (N.  H.), 
29. 

Wollastonite  rock  mass,  Collins  (H. 
F.),  1. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  north  Ar¬ 
kansas,  Branner,  2. 

Minerals  described. 

Acmite  Boggild,  5. 

Acmite,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  5. 

Acmite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Actinolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Actinolite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Actinolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Actinolite,  Simonds,  3. 

Actinolite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Actinolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Adularia,  Simonds,  3. 

Aegirine,  Boggild,  5. 

Aegirine,  Flink,  2. 

Aegirite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Aegirite,  Steiger,  2. 

Aenigmatite,  Boggild,  5. 

Aerolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Agate,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Agate,  Simonds,  3. 

Alabaster,  Farrington,  12. 

Alabaster,  Whitlock,  1. 

Alamandite,  Simonds,  3. 

Albertite,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  1. 

Albertite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Albertite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Albite,  Becke,  1. 

Albite,  Boggild,  5. 

Albite,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 

Albite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Albite,  Day  and  Allen,  2. 

Albite,  Palache,  4. 

Albite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Albite,  Simonds,  3. 

Albite,  Tassin,  1. 

Albite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Albite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Algodonite,  Koenig,  2. 

Allanite,  Boggild,  5. 

Allanite,  Farrington,  12. 

Allanite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Allanite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Allanite,  Simonds,  3. 

Allanite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Allemontite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Allophane,  Bain,  2. 

Allophane,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Almandite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Almandite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Almandite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Altaite,  Eakle,  1. 

Altaite,  Hoffmann,  4. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Alunite,  Ilillebrand  and  Penfield,  1, 
Alunite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Alunite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Alunite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Alunogen,  Ileadden,  4. 

Amazonstone,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Amber,  Farrington,  12. 

Amber,  Kunz,  4. 

Amber,  Tassin,  1. 

Amber,  Whitlock,  1. 

Amblygonite,  Schaller,  3,  8. 
Amblygonite,  Sovereign,  1. 

Amesite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Amethyst,  Simonds,  3. 

Amphibole,  Buckley,  3. 

Amphibole,  Eyerman,  1. 

Amphibole,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  2. 
Amphibole,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Amphibole,  Kemp,  10. 

Amphibole,  Lindgren,  29. 

Amphibole,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Amphibole,  Simonds,  3. 

Amphibole,  Spurr,  3. 

Amphibole,  Whitlock,  1. 

Amphibole,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Analcime,  Boggild,  4,  5. 

Analcime,  Flink,  2. 

Analcite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Analcite,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  5. 
Analcite,  Steiger,  2. 

Analcite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Analcite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Analcite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Anchylite,  Boggild,  5. 

Ancylite,  Flink,  2. 

Andalusite,  Boggild,  5. 

Andalusite,  Farrington,  12. 
Andalusite,  Tassin,  1. 

Andalusite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Andalusite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Andesine,  Boggild,  5. 

Andesine,  Iddings,  4. 

Andesine,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Andesine-labradorite,  Iddings,  4. 
Andesine,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Andradite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Andradite,  Simonds,  3. 

Andradite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Anglesite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 
Anglesite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Anhydrite,  Schaller,  8. 

Anhydrite,  Tassin,  1. 

Anhydrite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Anhydrite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Ankerite,  Boggild,  5. 

Ankerite,  Simonds,  3. 

Ankerite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Ankerite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Annabergite,  Barlow,  8. 

Anorthite,  Boggild,  5. 

Anorthite,  Day  and  Allen,  2. 
Anorthite,  Iddings,  4. 

Anorthite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Anorthite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Anorthite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Anorthoclase,  Van  Hise,  12. 


574 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Minerals  described — Continued. 
Antophyllite,  Boggild,  5. 
Anthophyllite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Anthophyllite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Anthophyllite,  Warren,  1. 
Anthracite,  Hoffmann,  4. 
Anthracite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Antimony,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Antimony,  Whitlock,  1. 

Apatite,  Boggild,  5. 

Apatite,  Bowman  (II.  L.),  1. 
Apatite,  Crook,  1. 

Apatite,  Farrington,  12. 

Apatite,  Flink,  2. 

Apatite,  Kemp,  10. 

Apatite,  Knight  (N.),  4. 

Apatite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Apatite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Apatite,  Simonds,  3. 

Apatite,  Turner,  4,  7. 

Apatite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Apatite,  WTiitlock,  1. 

Apatite,  Wolff  and  Palache,  1. 
Apatite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Apophyllite,  Boggild,  4,  5. 
Apophyllite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Apophyllite,  Schaller,  8. 
Apophyllite,  Tassin,  1. 

Apophyllite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Apophyllite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Apophyllite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Aragonite,  Boggild,  4,  5. 
Aragonite,  Crook,  1. 

Aragonite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Aragonite,  Simonds,  3. 

Aragonite,  Tassin,  1. 

Aragonite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Aragonite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Arfvedsonite,  Boggild,  5. 
Arfvedsonite,  Flink,  2. 
Arfvedsonite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Arfvedsonite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Argentite,  Crook,  1. 

Argentite,  Ransome,  3,  16. 
Argentite,  Simonds,  3. 

Argentite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Arsenic,  Evans  (N.  N.),  1. 

Arsenic,  Warren,  1. 

Arsenic,  Whitlock,  1. 

Arsenopyrite,  Boggild,  5. 
Arsenopyrite,  Chester,  1. 
Arsenopyrite,  Spurr,  3. 
Arsenopyrite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Asbestos,  Boggild,  5. 

Asbestos,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Asbestos,  Lindgren,  29. 

Asbestos,  Simonds,  3. 

Asbestos,  Whitlock,  1. 

Asphalt,  Crook,  1. 

Asphalt,  Glenn,  7. 

Asphaltum,  Simonds,  3. 
Asphaltum,  Whitlock,  1. 

Atacamite,  Moses,  1. 

Atacamite,  Simonds,  3. 

Atacamite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Augite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Augite,  Crook,  1. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Augite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Augite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Auglesite,  Rogers,  5. 

Aurichalcite,  Keyes,  39. 

Aurichalcite,  Weed,  5. 

Autunite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Aventurine,  Simonds,  3. 

Awaruite,  Jamieson,  1. 

Axinite,  Farrington,  12. 

Axinite,  Ford  (W.  E.),  3. 

Axinite,  Tassin,  1. 

Axinite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Axinite,  Weed,  5. 

Axinite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Azurite,  Boggild,  5. 

Azurite,  Crook,  1. 

Azurite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Azurite,  Kemp,  33. 

Azurite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Azurite,  Simonds,  3. 

Azurite,  Tassin,  1. 

Azurite,  Weed,  5. 

Azurite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Babingtonite,  Palache  and  Fraprie,  1. 
Barite,  Bain,  2. 

Barite,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Barite,  Boggild,  5. 

Barite,  Glenn,  7. 

Barite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Barite,  Headden,  3. 

Barite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Barite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Barite,  Ransome,  16. 

Barite,  Rogers,  2,  4. 

Barite,  Rowe,  3. 

Barite,  Simonds,  3. 

Barite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 

Barite,  Tassin,  1. 

Barite,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1. 

Barite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Barite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Barites,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  1. 

Barium,  Boltwood,  1. 

Barium,  Dickson,  2. 

Barkevikite,  Boggild,  5. 

Bastnasite,  Allen  and  Comstock,  1. 
Bauxite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Bauxite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Bauxite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Bauxite,  Simonds,  3. 

Beryl,  Boggild,  5. 

Bei*yl,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 

Beryl,  Farrington,  12. 

Beryl,  Hillebrand,  5. 

Beryl,  Kunz,  8. 

Beryl,  Simonds,  3. 

Beryl,  Tassin,  1. 

Beryl,  Whitlock,  1. 

Beryllonite,  Tassin,  1. 

Biotite,  Boggild,  5. 

Biotite,  Crook,  1. 

Biotite,  Eyerman,  1. 

Biotite,  Flink,  2. 

Biotite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Biotite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Biotite,  Simonds,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


575 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Biotite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Bismite,  Kunz,  6. 

Bismuth,  Boltwood,  1. 

Bismuth,  Kunz,  6. 

Bismuth,  Whitlock,  1. 

Bismuthinite,  Hoffmann,  6. 
Bismuthinite,  Ransome,  16. 

Bismuthite,  Headden,  4. 

Bismuthite,  Weed,  5. 

Bitumen,  Bain,  2. 

Bixbyite,  Penfield  and  Foote,  1. 

Blende,  Spurr,  3. 

Blende,  Weed,  5. 

Boothite,  Schaller,  1,  3,  8. 

Boracite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Boracite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Borax,  Day  and  Allen,  2. 

Borax,  Whitlock,  1. 

Bornite,  Boggild,  5. 

Bornite,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  3. 

Bornite,  Kemp,  33. 

Bornite,  Ransome,  16 
Bornite,  Simonds,  3.  * 

Bornite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Bornite,  Winchell  (A.  N.),  2. 

Bornite,  Wright  (F.  E.j,  6. 

Botryogen,  Eakle,  3. 

Bournonite,  Ransome,  16. 

Bournonite,  Schaller,  8. 

Bournonite,  Weed,  5. 

Bournonite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Brannerite,  Branner,  3. 

Brannerite,  Hedburg,  1. 

Braunite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Braunite,  Simonds,  3. 

Britolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Britholite,  Boggild  and  Winther,  1. 
Brochantite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Brochantite,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand, 

1. 

Brochantite,  Ransome,  11. 

Brochantite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Bromyrite,  Simonds,  3. 

Bronzite,  Farrington,  12. 

Bronzite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Bronzite,  Simonds,  3. 

Bronzite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Brookite,,  Robinson  (H.  H.),  1. 
Brookite,  Tassin,  1. 

Brookite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Brucite,  Julien,  9. 

Brucite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Brucite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Bytownite,  Iddings,  4. 

Bytownite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Calamine,  Bain,  2. 

Calamine,  Branner,  2. 

Calamine,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Calamine,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Calamine,  Lindgren,  29. 

Calamine,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand,  1. 
Calamine,  Simonds,  3. 

Calamine,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Cerussite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 
Calamine,  Weed,  5. 

Calaverite,  Penfield  and  Foote,  1. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Calaverite,  Smith  (G.  F.  H.),  1. 
Calcedony,  Boggild,  4. 

Calciovolborthite,  Lindgren,  4. 

Calcite,  Bain,  2. 

Calcite,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Calcite,  Boggild,  4,  5. 

Calcite,  Buckley,  3. 

Calcite,  Crook,  1. 

Calcite,  Flink,  2. 

Calcite,  Glenn,  7. 

Calcite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Calcite,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  4. 

Calcite,  Hobbs,  28.  • 

Calcite,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Calcite,  Kemp,  10. 

Calcite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Calcite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Calcite,  I’alache,  4. 

Calcite,  Patton,  2. 

Calcite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1, 

Calcite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Calcite,  Ransome,  4,  16. 

Calcite,  Rogers,  2,  4,  5. 

Calcite,  Simonds,  3. 

Calcite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 

Calcite,  Spurr,  3. 

Calcite,  Sterrett,  2. 

Calcite,  Tassin,  1. 

Calcite,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1. 

Calcite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Calcite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Calcite,  Weed,  5. 

Calcite,  Whitlock,  1,  4. 

Calcite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Calcite-sand  crystal,  Barbour  and 
Fisher,  2. 

Calcite  strontium,  Chester,  1. 
Caledonite,  Rogers,  2. 

Californite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  2. 
Californite  (Vesuvianite),  Kunz,  5. 
Callainite,  Farrington,  12. 

Calomel,  Simonds,  3. 

Cancrinite,  Boggild,  5. 

Cancrinite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Cancrinite,  Tassin,  1. 

Cancrinite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Cancrinite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Carbonite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Carnelian,  Simonds,  3. 

Carnotite,  Hillebrand  and  Ransome,  1. 
Carnotite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Carnotite,  Phillips  (A.  H.),  1. 
Carphosiderite,  Boggild,  5. 

Cassiterite,  Barlow,  8. 

Cassiterite,  Boggild,  5. 

Cassiterite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Cassiterite,  Pratt  and  Sterrett,  1. 
Cassiterite,  Schaller,  8. 

Cassiterite,  Simonds,  3. 

Cassiterite,  Tassin,  1. 

Cassiterite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Catapleiite,  Flink,  2. 

Catlinite,  Tassin,  1. 

Celestite,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Celestite,  Glenn,  7. 

Celestite,  Hoffman,  4. 


576 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Celestite,  Kraus,  2-4. 

Celestite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Celestite,  Rogers,  2,  4. 

Celestite,  Simonds,  3. 

Celestite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Cerargyrite,  Simonds,  3. 

Cerargyrite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Cerite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Cerolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Cerussite,  Bain,  2. 

Cerussite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Cerussite,  Rogers,  4. 

Cerussite,  Simonds,  3. 

Cerussite,  Warren,  1. 

Cerussite,  Weed,  5. 

Calamine,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 
Cerussite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Chabazite,  Boggild,  4,  5. 

Chabazite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Chabazite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1 
Chabazite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Chabazite,  Steiger,  2. 

Chabazite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Chabazite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Chalcanthite,  Lindgren,  29. 
Chalcanthite,  Schaller,  1. 

Chalcedony,  Boggild,  5. 

Chalcedony,  Simonds,  3. 

Chalcedony,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Chalcocite,  Barlow,  8. 

Chalcocite,  Kemp,  33. 

Chalcocite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Chalcocite,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand,  1 
Chalcocite,  Ransome,  11,  16. 

Chalcocite,  Simonds,  3. 

Chalcocite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Chalcocite,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  2. 
Chalcocite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Chalcolamprite,  Boggild,  5. 
Chalcolamprite,  Flink,  2. 

Chalcopyrite,  Bain,  2. 

Chalcopyrite,  Barlow,  8. 

Chalcopyrite,  Boggild,  5. 

Chalcopyrite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 
Chalcopyrite,  Kemp,  10. 

Chalcopyrite,  Kemp,  33. 

Chalcopyrite,  Lindgren.  29. 
Chalcopyrite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

"  Chalcopyrite,  Ransome,  3,  11,  16. 
Chalcopyrite,  Richards  (R.  W.),  1. 
Chalcopyrite,  Simonds,  3. 

Chalcopyrite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Chalcopyrite,  Spurr,  3. 

Chalcopyrite,  Weed,  5. 

Chalcopyrite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Chalcopyrite,  Winchell  (A.  N.),  2. 
Chalcopyrite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Chalcosine,  Boggild,  5. 

Chert,  Bain,  2. 

Chert,  Glenn,  7. 

Chert,  Simonds,  3. 

Chert,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Chiolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Chlorastrolite,  Farrington,  12. 

Chlorite,  Blasdale,  1. 

Chlorite,  Boggild,  5. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Chlorite,  Buckley,  3. 

Chlorite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Chlorite,  Simonds,  3. 

Chloritoid,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Chloritoid,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Chloromelanite,  Bauer,  1. 

Chloropal,  Simonds,  3. 

Chloropal,  Turner,  4. 

Chondrodite,  Boggild,  5. 

Chondrodite,  Tassin,  1. 

Chondrodrite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Chordylite,  Boggild,  5. 

Chromite,  Boggild,  5. 

Chromite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Chromite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Chromite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Chromite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Chromium  mica,  Lindgren,  4. 
Chrompicotite,  Hoffmann,  5,  6. 
Chrysoberyl,  Evans  (N.  N.),  1. 
Chrysoberyl,  Farrington,  12. 
Chrysoberyl,  Moses,  1. 

Chrysoberyl,  Tassin,  1. 

Chrysoberyl,  Whitlock,  1. 

Chrysocolla,  Farrington,  12. 
Chrysocolla,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Chrysocolla,  Kemp,  33. 

Chrysocolla,  Lindgren,  29. 

Chrysocolla,  Lindgren  and  Hillehrand, 

1. 

Chrysocolla,  Palmer  (C.  M.),  1. 
Chrysocolla,  Simonds,  3. 

Chrysocolla,  Tassin,  1. 

Chrysocolla,  Whitlock,  1. 

Chrysocolla,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Chrysolite,  Farrington,  12. 

Chrysolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Chrysolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Chrysotile,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Cinnabar,  Simonds,  3. 

Cinnabar,  Whitlock,  1. 

Cleveite,  Obalski,  2. 

Cliftonite,  Davison,  1. 

Clinochlore,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Clinochlore,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Clinochlore,  Whitlock,  1. 

Clinohedrite,  Penfield  and  Foote,  2. 
Clinohumite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Coal,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Coal,  Simonds,  3. 

Coal,  Tassin,  1. 

Cobaltite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Cobaltite,  Tassin,  1. 

Cobaltite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Cohenite,  Boggild,  5. 

Colemanite,  Eakle,  2. 

Colemanite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Colemanite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Columbite,  Boggild,  5. 

Columbite,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 
Columbite,  Headden,  4. 

Columbite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Columbite,  Simonds,  3. 

Columbite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Cookeite,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 

Copiapite,  Schaller,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


577 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Copper,  Boggild,  5. 

Copper,  Crook,  1. 

Copper,  Kemp,  33. 

Copper,  Lindgren,  29. 

Copper,  Ransome,  11,  16. 

Copper,  Whitlock,  1. 

Copper,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Copper,  native,  Hoffmann,  1,  2. 

Copper,  native,  Simonds,  3. 
Copper-pitch  ore,  Lindgren  and  Ilille- 
brand,  1. 

Coquimbite,  Eakle,  1. 

Coral,  precious,  Farrington,  12. 
Cordierite,  Boggild,  5. 

Cordierite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Cordylite,  Flink,  2. 

Coronadite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Coronadite,  Lindgren  and  Ilillebrand, 

1. 

Corundophilite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Corundum,  Boggild,  5. 

Corundum,  Crook.  1. 

Corundum,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  1. 
Corundum,  Farrington,  12. 

Corundum,  Pratt,  2. 

Corundum,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Corundum,  Tassin,  1. 

Corundum,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Corundum,  Whitlock,  1. 

Covellite,  Kemp,  33. 

Crednerite,  Simonds,  3. 

Crocidolite,  Flink,  2. 

Crocidolite,  Tassin,  1. 

Crocidolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Crocoite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Crocydolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Cryolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Cryolite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Cryolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Cryolitionite,  Boggild,  5. 

Cryophyllite,  Sears,  1. 

Crysotile,  Willimott,  1. 

Cubanite,  Barlow,  8. 

Cummingtonite,  Boggild,  5. 
Cummingtonite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Cummingtonite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Cuprite,  Crook,  1. 

Cuprite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Cuprite,  Kemp,  33. 

Cuprite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Cuprite,  Ransome,  11. 

Cuprite,  Simonds,  3. 

Cuprite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Cuprite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Cuprodescloizite,  Headden,  1. 

Cyanite,  Boggild,  5. 

Cyanite,  Farrington,  12. 

Cyanite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Cyanite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Cyanite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Cyanotrichite,  Simonds,  3. 

Cymatolite,  Brush  and  Dana,  4. 
Cyprine,  Simonds,  3. 

Cyrtolite,  Hidden,  1. 

Cyrtolite,  Luquer,  2. 

Cyrtolite,  Simonds,  3. 

Bull.  301—06 - 37 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Damourite,  Tassin,  1. 

Danaite,  Barlow,  8. 

Danaite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Danalite,  Hoffmann,  2,  4. 

Datolite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Datolite,  Eakle,  1. 

Datolite,  Hoffmann,  3,  4. 

Datolite,  Tassin,  1. 

Datolite,  Whitlock,  1,  4. 

Datolite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Descloizite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Descloizite,  Weed,  5. 

Desmin,  Boggild,  5. 

Deweylite,  Chester,  1. 

Deweylite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Diallage,  Blasdale,  1. 

Diallage,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Diamond,  Crook,  1. 

Diamond,  Farrington,  12. 

Diamond,  Hobbs,  4. 

Diamond,  Merrill  (G.  I’.),  12. 
I>iamond,  Tassin,  1. 

Diamond,  Whitlock,  1. 

Diaspore,  Boggild,  5. 

Diaspore,  Merrill  (G.  1*.),  12. 
Diaspore,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Diaspore,  Tassin,  1. 

Diaspore,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Dickinsonite,  Brush  and  Dana,  1,  5. 
Diopsid,  Whitlock,  1. 

Diopside,  Boggild,  5. 

Diopside,  Farrington,  12. 

Diopside,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Diopside,  Tassin,  1. 

Diopside,  Turner,  4. 

Diopside,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Diopside,  Weed,  5. 

Dioptase,  Farrington,  12. 

Dioptase.  Lindgren,  29. 

Dioptase,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand,  1. 
Dioptase,  Tassin,  1. 

Dioptase,  Whitlock,  1. 

Dolomite,  Bain,  2. 

Dolomite,  Boggild,  5. 

Dolomite,  Buckley,  3. 

Dolomite,  Crook,  1. 

Dolomite,  Glenn,  7. 

Dolomite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Dolomite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Dolomite,  Patton,  2. 

Dolomite,  Ransome,  16. 

Dolomite,  Rogers,  5. 

Dolomite,  Simonds,  3. 

Dolomite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Dolomite,  Weed,  5. 

Dolomite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 
Dolomite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Domeykite,  Koenig,  1,  2. 

Domeykite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Doughtyite,  Headden,  4. 

Dudleyite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Dumortierite,  Schaller,  5,  7. 
Dumortierite,  Tassin,  1. 

Durangite,  Brush,  4. 

Edenite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Edenite,  Hoffmann,  6. 


578 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Eglestonite,  Moses,  2,  4. 

Elaeolite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Elaterite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Elpidite,  Boggild,  5. 

Elpidite,  Flink,  2. 

Emerald,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Emery,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Emmonsite,  Hillebrand,  4,  6. 
Enargite,  Headden,  4. 

Enargite,  Kemp,  33. 

Enargite,  Moses,  5. 

Enargite,  Ransome,  16. 

Enargite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Endeiolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Endeiolite,  Flink,  2. 

Enstatite,  Boggild,  5. 

Enstatite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Enstatite,  Simonds,  3. 

Enstatite,  Tassin,  1. 

Enstatite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Enstatite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Eosophorite,  Brush  and  Dana,  1.  3. 
Epididymite,  Boggild,  5. 
Epididymite,  Flink,  2. 

Epidolite,  Tassin,  1. 

Epidote,  Boggild,  5. 

Epidote,  Farrington,  12. 

Epidote,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Epidote,  Lindgren,  29. 

Epidote,  Palache,  1,  4. 

Epidote,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Epidote,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Epidote,  Simonds,  3. 

Epidote,  Spurr,  3. 

Epidote,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Epidote,  Weed,  5. 

Epidote,  Whitlock,  1. 

Epidote,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Epistilbite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Epistolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Epistolite,  Boggild  and  Winther,  1. 
Epsomite,  Boggild,  5. 

Epsomite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Epsomite,  Schaller,  1. 

Epsomite,  Simonds,  3. 

Epsomite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Erikite,  Boggild,  2,  5. 

Erythrite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Erythrite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Esmeraldaite,  Eakie,  1. 

Euclase,  Farrington,  12. 

Euclase,  Tassin,  1. 

Eudialyte,  Boggild,  5. 

Eudialyte,  Flink,  2. 

Eudidymite,  Boggild,  5. 

Eudidymite,  Flink,  2. 

Euphyllite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Euxenite,  Boggild,  5. 

Euxenite,  Farrington,  12. 
Fairfieldite,  Brush  and  Dana,  2,  5. 
Fassatite,  Simonds,  3. 

Faujasite,  Hoffmann,  3,  4,  6. 
Fayalite,  Sears,  1. 

Fayalite.  Van  Hise,  12. 

Fayalite,  Warren,  1. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 
Fayalite,  Weidman,  4. 

Feldspar,  Buckley,  3. 

Feldspar,  Farrington,  12. 
Feldspar,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Feldspar,  Spurr,  7. 

Feldspar,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Fergusonite,  Boggild,  5. 
Fergusonite,  Farrington,  12. 
Fergusonite,  Hidden,  1. 
Fergusonite,  Simonds,  3. 
Fibroferrite,  Headden,  4. 
Fibrolite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Fibrolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis.  1. 
Fibrolite,  Simonds,  3. 

Fillowite,  Brush  and  Dana,  2,  5. 
Flint,  Simonds,  3. 

Fluor,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 
Fluorite,  Boggild,  5. 

Fluorite,  Farrington,  12. 
Fluorite,  Flink,  2. 

Fluorite,  Glenn,  7. 

Fluorite,  Hidden,  1. 

Fluorite,  Merrill  (G.  1\),  12. 
Fluorite,  Ransome,  3,  16. 
Fluorite,  Simonds,  3. 

Fluorite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Fluorite,  Tassin,  1. 

Fluorite,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1. 
Fluorite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Fluorite,  Watson  (T.  L.).  17. 
Fluorite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Footeite,  Ransome,  11. 
Forsterite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Franklinite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Franklinite,  Simonds,  3. 
Franklinite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Fuchsite,  Willimott,  1. 
Gadinolite,  Hidden,  1. 
Gadolinite,  Boggild,  5. 
Gadolinite,  Farrington.  12. 
Gadolinite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Gadolinite,  Simonds,  3. 
Gadolinite,  Tassin,  1. 

Gahnite,  Brush,  3. 

Gahnite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Galena,  Bain,  2. 

Galena,  Crook,  1. 

Galena,  Glenn,  7. 

Galena,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Galena,  Kemp,  10. 

Galena,  Ransome,  3,  16. 

Galena,  Rogers,  2. 

Galena,  Simonds,  3. 

Galena,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Galena,  Spurr,  3. 

Galena,  Ulrich  and  Smith,  1. 
Galena,  Van  Hise,  5. 

Galena,  Weed,  5. 

Galena,  Whitlock,  1. 

Galenite,  Boggild,  5. 

Galenite,  Flink,  2. 

Galenite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 
Galenite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 
Garnet,  Blake  (W.  P.),  16. 
Garnet,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  2. 
Garnet,  Crook,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


579 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Garnet,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  1. 

Garnet,  Eyerman,  1. 

Garnet,  Farrington,  12. 

Garnet,  Kemp,  10. 

Garnet,  Ivunz,  4. 

Garnet,  Lindgren,  29. 

Garnet,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Garnet,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Garnet,  Tassin,  1. 

Garnet,  Villarello,  2. 

Garnet,  Weed,  5. 

Garnet,  Whitlock,  1. 

Garnet,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Gearksutite,  Boggild,  5. 

Gedrite,  Boggild,  5. 

Gedrite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Gehlenite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Genthite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Gerhardite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Gerhardite,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand, 
Gersdorfite,  Barlow,  8. 

Gibbsite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Gibbsite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Gibbsite,  Simonds,  3. 

Gibbsite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Gibbsite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  12. 
Gibbsite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Gieseckite,  Boggild,  5. 

Gismondite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Glauberite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Glaucochroite,  Penfield  and  Warren, 
Glaucodot,  Schaller,  8. 

Glauconite,  Simonds,  3. 

Glauconite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Glaucophane,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Gmelinite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Gmelinite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Goethite,  Simonds,  3. 

Gothite,  Tassin,  1. 

Gothite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Gold,  Crook.  1. 

Gold,  Hurley,  1. 

Gold,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  15. 

Gold,  Ransome,  16. 

Gold,  Simonds,  3. 

Gold,  Tassin,  1. 

Gold,  Weed,  5. 

Gold,  Whitlock,  1. 

Grahamite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Grabamite,  Simonds,  3. 

Granat,  Boggild,  5. 

Graphite,  Boggild,  5. 

Graphite,  Crook,  1. 

Graphite,  Flink,  2. 

Graphite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Graphite,  Kemp,  10. 

Graphite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Graphite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Graphite,  Simonds,  3. 

Graphite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Graphite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Greenockite,  Cornwall,  1. 
Greenockite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Greenockite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Grossularite,  Hoffmann,  4. 
Grossularite,  Simonds,  3. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Grossularite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Grossularite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Griinerite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Griinerite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Guitermanite,  Ransome,  16. 
Gummite,  Simonds,  3. 

Gypsum,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 
Gypsum,  Boggild,  5. 

Gypsum,  Crook,  1. 

Gypsum,  Glenn,  7. 

Gypsum,  Rogers,  4. 

Gypsum,  Simonds,  3. 

Gypsum,  Tassin,  1. 

Gypsum,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Gypsum,  Whitlock,  1. 

Gypsum,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Gyrolite,  Schaller,  8. 

Hjematite,  Boggild,  5. 

Hagemannite,  Boggild,  5. 

Halite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Halite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Halloysite,  Schaller,  3,  8. 

Halloysite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  12. 
Hamlinite,  Penfield,  5. 

Hancockite,  Penfield  and  Warren,  1. 
Hanksite,  Pratt,  3. 

Harmotome,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Hausmannite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Haiiynite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Haiiynite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Hedenbergite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Hedenbergite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Hematite,  Buckley,  3. 

Hematite,  Crook,  1. 

Hematite,  Farrington,  12. 

Hematite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Hematite,  Kraus,  3. 

Hematite,  McKee,  1. 

Hematite,  Moses,  5. 

Hematite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Hematite,  Ransome,  16. 

Hematite,  Simonds,  3. 

Hematite,  Tassin,  1. 

Hematite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Hematite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Hematite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Heulandite,  Boggild,  4,  5. 
Heulandite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Heulandite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Heulandite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Hiddenite,  Sovereign,  1. 

Hiddenite,  Schaller,  2. 

Hisingerite,  Boggild,  5. 

Hornblende,  Blasdale,  1. 

Hornblende,  Boggild,  5. 

Hornblende,  Crook,  1. 

Hornblende,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Hornblende,  Schaller,  8. 

Hornblende,  Tassin,  1. 

Hornblende,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Hornblende,  Whitlock,  1.* 
Hortonolite,  Brush,  1. 

Huebnerite,  Hobbs,  28. 

Hubnerite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12, 
Hiibnerite,  Ransome,  16. 

Hudsonite,  Weidman,  2. 


580 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Humite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Humite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Hussakite,  Kraus  and  Reitinger,  1. 
Hyalite,  Simonds,  3. 
Hydromagnesite,  Hoffmann,  4. 
Ilydronephelite,  Bdggild,  5. 
Ilydronephelite,  Hoffmann,  4. 
Hydronephelite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Ilydrozincite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 
Hydrozincite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Hypersthene,  Bdggild,  5. 
Hypersthene,  Crook,  1. 

Hypersthene,  Farrington,  12. 
Hypersthene,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Hypersthene,  Simonds,  3. 
Hypersthene,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Hypersthene,  Whitlock,  1. 

Ilmenite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Ilmenite,  Chester,  1. 

Ilmenite,  Crook,  1. 

Ilmenite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Ilmenite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Ilmenite,  Simonds,  3. 

Ilmenite,  Tassin,  1. 

Ilmenite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Ilmenite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Ilvaite,  Bdggild,  1,  5. 

Ilvaite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Ilvaite,  Tassin,  1. 

Iodobromite,  Blake,  18. 

Iolite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Iolite,  Farrington,  12. 

Iolite,  Tassin,  1. 

Iolite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Iolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Iron,  Bdggild,  5. 

Isopyre,  Tassin,  1. 

Ivigtite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Jade,  Bauer,  1.  . 

Jade,  Farrington,  12. 

Jade,  Halse,  3. 

Jade,  Tassin,  1. 

Jadeite,  Easter,  1. 

Jadeite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Jamesonite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Jarosite,  Hillebrand  and  Penfield,  1. 
Jarosite,  Turner,  4. 

Jasper,  Simonds,  3. 

Jefiferisite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Jefferisite,  Simonds,  3. 

Jet,  Farrington,  12. 

Kiimmerite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Kaolin,  Bdggild,  5. 

Kaolin,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Kaolin,  Lindgren,  29. 

Kaolin,  Watson  (T.  L.),  12. 
Kaolinite,  Crook,  1. 

Kaolinite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Kaolinite,  Ransome,  16. 

Kaolinite,. Simonds,  3. 

Kaolinite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Kaolinite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Kaolinite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Ivatapleite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Keilhauite,  Simonds,  3. 

Kerolite,  Simonds,  3. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Kerrite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Keweenawite,  Koenig,  2. 

Kornerupine,  Bdggild,  5. 

Kunzite,  Baskerville,  1. 

Kunzite,  Baskerville  and  Kunz,  1. 
Kunzite,  Davis  (R.  O.  E.),  1. 

Kunzite,  Sovereign,  1. 

Kyanite,  Tassin,  1. 

Labradorite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Labradorite,  Iddings,  4. 

Labradorite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Labradorite,  Simonds,  3. 

Labradorite,  Tassin,  1. 

Labradorite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Labradorite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Lampadite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Lampadite,  Simonds,  3. 

Lapis  lazuli,  Farrington,  12. 
Lapis-lazuli,  Tassin,  1. 

Laumonite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Laumontite,  Bdggild,  4,  5. 

Laumontite,  Palache,  4. 

Laumontite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Lawsonite,  Schaller  and  Hillebrand,  1, 

2. 

Lazulite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Lazulite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Lazurite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Lazurite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Lead,  Boltwood,  1. 

Leadhillite,  Rogers,  2. 

Ledouxite,  Richards  (J.  W.),  1. 
Lepidolite,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 
Lepidolite,  Farrington,  12. 

Lepidolite,  Hoffmann,  2,  4. 

Lepidolite,  Schaller,  6,  8. 

Lepidolite,  Sovereign,  1. 

Lepidolite,  Tassin,  1. 

Lepidolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Lepidolite,  Willimott,  1. 

Lepidomelane,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  5. 
Lesleyite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Leuchtenbergite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Leucite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Leucite,  Steiger,  2. 

Leucite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Leucite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Leucophane,  Bdggild,  5. 

Leucosphenite.  Bdggild,  5. 
Leucosphenite,  Flink,  2. 
Leucophoenicite,  Penfield  and  Warren, 
1. 

Levynite,  Bdggild,  4.  5. 

Libethenite,  Lindgren.  29. 

Libethenite,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand, 

1. 

Libethenite,  Schaller.  8. 

Libethenite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Lignite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Lignite,  Simonds,  3. 

Limestone,  Hoffmann.  4. 

Limnite,  Simonds,  3. 

Limonite,  Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 
Limonite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Limonite,  Buckley,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


581 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Limonite,  Crook,  1. 

Limonite,  Glenn,  7. 

Limonite,  Hoffmann,  4,  6. 

Limonite,  Lindgren,.  29. 

Limonite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Limonite,  Simonds,  3. 

Limonite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T. ),  3. 
Limonite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Limonite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Limonite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Linarite,  Rogers,  2. 

Linarite,  Weed,  5. 

Lithiophilite,  Brush  and  Dana,  1,  3. 
Lithiophilite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Lithomarge,  Simonds,  3. 

Loellingite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Lorenzenite,  Boggild,  5. 

Lorenzenite,  Flink,  2. 

Lucasite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Luzonite,  Moses,  5. 

Mackintoshite,  Hidden,  1. 
Mackintoshite,  Simonds,  3. 

Maconite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Magnesite,  Hoffmann,  4,  6. 
Magnesite,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  12. 
Magnesite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Magnesite,  Simonds,  3. 

Magnesite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Magnesite,  Whitlock,  1. 

'Magnetite,  Boggild,  5. 

Magnetite,  Buckley,  3. 

Magnetite,  Crook,  1. 

Magnetite,  Flink,  2. 

Magnetite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

•  Magnetite,  Kemp,  36. 

Magnetite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Magnetite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Magnetite,  Ransome,  4. 

Magnetite,  Simonds,  3. 

Magnetite,  Tassin,  1. 

Magnetite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Magnetite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Magnetite,  Wright  (F.  E. ),  6. 
Malachite,  Boggild,  5. 

Malachite,  Crook,  1. 

Malachite,  Farrington,  12. 
Malachite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Malachite,  Kemp,  33. 

Malachite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Malachite,  Ransome,  11. 

Malachite,  Simonds,  3. 

Malachite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Malachite,  Tassin,  1. 

Malachite,  Weed,  5. 

Malachite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Malacolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Maltha,  Crook,  1. 

Manganite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Manganite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Manganite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Marcasite,  Bain,  2. 

Marcasite,  Barlow,  8. 

Marcasite,  Chester,  1. 

Marcasite,  Crook,  1. 

Marcasite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 
Marcasite,  Ihlseng,  1. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Marcasite,  Julien,  5. 

Marcasite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Marcasite,  Stokes,  1. 

Marcasite,  Tassin,  1. 

Marcasite,  Van  Hise,  5,  12. 

Marcasite,  Whitlock,  1,  4. 

Margarite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Margarite,  -Simonds,  3. 

Margarite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Margarodite,  Simonds,  3. 

Maria!  ite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Marionite,  Branner,  3. 

Marmolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Martite,  Farrington,  13. 

Martite,  Simonds,  3. 

Martite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Masonite,  Wright  (F.  E. ),  6. 

Massicot,  Simonds,  3. 

Meionite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Meionite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Melacomite,  Spurr,  3. 

Melanconite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Melanconite,  Kemp,  33. 

Melanconite,  Simonds,  3. 

Melanite,  Simonds,  3. 

Melanite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Melanochalcite,  Koenig,  2. 
Melanochalcite,  Ransome,  11. 
Melanterite,  Boggild,  5. 

Melanterite,  Crook,  1. 

Melanterite,  Schaller,  1. 

Melanterite,  Simonds,  3. 

Melilite,  Boggild,  5. 

Melilite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Menaccanite,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  12. 
Menaccanite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Menaccanite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Mercury,  Simonds,  3. 

Mercury,  Whitlock,  1. 

Mesolite,  Boggild,  4,  5. 

Mesolite,  Steiger,  2. 

Mesolite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Metacinnabarite,  Simonds,  3. 
Metagadolinite,  Simonds,  3. 

Meteoric  iron,  Pratt,  1. 

Meteoric  iron,  Simonds,  3. 

Meteorite,  Angermann,  3. 

Meteorite,  Aguilera,  4. 

Meteorite,  Barbour  (E.  H. ),  3,  4,  8. 
Meteorite,  Borgstrom,  1. 

Meteorite,  Brezina,  1. 

Meteorite,  Brezina  and  Cohen,  1. 
Meteorite,  Campbell  and  Ilowe,  1. 
Meteorite,  Charlton,  1. 

Meteorite,  Cohen,  1-8. 

Meteorite,  Farrington,  1-4,  6-8,  9-11, 
16. 

Meteorite,  Glenn,  3. 

Meteorite,  Hills,  3. 

Meteorite,  Hobbs,  13,  15. 

Meteorite,  Ilovey  (E.  O. ),  42. 

Meteorite,  Johnston  (R.  A.  A.),  3. 
Meteorite,  Klein,  2. 

Meteorite,  Kunz,  9,  10. 

Meteorite,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  2,  4,  7. 
Meteorite,  Merrill  and  Stokes,  1. 


582 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Meteorite,  Miller  (A.  M.),  2,  3. 

Meteorite,  Tassin,  4. 

Meteorite,  Preston  (H.  L.),  1-3,  4. 
Meteorite,  Tassin,  2,  3,  5. 

Meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.),  1-10,  12. 
Meteorite,  Winehell  (N.  H.),  28,  29. 
Meteorite,  Wuensch,  1. 

Mica,  Buckley,  3. 

Mica,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Mica,  Schwartz,  1. 

Microcline,  Boggild,  5. 

Microcline,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 
Microcline,  Crook,  1. 

Microcline,  Simonds,  3. 

Microcline,  Tassin,  1. 

Microcline,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Microcline,  Weed,  5. 

Microcline,  Whitlock,  1. 

Microlite,  Boggild,  5. 

Microlite,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 

Microlite,  Flink,  2. 

Microlite,  Tassin,  1. 

Microperthite,  Crook,  1. 

Millerite,  Barlow,  8. 

Millerite,  Crook,  1. 

Millerite,  Palache  and  Wood,  1. 

Millerite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Mimetite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Mirabilite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Mitchellite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Mohawkite,  Koenig,  1,  2. 

Mohawkite,  Richards  (J.  W.),  1. 
Moldavite,  Farrington,  12. 

Molybdenite,  Boggild,  5. 

Molybdenite,  Crook,  3. 

Molybdenite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Molybdenite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Molybdenite,  Moses,  3. 

Molybdenite,  Ransome,  16. 

Molybdenite,  Simonds,  3. 

Molybdenite,  Spurr,  3. 

Molybdenite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Monazite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Monazite,  Boggild,  5. 

Monazite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Monazite,  Turner,  4,  7. 

Monazite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Montroydite,  Moses,  2,  4. 

Mordenite,  Pirsson,  2. 

Morencite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Morencite,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand,  1. 
Morenosite,  Barlow,  8. 

Muscovite,  Boggild,  5. 

Muscovite,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 
Muscovite,  Crook,  1. 

Muscovite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Muscovite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Muscovite,  Simonds,  3. 

Muscovite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Muscovite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Muscovite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Narsarsukite,  Boggild,  5. 

Narsarsukite,  Flink,  2. 

Nasonite,  Penfield  and  Warren,  1. 
Natrojarosite,  Hillebrand  and  Penfield.  I 
1. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Natrolite,  Boggild,  4,  5. 

Natrolite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Natrolite,  Eyerman,  1. 

Natrolite,  Flink,  2. 

Natrolite,  Harrington  (B.  J.),  5. 
Natrolite,  Steiger,  2. 

Natrolite,  Tassin,  1. 

Natrolite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Natrolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Natron,  Hoffmann,  1. 
Natronmicrocline,  Boggild,  5. 
Natronorthoclase,  Boggild,  5. 
Natrophilite,  Brush  and  Dana,  5. 
Natural  gas,  Crook,  1. 

Nepheline,  Boggild,  5. 

Nepheline,  Harrington  <B.  J.),  5. 
Nephelite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Nephelite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Nephelite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Nephrite,  Easter,  1. 

Nephrite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Neptunite,  Boggild,  5. 

Neptunite,  Flink,  2. 

Newberryite,  Hoffmann,  2,  4. 
Niccolite,  Barlow,  8. 

Niccolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Nickel,  Simonds,  3. 

Nitre,  Simonds,  3. 

Nivenite,  Hidden,  1. 

Nivenite,  Simonds,  3. 

Northupite,  Penfield  and  Jamieson,  1. 
Northupite,  Pratt,  3. 

Noselite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Obsidian,  Halse,  3. 

Obsidian,  Kunz,  4. 

Obsidian,  Farrington,  12. 

Obsidian,  Tassin,  1. 

Ochre,  Simonds,  3. 

Octahedrite,  Robinson  (H.  A.),  1. 
Octahedrite,  Tassin,  1. 

Octahedrite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Odontolite,  Tassin,  1. 

Okenite,  Boggild,  5. 

Oligoclase,  Boggild,  5. 

Oligoclase,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Oligoclase,  Iddings,  4. 

Oligoclase,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Oligoclase,  Simonds,  3. 

Oligoclase,  Tassin,  1. 

Oligoclase,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Oligoclase,  Whitlock,  1. 

Olivenite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Olivine,  Buckley,  3. 

Olivine,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Olivine,  Tassin,  1. 

Olivine,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Onyx,  Kunz,  4. 

Onyx,  Simonds,  3. 

Opal,  Farrington.  12. 

Opal,  Halse,  3. 

Opal,  Simonds,  3. 

Opal,  Tassin,  1. 

Opal,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Opal,  Whitlock,  1. 

Orpiment.  Whitlock.  1. 

Orthoclase,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


583 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Orthoclase,  Crook,  1. 

Orthoclase,  Eyerman,  1. 

Orthoclase,  Simonds,  3. 

Orthoclase,  Tassin,  1. 

Orthoclase,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Orthoclase,  Whitlock,  1. 

Osteolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Ottrelite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Pachnolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Painterite,  Pratt  &nd  Lewis,  1. 
Palacheite,  Eakle,  3,  4. 

Palladium,  Headden,  4. 

Paragonite,  Boggild,  5. 

Paragonite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1.  ^ 

Paragonite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Parankerite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Paranthite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Parisite,  Flink,  2. 

Pattersonite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Pearceite,  Penfleld,  4. 

Pearl,  Farrington,  12. 

Pectolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Pectolite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Pectolite,  Eakle,  1. 

Pectolite,  Moses,  1. 

Pectolite,  Steiger,  2. 

Pectolite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Pectolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Pegmatite,  Tassin,  1. 

Penninite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Penninite,  Simonds,  3. 

Penninite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Pentlandite,  Barlow,  8. 

Perovskite,  Boggild,  5. 

Perovskite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Petroleum,  Crook,  1. 

Petroleum,  Glenn,  7. 

Petroleum,  Simonds,  3. 

Petroleum,  Whitlock,  1. 

Phenacite,  Farrington,  12. 

Phenacite,  Tassin,  1. 

Phenacite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Phillipsite,  Boggild,  5. 

Phillipsite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Phlogopite,  Boggild,  5. 

Phlogopite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Phlogopite,  Crook,  1. 

Phlogopite,  McNairn,  1. 

Phlogopite,  Osann,  2. 

Phlogopite,  Simonds,  3. 

Phlogopite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Phlogopite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Phosgenite,  Warren,  1. 

Phosphate,  Glenn,  7. 

Phosphorite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Pickeringite,  Boggild,  5. 

Picotite,  Pratt  and  Lewis.  1. 

Picrolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Piedmontite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Pigeonite,  Winchell  (A.  N.),  3. 
Pirssonite,  Pratt,  3. 

Pisanite,  Schaller,  1,  3,  8. 

Pitch  blende,  Simonds,  3. 

Plagioclase,  Crook,  1. 

Platinum,  Dickson,  3. 

Platinum,  Kemp,  11. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Platinum,  Simonds,  3. 

Platinum,  Whitlock,  1. 

Plumbojarosite,  Hillebrand  and  Pen- 
field,  1. 

Polianite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Pollucite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Pollucite,  Wells,  2. 

Polybasite,  Ransome,  16. 

Polycrase,  Farrington,  12. 

Polydymite,  Barlow,  8. 

Prehnite,  Boggild,  5. 

Prehnite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Prehnite,  Eyerman,  1. 

Prehnite,  Farrington,  12. 

Prehnite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Prehnite,  Schaller,  8. 

Prehnite,  Tassin,  1. 

Prehnite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Prehnite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Prehnite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Pribramite,  Simonds,  3. 

Prochlorite,  Eyerman,  1. 

Prochlorite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Prochlorite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Prochlorite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Prochlorite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Proustite,  Ransome,  16. 

Proustite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Pseudomalachite,  Simonds,  3. 
Psilomelane,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Psilomelane,  Simonds,  3. 

Psilomelane,  Whitlock,  1. 

Pureaulite,  Brush  and  Dana,  5. 
Purpurite,  Graton  and  Schaller,  1. 
Pyrargyrite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Pyrite,  Bain,  2. 

Pyrite,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Pyrite,  Barlow,  8. 

.  Pyrite,  Boggild,  5. 

Pyrite,  Buckley,  3. 

Pyrite,  Crook,  1. 

Pyrite,  Farrington,  12. 

Pyrite,  Glenn,  7. 

Pyrite,  Grant  (U.  S.‘),  5. 

Pyrite,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Pyrite,  Julien,  5. 

Pyrite,  Kemp,  10. 

Pyrite,  Ivuriz,  4. 

Pyrite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Pyrite,  Nicol,  1. 

Pyrite,  Palache,  4. 

Pyrite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Pyrite,  Ransome,  3,  11,  16. 

Pyrite,  Rogers,  2,  4. 

Pyrite,  Schaller,  1,  8. 

Pyrite,  Simonds,  3. 

Pyrite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 

Pyrite,  Smyth  (C.  H.),  6. 

Pyrite,  Spurr,  3. 

Pyrite,  Stokes,  1. 

Pyrite,  Tassin,  1. 

Pyrite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Pyrite,  Weed,  5. 

Pyrite,  Whitlock,  1,  4. 

Pyrite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Pyrites,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 


584 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Minerals  described— Continued. 

Pyroaurite,  Simonds,  3. 

Pyrolusite,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 
Pyrolusite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Pyrolusite,  Simonds,  3. 

Pyrolusite,  Weed,  5. 

Pyrolusite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Pyrolusite,  Wright  (Ff.  E.),  6. 
Pyromorphite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Pyromorphite,  Turner,  4,  7. 
Pyromorphite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Pyrope,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Pyrope,  Whitlock,  1. 

Pyrophyllite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Pyrophyllite,  Merrill  (G.  I'.),  12. 
Pyrophyllite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Pyrophyllite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Pyroxene,  Buckley,  3. 

Pyroxene,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Pyroxene,  Kemp,  10. 

Pyroxene,  Lindgren,  29. 

Pyroxene,  Moses,  1. 

Pyroxene,  Osann,  2. 

Pyroxene,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Pyroxene,  Simonds,  3. 

Pyroxene,  Whitlock,  1. 

Pyroxene,  Winchell  (A.  N.),  3. 
Pyrrhotin,  Boggild,  5. 

Pyrrhotite,  Barlow,  8. 

Pyrrhotite,  Hoffmann,  6. 
Pyrrhotite,  Kemp,  10. 

Pyrrhotite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Pyrrhotite,  Spurr,  3. 

Pyrrhotite,  Van  Ilise,  12. 
Pyrrhotite,  Weed,  5. 

Pyrrhotite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Quartz,  Bdggild,  4,  5. 

Quartz,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 

Quartz,  Buckley,  3. 

Quartz,  Crook,  1. 

Quartz,  Farrington,  12. 

Quartz,  Flink,  2. 

Quartz,  Glenn,  7. 

Quartz,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Quartz,  Hobbs,  28. 

Quartz,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Quartz,  Kemp,  10. 

Quartz,  Lindgren,  29. 

Quartz,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Quartz,  Osann,  2. 

Quartz,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Quartz,  Ransome,  5,  16. 

Quartz,  Rogers,  4. 

Quartz,  Simonds,  3. 

Quartz,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Quartz,  Smyth  (C.  H.),  6. 

Quartz,  Spurr,  3. 

Quartz,  Tassin,  1. 

Quartz,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Quartz,  Waring,  1. 

Quartz,  Weed,  5. 

Quartz,  Whitlock,  1,  4. 

Quartz,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Quartz  gems,  Ivunz,  4. 

Quartz  pseudomorph.  Schaller,  3. 
Ralstonite,  Boggild,  5. 

Realgar,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Realgar,  Moses,  1. 

Realgar,  Spurr,  3. 

Realgar,  Whitlock,  1. 

Iteddingite,  Brush  and  Dana,  1,  5. 
Itetinite,  Boggild,  5. 

Rhodocrosite,  Boggild,  5. 
Rhodochrosite,  Flink,  2. 

Rhodochrosite,  Ransome,  3,  16. 
Rhodochrosite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Rhodolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Rhodonite,  Farrington,  12. 

Rhodonite,  Merrill  (G.  I’.),  12. 
Rhodonite,  Palache,  4. 

^  Rhodonite,  Ransome,  16. 

Rhodonite,  Tassin,  1. 

Rhodonite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Rickardite,  Ford  (W.  E.),  2. 
ltiebeckite,  Boggild,  5. 

Itiebeckite  (  ?),  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Riebeckite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Rinkite,  Boggild,  5. 

Roscoelite,  Ilillebrand  and  Ransome,  1 
Roscoelite,  Lindgren,  3,  4. 

Rowlandite,  Simonds,  3. 

Rubrite,  Eakle,  4. 

Ruby,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Rutile,  Boggild,  5. 

Rutile,  Crook,  1. 

Rutile,  Farrington,  12. 

Rutile,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Rutile,  Kemp,  10. 

Rutile,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Rutile,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Rutile,  Tassin,  1. 

Rutile,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Rutile,  Whitlock,  1. 

Sa'genitic  quartz,  Simonds,  3. 

Sahlite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Salt,  rock,  Simonds,  3. 

Samarskite,  Farrington,  12. 
Samarskite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Samarskite,  Simonds,  3. 

Samarskite,  Tassin,  1. 

Sapphire,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Sapphirine,  Boggild,  5. 

Sardonyx,  Simonds,  3. 

Scapolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Scapolite,  Osann,  2. 

Scapolite,  Tassin,  1. 

Scheelite,  Atkin,  3. 

Scheelite,  Ilobbs,  5. 

Scheelite,  Lindgren,  4. 

Scheelite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Scheelite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Schizolite,  Boggild,  2.  5. 

Schizolite,  Boggild  and  Winther.  1. 
Schorlomite,  Hoffmann.  2.  4. 
Schreibersite,  Boggild.  5. 

Scolecite,  Bdggild.  5. 

Scolecite,  Clarke  and  Steiger.  1. 
Scolecite,  Steiger,  2. 

Scolecite,  Van  Hise.  12. 

Seladonite,  Bdggild,  5. 

Selenite,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Selenite.  Rowe,  3. 

Selenite.  Whitlock,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


585 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Sepiolite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Sepiolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Sepiolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Sericite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Serpentine,  Boggild,  5. 

Serpentine,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Serpentine,  Crook,  1. 

Serpentine,  Eyerman,  1. 

Serpentine,  Farrington,  12. 

Serpentine,  Lindgren,  29. 

Serpentine,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Serpentine,  Simonds,  3. 

Serpentine,  Tassin,  1. 

Serpentine,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Serpentine,  Weed,  5. 

Serpentine,  Whitlock,  1. 

Serpentine,  Willimott,  1. 

Siderite,  Boggild,  5. 

Siderite,  Crook,  1. 

Siderite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Siderite,  Simonds,  3. 

Siderite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Siderite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Siderolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Sillimanite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Sillimanite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Sillimanite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Silver,  Boggild,  5. 

Silver,  Crook,  2. 

Silver,  Hoffmann,  4,  16. 

Silver,  Weed,  5. 

Silver,  Whjtlock,  1. 

Silver,  aiative,  Simonds,  3. 

Smaltite,  Barlow,  8. 

Smaltite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Smithsonite,  Bain,  2. 

Smithsonite,  Branner,  2. 

Smithsonite,  Farrington,  12. 
Smithsonite,  Grant  (U.  S. ),  5. 
Smithsonite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Smithsonite,  Tassin,  1. 

Smithsonite,  Watson  (T.  L. ).  17. 
Smithsonite,  Weed,  5. 

Smithsonite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Sodalite,  Boggild,  5. 

Sodalite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Sodalite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Sodalite,  Tassin,  1. 

Sodalite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Sodalite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Sodalite  syenite  (ditroite),  Bonney,  1. 
Souesite,  Hoffmann,  7. 

Spangolite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Spangolite,  Lindgren  and  Hillebrand,  1. 
Spangolite,  Penfield,  3. 

Specularite,  Ransome,  3,  16. 

Sperrylite,  Barlow,  8. 

Sperrylite,  Goldschmidt  and  Nicol,  1. 
Sperrylite,  Wells,  1. 

Sperrylite,  Wells  and  Penfield.  1. 
Spessartite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Spessartite,  Kunz,  8. 

Spessartite,  Simonds,  3. 

Spessartite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Spessartite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Sphalerite,  Bain,  2. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Sphalerite,  Boggild,  5. 

Sphalerite,  Branner,  2. 

Sphalerite,  Crook,  2. 

Sphalerite,  Eakle,  6. 

Sphalerite,  Flink,  2. 

Sphalerite,  Glenn,  7. 

Sphalerite,  Grant  (IJ.  S.),  5. 
Sphalerite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Sphalerite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Sphalerite,  Ransome,  3,  11,  16. 
Sphalerite,  Simonds,  3. 

Sphalerite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 
Sphalerite,  Ulrich  and  Smith.  1. 
Sphalerite,  Van  Hise,  5. 

Sphalerite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 
Sphalerite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Spinel,  Boggild,  5. 

Spinel,  Farrington,  12. 

Spinel,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Spinel,  Tassin,  1. 

Spinel,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Spinel,  Whitlock,  1. 

Spodiophyllite,  Boggild,  5. 
Spodiophyllite,  Flink,  2. 

Spodumene,  Baskerville,  1. 

Spodumene,  Brush  and  Dana,  4. 
Spodumene,  Farrington,  12. 
Spodumene,  Hoffmann,  2,  4. 
Spodumene,  Kunz,  7. 

Spodumene,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Spodumene,  Schaller,  2. 

Spodumene,  Sovereign,  1. 

Spodumene,  Tassin,  1. 

Spodumene,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Spodumene,  Whitlock.  1. 

Staurolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Staurolite,  Farrington,  12. 

Staurolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Staurolite,  Tassin,  1. 

Staurolite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Staurolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Steatite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Steenstrupine,  Boggild,  5. 
Steenstrupite,  Boggild  and  Winther,  1. 
Stephanite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Stibnite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Stibnite,  Lindgren,  24. 

Stibnite,  Ransome,  16. 

Stibnite,  Spurr,  3. 

Stibnite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Stilbite,  Boggild,  4,  5. 

Stilbite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Stilbite,  Everman,  1. 

Stilbite,  Terry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Stilbite,  Steiger,  2. 

Stilbite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Stilbite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Stromeyerite,  Ransome.  16. 
Stromeyerite,  Simonds.  3. 

Strontianite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Strontianite,  Simonds,  3. 

Strontianite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Strontianite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  0. 
Struvite,  Hoffmann,  2,  4. 

Sulfur,  Whitlock,  1. 

Sulphur,  Boggild,  5. 


586 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Sulphur,  Crook,  1. 

Sulphur,  Grant  (U.  S. ),  5. 
Sulphur,  native,  Simonds,  3. 
Sussexite,  Brush,  2. 

Sylvanite,  Moses,  5. 

Sylvanite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Synchysite,  Boggild,  5. 

Tainiolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Tainiolite,  Flink,  2. 

Talc,  Boggild,  5. 

Talc,  Crook,  1. 

Talc,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Talc,  Simonds,  3. 

Talc,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Talc,  Whitlock,  1. 

Tantalite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Tantalite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Tellurite,  Headden,  1. 

Tellurite,  Schaller,  8.  ' 

Tellurium,  Headden,  1. 

Tellurium,  native,  Hoffmann,  6. 
Tengerite,  Hidden,  1. 

Tengerite,  Simonds,  3. 

#Tenorite,  Ransome,  11. 

Tephroite,  Simonds,  3. 

Terlinguaite,  Moses,  2,  4. 
Tetradymite,  Hillebrand,  6. 
Tetradymite,  Weed,  5. 

Tetrahedrite,  Chester,  1. 
Tetrahedrite,  Kemp,  33. 
Tetrahedrite,  Ransome,  3,  16. 
Tetrahedrite,  Simonds,  3. 
Tetrahedrite,  Weed,  5. 
Tetrahedrite,  Whitlock,  1. 
Thalenite,  Hillebrand,  2,  6. 
Thenardite,  Boggild,  5. 

Thenardite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Thomsenolite,  Boggild,  5. 
Thomsonite,  Boggild,  4,  5. 

Thomson  ite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Thomsonite,  Farrington,  12. 
Thomsonite,  Steiger,  2. 
Thomsonite,  Tassin,  1. 

Thomsonite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Thorium,  Boltwood,  1. 
Thorogummite,  Hidden,  1. 
Thorogummite,  Simonds,  3. 
Titanite,  Boggild,  5. 

Titanite,  Farrington,  12. 

Titanite,  Osann,  2. 

Titanite,  Simonds,  3. 

Titanite,  Tassin,  1. 

Titanite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Titanite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Topaz,  Farrington;  12. 

Topaz,  Kunz,  4,  8. 

Topaz,  Rogers,  2. 

Topaz,  Schaller,  8. 

Topaz,  Simonds,  3. 

Topaz,  Tassin,  1. 

Topaz,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Topaz,  Whitlock,  1. 

Torbernite,  Simonds,  3. 

Torbernite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Tourmalin,  Whitlock,  1. 
Tourmaline,  Boggild,  5. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Tourmaline,  Bowman  (H.  L.),  1. 
Tourmaline,  Crook,  1. 

Tourmaline,  Eyerman,  1. 
Tourmaline,  Farrington,  12. 
Tourmaline,  Kunz,  3. 

Tourmaline,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Tourmaline,  Schaller,  4. 
Tourmaline,  Simonds,  3. 
Tourmaline,  Smyth  (C.  II.),  3. 
Tourmaline,  Sterrett,  1. 
Tourmaline,  Tassin,  1. 

Tourmaline,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Tourmaline,  Weed,  5. 

Tourmaline,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Travertine,  Simonds,  3. 

Tremolite,  Blasdale,  1. 

Tremolite,  Boggild,  5. 

Tremolite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Tremolite,  Simonds,  3. 

Tremolite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Tremolite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Tridymite,  Schaller,  8. 

Tridymite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Triphyllite,  Merrill  (G.  P. ),  12. 
Triploidite,  Brush  and  Dana,  1. 
Troilite,  Boggild,  5. 

Turgite,  Simonds,  3. 

Turquoise,  Farrington,  12. 
Turquoise,  Halse,  3. 

Turquois,  Kunz,  4. 

Turquois,  Simonds,  3. 

Turquois,  Tassin,  1. 

Turquois,  Whitlock,  1. 

Tychite,  Penfield  and  Jamieson,  1. 
Tysonite,  Allen  and  Comstock,  1. 
Uintaite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Uintaite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Ulexite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Ulexite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Uralite?,  Simonds,  3. 

Uralorthite,  Simonds,  3. 

TTraninite,  Boltwood,  1. 

Uraninite,  Simonds,  3. 

Uraninite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Uranium,  Simonds,  3. 

Uranochre,  Simonds,  3. 
Uranophane,  Hoffmann,  2,  4. 
Uranopliane,  Watson  (T.  L.),  7. 
Urantite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Uvarovite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Uvarovite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Uvarovite,  Whitlock.  1. 

Vanadiuite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Vanadinite,  Schaller,  8. 

Vanadinite,  Whitlock.  1. 

Variscite,  Farrington,  12. 

Variscite,  Tassin.  1. 

Vermieulite,  Chester,  1. 
Vermiculite,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 
Vermieulite,  Simonds,  3. 
Vermiculites,  Crook,  1. 

Vesuvianite.  Boggild.  5. 
Vesuvianite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  2. 
Vesuvianite,  Farrington,  12. 
Vesuvianite,  Moses,  1. 

Vesuvianite,  Rogers,  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


587 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Vesuvianite,  Simonds,  3. 

Vesuvianite,  Tassin,  1. 

Vesuvianite,  Turner,  4. 

Vesuvianite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Vesuvianite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Villarsite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Vivianite,  Turner,  7. 

Vivianite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Wad,  Simonds,  3. 

Wad,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  3. 

Wavellite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Wellsite,  Pratt  and  Foote,  1. 

Wellsite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Wernerite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Wernerite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Willcoxite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Willemite,  Boggild,  5. 

Willemite,  Lindgren,  29. 

Willemite,  Lindgren  and  Ilillebrand,  1. 
Willemite,  Tassin,  1. 

Willemite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Williarasite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Wilsonite,  Hoffmann,  4. 

Witherite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Witherite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Wocheinite,  Simonds,  3. 

Wolframite,  Boggild,  5. 

Wolframite,  Hobbs,  5. 

Wolframite,  Irving,  1. 

Wolframite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Wolframite,  Moses,  5. 

Wolframite,  Simonds,  3. 

Wolframite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Wollastonite,  Boggild,  5. 

Wollastonite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Wollastonite,  Collins  (II.  F. ),  1. 
Wollastonite,  Simonds,  3. 

Wollastonite,  Van  Hise,  12. 
Wollastonite,  Weed,  5. 

Wollastonite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Wulfenite,  Simonds,  3. 

Wulfenite,  W'hitlock,  1. 

Wurtzillite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Xanthophyllite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Xenotime,  Kraus  and  Reitinger,  1. 
YttriaHte,  Hidden,  1. 

Yttrialite,  Ilillebrand,  2,  7. 

Yttrialite,  Simonds,  3. 

Yttrocerite,  Boggild,  5. 

Yttrotantalite,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 
Zaratite,  Boggild,  5. 

Zinc-blende,  Eakle  and  Sharwood,  1. 
Zincblende,  Kemp,  10. 

Zincite,  Whitlock,  1. 

Zinkenite,  Ransome,  16. 

Zinnwaldite,  Boggild,  5. 

Zinnwaldite  (Polylithionite) ,  Flink.  2. 
Zinnwaldite,  Schaller,  8. 

Zircon,  Boggild,  5. 

Zircon,  Eakle,  1. 

Zircon,  Farrington,  12. 

Zircon,  Flink,  2. 

Zircon,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  12. 

Zircon,  Osann,  2. 

Zircon,  Perry  and  Emerson,  1. 

Zircon,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 


Minerals  described — Continued. 

Zircon,  Tassin,  1. 

Zircon,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Zircon,  Whitlock,  1. 

Zoisite,  Farrington,  12. 

Zoisite,  Kemp,  10. 

Zoisite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Zoisite,  Simonds,  3. 

Zoisite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Zunyite,  Ransome,  16. 

Minnesota. 

Age  of  St.  Croix  Dalles,  Upham,  31. 

Baraboo  iron  ore,  Winchell  (N.  II.),  23. 

Casselton-Fargo  folio,  Hall  and  Wil¬ 
lard,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Comment  on  report  of  special  commit¬ 
tee  on  Lake  Superior,  Lane,  47. 

Constituents  of  Minnesota  soils,  Hall 
(C.  W.),  2. 

Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix,  Berkey,  1. 

Deep  wells  as  a  source  of  water  supply 
for  Minneapolis,  Winchell  (N.  H.), 
27. 

Eisenerzlagerstiitten  am  Lake  Supe¬ 
rior,  Macco,  1. 

Etude  mineralogique  et  petrographique 
des  roches  gabbroiques  de  l’Etat  de 
Minnesota,  Winchell  (A.  N.),  1. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Minnesota, 
Hall  (C.  W.),  6. 

Geologic  work  in  Lake  Superior  iron 
district,  Leith,  5. 

Geological  atlas  with  synoptical  de¬ 
scriptions,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  2. 

Geological  history  of  the  Vermilion 
iron-bearing  district,  Clements,  7. 

Geology  and  mines  of  Lake  Superior 
copper  district,  Stevens  (II.  J.),  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  of  a  new  iron  district  in  Min¬ 
nesota,  Thomas,  4. 

Geology  of  Mesabi  iron  region.  Leith, 

2. 

Geology  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  5, 
7. 

Geology  of  Mississippi  Valley  at  Little 
Falls,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  8. 

Geology  of  Prairie  Island,  Upham,  21. 

Geology  of  the  iron  ores  of  Minnesota, 
Winchell  (N.  II.),  24. 

Glacial  features  of  the  St.  Croix  Dalles 
region,  Chamberlin  (R.  T.),  1. 

Glacial  lakes  of  Minnesota,  Winchell 
(N.  H.),  3. 

Highland  range  in  Minnesota,  Elft- 
man,  1. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Lake  Superior 
region,  Van  Hise,  2. 

Iron  ores  of  Mesabi  and  Gogebic 
ranges,  Leith,  8. 

Iron  ores  of  Minnesota,  Winchell  (N. 
ID.  7. 

Kakabikansing,  Brower,  1. 


588 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Minnesota — Continued. 

Keewatin  and  Laurentide  ice  sheets  in 
Minnesota,  Elftman,  2. 

Keewatin  area  of  eastern  and  central 
Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  4. 

Keeweenawan  area  of  eastern  Minne¬ 
sota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  3. 

Lake  Superior  iron-ore  deposits,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  6. 

Lake  Superior  iron  region  during  1903, 
Leith,  12. 

Lower  Silurian  fauna  of  Minnesota, 
Sardeson,  9. 

Lower  Silurian  formations  of  Wiscon-  ; 
sin  and  Minnesota,  Sardeson,  8. 

Magnesian  series  of  the  northwestern 
States,  Hall  (C.  W.),  10. 

Man  in  the  Ice  Age  at  Lansing,  Kans., 
and  Little  Falls,  Minn.,  Upham,  8. 

Mesahi  iron-bearing  district,  Leith,  4. 

Mesabi  iron-ore  range,  Woodbridge,  1. 

Mesabi  iron  range,  Leith,  2. 

Mesabi  iron  range,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  3. 

Mining  in  the  Vermilion  iron  district,  i 
Thomas,  3. 

New  iron-bearing  horizon  in  Keewatin 
in  Minnesota,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  1. 

Origin  and  distribution  of  Minnesota 
clays,  Berkey,  3. 

Original  source  of  Lake  Superior  iron  j 
ores,  Spurr,  5. 

Paleozoic  fossils  in  the  drift,  Sardeson,  | 

6. 

Particular  case  of  glacial  erosion, 
Sardeson,  14. 

Pioneer  iron  mine,  Ely,  Minn.,  Carlyle, 

1. 

Report  on  Lake  Superior  region,  Van  j 
Hise  and  others,  1. 

Results  of  the  late  Minnesota  geolog¬ 
ical  survey,  Winchell  (N.  H. ),  13. 

Sacred  Heart  geyser  spring,  Berkey,  2. 

Secondary  origin  of  certain  granites, 
Daly,  11. 

Spherulitic  texture  in  the  Archean 
greenstones  of  Minnesota,  Clements, 

6. 

Underground  waters  of  Minnesota, 
Hall  (C.  W.),  9. 

Vermilion  district  of  Minnesota,  Cle¬ 
ments,  2,  3,  5. 

Water  resources  of  Minnesota.  Hall  j 
(C.  W.),  8. 

Mississippi. 

Age  of  Alabama  white  limestone,  Ca¬ 
sey,  2. 

Cement  and  cement  resources  of  the 
Tombigbee  River  district,  Eckel  and 
Crider,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Geology  of  Oktibbeha  County,  Logan,  2. 

Historical  outline  of  the  geological  and 
agricultural  survey  of  the  State  of 
Mississippi,  Hilgard,  1. 

Loess  of  Natchez,  Shimek,  4. 


Mississippi — Continued. 

New  species  of  Tertiary  fossils,  Aid- 
rich,  2. 

Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and 
southern  United  States,  Maury,  1. 

Stoneware  and  brick  clays,  Eckel,  18. 

Underground  waters  of  Mississippi, 
Johnson  (L.  C.),  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Mississippi, 
Logan  and  Perkins,  1. 

Water  resources  of  Mississippi,  John¬ 
son  and  Eckel,  1. 

Missouri. 

Age  of  the  Kansan  drift  sheet,  Her- 
shey,  4. 

Another  glacial  wonder,  Wright  (G. 
F.),  10. 

Audubon’s  account  of  the  New  Madrid 
earthquake,  Fuller  (M.  L. ),  28. 

Biennial  report  of  State  geologist, 
Buckley,  7. 

Billings  meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.),  10. 

Bituminous  and  asphalt  rocks.  Broad- 
head,  4. 

Bluffs  of  Missouri  River,  Owen,  1. 

Calcite  from  the  Joplin  mining  district, 
Sterrett,  2. 

Cambrian  age  of  magnesian  limestones 
of  Missouri,  Keyes,  23. 

Cambrian  fossils  of  St.  Frangois  Coun¬ 
ty,  Beecher,  2. 

Carboniferous  formations  of  the  Ozark 
uplift,  Ball,  1. 

Cave  regions  of  the  Ozarks  and  Black 
Hills,  Owen,  4. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  fields  of  Missouri,  Bush,  1. 

Comparison  of  fossil  diatoms,  Elmore, 

1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Missouri.  Bain  and 
Ulrich,  1,  2. 

Correlation  of  the  Kinderhook  forma¬ 
tions,  Weller,  1. 

Cyclus  from  Coal  Measures,  Rogers.  3. 

Deposition  of  the  loess,  Owen,  5. 

Depositional  equivalent  of  hiatus  at 
base  of  our  Coal  Measures,  Keyes,  18. 

Devonian  hiatus  in  continental  inte¬ 
rior,  Keyes,  28. 

Devonian  interval  in  Missouri,  Keyes, 
26. 

Disseminated  lead  ores  of  southeast 
Missouri,  Nason,  4. 

Distribution  and  synonymy  of  Ptycho- 
spira  sexplicata,  Greger,  1. 

Echinodermata  of  the  Missouri  Silu¬ 
rian,  Rowley,  3. 

Eurypterid  remains  in  the  Cambrian. 
Beecher,  3. 

Evolution  of  lowlands  of  southeastern 
Missouri,  Marbut,  1. 

Earthquakes  in  the  New  Madrid  area. 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  41. 

Fayetteville  folio,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Fossils  from  Subcarboniferous  rocks 
of  northeastern  Missouri,  Rowley,  2. 


589 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Missouri — Continued . 

Fossils  from  the  upper  Paleozoic  rocks, 
Rowley,  1. 

Galena-Joplin  lead  and  zinc  district, 
Haworth,  1. 

Geological  surveys  in  Missouri,  Broad- 
head,  1. 

Geological  relations  and  age  of  St. 
Joseph  and  Potosi  limestones  of  Mis¬ 
souri,  Nason,  5. 

Geology  and  mineralogy,  Broadhead,  3. 

Geology  and  physiography  of  Missouri, 
Marbut,  4. 

Geology  of  Jacobs  Cavern,  Gould,  12. 

Geology  of  Miller  County,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Geology  of  Missouri,  Broadhead,  2. 

Geology  of  Missouri,  Gallaher,  1,  2. 

Geology  of  Moniteau  County,  Van 
Horn,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Hahatonka  district. 
Scherer,  1. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  De 
maret,  1. 

Glacial  bowlders  along  Osage  River  in 
Missouri,  Buckley,  Ball,  and  Smith,  1. 

Graydon  sandstone,  Babcock  and  Minor, 

1. 

Hannibal  formation  in  Greene  County, 
Park  and  Lyman,  2. 

History  of  geological  surveys  in  Mis¬ 
souri,  Broadhead,  1. 

Introduction  to  geology  of  Miller 

.  County,  Buckley,  5. 

Introduction  to  geology  of  Moniteau 
County,  Buckley,  8. 

Joplin  zinc  district,  Steele,  1. 

Iving-Ritter  fault,  Ruhl,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Keyes,  20. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  region, 
Bain,  2. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  region, 
Van  Hise,  5. 

Lead,  and  zinc  deposits  of  the  Joplin 
district,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  2. 

Limestone  conglomerate  in  the  lead  re¬ 
gion,  Nason,  1. 

Loess,  Broadhead,  6. 

Mineralogy  [of  Missouri],  Broadhead, 

2. 

Minerals  of  Joplin  district,  Rogers,  6. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Branner,  3. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Iledburg,  1. 

Missouri  and  Arkansas  zinc  mines, 

Nichols  (H.  W.),  2. 

Missouri  coal  field,  Griffith,  4. 

Missouri  lead  and  zinc  regions.  Crook, 

2. 

Missouri  paleontology,  Rowley,  4. 

Names  of  coals  west  of  Mississippi 
River,  Keyes,  19. 

Natural  mounds,  Spillman,  1. 


Missouri — Continued. 

New  forms  of  Carboniferous  fish  re¬ 
mains,  Eastman,  9. 

New  Madrid  earthquake,  Broadhead,  3. 

New  Madrid  earthquake,  Shepard,  3. 

Nomenclature  of  the  Cambrian  forma¬ 
tions  of  the  St.  Frangois  Mountains, 
Keyes,  6. 

Observations  at  Pegmatite  Hill,  Ruhl, 

2. 

Occurrence  of  greenockite  on  calcite 
from  Joplin,  Cornwall,  1. 

Origin  of  Joplin  ore  deposits,  Bain,  1. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  Ozark  re¬ 
gion,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Physiography  of  Ozark  region,  Marbut, 
3. 

Pierson  Creek  mines,  Smith  and  Stand- 
ley,  1. 

Quarrying  industry  of  Missouri,  Buck- 
ley  and  Buehler,  1. 

Relations  and  age  of  the  St.  Joseph  and 
Potosi  limestones,  Nason,  2. 

Report  of  State  geologist,  Buckley,  4. 

Rocks  and  geological  horizons  of 
Greene  County,  Shepard,  6. 

Saccharoidal  sandstone,  Broadhead,  8. 

Ste.  Genevieve  meteorite,  Ward  (H. 
A.),  1. 

Sandstones  of  Ozark  region,  Marbut,  2. 

Small  mounds,  Bushnell,  1. 

Source  of  Missouri  lead,  Wheeler  (H. 
A.),  1. 

Spring  system  of  the  Decaturville  dome, 
Shepard,  4. 

Springfield  water  supply,  Park  and  Ly¬ 
man,  1. 

Springs  of  the  Ozark  region,  Fuller  (M. 
L.),  35. 

Structural  features  of  Joplin  district, 
Bain,  17. 

Structural  features  of  the  Joplin  dis¬ 
trict,  Siebenthal,  4. 

Surface  deposits  of  Missouri  and  Kan¬ 
sas,  Broadhead,  7. 

Table  of  geological  formations,  Shep¬ 
ard,  5. 

Underground  waters  of  Missouri,  Shep¬ 
ard,  5. 

Water  resources  of  Missouri,  Shepard, 

2. 

Water  resources  of  the  Joplin  district, 
Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  4. 

Western  interior  coal  field,  Bain,  3. 

Winoka  gravels,  Hays,  1. 

Winoka  gravels,  Park  (E.  J.),  1. 

Zinc  deposits  of  Missouri,  Bain,  13. 

Montana. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O'Harra,  1. 

Alps  of  Montana,  Matthes,  2. 

Barite  and  selenite  crystals,  Rowe.  3. 

Bowlders  due  to  rock  decay,  Upham.  24. 

Cement  resources  of  Montana.  Weed. 
33. 

Chalcocite  at  Butte,  Winchell  (H.  V.), 
2 


590 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Montana — Continued. 

Conditions  in  veins  and  faults  in  Butte, 
Braden,  1. 

Corundum  in  Montana,  Edman,  1. 

Cretaceous  and  Lower  Tertiary  section 
in  south  central  Montana,  Douglass, 
3. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  42. 

Dinosaurs  in  Fort  Pierre  shales,  Doug¬ 
lass,  5. 

Discovery  of  Torrejon  mammals  in 
Montana,  Douglass,  6. 

Economic  value  of  hot  springs,  Weed. 
38. 

Fauna  of  Titanotherium  beds,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  9. 

Fossil  plants  from  vicinity  of  Porcu 
pine  Butte,  Knowlton,  12. 

Fossil  plants  of  the  Judith  River  beds, 
Knowlton,  18. 

Fossil  Mammalia  of  White  River  beds, 
Douglass,  4. 

Fracture  valley  system,  Iddings,  2. 

Fresh-water  faunule  from  Cretaceous  of 
Montana,  Stanton,  4. 

Geological  observations  along  northern 
boundary  of  Montana,  Finlay  (G.  I.), 
6. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Bitter  Root  Range  and  Clearwater 
Mountains,  Lindgren,  21. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Weed,  5. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Judith 
River  beds,  Stanton  and  Hatcher,  1. 

Geology  of  Butte  mining  district,  Miller 
(G.  W.),  2. 

Geology  of  Hellgate  Valley,  Winchell 
(N.  H.),  26. 

Geology  of  southwestern  Montana, 
Douglass,  10. 

Geology  of  the  Hellgate  and  Big  Black- 
foot  valleys,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  25. 

Glacial  drift  in  the  Dakotas,  Montana. 
Idaho,  and  Washington,  Upham,  27. 

Glacial  exploration  in  the  Montana 
Rockies,  Chaney,  1. 

Gold  mines  of  Marysville  district, 
Weed,  14. 

Gold  nugget  from  Montana,  Pearce,  1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Great  fault  of  the  Bitter  Root  Moun¬ 
tains,  Lindgren,  30. 

Great  Flat  at  Butte,  Weed,  32. 

Gypsum  deposits,  Rowe,  5. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Montana,  Weed,  25. 

Igneous  rocks  and  their  segregation. 
Winchell  (A.  N.),  4. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Algonkian  series,  Fin¬ 
lay  (G.  I.),  4. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Higliwood  Mountains, 
Pirsson,  4. 

Influence  of  country  rock  on  mineral 
veins,  Weed,  6. 


Montana— Continued. 

Lewis  Range  of  Montana  and  its  gla¬ 
ciers,  Matthes,  4.  . 

Lower  Cretaceous  plants  from  Montana, 
Fontaine,  4. 

Meteoreisen-Studien,  Cohen,  4. 

Microscopical  petrography  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Barrell,  1. 

Mineral  deposits  of  Bitter  Root  Range 
and  Clearwater  Mountains,  Lind¬ 
gren,  11. 

Missourite,  a  new  leucite  rock.  Weed 
and  Pirsson,  2. 

Montana  coal  fields,  Rowe,  2,  6. 

Neocene  lake  beds  of  Montana,  Doug¬ 
lass,  1. 

New  species  of  Merycochoerus,  Doug¬ 
lass,  2. 

New  turtles  from  Judith  River  beds  of 
Montana,  Hay,  15. 

Note  on  certain  copper  minerals,  Winch¬ 
ell  (A.  N.),  2. 

Oil  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains, 
Willis,  4. 

Ore  deposits  at  Butte,  Weed,  16. 

Ores  of  Butte  mining  district,  Byrne,  3. 

Origin  of  North  Dakota  lignites,  Wilder, 
5. 

Our  northern  Rockies,  Chapman,  1. 

Overthrust  in  northern  Rockies,  Willis, 
9. 

Petrographic  province  of  central  Mon¬ 
tana,  Pirsson,  5. 

Petrography  of  Square  Butte,  Pirsson. 
3. 

Petrography  of  Yogo  Peak,  Pirsson,  1. 

Physiography  of  Flathead  Lake  region, 
Elrod  (M.  J.),  1. 

Physiography  of  northern  Rocky  Moun¬ 
tains,  Willis,  8. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 
S.),  1. 

Shonkin  Sag  and  Palisade  Butte  lac 
eoliths  in  the  Highwood  Mountains. 
Weed  and  Pirsson,  1. 

Source  of  placer  gold  in  Alder  Gulch. 
Douglass,  11. 

Stratigraphic  position  of  Judith  River 
beds,  Hatcher  and  Stanton,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  structure  of  Lewis 
and  Livingston  ranges,  Willis,  6. 

Structure  of  front  range,  northern 
Rocky  Mountains,  Willis,  7. 

Synthesis  of  chalcocite  and  its  genesis 
at  Butte,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  2. 

Tertiary  of  Montana,  Douglass,  9. 

Vertebrates  from  the  Montana  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Douglass,  8. 

Volcanic  ash  beds  of  Montana.  Rowe,  1. 

Nebraska. 

Barites  of  Nebraska  and  Bad  Lands, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  1. 

Benton  and  Niobrara  formations  of 
Nebraska,  Condra,  5. 

Camp  Clarke  folio.  Darton.  10. 

Carboniferous  fishes  from  central  west¬ 
ern  States,  Eastman,  10. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


591 


Nebraska — Continued . 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Chalcedony-lime  nuts  from  Bad  Lands, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  2. 

Coal  Measure  Bryozoa  of  Nebraska, 
Condra,  2. 

Comparison  of  fossil  diatoms,  Elmore, 
1. 

Concretions  of  the  Pierre  shale,  Barbour 
(C.  A.),  2. 

Dakota  and  Carboniferous  clays  of  Ne¬ 
braska,  Gould  and  Fisher,  1. 

Dakota  Cretaceous  of  Kansas  and  Ne- 
barska,  Gould,  5. 

Disco  vesy  of  meteoric  iron  in  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  3. 

Discovery  of  the  Laramie  in  Nebraska, 
Fisher  (C.  A.),  3. 

Fauna  of  the  Permian,  Beede,  2. 

Geological  bibliography  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  and  Fisher,  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Pat¬ 
rick  and  Goshen  Hole  quadrangles, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  4. 

Geology  of  Dakota  County,  Burchard,  2. 

Gigantic  mammal  from  Loup  Fork  beds, 
Peterson,  4. 

Ground  sloth  from  Nebraska  Pleisto¬ 
cene,  Brown  (B.),  1. 

Jefferson  County,  Carmony,  1. 

Lignites  of  the  Missouri  Valley,  Burch¬ 
ard,  1. 

Limestone  quarries  of  Nebraska,  Fisher 
(C.  A.),  2. 

Meteorites  of  Nebraska,  Barbour  (E. 
II.),  4. 

Missourian  and  Permo-Carboniferous 
fish  fauna  of  Kansas  and  Nebraska, 
Eastman  and  Barbour,  1. 

New  Bryozoa  from'  Coal  Measures  of 
Nebraska,  Condra,  1. 

New  Miocene  artiodactyl,  Barbour  (E. 
H.),  11. 

Old  Platte  channel,  Condra,  4. 

Osteology  of  Oxydactylus,  Peterson,  1. 

Pleistocene  fauna  from  Hay  Springs, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  8. 

Report  of  State  Geological  Survey,  Bar¬ 
bour  (E.  H.),  5. 

Report  of  State  geologist,  Barbour  (E. 

H. ),  8. 

Rhombopora  lepidodendroides  Meek, 
Condra,  3. 

Scotts  Bluff  folio,  Darton.  11. 

Value  of  bluff  and  valley  wash  depos¬ 
its  as  brick  material,  Fisher  (C.  A.), 

I. 

Volcanic  ash  in  Nebraska  soils.  Bar¬ 
bour  (E.  H.),  7. 

Nevada. 

Alum  deposit  near  Silver  Peak,  Spurr, 
21. 


Nevada — Continued. 

Alunite-jarosite  group  of  minerals, 
Hillebrand  and  Penfield,  1. 

Basin  range  structure  of  the  Humboldt 
region,  Louderback,  4. 

Building  stones  of  Nevada,  Reid  (J. 
A~.  2. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  deposits  between  Silver  Peak  and 
Candelaria,  Spurr,  20. 

Contact  quaquaversal,  Purington,  2. 

Delamar  and  Horn-Silver  mines,  Em¬ 
mons  (S.  F. ),  3. 

Developments  at  Tonopah  during  1904, 
Spurr,  26. 

District  of  Goldfield,  Draper,  1. 

Faulting  at  Tonopah,  Spurr,  24. 

Genetic  relations  of  western  Nevada 
ores,  Spurr,  31. 

Geological  features  of  Nevada,  Louder- 
back,  1. 

Geological  reconnoissance  of  region  of 
upper  main  Walker  River,  Smith 
(D.  T.),  1. 

Geology  of  Goldfield,  Dominian,  1,  2. 

Geology  of  Goldfields  district,  Spurr, 
19. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Geology  of  Nevada  south  of  fortieth 
parallel,  Spurr,  28. 

Geology  of  region  of  Walker  River, 
Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Geology  of  the  Great  Basin,  Turner,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  dis¬ 
trict,  Spurr,  29. 

Gold-bearing  quartzites  of  eastern  Ne¬ 
vada,  Weeks,  2. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Turner,  15. 

Gypsum  deposits  of  Nevada.  Louder- 
back,  2,  5. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda  Coun¬ 
ty,  Turner,  5. 

Hydro-thermal  activity  in  veins  at 
Wedekind,  Morris,  1. 

Ichthyosaurian  limb  from  Triassic  of 
Nevada,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  14. 

Lone  Mountain  district.  Lakes,  72. 

Marine  Trias  of  western  America. 
Smith  (J.  P.),-  5. 

Metallic  sulphides  from  Steamboat 
Springs,  Lindgren,  19. 

Minerals  from  Pacific  States,  Turner, 
4. 

Mines  of  Esmeralda  County,  Turner,  3. 

Montezuma  district,  Stretch,  3. 

Nevada  coal  field,  Stoneham,  1. 

Nevada  ore  deposit,  Wiel,  1. 

New  fossil  cyprinoid,  Leuciscus  tur- 
neri,  Lucas  (F.  A.),  4. 

Nitrate  deposits,  Humboldt  County, 
Wagenen,  1. 

Notes  on  Goldfield,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  5. 

Notes  on  Tonopah,  Easton,  1. 


592 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Nevada— Continued. 

Notes  on  two  desert  mines,  Emmons 
(S.  F.),  2. 

Occurrence  of  tungsten  ore,  Weeks,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Contact,  Bailey  (J.  T.), 

1-  • 

Ore  deposits  at  Silver  Peak  quadrangle, 
Spurr,  18. 

Ore  deposits  of  Tonopah,  Spurr,  8,  9, 

11. 

Ores  of  Goldfield,  Spurr,  25. 

Osceola  tungsten  deposits,  Smith  (F.  | 
B.),  1. 

Pyramid  Lake,  Fairbanks,  2. 

Rabbit  Hole  sulphur  mines,  Adams 
(G.  I.),  16. 

Santa  Fe  mining  district,  McCormick,  1. 

Silver  Peak  region,  Spurr,  22. 

Southern  Nevada  and  Inyo  County, 
Taft,  1. 

Stibnite  at  Steamboat  Springs,  Lind- 
gren,  24. 

Stratigraphy  of  Uinta  Mountains,  Ber- 
key,  8. 

Structural  section  of  a  Basin  range, 
Louderback,  3. 

Structure  and  genesis  of  the  Comstock 
lode,  Reid  (J.  A.),  3. 

Tiitigkeit  heisser  Quellen  in  den  Gan- 
gen  von  Wedekind,  Wendeborn,  1. 

Tonopah,  Knapp  (S.  A.),  1. 

Tonopah  mining  camp,  Lakes,  68. 

Tonopah  mining  district,  Spurr,  27. 

Triassic  Ichthyopterygia  from  Califor¬ 
nia  and  Nevada,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  4. 

Triassic  ichthyosaurs  from  California  [ 
and  Nevada,  Osborn,  15. 

Tungsten  ore  in  eastern  Nevada,  Weeks, 

8. 

Typical  Nevada  mining  region,  Lakes, 
69. 

Variations  of  texture  in  Tertiary  igne-  j 
ous  rocks  of  the  Great  Basin,  Spurr,  { 
2. 

Water  storage  in  Truckee  Basin,  Taylor 
(L.  II.),  1. 

Newfoundland. 

Exploration  in  the  Carboniferous  basin 
near  Grand  Lake,  Howley,  2. 

Geological  exploration  in  district  of 
White  Bay,  Howley,  1.' 

Preliminary  notice  of  Etcheminian 
fauna,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 

Pyrites  deposits  at  Port  au  Port,  Meiss¬ 
ner,  1. 

Varioiitic  pillow-lava,  Daly,  9. 

New  Hampshire. 

Albany  granite  and  its  contact  phe-  ( 
nomena,  Hawes,  2. 

Ammonoosuc  district  of  New  Hamp¬ 
shire,  Hitchcock  (C.  H.).  6. 

Composition  of  labradorite  rocks,  Dana. 

1. 

Description  of  Dalmanites  lunatus, 
Lambert.  1. 

Eruptive  rocks  in  Campton,  Hawes,  1, 


New  Hampshire — Continued. 

Geology  of  Littleton,  Hitchcock  (C. 
IL),  10. 

Geology  of  Monadnock  Mountain, 
Perry,  2. 

Geology  of  Mount  Kearsarge,  Perry,  1. 
Geology  of  the  Belknap  Mountains. 

Pirsson  and  Washington,  1. 

Glacial  topography  in  central  New 
Hampshire,  Emerson  (I\),  1. 
Moraines  and  eskers  in  the  White 
Mountains,  Upham,  23. 

Rocks  of  Lake  Winnepesaukee.  Wash¬ 
ington,  3. 

Trilobite  (Dalmanites  lunatus)  from 
Littleton,  Lambert,  2.  * 

Underground  waters  of  New  Hamp¬ 
shire,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  22. 

Water  resources  of  New  Hampshire, 
Boutwell,  7. 

Water  resources  of  the  Portsmouth- 
York  region,  Smith  (G.  O.),  18. 

New  Jersey. 

Acidaspis  from  a  bowlder  of  Marcellus 
shale,  Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  4. 
Administrative  report.  New  Jersey 
geological  survey.  Smock,  1. 
Administrative  report  of  State  geolo¬ 
gist,  Kiimmel,  4. 

Administrative  report  of  State  geolo¬ 
gist,  Kiimmel,  7. 

Artesian  wells,  Woolman,  1-3. 

Atlantic  Highlands  section.  Prather,  4. 
Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Cement-rock  deposits  of  the  Lehigh 
district,  Eckel,  25. 

Classification  of  Upper  Cretaceous  for¬ 
mations  of  New  Jersey,  Weller,  12. 
Clay  and  its  properties,  Ries,  12. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 
Cliffwood  clays  and  the  Matawan, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  2. 

Columbia  University  geological  depart¬ 
ment,  Shimer,  4. 

Contributions  to  mineralogy.  Eyer 
man,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States. 
Weed,  17. 

Copper  deposits  of  New  Jersey.  Weed. 
18. 

Copper  leaching  at  the  American  copper 
mine,  Bond,  1. 

Crania  of  Trenton,  Hrdlicka,  1. 
Cretaceous  near  Cliffwood.  Berry,  8. 
Cretaceous  formations  and  faunas  of 
New  Jersey.  Weller,  7. 

Cretaceous  turtles  of  New  Jersey.  Wie- 
land,  6,  7. 

Cretaceous  turtles  of  New  Jersey  : 

Agomphus.  Wieland.  13. 

Crustacea  of  the  Cretaceous,  Pilsbry.  1. 
Crystallography  of  calcites  of  New 
Jersey  trap  region,  Rogers,  5. 
Fasciolaria  from  the  Eocene  green 
marls  at  Shark  River,  N.  J.,  Whit¬ 
field,  13. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


593 


New  Jersey — Continued. 

Fauna  of  Cliffwood  clays,  Weller,  10, 
13. 

Flora  cf  the  Matawan  formation,  Berry, 

5. 

Fossil  flora  from  Cliffwood,  Berry,  9. 
Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Glacial  geology  of  New  Jersey,  Salis¬ 
bury  and  others,  1. 

Glauconite,  Prather,  3. 

Griggstown  copper  deposit,  Weed,  27. 
Iron  and  zinc  mines,  Kiimmel,  5. 
Leucite-tinguaite  from  Beemerville, 
Wolff,  1. 

Magnetite  deposits  in  Sussex  County, 
Spencer' (A.  C.),  11. 

Manufacture  of  clay  products,  Ries,  13. 
Matawan  formation,  Clark  (W.  B.),  5. 
Mineralogical  notes,  Chester,  1. 

Mining  industry,  Kiimmel,  2,  3. 

Molding  sands  of  New  Jersey,  Kiimmel, 

9. 

New  minerals  from  Franklin,  Penfield 
and  Warren,  1. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and  others, 

1. 

Occurrence  of  thaumasite,  Penfield  and 
Pratt,  1. 

Old  swamp  bottom,  Berry,  12. 

On  clinohedrite,  Penfield  and  Foote,  2. 

On  gahnite,  Brush,  3. 

On  sussexite,  Brush,  2. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller,  6. 

Paleozoic  limestones  of  Kittatinny  Val¬ 
ley,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  1. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  northwestern  New 
Jersey,  Van  Ingen,  3. 

Plants  from  the  Matawan  formation, 
Berry,  4. 

Pleistocene  mollusks  of  White  Pond, 
Baker,  1. 

Portland-cement  industry,  Kiimmel,  1. 
Pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  New  Jersey, 
Spencer  (A.  C.),  15. 

Pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  the  Franklin 
Furnace  quadrangle,  Spencer  (A.  C.), 
13. 

Preliminary  report  on  the  Paleozoic  for¬ 
mations,  Weller,  3. 

Report  of  State  geologist,  Kiimmel,  8. 
Rocks  of  Green  Pond  Mountain  region, 
Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Serpentines  of  Manhattan  Island,  New-  I 
land,  1. 

Stratigraphy  of  New  Jersey  clays,  Kiim¬ 
mel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Summary  and  index  of  reports  of  New 
Jersey  geological  survey,  Kiimmel, 

6. 

Surface  formations  in  southern  New 
Jersey,  Salisbury,  1. 

Talc  deposits  of  Phillipsburg,  Peck,  6. 
Triassic  fishes  of  New  Jersey,  Eastman, 

20.  i 

Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey,  1 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  1,  3.  I 

Bull.  301—06 - 38 


New  Jersey— Continued. 

Water  resources  of  New  Jersey,  La 
Forge,  1. 

Well  records,  Kiimmel,  10. 

Wells  at  White  Oak  Ridge,  Vermeule,  1. 

Zinc  and  manganese  deposits  of  Frank¬ 
lin  Furnace,  Wolff,  2. 

New  Mexico. 

Age  of  lavas  of  plateau  region,  Reagan, 
2_ 

Alunite-jarosite  group  of  minerals,  Hil- 
lebrand  and  Penfield,  1. 

Analcite-bearing  camptonite  from  New 
Mexico,  Ogilvie,  2. 

Applications  of  geology  to  economic 
problems  in  New  Mexico,  Herrick  (C. 
L.),  1. 

Basin  features  of  southwestern  United 
States,  Keyes,  40. 

Bisection  of  mountain  blocks,  Keyes,  52. 

Block  mountains  in  New  Mexico,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.),  7. 

Block  mountains  in  New  Mexico,  Keyes, 
37. 

Bolson  plains,  Keyes,  38. 

Bolson  plains,  Tight,  6. 

Burro  Mountain  copper  district,  Reid 
(G.  D.),  1. 

Canyons  of  northeastern  New  Mexico, 
Lee  (W.  T.),  6. 

Cerillos  anthracite  mine,  Lakes,  5. 

Clinoplains  of  the  Rio  Grande,  Herrick 
(C.  L.),  5. 

Coal  fields  of  White  Mountain  region. 
Fisher  (C.  A.),  4. 

Coal,  graphite,  and  oil  field  of  Raton, 
Lakes,  23. 

Coal  Measure  forest  near  Socorro,  Her¬ 
rick  (C.  L.),  3. 

Copper  deposits  of  Sierra  Oscura,  Tur¬ 
ner,  11. 

Curtis  mines,  Lakes,  7. 

Earthquakes  in  New  Mexico,  Bagg,  4. 

Ephemeral  lakes  in  arid  regions,  Keyes, 
30. 

Extinct  glaciers,  Stone  (G.  H.),  2. 

Fossil  form  of  Orohelix  yavapai  Pils- 
bry,  Cockerell,  2. 

Fundamental  complex  beyond  southern 
end  of  Rocky  Mountains,  Keyes,  46. 

Geological  reconnaissance  in  eastern 
Valencia  County,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  2. 

Geological  structure  of  Jornada  del 
Muerto,  Keyes,  53. 

Geological  structure  of  New  Mexican 
bolson  plains,  Keyes,  29. 

Geology  and  underground  water  condi¬ 
tions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  of  Apache  Canyon  placers, 
Keyes,  33. 

Geology  of  the  Cerrillos  Hills,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.V  4-6. 

Geology  of  *  e  Jemez-Albuquerque  re¬ 
gion,  R>>  an,  1. 

Geology  \L  the  saline  basins  of  central 
New  Mexico,  Johnson  (D.  W,,1^J 


594 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


New  Mexico — Continued. 

Giseraents  de  minerais  de  zinc,  Dema- 
ret,  1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  New  Mexico,  Her¬ 
rick  (H.  N.),  1. 

Hagan  coal  field,  Keyes,  43. 

High  altitude  conoplain,  Ogilvie,  5. 

Iron  deposits  of  Chupadera  Mesa, 
Keyes,  42. 

.Temez  coal  fields,  Reagan,  4. 

Jurassic  horizon  around  the  southern 
end  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Keyes, 
51. 

Lake  Otero,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  6. 

Lake  Valley  limestone,  Keyes,  54. 

Landslide  in  Chaco  Canon,  Dodge,  2. 

Laws  of  formation  of  New  Mexico 
mountain  ranges,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  4. 

Minerals  associated  with  copper,  Stone 
(G.  H.),  1. 

Mogollon  range,  Weatherby,  1. 

Morrison  shales  of  southern  Colorado 
and  northern  New  Mexico,  Lee  (W. 
T.),  3. 

New  coal  field,  Lakes,  6. 

New  fossil  Ashmunella,  Cockerell,  1. 

New  Mexico  copper  deposits,  Austin,  2. 

New  Mexico  mines  and  minerals,  Jones 
(F.  A.),  1. 

Occurrence  of  aurichalcite,  Keyes,  39. 

Ore  deposits  of  San  Pedro  district, 
Yung  and  MeCaffery,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  Sierra  de  Los  Ca- 
ballos,  Keyes,  47. 

Oscuro  Mountain  meteorite,  Hills,  3. 

Physiography  of  southern  Arizona  and 
New  Mexico,  Fairbanks,  5. 

Remarkable  silver  pipe,  Keyes,  32. 

Report  of  mine  inspector,  Sheridan,  1. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 
S.),  1. 

Secondary  enrichment  in  the  Santa 
Rita  district,  Bagg,  5. 

Snails  of  the  genus  Physa  found  at  Las 
Vegas,  Springer  (A.),  1. 

Structures  of  Basin  ranges,  Keyes,  45. 

Topography  and  geology  of  New  Mex¬ 
ico,  Jewett,  1. 

Triassic  system  in  New  Mexico,  Keyes, 
50. 

Trionychid,  Conchochelys  admirabilis, 
from  the  Puerco  beds,  Hay,  25. 

Trip  to  White  Oaks,  Smith  and  Dornin- 
ian,  1. 

Unconformity  of  the  Cretaceous  on 
older  rocks  in  central  New  Mexico, 
Keyes,  44. 

White  sands  of  New  Mexico,  Brady,  1. 

Zinc  carbonate  ores  of  the  Magdalena 
Mountains,  Keyes,  48. 

New  York. 

Abrasives  of  New  York  State,  Magnus, 

1. 

Adirondack  augite-andesite,  Cushing,  1. 


New  York— Continued. 

Alnoite  dikes  in  East  Canada  Creek, 
Schneider,  10. 

American  Association  for  Advancement 
of  Science,  summer  meeting,  Ilovey, 
46. 

^-Ancient  gorge  of  Hudson  River, 
Wright  (G.  F.)v  15. 

Ancient  water  levels  of  Champlain  and 
Hudson  valleys,  Woodworth,  10. 

Apatite  crystals,  Antwerp,  New  York, 
Knight  (N.),  4. 

Artesian  conditions  on  Long  Island, 
Veatch,  6. 

^  Artesian  flows  from  unconfined  sandy 
strata,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  39. 

S  Artesian  water  supply  at  Ithaca,  Whit¬ 
ney,  1. 

I\  ^  Artesian  well  sections  at  Ithaca,  Tarr, 
5. 

Beach  structure  in  Medina  sandstone. 
Fairchild,  1. 

Bedford  cyrtolite,  Luquer,  2. 

Bones  of  a  mastodon  found,  Gordon 
lR.)f  1. 

Calciferous  formation  of  Mohawk  Val¬ 
ley,  Cleland,  3. 

Cambric  Dictyonema  fauna,  Ruede- 
mann,  7. 


Cambro-Ordovician 

outlier 

at 

Wells 

town,  Julien,  4. 
Cambro-Ordovician 

outlier 

at 

Wells 

town,  Kemp,  2,  13. 

Celestite  near  Syracuse,  Kraus,  2. 

Cement  industry  in  New  York.  Eckel,  5. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Classification  of  New  York  geologic 
formations,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  20. 

Classification  of  rocks  of  Watkins  Glen 
quadrangle,  Williams  (H.  S.),  7. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Clinton  hematite,  Eckel,  33. 

Cobleskill  limestone  of  New  York,  Hart- 
nagel,  1. 

Concretions  in  the  Chemung  of  New 
York,  Kindle,  5. 

Configuration  of  rock  floor  of  Greater 
New  York,  Hobbs,  27. 

Contact  lines  of  Upper  Siluric  forma¬ 
tions  on  the  Brockport  and  Medina 
quadrangles,  Clarke,  Ruedemann,  and 
Luther,  1. 

Contributions  from  the  mineralogic  lab¬ 
oratory,  Whitlock,  4. 

Cretaceous  beds  of  Long  Island.  Hol- 
lick,  7. 

Crinoid  and  mollusk  from  the  Portage 
rocks  of  New  York,  Whitfield,  11. 

Crown  Point  section,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 

1. 

Description  of  State  geologic  map,  Mer¬ 
rill  (F.  J.  H.),  2. 

Devonic  and  Carbonic  formations  of 
southwestern  New  York,  Glenn,  1. 

Devonic  worms,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  18. 


595 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


New  York — Continued. 

Discovery  of  a  mastodon's  tooth  and 
the  remains  of  a  boreal  vegetation 
on  Staten  Island,  Hollick,  2. 

Discovery  of  amber  on  Staten  Island, 
Hollick,  16. 

Distribution  of  Hudson  schist  in  Oyster 
Bay  quadrangle,  Merrill  and  Magnus, 
1. 

"  'Drainage  features  of  central  New  York, 
Tarr,  11. 

^^fJrainage  features  of  southern  central 
New  York,  Tarr,  14. 

Drift  fossils,  Hollick,  8. 

Dumortierite,  Schaller,  7. 

Dwarf  fauna  of  Tully  limestone, 
Loomis,  4. 

Economic  geology  of  Monroe  County, 
Sarle,  3. 

Economic  geology  of  New  York,  New 
York  State  Museum,  1. 

Economic  geology  of  Oneida  County, 
Smyth  (C.  H.),  5. 

Economic  geology  of  western  New  York, 
Bishop  (I.  P.),  2. 

Economic  products  of  St.  Lawrence 
County,  Logan,  1. 

Emery  deposits  of  Westchester  County, 
Eckel,  2. 

Emery  mines  of  Westchester  County, 
Nevius,  2. 

Eruptive  dikes  in  Syracuse,  Schneider, 
4. 

Eruptive  dikes  near  Ithaca,  Schneider, 

Esker  in  western  New  York,  Comstock 
(F.  M.),  1. 

Eurypterid  fauna  from  the  Salina, 
Sarle,  2. 

Examples  of  joint-controlled  drainage, 
Hobbs,  26. 

Exposure  oft  serpentine  at  Syracuse, 
Kraus,  1. 

Fauna  of  Agoniatite  limestone  of  Onon¬ 
daga  County,  Wilson  (J.  D.),  1. 

Fauna  of  Stafford  limestone,  Talbot,  1. 

Fauna  of  the  Chazy  limestone,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  7. 

Fauna  of  the  Chazy  limestone  on  Val- 
cour  Island,  Hudson,  1. 

Faunas  of  the  Ordovician  at  Glens 
Falls,  White  (T.  G.),  1. 

Faunas  of  the  Trenton,  Raymond  (P. 
E.).  2. 

Field  work  in  town  of  Minerva,  Finlay 
(G.  I.),  2. 

Finger  lake  region  of  western  New 
York,  Dryer,  4. 

Folds  on  the  border  of  the  Appalachian 
system,  Kindle,  4. 

Fossil  alga  from  Chemung  of  New 
York,  White  (D. ),  6. 

Fossil  faunas  of  Olean  quadrangle. 
Butts,  1. 

Fossil  plant  remains  at  Kreisherville, 
Hollick,  14. 


New  York — Continued. 

Fort  Cassin  beds  in  the  Calciferous 
limestone,  Dwight,  1. 

Gaines  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 

Genesis  of  amphibole  schists  and  ser¬ 
pentines  of  Manhattan  Island,  Ju- 
lien,  7. 

Geographic  development  of  northern 
Pennsylvania  and  southern  New 
York,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  9. 

Geologic  map  of  the  Tully  quadrangle, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

^WGeologic  notes  on  the  neighborhood  of 
Buffalo,  Martin  (D.  S.),  2. 

Geological  history  of  hematite  iron  ores 
of  Antwerp  and  Fowler  belt  in  New 
York,  Crosby,  3. 

Geological  notes,  Hollick,  13. 

Geological  notes  on  the  neighborhood 
of  Buffalo,  Martin  (D.  S.),  3. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  Niagara 
Falls,  Grabau,  1. 

Geology  of  Adirondack  region,  Cushing, 

10. 

Geology  of  eastern  New  York,  Prosser, 

11. 

Geology  of  crystalline  rocks,  Smyth  (C. 

H. ),  1. 

Geology  of  Fishers  Island,  Fuller  (M. 
L.),  29. 

Geology  of  Long  Island,  Veatch,  5. 
Geology  of  Onondaga  County, 
Schneider,  1. 

Geology  of  Paradox  Lake  quadrangle, 
Ogilvie,  6. 

Geology  of  Rand  Hill,  Cushing,  2. 
Geology  of  river  channels  about  Man¬ 
hattan  Island,  Hobbs,  18. 

Geology  of  the  city  of  New  York,  Grata! - 
•  cap,  7. 

Geology  of  the  Syracuse  region,  Hop¬ 
kins  (T.  C.),  13. 

^Steology  of  the  Hudson  Valley,  Dale,  5. 

Geology  of  the  serpentines  of  central 
New  York,  Schneider,  6. 

Geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Little  Falls, 
Cushing,  9. 

Geology  of  ^atkins  and  Elmira  quad¬ 
rangles,  Clarke  and  Luther,  2. 

•  placial  and  post-Glacial  history  of  the 
Hudson  and  Champlain  valleys,  Peet, 

I. 

Glacial  conditions  on  Long  Island,  Buf¬ 
fet,  1. 

Glacial  erosion  in  the  Finger  Lake  re¬ 
gion,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  19. 

Glacial  features  of  Syracuse,  Fairchild. 
13. 

Glacial  lakes  and  marine  submergence 
^  in  the  Hudson-Champlain  Valley,  Up- 
ham,  32. 

Glacial  period  on  Long  Island,  Veatch, 
4. 

Glacial  phenomena  in  Adirondacks  and 
Champlain  Valley,  Ogilvie,  1. 

Glacial  waters  from  Oneida  to  Little 
Falls,  Fairchild,  8. 


596 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


New  York — Continued. 

Glaciation  of  the  Green  Mountains. 
Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  7. 

Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  New  York, 
Reid  (H.  F.),  15. 

Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  New  York, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  17. 

Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  central  New 
York,  Tarr,  12. 

Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  New  York. 
Tarr,  13. 

Graphite  in  the  Adirondacks,  Kemp,  27. 

Graptolite  (Levis)  facies  of  Beekman 
town  formation  in  Rensselaer  County, 
Ruedemann,  3. 

Graptolites  of  New  York,  Ruedemann, 

8.  * 

Growth  and  development  of  Gonio- 
graptus  thureaui  McCoy,  Ruedemann. 
4. 

Guelph  fauna  of  New  York,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

Guide  to  mineralogic  collections  of  New 
York  State  Museum,  Whitlock,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  New  lTork,  Eckel. 

22. 

Gypsum  deposits  of  New'  York  Statt, 
Parsons,  2. 

Gypsum  industry  in  New  York  State, 
Parsons,  1,  4. 

Hamilton  formation  in  central  New 

York,  Cleland,  2. 

Hamilton  fossils  from  Bethany,  Mun- 
roe,  1. 

Hanging  valleys  in  the  Finger  Lake  re¬ 
gion,  Tarr,  6. 

Helderberg  invasion  of  the  Manlius, 

Harris,  7. 

Hematite  deposits  of  New’  York,  Eckel, 
30. 

Hematite  iron  ores  of  Antwerp  and 

Fowler  belt,  Crosby,  2. 

Horseheads  outlet  of  Glacial  lakes  of 
central  New  York,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  7. 

Hudson  River  beds  near  Albany,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

Hydrology  of  New  York,  Rafter,  1. 

Ice  erosion  theory  a  fallacy,  Fairchild, 

11. 

Index  to  publications  of  New’  York 

State  Natural  History  Survey,  Ellis 
(M.),  1. 

Indigene  and  alien  faunas  of  New  York 
Devonic,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  10. 

Instances  of  moderate  glacial  erosion, 
Tarr,  9. 

Inter-Glacial  gorge  problem,  Matson,  1. 

Interpretations  of  physiography  of  New’ 
York  State,  Brigham,  3. 

Iroquois  beach  in  Ontario,  Coleman,  Hi, 
17. 

Ithaca  fauna  of  central  New  York. 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  27. 

Lime  and  cement  industries  of  New 
York,  Ries,  4. 

Limestones  in  central  Newr  York. 
Schneider,  2. 


New  York — Continued. 

Limestones  interbedded  with  shales  of 
Marcellus  stage,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  2. 

Limonite  beds  at  Cornw’all,  Hartnagel, 
3. 

Limonite  deposits  of  New  York  and 
New  England,  Eckel,  66. 

List  of  mammals  of  New  York,  Miller 
(G.  S.),  1. 

Lower  Silurian  system  of  eastern  Mont¬ 
gomery  County,  Cumings,  6. 

Magnetite  deposits  at  Mineville,  Ries,  8. 

Manlius  formation  of  New’  York,  Schu- 
chert,  4. 

Map  of  Canandaigua  and  Naples  quad¬ 
rangles,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Marcellus  fault,  Schneider,  3. 

Marcellus  limestone,  Wood  (Elvira),  1. 

Mastodons  of  New  York,  Clarke  (J. 
M.),  15. 

Mineral  developments  around  Ithaca, 
Ries,  10. 

Mineral  developments  at  Mineville, 
Ries,  11. 

Mineral  occurrences  in  the  Salina 
epoch,  Kraus,  3. 

Mineral  resources  of  Onondaga  County, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  9. 

Minerals  not  commercially  important, 
Whitlock,  3. 

Mining  and  quarry  industry  during 
1904,  Newland,  2. 

Minnewaska  region,  James.  1. 

Moraines  of  Seneca  and  Cayuga  Lake 
valleys,  Tarr,  10. 

Moraines  of  Seneca  and  Cayuga  lakes. 
Tarr,  7. 

Naples  fauna  in  western  New  York, 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  19. 

Nematophyton  in  New  York  State  Mu¬ 
seum.  Prosser,  8. 

New  Agelacrinites,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  3. 

New  dike  at  Ithaca,  Barnett,  1. 

New’  genus  of  Paleozoic  brachipods, 
Eunoa,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  8. 

New’  problems  in  glaciology,  Fairchild. 
14. 

New  term  for  Upper  Cambrian  series, 
Walcott,  8. 

New  York  City  folio.  Merrill  and 
others,  1. 

Newr  York  mineral  localities,  Whitlock, 

Northumberland  volcanic  plug.  Wood- 
worth,  7. 

Notes  on  Paleozoic  crustaceans,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  12. 

Occurrence  of  amber  at  Kreichersville, 
Hollick,  20. 

Oil  and  gas  in  New’  York.  Bishop  (I. 
P.),  I- 

Olean  rock  section,  Clarke  (J.  M.).  16. 

On  liortonolite.  Brush.  1. 

Ontario  coast,  Martin  (J.  O. ),  1. 

Origin  of  channels  surrounding  Man¬ 
hattan  Island,  Hobbs,  24. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


597 


New  York— Continued. 

Origin  of  faunas  of  Marcellus  lime¬ 
stones  of  New  York,  Clarke  (J.  M.), 
13. 

Origin  of  faunas  of  Marcellus  shales  of 
New  York,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  21. 

Oriskany  fauna  and  Becraft  Mountain, 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  1. 

Oriskany  sandstone,  Wheelock,  1. 

Overthrust  faults  in  central  New  York. 
Wheelock,  2. 

Overthrust  faults  in  New  York, 
Schneider,  9. 

Paleobotany  of  the  Cretaceous  of  Long 
Island,  Hollick,  11. 

Paleontologic  results  of  areal  survey  of 
Olean  quadrangle,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  7. 

Paleozoic  coral  reefs,  Grabau,  10. 

Peat,  Parsons,  3. 

Peat  and  its  occurrence  in  New  York, 
Ries,  7. 

Peridotite  dikes  near  Ithaca,  Matson. 

2. 

Petrography  and  age  of  the  North¬ 
umberland  rock,  Cushing,  7. 

Petrography  of  dikes  in  Syracuse, 
Smyth  (C.  H.),  2. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas,  Orton,  1. 

Physical  characters  and  history  of 
some  New  York  formations,  Grabau, 
17. 

Physical  geography  of  New  York  State, 
Tarr,  2. 

Physiographic  belts  in  western  New 
York,  Gilbert,  10. 

Physiography  of  Lake  George,  Kemp, 

4,  7. 

Physiography  of  the  Adirondacks, 
Kemp,  37. 

Pleistocene  features  in  the  Syracuse  j 
region,  Fairchild,  12. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  Moers  quadran¬ 
gle,  Woodworth,  9. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  Nassau  County, 
Woodworth,  2. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  western  New  j 
York,  Fairchild,  2. 

Pleistocene  history  of  Fishers  Island,  I 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  40. 

Portland-cement  industry  in  New 
York,  Eckel,  4. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  New 
York,  Eckel,  39. 

Post-Pliocene  fossils  of  the  Niagara 
River  gravels,  Letson,  1. 

Potsdam  sandstone  of  Lake  Champlain 
basin,  Van  Ingen,  4. 

Pre-Cambrian  formations,  Kemp  and 
Hill,  1. 

Pre-Cambrian  Highlands,  Merrill  (F. 

J.  H.),  6. 

Pre-Cambrian  outlier  at  Little  Falls, 
Herkimer  County,  Cushing,  4. 

Pre-Glacial  course  of  middle  portion  of 
Genesee  River,  Whitbeck,  1. 

Pre-Glacial  stream  flow  in  central  New 
York,  Carney,  2. 


New  York — Continued. 

I‘re-IroquOis  channels  between  Syra 
cuse  and  Rome,  Fairchild,  4. 

Pre-Kansan  and  Iowan  deposits  of 
Long  Island,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  6. 

Preservation  of  plants  by  geologic  proc¬ 
esses,  Hollick,  18. 

Problem  of  Niagara,  Grabau,  7. 

Pyrite  deposits  of  the  western  Adiron¬ 
dacks,  Eckel,  40. 

Quarries  of  bluestone,  Dickinson,  1. 

Quarry  industry  in  southeastern  New 
York,  Eckel,  6. 

Rate  of  lateral  erosion  at  Niagara, 
Wright  (G.  F.),  3. 

Recent  geologic  work  in  Franklin  and 
St.  Lawrence  counties,  Cushing,  3. 

Recently  discovered  facts  in  regard  to 
Silver  Lake,  Hollick,  12. 

Reef  structures  in  the  Clinton  and  Ni¬ 
agara  strata,  Sarle,  1. 

Replacement  of  quartz  by  pyrite  and 
corrosion  of  quartz  pebbles,  Smyth, 
6. 

Report  of  director  of  State  Museum, 
Merrill  (F.  J.  H.),  3-5. 

Report  of  the  director,  Clarke  (J.  M.), 
28. 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  5,  11,  14,  25. 

Results  of  resurvey  of  Long  Island, 
Fuller  and  Veatch,  1. 

Revision  of  New  York  Ilelderbergian 
crinoids,  Talbot,  2. 

River  terraces  and  reversed  drainage, 
Mills  (F.  S.),  1. 

Rock  floor  of  the  vicinity  of  New  York, 
Hobbs,  21. 

Rocks  of  Roundout,  Van  Ingen  and 
Clark,  1. 

Rossie  lead  veins,  Smyth  (C.  H.),  4. 

Salt  and  other  resources  of  the  Wat¬ 
kins  Glen  quadrangle,  Kindle,  7. 

Sedentary  impression  known  as  Cli- 
mactichnites,  Woodworth,  6. 

Serpentines  of  Manhattan  Island,  New- 
land,  1. 

Shifting  of  faunas,  Williams  (H.  S.), 
4. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  faunas  of  Trilobite 
Mountain,  Shimer,  5. 

Siluric  or  Ontario  section  of  eastern 
New  York,  Hartnagel,  2. 

Slate  quarries  of  Washington  County, 
Nevius,  1. 

South  Onondaga  geology,  Schneider,  8. 

Story  of  Niagara,  Hitchcock  (C.  II.),  2. 

Stratigraphic  value  of  Portage  sand¬ 
stones,  Luther,  1. 

Stratigraphy  of  Becraft  Mountain, 
Grabau,  9. 

Stratigraphy  of  Mohawk  Valley,  Pros¬ 
ser,  5. 

Stratigraphy  of  Portage  formation, 
Luther,  2. 

Structural  details  in  Green  Mountain 
region,  Dale,  1. 


598 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


New  York — Continued. 

Structure  of  some  primitive  ceplia- 
lopods,  Ruedemann,  9. 

Syllabus  for  field  and  laboratory  work 
in  geology,  Tarr,  1. 

Tectonic  geography  of  southwestern 
New  England  and  southeastern  New 
York,  Hobbs,  23. 

Tourmaline  contact  zones  near  Alexan¬ 
dria  Bay,  Smyth  (C.  H.J,  3. 

Tree  trunks  found  with  mastodon  re¬ 
mains,  Gordon  (R.),  2. 

Trenton  conglomerate  of  Rysedorph 
Hill,  Ruedemann,  2. 

Trilobites  of  Chazy  limestone,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  5. 

Tropidoleptus  fauna  at  Canandaigua 
Lake,  Raymond  (P.  E.)  4. 

Type  case  in  diversion  of  drainage, 
Carney,  1. 

Type  specimens  of  Paleozoic  fossils  in 
York  State  Museum,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  2. 

Underground  waters  of  New  York, 
Weeks,  12. 

Undulations  of  the  Lockport  limestone, 
Gilbert,  23. 

Water  resources  of  Fort  Ticonderoga 
quadrangle,  Dale,  7. 

Water  resources  of  New  York,  Weeks, 

11. 

Water  resources  of  Taconic  quadran¬ 
gle,  Taylor  (F.  B.),  5. 

Water  resources  of  the  Catatonk  area, 
Kindle,  8. 

Water  resources  of  Watkins  Glen  quad¬ 
rangle,  Tarr,  8. 

Waters  of  a  gravel-filled  valley  near 
Tully,  Hollister,  3. 

Whetstone  industry,  Schneider,  5. 

Worm  burrows  in  Chemung  of  New 
York,  Whitfield,  10. 

Nicaragua. 

Additions  to  the  list  of  Nicaragua  vol¬ 
canic  eruptions  in  historic  time, 
Crawford,  4. 

Earthquakes  in  Nicaragua,  Crawford, 

1. 

Gold  fields  of  eastern  Nicaragua,  Gott- 
schalk,  1. 

List  of  most  important  volcanic  erup¬ 
tions  and  earthquakes  in  western 
Nicaragua  within  historic  time, 
Crawford,  3. 

Recent  decline  in  the  level  of  Lake 
Nicaragua,  Shimek,  1. 

Volcanoes  and  earthquakes  in  Nica¬ 
ragua,  Crawford,  2. 

Vulkanausbruch  in  Mittelamerika,  Sap¬ 
per,  23. 

Vulkanische  Ereignisse  in  Mittel¬ 
amerika,  Sapper,  20,  21. 

N  omenclature. 

Amphion,  Harpina,  and  Platymetopus, 
Raymond  (P.  E.),  6. 

Base  level,  grade,  and  peneplain,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  26. 


N  omenclature — Continued . 

Catalogue  of  type  specimens  of  fossil 
invertebrates  in  National  Museum, 
Schuchert  and  others,  1. 

Classification  of  New  York  geologic 
formations,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  20. 

Cobleskill  limestone  of  New  York, 
Hartnagel,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Missouri,  Bain  and 
Ulrich,  2. 

Dates  of  publication  of  certain  genera 
of  fossil  vertebrates,  Bush  (L.  P.),  1. 

Delaware  limestone,  Prosser,  13. 

Eparchaean  interval,  Lawson  (A.  C. ),4. 

Example  in  nomenclature,  Ward  (L. 
F.),  6. 

Formations  of  northern  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Geest,  McGee,  2. 

Genesis  of  Animikie  iron  range,  Hille, 
3. 

Geological  nomenclature,  Bain,  7. 

Geological  structure  of  New  Mexican 
bolson  plains,  Keyes,  29. 

Geology  of  eastern  New  York.  Prosser, 
11. 

Glacial  Lake  Jean  Nicolet,  Upham,  20. 

Introduction  to  geology  of  Moniteau 
County,  Buckley,  8. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian 
basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Magnesian  series  of  the  Northwestern 
States,  Hall  (C.  W.),  10. 

Mauch  Chunk  of  Pennsylvania,  Steven¬ 
son  (J.  J.),  1. 

Names  of  coals  west  of  Mississippi 
River,  Keyes,  19. 

New  term  for  Upper  Cambrian  series. 
Walcott,  8. 

Nomenclature  and  classification  of  sedi¬ 
mentary  formations,  Williams  (H. 
S.),  8. 

Nomenclature  of  Lake  Superior  forma¬ 
tions,  Willmott,  2. 

Nomenclature  of  Ohio  geological  forma¬ 
tions,  Prosser,  10.  15. 

Nomenclature  of  the  gold-bearing  meta- 
morphic  series  of  Nova  Scotia,  Wood¬ 
man,  1. 

Nomenclature  of  types  in  natural  his¬ 
tory,  Schuchert  and  Buckman,  1. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  Kentucky  and  their 
Bryozoa,  Nickles,  6. 

Permian  formations  of  Kansas,  Pros¬ 
ser,  14. 

Permian  question  in  America,  Keyes,  31. 

Portage  crinoids,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  23. 

Quantitative  classification  of  igneous 
rocks,  Cross  and  others,  2. 

Regulation  of  nomenclature  in  work  of 
United  States  Geological  Survey,  Gil¬ 
bert,  15. 

Report  on  Lake  Superior  region,  Van 
Hise  and  others,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


599 


Nomenclature — Continued. 

Results  of  the  late  Minnesota  geological 
survey,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  13. 

Significance  of  term  Sierran,  Hershey, 

8. 

Suggestion  from  the  State  geologist, 
Lane,  4. 

Term  Bradfordian,  Bather,  1. 

Twenty-fourth  Annual  Report  United 
States  Geological  Survey,  Walcott, 
10. 

Word  geest  in  geology,  Dryer,  3. 

North  Carolina. 

Asheville  folio,  Keith,  9. 

Atlantic  coast  Triassic  coal  field,  Wood- 
worth,  4. 

Biennial  report  of  the  State  geologist, 
Holmes  (J.  A.),  1,  2. 

Carolina  gold  deposits,  Weed,  3. 

Carolina  tin  belt,  Graton,  3. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the  j 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Virgilina  cop¬ 
per  district,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States,  j 
Weed,  17. 

Copper  deposits  of  southern  United 
States,  Weed,  2. 

Corundum  of  North  Carolina,  Pratt  and  j 
Lewis,  1. 

Corundum  in  North  Carolina,  Ropes,  1. 

Cranberry  fojio,  Keith,  4. 

Forms  of  sand  dunes,  Cobb,  4. 

Gold  in  North  Carolina,  Moore  (F.),  1. 

Granites  of  North  Carolina,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  13,  16. 

Greeneville  folio,  Keith,  11. 

Iron  of  meteoric  origin,  Pratt,  1. 

Iron-ore  deposits  of  the  Cranberry  dis¬ 
trict,  Keith,  5. 

Leopardife,  Watson  (T.  L.),  14. 

Marble  and  talc  of  North  Carolina,  i 
Pratt,  7. 

Meteoreisen  von  Locust  Grove,  Cohen, 

1. 

Meteoreisen  von  Nenntmannsdorf  und 
Persimmon  Creek,  Cohen,  6. 

Meteoreisen  von  Persimmon  Creek, 
Klein,  2. 

Meteoreisen-Studien,  Cohen,  4. 

Meteorite  from  Hendersonville,  Glenn, 

3. 

Mining  industry  in  North  Carolina, 
Pratt,  4,  8,  9-11. 

Mount  Mitchell  folio,  Keith,  12. 

New  Palaeotrochis  locality,  Cobb,  3. 

Norfolk  folio,  Darton,  7. 

Octahedrite  and  brookite,  Robinson  (H. 

H. ),  1. 

Orbicular  gabbro-diorlte  from  Davie 
County,  Watson  (T.  L.),  15. 

Oyster  reefs  of  North  Carolina,  Grave, 

I. 

Persimmon  Creek  meteorite,  Tassin,  4. 

Purpurite,  a  new  mineral,  Graton  and 
Schaller,  1. 


North  Carolina — Continued. 

Recent  changes  in  North  Carolina  coast, 
Cobb,  2. 

Stream  contest  along  the  Blue  Ridge, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  48. 

Talc  deposits  of  North  Carolina,  Keith, 
7. 

Tin,  Struthers  and  Pratt,  1. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  Carolinas,  Pratt 
and  Sterrett,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  North  Carolina, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  24. 

Water  resources  of  Co  wee  and  Pisgah 
quadrangles,  North  Carolina,  Gale,  1. 

North  Dakota. 

Casselton-Fargo  folio,  Hall  and  Wil¬ 
lard,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Pembina  re¬ 
gion,  Berkey,  7. 

Glacial  drift  in  the  Dakotas,  Upham, 
27. 

Laramie  and  Fort  Union  beds,  Wilder, 
7. 

Lignite  coal  fields  of  North  Dakota, 
Wilder,  2. 

Lignite  deposits,  Haseltine,  1. 

Lignite  deposits  of  North  Dakota, 
Wilder,  1. 

Lignite  of  North  Dakota,  Wilder,  8. 

Lignite  on  -the  Missouri,  Heart,  and 
Cannon  Ball  rivers,  Wilder,  10. 

Lignites  of  the  Missouri  Valley,  Bur- 
chard,  1. 

Niagara  meteorite,  Preston  (H.  L.),  1. 

Origin  of  North  Dakota  lignites,  Wilder, 
5. 

Region  between  the  Northern  Pacific 
Railroad  and  Missouri  River,  Wood 
(L.  H.),  1. 

Report  of  geological  survey,  Babcock,  1. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 
S.),  1. 

Story  of  the  prairies,  Willard,  1. 

Topographic  features  and  geological 
formations  of  North  Dakota,  Leon¬ 
ard,  4. 

Water  resources  of  Devils  Lake  region, 
Babcock,  2. 

Ohio. 

Arthrodires  from  the  Cleveland  shale, 
Dean,  1. 

Berea  grit  oil  sand  in  Cadiz  quadrangle, 
Griswold,  1. 

Bituminous  coal  field  of  Ohio,  Hasel¬ 
tine,  2. 

Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  ba¬ 
sin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  6. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Changes  in  drainage  near  Lancaster, 
Hyde,  1. 

Cincinnati  geanticline,  Foerste,  10. 

Cincinnati  group  in  western  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  6. 


600 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Ohio — Continued . 

Classification  of  the  Ordovician  rocks 
of  Ohio  and  Indiana,  Foerste,  12. 

Classification  of  the  Waverly  series, 
Prosser,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Cleveland  water-supply  tunnel,  Pierce, 

1. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  petro¬ 
leum,  Mabery,  3. 

Corning  oil  and  gas  field,  Bownocker,  2. 

Delaware  limestone,  Prosser,  13. 

Devonian  era  in  Ohio  basin,  Claypole,  5. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Knox,  Lick¬ 
ing,  and  Coshocton  counties,  Clark 
(W.  Blair),  1. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Ohio,  West 
Virginia,  and  Kentucky,  Tight,  4. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Washington 
and  adjacent  counties,  Tight,  2. 

Eastern  Ohio  oil  fields,  Griswold,  2. 

Evidences  of  caves  of  Put-in-Bay  on 
question  of  land  tilting,  Fuller  (M. 
L.),  16. 

Field  geology  in  Ohio  State  University, 
Lamb,  1. 

Field  geology  in  Ohio  State  University, 
Mead  (C.  S.),  1. 

Formation  of  Sandusky  Bay,  Moseley, 

2. 

Geology  of  Cincinnati,  Nickles,  3. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea-  I 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lever- 
ett,  4. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Ohio,  Peppel,  1. 

History  of  Little  Miami  River,  Bow¬ 
nocker,  1. 

Hydration  caves,  Kraus,  7. 

Lake  Licking,  a  contribution  to  the 
buried  drainage  of  Ohio,  Tight,  1. 

Lime  resources  of  Ohio,  Orton  and  Pep¬ 
pel,  1. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian  j 
basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Manufacture  of  hydraulic  cements,  i 
Bleininger,  1. 

Meteoreisen  von  Cincinnati,  Cohen,  3.  j 

Names  for  the  formations  of  the  Ohio 
Coal  Measures,  Prosser,  4. 

Natural  features  and  economic  develop-  j 
ment  of  drainage  areas  in  Ohio, 
Flynn  and  Flynn,  1. 

New  fossil  plants  from  Carboniferous  | 
and  Devonian,  Herzer,  4. 

New  fossil  sponge  from  Coal  Measures, 
Herzer,  3. 

New  fossils  from  Corniferous,  Hamil¬ 
ton,  and  Medina  shales,  Herzer,  5. 

New  points  on  the  fin  attachment  of 
Dinichthys  and  Cladodus,  Clark 
(W.),  1. 

Nomenclature  of  Ohio  geological  forma¬ 
tions,  Prosser,  10,  15. 

Occurrence  and  distribution  of  celes- 
tite-bearing  rocks,  Kraus,  4. 

Ohio  bowlders  containing  huronite, 
Wright  (A.  A.),  2. 


Ohio— Continued. 

Ohio  natural-gas  fields,  Bownocker,  4. 

Oil  and  gae  producing  rocks  of  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  3. 

On  an  unrecognized  coal  horizon  in 
northeastern  Ohio,  Claypole,  1. 

On  the  Salina  group  in  northeastern 
Ohio,  Claypole,  2. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  Kentucky  and  their 
Bryozoa,  Nickles,  6. 

Organization  and  work  of  the  geolog¬ 
ical  survey  of  Ohio,  Orton,  1. 

Origin  of  caves  of  Put-in-Bay,  Kraus,  6. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  5. 

Pre:Glacial  drainage  conditions  in  vi¬ 
cinity  of  Cincinnati,  Fowke,  2. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  in  southwestern 
Ohio,  Miller  (A.  M.),  1. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  of  Ohio,  Fowke,  1. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  of  Wayne  and  ad¬ 
jacent  counties,  Todd  (J.  H. ),  1. 

Psaronius,  Herzer,  1. 

Report  of  bowlder  committee,  Wright 
(G.  F.),  1,  2. 

Richmond  group  and  its  subdivisions, 
Nickles,  5. 

Richmond  Group  of  Cincinnati  anti¬ 
cline,  Foerste,  8. 

Salt  deposits  of  northeastern  Ohio. 
Bownocker,  6. 

Shaw  mastodon,  Hayes  (S.).  1. 

Shifting  of  faunas,  Williams  (H.  S.),  4. 

Six  new  species,  including  two  new 
genera,  of  fossil  plants,  Herzer,  2. 

Structure  of  Dinichthys,  Wright  (A. 
A.),  1. 

Structure  of  two  Dinichthyds,  Hussa- 
kof,  2. 

Subdivisions  of  the  Ordovician  of  In¬ 
diana.  Foerste,  9. 

Sunbury  shale  of  Ohio,  Prosser,  6. 

Thickness  of  Columbus  limestone, 
Griggs,  1. 

Topography  and  geology  of  Clifton 
Gorge,  Wells  (W.  E.),  1. 

Topography  of  Athens  and  vicinity, 
Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  3. 

Underground  waters  of  Ohio,  Leverett, 
13. 

Upper  Paleozoic  rocks  of  Ohio  and 
Pennsylvania.  Girty,  10. 

Use  of  the  term  Bedford  limestone, 
Prosser.  2. 

Waverly  formations  of  central  Ohio, 
Prosser  and  Cumings,  1. 

Oklahoma. 

Age  of  Red  Beds,  Adams  (G.  I.),  1. 

Age  of  the  Red  Beds,  Beede,  3. 

Building  stone  of  Oklahoma,  Schramm, 

1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Contact  of  Permian  with  Pennsylva¬ 
nian  in  Oklahoma,  Kirk  (C.  T.),  1. 

Dikes  in  the  Oklahoma  Panhandle, 
Waldo,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


801 


Oklahoma — Continued. 

Fossils  from  the  Red  Beds,  Gould,  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita 
mountains,  Taff,  13. 

Geology  of  Oklahoma,  Gould,  9. 

Geology  of  Seminole,  Creek,  Cherokee, 
and  Osage  nations,  Gould,  2. 

Geology  of  the  Antelope  Hills,  Sherwin, 

1. 

Geology  of  the  Glass  Mountains,  White 
(M.),  1. 

Geology  of  the  Wichita  Mountains. 
Gould,  13. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Oklahoma,  Gould, 

11. 

Invertebrate  paleontology  of  Red  Beds, 
Beede,  8. 

Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas  gypsum  hills, 
Gould,  4. 

Oklahoma  gypsum,  Gould,  10. 

Oklahoma  limestones,  Gould,  8. 

Oklahoma  salt  plains,  Gould,  7. 

Origin  of  gypsum  deposits,  Sherwin,  2. 

Ouachita  and  Arbuckle  Mountain  sec¬ 
tions,  Taff,  1. 

Report  geological  survey  of  Oklahoma, 
Van  Vleet,  1. 

Reported  gold  deposits  of  the  Wichita 
Mountains,  Bain,  8,  9. 

Reported  ore  deposits  of  Wichita  Moun¬ 
tains,  Bain,  10. 

Southern  extension  of  the  Marion  and 
Wellington  formations,  Gould,  6. 

Springs  of  Kansas  and  Oklahoma. 
Gould,  3. 

Stratigraphic  relations  of  Red  Beds, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  11. 

Vertebrate  fossils  from  Permian  beds  of 
Oklahoma,  Case,  3. 

Ordovician. 

Appalachian  region. 

Asheville  folio,  Keith,  9. 

Bauxite  deposits  of  Georgia,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  12. 

Cambro-Ordovician  limestones  of  the 
Valley  of  Virginia,  Campbell  (H.  D. ), 
1. 

Cockeysville  marble,  Mathews  and  Mil¬ 
ler,  1. 

Correlation  of  Piedmont  formations, 
Mathews,  6. 

Greenville  folio,  Keith,  11. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Virginia, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  17. 

Manganese  ore  .deposits  of  Georgia, 
Watson  (T.  L.*),  9. 

Maynardville  folio,  Keith,  1. 

Ordovician  section  near  Bellefonte, 
Collie.  3. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller,  6. 


Ordovician — Con  tinued . 

Appalachian  region — Continued. 

Paleozoic  limestones  of  Kittatinny  Val¬ 
ley,  Kiimmel  and  Weller,  1. 

Piedmont  district  of  Pennsylvania, 
Bascom,  3. 

Rocks  of  Green  Pond  Mountain  region, 
Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Subdivisions  of  Shenandoah  limestone, 
Bassler,  4. 

Canada. 

Artesian  wells  of  Montreal,  Adams  and 
Le  Roy,  1. 

Annual  report  of  geological  section  of 
Ottawa  Field-Naturalists’  Club,  Ami, 
25. 

Exploration  of  northern  side  of  Hudson 
Strait,  Bell  (Robert),  1. 

First  Eparchean  formation,  Ami,  41. 
Formation  of  sedimentary  deposits, 
Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  7. 

Geological  correlations  in  New  Bruns¬ 
wick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  3. 

Geological  exploration  in  district  of 
White  Bay,  Ilowley,  1. 

Geological  formations  about  Montreal, 
Ami  and  Adams,  1. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

.  Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  and  natural  resources  of  Ot¬ 
tawa  and  vicinity,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7. 
Geology  of  Renfew,  Addington,  Fron- 
tenac,  Lanark,  and  Carleton  counties, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  20. 

Geology  of  Province  of  Quebec,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  8. 

Geology  -of  St.  Helen’s  Island,  Nolan 
and  Dixon,  1. 

Geology  of  the  principal  cities  in  east¬ 
ern  Canada,  Ami,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Three  Rivers  map  sheet, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  2. 

Geology  of  west  shore  of  Lake  Winni¬ 
peg,  Dowling,  1. 

Monographic  de  l’lle  d’ Anticosti, 
Schmitt,  1. 

New  Brunswick,  Bailey  (L.  W. ),  5. 
Ordovician  succession  in  eastern  On¬ 
tario,  Ami,  39. 

Perce :  sketch  of  its  geology,  Clarke  ( J. 
M.),  26. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  [in  Onta¬ 
rio],  Corkill,  2. 

Rock  contacts  in  the  Kingston  district, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  15. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 
Great  Basin  region. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Baraboo  iron-bearing  district  of  Wis¬ 
consin,  Weidman,  5. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


602 


Ordovician — Con  tinued . 

Great  Lakes  region — Continued. 

Geological  reconnaissance  along  north 
shore,  Russell,  23. 

Menominee  district  of  Michigan,  Bay- 
ley,  1. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  of  the  Black  Hills,  .Taggar,  5. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Copper  deposits  of  Missouri,  Bain  and 
Ulrich,  2. 

Evolution  of  lowlands  of  southeastern 
Missouri,  Marbut,  1. 

Fauna  of  Magnesian  series,  Sardes;;n. 
2. 

Fayetteville  folio,  Adams  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Formations  of  northern  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Geological  formations  of  Iowa,  Calvin, 
4. 

Geological  section  across  northern  Illi¬ 
nois,  Udden  (Johan  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Williams. 
2_ 

Geology  of  Clinton  County,  Udden 
(Jon  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Fayette  County,  Savage,  8. 

Geology  of  Howard  County,  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  10. 

Geology  of  Illinois,  Rolfe,  1. 

Geology  of  Miller  County,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Geology  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Geology  of  Moniteau  County,  Van 
Horn,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lower  Silurian  formations  of  Wiscon¬ 
sin  and  Minnesota,  Sardeson,  8. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  southern  Indiana. 
Cumings,  4. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Ozark 
region,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Saccharoidal  sandstone,  Broadhead,  8. 

St.,  Peter  sandstone,  Sardeson,  1. 

Tahlequah  folio,  Taff,  17. 

Upper  Ordovician  at  Vevay,  Cumings, 
3. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  northwestern 
Illinois,  Bain,  14. 

New  England  and  New  York. 

Analysis  of  Washington  marble,  Rich¬ 
ardson  (C.  H.),  1. 

Calciferous  formation  of  Mohawk  Val¬ 
ley,  Cleland,  3. 

Crown  Point  section,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 

1. 

Faunas  of  the  Ordovician  at  Glens 
Falls,  White  (T.  G.),  1. 


Ordovician — Con  tinued . 

New  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Faunas  of  the  Trenton,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  2. 

Field  work  at  Larrabee’s  Point,  Ver¬ 
mont,  Shimer,  5. 

Geology  of  Adirondack  region,  Cush¬ 
ing,  10. 

Geology  of  Grand  Isle,  Perkins,  7,  11. 

Geology  of  Paradox  Lake  quadrangle, 
Ogilvie,  6. 

Geology  of  Taconic  Range,  Dale,  3. 

Geology  of  the  Hudson  Valley,  Dale,  5. 

Geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Little  Falls, 
Cushing,  9. 

Hudson  River  beds  near  Albany,  Ruede- 
mann,  1. 

Lime  and  cement  industries  of  New 
York,  Ries,  4. 

Lower  Silurian  system  of  eastern  Mont¬ 
gomery  County,  N.  Y.,  Cumings,  6. 

Pre-Cambrian  Highlands,  Merrill  (F. 
•T.  H.),  6. 

Quarry  industry  in  southeastern  New 
York,  Eckel,  6. 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  11. 

Stratigraphy  of  Becraft  Mountain,  Gra- 
bau,  9. 

Stratigraphy  of  Mohawk  Valley,  Pros¬ 
ser,  5. 

Terranes  of  Orange  County,  Vt.,  Rich¬ 
ardson  (C.  H.)>  2. 

Trenton  conglomerate  of  Rysedorph 
hill,  Ruedemann,  2. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Cement  resources  of  Alabama,  Smith 
(E.  A.),  3. 

Cincinnati  geanticline,  Foerste,  10. 

Cincinnati  group  in  western  Tennessee. 
Foerste,  6. 

Classification  of  the  Ordovician  rocks 
of  Ohio  and  Indiana,  Foerste,  12. 

Columbia  folio,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Geology  of  Cincinnati,  Nickles,  3. 

Lead  and  zinc  bearing  rocks  of  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Miller  (A.  M.),  4. 

Nomenclature  of  Ohio  geological  forma¬ 
tions,  Prosser,  10,  15. 

Oil  and  gas  producing  rocks  of  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  3. 

Ordovician  and  Silurian  rocks  of  In¬ 
diana,  Foerste,  11. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  Kentucky  and  their 
Bryozoa,  Nickles,  6. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  5. 

Richmond  group  and  its  subdivisions, 
Nickles,  5. 

Richmond  group  of  Cincinnati  anti¬ 
cline,  Foerste,  8. 

Ripple  marks  in  Hudson  limestone  of 
Jefferson  County,  Culbertson,  1. 
Ripple  marks  in  Hudson  River  lime¬ 
stone,  Moore  and  Hole,  1. 

Section  across  southern  Indiana,  New¬ 
som,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


603 


Ordovician — Continued. 

Ohio  Valley — Continued. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of 
western  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Structural  features  of  Homotrypa,  Bass- 
ler,  1. 

Subdivisions  of  the  Ordovician  of  In¬ 
diana,  Foerste,  9. 

Topography  and  geology  of  Indiana, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Trenton  rock  petroleum,  Blatchley  and 
Sheak,  1. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Carboniferous  formations  and  faunas 
of  Colorado,  Girty,  3. 

Geology  of  Castle  Rock  region,  Colo¬ 
rado,  Lee  (W.  T.),  2. 

Stratigraphy  of  Black  Hills,  Bighorn 
Mountains,  and  Rocky  Mountain 
front  range,  Darton,  16. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Southwestern  region. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita  moun¬ 
tains,  Taff,  13. 

Geology  of  the  Wichita  Mountains, 
Gould,  13. 

Stratigraphic  sequence  in  trans-Pecos 
Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  5. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

General. 

Paleogeography  of  mid-Ordhvicic  time, 
Berkey,  11. 

Physical  characters  and  history  of  some 
New  York  formations,  Grabau,  17. 

Oregon. 

Artesian  basins  in  Idaho  and  Oregon, 
Russell,  9. 

Beach  gold  and  its  source,  Washburne, 
3. 

Bohemia  mining  district  of  western 
Oregon,  Kimball,  1. 

Borax  mine  in  southern  Oregon,  Den¬ 
nis,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clackamas  meteoric  iron,  Kunz,  9. 

Coal  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Smith  (G. 

O.),  6. 

Coal  in  Washington  near  Portland,  Dil- 
ler,  21. 

^Composition  and  structure  of  Klamath 

^  Mountains,  Diller,  17. 

Contribution  to  petrography  of  John 
Day  Basin,  Calkins,  1. 

Coos  Bay  coal  fields,  Rockwell,  1. 

Coos  Bay  folio,  Diller,  4. 

Cretaceous  deposits  of  Pacific  coast, 
Anderson  (F.  M.),  3. 

Cretaceous  fossils  from  John  Day  Ba¬ 
sin,  Stanton,  1. 

Eclogites  in  California,  Holway,  1. 

Fossil  flora  of  John  Day  basin,  Knowl- 
ton,  14. 


Oregon — Continued . 

Fossil  land  shells  of  the  John  Day  ba 
sin,  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  1. 

Fossil  plants  from  the  Shasta  group, 
Fontaine,  3. 

Fossil  sea  lion  from  Miocene,  True,  1. 

Fossil  shells  of  John  Day  region, 
Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  3. 

Fossil  turtles  from  Oregon,  Hay,  9. 

Geological  section  through  John  Day 
Basin,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  2. 

Geology  and  petrography  of  Crater 
•Lake  National  Park,  Diller  and  Pat¬ 
ton,  1. 

Geology  of  Crater  Lake,  Diller,  2. 

Geology  of  Idaho  and  Oregon,  Russell, 

8. 

Geology  of  John  Day  Basin,  Merriam 

( J.  ('.),  1. 

Geology  of  the  Three  Sisters,  Fair¬ 
banks,  1. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  central 
Oregon,  Russell,  21. 

Gisements  des  minerals  de  mercure,  De- 
maret,  2. 

Glaciers  of  Mount  Hood  and  Mount 
Adams,  Reid  (H.  F.),  17. 

Gold  belt  of  Blue  Mountains,  Lindgren, 
4. 

Gold  mining  in  eastern  Oregon,  Beadle, 

1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America. 
Lindgren,  16. 

Great  lava-flood,  Redway,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Oregon,  Lindgren, 

20. 

Hanging  valleys,  Russell,  20. 

Iron-nickel  alloy,  awaruite,  Jamieson,  1. 

John  Day  fossil  beds,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
3. 

Jurassic  flora  of  Douglas  County,  Oreg.. 
Fontaine,  1. 

Klamath  Mountains,  Diller,  1. 

Marine  sediments  of  eastern  Oregon, 
Washburne,  1. 

Mesozoic  of  southwestern  Oregon,  Loud- 
erback,  6. 

Meteorite  in  Supreme  Court,  Winchell 
(N.  H.),  28. 

Mineral  resources  and  mining  in  Ore¬ 
gon,  Drake,  1. 

Minerals  in  gold  quartz  veins,  Lind¬ 
gren,  3. 

Mounts  Hood  and  Adams  and  their 
glaciers,  Reid  (H.  F.),  6. 

Mylagaulodon  from  upper  John  Day, 
Sinclair,  3. 

Nampa  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  1. 

Native  gold  in  igneous  rocks,  Mallery, 

1. 

New  fossil  tapir  in  Oregon,  Sinclair,  1. 

Oregon  nickel  prospects,  Ledoux,  1. 

Placer  gold  in  Oregon,  Washburne,  2. 

Port  Orford  folio,  Diller,  11. 

Quecksilberablagerungen  in  Oregon, 
Wendeborn,  2. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


()04 


Oregon— Continued. 

Quicksilver  deposits  of  Oregon,  Dennis, 

2. 

Reconnaissance  of  Mount  Hood  and 
Mount  Adams,  Reid  (H.  F.),  4. 

Report  on  the  Clarno  flora,  Knowlton. 

1. 

Report  on  the  floi’a  of  the  Mascall  for¬ 
mation,  Knowlton,  2. 

Rodents  and  ungulates  from  the  John 
Day  series,  Sinclair,  6. 

So-called  iron  ore  near  Portland,  Dil- 
ler,  20. 

Status  of  Mesozoic  floras,  Ward,  5. 

Topographic  development  of  Klamath 
Mountains,  Diller,  10. 

Trias  in  northeastern  Oregon,  Lind- 
gren,  2. 

Two  islands,  Condon,  1. 

Willamette  meteorite,  Ward  (H.  A.),  8. 

Willamette  meteorite,  Winchell  (N.  H.), 
29. 

Wreck  of  Mount  Mazama,  Diller,  8. 

Paleogeography. 

Age  of  the  Missouri  River,  Upham,  26. 

Cobleskill  limestone  of  New  York,  Hart- 
nagel,  1. 

Columbia  folio,  Tennessee,  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1. 

Devonian  era  in  Ohio  basin,  Claypole,  5. 

Devonic  and  Ohtaric  formations  of 
Maryland,  Schuchert,  7. 

Deposition  of  the  Appalachian  Potts- 
ville,  White  (D.),  14. 

Evolution  of  the  Antilles,  Falconer,  2. 

Formations  of  northern  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Glacial  waters  from  Oneida  to  Little 
Falls,  Fairchild,  8. 

Graptolites  of  New  York,  Ruedemann,  8. 

Iroquois  beach  in  Ontario,  Coleman,  16, 
17. 

Jurassic  rocks  of  East  Greenland, 
Skeat,  1. 

Lake  Quibiris,  an  ancient  Pliocene  lake 
in  Arizona,  Blake  (W.  P.),  6. 

Marine  Trias  of  western  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

Naples  fauna  in  western  New  York, 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  19. 

Outlines  of  continents  in  Tertiary 
times,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  18. 

Paleogeography  of  mid-Ordovicic  time, 
Berkey,  11. 

Paleogeography  of  St.  Peter  time, 
Berkey,  9. 

Periodic  migrations  between  the  Asiatic 
and  American  coasts  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  Smith  (J.  P.),  4. 

Physical  characters  and  history  of 
some  New  York  formations,  Grabau, 
17. 

Submerged  tributary  to  the  pre-Glacial 
river  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence, 
Poole,  7. 


Paleontology. 

Algonkian. 

Sur  les  formations  precambriennes  fos- 
siliferes,  Walcott,  4. 

Cambrian. 

Acrothyra,  a  new  genus  of  Etcheminian 
brachiopods,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12. 

Acrothyra  and  Hyolithes,  a  comparison. 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  7. 

Cambrian  Brachiopoda,  Walcott,  1,  6. 

12. 

Cambrian  Brachiopoda  and  Mollusca  of 
Mount  Stephen,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  19. 

Cambrian  deposits  of  North  Attleboro, 
Gorham,  1. 

Cambrian  faunas  :  Protolenus,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  27. 

Cambrian  fossils  from  Cape  Breton, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  9. 

Cambrian  fossils  of  St.  Franqois 
County,  Beecher,  2. 

Cambrian  of  Cape  Breton,  with  de¬ 
scriptions  of  new  species,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  12. 

Cambrian  Ostracoda  from  northeastern 
America,  Jones  (T.  R.),  1. 

Cambrian  rocks  and  fossils  of  Cape 
Breton,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  14. 

Cambrian  rocks  in  eastern  Canada. 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  29. 

Cambrian  rocks  of  Cape  Breton,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Cambric  Dictyonema  fauna  of  eastern 
New  York,  Ruedemann.  7. 

Development  in  size  of  the  inarticulate 
brachiopods  of  the  basal  Cambrian, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  17. 

Did  the  upper  Etcheminian  fauna  in¬ 
vade  eastern  Canada  from  the  south¬ 
east?  Matthew  (G.  F.),  18. 

Eurypterid  remains  in  the  Cambrian, 
Beecher,  3. 

Graptolites  of  New  York.  Ruedemann, 

8. 

Hyolithes  gracilis  and  related  forms, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  8. 

Les  plus  anciennes  faunes  paleozoiques, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  5. 

Middle  Cambrian  fossils,  Woodward 
(H.),  1. 

New  species  of  Olenellus,  Wanner,  1. 

Oboloid  shells  of  the  Cambrian  system 
in  Canada,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  16. 

Ostracoda  of  basal  Cambrian  rocks  in 
Cape  Breton,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  13. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller,  6. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  northwestern  New 
Jersey,  Van  Ingen,  3. 

Phylogenic  stage  of  Cambrian  Gastro¬ 
poda,  Sardeson,  12. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Preliminary  notice  of  Etcheminian 
fauna,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 

(J.  M.),  5. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


605 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Carboniferous. 

Bathygnathus  borealis  Leidy,  and  the 
Permian  of  Prince  Edwards  Island. 
Case,  13. 

Batrachian  footprints,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  23,  30. 

Batrachian  footprints  of  Carboniferous 
system,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  21. 

Border  line  between  the  Paleozoic  and 
Mesozoic,  Smith  (J.  P.),  1. 

Campyloprion,  a  new  form  of  Edestus- 
like  dentition,  Eastman,  3. 

Carboniferous  ammonoids  of  America,  j 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

Carboniferous  cestraciont  and  acantho- 
dian  sharks,  Eastman,  6. 

Carboniferous  cochliodonts,  Branson,  1. 

Carboniferous  faunas  of  Mississippi 
Valley  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  re¬ 
gion,  Keyes,  41. 

Carboniferous  ferns  from  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  Sellards,  3. 

Carboniferous  fish  fauna  of  Mazon 
Creek,  Eastman,  4. 

Carboniferous  fishes  from  central  West¬ 
ern  States,  Eastman,  10. 

Carboniferous  formations  and  faunas  of 
Colorado,  Girty,  3. 

Carboniferous  formations  of  Humboldt, 
Iowa,  Sardeson,  11. 

Carboniferous  fossils  of  Bisbee  quad¬ 
rangle,  Girty,  6. 

Carboniferous  invertebrates,  Beede,  1. 

Carboniferous  of  Sangre  de  Cristo 
Range,  Colorado,  Lee  (W.  T.),  5. 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  Kansas  section, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Carboniferous  terrestrial  arthropod 
fauna  of  Illinois,  Melander,  1. 

Coal  Measures  Bryozoa  of  Nebraska, 
Condra,  2. 

Coal  Measures  faunal  studies,  Beede 
and  Rogers,  1. 

Coal  Measures  forest  near  Socorro, 
Herrick  (C.  L.),  3. 

Coal  Measures  faunal  studies,  Beede,  6. 

Codonotheca,  new  type  of  spore-bearing 
organ  from  Coal  Measures,  Sellards, 
6. 

Columbia  folio,  Tennessee,  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1. 

Contributions  to  Indian  paleontology, 
Greene,  2,  3,  5,  7,  11-14. 

Correlation  of  the  Kinderhook  forma¬ 
tions,  Weller,  1. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontology, 
Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Cyclus  from  Coal  Measures,  Rogers,  3. 

Developmental  stages  of  Orthothetes 
minutus,  Cumings,  5. 

Distribution  and  synonymy  of  Ptychos- 
pira  sexplicata,  Greger,  1. 

Fauna  of  the  Mentor,  Jones  (A.  W.),  2. 

Fauna  of  the  Permian,  Beede,  2. 

Fossil  faunas  of  Olean  quadrangle. 
Butts,  1. 


’aleontology — Continued. 

Curioniferous — Continued. 

Fossil  insects  in  Permian  of  Kansas, 
Sellards,  7. 

Fossil  plants  from  Carboniferous  and 
Permian  formations  of  Kansas, 
White  (D.),  10. 

Fossil  plants  in  the  Permian,  Sellards, 

2. 

Fossil  plants  of  Onaga,  Crevecceur,  1. 

Fossils  from  Subcarboniferous  rocks  of 
northeastern  Missouri,  Rowley,  2. 

Fossils  from  the  Red  Beds,  Gould,  1. 

Fossils  from  the  upper  Paleozoic  rocks, 
Rowley,  1. 

Genus  Rhynchopora,  Greger,  2. 

Geological  horizon  of  the  Kanawha 
black  flint,  White  (I.  C.),  4. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Invertebrate  fossils  from  Carboniferous 
section  of  Kansas,  Girty,  4. 

Invertebrate  paleontology  of  Red  Beds. 
Beede,  8. 

Kinderhook  faunal  studies,  Weller,  2. 

Kinderhook  faunas,  Weller,  11. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 

Koprolithen  des  Perms  von  Texas,  Neu- 
mayer,  1. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

List  of  fossils  from  lower  half  of  Cone- 
maugh  formation  near  Morgantown, 
W.  Va.,  White  (I.  C.),  5. 

Lyon  County  geology,  Smith  (A.  J.),  2. 

Mauch  Chunk  of  Pennsylvania,  Steven¬ 
son  (J.  J.),  1. 

Micro-organismes  des  combustibles  fos- 
siles,  Renault,  1. 

Missouri  paleontology,  Rowley,  4. 

Missourian  and  Permo-Carboniferous 
fish  fauna  of  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 
Eastman  and  Barbour,  1. 

Morphology  of  the  skull  of  Dimetrodon, 
Case,  11. 

Myalina  from  Coal  Measures  of  Texas, 
Whitfield,  2. 

New  Bryozoa  from  Coal  Measures  of 
Nebraska,  Cqndra,  1. 

New  forms  of  Carboniferous  fish  re¬ 
mains,  Eastman,  9. 

New  genus  and  species  of  Lower  Car¬ 
boniferous  bryozoan,  Whitfield,  8. 

New  fossil  plants  from  Carboniferous 
and  Devonian,  Herzer,  4. 

New  fossil  sponge  from  Coal  Measures, 
Herzer,  3. 

New  fossils  from  Upper  Carboniferous 
of  Kansas,  Beede,  4. 

New  molluscan  genera  Horn  the  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Girty,  5. 

Note  on  Hylopus  of  Dawson.  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  28. 

Orthothetes  minutus  n.  sp.,  from  the 
Salem  limestone,  Cumings.  2. 

Osteology  of  Embolophorus  dollovianus, 
Case,  4. 


606 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Carboniferous — Continued. 

Osteology  of  skull  of  Dimetrodon,  Case, 

7. 

I'aleobotanical  aspects  of  the  upper 
Paleozoic  in  Nova  Scotia,  White  (D. ), 

5. 

Paleontologic  results  of  areal  survey  of 
Olean  quadrangle,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  7. 

Paleontology  of  the  Bingham  mining 
district,  Girty,  12. 

Paleozoic  batrachian  footprints,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  25. 

Paleozoic  cockroaches,  Sellards,  5,  8. 

Paleozoic  ostracods  from  Maryland, 
Jones  (T.  R.),  4. 

Paraphorhynchus,  Weller,  9. 

Peculiar  modification  among  Permian 
dipnoans,  Eastman,  11. 

Pelycosaurierreste  von  Texas,  Broili,  4. 

Permian  life  of  Texas,  Sternberg,  2. 

Permian  Xiphosuran  from  Kansas,  j 
Beecher,  10. 

Permische  Stegocephalen  und  Reptilien 
aus  Texas,  Broili,  2. 

Permo-Carboniferous  sharks,  Eastman. 

2. 

Pleuroptyx  in  Iowa  Coal  Measures,  Ud- 
den,  7. 

Possible  new  coal  plants,  Gresley,  1. 

Potsdam  sandstone  of  Lake  Champlain 
Basin,  Van  Ingen,  4. 

Pottawattamie  and  Douglas  forma¬ 
tions,  Rogers,  1. 

Prodromites,  a  new  ammonite  genus, 
Smith  and  Weller,  1. 

Psaronius,  Herzer,  1. 

Relations  of  some  Carboniferous  faunas, 
Girty,  11. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Reproduction  of  lost  parts  in  a  fossil 
crinoid,  Whitfield,  9. 

Revision  of  Paleozoic  Paleechinoidea, 
Klein,  1. 

Revision  of  Phyllocarida  from  Che¬ 
mung  and  Waverly  groups  of  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Beecher,  8. 

Rhombopora  lepidodendroides  Meek, 
Condra,  3. 

Six  new  species,  Knowlton,  13. 

Six  new  species,  including  two  new 
genera  of  fossil  plants,  Herzer,  2. 

Species  of  Whittleseya  and  their  sys¬ 
tematic  relations,  White  (D.),  4. 

Stigmaria  structure,  Poole,  1. 

Structure  of  fore  foot  of  Dimetrodon, 
Case,  8. 

Tseniopteris  of  the  Permian,  Sellards,  1. 

Triticites,  new  genus  of  Carboniferous 
foraminifers,  Girty,  9. 

Two  Carboniferous  genera,  Cockerell,  3. 

Ueber  Diacranodus  texensis  Cope,  Bro¬ 
ili,  3. 

Upper  Permian  in  western  Texas,  Girty. 

2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Carboniferous — Continued. 

Validity  of  Idiophyllum  rotundifolium, 
Sellards,  4. 

Vertebrate  fossils  from  Permian  beds  of 
Oklahoma,  Case,  3. 

Vertebrates  from  Permian  of  Texas. 
Case,  5. 

Cretaceous. 

Atlantic  highlands  section,  Prather,  4. 

Ceratopsia  from  the  Laramie,  Wyoming, 
Hatcher,  22. 

Chondrodonta,  Stanton,  2. 

Coal  resources  of  Wyoming,  Trumbull, 

1. 

Corals  of  Buda  limestone,  Vaughan,  17. 

Correction  of  Professor  Osborn’s  note, 
Hatcher,  13. 

Cretaceous  actinopterous  fishes,  Hay, 

10. 

Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  plants  of 
Canada,  Penhallow,  4. 

Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  section  in 
Montana,  Douglass,  3. 

Cretaceous  beds  of  Long  Island,  Hol- 
lick,  7. 

Cretaceous  deposits  of  Pacific  coast, 
Anderson  (F.  M.),  3. 

Cretaceous  fish  Portheus  molossus,  Os¬ 
born,  35. 

Cretaceous  fishes,  Williston,  1. 

Cretaceous  formations  and  faunas  of 
New  Jersey,  Weller,  7. 

Cretaceous  fossils  from  the  John  Day 
basin,  Stanton,  1. 

Cretaceous  fossils  of  the  Bisbee  quad¬ 
rangle,  Stanton,  6. 

Cretaceous  turtles,  Wieland,  2. 

Cretaceous  turtles  of  New  Jersey,  Wie¬ 
land,  6,  7. 

Cretaceous  turtles  of  New  Jersey : 
Agomphus,  Wieland,  13. 

Crustacea  of  the  Cretaceous,  Pilsbry,  1. 

Dakota  Cretaceous  of  Kansas  and  Ne¬ 
braska,  Gould,  5. 

Development  of  Scaphites,  Smith  (W. 
D.),  1. 

Dinosaurian  genus  Creosaurus  Marsh, 
Williston,  2. 

Dinosaurs  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Al¬ 
berta,  Lambe,  10. 

Dinosaurs  in  Fort  Pierre  shales,  Doug¬ 
lass,  5. 

Discovery  of  amber  on  Staten  Island. 
Hollick,  16. 

Distinctive  characters  of  the  mid-Cre¬ 
taceous  fauna.  Osborn,  12. 

Elosaurus  parvus,  a  new  genus  and 
species  of  Sauropoda,  Peterson  and 
Gilmore,  1. 

Fauna  of  Cliffwood  clays,  Weller,  10, 
13. 

Flora  of  the  Matawan  formation,  Ber- 
ry,  5. 

Fossil  Cyrena  from  Alberta,  Whiteaves, 

6. 


FOB  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


607 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Cretaceous — Continued. 

Fossil  ferns  from  the  Laramie  group  of 
Colorado,  Hollick,  5. 

Fossil  floras  of  the  Yukon,  Knowlt.on, 
17. 

Fossil  grasses  and  sedges,  Berry,  10. 

Fossil  petal  and  fruit  from  Kansas,  j 
Hollick,  6. 

Fossil  plant  remains  at  Kreisherville, 
Hollick,  14. 

Fossil  plants  from  British  Columbia 
and  the  Northwest  Territories,  Pen- 
hallow  and  Ami,  1. 

Fossil  plants  from  Kansas,  Hollick,  9. 

Fossil  plants  from  the  Shasta  group, 
Fontaine,  3. 

Fossil  plants  of  the  Judith  River  beds, 
Knowlton,  18. 

Fossils  from  the  Vancouver  Cretaceous, 
Whiteaves,  12. 

Fossils  of  the  Texas  Cretaceous,  Pra¬ 
ther,  1. 

Fresh-watey  molluscan  faunule  from 
Cretaceous  of  Montana,  Stanton,  4.  j 

Ganoid-  und  Knochen-fische  aus  der 
Kreide  formation  von  Kansas,  Loom¬ 
is,  1. 

Genera  and  species  of  Trachodontidae 
Marsh,  Hatcher,  9. 

Geological  and  botanical  notes  :  Cape 
Cod  and  Chappaquidick  Island,  Hol¬ 
lick,  4. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Ju¬ 
dith  River  beds,  Stanton  and  Hatch¬ 
er,  1. 

Geology  of  Cerrillos  Hills,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

Geology  of  Potomac  group  in  middle 
Atlantic  slope,  Clark  and  Bibbins,  1. 

Geology  of  the  John  Day  Basin,  Mer- 
riam  (J.  C.),  1. 

Grasping  power  of  manus  of  Ornitho- 
mimus,  Lambe,  9. 

Greatest  flying  creature,  the  great 
pterodactyl  Ornithostoma,  Lucas  (F. 
A.),  10. 

Heteroceras  simplicostatum,  Whitfield, 

3. 

Hind  limb  of  Protostega,  Williston,  4. 

Interesting  Cretaceous  Chimseroid  egg- 
case,  Gill,  2. 

Kreide-Ammoniten  von  Texas,  Lass- 
witz,  1. 

Laramie  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming,  WiL 
liston,  13. 

Lower  Cretaceous  plants  from  Mon¬ 
tana,  Fontaine,  4. 

Lytoceras  from  the  Cretaceous  rocks, 
Whiteaves,  2. 

Marine  turtle  Archelon,  Wieland,  3. 

Megacerops  tyleri,  Lull,  5. 

Mollusca  of  Buda  limestone,  Shattuck, 

8. 

New  and  little-known  fossil  verte¬ 
brates,  Hatcher,  3. 

New  armed  dinosaur,  Williston,  26. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Cretaceous — Continued. 

New  genera  and  species  from  Belly 
River  series,  Lambe,  3. 

New  Niobrara  Taxochelys,  Wieland,  12. 

New  dinosaur,  Stegosaurus  marshi,  Lu¬ 
cas  (F.  A.),  2. 

New  or  little-known  extinct  reptiles, 
Williston,  10. 

New  species  of  Baena  from  Laramie 
beds  of  Wyoming,  Hay,  2. 

New  species  of  Unio,  Whiteaves,  1. 

New  turtle  from  the  Kansas  Creta¬ 
ceous,  Williston,  3. 

New  turtles  from  Judith  River  beds  of 
Montana,  Hay,  15. 

New  vertebrates  of  the  mid-Cretaceous, 
Osborn,  13. 

New  Unios  from  the  Laramie,  Whit¬ 
field,  6. 

Occurrence  of  ichthyosaur-like  re¬ 
mains,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  17. 

Old  swamp  bottom,  Berry,  12. 

Origin  of  North  American  Unionidae, 
White  (C.  A.),  1. 

Paleobotany  of  Cretaceous  of  Long 
Island,  Hollick,  11. 

Paleontology  of  the  Boulder  area, 
Henderson  (J.),  3. 

Palm  from  mid-Cretaceous,  Berry,  11. 

Plants  from  the  Matawan  formation, 
Berry,  4. 

Position  and  nature  of  Maryland  Cy- 
cads,  Bibbins,  2. 

Protostega  gigas  and  other  Cretaceous 
reptiles,  Sternberg,  5. 

Pseudoceratites  of  the  Cretaceous,  Hy¬ 
att,  1. 

Recent  literature  on  Laramie  forma¬ 
tion,  Hay,  7. 

Reconstruction  of  a  Cretaceous  dino¬ 
saur,  Beecher,  6. 

Remarkable  slab  of  crinoids,  Hovey  (E. 
O.),  14. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Report  on  various  collections  of  fossil 
plants  from  the  older  Potomac  of 
Virginia  and  Maryland,  Fontaine,  5. 

Restoration  of  Dolichorhyncops  os- 
borni,  Williston,  9. 

Sabal  rigida,  Hatcher,  5. 

Skeleton  of  Nyctodactylus  with  resto¬ 
ration,  Williston,  8. 

Squamoso-parietal  crest  of  horned  di¬ 
nosaurs,  Lambe,  11. 

Starfish  from  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming, 
Weller,  8. 

Starfish  from  the  Fort  Benton,  Doug¬ 
lass,  7. 

Status  of  Mesozoic  floras,  Ward  (L. 
F.),  5. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of 
Black  Hills  rim,  Wieland,  11. 

Teleorhinus  browni,  Osborn,  33. 

Teleosts  from  the  Platte  Cretaceous 
series,  Cragin,  1. 


608 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Cretaceous — Continued. 

Teleosts  of  the  upper  Cretaceous, 
Stewart,  1. 

Teredo-like  shell  from  Laramie  group, 
Whitfield,  4. 

Trionyx  foveatus  Leidy  and  Trionyx 
vagans  Cope  from  Cretaceous  rocks 
of  Alberta,  Lambe,  5. 

Turtle  from  Cretaceous  rocks,  Lambe, 

1. 

Types  of  invertebrate  Cretaceous  fos-  j 
sils  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Science,  Philadelphia, 
Johnson  (C.  W.),  2. 

Tyrannosaurus  and  other  Cretaceous 
carniverous  dinosaurs,  Osborn,  50. 

Uintacrinus,  Springer  (F.),  1. 

Uintacrinus  and  Hemiaster  in  the  Van¬ 
couver  Cretaceous,  Whiteaves,  15. 

Winged  reptiles,  Williston,  7. 

Devonian. 

Acidaspis  from  Marcellus  shale,  Hitch¬ 
cock  (C.  II.),  4. 

Amnigenia  as  an  indicator  of  fresh¬ 
water  deposits,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  4. 

Are  the  St.  John  plant  beds  Carbonif¬ 
erous?,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  4. 

Arthrodires  from  the  Cleveland  shale, 
Dean,  1. 

Beschreibung  der  Naples-Fauna,  Dre- 
vermann,  1. 

Columbia  folio,  Tennessee,  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Contributions  to  Indiana  paleontology, 
Greene,  1—15. 

Coral  reefs,  ancient  and  modern,  Grant 
(C.  C.),  5. 

Corniferous  exposure  in  Anderdon, 
Nattress,  1. 

Corniferous  fauna  in  Appalachian 
province  in  North  America,  Weller, 

4. 

Correlation  of  geological  faunas,  Wil¬ 
liams  (H.  S.),  5. 

Crinoid  and  mollusk  from  the  Portage 
rocks  of  New  York,  Whitfield,  11. 

Dentition  of  Rhynchodus,  Eastman,  14. 

Description  of  tracks  from  mudstones 
of  Knoydart  formation,  Ami,  28. 

Devonian  era  in  Ohio  basin,  Claypole, 

5. 

Development  of  Fenesteila,  Cumings, 

10. 

Developmental  changes  in  Devonian 
brachiopods,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  3. 

Devonian  fauna  of  Kwataboahegan 
River,  Parks,  5. 

Devonian  fish  fauna  of  Iowa,  Eastman, 

11. 

Devonian  fossils  and  stratigraphy  of 
Indiana,  Keyes,  1. 

Devonian  fish  remains  from  Colorado. 
Eastman,  16. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Devonian — Continued. 

Devonian  fossils  of  Bisbee  quadrangle, 
Williams  (H.  S.),  6. 

Devonian  paleontology,  Schuchert,  13. 
Devonic  crinoids,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
Devonic  worms,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  18. 
Drift  fossils,  Hollick,  8. 

Dwarf  fauna  of  Tully  limestone, 
Loomis,  4. 

Evolution  of  some  Devonic  spirifers, 
Grabau,  18. 

Fauna  of  Stafford  limestone  of  New 
York,  Talbot,  1. 

Fauna  of  the  Agoniatite  limestone  of 
Onondaga  County,  N.  Y.,  Wilson  (J. 
D.),  1. 

Faunal  provinces  of  middle  Devonic 
of  America,  Schuchert,  5. 

Fossil  alga  from  Chemung,  New  York, 
W'hite  (D.),  6. 

Fossil  faunas  of  Olean  quadrangle. 
Butts,  1. 

Fossils  from  the  Hackberry  group  of 
Iowa,  Webster,  2. 

Gastropod  from  the  Hackberry  group 
of  Iowa,  Webster,  1. 

Genus  Panenka,  with  description  of  a 
new  species  from  Devonian  rocks  of 
Ontario,  Whiteaves,  4. 

Geology  of  Onondaga  County,  N.  Y., 
Schneider,  1. 

Geology  of  Perry  basin,  White  (D.),  18. 
Geology  of  Watkins  and  Elmira  quad¬ 
rangles,  Clarke  and  Luther,  2. 
Hamilton  formation  in  central  New 
York,  Cleland,  2. 

Hamilton  fossils  from  Bethany.  New 
York,  Monroe,  1. 

Hamilton  group  of  Thedford.  Ontario, 
Shimer  and  Grabau.  1. 

Helderberg  invasion  of  the  Manlius, 
Harris,  7. 

Helderbergian  fossils  near  Montreal, 
Schuchert,  1. 

Indigene  and  alien  faunas  of  New  York 
Devonic,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  10. 

Ithaca  fauna  of  central  New  York. 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  27. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 
Knoydart  formation  of  Nova  Scotia, 
Ami,  8. 

Limestones  interbedded  with  shales  of 
Marcellus  stage,  Clarke  (J.  M. ).  2. 
Map  of  Canandaigua  and  Naples  quad¬ 
rangles,  Clarke  and  Luther.  1. 
Marcellus  limestone,  Wood  (Elvira),  1. 
Naples  fauna  in  western  New  York. 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  19. 

Nematophyton  in  New  York  State  Mu¬ 
seum,  Prosser,  8. 

New  Agelacrinites,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  3. 
New  crinoid  from  the  Hamilton.  Wood 
(Elvira),  2. 

New  fossil  plants  from  Carboniferous 
and  Devonian,  Herzer,  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


609 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Devonian — Continued. 

New  fossils  from  Corniferous,  Hamil¬ 
ton,  and  Medina  shales,  Herzer,  5. 

New  geological  formation  in  the  De¬ 
vonian,  Ami,  4. 

New  points  on  the  fin  attachment  of 
Dinichthys  and  Cladodus,  Clark 
(W.),  1. 

New  species  of  Cladodus  from  the  De¬ 
vonian  of  Colorado,  Hay,  4. 

New  Xiphosuran  from  Upper  Devonian 
of  Pennsylvania,  Beecher.  5. 

Notes  on  Paleozoic  crustaceans,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  12. 

Observations  on  Romingeria,  Beecher,  9. 

Opening  address,  geologic  section. 
Grant  (C.  C.>,  1. 

Organic  remains  from  Messenger  Brook, 
Ami,  47. 

Paleontologic  results  of  areal  survey  of 
Olean  quadrangle,  Clarke  (J.  M. ),  7. 

Paleontology  of  the  Iowa  Devonian, 
Webster,  3. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller,  6. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  northwestern  New 
Jersey,  Van  Ingen,  3. 

Parapsonema  cryptophysa  Clarke  und 
deren  Stellung  im  System,  Fuchs,  1. 

Parasite  from  Devonian  rocks  of  Hud¬ 
son  Bay,  Parks,  6. 

Perce :  sketch  of  its  geology,  Clarke 
,(J.  M.),  26. 

“  Placoderm,”  Dinichthys  intermedius 
Newb.,  Hussakof,  1. 

Preservation  of  muscle  fibers  in  sharks 
of  Cleveland  shale,  Dean,  6. 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  5. 

Revision  of  genera  and  species  of  Cana¬ 
dian  Paleozoic  corals,  Lambe,  2. 

Revision  of  New  York  Helderbei’gian 
crinoids,  Talbot,  2. 

Revision  of  Phyllocarida  from  Che¬ 
mung  and  Waverly  groups  of  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Beecher,  8. 

Rhizopods  in  Pella  beds  in  Iowa,  Ud- 
den,  6. 

Rocks  of  Rondout,  Van  Ingen  and 
Clark,  1. 

Shifting  of  faunas,  Williams  (H.  S.),  4. 

Sliurian  and  Devonian  limestones, 
Foerste,  1. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  faunas  of  Trilobite 
Mountain,  Shimer,  5. 

Siluric  Cystoidea,  Schuchert,  6. 

Silver  Creek  hydraulic  limestone,  Sie- 
benthal,  2. 

Sponges  from  the  Hamilton  group  of 
Indiana,  Whitfield,  12. 

Stratigraphy  of  Becraft  Mountain, 
Grabau,  9. 

Structure  of  Dinichthys,  Wright  (A. 
A.),  1. 

Structure  of  two  Dinichthyds,  Hussa¬ 
kof,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Devonian — Continued. 

Tracks  from  the  Knoydart  formation, 
Ami,  3. 

Tropidoleptus  fauna  at  Canandaigua 
Lake,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  4. 

Worm  burrows  in  Chemung  of  New 

-  York,  Whitfield,  10. 

Jurassic. 

Atlantosaur  and  Titanotherium  beds  of 
Wyoming,  Peck,  4. 

Brachiosaurus  altithorax,  Riggs,  6. 

Crocodile  from  Wyoming  Jurassic,  Hol¬ 
land,  2. 

Cycads  from  Black  Hills,  Wieland,  10. 

Dinosaur  beds  of  the  Grand  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Riggs,  1. 

Dinosaur  from  upper  Jurassic,  Osborn, 
16. 

Discovery  of  teeth  in  Baptanodon,  Gil¬ 
more,  1. 

Foliage  of  Cycadella,  Wieland,  9. 

Fore  limb  and  manus  of  Brontosaurus, 
Hatcher,  8. 

Fossil  wood  from  the  Newark  forma¬ 
tion,  Knowlton,  3. 

Fossil  footprints  of  the  Juratrias,  Lull, 

2. 

Fossils  and  age  of  Yakutat  formation, 
Ulrich,  4. 

Jura-fossilien  aus  Alaska,  Pompeckj,  1. 

Jurassic  dinosaur  deposits  near  Canyon 
City,  Hatcher,  6. 

Jurassic  dinosaurs,  Gratacap,  5. 

Jurassic  flora  of  Douglas  County,  Ore¬ 
gon,  Fontaine,  1. 

Jurassic  fossils  from  Durango,  Mexico, 
Johnson  (D.  W.),  3. 

Jurassic  fossils  from  East  Greenland, 
Madsen,  1. 

Morrison  formation,  Lee  (W.  T.),  1. 

New  genus  and  species  from  Jurassic  of 
Colorado,  Hay,  8. 

New  sauropod  dinosaur  from  Jurassic 
of  Colorado,  Hatcher,  18. 

Origin  of  North  American  Unionidae, 
White  (C.  A.),  1. 

Osteology  of  Baptanodon,  Gilmore,  3. 

Osteology  of  Haplocanthosaurus, 
Hatcher,  14. 

Paleontology  of  the  Malone  Jurassic 
formation,  Cragin,  2. 

Report  on  collections  from  plant-bear¬ 
ing  beds  in  the  Jurassic,  Fontaine,  2. 

Status  of  Mesozoic  floras,  Ward  (L. 
F.),  5. 

Ordovician. 

Annual  report  of  geological  section  of 
Ottawa  Field-Naturalists’  Club,  Ami, 

Calciferous  formation  of  Mohawk  Val¬ 
ley,  Cleland,  3. 

Canadian  Endoceratidse,  Wliiteaves,  19. 

Canadian  species  of  Trocholites,  Whit- 
eaves,  13. 

Cincinnati  geanticline,  Foerste,  10. 

Cleiocrinus,  Springer,  3. 


Bull.  301—06 - 39 


610 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Con  tinued. 

Ordovicia  n — Co  n  t  i  n  u  ed . 

Columbia  folio,  Tennessee,  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1. 

Crown  Point  section,  Raymond  (P. 
E.J,  1. 

Fauna  of  Magnesian  series,  Sardeson, 

2. 

Fauna  of  the  Chazy  limestone,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  7. 

Fauna  of  the  Chazy  limestone  on  Val- 
cour  Island,  Hudson,  1. 

Faunas  of  the  Trenton,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  2. 

Fort  Cassin  beds  in  the  Calciferous 
limestone,  Dwight,  1. 

Fossils  in  the  Saint  Peter  sandstone, 
Sardes  n,  7. 

Geological  notes,  Grant  (C.  C.),  7. 

Geology  of  Cincinnati,  Nickles,  3. 

Geology  of  Howard  County,  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  10. 

Geology  of  west  shcre  of  Lake  Winni¬ 
peg,  Dowling,  1. 

Graptolites  of  New  York,  Ruedemann, 

8. 

Harris  collection  of  invertebrate  fos¬ 
sils,  Schuchert,  3. 

Hudson  River  beds  near  Albany,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

Iscchilinae  from  Canada,  Jones  (T.  R.), 

2. 

List  of  fossils  from  New  Brunswick, 
Ami,  46. 

Lists  of  fossils  from  formations  along 
Ottawa  River,  Ami,  21.- 

Lists  of  fossils  from  Perth  sheet,  Ami, 
49. 

Lists  of  organic  remains  of  Ottawa  dis¬ 
trict,  Ami,  20. 

Lower  Silurian  fauna  of  Minnesota, 
Sardeson,  9. 

Morphogenesis  of  Platystrophia,  Cum- 
ings,  8. 

New  bryozoan  Homotrypa  bassleri, 
Nickles,  4. 

New  species  of  Matheria,  Whiteaves,  8. 

Nileus  vigilans  from  Elgin,  Iowa,  Finch 
(G.  E.),  2. 

Ordovician  at  Vevay,  Indiana,  Cunn¬ 
ings,  3. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  Kentucky  and  their 
bryozoa,  Nickles,  6. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  southern  Indiana, 
Cumings,  4. 

Ordovician  section  near  Bellefonte,  Pa., 
Collie,  3. 

Paleozoic  Cypridina  from  Canada,  Jones 
(T.  R.),  3. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller,  6. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  northwestern  New 
Jersey,  Van  Ingen,  3. 

Quantitative  study  of  variation  in  the 
fossil  brachiopod  Platystrophia  lynx, 
Cumings  and  Mauck,  1, 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Ordovician — Continued. 

Revision  of  bryozoan  geDera  Dekayia, 
Dekayella,  and  Ileter  trypa  of  the 
Cincinnati  group,  Cumings,  7. 

Richmond  group  and  its  subdivisions, 
Nickles,  5. 

St.  Peter  sandstone,  Sardeson,  1. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of 
western  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Sponges  of  Chazy  formation,  Seely.  3. 

Stromatoceria  of  Isle  La  Motte,  Seely, 
5. 

Structural  features  of  Homotrypa,  Bass- 
ler,  1. 

Subdivisions  of  the  Ordovician  of  In¬ 
diana,  Foerste,  9. 

Trenton  conglomerate  of  Rysedorph 
hill,  Ruedemann,  2. 

Trilobites  of  Chazy  limestone,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  5. 

Quaternary. 

Arthritis  in  the  Lansing  man,  Parker, 

1. 

Canadian  fossil  insects,  Scudder,  1. 

Canidae  of  California,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
7. 

Crania  of  Trenton,  New  Jersey, 
Hrdlicka,  1. 

Discovery  of  a  musk  ox  skull,  Hatcher, 

12. 

Discovery  of  the  Lansing  skeleton,  Con- 
cannon,  1. 

Euceratherium,  a  new  ungulate  from 
the  Quaternary  caves  of  California, 
Sinclair  and  Furlong,  1. 

Excavations  in  a  Quaternary  cave  in 
Shasta  County,  Furlong,  1. 

Exploration  of  Potter  Creek  cave, 
Shasta  County,  Cal.,  Sinclair,  2. 

Fossil  form  of  Orohelix  yavapai  Pils- 
bry,  Cockerell,  2. 

Fossil  land  shells  of  old  forest  bed  of 
Ohio  River,  Billups,  1. 

Fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Kans.,  Pear¬ 
son  (K.),  1. 

Fossil  nut  pine,  Knowlton,  9. 

Fossil  Unio  from  Wisconsin,  Wagner,  2. 

Geologic  relations  of  the  human  relics 
of  Lansing,  Kans.,  Chamberlin  (T. 
C.),  5. 

Geology  of  Pottawattamie  County, 
Iowa,  Udden,  3. 

Geology  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 
Becker,  1. 

Glyptodont  from  Texas  Pleistocene, 
Osborn,  17. 

Ground  sloth  from  Nebraska  Pleisto¬ 
cene,  Brown  (B.),  1. 

Helicina  occulta  Say,  Shimek,  8. 

Hyoid  bone  in  Mastodon  americanus, 
Holland,  3. 

Lists  of  organic  remains  of  Ottawa 
district,  Ami,  20. 

Loess  of  Iowa  City,  Shimek,  2. 

Loess  of  Natchez,  Shimek,  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


611 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Quaternary — Continued. 

Mammalia  from  Quaternary  caves  of 
California,  Sinclair,  7. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  of 
California,  Arnold,  2. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  stra¬ 
tigraphy  of  coast  of  southern  Califor¬ 
nia,  Arnold  (D.  and  R. ),  1. 

Mastodons  of  New  York,  Clarke  (.T. 
M.),  15. 

New  Californian  Bittium,  Dali  and 
Bartsch,  1. 

North  American  elephantids,  Lucas 
(F.  A.),  12. 

Observations  paleontologiques  dans 
l’Alaska,  Gaudry,  1. 

Paleontology  of  Bartholomew  County, 
Indiana,  mammalian  fossils,  Edwards 
(J.  J.),  1. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Platygonus  compressus  Le  Conte,  Wag¬ 
ner,  1. 

Pleistocene  fauna  from  Hay  Springs, 
Nebraska,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  8. 

Pleistocene  foraminifera  from  Panama, 
Cushman,  2. 

Pleistocene  fauna  of  Sankaty  Head, 
Cushman,  3. 

Pleistocene  formations  of  Sankaty 
Head,  Nantucket,  Wilson  (J.  H.),  1. 

Pleistocene  mollusks  of  White  Pond, 
Baker,  1. 

Post-Glacial  origin  and  migrations  of 
life  of  northeastern  United  States, 
Adams  (C.  C. ),  2. 

Post-Pliocene  fossils  of  the  Niagara 
River  gravels,  Letson,  1. 

Potter  Creek  cave,  Sinclair,  5. 

Preptoceras,  a  new  ungulate,  Furlong, 

2. 

Sea  beaches  of  eastern  Ontario,  Cole¬ 
man,  5. 

Search  for  mammoth  and  other  fossil 
remains,  Maddren,  1. 

Semifossil  shells  of  Posey  County,  Ind., 
Daniels,  1. 

Shaw  mastodon,  Hayes  (S.),  1. 

Valley  loess  and  fossil  man  of  Lansing, 
Upham,  14. 

Work  of  prehistoric  scolytid,  Hopkins 
(A.  D.),  1. 

Silurian. 

Ammonoosuc  district  of  New  Hamp¬ 
shire,  Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  6. 

Cincinnati  geanticline,  Foerste,  10. 

Columbia  folio,  Tennessee,  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1. 

Cobleskill  limestone  of  New  York, 
Hartuagel,  1. 

Contributions  to  Indiana  paleontology, 
Greene,  1,  3,  6,  14. 

Crotalocrinus  cora  (Hall),  Weller,  5. 

Description  of  Daftnanites  lunatus, 
Lambert,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Silurian — Continued. 

Echinodermata  of  the  Missouri  Silu¬ 
rian,  Rowley,  3. 

Eurypterid  fauna  from  the  Salina, 
Sarle,  2. 

Fossils  from  the  Silurian  rocks  of 
Ekwan  River,  Whiteaves,  17. 

Genus  Trimerella,  with  descriptions 
of  species  from  Silurian  rocks  of 
Keewatin,  Whiteaves,  3. 

Geological  notes,  Grant  (C.  C.),  6,  7. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  Niagara 
Falls,  Grabau,  1. 

Geology  of  Onondaga  County,  N.  Y., 
Schneider,  1. 

Geology  of  west  shore  of  Lake  Winni¬ 
peg,  Dowling,  1. 

Graptolite  (Levis)  facies  of  Beekman- 
town  formation  in  Rensselaer  Coun¬ 
ty,  N.  Y.,  Ruedemann,  3. 

Growth  and  development  of  Gonio- 
graptus  thureaui  McCoy,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  4. 

Guelph  fauna  of  New  York,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 

Indigene  and  alien  faunas  of  New  York 
Devonic,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  10. 

Manlius  formation  of  New  York,  Schu- 
chert,  4. 

Map  of  Canandaigua  and  Naples  quad¬ 
rangles,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

New  fossils  from  Corniferous,  Hamilton 
and  Medina  shales,  Herzer,  5. 

New  genus  of  Paleozoic  brachiopods, 
Eunoa,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  8. 

New  species  of  algae,  White  (D.),  1. 

Notes  on  Paleozoic  crustaceans,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  12. 

Notes  on  past  collecting  season,  Grant 
(C.  C.),  9. 

Notes  on  the  late  collecting  season, 
Grant  (C.  C.),  10. 

Observations  on  Halysites,  Whitfield,  7. 

Opening  address,  geologic  section,  Grant 
(C.  C.)  1,  4. 

Organic  remains  from  Messenger  Brook, 
Ami,  47. 

Paleontology  of  the  Niagara  of  north¬ 
ern  Indiana,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller,  6. 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  5. 

Revision  of  New  York  Helderbergian 
cr;noids,  Talbot,  2. 

Rocks  of  Rondout,  Van  Ingen  and 
Clark,  1. 

Rugose  corals  from  the  Silurian  rocks 
of  Manitoba,  Whiteaves,  14. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones, 
Foerste,  1. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of 
western  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  Cystidea  and  Cam- 
arocrinus,  Schuchert,  11. 

Siluric  fauna  near  Batesville,  Ark., 
Van  Ingen,  2. 


612 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Silurian — Continued. 

Stratigraphic  value  of  Portage  sand¬ 
stones,  Luther,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the 
Niagara  of  northern  Indiana,  Schu- 
chert,  10. 

Stratigraphy  of  Becraft  Mountain, 
Grabau,  9. 

Trilobite  (Dalmanites  lunatus)  from 
Littleton,  Lambert,  2. 

Tertiary. 

Addition  to  coral  fauna  of  the  Aquia 
Eocene  formation  of  Maryland, 
Vaughan,  14. 

American  Eocene  primates,  Osborn,  11. 

Areas  of  the  California  Neocene,  Os- 
mont,  2. 

Armadillo  from  middle  Eocene,  Osborn, 
30. 

Canid®  of  California,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
7. 

Chalcedony-lime  nuts  from  Bad  Lands, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  2. 

Clavilithes  from  the  Texas  Eocene, 
Johnson  and  Grabau,  1. 

Comparison  of  fossil  diatoms,  Elmore, 

1. 

Conrad  collection  of  Vicksburg  fossils, 
Casey,  4. 

Corrections  to  nomenclature  of  Eocene 
corals,  Vaughan,  16. 

Correlation  des  horizons  de  mammi- 
f$res  tertiaires  en  Europe  et  en 
Amerique,  Osborn,  5. 

Cranial  elements  and  dentitions  of 
Titanotherium,  Hatcher,  4.  , 

Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  plants  of  Can¬ 
ada,  Penhallow,  4. 

Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  section  in 
Montana,  Douglass,  3. 

Dali’s  Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Schu- 
chert,  12. 

Description  of  two  new  Tertiary  fossils, 
Johnson  (C.  W.),  1. 

Discovery  of  Torrejon  mammals  in 
Montana,  Douglass,  6. 

Dryptosaurus  incrassatus,  Lambe,  8. 

Earliest  Tertiary  coral  reefs  in  Antilles 
and  United  States,  Vaughan,  10. 

Eocene  Arthropoda,  Ulrich.  1. 

Eocene  Bryozoa,  Ulrich,  2. 

Eocene  Coelenterata,  Vaughan,  1. 

Eocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Clark  and 
Martin,  1. 

Eocene  Echinodermata,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  4. 

Eocene  Insectivora,  Matthew  (W.  D. ), 
23. 

Eocene  Mammalia  in  Marsh  collection, 
Wortman,  2-6,  8-16. 

Eocene  Mollusca,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Eocene  Molluscoidea  (Brachiopoda) , 
Clark  and  Martin,  3. 

Eocene  Pisces,  Eastman,  1. 

Eocene  Plant®,  Hollick,  3. 

Eocene  Protozoa,  Bagg,  1, 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Tertiary — Continued. 

Eocene  Ileptilia,  Case,  1. 

Eocene  Turbinella,  Dali,  12. 

Eocene  whales,  Lucas  (F.  A.),  22. 

Extinct  tortoises,  Hay,  14. 

Fasciolaria  from  the  Eocene  green 
marls  at  Shark  River,  N.  J.,  Whit¬ 
field,  13. 

First  discovery  of  fossil  seals  in  Amer¬ 
ica,  True  (F.  W.),  2. 

Fauna  of  Titanotherium  beds,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  9. 

Flightless  auk,  Mancalla  californiensis, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  5. 

Foraminifera  from  Santa  Barbara. 
Bagg,  7. 

Foraminifera  of  Trinidad,  Guppy,  4. 

Fossil  corals  from  the  elevated  reefs 
of  Curagao,  Arube,  and  Bonaire, 
Vaughan,  2. 

Fossil  crabs  of  the  Gay  Head  Miocene, 
Cushman,  6. 

Fossil  flora  of  John  Day  basin,  Ore¬ 
gon,  Knowlton,  14. 

Fossil  floras  of  the  Yukon,  Knowlton, 
17. 

Fossil  fruits  of  Tertiary  lignite  of 
Brandon,  Perkins,  13. 

Fossil  horses  of  the  Oligocene,  Lambe, 
16. 

Fossil  land  shells  of  the  John  Day 
basin,  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  1. 

Fossil  Mammalia  of  White  River  beds, 
Douglass,  4. 

Fossil  mammals  of  Tertiary  of  north¬ 
eastern  Colorado,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2 

Fossil  nut  pine  from  Idaho.  Knowlton, 

4. 

Fossil  plants  from  British  Columbia 
and  the  Northwest  territories,  Pen¬ 
hallow  and  Ami,  1. 

Fossil  plants  from  State  of  Washing¬ 
ton,  Knowlton,  8. 

Fossil  plants  from  vicinity  of  Porcu¬ 
pine  Butte,  Montana,  Knowlton,  12. 

Fossil  sea  lion  from  Miocene,  True,  1. 

Fossil  shells  of  John  Day  region, 
Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  3. 

Fossil  turtles  from  Oregon,  Hay,  9. 

Fossil  turtles  of  the  Bridger  Basin. 
Hay,  22. 

Fossils  from  Sankaty  Head,  Cushman. 

5. 

Fossils  of  the  Bahama  Islands.  Dali.  15. 

Frog  shells  and  tritons,  Dali,  13. 

Genera,  subgenera,  and  sections  of  Py- 
ramidellid®,  Dali  and  Bartsch,  2. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
Augilla,  St.  Martin,  St.  Bartholomew, 
and  Sombrero.  Spencer  (J.  W.),  3. 

Geology  of  the  John  Day  Basin,  Mer¬ 
riam  (J.  C.),  1. 

Gigantic  fossil  Lucina,  Dali,  3. 

Gigantic  mammal  from  Loup  Fork 
beds,  Peterson,  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


618 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Tertiary — Continued. 

Hedgehog  from  American  Oligocene, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  10. 

Hyopsodid®  of  Wasatch  and  Wind 
River  basins,  Loomis,  7. 

Jackson  outcrops  on  Red  River,  Casey, 

1. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 

Komuto  shell  bed,  Guppy,  6. 

Locality  of  type  of  Prionastrsea 
vaughani,  Gregory,  Vaughan,  7. 

Mammals  from  Oligocerfe  of  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  22. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  of 
California,  Arnold,  2. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  strati¬ 
graphy  of  coast  of  southern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Arnold  (D.  and  R.),  1. 

Miocene  barnacles  from  Gay  Head, 
Cushman,  4. 

Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Shat- 
tuck,  10. 

Miocene  fauna  in  California,  Merriam 
(J.  C.),  10. 

Miocene  foraminifera  from  the  Mon¬ 
terey  shale,  Bagg,  9. 

Miocene  mammals  of  South  Dakota, 
Matthew  and  Gidley,  1. 

Miocene  rhinoceroses,  Osborn,  34. 

Mount  Diablo  Range  of  California,  An¬ 
derson  (F.  M.),  7. 

Mylagaulodon  from  upper  John  Day  of 
Oregon,  Sinclair,  3. 

Neocene  lake  beds  of  Montana,  Doug¬ 
lass,  1. 

Neozoic  invertebrate  fossils,  Dali,  10. 

New  American  species  of  Amphicyon, 
Wortman,  1. 

New  Canid®  from  Miocene  of  Colorado, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  5. 

New  Conus  from  Tertiary  of  Florida, 
Aldrich,  3. 

New  fossil  cyprinoid,  Leuciscus  tur- 
neri,  Lucas  (F.  A.),  4. 

New  fossil  tapir  in  Oregon,  Sinclair,  1. 

New  genus  of  Eocene  Eulimid®,  Casey, 
3. 

New  Lyropecten,  Dali,  4. 

New  Miocene  artiodactyl,  Barbour  (E. 
II.),  11. 

New  Oligocene  camels,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  15. 

New  rhinoceros,  Trigonias  osborni, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  1. 

New  sabre  tooth  from  California,  Mer¬ 
riam  (J.  C.),  16. 

New  species  of  E  ce:e  f:>:sils,  Aid- 
rich,  4. 

New  species  of  Hyracodon,  Lambe,  17. 

New  species  of  Merycochcerus,  Doug¬ 
lass,  2. 

New  species  of  Pleurotoma  from  the 
Pliocene  of  California,  Raymond  (W. 
J-),  2. 

New  species  of  Tertiary  fossils,  Aldrich, 

2. 

New  three-toed  horse,  Gidley,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Tertiary — Continued. 

North  American  species  of  the  genus 
Equus,  Gidley,  1. 

Notes  on  the  Pleurotomid®,  Casey,  5. 

Oligocene  Canid®,  Hatcher,  10. 

Oligocene  horses,  Osborn,  31. 

Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and  south¬ 
ern  United  States,  Maury,  1. 

Oligocene  titanotheres,  Osborn,  9. 

Origin  of  North  American  Unionid®, 
White  (C.  A.),  1. 

Origin  of  Oligocene  and  Miocene  de¬ 
posits  of  Great  Plains,  Hatcher,  11. 

Osteology  of  Oxydactylus,  Peterson,  1. 

Osteology  of  Sinopa,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

20.  ' 

Oyster  from  Eocene  of  Alabama,  Aid- 
rich,  5. 

Paleontology  of  Martinez  group, 
Weaver,  1. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Angiosperm®,  Hoflick,  10. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Anthozoa,  Vaughan,  19. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Brachiopoda,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Bryozoa,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  4. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Echinodermata,  Clark  (W. 
B.),  7. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Foraminifera,  Bagg,  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Hydrozoa,  Ulrich,  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Mammalia,  Aves,  Reptilia, 
Case,  9. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Malacostraca  and  Cirrepe- 
dia,  Martin  (G.  C.),  4. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Mollusca,  except  Pelecy- 
poda,  Martin  (G.  C.),  5. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 

-  deposits,  Ostracoda,  Ulrich  and  Basa- 
ler,  3. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Pelecypoda,  Glenn,  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Pisces,  Eastman,  18. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Radiolaria,  Martin  (G.  C.), 
8. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Thallophyta  -  Diatomace®, 
Boyer,  1. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Vermes,  Martin  (G.  C.),  7. 

Pelvic  girdle  of  Zeuglodon  Basilosaurus 
cetoides  (Owen),  Lucas  (F.  A.),  2. 

Phylogeny  of  Fusus,  Grabau,  16. 

Platygonus  from  Texas  Pliocene,  Gid¬ 
ley,  3. 


614 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

I Tertiary — Continued. 

Pleistocene  and  Pliocene  fossil  shells, 
Rivers,  1. 

Proper  generic  names  of  Miocene  horses, 
Gidley,  5. 

Recent  zoopaleontology,  Osborn,  22. 

Redescription  of  the  coral  Platytro- 
chus  speciosus,  Vaughan,  15. 

Relations  of  Maryland  Miocene,  Dali, 
14. 

Report  on  the  Clarno  flora,  Knowlton, 

1. 

Report  on  the  flora  of  the  Mascall  for¬ 
mation,  Knowlton,  2. 

Reptiles  from  the  Titanothere  beds, 
Loomis,  5. 

Restoration  of  Megacerops,  Lull,  6. 

Rodent  from  Colorado  Miocene, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 

Rodents  and  ungulates  from  the  John 
Day  series,  Sinclair,  6. 

Shell  Bluff,  one  of  Lyell’s  original  lo¬ 
calities,  Vaughan,  4. 

Skeleton  of  Merycodus,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  14. 

Skeleton  of  Titanotherium  dispar 
Marsh,  Hatcher,  7. 

Skull  of  Bunselurus,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
4. 

Skull  of  Dinocyon  from  Miocene  of 
Texas,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  3. 

Skulls  of  Trionychidae  in  Bridger  de¬ 
posits  of  Wyoming,  Hay,  16. 

Snails  of  the  genus  Physa  found  at 
Las  Vegas,  Springer  (A.),  1. 

Studies  of  Gastropoda,  Grabau,  11. 

Successors,  of  certain  North  American 
primates,  Wortman,  7. 

Ten  years’  progress  in  mammalian  pale¬ 
ontology  of  North  America,  Osborn, 
49. 

Tertiary  fauna  at  Kap  Dalton,  Ravn,  1. 

Tertiary  fauna  from  Cha^paquiddick 
Island,  Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 

Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Dali,  8. 

Tertiary  of  Montana,  Douglass,  9. 

Tertiary  plants  from  Canada  and  the 
United  States,  Penliallow,  6. 

Texas  oil  well  fossil,  Aldrich,  1. 

Tobagan  fossils,  Guppy,  7. 

Tooth-structure  of  Mesohippus  westoni 
(Cope),  Lambe,  14. 

Tortoise  from  Colorado  Miocene,  Hay. 
17. 

Triassic  ichthyosaurs  from  California 
and  Nevada,  Osborn.  15. 

Trionychid,  Conehochelys  admirabilis, 
from  the  Puerco  beds,  Hay,  25. 

Types  of  Maryland  Tertiary  Mollusca 
in  British  Museum,  Newton,  1. 

Vertebrates  from  the  Montana  Tertiary, 
Douglass,  8. 

Triassic. 

American  Labyrinthodontidae,  Branson, 

2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Triassic — Continued. 

Atlantosaur  and  Titanotherium  beds  of 
Wyoming,  Peck,  4. 

Border  line  between  the  Paleozoic  and 
Mesozoic,  Smith  (J.  P.),  1. 

Cestraciont  spine  from  Triassic  of  Ida¬ 
ho,  Evans  (II.  M.),  1. 

Collection  of  Triassic  fishes  at  Yale, 
Eaton,  1. 

Faune  marine  du  Trias  Superieur  de 
Zacatecas,  Burckhardt  and  Scalia,  1. 

Footprint  from  Connecticut  Valley, 
Cushman,  1. 

Footprints  of  Stegomus  longipes,  Lull, 
3. 

Fossil  footprints  of  the  Juratrias,  Lull, 

2. 

Fossils  from  the  Red  Beds,  Gould,  1. 

Fossils,  possibly  Triassic,  in  bowlder 
clay  of  Kings  County,  Haycock,  2. 

Ichtbyosaurian  limb  from  Triassic  of 
Nevada,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  14. 

Ichthyosauria  from  Triassic'  of  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  6. 

Marine  reptiles,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  12. 

Marine  Trias  of  western  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

Nature's  hieroglyphics,  Lull,  4. 

New  batrachian  and  reptile  from  Ari¬ 
zona,  Lucas  (F.  A.),  19. 

New  reptile  from  Triassic  of  Connecti¬ 
cut  Valley,  Emerson  and  Loomis,  1. 

New  reptiles  from  Trias  of  Wyoming, 
Williston,  23. 

Origin  of  North  American  Unionidse, 
White  (C.  A.),  1. 

Primitive  characters  of  the  Triassic 
Ichthyosaurus,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  9. 

Recent  literature  on  Triassic  Ichthyo¬ 
sauria,  Merriam  (J.  CO,  8. 

Reptile  from  Triassic  of  California, 
Merriam  (J.  C.),  11. 

Status  of  Mesozoic  floras,  Ward  (L.  F.), 
5. 

Thalattosauria.  Merriam  (J.  C.),  15. 

Triassic  ceplialopod  genera,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Triassic  fishes  of  New  Jersey,  Eastman. 
20. 

Triassic  Iclithyopterygia  from  Califor¬ 
nia  and  Nevada,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  4. 

Triassic  ichthyosaurs  from  California 
and  Nevada.  Osborn.  15. 

Triassic  Reptilia  from  northern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  5. 

Types  of  limb  structure  in  Triassic 
Ichthyosauria,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  13. 

Vertebrates  from  the  Trias  of  Arizona, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  6. 

Invertebrate. 

Acidaspis  from  Marcellus  shale,  Hitch¬ 
cock  (C.  II.),  4. 

Acrothyra.  a  new  genus  of  Etcheminian 
brachiopods,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12. 

Acrothyra  and  Hyolithes,  a  compari¬ 
son,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  7. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


615 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Addition  to  coral  fauna  of  the  Aquia 
Eocene  formation  of  Maryland, 
Vaughan,  14. 

Ammonoosuc  district  of  New  Hamp¬ 
shire,  Hitchcock  (C.  II.),  6. 

Amnigenia  as  an  indicator  of  fresh¬ 
water  deposits,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  4. 

Amphion,  Harpina,  and  Platymetopus, 
Raymond  (P.  E. ),  6. 

Antiquity  of  the  zoanthid  actinians, 
Duerden,  10. 

Areas  of  the  California  Neocene,  Os- 
mont,  2. 

Arizona  diatomite,  Blake  (W.  P.),  9. 

Beinbau  der  Trilobiten,  Jaekel,  1. 

Brachiopoda  of  the  Arnheim  and 
Waynesville  beds,  Foerste,  13. 

Burrow  origin  of  Arthrophycus  and 
Daedalus,  Sarle,  4. 

Bythotrephis  from  the  Yukon  district, 
Ami,  48. 

Calciferous  formation  of  Mohawk  Val¬ 
ley,  Cleland,  3. 

Cambrian  Brachiopoda,  Walcott,  1,  6, 

12. 

Cambrian  deposits  of  North  Attleboro, 
Gorham,  1. 

Cambrian  Brachiopoda  and  Mollusca  of 
Mount  Stephen,  Matthew  (G.  F. ),  19. 

Cambrian  faunas,  Protolenus,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  27. 

Cambrian  fossils  from  Cape  Breton, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  9. 

Cambrian  fossils  of  St.  Francois 
County,  Beecher,  2. 

Cambrian  of  Cape  Breton,  with  descrip¬ 
tions  of  new  species,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  12. 

Cambrian  Ostraeoda  from  northeastern 
America,  Jones  (T.  R.),  1. 

Cambrian  rocks  and  fossils  of  Cape 
Breton,  Matthew  (3.  F. ),  14. 

Cambrian  rocks  in  eastern  Canada, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  29. 

Cambrian  rocks  cf  Cape  Breton,  Mat¬ 
thew  (3.  F.),  20. 

Canadian  Endoceratidae,  Whiteaves,  19. 

Canadian  fossils  insects,  Scudder,  1. 

Canadian  species  of  Trocholites,  White¬ 
aves,  13. 

Canadian  specimens  of  Lituites,  White¬ 
aves,  10. 

Carboniferous  ammonoids  of  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

Carboniferous  formations  and  faunas  of 
Colorado,  Girty,  3. 

Carboniferous  fossils  of  Bisbee  quad¬ 
rangle,  Girty,  6. 

Carboniferous  invertebrates,  Beede,  1. 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  Kansas  section, 
Adams,  Girty,  and  White,  1. 

Carboniferous  terrestrial  arthropod 
fauna  of  Illinois,  Melander,  1. 

Cardioceras  from  the  Crows  Nest  coal 
fields,  Whiteaves,  9. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Catalogue  of  type  specimens  of  fossil 
invertebrates  in  National  Museum, 
Schuchert  and  others,  1. 

Catalogue  of  type  specimens  of  Paleo¬ 
zoic  fossils  in  New  York  State  Mu¬ 
seum,  Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 

Changes  in  nomenclature  of  West  In¬ 
dian  corals,  Vaughan,  13. 

Chondrodonta,  Stanton,  2. 

Cincinnati  geanticline,  Foerste,  10. 

Clavilithes  from  the  Texas  Eocene, 
Johnson  and  Grabau,  1. 

Cleiocrinus,  Springer,  3. 

Coal  Measures  Bryozoa  of  Nebraska. 
Condra,  2. 

Coal  Measures  faunal  studies,  Beede 
and  Rogers,  1. 

Coal  Measures  faunal  studies,  Beede,  6. 

Coal  resources  of  Wyoming,  Trumbull, 

1. 

Columbia  folio,  Tennessee,  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1. 

Conrad  collection  of  Vicksburg  fossils, 
Casey,  4. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Contribution  to  Indiana  paleontology, 
Greene,  1-15. 

Corals  of  Buda  limestone,  Vaughan,  17. 

Corniferous  fauna  in  Appalachian  prov¬ 
ince  in  North  America,  Weller,  4. 

Corrections  to  nomenclature  of  Eocene 
fossil  corals,  Vaughan,  16. 

Correlation  of  geological  faunas,  Wil¬ 
liams  (H.  S.),  5. 

Cretaqeous  formations  and  faunas  of 
New  Jersey,  Weller,  7. 

Cretaceous  fossils  from  the  John  Day 
basin,  Stanton,  1. 

Cretaceous  fossils  of  the  Bisbee  quad¬ 
rangle,  Stanton,  G. 

Crinoid  and  mollusk  from  the  Portage 
rocks  of  New  York,  Whitfield,  11. 

Crinoid  genera  Sagenocrinus,  Forbes' o- 
crinus,  and  allied  forms,  Springer 
(F.),  2. 

Crotalocrinus  cora  (Hall),  Weller,  5. 

Crustacea  of  the  Cretaceous  formation 
of  New  Jersey,  Pilsbry,  1. 

Cyclus  from  Coal  Measures,  Rogers,  3. 

Dali's  Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Schu¬ 
chert,  12. 

Decapoden-Gattungen  Linuparus  und 
Podocrates,  Ortmann,  2. 

Deceptive  fossilization  of  certain  pele- 
cypod  species,  Sardeson,  10. 

Deposition  of  the  loess,  Owen,  5. 

Description  of  Dalmanites  lunatus, 
Lambert,  1. 

Description  of  two  new  Tertiary  fos¬ 
sils,  Johnson  (C.  W. ),  1. 

Development  and  morphology  of  Fenes- 
tella,  Cumings,  11. 

Development  and  relationships  of  the 
Rugosa,  Duerden,  11. 


616 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Development  of  Fenestella,  Cumings, 

10. 

Development  in  size  of  the  inarticulate 
brachiopods  of  the  basal  Cambrian, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  17. 

Development  of  biserial  arm  in  certain 
crinoids,  Grabau,  8. 

Development  of  Scaphites,  Smith  (W. 
D.),  1. 

Development  of  septa  in  Paleozoic  cor¬ 
als,  Duerden,  5. 

Development  of  some  Paleozoic  bryozoa, 
Cumings,  9. 

Developmental  changes  in  Devonian 
brachiopods,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  3. 

Developmental  stages  of  Orthothetes 
minutus,  Cumings,  5. 

Devonian  era  in  Ohio  basin,  Claypole,  5. 

Devonian  fauna  of  Kwataboahegan, 
Parks,  5. 

Devonian  fossils  of  Bisbee  quadrangle, 
Williams  (H.  S.),  6. 

Devonian  paleontology,  Schuchert,  13. 

Devonic  crinoids,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 

Devonic  worms,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  18. 

Diatom-earth  in  Arizona,  Blake  (W. 
P.),  10. 

Did  the  upper  Etcheminian  fauna  in¬ 
vade  eastern  Canada  from  the  south¬ 
east?  Matthew  (G.  F.),  18. 

Distribution  and  syonymy  of  Ptycho 
spira  sexplicata,  Greger,  1. 

Drift  fossils,  Hollick,  8. 

Dwarf  fauna  of  Tully  limestone, 
Loomis,  4. 

Earliest  Tertiary  coral  reefs  in  An¬ 
tilles  and  United  States,  Vaughan,  10. 

Early  stages  of  some  Paleozoic  corals, 
Gordon  (C.  E.),  1. 

Echinodermata  of  the  Missouri  Silu¬ 
rian,  Rowley,  3. 

Eocene  Arthropoda,  Ulrich,  1. 

Eocene  Bryozoa,  Ulrich,  2. 

Eocene  Coelenterata,  Vaughan,  1. 

Eocene  Echinodermata,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  4. 

Eocene  Mollusca,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Eocene  Molluscoidea  (Brachiopoda) , 
Clark  and  Martin,  3. 

Eocene  Pisces,  Eastman,  1. 

Eocene  Protozoa,  Bagg,  1. 

Eocene  Turbinella,  Dali,  12. 

Eurypterid  fauna  from  the  Salina, 
Sarle,  2. 

Eurypterid  remains  in  the  Cambrian  of 
Missouri,  Beecher,  3. 

Evolution  of  some  Devonic  spirifers, 
Grabau,  18. 

Fasciola  ria  from  the  Eocene  green 
marls  at  Shark  River,  N.  J.,  Whit¬ 
field,  13. 

Fauna  of  Cliffwood  clays,  Weller,  10, 
13. 

Fauna  of  magnesian  series,  Sardeson,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Fauna  of  Stafford  limestone  of  New 
York,  Talbot,  1. 

Fauna  of  the  Agoniatite  limestone  of 
Onondaga  County,  N.  Y.,  Wilson  (J. 
D.),  1. 

Fauna  of  the  Chazy  limestone  on  Val- 
cour  Island,  Hudson,  1. 

Fauna  of  the  Chazy  limestone,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  7. 

Fauna  of  the  Mentor,  Jones  (A.  W.),  2. 

Fauna  of  the  Permian,  Beede,  2. 

Faune  marine  du  Trias  Superieur  de 
Zacatecas,  Burckhardt  and  Scalia,  1. 

Foraminifera  from  Santa  Barbara, 
Bagg,  7. 

Foraminifera  of  Trinidad,  Guppy,  4. 

Fort  Cassin  beds  in  the  Calciferous 
limestone,  Dwight,  1. 

Fossil  corals  from  reefs  of  Curacao, 
Arube,  and  Bonaire,  Vaughan,  2. 

Fossil  Cyrena  from  Alberta,  Whiteaves, 

6. 

Fossil  crabs  of  the  Gay  Head  Miocene, 
Cushman,  6. 

Fossil  form  of  Orohelix  yavapai  Pils- 
bry,  Cockerell,  2. 

Fossil  fresh-water  shells  of  Colorado 
Desert,  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  2. 

Fossil  insects  in  Permian  of  Kansas, 
Sellards,  7. 

Fossil  land  shells  of  Bermuda,  Gulick, 

1. 

Fossil  land  shells  of  old  forest  bed  of 
Ohio  River,  Billups,  1. 

Fossil  land  shells  of  the  John  Day  re¬ 
gion,  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.).  1. 

Fossil  shells  of  the  John  Day  region, 
Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  3. 

Fossil  Unio  from  Wisconsin,  Wagner,  2. 

Fossils  and  age  of  Yakutat  formation, 
Ulrich,  4. 

Fossils  from  Mount  Noyes  (Canadian 
Rockies),  Woodward  (H.),  2. 

Fossils  from  Sankaty  Head,  Cushman, 
5. 

Fossils  from  Subcarboniferous  rocks  of 
northeastern  Missouri,  Rowley,  2. 

Fossils  from  the  Hackberry  group  of 
Iowa,  Webster,  2. 

Fossils  from  the  Silurian  rocks  of  Ek- 
wan  River,  Whiteaves,  17. 

Fossils  from  the  upper  Paleozoic  rocks 
of  Missouri,  Rowley,  1. 

Fossils  from  the  Vancouver  Creta¬ 
ceous,  Whiteaves,  12. 

Fossils  in  the  St.  Peter  sandstone, 
Sardeson,  6. 

'  Fossils  of  the  Bahama  Islands,  Dali, 
15. 

Fossils  of  the  Bahamas,  Dalh  16. 

Fossils  of  the  Texas  Cretaceous,  Pra¬ 
ther,  1. 

Fossula  in  rugose  corals,  Duerden,  12. 

Fresh-water  molluscan  faunule  from 
Cretaceous  of  Montana,  Stanton,  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


617 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Frogshells  and  tritons,  Dali,  13. 

Gastropod  from  the  Hackberry  group 
of  Iowa,  Webster,  1. 

Genera  and  species  of  Canadian  Paleo¬ 
zoic  corals,  Lambe,  2. 

Genera,  subgenera,  and  sections  of 
Pyramidellidae,  Dali  and  Bartsch,  2. 

Genus  Panenka,  with  description  of  a 
new  species  from  Devonian  rocks  of 
Ontario,  Whiteaves,  4.  . 

Genus  Rhynchopora,  Greger,  2. 

Genus  Trimerella,  with  descriptions  of 
species  from  Silurian  rocks  of  Kee- 
watin,  Whiteaves,  3. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Judith 
River  beds,  Stanton  and  Hatcher,  1. 

Geology  of  Cerrillos  Hills,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

Geology  of  Howard  County,  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  10. 

Geology  of  Onondaga  County,  N.  Y., 
Schneider,  1. 

Gigantic  fossil  Lucina,  Dali,  3. 

Graptolites  of  New  York,  Ruedemann, 

8. 

Growth  and  development  of  Gonio- 
graptus  thureaui  McCoy,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  4. 

Guelph  fauna  of  New  York,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

Hamilton  formation  in  central  New 
York,  Cleland,  2. 

Hamilton  fossils  from  Bethany,  N.  Y., 
Monroe,  1. 

Hamilton  group  of  Thedford,  Ontario, 
Shimer  and  Grabau,  1. 

Harris  collection  of  invertebrate  fos¬ 
sils,  Schuchert,  3. 

Helderbergian  fossils  near  Montreal, 
Schuchert,  1. 

Helicina  occulta  Say,  Shimek,  8. 

Helicoceras  stevensoni,  Whitfield,  1. 

Heteroceras  simplicostatum,  Whitfield, 
3. 

Hudson  River  beds  near  Albany,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

Hyolithes  gracilis  and  related  forms, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  8. 

Index  to  publications  of  New  York 
State  Natural  History  Survey,  Ellis 
(M.),  1. 

Indigene  and  alien  faunas  of  New 
York  Devonic,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  10. 

Invertebrate  fossils  from  Carbonifer¬ 
ous  section  of  Kansas,  Girty,  4. 

Invertebrate  paleontology  of  Red  Beds, 
Beede,  8. 

Isochilinse  from  Canada,  Jones  (T.  R.), 
o 

Ithaca  fauna  of  central  New  York, 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  27. 

Jura-fossilien  aus  Alaska,  Pompeckj,  1. 

Jurassic  fossils  from  east, Greenland, 
Madsen,  1. 

Kinderhook  faunal  studies,  Weller,  2. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Kinderhook  faunas,  Weller,  11. 

Komuto  shell-bed,  Guppy,  6. 

Kreide-Ammoniten  von  Texas,  Lass- 
witz,  1. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Limestones  interbedded  with  shales  of 
Marcellus  stage,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  2. 

List  of  fossils  from  New  Brunswick, 
Ami,  46. 

List  of  fossils  from  Perth  sheet,  Ami, 
4£. 

Literature  on  Madreporaria  Fungida, 
Vaughan,  21. 

Locality  of  type  of  Prionastrsea 
vaughani  Gregory,  Vaughan,  7. 

Lower  Silurian  fauna  of  Minnesota, 
Sardeson,  9. 

Lyon  County  geology,  Smith  (A.  J. ),  2. 

Lytoceras  from  the  Cretaceous  rocks, 
Whiteaves,  2. 

Manlius  formation  of  New  York,  Schu¬ 
chert,  4. 

Map  of  Canandaigua  and  Naples  quad¬ 
rangles,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Mai’cellus  limestone,  Wood  (Elvira),  1. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  stra¬ 
tigraphy  of  coast  of  southern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Arnold  (D.  and  R.),  1. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  of 
San  Pedro,  Arnold,  2. 

Marine  Trias  of  western  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

Middle  Cambrian  fossils,  Woodward 
(H.),  1. 

Miocene  barnacles  from  Gay  Head, 
Cushman,  4. 

Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Shat- 
tuck,  10. 

Miocene  fauna  in  California,  Merriam 
(J.  C.),  10. 

Miocene  Foraminifera  from  the  Monte¬ 
rey  shale,  Bagg,  9. 

Missouri  paleontology,  Rowley,  4. 

Mode  of  existence  of  Orthoceras, 
Ruedemann,  6. 

Mullosca  of  Buda  limestone,  Shattuek, 

8. 

Monocraterion  and  Oldhamia,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  11. 

Morphology  and  development  of  coral 
polyps,  Duerden,  9. 

Morphogenesis  of  Platystrophia,  Cum- 
ings,  8. 

Morphology  of  the  Madreporaria,  Duer¬ 
den,  4,  7,  8. 

Morphology  of  the  hinge  teeth  of  bi¬ 
valves,  Dali,  2. 

Morphology  of  the  pelecypods,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  5. 

Morse  on  living  brachiopods,  Schu¬ 
chert,  2. 

Mount  Diablo  Range  of  California,  An¬ 
derson  (F.  M.),  7. 


618 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Myalina  from  Coal  Measures  of  Texas, 
Whitfield,  2. 

Naples,  fauna  in  western  New  York, 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  19. 

Neozoic  invertebrate  fossils,  Dali,  10. 
New  Agelacrinites,  Clarke  (J.  M. ),  3. 
New  Bryozoa  from  Coal  Measures  of 
Nebraska,  Condra,  1. 

New  bryozon  Ilomotrypa  bassleri. 
Nickles,  4. 

New  California  Bittium,  Dali  and 
Bartsch,  1. 

New  Conus  from  Tertiary  of  Florida, 
Aldrich,  3. 

New  crinoid  from  the  Hamilton,  Wood 
(Elvira),  2. 

New  fossil  Ashmunella,  Cockerell,  1. 
New  fossil  sponge  from  Coal  Measures, 
Herzer,  3. 

New  fossils  from  Upper  Carboniferous 
of  Kansas,  Beede,  4. 

New  genus  and  species  of  Lower  Car¬ 
boniferous  bryozoan,  Whitfield,  8. 
New  genus  of  Eocene  Eulimidae,  Casey, 

3. 

New  genus  of  Paleozoic  brachiopods, 
Eunoa,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  8. 

New  Lyropecten,  Dali,  4. 

New  Molluscan  genera  from  the  Car¬ 
boniferous,  Girty,  5. 

New  species  of  Eocene  fossils,  Aldrich, 

4. 

New  species  of  Matheria,  Whiteaves,  8. 
New  species  of  Olenellus,  Wanner,  1. 
New  species  of  Pleurotoma  from  the 
Pliocene  of  California,  Raymond  (W. 
J-),  2. 

New  species  of  Tertiary  fossils,  Aldrich, 

2. 

New  species  of  TJnio,  Whiteaves,  1. 

New  Unios  from  the  Laramie,  Whit¬ 
field,  6. 

Nileus  vigilans  from  Elgin,  Iowa,  Finch 
(G.  E.),  2. 

Nomenclature  and  classification  of  sedi¬ 
mentary  formations,  Williams  (II. 

5. ),  8. 

Notes  on  Paleozoic  crustaceans,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  12. 

Notes  on  past  collecting  season,  Grant 
(C.  C.),  9. 

Notes  on  the  late  collecting  season, 
Grant  (C.  C.),  10. 

Notes  on  the  Pleurotomid®,  Casey,  5. 
Noteworthy  crinoid,  Schuchert,  8. 
Oboloid  shells  of  the  Cambrian  system 
in  Canada,  Matthew  (G.  F. ),  1G. 
Observations  on  genus  Romingeria, 
Beecher,  9. 

Observations  on  Halysites,  Whitfield,  7. 
Observations  on  Romingeria,  Sardeson, 
12. 

Observations  upon  Dsemonelix,  Peter¬ 
son,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and  south¬ 
ern  United  States,  Maury,  1. 

Ordovician  at  Vevay,  Ind.,  Cumings,  3. 

Ordovician  rocks  of  Kentucky  and  their 
Bryozoa,  Nickles,  6. 

Ordovician  section  near  Bellefonte,  Pa., 
Collie,  3. 

Organic  remains  from  Messenger  Brook, 
Ami,  47. 

,  Origin  of  North  American  Unionidae, 
White  (C.  A.),  1. 

Ostracoda  of  basal  Cambrian  rocks  in 
Cape  Breton,  Matthew  (3.  F.),  13. 

Oyster  from  Eocene  of  Alabama,  Al¬ 
drich,  5. 

Paleontology  and  zoology,  Whiteaves, 
18. 

Paleontology  of  Martinez  group, 
Weaver,  1. 

Paleontology  of  the  Bingham  mining 
district,  Girty,  12. 

Paleontology  of  the  Boulder  area,  Hen¬ 
derson  (J.),  3. 

Paleontology  of  the  Iowa  Devonian, 
Webster,  3. 

Paleontology  of  the  Malone  Jurassic 
formation,  Cragin,  2. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Anthozoa,  Vaughan,  19. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Brachiopoda,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Bryozoa,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  4. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Echinodermata,  Clark  (W. 
B.),  7. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Foraminifera,  Bagg,  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Ilydrozoa,  Ulrich.  6. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
depos'ts,  Malacostraca  and  Cirrepe- 
dia,  Martin  (G.  C.).  4. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Mollusca,  except  Pelecy- 
poda,  Martin  (3.  C.),  5. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Ostracoda,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  3. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Pelecypoda.  Glenn.  G. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Radiolaria,  Martin  (G.  C.), 
8. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits.  Vermes.  Martin  (G.  C.),  7. 

Paleontology  of  the  Niagara  of  north¬ 
ern  Indiana,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 

Paleozoic  cockroaches,  Sellards.  5,  8. 

Paleozoic  Cypridina  from  Canada, 
Jon£s  (T.  R.).  3. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller,  6. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE* 


619 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Paleozoic  ostracods  from  Maryland, 
Jones  (T.  R.),  4. 

Paraphorhynchus,  Weller,  9. 

Parasite  from  Devonian  rocks  of  Hud¬ 
son  Bay,  Parks,  6. 

Perce:  sketch  of  its  geology,  Clarke  (J. 
M.),  26. 

Periodic  migrations  between  Asiatic 
and  American  coasts  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  Smith  (J.  P.),  4. 

Permian  Xiphosuran  from  Kansas, 
Beecher,  10. 

Phylogenic  stage  of  Cambrian  •  Gastro¬ 
poda,  Sardeson,  12. 

Phylogeny  of  Fusidae,  Grabau,  13. 

Phytogeny  of  Fusus,  Grabau,  16. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Pleistocene  and  Pliocene  fossil  shells, 
Rivers,  1. 

Pleistocene  fauna  of  Sankaty '  Head, 
Cushman,  3. 

Pleistocene  foraminifera  from  Pana¬ 
ma,  Cushman,  2. 

Pleistocene  mollusks  of  White  Pond, 
Baker,  1. 

Portage  crinoids,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  23. 

Post-Pliocene  gravels  of  the  Niagara 
River  gravels,  Letson,  1. 

Pottawatomie  and  Douglas  formations, 
Rogers,  1. 

Prehistoric  California,  Yates  (L.  G.), 

1. 

Preliminary  notice  of  Etcheminian  fau¬ 
na  of  Newfoundland,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  1. 

Problem  of  the  Monticuliporoidea,  Sar¬ 
deson,  3,  4. 

Prodromites,  a  new  ammonite  genus, 
Smith  and  Weller,  1. 

Pseudoceratites  of  the  Cretaceous,  Hy¬ 
att,  1. 

Quantitative  study  of  variation  in  the 
fossil  brachiopod  Platystrophia  lynx, 
Cumings  and  Mauck,  1. 

Redescription  of  the  coral  Platytrochus 
speciosus,  Vaughan,  15. 

Reef  structures  in  the  Clinton  and  Ni¬ 
agara  strata,  Sarle,  1. 

Relations  of  Maryland  Miocene,  Dali, 
14. 

Relationships  of  the  Rugosa  (Tetra- 
coralla)  to  living  Zoantheae,  Duer- 
den,  3. 

Remarkable  slab  of  crinoids,  Hovey  (E. 
O.),  14. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  25. 

Report  of  the  director,  Clarke  (J.  M.), 
28. 

Reproduction  of  lost  parts  in  a  fossil 
crinoid,  Whitfield,  9. 


Paleontology — Con  tin  ued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Review  of  recent  papers  on  Bahaman 
corals,  Vaughan,  5. 

Revision  of  bryozoan  genera  Dekayia, 
Dekayella,  and  Heterotrypa  of  the- 
Cincinnati  group,  Cumings,  7. 

Revision  of  genera  and  species  of  Can¬ 
adian  Paleozoic  corals,  Lambe,  2. 

Revision  of  New  York  Helderbergian 
crinoids,  Talbot,  2. 

Revision  of  Paleozoic  Ctenostomata, 
Ulrich  and  Bassler,  1. 

Revision  of  Paleozoic  Paleechinoidea, 
Klem,  1. 

Revision  of  Paleozoic  Trepostomata, 
Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 

Revision  of  Phyllocarida  from  Che¬ 
mung  and  Waverly  groups  of  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Beecher,  8. 

Revision  of  the  Blastoideae,  Hambach, 

1. 

Rhizopods  in  Pella  beds  in  Iowa,  Ud- 
den,  6. 

Rhombopora  lepidodendroides,  Meek, 
Condra,  3. 

Richmond  group  and  its  subdivisions, 
Nickles,  5. 

Rugose  corals  from  the  Silurian  rocks 
of  Manitoba,  Whiteaves,  14. 

Sedentary  impression  known  as  Cli- 
mactichnites,  Woodworth,  6. 

Semifossil  shells  of  Posey  County, 
Ind.,  Daniels,  1. 

Senility  among  gastropods,  Smith  (B. ), 

1. 

Septal  sequence  in  Paleozoic  corals, 
Duerden,  6. 

Shells  of  marls,  Walker  (B. ),  1. 

Shells  of  the  marl  deposits  of  Aroos¬ 
took  County,  Me.,  Nylander,  1. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  Cystidea  and  Cam- 
arocrinus,  Schuchert,  11. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  faunas  of  Trilobite 
Mountain,  Shimer,  5. 

Siluric  Cystoidea,  Schuchert,  6. 

Siluric  fauna  near  Batesville,  Ark., 
Van  Ingen,  2. 

Snails  of  the  genus  Pliysa  found  at  Las 
Vegas,  Springer  (A.),  1. 

Sponges  from  the  Hamilton  group  of 
Indiana,  Whitfield,  12. 

Sponges  of  Chazy  formation,  Seely,  3. 

Starfish  from  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming, 
Weller,  8. 

Star -fish  from  the  Fort  Benton,  Doug¬ 
lass,  7. 

Stony  corals  of  the  Porto  Rican  wa¬ 
ters,  Vaughan,  3. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the 
Niagara  of  northern  Indiana,  Schu¬ 
chert,  10. 

Stratigraphy  of  Beeraft  Mountain,  Gra¬ 
bau,  9. 

Stromatoceria  of  Isle  la  Motte,  Seely,  5. 

Strophomena  and  the  type  of  the  genus, 
Miller  (S.  A.),  1. 


620 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Invertebrate — Continued. 

Structural  features  of  Homotrypa, 
Bassler,  1. 

Structure  and  affinities  of  Palseodiscus 
and  Agelacrinus,  Spencer  (W.  K.),  1. 

Structure  of  some  primitive  cephalopds, 
Ruedemann,  9. 

Studies  of  Gastropoda,  Grabau,  1,  11. 

Subdivisions  of  the  Ordovician  of  In¬ 
diana,  Foerste,  9. 

Teredo-like  shell  from  Laramie  group, 
Whitfield,  4. 

Tertiary  fauna  at  Kap  Dalton,  Ravn,  1. 

Tertiary  fauna  from  ChappaquiddiSk 
Island,  Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 

Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Dali,  8. 

Texas  oil  well  fossil,  Aldrich,  1. 

Time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  cor¬ 
relation,  Dali,  17. 

Time  element  in  stratigraphy  and  cor¬ 
relation,  Ulrich,  9. 

Tohagan  fossils,  Guppy,  7. 

Torsion  of  the  lamellibranch  shell, 
Clarke  (J.  M.),  17. 

Tracks  from  the  Knoydart  formation. 
Ami,  3.  ’ 

Trenton  conglomerate  of  Rysedorph 
I-Iill,  Ruedemann,  2. 

Triassic  cep  alcpod  genera,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Trilobite  (Dalmanites  lunatus)  from 
Littleton,  Lambert,  2. 

Trilobites  of  Chazy  limestone,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  5. 

Triticites,  new  genus  of  Carboniferous 
foraminifers,  Girty,  9. 

Tropidoleptus  fauna  at  Canandaigua 
Lake,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  4. 

True  nature  of  Tamiosoma,  Dali,  7. 

Two  Carboniferous  genera,  Cockerell,  3. 

Type  of  Aviculipecteh,  Girty,  8. 

Type  of  Aviculipecten,  Hind,  1. 

Types  of  invertebrate  Cretaceous  fos¬ 
sils  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Science,  Philadelphia, 
Johnson  (C.  W.),  2. 

Types  of  Maryland  Tertiary  mollusca 
in  British  Museum,  Newton,  1. 

Typical  species  and  generic  characters  ' 
of  Aviculipecten,  Girty,  7. 

Ueber  Pelecypoden-zonen  in  der  Trias 
Nord-Amerikas,  Smith  (J.  P.),  2. 

Uintacrinus,  Springer  (F.),  1. 

Uintacrinus  and  Hemiaster  in  the  Van¬ 
couver  Cretaceous,  Whiteaves,  15. 

Upper  Permian  in  western  Texas, 
Girty,  2. 

Validity  of  Idiophyllum  rotundifolium, 
Sellards,  4. 

Variation  of  spiralia  in  Seminula  ar- 
gentia  (Shepard)  Hall,  Beede,  5,  7. 

Ventral  integuments  of  trilobites, 
Beecher,  4,  7. 

Worm  burrows  in  Chemung  of  New 
York,  Whitfield,  10. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Vertebrate. 

Additional  remarks  on  Diplodocus, 
Hatcher,  15. 

American  Eocene  primates,  Osborn,  11. 

American  Labyrinthodontidae,  Branson, 
2# 

American  Pelycosauria,  Case,  6. 

Ancestry  of  the  dogs,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
13. 

Ancient  American  saurians,  Beard,  2. 

Arboreal  ancestry  of  the  Mammalia, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  14. 

Armidillo  from  Middle  Eccana,  Os¬ 
born,  30. 

Arthritis  in  the  Lansing  man,  Parker, 

1. 

Arthrodires  from  the  Cleveland  shale, 
Dean,  1. 

Astrodon  (Pleurocoelus)  in  the  Atlanto- 
saurus  beds  of  Wyoming,  Hatcher, 
•  1G. 

Atlantosaur  and  Titanotherium  beds  of 
Wyoming,  Peck,  4. 

Bathygnathus  borealis  Leidy,  and  the 
Permian  of  Prince  Ed  ard  Island, 

Case,  13. 

Batrachian  footprints,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  22,  23,  30. 

Batrachian  footprints  of  Carboniferous 
system,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  21. 

Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss  von  Diplocaulus 
Cope,  Broili,  1. 

Bibliography  and  catalogue  of  fossil 
vertebrata,  Hay,  5. 

Bibliography  and  catalogue  of  fossil 
vertebrates,  Dean,  7. 

Biometric  evidence  in  problem  of  paired 
limbs  of  vertebrates,  Dean,  5. 

Bones  of  a  mastodon  found,  Gordon 

(R.),  1. 

Bones  of  forearm  in  Opisthoccelia,  Os¬ 
born,  37. 

Bothriolepis,  Patten,  1. 

Brachiosaurus  altithorax,  Riggs,  6. 

Campyloprion,  a  new  form  of  Edestus- 
like  dentition,  Eastman,  3. 

Canidae  of  California,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
7. 

Carboniferous  cestraciont  and  acantlio- 
dian  sharks,  Eastman,  6. 

Carboniferous  cochliodonts,  Branson, 

1. 

Carboniferous  fish  fauna  of  Mazon 
Creek,  Eastman,  4. 

Carboniferous  fishes  from  central  West¬ 
ern  States,  Eastman,  10. 

Ceratopsia  from  the  Laramie,  Wyo¬ 
ming,  Hatcher,  22. 

Cesiracicnt  spine  from  Triassic  cf 
Idaho,  Evans  (H.  M.),  1. 

Characteristic  types  of  American  dino¬ 
saurs,  Beard,  1. 

Characters  of  Chelydosauria,  Case,  15. 

Characters  of  Mylostoma  Newberry, 
Dean,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


621 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Vertebrate — Continued. 

Characters  of  Pteranodon,  Eaton,  2,  3. 

Chronological  distribution  of  the  elas- 
mobranchs,  Hay,  1. 

Classification  of  the  Reptilia,  Osborn, 
26,  39,  41. 

Collection  of  fossil  vertebrates  in  Amer¬ 
ican  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  12. 

Collection  of  Triassic  fishes  at  Yale, 
Eaton,  1. 

Composition  of  shells  of  turtles,  Hay,  6. 

Constructing  an  extinct  monster  from 
fossil  remains,  Lucas  (F.  A.),  13. 

Correction  of  generic  name,  Peterson, 
5. 

Coirection  of  Professor  Os  orn’s  not  ', 
Hatcher,  l’L 

Corre’aticn  des  horizons  de  mammif&res 
tertiaires  en  Europe  et  en  Amerique, 
Osborn,  5. 

Crania  of  extinct  bisons  from  the  Klon¬ 
dike  Creek  gravels,  Whiteaves,  7. 

Crania  of  Trenton,  N.  J.,  ftrdlicka,  1. 

Cretaceous  actinopterous  fishes,  Hay, 

10. 

Cretaceous  fish  Portheus  molossus,  Os¬ 
born,  35. 

Cretaceous  fishes,  Williston,  1. 

Cretaceous  turtles  of  New  Jersey,  Wie- 
land,  6,  7,  13. 

Crocodile  from  Wyoming,  Jurassic,  Hol¬ 
land,  2. 

Cuban  fossil  mammals,  Vaughan,  9. 

Dates  of  publication  of  certain  genera 
of  fossil  vertebrates,  Bush  (L.  P.),  1. 

Dental  grooves  and  teeth  in  Bapta- 
nodon,  Gilmore,  2. 

Dentition  of  Rhynchodus,  Eastman,  14. 

Development  of  sharks,  Dean,  8. 

Devonian  era  in  Ohio  basin,  Claypole,  5. 

Devonian  fish  fauna  of  Iowa,  Eastman, 

11. 

Devonian  fish  remains  from  Colorado, 
Eastman,  16. 

Dinosaur  beds  of  the  Gr^ind  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Riggs,  1. 

Dinosaur  Haplocanthus  H  tcher, 
Hatcher,  19. 

Dinosaur  footprints  from  Arizona, 
Riggs,  8. 

Dinosaur  from  Upper  Jurassic,  Os¬ 
born,  16. 

Dinosaur  Trachodon  annectens,  Lucas 
(F.  A.),  21. 

Dinosaurian  genus  Creosaurus  Marsh, 
Williston,  2. 

Dinosaurs  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Al¬ 
berta,  Lambe,  10. 

Dinosaurs  in  Fort  Pierre  shales,  Doug¬ 
lass,  5. 

Dinosaurs  or  terrible  lizards,  Lucas  (F. 
A.),  9. 

Diplodocus  Marsh,  Hatcher,  1. 

Discovery  of  a  muskox  skull,  Hatcher, 

1? 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Vertebrate — Continued. 

Discovery  of  teeth  in  Baptanodon,  Gil¬ 
more,  1. 

Discovery  of  the  Lansing  skeleton,  Con- 
cannon,  1. 

Discovery  of  Torrejon  mammals  in 
Montana,  Douglass,  6. 

Distinctive  characters  of  the  mid-Cre¬ 
taceous  fauna,  Osborn,  12. 

Dolichocephaly  and  brachycephaly  in 
the  lower  mammals,  Osborn,  9. 

Dryptosaurus  incrassatus,  Lambe,  8. 

Elosaurus  parvus,  a  new  genus  and 
species  of  Sauropoda,  Peterson  and 
Gilmore,  1. 

Eocene  Insectivora,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
23. 

Eocene  Mammalia  in  Marsh  collection, 
Wortman,  2-6,  8-14. 

Eocene  -Reptilia,  Case,  1. 

Eocene  whales,  Lucas  (F.  A.),  22. 

Euceratherium,  a  new  ungulate  from 
the  Quaternary  caves  of  California, 
Sinclair  and  Furlong,  1. 

Evolution  of  fitness  in  ichthyosaurs, 
Osborn,  44. 

Evolution  of  the  camel,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  17. 

Evolution  of  the  horse,  Beasley,  1. 

Evolution  of  the  horse,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  11. 

Evolution  of  the  horsed  Osborn,  29,  52, 
55, 

Evolution  of  horse  in  America,  Osborn, 
43. 

Evolution  of  the  Proboscidea  in  North 
America,  Osborn,  22. 

Excavation  of  mastodon  remains,  Mack- 
ensen,  1. 

Excavations  in  a  Quaternary  cave  in 
Shasta  County,  Furlong,  1. 

Exploration  of  Potter  Creek  cave,  Shas¬ 
ta  County,  Cal.,  Sinclair,  2. 

Extinct  tortoises,  Hay,  14. 

Fauna  of  Titanotherium  beds,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  9. 

Fingers  of  pterodactyls,  Williston,  21. 

First  discovery  of  fossil  seals  in  Amer¬ 
ica,  True  (F.  W.),  2. 

Flightless  auk,  Mancalla  californiensis, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  5. 

Footprint  from  Connecticut  Valley, 
Cushman,  1. 

Footprint  interpretation,  Lull,  8. 

Footprints  of  Stegomus  longipes.  Lull, 
3. 

Fore  and  hind  limbs  of  the  Sauropoda, 
Osborn  and  Granger,  1. 

Foreleg  and  pectoral  girdle  of  Moro- 
saurus,  Riggs,  2. 

Fore  limb  and  manus  of  Brontosaurus, 
Hatcher,  8. 

Fossil  avian  remains  from  Armissan, 
Eastman,  21. 

Fossil  bison  of  Kansas,  McClung,  1. 


622 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Vertebrate — Continued. 

Fossil  carnivores,  marsupials,  and  mam¬ 
mals  in  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
19. 

Fossil  egg  from  Arizona,  Morgan  and 
Tallmon,  1. 

Fossil  footprints  of  the  Juratrias,  Lull, 

2. 

Fossil  horses  of  the  Oligocene,  Lambe, 
16. 

Fossil  Mammalia  of  White  River  beds, 
Douglass,  4. 

Fossil  mammals  of  Tertiary  of  north¬ 
eastern  Colorado,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2. 

Fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Ivans.,  Pear¬ 
son  (K.),  1. 

Fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Ivans.,  Willis- 
ton,  3  8. 

Fossil  plumage,  Eastman,  17. 

Fossil  porcupine  from  Arizona,  Allen 
(J.  A.),  1. 

Fossil  sea  lion  from  Miocene,  True,  1. 

Fossil  turtles,  Hay,  13. 

Fossil  turtles  :  Amphichelydia,  Hay,  23. 

Fossil  turtles  :  Toxochelyidse,  Hay,  24. 

Fossil  turtles  of  the  Bridger  basin, 
Hay,  22. 

Fossil  turtles  from  Oregon,  Hay,  9. 

Fossil  wonders  of  the  West,  Osborn,  42. 

Ganoid-  und  Ivnochen-fische  aus  der 
Ivreide  formation  von  Kansas,  Loom¬ 
is,  1. 

Genera  and  species  of  Trachodontidae 
Marsh,  Hatcher,  9. 

General  account  of  fossil  fishes,  East¬ 
man,  19. 

Genus  Baptanodon,  with  description  of 
new  species,  Knight  (W.  C.),  8. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Judith 
River  beds,  Stanton  and  Hatcher,  1. 

Gigantic  mammal  from  Loup  Fork 
beds,  Peterson,  4. 

Glyptodont  from  Texas  Pleistocene,  Os¬ 
born,  17. 

Grasping  power  of  .manus  of  Ornithomi- 
mus,  Lambe,  9. 

Greatest  flying  creature,  Langley,  2. 

Greatest  flying  creature,  Lucas  (F.  A.), 
18. 

Greatest  flying  creature,  the  great 
pterodactyl  Ornithostoma,  Lucas  (F. 
A.),  10. 

Ground  sloth  from  Nebraska  Pleisto¬ 
cene,  Brown  (B. ),  1. 

Hallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlanto- 
saurus  beds  of  Marsh,  Williston,  25. 

Historical  evidence  as  to  origin  of 
paired  limbs  of  vertebrates,  Dean,  4. 

Hedgehog  from  American  Oligocene. 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  10. 

Hind  limb  of  Protostega,  Williston,  4. 

Homoplastic  characters  in  aquatic  air- 
breathing  vertebrates,  Williston,  11. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

V  evtebr  ate — Continued. 

Hyoid  bone  in  Mastodon  americanus, 
Holland,  3. 

Hyopsodidje  of  Wasatch  and  Wind 
River  basins,  Loomis,  7. 

Ichthyosauria  from  Triassic  of  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  6. 

Ichthyosaurian  limb  from  Triassic  of 
Nevada,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  14. 

Identification  of  Meckelian  and  mylo¬ 
hyoid  grooves  in  mammals,  Bensley, 
1. 

Index  generum  mammalium,  Palmer  (T. 
S.),  1. 

Interesting  Cretaceous  Chimaeroid  egg 
case,  Gill,  2. 

Jaw  of  Dryptosaurus,  Lambe,  6. 

John  Day  fossil  beds,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
3. 

Jurassic  dinosaur  deposits  near  Can¬ 
yon  City,  Hatcher,  6. 

Jurassic  dinosaurs,  Gratacap,  5. 

Jurassic  fossils  from  Durango,  Mexico, 
Johnson  (D.  W.),  3. 

Ivoprolithen  des  Perms  von  Texas, 
Neumayer,  1. 

Lansing  man,  Williston,  24. 

Largest  known  dinosaur,  Riggs,  3. 

List  of  mammals  of  New  York,  Miller 
(G.  S.,  jr.).  1. 

Literature  of  Edestus,  Eastman,  22. 

Locality  furnishing  Cretaceous  fishes. 
Hay,  12. 

Mammalia  from  Quaternary  caves  of 
California,  Sinclair,  7. 

Mammals  and  reptiles,  Rutland.  1. 

Mammals  from  Oligocene  of  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  22. 

Mammals,  in  the  swamps  of  Whitman 
County,  Sternberg,  3. 

Manus,  sacrum,  and  caudals  of  Sauro- 
poda,  Osborn,  32. 

Marine  reptiles,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  12. 

Marine  turtle  Archelon,  Wieland,  3. 

Mastodon  and  mammoth  remains,  An¬ 
derson  (N.  C.),  1. 

Mastodons  of  New  York,  Clarke  (J. 
M.),  15. 

Meeting  of  Section  A  of  the  American 
Paleontological  Society,  Hay,  20. 

Megacerops  tyleri.  Lull,  5. 

Methodes  precises  mises  aetuellement 
en  oeuvre  dans  l’etude  des  vertebras 
fossiles  des  Etats-Unis  d'Amerique, 
Osborn.  4. 

Miocene  mammals  of  South  Dakota, 
Matthew  and  Gidley,  1. 

Miocene  rhinoceroses,  Osborn,  34. 

Missing  links.  Montgomery,  1. 

Missourian  and  Permo  -  Carboniferous 
fish  fauna  of  Kansas  and  Nebraska, 
Eastman  and  Barbour,  1. 

Models  and  restorations  of  extinct  ani¬ 
mals,  Osborn,  24. 

Morphology  of  the  skull  of  Dimetrodon, 
Case,  11. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


623 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Vertebrate - — Continued. 

Mounted  skeleton  of  Brontosaurus, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  21. 

Mylagaulodon  from  upper  John  Day  of 
Oregon,  Sinclair,  3. 

Nature  of  Edestus  and  related  forms. 
Eastman,  13. 

Nature’s  hieroglyphics,  Lull,  4. 

Neocene  lake  beds  of  Montana,  Doug¬ 
lass,  1. 

New  American  species  of  Amphicyon, 
Wortman,  1. 

New  and  little-known  fossil  vertebrates, 
Hatcher,  3. 

New  armed  dinosaur,  Williston,  26. 

New  batrachian  and  reptile  from  Trias 
of  Arizona,  Lucas  (F.  A'.),  19. 

New  Canidse  from  Miocene  of  Colo¬ 
rado,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  5. 

New  dinosaur,  Stegosaurus  marshi,  Lu¬ 
cas  (F.  A.),  2. 

New  fossil  cyprinoid,  Leuciscus  turneri, 
Lucas  (F.  A. ) ,  4. 

New  fossil  tapir  in  Oregon,  Sinclair,  1. 

New  genus  and  species  from  Jurassic 
of  Colorado,  Hay,  8. 

New  locality  for  Triassic  vertebrates 
in  Wyoming,  Williston,  28. 

New  Miocene  artiodactyl,  Barbour,  11. 

New  Niobrara  Taxochelys,  Wieland,  12. 

New  Oligccene  camels,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  15. 

New  or  little-known  extinct  reptiles,. 
Williston,  10. 

New  plesiosaur,  Lucas,  17. 

New  points  on  the  fin  attachment  of 
Dinichthys  and  Cladodus,  Clark 
(W.),  1. 

New  reptile  from  Triassic  of  Connecti¬ 
cut  Valley,  Emerson  and  Loomis,  1. 

New  reptiles  from  Trias  of  Wyoming, 
Williston,  23. 

New  rhinoceros,  Trigonias  osborni,  Lu¬ 
cas  (F.  A.),  1. 

New  rodents  and  origin  of  Dsemonelix, 
Peterson,  3. 

New  sabre-tooth  fi^om  California,  Mer- 
riam  (J.  C.),  16. 

New  sauropod  dinosaur  from  Jurassic 
of  Colorado,  Hatcher,  18. 

New  species  of  Baena  from  Laramie 
beds  of  Wyoming,  Hay,  2. 

New  species  of  Cladodus  from  the  De¬ 
vonian  of  Colorado,  Hay,  4. 

New  species  of  Hyracodon,  Lambe,  17. 

New  species  of  Merycochoerus  in  Mon¬ 
tana,  Douglass,  2. 

New  three-toed  horse,  Gidley,  2. 

New  turtle  from  the  Kansas  Creta¬ 
ceous,  Williston,  3. 

New  turtles  from  Judith  River  beds 
of  Montana,  Hay,  15. 

New  vertebrates  of  the  mid-Cretaceous, 
Osborn,  13. 

New  Xiphosuran  from  upper  Devonian 
of  Pennsylvania,  Beecher,  5. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Verte '  rate — Continued. 

North  American  elephantids,  Lucas  (F. 
A.),  12. 

North  American  plesiosaurs,  Williston, 

14. 

North  American  species  of  Equus,  Gid¬ 
ley,  1. 

Note  on  Hylopus  of  Dawson,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  17. 

Notes  on  Judith  River  group,  Stern¬ 
berg,  4. 

Obesrvations  of  Orestes  St.  John  on 
Paleozoic  fishes,  Eastman,  8. 

Observations  on  the  Creodonta,  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.),  1. 

Observations  paleontologiques  dans 
l’Alaska,  Gaudry,  1. 

Observations  upon  Dsemonelix,  Peter¬ 
son,  2. 

Occurrence  of  ichthyosaur-like  remains, 
Merriam  (J.  C.),  17. 

Oligocene  Canidse,  Hatcher,  10. 

Oligocene  horses,  Osborn,  31. 

Oligocene  titanotheres,  Osborn,  9. 

On  the  genus  Peripristis,  St.  John, 
Eastman,  5. 

Opisthocoelian  dinosaurs,  Apatosaurus, 
Riggs,  7. 

Origin  of  the  mammals,  Kingsley,  1. 

Osteology  and  relationship  of  fossil 
birds,  Lucas,  15. 

Osteology  of  Baptanodon,  Gilmore,  3. 

Osteology  of  Embolophorus  dollovi- 
anus,  Case,  4. 

Osteology  of  Haploeanthosaurus,  Hatch¬ 
er,  14. 

Osteology  of  Nyctosaurus,  Williston, 

15. 

Osteology  of  Oxydactylus,  Peterson,  1. 

Osteology  of  Sinopa,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
20. 

Osteology  of  skull  of  Dimetrodon,  Case, 
7. 

Osteology  of  the  Diadectidse  and  rela¬ 
tions  to  Chelydosauria,  Case,  12. 

Paleontological  notes,  Lucas  (F.  A.), 

20. 

Paleontology  of  Bartholomew  County, 
Ind.,  mammalian  fossils,  Edwards 
(J.  J.5,  1. 

Paleontology  of  Max*yland  Miocene  de¬ 
posits,  Mammalia,  Aves,  Reptilia, 
Case,  9. 

Paleontology  of  Maryland  Miocene  de¬ 
posits,  Pisces,  Eastman,  18. 

Paleozoic  batrachian  footprints,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  25. 

Peculiar  modification  amongst  Permian 
dipnoans,  Eastman,  11. 

Peculiar  occurrence  of  bitumen,  Mor¬ 
gan  and  Tallmon,  2. 

Pelycosaur  from  Texas,  Case,  10. 

Pelycosaurieri’este  von  Texas,  Broili,  4. 

Pelvic  girdle  of  Zeuglodon,  Basiiosau- 
rus  cetoides  (Owen),  Lucas  (F.  A.), 
2. 


624 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Vertebrate — Continued. 

Permische  Stegocephalen  und  Reptilien 
aus  Texas,  Broili,  2. 

Permo-Carboniferous  sharks,  Eastman, 

2. 

Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the 

Reptilia,  Hay,  19. 

Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the 

Reptilia,  Osborn,  54. 

Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the 

Reptilia,  Williston,  27. 

Phylogeny  of  the  cestraciont  group  of 
sharks,  Eastman,  7. 

Phylogeny  of  the  primates,  Brown  (A. 
E.),  1. 

Platygonus  compressus  Le  Conte,  Wag¬ 
ner,  1. 

Platygonus  from  Texas  Pliocene,  Gid- 
ley,  3. 

Pleistocene  fissure  in  northern  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Brown  (B.),  3. 

Potter  Creek  cave,  Sinclair,  5. 

Prehistoric  California,  Yates  (L.  G.), 

1. 

Preptoceras,  a  new~*mgulate,  Furlong, 

2.  • 

Present  problems  of  paleontology,  Os¬ 
born,  48. 

Preservation  of  muscle  fibers  in  sharks 
of  Cleveland  shale,  Dean,  6. 

Primary  components  of  vertebrae  and 
their  relations  to  ribs,  Osborn,  40. 

Primitive  characters  of  the  Triassic 
Ichthyosaurus,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  9. 

Probiscidean  fossils  of  Pleistocene  de¬ 
posits  in  Illinois  and  Iowa,  Udden, 
11. 

Progress  of  vertebrate  paleontology  in 
America,  Osborn,  1. 

Progress  of  vertebrate  paleontology  in 
Canada,  Lambe,  12. 

Proper  generic  names  of  Miocene 
horses,  Gidley,  5. 

Protostega  gigas  and  other  Cretaceous 
reptiles,  Sternberg,  5. 

Recent  vertebrate  paleontology,  Os¬ 
born,  46. 

Recent  literature  on  Laramie  forma¬ 
tion,  Hay,  7. 

Recent  literature  on  Triassic  Ichthyo¬ 
saur  ia,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  8. 

Recent  paleontological  induction,  East¬ 
man,  15. 

Recent  vertebrate  paleontology,  Os¬ 
born,  47. 

Recent  zoopaleontology,  Osborn,  2,  3, 
22,  28,  45. 

Reclassification  of  Reptilia,  Osborn,  26. 

Reconstruction  of  a  Cretaceous  dino¬ 
saur,  Beecher,  6. 

Relationships  and  habits  of  mosasaurs, 
Williston,  19. 

Relationships  of  the  Arthrognathi, 
Dean,  3. 

Relationships  of  the  Phytosauria,  Mc¬ 
Gregor,  1. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Vertebrate — Continued. 

Remarkable  fossil  discovery,  Beasley,  2. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  II.),  8. 

Reptile  from  Triassic  of  California, 
Merriam  (J.  C.),  11. 

Reptiles  from  the  Titanothere  beds, 
Loomis,  5. 

Reptilian  subclasses  Diapsida  and  Syn- 
apsida  and  early  history  of  the  Di- 
aptosauria,  Osborn,  19. 

Restoration  of  Diceratops,  Lull,  7. 

Restoration  of  Dolichorhyncops  osborni, 
Williston,  9. 

Restoration  of  extinct  animals,  Lucas 
(F.  A.),  9. 

Restoration  of  Megacerops,  Lull,  6. 

Revised  list  of  casts,  etc.,  in  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  Osborn, 
36. 

Revision  of  American  Eocene  primates 
and  of  the  Myxodectidae,  Osborn,  6. 

Revision  of  Phyllocarida  from  Che¬ 
mung  and  Waverly  groups  of  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Beecher,  8. 

Rodent  from  Colorado  Miocene,  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.),  6. 

Rodents  and  ungulates  from  the  John 
Day  series,  Sinclair.  6. 

Scaphoceros  tyrrelli,  Osgood,  1. 

Search  for  mammoth  and  other  fossil 
remains,  Maddren,  1. 

Shaw  mastodon,  Hayes  (S.),  1. 

Skeleton  of  Hesperornis,  Lucas,  16. 

Skeleton  of  Merycodus,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  14. 

Skeleton  of  Nyctodactylus  with  resto¬ 
ration,  Williston,  8. 

Skeleton  of  Titanotherium  dispar 
Marsh,  Hatcher,  7. 

Skull  and  skeleton  of  sauropodous  di¬ 
nosaurs,  Osborn,  51. 

Skull  of  Bunaelurus,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
4. 

Skull  of  Creosaurus,  Osborn,  18. 

Skull  of  Dinocyon  from  Miocene  of 
Texas,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  3. 

Skull  of  Hypisodus,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
7. 

Skull  of  Nyctodactylus,  Williston,  6. 

Skull  of  Triceratops  sOfratus,  Lull,  1. 

Skulls  of  Trionychid®  in  Bridger  de¬ 
posits  of  Wyoming,  Hay,  16. 

Snoutfishes  of  Kansas,  Hay,  3,  11. 

Some  osteological  terms,  Williston.  17. 

Squamoso-parietal  crest  of  horned  di¬ 
nosaurs,  Lambe,  11. 

Stegoceras  and  Stereocephalus,  Lambe, 
7. 

Stomach  stones  and  food  of  plesio¬ 
saurs,  Brown  (B.),  2. 

Stomach  stones  of  the  plesiosaurs,  Wil¬ 
liston,  22. 

Structure  and  relationships  of  Opis- 
thoccelian  dinosaurs,  Brachiosauri- 
dse,  Riggs,  9. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


625 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Vertebrate — Continued. 

Structure  of  Dinichthys,  Wright  (A. 
A.),  1. 

Structure  of  forefoot  of  Dimetrodon, 
Case,  8. 

Structure  of  plesiosaurian  skull,  Wil- 
liston,  16. 

Structure  of  the  manus  in  Brontosau¬ 
rus,  Hatcher,'  2. 

Structure  of  two  Dinichthyds,  Hussa- 
kof,  2. 

Studies  relating  to  the  origin  of  verte¬ 
brates,  Patten,  2. 

Successors  of  certain  North  American 
primates,  Wortman,  7. 

Teleorhinus  browni,  Osborn,  33. 

Teleosts  from  the  Platte  Cretaceous 
series,  Cragin,  1. 

Teleosts  of  the  upper  Cretaceous, 
Stewart,  1. 

Ten  years’  progress  in  mammalian 
paleontology  of  North  America,  Os¬ 
born,  49. 

Tertiary  of  Montana,  Douglass,  9. 

Thalattosauria,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  15. 

Tissu  osseux  chez  certains  poissons  des 
terrains  palaeozoiques  de  Canyon 
City,  Vaillant,  1. 

Tooth  structure  of  Mesohippus  wes- 
toni  (Cope),  Lambe,  14. 

Tortoise  from  Colorado  Miocene,  Hay, 
17. 

Tortoise  from  the  auriferous  gravels 
of  California,  Sinclair,  4. 

Triassic  fishes  of  New  Jersey,  East¬ 
man,  20. 

Trissaic  Ichthyoterygia  from  Califor¬ 
nia  and  Nevada,  Merriam  (J.  C. ),  4. 

Triassic  ichthyosaurs  from  California 
and  Nevada,  Osborn,  15. 

Triassic  Reptilia  from  northern  Califor¬ 
nia,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  5. 

Triceratops  prorsus,  Gilmore,  4. 

Triceratops  'prorsus,  Schuchert,  14. 

Trionychid,  Conchochelys  admirabilis, 
from  the  Puerco  beds,  Hay,  25. 

Trionyx  foveatus  Leidy  and  Trionyx 
vagans  Cope  from  Cretaceous  rocks 
of  Alberta,  Lambe,  5. 

Tritubercular  theory,  Osborn,  27. 

Turtle  from  Cretaceous  rocks,  Lambe, 

1. 

Two  islands,  Condon,  1. 

Types  of  limb  structure  in  Triassic 
Ichthyosauria,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  13. 

Tyrannosaurus  and  other  Cretaceous 
carnivorous  dinosaurs,  Osborn,  50. 

Ueber  Diacranodus  texensis  Cope,  Bro- 
ili,  3. 

Use  of  pneumatic  tools  in  preparation 
of  fossils,  Riggs,  5. 

Valley  loess  and  fossil  man  of  Lansing, 
Upham,  14. 

Vegetables  tissues  in  Daemonelix,  Jen¬ 
nings  (O.  E.),  1. 

Bull.  301—06 - 40 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Vertebrate — Continued. 

Vertebral  column  of  Brontosaurus, 
Riggs,  4. 

Vertebrate  fossils  from  Permian  beds  of 
Oklahoma,  Case,  3. 

Vertebrate  paleontology,  Lambe,  13,  15. 

Vertebrate  paleontology  at  the  Ameri¬ 
can  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Hay,  21. 

Vertebrate  paleontology  in  the  U.  S. 
Geological  Survey,  Osborn,  25. 

Vertebrates  from  Permian  of  Texas, 
Case,  5. 

Vertebrates  from  the  Montana  Ter¬ 
tiary,  Douglass,  8. 

Vertebrates  from  the  Trias  of  Arizona, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  6. 

Weight  of  Brontosaurus,  Gregory  (W. 

K.),  1. 

Western  explorations  for  fossil  verte¬ 
brates,  Osborn,  53. 

When  did  the  American  mammoth  and 
mastodon  become  extinct?,  Lloyd,  1. 

Winged  reptiles,  Williston,  7. 

Paleobotany. 

American  fossil  cycads,  Wieland,  1. 

Aralia  in  American  paleobotany,  Ber¬ 
ry,  6. 

American  range  of  the  Cycadofilices, 
White  (D.),  24. 

American  species  of  Thinnfeldia,  Ber¬ 
ry,  3. 

Ancestors  of  big  trees,  Berry,  13. 

Autophytography,  White  (C.  II.),  2. 

Backward  step  in  paleobotany,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  6. 

Bog  plant  societies  of  northern  North 
America,  Transeau,  1. 

Brandon  clays,  Woodworth,  8. 

Buried  cypress  forests,  Bibbins,  3. 

Carboniferous  ferns  from  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  Sellards,  3. 

Carboniferous  fossils  in  Ocoee  slates, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  1. 

Chalcedony-lime  nuts  from  Bad  Lands, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  2. 

Coal  Measure  forest  near  Socorro,  Her¬ 
rick  (C.  L.),  3. 

Codonotheca,  new  type  of  spore-bear¬ 
ing  organ  from  Coal  Measures,  Sel¬ 
lards,  6. 

Collection  de  vegetaux  fossils  des 
Etats-Unis,  Bureau.  1. 

Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  plants  of  Can¬ 
ada,  Penhallow,  4. 

Cretaceous  beds  of  Long  Island,  IIol- 
lick,  7. 

Cretaceous  near  Cliffwood,  Berry,  8 

Cycad  investigation,  Wieland.  5. 

Cycads  from  Black  Hills,  Wieland,  10. 

Discovery  of  amber  on  Staten  Island, 
Hollick,  16. 

Eocene  Plantae,  Hollick,  3. 

Example  in  nomenclature,  Ward  (L. 
F.),  6. 


626 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Con  tin  ued . 

Paleobotany — Continued. 

Ficus  confused  with  Proteoides,  Berry, 
14. 

Flora  of  the  Matawan  formation,  Berry, 
5,  7. 

Foliage  of  Cycadella,  Wieland,  9. 

Fossil  alga  from  Chemung,  N.  Y.,  White  , 
(D.),  0. 

Fossil  ferns  from  the  Laramie  group  of 
Colorado,  Hollick,  5. 

Fossil  flora  from  Cliffwocd,  Berry,  9. 

Fossil  tlora  of  John  Day  basin,  Ore¬ 
gon,  Knowlton,  14. 

Fossil  floras  of  the  Yukon,  Knowlton, 
17. 

Fossil  flower,  Knowlton,  G. 

Fossil  forests  in  Jackson  County  (Kan¬ 
sas),  Shattuck,  1. 

Fossil  fruits  and  lignites  of  Brandon, 
Vt.,  Knowlton,  11. 

Fossil  fruits  of  Tertiary  lignite  of 
Brandon,  Perkins,  13. 

Fossil  grasses  and  sedges,  Berry,  10. 

Fossil  hickory  nuts,  Knowlton,  5. 

Fossil  mosses,  Knowlton,  10.  __ 

Fossil  nut  pine,  Knowlton,  9. 

Fossil  nut  pine  from  Idaho,  Knowlton, 

4. 

Fossil  petal  and  fruit  from  Kansas, 
Hollick,  6. 

Fossil  plant  remains  at  Kreisherville, 
Hollick,  14. 

Fossil  plants  from  British  Columbia 
and  tbe  Northwest  Territories,  Pen- 
hallow  and  Ami,  1. 

Fossil  plants  from  Carboniferous  and 
Permian  formations  of  Kansas, 
White  (D.),  10. 

Fossil  plants  from  Kansas,  Hollick,  9. 

Fossil  plants  from  Kukak  Bay,  Knowl¬ 
ton,  16. 

Fossil  plants  from  State  of  Washington, 
Knowlton,  8. 

Fossil  plants  from  the  Shasta  group, 
Fontaine,  3. 

Fossil  plants  from  vicinity  of  Porcu¬ 
pine  Butte,  Montana,  Knowlton,  12. 

Fossil  plants  in  the  Kansas  Permian, 
Sellards,  2. 

Fossil  plants  of  group  Cycadofilices. 
White  (D.),  19,  21. 

Fossil  plants  of  the  Judith  River  beds, 
Knowlton,  18. 

Fossil  Sequoia  from  the  Sierra  Nevada, 
Jeffrey,  1. 

Fossil  Sequoias  in  North  America, 
Knowlton,  7. 

Fossil  wood  from  the  Newark  forma¬ 
tion,  Knowlton,  3. 

Geology  of  Cerrillos  Hills,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

Geology  of  Perry  basin.  White  (D. ),  18. 

Jurassic  flora  of  Douglas  County, 
Oreg.,  Fontaine,  1. 

Lignite  of  Brandon  and  its  fossils,  Per¬ 
kins,  12'. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Paleobotcny — Continued. 

Lower  Cretaceous  plants  from  Montana, 
Fontaine,  4. 

New  foss  1  plants  from  Carboniferous 
and  Devonian,  Herzer,  4. 

New  fossil  species  of  Chara,  Knowlton, 
15. 

New  seed-bearing  fern,  White  (D.),  16. 

New  species  of  Algae,  White  (D.),  1. 

North  American  paleobotany,  1890— 
1900,  Penhallow,  2. 

North  American  species  of  Dadoxylon, 
Tenhallcw,  1. 

Notes  on  sassafras,  Perry,  2. 

Occurrence  and  origin  of  amber  in 
eastern  Fnited  States,  Hollick,  17. 

Occurrence  of  amber  at  Kreichersville, 
Hollick,  20. 

Old  swamp  bottom.  Berry,  12. 

Organic  remains  in  post-Glacial  de¬ 
posits.  Oison-Seffer,  1. 

Osmundites  skidegatensis  n.  sp.,  Pen¬ 
hallow,  3. 

Paleobotanical  aspects  of  the  upper 
Taleozoic  in  Nova  Scotia,  White  (D.), 
5. 

PaleobotaDical  notes,  Hollick,  19. 

Paleobotany  of  Cretaceous  of  Long 
Island,  Hollick,  11. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Angiospermae,  Hollick,  10. 

Paleontology  of  the  Maryland  Miocene 
deposits,  Thallophyta  -  Diatomacese, 
Boyer,  1. 

Taleozic  seed  plants,  Ward  (L.  F.),  4. 

Palm  from  mid-Cretaceous,  Berry,  11. 

Termian  elements  in  the  Dunkard  flora. 
White  (D.),  11. 

Petrified  forest,  Byers  (C.  A.),  1. 

Petrified  forests  and  Painted  Desert  of 
Arizona,  Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  6. 

Phylogeny  of  Liriodendron,  Berry,  1. 

Plants  from  the  Matawan  formation. 
Berry,  4. 

Position  and  nature  of  Maryland  cy- 
cads,  Bibbins,  2. 

Possible  new  coal  plants,  Gresley.  1. 

Prehistoric  California.  Yates  (L.  G.),  1. 

Troembryo  of  the  Bennettite®,  Wie¬ 
land,  8. 

Psaronius,  Herzer,  1. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  ID,  8. 

Report  on  collections  from  plant-bear¬ 
ing  beds  in  the  Jurassic,  Fontaine,  2. 

Report  on  the  Clarno  flora,  Knowlton, 

1. 

Report  on  the  flora  of  the  Mascall  for- 
matiou,  Knowlton,  2. 

Report  on  various  collections  of  fossil 
plants  from  the  older  Potomac  of  Vir¬ 
ginia  and  Maryland.  Fontaine,  5. 

Sabal  rigida  :  a  palm  from  the  Laramie, 
Hatcher,  5. 

Seeds  of  Aneimites,  White  (D.),  17. 

Six  new  species,  Knowlton,  13. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


627 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Paleobotany — Continued. 

Six  new  species,  including  two  new 
genera,  of  fossil  plants,  Herzer,  2. 

Species  of  Whittleseya  and  their  sys¬ 
tematic  relations,  White  (D.),  4. 

Status  of  Mesozoic  floras,  Ward  (L. 
F.),  5. 

Stigmaria  structure,  Poole,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  Black 
Hills  rim,  Wieland,  II. 

Studies  in' fossil  hotany,  Scott  (D.  H.), 

1. 

Taeniopteris  from  the  Kansas  Permian, 
Sellards,  1. 

Tertiary  lignite  of  Brandon,  Perkins, 
17. 

Tertiary  plants,  Penhallow,  5. 

Tertiary  plants  from  Canada  and  the 
United  States,  Penhallow,  6. 

Vegetable  tissues  in  Dsemonelix,  Jen- 
niugs  (O.  E.),  1. 

Volcanic  ash  beds  of  Montana,  Rowe,  1. 

General. 

Aggregated  colonies  in  Madreporarian 
corals,  Duerden,  1. 

Animals  before  man  in  North  America, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  14. 

Animals  of  the  past,  Lucas  (F.  A.),  7. 

Bibliography  and  index  of  North  Ameri¬ 
can  geology,  paleontology,  petrology, 
and  mineralogy,  Weeks,  6,  7,  10,  15. 

Bibliography  of  North  American  geol¬ 
ogy,  paleontology,  petrology,  and 
mineralogy  for  1892-1900,  Weeks,  3. 

Boring  Algae  as  agents  in  disintegra¬ 
tion  of  corals,  Duerden,  2. 

Catalogue,  of  types  and  figured  speci¬ 
mens  in  the  collection  of  the  Ameri¬ 
can  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Whitfield  and  Hovey,  1. 

Distribution  of  Daimonelix,  Barbour 
(E.  IL),  9. 

Fossils  and  their  teachings,  Heilprin,  1. 

Homoplasy  as  a  law  of  latent  or  poten¬ 
tial  homology,  Osborn,  7. 

Index  to  North  American  geology,  pale¬ 
ontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  1892-1900,  Weeks,  4. 

Law  of  adaptive  radiation,  Osborn,  8. 

Methods  of  collecting,  preparing,  and 
mounting  fossils,  Barbour  (C.  A.),  1. 

Missing  links,  Montgomery,  1. 

Mutation  theory,  Casey,  6. 

Nomenclature  of  types  in  natural  his¬ 
tory,  Schuchert  and  Buclcman,  1. 

Oecological  features  of  evolution,  Case. 
14. 

0:ganic  remains  in  ore  deposi  s,  Lakes, 
75. 

Origin  of  fresh-water  faunas,  Gill,  1. 

Origin  of  the  Antarctic  faunas  and 
floras,  Ortmann,  1. 

Paleontological  collections  of  geological 
department  of  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  8. 

Paleontological  notes,  Case,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

General — Continued. 

Paleontological  speculations,  Gratacap, 
1,  2,  4. 

Paleontology  and  zoology,  Whiteaves, 
5,  16. 

Paleozoic  seas  and  barriers  in  eastern 
North  America,  Ulrich  and  Schu¬ 
chert,  1. 

Photography  of  fossils,  Van  Ingen,  5. 

Polar  climate  in  time  the  major  factor 
in  the  evolution  of  plants  and  ani¬ 
mals,  Wieland,  4. 

Present  problems  of  paleontology,  Os¬ 
born,  48. 

Relation  of  phylogenesis  to  historical 
geology,  White  (C.  A.),  2. 

Sandblast  in  cleaning  fossils,  Osborn, 
38. 

Stratigraphy  versus  paleontology  in 
Nova  Scotia,  WThite  (D.),  8. 

Stratigraphy  versus  paleontology  in 
Nova  Scotia,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  15. 

Studies  in  evolution,  Beecher,  1. 

Tree  trunks  found  with  mastodon  re¬ 
mains,  Gordon  (R.),  2. 

Genera  and  species  described. 

Abietites  angusticarpus  Fontaine,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

ellipticus  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  3. 
macrocarpus  Fontaine,  Fontaine, 
3,  5. 

marylandicus  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 

?  sp.,  Fontaine,  3. 

Abra  longicallus  (Scacchi),  Glenn,  6. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 

Acaclaephyllum  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  3. 
ellipticum  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  3. 

Acanthoceras  compressum  n.  sp.,  An¬ 
derson  (F.  M.),  3. 

hoplitoides  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
mantelli  Sow.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
rhetomagense  Sow.,  Lasswitz,  1. 

Acanthodes  beecheri  n.  sp.,  Eastman, 
4,  6. 

rnarshi  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  4,  6. 

Acanthopecten  new  subg.,  Girty,  3. 
carboniferus  Stevens,  Girty,  3. 

Acanthosphaera*  parvula  Vinassa,  Mar¬ 
tin,  8. 

Acentrophus  Traquair,  Eastman,  20. 
chicopensis  Newberry,  Eastman, 
20. 

Acer  bendirei  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
dubium  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  4. 
gigas  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
medianum  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
merriami  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
minor  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
oregonianum  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
osmonti  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
sp.  Knowlton,  Knowlton,  14. 

Aceratherium  acutum  Marsh,  Osborn. 
34. 

megalodum  Cope,  Osborn.  34. 
profectum  Matthew,  Osborn,  34. 


628 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Acervularia  Schweigger,  Lambe,  2. 

davidseni  Milne  Ed  .vards  and 
Ilaime,  Lambe,  2. 
gracilis  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
Acbeloma,  Broili,  2. 

Achitherium  minimus  n.  sp.,  Douglass, 

1. 

Acidaspis  obsoleta  n.  sp.,  Van  Ingen,  2. 
quinq  espi  iosa  Salter-Lake,  Van 
Ingen,  2. 

whitfieldi  n.  sp.,  Hitchcock  (C. 
H.),  2. 

Acidota  crenata  Fabr.,  var.  nigra,  n. 
var.,  Scudder,  1. 

Acila  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Acipenser  albertensis  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 
Ac  isina  stevensiana  Meek  and 
Worthen?,  Girty,  3. 

Acmea  Eschscholtz,  Arnold,  2. 

cerrillosensis  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

depicta  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
insessa  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
instabilis  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
mitra  Eschscholtz,  Arnold,  2. 
paleacea  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
pelta  Eschscholtz,  Arnold,  2. 
spectrum  (Nuttall)  Reeve,  Arnold, 
2 

Acompsoceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Aconeceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Acrochordiceras  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

hyatti  Meek,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Acrocrinus  amphora  Wachsmuth  and 
Springer,  Grabau,  8. 

cassedayi  Lyon,  Rowley,  Greene,  2. 
cassedayi,  var.  charlestownensis,  n. 

var.  (Rowley),  Greene,  2. 
depressus  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene, 
2, 

wachsmuthi  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
Acrophyllum  Thomson  and  Nicholson, 
Lambe,  3. 

oneidaense  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe, 
3. 

rugosum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
Acrostichopteris  parvifolia  Fontaine, 
Fontaine,  5. 

Acrcstichum  haddeni  n.  sp.,  Ilollick,  5. 
Aciothe'e  alavia  n.  sp.,  Matt  ew  (G, 
F.),  12,  20. 

avia  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  2,  12, 

20. 

avia-puteis  n.  mut.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  12,  20. 

?  minuta  n.  sp.,  Walcott.  12. 
proavia  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  2. 
proles  n.  sp..  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12. 
proles,  Matthew  (G.  F.)»  20. 
rarus  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
subsidua  White,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
10. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Acrotliyra  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  7, 
10,  20. 

minor  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
proavia,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12,20. 
proavia-crassa  n.  mut.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  12,  20. 

proavia-prima  n.  mut.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  10,  12,  20. 
signata  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
12,  20. 

signata-orta,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12, 

20. 

signata-prima,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

12,  20. 

signata-sera,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12, 

20. 

signata-tarda,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

12,  20. 

Acrotreta  Kutorga,  Walcott,  6. 
argenta  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
attenuata  Meek,  Walcott,  12. 
attenuata  var.?,  Walcott,  12. 
bailey i,  Matthew,  WaLott,  6. 
cf.  bailey i,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  19. 
bisecta  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),9, 
12,  20. 

bisecta  Matthew,  Walcott,  6,  12. 

?  cancellata  n.  sp.,  Walcott.  12. 
concentiica  n.  sp..  Walcott,  6. 
conula  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  G. 
convexa  n.  sp.,  Wa’.cott,  6. 
curvata  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
definita  n.  sp.,  Walcctt,  6. 
eggegrundensis  Wiman,  Wa’.cott, 
12. 

emmonsi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
gemma  Billings,  Walcott,  6. 
gemma  var.  depressa  Walcott,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  19. 
gracia  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
idahoensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
idahoensis  alta  n.  var.,  Walcott,-  6. 
idahoensis  sulcata  n.  var.,  Walcott. 
6. 

inflata  Matthew,  Walcott,  6. 
kutorgai  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
liani  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
microscopica  missouriensis  n.  var.. 
Walcott,  6. 

microscopica  tetonensis  n.  var., 
Walcott,  6. 

miser  Billings,  Walcott.  6. 
neboensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
nox  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
ophirensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott.  6. 
ophirensis  rugosus  n.  var.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  6. 

ovalis  n.  sp..  Walcott,  6. 
pacifica  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
papillata  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
12,  20. 

papillata  var.  lata.  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  20. 

papillata-prima  n.  mut.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  12,  20. 


FOB  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


629 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Acrotreta  papillata  var.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  12. 

parvula  Wallerius,  Walcott,  6. 
primasea  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  G. 
sagittalis  Salter,  Walcott,  6. 
sagittalis  magna  Matthew,  Wal¬ 
cott,  6. 

sagittalis  taconica  Walcott,  Wal¬ 
cott,  6. 

sagittalis  transvei*sa,  Hartt,  Wal¬ 
cott,  6. 

schmalensei  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
seehachi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
signalis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
shantungensis  n.  sp.,  Whlcott,  12. 
sipo  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  K,),  12, 
20. 

socialis  v.  Seebach,  Walcott,  6. 
cfr.  socialis  yon  Seebach,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  12,  20. 
spinosa  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
subconica  Kutorga,  Walcott,  6. 
uplandensis  Wiman,  Walcott,  12. 
uplandica  limonensis  Wiman,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12. 

Actseon  Montfort,  Arnold,  2. 

calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
lawsoni  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
ovoides  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
(Rictaxis)  punctocoelata  Carpen¬ 
ter,  Arnold,  2. 

pusillus  (Forbes),  Martin,  5. 
shilohensis  Whitfield,  Martin,  5. 
traskii  Stearns,  Arnold,  2. 
Actseonina?  maloniana  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Actinoceras  keewatinense  nom.  prov., 
Whiteaves,  17. 

Actinocrinus  multiramosus  var.  alti- 
dorsatus  n.  var.,  Rowley,  Greene,  14. 
\ctinocyclus  ellipticus  Grunow,  Boyer, 
i. 

moniliformis  Ralfs,  Boyer,  1. 
Actinocystis  Lindstrom,  Lambe,  2. 

variabilis  Whiteaves,  Lambe,  2. 
Actinopteria  boydi  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
communis  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
decussata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
insignis  Clarke?,  Weller,  6. 
reticulata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  G. 
sola  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
textilis  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
textilis  (Hall)  var.  arenaria 
(Hall),  Weller,  6. 

Actinoptychus  heliopelta  Grunow,  Boy¬ 
er,  1. 

undulatus  Kiitzing,  Boyer,  1. 
Actinostroma  moosensis  n.  sp.,  Parks, 
5. 

trentonensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Adeonellopsis  umbilicata  (Lonsdale), 
Ulrich  and  Bassler,  4. 

Adeorbis  supranitidus  S.  Wood,  Mar¬ 

tin,  5. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Adiantites  nympharum  Heer?,  Fon¬ 
taine,  1. 

parvifolius  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

Admete  Moller,  Arnold,  2. 

gracilior  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Admetopsis?  elevata  n.  sp.,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  5. 

Adocus  Cope,  Wieland,  G. 

( ?)  lineolatus  Cope,  Lambe,  3. 
punctatus  Marsh,  Wieland,  6. 
variolOsus  (Cope),  Lambe,  1,  3. 
Echmina  Jones  and  Holl,  Grabau,  1. 

spinosa  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
iElurodon?  brachygnathus  n.  sp.,  Doug¬ 
lass,  8. 

iEluthorium  bicuspis  n.  sp.,  Wortman 
4. 

latideus  Marsh,  Wortman,  4. 

ASora  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

iEsculus  arctica  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  16. 

simulata  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
iEsopus  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
iEtobatis  Muller  and  Henle,  Eastman, 
1. 

arcuatus  Agassiz,  Eastman,  1,  18. 
Agabus  perditus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Aganides  discoidalis  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  3. 

jessiese  Miller  and  Gurley,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 

propinquus  Winchell,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  3. 

romingeri  Winchell,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

rotatorius  de  Koninck,  Smith  (J. 
P-),  3. 

sciotoensis  Miller  and  Faber, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

?  shumardianus  Winchell,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 

Agaricia  Lamarck  1801,  Vaughan,  2. 
agaricites  (Linnaeus),  Vaughan,  2. 
fragilis  (Dana),  Vaugh'an,  2. 
Agaricocrinus  praecursor  n.  sp.,  Row- 
ley,  2. 

Agassizocrinus  carbonarius  Worthen, 
Beede,  1. 

conicus  Owen  and  Shumard,  Ul¬ 
rich,  8. 

Agathiceras  Gemmellaro,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

ciscoense  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
Agelacrinites  beecheri  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  3. 

buttsi  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  3. 

Agelacrinus,  Spencer  (W.  K.),  1. 

cincinnatiensis  Roemer,  Spencer 
(W.  K.),  1. 

(Lepidodiscus)  pileus  Hall,  Spen¬ 
cer  (W.  K.),  1. 

Agnostus  cf.  cyclopyge  Tullberg,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 

cf.  var.  declivis,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

20. 


630 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Agnostus  trisectus  Salt.,  mut.  ger- 
manus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  9,  20. 

trisectus  Salt.,  mut.  ponepunctus 
n.  mut.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  9,  20. 
Agomphus  Cope,  Wieland,  13. 

masculinus  Wieland  n.  sp.,  Wie¬ 
land,  13. 

tardus  Wieland  n.  sp.,  Wieland,  13. 
turgidus  Cope,  Wieland,  13. 
Agoniatites  Meek,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
expansus,  Clarke,  2. 
opimus  White  and  Whitfield, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

Agraulos  saratogensis  Walcott,  Weller, 

6. 

Agriochcerus  maximus  n.  sp.,  Douglass, 
4. 

minimus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
Agriopoma  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Ailanthus  ovata  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
Alasmidonta  Say,  Letson,  1. 

calceola  (Lea)  Simpson,  Letson,  1. 
truncata  (Wright)  Simpson,  Let- 
son,  1. 

Albertosaurus  sarcophagus  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Osborn,  50. 

Aldrichiella  nom.  nov.,  Vaughan,  16. 
Alectryonia  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Aligena  H.  C.  Lea,  Arnold,  2. 
aequata  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
fequata  var.  nuda  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
cerritensis  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
pustulosa  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 

Alisina  barnetti  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

barnetti  var.  elongata  n.  var.,  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

Allerisma  terminale  Hall,  Girty,  3. 
Allogramma  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Allomeryx  planiceps  n.  gen.  and  sp.. 
Sinclair,  6. 

Allonema  n.  gen.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  1. 
fu’siforme  (Nicholson  and  Eth¬ 
ridge,  jr. ),  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  1. 
?  minimum  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  1. 

moniliforme  (Whiteaves)  and  var. 
aggregatum  n.  var.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  1. 

waldronense  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  1. 

Allops  amplus  Marsh,  Osborn.  10. 
crassicornis  Marsh,  Osborn,  10. 
serotinus  Marsh,  Osborn,  10. 
Allorisma  costatum  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Beede,  1. 

geinitzi  Meek,  Beede,  1. 
granosum  (Shumard),  Beede,  1. 
kansasensis  n.  sp.,  Beede,  74. 
subcuneatum  Meek,  Beede,  1. 

Alnus  coryfolia  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  16. 
macrodonta  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Alticamelus  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2,  15. 

altus  (Marsh),  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

2. 

Alveolites  dispansa  n.  sp.,  Greene,  9. 

subangularis  n.  sp.,  Greene,  9. 
Alveopora  regularis  Duncan,  Vaughan, 
2. 

Amalthea  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Martin, 
5. 

Amaura  Moller,  Arnold,  2. 

Amblypus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

dextratus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Amblysiphonella  prosseri  Clarke, 
Beede,  1. 

Ajuboccelia  nana  Grabau,  Wood  (El¬ 
vira),  1. 

planiconvexa  Shumard,  Girty,  3. 
planoconvexa  (Shumard),  Beede,  1. 
umbonata  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
umbonata  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
umbonata  Conrad,  mut.  pluto  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

umbonata  Conrad,  mut.  pygmaea 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 

Ambonychia  ?  curvata  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 

septentrionalis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
17. 

Amiantis,  Carpenter,  Dali,  8. 

Amiantis  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 

section  Amiantis  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Eucallista  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
callosa  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
Ammonitella  yatesi  precursor,  Stan¬ 
ton,  1. 

Amnicola  Gould  and  Haldeman,  Letson, 

1. 

letsoni  Walker,  Letson,  1. 
limosa  (Say)  Hald.,  Letson,  1. 
protia  Gould,  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.), 
2m 

Amnigenia  catskillensis  Vanuxem  sp., 
Clarke,  4. 

Amphiblestrum  agellus  n.  sp.,  Ulrich 
and  Bassler,  4. 

constrictum  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  4. 

Amphichelydia,  Hay,  23. 

Amphicoelia  neglecta  McChesney,  Kin¬ 
dle  and  Breger,  1. 

Amphicyon  amerieanus.  Wortman,  1. 
americanus  Wortman,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  5. 

sinapius  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
5. 

ursinus  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  5. 
Ampliigenia  elongata  (Van.),  Weller,  6. 
Amphilichas  n.  n.  for  Platymetopus, 
Raymond  (P.  E.),  6. 

Amphion  canadensis  Billings,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  5. 

Amphissa  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
corrugata  Reeve,  Arnold,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


631 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Amphissa  ventricosa  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

versicolor  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
Amphistegina  lessonii  d’Orbigny,  Bagg, 
1. 

Amplexopora  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  2. 

ampla  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 
cingulata  Ulrich,  Nickles,  6. 


Columbiana 

Uli 

rich 

and  Bassler, 

Hayes  and 

Ulrich, 

1. 

Columbiana 

n. 

sp., 

Ulrich 

and 

Bassler,  2. 

cylindracea 

n. 

sp., 

Ulrich 

and 

Bassler,  2. 

filiosa  (D'Orbigny), 

Ulrich 

and 

Bassler,  2. 
multispinosa 

n. 

sp., 

Cumings, 

3. 

septosa  (Ulrich),  Nickles,  6. 
persimilis  n.  sp.,  Nickles,  6. 
Amplexus  Sowerby,  Lambe,  2. 

archimediformis  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  4. 
cingulatus  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
exilis  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
geniculatus  Worthen,  Ulrich,  8. 
radigerus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
vermicularis  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
yandelli  Milne  Edwards  and 
Haime,  Lambe,  2. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Ampyx  niagarensis  n.  sp.,  van  Ingen,  2. 
(Lonchodomas)  hastatus  n.  sp., 
Ruedemann,  2. 

Anachis  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Anaphotidemys  n.  n.  for  Chelonides, 
Hay,  23. 

Anaphragma  n.  gen.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

mirabile  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

Anaptomorphus  Cope,  Wortman,  14. 
semulus  Cope,  Wortman,  14. 
semulus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
homunculus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
Anasch  sma  n.  gen.,  Branson,  2. 

brachygnatha  n.  sp.,  Bra'nson,  2. 

•  browni  n.  sp.,  Branson,  2. 
Anastrophia  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

brevirostris  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
internascens  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre- 
ger,  1. 

internascens  Hall  1879,  Beecher, 

1. 

interplicata  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
Anatina  austinensis  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
obliquiplicata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 

?  pliculifera  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Anatomites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

subcylindracea  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

texana  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
Anchippus  Leidy,  Gidley,  5. 
Anchisauripus  n.  gen.,  Lull,  2. 

dananus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Anchisauripus  exsertus  (E.  Hitchcock), 
Lull,  2. 

hitchcocki  n.  sp.,  Lull,  2. 
minusculus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull, 
2. 

tuberatus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
tuberosus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
Anchura  callosa  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 

condoniana  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
Ancyropus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

heteroc-litus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Andromeda  crassa  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
flexuosa  Newb.,  Hollick,  11. 
latifolia  Newb.,  Hollick,  11. 
parlatorii  Heer,  Berry,  5,  7. 
Aneimites  fertilis  n.  sp.,  White  (D.), 
16,  17. 

Anemia  robusta  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  5. 

supercretacea  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  5. 
Angelina?  sp.  ?,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12, 
20. 

Angelus  Megerle,  Arnold,  2. 
Angiopteridium  canmorense  Dawson?, 
Fontaine,  3. 

strictinerve  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  3, 

5. 

strictinerve  latifolium  Fontaine, 
Fontaine,  3. 

Anisoceras  cooperi  Gabb  sp.,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

subcompressum  Forbes  sp.,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

Anisodexis,  Broili,  2. 

Anisonchus  Cope,  Douglass,  3. 
Anodonta  cornelliana  n.  sp.,  Maury,  1. 
Anodontopsis  wabashensis  n.  sp.,  Kin¬ 
dle  and  Breger,  1. 

Anogmius  Cope,  Hay,  10. 

Anogmius  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
altus  (Loomis),  Hay,  10. 
aratus  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
evolutus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
evolutus  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
favirostris  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
polymicrodus  (Stewart),  Stewart, 
1. 

Anolcites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Anolcites  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J.  P.),5. 
Anolotichia  impolita  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  3. 
Anomalina  d'Orbigny,  Bagg,  6.  ‘ 
ammonoides  (Reuss),  Bagg,  1. 
grosserugosa  (Giimbel),  Bagg,  1, 

6,  9. 

arimirensis  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  9. 
grosserugosa  (Giimbel),  Bagg,  9. 
rotula  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
Anomalocardia  Schumacher,  Dali,  8. 
section  Anomalocardia  Schumach¬ 
er,  Dali,  8. 

section  Anomalodiscus  Dali,  Dali, 

8. 

bowdeniana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
brasiliana  Gmelin,  Dali,  8. 
caloosana  Dali,  Dali,  8. 


632 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Anomalocardia  chipolana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
dupliniana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
floridana  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
Anomalocaris  n.  gen.,  Woodward  (H),  1. 
canadensis  Whiteaves,  Woodward 
(H.),  1. 

Anomalocystites,  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 
cornutus  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 

?  disparilis  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 
Anomalodiscus  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Anomia  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

aculeata  Gmelin,  Glenn,  6. 
lampe,  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 
limatula  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

mcgeei  Clark,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
navicelloides  Aldr.,  Aldrich,  2. 
paucistriata  n.  sp.,  Brown  (T.  C.), 
1. 

simplex  d’Orbigny,  Glenn,  6. 
simplexiformis  n.  sp.,  Brown  (T. 
C.),  1. 

Anomocare  parvula  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Anomoepus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

crassus  (C.  H.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
cuneatus  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
curvatus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
gracillimus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull, 
2. 

intermedins  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
isodactylus  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  Lull, 
2. 

minimus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
scamhus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Anoplia  nucleata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
Anoplotheca  Sandberger,  Grabau,  1. 
acutiplicata  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
concava  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
congregata  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and  Bre- 
ger,  1. 

dichotoma  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
flahellites  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
hemispherica  (Sowerby),  Grabau, 
1. 

plicatula  (Hall)(  Grabau,  1. 
Anthocyrtium  doronicum  Haeckel,  Mar¬ 
tin,  8. 

Anthonomus  eversus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
fossilis  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
lapsus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Anticheiropus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
hamatus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
pilulatus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Antigona  Schumacher,  Dali,  8. 

Antipus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
hifidus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
fexiloquus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Aorocrinus  cassedayi  Lyon,  Rowley, 
Greene,  6. 

cassedayi  var.  charlestownensis, 
Rowley,  Greene,  9. 

Aparchites  minutissimus  var.  robustus 
n.  var,,  Ruedemann,  2. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Apatichnus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

circumagens  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
minus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
trifidus  Dawson,  Matthew  (G.  F.)f 
25. 

Apatomerus  mirus  n.  gen.  and  sp.,  Wil- 
liston,  15. 

Apatosaurus  Marsh,  Riggs,  7. 

excelsus  Marsh,  Riggs,  7. 
Apeibopsis  Heer,  Perkins,  13. 

gaudinii  Lx.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
heerii  Lx.,  Perkins,  13. 
parva  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 

Aphelops  ( ?Diceratherium)  brachyo- 
dus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  9. 

?  ceratorhinus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 
ceratorhinus  Douglass,  Osborn,  34. 
fossiger  Cope,  Osborn,  34. 
jemezanus  Cope,  Osborn,  34. 
malacorhinus  Cope,  Osborn,  34. 

(  ?Peraceras)  planiceps  n.  sp.,  Os¬ 
born,  34. 
sp.,  Osborn,  34. 

.  Aphrodina  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
Aphyllostylus  n.  gen.,  Whiteaves,  14. 

gracilis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  14. 
Apiocystites  Forbes,  Schuchert,  11. 

elegans  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 
Aplocerus  montanus  Ord.,  Sinclair,  7. 
Aplodontia  major  fossilis  n.  subsp., 
Sinclair,  7. 

Aporema  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Aporrhais  potomacensis  n.  sp.,  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

speciosa  v.  Schlotheim  sp.,  Ravn, 

1. 

Apternodus  mediaevus  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  9. 

Aptychopsis  terranovicus,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  1. 

Arachnichnus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

dehiscens  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull.  2. 
Arachnocrinus  extensus  W.  &  Sp.  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  13. 

Arachnophyllum  Dana,  Lambe,  2. 

diffluens  Milne  Edwards  and  Hai- 
me  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
eximium  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
mamillare  Dale  Owen  (sp.),  Lambe, 
2 

pentagonum  Goldfuss  (sp.),  Lambe, 

2. 

Aralia  brittoniana  n.  sp.  Berry,  5. 
coriacea  Vel.,  Hollick,  11. 
groenlandica  Heer,  Berry,  5. 
mattewanensis  n.  sp.  ,  Berry.  5. 
palmata  Newb.,  Berry,  5,  7. 
ravniana  Heer,  Berry,  5. 
vernonensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 

?  sp.,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  5. 

?  sp.  Knowlton,  Knowlton,  14. 
sp.  Knowlton,  Knowlton,  14. 
Araucarioxylon  prosseri  n.  sp.,  Pen- 
hallow,  1. 

virginianum,  Knowlton,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


633 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Araucarites  ovatus  Hollick,  Berry,  5.  • 
virginicus  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 

.  ?  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 

Area  (Linn6)  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

(Scapharca)  arata  Say,  Glenn,  6. 
bilbao  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
camuloensis  n.  sp.,  Osmont,  2. 
canalis  Conrad,  Osmont,  2. 
(Scapharca)  clisea  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
delicatula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 

?  dumbli  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
(Scapharca)  elnia  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
(Scapharca)  idonea  Conrad,  Glenn, 
6. 

(Noetia)  incile  Say,  Glenn,  6. 
invidiosa  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
labiata  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
madridensis  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

(Barbatia)  marylandica  Conrad, 
Glenn,  6. 

microdonta  Conrad,  Osmont,  2. 
montereyana  n.  sp.,  Osmont,  2. 
(Scapharca)  staminea  Say,  Glenn, 
6. 

(Scapharca)  subrostrata  Conrad, 
Glenn,  6. 

taffii  n.  sp.,  Gfagin,  2. 
trilineata  Conrad,  Osmont,  2. 
vancouverensis  Meek,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

vaughani  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 

(Barbatia)  virginiae  Wagner, 
Glenn,  6. 

Arcestes  Suess,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
andersoni,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
(Proarcestes)  pacificus  n.  sp.,  Hy¬ 
att  and  Smith,  1. 

Arcestidae  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Arcestoidea,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Arehaeocidaris  M’Coy,  Klem,  1. 
aculeatus  Shumard,  Klem,  1. 
agassizi  Hall,  Beede,  1. 
agassizi  Hall,  Klem,  1. 
biangulatus  Shumard,  Klem,  1. 
cratis  White,  Girty,  3. 
cratis  White,  Klem,  1. 
dininni  White,  Klem,  1. 
edgarensis  Worthen  and  Miller, 
Klem,  1. 

gracilis  Newberry,  Klem,  1. 
illinoisensis  Worthen  and  Miller, 
Klem,  1. 

keokuk  Hall,  Klem,  1. 
legrandensis  Miller  and  Gurley, 
Klem,  1. 

longispinus  Newberry,  Klem,  1. 
megastylus  Shumard,  Beede,  1. 
megastylus  Shumard,  Klem,  1. 
mucronatus  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Klem,  1. 

newberryi  Hambach,  Klem,  1. 
norwoodi  Hall,  Klem,  1. 
ornatus  Newberry,  Klem,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Arehaeocidaris  ourayensis  n.  sp.,  Girty, 
3. 

shumardanus  Hall,  Klem,  1. 
spinoclavatus  Worthen  and  Miller, 
Klem,  1. 

triplex  White?,  Girty,  3. 
triplex  White,  Klem,  1. 
triserratus  Meek,  Klem,  1. 
trudifer  White,  Beede,  1. 
trudifer  White?,  Girty,  3. 
trudifer  White,  Klem,  1. 
wortheni  Hall,  Klem,  1. 
wortheni  Hall,  Ulrich,  8. 
Archaeoplax  signifera  Simpson,  Cush¬ 
man,  6. 

Archaeopteris  hitchcocki  (Dn.)  D.  W., 
White  (D.),  18. 

jacksoni  Dn.,  White  (D.),  18. 
rogersi  Dn.,  White  (D.),  18. 
Archegosaurus  Goldfuss,  Branson,  2. 
Archelon  ischyros,  Wieland,  2,  3. 
Archihicoria  siouxensis  n.  gen.  and  n. 
sp.,  Barbour  (E.  H.),  2. 

siouxensis  Barbour,  Knowlton,  5. 
Archimedes  confertus  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  8. 
lativolvis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  8. 
meekanus  Hall,  Ulrich,  8. 
swallovanus  Hall,  Ulrich,  8. 
Archinacella ?  deformata  (Hall),  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  7. 

patelliformis  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Architectonica  tuber  culata  n.  sp., 
Weaver,  1. 

Archcblattina,  Sellards,  8. 

beecheri,  Sellards,  8. 

Arctocyonidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Arcuaceras  n.  gen.,  Herzer,  5. 
ohioense  n.  sp.,  Ilerzer,  5. 
termicameratum  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
Arenicolites  chemungensis  n.  sp.,  Whit¬ 
field,  10. 

Arges  arkansanus  n.  sp.,  Van  Ingen,  2. 
phylctenoides  (Green)  1837,  Van 
Ingen,  2. 

sp.,  Van  Ingen,  2. 

Argoides  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

isodactyletus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull, 

2. 

macrodactylotus  (E.  Hitchcock), 
Lull,  2. 

redfieldianus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Arges  tuberculatus  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Argyrotheca  schucherti  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
Arisaema  cretaceum  Lesq.,  Berry,  5. 
Aristolochia  obscura  Lx.,  Perkins,  13. 
Aristolochiaephyllum  ?  cellulare  n.  sp., 
Ward,  Fontaine,  5. 

crassinerve  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
Aristolochites  acutus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
apicalis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
brandonianus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
crassierostatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
conoideus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
cuneatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
curvata  (Lx.),  Perkins,  13. 


634 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology-— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Aristolochites  dubius  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
elegans  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
excavatus,  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
globosus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13, 
irregularis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
latisulcatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
majus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
ovoides  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
rugosus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
sulcatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
Arpadites  Mojsisovies,  Ilyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

gabbi  n.  sp.,  Ilyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Arretotherium  acutidens  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Douglass,  4. 

Arthracantha  punctobrachiata  Wil¬ 
liams,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 

Arthroclema  armatum  Ulr.,  Sardeson, 
4. 

Arthrodendron  n.  gen.,  Ulrich,  4. 

diffusum  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 
Arthrophycus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Arthrcphycus  Hall,  Sarle,  4. 
elegans  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  2. 
harlani  (Conrad),  Grabau,  1. 
Asaphellus  homfrayi  var.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  12,  20. 

(?)  planus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (Q. 
F.j,  12,  20. 

Asaphis  centenaria  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
Asaphus  marginalis  Hall,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  5. 

sp.  alpha,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  5. 
sp.  beta,  Raymond  (P.  E. ),  5. 
sp.  gamma,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  5. 
Ascoceras  gibberosum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson, 
2. 

Ascodictyon  Nicholson  and  Etheridge, 
jr.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  1. 

floreale  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
1. 

parvulum  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  1. 

siluriense  Vine,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  1. 

sparsum  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  1. 

stellatum  Nicholson  and  Etheridge, 
jr.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  1. 
Ashmunella  thompsoniana  pecosensis 
n.  subsp.,  Cockerell,  1. 

Ashtarotha  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Aspenites  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

acutus,  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Asperipes  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  21, 
30. 

avipes  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  21, 
30. 

caudifer  Dawson  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  30. 

flexilis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  30. 
Aspideretes  beecheri  n.  sp.,  Hay,  13. 
beecheri  Hay,  Hay,  15. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  end  species  described — Continued. 
Aspidites  Waagen,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

hooveri  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Aspidoceras  alamitocensis  Castillo  and 
Aguilera,  Cragin,  2. 

Aspidonectes  tritor,  Hay,  16. 
Aspidosaurus  chiton  n.  gen.  and  sp.; 
Broili,  2. 

Asplenium  magnum  Knowlton,  Hollick, 

subsimplex  (Lesq.)  Knowlton, 
Knowlton,  14. 

Astarte  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 

Astarte  Sowerby,  Dali,  8. 

section  Ashtarotha  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Astarte  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Crenimargo  Cossmann, 
Dali,  8. 

section  Digitaria  Wood,  Dali,  8. 
section  Gonilia  Stoliczka,  Dali,  8. 
section  Micx-ostagon  Cossmann, 
Dali,  8. 

section  Neocrassina  Fischer,  Dali, 

8. 

section  Rictocyma  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Tridonta  Schumacher,  Dali, 
8. 

(Goodallia*?)  americana  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

bayi  Lundgren,  Madsen,  1. 
(Crassinella)  hranneri  n.  sp.,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

breviacola  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
castrana  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
coheni  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
concentrica  var.  bella  Conrad,  Dali, 
8. 

Astarte?  craticula  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
cuneiformis  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
(Ashtarotha)  cuneiformis  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

(Ashtarotha)  distans  Conrad,  Dali, 

8. 

sp.  cf.  elegans  Sowerby,  Madsen.  1. 
evansi  (H.  and  M.)  Whitfield, 
Johnson  (D.  W. ),  5. 
exaltata  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

(distans  var.?)  floridana  Dali, 
Dali,  8. 

glenni  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
hartzi  Lundgren,  Madsen,  1. 
isodontoides  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
laurentiana  Lyell,  Dali,  8. 
malolensis  Cragin.  Cragin.  2. 
marylandica  Clark,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

meridionalis  Gabb,  Dali,  8. 
obruta  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
(Ashtarotha)  obruta  Conrad,  Dali, 
8. 

opulentora  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
parma  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 

(Ashtarotha)  parma  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
perplana  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


635 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Astarte  (Ashtarotha)  per  plana  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

posticalva  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
sp.  cf.  soemanni  de  Loriol,  Madsen, 
1. 

symmetrica  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
symmetrica  Conrad,  Glenh,  6. 
cfr.  tenera  Morris,  Ravn,  1. 
thisphila  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
thomasii  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
(Ashtarotha)  undulata  Say,  Dali, 
8. 

undulata  var.  vaginulata  Dali, 
Dali,  8. 

vicina  Say,  Glenn,  6. 
yicina  Say,  Dali,  8. 
wagneri  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

Astartella  vera  Hall,  Beede,  1. 
Asthenotoma  Harr,  et  Burr,  Casey,  5. 
eximia  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
shaleri  Vgn.,  Casey,  5. 
strigosa  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
texana  Gabb,  Casey,  5. 

Astrangia  (Coenangia)  conradi  n.  sp., 
Vaughan,  19. 

lineata  (Conrad),  Vaughan,  19. 
Astrhelia  palmata  (Goldfuss) ,' Vaughan, 
19. 

Astrocoenia  maloniana  n.  sp.,  Vaughan, 
in  Cragin,  2. 

Astrodapsis  merriami  n.  sp.,  Anderson, 
7. 

Astrodon,  Lucas,  20. 

johnstoni  Leidy,  Hatcher,  16. 
Astropecten?  montanus  n.  sp.,  Doug¬ 
lass,  7. 

Astyris  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Atactopora  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
2. 

angular  is,  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

hirsuta  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

2. 

maculata  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

Athrotaxopsis  expansa  Fontaine,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

Athyris  crassicardinalis  White,  Weller, 

2. 

fultonensis  (Swallow),  Kindle,  1. 
spiriferoides  (Eaton),  Kindle,  1. 
Atractites  Giimbel,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
philippii  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

Atrina  harrisii  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 

piscatoria  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 

Atrypa  Dal  man,  Grabau,  1. 

calvini  Nettleroth,  Kindle  and  Bre- 
ger,  1. 

?  lamellata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
nodostriata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
reticularis  (Linn.),  Weller,  6. 
reticularis  Linnaeus,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Atrypa  reticularis  Linnaeus  1767, 
Beecher,  1. 

reticularis  (Linnaeus),  Grabau,  1. 
reticularis  (Linnaeus),  Kindle,  1. 
reticularis  var.  ellipsoida  (Nettle¬ 
roth),  Kindle,  1. 
rugosa  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
spinosa  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

Atrypina  disparilis  Hall  1852,  Beecher, 

1. 

imbricata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Aublysodon  mirandus  Leidy,  Stanton 
and  Hatcher,  1. 

Aucella  pallasii  Keyserling,  Madsen,  1. 
strongi  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D.  W. ),  5. 
sp.  indet.,  Fompeckj,  1. 
Aulacodisc-us  rogersii  (Bailey),  Boyer, 

1. 

AulacOphyllum  enormis  n.  sp.,  Herzer, 
5. 

excentricum  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
Aulacorhynchus  millipunctatus  (Meek 
and  Worthen),  Beede,  1. 

Aulopora  amplexa  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 

?  anna  Beede,  Beede,  1. 
longi  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 

?  prosseri  Beede,  Beede,  1. 
Austrodosinia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
Aviculipecten  McCoy,  Girty,  7,  8. 
Aviculipecten,  Hind,  1. 

Aviculopecten  carboniferus  (Stevens), 
Beede,  1. 

coxanus  Meek  and  Worthen,  Beede, 

1. 

crassicostata  H.  and  W.,  Kindle,  1. 
exactus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
fasciculatus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
germanus  Miller  and  Faber,  Beede, 
1. 

hertzeri  Meek,  Beede,  1. 
interlineatus  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Beede,  1. 

?  interlineatus  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Girty,  3. 

iowensis  Miller,  Weller,  2. 
maccoyi  Meek  and  Hayden,  Beede, 
1. 

nebrascensis  n.  sp.,  Beede,  2. 
occidentalis,  Beede,  8. 
occidentalis  (Shumard),  Beede,  1. 
occidental's  Shumard,  Girty,  3. 
pellucidus  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Girty,  3. 

princeps  (Conrad)  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
providencensis  (Cox),  Beede,  1. 
rectilaterarius  (Cox),  Beede,  1. 
rectilaterarius  Cox,  Girty,  3. 
sculptilis  Miller,  Beede,  1. 
subequivalvus  n.  sp.,  Beede,  4. 
(Pterinopecten?)  terminalis  Hall, 
Kindle,  1. 

vanvleeti  n.  sp.,  Beede,  8. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 


636 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Aviculopinna  americana  Meek,  Beede,  1. 
illinoiensis  Worthen,  Beede,  1. 
knighti  n.  sp.,  Beede,  2. 
nebrascensis  n.  sp.,  Beede,  2. 
nebraskensis  Beede,  Girty,  3. 

?  peracuta  Skumard,  Girty,  3. 
Axinopsis  G.  O.  Sars,  Dali,  8. 

Axinulus  Veri-ill  and  Bush,  Dali,  8. 
Axophyllum?  alleni  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 

rudis  White  and  St.  John,  Beede,  1. 
Bactrites  Sandberger,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
carbonarius  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
(sp. )  mut.  parvus  nov.,  Loomis,  4. 
(sp.)  mut.  pygmaeus  nov.,  Loomis, 
4. 

Baculites  anceps  Lamarck,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

aspero-anceps  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
chicoensis,  Smith  (W.  D.),  1. 
fairbanksi  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
Badister  antecursor  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Baena  antiqua  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 

antiqua  Lambe,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

callosa  n.  sp.,  Hay,  15. 
cephalica  n.  sp.,  Hay,  13. 
hatcheri  Hay,  Lambe,  3. 
hatcheri  n.  sp.,  Hay,  2. 
ruarshi  n.  sp.,  Hay,  13. 
undata,  Hay,  23. 

Baiera  gracilis  (Bean)  Bunbury,  Fon¬ 
taine,  2. 

Baieropsis  foliosa  Fontaine,  Fontaine, 
5. 

longifolia  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
pluripartita  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
Bairdia  sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Bakewellia  gouldii  n.  sp.,  Beede,  8. 
Balsena  affinis  Owen,  Case,  9. 
Balsenoptera  sursiplana  Cope,  Case,  9. 
Balanophyllia  desmophyllum  Milne-Ed- 
wards  and  Haime,  Vaughan,  1. 
Balanus  Lister,  Arnold,  2. 

concavus  Bronn,  Arnold,  2. 
concavus  Bronn,  Cushman,  9. 
concavus  Bronn,  Martin,  4. 
proteus  Conrad,  Cushman,  4. 
Balatonites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

shoshonensis  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Baptanodon  Marsh,  Gilmore,  3. 
Baptanodon,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  0. 
Baptanodon  Marsh,  Knight  (W.  C.),  8. 
Baptanodon  (Sauranodon)  Marsh,  Gil¬ 
more,  2. 

discus  Marsh,  Gilmore,  3. 
discus?,  Gilmore,  1. 
marshi,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  13. 
marshi  Knight.  Gilmore,  3. 
marshi  n.  sp..  Knight  (W.  C.),  8. 
natans  Marsh,  Gilmore,  3. 
Baptemys  wyomingensis  Leidy,  Hay,  13. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Baptornis  advenus,  Lucas,  15. 
Barillopus  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.‘), 
21,  30. 

arctus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  30. 
confusus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
30. 

unguifer  Matt.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

21. 

Barinophyton  perrianum  D.  W.,  White 
(D.),  18. 

richardsoni  (Dn.)  D.  W.,  White 
(D.),  18. 

Barnea  (Scobina)  arcuata  (Conrad), 
Glenn,  6. 

Baroda  Stoliczka,  Dali,  8. 

Baropezia  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  21, 
30. 

abscissa  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
30. 

sydnensis  (Dawson),  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  21,  30. 

Baropus  lentus  Marsh,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  25. 

unguifer  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
23. 

Barrandeina  perriana  (Dn.)  D.  W., 
White  (D.),  18. 

Barrendella  Hall  and  Clarke,  Grabau,  1. 

fornicata  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
Barriosella  suhspatulata  Meek  and 
Worthen,  Kindle,  1. 

Barroisiceras  hyatti  n.  sp..  Shattuck.  8. 

texanum  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
Barycrinus  hoveyi  Hall  sp.,  Whitfield, 
9. 

Basilemys  imbricarius  (Cope),  Stanton 
and  Hatcher,  1. 

ogmius  (Cope) ,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Basilosaurus  cetoides  (Owen),  Lucas,  2. 
Bathocypris  parilis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  1. 

subsequata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  1. 
Bathygenys  alpha  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Douglass,  4. 

alpha  I  ou  las,  M  tthew  (W.  D.), 
9. 

box-ealis  Leidy,  Case,  13. 
Batlxyurellus  Billings,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  5. 

brevispinus  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  5. 

minor  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  5. 
Bathyuriscus  howelli  Walcott,  Wood¬ 
ward  (H.),  1. 

Bathyui*us  angelini  Billings,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  5. 

ellipticus  Cleland,  Cleland,  3. 

?  levis  n.  sp.,  Cleland,  3. 

?  sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Batissa  Gray,  Dali,  8. 

Batocrinus  crassitestus  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  12. 

davisi  Rowley,  Greene,  12. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


637 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Batocrinus  davisi  var.  lanesvillensis  n. 
var.,  Rowley,  Greene,  12. 

davisi  var.  sculptus  n.  var.,  Row- 
ley,-  Greene,  12. 

icosidactylus  Casseday,  Rowley, 
Greene,  12. 

irregularis  Casseday,  Rowley, 
Greene,  12. 

magnirostris,  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  12. 

spergenensis  Miller,  Rowley, 
Greene,  14. 

Batostoma  fertile  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  3. 

implicatum  (Nicholson),  Nickles. 

6. 

maysvillensis  n.  sp.,  .Nickles,  6. 
varians  (James),  Nickles,  6. 
Batostomella  Ulrich,  Grabau,  1. 
Batostomella  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 
granulifera  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
leia  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
Batrachichnus  Woodworth,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  30. 

Batrachopus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
bellus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
deweyanus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
dispar  n.  sp.,  Lull,  2. 
gracilior  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
gracilis  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
Beachia  suessana  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Beguina  Bolten,  Dali,  8. 

Bela  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

cretacea  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
fidicula  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
sanctae-monicse  n.  sp.  Arnold,  2. 
Belemnitella  sp.,  Pompeckj,  1. 
Bellerophon  bretonensis  n.  sp.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  12,  20. 

clausus  Ulrich,  Hayes  and  Ulrich, 

1. 

crassus  Meek  and  Worthen,  Girty, 
3. 

curvilineatus  Con.,  Kindle,  1. 
denckmanni  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
giganteus  Worthen?,  Girty,  3. 
insulae  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12, 
20. 

koeneni  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
leda  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
lyra  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
panneus  White,  Weller,  2. 
patulus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
pelops  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
pelops  Hall,  Parks,  5. 
percarinatus  Conrad?,  Girty,  3. 
shelbiensis  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

semisculptus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  12,  20. 

sublaevis  Hall,  Sardeson,  11. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  2. 

Bellucina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Bembidium  damnosum  n.  sp.,  Scudder, 
1. 

expletum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
haywardi  n.  sp.,  Scu  der,  1. 
prseteritum  n.  sp.,  Scuduer,  1. 
van”m  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
vestigium  n.  sp.,  S  udder,  1. 
Berberis?  gigantea  n.  sp.,  Kn  ^wlton,  14. 
Berenicea  maloniana  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Beryx  sp.  undet.,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  5. 
Betula  bendirei  n.  sp.,  Knowlt  .n,  14. 

?  dajyana  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
heteromorp’.'.a  n.  sp.,  K  ’owlton,  14. 
Betulites?  hatcher  n.  sp.,  Knowlion,  18. 

pcpulifolius  Lesq.?,  Berry,  6. 
Beyricliia  barretti  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
dagon  Clarke,  Lo  mis,  4. 
deckerensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
jerseyensis  n.  rp ,  Weller,  6. 
kiimmeli  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
manliensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
montaguensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
nearpassi  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
perinflata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
smocki  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
sussexensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
triceps  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
wallpackensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Beyrichites  Waagen,  Ilyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

Beyrichites,  Waagen,  Smith  (J.  F. ),  5. 
rotelliformis  Meek,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
5. 

rotelliformis  Meek,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Bicarpellites  n.  gen.,  Perkins,  13.  , 
grayana  (Lx.,  sp.),  Perkins,  13. 
knowltoni  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
minimus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
obesus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
rotundus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
pugosus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17 
vermontanus  (Lx.),  Perkins,  13. 
Bicia  n.  gen.,  Walcott,  1. 

gemma  Billings,  Walcott,  1. 
wliiteavesi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  1. 
Biddulphia  acuta  (Ehrenberg),  Boyer, 
1. 

condecora  (Ehrenberg),  Boyev,  1. 
decipiens  Grunow,  Boyer,  1. 
interpunctata  (Grunow).  Boyer,  1. 
semicircularis  (Briglitwell),  Boyer, 
1. 

suborbicularis  Grunow,  Boyer,  1. 
tessellata  (Greville),  Boyer,  1. 
Biflustra  torta  Gabb  and  Horn,  Ulrich, 

Billingsella  Hall  and  Clarke,  Walcott, 

12. 

?  anomala  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 

?  appalachia  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
coloradoensis  Shumard,  Walcott, 
12. 

dice  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 


638 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Billingsella  exporrecta  Linnarsson, 
Walcott,  12. 

exporrecta  var.  rugcsicostata  n. 

var.,  Walcott,  12. 
harlanensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
hicksi  (Salter)  Davidson,  Walcott, 
12. 

highlandensis  Walcott,  Walcott,  12. 
lindstromi  Linnarsson,  Walcott,  12. 
major  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
obscura  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
orientalis  Whitfield,  Walcott,  12. 
plicatella  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
pumpellyi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
retroflexa,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
richthofeni  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
romingeri  Barr,  Walcott,  12. 
saffordi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
salemensis  Walcott,  Walcott,  12. 
(Otusia)  sandbergi  Wi  nchell, 
Walcott,  12. 

striata  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
whitfieldi  Walcott,  Walcott,  12. 
Bilobites  varica  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 

various,  Beecher,  1. 

Bison  Smith,  McClung,  1. 

kansensis  n.  sp.,  McClung,  1. 
Bittium  Leach,  Arnold,  2. 

asperum  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 
californicum  Dali  and  Bartsch, 
Arnold,  2. 

(Elachista)  californicum  n.  sp.. 

Dali  and  Bartsch,  1. 
filosum  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
quadrifilatum  Carpenter,  Arnold, 
2. 

rugatum  Carpenter,  Arnold,'  2. 

(Styliferina)  tenuisculpta  Car¬ 
penter,  Arnold,  2. 
williamsoni  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
Blastomeryx  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D. ), 
14. 

gemmifer  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
14. 

wellsi  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
14. 

?  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D. ),  2. 
Blothrophyllum  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
coniferum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
decorticatum  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
greenei  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene,  2. 
houghtoni  (Rominger),  Greene, 
11. 

Bolivina  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 

aenariensis  (Costa),  Bagg,  9. 
beyrichii  var.  alata  Seguenza, 
Bagg,  6. 

dilatata  Reuss,  Bagg,  9. 
dilatata  var.  angusta  Egger,  Bagg, 
9. 

punctata  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
punctata  var.  substriata  Egger, 
Bagg,  9. 

textilarioides  Reuss,  Bagg,  9. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Bollia  Jones  and  Holl,  Grabau,  1. 

cornucopiae  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 
symmetrica  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
Bolporites  americanus  Billings,  Rue¬ 
demann,  2. 

Bordenia,  n.  gen.,  3reene,  2. 
knappi  Hall,  Greene,  6. 
zaphrentiformis  n.  sp.,  Greene,  2. 
Boreodon  matutinus  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 
matutinus  Lambe,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Bornia  Philippi,  Arnold,  2. 
depressa  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  G. 
mactroides  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
retifera  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
triangula  Dali,  Glenn,  G. 

Borsonia  Bella rdi,  Arnold,  2. 
Bothriolepis,  Patten,  1. 

coloradensis  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  1G. 
major  (Ag.),  Eastman,  1G. 
Bothrodendron?  n.  sp.,  White  (D.),10. 
Botryocrinus  americanus  n.  sp.,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  13. 

Bourdotia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Bottosaurus  perrugosus  Cope,  Lambe, 
3. 

Bowdenia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Brachauchenius  lucasi  n.  gen.  and  sp.. 
Williston,  14. 

lucasi  Williston,  Lucas,  17. 
Brachiocrinus  (Herpetocrinus?)  nodo- 
sarius  Hall,  Talbot,  2. 
Brachiopteris  pinnata  Dn.,  var.  angus- 
tipinna  D.  W.,  White  (D. ),  18. 
Brachiosaurus  Riggs,  Riggs,  9. 

altithorax,  Riggs,  6,  9. 
Brachybrachium  brevipes,  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Williston,  23. 

Brachyphyllum  crassicaule  Fontaine, 
Fontaine,  5. 

macrocarpum  Newb.,  Hollick.  11. 
macrocarpum  Newb.,  Berry,  6. 
mamillare  Brongniart,  Fontaine. 
1. 

?  storrsii  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  2. 
Bradoria  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  2, 
20. 

?  ornata,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  13,  20. 
rugulosa  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
2,  13,  20. 

scrutator  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
2,  13,  20. 

vigilans  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
2,  13,  20. 

vigilans  mut.  obesa,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  20. 

Bradorona.  Matthew  (G.  F. ),  20. 

observator  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  13. 

Bradoria  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  2, 
observator  var.  benepuncta,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 
observator  mut.  lsevis,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  20. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


639 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  end  species  described — Continued. 
Bradorcna  perspicator  n.  sp.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.).,  13,  20. 

perspicator  mut.  magna,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  20. 

perspicator  mut.  major,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  20. 

spectator,  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F), 
13,  20. 

spectator  var.  acuta,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  20. 

spectator  mut.  sequata,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  20. 

spectator  mut.  spinosa,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  20. 

Brandonia  n.  gen.,  Perkins,  13. 

globulus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
Brimosaurus  Leidy,  Williston,  14. 
Brdggeria  n.  subg.  of  Obolus,  Walcott, 
6. 

Brongniartia  trentonensis  (Simpson), 
Collie,  3. 

Bronteus  Goldfuss,  Grabau,  1. 

aquilonaris  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
ekwanensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
lunatus  Bill.,  Weller,  6. 
lunatus  Billings,  Ruedemann,  2. 
niagarensis  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Brontosaurus,  Osborn  and  Granger,  1. 
Brontosaurus,  Hatcher,  2,  8. 
Brontosaurus,  Gregory  (W.  K.),  1. 
Brontosaurus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  21. 
Brontosaurus  Marsh,  Riggs,  4. 
Brontosaurus,  Osborn,  51. 
sp.,  Osborn,  32. 

Brontotherium  buceo  Cope,  Osborn,  10. 
curtum  Marsh,  Osborn,  10. 
dolichoceras  Scott  and  Osborn,  Os¬ 
born,  10. 

gigas  Marsh,  Osborn,  10. 
hypoceras  Cope,  Osborn,  10. 
leidyi  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  10. 
Bryograptus  Lapworth,  Ruedemann,  8. 
lapworthi  n.  sp.,  Reudemann,  8. 
pusillus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Bucania  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

champlainensis  Whitfield,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  1. 

devonica  Hall  and  Whitf.,  Kindle, 

1. 

punctifrons  (Emm.),  Weller,  6. 
trilobata  (Conrad),  Grabau,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
Bucanopsis  perelegans  (W.  and  W.). 
Weller,  2. 

Buchiola  angolensis  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
conversa  n*.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
halli  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 

?  livoniae  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
lupina  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
cf.  priimiensis  Steininger  (sp.), 
Clarke,  19. 

retrostriata  v.  Buch  (sp.),  Clarke, 
19. 

retrostriata  v.  Buch,  mut.  pygmaea 
no?.,  Loomis,  4. 


Paleontology — Con  tinued . 

Genera  end  species  described — Continued. 
Buchiola  seabrosa  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 

stuprosa  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
Buccinofusus  parilis  Conrad,  Martin, 
5. 

Buccinum?  sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Bulimina  affinis  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
buchiana  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
elegans  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
elegantissima  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
elongata  d  Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
ovata  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
pupoides  d'Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
Bulimorpha  chrysalis  Meek  and  Wor- 
then,  Girty,  3. 

?  helderbergia'  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Bulimulus  sp.  ?,  Ravn,  1. 

Bulla  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

punctulata  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
quoyi  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

Bullia  (Molophorus)  angloana  n.  sp., 
Anderson,  7. 

Bullinula  subglobosus  n.  sp.,  Weaver, 

1. 

Bulliopsis  integra  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
marylandica  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
quadrata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
Bumastus  elongatus  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
transversalis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
trentonensis  (Emm.),  Weller,  6. 
Bunselurus,  Matthew  (W.  D. ),  4. 

infelix  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  9. 
Buthotrephis  divaricata  n.  sp.,  White 
(D.),  1. 

newlini  n.  sp.,  White  (D.),  1. 
Bythinella  Moquin-Tandon,  Letson,  1. 

obtusa  (Lea)  Binney,  Letson,  1. 
Bythocypris  eylindrica  Hall  sp.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  2. 

nearpassi  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Bythopora  Miller  and  Dyer,  Grabau,  1. 

spinulosa  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
Bytliotrephis  gracilis  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
lesquereuxi,  Grabau,  1. 
yukonensis  n.  sp.,  Ami,  48. 
Cadoceras  Fischer,  Pompeckj,  1. 
catostoma  n.  sp.,  Pompeckj,  1. 
crassum  n.  sp.,  Madsen,  1. 
grewingki  n.  sp..  Pompeckj,  1. 
petelini  n.  sp.,  Pompeckj,  1. 
schmidti  n.  sp.,  Pompeckj,  1. 
stenoloboide  n.  sp.,  Pompeckj,  1. 
wosnessenski  Grew,  sp.,  Pompeckj, 
1. 

sp.,  Pompeckj,  1. 
sp.  indet.,  Pompeckj,  1. 

Cadulus  Phirippi,  Arnold,  2. 

abruptus  Meyer  and  Aldrich,  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

newtonensis  Meyer  and  Aldrich, 
Martin,  5. 

nitentior  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
thallus  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
Caecum  Fleming,  Arnold,  2. 

californicum  Dali,  Arnold,  2, 


640 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Con  ti  n  u  ed . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Caecum  calvertense  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
crebricinctum  Carpenter,  Arnold, 


greensboroense  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
magnum  Stearns,  Arnold,  2. 
patuxentium  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 

Caenopus  persistens  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  34. 

Caesalpinia  ovalifolia  n.  sp.,  Ilollick,  10. 

Caleeocrinus  alleni  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  3. 
granuliferus  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  7. 

Californites  n.  gen.,  Ilyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
merriami  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

Callianassa  Leach,  Pilsbry,  1. 
mortoni  n.  sp.,  Pilsbry,  1. 
whiteavesii  Woodward,  Whiteaves, 
12. 


Calliostoma  Swainson,  Arnold,  2. 
annulatum  Martyn,  Arnold,  2. 
aphelium  Dali,  Martin,  5. 
helium  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
calvertanum  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
canaliculatum  Martyn,  Arnold,  2. 
costatum  Martyn,  Arnold,  2. 
distans  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
eboreum  (Wagner),  Martin,  5. 
gemmulatum  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
humile  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
marylandicum  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
peralveatum  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
philanthropus  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
philanthropus  var.,  Martin,  5. 
reclusum  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
tricolor  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 
virginicum  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
wagneri  Dali,  Martin,  5. 
sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Callista  Poli,  Arnold,  2. 

(Amiantis)  callosa  Conrad,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

newcombiana  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 
subdiaphana  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
subdiaphana  Carpenter,  pedroana, 
n.  var.,  Arnold,  2. 

Callithaca  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Callocardia  A.  Adams,  Dali,  8. 

(Agriopoma)  gatunensis  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

gatunensis  var.  multifilosa  Dali, 
Dali,  8. 

(Pitaria)  kincaidii  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
(Agriopoma)  morrhuana  Linsley, 
Dali,  .8. 

(Agriopoma)  parkeria  Glenn,  Dali, 

8. 


(Agriopoma) 
Glenn,  6. 
(Agriopoma) 
Glenn,  6. 
(Agriopoma) 
8. 

(Agriopoma) 

8. 

(Agriopoma) 
Glenn,  6. 


prunensis  n.  sp., 
sayana  (Conrad), 
sayana  Conrad,  Dali, 
sincera  n.  sp.,  Dali, 
subnasuta  ( Conrad ) , 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Callocardia  (Agriopoma)  subnasuta 
Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Callocystites  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Callocystites  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 

canadensis  (Billings),  Schuchertr 

11. 

jewettii  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 
jewettii  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Callograptus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 

cf.  diffusus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
salteri  Flail,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Callomarginata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Callonema  bellatula  Hall,  Parks,  5. 
bellatula  Hall,  Kindle,  1./ 
clarki  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
conus  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
filosum  n.  sp.,  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 
imitator  (Hall  and  Whitf. ),  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

lichas  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

Callopora  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

elegantula  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
multitabulata  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  3. 
multitabulata  (Ulrich),  Nickles,  6. 
nodulosa  (Nicholson),  Nickles,  6. 
sigillarioides  (Nicholson),  Nickles, 
6. 

sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Calloporina  n.  gen.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

2. 

parva  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 
Callucina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Calycites  alatus  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  11. 
Calymene  Brongt.,  Grabau,  1. 

blumenbachi  niagarensis  Hall, 
Grabau,  1. 

camerata,  Con.,  Weller,  6. 
piagarensis  Hall,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 
platys  Green,  Kindle,  1. 
platys  Green,  Parks,  5. 
senaria  Con.,  Weller,  6. 
cf.  vogdesi  Foerste,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

Calyptogena  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Calyptraea  aperta  (Solander),  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

aperta  (Solander),  Martin,  5. 
centralis  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
greensboroensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
Calyptraphorus  jacksoni  Clark,  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

trinodiferus  Conrad,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

trinodiferus  var.  (?),  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Camarella  bernensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
inornata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
owatonnensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
Cameroceras  proteiforme  (Hall),  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

Camarocrinus  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 
saffordi  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 
stellatus  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 
ulrichi  Schuchert,  Schuchert,  11. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


641 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Camarocrinus  ulrichi  n.  sp.,  Schuchert, 
6. 

ulrichi  stellifer  n.  var.,  Schuchert, 
11. 

Camarophorella  lenticularis  (W.  and 
W.),  Weller,  2. 

Camarophoria  caput-testudinis  (White), 
Weller,  2. 

Camarospira  eucharis  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
Camarotoechia  Hall  and  Clarke,  Gra- 
bau,  1. 

acinus  Hall  1863,  Beecher,  1. 
acinus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
cf.  acinus  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger, 
1. 

Carolina  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
congregata  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
ekwanensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
heteropsis  (Win.),  Weller,  2. 
hudsonica  n.  sp.,  Grabau,  9. 
indianensis  Hall,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

indianensis  Hall  1863,  Beecher,  1. 
major  n.  sp',  Raymond  (P.  E.),  7. 
metallica  White,.  Girty,  3. 
neglecta  Hall  1852,  Beecher,  1. 

?  neglecta  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

*?  neglecta  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 
nitida  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
obtusiplicata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
pauciplicata  n.  sp.,  Wood  (Elvira), 
1. 

persinuata  (Win.),  Weller,  2. 
pristina  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

prolifica  (?)  Hall,  Wood  (Elvira), 

1. 

sappho  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
tethys  (Billings),  Kindle,  1. 
whitii  Hall  1863,  Beecher,  1. 
Camerosaurus  Cope,  Riggs,  2. 

(Proterocameroceras)  brainerdi 
Whitfield  (sp.),  Ruedemann,  9. 
Campeloma  Rafinesque,  Letson,  1. 
decisa  Say,  Letson,  1. 
harlowtonensis  n.  sp.,  Stanton,  4. 
vetula  Meek  and  Hayden,  Stanton 
and  Hatcher,  1. 

Campodus  de  Koninck,  Eastman,  9. 
Campodus,  Eastman,  6,  13. 

corrugatus  (Newberry  and  Wor- 
then),  Eastman,  9. 
variabilis  (Newb.  and  W.),  East¬ 
man,  3,  10. 

Campophyllum  torquium  (Owen), 
Beede,  1. 

torquium  Owen,  Girty,  3. 
Campyloprion,  Eastman,  6,  13. 

annectans  n.  gen.  and  sp.,  East¬ 
man,  3. 

Cancellaria  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
alternata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
annosa  Aid.,  Aldrich,  2. 
bifoliata  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 

Bull.  301—06 - 41 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cancellaria  (Trigonostoma)  biplicifera 
Conrad,  Martin,  5. 

(Sveltia)  calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

Cancellaria  condoni  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
cooperi  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 
corbula  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
crawfordiana  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
dalliana  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
engonata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
graciloides  Aldrich  var.,  Clark  and 
Martin,,  2. 

joaquinensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
lunata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 

(Admete)  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

(Cancellariella)  neritoidea  n.  sp., 
Martin,  5. 

pacifica  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
(Sveltia)  patuxentia  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

(Trigonostoma)  perspectiva  Con¬ 
rad,  Martin,  5. 

(Narona)  potomacensis  n.  sp., 
Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
prunicola  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
rapella  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (C.  W.),  1. 
reticuloides  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
simplex  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
tritonidea  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 
vespertina  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

(Sveltia)  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
Cancellariella  n.  subg.,  Martin,  5. 
Cancellophycus  rhombicum  n.  sp.,  Ul¬ 
rich,  4. 

Cancer  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

breweri  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 
proavitus  Packard,  Cushman,  6. 

?  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 

Canidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 

Canis  indianensis  Leidy,  Merriam  (J. 

C. ),  7. 

Cannartidium  sp.,  Martin,  8. 
Cannartiscus  amphicylindricus  Haec¬ 
kel,  Martin,  8. 

marylandicus  n.  sp.,  Martin,  8. 
Capromeryx  furcifer  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  8. 

Capromeryx  Matthew,  Matthew  (W. 

D. ),  14. 

furcifer  Matthew,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  14. 

Capulus  cassensis  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
corrugatus  (nom.  prov.),  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

paralius  (W.  and  W.),  Weller,  2. 
vomerium  (Win.),  Weller,  2. 
Carabocrinus  geometricus  n.  sp.,  Hud¬ 
son,  1. 

Carcharias  collata  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  18. 
(Prionodon)  egertoni  (Agassiz), 
Eastman,  18. 

incidens  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  18. 


642 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Carcharias  laevissimus  (Cope),  East¬ 
man,  18. 

magna  (Cope),  Eastman,  18. 

Carcharodon  auriculatus  (Blainville), 
Eastman,  1. 

megalodon  ( Charles  worth ) ,  East¬ 
man,  18. 

Cardiocardita  Anton,  Dali,  8. 

Cardiocaris,  Clarke,  8. 

Cardiocephalus  sternbergi  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Broili,  2. 

Cardioceras  canadense  nom.  prov.,  Whit- 
eaves,  9. 

Cardiomorpha  missouriensis  Shumard, 
Beede,  1. 

Cardiomya  A.  Adams,  Dali,  8. 

Cardiopsis  crassicostata  Hall  and  Whit¬ 
field,  Kindle,  1. 

Cardita  (Brugui&re)  Lamarck,  Dali,  8. 

section  Cardita  s.  s.  Dali,  8. 

section  Carditamera  Conrad,  Dali, 

8. 

section  Gians,  Megerle,  Dali,  8. 

aldrichi  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 

(Carditamera)  arata  Conrad,  Dali, 

8. 

(Carditamera)  catharia  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Carditamera)  guppy i  Dali,  Dali, 

8. 

(Carditamera)  prestoni  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

protracta  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 

(Carditamera)  recta  Conrad,  Dali, 

8. 

(Carditamera)  tegea  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Carditamera)  vaughani  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

Carditamera  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Carditella  E.  A.  Smith,  Dali,  8. 

Cardites  Link,  Dali,  8. 

Carditopsis  Smith,  Dali,  8. 

Carex  clarkii  n.  sp.,  Berry,  10. 

Cardium  (Linne)  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

(Granocardium)  budaense  n.  sp., 
Shattuck,  8. 

(Cerastoderma)  calvertensium  n. 
sp.,  Glenn,  6. 

(Cerastoderma)  corbis  Martyn.  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Cerastoderma)  craticuloide  Con¬ 
rad,  Glenn,  G. 

(Laevicardium)  elatum  Sower  by, 
Arnold,  2. 

(Fragum)  medium  Linne,  Glenn, 

6. 

(Cerastoderma)  laqueatum  Con¬ 
rad,  Glenn,  6. 

(Cerastoderma)  leptopleurum  Con¬ 
rad,  Glenn,  6. 

(Laevicardium)  mortoni  Conrad, 
Glenn,  6. 

(Cerastoderma)  patuxentium  n. 
sp.,  Glenn,  6, 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cardium  (Ringicardium)  procerum 
Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 

(Trachycardium)  quadrigenarium 
Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
(Laevicardium)  substriatum  Con¬ 
rad,  Arnold,  2. 

(Protocardia)  texanum  Conrad, 
Shattuck,  8. 

(Protocardia)  vaughani  n.  sp., 
Shattuck,  8. 

Caricella  pyruloides  (?)  (Conrad), 
Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Carinaropsis  carinata  Hall.  Ruede- 
mann,  2. 

deleta  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 

(or  .  Bellerophon)  phalera  n.  sp., 
Sardeson,  9. 

Carpenteroblastus  n.  gen.,  Rowley,  1. 
pentagonus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
veryi  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  7. 
Carpites  Schimper,  Perkins,  13. 
alatus  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
inequalis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
judithae  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
minutulus  Lesq.,  Berry,  6. 
ovalis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
pruni  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
trigonus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
Carpolithes  Schlotheim,  Perkins,  13. 
brandonianus  Lx.,  Perkins,  13. 
brandonianus  Lesquereux,  Knowl¬ 
ton,  11. 

confinis  D.  W.,  White  (D.),  18. 
elongatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
emarginatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
grandis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
hitchcockii  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
juglandiformis  Berry,  Berry,  7. 
lunatus  Dn.,  White  (D.),  18. 
mucronatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
obtusus  n.  sp.,  Perkins.  13. 
ovatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins.  13. 
parvus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
simplex  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
solidus  n.  sp.,  Perkins.  13. 
vermontanus  n.  sp..  Perkins,  13. 
Carpolithus  bucklandii  Williamson?, 
Fontaine,  1. 

cliffwoodensis  n.  sp..  Berry,  5. 
douglasensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
dubius  n.  sp..  Berry,  5. 
elongatus  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
juglandiformis  n.  sp.,  Berry,  5. 
marylandicus  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  3. 
var.  rugosus  n.  var..  Hollick,  3. 
mattewanensis  n.  sp.,  Berry,  6. 
olallensis  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine.  1. 
ostryaeformis  nom.  nov.,  Berry,  6. 
Carstenia  n.  gen.  Hyatt,  1. 

Carychium  bermudense  n.  sp.,  Gulick,  1. 
Caryocaris  Salter.  Ruedemann,  8. 

oblongus  Gurley,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Caryocrinus  Say,  Grabau,  1. 
ornatus  Say,  Grabau,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


643 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Geneva  and  species  described — Continued. 
Caryophyllia  arnoldi  Vaugtian,  Arnold, 
2 

California  Vaughan  n.  sp.,  Arnold, 

2. 

pedroensis  Vaughan  n.  sp.,  Arnold, 

2. 

Cassia?  sp.,  Newh.,  Ivnowlton,  14. 
Cassidulus  californicus  n.  sp.,  Ander¬ 
son.  7. 

Cassis  cselata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
sp.  Dali,  10. 

Castalia  stantoni  n.  sp.,  Ivnowlton,  18. 
Catopterus  J.  H.  Redfield,  Eaton,  1. 
Catopterus  Redfield,  Eastman,  20. 

gracilis  J.  H.  Redfield,  Eastman, 

20. 

redfieldi  Egerton,  Eastman,  20. 
Caulinites  inquirendus  n.  sp.,  Hollick, 
11. 

Caulopteris  magnifica  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  2. 
Cavaria  dumosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 
Cavilucina  Fischer,  Dali,  8. 

Cayugaea  n.  gen.,  Lambe,  2. 

whiteavesiana  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  2. 
Celastrophyllum  acutidens  Fontaine, 
Fontaine,  5. 

albaedomus  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fontaine, 
5. 

brittonianum  Hollick,  Fontaine,  5. 
brookense  Fontaine?,  Fontaine  5. 
elegans,  n.  sp.,  Berry,  5,  6. 
hunteri  Ward,  Fontaine,  5. 
latifolium  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 

?  marylandicum  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 
obovatum  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 

?  saliciforme  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

Celastrus  arctica  Heer,  Hollick,  IT. 
confluens  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
dignatus  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
Cellepora  cribrosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  4. 

massalis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
4. 

Celtites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

halli  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Celtitidae,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Cenosphaera  porosissima  Vinassa,  Mar¬ 
tin,  8. 

Centrinus  disjunctus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Centronella?  biplicata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
glansfagea  (Hall),  Kindle,  1. 

?  subrhomboidea  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Centrosaurus  n.  gen.,  Lambe,  10. 

apertus  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  10,  11. 
Cephalotaxopsis  ramosa  Fontaine?,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3,  4. 

?  rhytidodes  Ward,  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

Cephalotropis  Cope,  Case,  9. 

coronatus  Cope,  Case,  9. 

Cepolis  (Hemitrochus)  agassizii  n.  sp., 
Dali,  15. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cepolis  (Plagioptycha)  duclosiana  var. 
columbiana  Dali,  nov.,  Dali,  15. 
(Hemitrochus)  exumana  n.  sp., 
Dali,  15.  ' 

(Plagioptycha)  gregoriana  n.  sp., 
Dali,  15. 

(Plagioptycha)  inaguana  n.  sp., 
Dali,  15. 

(Plagioptycha)  inaguana  var.  sub- 
androsi  Dali  nov.,  Dali,  15. 
(Plagioptycha)  pharcida  n.  sp., 
Dali,  7. 

(Hemitrochus)  troscheli  Pfeiffer, 
Dali,  15. 

(Hemitrochus)  varians  Menke, 
Dali,  15. 

Ceramopora,  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
imbricata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
incrustans  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Cerastoderma  Morch,  Arnold,  2. 
Ceratiocaris  McCoy,  Grabau,  1. 
acuminata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
(Pliasganocaris?)  deweyi  Hall, 
Grabau,  1. 

(Limnocaris)  prsecedens  n.  sp., 
Clarke,  12. 

Ceratites  de  Haan,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Ceratites  de  Haan,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

(Gymnotoceras)  blakei  Gabb, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

(Gymnotoceras)  blakei  Gabb,  Hy¬ 
att  and  Smith,  1. 

humboltensis  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

vogdesi  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
Ceratitidse,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Ceratitoidea,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Ceratocephala  coalescens  n.  sp.,  Van 
Ingen,  2. 

goniata  Warder,  Van  Ingen,  2. 
Ceratocephala  gQniata  Warder,  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 

nodulata  n.  sp.,  Van  Ingen,  2. 
Ceratodus  eruciferus  Cope,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

hieroglyphus  Cope,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Ceratogaulus  rhinocerus  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  6.  - 

Ceratopora  agglomerata  n.  sp.  (Gra¬ 
bau),  Greene,  2. 

conglomerata  n.  sp.,  Greene,  4. 
flabellata  n.  sp.,  Greene,  4. 
nanus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  4. 
separata  n.  sp.,  Greene.  4. 

Ceratops  Marsh,  Stanton  and  Hatcher, 

1. 

belli  (Lambe),  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

canadensis  (Lambe),  Stanton  and 
.  Hatcher.  1. 

montanus  Marsh.  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

recurvicornis  (Cope),  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


644 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Ceraurus  hudsoni  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 
E. ),  5. 

(Crotalocephalus)  niagarensis 
Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
pleurexanthemus  Green,  Weller,  6. 
pompilius  Billings,  Raymond  (P. 
E.) ,  5. 

Ceriocrinus  craigi  (Worthen),  Beede,  1. 
harshbargeri  n.  sp.,  Beede,  4. 
bemispherieus  (Shumard),  Beede, 
i. 

missouriensis  (Miller  and  Gurley), 
Beede,  1. 

?  monticulatus  Beede,  Beede,  1. 

?  priscus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene. 
11'. 

Cerion  (Strophiops)  agassizii  Dali, 
Dali,  15. 

(Stropbiops)  blandi  Pilsbry  and 
Vanatta,  Dali,  15. 

(Strophiops)  eleutherae  I\  and  V., 
var.  drupium  Dali  nov.,  Dali,  15. 
(Strophiops)  glans  Kiister,  Dali, 
15. 

(Strophiops)  grayi  Maynard,  Dali, 
15. 

(Strophiops)  lentiginosum  May¬ 
nard,  Dali,  15. 

(Strophiops)  maynardi  Pilsbry 
and  Vanatta,  Dali,  15. 
(Strophiops)  rhyssum  n.  sp.,  Dali, 
7. 

Ceriopora  micropora  Goldfuss,  Ulrich, 
2 

Cerithidea  Swainson,  Arnold,  2.  , 

californica  Haldemann,  Arnold,  2. 
Cerithiopsis  calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Martin, 
5. 

subulata  (Montagu),  Martin,  5. 
Cerithium  arcuiferum  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
harveyi  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 

?  texanum  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
vancouverense  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Cervalees  americanus  (Harlan),  Os¬ 
born,  36. 

Cetophis  heteroclitus  Cope,  Case,  9. 
Cetotherium  cephalum  Cope,  Case,  9. 
megalophysum  Cope,  Case,  9. 
parvum  Trouessart,  Case,  9. 
Chaenocardiola  Holzapfel,  Clarke,  19. 
Chaenomya  leavenworthensis  (Meek  and 
Hayden),  Beede,  1. 

leavenworthensis  Meek  and  Hay¬ 
den,  Girty,  3. 

Chaetetes  milleporaceus  Milne-Ed wards 
and  Haime,  Beede,  1. 

milleporaceus  Milne-Edwards  and 
Haime,  Girty,  3. 

Chama  (Pliny)  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

Chama  (Linne)  Bruguibre,  Dali,  8. 
caloosana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
chipolana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
congregata  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Chama  congregata  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
corticosa  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
crassa  Heilprin,  Dali,  8. 
draconis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
exogyra  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
involuta  Guppy,  Dali,  8. 
lyelli  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
macerophylla  Gmelin,  Dali,  8. 
mississippiensis  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
monroensis  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 
pellucida  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
striata  Emmons,  Dali,  8. 
tampaensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
willcoxi  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Chamelea  Morch,  Dali,  8. 

Champosaurus  Cope,  Osborn,  19. 
Champsosaurus  Cope,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

annectens  Cope,  Lambe,  3. 
brcvicollis  Cope,  Stanton,  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

vaccinsulensis  Cope,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Chara  springerae  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  15. 
Chaetopleura  apiculata  (Say)  Martin,  5. 
Cheirodus  orbicularis  (Newberry  and 
Worthen),  Eastman,  10. 

Cheirurus  mars  n.  sp.,  Hudson,  1. 
Cheirotheroides  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

pilulatus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Chelone  sp.,  Case,  9. 

Chelonoides  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

incedens  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Chelydosauria  Cope,  Case,  12. 

Chicoreus  Montfort,  Arnold,  2. 
Chiloceras  sp.,  Clarke.  19. 

Chione  Megerle,  Arnold,  2. 

Chione  Megerle  von  Miihlfeld.  Dali,  8. 
section  Chamelea  Morch,  Dali,  8. 
section  Chione  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Clausinella  Gray,  Dali,  8. 
section  Gomphina  Morch  s.  s.,  Dali, 
8. 

section  Lirophora  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
section  Macridiscus  Dali,  Dali.  8. 
section  Timoclea  Brown,  Dali,  8. 

?  section  Volupia  Defrance.  Dali,  8. 
subgenus  Gomphina  Morch,  Dali.  8. 
(Lirophora)  alveata  Conrad,  Dali, 
8. 

alveata  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
(Lirophora)  ballista  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Lirophora)  burnsii  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
cancellata  Linn6,  Dali,  8. 
chipolana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
corticaria  Rogers.  Dali,  8. 

(?  Chamelea)  craspedonia  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

cribraria  Conrad.  Dali,  8. 
erosa  n.  sp..  Dali,  8. 

(Lirophora)  glytocyma  u.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Timoclea)  grus  Holmes,  Dali,  8. 
(Lirophora)  hendersonii  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


645 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — ^Continued. 
Chione  (Lirophora)  latilirata  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

latilirata  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
(Lirophora)  mactropsis  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

(Chamelea)  nuciformis  Heilprin, 
Dali,  8. 

parkeria  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 

(Chamelea)  rhodia  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Chamelea)  spada  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Lirophora)  ulocyma  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
(Lirophora)  victoria  n.  sp.,  Con¬ 
rad,  Dali,  8. 

(Lirophora)  xesta  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
sp.  indet.,  Dali,  8. 

Chionella  Cossmann,  Dali,  8. 

Chiton?  sp.,  Weller,  6. 

Chilotrypa  Ulrich,  Grabau,  1. 

ostiolata  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
Chlamys  Bolten,  Arnold,  2. 
Chlidonophora  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Chlorostoma  Swainson,  Arnold,  2. 
aureotinctum  Forbes,  Arnold,  2. 
brunneum  Philippi,  Arnold,  2. 
funebrale  A.  Adams.  Arnold,  2. 
funebrale  A.  Adams  var.  subaper- 
tum  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
gallina  Forbes,  Arnold,  2. 
montereyi  Kiener,  Arnold,  2. 
(Omphalius)  viridulum  var.  ligu-  | 
latum  Menke,  Arnold,  2. 
Choffaticeras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Chomatodus  inconstans  St.  John  and 
Worthen,  Eastman,  10. 

Chondrites  alpestris  Heer,  Ulrich,  4. 
divaricatus  Fischer-Ooster,  Ulrich, 

4. 

Chondrodonta  n.  gen.,  Stanton,  2. 
glabra  n.  sp.,  Stanton,  2. 
munsoni  (Hill),  Stanton,  2. 

Chonetes  Fischer  de  Waldheim,  Grabau,  | 

1. 

arcuatus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
arcuatus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
burlingtonensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  2. 
cinctatus  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
coronatus  Conrad,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  3,  4. 

coronatus  (Con.)  ?,  Weller,  6. 
cornutus  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
cf.  cornutus  Hall,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

fiemingi  Norwood  and  Pratten, 
Girty,  3. 

fiemingi  var.  verneuilianus  Nor 
wood  and  Pratten,  Girty,  3. 
geinitzianus  Waagen,  Girty,  3. 
glaber  Geinitz,  Beede,  1. 
granulifer  Owen,  Beede,  1. 
granulifer  Owen,  Girty,  3. 
gregarius  n.  sp.,  Weller,  2. 
hudsonica  Clarke,  Weller,  6. 
illinoisensis  Worthen,  Girty,  3. 
jerseyensis  Weller,  Schuchert,  4. 
jerseyensis  Weller,  Weller,  6. 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Chonetes  lepidus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

manitobiensis  Whiteaves,  Kindle, 

1. 

mesolobus  Norwood  and  Pratten, 
Beede,  1. 

mesolobus  Norwood  and  Pratten, 
Girty,  3. 

mucronatus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
mucronatus  Hall,  Wood  (Elvira), 
1. 

mucronatus  Hall,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  3,  4. 

robustus  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
3,  4. 

scitulus  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
3,  4. 

scitulus  Hall,  Wood  (Elvira),  1. 
subquadratus  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
verneuilianus  Norwood  and  Prat¬ 
ten,  Beede,  1. 

vicinus  (Castelnau),  Kindle,  1. 
yandellanus  Hall,  Shimer,  5. 
yandellanus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Chonopectus  flscheri  (N.  &  P.),  Weller, 
2 

Chonopliyllum  Edwards  and  Haime, 
Grabau,  1. 

Chonophyllum  Milne  Edwards  and 
Haime,  Lambe,  2. 

belli  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
canadense  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
curvatum  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
cylindricum  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
infundibulum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
magnificum  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
niagarense  Hall,  Grabau,  1.  >. 

.  nymphale  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
pygmaeum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  8. 
typicum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
Chonostrophia  complanata  (Hall),  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

jervensis  Schuchert,  Weller,  6. 
Chonostrophia  jervensis  n.  sp.,  Schu¬ 
chert,  1. 

jervisensis  Schuchert,  Shimer,  5. 
montrealensis  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  1. 
Chorus  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

belcheri  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
carisaensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
Christiania  trentonensis  n.  sp.,  Ruede- 
mann,  2. 

Chrysallida  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Chrysemys  inornata  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  5. 

wyomingensis  Leidy,  Hay,  13. 
Chrysodomus  Swainson,  Arnold,  2. 
aphelus  Dali,  Rivers,  1. 
arnoldi  n.  sp.,  Rivers,  1. 
engonatus  (Heilprin),  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

griseus  Dali,  Rivers,  1. 
merriami  n.  sp.,  Rivers,  1. 
patuxentensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
rectirostris  Carpenter.  Arnold,  2. 
tabulatus  Baird,  Arnold,  2. 


646 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Chrysodomus  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
sp.  indet.,  Arnold,  2. 

Cictyocha  fibula  ( ?)  Ehrenberg,  Mar-  ; 
tin,  8. 

Cidaroblastus  Ilambach,  1. 

parvus  n.  sp.,  Ilambach,  1. 
Cimoliasaurus  Leidy,  Williston,  14. 
magnus  Leidy,  Lambe,  3. 
snowii  Williston,  Williston,  14. 
Cimolichthys  Leidy,  Loomis,  1. 
contracta  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
merrillii  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
nepseolica  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
semianceps  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
Cinnamomum  bendirei  n.  sp.,  Knowlton, 
14. 

corrugatum  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  8. 
lignitum  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
lignitul  Perkins,  Perkins,  17. 
novae-anglise  Lx.,  Perkins,  13. 
ovoides  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 

Circe  Schumacher,  Dali,  8. 

Circenita  Jousseaume,  Dali,  8. 
Circomphalus  Morch,  Dali,  8. 
Cladiscothallus  wardi,  Renault,  1. 
Cladochonus?  bennetti  Beede,  Beede,  1. 
Cladodus,  Clark  (W.),  1. 

Cladodus  Agassiz,  Claypole,  5. 
clarki  Claypole,  Claypole,  5. 
formosus  n.  sp.,  Hay,  4. 
fyleri  Newberry,  Claypole,  5. 
kepleri  Newberry,  Claypole,  5. 
knightianus  (Cope),  Eastman,  10. 
occidentalis  Leidy,  Eastman,  10. 
rivi-petrosi  Claypole,  Claypole,  5. 
sinuatus  Claypole,  Claypole,  5. 
Cladophlebis  acuta  Fontaine,  Fontaine, 

5. 

acuta  angustifolia  n.  var.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

acutiloba  (Heer)  Fontaine  n. 

comb.,  Fontaine,  1. 
alata  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  2. 
alata  Fontaine?,  Fontaine,  3. 
browniana  (Dunker)  Seward,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

constricta  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  4. 
denticulata  (Brongniart)  Na- 
thorst  non  Fontaine,  Fontaine.  1. 
falcata  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  3,  5 
falcata  monta  en  is  Fontaine  n. 

comb.,  Fontaine,  4. 
haiburnensis  (Lindley  and  Hptton) 
Brongniart?,  Fontaine,  1. 
heterophylla  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  4. 
huttoni  (Dunker)  Fontaine  n. 

comb.,  Fontaine,  2. 
parva  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  3. 
pecopteroides  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
ungeri  (Dunker)  Ward  n.  comb., 
Fontaine,  3. 

vaccensis  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fontaine. 

1,  2. 

virginiensis  Fontaine.  Fontaine, 
Cladopora  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cladopora  multipora  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
multipora  Hall,  Clarke  and  Ruede- 
mann,  1. 

multiseriata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
rectilineata  Simpson,  Weller,  6. 
seriata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Cladoselache  fyleri,  Dean,  0. 

Claenodon,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  1. 
Claosaurus  annectens  Marsh.  Beecher, 
6. 

(Thespesius)  annectens  Marsh, 
Hatcher,  3. 

Clathrodictyon  pr  blematicum  n.  sp., 
Parks,  5. 

Clathrodityum  ostiolatum  Nicholson, 
Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 
Clathropora  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
alcicornis  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
frondosa  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Clathrospira  subconica  Hall,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  2. 

Clathurella  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Clavseblastrs,  Hambach,  1. 

Clavilithes  chamberlaini  n.  ;p.,  Join- 
son  and  Grabau,  1. 

chamberlaini  Johnson  and  Grabau, 
Grabau,  16. 

columbaris  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 
humerosus  (Conrad),  Grabau,  16. 
kennedyanus  Harris,  Grabau,  16. 
pachyleurus  (Conrad),  Grabau,  16. 
raphanoides  (Conrad),  Grabau.  16. 
?  salebrosus  (Conrad),  Grabau, 
16. 

texanus  Harris,  Grabau,  16. 
vicksburgensis  (Conrad),  Grabau, 
16. 

Clavulina  soldanii,  Guppy,  4. 
Clavulites  n.  gen.,  Girty,  5. 

howardensis  n.  sp.,  Girty,  5. 
Clausina  Brown,  Dali,  8. 

Clausinella  Gray,  Dali,  8. 

Cleiothyris  orbicularis  McC  h  e  s  n  e  y, 
Girty,  3. 

roissyi  (L’Eveille),  Beede,  1. 
dementia  Gray,  Dali,  8. 
grayi  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
inoceriformis  Wagner,  Dali,  8. 
Clemmys  hesperia  n.  sp.,  Hay,  9. 

saxea  n.  sp.,  Hay,  9. 

Clepsydrops  natal  is,  Case,  6. 

Clidastes  stenops  Cope,  Williston,  10. 
Clidiopliora  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Clidiopbora  Carpenter.  Dali,  8. 

punctata  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Clidophorus  neglectus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
Climacograptus  phyllophorus  Gurley, 
Weller,  6. 

Clintonia  oblongifolia  n.  sp.,  Penhal- 
low,  4. 

Climactichnites,  Woodworth,  6. 
Cleiocrinus  Billings,  Springer  (F. ),3. 
magnificus  Billings,  Springer  (F.  I, 
3. 

regius  Billings,  Springer  (F.),  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


647 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cleithyris  liirsuta  Hall,  Weller,  2. 
dementia  inoceriformis  (Wagner), 
Glenn,  6. 

Clidophorus  obscurus  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 

Climacograptus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 

?  antennarius  Hall  sp.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  8. 

pungens  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
scharenbergi,  Ruedemann,  2. 
Clinopistha  antiqua  Meek,  Kindle,  1. 
striata  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
subnasuta  Hall  and  Whitfield, 
Kindle,  1. 

Cliona  alaskana  Dali,  Dali,  10. 
Clionites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

(Neanites)  californicus  n.  sp., 
Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

(Shastites)  compressus  n.  sp., 
Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
fairbanksi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

(Traskites)  robustus  n.  sp.,  Hy¬ 
att  and  Smith,  1. 

(Stantonites)  rugosus  n.  sp.,  Hy¬ 
att  and  Smith,  1. 
sp.  ind.,  Burckhardt  and  Scalia,  1. 
Clionychia  marginalis  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 

Clisiophyllum  Dana,  Lambe,  2. 

billingsi  Dawson  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
Clypidella  bimaculata  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
Clypites  Waagen,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

tenuis  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Cocculus  minutus  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  11. 
Cochlespira  Con.,  Casey,  5. 
Cochlespirella  n.  gen.,  Casey,  4. 
Cochlespiropsis  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
blanda  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
engonata  Con.,  Casey,  5. 
Coehliodus,  Eastman,  8. 

Cochliolepis  striata  DalL,  Martin,  5. 
Cochlodesma  Couthouy,  Dali,  8. 
Codakia  Scopoli,  Dali,  8. 

(Jagonia)  ehipolana  n.  sp.,  Dali. 

8. 

(Jagonia)  erosa  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Jagonia)  magnoliana  n.  sp.,  Dali, 
8. 

orbicularis  Linne,  Dali,  8. 
(Jagonia)  orbiculata  Montagu, 
Dali,  8. 

(Jagonia)  pertenera  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Jagonia)  speciosa  Rogers,  Dali,  8. 
spinulosa  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

(Jagonia)  textilis  Guppy,  Dali,  8. 
(Jagonia)  vendryesi  n.  sp.,  Dali, 
8. 

(Jagonia)  sp.  indet.,  Dali,  8. 
Codaster  Maccoy,  Hambach,  1. 

attenuatus  Lyon,  Rowley,  Greene, 
5,  7. 


j  Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Codaster  attenuatus?  Lyon,  Rowley, 
Greene,  5. 

attenuatus  var.  robustus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  Greene,  5. 
gracillimus  Rowley,  4. 
grandis  Rowley,  Rowley,  4. 
lseviculus  Rowley,  Rowley,  4. 
pyramidatus  Shumard,  Rowley, 
Greene,  5. 

superbus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  4. 
sp.  ?,  Rowley,  Greene,  5( 

Codonites  Meek  and  Worthen,  Ham¬ 
bach,  1. 

Codonotheca  caduca  rt.  gen.  and  sp., 
Sellards,  6. 

Coelacanthidse,  Eastman,  20. 
Coelacanthus  exiguus  n.  sp.,  Eastman, 
4,  10. 

Coelambus  cribrarius  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
derelictus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
disjectus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
infernalis  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Coelidium  nom.  nov.,  Clarke  and  Rue¬ 
demann,  1. 

macrospira  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

cf.  vitellia  Billings,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

Ccelocystis  n.  gen.,  Schuchert,  6,  11. 

subglobosus  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 
Coelodon  Carpenter,  Dali,  8. 

Ccelodus  brownii  Cope,  Williston,  1. 

stantoni  n.  sp.,  Williston,  1. 
Cceloma  bicarinatum  n.  sp.,  Ravn,  1. 
Ccelospira  grabaui  n.  sp.,  Shimer,  5. 
Coenograptus  gracilis  (Hall),  Weller, 
6. 

Coilopoceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
colleti  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
novimexicanum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
springeri  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 

Coleoides  typicalis  Wale,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  1. 

Coleolus  tenuicinctum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
tenuistriatus  n.  sp.,  Parks,  5. 
sp.,  Parks,  5. 

Coleophyllum?  greeni  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
Colodon  cingulatus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
sp.,  Douglass,  4. 

Colpophyllia  gyrosa  (Ellis  and  Solan- 
der),  Vaughan,  2. 

Columbella  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

(Astyris)  californiana  Gaskoin, 
Arnold,  2. 

calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
(ASsopus)  chrysalloidea  Carpen¬ 
ter,  Arnold,  2. 

(Astyris)  communis  (Conrad  >, 
Martin,  5. 

(Astyris)  gausapat^  Gould,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Astyris)  gausapata  Gould,  var. 

carinata  Hinds,  Arnold.  2. 
(Anachis)  minima  n.  sp.,  Arnold. 
2. 


648 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Columbella  (^Esopus)  oldroydi  n.  sp., 
Arnold,  2. 

solidula  Reeve,  var.  praecursor  n. 
var.  Arnold,  2. 

(Astyris)  tuberosa  Carpenter,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2.  _ 

Columbites  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

parisianus  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Columnaria  Goldfuss,  Lambe,  2. 

alveolata  Goldfuss,  Hayes  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  1. 

alveolata  Goldfuss,  Lambe,  2. 
calicina  Nicholson,  Lambe,  2. 
disjuncta  Whiteaves,  Lambe,  2. 
halli  Nicholson,  Hayes  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  1. 

halli  Nicholson,  Lambe,  2. 
rugosa  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
Compsemys  plicatula,  Hay,  23. 
Comptichnus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

obesus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Conchidium  knighti  (Nettleroth)  ?, 
Kindle,  1. 

laqueatum  Conrad,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

cf.  littoni  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

cf.  multicostatum  Hall,  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 

trilobatum  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

unguiformis  Ulrich  (?),  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 

Conchochelys  admirabilis  n.  sp.,  Hay, 
25. 

Conchopeltis  (or  Metoptoma)  obtusa 
n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 

Condylocardia  Bernard,  Dali,  8. 
Confervites  dubius  n.  sp.,  Berry,  4. 
Coniopteris  hymenophylloides  (Bron- 
gniart)  Seward?,  Fontaine,  1. 
Conocardiura  beecheri  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 

cuneus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
eboraceum  Hall,  mut.  pygmseum 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 
gowandense  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
multistriatum  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

ohioense  Meek,  Kindle,  1. 
oklahomaensis  n.  sp.,  Beede,  8. 
pulchellum  W.  and  W.,  Weller,  2. 
oweni  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and  Breger, 
1. 

parrishi  Worthen,  Beede,  1. 
sp.,  Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Constellaria  emaciata  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  Nickles,-  6. 

florida  Ulrich,  Nickles,  6. 
florida  var.  emaciata  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Constellaria  florida  var.  emaciata  n. 
var.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 
prominens  Ulrich,  Nickles,  6. 
teres  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  Hayes 
and  Ulrich,  1. 

teres  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 
Conularia  Miller,  Grabau,  1. 
crustula  White?,  Girty,  3. 
niagarensis  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
triangulata  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  7. 

trentonensis  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

Conus  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

californicus  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
diluvianus  Green,  Martin,  5. 
marylandicus  Green,  Martin,  5. 
oweniana  n.  sp,,  Anderson,  7. 
scopularis  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
waltonensis  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  3. 
Cooperella  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 

subdiaphana  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Coralliophaga  (Oryctomya)  bryani 
Clark,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
coralliophaga  Gmelin,  Dali,  8. 
elegantula  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
Coralliophila  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Arnold, 
2. 

cumberlandiana  (Gabb),  Martin,  5. 
nux  Reeve,  Arnold,  2. 

Corax  curvatus  n.  sp.,  Williston,  1. 

falcatus  Agassiz,  Williston,  1. 
Corbicula  Megerle,  Dali,  8. 

section  Corbiculina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Cyrenodocfax  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Tellinocyclas  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Veloritina  Meek,  Dali,  8. 
densata  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
Corbiculina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Corbis  Cuvier,  Dali,  8. 

claibornensis  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
undata  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Corbula-  (Brugui&re)  Lamarck,  Arnold, 

2, 

aldrichi  Meyer,  Clark  and  Martin, 
2# 

cuneata  Say,  Glenn,  6. 
elevata  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
idonea  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
insequalis  Say,  Glenn,  6. 
laqueata  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
luteola  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 

?  maloniana  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
nematophora  var.  fitchi  n.  var., 
Johnson  (D.  W.),  5. 
oniscus  Conrad,  Claik  and  Martin, 
2m 

subengonata  Dali,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

whitfieldi  n.  sp.,  Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 
Cordaites  Unger,  Penhallow,  1. 
acadianum  Dn.,  Penhallow,  1. 

?  angustifolius  Dn.,  White  (D.), 
18. 

annulatum  Dn.,  Penhallow,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


649 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cordaites  brandlingii,  Penhallow,  1. 
clarkii  Dn.,  Penhallow,  1. 
flexuosus  Dn.,  White  (D.),  18. 
halli  Dn.„  Penhallow,  1. 
hamiltonense  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  1. 
illinoisense  Dn.,  n.  sp.,  Penhallow, 
1. 

materiarium  Dn.,  Penhallow,  1. 
matriode  Dn.,  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  1. 
newberryi  (Dn.).  Knowlton,  Pen¬ 
hallow,  1. 

ohioense  Dn.,  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  1. 
pennsylvanicum  Dn..  n.  sp.,  Pen¬ 
hallow,  1. 

quangondianum  Dn.,  Penhallow,  1. 
recentium  Dn.,  n.  sp.,  Penhallow, 
1. 

Cordillerites  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

angulatus  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Cordylocrinus?  dubius  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  3. 

plumosus  (Hall),  Talbot,  2. 
Corneocyclas  (Ferussac),  Dali,  8. 

section  Corneocyclas  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Cyclocalyx  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Phymesoda  Rafinesque, 
Dali,  8. 

section  Pisidium  C.  Pfeiffer,  Dali, 

8. 

Cornulites,  Schlotheim,  Grabau,  1. 

arcuatus  Conrad,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

bellistriatus  Hall,  Grabau,  I. 
cingulatus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Corvipes  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

lacertoideus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Corynoides  calicularis  Nich.,  Weller,  6. 
Corylus  harrimani  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  16. 

?  palachei  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  1G. 
Coryphodon  testis  (Cope),  Osborn,  36. 
Coscinodiscus  apiculatus  Ehrenberg, 
Boyer,  1. 

asteroides  Truan  and  Witt,  Boyer, 

1. 

heteroporus  Ehrenberg,  Boyer,  1. 
lewisianus  Greville,  Boyer,  1. 
lineatus  Ehrenberg,  Boyer,  1. 
perforatus,  Ehrenberg,  Boyer,  1. 
Cosmacanthus  elegans  n.  sp.,  Evans 
(H.  M.),  1. 

Cosmocrinus  ornatissimus  Hall,  sp., 
Whitfield,  11. 

Cosmonautilus  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

dilleri  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Cosoryx  agilis  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  1. 
Cossmannella  Mayer  Eymar,  Dali,  8. 
Cranaena  romiDgeri  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

subelliptica  var.  hardingensis  n. 
var.,  Girty,  3. 

Crania  ?  columbiana  Walcott,  Mat¬ 
thew  (C.  F. ),  19. 
crenistria  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 


j  Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cranaena  crenistriata  Hall,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  3,  4. 

delicata  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene,  2. 
depressa  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene, 
2. 

granosa  Hall  and  Clarke,  Kindle, 

1. 

greenei  Miller,  Kindle,  1. 
halli  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 

?  lemoni  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene. 

2. 

modesta,  W.  and  St.  J.  sp.,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  2. 

modesta  White  and  St.  John, 
Beede,  1. 

recta  n.  sp.,  Wood  (Elvira),  1. 

?  reversa  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
robusta  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene,  2. 
sheldoni  White,  Kindle,  1. 
siluriana  Hall  1863,  Beecher,  1. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
sp.,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
sp.,  Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller  6.- 
Craniella  hamiltonse  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
Cranoceras  ?  ellipticum  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  2. 

Craspedodiscus  coscinodiscus  Ehren¬ 
berg,  Boyer,  1. 

elegans  Ehrenberg,  Boyer,  1. 
Crassinella  Bayle,  Arnold,  2. 

Crassinella  Guppy,  Dali,  8. 
Crassatelliies  Kruger,  Dali,  8. 

section  Crassatellites  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Scambula  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
(Crassinella)  acutus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
alaeformis  (Conrad),  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

alta  (Conrad),  Clark  and  Martin, 

aquiana  (Clark),  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

(Crassinella)  bowdenensis  n.  sp., 
Dali.,  8. 

(Scambula)  chipolanus  n.  sp.  ?. 
Dali,  8. 

clarkensis  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

(Scambuia)  deformis  Heilprin, 
Dali,  8. 

(Scambula)  densus  Dali,  Dali.  8. 
(Crassinella)  duplinianus  n.  sp.. 
Dali,  8. 

(Crassinella)  duplinianus  Dali, 
Glenn,  6. 

(Crassinella)  galvestonensis  (Har¬ 
ris),  Glenn,  6. 

(Crassinella)  galvestonensis,  Har¬ 
ris,  Dali,  8. 

(Scambula)  gibbesii  Tuomey  and 
Holmes,  Dali,  8. 

(Scambula)  jamaicensis  n.  sp.. 
Dali,  8. 

(Crassinella)  lunulatus  Conrad. 
Dali,  8. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


050 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Crassatellites  (Scambula)  marylandi- 
cus  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

marylandicus  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
melinus  (Conrad),  Glenn,  G. 
(Scambula)  melinus  Conrad  var. 

meridionalis  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
(Micromeris)  minutissimus  Lea, 
Dali,  8. 

(Cuna)  parvus  Lea,  Dali,  8. 
(Scambula)  psychopterus  Dali. 
Dali,  8. 

(Crassinella)  tanicus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  j 

8. 

turgidulus  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
(Crassinella)  triangulatus  n.  sp.. 
Dali,  8. 

undulatus  var.  cyclopterus  Dali, 
Dali,  8. 

sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Crataegus  flavescens  Newb.,  Knowlton,  [ 
14. 

imparilis  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
Crenella  gubernatoria  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 

virida  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  G. 

Crenimargo,  Cossmann,  Dali,  8. 
Crenipecten  hallanus  Walcott,  Girty,  3. 
Creodonta,  Matthew  (W.  D. ),  19. 
Creosaurus,  Osborn,  18. 

Creosaurus  Marsh,  Williston,  2. 
Crepidophyllum  Nicholson  and  Thomp-  ] 
son,  Lambe,  2. 

archiaci  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
colligatum  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe, 
2. 

Crepidula  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
aculeata  Gmelin,  Arnold,  2. 
adunca  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
dorsata  Broderip,  Arnold,  2. 
fornicata  (Linne),  Martin,  5. 
grandis  Middendorff,  Arnold,  2. 
navicelloides  Nuttall,  Arnold,  2. 
onyx  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
plana  Say,  Martin,  5. 
praerupta  Conrad,  Anderson,  7. 
precursor  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
rugosa  Nuttall,  Arnold,  2. 
ungana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Crepipora  venusta  (Ulrich),  Nickles,  6. 
Cribrilina  crassula  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 

modesta  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 
Cribroblastus,  Hambach,  1. 

incisus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
schucherti  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
tenuis  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
tenuistriatus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
verrucosus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
Cricotillus  brachydens  n.  sp.,  Case,  3. 
Cricotus,  Broili,  2. 

Crisina  striatopora  n.  sp.„  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  4. 

Cristellaria  Lamarck,  Bagg,  6. 
aculeata,  Guppy,  4. 
articulata  (Reuss),  Bagg,  9. 
cassis  (Pichtel  and  Moll),  Bagg,  9. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cristellaria  crepidula  (Fichtel  and 
Moll),  Bagg,  9. 

crepidula  (F.  and  M.)  var.  gladius 
Philippi,  Bagg,  9. 
cultrata  (Montfort),  Bagg,  6. 
(Robulina)  gerlandi  A  n  d  r  e  a  e, 
Bagg,  9. 

gibba  (d'Orbigny),  Bagg,  1,  9. 
radiata  (Bornemann),  Bagg,  1. 
rotulata  (Lamarck),  Bagg,  1,  9. 
rotulata,  Guppy,  4. 
wetherellii  Jones,  Bagg,  6. 
Crocodilus  liumilis  Leidy,  Lambe,  3. 
humilis  Leidy,  Stanton  and  Hat¬ 
cher,  1. 

prenasal  is  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  5. 
Crossotelos  annulatus  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Case,  3. 

Crossotheca  sagittata,  Sellards,  3. 

trisecta  n.  sp.,  Sellards,  3. 
Crotalocrinus  cora  (Hall),  Weller,  5. 
Crucibulum  Schumacher,  Arnold,  2. 
constrictum  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
costatum  (Say),  Martin,  5. 
costatum  var.  pileolum  (H.  C. 
Lea),  Martin,  5. 

multilineatum  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
spinosum,  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
Cryphaeus  boothi  var.  calliteles  Green, 
Loomis,  4. 

Cryptobium  cinctum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 

detectum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Cryptoblastus  melo  O.  and  S..  Rowley, 
4. 

Cryptochiton  Midd.  and  Gray,  Arnold, 
2' 

stelleri  Middendorff,  Arnold,  2. 
Cryptodon  cfr.  unicarinatus  Nyst.  sp., 
Ravn,  1. 

Cryptomya  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 

californica  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Cryptonatica  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
Cryptonella  lens  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

ovalis  Miller,  Kindle.  1. 
Cryptozoon?  perkinsi  n.  sp.,  Seely,  5. 
Ctenacantlius,  Eastman.  6. 

amblyxipliias  Cope,  Eastman.  10. 
coxianus  St.  John  and  Wortlien. 
Eastman,  6. 

decussatus  n.  sp..  Eastman.  6. 
gracillimus  N.  and  W.,  Eastman, 
6. 

longinodosus  n.  sp..  Eastman.  6. 
lucasi  n.  sp..  Eastman.  6. 
semicostatus  St.  John  and  Wortli- 
en.  Eastmari.  6. 
solidus  n.  sp..  Eastman.  6. 
spectabilis  St.  John  and  Worthen. 
Eastman,  6. 

varians  St.  John  and  Worthen. 
Eastman,  6. 

venustus  n.  sp..  Eastman,  6. 
sp.  indet.,  Eastman,  6. 
Ctenichnites  bisulcatus  n.  sp.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


651 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Ctenis  auriculata  Fontaine?,  Fontaine, 
1. 

grandifolia  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  1. 
orovillensis  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  1. 
sulcicaulis  (Phillips)  Ward  n. 
comb.,  Fontaine,  1,  2. 
Ctenobolbina  ciliata,  Ruedemann,  1. 
ciliata  var.  cornula  n.  var.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

subrotunda  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  1. 
Ctenodonta  cf.  astartseformis  Salter, 
Ruedemann,  2. 

dubiaformis  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  7. 

jerseyensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
levata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
limbata  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

nasuta  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
parvidens  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P, 
E.),  7. 

peracuta  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

subovata  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
subrotunda  Ulrich,  Hayes  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  1. 

Ctenophyllum  angustifolium  Fontaine, 
Fontaine,  1. 

latifolium  Fontaine?,  Fontaine,  3. 
pachynerve  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
wardii  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  1. 

?  n.  sp.  ?,  Fontaine,  2. 

Ctenopteris  columbiensis  n.  sp.,  Pen- 
hallow,  4. 

insignis  Fontaine?,  Fontaine,  5. 
integrifolia  Fontaine?,  Fontaine, 
3. 

Ctenoptychius  occidentalis  (St.  John 
and  Worthen),  Eastman,  10. 
Ctenopyge  pecten  Salter,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  20. 

Cucullaea  castilloi  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
catorcensis  Castillo  and  Aguilera, 
Cragin,  2. 

gigantea  Conrad,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

?  texticostata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
transpecosensis  Cragin,  Cragin,  2. 
truncata?  Gabb,  var.,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Cucumites  lesquereuxii  n.  sp.,  Knowl- 
ton,  11. 

lesquereuxii  Kn.,  Perkins,  13. 
Cumingia  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 

californica  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
medialis  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 

Cuna  Hedley,  Dali,  8. 

Cuneamya  truncatula  Ulr.,  Weller,  0. 
Cunichnoides  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
marsupialoideus  E.  Hitchcock. 
Lull,  2. 

Cunninghamites  elegans  (Corda)  End- 
licher,  Knowlton,  18. 

elegans  (Corda)  Endl.,  Hollick,  4. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cunninghamites  elegans  (Corda),  Endl., 
Berry,  7. 

pulchellus  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
recurvatus?  Hosius  and  von  der 
Marck,  Knowlton,  18. 
squamosus  Heer,  Berry,  4,  5. 
Cupressinoxylon  cheyennense  n.  sp., 
Penhallow,  1. 

comanchense  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  1. 
Cupressoxylon  dawsoni  n.  sp.,  Penhal¬ 
low,  5,  6. 

macrocarpoides  n.  sp.,  Penhallow, 

6. 

Cupularia  denticulata  (?)  (Conrad), 
Ulrich  and  Bassler,  4. 

Cursipes  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),21, 
30. 

dawsoni  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.). 
21,  30. 

levis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F. ),  30. 
Curticia  n.  gen.,  Walcott,  12. 

elegantula  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
Cuspidaria  Nardo,  Dali,  8. 

(Cardiomya)  craspedonia  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Bowdenia)  distira  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Cax-diomya)  ornatissima  Orbig- 
ny,  Dali,  8. 

suciensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
Cyanocyclas  Ferussac,  Dali,  8. 
Cyathaxonia  venusta  n.  n.,  Greene,  14. 
Cyathocrinus  formosus  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
4. 

granulosus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  2. 
ornatissimus  Hall,  sp.,  Whitfield, 

11. 

?  ovalis  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  3. 
snivelyi  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  2. 
Cyathodonta  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

guadalupensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
semirugosa  Reeve,  Dali,  8. 
spenceri,  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
viebsburgiana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
Cyathophyllum  Goldfuss,  Lambe,  2. 
anna  Whitfield  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
anticostiense  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
articulatum  Wahlenberg,  Lambe. 
2 

athabascense  Whiteaves,  Lambe, 

2. 

csespitosum  Goldfuss,  Lambe,  2. 
capax  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
ceratites  Goldfuss,  Lambe,  2. 
coalitum  Rominger,  Lambe,  2. 
dawsoni  Lambe,  Lambe,  2. 
ellipticum  Hall  and  Whitfield 
(sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
euryone  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
exiguum  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe.  2. 
glabrum  Keyes,  Sardeson,  11. 
halli  Milne  Edwards  and  Ilaime 
(sp.),  Lambe.  2. 

interruptum  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
parvulum  Whiteaves  (sp.).  Lam¬ 
be,  2. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


652 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described— Continued. 
Cyathophyllum  pasithea  Billings, 
Lambe,  2. 

pennanti  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
petraioides  Whiteaves,  Lambe,  2. 
quadrigeminum  Goldfuss,  Lambe, 
2. 

richardsoni  Meek  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
spenceri  Lambe,  Lambe,  2. 
tenuiseptatum  Billings  (sp.),  Lam¬ 
be,  2. 

thoroldense  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  2. 
vermiculare  Goldfuss,  var.  prae- 
eursor  Freeh,  Lambe,  2. 
wahlenbergi  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
waskasense  Whiteaves,  Lambe,  2. 
zenkeri  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 

Cybele  valcourensis  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  5. 
sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 

Cycadella,  Wieland,  9. 

beecheriana  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.), 
5. 

cirrata  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
compressa  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),5. 
contracta  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
crepidaria  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
exogena  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
ferruginea  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),.5. 
knightii  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
knowltoniana  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.), 
5. 

jejuna  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
jurassica  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
nodosa  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
ramentosa  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
reedii  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5, 
wyomingensis  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.), 
x  n 

Cicadeoidea  bibbinsi  Ward,  Ward  (L. 
F.),  5. 

clarkiana  n.  sp.,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
fisherae  n.  sp.,  Ward  (L.  F. ),  5. 
fontaineana  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.), 
5. 

goucheriana  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.), 
5. 

marylandica  (Fontaine),  Capellini 
and  Solms-Laubach,  Ward  (L. 
F.),  5. 

megeeana  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
stantoni  n.  sp.,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
tysoniana  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
uhleri  Ward,  Ward  (L.  F.),  5. 
Cycadeospermum  ealifornicum  n.  sp., 
Fontaine,  3. 

montanense  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  4. 
obovatum  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
oregonense  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
ovatum  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
Cycadites  sp.,  Penhallow,  4. 

Cyclamina  deformis,  Guppy,  4. 

Cyclas  (Brugui&re)  Link,  Dali,  8. 
Cyclina  Deshayes,  Dali,  8. 

Cyclinella  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

cyclica  Guppy,  Dali,  8. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and/  species  described — Continued. 
Cyclinella  gatunensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

tenuis  Recluz,  Dali,  8. 

Cyclocalyx  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Cyclocardia  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Cyclonema  cancellata  Hall,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

cancellata,  Kindle,  1. 
crenulata  Meek,  Kindle,  1. 
elevata  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
montrealensis  Bill.,  Weller,  6. 

?  normaliana  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  7. 

varicosum  Hall,  Hayes  and  Ulrich, 
1. 

Cyclopitys  oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine, 

1. 

Cyclorhina  nobilis  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
Cyclotrypa  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 

?  barberi  Ulrich  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1, 

2. 

borealis  n.  sp.,  Parks,  5. 

Cyclus  De  Koninck,  Rogers,  3. 
communis  n.  sp.,  Rogers,  3. 
limbatus  n.  sp.,  Rogers,  3. 
minutus  n.  sp.,  Rogers,  3. 
packardi  n.  sp.,  Rogers,  3. 
permarginatus  n.  sp.,  Rogers,  3. 
Cylichna  Loven,  Arnold,  2. 
alba  Brown,  Arnold,  2. 
calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
costata  Gabb,  Whiteaves,  12. 

?  gre5nsboroensis  n.  sp.,  Martin.  5. 
oriza  Stimpson,  Sears,  1. 
venusta  Clark,  Clark  and  Martin. 
2. 

Cylindrodon  fontis  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Douglass,  4. 

Cylindrodon  fontis  Douglas.  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  9. 

Cymatocyclas  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Cymbiodyta  extincta  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Cymbophora  ashburneri  Gabb,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

Cymbospondylus  (?)  grandis  Leidy, 
Merriam  (J.  C.),  4. 

petrinus  Leidy,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  4. 
petrinus  Leidy  (?),  Merriam  (,T. 

C. ),  14. 

piscosus  Leidy,  Merriam  (J.  C. ),  4. 
Cynarctus  n.  gen..  Matthew  (W.  D.),  5 
saxatilis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
5.  ' 

Cynocercus  incisus  Cope,  Hay,  24. 
Cynodictis  gregarius  (Cope),  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  2. 

paterculus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W. 

D. ),  9. 

Cynodontomys  latidens  Cope,  Osborn. 
11. 

Cynognathus,  Case,  6. 

Cyon  or  Icticyon  sp..  Matthew  (W.  D.). 
5. 

Cyperacites  sp.,  Knowlten,  18. 
sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


653 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Geneva  and  species  described— Continued. 
Cyphaspis  hudsonica  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann. 
2, 

matutina  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 
trentonensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Cyphotrypa  n.  gen.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
2. 

acervulosa  (Ulrich),  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

frankfortensis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  'and 
Bassler,  2. 

wilmingtonensis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

Cypraea  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

fresnoensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
nuculoides  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 
smithii  Aldrich,  Clark  and  Martin, 
2. 

spadicea  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 
suciensis  Whiteaves.Whiteaves,  12. 
sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Cypricardinia?  carbonaria  Meek,  Beede, 

1. 

carbonaria  Meek,  Girty,  3. 
cataracta  Conrad,  Kindle,  1. 

?  cylindrica  H.  and  W.,  Kindle,  1. 
indenta  Conrad,  Kindle,  1. 
sublamellosa  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
sp..  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
Cypricardites  descriptus  n.  sp.,  Sarde- 
son,  1. 

dignus  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
finitimus  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
(Vanuxemia)  fragosus  n.  sp.,  Sar¬ 
deson,  1. 

luculentus  n,  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
minnesotensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
triangularis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
vicinus  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
Cypridina  antiqua  n.  sp.,  Jones  (T.  R.), 
3. 

Cyprimeria  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

lens  Whiteaves,  Whiteaves,  12. 

?  sulcata  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D.  W.), 
5. 

Cyprina?  anthracicola  n.  sp.,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

coteroi  Castillo  and  Aguilera,  Cra- 
gin,  2. 

denmanensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
?  streeruvitzii  Cragin,  Cragin,  2. 
sp.,  Ravn,  1. 

Cyrena  Lamarck,  Dali,  8. 

section  Cyrena  s.s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Egetaria  Morch,  Dali,  8. 
section  Geloina  Gray,  Dali,  8. 
section  Isodoma  (Deshayes)  Coss- 
mann,  Dali,  8. 

section  Polymesoda  Rafinesque, 
Dali,  8. 

albertensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  6. 
(Corbicula)  dumblei  n.  sp.,  Ander¬ 
son,  7. 

(Pseudocyrena)  dupliniana  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Cyrena  (Pseudocyrena)  floridana  Con¬ 
rad,  Dali,  8. 

gravesi  Deshayes,  Ravn,  1. 
pompholyx  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
Cyrenastrum  Bourguignat,  Dali,  8. 
Cyrenodonax  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Cyrenoida  Joannis,  Dali,  8. 

caloosaensis  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Cyrtia  myrtia  Billings,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

Cyrtina  Davidson,  Grabau,  1. 

acutirostris  (Shum. )?,  Weller,  2. 
crassa  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
hamiltonensis  Hall,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  3,  4. 

hamiltonensis  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
hamiltonensis  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
var.  recta  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
hamiltonensis  Hall,  mut.  pygmaea 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 
magnaplicata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
pyramidalis  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
rostrata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
varia  Clarke,  Weller,  6. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Cyrtoceras  Goldfuss,  Grabau,  1. 

arcticameratum  Hall,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

bovinum  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

cf.  brevicorne  Hall,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

columbiense  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
crescens  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
dresbachense  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
expansum  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
gracilis  n.  sp.,  Cleland,  3. 
orodes  Billings,  Clarke  and  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

subcancellatum  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

?  winonicum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 

sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Cyrtodonta  billingsi  Ulr.,  Weller,  6. 
canadensis  Bill.,  Weller,  6. 

?  lamellosa  n.  sp.,  Hudson,  1. 
solitaria  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

tranceps  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

Cyrtolites  bennetti  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
ornatus  var.  minor  U.  &  S.  Weller, 
6. 

sinuatus  H.  &  W.,  Weller,  6. 
Cyrtonella  mitella  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
Cyrtorhizoceras  curvicameratum  n.  sp., 
Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 

Cyrtospira  attenuata  n.  sp..  Ruede¬ 
mann,  2. 

Cystelasma  quinqueseptatum  n.  sp..  Ul¬ 
rich,  8. 

septata  n.  sp.,  Greene,  2. 
Cystiphycus  latifrons  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  2. 
Cysthiphyllum  Goldfuss,  Grabau,  1. 


654 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Cystiphyllum  Lonsdale,  Lambe,  2. 
aggregatum  Billings,  Lambe,  2: 
basalis  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
elavatum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  12. 
conspicuum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  15. 
crenatum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  15. 
discoideum  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
diversum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
expansum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
fulcratum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  12. 
gemmiferum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  15. 
liydraulicum  Simpson,  Grabau,  1. 
louisvillensis  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
maritimum  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
multicrenatum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  2. 
niagarense  Hall  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
perlamellosum  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
prostratum  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
retrorsum  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
scypbus  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
sulcatum  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
vesiculosum  Goldfuss  (sp.),  Lambe, 

2 

vesiculosum  Phillips,  Greene,  15. 

Cystodictya  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 

anisopora  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
inequamarginata  Rogers,  Condra, 

2. 

lophodes  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 

Cythara  Schumacher,  Arnold,  2. 

Cythere  burnsi  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  3. 

calverti  n.  sp.  ?,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  3. 

clarkana  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  3. 

clarkana  var.  minuscula  n.  var., 
Ulrich  and  Bassler,  3. 
dorsicornis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  3. 

dorsicornis  var.  bicornis  n.  var. 

Ulrich  and  Bassler,  3. 
evax  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  3.  j 
evax  var.  oblongula  n.  var.,  Ulrich 
and  Bassler,  3. 

exanthemata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  3. 

francisca  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass-  ! 
ler,  3. 

inaequivalvis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  3. 

lienenklausi  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  3. 

martini  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

marylandica  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  1. 
micula  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

3. 

nitidula  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  j 
3. 

nitidula  var.  calvertensis  n.  var., 
Ulrich  and  Bassler,  3. 
paucipunctata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  3. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued, 

Cythere  planibasalis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  3. 

plebeia  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
3. 

plebeia  var.  capax  n.  var.,  Ulrich 
and  Bassler,  3. 

plebeia  var.  modica  n.  var.,  Ulrich 
and  Bassler,  3. 

porcella  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
3. 

producta  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
3. 

punctistriata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  3. 

rugipunctata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler.  3. 

?  shattucki  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  3. 

spiniplicata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  3. 

subovalis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  3. 

tuomeyi  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
3. 

vaughani  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  3. 

Cytherea  Bolten,  Dali,  8. 

section  Antigona,  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Artena  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
section  Clausina  Brown,  Dali,  8. 
section  Ventricola  Romer,  Dali,  8. 
caesarina  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Ventricola)  blandiana  Guppy. 

Dali,  8. 

(Callista)  diabloensis  n.  sp.,  An¬ 
derson,  7. 

(Artena)  glyptoconcha  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Artena)  shepardi  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Artena)  staminea  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
(Antigona)  staminea  Conrad, 

Glenn,  6. 

tarquinia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

(Ventricola)  ucuttana  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Artena)  undulata  Conrad,  Dali, 

8. 

willcoxi  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

Cythereis  alaris  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  3. 

bassleri  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  1. 
cornuta  var.  americana  n.  var.. 
Ulrich  and  Bassler,  3 

Cytherella  marlborensis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich, 

1. 

submarginata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  1. 

Cytheridea?  chesapeakensis  n.  sp.,  Ul¬ 
rich  and  Bassler,  3. 

perarcuata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich.  1. 
subovata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler. 
3. 

Cytherideis  ashermani  n.  sp..  Ulrich 
and  Bassler,  3. 

cylindrica  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


655 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Cytherideis  longula  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  3. 

semicircularis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  3. 

subsequalis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  3. 

Cytheropteron  nodosum  n.  sp.,  Ulrich 
and  Bassler,  3. 

Dacentrurus  nov.  nom.,  Lucas,  11. 

Dadoxylon  antiquum  Dn.,  Penhallow,  1. 
edvardanum  Dn.,  Penhallow,  1. 
prosseri  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  1. 

Daedalus  Roualt,  Sarle,  4. 

Daemonelix,  Peterson,  3. 

Daemonelix,  Jennings  (O.  E.),  1. 

Dalmanella  Hall  and  Clarke,  Grabau,  1. 
elegantula  Dalman,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

elegantula  Dalman,  Grabau,  1. 
elegantula.  Dalman  1827,  Beecher, 

1- 

cf.  elegantula  Dalman  (sp.),  Clarke  j 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 
cf.  hybrida  Sowerby  (sp.),  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 
perelegans  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
postelegantula  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
subsequata  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
subsequata  var.  parvetus  Conrad, 
Ruedemann,  2. 

subcarinata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
testudinaria  (Dal.),  Weller,  6. 
wemplei  Cleland,  Weller,  6. 

Dalmanites  Barrande,  Grabau,  1. 

achates  Billings,  Ruedemann,'  2. 
(Odontocephalus)  segeria  Hall, 
Kindle,  1. 

(Chasmops)  anchiops  (Green), 
Kindle,  1. 

(Synphoria)  arkansanus  n.  sp., 
Van  Ingen,  2. 
aspinosa  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
(Cryphseus)  boothi  var.,  calliteles 
Green  (H.  and  C.),  Kindle,  1. 
(Chasmops)  calypso  H.  and  W., 
Kindle,  1. 

dentatus  Barrett,  Weller,  6. 
electra  (Bill.),  Weller,  6. 
limulurus  (Green),  Grabau,  1. 
lunatus  n.  sp.,  Lambert,  1,  2. 
(Cryphseus)  pleione  Hall  and 
Clarke,  Kindle,  1. 
pleuroptyx  (Green),  Weller,  6. 
(Hausmannia)  pleuroptyx  Green 
(Hall?),  Kindle,  1. 
(Odontocephalus)  selenurus  (Hall 
and  Clarke),  Kindle,  1. 
(Synphoria)  vigilans  Hall,  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 

(Synphoria)  vigilans  Hall,  Van 
Ingen,  2. 

sp.  cf.  anchiops  (Green),  Weller,  6. 
sp.  undet.  Weller,  6. 

Dammara  acicularis  n.  sp.,  Knowlton, 
18, 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued.. 
Dammara  borealis  Heer,  Ilollick,  4. 
cliflfwoodensis,  Hollick.  Berry,  5 
7. 

nortliportensis  n.  sp.,  Ilollick,  11. 
Danseopsis  storrsii  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
Danubites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

strongi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Daonella  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

dubia  Gabb,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
Daphoenus  Leidy,  Hatcher,  10. 
dodgei  Scott,  Hatcher,  10. 
felinus  Scott,  Hatcher,  10. 
Dawsonia  Nicholson,  Ruedemann,  8. 
monodon  Gurley,  Ruedemann,  8. 
tridens  Gurley,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Dawsonoceras  annulatum  Sowerby  var. 
americanum  Foord,  Clarke  and  Rue¬ 
demann,  1. 

Deinodon  Leidy,  Osborn,  50. 

Deinodon  Leidy,  Stanton  and  Hatcher, 

1. 

explanatus  Cope  .(sp.)  Lambe,  3. 
horridus  Leidy,  Lambe,  3. 
Dekayella,  Comings,  7. 

Dekayella  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 
foliacea  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
2, 

trentonensis  (Ulrich),  Nickles,  6. 
ulrichi  (Nicholson),  Nickles,  6. 
Dekayia,  Cumings,  7. 

Dekayia  Edwards  and  Haime,  Ulrich 
and  Bassler,  2. 

aspera  Edwards  and  Haime,  Nick¬ 
les,  6. 

cystata  n.  sp.,  Cumings,  3. 
magna  n.  sp.,  Cumings,  3. 
perfrondosa  n.  n..,  Cumings,  7. 
subfrondosa  n.  sp.,  Cumings,  7. 
ulrichi-lobata  n.  var.,  Cumings,  7. 
Delphinodon  Leidy,  Case,  9. 
leidyi  (Day),  Case  9. 
mento  Cope,  Case,  9. 

Delphinoidea  Brown,  Arnold,  2. 

coronadoensis  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
Delphinosaurus,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  13. 

perrini,  Merriam  (J.  C. ),  13. 
Delphinula  stantoni  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Delthyris  consobrinus  d’Orbigny,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E. ) ,  3,  4. 

raricosta  Conrad,  Kindle,  1. 
sculptilis  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

Deltodus  Newberry  and  Worthen,  Bran¬ 
son,  1. 

angularis  Newberry  and  Worthen, 
Eastman,  10. 

attenuatus  n.  sp.,  Branson,  1. 
contortus  (St.  John  and  Worthen), 
Eastman,  10. 

costatus  (Newberry  and  Worthen), 
Eastman,  10. 

occidentalis  (Leidy),  Eastman,  10. 
spatulatus  Newberry  and  Worthen, 
Eastman,  10. 


656 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Deltodus  spatulatus  Newberry  and 
Worthen,  Branson,  1. 

Dendrograptus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
flexuosus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
fluitans  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 

?  succulentus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann, 

8. 

Dentalium  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

attenuatum  Say,  Martin,  5. 
caduloide  Dali,  Martin,  5. 
danai  Meyer,  Martin,  5. 
grandaevum  Win.,  Weller,  2. 

.  hexagonum  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
indianorum  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
minutistriatum  Gabb,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

mississippiensis  Gabb,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

opaculum  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
polygonum  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
pseudohexagonum  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
semipolitum  Broderip  and  Sow¬ 
erby,  Arnold,  2. 
strenuum  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
sublaeve  Hall,  Girty,  3. 
zephyrinum  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
sp.,  Dali,  10. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Derbya  Waagen,  Beede,  1. 

bennetti  Hall  and  Clarke,  Beede,  1. 
crassa  (Meek  and  Hayden),  Beede, 
1. 

crassa  Meek  and  Hayden,  Girty,  3. 
cymbula  Hall  and  Clarke,  Beede, 
1. 

keokuk  (Hall),  Beede,  1. 
Desmoceras  ashiandicum  n.  sp.,  An¬ 
derson,  3. 

colusaense  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
dilleri  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
hoffmanii,  Smith  (W.  D.),  1. 
hoffmanni  Gabb,  Anderson,  3. 
jugalis  Gabb,  Anderson,  3. 
lecontei  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
selwynianum  Whiteaves,  Whit- 
eaves,  12. 

subquadratum  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
sugatum  Forbes,  Anderson,  3. 
voyi  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
Desmograptus  Hopkinson,  Ruedemann, 
8. 

cancellatus  Hopk.  (sp.),  Ruede¬ 
mann,  8. 

intricatus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Dewalquea  groenlandica  Heer,  Berry,  5. 
Dexiobia  halli  Win.,  Weller,  2. 

ovata  (Hall),  Weller,  2. 
Diacranodus  texensis  Cope,  Broili,  3. 
Diadectidae  Cope,  Case,  12. 

Diamesopora  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

dichotoma  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Diaphorostoma  Fischer,  Grabau,  1. 
desmatum  Clarke,  Shimer,  5. 
lineatum  Conrad,  mut.  belial 
Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Diaphorostoma  niagarense  Hall,  Gra¬ 
bau,  1. 

niagarense  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

perforatum  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  3  7. 
pugnus  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
(Naticopsis)  rotundatum  n.  sp., 
Clarke,  19. 

Diastoma  Deshayes,  Arnold,  2. 

sp.  indet.,  Arnold,  2. 

Diatryma  gigantea,  Lucas,  15. 
Dicellomus  Hall,  Walcott,  12. 

appalachia  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
nanus  Meek  and  Hayden,  Walcott, 
12. 

parvus  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
pectenoides  Whitfield,  Walcott,  12. 
politus  Hall,  Walcott,  12. 
sp.  und.,  Walcott,  12. 

Diceratops  Lull,  Lull,  7. 

Diceratops  hatcheri  Lull,  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Hatcher,  22. 

Dichocrinus  inoratus  Wachsmuth  and 
Springer,  Grabau,  8. 

Dichograptus  Salter,  Ruedemann,  8. 
octobrachiatus  Hall  (sp.),  Ruede¬ 
mann,  8. 

Dicksonia  montanensis  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  4. 

oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1,  2. 
pachyphylla  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  3,  4. 
saportana  Heer,  Fontaine,  2. 
Dicranograptus  ramosus  (Hall),  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

Dictyocephalus  Leidy,  Branson,  2. 
Dictyocoryne  profunda  Ehrenberg,  Mar¬ 
tin,  8. 

Dictyomella  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

corallifera  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Dictyonella  reticulata  Hall  1868, 
Beecber,  1. 

Dictyonema  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Dictyonema  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 

flabelliforme  Eichwald  (sp.), 
Ruedemann,  8. 

furciferum  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
murrayi  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
rectilineatum  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
retiforme  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Dictyopyge  Egerton,  Eastman,  20. 

macrura  W.  C.  Redfield,  Eastman, 

20. 

Dictyoretmon  n.  gen.,  Whitfield,  8. 

burlingtonense  n.  sp.,  Whitfield.  8. 
Didymograptus  McCoy,  Ruedemann.  8. 
acutidens  Lapworth  ms.,  Elies  and 
Wood  em.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
bifidus  Hall  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
(Isograptus)  caduceus  Salter  em. 

Ruedemann,  Ruedemann,  8. 
caduceus  Salter  nanus  n.  mut., 
Ruedemann,  8. 

cuspidatus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
ellesi  n.  sp..  Ruedemann,  8. 
extensus  Hall  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


657 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued,  i 
Didymograptus  gracilis  Tornquist,  Rue¬ 
demann,  8. 

filiformis  Tullberg,  Ruedemann,  8. 
forcipiformis  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
incertus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
nanus  Lapworth,  Ruedemann,  8. 
nicholsoni  Lapworth  var.  planus 
Elies  and  Wood,  Ruedemann,  8. 
nitidus  Hall  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
patulus  Hall  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
similis  Hall  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
spinosus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
tornquisti  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Dielasma,  Beecher,  1. 

hovidens  (Morton),  Beede,  1. 
bovidens  Morton?,  Girty,  3. 

?  pediculus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
schucherti  n.  sp.,  Beede,  8. 
zellei  (Win.),  Weller,  2. 

Dieneria  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
arthaberi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Digitaria  Wood,  Dali,  8. 

Dikelocephalus  minnesotensis  Owen, 
Sardeson,  2. 

newtonensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 

Dimer  ipteris  incerta  (Dn.)  D.  W., 
White  (D.),  18. 

recurva  (Dn.)  D.  W.,  White  (D.), 
48. 

Dimetrodon,  Sternberg,  2. 

Dimetrodon,  Case,  7,  8,  11. 
gigas  Cope,  Case,  7,  11. 
incisivus  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
incisivus  Cope,  Case,  7,  11. 
sp.  near  incisivus  Cope,  Case,  11. 
Dimorplioceras  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

texanum  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
Dinarites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

bonse-vistse  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  .and 
Smith,  1. 

Dinichthys,  Clark  (W.),  1. 

Dinichthys,  Wright  (A.  A.),  1. 
clarki  Claypole,  Hussakof,  2. 
curtus  Newb.,  Hussakof,  2. 
intermedius  Newb.,  Hussakof,  1. 
pustulosus,  Eastman,  8. 

Dinictis,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 

bombifrons  Adams,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  2. 

fortis  Adams,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 
squalidens  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

2. 

Dinobolus  conradi  Hall,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

Dinochoerus  hollandi  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Peterson,  4. 

Dinocyon  (Borophagus)  diversidens 
(Cope),  Matthew  (W.  D.),  5. 

(?  Borophagus)  gidleyi  n.  sp.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.),  3. 

(Borophagus)  ipaeandrinus 
(Hatcher),  Matthew  (W.  D.),  5. 
ossifragus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 

Bull.  301—06 - 42 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Dinonyus  (n.  n.),  for  Dinochoerus,  Pe¬ 
terson,  5. 

Dinorthis  pectinella  (Emm.),  Weller,  6. 
subquadrata  (Ilall),  Hayes  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  1. 

Dioonites  buchianus  (Ettingshausen) 
Bornemann,  Fontaine,  3,  5. 

buchianus  abietinus  (Gbppert) 
Ward  n.  comb.,  Fontaine,  3,  5. 
buchianus  rarinervis  Fontaine?, 
Fontaine,  3. 

dunkerianus  (Gbppert)  Miquel, 
Fontaine,  3. 

Diopeus  leptocephalus,  Case,  6. 
Diospyros  elliptica  n.  $p..  Knowlton,  14. 
judithae  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
primseva  Ileer,  Berry,  6. 

Diphyodus  longirostris  n.  sp.,  Lambe, 

O. 

Diphyphyllum  Lonsdale,  Lambe,  2. 

arundinaceum  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
billingsi  n.  sp.,  Greene,  6. 
integumentum  Barrett,  Weller,  6. 
caespitosum  Hall  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
dilatum  n.  sp.,  (Ireene,  15. 
multicaule  Hall  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
rugosum  Milne  Edwards  and 
Haime  (sp).,  Lambe,  2. 
simeoense  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe, 
2. 

strictum  Milne  Edwards  and 
Haime  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
verneuilanum  Milne  Edwards  and 
Haime  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
Diploclema  Ulrich,  Grabau,  1. 

sparsa  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
Diplocaulus  Cope,  Broili,  1,  2. 
Diplocaulus  Cope,  Case,  3. 
copei  n.  sp,,  Broili,  2. 
magnicornis,  Broili,  1. 
magnicornis  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
pusillus  n.  sp.,  Broili,  2. 
Diplodocus,  Hatcher,  15. 

Diplodocus  (Marsh),  Hatcher,  1. 
Diplodocus,  Osborn  and  Granger,  1. 

longus,  Osborn,  32. 

Diplodonta  Brown,  Arnold,  2. 
acclinis  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
harfordi  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
hopkinsensis  Clark,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

marlboroensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

orbella  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
serricata  Reeve,  Arnold,  2. 
shilohensis  Dali,  Glenn.  6. 
subvexa  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Diplograptus  McCoy,  Ruedemann,  8. 
angustifolius  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
dentatus  Brongniart  sp..  Ruede¬ 
mann,  8. 

foliaceus  (Murch.),  Weller.  6. 
inutilis  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
laxus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 


658 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Diplograptus  longicaudatus  n.  sp., 
Ruedemann,  8. 

Diplomoceras  notabile  n.  sp.,  Whit- 
eaves,  12. 

Diploneis  raicrotatos  var.  christianii 
Cleve,  Boyer,  1. 

Diplophyllum  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
csespitosum  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
ctespitosum  Hall,  Clarke  and  Rue¬ 
demann,  1. 

Diploria  labyrinthiformis  (Linn.)  em¬ 
end  Esper,  Vaughan,  2. 

Diplotrypa  limitaris  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  3. 
Diplurus  Newberry,  Eastman,  20. 

longicaudatus  Newberry,  East¬ 
man,  20. 

Dipoides  Jager,  Matthew  and  Gidley,  1. 
tortus  (Leidy),  Matthew  and  Gid¬ 
ley,  1. 

Discina  concordensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson, 

9. 

Discinisca  lugubris  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

lugubris  (Conrad),  Martin,  6. 
Discinocaris,  Clarke,  8. 

Discohelix  californicus  n.  sp.,  Weaver, 

1. 

Discorbina  Parker  and  Jones,  Bagg,  6. 
allomorphinoides  (Reuss),  Bagg, 

9. 

bertheloti  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  1. 
orbicularis  (Terquem),  Bagg,  6. 
turbo  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  1. 
Discosaurus  Leidy,  Williston,  14. 
Discosparsa  varians,  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 
Discotropites  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

sandlingensis  Hauer,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Dissacus  saurognathus  Wortman,  Os¬ 
born,  36. 

Distephanus  crux  (Ehrenberg),  Mar¬ 
tin,  8. 

speculum  (Ehrenberg),  Martin,  8. 
Ditypodon  Sandberger,  Dali,  8. 
Divaricella  von  Martens,  Dali,  8. 

section  Bourdotia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Divaricella  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Pompholigina  Dali,  Dali, 
8. 

chipolana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
compsa  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
dentata  Wood,  Dali,  8. 
quadrisulcata  Orbigny,  Dali,  8. 
quadrisulcata  (d’Orbigny),  Glenn, 
6. 

Dolatocrinus  Lyon,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
amplus?  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene, 

10. 

aplatus  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene, 

8. 

arrosus?  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene, 

8. 

arrosus  var.  cognatus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  Greene,  8. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Dolatocrinus  aspratilis  M.  &  G.,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  6. 

asterias  n.  sp.,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
caelatus  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene, 
11. 

charlestownensis  M.  &  G.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  10. 

charlestownensis  Miller  and  Gur 
ley,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
corbuliformis  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  10. 

corporosus?  M.  &  G..  Rowley, 

Greene,  11. 

corporosus  var.  concinnus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  Greene,  10. 
corporosus  var.  decoratus  n.  va^., 
Rowley,  Greene,  10. 
costatus  n.  sp.,  Wood  (Elvira).  3. 
curriei  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  9. 
elegantulus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene, 

10. 

excavatus  W.  and  Sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  14. 

excavatus  Wachsmuth  and  Spring¬ 
er,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
excavatus  W.  &  S.,  Rowley,  Greene, 
8. 

excavatus?  W.  and  Sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  9. 

excavatus  var.  incarinatus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  Greene,  7. 
fungiferus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene, 
8. 

greenei  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene, 

11. 

greenei  Miller  and  Gurley,  Wood 
(Elvira),  3. 

hammelli  Miller  and  Gurley,  Wood 
(Elvira),  3. 

major  Wachsmuth  and  Springer, 
Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
marshi  Lyon,  Rowley,  Greene.  11. 
multibrachiatus  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  9. 

multinodosus  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  10. 

nodosus  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene. 

11. 

noduliferus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene. 

9. 

ornatus  Meek,  Wood  (Elvira).  3. 
pernodosus  n.  sp..  Rowley,  Greene. 

7. 

preciosus  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene. 

10. 

pulchellus  M.  &  G..  Rowley. 

Greene,  6. 

salebrosus  Miller  and  Gurley. 

Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
spinosus  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene. 
11. 

springeri  n.  sp..  Rowley,  Greene. 

8. 

triadactylus  Barris,  Wood  (El¬ 
vira),  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


659 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Geneva  and  species  described — Continued. 
Dolatocrinus  venustus  M.  &  G.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  11. 

wachsmuthi  n.  nom.,  Wood  (El¬ 
vira),  3. 

welleri  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  9. 
sp.  ?,  Rowley,  Greene,  6. 
sp.,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 

Doleropteris  pennsylvanica  Dn.  sp., 
White  (D.),  10. 

Dolichobrachium  gracile  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Williston,  23. 

Dolichopterus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

inacrochirus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Dolichorhynchops  Williston,  Williston, 
14. 

osborni  Williston,  Williston,  14. 
osborni  n.  sp.,  Williston,  9. 
Dolicbotoma  Bellardi,  Arnold,  2. 
Donacopsis  Sandberger,  Dali,  8. 

Donax  (Linne)  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
californica  Conrad,  Arnold,.  2. 
laevigata  Deshayes,  Arnold,  2. 
sp.,  Ravn,  1. 

Dosinia  Scopoli,  Arnold,  2. 

Dosinia  Scopoli,  Dali,  8. 

Dosinia  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 

section  Austrodosinia  Dali,  Dali, 
8. 

section  Dosinia  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Dosinidia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Dosinisca  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Dosinorbis  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Orbiculus  Megerle  Dali,  8. 
(Dosinidia)  acetabulum  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

acetabulum  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 

?  alaskana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
(Dosinidia)  chipolana  n.  sp.,  Dali, 
8. 

(Dosinidia)  concentrica  Born., 
Dali,  8. 

(Dosinidia)  discus  Reeve,  Dali,  8. 
(Dosinidia)  elegans  Conrad,  Dali, 
8. 

(Dosinidia)  liogona  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
ponderosa  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 
(Dosinidia)  ponderosa  Gray,  Dali, 
8. 

Dosinidia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Dosiniopsis  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

lenticularis  (Rogers),  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Dosinisca  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Dosinorbis  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Douvilliceras  mamillare  Schloth.,  An¬ 
derson,  3. 

Drillia  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
cancellata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
harmonica  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
hemphilli  Stearns,  Arnold,  2. 
incilifera  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
incilifera  var.  angulata  n.  var., 
Martin,  5, 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Drillia  incilifera  var.  distans  (Conrad), 
Martin,  5. 

incisa  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
inermis  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
inermis  var.  penicillata  Carpenter, 
Arnold,  2. 

johnsoni  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
limatula  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
limatula  var.  dissimilis  Conrad, 
Martin,  5. 

,  limatula  var.  pyramidalis  n.  var., 
Martin,  5. 

merriami  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
montereyensis  Stearns,  Arnold,  2. 
pseudeburnea  (Whitfield),  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

pudica  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
renaudi  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
torosa  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
whitfieldi  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
Dromillopus  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
30. 

quadrificus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  30. 

Dromocyon  vorax  Marsh,  Wortman,  5, 

6. 

Dromopus  agilis  Marsh,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  25. 

celer  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  23. 
velox  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  30. 
Drupa  rhabdosperma  Lesquereux,  Per¬ 
kins,  17. 

Drymotrypa  Ulrich,  Grabau,  1. 

diffusa  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
Dryopteris  angustipinnata  (Fontaine) 
Knowlton,  Fontaine,  5. 

f  redericksburgensis  ( Fontaine ) 
Knowlton,  Fontaine,  5. 
heterophylla  (Fontaine)  Knowl¬ 
ton,  Fontaine,  5. 

parvifolia  (Fontaine)  Knowlton, 
Fontaine,  5. 

Drupa  rhabdosperma. Lx.,  Perkins,  13. 
Dryptosaurus  Marsh,  Osborn,  50. 

incrassatus  (Cope),  Lambe,  6,  8. 
Dynamosaurus  imperiosus  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Osborn,  50. 

Dystactospongia  minor  Ulrich,  Hayes 
and  Ulrich,  1. 

Eatonia  goodlandensis  n.  sp.,  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 

medialis  (Van.),  Weller,  6. 
peculiaris  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
singularis  (Van.),  Weller,  6. 
Eccyliomphalus  contiguus  Ulrich.  Wel¬ 
ler,  G. 

fredericus  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 

1. 

subelliptica  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
trentonensis  (Conrad),  Weller,  6. 
Eccyliopterus  spiralis  n.  sp.,  Ruede- 
mann,  2. 

Echinarachnius  Leske,  Arnold,  2. 
Echinocardium  ortlionotum  Conrad, 
Clark  (W.  B.),  7. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


660 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Echinocaris  clarkii  n.  sp.,  Beecher,  8. 
randalli  n.  sp.,  Beecher,  8. 
socialis,  Beecher,  8. 

Echinochama  Fischer,  Dali,  8. 
antiquata  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
arcinella  Linne,  Dali,  8. 

Ecphora  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 

quadricostata  (Say),  Martin,  5. 
quadricostata  var.  umbilicata 
(Wagner),  Martin,  5. 
tampaensis  (Dali),  Martin,  5. 
tricostata  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
Edaphosaurus  pogonias,  Case,  6. 
Edestus,  Eastman,  6,  8,  13,  22. 

heinrichi  N.  &  P.,  Eastman,  6. 
Edmondia  (  ?)  arcuata  n.  sp.,  Cleland,  3. 
aspinwallensis  Meek,  Beede,  1. 

?  deckerensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
gibbosa  Geinitz,  Girty,  3. 
mortonensis  Geinitz?,  Girty,  3. 
nebrascensis  (Geinitz),  Beede,  1. 
nuptialis  Win.,  Weller,  2. 
strigillata  Win.,  Weller,  2. 
subtruncata  Meek,  Girty,  3. 

?  sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Edriocrinidse  n.  fam.,  Talbot,  2. 
Edriocrinus  Hall,  Talbot,  2. 

pocilliformis  Hall,  Talbot,  2. 
sacculus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 

Egeria  Roissy,  Dali,  8. 

section  Egeria  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Proflscheria  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
paradoxa  (Born.),  Dali,  8. 
Elasmatium  n.  gen.,  Clarke,  19. 

gowandense  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
Elasmosaurus  Cope,  Williston,  14. 
Eleutheroblastus,  Hambach,  1. 
Eleutherocrinus  cassedayi  Y.  &  S.,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  11. 

cassedayi  Shumard  and  Yandell, 
Rowley,  Greene,  5. 

Elkania  Ford,  Walcott,  12. 

n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12.  ' 

Elonichthys  perpennatus  n.  sp.,  East¬ 
man,  4. 

disjunctus  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
perpennatus  Eastman,  Eastman, 
10. 

Elosaurus  n.  gen.,  Peterson  and  Gil¬ 
more,  1. 

parvus  n.  sp.,  Peterson  and  Gil¬ 
more,  1. 

Elotherium  calkinsi  n.  sp.,  Sinclair,  6. 
Elymocaris  siliqua,  Beecher,  8. 
Emarginula  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Martin. 
5. 

Embaphias  Cope,  Williston,  14. 
Embolophorus  (?)  Cope,  Case,  3. 

dollovianus  Cope,  em.  Case,  Broili, 

2. 

dollovianus  Cope,  Case,  4,  5. 
Emmelezoe  decora  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  12. 
Empo  Cope,  Hay,  10. 

Empo  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 

contracta  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Empo  lisbonensis  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
nepaeolica  Cope,  Ilay,  10. 
nepaeolica  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
semianceps  (Cope),  Stewart,  1. 
Enallophyllum,  n.  gen.,  Greene,  2. 

grabaui  n.  sp.,  Greene,  2. 
Encephalartopsis?  oregonensis  n.  sp., 
Fontaine,  1. 

Enchodus  Agassiz,  Loomis,  1. 

Enchodus  Agassiz,  Hay,  10. 

Enchodus  Agassiz,  Stewart,  1. 

amicrodus  Stewart,  Loomis,  1. 
amicrodus  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
dirus  (Leidy),  Stewart,  1. 
dolichus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
dolichus  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
dolichus  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
ferox  Leidy,  Hay,  10. 
gladiolus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
parvus  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
petrosus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
petrosus  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
petrosus  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
ssevus  n.  sp.,  Hay,  10. 
shumardi  Leidy,  Loomis,  1. 
shumardi  Leidy,  Stewart,  1. 
tetraecus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
sp.,  Stewart,  1. 

Enchostoma  sp.,  Girty,.  3. 

Encrinurus  Emmrich,  Grabau,  1. 

indianensis  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

ornatus  Hall  and  Whitfield,  Gra 
bau,  1. 

punctatus  (Brunnich)  Wahlenberg, 
Van  Ingen,  2. 

trentonensis  Wale.,  Weller,  6. 
tuberculosis  n.  sp.,  Collie,  3. 
Encrinus  liliiformis,  Grabau,  8. 
Endoceras  consuetum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson, 
2. 

uddeni  (Cragin).  Hyatt,  1. 
Endocostea  brooksi  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

Endopachys  Lonsdale,  Vaughan,  16. 
Engonoceras  Neumayr,  Hyatt,  1. 
Engonoceras  Neumayr,  Lasswitz,  1. 
ambiguum  Hyatt,  Lasswitz,  1. 
belviderense  (Cragin).  Hyatt,  1. 
complicatum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
dumbli  Cragin  sp.,  em.  Lasswitz, 
Lasswitz,  1. 

gibbosum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt.  1. 

G.  Stolleyi  Boehm,  em.  Lasswitz, 
Lasswitz,  1. 

hilli  Boehm,  em.  Lasswitz,  Lass¬ 
witz,  1. 

pierdenale  (von  Buch),  Ilyatt.  1. 
pierdenale  var.  commune.  Hyatt.  1. 
roemeri  (Cragin),  Hyatt.  1. 
serpentinum  (Cragin),  Hyatt.  1. 
stolleyi  Bohm,  Hyatt,  1. 
subjectum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Enoploclytia  minor  Woodward,  Whit- 
eaves,  12. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


661 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Ensis  directus  (Conrad),  Glenn,  0. 

ensiformis  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
Enteletes  liemiplicata  (Hall),  Beede.  1. 

hemiplicatus  Hall,  Girty,  3. 
Enterolasma  Simpson,  Grabau,  1. 
caliculus  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
cf.  caliculus  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 

Entodesma  Philippi,  Dali,  8. 

Entolium  aviculatum  (Swallow),  Beede, 

1. 

Entomis  prosephina  nov.,  Loomis,  4. 
serratostriata  Sandberger,  Clarke, 
19. 

variostriata  Clarke,  Clarke,  19. 
Entoptychus  rostratus  n.  sp.,  Sinclair, 

6. 

sperryi  n.  sp,,  Sinclair,  6. 

Eocidaris  Desor,  Klem,  1. 
blairi  Miller,  Klem,  1. 
hallianus  Geinitz,  Klem,  1. 
Eoclathurella  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
jacksonica  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
obesula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 

Eodrillia  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 

Eobarpes  n.  n.  for  Harpina,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  6. 

Eoobolus  n.  subg.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
Eopolychsetus  albaniensis  n.  gen.  et  sp., 
Ruedemann,  1. 

Eospongia  Billings,  Seely,  3. 

varians  Billings,  Seely,  3. 
Eostrophomena  n.  subg.  of  Stropho- 
mena,  Walcott,  12. 

Eosurcula  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
concinna  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
helicoidea  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
moorei  Gabb,  Casey,  5. 
pulcherrima  Heilp.,  Casey,  5. 
tuomeyi  Aid.,  Casey,  5. 

Eotomaria  areyi  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

durhamensis  Whiteaves  (sp.), 
Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 
galtensis  Billings  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

kayseri  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

obsoletum  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

Ephedrites?  vernonensis  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

Epilucina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
Epiphragmophora  Strobel,  Arnold,  2. 
fidelis  antecedens  Stearns  (R.  E. 
C.),  1. 

Eporeodon  major  var.  cedrensis  n.  var., 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 

Equisetum  arcticum  Heer,  Penhallow, 
4. 

lyellii  Mantell,  Fontaine,  4. 
marylandicum  Fontaine,  Fontaine, 
5. 

oregonense  Newb.,  Knowlton,  14. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Equisetum  phillipsii  (Dunker)  Bron 
gniart,  Fontaine,  4. 

texense  Fontaine?,  Fontaine,  3. 

?  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 

Equus  barcensei  Cope,  Gidley,  1. 

complicatus  (Leidy),  Gidley,  1. 
conversidens  Owen,  Gidley,  1. 
crenidens  Cope,  Gidley,  1. 
fraternus  Leidy,  Gidley,  1. 
giganteus  n.  sp.,  Gidley,  1. 
occidentalis  Leidy,  Gidley,  1. 
pacificus  Leidy,  Gidley,  1. 
pectinatus  (Cope),  Gidley,  1. 
scotti  Gidley,  Gidley,  1. 
semiplicatus  Cope,  Gidley,  1. 
tau  Owen,  Gidley,  1. 

Erato  Risso,  Arnold,  2. 

columbella  Menke,  Arnold,  2. 
perexigua  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
veraghoorensis  ( ?)  Stol.,  Ander¬ 
son,  3. 

Erethizon  godfreyi  n.  sp.,  Allen  (J.  A.), 

1. 

Eretmocrinus  brevis  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  2. 
nodosus,  Rowley,  4. 

?  parvus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  2. 
Eridophyllum  louisvillensis  n.  sp., 
Greene,  6. 

Eridotrypa  briareus  (Nicholson),  Nick- 
les,  6. 

mutabilis  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  3. 
vevayensis  n.  sp.,  Cumings,  3. 
Erinaceidfe,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Eriphyla  Gabb.,  Dali,  8. 

Erismaeanthus  M’Coy,  Eastman,  9. 
barbatus  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
formosus  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  9,  10. 
maccoyanus  St.  John  and  Wor- 
then,  Eastman,  10. 

Erisocrinus  megalobrachius  Beede, 
Beede,  1. 

typus  Meek  and  Worthen,  Beede,  1. 
Ervilia  planata  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 

Erycina  (Pseudopythina?)  americana 
Dali,  Glenn,  6. 

calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
pruna  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
rickardi  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
speciosa  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
sp.,  Ravn,  1. 

Erycinella  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

(Carditopsis)  bernardi  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

ovalis  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Erycus  consumptus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Eryma  dawsoni  Woodward,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

Eryops  Cope,  Branson,  2. 

Eryops  Cope,  Case,  5. 
latus  n.  sp.,  Case,  5. 
megacephalus,  Sternberg,  2. 
megacephalus  Cope,  Case,  3. 


662 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Geneva  and'  species  described — Continued. 
Escasona,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

??  ingens  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
13,  20. 

rutellum  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F. ), 
13. 

ortoni  n.  sp.,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  12. 
rutellum,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

?  vetus,  Matthew  (G.  F. ),  13,  20. 
Eschara  ??  digitata  Morton,  Ulrich,  2. 
Escharopora  hilli  (James),  Nickles,  6. 

siluriana  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Etagraptus  n.  subg.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Ethmophyllum  rarum  Ford,  Sears,  1. 
Etoblattina  coriacea  n.  sp.,  Sellards,  8. 
hilliana?,  Sellards,  8. 
juvenis  n.  sp.,  Sellards,  8. 
mazona,  Sellards,  5,  8. 
sp.,  Sellards,  5. 

Eubrachiosaurus  browni  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Williston,  23. 

Eubrontes  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

approximate  (C.  H.  Hitchcock), 
Lull,  2. 

divaricatus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull, 

2. 

giganteus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
platypus  nom.  nov.,  Lull,  2. 
Eucallista  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
Eucalyptocrinus  Goldfuss,  Grabau,  1. 
decorus  (Phillips),  Grabau,  1. 
ovalis  Hall,  Grabau,  8. 

Eucalyptus  ?  angustifolia  Newb.,  Hol- 
lick,  11. 

( ?)  dubia  n.  sp.,  Berry,  5. 
geinitzi  Heer,  Berry,  5,  7. 
rosieriana  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fontaine, 
5. 

wardiana  nom.  nov.,  Berry,  6. 
Eucastor  (Leidy)  Allen,  Matthew,  W. 
D.),  6. 

Euceratherium  n.  gen.,  Sinclair  and 
Furlong,  1. 

collinum  n.  sp.,  Sinclair  and  Fur¬ 
long,  1. 

collinum  Furlong  and  Sinclair, 
Sinclair,  7. 

Euchilodon  Gabb,  Casey,  5. 

crenocarinatum  Heilp.,  Casey,  5. 
gabbianum  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
reticulatum  Gabb,  Casey,  5. 
Euclastes  ( ?)  Clark,  Case,  1. 
Euconispira  bicarinata  McChesney, 
Girty,  3. 

taggarti  Meek,  Girty,  3. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Euconulus  turbinatus  n.  sp.,  Gulick,  1. 
Eucrotaphus  helenae  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
Eucyrtidium  calvertense  n.  sp.,  Martin, 
8. 

Eudiscoceras  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

gabbi  Meek,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Eugnathidse,  Eastman,  20. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Eugyrichnites  minutus  n.  gen.,  and  sp., 
Ami,  46. 

Euhapsis  platyceps  n.  gen.  and  sp.,  Pe 
terson,  3. 

Eulima  Risso,  Arnold,  2. 

eborea  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
falcata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
hastata  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
laevigata  (H.  C.  Lea),  Martin,  5. 
micans  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
migrans  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
raymondi  n.  sp.,  Rivers,  1. 
Eulimella  (Anisocycla)  marylandica  n. 
sp.,  Martin,  5. 

Eulophoceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 

Eulopia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Euloxa  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

latisulcata  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
Eumetria  marcyi  Shumard  ?,  Girty,  3. 

woosteri  White,  Girty,  3. 

Eumys  minor  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
Eunella  harmonia  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

lincklseni  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
3,  4. 

lincklaeni  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
sullivanti  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

Eunema  altisulcatum  n.  sp..  Hudson,  1. 
cretaceum  Whiteaves,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

epitoma  n.  sp.,  Hudson,  1. 
historicum  n.  sp.,  Hudson.  1. 
leptonotum  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  7. 

Eunoa  accola  n.  gen.  and  sp.,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  8. 

Euomphalopterus  sp.  indet.,  Whiteaves, 
17. 

Euomphalus  alatus  var.,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

alatus  var.  americanus  n.  var.. 
Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
alatus  var.  limatoidea  n.  var.,  Kin¬ 
dle  and  Breger,  1. 
catilloides  Conrad,  Girty,  3. 
(Straparollus)  exiguus  n.  sp..  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

fairchildi  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

laxus  White,  Sardeson,  11. 
planodiscus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
sampsoni  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
springvalensis  White,  Sardeson,  11. 
winonensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
Eupachycrinus  magister  Miller  and 
Gurley,  Beede,  1. 

Eupalamopus  Hay,  Lull,  2. 

dananus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
Eupelor  Cope,  Branson,  2. 

Eupera  Bourguignat,  Dali,  8. 

Euphemus  nodocarinatus  Hall,  Girty,  3. 

subpapillosus  White?,  Girty,  3. 
Eupleura  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
muriciformis  Broderip,  Arnold,  2. 
murieiformis  var.  curta  n.  var., 
Arnold,  2. 


663 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Eupodiscus  inconspicuus  Rattray,  Boy¬ 
er,  1. 

Euprotogonia  puercensis  (Cope),  Doug¬ 
lass,  3. 

puercensis  (Cope),  Marsh,  Osborn, 
36. 

Eupsammia  conradi  Vaughan,  Vaughan, 

1. 

elaborata  (Conrad),  Vaughan,  1. 
Euryacodon  lepidus  Marsh,  Wortman, 
14. 

Eurychilina  bulbifera  n.  sp.,  Ruede- 
mann,  2. 

dianthus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 
jerseyensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
oculifera  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
obliqua  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 

(  ?)  solida  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 
subradiata  var.,  rensselaerica  n. 
var.,  Ruedemann,  2. 

Eurymya,  Sardeson,  10. 

Eurypterus  De  Kay,  Grabau,  1. 
dekayi  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
lacustris  Harlan,  Grabau.  1. 
pachychirus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
pittsfordensis  n.  sp.,  Sarle,  2. 
pustulosus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
remipes  De  Kay,  Grabau,  1. 
robustus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

Eusarcus  Grote  and  Pitt,  Grabau,  1. 
grandis  Grote  and  Pitt,  Grabau,  1. 
scorpionis  Grote  and  Pitt,  Grabau, 
1. 

Eusyodon  maximus  Leidy,  Osborn,  34. 
Euthydesma  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 

subtextile  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 
Eutivela  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Eutomoceras  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Eutomoceras  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
dunni  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
laubei  Meek,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
sandlingense  Hauer,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
5. 

Eutypomys  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

22. 

thomsoni  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

22. 

Evalea  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 

Exocampe  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
arcta  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
minima  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
ornata  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Exogyra  clarki  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

potosina  Castillo  and  Aguilera, 
Cragin,  2. 

subplicifera  Felix,  Cragin,  2. 
Falsifusus  n.  gen.,  Grabau,  16. 

?  apicalis  (Johnson)  Grabau,  16. 

?  houstonensis  (Johnson),  Grabau, 

16. 

ludovicianus  (Johnson),  Grabau, 
16. 

meyeri  (Aldrich),  Grabau,  16. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Fasciolaria  crookiana  n.  sp.,  Whitfield, 
13. 

ramondi  n.  sp.,  Maury,  1. 

Fascipora  subramosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 
Favia  Oken,  1815,  Vaughan,  2. 
Favosites  Lamarck,  Grabau,  1. 
clausus  Rominger,  Greene,  12. 
constrictus  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
corrugatus  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
cystoides  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
favosus,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 
forbesi  Edwards  and  Haime, 
Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 
gibsoni  n.  sp.,  Parks,  5. 
gothlandicus  Lamarck,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

helderbergiae  Hall,  Shimer,  5. 
helderbergiae  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
helderbergiae  praecedens,  n.  var., 
Schuchert,  4. 

hisingeri  Edwards  and  Haime, 
Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 
louisvillensis  n.  sp.,  Greene,  14. 
niagarensis  Hall,  Clarke  and  Rue¬ 
demann,  1. 

niagarensis  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
parasiticus  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
pyriforme  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
pyriformis  (Hall),  Grabau.  1. 
seamani  n.  sp.,  Greene,  4. 
sphsericus  Hall,  Shimer,  5. 
Feistmantelia  virginica  n.  sp.,  Fontaine, 
5. 

Felidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Fenestella,  Cumings,  9,  10. 

Fenestella  Lonsdale,  Grabau,  1. 
Fenestella  Lonsdale,  Condra,  2. 
binodata  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
conradi  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 
conradi  var.  compactilis  n.  var., 
Condra,  1,  2. 

cyclofenestrata  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
elegans  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
gracilis  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
kansanensis  Rogers,  Condra,  2. 
limbata  Foerste,  Condra,  2. 
mimica  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 
parvipora  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
perelegans  Meek,  Condra,  2. 
polyporoides  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
spinulosa  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
subarctica  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
subrudis  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
tenax  Ulrich,  Ulrich,  8. 
tenax  Ulrich  (?),  Condra,  2. 
tenax  Ulrich,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 
cf.  tenax  Ulrich,  Girty,  3. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 
sp.  ( ?),  Condra,  1. 

Fenestralia  st.  ludovici  Prout,  Ulrich, 

8. 

Ficopsis  angulatus  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
Ficus  atavina  Heer,  Berry,  7. 

daphnogenoides  (Heer),  Berry,  14. 


664 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Conti  nued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Ficus  myricoides  Hollick,  Fontaine,  5. 
neurocarpa  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  6. 

?  oregoniana  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
protseoides  Lesq.,  Hollick,  9. 
reticulata  (Lesq.)  Knowlton,  Ber¬ 
ry,  5. 

rhamnoides  Knowlton,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  5. 

sapindifolia  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  11. 
uncata  Lesqx.,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  5. 
woolsoni  Newb.,  Berry,  5. 
Finkelnburgia  n.  subg.  of  Orthis,  Wal 
cott,  12. 

Fissipedia  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Fissodus  St.  John  and  Worthen,  East¬ 
man,  10. 

dentatus  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
insequalis  (St.  John  and  Worthen), 
Eastman,  10. 

Fissurella  volcano  Reeve,  Arnold,  2. 
^issuridea  Swainson,  Arnold,  2. 
alticosta  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
aspera  Eschscholtz,  Arnold,  2. 
griscomi  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
insequalis  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
infrequens  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 
marlboroensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

marylandica  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
murina  (Carpenter)  Dali,  Arnold, 
2. 

nassula  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
redimicula  (Say),  Martin,  5. 
Fistulipora  McCoy,  Condra,  2. 

carbonaria  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 
carbonaria  Ulrich,  Girty,  3. 
carbonaria  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  3. 
carbonaria  var.  nebrascensis  n. 

var.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
nodulifera  Meek,  Condra,  2. 
Flabellaria  magothiensis  n.  sp.,  Berry, 
11. 

Flabellum  sp.,  Vaughan,  1. 

Flemingites  Waagen,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Waagen,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
russelli  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
russelli  Hyatt  and  Smith,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  5. 

Floyda  n.  gen.,  Webster,  1. 

concentrica  n.  sp.,  Webster,  1. 
Fluminicola  Columbiana  (Hemphill) 
Pilsbry,  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  2. 

merriami  Pilsbry  and  Beecher, 
Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  2. 
Forbesiocrinus,  Springer  (F.),  2. 
Fordilla  troyensis  Walcott,  Sears,  1. 
Fossarus  Philippi,  Arnold,  2. 

(Isapis)  dalli  (Whitfield),  Martin, 
5. 

(Isapis)  fenestrata  Carpenter,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

Fraxinus  integrifolia  Newb.,  Knowlton, 

14. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Frenelopsis  hoheneggeri.  (Ett.)  Schenk., 
Berry,  7. 

ramosissima  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
Fulgur  alveatum  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
coronatum  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
coronatum  var.  rugosum  Conrad, 
Martin,  5. 

fusiforme  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
spiniger  (Conrad)  var.,  Martin,  5. 
tuberculatum  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
Fulguroficus  argutus  Clark,  Clark  and 
Martin,  1. 

Fulgurofusus  n.  gen.,  Grabau,  16. 
quercollis  (Harris),  Grabau,  16. 
rugatus  (Aldrich),  Grabau,  16. 
Fulicopus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

lyellianus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Fusispira  ( ?)  spicula  n.  sp.,  Sardeson, 
9. 

Fusitoma  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 

Fusoficula  juvenis  (Whitfield),  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

Fusulina  cylindrica,  Smith  (A.  J.),  2. 
cylindrica  Fischer  de  Waldheim, 
Girty,  3. 

secalica  (Say),  Beede,  1. 

Fusus  Bruguiere,  Grabau,  16. 

Fusus  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

sequilateralis  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
barbarensis  Trask,  Arnold,  2. 
gabbi  n.  sp.,  Grabau,  16. 
haitensis  Sowerby,  Grabau,  16. 
henekeni  Sowerby,  Grabau,  16. 
interstriatus  Heilprin,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

luteopictus  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
mississippiensis  Conrad,  Casey,  4. 
robustus  Trask,  Arnold,  2. 
rugosus  Trask,  Arnold,  2. 

?  subtenuis  Heilprin,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

texanus  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
vicksburgensis,  Casey,  4. 
(Hemifusus)  wilkesana  n.  sp.,  An¬ 
derson,  7. 
sp.,  Ravn,  1. 
sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Gadinia  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

reticulata  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
Gafrarium  Bolten,  Dali,  8. 

section  Circe  Schumacher,  Dali,  8. 
section  Circenita  Jousseaume,  Dali, 
8. 

section  Gouldia  C.  B.  Adams,  Dali, 

S. 

section  Parmulina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

?  section  Radiocrista  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
(Gouldia)  altum  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Gouldia)  erosum  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Gouldia)  metastriatum  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

Galerus  Humphrey,  Arnold,  2. 

mammillaris  Broderip,  Arnold,  2. 
Galeocerdo  aduncus  Agassiz,  Eastman, 
18. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


665 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Galeocerdo  contortus  Gibbes,  Eastman, 
18. 

latidens  Agassiz,  Eastman,  1,  18. 
triqueter  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  18. 
Galesaurus,  Case,  6. 

Gastrioceras  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
branneri  Smith,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
carbonarium  yon  Buch,  Smith  (J. 
r.),  3. 

eompressum  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

entogonum  Gabb,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
excelsum  Meek,  Smith  (J.  P. ),  3. 
globulosum  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

illinoisense  Miller  and  Gurley, 
Smith  (J.  P.),.3. 

kansasense  Miller  and  Gurley, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

kingi  Hall  and  Whitfield,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 

listen  Martin,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
montgomeryense  Miller  and  Gur¬ 
ley,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
nolinense  Cox,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
occidentale  Miller  and  Faber, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

planorbiforme  Shumard,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  3. 

subcavum  Miller  and  Gurley,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 

welleri  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3.  » 

•  Gastrochsena  striatula  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  3. 
sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Geinitzia  formosa  Heer,  Berry,  5,  7. 
Geloina  Gray,  Dali,  8. 

Gemma  Deshayes,  Dali,  8. 
gemma  Totten,  Dali,  8. 
gemma  var.  purpurea  Lea,  Dali,  8. 
magna  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
magna  var.  virginiana  Dali,  Dali, 
8. 

trigona  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

Gemmula  Weink.,  Casey,  5. 
alternata  Con.,  Casey,  5. 
arnica  Casey,  Casey,  5. 
ancilla  Casey,  Casey,  5. 
childreni  Lea,  Casey,  5. 
conjuncta  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
genitiva  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
lancea  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
ludoviciana  Vgn.,  Casey,  5. 
margaritosa  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
nodulina  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
nucleata  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
obsolescens  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
parvidens  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
rotsedens  Con.,  Casey,  5. 
tenella  Con.,  Casey,  5. 
Gennseocrinus  carinatus  n.  sp.,  Wood 
(Elvira),  2. 

comptus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  6. 
comptus  var.  spiniferus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  Greene,  6. 
facetus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  6. 


Paleontology — Contin  ued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued 
Gennmocrinus  kentuckiensis  (Shu¬ 
mard),  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 

kentuckiensis?  Shumard?  Rowley. 
Greene,  6. 

sculptus,  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  6. 
simulans  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene. 
13. 

Genota  riversiana  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (W. 

J.),  2. 

Gephyroceras  cf.  domanicense  Holzap- 
fel,  Clarke,  19. 

Gerablattina  arcuata  n.  sp.,  Sellards,  8. 
Gerasaphes  ulrichana  Clarke,  Ruede- 
mann,  2. 

Gerhardtia  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  L 
Gervillia  Cinderella  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
corrugata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 

?  riograndensis  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Gervilliopsis  invaginata  ( ?)  White, 
Shattuck,  8. 

Gibbula  glandula  (Conrad),  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Gilbert.ina  n.  gen.,  Ulrich,  4. 

spiralis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 
Gigandipus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

caudatus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Gillicus  Hay,  Hay,  10. 

Hay,  Stewart,  1. 
arcuatus  (Cope),  Stewart,  1. 
Ginkgo  ?  acetaria  n.  sp.,  Ward,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

digitata  (Brongniart)  Heer,  Fon 
taine,  1,  2. 

huttoni  (Sternberg)  Heer,  Fon¬ 
taine,  1,  2. 

huttoni  magnifolia  Fontaine  n. 

var.,  Fontaine,  1,  2. 
lepida,  Heer,  Fontaine,  1. 
pusilla  Dn.,  Penhallow,  4. 
sibirica  Heer,  Fontaine,  1. 
sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 

Ginkgodium?  alaskense  Fontaine,  Fon¬ 
taine,  2. 

Gissocrinus?  problematicus  n.  sp.,  Row 
ley,  3. 

Gians  Megerle,  Dali,  8. 

Glaphurus  n.  subg.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
5. 

primus  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.).  5. 
pustulatus  Walcott,  12. 

Grassia  variabilis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
Gleichenia  delicatula  Heer,  Hollick,  5. 

?  gilbert- thompsoni  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

nordenskioldi  Heer?,  Fontaine,  3. 
rhombifolia  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  5. 
saundersii  n.  sp.,  Berry,  4. 
zippei  (Corda)  Heer,  Berry,  7. 
Globigerina  d'Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 
Globigerina  bilobata  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
bulloides  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  1,  6,  9. 
cretacea  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6,  9. 
dubia  Egger,  Bagg,  9. 


666 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Con  tinued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Globoblastus  Hambach,  1. 

magnificus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
ornatus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
spathatus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
Glossina  spatiosa  (Hall)?,  Weller,  G. 

triangulata  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
Glossocarpellites  n.  gen.,  Perkins,  17. 
elongatus  (Lesquereux)  Perkins. 
Perkins,  17. 

obtusus  (Lesquereux),  Perkins. 
Perkins,  17. 

parvus  Perkins,  Perkins,  17. 
Glossograptus  Emmons,  Ruedemann,  8. 
echinatus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
liystrix  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Glottidia  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

albida  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
Glycymeris  Da  Costa,  Arnold,  2. 
barbarensis  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
idoneus  (Conrad),  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

parilis  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
septentrionalis  Middendorf,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

subovata  (Say),  Glenn,  6. 

sp.,  Dali,  10. 

sp.  ?,  Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 

Glyphjea  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
Glyphioceras  Hyatt  (emend.  Haug), 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3, 

calyx  Phillips,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
diadema  Goldfuss,  Smith  (J.  P. ), 
3. 

diadema  (Branco),  Smith  (W. 
D.),  1. 

?  hathawayanum  McChesney, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

?  leviculum  Miller  and  Faber, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

pygmseum  Winchell,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

Glyptias  favosa  Llnnarsson,  Walcott, 

1. 

Glyptocrinus  decadactylus  Hall,  Hayes 
and  Ulrich,  1. 

dyeri  Meek,  Springer  (F.),  3. 
insperatus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  3. 
insperatus?  var.  carinatus  n.  vai\, 
Rowley,  3. 

insperatus  var.  pentagonus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  3. 

plumosus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Glyptodesma  cancellata  Nettleroth, 
Kindle,  1. 

erectum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
occidentale  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
Glyptostrobus  (Taxodium)  brookensis 
(Fontaine),  Ward,  Fontaine,  5. 
brookensis  angustifolius  (Fon¬ 
taine)  Knowlton,  Fontaine,  5. 
europaeus  ungeri  Heer,  Knowlton, 
12. 

ungeri  Heer,  Knowlton,  14. 
Glyptotherium  texanum  n.  gen.  and  sp. 
Osborn,  16. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  spgpies  described — Continued. 
Glyptotoma  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
conradiana  Aid.,  Casey,  5. 
crassiplicata  Gabb,  Casey,  5. 
parvula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 

Gomphina  Morch,  Dali,  8. 

Gomphoceras  Sowerby,  Grabau.  1. 

bellatulum  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene, 

facetum  n.  sp.,  (Rowley).  Greene, 
2 

isoteloides  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
minum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
oviforme  Hall  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene, 
2. 

oviforme  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
parallelum  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
raphanus  Hall?,  Kindle,  1. 
striatum  n.  sp.  (Rowley).  Greene, 
2. 

turbiniforme  M.  and  W.,  Kindle,  1. 
wabashensis  Newell,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

Gomphognathus,  Case,  6. 
Gomphotherium  serus  n.  sp.,  Douglass, 
1. 

Gonatosphaera  prolata,  Guppy,  4. 
Goniatites  de  Haan,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
choctawensis  Shumard,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  3. 

?  colubrellus  Morton,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  3. 

crenistria  Phillips,  Smith  (J.  P.*), 

O. 

delphiensis  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
discoideus  var.  ohioensis  Hall, 
Kindle,  1. 

greencastlensis  Miller  and  Gurley, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

kentuckiensis  Miller,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

lunatus  Miller  and  Gurley,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 

?  minimus  Shumard,  Smith  (J. 

P. ),  3. 

newsomi  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

?  parvus  Shumard,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

?  politus  Shumard,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

spliaericus  Martin,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
striatus  Sowerby,  Smith  (J.  P.).  3. 
subcircularis  Miller,  Smith  (J.  T.), 
3. 

wabashensis  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
Gonilia  Stoliczka,  Dali,  8. 

Goniobasis  Lea,  Letson,  1. 

haldemani  Tyron,  Letson.  1. 
judittiensis  n.  sp.,  Stanton,  Stan¬ 
ton  and  Hatcher,  1. 
levescens  (Menke)  Tyron,  Letson, 
1. 

var.  niagarensis  (Lea)  Tyron,  Let- 
son,  1. 

marylandica  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 


FOB  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


667 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Goniobasis  ?  ortmanni  n.  sp.,  Stanton,  4. 

?  silberlingi  n.  sp.,  Stanton,  4. 
Goniograptus  McCoy,  Ruedemann,  8. 
geometricus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
perflexilis  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
thureaui  McCoy,  Ruedemann,  4, 
8. 

Gonioloboceras  ?  allei  Winchell,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 

goniolobum  Meek,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

?  limatum  Miller  and  Faber,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 

welleri  n.  sp.,  Smith  (.T.  P.),  3. 
Goniopholis?  gilmorei  n.  sp.,  Holland, 
2. 

Goniophora  carinatus  (Hall),  Weller, 

6. 

hamiltonensis  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
truncata  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 
sp.  indet.,  Parks,  5. 

Goodallia  Turton,  Dali,  8. 

Gouldia  C.  B.  Adams,  Dali,  8. 
Gradilucina  Cossmann,  Dali,  8. 
Grallator  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

cuneatus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
cursorius  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
formosus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
gracilis  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
tenuis  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Grammysia  arcuata  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
constricta  Hall,  mut.  pygmsea  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

imbricata  Rowley,  Greene,  2. 
secunda  var.  gibbosa  H.  and  W., 
Kindle,  1. 

subarcuata  Hall?,  Kindle,  1. 
n.  sp.,  Shimer,  5. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 
Granatocrinites  mihi,  n.  gen.,  Troost, 
Hambach,  1. 

cidariformis  mihi,  Troost,  Ham¬ 
bach,  1. 

globosus  mihi,  Troost,  Hambach, 

1. 

Grateloupia  Desmoulins,  Dali,  8. 

(Cytheriopsis)  alumensis  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

Graya  argonauta  Grove  and  Brun,  Boy¬ 
er,  1. 

Gresslya  abducta  Phillips  sp.,  Madsen, 

1. 

gregaria  (Zieten)  Goldfuss  sp., 
Madsen,  1. 

peregrina  Phillips  sp.,  Madsen,  1. 
Gryphaea  mexicana  Felix,  Cragin,  2. 
mucronata  Gabb,  Shattuck,  8. 
vesicularis  Lamarck,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

vesicularis  Lamarck,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Gymnitidse,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Gymnoptychus  minimus  n.  sp.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.),  9. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Gymnoptychus  minor  (Douglas),  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.),  9. 

Gymnotoceras  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Gymnotoceras  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.),5. 
Gymnotropites  n.  subg.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Gymnusa  (?)  absens  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Gypidula  angulata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
galeata  (Dal.),  Weller,  6. 
galeata  (Dal.)  var.,  Weller,  6. 
(Sieberella)  galeatus  Dalman, 
Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
(Sieberella)  nucleus  Hall  and 
Whitfield,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
romingeri  var.  indianensis  nov. 
var.,  Kindle,  1. 

Gyrinus  confinis  LeC.,  Scudder,  1. 
Gyroceras  burlingtonensis  Owen,  Wel¬ 
ler,  2. 

farcimen  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and  Rue¬ 
demann,  1. 

indianense  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
inelegans  Meek?,  Kindle,  1. 
jason  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

Gyrodendron  n.  gen.,  Ulrich,  4. 

emersoni  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 

Gyrodes  (conradiana?  Gabb,  var.)  can¬ 
adensis,  Whiteaves,  12. 

siskiyouensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
Gyronema  brevispira  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
17. 

dowlingii  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
speciosum  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
Gyronites  Waagen,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
Gyronites  Waagen,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

Hadrianus  majusculus  n.  sp.,  Hay,  13. 
Hadrocrinus  plenissimus  Lyon,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  11. 

Hadrophyllum  linguloideum  n.  sp., 
Herzer,  5. 

Haimeophyllum  ordinatum  Billings, 
Greene,  15. 

Hallicystis  Jaekel,  Schuchert,  11. 
elongata  Jaekel,  Schuchert,  11. 
imago  (Hall),  Schuchert,  11. 
Haliotis  Linn6,  Arnold,  2. 

fulgens  Philippi,  Arnold,  2. 
lomaensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
Haliserites  Sternberg,  White  (D.),  6. 
Halobia  Bronn,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

superba  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  5. 

Halonympha  Dali  and  Smith,  Dali,  8. 
Halorites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

americanus  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

(Homerites)  semiglobosus  Hauer, 
Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

Haloritidse  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Halysites  Fischer,  Grabau,  1. 


668 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued,  j 
Halysites  agglomeratus  Hall  ( sp. ) ,  ' 
Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 

agglomeratus  Hall,  Whitfield,  7. 
catenularia  (Linn.),  Weller,  6. 
catenularius  Linne  (sp.),  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 
catenulatus,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 
catenulatus  (Linn.),  Grabau,  1. 
catenulatus  Linn.,  Whitfield,  7. 
radiatus  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  7. 
Haminea  Leach,  Arnold,  2. 

virescens  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
obstrictus  Jimbo,  Whiteaves,  12. 
solitaria  Say,  Sears,  1. 

Hamites  (Ptychoceras)  sequicostatum 
Gabb,  Anderson,  3. 

armatus  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
cylindraceus  de  France,  Anderson, 

3. 

ellipticus  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
phoenixensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
(Ptychoceras)  solanoense  n.  sp., 
Anderson,  3. 

Haplocanthosaurus  Hatcher,  Riggs,  9. 
Ilaplocanthosaurus,  Hatcher,  14,  19. 

priscus,  Hatcher,  14. 

Haplocanthus  priscus  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Hatcher,  18. 

utterbachi  n.  sp.,  Hatcher,  14. 
Hargeria  n.  gen.,  Lucas,  15. 
gracilis,  Lucas,  15. 

Harpagodes  shumardi  (Hill),  Shat- 
tuck,  8. 

Harpagolestes  macrocephalus  n.  gen. 
et  sp!,  Wortman,  5. 

Harpalodon  sylvestris  Marsh,  Wort- 
man,  4. 

Harpalus  conditus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Harpedactylus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
crassus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
gracilior  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
tenuissimus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Harpina  antiquatus  Billings,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  5. 

ottawensis  (Bill.),  Weller,  6. 
ottawaensis  Billings,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  5. 

Harrisia  parabola  Cleland,  Cleland,  3. 
Hauericeras  gardeni  (Baily),  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

Hauerites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

ashleyi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Hausmannia?  californica  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

Hebertella  borealis  Billings,  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1. 

exfoliata  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

sinuata  Hall,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 
Hedenstroemia  Waagen,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

kossmati  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Hedronchus  sternbergii  Cope.  Stanton 
and  Hatcher,  1. 

Heilprinia  n.  gen.,  Grabau,  10. 

aequalis  (Emmons),  Grabau,  10. 
barbarensis  (Trask),  Grabau.  10. 
burnsii  (Dali),  Grabau,  16. 
caloosaensis  (Heilprin),  Grabau, 
16. 

caloosaensis  var.  Caroline  nsis 
(Dali),  Grabau,  16. 
exilis  (Conrad),  Grabau,  16. 
robusta  (Trask),  Grabau,  16. 
Helcion  giganteus?  var.  vancouveren- 
sis,  Whitea.ves,  12. 

tenuicostatus  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 

12. 

Helcura  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

anguinea  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
littoralis  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
surgens  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Helenia  granulata  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  1. 

Helicina  occulta  Say,  Shimek,  8. 

rawsoni  Pfeiffer,  Dali,  15. 
Helicoceras  indicum  ( ?)  Stol.,  Ander¬ 
son,  3. 

pariense  White  ?,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

stevensoni,  Whitfield,  1. 
Ilelicoprion,  Eastman,  6,  13. 
Helicotoma?  peccatonica  n.  sp.,  Sarde- 
son,  2. 

vagrans  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 

7. 

Heliolites  Guettard,  Grabau.  1. 
elegans  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
pyriformis  Guettard,  Grabau,  1. 
spiniporus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Heliomera  n.  subgen.,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  7. 

sol  (Billings),  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

Heliophyllum  adnascens  n.  sp.,  Greene, 
5. 

ampliatum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  3. 
collatum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  2. 
conditum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  15. 
conglomeratum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  10. 
congregatum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  10. 
conigerum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  2. 
convergens  (Hall),  Greene,  9. 
crotalum  n.  sp..  Greene,  7. 
dispansum  n.  sp.,  Greene.  7. 
gradatum  n.  sp.,  Greene.  14. 
halli  E.  &  H.,  Shimer  and  Grabau, 
1. 

liaminelli  n.  sp.,  Greene,  2. 
ignotum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  5. 
inflexum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  15. 
mirum  n.  sp.,  Greene.  7. 
obliquum  n.  sp..  Greene,  15. 
parvulum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  13. 
rowleyi  n.  sp..  Greene,  1. 
spiculatum  n.  sp.,  Greene,  2. 
sulcatum,  Greene,  14. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


669 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Heliophyllum  vesiculatum  (Hall), 

Greene,  11. 

zenkeri  (Billings),  Greene,  9. 
Helix  (Epiphragmophora?)  dubiosa 

nom.  prov.,  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  3. 
(Epiphragmophora)  sp.  indet.,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

Helminthoida  Schafhautl,  Ulrich,  4. 
abnormis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 
exacta  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 
subcrassa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 
vaga  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 
Helminthopsis?  labyrinthica  Heer,  Ul¬ 
rich,  4. 

magna  Heer,  Ulrich,  4. 
Helodermoides  tuherculatus .  n.  gen. 

and  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 

Helodus  incisus  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
rugosus  Newberry  and  Worthen, 
Eastman,  10. 

Helopora  Hall,  Grahau,  1. 

fragilis  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Hemiacodon  gracilis  Marsh,  Wortman, 
14. 

pygmaeus  n.  sp.,  Wortman,  14. 
Hemiaster  vancouverensis  n.  sp.,  Whit- 
eaves,  15. 

Hemipristis  serra  Agassiz,  Eastman, 
18. 

Hemisurcula  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
Hemitapes  Romer,  Dali,  8. 

Hemitrypa  proutana  Ulrich,  Ulrich,  8. 
Heptodon?,  Douglass,  8. 

Hercoceras  auriculum  n.  sp.,  Parks,  5. 
Hercoglossa  tuomeyi  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Here  Gabb,  Dali,  8. 

Hesperhys  n.  gen.,  Douglass,  8. 

vagrans  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 
Hesperornis  gracilis,  Lucas,  15. 

regalis,  Lucas,  15,  16. 

Heteropora  (  ?)  tecta  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  1. 
Heteroceras  ceratopse  n.  sp.,  Anderson, 
3. 

elongatum  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
hornbyense  Whiteaves,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

simplicostatum'  Whitfield,  3. 
Heteroclidus  n.  subg.,  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
Heterodontus  japonicus,  Dean,  6. 
Heteromeryx  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
22. 

dispar  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  22. 
Heteronema  n.  gen.,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  1. 

?  carbonarium  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  1. 

?  contextum  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  1. 

Heterotrypa,  Cumings,  7. 

Heterotrypa  Nicholson,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

foerstei  n.  sp.,  Nickles,  6. 
parvulipora  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera,  and  species  described — Continued. 
Heterotrypa  parvulipora  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

parvulipora  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
Nickles,  6. 

subpulchella  (Nicholson),  Nickles, 

6. 

Hexalonche  miscrosphaera  Vinassa,  Mar¬ 
tin,  8. 

Haxameroceras  delphicolum  Newell, 
Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 

Hexastylus  simplex  Vinassa,  Martin,  8. 
Hicoria  biacuminata  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13, 
17. 

magnifica  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  16. 

?  oregoniana  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
Hicoroides  n.  gen.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
angulata  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
ellipsoidea  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
globulus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
parva  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
triangularis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
Hindia  fibrosa  (Roemer),  Weller,  6. 
indianensis  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  12. 
nodulosa,  Whiteaves,  12. 
parva  Ulrich,  Weller,  6. 
parvula  Ulrich,  Weller,  6. 

?  perundosa  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
Hindsiella  acuta  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
Hinnites  Defrance,  Arnold,  2. 
Hipparion  Christol,  Gidley,  5. 

eurystylus  (Cope),  Gidley,  1. 
Hipparionyx  proximus  (Van.),  Weller, 
6. 

Hipponyx  De  France,  Arnold.  2. 

antiquatus  Linnaeus,  Arnold,  2. 
cranioides  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
tumens  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Holasaphus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

centropyge,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
Holcodiscus  cfr.  theobaldianus  Stol., 
Anderson,  3. 

Holectypus?  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 

Holocystis  papulosus?  M.  &  G.,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  11. 

Holopea  antiqua  (Van.),  Weller,  6. 
conica  Win.,  Weller,  2. 
hudsoni  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

mlcroclathrata  n.  sp.,  Hudson,  1. 
obesa  Whitfield,  Sardeson,  2. 
cfr.  obliqua  Hall,  -Sardeson,  1. 

?  raymondia  n.  sp.,  Cleland,  3. 
scrutator  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 

supraplana  U.  &  S.  ?,  Weller,  6. 
symmetrica  Hall,  Weller,  6. 

?  voluta  n.  sp.,  Cleland,  3. 
sp.,  Parks,  5. 

Homacanthus  Agassiz.  Eastman,  10. 
acinaciformis  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
delicatulus  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
Homalonotus  Koenig,  Grabau,  1. 

delphinocephalus  (Green),  Grabau, 

1. 

vanuxemi  Hall,  Weller,  6. 


670 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Homerites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Homocrinus  scoparius  Hall,  Talbot,  2. 
Homceospira  Hall  and  Clarke,  Grabau, 
1. 

apriniformis  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
evax  Hall  1863,  Beecher,  1. 
sobrina  n.  sp.,  Beecher,  1. 
Homomya  austinensis  n.  sp.,  Shattuck, 
8. 

vulgaris  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
Homotrypa  Ulrich,  Bassler,  1. 
austini  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
bassleri  n.  sp.,  Nickles,  4. 
bassler i  Nickles,  Bassler,  1. 
cincinnatiensis  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
communis  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
curvata  Ulrich,  Bassler,  1. 
curvata  var,  prsecipta  n.  var., 
Bassler,  1. 

cylindrica  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
dawsoni  (Nicholson),  Bassler,  1. 
dumosa  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
flabellaris  Ulrich,  Bassler,  1. 
flabellaris  var.  spinifera  n.  var., 
Bassler,  1. 

frondosa  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
frondosa  (Edwards  and  Haime), 
Cumings,  7. 

gelasinosa  Ulrich,  Bassler,  1. 
grandis  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
libana  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
minnesotensis  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  3. 
nicklesi  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
nodulosa  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
nitida  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
obliqua  Ulrich,  Bassler,  1. 
pulehra  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
ramulosa  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
richmondensis  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
splendens  n.  sp.,  Bassler,  1. 
wortheni  (James),  Bassler,  1. 
wortheni  var.  intercellata  n.  var., 
Bassler,  1. 

wortheni  var.  prominens  n.  var., 
Bassler,  1. 

Homotrypella  nodosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

nodosa  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  Hayes 
and  Ulrich,  1. 
norwoodi  n.  sp.,  Nickles,  6. 
Honeoyea  n.  gen.,  Clarke,  19. 
desmata  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
erinacea  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
major  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
simplex  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
styliophila  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
Hoplichnus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

quadrupedans  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull, 

2. 

Hoplitosaurus  n.  gen.,  Lucas,  11. 
Hoploparia  McCoy,  Pilsbry,  1. 

bennettii  Woodward,  Whiteaves, 

12. 

gabbi  n.  sp.,  Pilsbry,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Hoploparia  groenlandica  n.  sp.,  Ravn,  1. 
Hoplophoneus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Hormotoma  salteri  Ulrich,  Weller,  6. 
whiteavesi  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

Hughmilleria  n.  gen.,  Sarle,  2. 
socialis  n.  sp.,  Sarle,  2. 
socialis  var.  robusta  n.  var.,  Salre, 

Hungarites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

yatesi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Hungaritidse,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Hustedia  mormoni  (Marcou),  Beede,  1. 

mormoni  Marcou,  Girty,  3. 
Hyaenodon,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19,  20. 
cruentus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2. 

montanus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
minutus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
Hyaenodontidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Hyaenognathus ?  (Porthocyon  n.  gen.?) 
dubius  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  7. 
pachyodon  n.  gen.  and  n.  sp.,  Mer- 
riam  (J.  C.),  7. 

Hyalostelia  sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Hyattella  Hall  and  Clarke,  Grabau,  1. 
congesta  (Conrad),  Grabau,  1. 

?  lamellosa  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Hyalaea  tricuspida  n.  sp.,  Rivers,  1. 
Hydractinia  multispinosa  n.  sp.,  Ul¬ 
rich,  16. 

Hydrangea  bendirei  (Ward)  Knowlton, 
14. 

Hydreionocrinus  depressus  (Troost), 
Grabau,  8. 

kansasensis  Weller,  Beede,  1. 
subsinuatus  Miller  and  Gurley, 
Beede,  1. 

Hydroporus  inanimatus  n.  sp.,  Scudder, 

1. 

inundatus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
sectus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 

Hylopus  Dawson,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  28, 
30. 

caudifer  Dawson,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
25. 

hardingi  Dawson,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  25,  28. 

logani  Dawson,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
30. 

?  minor  Dawson,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
30. 

Hyolithellus?  flexuosus  n.  sp.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  1. 

micans  Billings,  Matthew  (G.  F. ). 

1. 

micans  Billings,  Ruedemann,  2. 
micans  Billings,  Sears,  1. 

Hyolithes  acadicus,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

americanus  Billings,  Sears,  1. 
carinatus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  7. 
caudatus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  7. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


671 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Hyolithes  centennialis  Barrett,  Weller, 
6. 

communis  Billings,  Sears,  1. 
danianus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  7. 
excellens  Bill.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 
excellens  Billings,  Sears,  1. 
gracilis,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  7. 
gracillimus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  8. 
gracillimus  n.  mut.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.) ,  7. 

impar  Ford,  Sears,  1. 
neapolis  Clarke,  Clarke,  19. 
princeps  Billings,  Sears,  1. 
princeps  forma  pingreei  Sears, 
Sears,  1. 

rhine  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 
rugosus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 
searsi  Grabau,  Sears.  1. 
sericeus,  Matthew  (G.  F. )  7. 
cf.  tenuistriatus  Linrs.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  20. 

Hyopsodidse  Schlosser,  Loomis,  7. 
Hyopsodus  Leidy,  Loomis,  7. 

Hyopsodus  Leidy,  Osborn,  11. 
browni  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  7. 
(Lemuravus)  distans  Marsh,  Os¬ 
born,  11. 

jacksoni  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  7. 
laticuneus  Cope,  Loomis,  7. 
lemoinianus  Cope,  Loomis,  7. 
lemoinianus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
marshi  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  11. 
minor  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  7. 
miticulus  Cope,  Loomis,  7. 
(Esthonyx)  ?  miticulus  Cope,  Os¬ 
born,  11. 

paulus,  Osborn,  11. 
powellianus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
powellianus  Cope,  Loomis,  7. 
simplex  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  7. 
uintensis  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  11. 
vicarius  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
wortmani  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  11. 
wortmani  Osborn,  Loomis,  7. 
Hypertragulus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  22. 
Hypertragulus  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
7. 

sp.,  Sinclair,  6. 

Hyphantosoma  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Hyphepus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

fieldi  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Hypisodus  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  2, 
7,  22. 

minimus  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
7. 

Hypocetus  Lydekker,  Case,  9. 

mediatlanticus  (Cope),  Case,  9. 
Hypohippus  Leidy,  Gidley,  5. 
Hyrachyus,  Douglass,  8. 

?  priscus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 
Hyracodon  priscidens  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  17. 

sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  9. 
Hysteroconcha  Fischer,  Dali,  8. 
Hystriospongia  ?  sp.,  Girty,  3. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Icanotia  Stoliczka,  Dali,  8. 

Ichthycrinus  Conrad,  Grabau,  1. 

laevis  Conrad,  Grabau,  1. 
Icthyocrinus  magnaradialis  n.  sp.,  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

schucherti  n.  sp.,  Talbot,  2. 
Ichthyodectes  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
Ichthyodectes  Cope,  Stewart  1. 
acanthicus  Cope?,  Stewart,  1. 
anaides  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
anaides  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
anaides  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
cruentus  Hay,  Stewart,  1. 
ctenodon  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
ctenodon  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
hamatus  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
hamatus  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
multidentatus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
multidentatus  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
occidentalis  Leidy,  Loomis,  1. 
Ichthyoidichnites  acadiensis  n.  sp., 
Ami,  3,  28. 

Ichthyosaurus  Merriam  (J.  C.),  6,  9. 
Ictops,  Douglass,  9. 

acutidens  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
acutidens  Douglass,  Matthew  (W. 

D. ),  9. 

acutidens  Douglass,  Douglass,  9. 
didelphoides  Cope,  Douglass,  9. 
intermedius  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  9. 
major  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  9. 
montanus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  9. 
tenuis  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  9. 
thomsoni  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
9. 

thompsoni  Matthew,  Douglass,  9. 
Idiophyllum  rotundifolium  Lesquereux, 
Sellards,  4. 

Idmonea  ?  expansa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  4. 

Igoceras  undata  (Win.),  Weller,  2. 
Illaenurus  Columbiana  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Illaenus  Dalman,  Grabau,  1. 

americanus  Billings,  Ruedemann,  2. 
annatus  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger, 
1. 

bayfieldi  Billings,  Raymond  (P. 

E. ),  5. 

erastusi  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
5. 

globosus  Billings,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  5. 

indeterminatus  Walcott,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  5. 

insignis  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger, 

1. 

ioxus  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
ioxus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
punctatus  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
5. 

sp.  indet.,  Whiteaves,  17. 

Illicium  lignitum  Lx.,  Perkins,  13. 
Ilyanassa?  (Paranassa)  porcina  (Say), 
Martin,  5. 

Incolaria  securiformis  Herz.,  Herzer,  4. 


672 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleonf  cJ  ogy — Continued. 

G-ncra  and  species  described — Continued. 
Indiana,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

lippa  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F. ),  13, 

20. 

ovalis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  13, 

20. 

ovalis  mut.  prima,  Matthew  (G. 

.  F.),  20. 

Indrodon  malaris  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
Inoceramus  adunca  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
halchii  M.  and  H.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

cripsii  var.  barabini  Morton,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.),  5. 

digitatus  (Sowerby)  Schmidt, 
Whiteaves,  12. 

dimidius  White,  Johnson  (D.  W.), 
5. 

fragilis  H.  and  M.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

irregularis  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

klamathensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
labiatus  Schlotheim,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

simpsoni  Meek,  Johnson  (D.  W.), 
5. 

vanuxemi  M.  and  H.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

n.  sp.  ?,  Johnson  (D.  W\),  5. 
sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Insectivora  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Inoceramya  n.  gen.,  Ulrich,  4. 

concentrica  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 
Inyoites  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

oweni  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Iphidea  pannula  White  '  sp.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  19. 

Iphidella  n.  gen.,  Walcott,  12. 

labradorica  orientalis  n.  var.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

labradorica  utahensis  n.  var.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

major  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
nisus  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
pannula  maladensis  n.  var.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

pannula  ophirensis  n.  var.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

sp.  und.,  Walcott,  12. 

Isapis  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Ischnochiton  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

regularis  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Ischyrocyon  n.  gen.,  Matthew,  Mat¬ 
thew  and  Gidley,  1. 

hytenodus  n.  sp.,  Matthew,  Mat¬ 
thew  and  Gidley,  1. 
lschyromyidse,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Ischyromys  veterior  n.  sp.,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  9. 

Isocampe  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

strata  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Isocardia  cliffwoodensis  n.  sp.,  Weller, 
10. 

fraterna  Say,  Glenn,  6. 
ignolea  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Isocardia  markoei  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
mazlea  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
medialis  (Conrad),  Shattuck,  8. 
Isochilina  Jones,  Grabau,  1. 

armata  var.  pygmiea  n.  var., 
Ruedemann,  2. 
cylindrica  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
gregaria  Whitfield,  var.  (?),  Jones 
(T.  R.),  2. 

gregaria  (Whitfield),  var.  ulrichi- 
ana,  nov.,  Jones  (T.  R. ),  2. 
sp.  ?,  Jones  (T.  R.),  2. 

Isodomo  (Deshayes)  Cossmann,  Dali,  8. 
Isomena  humilus  Meek?,  Kindle,  1. 
Isopora  Studer,  1878,  Vaughan,  2. 

muricata  (Linnaeus)  forma  muri- 
cata  s.  s.  (=  cervicornis  La¬ 
marck),  Vaughan,  2. 

Isotelus  angusticaudum  n.  sp.,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  5. 

?  bearsi  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 

5. 

canalis  Whitf.,  Weller,  6. 
florencevillensis  n.  n.  (Isotelus  su- 
sae  Clarke,  not  Whitfield),  Cal¬ 
vin,  10. 

gigas  De  Kay,  Weller,  6. 
harrisi  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  5. 
maximus  Locke,  Ruedemann,  2. 
obtusum  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  5. 
susae  Whitfield.  Calvin,  10. 

Isurus  mantelli  (Geinitz),  Williston,  1. 
Ivara  D.  and  B.  (MSS.),  Arnold,  2. 
Ixacanthus  Cope,  Case,  9. 
atropius  Cope,  Case,  9. 
coelospondylus  Cope,  Case,  9. 
coaradi  (Leidy),  Case,  9. 
spinosus  Cope,  Case,  9. 
stenus  Cope,  Case,  9. 

Ixartia  Leach,  Dali,  8. 

Jaekelocystis  n.  gen.,  Schuchert  6,  11. 
avellana  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  11. 
hartleyi  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  6,  11. 
papillatus  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  11. 
Jagonia  Recluz,  Dali,  8. 

Jamesella  n.  subg.  of  Nisusia,  Walcott. 

12. 

Janassa  maxima  n.  sp.,  Eastman.  10. 

unguila  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
Joannites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

nevadanus  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Juglans?  bendirei  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
brandonianus  n.  sp.,  rerkins,  13, 
17. 

crassifolia  n.  sp.,  Knowlton.  14. 
cryptata  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
oregoniana  Lesq..  Knowlton.  14. 
Juniperus  hypnoides  IIeer(?).  Hollick. 
4. 

Juvavites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


673 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Juvavites  (Anatomites)  mojsvari  n.  sp., 
Burckhardt  and  Scalia,  1. 

(Anatomites)  subintermittens  n. 

sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
subinterruptus  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt 
and  Smith,  1. 

Kadaliosaurus  Credner,  Osborn,  19. 
Katelysia  (Romer)  Tryon,  Dali,  8. 
Kellia  Turton,  Arnold,  2. 

laperousii  Deshayes,  Arnold,  2. 
rotundula  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
suborbicularis  Montagu,  Arnold,  2. 
Kennerleyia  Cpr.  (em.),  Dali,  8. 
Kennerlia  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
'Kingena  occidentalis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

Kionoceras  cancellatum  (Hall),  Whit¬ 
eaves,  17. 

darwini  Billings  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

medullare  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

Kirkbya  sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Kochia  Freeh,  Clarke,  19. 

ungula  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
Koninckites  Waagen,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
Koninckites  Waagen,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

Kutorgina  Billings,  Walcott,  12. 

cingulata  Billings,  Walcott,  12. 
granulata  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
1. 

perugata  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
sardiniaensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
sp.  und.,  Walcott,  12. 

Labidosaurus  hamatus  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
Lahiosa  (Schmidt)  Moiler,  Arnold,  2. 
(Raeta)  undulata  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
(Raeta)  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 

Lacuna  Turton,  Arnold,  2. 

compacta  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
porrecta  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
solidula  (Loven)  Carpenter,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

Laevicardium  Swainson,  Arnold,  2. 
Lagena  apiculata  Reuss,  Bagg,  9. 
globosa  (Montagu),  Bagg,  9. 
gracilis  Williamson,  Bagg,  9. 
marginata  (Walker  and  Boys), 
Bagg,  9. 

sulcata  (Walker  and  Jacobs), 
Bagg,  9. 

Lagunculapes  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

latus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Lamellaria  Montagu,  Arnold,  2. 

stearnsii  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
Lamelliconcha  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Lamna  appendiculata  Agassiz,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

appendiculata  (Romer),  Williston, 

1. 

macrorhiza  Cope,  Williston,  1. 
mudgei  Cope,  Williston,  1. 

Bull.  301—06 - 43 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Lamna  quinquelateralis  Cragin,  Willis- 
ton,  1. 

sulcata  (Geinitz),  Williston,  1. 
sp.,  Williston,  1. 

(Odontaspis?)  sp.,  Williston,  1. 
Lampsilis  Rafinesque,  Letson,  1. 

ellipsiformis  (Conr.)  Simpson,  Let- 
son,  1. 

rectus  (Lam.)  Smith,  Letson,  1. 
Lampterocrinus?  comptus  n.  sp.,  Row- 
ley,  3. 

Lancea  Pease,  Arnold,  2. 

Lanceolites  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
compactus  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Laqueus  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

jeffreysi  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

Laricopsis  longifolia  latifolia  n.  var., 
Fontaine,  4. 

Lasiograptus  mucronatus  (Hall),  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

flscheri  Heer,  Penhallow,  4. 
Laternula  Bolton,  Dali,  8. 

Lathrohium  antiquatum  n.  sp.,  Scud- 
der,  1. 

debilitatum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
exesum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
frustum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
inhibitum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Latirus  elaboratus  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 
marylandicus  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Laurophyllum  angustifolium  Newb., 
Berry,  5. 

Laurus  angusta  Heer,  Hollick,  11. 
hollae  Heer,  Berry,  5. 
hollickii  n.  sp.,  Berry,  5,  7. 
oregoniana  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
plutonia  Heer,  Berry,  5,  7. 
protesefolia  Lesq.,  Berry,  5,  6,  7. 
Lazaria  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 

subquadrata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Lecanites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

knechti  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
vogdesi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Lecanocrinus  hemisphericus  n.  sp., 
Rowley,  3. 

macropetalus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Leconteia  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
californica  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

Leda  Schumacher,  Arnold,  2. 

concentrica  (Say),  Glenn,  6. 
cliftonensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

cultelliformis  (Rogers),  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

fossa  Baird,  Arnold,  2. 

%  hamata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
improcera  (Conrad),  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

liciata  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
liciata  var.  amydra  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 


674 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Leda  rninuta  Fabr.  var.  praecursor  n. 
var.,  Arnold,  2. 

?  navicula  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
parilis  (Conrad),  Clark  and  Mar 
tin,  2. 

var.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
parva  (Rogers),  Clark  and  Martin, 
2. 

potomacensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

rostellata  Conrad,  mut.  pygmaea 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 
saccata  (Win.),  Weller,  2. 
taphria  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
tysoni  n.  sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Leiomya  A.  Adams,  Dali,  8. 

Leioclema?  sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Leiorhynchus  huronensis  Nicholson, 
Shimer  and  Grabau,  1. 
laura  Billings,  Shimer  and  Grabau, 
1. 

limitare  (Yanuxem),  Kindle,  1. 
multicostus  Hall,  Shimer  and  Gra¬ 
bau,  1. 

quadricostatum  (Vanuxem),  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

Leperditella  ornata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Leperditia  Rouault,.  Grabau,  1. 
alta  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
altoides  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
balthica  Hisinger  var.  guelphica 
Jones,  Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 
elongata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
fabulites  Conrad  sp.,  Ruedemann, 
2 

fabulites  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
gigantea  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
limatula  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

resplendens  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 

?  rugosa,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

??  rugosa  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
13. 

scalaris  Jones,  Grabau,  1. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Lepidechinus  Hall,  Klem,  1. 
imbricatus  Hall,  Klem,  1. 
rarispinus  Hall,  Klem,  1. 
Lepidesthes  Meek  and  Worthen,  Klem, 
1. 

eolletti  White,  Klem,  1. 
coreyi  Meek  and  Worthen,  Klem,  1. 
formosus  Miller,  Klem,  1. 
spectabilis  Worthen  and  Miller, 
Klem,  1. 

wortheni  Jackson,  Klem,  1. 
Lepidocardia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
Lepidocidaris  Meek  and  Worthen,  Klem. 
1. 

squamosus  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Klem,  1. 

Lepidocoleus  jamesl  Hall  and  Whitfield 
sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  end  species  described — Continued. 

Lepidocystis  inquisitus  D.  W.,  White 
(D.),  18. 

siliqua  (Dn.)  D.  W.,  White  (D.), 
18. 

Lepidodendron  keyesi  n.  sp.,  Herrick 
(C.  L.),  3. 

soccrroense  n.  sp.,  Herrick  (C.  L.), 
3. 

thwaitesi  n.  sp.,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  3. 
thwaitesi  var.  striolatum  n.  var., 
Herrick  (C.  L.),  3. 
sp.?,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  3. 

Lepidodiscus  alleganius  n.  sp.,  Clarke, 
3. 

Lepidcstrobus,  Smith,  1. 

?  globosus  Dn.,  White  (D.),  18. 

Lep!dctus  haydeni  Leidy,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Lepidotus  cccidentalis  Leidy,  Lambe,  3. 
occidentals  Leidy,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Lepocrinites  Conrad,  Schuchert,  11. 
gebhardii  Conrad,  Schuchert,  11. 
manlius  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  11. 

Lepralia  labiosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 

maculata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  4. 

marylandica  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  4. 

montifera  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

?  reversa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

subplana  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 

Leptaena  Dalman,  Grabau,  1. 

minnesotensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
praecosis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
recedens  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
rhomboidalis  (Wahlenberg) ,  Gra¬ 
bau,  1. 

saxea  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
rhomboidalis  Wilckens,  1769. 
Beecher,  1. 

rhomboidalis  (Wilckens),  Kindle, 

1. 

rhomboidalis  Wilckens,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  2. 

rhomboidalis  (Wilck.),  Weller,  2. 
rhomboidalis  Wilckens,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

rhomboidalis  Wilck.,  Weller,  6. 
rhomboidalis  (Wilck.),  var.  ventri- 
cosa  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 

Leptaxinus  Verrill  and  Bush,  Dali,  8. 

Leptesthes  Meek,  Dali,  8. 

Leptictidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 

Leptichthys,  Stewart,  1. 

agilis  n.  sp.,  Stewart,  1. 

Leptobolus  Hall,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
atavus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  2, 
20. 

atavus  mut.  insulae  n.  mut.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 
atavus  mut.  tritavus  n.  mut.,  Mat 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


675 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Leptobolus  ?  collicia  n.  sp.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  2,  20. 

collicia  var.  collis  n.  var.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  20. 

fiumenis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

20. 

gemmulus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
cf.  grandis,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  19. 
cf.  linguloides,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
12,  20. 

torrentis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

20. 

walcotti  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  1. 
Leptocheirus  n.  gen.,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
6. 

zitteli  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  6. 
Leptochoerus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2. 

quadricuspis  n.  sp.,  Hatcher,  3. 
Leptocodon  rectus  Williston,  Stewart,  1. 
Leptodesma  marcellense  Hall,  Wood 
(Elvira),  1. 

rogersi  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

Leptodomus  interplicatus  n.  sp.,  Clarke, 
19. 

multiplex  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
Leptomeryx,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  22. 
Leptomeryx  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  7. 
esulcatus  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
7. 

Leptomeryx?  esulcatus  Cope,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  9. 

mammifer  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
7,  9. 

semicinctus  Cope,  Matthew  (W. 
D.) ,  7. 

transmontanus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 
sp.  indesc.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  7. 
Leptophloeum  rhombicum  Dn.,  White 
(D.),  18. 

Leptophyllia  sp.  (No.  1),  Vaughan,  17. 

sp.  (No.  2),  Vaughan,  17. 
Leptopora  ramosa  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
procera  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
typa  Win.,  Weller,  2. 
winchelli  White,  Girty,  3. 
Leptopsis  levettei,  White,  Rowley, 
Greene,  2. 

Leptosomus  Marck,  Hay,  10. 
lineatus  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
nasutulus  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
percrassus  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
Leptostrobus  longifolius  Fontaine,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

?  ovalis  Ward  nom.  nov.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

Leptostyrax  bicuspidatus  Williston, 
Williston,  1. 

Leptosurcula  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
Leptothyra  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
bacula  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
carpenter!  Pilsbry,  Arnold,  2. 
paucicostata  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
Leptotrachylns  longipinnis  Cope,  Hay, 
10. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Leptotragulus  profectus  n.  sp.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.),  9. 

Leptotrypa  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
2 

Lestosaurus  gracilis  Marsh,  Williston, 

10. 

Leuciscus  turneri  n.  sp.,  Lucas,  4. 
Levifusus  trabeatus  ( ?)  Conrad,  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

trabeatus  (  ?)  var.,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

Lianophycus  polyfrons  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Herzer,  4. 

Lichas  Dalman,  Grabau,  1. 

boltoni  (Bigsby),  Grabau,  1. 
nereus  Hall,  Van  Ingen,  2. 
pustulosus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

Lichenalia  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

concentrica  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
concentrica  Hall,  Grant  (C.  C.), 
10. 

torta  Hall,  Weller,  6. 

Lima  interlineata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
multiradiata  Gabb,  Weaver,  1. 
(Ctenostreon)  riograndensis  n.  sp., 
Cragin,  2. 

(Bruguibre)  Cuvier,  Arnold,  2. 
(Mantellum)  dehiscens  Conrad, 
Arnold,  2. 

papyria  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
retifera  Shumard,  Beede,  1. 
shumardi  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
suciensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
wacoensis  Romer,  Shattuck,  8. 
sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
sp.  ind.,  Whiteaves,  8. 
sp.,  Beede,  8. 

Limnfea  Lamarck,  Letson,  1. 

catascopium  Say,  Letson,  1. 
columella  Say,  Letson,  1. 
desidiosa  Say,  Letson,  1. 
Limnenetes  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  9. 
Limnenentes  ( ?)  anceps  n.  sp.,  Doug¬ 
lass,  4. 

platyceps  n.  gen.  and  sp.,  Douglass, 
4. 

Limipecten  n.  gen.,  Girty,  5. 
texanus  n.  sp.,  Girty,  5. 
texanus  var.  grandicostatus  n.  var., 
Girty,  5. 

Limnocyon  Marsh,  Wortman,  11. 
d.vsodus,  Wortman,  11. 
medius  n.  sp.,  Wortman,  11. 
velox  Marsh,  Wortman,  11. 
verus  Wortman,  11. 

Limnopus  vagans  Marsh,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  25. 

Limnotherium  affine  Marsh,  Osborn,  11. 
Limoptera  cancellata  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
Limopteria  alata  (Beede),  Beede,  1. 
gibbosa  (Meek  and  Worthen). 
Beede,  1. 

longlspina  (Cox),  Beede.  1. 
marian  (White),  Beede,  1. 


676 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Limopteria  subalata  (Beede  and  Rog¬ 
ers),  Beede,  1. 

Lindigia  ( ?)  nodosum  n.  sp.,  Ander¬ 
son,  3. 

Linearia  ?  divaricata  n.  sp.,  Johnson 
(C.  W.),  1. 

Lingula  Bruguiere,  Grabau,  1. 
aurora  Hall,  Sardeson,  2. 
brainerdi  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
1. 

carbonaria  Shumard,  Girty,  3. 
columba  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

cuneata  Conrad,  Grabau,  1. 
dolata  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 

?  lens  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  9. 
morsii  N.  H.  Winchell,  Sardeson,  1. 
mosia  Hall,  Sardeson,  2. 
mytiloides  Sowerby,  Beede,  1. 

?  ovata  n.  sp.,  Cleland,  3. 
Philomela  Bill.?,  Weller,  6. 
riciniformis  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
spatulata  Vanuxem,  Kindle,  1. 
tighti  Herrick,  Girty,  3. 
winona  Hall,  Sardeson,  2. 
Lingulasma  galenensis  W.  &  S.,  Weller, 
6. 

Lingulella  concina  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  9,  20. 

cfr.  davisii  McCoy,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  12,  20. 

?  escasoni  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
9. 

gregwa  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  2. 
lsevis  var.  grandis  n.  var.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  20. 

lsevis  var.  lens,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

20. 

cfr.  lepis,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12. 
longovalis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
20. 

cf.  longovalis,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
macconnelli  Walcott,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  19. 

radula  var.  aspera  n.  var.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.)  ,  20. 
roberti  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
selwyni,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
stoneana  Whitf.,  Weller, '6. 
tumida  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  2, 
20. 

Lingulepis  Hall,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
gregwa,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
gregwa  var.  robusta  n.  var.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 

longinervis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  20. 

pumila  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
rotunda  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
20. 

starri  var.  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
starri  mut.  exigua  n.  mut.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Lingulops  norwoodi  (James),  Hayes 
and  Ulrich,  1. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Linnarssonella  n.  gen.,  Walcott,  6. 
Linnarssonia  cf.  belti  Davidson?,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 

girtyi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
minuta  Hall  and  Whitfield  (sp.), 
Walcott,  6. 

tennesseensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  6. 
Linuparus  canadensis  Whiteaves,  Whit- 
eaves,  12. 

vancouverensis  Whiteaves,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

Lioconcha  Morch,  Dali,  8. 

Liocyma  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Lioclema  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 
Lioclema  Ulrich,  Grabau,  1. 
aspera  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
florida  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
monroei  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
2. 

punctatum  (Hall),  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2.- 

Lioclemella  Foerste,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

ohioensis  (Foerste),  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

Liopteria  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

(?)  subplana  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
Liorhynchus  limitare  (Vanuxem), 
Wood  (Elvira),  1. 

Liospira  americana  Billings  sp.,  Ruede- 
mann,  2. 

micula  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
strigata  n.  sp.,  Collie,  3. 
subtilistriata  Hall  sp.,  Ruede- 
mann,  2. 

sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Liquidambar  europseum  patulum  n.  var., 
Knowlton,  14. 

pachyphyllum  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
sp.  (?),  Knowlton,  14. 
Liriodendron,  Berry,  1. 

Liriodendropsis  angustifolia  Newb., 
Berry,  7. 

Lirodiscus  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

protractus  O.  Meyer,  Dali,  8. 
wailesii  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

Lirophora  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Lirosoma  sulcosa  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
Lithasteriscus  radiatus  Ehrenberg, 
Martin,  8. 

Lithocampe  marylandica  n.  sp..  Mar¬ 
tin,  8. 

Lithodomus  nitidus  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 

12. 

Lithodrumus  n.  gen.,  Greene,  12. 

veryi  n.  sp.,  Greene,  12. 
Lithophaga  Bolten,  Arnold,  2. 
ionensis  n.  sp.,  Glenn.  6. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

minuta  n.  sp.,  Weller,  2. 
plumula  Hanley,  Arnold,  2. 
subalveata  Conrad.  Glenn,  6. 
Lithostrotion  Fleming,  Lambe,  2. 

?  canadense,  Ulrich,  8. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


677 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Lithostrotion  harmodites  Edwards  and 
Haime,  Ulrich,  8. 

macouni  Lambe,  Lambe,  2. 

?  proliferum  Hall,  Ulrich,  8. 
Litiopa  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Littorina  Ferussac,  Arnold,  2. 
irrorata  (Say),  Martin,  5. 
planaxis  (Nuttall)  Philippi,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

scutulata  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
Lituites  (Ophidioceras)  bickmoreanus 
Whitfield,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
(Ophidioceras)  hercules  carrollen- 
sis  n.  var.,  Kindle  and  Breger, 
1. 

marshii  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger, 

1. 

Lobocrinus  dubius  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  2. 

(  ?)  dubius  var.  pustulosus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  2. 

( ?)  insolitus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  2. 
Loganograptus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 

logani  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Lonchodomas  halli  Billings,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  5. 

Longobardites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

nevadanus  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Lonsdaleia  McCoy,  Lambe,  2. 

(or  Lithostrotion)  canadense 
(Castelnau),  Hayes  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  1. 

picroense  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
Loperia  n.  subg.  of  Protorthis,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

Lophoblastus  n.  gen.,  Rowley,  1. 
conoideus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
marginulus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
pentagonus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  4. 
Lophocetus  Cope,  Case,  9. 

calvertensis  (Harlan),  Case,  9. 
Lophophyllum  profundum  (Milne-Ed- 
wards  and  Haime),  Beede,  1. 

profundum  Milne-Edwards  and 
Haime,  Girty,  3. 
westi  (Beede),  Beede,  1. 
Lophospira  billingsi  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 

bispiralis  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

medialis  U.  and  S.,  Weller,  6. 
oweni  U.  and  S.,  Weller,  6. 
rectangularis  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  7. 

Loricera  exita  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Loripes  Cuvier,  Dali,  8. 

Loxonema  attenuata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
danai  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
delphicola  Hall,  mut.  moloch 
Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 
difficile  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  11. 
hamiltoniae  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
hydraulica  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Loxonema  jerseyensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
lseviusculum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
multiplication  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
noe  Clarke,  Clarke,  19. 
parvum  Cox?,  Girty,  3. 

?  peoriense  Worthen,  Girty,  3. 
plicatum  Whitfield,  Girty,  3. 
rectistriatum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
robusta  Hall,  Parks,  5. 

?  teres  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

?  sp.,  Girty,  3. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  2. 
sp.  indet.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
Loxopteria  Freeh,  Clarke,  19. 

(Sluzka)  corrugata  n.  sp.,  Clarke, 
19. 

dispar  Sandberger,  Clarke,  19. 
(Sluzka)  intumescentis  n.  sp., 
Clarke,  19. 

laevis  Freeh,  Clarke,  19. 
vasta  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
Loxoptychodon  Sandberger,  Dali,  8. 
Lucapina  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

crenulata  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
Lucina  Bruguiere,  Arnold,  2. 

(Bruguiere)  Lamarck,  Dali,  8. 
acutilineata  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
aquiana  Clark,  Clark  and  Martin, 
2. 

astartiformis  Aldrich,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

atoma  n.  sp.,  Casey,  1. 
californica  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
chrysostoma  (Meuschen)  Philip¬ 
pi,  Dali,  8. 

corpulenta  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
dartoni  Clark,  Clark  and  Martin, 
2. 

?  emarginata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
janus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
megameris,  Dali,  3. 
nuttalli.  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
perminuta  n.  sp.,  Casey,  1. 
planiuscula  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
potosina  Castillo  and  Aguilera, 
Cragin,  2. 

potosina  var.  metrica  n.  var., 
Cragin,  2. 

santarosana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
scopularis  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
subvexa  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
tenuisculpta  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2 
uhleri  Clark,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
vicksburgensis  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
whitei  Clark,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
sp.  indet.,  Dali,  8. 
sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Lucinella  Monterosato,  Dali,  8. 
Lucinisca  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Lucinoma  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Ludovicia  Cossmann,  Dali,  8. 

Lunatia  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 


678 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Con  tinued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Lunatia  marylandica  Conrad,  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

Lunulicardium  Munster,  Clarke,  19. 

(Prochasma)  absegmen  n.  sp.,  | 
Clarke,  19. 

(Pinnopsis)  accola  n.  sp.,  Clarke, 
19. 

(Pinnopsis)  acutirostrum  Hall, 
Clarke,  19. 

beushauseni  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
(Prochasma)  bickense  Holzapfel,  | 
Clarke,  19. 
clymenise,  Clarke,  17. 
(Chsenocardiola)  clymenise  n.  sp., 
Clarke,  19. 

encrinitum  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
(Prochasma)  enode  n.  sp.,  Clarke, 
19. 

(Chsenocardiola)  eriense  n.  sp., 
Clarke,  19. 

finitimum  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
fragile  Hall,  Wood  (Elvira),  1. 
(Chsenocardiola)  furcatum  n.  sp.. 
Clarke,  19. 

hemicardioides,  Clarke,  17. 

( Chsenocardiola )  hemicardioides 

n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 

(Pinnopsis)  libum  n.  sp.,  Clarke, 
19. 

mulleri,  Clarke,  17. 

(Pinnopsis)  ornatum  Hall,  Clarke, 
19. 

(Prochasma)  parunculus  n.  sp., 
Clarke,  19. 

pilosum  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
sodale  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
suppar  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 

?  (Opisthoccelus?)  transversale  n. 

sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
velatum  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
(Pinnopsis)  wiscoyense  n.  sp., 
Clarke,  19. 
n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
n.  sp.  ?,  Clarke,  19. 

Lunulites  reversa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 

Lutra  pristina  n.  sp.,  Matthew,  Mat¬ 
thew  and  Gidley,  1. 

Luzonia  Dali  and  Smith,  Dali,  8. 
Lycopodites  comosus  Dn.,  White  (D.), 
18. 

?  montanensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  4. 
Lyginopteris  oldhamia,  White  (D.),  19. 
Lygodium  kaulfusii  Heer.  Knowlton, 
14. 

Lyonsia  Turton,  Arnold,  2. 

Lyonsia  Turton,  Dali,  8. 

section  Allogramma  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Philippina  Dali.  Dali.  8. 
acuta  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
arenosa  Morch,  Sears,  1. 
californica  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Lyria  nestor  n.  sub-sp.,  Casey,  4. 
Lyriocrinus?  beecheri  n.  sp..  Hudson. 

1. 

dactylus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Lyriopecten  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

orbiculoides  nom.  nov.,  Grabau,  1. 
Lyrosurcula  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
acuta  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
elegans  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
obsoleta  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 

Lysis  suciensis  Whiteaves,  Whiteaves, 

12. 

Lysorophus  tricarinatus  Cope,  Broili, 

2. 

tricarinatus,  Case,  2. 

Lytoceras  (Gabbioceras)  angulatum  n. 
sp.,  Anderson,  3. 

argonautarum  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
batesi  (Trask)  Gabb,  Anderson,  3. 
(Tetragonites)  cala  (?)  (Forbes) 
Stolicza,  Anderson,  3. 
(Gaudryceras)  denmanense,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  2. 

rel.  duvalianum  d’Orb.,  Anderson, 
3. 

(Tetragonites)  jacksonense  n.  sp., 
Anderson,  3. 

(Gaudryceras)  kayei  Forbes,  An¬ 
derson,  3. 

(Gaudryceras)  sacya  Forbes,  An¬ 
derson,  3. 

Lytoceratoidea,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Lytoloma  Cope,  Wieland,  7. 
angusta  Cope,  Wieland,  7. 
(Euclastes)  platyops  Cope,  Wie¬ 
land,  7. 

Machserodus?  ischyrus  n.  sp.,  Merri- 
am,  16. 

Maclurea  magna  Le  Sueur,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  1. 

Macoma  Leach,  Arnold,  2. 
baltica  Linn.,  Sears,  1. 
ealearea  Gmelin,  Arnold,  2. 
indentata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
inquinata  Deshayes,  Arnold.  2. 
lenis  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Glenn.  6. 
nasuta  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
nasuta  Conrad  var.  kelseyi  Dali, 
Arnold,  2. 

secta  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
yoldiformis  Carpenter,  Arnold.  2. 
Macridiscus  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Macrocallista  Meek,  Dali,  8. 

section  Chionella  Cossmann.  Dali, 

8. 

section  Macrocallista  s.  s..  Dali.  8. 
acuminata  n.  sp..  Dali.  S. 
albaria  Say,  Dali,  8. 

(Chionella?)  gilberti  n.  sp..  Dali. 

10. 

(Chionella)  maculata  LinnA  Dali, 

8. 

marylandica  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
(Chionella)  marylandica  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

nimbosa  Solander,  Dali,  8. 
pittsburgensis  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
reposta  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

(Chionella)  sp.,  Dali,  10. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


679 


Paleontology — Con  tinued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Macrocephalites  ishmse  Keyserling  sp., 
Madsen,  1. 

sp.  cf.  macrocephalus  Schlotheim 
sp.,  Madsen,  1. 
pompeckji  n.  sp.,  Madsen,  1. 
Macrochellina  carinatus  Nettlerotli, 
Kindle,  1. 

Macrochilina  hamiltoniie  Hall,  mut. 
pygmsea  Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 

hebe  Hall.,  mut.  pygmsea  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

liebe  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
onondagsensis  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  2. 
onondagaensis  Clarke,  Wilson  (J. 
D.),  1. 

pygmsea  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
seneca  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
sp.  indet.,  Clarke  and  Ruedemann, 
1. 

sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

Macrodon  cf.  cochlearis  Winchell,  Sar- 
deson,  11. 

.  Macrodon  obsoletus  Meek.  Beede,  1. 
parms  W.  &  W.,  Weller,  2. 
sangamonensis  Worthen?,  Beede,  1. 
Macron  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
kellettii  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
lividus  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Macronotella  fragaria  n.  sp.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  2. 

ulrichi  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 
Macrotseniopteris  californica  Fontaine, 
Fontaine  1. 

Mactra  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

californica  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
(Spisula)  eatilliformis  Conrad,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

clathrodon  Lea,  Glenn,  6. 
exoleta  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

(Spisula)  falcata  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
gabbiana  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
hemphilli  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
luteola  Loven  (?),  Sears,  1. 
Magnolia  alternans  Heer,  Hollick,  4. 
capellinii  Heer,  Berry,  7. 
capellini  Heer,  Hollick,  11. 
obtusata  Heer,  Berry,  5. 
palseopetala  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  6. 
speciosa  Heer,  Berry,  6,  7. 
tenuifolia  Lesq.,  Berry,  7. 
tenuifolia  Lesq.  (?),  Hollick,  11. 
tenuifolia  Lesq.,  Berry,  5. 
woodbridgensis  Hollick,  Berry,  5. 
Majanthemophyllum  grandifolium  n. 
sp.,  Penhallow,  4. 

Malocystites  emmonsi  n.  sp.,  Hudson,  1. 
Mancalla  californiensis  n.  sp.,  Lucas,  5. 
Mangilia  Risso,  s.  s.,  Arnold,  2. 
Mangilia  (Leach)  Risso,  Arnold,  2. 
angulata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
(Pleurotomella)  bellistriata,  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

(Cythara)  branneri  n.  sp.,  Arnold, 

2. 


Paleontology— Con  t  inued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Mangilia  (Clathurella)  conradiana 
Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 

cornelliana  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
hoover i  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
interfossa  var.  pedroana  n.  var., 
Arnold,  2. 

interlirata  Stearns,  Arnold,  2. 

( Glyphostoma)  obtusa  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

oldroydi  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
painei  n.  sp.,  Arnold,.  2. 
parva  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
parvoidea  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
patuxentia  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
sculpturata  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
striosa  C.  B.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
(Taranis)  strongi  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
Mantelliceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Mantellum  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Maragnicrinus  n.  gen.,  Whitfie’d,  11. 

portlandicus  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  11. 
Marchantites  erectus  (Bean)  Seward?, 
Fontaine,  1. 

Marcia  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Dali,  8. 

section  Hemitapes  Romer,  Dali,  8. 
section  Mercimonia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Sumarangia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Textivenus  Cossmann, 
Dali,  8. 

section  Venerella  Cossman,  Dali,  8. 
Margarita  Leach,  Arnold,  2. 

optabilis  Carpenter,  var.  knechti  n. 
var.,  Arnold,  2: 

optabilis  Carpenter  var.,  nodosa  n. 
var.,  Arnold,  2. 

parcipicta  Carpenter,  var.  pedro¬ 
ana  n.  var.,  Arnold,  2. 
pvpilla  Gould,  Arno’d,  2. 
Margaritana  nebrascensis  Meek,  White 
(C.  A.),  1. 

Margaritaria  abrupta  (Conrad)  Glenn, 

6. 

abrupta  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Margarites  peninsularis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
Marginella  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
denticulata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
jewettii  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
minuta  Pfeiffer,  Martin,  5. 
(Volvarina)  varia  Sowerby,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

Marginifera  haydenensis  n.  sp.,  Girty, 
3. 

ingrata  n.  sp.,  Girty,  3. 
lasallensis  Worthen?,  Girty",  3. 
muricata  Norwood  and  Pratten, 
Girty,  3. 

wabashensis  Norwood  and  Pratten 
var.,  Girty,  3. 

Marginulina  costata  (Batsch.) ,  Bagg,  1. 
Mariacrinus  Hall,  Talbot,  2. 

beecheri  n.  sp..  Talbot,  2. 
Mariopteris  cordato-ovato  obtusiloba  n. 

var.,  White  (D. ) ,  10. 

Marsilea  andersoni  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  11. 


680 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Martesia  maloniana  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
ovalis  (Say),  Glenn,  6. 

?  parvula  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
Martinia  subumbona  (Hall),  Kindle,  1. 

williamsi  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
Mastodon,  Douglass,  8. 

americanus,  Holland,  3. 

Matheria  brevis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  8. 
Matonidium  althausii  (Dunker)  Ward, 
Fontaine,  3. 

Meandriana  Lamarck,  Vaughan,  2. 

mxeandrites  (Linnaeus),  Vaughan, 

2. 

Medlicottia,  Waagen,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

copei  White,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
Medullosa  stellata  var.  gigantea,  White 
(D.),  19. 

stellata  var.  typica,  White  (D.), 
19. 

Meekella  striaticostata  Cox,  Girty,  3. 

striatocostata  (Cox),  Beede,  1. 
Meekoceras  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Meekoceras  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

(Gyronites)  aplanatum  White,  Hy¬ 
att  and  Smith,  1. 

(Gyronites)  aplanatum  White, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

gracilitatis  White,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
5. 

gracilitatis  White,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

(Prionolobus)  jacksoni  n.  sp.,  Hy¬ 
att  and  Smith,  1. 

(Koninckites)  mushbachanum 
White,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
(Koninckites)  mushbachanum 
White,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
pilatum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
(Prionolobus)  waageni  n.  sp.,  Hy¬ 
att  and  Smith,  1. 

Meekoceratidae,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Meekopora  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 

prosseri  Ulrich  n.  sp.,  Condra  1,  2. 
Megablattina  n.  gen.,  Sellards,  5. 

beecheri  n.  sp.,  Sellards,  5. 
Megacerops,  Lull,  6. 

amplus  Marsh,  Lull,  5. 
angustigenis  Cope,  Osborn,  10. 
avus  Marsh,  Osborn,  10. 
bicornutus  Osborne,  Lull,  5. 
bicornutus  n.  sp.,  Osbox-n,  10. 
brachycephalus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  10. 
coloradensis  Leidy,  Osbox’n,  10. 
dispar  Marsh,  Osboim,  10. 
marshi  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  10. 
robustus  Marsh,  Osborn,  10. 

?  selwynianus  Cope,  Osborn,  10. 
tichoceras  Scott  and  Osboi'n,  Os¬ 
born,  10. 

tyleri  n.  sp.,  Lull,  5. 
Megalneusaurus  Knight,  Williston,  14. 
Megalocnus  Leidy,.  Vaughan,  9. 
Megalomphala  robusta  n.  sp.,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  17. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Megalonyx  jeffersonii  Leidy?,  Sinclair, 
7. 

sierrensis  n.  sp.,  Sinclair,  7. 
wheatleyi  Cope?,  Sinclair,  7. 

?  sp.,  Sinclair,  7. 

Megambonia  aviculoidea  Hall,  Weller, 

0. 

bellistriata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
parva  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 

?  sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Megapezia  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  21, 
30. 

pineoi  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  21, 
30. 

Megistocrinus  abnormis  (Lyon),  Wood 
(Elvira),  3. 

circulus?  Rowley,  Greene,  13. 
circulus  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene, 
2. 

corniger  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene, 

'  2. 

corniger,  Rowley,  Greene,  9. 
depressus  (Hall),  Wood  (Elvira), 
3. 

expansus  Miller  and  Gurley,  Wood 
(Elvira),  3. 

expansus  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene, 

11. 

expansus,  Miller  and  Gurley,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  2. 

expansus  var.  inflatus,  n.  var., 
(Rowley),  Greene,  2. 
expansus  var.  magniventrus,  n. 

var.,  Rowley,  Greene,  6. 
expansus  var.  magniventi’us?,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  9. 

hemisphericus?  M.  &  G.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  9. 

nodosus  Barris?,  Wood  (Elvira), 
3. 

oppelti  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  8. 
i-egularis  n.  sp.,  Wood  (Elvii’a),  3. 
rugosus  Lyon  and  Casseday,  Wood 
(Elvira),  3. 

rugosus  L.  &  C.,  Rowley,  Greene, 

8. 

rugosus  var.  spinuliferus,  n.  var., 
Rowley,  Greene,  6. 
spinosulus  Lyon,  Rowley,  Greene, 
13. 

sphaeralis  n.  sp.,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
■  tuberatus  n.  sp.,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
unicornis  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene, 
2 

Melampus  Montfort,  Arnold,  2. 

olivaceus  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 

Melania  exigua  Conrad,  Stearns  (R.  E. 
C.),  2. 

?  whiteavesi  n.  sp.,  Stanton,  Stan¬ 
ton  and  Hatcher,  1. 

Melina  maxillata  (Deshayes)  Glenn,  6. 

Melocrinus  clarkei  (Hall)  Williams, 
Clarke,  19. 

nobilissimus  (Hall),  Talbot,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


681 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Melocrinus  pachydactylus  (Conrad), 
Talbot,  2. 

wittenbergensis  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  3. 
Melongena  ( ?)  potomacensis  n.  sp., 
Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Melonites  Owen  and  Norwood,  Klem,  1. 
crassus  Hambach,  Klem,  1. 
irregularis  Hambach,  Klem,  1. 
multiporus  Norwood  and  Owen, 
Klem,  1. 

multiporus?  O.  &  N.,  Ulrich,  8. 
septenarius  Jackson,  Klem,  1. 
Membranipora  angusta  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 
bifoliata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
4. 

caminosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

fistula  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  4. 
fossulifera  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

germana  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

nitidula  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

oblongula  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

parva  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  4. 
rimulata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 
spiculosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 
Meniscomys  sp.  indet.,  Matthew,  Mat¬ 
thew  and  Gidley,  1. 

Menispermites  californicus  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

tenuinervis  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
Menophyllum  ulrichanum  n.  sp.,  Girty, 
3. 

Mercimonia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Meretrix  Lamarck,  Dali,  8. 

arata  Gabb,  Whiteaves,  12. 
lenis  (Conrad),  Clark  and  Martin, 

ovata  var.  ovata  (Rogers),  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

ovata  var.  pyga  Conrad,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

subimpressa  Conrad,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Meristella  barrisi  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
nasuta  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
laevis  (Van.),  Weller,  6. 
princeps  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
lata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 

Meristina?  expansa  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
17. 

maria  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
marit  Hall  1863,  Beecher,  1. 
cf.  princeps  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

rectirostris  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

rectirostris  Hall  1882,  Beecher,  1. 
Merriamia,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  13. 

zitteli,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  13. 
Merychippus  Leidy,  Gidley,  5. 
Merychyus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Merychyus  elegans  Leidy,  Matthew  (W. 
D.)  ,  2. 

Merycochcerus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2 

altiramus  n.  sp.,  Douglas,  2. 
compressidens  n.  sp.,  Douglas,  2. 
elrodi  n.  sp.,  Douglas,  2. 
madisonius  n.  sp.,  Douglas,  2. 

?  obliquidens?,  Douglas,  2. 
proprius  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2 

rusticus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

2. 

Merycodus?,  Douglass,  8. 

Merycodus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  14. 
agilis  Douglass,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
14. 

furcatus  (Leidy),  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  14. 

?  necatus?  Leidy,  Douglass,  8. 
necatus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
14. 

osborni  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
14. 

?  ramosus  Cope,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  14. 

Mesalia  obruta  (Conrad),  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Mesoblastus  Etheridge  fil.  and  Carpen¬ 
ter,  Hambach,  1. 

glaber  ?  Meek  and  Worthen,  Ul¬ 
rich,  8. 

kirkwoodensis  ?  Shumard,  Rowley, 
4. 

Mesocyon?  drummondanus  n.  sp.,  Doug¬ 
lass,  8. 

Mesodesma  alaskensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 

mariana  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 

Mesodon  abrasus  Cragin,  Williston,  1. 
Mesohippus  acutidens  n.  sp.,  Sinclair, 
6. 

assiniboiensis  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  16. 
bairdi  Leidy,  Osborn,  21. 
brachystylus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  31. 
brachystylus  Osborn,  Lambe,  16. 
celer  Marsh,  Osborn,  31. 
copei  Osborn  and  Wortman,  Os¬ 
born,  31. 

eulophus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  31. 
hypostylus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  31. 
intermedius  Osborn  and  Wortman, 
Osborn,  31. 

latidens  Douglass,  Osborn,  31. 
latidens  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 
meteulophus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  31. 
montanensis  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  31. 
obliquidens  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  31. 
planidens  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  16. 
praecocidens  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  16. 
propinquus  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  16. 
proteulophus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  31. 
stenolophus  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  16. 
validus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  31. 
westoni  Cope,  Osborn,  31. 


682 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continu  d.  * 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Meschippus  westoni,  Cope,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  9. 

westoni  (Cope),  Lambe,  14. 
westoni  Cope,  Lambe,  16. 
Mesonychidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Mesonyx  obtusidens  Cope,  Wortman,  9.  j 
Mesostoma?  intermedium  n.  sp.,  Whit-  [ 
eaves,  12. 

?  newcombii  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
suciense  n.  sp.,  WThiteaves,  12. 
Mesotrypa  angularis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

echinata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

2, 

Metablastus  bipyramidalis  Hall,  Row- 
ley,  4. 

bipyramidalis  ?  Hall,  Rowley, 
Greene,  5. 

bipyramidalis  Hall,  Rowley, 
Greene,  11. 

lineatus  Shumard,  Rowley,  4. 
nitidulus  M.  and  G.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  1. 

Metacheiromys  marshi  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Wortman,  13. 

Metamynodon  ?,  Douglass,  8. 

Metaplasia  plicata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 

pyxidata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Metasigaloceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Metacheiromys  Wortman,  Osborn,  30. 
dasypus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  30. 
tatusia  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  30. 
Metatirolites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Metatissctia  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Metengonoceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
acutum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
ambiguum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
dumbli  (Cragin),  Hyatt,  1. 
inscriptum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
inscriptum  var.  ?,  Hyatt,  1. 

Metis  H.  and  A.,  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
alta  Conrad,  Arnold,  2.  • 
biplicata  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
Metoicoeeras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
acceleratum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
gibbosum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
swallovi  (Shumard),  Hyatt,  1. 
whitei  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 

Metopccetus  Cope,  Case,  9. 

durinasus  Cope,  Case,  9. 

Metopoma  explanata  n.  sp.,  Sardeson, 

9. 

Metoposaurus  fraasi  n.  sp.,  Lucas  (F. 
A.),  19. 

fraasi  Lucas,  Branson,  2. 

Metoptoma  amii  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  19. 

Metula  fastidiosa  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
fragilis  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

Myeria?  harveyi  Woodward,  Whiteaves. 

12.  | 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Michelinia  convexa  D’Orbigny,  Beecher, 
1. 

eugeneae  White,  Beede,  1. 
eugeneae  var.  princetonensis,  Ul¬ 
rich,  8. 

subramosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  8. 
wardi  n.  sp.,  Greene,  8. 
Microdiscus?  sp.  undet.  Weller,  6. 
Microdon  leptogaster  (Win.),  Weller, 
2. 

Microdrillia  n.  gen.,  Casey,  4. 
aldrichiella  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
biplicatula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
(Pleurotoma)  cossmani.  Meyer, 
Casey,  4. 

elongatula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
(Glyphostoma)  harrisi  Aid.,  Casey, 
4. 

(Pleurotoma)  infans  Meyer,  Casey, 
4. 

(Pleurotoma)  lerchi  Vgn.,  Casey, 
4. 

minutissima  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
robustula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
rostratula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
solidula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
vicksburgella  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
Microcyclus  Meek  and  Worthen,  Lambe, 
2# 

discus  Meek  and  Worthen,  Lambe, 

2. 

Micromeris  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
Microporella  ?  bifoliata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich 
and  Ba,ssler,  4. 

inflata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  4. 
prseciliata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

Micropternodus  borealis  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  9. 

Microstagon  Cossmann,  Dali,  8. 
Microsurcula  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
bellula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
nucleola  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
Microsyops  Leidy,  Wortman,  13. 
annectens  Marsh,  Wortman,  13. 
(Bathrodon)  annectens  Marsh,  Os¬ 
born,  11. 

elegans  Marsh,  Wortman,  13. 
gracil:s,  Osborn,  11. 
gracilis  Leidy,  Wortman.  13. 
schlosseri  n.  sp.,  Wortman,  13. 
scottianus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
(Mesacodon)  speciosus  Marsh,  Os¬ 
born,  11. 

(Bathrodon)  typus .Marsh,  Osborn, 

11. 

uintensis  Osborn,  Osborn,  11. 
Microzamia  ?  dubia  n.  sp..  Berry,  6. 
Milleroceras  parrishi  Miller  and  Gur¬ 
ley,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

Milneria  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Miltha  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Dali,  8. 
Mimulus  waldronensis  Miller  and  Dyer 
1878,  Beecher,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


683 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Miocloenus  acolytus  (Cope),  Douglass, 
3. 

Miodontiscus  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Miodontopsis  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Miliolina  Williamson,  Bagg,  6. 
macilenta,  Guppy,  4. 
seminulum  (Linne),  Bagg,  6. 
Milleaster  n.  gen.,  Ulrich,  6. 

incrustans  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  6. 

?  subramosus  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  6. 
Miohippus  crassicuspis  n.  sp.,  Osborn, 
31. 

gidleyi  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  31. 

Miolabis,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 

(Paratylopus)  cameloides,  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.),  15. 

(Paratylopus)  primsevus  n.  suhg. 

and  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D. ),  15. 
(Paratylopus)  sternbergi,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  15. 

transmontanus,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
15. 

Mitra  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
mariana  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
marylandica  Clark,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

maura  Swainson,  Arnold,  2. 
pomonkensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

potomacensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Mitromorpha  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
filosa  Carpenter,  Arj^ld,  2. 
intermedia  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
Mixodectes  Cope,  Wortman,  13. 

crassiusculus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
pungens  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
Mixosaurus,  Merriam  (.1.  C.),  6,  13. 

cornalianus,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  13. 
Modiella  sp.  ?,  Clarke,  19. 

Modiola  geniculata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
hollicki  n.  sp.,  Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 
maloniana  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
merriami  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
cfr.  simplex  .1.  Sowerby,  Ravn,  1. 
siskiyouensis  Gabb,  Whiteaves,  12. 
subelliptica  Meek,  Beede,  1. 

?  subelliptica  Meek,  Girty,  3. 
vineyardensis  n.  sp.,  Brown  T.  C.), 
1. 

vineyardensis  mut.  i  n  o  r  n  a  t  a  , 
Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 

(Brachydontes)  sp.  ind.,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

?  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Modiolaria  curta  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
discors  Loven,  Sears,  1. 
laevigata  Gray,  Sears,  1. 
Modiolopsis  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
affinis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
aviculoides  Hall,  Ruedemann.  2. 
contigua  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
depressa  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
faba  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Modiolopsis  fabaformis  n.  sp.,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  7. 

fountainensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
gregalis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
jerseyensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
litoralis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
orthonata  (Conrad),  Grabau,  1. 
plana  Hall,  Sardeson,  10. 
postica  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
primigenia  (Conrad),  Grabau,  1. 
senecta  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 

?  cf.  solvensis  Hicks,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  12,  20. 

sowteri  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  7. 
cf.  subalatus,  Grabau,  1. 
subquadrilateralis  n.  sp.,  Hudson, 
1. 

thecocides  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

1. 

Modiolus  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

alabamensis  Aldrich,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

alaskanus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
dalli  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
ducatelii  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
fornicatus  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
harrimani  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
ionensis  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
marylandicus  -  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

rectus  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
virginicus  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
sp.,  Dali,  10. 

(Botula?)  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
Modiomorpha  affinis  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
alta  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
charlestownensis  Nettleroth,  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

concentrica  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
myteloides  Con.,  Kindle,  1. 
recta  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

Mcerella  Fischer,  Arnold,  2. 
Mojsvaroceras  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

turneri  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Molleria  minuscula  Dali,  Martin,  5. 
Monia  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

Monilipora  prosseri  Beede,  Girty,  3. 
Monilopora  amplexa,  Rowley,  4. 

beecheri  Grabau,  Greene,  2. 
Monobolina  refulgens,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
20. 

Monocarpellites  n.  gen.,  Perkins,  13. 
elegans  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
gibbosus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
hitchcockii  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
irregularis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
medius,  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
orbicularis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
ovalis  n.  sp.,  Terkins,  13. 
pyramidalis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
sulcatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
vermontanus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
whitfieldii  n^p..  Perkins.  13. 


684 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Monoceros  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

engonatum  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
lapilloides  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Monocladodus  Claypole,  Claypole,  5. 
clarki  Claypole,  Claypole,  5. 
pinnatus  Claypole,  Claypole,  5. 
Monoclonius  Cope,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

belli  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 
canadensis  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3,  10,  11. 
crassus  Cope,  Stanton  and  Hatcher, 
1. 

dawsoni  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 
dawsoni  Lambe,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

sphenocerus  Cope,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Monocraterion,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12. 
Monomorella  noveboracum  n.  sp.,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 

sp.,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
Monophyllites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

billingsianus  Gabb,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Monopteria  alata  Beede,  Girty,  3. 
longispina  Cox,  Girty,  3. 
polita  White,  Girty,  3. 

Monotrypa  corrugata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
globosa  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
magna  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  3. 
sphserica  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Monotrypella  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bass-» 
ler,  2. 

sequalis  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

2. 

quadrata  (Rominger),  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1. 

Montacuta  mariana  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
Monticulipora  D’Orbigny,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

cleavelandi  James,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

epidermata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

mammulata  d’Orbigny,  Nickles,  6. 
molesta  Nicholson,  Hayes  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  1. 

Mopalia  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

ciliata  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
Moriconia  cycloxon  Deb.  &  Et.,  Ber¬ 
ry,  8. 

Morio  brevedentata  (Aldrich),  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

Morosaurus,  Osborn,  51. 

Morosaurus,  Osborn  and  Granger,  1. 
grandis,  Riggs,  2. 
sp.,  Osborn,  32. 

Mortoniceras  crenulatum  n.  sp.,  Ander¬ 
son,  3. 

Muensteroceras  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

?  holmesi  Swallow,  Smith  (J.  P.). 
3. 

?  indianense  Miller,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Muensteroceras  ?  morganense  Swallow, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

osagense  Swallow,  Smith  (J.  P.),3. 
oweni  Hall,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
parallelum  Hall,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
Mucronella  aspera  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  2. 
Murchisonia  argylensis  n.  sp.,  Sarde¬ 
son,  2. 

(Ccelacaulis)  bivittata  Hall,  Kin¬ 
dle  and  Breger,  1. 
desiderata  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
desiderata  Hall,  Parks,  5. 
cfr.  gracilis  Hall,  Sardeson,  1. 
(Turritoma)  laphami  Hall,  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 
putilla  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
sp.  undet.,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
sp.  indet.,  Sardeson,  11. 

Murex  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pterorhytis)  conradi  Dali,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

(Pteronotus)  festivus  Hinds,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Pterorhytis)  foliatus  Martyn,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Chicoreus)  leeanus  Dali,  Arnold, 

2. 

(Pterorhytis)  monoceros  Sowerby, 
Arnold,  2. 

(Pterorhytis)  nuttalli  Conrad,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Chicorus?)  trialatus  Sowerby,  Ar- 

n^l,  2. 

Muricid&i  shilohensis  (Hilprin),  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

Musculium  Link,  Dali,  8. 

Mustela?  minor  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 

ogygia  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 
Mustelidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 

Mya  crassa  Grewingk,  Dali,  10. 

producta  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
Myalina?  abstemia  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  11. 
ampla  Meek  and  Hayden.  Beede,  1. 
arkansasana  Weller?,  Girty,  3. 
congeneris  Walcott,  Beede.  1. 
copei  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  2. 
cuneiformis  Gurley,  Girty.  3. 

?  exasperata  Beede,  Beede.  1. 
kansasensis  Shumard,  Beede.  1. 
keokuk  Worthen,  Girty,  3. 
perattenuta  Meek  and  Hayden, 
Beede,  1. 

perattenuata  Meek  and  Hayden?, 
Girty,  3. 

perniformis  Cox?,  Girty,  3. 
subquadrata  Shumard,  Beede,  1. 
subquadrata  Shumard?,  Girty,  3. 
swallovi  McChesney,  Beede,  1. 
wyomingensis  Lea,  Girty,  3. 
Myelophycus  n.  gen.,  Ulrich,  4. 

curvatum  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 
Mylacris  anceps  n.  sp.,  Sellards,  8. 

(Dipeltis)  diplodiscus,  Sellards,  5. 
diplodiscus,  Sellards,  8. 
elongata,  Sellards,  8. 


685 


FOE  THE  YEAES  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Mylagaulodon  angulatus  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Sinclair,  3. 

Mylagaulidse,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Mylagaulus  Cope,  Douglass,  8. 

(Mesogaulus)  ballensis  Riggs, 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 
laevis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 
monodon  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2,  6. 

paniensis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  6. 

paniensis?  Matthew,  Douglass,  8. 
?  pristinus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 
proximus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 
sesquipedalis  Cope,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  6. 

sp.,  Douglass,  8. 

Myledaphus  hipartitus  Cope,  Lamhe,  3. 
Myliobatis  Cuvier,  Eastman,  18. 
Myliobatis  Cuvier,  Eastman,  1. 
copeanus  Clark,  Eastman,  1. 
frangens  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  18. 
gigas,  Eastman,  18. 
magister  Leidy,  Eastman,  1. 
pachyodon,  Eastman,  18. 

Mylohyus  Cope,  Matthew  and  Gidley, 

1. 

Mylostoma  Newberry,  Dean,  2. 
Myoconcha  grcenlandica  n.  sp.,  Mad¬ 
sen,  1. 

Myonera  Dali  and  Smith,  Dali,  8. 
Myriapodites  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  23. 
Myrica  brittoniana  nov.  nom.,  Bejry,  6. 
brookensis  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
cliffwoodensis  n.  sp.,  Berry,  7. 
heerii  n.  sp.,  Berry,  4. 
oregoniana  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 

?  personata  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
Myriotheca,  Sellards,  3. 

Myrsine  crassa  Lesq.,  Berry,  5. 

elongata  Newb.,  Hollick,  4. 

Myrsus  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Dali,  8. 
Myrtsea  Turton,  Dali,  8. 

section  Eulopia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Myrtsea  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Myrteopsis  Sacco,  Dali,  8. 
(Eulopia)  furcata  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
limoniana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

(Eulopia)  vermiculata  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

Myrteopsis  Sacco,  Dali,  8. 

Mysia  Leach,  Dali,  8. 

Mytilarca  acutirostrum  Hall,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 

eduliformis  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 
ohliqua  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
pernoides  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
Mytilimeria  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 

nuttalli  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 

Mytilus  (Linne)  Bolten,  Arnold,  2. 
affinis  J.  Sowerby,  Ravn,  1. 
conradinus  d’Orbigny,  Glenn,  6. 
edulis  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Mytilus  (Mytiloconcha)  incurvus  Con¬ 
rad,  Glenn,  6. 

middendorffi  Grewingk,  Dali,  10. 
nuntius  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
pauperculus  Gabb,  Whiteaves,  12. 
Nageiopsis  angustifolia  Fontaine,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

heterophylla  Fontaine,  Fontaine, 
5. 

latifolia  Fontaine?,  Fontaine,  3. 
longifolia  Fontaine?,  Fontaine,  3. 
longifolia  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  2, 

4. 

montanensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  4. 
recurvata  Fontaine?,  Fontaine,  5. 
Nannites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

dieneri  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Nannitinse  Diener,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Nanno  kingstonensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
19. 

primsevus  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  19. 
Nanopus  caudatus  Marsh,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  25. 

obtusus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
30. 

quadratus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (.G. 
F.),  30. 

Nassa  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

arnoldi  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
beaumontensis  Aldr.,  Aldrich,  1. 
californiana  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
cerritensis  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
fossata  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
gx*eenboroensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
gubernatoria  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
insculpta  Cax*penter,  Arnold,  2. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
mendica  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
mendica  Gould,  var.  cooperi 
Forbes,  Arnold,  2. 
peralta  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
peraltoides  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
perpinguis  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
tegula  Reeve,  Airnold,  2. 
trivittata  Say,  Martin,  5. 
trivittatoides  (Whitfield),  Martin, 

5. 

versicolor  C.  B.  Adams,  var.  hoov- 
eri  n.  var.,  Arnold,  2. 

Natica  (Adanson)  Scopoli,  Arnold,  2. 
bilabiata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
(Cryptonatica)  clausa  Bi*oderip 
and  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
cliftonensis  Clark,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

finlayensis  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
inflecta  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
williamsi  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Naticopsis  altonensis  McChesney,  Gir- 
ty,  3. 

dubia  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Gi*eene,  2. 
levis  Meek,  Kindle,  1. 
magnifica  n.  sp.,  Webster,  2. 


686 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Naticopsis  monilifera  White,  Girty,  3. 
sp.,  Beede,  8. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

Nautilus  burkarti  Castillo  and  Aguil¬ 
era?,  Cragin,  2. 

charlottensis  Whiteaves,  Ander¬ 
son,  3. 

gabbi  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
hilli  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
maximus  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
naufragus  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
texanus  Sbumard,  Shattuck,  8. 

?  sp.,  Martin,  5. 

Nesera  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

pectinata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Neanites  n.  subg.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Nebria  abstracta  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Necrolemur,  Wortman,  14. 

Nectosaurus  halius  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Merriam  (J.  C.),  15. 

Nelumbo  kempii  (Ilollick),  Hollick,  11. 

primaeva  n.  sp.,  Berry,  5. 
Nematophycus  Caruthers,  Grabau,  1. 

crassus  (Penhallow),  Grabau,  1. 
Nematophyton,  Prosser,  8. 

Neocardia  Sowerby,  Dali,  8. 
Neocrassina  Fischer,  Dali,  8. 
Neohipparion  whitneyi  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Gidley,  2. 

Neolenus  serratus  Rominger  sp.,  Wood¬ 
ward  (H.),  1. 

Neovulpavus  washakius  n.  _gen.  et  sp., 
Wortman,  2. 

Nerinea  circumyoluta  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
dispar?  Gabb,  var.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
goodellii  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Nerinella  stantoni  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Nerita  finlayensis  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
nodilirata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
peroblata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Neurankylus  n.  gen.,  Lambe,  3. 
eximius  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 
eximius  Lambe,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Neuropteris  carceraria  n.  sp.,  White 
(D.),  10. 

hastata  n.  sp.,  White  (D.),  10. 
lindahli  n.  sp.,  White  (D.),  10. 
rarinervis  Bumb.,  Sellards,  4. 
cf.  smithii,  White  (D.),  19. 
Neverita  Risso,  Arnold,  2. 

Nicklesia  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 

Nileus  yigilans  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Finch  (G.  E.),  2. 

Nilsonia  Brongniart,  Fontaine,  1. 

californica  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  3. 
compta  (Phillips)  Goppert,  Fon¬ 
taine,  1. 

nigracollensis  n.  sp.,  Wieland,  11. 
nipponensis  Yokoyama,  Fontaine. 
1. 

orientalis  Heer,  Fontaine,  1. 
orientalis  minor  n.  var.,  Fontaine, 
1. 


i  Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Nilsonia  parvula  (Heer)  Fontaine  n. 
comb.,  Fontaine,  1. 

polymorpha  cretacea  (Sch.),  Pen¬ 
hallow,  4. 

pterophylloides  Nathorst  non  Yo¬ 
koyama,  Fontaine,  1. 

?  sambucensis  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

schaumburgensis  (Dunker)  Na¬ 
thorst,  Fontaine,  4. 
stantoni  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  3. 

Niso  lineata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 

umbilicata  (Lea),  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

Nisusia  n.  gen.,  Walcott,  12. 

alberta  Walcott,  Walcott,  12. 
(Jamesella)  amii  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 
12. 

(Jamesella)  argenta  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

(Jamesella)  erecta  n.  sp,.  Walcott, 

12. 

festinata  Billings,  Walcott,  12. 
festinata  transversa  Walcott,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

(Jamesella)  kuthani  Pompeckj, 
Walcott,  12. 

(Jamesella)  perpasta  Pompeckj. 
Walcott,  12. 

(Jamesella)  perpasta  macra  Pom¬ 
peckj,  Walcott,  12. 

(Jamesella)  perpasta  subquadrata 
Pompeckj,  Walcott,  12. 
(Jamesella)  utahensis  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

(Jamesella)  sp.  und.,  Walcott,  12. 

Nodipecten  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

Nodophycus  thallyformis  n.  gen.  and 
■sp.,  Herzer,  2. 

Nodosaria  abyssorum,  Guppy,  4. 
adolphina  d'Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
affinis  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  1. 
nrundinea,  Guppy,  4. 
bacillum  Def ranee,  Bagg,  1. 
communis  (d'Orbigny),  Bagg,  9. 
consobrine  d'Orbigny.  Bagg.  9. 
communis  (d'Orbigny),  Bagg,  1. 
consobrina  var.  emaciata  (Reuss), 
Bagg,  1. 

consobrina  var.  emaciata  Reuss, 
Bagg,  9. 

farcimen  (Soldani),  Bagg,  9. 
filiformis  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  9. 
hispida,  Guppy,  4. 
longiscata,  Guppy,  4. 
obliqua  (Linnd),  Bagg,  1. 
obliqua  (Linng),  Bagg.  9. 
obliqua,  Guppy.  4. 
pauperata  (d'Orbigny),  Bagg,  9. 
radicula  (Linn6),  Bagg,  9. 
raphanistrum,  Guppy,  4. 
roemeri  (Neugeboren) ,  Bagg,  9. 
sandbergeri  (Reuss).  Bagg,  1. 
soluta  (Reuss).  Bagg,  9. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


687 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Nodosaria  soluta,  Guppy,  4. 

Nomismoceras  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
?  monroense  Worthen,  Smith  (J. 
P-),  3. 

Nonionina  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 
affinis  Reuss,  Bagg,  1. 
boueana  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
communis  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
pompilioides  (Fichtel  and  Moll), 
Bagg,  9. 

umbilicatula  (Montagu),  Bagg,  9. 
scapha  (Fichtel  and  Moll),  Bagg, 
6. 

Norrisia  Bayle,  Arnold,  2. 

norrisii  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 

Notharctus  (Thinolestes)  anceps 
Marsh,  Osborn,  11. 

(Telmatolestes)  crassus  Marsh, 
Osborn,  11. 

(Hyossodus)  gracilis  Marsh,  Os¬ 
born,  11. 

nunienus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
(Tomitherium)  rostratum  Cope, 
Osborn,  11. 

tenebrosus  Leidy,  Osborn,  11. 
(Limnotherium)  tyrannus  Marsh, 
Osborn,  11. 

venticolus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  11. 

Nothrotherium  ?  shastense  n.  sp.,  Sin¬ 
clair,  7. 

Notidanus  primigenius  Agassiz,  East¬ 
man,  18. 

Notolacerta  missouriensis  Butts,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  25. 

Nucleocrinus  angularis  Lyon,  Rowley, 
Greene,  4,  14. 

cucullatus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene, 
4. 

greenei  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene, 
4,  7. 

imitator  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  4, 
14. 

lucina  Hall,  Rowley,  Greene,  14. 
stichteri  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  4. 
venustus  M.  &  G.,  Rowley,  Greene, 
4. 

verneuili  Troost,  Rowley,  Greene, 
4. 

verneuili  var.  inflatus  n.  var.,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  4. 

verneuili  Troost,  Rowley,  Greene, 
7. 

verneuili  var.  pomum  ( ?)  Ether¬ 
idge  and  Carpenter,  Rowley, 
Greene,  4. 

verneuili  var.  sulcatus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  Greene,  4. 

Nucleospira  barrisi  (White),  Rowley,  1. 
barrisi  White,  Weller,  2. 
concinna  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
concinna  Hall,  mut.  pygmsea  nov.. 
Loomis,  4. 

pisiformis  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre 
ger,  1. 

ventricosa  Hall,  Weller,  6. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  end  species  described — Continued. 
Nucula  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
beyrichi  Geinitz,  Beede,  1. 

(Acila)  castrensis  Hinds,  Arnold. 

2. 

corbuliformis  Hall,  mut.  pygmaea 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 
corbuliformis  Hall  ?,  Kindle,  1. 
(Acila)  decisa  Conrad,  Dali,  10. 
hanoverensis  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
herzeri  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
hornbyensis  Whiteaves,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

iowensis  W.  and  W.,  Weller,  2. 
lamellata  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
lirata  Conrad,  Kindle,  1. 
lirata  Conrad,  mut.  pygmaea  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

neda  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
niotica  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
ovula  Lea,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
potomacensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

proxima  Say,  Glenn,  6. 
prunicola  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
pulchella  Beede  and  Rogers,  Beede, 
1. 

richardsoni  Whiteaves,  Whiteaves, 

12. 

similis  J.  Sowerby,  Ravn,  1. 
sinaria  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
taphria  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 

(Nucula)  suprastriata  Carpenter, 
Arnold,  2. 

(Acila)  truncata  Gabb,  Whiteaves, 

12. 

varicosa  Hall,  mut.  pygmsea  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

ventricosa  Hall,  Beede,  1. 

?  sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Nuculana  bellistriata  (Stevens),  Beede, 

1. 

bellistriata  attenuate  Meek,  Beede. 

1. 

Nuculites  barretti  n.  sp.,  Shimer,  5. 

oblongatus  Conrad,  mut.  pygmseus 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 

triqueter  Conrad,  mut.  pygmaeus 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 

Nuttallia  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
Nyctodactylus,  Williston,  6,  8. 
Nyctopora  billingsi  Nich.,  Weller,  6. 
Nyctosaurus  Marsh,  Williston,  15. 

gracilis  Marsh,  Williston,  15. 

Nyssa  Gron.,  Perkins,  13. 

ascoidea  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
clarkii  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
complanata  Lx.,  Perkins,  13. 
crassicostata  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13, 
17. 

curta  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
cylindrica  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
elongata  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
equicostata  n.  sp.,  Ferkins,  13. 
excavata  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
jonesii  n.  sp.,  Perkins.  13,  17. 


688 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Nyssa  laevigata  Lx.,  Perkins,  13. 

lamellosa  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
lescurii  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  Perkins, 
13,  17. 

microcarpa  Lx.,  Perkins,  13. 
multicostata  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
ovata  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
solea  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 

Obolella  Billings  1861,  Walcott,  1. 
asiatica  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
cf.  chromatica  Billings,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  1. 

lindstreemi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  1. 
mobergi  n.  sp.  Walcott,  1. 
(Glyptias)  favosa  Linnarsson, 
Walcott,  1. 

Obolus  Eichwald,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Obolus,  Walcott,  1. 

acadica  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
(Westonia)  alajadensis  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

aequiputeis,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  16. 
aequiputeis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  20. 

(Lingulella)  atavus  Matthew,  Wal¬ 
cott,  6. 

(Westonia)  baltica  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 

12. 

(Lingulella)  bellus  Walcott,  Wal¬ 
cott,  1. 

(Lingulella)  bicensis  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  1. 

(Westonia)  blackwelderi  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  12. 

(Lingulella)  bornemanni  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  1. 

(Westonia)  bottnica  Wiman,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

bretonensis,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  16. 
(Lingulella)  canius  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  6. 

(Lingulella)  chinensis  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

(Lingulella)  collicia  Matthew, 
Walcott,  6. 

(Lingulella)  concinnus  Matthew, 
Walcott,  6. 

(Lingulella)  damesi  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott  12. 

discus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  16. 
discus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
ella  Hall  and  W.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
19. 

ella,  Matthew  (G.  F.)  16. 
(Lingulepis)  eros  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 
12. 

(Westonia)  finlandensis  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  6. 

(Lingulella)  fuchsi  Redlich,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

(Lingulepis)  gregwa  Matthew, 
Walcott,  1. 

(Westonia)  iphis  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 

12. 

ismene  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Obolus  (Lingulella)  isse  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

(Lingulella)  lens  Matthew,  Wal¬ 
cott,  6. 

lens  Matthew  (G.  F.),  16. 
lens  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
lens  var.  longus  n.  var.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  20. 

lens-primus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  16. 
(Lingulella)  linnarssoni  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  1. 

matinalis  Hall?,  Walcott,  12. 

?  meneghini  n  .sp.,  Walcott,  1. 
minimus  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
nundina  n.  sp.,  Walcott  12. 
obscurus  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
(Lingulella)  or  us  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 
12. 

(Lingulella)  pelias  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 

12. 

pheres  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
pristinus,  Matthew  (G.  F:),  16. 
pulcher,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  16. 
(Lingulella)  quadrilateralis  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  12. 

(Lingulella)  randomensis  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  1. 

refulgens,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  16. 
(Lingulepis)  rowei  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 
12. 

(Acritis?)  rugatus  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 

1. 

(Broggeria)  salteri  Holl,  Walcott, 

6. 

(Lingulella)  schmalensei  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  6. 

(Lingulella)  schucherti  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  1. 

(Lingulella)  septalis  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

shensiensis  n.  sp..  Walcott,  12. 
(Lingulella)  siemiradzkii  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  1. 

(Lingulella)  spatulus  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  6. 

tetonensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  1,  12. 
tetonensis  ninus  n.  var.,  Walcott, 
12. 

(Westonia)  themis  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 

12. 

torrentis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
16,  20. 

triparilis  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.) 
16,  20. 

(Lingulella)  upis  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 

12. 

(Lingulella)  wanniecki  Redlich, 
Walcott,  12. 

(Lingulella)  welleri  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  6. 

(Westonia)  wimani  n.  sp.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

(Lingulella)  winona  var.  convex- 
us,  Walcott,  1. 
zoppi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


689 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Ocinebra  Leach,  Arnold,  2. 

barbarensis  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 
foveolata  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
interfossa  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
keepi  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
lurida  Middendorf,  Arnold,  2. 
lurida  Midd.,  var.  aspera  Baird, 
Arnold,  2. 

lurida  Midd.  var.  cancellina  Phil 
ippi,  Arnold,  2. 

lurida  Midd.,  var.  eerritensis  n. 
var.,  Arnold,  2. 

lurida  Midd.,  var.  munda  Carpen¬ 
ter,  Arnold,  2. 
micheli  Ford,  Arnold,  2. 
perita  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
poulsoni  Nuttall,  Arnold,  2. 

Odontaspis  cuspidata  (Agassiz),  East¬ 
man,  18. 

cuspidata  (Agassiz),  Case,  East¬ 
man,  1. 

elegans  (Agassiz),  Eastman,  18. 
elegans  (Agassiz),  Case,  Eastman, 
1. 

macrota  (Agassiz),  Case,  East¬ 
man,  1. 

Odontopleura  arkansana  n.  sp.,  Van 
Ingen,  2. 

ortoni  Foerste,  Kindle  and  Breger, 

1. 

parvula  (Wale.)  ?,  Weller  6. 

Odontopteris  papilionacea  n.  sp.,  White 

(D.),  10. 

Odos*tomia  Fleming,  Arnold,  2. 

(Oscilla)  aequisculpta  Carpenter, 
Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgulina)  calvertensis  n.  sp., 
Martin,  5. 

conoidea  (Brocchi),  Martin,  5. 
crenulata  n.  sp.,  Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 
?  cretacea  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
(Chrysallida)  diegensis  D.  &  B..  n. 
sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

?  inornata  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
(Evalea)  gouldii  Carpenter,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Oscilla)  grammatospira  D.  &  B.. 
n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

(Evalea)  mariana  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
(Syrnola)  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

(Chrysallida)  melanoides  (Con¬ 
rad),  Martin,  5. 

(Amaura)  nuciformis,  var.  avel- 
lana  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
(Amaura)  pupiformis  Carpenter, 
Arnold,  2. 

semicostata  n.  sp.,  Brown  (T.  C.), 

1. 

(Evalea)  stearnsii  D.  &  B.,  n.  sp., 
Arnold,  2. 

tenuis  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 

(I  var  a)  terricula  (Carpenter)  D.  & 
B.,  Arnold,  2. 

Bull.  301—06 - 44 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Odostomia  trapaquara  (Harris),  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

Ogygopsis  klotzi  Rom.  sp.,  Wooodward 
(H.),  1. 

Ogmophus  arenarum  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 
Olbodotes  Osborn,  Wortman,  13. 
Olbodotes  copei  n.  gen.  and  sp.,  Osborn, 
11. 

Olcostephanus  malonianus  n.  sp.,  Cra- 
gin,  2. 

( ?  Simburskites  Pavlow  and  Lam- 
plugh)  n.  sp.,  Madsen,  1. 
Olenellus  thompsoni  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 

?  sp.  und.,  Weller,  6. 

(Holmia)  walcottanus  n.  sp.,  Wan¬ 
ner,  1. 

Oligoporus  Meek  and  Worthen,  Klein,  1. 
coreyi  Meek  and  Worthen,  Klem,  1. 
danse  Meek  and  Worthen,  Klem,  1. 

?  minutus  Beede,  Beede,  1. 
missouriensis  Jackson,  Klem,  1. 
mutatus  Keyes,  Klem,  1. 
nobilis  Meek  and  Worthen,  Klem,  1. 
parvus  Hambach,  Klem,  1. 
Oligosimus  Leidy,  Williston,  14. 

Oliva  californica  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
furtheyana  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
harrisi  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
litterata  Lamarck,  Martin,  5.  J 
Olivanites,  Hambach,  1. 

Olivella  Swainson,  Arnold,  2. 
affluens  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
biplicata  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
intorta  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
pedroana  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Olophrum  arcanum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
celatum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
dejectum  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Omomys  ameghini  n.  sp.,  Wortman.  14. 

pucillus  Marsh,  Wortman,  14. 
Omphalius  Philippi,  Arnold,  2. 
Omphyma  Rafinesque  and  Clifford, 
Lambe,  2. 

eryphile  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
verrucosa  Rafinesque  and  Clifford, 
Lambe,  2. 

Onchosaurus  Gervais,  Eastman,  14. 
Onoclea  sensibilis  fossilis  Newb.,  Knowl- 
ton,  12. 

Ontaria  n.  gen.,  Clarke,  19. 

accincta  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
affiliata  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
clarkei  Beushausen  (sp.),  Clarke. 
19. 

concentrica  von  Buch,  Clarke,  19. 
halli  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
pontiaca  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
suborbicularis  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke, 
19. 

Onychiopsis  psilotoides  (Stokes  and 
Webb)  Ward,  Fontaine,  5. 

psilotoides  (Stokes  and  Webb) 
Ward  n.  comb.,  Fontaine,  2. 
Onychocardium  n.  gen.,  Whitfield.  11. 
portlandlcum  n.  sp.,  Whitfield.  11. 


690 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Onychochilus  (?)  nitidulus?  Clarke, 
Wood  (Elvira),  1. 

Oodectes  perpestoides  n.  gen.  et  sp., 
Wortman,  3,  4. 

Opalia  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
anomala  Stearns,  Arnold,  2. 
borealis  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
crenatoides  Carpenter,  var.  in- 
sculpta  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
varicostata  Stearns,  Arnold,  2. 
Ophiceras  Griesbach,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

dieneri  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
spenceri  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

Ophileta  alturensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
complanata  Vanuxem,  Cleland,  3. 
fausta  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
levata  Vanuxem,  Cleland,  3. 

?  sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 
Ophioderma?  sp.,  Clark  (W.  B.),  7. 
Ophthalmosaurus,  Gilmore,  3. 
Ophthalmosaurus,  Merriam,  6. 
Oppelia?  fallax  (Castillo  and  Aguilera), 
Cragin,  2. 

Orbicella  Dana  1846,  Vaughan,  2. 

acropora  (Linnaeus),  Vaughan,  2. 
cavernosa  (Linnaeus),  Vaughan,  2. 
tenuis  Duncan,  Vaughan,  2. 

?  texana  n.  sp.,  Vaughan,  17. 
Orbiculoidea  ampla  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
convexa  (Shumard),  Beede,  1. 
doria  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
jervensis  Barrett,  Weller,  6. 
lamellosa  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
lodiensis  (Vanuxem)  ?,  Kindle,  1. 
manhattanensis  (Meek  and  Hay¬ 
den),  Beede,  1. 

manhattanensis  Meek  and  Hayden, 
Girty,  3. 

missouriensis  (Shumard),  Beede,  1. 
parva  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene,  2. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Orhiculus  Megerle,  Dali,  8. 

Orbignyella  n.  gen.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

2. 

sublamellosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

Orhitremites  grandis  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  5. 

oppelti  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  5. 
Orbulina  universa  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
Orchestes  avus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Oreodon  macrorhinus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 

robustum  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
Oreohelix  yavapai  compactula  n.  subsp., 
Cockerell,  2. 

Oricardinus  sheari  Cope,  Hay,  10. 

tortus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 

Oriostoma  huntingtonensis  n.  sp.,  Kin¬ 
dle  and  Breger,  1. 

huntingtonensis  var.  alternatum  n. 

var.,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 

?  opercula,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Oriostoma  plana  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

sp.  undet.,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
Ornithichnites  gallinuloides  King, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  25. 

Ornithoides  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
21,  30. 

?  adamsi  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
30. 

trifidus  Dawson,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
30. 

Ornitholestes  hermanni  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Osborn,  16. 

hermanni  Osborn,  Lambe,  9. 
Ornithomimus  altus  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3,  9. 

sedens  Marsh,  Lambe,  9. 
Ornithostoma,  Langley,  2. 

Ornithostoma,  Lucas,  18. 

ingens  Willistom,  Lucas,  10. 

Orodus  intermedius  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
Orohippus?  sp.,  Hatcher,  3. 
Orophocrinus  conicus?  W.  &  Sp.,  Row- 
ley,  4. 

stelliformis  O.  &  S.,  Rowley,  4. 
Orophosaurus  Cope,  Williston,  14. 
Orthidium  lamellosa  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 

Orthis  Dalman,  Grabau,  1. 

acutiplicata  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 

E. ),  7. 

corpulenta  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
(Orusia?')  eurekensis  Walcott, 
Walcott,  12. 

(Finkelnburgia)  finkelnburgi  n. 

sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
flabellites  Foerste,  Grabau,  1. 
flabellites  Foerste,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

flabellites  Foerste,  Weller,  6. 
ignicula  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P?  E.),  7. 
lenticularis  Dalman,  Matthew  (G. 

F. ),  20. 

(Orusia)  lenticularis  Wahlenberg. 
Walcott,  12. 

(Orusia)  lenticularis  atrypoides 
Matthew,  Walcott,  12. 

(Orusia)  lenticularis  lyncioides 
Matthew,  Walcott,  12. 
macrior  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
minnesotensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
newtonensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
(Finkelnburgia)  osceola  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  12. 

(Finkelnburgia)  osceola  corrugata 
n.  var.,  Walcott,  12. 

(Billingsella)  pepina  Hall,  Sarde¬ 
son,  2. 

petrae  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 

( ?)  punctostriata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
rogata  n.  sp.  or  var.,  Sardeson.  9. 

?  subnodo’sa  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

tersus  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
(Dalmanella)  testudinaria,  Hayes 
and  Ulrich,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


691 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Orthis  tricenaria  Conrad,  Weller,  6. 
tricenaria  Conrad,  Ruedemann,  2. 
See  also  Plectorthis. 

Orthisina  alberta  Walcott,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  19. 

Orthoceras  Breyn,  Grabau,  1. 

Orthoceras  Breyn,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
algomense  n.  sp.,  Parks,  5. 
annulatum  Sowerhy,  Grabau,  1. 
(Kionoceras)  angulatum  Wahlen- 
berg,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
(Dawsonoceras)  cf.  annulatum 
Sowerby,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
(Dawsonoceras)  annulatum  var. 
americanum  Foord,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

caldwellensis  Miller  and  Gurley, 
Kindle,  1. 

crebescens  Hall,  Clarke  and  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

(Kionoceras)  delphiensis  n.  sp., 
Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
ekwanense  n.  sp.,  Wbiteaves,  17. 
extremum  n.  sp.,  Parks,  5. 
indianense  Hall,  Weller,  2. 
(Kionoceras)  kentlandensis  n.  sp., 
Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
marcellense  Vanuxem,  Wood  (El¬ 
vira),  1. 

medullare  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
medullare  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger, 
1. 

minnesotense  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
multiseptum  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
(Geisonoceras)  niagarense  Hall, 
Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
nuntium  Hall,  Loomis,  4. 
(Kionoceras)  orus  Hall,  Kindle 
and  Breger;  1. 

primigenium  Vanuxem,  Cleland,  3. 
pulcher  n.  sp.,  Parks,  5. 
rectum  Worthen,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

scintilla  Hall  (?),  mut.  mephisto 
Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 
shastense  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

subulatum  Hall,  mut.  pygmaeum 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 

tenuistriatum  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
tenuitextum  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
thoas  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
trusitum  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 
sp.,  Parks,  5. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Sardeson,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Orthodactylus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
fioriferus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
introvergens  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
linearis  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

,  Orthodesma  canaliculatum  Ulrich,  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Orthonychia  formosa  Keyes?,  Girty,  3. 

obtusa  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
Orthostropia  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

( ?)  fasciata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
strophomenoides  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Orthosurcula  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
Orthotheca  bayonet  n.  sp.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  1. 

cylindrica  Grabau,  Sears,  1. 
emmonsi  Ford,  Sears,  1. 
pugio  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 
sica.  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 
stilletto,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 
Orthothetes  Fischer  de  Waldheim,  Gra¬ 
bau,  1. 

bellulus  Clarke,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
3,  4. 

chemungensis  Conrad,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  4. 

chemungensis  var.  arctistriatus 
Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  3. 
chemungensis  arctistriatus  Hall, 
Kindle,  1. 

chemungensis  var.  pectinacea  Hall, 
Raymond  (P.  E.),  3. 
deckerensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
hydraulicus  Whitfield),  Grabau,  1. 
insequalis  (Hall),  Weller,  2. 
inflatus?  (W.  and  W.),  Weller,  2. 
inaequalis  Hall,  Girty,  3. 
interstriatus  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
minutus  n.  sp.,  Cumings,  2. 
pandora  (Bill.),  Weller,  6. 
subplanus  Conrad,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

subplanus  Conrad  1842,  Beecher,  1. 
subplanus  (Conrad),  Grabau,  1. 
woolworthanus  Hall,' Shimer,  5. 
woolworthana  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
sp.  undet.,  W'eller,  2,  6. 

Orthotichia  schuchertensis  n.  sp.,  Girty, 
3. 

Orusia  n.  subg.  of  Orthis,  Walcott,  12. 
Orycterocetus  Leidy,  Case,  9. 

c-rocodilinus  ( ?)  Cope,  Case,  9. 
Oryctomya  claibornensis  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
Oscilla  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Osmeroides  Agassiz,  Loomis,  1. 
evolutus  Cope?,  Loomis,  1. 
polymicrodus  Stewart,  Loomis,  1. 
Osmunda  montanensis  n.  sp.,  Knowi- 
ton,  18. 

Osmundites  skidegatensis  n.  sp.,  Pen- 
hallow,  3. 

skidegatensis  Penh.,  Penhallow,  4. 
Osteopygis  Cope,  Wieland,  6. 

gibbi  n.  sp.,  Wieland,  6. 

Ostrea  (Linng)  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
anomioides  var.  nanus  n.  var., 
Johnson  (D.  W.),  5. 
arrosis  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  -5. 
aviculiformis  n.  sp..  Anderson,  7. 
carolinensis  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
compressirostra  Say,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 


692 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Ostrea  var.  alepidota  Dali,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

eduliformis  Schlotkeim,  Madsen,  1. 
lugubris  Conrad,  Johnson  (D.  W.), 
5. 

lurida  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
percrassa  Conrad,  Glenn,  G. 
sellaeformis  Conrad,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

sellaeformis  var.  thomasii  (Con¬ 
rad),  Glenn,  6. 
trigonalis  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
(Gryphaeostrea)  vomer  (Morton), 
Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
sp.,  Cragin,  2. 

Otidophyton  hymenopkylloides  n.  sp., 
White  (D.),  18. 

Otoccelidae  Cope,  Case,  12. 

Otodus  obliquus  Agassiz,  Eastman,  1, 
18. 

Otouphepus  n.  gen.,  Cushman,  1. 

magnificus  n.  sp.,  Cushman,  1. 
Otozamites  oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  2. 

Otozoum  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

caudatum  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
moodii  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
parvum  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Otusia  n.  subg.  of  Billingsella,  Walcott, 
12. 

Ovula  symmetrica  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 
Owenites  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

koeneni  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Oxyaena,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Oxyaenidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Oxyclaenidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Oxydactylus  n.  gen.,  Peterson,  1. 
Oxydactylus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 
brachyodontus  n.  sp.,  Peterson,  1. 
brachyodontus,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
15. 

longipes  n.  sp.,  Peterson,  1. 
longipes,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 
Oxydiscus  cristatus  Safford,  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1. 

subacutus  Ulrich,  Weller,  6. 
Oxyrhina  Agassiz,  Eastman,  18. 
desorii  Agassiz,  Eastman,  18. 
hastalis  Agassiz,  Eastman,  18. 
minuta  Agassiz,  Eastman,  18. 
sillimani  Gibbes,  Eastman.  18. 
Pachydesma  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Pachyaena  gigantea  O.  and  W.,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  1. 

Pachydiscus  binodatus  n.  sp..  Whit- 
eaves,  12. 

haradai  Jimbo,  Whiteaves,  12. 
lienleyensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
merriami  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
multisulcatus  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
neevesii  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
newberryanus  Meek  sp.,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Pachydiscus  newberryanus  Meek  (not 
Gabb),  Anderson,  3. 

otacodensis  Stoliczka  sp.,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

(haradai?  var.)  perplicatus,  Whit¬ 
eaves,  12. 

sacramenticus  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
suciensis  Meek  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
laevicanaliculatus  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz, 
1. 

l'achydistya  foliata  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  4. 
Pachymya  austinensis  ( ?)  Shumard, 
Shattuck,  8. 

Pachyphyllum  Milne  Edwards  and 
Haime,  Lambe,  2. 

devoniense  Milne  Edwards  and 
Haime,  Lambe,  2. 
minutissimum  n.  sp.,  Webster,  3. 
woodmani  var.  ruddi  n.  var.,  Web¬ 
ster,  3. 

woodmani  var.  gregarium  n.  var., 
Webster,  3. 

Pachypoma  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

inaequale  Martyn,  Arnold,  2. 
Pachyrhizodus  Dixon,  Stewart,  1. 
Pachyrhizodus  Dixon,  Loomis,  1. 
Pachyrhizodus  Agassiz,  Hay,  10. 
caninus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
caninus  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
caninus  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
curvatus  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  1. 
ferox  Stewart,  Loomis,  1. 
latimentum  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
latimentum?  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
leptognathus  Stewart,  Loomis,  1. 
leptognathus  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
leptepsis  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
leptopsis  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
leptopsis  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
minimus  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
sheari  Cope.  Loomis,  1. 
velox  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
Palaeacmaea  irregularis  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 

Palaearctomys  n.  gen.,  Douglass,  8. 
macrorhinus  n.  sp.,  Douglass.  8. 
montanus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  8. 
Palaeobolus  n.  subgen.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  2,  20. 

bretonensis.  Matthew  (G.  F.),  2, 

20. 

Palaeoehaeta  devoniea  now.  Clarke,  IS. 
Palaeobatteria  Credner,  Osborn,  19. 
Palaeocorystes  harveyi  Woodward. 
Whiteaves,  12. 

Palaeodictyon  magnum  laxum  n.  subsp.. 
Ulrich,  4. 

singulare  Heer,  Ulrich,  4. 
I’alaeodictyota  n.  gen.,  Whitfield,  5. 

ramulosa  Spencer  sp.,  Whitfield,  5. 
Palaeolagus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D. ), 
6. 

?  agapetillus  Cope,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  6. 


693 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Palaiolagus  brachyodon  n.  sp.,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  9. 

baydeni  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

G. 

intermedius  Matthew,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  2,  6. 

temnodon  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
temnodon  Douglass,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  9. 

turgidus  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

6. 

Palseomeryx,  Douglass,  1. 

Palseomeryx,  Matthew  (W.  D. ),  14. 
americanus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  1. 
americanus  Douglass,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  14. 

antilopinus  Scott,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  14. 

?  borealis?,  Douglass,  8. 
borealis  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
14. 

madisonius-  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  1. 
madisonius  Douglass,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  14. 

sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  14. 

Palseoneilo  Hall,  Burckhardt  and  Sca- 
lia,  1. 

aguilerse  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

barrisi  (W.  and  W.),  Weller,  2. 
bossei  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and  Sca¬ 
lia,  1. 

brevicula  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
broilii  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and  Sca¬ 
lia,  1. 

burkarti  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

circularis  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

constricta  Conrad,  Clarke,  19. 
constricta  Conrad  mut.  pygmsea 
nov.,  Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 
cordiformis  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

cordobse  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

costata  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and  Sca¬ 
lia,  1. 

emarginata  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
frechi  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and  Sca¬ 
lia,  1. 

liumboldti  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

inflata  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and  Sca¬ 
lia,  1. 

ledseformis  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

linguata  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
longa  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and  Sca¬ 
lia,  1. 

mexicana  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

microdonta  (Win.),  Weller,  2. 
muricata  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Palseoneilo  ordonezi  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt 
and  Scalia,  1. 

petila  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
plana  Hall,  mut.  pygmaea  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

quadrata  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

rectangularis  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt 
and  Scalia,  1. 

triangularis  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt 
and  Scalia,  1. 

villadae  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 

waitzi  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and  Sca¬ 
lia,  1. 

zacatecana  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and 
Scalia,  1. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

Palaeonictidse,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Palseophycus  clavifrons  n.  sp.,  Herzer, 
2 

Palseoscincus  asper  Lambe,  Stanton 
and  Hatcher,  1. 

asper  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 
costatus  Leidy,  Lambe,  3. 
costatus  Leidy,  Stanton  and  Hatch¬ 
er,  1. 

Palseosinopa  veterrima  n.  gen.  et  sp., 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  1. 

Palseostachya  ?  sp.,  White  (D. ),  18. 
Palaeotrochus  Hall,- Clarke,  19. 

prsecursor  Clarke,  Clarke,  19. 
Palamopus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
anomalus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
divaricans  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
gracilipes  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
rogersianus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull, 
2. 

Paleoptuna  sp.  undet.,  Kindle  and  Bre- 
ger,  1. 

Paleorhinus  bransoni  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Williston,  23. 

Paleschara,  Cumings,  9. 

Paliurus  integrifolius  Hollick,  Hollick, 

11. 

integrifolius  Hollick  (?),  Berry, 

2. 

Palmieellaria  convoluta  n.  sp.,  Ulrich 
and  Bassler,  4. 

punctata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

Paludestrina  d’Orbigny,  Arnold,  2. 
curta  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
longinqua  Gould  (Pilsbry),  Stearns 
(R.  E.  C.),  2. 

protea  Gould  (Pilsbry),  Stearns 
(R;  E.  C.),  2. 
stokesi  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

Pandora,  Arnold,  2. 

Pandora  Hwass,  Dali,  8. 

(Kennerleyia)  arctica  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Kennerleyia)  arenosa  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 


694 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Pandora  (Kennerlia)  bicarinata  Car¬ 
penter,  Arnold,  2. 

(Clidiophora)  crassidens  Conrad, 
Glenn,  G. 

(Clidiophora)  crassidens  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

(Kennerleyia)  dodona  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Kennerlia)  filosa  Carpenter,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Clidiophora)  gouldiana  Dali,  Dali, 

8. 

(Kennerleyia)  lata  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Kennerleyia)  lata  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
olidrophora  gouldiana  Dali,  Sears, 
1. 

(Heteroclidus)  punctata  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

(Clidiophora)  trilineata  Say,  Dali, 

8. 

Panenka  canadensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
4. 

radians  (Hall),  Kindle,  1. 

Panomya  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 
ampla  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

Panopea  Menard,  Arnold,  2. 

americana  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
concentrica  Gabb,  var.,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

elongata  Conrad,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

generosa  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
goldfussi,  Wagner,  Glenn,  6. 
whitfieldi  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 

Pantolambda  (?),  Douglass,  3. 
cavirictis  Cope  (?),  Douglass,  3. 

(  ?)  sp.  Douglass,  3. 

Pantolestes  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
23. 

Pantosaurus  Marsh,  Williston,  14. 

Paphia  Bolten,  Dali,  8. 

section  Baroda  Stoliczka,  Dali,  8. 
section  Callithaca  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Icanotia  Stoliczka,  Dali,  8. 
section  Myrsus  H.  and  A.  Adams, 
Dali,  8. 

section  Paphia  Bolten,  s.  s.,  Dali, 

8. 

section  Paratapes  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Polititapes  Chiamenti.Dall, 
8. 

section  Protapes  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Pullastra  Sowerby,  Dali,  8. 
section  Ruditapes  Chiamenti,  Dali, 
8. 

section  Tapes  Megerle  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 

Papyridea  harrimani  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Parabolina  dawsoni,  n.  sp.,  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  9,  20. 

cfr.  limitis  Brceg.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  12. 

quadrata  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

12. 

Parabolinella?  cf.  limitis  Brog.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Parabolinella  ?  quadrata,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  20. 

Paracardium  Barrande,  Clarke,  19. 
delicatula  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
doris  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 
Paracyathus  granulosus  Vaughan, 
Vaughan,  16. 

marylandicus  n.  sp.,  Vaughan,  1. 
pedroensis  Vaughan  n.  sp.,  Arnold, 
2. 

vaughani  Gane,  Vaughan,  19. 
Paracyclas  elliptica  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
elongata  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
lirata  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
lirata  Conrad,  mut.  pygmaea  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

octerlonii  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
ohioensis  (Meek),  Kindle,  1. 
Paraganides  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

californicus  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Parahippus  Leidy,  Gidley,  5. 
Paralecanites  Diener,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

arnoldi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Paralegoceras  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.),3. 
baylorense  White,  Smith  (J.  P.)f 
3. 

iowense  Meek  and  Worthen,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 

newsomi  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
texanum  Shumard,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

Paralia  sulcata  (Ehrenberg),  Boyer,  1. 
Paramya  subovata  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
Paramylodon  n.  gen.,  Brown  (B. ),  1. 


nebrascensis  n.  sp., 

Brown 

(B.), 

-L . 

Paranannites  n.  gen.. 

Hyatt 

and 

Smith,  1. 

aspenensis  n.  sp., 

Hyatt 

and 

Smith,  1. 

Paraphorhynehus  n.  gen.,  Weller,  9. 
elongatum  n.  sp.,  Weller,  9. 
striatocostatum  (M.  &  W.),  Wel¬ 
ler,  9. 

transversum  n.  sp.,  Weller,  9. 
Parapopanoceras  Haug,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Parapsonema  cryptophysa  Clarke, 
Fuchs,  1. 

Paraptyx  n.  gen.,  Clarke,  19. 

Ontario  n.  sp.,  Clarke.  19. 
Parasmilia  texana  n.  sp.,  Vaughan,  17. 
Parastarte  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

hemiplicata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
triquetra  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
Paratapes  Stoliczka,  Dali,  8. 
Paratissotia  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Paratropites  Mojsisvoics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Paratropites  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  5. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


695 


Paleontology—  Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Paratropites  (Gymnotropites)  ameri- 
canus  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
dittmari  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J. 
P-),  5. 

sellai  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Parazyga  hirsuta  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
Pariostegus  Cope,  Branson,  2. 

myops  Cope,  Branson,  2. 
Pariotichus  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
aduncus  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
aguti  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
brachyops  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
incisivus  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
isolomus  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
ordinatus  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
ordinatus  Cope,  Case,  3. 
sp.,  Cope,  Case,  3. 

Parmopliorella  ( ?)  paupera  Bill.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  1. 

Parmulina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Paronychodon  lacustris  Cope,  Stanton 
and  Hatcher,  1. 

Parvilucina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Patella  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Patellostium  helium  Keyes,  Girty,  3. 

ourayense  Gurley,  Girty,  3. 
Paterula  amii  Schuchert,  Ruedemann, 
1. 

Patinopecten  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
Patriofelis  ferox  (Marsh),  Osborn,  36. 

ferox  Marsh,  Wortman,  10. 
Patrobus  decessus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 

frigidus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Pecopteris  virginiensis  Fontaine,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

Pecten  Muller,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pecten)  bellus  Conrad,  Arnold, 

2. 

(Patinopecten)  caurinus  Gould, 
Arnold,  2. 

(Pseudamusium)  cerinus  Conrad, 
Glenn,  6. 

choctawensis  Aldrich,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

(Chlamys)  clintonius  Say,  Glenn, 

6. 

coalingaensis  Arnold,  Anderson,  7. 
(Chlamys)  coccymelus  Dali,  Glenn, 
6. 

dalli  Clark,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
(Pecten)  dentatus  Sowerby,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Lyropecten)  dilleri  n.  sp.,  Dali, 
4. 

duplicicosta  ( ?)  Roemer,  Shat¬ 
tuck,  8. 

etchegoini  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
(Patinopecten)  expansus  Dali,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Hinnites)  giganteus  Gray,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Chlamys)  hastatus  Sowerby,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Pecten  (Pecten)  hemphilli  Dali,  Arnold, 

2. 

(Chlamys)  hericeus  Gould,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Chlamys)  hericeus  var.  strategus 
Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

(Amusium)  humphreysii  Conrad, 
Glenn,  6. 

(Pecten)  humphreysii  Conrad, 
Glenn,  6. 

(Camptonectes)  insutus  n.  sp., 
Cragin,  2. 

(Chlamys)  jeffersonius  Say, 
Glenn,  6. 

jeffersonius  var.  edgecombensis 
(Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 

jeffersonius  var.  septenarius  Say, 
Glenn,  6. 

johnsoni  Clark,  Clark  and  Martin, 
o 

(Chlamys)  jordani  n.  sp.,  Arnold, 

2.  * 

(Chlamys)  latiauritus  Conrad,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Chlamys)  latiauritus  Con.,  var. 
fragilis  n.  var.,  Arnold,  2. 

(Chlamys)  latiauritus  Con.,  var. 
monotimeris  Con.,  Arnold,  2. 

(Chlamys)  madisonius  Say,  Glenn, 

6. 

(Chlamys)  marylandicus  Wagner, 
Glenn,  6. 

(Amusium)  mortoni  Ravenel, 
Glenn,  6. 

(Plagioctenium)  newsomi  n.  sp., 
Arnold,  2. 

(Chlamys)  opuntia  Dali,  Arnold, 

2. 

quinquecostatus  ?  (Sowerby), 
Shattuck,  8. 

roemeri  (Hill),  Shattuck,  8. 

(Chlamys)  rogersi  Conrad,  Glenn, 

6. 

(Pecten)  stearnsii  Dali,  Arnold, 

2. 

(Pseudamusium)  subminutus  n. 
sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 

(Nodipecten)  subnodosus  Sower¬ 
by,  Arnold,  2. 

(Plagioctenium)  subventricosus 
Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

texanus  Roemer,  Shattuck,  8. 

(Plagioctenium)  ventricosus  Sow¬ 
erby,  Arnold,  2. 

sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

sp.,  Madsen,  1. 

(Chlamys)  sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Pecopteris  arbox-escens  (Schloth.) 

Brongn.,  White  (D.),  10. 

(Cheilanthes)  sepulta  Newb.  (?), 
Hollick,  5. 

Pectunculus  pacificus  n.  sp.,  Anderson, 
3. 

septentrionalis  Middendorf,  An¬ 
derson,  7. 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


696 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Pectunculus  veatchii  Gabb  sp..  Whit- 
eaves,  12. 

Pelycodus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 

frugivorus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
jarrovii  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
tutus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
Pelecorapis  Cope,  Cragin,  1. 

microlepis  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  1. 
varius  Cope,  Cragin,  1. 
Pelycosauria,  Case,  2. 

Pelecyora  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Pentacrinus  sp.  cf.  andreae  de  Loriol, 
Madsen,  1. 

Pentagonaster  browni  n.  sp.,  Weller, 

8. 

Pentagonia  unisulcata  (Conrad),  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

Pentamerella  arata  (Conrad),  Kindle, 

1. 

pavilonensis  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
thusnelda  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
Pentamerus  Sowerby,  Grabau,  1. 
circularis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
oblongus  Sowerby,  Grabau,  1. 
oblongus  var.  compressa  n.  var., 
Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
oblongus  var.  cylindricus  Hall  and 
Whitfield,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
Pentremites  Say,  Hambach,  1. 

abbreviatus  Hambach,  Hambach, 

1. 

altus  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene,  2. 
angustus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
bradleyi  Meek,  Hambach,  1. 
calycinus  Lyon,  Rowley,  Greene,  7. 
cavus  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  8. 
cherokeus  ?  Troost,  Rowley, 
Greene,  7. 

chesterensis,  Hambach,  Rowley, 
Greene,  7. 

conoideus  Hall,  Hambach,  1. 
conoideus  Hall,  Rowley,  Greene,  7. 
conoideus  Hall,  Rowley,  4. 
conoideus  Hall,  Ulrich,  8. 
Pentremites  conoideus  Hall,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  5. 

conoideus  var.  amplus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  Greene,  5. 
conoideus  var.  perlongus  n.  var., 
Rowley,  Greene,  5. 
florealis  v.  Schlotheim,  Hambach. 
1. 

florealis  Schlotheim,  Ulrich,  8. 
fohsi  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  8. 
fohsi  var:  marionensis  n.  var.,  Ul¬ 
rich,  8. 

godoni  De  France,  Ulrich,  8. 
godoni  Defrance,  Rowley,  Greene. 
5. 

godoni  De  France,  Rowley,  Greene, 
7. 

kirki  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
koninckanus  Hall,  Rowley,  Greene, 
5. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Pentremites  koninckanus  Hall.  Rowley, 
Greene,  14. 

koninckanus  Hall,  Rowley,  Greene, 
7. 

leda  Hall,  Loomis,  4. 
obesus  Lyon,  Ulrich,  8. 
obesus  Lyon,  Rowley,  Greene,  7. 
obtusus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
pyramidatus  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  8. 
pyriformis  Say,  Ulrich,  8. 
pyriformis  Say,  Rowley,  Greene,  5. 
pyriformis  Say,  Hambach,  1. 
pyriformis  Say,  Rowley,  Greene,  7. 
robustus  Lyon,  Rowley,  Greene,  7. 
rusticus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
serratus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
sulcatus  Roemer,  Hambach,  1. 
sulcatus  ?  Roemer,  Rowley,  Greene. 
7. 

tulipaformis  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
turbinatus  n.  sp.,  Hambach,  1. 
sp.  ?,  Rowley,  Greene,  7. 
Pentremitidea  ( ?)  approximata  n.  sp., 
Rowley,  Greene,  5. 

?  dubia  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  5. 
leda  ?  var.  magna  n.  var.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  5. 

Peraceras  superciliosus  Cope,  Osborn, 
34. 

Peratherium  titanelix  n.  sp.,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  9. 

Pericyclus  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

blairi  Miller  and  Gurley,  Smith  (.T. 
P.),  3. 

?  princeps  de  Koninck,  Smith  (J. 
P-),  3. 

Periploma  Schumacher,  Arnold,  2. 
Periploma  Schumacher,  Dali,  8. 
angulifera  Philippi,  Dali,  8. 
argentaria  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
collardi  Harris,  Dali,  8. 
peralta  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
peralta  Conrad,  Glenn,  G. 
Peripristis  semicii’cularis  (Newb.  & 
W.),  Eastman,  5,  10. 

Perischodomus  M’Coy,  Klem,  1. 

illinoiensis  Woi’then  and  Miller, 
Klem,  1. 

Perisphinctes  aguilerai  n.  sp.,  Cragin, 
2. 

c-larki  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
felixi  Castillo  and  Aguilera,  Cra¬ 
gin,  2. 

potosinus  Castillo  and  Aguilera. 
Cragin,  2. 

schucherti  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
sp.  cf.  panderi  d’Orbigny,  Madsen, 
1. 

Perissolax  tricarnatus  n.  sp.,  Weaver, 
1. 

Pernopecten  cooperensis  (Shumard), 
Weller,  2. 

Peromyscus  parvus  n.  sp..  Sinclair,  G. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901—1905;,  INCLUSIVE. 


697 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Peronopora  milleri  n.  sp.,  Nickles,  6. 

vera  Ulrich,  Nickles,  6. 

Petalodus  Owen,  Eastman,  10. 

allegkaniensis  Leidy,  Eastman,  10. 
(Chomatodns)  areuatus  (St. 
John),  Eastman,  10. 

Petigopora  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
2# 

offula  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 
Petraia  Munster,  Lambe,  2. 
aperta  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
profunda  Conrad  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
pygmaea  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
Petricola  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
calvertensis  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
carditoides  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
(Petricolaria)  cognata  C.  B.  Ad¬ 
ams,  Arnold,  2. 

(Petricolaria)  denticulata  Sower- 
by,  Arnold,  2. 
harrisii  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 

(Rupellaria)  lamellifera  Conrad, 
Arnold,  2. 

Petricolaria  Stoliczka,  Arnold,  2. 
Phacodiscus  calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Martin. 
8. 

Phacoides  Blainville,  Dali,  8. 

section  Bellucina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Epilucina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Gradilucina  Cossmann, 
Dali,  8. 

section  Parvilucina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Pleurolucina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Cavilucina  Fisher,  Dali,  8. 
(Bellucina)  actinus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Lucinoma)  acutilineatus  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

(Pleurolucina)  amabilis  Dali,  Dali, 

8. 

(Bellucina)  amiantus  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
(Lucinoma)  annulatus  Reeve, 
Dali,  8. 

(Pseudomiltha)  anodonta  Say, 
Dali,  8. 

(Pseudomiltha)  anodonta,  Say, 
Glenn,  6. 

(Lucinisca)  calhounensis  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Miltha)  caloosaensis  Dali,  Dali, 

8. 

(Miltha)  chipolanus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Miltha)  claibornensis  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

(Lucinoma)  contractus  (Say), 
Glenn,  6. 

(Parvilucina)  crenulatus  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

(Parvilucina)  crenulatus  (Con¬ 
rad),  Glenn,  6. 

(Lucinisca)  cribrarius  (Say), 
Glenn,  6. 

(Lucinisca)  cribrarius  Say,  Dali, 

8. 

(Here)  densatus  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 


Paleontology— Con  tinued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Phacoides  (Miltha)  disciformis  I-Ieil- 
prin,  Dali,  8. 

domingensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Pseudomiltha)  fioridanus  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

(Pseudomiltha)  foremani  (Con¬ 
rad),  Glenn,  6. 

(Pseudomiltha)  foremani  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

(Here)  glenni  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Here)  hamatus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Miltha)  heracleus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Miltha)  hillsboroensis  Heilprin, 
Dali,  8. 

(Parvilucina)  intensus  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Parvilucina)  multilineatus  Tuo- 
mey  and  Holmes,  Dali,  8. 
(Lucinisca)  muricatus  Spengier, 
Dali,  8. 

nasulla  var.  caloosana  Dali,  Dali, 

8. 

(Miltha)  ocalanus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Parvilucina)  piluliformis  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Lucinisca)  plesiolophus  Dali, 
Dali,  8. 

(Here)  podagrinus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Parvilucina)  prunus  Dali,  Glenn, 
6. 

(Parvilucina)  prunus  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Pleurolucina)  quadricostatus  n. 
sp.,  Dali,  8. 

(Cavilucina)  recurrens  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Here)  richthofeni  Gabb,  Dali,  8. 
(Parvilucina)  sphseriolus  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Here)  tithonis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Here)  trisulcatus  (Conrad), 
Glenn,  6. 

trisulcatus  var.,  multistriatus  Con¬ 
rad,  Dali,  8. 

(Bellucina)  tuomeyi  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Bellucina)  waccamawensis  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Here)  wacissanus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Parvilucina)  yaquensis  Gabb, 
Dali,  8. 

?  sp.,  Dali,  10. 

(Here)  sp.  undet.,  Dali,  8. 

Phacops  cristata  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

cristata  var.  pipa  H.  and  C..  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

logani  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
cf.  pulchellus  Foerste,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

rana  (Green),  Kindle,  1. 
rana  (Green),  Weller,  6. 

?  sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Phandella  n.  gen.,  Casey,  4. 

nepionica  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
Phanerotinus  paradoxus  Win.,  Weller, 


698 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Pale  mtology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Phanerotrema  cf.  grayvillense  Norwood 
and  Pratten,  Girty,  3. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Phaneta?  decorata  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 

12. 

Phaseolites  manhassettensis  n.  sp.,  Rol¬ 
lick,  11. 

Phasianella  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

compta  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
Phenacodus  primaevus  Cope,  Osborn,  36. 
Plienacomya  petrosa  (Conrad),  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

Phialocrinus  magnificus  (Miller  and 
Gurley),  Beede,  1. 

Philippina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Phillipsastrsea  d’Orbigny,  Lambe,  2. 
billingsi  Calvin,  Lambe,  2. 
verneuili  Milne-Edwards  and 
Haime,  Lambe,  2. 
verrilli  Meek  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
verrilli  var.  exiguum,  n.  var., 
Lambe,  2. 

Phillipsia  major  Shumard,  Girty,  3. 

peroccidens  Hall  and  Whitfield, 
Girty,  3. 

trinucleata  Herrick,  Girty,  3. 
Philonthus  claudus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Phlaocyon  leucosteus  Matthew,  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.)  ,  2. 

Phoebodus  dens-neptuni  n.  sp.,  East¬ 
man,  10. 

knightianus  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
Phsenopora  keewatinensis  n.  sp.,  White¬ 
aves,  17. 

Phoenicopsis  ?  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
Phloeosinus  squalidens  Scudd.,  Hopkins 
(A.  D.),  1. 

Pholadidea  Goodall,  Arnold,  2. 

(Penitella)  penita  Conrad,  Arnold, 

2. 

Pholadomya  anaana  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
angustata  Sowerby  sp.,  Madsen,  1. 
claibornensis  Meyer  and  Aldrich, 
Dali,  8. 

marcoui  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
marylandica  Conrad,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

marylandica  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
nasuta  Gabb,  Weaver,  1. 
paucicosta  Roemer?,  Cragin,  2. 
praeposita  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
roemeri  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
tosta  (Cragin),  Cragin,  2. 

Pholas  (Thovana)  producta  Conrad, 


Glenn,  6. 
Pholidocidaris 

Meek 

and 

Worth  en, 

Klem,  1. 
irregularis 

Meek 

and 

Worthen, 

Klem,  1. 

Pholidops  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

arenaria  Hall  ?,  Weller,  6. 
hamiltoniae  Hall,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  4. 

oblata  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  4. 
ovata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Pholidops  squamiformis  Hall,  Grabau, 
1. 

sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

Pholidostrophia  iowensis  (Owen),  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

iowaensis  Owen,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
3,  4. 

niagarensis  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and  Bre- 
ger,  1. 

Phorcus  Risso,  Arnold,  2. 

pulligo  Martyn,  Arnold,  2. 

Phos  falsus  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 

macilentus  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
Phragmites  ( ?)  cliffwoodensis  n.  sp., 
Berry,  5. 

Phragmoceras  angustum  Newell,  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 

cf.  ellipticum  H.  &  W.,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

lineolatum  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
parvum  Hall  and  Whitfield,  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 

parvum  Hall  and  Whitfield,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 

Phragmolites  compressus  Con.,  Weller, 

6. 

Phragmostoma  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 
chautauquae  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
incisum  Clarke,  Clarke,  19. 
natator  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 
cf.  triliratum  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke 
19. 

Phvllites  bifurcies  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
cliffwoodensis  n.  sp.,  Berry,  5. 
denticulatus  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
inexpectans  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
intricata  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
oregonianus  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
personatus  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
saundersi  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  16. 
sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 

Phylloceras  ramosum  Meek,  Whiteaves, 

12. 

shastalense  n.  sp.,  Anderson.  3. 
subobtusiforme  n.  sp.,  Pompeckj,  1. 
Phyllodus  Agassiz,  Eastman,  1. 

hipparionyx  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  1. 
Phyllograptus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 

angustifolius  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
anna  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
ilicifolius  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
typus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Phylloporina  Ulrich,  Grabau,  1. 

asperato-striata  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
corticosa  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  4. 
fenestrata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Phymesoda  Rafinesque,  Dali,  8. 

Physa  Draparnaud,  Letson,  1. 

Physa  Draparnaud,  Arnold,  2. 

heterostropha  Say,  Arnold,  2. 
heterostropha  Say,  Letson,  1. 
humerosa  Gould,  Springer  (A.),  1. 
Fhysonemus  arcuatus  McCoy,  Eastman, 
10. 

asper  nom.  nov.,  Eastman,  10. 


FOE  THE  YEAKS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


699 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Physonemus  gemmatus  (Newberry  and 
Worthen),  Eastman,  10. 

hamus-piscatorius  n.  sp.,  Eastman. 

10. 

pandatus  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
stellatus  (Newberry  and  Worthen), 
Eastman,  10. 

Picea  harrimani  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  16. 
Pieris  scrobiculata  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  10. 
Piloceras  corniculum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
explanator  Whitfield,  Ruedemann, 
9. 

Pinacoceratidae,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Pinacoceratoidea,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Pinites  leei  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 

Pinna  lata  n.  sp.,  Beede,  4. 

peracuta  Shumard,  Beede,  1. 
quadrifrons  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
subspatulata  Worthen,  Beede,  1. 
sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Pinnas  ( ?)  coprolitiformis  n.  sp., 
Beede,  2. 

Pinnatopora  Vine,  Condra,  2. 

trilineata  (Meek),  Condra,  2. 
pyriformipora  Rogers,  Condra,  2. 
youngi  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 
Pinnipedia,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Pinnopsis  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 

Pinus  L.,  Perkins,  13. 

andraei  Coem.  ?,  Berry,  6. 
conoides  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
cuneatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
delicatulus  n.  sp.,  Berry,  7. 
lindgrenii  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  4,  8. 
mattewanensis  n.  sp.,  Berry,  4. 
nordenskioldi  Heer,  Fontaine,  1. 
schista  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 
shastensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  3. 
vernonensis  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fontaine, 
5. 

?  sp.,  Knowlton,  16. 

Piptomerus  Cope,  Williston,  14. 
Piratosaurus  Leidy,  Williston,  14. 
Pisania  Bivona,  Arnold,  2. 

fortis  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
(Celatoconus)  protractus  (Con¬ 
rad),  Martin,  5. 

Pisidium  C.  Pfeiffer,  Dali,  8. 

Pisidium  Pfeiffer,  Letson,  1. 
abditum  Hald,  Letson,  1. 
compressum  Prime,  Letson,  1. 
scutellatum  Sterki,  Letson,  1. 
ultramontanum  Prime,  Letson,  1. 
virginicum  (Gmelin)  Bourg.,  Let- 
son,  1. 

Pisocrinus  glabellus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  3. 
globosus?  Ringueberg,  Rowley,  3. 
gorbyi  ?  S.  A.  Miller,  Rowley,  3. 
granulosus  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  3. 
Pitaria  Roemer  (em.),  Dali,  8. 

section  Hyphantosoma  Dali,  Dali, 

8. 

section  Lamelliconcha  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Pitaria  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Pitaria  section  Tivelina  Cossman,  Dali, 

8. 

(Lamelliconcha)  astartiformis 
Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

(Lamelliconcha)  calcanea  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Hyphantosoma)  carbasea  Guppy, 
Dali,  8. 

(Lamelliconcha)  filosina  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Hyphantosoma)  floridana  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Lamelliconcha)  hilli  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Hyphantosoma)  opisthogrammata 
n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

Pityoxylon  chasense  n.  sp.,  Penhallow, 

1. 

microporosum  brandonianum  n. 
var.,  Knowlton,  11. 

Placerias  n.  gen.,  Lucas,  19. 

hesternus  n.  sp.,  Lucas,  19. 

Placenticeras  Meek,  Hyatt,  1. 

californicum  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 

?  fallax  Castillo  and  Aguilera, 
Hyatt,  1. 

guadalupae  (Roemer),  Hyatt,  1. 
intercalare  Meek,  Hyatt,  1. 

?  intermedium  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

newberryi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
pacificum  Smith,  Anderson,  3. 
placenta  De  Kay,  Lasswitz,  1. 
planum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
placenta  (Dekay),  Hyatt,  1. 
placenta  Dekay  (sp.)  ?,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  5. 

?  rotundatum  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

pseudoplacenta,  Hyatt,  1. 
pseudoplacenta  var.  occidentale, 
Hyatt.  1. 

sancarlosense  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
sancarlosense  var.  pseudosyrtale, 
Hyatt,  1. 

spillmani  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
stantoni  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
stantoni  var.  bolli,  Hyatt,  1. 
whitfieldi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
whitfieldi  var.  tuberculatum,  Hy¬ 
att,  1. 

syrtale  (Morton),  Hyatt,  1. 
syrtale  var.  halei,  Hyatt,  1. 

?  sp.  undet.,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  5. 

Placites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

humboldtensis  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Placunopsis  carbonaria  Meek  and  Wor¬ 
then,  Beede,  1. 

Plaesiomys  strophomenoides  n.  sp.,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  7. 

Plagioctenium  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

Plagioloplius  vancouverensis  Wood¬ 
ward,  Whiteaves,  12. 


700 


TNDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Planorbis  Guettard,  Arnold,  2. 

Planorbis  Guettard,  Letson,  1. 
bicarinatus  Say,  Letson,  1. 
parvus  Say,  Letson,  1. 
tumidus  Pfeiffer,  Arnold,  2. 
vermicularis  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
Planorbulina,  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  0. 
elegans,  Guppy,  4. 
mediterranensis  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  G. 
Plantaginopsis  n.  gen.,  Fontaine,  5. 

marylandica  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 
Platacodon  nanus  Marsh,  Hatcher,  3. 
Platanus  aceroides?  (Goppert)  Heer, 
Ivnowlton,  14. 

condoni  (Newb.)  Knowlton,  Knowl- 
ton,  14. 

nobilis?  Newb.,  Knowlton,  14. 
Platecarpus,  Sternberg,  5. 

Platidia  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  3. 

marylandica  Clark,  Dali,  8. 
Platigonus  Le  Conte,  Matthew  and 
Gidley,  1. 

Platyceras  Conrad,  Girty,  3. 

Platyceras  Conrad,  Grabau,  1. 

angulatum  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
ammon  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

?  arctiostoma  Ulrich,  Kindle,  1. 
arkonense  n.  sp.,  Shimer  and  Gra¬ 
bau,  1. 

blatchleyi  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
bucculentum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
bucculentum  Hall,  Shimer  and 
Grabau,  1. 

carinatum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
circularis  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene, 
2. 

?  columbiana  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
compactum  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
compressum  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
compressum  var.,  Kindle,  1. 
conicum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
(Diaphorostoma)  cornutum  Hi- 
singer,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
crassum  Hall  ?,  Kindle,  1. 
cymbula  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 
dumosum  Conrad,  Kindle,  1. 
dumosum  var.  pileum  n.  var..  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

dumosum  var.  rarispinum  Hall, 
Kindle,  1. 

echinatum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
(Orthonychia)  fluctuosum  Ulrich, 
Kindle,  1. 

fornicatum,  Kindle,  1. 
gibbosum  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
linerare  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
milleri  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
multispinosum  Meek,  Kindle,  1. 
niagarense  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
paralium  White  and  Whitfield?, 
Girty,  3. 

parvum  Swallow,  Girty,  3. 
radiatum  n.  sp..  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
1. 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Platyceras  rictum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

rictum  var.  spinosa  n.  var.,  Kindle. 

1. 

subcirculare  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
subspinosum  Hall,  Shimer  and  Gra¬ 
bau,  1. 

symmetricum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
thetis  Hall,  Shimer  and  Grabau,  1. 
thetis  Hall,  .Kindle,  1. 
tortuosum  Hall,  Weller,  G. 
transversum  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  1. 

ventricosum  Conrad,  Kindle,  1. 
vetulum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Platycrinus  devonicus  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  7. 

hemisphericus,  Grabau,  8. 
huntsvillae  (Troost),  Grabau,  8. 
huntsvillae,  Ulrich,  8. 

Platygyra  Ehrenberg  1834,  Vaughan,  2. 
clivosa  (Ellis  and  Solander), 
Vaughan,  2. 

viridis  (Le  Seur),  Vaughan,  2. 
Platygonus  bicalaratus  Cope,  Gidley,  3. 
compressus  Le  Conte,  Wagner.  1. 
texanus  n.  sp.,  Gidley,  3. 

?  sp.,  Sinclair,  7. 

Platymetopus  minganensis  Billings, 
Raymond  (P.  E.),  5. 

trentonensis  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
Platynus  exterminatus  n.  sp.,  Scudder. 
1. 

interglacialis  n.  sp.,  Scudder.  1. 
interitus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
longaevus  n.  sp.,  Scudder,  1. 
Platyodon  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 

cancellatus  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Platyostoma  desmatum  (Clarke),  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

lineata  Conrad,  Parks,  5. 
lineata  Conrad,  Kindle,  1. 
liueatum  var.  callosum  Hall,  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

nearpassi  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
niagarense  Hall,  Rowley,  Greene,  2. 
pleurotoma  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
turbinata  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
turbinata  var.  cochleata.  Kindle,  1. 
ventricosa  Con.,  Weller,  6. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

Platyphyllum  brownianum  Dn.,  White 
(D.),  IS. 

Platysomus  circularis  Newberry  and 
Worthen,  Eastman,  10. 

Platystrophia  biforata  Schlotheim  sp.. 
Ruedemann,  2. 

biforata,  Cumings,  8. 
biperforata  (Schl.),  Weller,  6. 
costata,  Cumings,  8. 
laticosta,  Cumings,  8. 
lynx,  Cumings,  8. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


701 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Platystrophia  lynx  von  Buch,  Hayes 
and  Ulrich,  1. 

lynx,  Cumings  and  Mauck,  1. 
Platypterygium  densinerve  Fontaine?, 
Fontaine,  5. 

Platypterna  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

concamerata  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull, 

2. 

deaniana  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
delicatula  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
digitigrada  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
gracillima  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
recta  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
tenuis  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Platytrochus  speciosus  Gabb  and  Horn, 
Vaughan,  15. 

Platyxystrodus  occidentalis  (St.  John), 
Eastman,  10. 

Plectambonites  Pander,  Grabau,  1. 
pisum  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 
sericea  (Sowerby),  Grabau,  1. 
sericeus  (Sowerby),  Weller,  6. 
cf.  sericeus  Sowerby,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

sericeus  Sdwerby  var.  asper  James, 
Ruedemann,  2. 

transversalis  ( Wahlenberg) ,  Gra¬ 
bau,  1. 

Plectodon  Carpenter,  Dali,  8. 
Plectorthis  Hall  and  Clarke,  subg.  of 
Orthis,  Walcott,  12. 

?  atava  Matthew,  Walcott,  12. 
christianise  Kjerulf,  Walcott,  12. 
daunus  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
desmopleura  Meek,  Walcott,  12. 
desmopleura  nympha  n.  var.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

diablo  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
doris  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
hastingsensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
iddingsi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 

•  indianola  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 

johannensis  Matthew,  Walcott,  12. 
kayseri  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
linnarssoni  Kayser,  Walcott,  12. 
newtonensis  Weller,  Walcott,  12. 
pagoda  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
papias  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
plicatella  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
1. 

plicatella  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
remnicha  Winchell,  Walcott,  12. 
remnicha  sulcata  n.  var.,  Walcott, 
12. 

remnicha  texana  n.  var.,  Walcott, 

12. 

remnicha  winfieldensis  n.  var., 
Walcott,  12. 

retroflexa  Matthew,  Walcott,  12. 
saltensis  Kayser,  Walcott,  12. 
tullbergi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
wlchitaensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
wichitaensis  Iseviusculus  n.  var., 
Walcott,  12. 

wimani  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Plectorthis  2  sp.?,  Walcott,  12. 
Plesiastarte  Fischer,  Dali,  8. 

Plesiornis  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
mirabilis  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
pilulatus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Plesiosaurus  gouldii  Williston,  Willis* 
ton,  14. 

Plethomytilus  cuneatus  n.  sp.,  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 

Plethospira  socialis  Girty?,  Kindle,  1. 
Pleuracanthus  (Diplodus)  compressus 
Newberry,  Eastman,  10. 

Pleuristion  brachycoelus  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Case,  3. 

Pleuroceras  Rafinesque,  Letson,  1. 

subulare  Lea,  Letson,  1. 
Pleuroccelus,  Lucas,  20. 

Pleurodictyum  lenticulare,  Beecher,  1. 
Pleurofusia  De  Greg.,  Casey,  5. 
Pleuroliria  De  Greg.,  Casey,  5. 
albida  Perry,  Casey,  5. 
barretti  Guppy,  Casey,  5. 
cochlearis  Con.,  Casey,  5. 
crenulosa  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
jacksonella  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
simplex  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
subsimilis  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
Pleurolucina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Pleuromeris  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Pleuromya  inconstans  Castillo  and 
Aguilera,  Cragin,  2. 

inconstans  var.  curta  n.  var., 
Cragin,  2. 

?  sp.,  Madsen,  1. 

Pleuronotus  decewi  (Billings),  Kindle, 

1. 

Pleuropachydiscus  hoffmannii  (Gabb), 
var.,  Whiteaves,  12. 

Pleurophorella  n.  gen.,  Girty,  5. 

papillosa  n.  sp.,  Girty,  5. 
Pleurophorus  angulatus  Meek  and 
Worthen?,  Girty,  3. 

costatus  (Brown),  Beede,  1. 
occidentalis  Meek  and  Hayden?, 
Girty,  3. 

subcostatus  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Beede,  1. 

subcostatus  Meek  and  W’orthen. 
Girty,  3. 

tropidophorus  Meek,  Beede.  1. 
whitei  n.  sp.,  Beede.  4. 
sp.,  Beede,  8. 

Pleurotoma  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

(Hemipleurotoma)  albida  Perry, 
Martin,  5. 

arnica  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
ancilla  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 

(Borsonia)  bartschi  n.  sp.,  Arnold. 

9 

(Hemipleurotoma)  bellacrenata 
Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
(Hemipleurotoma)  calvertensis  n. 
sp.,  Martin,  5. 

(Dolichotoma)  carpenteriana  Gabb, 
Arnold,  2. 


702 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Pleurotoma  (Drillia)  casey  i  n.  sp., 
Aldrich,  2. 

(Hemipleurotoma)  choptankensis 
n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 

(Hemipleurotoma)  children!  Lea, 
Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
collaris  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
(Hemipleurotoma)  oommunis  Con¬ 
rad,  Martin,  5. 

(Hemipleurotoma)  communis  var. 
protocommunis  n.  var.,  Martin, 
5. 

(Dichotoma)  cooperi  n.  sp.,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Borsonia)  dalli  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
ducateli  n.  sp.,  Clark  and  Martin, 
2. 

(Clathurella)  dumhlei  n.  sp.,  An¬ 
derson,  7. 

evanescens  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
harrisi  Clark,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
hilgardi  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 

(Borsonia)  hooveri  n.  sp.,  Arnold, 

2. 

intacta  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
oblivia  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
(Leucosyrinx)  pedroana  n.  sp.,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

perversa  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 
piscatavensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

plutonica  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
potomacensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

servata  Conrad,  Casey,  4. 
(Spirotropsis)  smithi  n.  sp.,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Dolichotoma)  tryoniana,  Gabb, 
Arnold,  2. 

tysoni  n.  sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
vicksburgensis  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 

Pleurotomaria  De  France,  Grabau,  1. 
adjutor  Hall,  Parks,  5. 
aiens  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 

?  axion  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger, 

1. 

capillaria  Conrad  cognata  mut. 
nov.,  Clarke,  19. 

capillaria  Conrad,  mut.  pygmaea 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 

?  cf.  carbonaria  Norwood  and 
Pratten,  Girty,  3. 
ciliata  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
circumtrunca  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
clivosa  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
delicatula  var.  camera  n.  var., 
Parks,  5. 

eloroidjea  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

cf.  eloroidea,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
genundewa  n.  sp.,  Clarke.  19. 
hoyi  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
hunterensis  Cleland,  Cleland,  3. 

?  idia  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
itylus  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Pleurotomaria  itys  Hall,  mut.  pygmaea 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 

laphami  Whitfield,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

littorea  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
lucina  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
lucina  var.  perfasciata  Hall,  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

pauper  Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
pervetusta  (Conrad),  Grabau,  1. 
procteri  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 

?  quinquesulcata  Win.,  Weller,  2. 
stantoni  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
sulcomarginata  Conrad,  Kindle,  1. 
sweeti  Whitfield,  Sardeson,  2. 

?  sp.,  Girty,  3. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 

?  sp.  undet.,  Weller,  2. 
sp.  undet.,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
(or  Euomphalopterus)  sp.  indet., 
Whiteaves,  17. 

Plicatula  densata  Conrad,  Glenn.  6. 

sportella  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Plinthiotheca  angularis  Lx.  sp.,  White 
(D.),  10. 

Pliohippus  Marsh,  Gidley,  5. 

simplicidens  Cope,  Gidley,  1. 
Pliomera  Angelin,  Raymond  (P.  E.),6. 
Pliomerops  n.  gen.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
6. 

canadensis,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  6. 
Poacites  sp.,  Hollick,  11. 

Poatrephes?,  Douglass,  8. 

paludicola  n.  gen.  and  sp.,  Doug¬ 
lass,  8. 

Pododesmus  Philippi,  Arnold,  2. 

(Monia)  macroschisma  Deshayes, 
Arnold,  2. 

Podozamites  angustifolius  (Eichw.) 
Schimp.,  Hollick,  11. 

distantinervis  Fontaine,  F^ttaine, 

2. 

grandifolius  Fontaine?,  Fontaine, 

2. 

lanceolatus  (Lindley  and  Hutton) 
Friedrich  Braun  non  Emmons, 
Fontaine,  1. 

lanceolatus  latifolius  (Friedrich 
Braun)  Heer,  Fontaine,  1. 
lanceolatus  minor  (Schenk)  Heer, 
Fontaine,  1,  2. 
marginatus  Heer,  Berry,  5. 
pachynervis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
pachyphyllus  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
pedicellatus  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
pulchellus  Heer,  Fontaine,  1. 
sp.?,  Hollick,  4. 

Poebrotherium,  Matthew  (W.  D.).  15. 
eximium,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 
labiatum,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 
wilsoni,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 
Pcecilodus  McCoy,  Eastman,  10. 

rugosus  Newberry  and  Worthen, 
Eastman,  10. 


703 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Pcecilodus  tribulis  (St.  John  and  Wor- 
tlien),  Eastman,  10. 

Poecilozonites  (Bid.),  Gulick,  1. 
bermudensis  Pfr.,  Gulick,  1. 
bermudensis  var.  zonatus  Verrill, 
Gulick,  1. 

circumfirmatus  Redf.,  Gulick,  1. 
circumfirmatus  var.  discrepans 
Prf.,  Gulick,  1. 
cupula  n.  sp.,  Gulick,  1. 
dalli  n.  sp.,  Gulick,  1. 
nelsoni  var.  callosus  n.  var.,  Gu¬ 
lick,  1. 

reinianus  Pfr.,  Gulick,  1. 
Polemarchus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

gigas  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Poleumita  nom.  nov.,  Clarke  and  Rue- 
demann,  1. 

crenulata  Whiteaves  (sp.),  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 
scamnata  n.  sp.,  Clarke  and  Rue¬ 
demann,  1. 

(?)  sulcata  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

Polititapes  Chiamenti,  Dali,  8. 
Pollicipes  siluricus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann, 

1. 

Polycyclus  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

nodifer  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Polycotylus  Cope,  Williston,  14. 

ischiadicus  n.  sp.,  Williston,  14. 
latipinnis  Cope,  Williston,  14. 
Polygyra  dalli  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  1. 
Polygyrata  n.  gen.,  Weller,  6. 

sinistra  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Polymesoda  Rafinesque,  Dali,  8. 
Polymorpha  gibha  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg, 
6. 

Polymorphina  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 
austriaca  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  1. 
communis  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  1. 
compressa  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  1,  6. 
compressa  var.  striata  n.  var., 
Bagg,  6. 

elegantissima  Parker  and  Jones, 
Bagg,  1,  6. 

gibba  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  1. 
lactea  (Walker  and  Jacob),  Bagg, 
1,  6. 

praelonga  Terquem,  Bagg,  1. 
regina  Brady,  Parker,  and  Jones, 
Bagg,  6. 

Polynices  Montfort,  Arnold,  2. 

(Neverita)  duplicatus  (Say)  Mar 
tin,  5. 

(Lunatia)  homicryptus  (Gabb), 
Martin,  5. 

(Lunatia)  heros  (Say),  Martin,  5. 
(Lunatia)  lewisii  Gould,  Arnold, 
2# 

(Neverita)  recluziana  Petit,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

Polyphemopsis  louisvillae  Hall  and 
Whitf.,  Kindle,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Polypodium  oregonense  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  1. 

Polypora,  Cumings,  9. 

Polypora  McCoy,  Grabau,  1. 

Polypora  McCoy,  Condra,  2. 

bassleri  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
cestriensis  Ulrich,  Ulrich,  2. 
crassa'UIrich,  Condra,  2. 
cf.  distincta  Ulrich,  Girty,  3. 
elliptica  Rogers,  Condra,  2. 
incepta  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
remota  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
reversipora  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
spinulifera  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 
stragula  White,  Condra,  2. 
submarginata  Meek,  Condra,  2. 
ulrichi  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1,  2. 
varsoviensis  Prout,  Ulrich,  8. 
n.  sp.,  Girty,  3. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Polystichum  hillsianum  n.  sp.,  Hol- 
lick,  5. 

Polystomella  Lamarck,  Bagg,  6. 
crispa  (Linne),  Bagg,  9. 
striatopunctata  (Fichtel  and 
Moll),  Bagg,  6. 

Polythorax  missouriensis  Cope,  Stanton 
and  Hatcher,  1. 

Polytoechia  Hall  and  Clarke,  Walcott, 

12. 

?  montanensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 

Pomatiopsis  Tryon,  Letson,  1. 

lapidaria  (Say)  Tryon,  Letson,  1. 

Pomaulax  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 
undosus  Wood,  Arnold,  2. 

Pompholigina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Pontobdellopsis  cometa  n.  gen.  et  sp., 
Ruedemann,  1. 

Pontoleon  n.  gen.,  True,  1. 
magnus  n.  sp.,  True,  1. 

Popanoceras  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Popanoceras  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
ganti  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
(Parapopanoceras)  haugi  n.  sp., 
Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
parkeri  Heilprin,  Smith  (J.  P.),3. 
walcotti  White,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

Popanoceratidse  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Populites  amplus  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
tenuifolius  n.  sp.,  Berry,  5. 

Populopliyllum  menispermoides  Ward 
n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 

minutum  Ward  n.  sp.,  Fontaine, 

PJ 

Populus  auriculata  Ward,  Fontaine,  5. 
cretacea  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
daphnogenoides  Ward,  Penhallow, 
4. 

lindgreni  Knowlton,  Knowlton,  14. 
obtrita  Dn.,  Penhallow, '4. 

?  ricei  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  3. 
sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 


704 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Porites  astreoides  Lamarck,  Vaughan, 
2. 

porites  (Pallas),  Vaughan,  2. 
Porodiscus  concentricus  (Ehrenberg), 
Martin,  8. 

Poromya  jamaicensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
mississippiensis  Meyer  and  Aid- 
rich,  Dali,  8. 

Porthochelys  laticeps  n.  gen.  et  sp.,  Wil- 
liston,  3. 

browni  n.  sp.,  Hay,  24. 
laticeps  Williston,  Hay,  24. 
Portlandia  arctica  Gray,  Sears,  1. 
Portheus  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 

molossus  Cope,  Osborn,  35. 
mollosus,  Sternberg,  5. 

Posidonia  Bronn,  Clarke,  19. 

attica  Williams  (sn. ),  Clarke.  19. 
mesacostalis  Williams  (sp.) , 
Clarke,  19. 

venusta  Munster,  var.  nitidula  n. 
var.,  Clarke,  19. 

Posidoniella  pertenuis  Beede?,  Girty,  3. 
Posidonomya?  pertenuis  Beede,  Beede, 
1. 

?  recurva  Beede,  Beede,  1. 
Potamides  tenuis  Gabb,  Whiteaves,  12. 
Potamogetophyllum  n.  gen.,  Fontaine, 
5. 

vernonense  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 
Potamotherium  E.  Geoffroy,  Matthew 
and  Gidley,  1. 

lacota  n.  sp.,  Matthew,  Matthew 
and  Gidley,  1. 

Poterioceras  sauridens  n.  sp.,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 

sp.,  Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 
Praecardium  Barrande,  Clarke,  19. 

duplicatum  Miinster  (sp.),  Clarke, 
19. 

melletes  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
multicostatum  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
vetustum  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 
Prasopora?  hospitalis  (Nicholson), 
Nickles,  6. 

patera  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 
patera  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  Hayes 
and  Ulrich,  1. 

simulatrix  Ulrich,  Weller,  6. 
simulatrix  Ulrich,  Nickles,  6. 
simulatrix  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  3. 
simulatrix  var.  orientalis  Ulrich. 
Ruedemann,  2. 

Preptoceras  sinclairi  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Furlong,  2. 

Premnophyllum  trigonum  Vel.,  Hollick, 

11. 

Prestwichia  randalli  n.  sp.,  Beecher.  5. 

signata  n.  sp.,  Beecher,  10. 

Priene  H.  &  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Primitia  frostburgensis  n.  sp.,  Jones 
(T.  R.),  4. 

latimarginata  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Primitia  minuta?  (Eichwald),  Jones 
(T.  R.),  4. 

mundula  var.  jonesi  n.  var.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  2. 

sp.,  Jones  (T.  R.),  4. 

Prionastraea  vaughani,  Gregory, 
Vaughan,  7. 

Prionoceras?  Hyatt,  Smith  (J.  1\),  3. 
?  andrewsi  Winchell,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  3. 

?  brownense  Miller,  Smith  (J.  P.), 

„3. 

?  ohioense  Winchell,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  3. 

Prionocyclus  macombi  Meek,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  5. 

wyomingensis  Meek,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  5. 
Prionolobus  Waagen,  Hyatt  and  Smith. 
1. 

Prionotropis  branneri  n.  sp.,  Anderson, 
3. 

woolgari  Mantell  (sp.),  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  5. 

Priscodelphinus?  crassangulum  n.  sp., 
Case,  9. 

gabbi  Cope,  Case,  9. 
grand® vus  Leidy,  Case,  9. 
lacertosus  Cope,  Case,  9. 
ruschenbergeri  Cope,  Case,  9. 
urseus  Cope,  Case,  9. 
Prismatophyllum  inaequalis  (Hall), 
Weller,  6. 

Prismopora  serrata  Meek,  Girty,  3. 
triangulata  White,  Girty,  3. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Proamphicyon  nebrascensis  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Hatcher,  10. 

Proarcestes  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Probaena  n.  gen.,  Hay.  8. 

sculpta  n.  sp.,  Hay,  9. 
Procamelus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 
Procamelus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.),2. 
fissidens  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2. 

lacustris  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  1. 
madisonius  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  1. 
robustus  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2. 

Prochasma  Beushausen.  Clarke.  19. 
Proclydonautilus  Mojsisovics.  Hyatt 
and  Smith,  1. 

Proclydonautilus  Mojsisovics.  Smith 
(J.  P.),  5. 

triadicus  Mojsisovics.  Smith  (J. 
P.),  5. 

triadicus  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Procyonidae.  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Prodophoenus  Wortman  and  Matthew, 
Wortman,  2. 

Prodromites  Smith  and  Weller,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


705 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Prodromites  n.  gen.,  Smith  and  Weller, 

1. 

gorbyi  Miller,  Smith  and  Weller,  1. 
gorbyi  Miller,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
ornatus  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  I*.),  3. 
prsematurus  Smith  and  Weller, 
Smith  (J.  T.),  3. 

praematurus  n.  sp.,  Smith  and  Wel¬ 
ler,  1. 

Productella  concentrica  Hall,  Girty,  3. 
concentrica  (Hall),  Weller,  2. 
minneapolis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
semiglobosa  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
spinulicosta  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
spinulicosta  Hall,  mut.  pygmaea 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 

Productus  Sowerby,  Beede,  1. 
arcuatus  Hall,  Weller,  2. 
cora  d’Orbigny,  Beede,  1. 
cora  d’Orbigny,  Girty,  3. 
cora  americanus  Swallow,  Beede, 
1. 

costatus  Sowerby,  Beede,  1. 
gallatinensis  Girty,  Girty,  3. 
inflatus  McChesney,  Girty,  3. 
lajvicosta  White,  Girty,  3. 
longispinus  Sowerby?,  Beede,  1. 
morrillisnus  Win.,  Weller,  2. 
nebrascensis  Owen,  Beede,  1. 
nebraskensis  Owen,  Girty,  3. 
parvicostatus  n.  sp.  (Rowley), 
Greene,  2. 

parviformis  Girty,  Girty,  3. 
parvulus  Win.,  Weller,  2. 
pertenuis  Meek,  Beede,  1. 
pertenuis  Meek?,  Girty,  3. 
portlockianus  Norwood  and  Prat- 
ten,  Girty,  3. 

punctatus  Martin,  Weller,  2. 
punctatus  (Martin),  Beede,  1. 
punctatus  Martin,  Girty,  3. 
cf.  pustulosus  Phillips,  Girty,  3. 
semireticulatus  (Martin),  Beede,  1. 
semireticulatus  var.,  Girty,  3. 
semireticulatus  var.  hermosanus  n. 
var.,  Girty,  3. 

symmetricus  McChesney,  Beede,  1. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Proetus  brevimarginatus  n.  sp.,  Wei 
ler,  6. 

canaliculatus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
clarus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
clelandi  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
5. 

corrugatus  n.  sp.,  Van  Ingen,  2. 
crassimarginatus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
curvimai-ginatus  Hall  and  Clarke, 
Kindle,  1. 

?  depressus  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
folliceps  Hall  and  Clarke,  Kindle, 
1. 

latimarginatus  Hall  and  Clarke. 
Kindle,  1. 

latimarginatus  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
macrocephalus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

Bull,  301—06 - 45 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  end  species  described — Continued. 
Proetus  microgemma  Hall  and  Clarke, 
Kindle,  1. 

pachydermatus  Barrett,  Weller,  6. 
protuberans  Hall,  Weller,  6. 

?  spinosa  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
subannulatus  n.  sp.,  Van  Ingen,  2. 
sp.,  Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 
sp.,  Parks,  5. 

Profischeria  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Prolecanites  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J. 
P-),  3. 

?  compactus  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Smith  (J.  I\),  3. 
greenii  Miller,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
gurleyi  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
houghtoni  Winchell,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

?  louisianensis  Rowley,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  3. 

lyoni  Meek  and  Worthen,  Smith 
(J.  P.),  3. 

marshallensis  Winchell,  Smith  (.T. 
P-),  3. 

Promacrus  cuneatus  Hall,  Weller,  2. 
Promerycochoerus  minor  n.  sp.,  Doug¬ 
lass,  8. 

Pronorites  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
3. 

cyclolobus  Phillips,  var.  arkansas- 
ensis,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
siebenthali  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
Pronoritidse,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Propleura  borealis  n.  sp.,  Wieland,  6. 
Proptychites  Waagen,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

walcotti  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Prcscalops  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (W.  D. ),  2. 
miocaenus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2. 

Prosphingites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

austini  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Prosthennops  n.  gen.,  Gidley,  Matthew 
and  Gidley,  1. 

crassigenis  n.  sp.,  Gidley,  Matthew 
and  Gidley,  1. 

Protapes  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Protapirus  robustus  n.  sp.,  Sinclair,  1. 
Proteaephyllum  californicum  n.  sp., 
Fontaine,  3. 

dentatum  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
uhleri  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 
Protemnocyon  inflatus  n.  gen.  and  so., 
Hatcher,  10. 

Protengonoceras  Hyatt,  Hyatt,  1. 

?  emarginatum  (Cragin),  Hyatt,  1. 
gabbi  (Bohm),  Hyatt,  1. 
planum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 

Proteoides  daphnogenoides  Ileer,  Berry, 
5. 

Troterix  loomisi  n.  gen.  and  sp..  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.),  10. 

Prothyris  truncata  n.  sp.,  Cleland,  2, 


706 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Protocalyptrsea  Clarke,  Clai-ke,  19. 
marshalli  Clarke,  Clarke,  19. 
styliophila  Clarke,  Clarke,  19. 
Protocardia  Beyrich,  Arnold,  2. 

centifllosa  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
lenis  Conrad,  Clark  and  Martin,  2.  j 
salinaensis  Meek,  Jones  (A.  W.), 

2, 

Protoceras,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  22. 
Protohippus  Leidy,  Gidley,  5. 

cumminsii  (Cope),  Gidley,  1. 
phlegon  (Hay),  Gidley,  1. 

Protolabis,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 
Protolabis  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 
angustidens  Cope,  Matthew  (W. 
D. ),  2. 

heterodontus  Cope,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  2. 

montanus  Douglass,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  2. 

montanus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  1. 
Protolenus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  27. 
Protomeryx,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 

hallii,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 
Protophyllocladus  n.  gen..  Berry,  3. 

lanceolatus  (Knowlton.),  Beri*y,  3. 
polymorphus  (Lesq.),  Berry,  3. 
subintegrifolius  (Lesq.),  Beri-y,  3. 
subintegrifolius  (Lesq.)  Berry, 
Berry,  7. 

Protopteris  kellennaniana  n.  sp.,  Her- 
zer,  4. 

Protomeryx  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  2. 
campester  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  2. 

Pi’otonympha  salicifolia  nov.,  Clarke, 
18. 

Protophragmoceras  patronus  n.  sp., 
Clarke  and  Ruedemann,  1. 

Protopora  n.  gen.,  Greene,  12. 
Protorohippus  venticolus,  Osborn,  36. 
Protorthis"  Hall  and  Clarke,  Walcott, 
12. 

billingsi  Hartt,  Walcott,  12.  I 

(Loperia)  dougaldensis  n.  sp.,  I 
Walcott,  12. 

helena  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
laevis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
latourensis  Matthew,  Walcott,  12. 
nautes  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 

?  nunnebei'gensis  n.  sp.,  Walcott, 

12. 

quacoensis  Matthew,  Walcott,  12. 
spencei  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
wingi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
sp.  und.,  Walcott,  12. 

Pi’otorosaurus  v.  Meyer,  Osborn,  19. 
Pi'otosphyrxena  Leidy,  Loomis,  1. 
Protosphyraena  Leidy,  Stewart,  1. 
bentoniana  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
dimidiata  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
gigas  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
gladius  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
nitida  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
nitida  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Protosphyraena  obliquidens  n.  sp., 
Loomis,  1. 

penetrans  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
penetrans  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
perniciosa  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
recurvirostris  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
sequax  n.  sp.,  Hay,  10. 
tenuis  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  1. 
tenuis  Loomis,  Hay,  10. 
ziphioides  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
n.  sp.  ?,  Stewart,  1. 

Protospirialis  n.  gen.,  Clarke,  19. 

minutissima  Clarke,  Clarke,  19. 
Protostega,  Williston,  4. 

gigas  Cope,  Sternberg,  5. 
Protosurcula  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
gabbi  Con.,  Casey,  5. 
plenta  H.  &  A.,  Casey,  5. 
tenuirostris  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
Protothaca  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

grewingkii  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 

?  sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Prototomus  Cope,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  20. 
Protowarthia  cancellata  Hall  sp.,  Rue¬ 
demann,  2. 

cancellata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
rossi  n.  sp.,  Collie,  3. 
tenuissima  n.  sp.,  Collie,  3. 
Protozyga  exigua  Hall,  Ruedemann,  2. 
Protrachyceras  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Protrachyceras  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  5. 

Prunoides  n.  gen.,  Perkins,  13. 

hursaeformis  (Lx.),  Perkins  13. 
seelyi  n.  sp.,  Pei-kins,  13,  17. 
Prunus?  merriami  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 

?  tufacea  n.  sp.,  Knowlton.  14. 
Psammobia  (Lamarck)  Bowditch,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Psammobia)  edentula  Gabh,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

gubernatoria  n.  sp..  Glenn,  6. 
sp.  ?,  Ravn,  1. 

Psaronius,  Ilerzer,  1. 

junceus  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  2. 
vei’miculus  n.  sp..  Herzer,  4. 
Psephidia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Psephis  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 

salmonea  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
tantilla  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Psephodus  Agassiz,  Branson,  1. 
acutus  n.  sp.,  Branson,  1. 
earbonarius  n.  sp.,  Branson.  1. 
legrandensis  n.  sp..  Branson,  1. 
Pseudaspidocei’as  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Pseudauliscus  spinosus  (Christian), 
Boyer,  1. 

Pseudobradypus  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  21. 

Pseudobi-adypus,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  30. 
unguifer  Dawson,  Matthew  (G. 
F.),  25,  30. 

Pseudocrinites  Pearce,  Schuchert,  11. 
ahnormalis  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  11. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


707 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Pseudocrinites  clarki  n.  sp.,  Schuchert, 
6. 

clarki  Schuchert,  Schuchert,  11. 
claypolei  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  11. 
elongatus  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  11. 
gordoni  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  6,  11. 
perdewi  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  6,  11. 
stellatus  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  6,  11. 
subquadratus  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  11. 
Pseudocyrena  Bourguignat,  Dali,  8. 
Pseudoliva  sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
Pseudolahis,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 

dakotensis  n.  gen.  and  sp.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (W.  D.),  15. 
dakotensis,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  15. 
Pseudomelania  goodellii  n.  sp.,  Cragin, 
2. 

Pseudomiltha  Fischer,  Dali,  8. 
Pseudomonotis  Beyrich,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
5. 

equistriata  Beede,  Girty,  3. 
hawni  (Meek  and  Hayden),  Beede, 

hawni  Meek  and  Hayden,  Girty,  3. 
hawni  equistriata  Beede,  Beede,  1. 
kansasensis  Beede,  Girty,  3. 
kansasensis  nom.  nov.,  Beede,  1. 

?  robusta  Beede,  Beede,  1. 
subcircularis  Gabb,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
5. 

sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Pseudonesera  Sturany,  Dali,  8. 
Pseudoniscus,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  12. 

roosevelti  n.  sp.,  Clarke  (J.  M.), 

12. 

Pseudopterodon  minutus  (Douglas), 
Matthew  (W.  D.),  9. 

Pseudosageceras  Diener,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

intermontanum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Pseudosphserexochus  approximus  n.  sp., 
Raymond  (P.  E.),  5. 

chazyensis  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  5. 

(Nieszkowskia)  satyrus  Billings, 
Raymond  (P.  E.),  5. 
trentonensis  Clarke,  Weller,  6. 
vulcanus  Billings,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  5. 

vulcanus  var.  billingsi  n.  var., 
Raymond  (P.  E.),  5. 
Pseudothryptodus  n.  gen.,  Loomis,  1. 

intermedius  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  1. 
Pseudotsuga  miocena  Penh.',  Penhallow, 
5. 

miocena  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  4. 
Psilocochlis  n.  subg.,  Dali,  12. 

mccallie  n.  sp.,  Dali,  12. 
Psilophyton  ?  alcicorne  D.  W.,  White 
(D.),  18. 

cf.  princeps  Dn.,  White  (D.),  18. 
Pteranodon  Marsh,  Eaton,  2. 
Pteranodon  (Ornithostoma),  Williston, 

7. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued, 
rteranodon  Marsh,  Eaton,  3. 

longiceps  Marsh,  Eaton,  3. 
Ptereulima  n.  gen.,  Casey,  3. 

elegans  n.  sp.,  Casey,  3. 

Pteria  limula  (Conrad),  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

longa  (Geinitz),  Beede,  1. 
sulcata  (Greinitz),  Beede,  1. 
Pterinea  Goldfuss,  Grabau,  1. 

emacerata  (Conrad),  Grabau,  1. 
emacerata  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
flabella  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
flahella  (Con.)  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
grandis  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
Pterinopecten  nodocostatus  (W.  and 
W.),  Weller,  2. 

nodosus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
reflexus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
subplana  Hall  (sp.),  Clai’ke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

undata  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 
undosus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

?  sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Pterinea  sp.  undet.,  Kindle  and  Breger, 

1. 

Pterochaenia  n.  gen.,  Clarke,  19. 
cashaquse  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
elmensis  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
fragilis  Hall  (sp.),  Clarke,  19. 
fragilis  Hall  (sp.)  var.  orbicularis 
n.  var.,  Clarke,  19. 
perissa  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
sinuosa  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
Pteronotus  Swainson,  Arnold,  2. 
Pteromeris  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

Pteronites?  subplana  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Pteropelyx  grallipes  Cope,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Pterophycus  plicatus  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Herzer,  4. 

Pterophyllum  aequale  (Brongniart)  Na- 
thorst,  Fontaine,  1. 

alaskense  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  2. 
contiguum  Schenk,  Fontaine,  1. 

?  lowryanum  WTard  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

minus  Brongniart?,  Fontaine,  1. 
nathorsti  Schenk,  Fontaine,  1. 
rajmahalense  Morris,  Fontaine,  1. 
Pterorhytis  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Pterospermites  alaskana  n.  sp.,  Knowl- 
ton,  16. 

magnifolia  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  16. 
Pterostichus  depletus  n.  sp.,  Scudder, 

1. 

Pterotheca  expansa  (Emm.)  ?, Weller,  6. 
expansa  Emmons,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  1. 

Pterotocrinus  acutus  Wetherby,  Ulrich, 

8. 

capital  is  Lyon,  Ulrich,  8. 
depressus  Lyon  and  Casseday,  Ul¬ 
rich,  8. 


708 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Pterygometopus  annulatus  n.  sp.,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  5. 

callicephalus  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
eboraceus  Schmidt,  Ruedemann,  2. 
intermedius  (Walcott)  ?,  Weller,  6. 
Pterygotus  Agassiz,  Grabau,  1. 
cobbi  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
globicaudatus  Pohlman,  Grabau,  1.  J 
macropthalmus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
monroensis  n.  sp.,  Sarle,  2. 
I’tilodictya  frondosa  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
lobata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
(Escharopora)  subrecta  Ulr.,  Sar- 
deson,  4. 

?  sp.  ?,  Sardeson,  1. 

Ptilodus  primaevus  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 
Ptilograptus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 

geinitzianus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
plumosus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
tenuissimus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Ptilozamites  Ieekenbyi  (Bean)  Na- 
thorst,  Fontaine,  1. 

Ptychites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

meeki  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1.  1 

Ptychitidae  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Ptychitinse,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Ptychitoidea,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Ptychocladia  n.  gen.,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  1. 

agellus  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

1. 

Ptychodesma  knappianum  H.  and  W.. 
Kindle,  1. 

Ptychodus,  Williston,  1. 

anonymus  Williston,  Williston,  1. 
janewayii  (Cope),  Williston,  1. 
martini  Williston,  Williston,  1. 
mortoni  (Mantell),  Williston,  1. 
occidentals  Leidy,  Williston,  1. 
polygyrus  (Buckland),  Williston, 

1. 

whippleyi  Marcou,  Williston,  1. 
sp.,  Williston,  1. 

Ptycholepis  Agassiz,  Eastman,  20. 

marshi  Newberry,  Eastman,  20. 
Ptychomya  ragsdalei  (Cragin),  Shat- 
tuck,  8. 

stantoni  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Ptychoparia  blairi  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
calcifera  Walcott?,  Weller,  6. 
cordillerse  Walcott,  Woodward  | 
(H.),  1. 

newtonensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

?  subquadrata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Ptychosalpinx  altilis  (Conrad),  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

lienosa  Conrad,  Martin.  5. 
multirugata  Conrad,  Martin.  5. 
Ptychopyge  jerseyensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Ptychospira  sexplicata  (White  and 
Whitfield),  Greger,  1. 

Ptychoxylon  levyi,  White  (L).),  19. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Puella  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 
ruffinus  conradi  Marsh,  Case,  9. 

Pugnax  rocky montana  (Marcou) ,  Beede, 
1. 

striatocostata  (M.  and  W.),  Wel¬ 
ler,  2. 

utah  (Marcou),  Beede,  1. 
utah  Marcou,  Girty,  3. 

Pullastra  Sowerby,  I)all,  8. 

Pullenia  sphaeroides  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg, 
9. 

Pulvinulina  auricula  (Fichtel  and 
Moll),  Bagg,  9. 

brongniartii  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  9. 
elegans,  Guppy,  4. 
exigua  var.  obtusa  Burrows,  Bagg, 
1. 

schreibersii  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  1. 
Puncturella  Lowe,  Arnold,  2. 
cueullata  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
galeata  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 

Purpura  Bruguiere,  Arnold,  2. 
crispata  Chemnitz,  Arnold,  2. 
lima  Martyn,  Anderson,  7. 
saxicola  Valenciennes,  Arnold,  2. 
Pygurus  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 

Pycnostylus  Whiteaves,  Lambe,  2. 
elegans  Whiteaves,  Lambe,  2. 
guelphensis  Whiteaves,  Lambe.  2. 
Pyramidella  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

conica  Adams,  var.  variegata  Car¬ 
penter,  Arnold.  2. 

(Sulcorinella)  dodona  n.  sp..  Dali 
and  Bartsch,  2. 

Pyramidula  lecontei  n.  sp.,  Stearns  (R. 
E.  C.),  3. 

Pyramidula  perspectiva  simillima, 
Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  1. 

shimekii  (Pilsbry),  Shimek.  3. 
Pyrazisinus  liarrisi  n.  sp..  Maury,  1. 
Pyrgiscus  Philippi.  Arnold.  2. 
Pyrgisculus  Monterosato,  Arnold.  2. 
Pyrgolampros  Sacco,  Arnold,  2. 

Pyrula  harrisi  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 

penita  var.  Conrad,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

(  ?)  sp..  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
Quadrula  Rafinesque,  Letson,  1. 

coccinea  (Conrad)  Simpson,  Let- 
son,  1. 

solida  (Lea)  Simpson,  Letson,  1. 
Quebecia  n.  gen.,  Walcott,  12. 

circe  Billings,  Walcott.  12. 

Quedius  deperditus  n.  sp.,  Scudder.  1. 
Quercophyllum  chinkapinense  Ward  n. 
sp.,  Fontaine,  5. 

Quercus  affinis  (Newb.),  Knowlton,  14. 
breweri  Lesq..  Knowlton.  14. 
consimilis  Newl).,  Knowlton.  14. 
dayana  n.  sp..  Knowlton,  14. 
duriuscula  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
eoprinoides  n.  sp..  Berry,  7. 
liolliekii  n.  sp..  Berry,  5. 
hollickii  Berry.  Berry,  7. 
holmesii  Lesq.,  Berry,  5. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


709 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Quercus  horniana  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
judithae  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
lehmanii  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  10. 
merriarai  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
montana  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  18. 
morrisoniana  Lesq.,  Hollick,  11. 
oregoniana  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
pseudo-lyrata  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
simplex  Newb.,  Knowlton,  14. 
ursina  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 

.  ?  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 

?  sp.,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  5. 
Radiocrista  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Raeta  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

Rafinesquina  alternata  (Emmons)  Hall 
and  Clarke,  Ruedemann,  2. 
alternata  (Emm.),. Weller,  6. 
alternata  var.  ponderosa,  Hayes 
and  Ulrich,  1. 

champlainensis  n.  sp.,  Raymond 

(r.  E.),  1. 

deltoidea  Conrad  var.,  Ruedemann, 

2. 

Raja?  dux  Cope,  Eastman,  18. 
Randomia  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 

aurorae  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 
Ranella  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

californica  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 
Raphistoma  Columbiana  n.  sp.,  Weller, 
6. 

leiosomellum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
lenticulare  Emmons,  Raymond  (I*. 
E.),  1. 

le\Yistonense  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
minnesotense  Owen,  Sardeson,  2. 
oweni  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
peracutum  U.  &  S.,  Weller,  6. 
ruidum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
Raphoneis  gemmifera  Ehrenberg,  Boyer, 
1. 

Raufella?  fucoida  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 
Receptaculites  occidentalis  Salter,  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

Remipleurides  canadensis  Billings,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  5. 

Remondia  Gabb,  Dali,  8. 

Remopleurides  tumidus  n.  sp.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  2. 

(Caphyra)  linguatus  n.  sp.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  2. 

Rensselaeria  subglobosus  n.  sp.,  Weller, 

6. 

Reophax  scorpiurus,  Guppy,  4. 
Reptofiustrella  heteropora  Gabb  and 
Horn,  Ulrich,  2. 

Reteocrinus  onealli  Hall,  Springer 
(F.),  3. 

Reteograptus  geinitzianus  Hall,  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

Retepora  doverensis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  4. 

Reticularia  bicostata  (Vanuxem),  Wel¬ 
ler,  G. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Reticularia  bicostata  Vanuxem  1842, 
var.  petila  Hall,  1879,  Beecher,  1. 
cooperensis  (Swallow),  Weller,  2. 
fimbriata  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
fimbriata  (Conrad),  Shimer,  5. 
fimbriata  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
knappianum  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
perplexa  (McChesney),  Beede,  1. 
Reticularia  proxima  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

septentrionalis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 

17. 

wabashensis  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
sp.,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
Reticularia?  sp.  indet.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
Reticulipora  dichotoma  Gabb  and  Horn, 
Ulrich,  2. 

Retiograptus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 

tentaculatus  Hall,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Retiphycus  hexagonale  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 

Retusa  (Cylichnina)  conulus  (Des- 
hayes),  Martin,  5. 

(Cylichnina)  marylandica  n.  sp., 
Martin,  5. 

(Cylichnina)  subspissa  (Conrad), 
Martin,  5. 

Rhabdoceras  Hauer,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

russelli  Hyatt,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Rhabdosteus  latiradix  Cope,  Case,  9. 
Rhachiopteris  punctata  Dn.  (?),  White 
(D.),  18. 

Rhamnacinium  porcupinianum  n.  sp., 
Fenhallow,  5. 

triseriatim  n.  sp.,  Penhaliow,  5. 
Rhamnus  novae-caesareae,  n.  sp.,  Berry, 
5. 

Rhamphorhynchus,  Williston,  7. 
Rhaphanocrinus  gemmeus  n.  sp.,  Hud¬ 
son,  1. 

Rhineastes  eruciferus  Cope  (sp.), 
Lambe,  3. 

Rhinellus  tenuirostris  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
Rhinidictya  mutabilis  Ulr.,  Sardeson, 
4. 

sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Rhinoclama  Dali  and  Smith,  Dali,  8. 
Rhinoceros  crassus  Leidy,  Osborn,  34. 
hesperius  Leidy,  Osborn,  34. 
longipes  Leidy,  Osborn,  34 
meridianus  Leidy,  Osborn,  34. 
proterus,  Leidy,  Osborn,  34. 
Rhinopora  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

tuberculosa  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Rhipliidomella  Oehlert,  Grabau,  1. 

burlingtonensis  (Hall),  Weller,  2. 
circularis  Hall  (?),  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

circulus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
eminens  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
goodwini  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 


710 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Rhiphidomella  hybrida  Sowerby,  Kindle 
and  Breger,  1. 

bybrida  Sowerby,  1839,  Beecber, 

1. 

hybrida  (Sowerby),  Grabau,  1. 
leucosia  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
livia  (Billings?),  Kindle,  1. 
sp.  cf.  musculosa  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
oblata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
pecosi  (Marcou),  Beede,  1. 
pecosi  Marcou,  Girty,  3. 
preoblata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
pulchella  Herrick,  Girty,  3. 
vanuxemi  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
vanuxemi  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
4. 

vanuxemi  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Rbodocrinus  sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Rhoechinus  Keeping,  Klem,  1. 

burlingtonensis  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Klem,  1. 

gracilis  Meek  and  Worthen,  Klem. 

1. 

Rhombopora  Meek,  Condra,  2. 

lepidodendroides  Meek,  Condra,  2, 
3. 

lepidodendroides  Meek,  Girty,  3. 
lepidendroides  Meek,  Sardeson,  4. 
Rhombopteria  clathratus  n.  sp.,  Weller, 
6. 

clathratus  var.,  Weller,  6. 
Rhombotrypa  n.  gen.,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  2. 

quadra ta  (Rominger),  Nickles,  6. 
Rhopalonaria  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  1. 

attenuata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass- 
ler,  1. 

Rhopalodictyum  calvertense  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  8. 

keokukensis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  1. 

marylandicum  n.  sp.,  Martin,  8. 
medialis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

1. 

robusta  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
1. 

tenuis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  1. 
venosa  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
1. 

Rhus  bendirei  Lesq.,  Ivnowlton,  14. 
milleri  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  10. 

?  sp.  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
Rhynchodus  pertenuis  n.  sp.,  Eastman, 
14. 

Rhynchonella  Fischer  de  Waldheim. 
Grabau,  1. 

Rhynchonella  Fischer  de  Waldheim, 
Dali,  8. 

agglomerata  n.  sp.,  Decker,  6. 
altiplicata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
bialveata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 

( ?)  bidens  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

(?)  bidentata  (Hisinger),  Grabau, 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Rhynchonella  breviplicata  n.  sp.,  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

deckerensis  n.  sp.,  Decker,  Weller, 

6. 

densleonis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
depressa  n.  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
gainesi  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
var.  cassensis  n.  var.,  Kindle,  1. 
holmesii  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

( ?)  litchfieldensis  n.  sp.,  Schu- 
chert,  4. 

louisvillensis  Nettleroth,  Kindle, 

1. 

minnesotensis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
robusta  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
salpinx  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
sancta  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
semiplicata  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
suciensis  Wbiteaves,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

tenuistriata  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
transversa  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
whiteana  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
Rhynchopora  King,  Greger,  2. 
beecheri  n.  sp.,  Greger,  2. 
illinoisensis  (Worthen),  Greger,  2. 
postulosa  (White),  Weller,  2. 
Rhynchospira  excavata  n.  sp.,  Grabau, 
9. 

formosa  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
Rhynchotrema  dentata  (Hall),  Weller, 
6. 

formosa  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
formosa  (Hall)  ?,  Weller,  6. 
inaequivalvis  (Castel. ),  Weller,  6. 
increbescens  (Hall),  -  Hayes  and 
Ulrich,  1, 

Rhynchotreta  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

cuneata  Dalman  1827,  var.  ameri- 
cana  Hall  1879,  Beecher,  1. 
var.  americana  Hall,  Grabau, 
1. 

cuneata  americana  Hall,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 
transversa  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
Ribeiria  parva  n.  sp.,  Collie,  3. 
turgida  n.  sp.,  Cleland,  3. 
sp.  (?),  Cleland,  3. 

Rictaxis  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

Rictocyma  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Ringicardium  Fischer,  Arnold,  2. 
Ringicula  dalli  Clark,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

Rissoa  Freminville,  Arnold,  2. 

acutelirata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
(Onoba)  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

sp.  Martin,  5. 

Rodentia,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Roemerella  grandis  (Vanuxem),  Kindle, 
1. 

Rogersia  angustifolia  parva  n.  var., 
Fontaine,  5. 

longifolia  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


711 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Romingeria  commutata  n.  sp.,  Beecher, 
9. 

cystoides  n.  sp.  (Grabau),  Greene, 

2. 

jacksoni  n.  sp.,  Beecher,  9. 
minor  n.  sp.,  Beecher,  9. 

?  trentonensis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
umbellifera  (Billings),  Beecher,  9. 
cfr.  umbellifera,  Sardeson,  12. 
Rostellaria?  texana  Conrad,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  5. 

Rostellites  cf.  ambigua  Stanton,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W.),  5. 

dalli  var.  wellsi  n.  var.,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  5. 

Rotalia  Lamarck,  Bagg,  6. 

beccarii  (Linne),  Bagg,  6,  9 
beccarii  var.  broeckhiana  Karrer, 
Bagg,  6. 

Rotalia  soldanii  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  9. 
Rubioides  n.  gen.,  Perkins,  13. 

lignita  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
Ruditapes  Chiamenti,  Dali,  8. 

Ruffordia  goepperti  (Dunker)  Seward, 
Fontaine,  1. 

Rulac  crataegifolium  n.  sp.,  Knowlton, 
14. 

Rupellaria  Fleurian,  Arnold,  2. 

Ruscula  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
extricata  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
plicata  Lea,  Casey,  5. 

Rustella  n.  gen.,  Walcott,  12. 

edsoni  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 

Sabal  rigida  n.  sp.,  Hatcher,  5. 
Saccoblastus,  Hambach,  1. 


Ventricosus  n.  sp.,  Hambach, 

1. 

Sageceras  Mojsisovics, 

Hyatt 

and 

Smith,  1. 

gabbi  Mojsisovics, 

Hyatt 

and 

Smith,  1. 

Sagenites  Mojsisovics, 

Hyatt 

and 

Smith,  1. 

Sagenites  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J.  P.), 
5. 

(Trachy sagenites)  herbichi  Mojsi¬ 
sovics,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
(Trachysagenites)  herbichi  Mojsi¬ 
sovics,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Sagenocrinus,  Springer  (F.),  2. 

americanus  n.  sp.,  Springer  (F.), 

Sagenodus  cristatus  n.  sp.,  Eastman, 

10. 

pertenuis  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  11. 
Sagenopteris  alaskensis  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  2. 

elliptica  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  3. 
gceppertiana  Zigno,  Fontaine,  1. 
grandifolia  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 
mantelli  (Dunker)  Schenk,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

nervosa  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  3. 
nilsoniana  (Brongn. ),  Ward,  Pen- 
hallow,  4. 

oblongifolia  n.  sp.,  I’enhallow,  4. 


|  Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Sagenopteris  oregonensis  Fontaine  n. 
comb.,  Fontaine,  3. 

paucifolia  (Phill.)  Ward  n.  comb., 
Fontaine,  1. 

?  sp.,  Fontaine,  3. 

Sagrina  (d’Orbigny,  1839)  Tarker  and 
Jones,  Bagg,  9. 

Sagrina  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 

ealiforniensis  n.  sp.,  Bagg,  9. 
branneri  n.  sp.,  Bagg,  9. 
spinosa  n.  sp.,  Bagg,  6. 
Saliciphyllum  californicum  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

ellipticum  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
pachyphyllum  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  3. 
Salix  dayana  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
englehardti  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
mattewanensis  n.  sp.,  Berry,  5. 
meeki  Newb.,  Hollick,  4. 
mixta  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
perplexa  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
protesefolia  flexuosa  (Newb.)  Lesq., 
Berry,  5. 

pseudo-argentea  n.  sp.,  Knowlton, 
14. 

sp.  ?  Knowlton,  Knowlton,  14. 
Salpingostoma  boreale  n.  sp.,  Whit- 
eaves,  17. 

Samarangia  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Samaropsis?  oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  1. 

Sandalodus  Newberry  and  Worthen, 
Branson,  1. 

alatus  Newberry  and  Worthen, 
Branson,  1. 

carbonarius  Newberry  and  Worth 
en,  Eastman,  10. 
emarginatus  n.  sp.,  Branson,  1. 
lsevissimus  Newberry  and  Worth¬ 
en,  Eastman,  10. 
latidens  n.  sp.,  Branson,  1. 
occidentalis  Leidy,  Branson,  1. 
porcatus  n.  sp.,  Branson,  1. 
Sandlingites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

andersoni  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Sanguinolaria  (Nuttallia)  nuttalli 
Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 

Sanguinolites?  sanduskyensis  Meek, 
Kindle,  1. 

Sapindoides  n.  gen.,  Ferkins,  13. 

americanus  (Lx.f,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
cylindricus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
medius  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
minimus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
Sapindoides  parva  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
varius  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13,  17. 
vermontanus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
Sapindopsis  oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  3. 

variabilis  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
Sapindus  imperfectus  n.  sp.,  Hollick, 
11. 

inexpectans  n.  sp.  ?,  Knowlton,  18. 


712 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Sapindus  merriami  n.  sp.,  Knowlton, 
14. 

morrisoni  Lesq.,  Berry,  5. 
obtusifolius  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
oregonianus  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
Sarcolemur  furcatus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 

pygmjeus  Cope,  Osborn,  11. 
Sardinius?  imbellis  n.  sp.,  Hay,  10. 
Sassafras,  Berry,  2. 

acutilobum  Lesq.,  Berry,  5. 
bilobatum  Fontaine?,  Fontaine,  5. 
hastatum  Newb.,  Ilollick,  11. 
progenitor  Newb.,  Berry,  7. 
Saurocephalus  Harlan,  Hay,  10. 
Saurocephalus  Harlan,  Stewart,  1. 
broadheadi  Stewart,  Loomis,  1. 
dentatus  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
goodeanus  (Cope),  Hay,  10. 
lanciformis  Harlan,  Hay,  10. 
lanciformis  Harlan,  Loomis,  1. 
phlebotomus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
xiphirostris  (Stewart),  Hay,  10. 
Saurodon  Hays,  Loomis,  1. 

Saurodon  Hays,  Stewart,  1. 

broadheadi  (Stewart),  Stewart,  1. 
ferox  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
phlebotomus  Cope,  Loomis,  1. 
phlebotomus  (Cope),  Stewart,  1. 
pygmaeus  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  1. 
xiphirostris  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
Sauropus  unguifer  Dawson.  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  30. 

Saxicava  arctica  (Linne),  Glenn,  6. 

arctica  Linn.,  Sears,  1. 

Saxidomus  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Saxidomus  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
aratus  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
popofianus  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Scala  Humphrey,  Arnold,  2. 

bellastriata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
(Opalia)  calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

carinata  Lea,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
crebricostata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
(Stenorhytis)  expansa  Conrad, 
Martin,  5. 

hemphilli  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
hindsii  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
indianorum  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
(Sthenorhytis)  pachypleura  Con¬ 
rad,  Martin,  5. 

pctomacensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

(Opalia)  prunicola  n.  sp..  Martin, 
5. 

(Opalia)  reticulata  n.  sp..  Martin, 
5. 

sayana  Dali,  Martin,  5. 
sessilis  Conrad,  Clark  and  Martin, 
2. 

tincta  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
virginana  Clark,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Scalaspira  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 

strumosa  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
Scapanorhynchus  Woodward,  Willis- 
ton,  1. 

rhaphiodon  (Agassiz),  Williston, 

1. 

Scaphander  jugularis  Conrad,  Ander¬ 
son,  7. 

Scaphella  (Aurinia)  mutabilis  (Con¬ 
rad),  Martin,  5. 

(Aurinia)  obtusa  (Emmons),  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

solitaria  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
(Aurinia)  typus  (Conrad),  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

Scapherpeton  Cope,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

tectum  Cope,  Lambe,  3. 
Scaphiocrinus?  longitentaculatus  n. 
sp.  (Rowley),  Gi'eene,  2. 

?  wasbburni  Beede,  Beede,  1. 
Scaphites  condoni,  Smith  (W.  D.),  1. 
condoni  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
condoni  var.  appressus  n.  var., 
Anderson,  3. 

gillisi  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
inermis,  Smith  (W.  DA,  1. 
inermis  n.  sp.,  Anderson.  3. 
klamathensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
Scaphites  nodosus  Owen,  Smith  (W. 

D. ),  1. 

nodosus  brevis,  Smith  (W.  DA,  1. 
nodosus  plenus,  Smith.  (W.  D.),  1. 
nodosus  quadrahgularis,  Smith 
(W.  D.),  1. 

perrini  n.  sp.,  Andersori,  3. 
roguensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
warreni  M.  and  H.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

Scaphoceros  tyrrelli  n.  gen.  and  sp.. 
Osgood,  1. 

Scenella  pretensa  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 

E. ),  7. 

robinsoni  Sears,  Sears.  1. 
robusta  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.), 
7. 

cf.  reticulata  Billings.  Matthew 
(G.  F.),  1. 

cf.  retusa  Ford,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

1. 

varians  Walcott,  Sears,  1. 
Scenidium  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

anthonensis  Sard..  Weller,  6. 
insigne  (Hall).  Weller.  C. 
pyramidale  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Sceptroneis  caduceus  Elirenberg,  Boy¬ 
er,  1. 

Schistoceras  Hyatt.  Smith  (J.  P. ),  3. 
fultonense  Miller  and  Gurley. 
Smith  (J.  P.).  3. 

hildrethi  Morton,  Smith  (.).  P.), 
3. 

hyatti  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
missouriense  Miller  and  Faber, 
Smith  (.T.  P.),  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


713 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Schizambon  duplicimuratus  n.  sp., 
Hudson,  1. 

priscus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),9, 

20. 

Schizoblastus  sayi  Shumard,  Rowley,  4. 
Schizoblattina  n.  gen.,  Sellards,  8. 

multinervia  n.  sp.,  Sellards,  8. 
Schizobolus  concentricus  (Vanuxem), 
Kindle,  1. 

Schizocrania  superincreta  Barrett,  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

Schizodus  compressus  n.  sp.,  Beede,  1. 
contractus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
cuneatus  Meek?,  Girty,  3. 
hari  Miller,  Beede,  1. 
wheeler i  (Swallow),  Beede,  1. 
subcireularis  Herrick,  Beede,  1. 
trigonalis  (Win.),  Weller,  2. 
sp.,  Beede,  8. 

Schizolopha  sp.,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
Schizophoria  bisinuata  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
multistriata  (Hall),  Wellex*,  6. 
sp.  cf.  striatula  (Schl.),  Weller,  6. 
striatula  (Schlotheim) ,  Kindle,  1. 
subelliptica  (W.  and  W.),  Weller, 
2 

Schizoporella  cumulata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich 
and  Bassler,  4. 

doverensis  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

hyalina  Linn.,  Sears,  1. 
hyalina,  var.  danversiensis  Sears, 
Sears,  1. 

informata  (Lonsdale),  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  4. 

latisinuata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  4. 

subquadrata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  4. 

Schizotreta  papilliformis  n.  sp.,  Ruede- 
mann,  1. 

Schlerophyllina  dichotoma  Heer  (?) 
Holliclt,  4. 

Schluetericeras  n.  gen..  Hyatt,  1. 
Schmidtella  Ulrich,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
20. 

?  acuta  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.)  2, 
13,  20. 

pervetus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 

2,  13,  20. 

crassimarginata  var.  ventrilabiata 
n.  var.,  Ruedemann,  2. 

?  pervetus  mut.  concinna  n.  mut., 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
Schloenbachia  austinensis  F.  Roemer, 
Lasswitz,  1. 

austinensis  Roemer  var.  nov.  mini¬ 
ma,  Lasswitz,  1. 
bakeri  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
blanfordiana  Stol.  ( ?) ,  Anderson, 

3. 

bourgeoisi  d’Orb.  em.  Gross,  var. 

americana  n.  var.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
buttensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
chicoensis  Trask,  Anderson,  3. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Schloenbachia  dentato-carinata  F.  Roe¬ 
mer,  Lasswitz,  1. 

evae  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
frechi  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
frechi  var.  curvata  n.  var.,  Lass¬ 
witz,  1. 

gabbi  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
haberfellneri  v.  Hauer,  Lasswitz, 
1. 

kiliani  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
knighteni  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
ieonensis  Conrad,  Lasswitz,  1. 
leonensis  Conrad,  var.  nov.  maxi¬ 
ma,  Lasswitz,  1. 
multicosta  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
propinqua  Stol.,  Anderson,  3. 
quattuornodosa  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
quattuornodosa  var.  planata  n. 
var.,  Lasswitz,  1. 

quinquenodosa  Redtenbacher  var. 

minuta  n.  var.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
roemeri  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
roemeri  var.  elegantior  n.  var., 
Lasswitz,  1. 

roemeri  var.  harpax,  n.  var.,  Lass¬ 
witz,  1. 

sequens  Gross,  Lasswitz,  1. 
siskiyouensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  3. 
texana  F.  Roemer,  Lasswitz,  1. 
Schliiteria  diabloensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson, 
3. 

Schuchertella  n.  n.,  Girty,  5. 
Schuchertina  n.  gen.,  Walcott,  12. 

cambria  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
Schuchertites  n.  gen.,  Smith  ( J.  P.),  3. 

grahami  n.  sp.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
Scilliorhinus  (Lamna?)  gracilis  Wil- 
liston,  Williston,  1. 

Sciurus  arctomyoides  n.  sp.,  Douglass, 

8. 

ieffersoni  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
(Prosciurus)  vetustus  n.  suhg.  and 
sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  9. 
sp.,  Douglass,  8. 

Scleropteris  oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  1. 

vernonensis  Ward,  Fontaine,  5. 
Scobinella  famelica  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
macer  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
pluriplicata  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
Scurria  ?  coniformis  n.  sp.,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  5. 

Scutella  Lamarck.  Arnold,  2. 

aberti  Conrad,  Clark  (W.  B.),  7. 
(Echinarachnius)  excentrieus 
Eschscholtz,  Arnold,  2. 
sp.,  Anderson,  7. 

Scylliorhinus  planidens  Williston,  Wil¬ 
liston,  1. 

rugosus  (Williston),  Williston,  1. 
Scytalocrinus  ornatissimus  Hall  (sp.), 
Clarke,  19. 

Sedgwickia  topekaensis  (Shumard), 
Beede,  1. 


714 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Seila  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 

adamsii  (H.  C.  Lea),  Martin,  5. 
assimilata  C.  B.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Selaginella  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

Selenichnus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

breviusculus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
falcatus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Selenosteus  kepleri  ji.  gen.  et  sp.,  Dean, 
1. 

Semele  Schumacher,  Arnold,  2. 
carinata  (Conrad),  Glenn,  6. 
carinata  var.  compacta  Dali, 
Glenn,  6. 

decisa  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
pulchra  Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
pulchra  Sowerby,  montereyi  n. 

var.,  Arnold,  2. 
subovata  (Say),  Glenn,  6. 
Semicoscinium  Prout,  Grabau,  1. 

tenuiceps  (Hall),  Grabau,  1. 
Seminula  argentia  (Shepard)  Hall, 
Beede,  5,  7. 

argentea  (Shephard),  Beede,  1. 
claytoni  Hall  and  Whitfield,  Girty, 
3. 

humilis  Girty  ?,  Girty,  3. 
subquadrata  Flail  ?,  Girty,  3. 
subtilita  Hall,  Girty,  3. 
Semionotidae,  Eastman,  20. 

Semionotus  Agassiz,  Eastman,  20. 

agassizii  (W.  C.  Redfield),  East¬ 
man,  20. 

brauni  (Newberry),  Eastman,  20. 
elegans  (Newberry),  Eastman,  20. 
fultus  (Agassiz),  Eastman,  20. 
fultus  Agassiz,  Eaton,  1. 
gigas  (Newberry),  Eastman,  20. 
lineatus  (Newberry),  Eastman,  20. 
marshi  W.  C.  Redfield,  Eaton,  1. 
micropterus  Newberry,  Eaton,  1. 
micropterus  (Newberry),  Eastman, 
20. 

nilssoni  Agassiz,  Eastman,  20. 
ovatus  W.  C.  Redfield,  Eaton,  1. 
ovatus  (W.  C.  Redfield),  Eastman, 
20. 

robustus  (Newberry),  Eastman, 

20. 

tenuiceps  Agassiz,  Eaton,  1. 
tenuiceps  (Agassiz),  Eastman,  20. 
Septastrea  marylandica  (Conrad), 
Vaughan,  19. 

Septifer,  Recluz,  Arnold,  2. 

bifurcatus  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Septopora  Prout,  Condra,  2. 

biserialis  (Swal.),  Sardeson,  4. 
biserialis  (Swallow),  Condra,  2. 
biserialis-nervata  Ulrich,  Condra, 
2. 

cestriensis  Prout,  Condra,  2. 
decipiens  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 
multipora  (Rogers),  Condra,  2. 
pinnata  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 
robusta  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Sequoia  ambigua  Heer,  Fontaine,  3,  5. 
angustifolia  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
burgessii  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  5. 
cycadopsis  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
fairbanksi  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  2. 
gracillima  (Lesq.)  Newb.,  Berry, 
5-8. 

heterophylla  ?  Velenovsky,  Knowl¬ 
ton,  18. 

?  inferna  Ward  nom.  nov.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

langsdorfii  (Brongn.)  Heer,  Pen¬ 
hallow,  4,  5. 

langsdorfii  (Brgt.)  Heer,  Knowl¬ 
ton,  14. 

penhallowii  n.  sp.,  Jeffrey,  1. 
reichenbachi  (Gein.)  Heer,  Berry, 
5—7. 

reichenbachi  (Geinitz)  Fleer,  Fon¬ 
taine,  2,  3. 

reichenbachi  (Geinitz)  Heer, 
Knowlton,  18. 
sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
sp.  ?  (cone),  ICnowlton,  18. 

(cone),  Knowlton,  16. 

Serpula  gordialis  Schlotheim,  Cragin,  2. 
Serpula  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 

Serpulorbis  Sassi,  Arnold,  2. 

squamigerus  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
(Vermicularia)  sp.  indet.,  Arnold, 
2. 

Seymouria  baylorensis  n.  gen.  and  sp 
Broili,  2. 

Sharpeiceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Shastasaurus,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  4,  5,  6. 
alexandrae  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
4. 

altispinus  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
4. 

careyi  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  4. 
osmonti  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  4, 
13. 

pacificus  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  4. 
perrini  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  4. 
Shastites  n.  subg.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Shepardia  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

palmipes  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Shizocrania  filosa  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Shumardites  n.  gen.,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 

simondsi  n.  sp..  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
Sibirites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

noetlingi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 


Sibiritidae  Mojsisovics, 

Hyatt 

and 

Smith,  1. 

Siby  Hites  Mojsisovics, 

Hyatt 

and 

Smith,  1. 

louderbacki  n.  sp., 

Hyatt 

and 

Smith,  1. 

Siderastrea  radians  (Pallas) , Vaughan, 

9 


siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander), 
Vaughan,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


715 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Sigaretus  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
debilis  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
fragilis  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
scopulosus  Conrad,  Anderson,  7. 
Sigillaria  brardii  coriacea  n.  var., 
White  (D.),  10. 

suspecta  n.  sp.,  White  (D.),  10. 
Sigmagraptus  n.  gen.,  Ruedemann,  8. 

prsecursor  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Siliqua  Megerle,  Arnold,  2. 
lucida  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
patula  (Dixon)  var.  nuttalli  Con¬ 
rad,  Arnold,  2. 

Sillimanius  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
gracilior  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
tetradactylus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull, 
2, 

Sinopa,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19,  20. 
Sinopa  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  1. 
Sinopa  Leidy,  Wortman,  12. 

agilis  Marsh,  Wortman,  12. 
agilis  (Marsh),  Matthew  (W.  D. ), 
1. 

Ilians  (Cope),  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

1. 

major  Wortman,  8. 
minor  n.  sp.,  Wortman,  8. 
opisthotoma  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  1. 

rapax  Leidy,  Wortman,  12. 
rapax  Leidy,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  1. 
strenua  (Cope),  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
1. 

vera  (Marsh),  Matthew  (W.  D. ), 

1. 

viverrina  (Cope),  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  1. 

whitiae  (Cope),  Matthew  (W.  D.), 

1. 

Siphonalia  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 

?  calvertana  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
devexa  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
kellettii  Forbes,  Arnold,  2. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
migrans  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
Siplionetreta  minnesotensis  Hall  and 
Clarke,  Ruedemann,  2. 

Siphonocetus  clarkianus  Cope,  Case,  9. 
expansus  Cope,  Case,  9. 
priscus  Cope,  Case,  9. 

Sirenites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

lawsoni  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

smithi  n.  sp.,  Burckhardt  and  Sca- 
lia,  1. 

Skenidium  anthonensis  n.  sp.,  Sarde- 
son,  9. 

?  nodocostatum  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  3. 
Smilodectes  n.  gen.,  Wortman,  13. 

gracilis  Marsh,  Wortman,  13. 
Smilodon,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Solanderina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Solariella  S.  Wood,  Arnold,  2. 
cidaris  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Solariella  (radiatula?  var.)  occiden- 
talis,  Whiteaves,  12. 

peramabilis  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Solarium  amphiternum  Dali,  Martin, 
5. 

trilineatum  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 
Solecardia  (Spaniorinus)  cossmanni 
Dali,  Glenn,  G. 

Solemya  (.Taneia)  vetusta  Meek,  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

Solen  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

cuneatus  Gabb?,  Johnson  (D.  W.), 
5. 

lisbonensis  (  ?)  Aldrich,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

rosaceus  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
sicarius  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
stantoni  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
Soleniscus  cf.  paludiniformis  Hall, 
Girty,  3. 

Solenomya  parallella  Beede  and  Rog¬ 
ers,  Beede,  1. 

radiata  Meek  and  Worthen,  Beede, 

1. 

trapezoides  Meek,  Beede,  1. 
Solenopleura  bretonensis  n.  sp.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 

Solenopora  compacta,  Seely,  3. 

jerseyensis  Weller,  Weller,  6. 
Somphospongia  Beede,  Beede,  1. 

favositiformis  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  12. 
multiformis  Beede,  Beede,  1. 
Sonneratia  acuto-carinata  Shum.,  Lass- 
witz,  1. 

acuto-carinata  Shum.  var.  multi- 
fida  Steinm.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
stantoni  n.  sp.,  Anderson  (F.  M.), 
3. 

supani  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
Soricidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Spaniodon  simus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 
Spathella  phaselia  (Win.),  Weller,  2. 
Spathioceras,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  8. 
Spathocharis  emersoni  Clark,  Kindle, 
1. 

Sphaerexochus  parvus  Billings,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  5. 

romingeri  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre- 
ger,  1. 

Sphaeriastrum  Bourguignat,  Dali,  8. 
Sphaerium  Scopoli,  Dali,  8. 

Sphaerium  Scopoli,  Letson,  1. 

stamineum  (Conr.)  Prime,  Letson. 

1. 

striatinum  (Lam.)  Prime,  Letson, 

1. 

Sphaerocoryphe  goodnovi  n.  sp.,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  5. 

major  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 
Sphaerocystites  Hall,  Schuchert,  6,  11. 
bloomfieldensis  n.  sp.,  Schuchert, 
11. 

globularis  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  6,  11. 


716 


INDEX  TO  NOETH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Sphaerocystites  globularis  ovalis  n.  vai\, 
Schuchert,  11. 

multifasciatus  Hall,  Schuchert,  11. 
Sphaerophthalmus  alatus  Boeck,  Mat 
thew  (G.  F.),  20. 

lietcheri  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F. ), 

0,  20. 

Sphenia  duhia  (H.  C.  Lea),  Glenn,  6. 
Spheniopsis  Sandberger,  Dali,  8. 

americana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
Sphenodictya  cornigera  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Herzer,  3.  * 

Sphenodiscus  Meek,  Hyatt,  1. 
beecheri  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
lenticularis  (Owen),  Hyatt,  1. 
lenticularis  yar.  mississippiensis, 
Hyatt,  1. 

lenticularis  var.  splendens,  Hyatt, 

1. 

lobatus  (Tuomey),  Hyatt,  1. 
pleurisepta  Conrad,  Lasswitz,  1. 
pleurisepta  (Conrad),  Hyatt,  1. 
stantoni  n.  sp.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Spbenodon  Gunther,  Osborn,  19. 
Sphenolepidium  oregonense  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  1. 

sternbergianum  (Dunker)  Heer, 
Fontaine,  3. 

sternbergianum  densifolium  Fon¬ 
taine,  Fontaine,  5. 

Sphenophyllum  emarginatum  minor  D. 

W.,  White  (D.),  10. 

Sphenopteridium  sp.,  White  (D.),  18. 
Sphenopteris  filicula  (Dn.)  D.  W., 
White  (D.),  18. 

hoeninghausii.  White  (D.),  19. 
Sphenotus  cylindricus  (Win.),  Weller, 
1. 

Sphyrna  prisca  Agassiz,  Eastman,  1, 
18. 

Spiloblattina,  Sellards,  8. 

maledicta,  Sellards,  8. 

Spirifer,  Sowerby,  Beede,  1. 

Spirifer  Sowerby,  Grabau,  1. 

acuminatus  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
arctisegmentum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
arenosus  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
audaculus  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
audaculus  (Con.)  ?,  Weller,  6. 
boonensis  Swallow?,  Girty,  3. 
byrnesi  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
cameratus  Morton,  Beede,  1. 
camei’atus  Morton,  Girty,  3. 
centronatus  Winchell,  Girty,  3. 
centronatus  Win.,  Weller,  2. 
concinnus  Hall,  Shimer,  5. 
concinnus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
corallinensis  Grabau,  Grabau,  9. 
crispus  (Hisinger)  Hall,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 
crispus  (Hisinger),  Grabau,  1. 
crispus  Hisinger  1826,  Beecher,  1. 
var.  corallinensis  Grabau,  Grabau, 
1. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  end  species  described — Continued. 
Spirifer  var.  simplex  Hall  1879,  Beech¬ 
er,  1. 

(Reticularia)  crispus  var.  simplex 
Hall,  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
cyclopterus  Hall,  Shimer,  5. 
cyclopterus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
davisi  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
divaricatus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
duodenarius  (Hall),  Kindle,  1. 
eriensis  Grabau,  Grabau,  1. 
eriensis  Grabau,  Schuchert,  4. 
eriensis  Grabau  var.,  Grabau,  9. 
fimbriatus  Conrad,  mut.  pygmaeus 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 

fimbriatus  Conrad,  mut.  simplicis- 
sirnus  nov.,  Loomis,  4. 
foggi  Nettleroth,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

fornacula  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
granulosus  Conrad,  mut.  pluto 
Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 
granulosus  (Con.),  Kindle,  1. 
gregarius  Clapp,  Kindle,  1. 

var.  greeni  n.  var..  Kindle,  1. 
grieri  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
iowensis  Owen,  Kindle,  1. 
lateralis,  var.  delicatus,  n.  var., 
(Rowley),  Greene,  2. 
macconathei  Nettleroth,  Kindle,  1. 
macropleurus  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
macrotl^yris  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
macrus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
manni  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
marionensis  Shumard,  Weller,  2. 
marcyi  Hall,  mut.  pygmaeus  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

medialis  Hall,  mut.  pygmaeus  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

modestus  corallinensis  (Grabau), 
Schuchert,  4. 

mucronatus  Conrad,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  3,  4. 

mucronatus  var.  arkonensis  n.  var., 
Shimer  and  Grabau,  1. 
mucronatus  Conrad,  mut.  liecate 
Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 
mucronatus  var.  thedfordensis  n. 

var.,  Shimer  and  Grabau,  1. 
murchisoni  Castelnau,  Shimer,  5. 
murchisoni  Castelnau,  Weller,  6. 
nearpassi  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
niagarensis  Conrad,  Grabau.  1. 
nobilis  Barrande,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

octocostatus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
peculiaris  Shumard?,  Girty,  3. 
peculiaris  Shum.?  Weller,  2. 
pennatus  (Atwater),  Kindle,  1. 
perlamellosus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
pikensis  n.  sp..  Rowley,  2. 
radiatus  Sowerby,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

radiatus  Sowerby  1825,  Beecher,  1. 
radiatus  Sowerby,  Grabau,  1. 
rockymontanus  Marcou,  Girty,  3. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


717 


Paleontology— Continued. 

.  Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Spirifer  segmentum  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

(Delthyris)  sulcatus  Hall,  Grabau, 

1. 

tullius  Hall,  mut.  belphegor  Clarke, 
Loomis,  4. 

vanuxemi  Hall,  Shimer,  5. 
vanuxemi  Hall,  Grabau,  9. 
vanuxemi  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
vanuxemi  Hall,  var.  minor  n.  var., 
Weller,  6. 

varicosus  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
varicosa  var.  hobbsi  (Nettleroth), 
Kindle,  1. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Spiriferina  campestris  White,  Girty,  3. 
cristata  (Schlotheim),  Beede,  1. 
horizontalis  n.  sp.  (Rowley), 
Greene,  2. 

kentuckyensis  Shumard,  Girty,  3. 
solidirostris  White?,  Girty,  3. 
solidirostris  (White),  Weller,  2. 
Splroglyphus  lituella  Morch,  Arnold,  2. 
Spiroloculina  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 
grata  Terquem,  Bagg,  6. 
tenuis  (Czjzek),  Bagg,  6. 
tenuiseptata,  Guppy,  4. 

Spiroplecta  clarki  Bagg,  Bagg,  1. 
Spirotropsis  Sars,  Arnold,  2. 

Spirorbis  arietina  Dawson,  Girty,  3. 
calvertensis  n.  sp.,  Martin,  7. 

?  dubius  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 
imbricatus  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  8. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Spisula  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

callistaeformis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
(Hemimactra?)  chesapeakensis  n. 
sp.,  Glenn,  6. 

(Hemimactra)  confraga  (Conrad), 
Glenn,  6. 

(Hemimactra)  curtidens  Dali, 
Glenn,  6. 

(Hemimactra)  delumbis  (Conrad), 
Glenn,  6. 

(Hemimactra)  marylandica  Dali, 
Glenn,  6. 

(Hemimactra)  subparilis  (Con¬ 
rad),  Glenn,  6. 

(Hemimactra)  subponderosa  (d’Or¬ 
bigny),  Glenn,  6. 
sp.,  Dali,  10. 

Spongasteriscus  marylandicus  n.  sp., 
Martin,  8. 

Spondylus  carlosensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson, 
7. 

(sp.  uncertain),  Whiteaves,  12. 
sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Sporangites  jacksoni  D.  W.,  White  (D.). 
18. 

Sportella  patuxentia  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
pelex  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
petropolitana  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
recessa  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
whitfieldi  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Spyroceras  anellus  Conrad  sp.,  Iiuede- 
mann,  2. 

Squalodon  atlanticus  Leidy,  Case,  9. 

protervus  Cope,  Case,  9. 
Squamularia  Gemmellaro,  Girty,  3. 

perplexa  McChesney,  Girty,  3. 
Squatina  Dumeril,  Eastman,  18. 

occidentalis  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  18. 
Stantonites  n.  subg.,  Hyatt  and  Smith. 
1. 

Stanlonoceras  n.  gen.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

pseudocostatum  n.  sp.,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  5. 

guadaloupse  Roemer  (sp.)  ?,  John¬ 
son  (D.  W. ),  5. 

Staurocystis- Haeckel,  Schuchert,  11. 
Staurograptus  Emmons,  Ruedemann,  8. 
dichotomus  Emmons,  Ruedemann, 
8. 

dichotomus  var.  apertus  n.  var., 
Ruedemann,  8. 

Stegoeeras  n.  gen.,  Lambe,  3. 

Stegomus  longipes,  Emerson  and  Loom¬ 
is,  1. 

longipes,  Lull,  3. 
validus  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 

Stegopelta  landerensis,  Williston,  26. 
Stegosaurus  marshi  n.  sp.,  Lucas,  2. 
Stellipora  antheloidea  Hall,  Sardeson, 

3. 

Stemmatocrinus?  veryi  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  8. 

Stemmatopteris  distans  n.  sp.,  Herzer, 

4. 

Steneofiber  Geoff  roy,  Matthew  (W. 
D.),  6. 

barbouri  n.  sp.,  Gilmore,  3. 
complexus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 
complexus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
complexus  Douglas,  Peterson,  3. 
fossor  n.  sp.,  Peterson,  3. 
gradatus  Cope,  Peterson,  3. 
gradatus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 
hesperus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 
hesperus  n.  sp.,  Douglass,  4. 
hesperus  Douglas,  Peterson,  3. 
montanus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 
montanus  Scott,  Peterson,  3. 
nebrascensis,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 
nebrascensis  Leidy,  Peterson  3. 
pansus  Cope,  Peterson,  3. 
pansus  Cope,  Matthew  and  Gidley, 
1. 

pansus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 
peninsulatus,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  6. 
peninsulatus  Cope,  Peterson,  3. 
Stenopteris?  cretacea  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  5. 
Stenonyx  nom.  nov.,  Lull,  2. 

lateralis  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
Stenopora  Lonsdale,  Condra,  2. 

carbonaria  (Worthen),  Condra,  2. 
carbonaria  -  conferta  Ulrich,  Con¬ 
dra,  2. 

cestriensis  Ulrich,  Girty,  3. 


718 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued,  j 
Stenopora  distans  Condra,  Condra,  1,  2. 
heteropora  Condra,  Condra,  1,  2. 

?  polyspinosa  (provisional)  Con¬ 
dra,  Condra,  1,  2. 
spinulosa  Rogers,  Condra,  2. 
tuberculata  (Prout),  Condra,  2. 
tuberculata,  Prout,  Girty,  3. 

?  sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Stenosteus  glaber  n.  gen.  et.  sp.,  Dean, 

1. 

Stenotheca  abrupta  Shaler  and  Poerste 
(  ?),  Sears,  1. 

Stephanocrinus  Conrad,  Grabau,  1. 
angulatus  Conrad,  Grabau,  1. 
deformis  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  Greene,  6. 
gemmiformis  Hall,  Rowley,  Greene, 
6. 

hammelli  Miller,  Rowley,  Greene, 

6. 

osgoodensis  Miller,  Rowley,  Greene, 

6. 

quinquepartitus  n.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  6. 

Stephanopyxis  corona  (Ehrenberg), 
Boyer,  1. 

Sterculia  cliff woodensis  n.  sp.,  Berry,  5. 
elegans  Fontaine?,  Fontaine,  5. 
mucronata  Lesq.,  Berry,  5. 
snowii  bilobata  var.  nov.,  Berry,  5. 
Stereocephalus  tutus  n.  sp.,  Lambe,  3. 
Stereocrinus  ?  indianensis  M.  &  G.,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  13. 

Stereosternum  Cope,  Osborn,  19. 
Steropoides  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
elegans  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
infelix  Hay,  Lull,  2. 
ingens  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
loripes  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
uncus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
Stethacanthus  Newberry,  Eastman,  10. 
altonensis  (St.  John  and  Wor- 
then),  Eastman,  10. 
depressus  (St.  John  and  Wor- 
then),  Eastman,  10. 
erectus  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  10. 
productus  Newberry,  Eastman,  10. 
Stibarus  montanus  n.  sp.,  Matthew, 
(W.  D.),  9. 

Stichocapsa  macropora  Vinassa,  Mar¬ 
tin,  8. 

Stictoporella  cribrosa  Ulr.,  Sardeson,  4. 
Stigmaria,  Poole,  1. 

Stigmatella  n.  gen.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

2. 

clavis  (Ulrich),  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

•  crenulata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

interporosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

irregularis  (Ulrich),  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

nana  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  2. 


Paleontology — Con  tinued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Stigmatella  nicklesi  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  2. 

personata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  2. 

spinosa  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 

2. 

Stoliczkaia  ex.  aff.  dispar  d'Orb.,  Lass- 
witz,  1. 

Stoliczkia  dispar  (d'Orb.)  Stoliczka, 
Anderson  (F.  M. ),  3. 

Stomatopora  inflata,  Hall,  Ruedemann, 

2. 

Strabops  thatcheri  n.  gen.  et  sp.,  Beech¬ 
er,  3. 

Straparollina  harpa  n.  sp.,  Hudson,  1. 
Straporollus  cyclostomus  (Hall),  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

intralobatus  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
luxus  White,  Girty,  3. 
ohtusus  (Hall),  Weller,  2. 
ophirensis  Hall  and  Whitfield, 
Girty,  3. 

cf.  spergenensis  Hall,  Girty,  3. 
utahensis  Hall  and  Whitfield, 
Girty,  3. 
sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  2,  6. 

Stratodus  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
apicalis  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
oxypogon  Cope,  Hay,  10. 

Streblodus  angustus  n.  sp.,  Eastman, 

10. 

Streblopteria  media  Herrick,  Girty,  3. 
tenuilineata  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Girty,  3. 

Streblotrypa  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 

prisca  (Gabb  and  Horn),  Condra, 

2. 

Strephochetus  n.  gen.,  Seeley,  3. 
atratus  n.  sp.,  Seely,  3. 
brainerdi  n.  sp.,  Seely,  3. 
ocellatus  n.  sp.,  Seely,  3. 
prunus  n.  sp.,  Seely,  3. 
richmondensis  S.  A.  Miller.  Seely, 
3. 

Strepsidura  subscalarina  Heilprin, 
Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Streptelasma  Hall,  Lambe,  2. 
caliculus  Hall,  Lambe,  2. 
corniculum  Hall,  Ruedemann,  2. 
corniculum  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
corniculum  Hall,  Lambe,  2. 
latusculum  var.  trilobatum  Whit- 
eaves,  Lambe,  2. 

prolificum  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,2. 
rectum  Hall,  Lambe,  2. 
robustum  Whiteaves,  Lambe,  2. 
rusticum  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
selectum  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
strictum  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
Streptomytilus  n.  gen.,  Kindle  and  Bre- 
ger,  1.. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


719 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Streptomytilus  wabashensis  n.  sp.,  Kin¬ 
dle  and  Breger,  1. 

Streptorhynchus  subsulcatum  n.  sp., 
Sardeson,  9. 

Striatopora  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

bellistriata  n.  sp.,  Greene,  7,  8. 
flexuosa  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Stribalocystis?  elongatus  Rowley,  3. 

missouriensis  Rowley,  Rowley,  3. 
Strioturbonilla  Sacco,  Arnold,  2. 
Stromatocerium  Hall,  Seely,  5. 
eatoni  n.  sp.,  Seely,  5. 
lamottense  n.  sp.,  Seely,  5. 
lamottense  var.  chazianura,  Seely, 

5. 

?  moniliferum  n.  sp.,  Seely,  5. 
pustulosum  Salford,  Hayes  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  1. 

rugosum  Hall,  Seely,  5. 
Stromatopora  Goldfuss,  Grabau,  1. 

concentrica  Goldfuss  Hall,  Grabau, 

1. 

constellata  Hall,  Schuchert,  4. 
galtensis  Dawson  (sp.),  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 
tubulifera  n.  sp.,  Parks,  5. 
Strongylocentrotus  Brandt,  Arnold,  2. 
franciscanus  A.  Agassiz,  Arnold,  2. 
purpuratus  Stimpson,  Arnold,  2. 
Strophalosia  truncata  Hall,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  3,  4. 

truncata  Hall,  mut.  pygmae  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

Stropheodonta  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
beckei  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
bipartita  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
concava  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  4. 
concava  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
corrugata  Conrad,  Grabau,  1. 
cf.  corrugata  Conrad,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

demissa  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  4. 
demissa  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
hemispherica  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
indenta  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
inequiradiata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
inequistriata  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
insequistriata  Conrad,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  3,  4. 

junia  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  4. 
magnifica  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
perplana  Conrad,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  3,  4. 

perplana  (Conrad),  Kindle,  1. 
perplana  (Con.),  Weller,  8. 
planulata  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
plicata  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
profunda  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
varistriata  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
varistriata  (Conrad),  Shimer,  5. 
varistriata  var.  arata  Hall,  Shi¬ 
mer,  5. 

varistriata  var.  arata  H.,  Weller, 

6. 

sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6, 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued: 
Stropheodonta  sp.,  Kindle,  1. 
Stropholasia  truncata  (Hall),  Wood 
(Elvira),  1. 

Strophograptus  n.  gen.,  Ruedemann,  8. 

trichomanes  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Strophomena,  Miller  (S.  A.),  1. 
Strophomena  Rafinesque,  Nickles,  5. 

(Eostrophomena)  elegantula  n.  sp., 
Walcott,  12. 

halli  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
incurvata  Shepard,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  1. 

incurvata  (Shep.),  Weller,  6. 
inquassa  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
planoconvexa  Hall,  Hayes  and  Ul¬ 
rich,  1. 

planumbona  (Hall),  Nickles,  5. 
prisca  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  7. 
Strophonella  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

?  conradi  Hall,  Shimer,  5. 
daytonensis  n.  n.,  Foerste,  10. 
headleyana  Hall,  Shimer,  5. 
levenworthana  Hall),  Weller,  6. 

?  patenta  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
punctilifera  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
striata  Hall  1843,  Beecher,  1. 
striata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
cf.  striata  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

williamsi  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

Strophostylus  amplus  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
17. 

amplus  n.  sp.  (Rowley),  Greene,  2. 
bivolve  (W.  &  W.),  Weller,  2. 
filicinctus  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
gebhardi  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
inflatus  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  17. 
cf.  nanus  Meek  and  Worthen, 
Girty,  3. 

remex  White,  Girty,  3. 
sobovatus  Worthen?,  Girty,  3. 
variana  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 

?  sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Stylemys  calaverensis  n.  sp.,  Sinclair, 
4. 

Styliferina  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
Styliola  fissurella  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
Styliolina  fissurella  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 
Styracoceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Subpulchellia  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Subtissotia  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 

Subulites  exactus  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
prolongata  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  7. 

raymondi  n.  sp.,  Hudson,  1. 
Succinea  berinudensis  Pfr.,  Gulick,  1. 
Sula  loxostyla  Cope,  Case,  9. 

Sunetta  Link,  Dali,  8. 

section  Solanderina  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Sunetta  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Sunettina  Jousseaume, 
Dali,  8. 

Sunettina  Jousseaume,  Dali,  8. 


720 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Surcula  biscatenaria  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
engonata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
mariana  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
marylandica  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
rotifera  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
rugata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
Surculoma  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
Sustenodactylus  nom.  nov..  Lull,  2. 

curvatus  (E.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
Swantonia  n.  gen.,  Walcott,  12. 

antiquata  Billings,  Walcott,  12. 
weeksi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 

Syllsemus  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 

Syllaemus  Cope,  Cragin,  1. 

latifrons  Cope,  Cragin,  1. 
latifrons  Cope,  Stewart,  1. 
Symborodon  acer  Cope,  Osborn,  10. 
montanus  Marsh,  Osborn,  10. 
torvus  Cope,  Osborn,  10. 
Syndyoceras  cooki,  Barbour,  11. 
Synechcdus  clarkii  n.  sp.,  Eastman,  1. 
Syntegmodus  n.  gen..  Loomis,  1. 

altus  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  1. 

Syntrophia  Hall  and  Clarke,  Walcott, 

12. 

abnormis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
alata  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
barabuensis  A.  Winchell,  Walcott, 
12. 

biilingsi  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
multicosta  n.  sp.,  Hudson,  1. 
nundina  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
orientalis  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
primordialis  Whitfield,  Walcott, 
12. 

primordialis  argia  n.  var.,  Walcott, 

12. 

rotundata  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
texana  n.  sp.,  Walcott,  12. 
texana  laeviusculus  n.  var.,  Wal¬ 
cott,  12. 

lateralis  (Whitf.),  Weller,  6. 
Syringopora  aculeata  Girty,  Girty,  3. 
infundibulum  Whitfield.  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 
multattenuata  McChesney,  Beede, 

surcularia  Girty,  Girty,  3. 
Syringostoma  aurora  n.  sp.,  Parks,  5. 

.  densum  Nicholson,  Parks,  5. 
restigouchense  Spencer,  Parks,  5. 
Syringothyris  carteri  Hall,  Girty,  3. 

halli  Win.,  Weller,  2. 

Tachyrhynchus  perlaqueatus  (Conrad), 
Martin,  5. 

Taeniocrada  palmata  D.  W..  White  (D.), 
18. 

Taeniopteris  coriacea  Golp.,  Sellards,  1. 
coriacea  var.  linearis  n.  var.,  Sel-  i 
lards,  1. 

major  Bindley  and  Hutton,  Fon-  I 
taine,  1. 

newberryana  F.  and  1.  C.  W..  Sel¬ 
lards,  1. 

oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Taeniopteris  orovillensis  Fontaine,  Fon¬ 
taine,  1. 

orovillensis  Fontaine,  Penhallow, 
4. 

vittata  Brongniart,  Fontaine,  1. 
Tagassau  Frisch,  Matthew  and  Gidley. 
1. 

Tagelus  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

californianus  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Talarocrinus  simplex  Shumard,  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  5. 

Talpa  ?  platybrachys  n.  sp.,  Douglass, 

8. 

Talpidae,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Tancredia  sp.  cf.  angulata  Lycett,  Mad¬ 
sen,  1. 

sp.,  Madsen,  1. 

Tapes  Megerle,  Arnold,  2. 

Tapes  Megerle,  Dali,  8. 

?  cuneovatus  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
laciniata  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
staminea  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
tenerrima  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
Taranis  Jeffreys,  Arnold,  2. 

Tardeceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

parvum  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Tarsodactylus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
caudatus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
expansus  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Tarsoplectrus  nom.  nov.,  Lull,  2. 

angustus  (E.  Hitchcock).  Lull,  2. 
elegans  (C.  II.  Hitchcock),  Lull,  2. 
Taxites  zamioides  (Leckenby)  Seward, 
Fontaine,  1,  2. 

Taxocrinus  Springer  (F.),  2. 

Taxodium  distichum  Rich.,  Penhallow, 
5. 

distichum  miocenum  Ileer,  Knowl- 
ton,  14. 

laramianum  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  6. 
Technophorus  caneellatus  n.  sp.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

Tegoceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 

Teinostoma  calvertense  n.  sp.,  Martin, 

5. 

greensboroense  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
liparum  (H.  C.  Lea),  Martin,  5. 
nanum  (Lea),  Martin,  5. 

Teleoceras  major  Hatcher,  Osborn,  34. 

medicornutus  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  34. 
Teleorhinus  n.  gen.,  Osborn,  33. 

browni  n.  sp.,  Osborn,  33. 

Tellina  sequistriata  Say,  Glenn,  6. 

(Angelus)  bodegensis  Hinds,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Angelus)  buttoni  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
(Angulus)  declivis  Conrad,  Glenn. 
6. 

(Angulus)  dupliniana  Dali,  Glenn, 

6. 

(Angelus)  idae  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
martinezensis  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
nanaimoensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
(Peronidia)  papyria  (?)  Conrad, 
Clark  and  Martin,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


721 


Paleontology — Con  tinued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Tellina  pilsbryi  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 

(Angulus)  producta  Conrad,  Glenn, 

6. 

(Angelus)  rubescens  Hanley,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Moerella)  salmonea  Carpenter,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Angulus)  umbra  Dali,  Glenn,  6. 
sp.,  Dali,  10. 

(Angelus)  virginiana  Clark,  Clark 
and  Martin,  1. 

(Peronidia?)  williamsi  Clark, 
Clark  and  Martin,  1. 
sp.,  Ravn,  1. 

Tellinocyclas  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Tellinomya  absimilis  n.  sp.,  Sardeson, 

1. 

candens  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 

(or  Nucula)  lepida  n.  sp.,  Sarde¬ 
son,  9. 

cf.  nasuta  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre- 
ger,  1. 

novicia  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  1. 

Temnochilus?  sp.,  Greene,  2. 

coxanum  M.  &  W.  sp.,  Rowley, 
Greene,  2. 

Temnograptus  Nicholson,  Ruedemann, 

8. 

noveboracensis  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann, 

8. 

Tentaculites  acula  Hall?,  Weller,  6. 

bellulus  Hall  ( ?) ,  mut.  stebos 
Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 
dexithea  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
elongatus  Hall,  Weller,  6. 
gracilistriatus  Hall,  Clarke,  19. 
gracilistriatus  Hall,  mut.  asmode- 
us  Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 
gyracanthus  (Eaton),  Weller,  6. 
scalariformis  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
tenuicinctus  F.  A.  Roemer,  Clarke, 
19. 

Teonoma  spelaea  n.  sp.,  Sinclair,  7. 

Terebellina  n.  gen.,  Ulrich,  4. 
palachei  n.  sp.,  Ulrich,  4. 

Terebra  Bruguiere,  Arnold,  2. 
cooperi  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 

(Acus)  curvilineata  Dali,  Martin, 
5. 

(Acus)  curvilineata  var.  calvert- 
ensis  n.  var.,  Martin,  5. 

(Acus)  curvilineata  var.,  dalli  n. 
var.,  Martin,  5. 

(Acus)  curvilineata  var.  whitfieldi 
n.  var.,  Martin,  5. 

(Acus)  curvilirata  Conrad,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

(Hastula)  inornata  Whitfield, 
Martin,  5. 

juvenicostata  n.  sp.,  Brown  (T. 
C.),  1. 

(Hastula)  patuxentia  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

Bull.  301—06- 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Terebra  (Hastula)  simplex  Conrad, 
Martin,  5. 

(Acus)  simplex  Carpenter,  Arnold, 
2. 

(Hastula)  simplex  var.  sublirata, 
Conrad,  Martin,  5. 

(Acus)  sincera  Dali,  Martin,  5. 
unilineata  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
sp.  ?,  Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 
Terebratalia  Beecher,  Arnold,  2. 
hemphilli  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
smithi  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
Terebratella  harveyi  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves, 
12. 

Terebratula  (Chlidonophora)  filosa 
Conrad,  Dali,  8. 

harlani  Morton,  Clark  and  Martin, 
3. 

jucunda  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
obsoleta  Dali,  Beecher,  1. 
wilmingtonensis  Lyell  and  Sower- 
by,  Dali,  8. 

Teredo  virginiana  Clark,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

?  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
sp.,  Ravn,  1. 

Terminonaris  n.  n.,  Osborn,  33. 
Terrapene  eurypygia  (Cope),  Hay,  14. 
Testudo  atascosae  n.  sp.,  Hay,  14. 
brontops  Marsh,  Hay,  13. 
osborniana  n.  sp.,  Hay,  17. 
Tetracarcinus  subquadratus  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Weller,  10. 

Tetracystis  n.  gen.,  Schuchert,  11. 
chrysalis  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  11. 
fenestratus  n.  sp.  (Troost),  Schu¬ 
chert,  11. 

Tetradella  (?)  sp.,  Jones  (T.  R.),  2. 
Tetragonites  timotheanus?  Mayor, 
Whiteaves,  12. 

Tetragraptus  Salter,  Ruedemann,  8. 

amii  Lapworth  ms.,  Elies  and 
Wood,  em.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
clarkei  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
frutieosus  Hall  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
(Etagraptus)  lentus  n.  sp.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  8. 

pendens  Elies,  Ruedemann,  8. 
pygmaeus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
quadribrachiatus  Hall  (sp.),  Rue¬ 
demann,  8. 

serra  Brongniart  sp.,  Ruedemann, 
8. 

similis  Hall  (sp.),  Ruedemann,  8. 
taraxacum  Ruedemann,  Ruede 
mann,  8. 

woodi  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Tetranota  bidorsata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Textivenus  Cossmann,  Dali,  8. 
Textularia  Defrance,  Bagg,  6. 

abbreviata  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 
agglutinans  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 
articulata  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 
aspera,  Guppy,  4. 
carinata  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 


46 


722 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Textularia  carinatus,  Guppy,  4. 

gramen  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  1,  6. 
gramen,  Guppy,  4. 
sagittula,  Guppy,  4. 
sagittula  Defrance,  Bagg,  1,  6. 
subangulata  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  1,  6. 
trochus,  Guppy,  4. 

Thalassoceratidae,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Thalattosauria,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  15. 
Thalattosauridae,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  15. 
Thalattosaurus  Merriam,  Merriam  (J. 
C.),  15. 

Thalattosaurus  alexandrse  n.  gen.  and 
n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  11,  12,  15. 
perrini  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C. ),  15. 
shastensis  n.  sp.,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
15. 

Thaleops  ovata  Conrad,  Raymond  (P. 
E. ) ,  5. 

Thalotia  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

caffea  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 

Thamniscus  King,  Condra,  2. 

palmatus  n.  sp.  (provisional), 
Condra,  1. 

palmatus  (provisional)  Condra, 
Condra,  2. 

pinnatus  n.  sp.,  Condra,  1. 
pinnatus  Condra,  Condra,  2. 
sevillensis  Ulrich,  Condra,  2. 
Thamnocladus  clarkei  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
White  (D.),  6. 

Thecachampsa  Cope,  Case,  9. 

?  antiqua  (Leidy),  Case,  9. 

?  contusor  Cope,  Case,  9. 
contusor  Cope,  Case,  1. 
marylandica  Clark,  Case,  1. 
sericodon  (  ?)  Cope,  Case,  1. 

?  sericodon  Cope,  Case,  9. 

?  sicaria  Cope,  Case,  9. 
sp.,  Case,  1. 

Thecalia  H.  and  A.  Adams,  Dali,  8. 
Thecia  kentuckyensis  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 

schriveri  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
Thecodonta  (Dicranodesma)  calverten- 
sis  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 

Thenaropus  heterodactylis  King,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  25. 

Theonoa  giomerata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  4. 

Theranopus  mcnaughtoni  n.  sp.,  Mat¬ 
thew  (G.  F.),  23. 

Theriodontia  Broom,  Case,  11. 
Therocephalia  Broom,  Case,  11. 
Theropleura  uniformis,  Case,  6. 
Thetironia  Stoliczka,  Dali,  8. 
Thinnfeldia  Ettings.,  Berry,  3. 

fontainei  n.  n.,  Berry,  3. 
Thinnfeldia  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

subintegrifolia  (Lesq.)  Knowlton, 
Hollick,  4. 

variabilis  Vel.  ?,  Hollick,  4. 
variabilis  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
Thinohyus  (Bothrolabis)  decedens 
Cope,  Sinclair,  6. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Thinohyus  (Bothrolabis)  osmonti  n. 
sp.,  Sinclair,  6. 

Thomonys  microdon  n.  sp.,  Sinclair,  7. 
Thoracoceras  wilsoni  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  2. 

wilsoni  Clarke,  Wilson  (J.  D.),  1. 
Thraeia  (Leach)  Blainville,  Arnold,  2. 
Thracia  Blainville,  Dali,  8. 

section  Ixartia  Leach,  Dali,  8. 
section  Thracia  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
conradi  Couthouy,  Dali,  8. 
eonradi  Couthouy,  Glenn,  6. 
dilleri  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
karquinesensis  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 

?  maloniana  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
transversa  Lea,  Dali,  8. 
trapezoides  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
Thryptodus  n.  gen.,  Loomis,  1. 
rotundus  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  1. 
zitteli  n.  sp.,  Loomis,  1. 

Thuites  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 

Thuja  cretacea?  (Heer)  Newberry, 
Knowlton,  18. 

sp.,»Penhallow,  6. 

Thyasira  (Leach)  Lamarck,  Dali,  8. 
section  Axinulus  Yerrill  and  Bush, 
Dali,  8. 

section  Thyasira  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
bisecta  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
bisecta  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
flexuosa  Montagu,  Dali,  8. 
gouldi  Philippi,  Arnold,  2. 
trisinuata  Orbigny,  Dali,  8. 
Thysanocrinus  arborescens  n.  sp.,  Tal¬ 
bot,  2. 

Thyrsopteris  crassinervis  Fontaine, 
Fontaine,  5. 

decurrens  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  5. 
elliptica  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  4. 
meekiana  Fontaine,  Fontaine.  5. 
m-urrayana  (Brongniart)  Heer, 
Fontaine,  1,  2. 

rarinervis  Fontaine?,  Fontaine, 
3,  5. 

Thysanocrinus  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

liliiformis  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

Tilia  weedii  n.  sp..  Knowlton,  12. 
Timoclea  Brown,  Dali,  8. 

Tirolites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

(Metatirolites)  foliaceus  Dittmar, 
Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
pacificus  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

Titanotherium.  Hatcher,  7. 

dispar  Marsh,  Hatcher,  7. 
ingens  Marsh,  Osborn.  10. 
heloceras  Cope,  Osborn,  10. 
trigonoceras  Cope,  Osborn.  10. 
Tivela  Link,  Arnold,  2. 

Tivela  Link,  Dali,  8. 

section  Eutivela  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
section  Pachydesma  Conrad.  Dali, 
8. 

section  Tivela  s.  s.,  Dali.  8. 
crassatelloides  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


723 


Pale  ontology— Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Tivela  jamaicensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

(Pachydesma)  stultorum  Mawe, 
Dali,  8. 

Tivelina  Cossman,  Dali,  8. 

Tolypeceras  n.  gen.,  Hyatt,  1. 
Tomopleura  n.  gen.,  Casey,.  5. 
Toretocnemus  n.  gen.,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
6,  18. 

californicus  n.  sp.,  Merriam,  (J. 
C.),  6. 

Tornatellaea  bella  Conrad,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Tornatina  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 
cerealis  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
culcitella  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
eximia  Baird,  Arnold,  2. 
liarpa  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 

Tornoceras  Hyatt,  Beecher,  1. 

cinctum  Keyserling,  Clarke,  19. 
uniangulare  Conrad,  Loomis,  4. 
uniangulare  Conrad,  mut.  astarte 
Clarke,  Loomis,  4. 

Tornquistites  n.  gen.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

evolutus  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Toxichnus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Toxochelys  Cope,  Wieland,  12. 
bauri  n.  sp.,  Wieland,  12. 
brachyrhinus  Case,  Hay,  24. 
latiremis,  Wieland,  2. 
latiremis  Cope,  Williston,  3. 
latiremis  Cope,  Hay,  24. 
latiremis  Cope,  Wieland,  12. 
procax  n.  sp.,  Hay,  24. 
serrifer  Cope,  Hay,  24. 
stenoporus  n.  sp.,  Hay,  24. 


Trachodon  altidens  Lambe, 
and  Hatcher,  1. 

Stanton 

(Pteropelyx)  altidens 
Lambe,  3. 

annectens,  Lucas,  21. 

n. 

sp., 

(Pteropelyx)  marginatus 
Lambe,  3. 

n.  sp., 

(Pteropelyx)  selwyni 

Lambe,  3. 

n. 

sp., 

Trachycardium  Morch,  Arnold,  2. 

Trachyceras  Laube,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

Trachyceras  Laube,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

(Anolcites)  hyatti  n.  sp.,  Smith  ( J. 
P.),  5. 

(Trotrachyceras)  lecontei  n.  sp., 
Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

(Anolcites)  meeki  Mojsisovics, 
Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

(Anolcites)  meeki  Mojsisovics, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

(Protrachyceras)  shastense  n.  sp., 
Smith  (I.  P.),  5. 

(Protrachyceras)  sp.  ind.,  Burck- 
hardt  and  Scalia,  1. 

Trachypora  austini  Worthen,  Beede,  1. 

oriskania  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Trachysagenites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt 
and  Smith,  1. 

Transennella  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
caloosana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
carolinensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
chipolana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
santarosana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
utica  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

?  cuneata  Knowlton,  18. 

?  microphylla  Lesquereux,  Knowl¬ 
ton,  18. 

Trapezium  (Humphrey)  Miihlfield, 
Dali,  8. 

claibornense  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Traskites  n.  subg.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

Trematonotus  alpheus  Hall,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 

Trematopora  Hall,  Grahau,  1. 

(?)  striata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
tuberculosa  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

Trematospira  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
camura  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

Trematospira  multistriata  Hall,  Wel¬ 
ler,  6. 

Tresus  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

nuttalli  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 

Tretaspis  diademata  n.  sp.,  Ruede¬ 
mann,  2. 

reticulatus  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann,  2. 

Tretulias  Cope,  Case,  9. 

buccatus  Cope,  Case,  9. 

Triacodon  fallax  Marsh,  Wortman,  4. 

Trisenaspis  Cope,  Hay,  10. 

virgulatus  Cope,  Hay,  10. 

Triaenopus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

baileyanus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

Triarthrus  hecki,  Beecher,  1. 
becki  Green,  Beecher,  4,  7. 

.  belli  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12, 

20. 

Tricaelocrinus  woodmani  ?  M.  &  W.  Row- 
ley,  Greene,  14. 

Tricalycites  major  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  11. 
papyraceus  Newb.,  Berry,  7. 
papyraceus  Newb.,  Hollick,  4. 

Tricarpellites  acuminatus  n.  sp.,  Per¬ 
kins,  13. 

amygdaloideus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
angularis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
carinatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
castanoides  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
contractus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
daleii  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
elongatus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
fagoides  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
fissilis  (Lx.),  Perkins,  13. 
fissilis  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  11. 
fissilis  (Lesquereux)  Perkins,  Per¬ 
kins,  17. 

hemiovalis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
inequalis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
lignitus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
major  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
obesus  n.  sp..  Perkins,  13. 
ovalis  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13, 


724 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Tricarpellites  pringlei  n.  sp.,  Perkins, 
13. 

rostratus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
rugosus  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
seelyi  n.  sp.,  Perkins,  13. 
Triceratops,  Beasley,  2. 

brevicornus  n.  sp.,  Hatcher,  22. 
prorsus,  Gilmore,  4. 
prorsus,  Schuchert,  14. 
serratus  Marsh,  Lull,  1. 

Trichechus  giganteus  ?  (De  Kay),  Case, 
9. 

Triccelocrinus  woodmani  M.  &  G.,  Row- 
ley,  5. 

Tridonta  Schumacher,  Dali,  8. 

Triforis  Deshayes,  Arnold,  2. 

adversa  Montagu,  Arnold,  2. 
Trigenicus  socialis  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Douglass,  8. 

Trigeria  ?  curriei  n.  sp.,  Rowley,  1. 

lepida  Hall,  Raymond  (P.  E.),  3.  4. 
lepida  Hall,  mut.  pygmsea  nov., 
Loomis,  4. 

Trigonia  calderoni  (Castillo  and  Agui¬ 
lera),  Cragin,  2. 

conferticostata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
emoryi  Coni'ad,  Jones  (A.  W. ),  2. 
Trigonia  emoryi  Conrad,  Shattuck,  8. 
evansana  Meek,  Whiteaves,  12. 
goodellii  Cragin,  Cragin,  2. 
munita  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
prsestriata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
proscabra  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
rudicostata  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
undulata  Fromherz,  Madsen,  1. 
vyschetzkii  Cragin,  Cragin,  2. 
Trigonias  osborni  n.  sp.,  Lucas  (F.  A.), 
1. 

osborni  Lucas,  Hatcher,  3. 
Trigonoarca  decisa  (Conrad)  var., 
Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Trigonograptus  Nicholson,  Ruedemann, 

8. 

ensiformis  Hall  sp.,  Ruedemann,  8. 
Trihamus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
elegans  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
magnus  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Triisodon  heilprianus  Cope,  Matthew 
(W.  D.),  1. 

Trimerella  borealis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  3. 
equanensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  3. 
sp.  Kindle  and  Breger,  1. 
Trimeroceras  gilberti  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and 
Breger,  1. 

Trimerocystis  n.  gen.,  Schuchert,  11. 

peculiaris  n.  sp.,  Schuchert,  11. 
Tripaerorhachis  Cope,  Broili,  2. 
insignis  Cope,  Broili.  2. 
insignis  (  ?)  Cope,  Case,  3. 
leptorhynchus  n.  sp.,  Case,  3. 
Trinacromerum  Cragin,  Williston,  14. 
Trinucleus,  Beecher.  1. 

concentricus  (Eaton),  Weller,  6. 
Trionyx  cellulosus  Cope,  Case,  9. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Trionyx  foveatus  Leidy,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

foveatus  Leidy,  Lambe,  3,  5. 
vagans  Cope,  Lambe,  3,  5. 
vagans  Cope,  Stanton  and  Hatch¬ 
er,  1. 

Virginia  Clark,  Case,  1. 
sp.,  Case,  9. 

Triplecia  gracilis  n.  sp.,  Raymond  (I*. 
E.),  1. 

Tripleurocrinus  n.  gen.,  Wood  (Elvria), 
3. 

levis  n.  sp.,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
Tristylotus  n.  gen.,  Parks,  6. 
hexagonus  n.  sp.,  Parks,  6. 
rhomboideus  n.  sp.,  Parks,  6. 
Triticites  n.  gen.,  Girty,  9. 

secalicus  Say,  Girty,  9. 

Tritonium  Link,  Arnold,  2. 

centrosum  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
cerrillosensis  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  6. 

eocenicum  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
gibbosus  Broderip,  Arnold,  2. 
impressum  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
kanabense  Stanton,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

(Priene)  oregonensis  Redfield,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

pulchrum  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
showalteri  (Conrad),  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Trivia  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 

californica  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 
solandri  Gray,  Arnold,  2. 
Trochactjeon  semicostatus  n.  sp., 
Whiteaves,  12. 

Trochita  alaskana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
Trochoceras  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 

costatum  Hall,  Clarke  and  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

desplainense  McChesney,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann.  1. 
(Sphyradoceras)  cf.  desplainense, 
McChesney  Kindle  and  Breger, 
1. 

gebhardi  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
Trochocyathus  clarkeanus  Vaughan, 
Vaughan,  1. 

Trocholites  Conrad,  Whiteaves,  13. 
ammonius  Conrad,  Whiteaves,  13. 
canadensis  Hyatt,  Whiteaves,  13. 
planorbiformis  Conrad,  Whiteaves, 
13. 

Trochonema  dispar  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 

emacerata  Hall  and  Whitf.,  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

cf.  fatuum  Hall,  Clarke  and  Ruede¬ 
mann,  1. 

rectilatera  Hall  and  Whitfield, 
Kindle.  1. 

umbilicatum  Hall  sp.,  Ruedemann, 

2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


725 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Trochosmilia  ?  sp.  indet.,  Vaughan,  17. 

Trochus  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 

Troodon  formosus  Leidy,  Lambe,  3. 

Troostocrinus  ?  dubius  Rowley,  Row- 
ley,  3. 

Trophon  Montfort,  Arnold,  2. 

(Boreotrophon)  cerruensis  n.  sp., 
Arnold,  2. 

chesapeakanus  n.  sp.,  Martin,  5. 
gabbiana  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
(Boreotrophon)  gracilis  Perry,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

kernensis  n.  sp.,  Anderson,  7. 
(Boreotrophon)  multi  costatus 
Eschscholtz,  Arnold,  2. 
(Boreotrophon)  pedroana  n.  sp., 
Arnold,  2. 

(Boreotrophon)  seal  ariformis 
Gould,  Arnold,  2. 

(Boreotrophon)  stuarti  Smith. 
Arnold,  2. 

(Boreotrophon)  stuarti  Smith, 
var.  precursor  new  var.,  Arnold, 
2 

sublevis  Harris,  Clark  and  Martin, 
2. 

(Boreotrophon)  tenuisculptus  Car¬ 
penter,  Arnold,  2. 
tetricus  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
tetricus  var.  lsevis  n.  var.,  Martin, 
5. 

(Boreotrophon)  triangulatus  Car¬ 
penter,  Arnold,  2. 
sp.,  Martin,  5. 

Tropidocyclas  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Tropidocyclus  De  Koninck,  Clarke,  19. 
hyalinus  n.  sp.,  Clarke,  19. 

Tropiceltites  Mojsisovics,  Ilyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

frechi  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

Tropidocaris,  Beecher,  8. 
alternata,  Beecher,  8. 
bicarinata,  Beecher,  8. 

Tropidoleptus  carinatus  (Conrad),  Kin¬ 
dle,  1. 

carinatus  Conrad,  Raymond  (P. 
E.),  3,  4. 

carinatus  (Con.),  Weller,  6. 
carinatus  Conrad,  mut.  pygmaeus 
nov.,  Loomis,  4. 

Tropidomya  Dali  and  Smith,  Dali,  8. 

Tropisurcula  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 
caseyi  Aid.,  Casey,  5. 
crenula  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 

Tropites  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

Tropites  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
dilleri  n.  sp..  Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 
subbullatus  Hauer,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

torquillus  Mojsisovics,  Smith  (J. 
P.),  5. 

Tropitidae  Mojsisovics,  Hyatt  and 

Smith,  1. 


Paleontology— Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Tropitoidea  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

Truncatella  sp.  indet.,  Dali,  15. 

Truncatulina  d'Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 

lobatula  (Walker  and  Jacob), 
Bagg,  1,  6,  9. 

pygmaea  Hantken,  Bagg,  9. 
ungeriana  (d’Orbigny),  Bagg,  1. 
variabilis  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  9. 
variabilis  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  G. 
wuellerstorfi  (Sch wager),  Bagg,  9. 

Tryblidium  exsertum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson, 
9. 

patulum  n.  sp.,  Cleland,  3. 
repertum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  2. 
validum  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 

Trypanotoma  Coss.,  Casey,  5. 
longispira  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
obtusa  n.  sp.,  Casey,  5. 
terebriformis  Meyer,  Casey,  5. 

Tuba  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

Tudicla  marylandica  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Turbinella  ?  demissa  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
(Psilocochlis)  mccallie,  Dali,  12. 

Turbiholia  acuticostata  Vaughan, 
Vaughan,  1. 

Turbo?  beneclathratus  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
shumardi  De  Verneuil,  Kindle,  1. 

Turbonilla  Risso,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgolampros)  adleri  D.  &  B.,  n. 
sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgolampros)  arnoldi  D.  &  B., 
n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

(Lancea)  aurantia  Carpenter,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Pyrgiscus)  auricoma  D.  &  B.,  n. 
sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgiscus)  crebrifilata  Carpenter, 
Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgolampros)  gibbosa  Carpen 
ter,  Arnold,  2. 

(Tragula)  gubernatoria  n.  sp.,  Mar¬ 
tin,  5. 

(Pyrgiscus)  interrupta  (Totten), 
Martin,  5. 

(Pyrgisculus)  laminata  Carpen¬ 
ter,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgiscus)  latifundia  D.  &  B.,  n. 
sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgolampros)  lowei  D.  &  B.,  n. 
sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgolampros)  lowei,  var  pedro¬ 
ana  D.  &  B.,  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 
(Strioturbonilla)  muricata  Car¬ 
penter,  Arnold,  2. 

(Chemnitzia)  nivea  Stimpson, 
Martin,  5. 

(Chemnitzia)  nivea  stimpson  var., 
Martin,  5. 

(Lancea)  pentalopha  D.  &  B.,  n. 
sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

potomacensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 


726 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Turbonilla  (Strioturbonilla)  similis  C. 
B.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 

(Strioturbonilla)  stearnsii  D.  & 
B.,  n.  sp.,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgiscus)  subcuspidata  Carpen¬ 
ter,  Arnold,  2. 

(Pyrgiscus)  tenuicula  Gould,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Strioturbonilla)  torquata  Gould, 
Arnold,  2. 

(Strioturbonilla)  torquata,  var. 

stylina  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
(Lancea)  tridentata  Carpenter, 
Arnold,  2. 

Turrilepas  (  ?)  filosa  n.  sp.,  Ruedemann, 

1. 

Turritella  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 

sequistriata  Conrad,  Martin  5. 
belevederei  Cragin,  Jones  (A.  W.), 
2. 

budaensis  n.  sp.,  Shattuck,  8. 
burkarti  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
conica  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
cooperi  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
galisteoensis  n.  sp.,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  5. 

humerosa  Conrad,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

indenta  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
jewettii  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
mortoni  Conrad,  Clark  and  Martin, 
2. 

plebeia  Say,  Martin,  5. 
potomacensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

variabilis  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
variabilis  var.,  Martin,  5. 
variabilis  var.  alticostata  Conrad, 
Martin,  5. 

variabilis  var.  cumberlandia  Con¬ 
rad,  Martin,  5. 

variabilis  var.  exaltata  Conrad, 
Martin,  5. 

sp.?,  Brown  (T.  C.),  1. 

Turrilites  brazoensis  F.  Roemer,  Lass- 
witz,  1. 

peramplus  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
wysogorskii  n.  sp.,  Lasswitz,  1. 
Tylocrinus  n.  gen.,  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 

novus  n.  sp.  Wood  (Elvira),  3. 
Typha  sp.,  Penhallow,  4. 

Typhis  acuticosta  Conrad,  Martin,  5. 
Typopus  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

abnormis  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
gracilis  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Tyrannosaurus  rex.  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Osborn,  50. 

Uintacrinus  Grinnell,  Springer  (F.),  1. 
socialis  Grinnell,  Springer  (F.),  1. 
socialis,  Schuchert,  8. 
socialis  Grinnell,  Hovey  (E.  O.), 
14. 

sp.,  Whiteaves,  15. 

Uintacyon  Leidy,  Wortman,  2. 
edax  Leidy,  Wortman,  2. 


I  Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Ulias  Cope,  Case,  9. 

moratus  Cope,  Case,  9. 

Ulmus  basicordata  n.  sp.,  Hollick,  10. 
californica?  Lesq.,  Knowlton,  14. 
newberryi  n.  sp.,  Knowlton,  14. 
speciosa  Newb.,  Knowlton,  14. 
Umbraculum  (Eosinica)  elevatum  n. 
sp.,  Aldrich,  3. 

Unicardium?  semirotundum  n.  sp.,  Cra¬ 
gin,  2. 

?  transversum  n.  sp.,  Cragin,  2. 
Uncinulus  mutabilis  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
nucleolatus  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
pyramidatus  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
vellicatus  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 

Unio  Retzius,  Letson,  1. 

aesopiformis  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  6. 
aldrichi  White,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
belliplicatus  Meek,  White  (C.  A.), 
1. 

brachyopisthus  White,  White  (C. 
A.),  1. 

browni  n.  sp.,  Whitfield.  6. 
crassidens  Lam.,  Wagner,  2. 

'  cretacollis  n.  sp.,  Maury,  1. 
cristonensis  Meek,  White  (C.  A.), 
1. 

douglassi  n.  sp.,  Stanton,  4. 
endlichi  White,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
farri  n.  sp.,  Stanton,  4. 
felchii  White,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
gibbosus  Barnes,  Letson,  1. 
gonionotus  White,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
goniambonatus  White,  White  (C. 
A.),  1. 

holmesianus  White,  White  (C.  A.), 

1. 

iridoides  White,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
mecropisthus  White,  White  (C.  A.), 
1. 

nanaimoensis  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves,  1, 
12. 

nucalis  Meek  and  Hayden,  White 
(C.  A.),  1. 

percorrugata  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  6. 
postbiblicata  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  6. 
primevus  White,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
priscus  Meek  and  Hayden?,  Stan¬ 
ton  and  Hatcher,  1. 
priscus  var.  abbreviatus  n.  var., 
Staton,  Stanton  and  Hayden,  1. 
proavitus  White,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
propheticus  White,  White  (C.  A.), 
1. 

retusoides  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  6. 
senectus  White,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
stantoni  n.  sp.,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
stewardi  White,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
supenawensis  n.  sp.,  Stanton,  Stan¬ 
ton  and  Hatcher,  1. 
subspatulatus  Meek  and  Hayden, 
Stanton  and  Hatcher,  1. 
toxonotus  White,  White  (C.  A.),l. 
?  trigoniaformis  n.  sp.,  Maury,  1. 


727 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Unio  verrucosiformis  n.  sp.,  Whitfield, 
6. 

vetustus  Meek,  White  (C.  A.),  1. 
Unitrypa,  Cumings,  9. 

prsecursa  (Hall),  Shimer,  5. 
TJrolophus  halleri  (?)  Cooper,  Arnold, 
2. 

Uronautes  Cope,  Williston,  14. 
Urosalpinx  cinereus  (Say)?,  Martin,  5. 

rusticus  (Conrad),  Martin,  5. 
TJrosyca  robusta  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 
Urotheca  n.  gen.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  1. 
pervetus  n.  sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
1. 

sp.,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  12,  20. 
Ursavus  sp.,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  5. 
Ussuria  Diener,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
compressa  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

waageni  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 

1. 

Uvigerina  d'Orbigny,  Bagg,  6. 

canariensis  d'Orbigny,  Bagg,  6,  9. 
pygmsea  d’Orbigny,  Bagg,  6,  9. 
raphanus,  Guppy,  4. 
tenuistriata  Reuss,  Bagg,  6,  9. 
Vaccinium  alaskanum  n.  sp.,  Knowl- 
ton,  16. 

Vaginulina  legumen  (Linne),  Bagg,  1. 
Valvata  Muller,  Letson,  1. 
sincera  Say,  Letson,  1. 
tricarinata  Say,  Letson,  1. 
Vanikoro  pulchella  var.,  Whiteaves,  12. 
Varanosaurus  acutirostris  n.  gen.  and 
sp.,  Broili,  2. 

Varicobela  n.  gen.,  Casey,  5. 

Veloritina  Meek,  Dali,  8. 

Venerella  Cossmann,  Dali,  8. 
Venericardia  Lamarck,  Arnold,  2. 
Venericardia  Lamarck,  Dali,  8. 

section  Cardites  s.  s.,  Dali,  8. 
section  Cyclocardia  Conrad,  Dali, 
8. 

(Pteromeris)  acaris  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
alticostata  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
barbarensis  Stearns,  Arnold,  2. 
bulla  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

(Cyclocardia)  californica  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

carsonensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
castrana  n.  sp.,  Glenn,  6. 
granulata  Say,  Glenn,  6. 
(Cyclocardia)  granulata  Say,  Dali, 
8. 

greggiana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
hadra  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
himerta  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
marylandica  n.  sp.,  Clark  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  2. 

nasuta  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Pleuromeris)  parva  Lea,  Dali,  8. 
(Pteromeris)  perplana  Conrad. 
Dali,  8. 

planicosta  Lamarck,  Dali,  8,  10. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Venericardia  planicostata  var.  regia 
Conrad,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

potapacoensis  n.  sp.,  Clark  and 
Martin,  2. 

prsecisa  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
scabricostata  Guppy,  Dali,  8. 
(Pleuromeris)  scitula  n.  sp.,  Dali, 
8. 

serricosta  Heilprin,  Dali,  8. 
simplex  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Pleuromeris)  tellia  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
(Pleuromeris)  tridentata  Say, 
Dali,  8. 

ventricosa  Gould,  Arnold,  2. 
vicksburgensis  n.  sp.,  Casey,  4. 
vicksburgiana  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 
wilcoxensis  n.  sp.,  Dali,  8. 

Venerupis  Lamarck,  Dali,  8. 

Ventricola  Rcemer,  Dali,  8. 

Venus  Linne,  Arnold,  2. 

Venus  (Linne),  Lamarck,  Dali,  8. 
campechiensis  Gmelin,  Dali,  8. 
campechiensis  var.  capax  (Con¬ 
rad),  Glenn,  6. 

campechiensis  var.  cuneata  (Con¬ 
rad),  Glenn,  6. 

campechiensis  var.  mortoni  (Con¬ 
rad),  Glenn,  6. 

campechiensis  var.  tetrica  (Con¬ 
rad),  Glenn,  6. 

(Chione)  conradiana  n.  sp.,  An¬ 
derson,  7. 

ducateli  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
ducateli  Conrad,  Dali  8. 

(Chione)  fluctifraga  Sowerby,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Chione)  gnidia  Broderip  and 
Sowerby,  Arnold,  2. 
halidona  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
langdoni  Dali,  Dali,  8. 
mercenaria  Linne,  Glenn,  6. 
mercenaria  var.  notata  Say,  Dali, 
8. 

(Chione)  neglecta  Sowerby,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

perlaminosa  Conrad,  Arnold,  2. 
plena  Conrad,  Dali,  8. 
plena  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 
rileyi  Conrad,  Glenn,  6. 

(Chione)  simillima  Sowerby,  Ar¬ 
nold,  2. 

(Chione)  succincta  Valenciennes, 
Arnold,  2. 

(Chione)  temblorensis  n.  sp.,  An¬ 
derson,  7. 

tridacnoides  Lamarck,  Dali,  8. 

Vermetus  cornejoi  Castillo  and  Aguil¬ 
era?,  Cragin,  2. 

graniferus  (Say),  Martin  (G.  C.), 
5. 

virginicus  (Conrad),  Martin  (G. 
C.),  5, 

sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Vermipora  serpuloides  Hall,  Shimer,  5. 
serpuloides  Hall,  Weller,  6. 


728 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Vermispongia  n.  gen.,  Whitfield,  12. 
dactyliformis  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  12. 
hamiltonensis  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  12. 
Verticordia  S.  Wood,  Arnold,  2. 

(Trigonulina)  bowdenensis  n.  sp., 
Dali,  8. 

(Trigonulina)  cossmanni  n.  sp.. 
Dali,  8. 

dalliana  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 
(Trigonulina)  emmonsi  Conrad, 
Dali,  8. 

eocenensis  Langdon  (em.),  Dali, 

8. 

(Haliris)  jamaicensis  n.  sp.,  Dali, 

8. 

(Haliris)  mississippiensis  Dali, 
Dali,  8. 

novemcostata  Adams  and  Reeve, 
Arnold,  2. 

quadrangularis  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 
sotoensis  n.  sp.,  Aldrich,  2. 
sp.  indet.,  Dali,  8. 

(Trigonulina)  sp.  indet.,  Dali,  8. 
Vertigo  marki  n.  sp.,  Gulick,  1. 

numellata  n.  sp.,  Gulick,  1. 
Viburnum  hollickii  n.  sp.,  Berry,  4. 
mattewanense  n.  sp.,  Berry,  7. 
ovatum  n.  sp.,  Penhallow,  4. 
Vicarya  callosa  var.,  Becker,  1. 

semperi  n.  var.,  Becker,  1. 
Villorita  cyprinoides  (Wood),  Dali,  8. 

floridana  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Vinella  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler,  1. 

?  multiradiata  n.  sp.,  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  1. 

radialis  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bass¬ 
ler,  1. 

radiciformis  (Vine),  Ulrich  and 
Bassler,  1. 

radiciformis  conferta  Ulrich,  Ul¬ 
rich  and  Bassler,  1. 
repens  Ulrich,  Ulrich  and  Bassler, 
1. 

Vitiphyllum  multifidum  Fontaine,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

Vitrinella  C.  B.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 

williamsoni  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
Vitulina  pustulosa  Hall,  Kindle,  1. 
Viverravidse,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  19. 
Viverravus  Marsh,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  1. 
Viverravus  Marsh,  Wortman,  3. 
gracilis  Marsh,  Wortman,  3. 
minutus  n.  sp.,  Wortman,  3. 
viviparus  montanaensis  n.  sp., 
Stanton,  4. 

Volupia  Defrance,  Dali,  8. 

Volutilithes  petrosus  (Conrad),  Clark 
and  Martin,  2. 

sp.,  Clark  and  Martin,  2. 

Volvarina  Hinds,  Arnold,  2. 

Volvula  A.  Adams,  Arnold,  2. 

cylindrica  Carpenter,  Arnold,  2. 
iota  (Conrad),  Martin  (G.  C.),  5. 
iota  var.  calverta  n.  var.,  Martin 
(G.  C.),  5. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Volvula  iota  var.  diminuta  n.  var., 
Martin  (G.  C.),  5. 

iota  var.  marylandica  n.  var.,  Mar¬ 
tin  (G.  C. ),  5. 

iota  var.  patuxentia  n.  var.,  Mar¬ 
tin  (G.  C.),  5. 

Vulcanomya  Dali,  Dali,  8. 

Vulpavus  Marsh,  Wortman,  2. 
hargeri  n.  sp.,  Wortman,  2. 
palustris  Marsh,  Wortman,  2. 
Waagenoceras  Gemmellaro,  Smith  (.T. 
T\),  3. 

cumminsi  White,  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
hilli  n.  sp..  Smith  (J.  P.),  3. 
Wardia  fertilis  n.  sp.,  White  (D.),  17. 
Washakius  Leidy,  Wortman,  14. 

insignis  Leidy,  Wortman,  14. 
Westonia  n.  subgen..  Walcott,  1. 
Westonia,  Walcott,  Matthew  (G.  F.), 
20. 

escasoni,  Matthew  (G.  F.),  20. 
Whitella  canadensis  n.  sp.,  Raymond 
(P.  E.),  7. 

?  siluriana  n.  sp.,  Kindle  and  Bre- 
ger,  1. 

suborbicularis  n.  sp.,  Weller,  6. 
subtruncata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
Whitfieldella  Hall  and  Clarke,  Grabau, 
1. 

cylindrica  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
intermedia  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
laevis  (Whitfield),  Grabau,  1. 
nitida  Hall,  Kindie  and  Breger,  1. 
nitida  Hall  1843,  Beecher,  1. 
nitida  Hall,  Clarke  and  Ruede- 
mann,  1. 

cf.  nitida  Hall,  Grabau,  9. 
nitida  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
nitida  var.  oblata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
nucleolata  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
oblata  Hall,  Grabau,  1. 
sulcata  (Vanuxem),  Grabau,  1. 
Whittleseya  Newbury  1853,  White  (D.), 
4. 

brevifolia  n.  sp.,  White  (D.),  4. 
dawsoniana  n.  sp.,  White  (D.),  4. 
desiderata  n.  sp.,  White  (D.),  4. 
Williamsonia?  bibbinsi  Ward  n.  sp., 
Fontaine,  5. 

?  gallinacea  n.  sp.,  Ward,  Fon¬ 
taine,  5. 

oregonensis  n.  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 

?  sp.,  Fontaine,  1. 

Wilsonia  globosa  n.  sp.,  Decker,  6. 
Wilsonia  saffordi  Hall,  Kindle  and  Bre¬ 
ger,  1. 

Worthenia?  lasallensis  Worthen?,  Gir- 
ty,  3. 

?  marcouiana  Geinitz?,  Girty,  3. 
mississippiensis  (W.  &  W.),  Wel¬ 
ler,  2. 

tabulata  Conrad?,  Girty,  3. 

?  sp.,  Girty,  3. 

Xenaphora  zitteli  n.  sp.,  Weaver,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


729 


Paleontology — Continued . 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 
Xenaspis  Waagen,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 

marcoul  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Kenodiscus  Waagen,  Hyatt  and  Smith, 
1. 

bittneri  n.  sp.,  Hyatt  and  Smith,  1. 
Xenopliora  conchyliophora  (Born), 
Martin  (G.  C.),  5. 

Xenotherium  unicum  n.  gen.  and  sp., 
Douglass,  9. 

Xiphactinus  Leidy,  Stewart,  1. 
audax  (Cope),  Stewart,  1. 
brachygnathus  Stewart,  Stewart, 
1. 

lowii  Stewart,  Stewart,  1. 
Xiphias?  radiata  (Clark),  Eastman,  1. 
Xiphopeza  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 

triplex  E.  Hitchcock,  Lull,  2. 
Xylophomya  n.  gen.,  Whitfield,  4. 

laramiensis  n.  sp.,  Whitfield,  4. 
Yoldia  Moller,  Arnold,  2. 
breweri  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
cooper  i  Gabb,  Arnold,  2. 
diminutiva  n.  sp.,  Whiteaves  12. 
emersonii  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
glabra  Beede  and  Rogers,  Beede,  1. 
Isevis  (Say),  Glenn,  6. 
knoxensis  (McChesney)  ?,  Beede,  1. 
palachei  n.  sp.,  Dali,  10. 
scissurata  Dali,  Arnold,  2. 
subscitula  (Meek  and  Hayden), 
Beede,  1. 

Yuccites  hettagensis  Saporta?,  Fon¬ 
taine,  1. 

Zacanthoides  (Olenoides)  spinosus  Wal¬ 
cott,  Woodward  (H. ),  1. 

Zamia  washingtoniana  Ward,  Fontaine, 

5. 

Zamiopsis  insignis  Fontaine,  Fontaine, 
5. 

Zamites  arcticus  Goppert,  Fontaine,  3, 
4. 

tenuinervis  Fontaine,  Fontaine,  3. 
Zaphrentis  Rafinesque,  Grabau,  1. 
Zaphrentis  Rafinesque  and  Clifford, 
Lambe,  2. 

affinis  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
albacornis  n.  sp.,  Greene,  13. 
albus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
alveolatus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  13. 
amplexiformis  n.  sp.,  Greene,  5. 
caliculus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  15. 
callosus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  15. 
cassedayi  Milne  Edwards,  Greene, 
13. 

cingulosa  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
clinatus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  14. 
compressa  Milne  Edwards,  Greene, 
13. 

curtus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
gibsoni  White,  Girty,  3. 
gigantea  Lesueur  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
halli  E.  &.  H.,  Greene,  13. 
incondita  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
inflexus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
insolens  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 


Paleontology — Continued. 

Genera  and  species  described — Continued. 

Zaphrentis  intortus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  13. 
invaginatus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  13. 
lamasteri  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
minas  Dawson,  Lambe,  2. 
mirabilis  Billings  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
neptun  n.  sp.,  Herzer,  5. 
obcurus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  2. 
patens  Billings,  Lambe,  2. 
prolixus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  11. 
pusillus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  1. 
cf.  racinensis  Whitfield,  Clarke 
and  Ruedemann,  1. 
roemeri  E.  &  H.?,  Weller,  6. 
shumardi  Milne  Edwards  and 
Haime  (sp.),  Lambe,  2. 
stokesi  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime, 
Lambe,  2. 

strigatus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  13. 
subcentralis  n.  sp.,  Greene,  14. 
tantilla  Miller,  Girty,  3. 
trisinuatus  n.  sp.,  Greene,  8. 
turbinati  (Hall),  Grabau.  1. 
weberi  n.  sp.,  Greene,  7. 
sp.,  Girty,  3. 
sp.  undet.,  Weller,  6. 

Zaphsalis  abradus  Cope,  Stanton  and 
Hatcher,  1. 

Zarhachis  flagellator  Cope,  Case,  9. 
tysonii  Cope,  Case,  9. 

Zatrachis,  Broili,  2. 

Zatrachys  crucifer  n.  sp.,  Case,  5. 

Zeacrinus  commaticus  Miller,  Grabau. 

8. 

?  robustus  Beede,  Beede,  1. 

Zeuglodon  (Basilosaurus) ,  Lucas  (F. 
A.),  20. 

Ziphacodon  rugatus  Marsh,  Wortman, 
4. 

Zirplnea  Leach,  Arnold,  2. 
gabbii  Tryon,  Arnold,  2. 

Zizyphus  elegans  Hollick,  Hollick,  11. 

Zonitoides  bristoli  n.  sp.,  Gulick,  1. 

Zygospira,  Beecher,  1. 

aquila  n.  sp.,  Sardeson,  9. 
nicolleti  (W.  &  S.),  Weller,  6. 
recurvirostra  (Hall),  Weller,  6. 
recurvirostris  Hall,  Ruedemann,  2. 

Panama. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  33. 

Geology  of  Isthmus  of  Panama,  Ed¬ 
wards  (H.  W.),  1. 

Geology  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama, 
Hershey,  5. 

Manganese  industry  of  Panama,  Wil¬ 
liams  (E.  G.),  1. 

Pleistocene  Foraminifera  from  Panama, 
Cushman,  2. 

Pennsylvania. 

Accounting  for  the  depth  of  the  Wyom¬ 
ing  buried  valley,  Lyman,  1. 

Age  of  the  coals  at  Tipton,  White  (D.), 
<> 


730 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Pennsylvania— Continued . 

Alleged  Parker  channel,  Williams  (E. 

ID,  1. 

Anthracite  coal  fields,  Storrs  (A.  II.), 

1. 

Anthracite  coal  near  Perkiomen  Creek, 
Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  2. 

Anticlinal  folds,  Hopkins  and  Small¬ 
wood,  1. 

Barite  in  Pennsylvania,  Stose,  2. 

Barnesboro-Patton  field,  Burrows,  1. 

Basal  conglomerate  in  Lehigh  and 
Northhampton  counties,  Peck,  2,  3. 

Beaver  folio,  Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Bituminous  coal  field  of  Pennsylvania, 
White  and  Campbell,  1. 

Brownsville-Connellsville  folio,  Camp¬ 
bell  (M.  R.),  8. 

Buried  valley  of  Wyoming,  Corss,  1. 

Buried  valley  of  Wyoming,  Griffith,  1. 

Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  basin, 
Stevenson  (J.  J.),  6. 

Catskill  rocks  in  northern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  4. 

Caves  of  Huntingdon  County,  Morgan- 
roth,  1. 

Cement  belt  in  Lehigh  and  Northamp¬ 
ton  counties,  Peck,  5. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Cement-rock  deposits  of  the  Lehigh  dis¬ 
trict,  Eckel,  26. 

Charbons  gras  de  la  Pennsylvanie  et  de 
la  Virginie  occidentale,  Heurteau,  1. 

Clays  of  Great  Valley  and  South  Moun¬ 
tain  areas,  Hopkins  (T.  C.),  4. 

Clays  of  Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  1. 

Clays  of  southeastern  Pennsylvania, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Clays  of  upper  Ohio  and  Beaver  River 
region,  Hice,  2. 

Coal  Measures  of  bituminous  regions, 
Adams  (T.  K.),  1. 

Coal  Measures  of  central  Pennsylvania, 
Fluck,  1. 

Coal  mining  in  the  Wilmore  basin, 
Butts,  3. 

Composition  of  petroleum,  Mabery,  2. 

Connellsville  region  mineral  resources, 
Eavenson,  1. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Contributions  to  mineralogy,  Eyerman, 
1. 

Correlation  of  Tiedmont  formations, 
Mathews,  6. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  41. 

Deposition  of  Appalachian  Pottsville, 
White  (D.),  15. 

Description  of  four  meteorites,  Ward 
(H.  A.),  3. 

Ebensburg  folio,  Pennsylvania,  Butts, 
7. 

Elders  Ridge  coal  field,  Stone  (R.  W.), 
1,  7. 


Pennsylvania — Continued. 

Elkland-Tioga  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden, 
2. 

Extra-morainic  pebbles  in  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Woolsey,  2. 

Gaines  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 
Gaines  oil  field,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  3. 
Geographic  development  of  northern 
Pennsylvania  and  southern  New 
York,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  9. 

Geological  excursion  in  Pittsburg  re¬ 
gion,  Grant  (U.  S.),  4. 

Geology  of  Pittsburg  district,  White 
(I.  C.),  G. 

Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  De- 
maret,  1. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea¬ 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lev- 
erett,  4. 

Glacial  gravels  of  the  Kittanning 
quadrangle,  Leverett,  10. 

Graphite  and  garnet,  Hopkins  (T.  C.), 
3. 

Hyner  gas  pool,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  9. 
Indiana  folio,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 
Kansas  glaciation  and  its  effects  on  the 
river  system  of  northern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Williams  (E.  H.),  2. 
Kittanning  folio,  Butts,  4. 

Latrobe  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  18. 
Limestones  of  southwestern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Clapp,  4. 

Lodel  Creek  and  Skippack  Creek, 
Lyman,  2. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian 
basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  2,  4. 
Masontown-Uniontown  folio,  Camp¬ 
bell  (M.  R.),  6. 

Mauch  Chunk  of  Pennsylvania,  Steven¬ 
son  (J.  J.),  1. 

Meteoreisen-Studien,  Cohen,  4. 
Meteoreisen  von  Millers  Run  bei  Pitts¬ 
burg,  Cohen,  7. 

Mineral  resources  of  Elders  Ridge 
quadrangle,  Stone  (R.  W.),  8. 
Misnamed  Indiana  anticline,  Richard¬ 
son  (G.  B.),  1. 

New  species  of  Olenellus,  Wanner.  1. 
New  Xiphosuran  from  Upper  Devonian 
of  Pennsylvania,  Beecher,  5. 
Northward  flow  of  ancient  Beaver 
River,  Hice,  1. 

Occurrence  of  serpentine  and  talc. 
Peck,  1. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  Greene  County, 
Stone  (R.  W.),  2. 

Oil  and  gas  in  the  vicinity  of  Philadel¬ 
phia,  Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  3. 

On  spangolite,  Penfield,  3. 

Ordovician  section  near  Bellefonte, 
Collie,  3. 

Origin  of  anticlinal  folds  near  Mead- 
ville,  Smallwood  and  Hopkins,  1. 
Original  southern  limit  of  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  anthracite  beds,  Lyman,  4. 
Pennsylvania  anthracite  coal  field, 
Stoek,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


731 


Pennsylvania — Continued . 

Petroleum  industry  of  Europe  and 
America,  Otsuka,  1. 

Physiographic  features  of  the  Susque¬ 
hanna  basin,  Hollister,  1. 

Physiographic  studies  in  southern 
Pennsylvania,  Stose,  3. 

Piedmont  district  of  Pennsylvania, 
Bascom,  3. 

Pittsburg  coal  in  the  Burgettstown 
quadrangle,  Griswold,  3. 

Pocono  rocks  in  the  Allegheny  Valley, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  14. 

Recent  geological  work  in  western 
Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  3,  7. 

Recent  structural  work  in  western 
Pennsylvania,  Butts,  2. 

Recent  work  in  bituminous  coal  field 
of  Pennsylvania,  Campbell  (M.  R.), 
11. 

Revision  of  Phyllocarida  from  Che¬ 
mung  and  Waverly  groups  of  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  Beecher,  8. 

Road-making  materials  of  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Rural  Valley  folio,  Butts,  6. 

Serpentines  of  Philadelphia,  Jonas,  1. 

Shifting  of  faunas,  Williams  (H.  S.),  4. 

Slate  industry  at  Slatington,  Dale,  2. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 

8. 

Steinkohlengebiete  von  Pennsylvanien 
und  Westvirginien,  Simmersbach,  1. 

Structure  of  South  Mountain,  Stose,  1. 

Topography  and  travel  in  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Tower,  2. 

Troost’s  survey  of  Philadelphia,  Ham¬ 
ilton  (S.  H.),  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Pennsylvania, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  23. 

Upper  Paleozoic  rocks  of  Ohio  and 
Pennsylvania,  Girty,  10. 

Water  resources  of  Chambersburg  and 
Mercersburg  quadrangles,  Stose,  4. 

Water  resources  of  Elders  Ridge  quad¬ 
rangle,  Stone  (R.  W.),  3. 

Water  resources  of  the  Curwensville, 
Patton,  Ebensburg,  and  Barnesboro 
quadrangles,  Clapp,  3. 

Water  resources  of  the  Pawpaw  and 
Hancock  quadrangles,  Stose  and  Mar¬ 
tin,  1. 

Water  resources  of  the  Philadelphia 
district,  Bascom,  2. 

Water  resources  of  the  Waynesburg 
quadrangle,  Stone  (R.  W.),  4. 

Water  supply  for  Philadelphia,  Carter 
(O.  S.  C.),  1. 

Waynesburg  folio,  Stone  (R.  W.),  6. 

Petrology. 

Alaska. 

Alaska-Treadwell  mine,  Palache,  2. 

Geology  about  Chichagof  Cove,  Pala¬ 
che,  3. 

Reconnaissance  of  northwestern  por¬ 
tion  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Collier,  1. 


Petrology — Continued . 

A  laska — Continued. 

Rocks  and  minerals  of  south  Alaska, 
Novarese,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  igneous  rocks  of 
Alaska,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  York  region,  Collier, 

8. 

Arizona. 

Bisbee  folio,  Ransome,  14. 

Bradshaw  Mountains  folio,  .Taggar  and 
Palache,  1. 

Clinton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Conglomerate  dikes  in  southern  Ari¬ 
zona,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  15. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clinton;Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  of  Fort  Apache  region,  Reagan, 
3. 

Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ran¬ 
some,  6. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Petrography  of  the  Tucson  Mountains, 
Guild,  1. 

Reformed  copper  ores,  Goodwin,  1. 

Arkansas. 

Magmatic  differentiation  of  rocks, 
Keyes,  27. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  north  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Branner,  2. 

California. 

Berkeley  Hills,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

California  feldspar-corundum  rocks 
from  Plumas  County,  Lawson  (A. 
C.),  1. 

Clastic  dikes,  Newsom,  4. 

Copper  in  northern  California,  Diller, 

G. 

Crystalline  rocks  of  the  San  Gabriel 
Mountains,  Arnold  and  Strong,  1. 

Eclogites  in  California,  Holway,  1. 

Geological  section  of  the  Coast  ranges, 
Osmont,  1. 

Geology  of  Mineral  King,  Knopf  and 
Thelen,  1. 

Geomorphogeny  of  Kern  basin,  Lawson 
(A.  C.),  10. 

Glaucophane  and  associated  schists  in 
the  Coast  ranges,  Nutter  and  Barber, 
1. 

Igneous  rocks  near  Pajaro,  Reid  (J. 
A.),  1. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 

Miocene  diabase  of  the  Santa  Cruz 
Mountains,  Haehl  and  Arnold,  1. 

Orbicular  gabbro  at  Dehesa,  Lawson 
(A.  C.),  11. 

Orbicular  gabbro  from  San  Diego 
County,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  7. 

Orbicular  gabbro  of  Dehesa,  Kessler 
and  Hamilton,  1. 

Pegmatyte  veins  of  Pala,  Waring,  2. 

Physiographic  features  of  Klamath 
Mountains,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  2. 
Plumasite,  Lawson  (A,  C.),  8. 


732 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Petrology — Continued. 

California — Continued. 

Roofing  slate  of  igneous  origin,  Eckel, 
27. 

San  Luis  folio,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Variability  in  rock  magma,  Turner,  8. 

Canada. 

Abitibi  region,  Kay,  1. 

Amygdaloidal  trap  rock,  Dresser,  3. 

Archa?an  rocks  of  Ottavra  Valley, 
Osann,  2. 

Areas  of  nepheline-syenite,  Miller  (W. 
G.),  1. 

Atlin  mining  district,  Gwillim,  1. 

Boundary  Creek  district,  Brock,  3. 

Canadian  Rockies.  Part  II;  On  some 
rock-specimens,  Bonney,  2. 

Characteristics  of  Atlin  gold  field, 
Gwillim,  2. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  in  Quebec,  Dres¬ 
ser,  7. 

Descriptions  of  rocks  collected  in  1900, 
Barlow,  1. 

Explorations  in  Abitibi,  McMillan,  1. 

Geology  and  petrography  of  Shefford 
Mountain,  Dresser,  9. 

Geology  of  Brome  Mountain,  Dresser, 

11. 

Geology  of  Michipicoten  Island,  Bur- 
wash,  1. 

Geology  of  Rigaud  Mountain,  Le  Roy,  1. 

Geology  of  St.  Helens  Island,  Nolan 
and  Dixon,  1. 

Geology  of  the  International  Boundary, 
Daly,  10. 

Geology  of  western  part  of  Interna¬ 
tional  Boundary,  Daly,  13. 

Geology  of  Yamaska  Mountain,  Young, 

1. 

Hornblende  lamprophyre  dike  at  Rich¬ 
mond,  Dresser,  2. 

Huronian  of  Moose  River  basin,  Parks, 

1. 

Iron-ore  deposits  along  Kingston  and 
Pembroke  Railway  in  eastern  Onta¬ 
rio,  Ingall,  4. 

Iron  ranges  of  Michipicoten  west.  Bell 
(J.  M.),  3. 

Iron  ranges  of  northwestern  Ontario, 
Coleman,  12. 

Iron  ranges  of  the  Lower  Huronian, 
Coleman,  4. 

Lake  Temiscaming  to  Height  of  Land, 
Miller  (W.  G.),  5. 

Lamprophyres  of  the  Rossland  mining 
district,  Barber,  1. 

Laurentian  limestones  and  granite  of 
Haliburton  County,  Graton,  1. 

Michipicoten  iron  ranges,  Coleman  and 
Willmott,  2. 

Michipicoten  iron  region,  Coleman  and 
Willmott,  1. 

Microscopic  examination  of  sections  of 
rocks,  Barlow,  2. 

Mining  in  the  Rossland  district,  Camp¬ 
bell  (C.  M.),  1. 

Monteregian  Hills,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 


Petrology — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Nepheline  and  other  syenites  near  Port 
Coldwell,  Ontario,  Coleman,  8 
Nepheline  rock  from  Ontario,  Adams 
(F.  D.),  8. 

Nepheline  rocks  of  Ice  River,  Barlow,  4. 
Nepheline  syenite  in  western  Ontario, 
Miller  (W.  G.),  7. 

Nickel  and  copper  deposits  of  Sudbury, 
Barlow,  8. 

Notes  on  geology  and  ore  deposits  of 
southeastern  British  Columbia,  Cor- 
less,  2. 

Notes  on  specimens  collected  in  the 
Canadian  Rocky  Mountains,  Bonney, 

3. 

Ore  deposits  of  Boundary  Creek  dis¬ 
trict,  Brock,  2. 

Ore  deposits  of  Copper  Mountain,  Scott 
(O.  N.),  1. 

Origin  of  veins  in  asbestiform  serpen¬ 
tine,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  14. 
Petrograpnical  contribution  to  geology 
of  Quebec,  Dresser,  6. 

Petrography  of  Kettle  River  mining 
division,  Silver,  2. 

Petrography  of  Mount  Orfoi-d,  Dresser, 

4. 

Petrography  of  rock  samples  from 
British  Columbia,  Robertson,  4. 
Petrography  of  Sheffield  and  Brome 
Mountains,  Di’esser,  8. 

Petrography  of  Shefford  Mountain, 
Dresser,  5. 

Pyroxenites  of  the  Grenville  series  in 
Ottawa  County,  Canada,  Gordon  (C. 

H. ),  5. 

Report  of  section  of  chemistry  and 
mineralogy,  Hoffmann,  1. 

Round  Lake  to  Abitibi  River,  Bolton, 

I. 

Secondary  origin  of  certain  gi*anites, 
Daly,  11. 

Stratigraphy  and  igneous  rocks  of 
Alaska,  Emei-son  (B.  K.),  6. 

Sudbury  district,  Barlow,  3. 

Sudbury  mining  district,  Barlow,  6. 
Sulphide  ore  bodies  of  Sudbury  region, 
Silver,  1. 

Syenites  near  Port  Coldwell,  Coleman, 
13. 

Up  and  down  the  Mississaga,  Graton. 

2. 

Varieties  of  sex’pentine  in  southeastern 
Quebec,  Di-esser,  16. 

Volcanic  rocks  of  New  Brunswick, 
Bailey  (L.  W.),  10. 

Colorado. 

Andesite  of  Mount  Sugar  Loaf, 
Hogarty,  1. 

Basaltic  zones  as  guides  to  ore  deposi¬ 
tion,  Stevens  (E.  A.),  2. 
Garnetiferous  bed  in  Golden  Gate  Can¬ 
yon,  Bailey,  Rath,  and  Grider,  1. 
Granite  of  West  Sugar  Loaf  Mountain, 
Henry,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


733 


Petrology — Continued. 

Colorado — Continued. 

Greenstone  schists  in  the  San  Juan 
Mountains,  Howe,  3. 

La  Plata  folio,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Mica  andesite  of  west  Sugar  Loaf 
Mountain,  Blake  (J.  C.),  1. 

Nodular-bearing  schists  near  PeaH, 
Read,  2. 

Occurrence  of  limburgite,  Stevens  (E. 
A.),  1. 

Olivinite  dike  of  Magnolia  district, 
Whitaker,  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Rico  Mountains,  Ran- 
some,  3. 

Report  State  Bureau  of  Mines,  Lee  (H. 
A.),  1. 

Silverton  folio,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Spanish  peaks  folio,  Hills,  1. 

Sunset  trachyte,  Breed,  I. 

Tellurium  veins  in  La  Plata  Mountains, 
Austin,  1. 

Connecticut. 

Newark  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Val¬ 
ley,  Hobbs,  2. 

Tungsten  mine  at  Trumbull,  Hobbs,  5. 

District  of  Columbia. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Georgia. 

Aplite,  pegmatite,  and  tourmaline 
bunches  in  Stone  Mountain  granite, 
Watson  (T.  L.),  5. 

Granites  and  gneisses  of  Georgia,  Wat¬ 
son  (T.  L.),  8. 

Granitic  rocks  of  Georgia,  Watson  (T. 
L.),  1. 

Origin  of  the  phenocrysts  in  porphyri- 
tic  granites,  Watson  (T.  L.),  3. 

Sandstone  dikes  near  Columbus, 
McCallie,  6. 

Trap  dikes  of  Georgia,  McCallie,  1. 

Weathering  of  granitic  rocks,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  4. 

Greenland. 

Eisenfiihrenden  Gesteinen  der  Insel 
Disko,  Nicolau,  1. 

Mineralogisk  resa  i  Syd  Groenland, 
Flink,  1. 

Mineralogisk-petrografiske  underscegel- 
ser  af  Groenlandske  nefelinsyeniter 
og  beslaegtede  bjaegarter,  Ussing,  1. 

Petrographie  Nord-Gronlands,  Below- 
sky,  1. 

Rocks  and  minerals  from  north  Green¬ 
land  and  Frobisher  Bay,  Emerson 
(B.  K.),  8. 

Rocks  from  east  coast  of  Greenland, 
Nordenskjold,  1. 

Rocks  of  Nugsuaks  Peninsula,  Phalen, 

1. 

Guatemala. 

Alta  Verapaz,  Sapper,  3. 

Asche  des  Vulkans  Sta.  Maria,  Brauns 

1,  2. 

Cendres  d'un  volcan  pr&s  du  Santa 
Maria,  Ordonez,  5, 


Petrology— Continued. 

Guatemala — Continued. 

Produkte  des  Ausbruchs  am  S.  Maria, 
Bergeat,  3. 

Trodukte  Vulkan  S.  Maria,  Bergeat,  2. 

Hawaiian  Islands. 

Trachyte  in  Hawaii,  Cross  (W.),  6. 

Idaho. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Bitterroot  Range  and  Clearwater 
Mountains,  Lindgren,  21. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Nez 
Perces  County,  Russell,  2. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Snake 
River  Plains,  Russell,  5. 

Geology  of  Idaho  and  Oregon,  Russell, 

8. 

Iowa. 

Analysis  of  dolomite  rock,  Knight  (N.), 

6. 

Dolomites  of  eastern  Iowa,  Knight 
(N.),  5. 

Iowa  dolomite,  Knight  (N.),  1. 

Kentucky. 

Lead,  zinc,  and  fluorspar  deposits  of 
western  Kentucky,  Ulrich,  8. 

Maine. 

Andesites  of  the  Aroostook  volcanic 
area,  Gregory  (II.  E.),  1. 

Geological  study  of  the  Fox  Islands, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  2. 

Maryland. 

Basic  rocks  of  northeastern  Maryland, 
Leonard,  1. 

Geology  of  crystalline  rocks  of  Cecil 
County,  Bascom,  1. 

Structure  of  the  Peidmont  Plauteau, 
Mathews,  5. 

Massachusetts. 

Alkalisyenit  von  Beverly,  Wright  (F. 
E.),  3. 

Calcite-prehnite  cement  rock  lrom  the 
Holyoke  Range,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Geology  of  the  Weston  aqueduct, 
Crosby,  12. 

Geology  of  Worcester,  Mass.,  Perry  and 
Emerson,  1. 

Holyokeite  from  the  Trias  of  Massa¬ 
chusetts,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  3. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Neponset  Valley, 
Crosby,  15. 

Medford  dike  area,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 

1. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Plumose  diabase  and  palagonite  from 
Holyoke  trap  sheet,  Emerson  (B. 
K. ) ,  9. 

Rocks  of  the  Weston  aqueduct,  War¬ 
ren,  2. 

Structural  relations  of  amygdaloidal 
melaphyre,  Burr,  1.  # 

Mexico. 

AnSlisis  y  clasificacion  de  granate, 
Villarello,  7. 

Copper  deposits  at  San  Jose,  Kemp,  32, 


734 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Petrology— Continued. 

M  exico — Continued. 

Criadero  de  fierro  del  Cerro  de  Mercado, 
Durango,  Rangel,  1. 

Criaderos  de  fierro  de  la  hacienda  de 
Vaquerias,  Villarello  and  Bose,  1. 

Geology  of  nepheline  syenite  area  at 
San  Jose,  Tamaulipas,  Finlay  (G.  I.), 
7. 

Geology  of  San  Pedro  district,  Fin¬ 
lay  (G.  I.),  5. 

Geology  of  the  San  Jose  district,  Fin¬ 
lay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Geology  of  western  Mexico,  Farrington, 

13. 

In  San  Cristobal  gefallene  Asche, 
Schottler,  1. 

Nauhcampatepetl  6  Cofre  de  Perote, 
Ordonez,  18. 

Natiirlicher  Koks  in  den  Santa  Clara 
Ivohlenfeldern,  Sonora,  Ochsenius,  1. 

Profil  durch  den  Ostabfall  der  Sierra 
Madre  Oriental,  Bose,  2. 

Rhyolitas,  Ordonez,  1. 

Rocas  de  Chiapas  y  Tabasco,  Ordonez, 

14. 

Roche  basaltique  de  la  Sierra  Verde, 
Kroustchoff,  1. 

Section  across  the  Sierra  Madre  Occi¬ 
dental  of  Chihuahua  and  Sinaloa, 
Weed,  9. 

Vulkanische  Asche,  Schmidt,  1. 

Xinantacatl  ou  volcan  Nevado  de  Tolu¬ 
ca,  Ordonez,  7. 

Michigan. 

Geological  cross  sections  of  Keweenaw 
Point,  Hubbard  (L.  L.),  1. 

Menominee  district  of  Michigan,  Bay- 
ley,  1. 

Notes  on  rocks  and  minerals  of  Michi¬ 
gan,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Tamarack  Mine  cross  section,  Lane,  45. 

Minnesota. 

Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix,  Berkey,  1. 

Etude  mineralogique  et  petrographique 
des  roches  gabbroiques  de  l’Etat  de 
Minnesota,  Winchell  (A.  N.),  1. 

Keeweenawan  area  of  eastern  Minne¬ 
sota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  3. 

Keewatin  area  of  eastern  and  central 
Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  4. 

Mesabi  iron-bearing  district  of  Minne¬ 
sota,  Leith,  4. 

New  iron-bearing  horizon  in  Keewatin 
in  Minnesota,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  1. 

Origin  and  development  of  iron  ores 
of  Mesabi  and  Gogebic  iron  ranges, 
Leith,  8. 

Secondary  origin  of  certain  granites, 
Daly,  11. 

Splierulitic  texture  in  the  Archean 
greenstones  of  Minnesota,  Clements, 
G. 

Vermilion  iron-bearing  district  of  Min¬ 
nesota,  Clements,  3. 


Petrology — Continued. 

Missouri. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Keyes,  20. 

Montana. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Bitterroot  Range  and  Clearwater 
Mountains,  Lindgren,  21. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Weed,  5. 

Igneous  rocks  of  Algonkian  series,  Fin¬ 
lay  (G.  I.),  4. 

Igneous  rocks  of  High  wood  Mountains, 
Pirsson,  4. 

Microscopical  petrography  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Barrell,  1. 
Missourite,  a  new  leu  cite  rock,  Weed 
and  Pirrson,  2. 

Petrographic  province  of  central  Mon¬ 
tana,  Pirrson,  5. 

Petrography  of  Square  Butte,  Pirrson, 

3. 

Petrography  of  Yogo  peak,  Pirsson,  1. 
Shonkin  Sag  and  Palisade  Butte  lacco¬ 
liths  in  the  Highwood  Mountains, 
Weed  and  Pirsson,  1. 

Nevada. 

Geology  of  region  of  Walker  River, 
Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  dis 
trict,  Spurr,  29. 

Newfoundland. 

Variolitic  pillow  lava,  Daly,  9. 

New  Hampshire. 

Albany  granite  and  its  contact  phe¬ 
nomena,  Hawes,  2. 

Composition  of  labradorite  rocks,  Dana, 
1. 

Eruptive  rocks  in  Campton,  Hawes,  1. 
Geology  of  Littleton,  Hitchcock  (C. 

H. ),  10. 

Geology  of  Monadnock  Mountain. 
Perry,  2. 

Geology  of  Mount  Ivearsarge,  Perry,  1. 
Geology  of  the  Belknap  Mountains, 
Pirsson  and  Washington,  1. 

Rocks  of  Lake  Winnepesaukee,  Wash¬ 
ington,  3. 

New  Jersey. 

Glauconite,  Prather,  3. 
Leucite-tinguaite  from  Beemerville, 
Wolff,  1. 

Serpentines  of  Manhattan  Island,  New- 
land,  1. 

New  Mexico. 

Analcite-bearing  camptonite  from  New 
Mexico,  Ogilvie,  2. 

Geology  of  Cerillos  Hills,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  6. 

New  York. 

Adirondack  augite-andesite,  Cushing, 

I. 

Eruptive  dikes  in  Syracuse,  Schneider, 

4. 

Exposure  of  serpentine  at  Syracuse, 
Kraus,  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


735 


Petrology— Continued. 

New  York — Continued. 

Field  work  in  town  of  Minerva,  Fin¬ 
lay  (G.  I.),  2. 

Genesis  of  amphibole  schists  and  ser¬ 
pentines  of  Manhattan  Island, 
Julien,  7. 

Geological  history  of  the  hematite  iron 
ores  of  Antwerp  and  Fowler  belt  in 
New  York,  Crosby,  3. 

Geology  of  Adirondack  region,  Cush¬ 
ing,  10. 

Geology  of  Paradox  Lake  quadrangle, 
Ogilvie,  6. 

Geology  of  Rand  Hill,  Cushing,  2. 

Geology  of  the  city  of  New  York,  Gra- 
tacap,  7. 

Geology  of  the  Hudson  Valley,  Dale,  5. 

Geology  of  the  serpentines  of  central 
New  York,  Schneider,  6. 

Geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Little  Falls, 
Cushing,  9. 

Northumberland  volcanic  plug,  Wood- 
worth,  7. 

Peridotite  dikes  near  Ithaca,  Matson, 

2. 

Petrography  and  age  of  the  Northum¬ 
berland  rock,  Cushing,  7. 

Petrography  of  dikes  in  Syracuse, 
Smyth  (C.  H.),  2. 

Pre-Cambrian  outlier  at  Little  Falls, 
Herkimer  County,  Cushing,  4. 

Recent  geologic  work  in  Franklin  and 
St.  Lawrence  counties,  Cushing,  3; 

Rossie  lead  veins,  Smyth  (C.  H.),  4. 

Serpentines  of  Manhattan  Island,  New- 
land,  1. 

North  Carolina. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Virgilina  cop¬ 
per  district,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 

Corundum  of  North  Carolina,  Pratt 
and  Lewis,  1. 

Granites  of  North  Carolina,  Watson 
(T.  L.),  13,  16. 

Leopardite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  14. 

Orbicular  gabbro-diorite  from  Davie 
County,  Watson  (T.  L.),  15. 

Ohio. 

Ohio  bowlders  containing  huronite, 
Wright  (A.  A.),  2. 

Oklahoma. 

Geology  of  the  Wichita  Mountains, 
Gould,  13. 

Oregon. 

Contribution  to  petrography  of  John 
Day  Basin,  Calkins,  1. 

Coos  Bay  folio,  Diller,  4. 

Eclogites  in  California,  Holway,  1. 

Geology  and  petrography  of  Crater 
Lake  National  Park,  Diller  and  Pat¬ 
ton,  1. 

Gold  belt  of  Blue  Mountains,  Lindgren, 

4. 

Mesozoic  of  southwestern  Oregon,  Lou- 
derhack,  6. 

Port  Orford  folio,  Diller,  11. 


Petrology — Continued. 

Pennsylvania. 

Occurrence  of  serpentine  and  talc, 
Peck,  1. 

Piedmont  district  of  Pennsylvania, 
Bascom,  3. 

Road-making  materials  of  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Ihlseng,  1. 

Serpentines  of  Philadelphia,  Jonas,  1. 

Philippine  Islands. 

Volcanoes  and  seismic  centers  of  the 
Philippine  Archipelago,  Maso,  1. 

South  Dakota. 

Deposits  of  wolframite  in  the  Black 
Hills,  Irving,  1. 

Igneous  rocks  of  the  Sundance  folio, 
Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 

Newly  discovered  rock  at  Sioux  Falls, 
Todd  (J.  E.),  8,  12. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Tennessee. 

Deposits  of  copper  ores  at  Ducktown, 
Kemp,  10. 

Erratic  bowlder  from  the  Coal  Meas¬ 
ures  of  Tennessee,  McCallie,  5. 

Texas. 

Geologie  und  Petrographie  der  Apache 
Mountains,  Osann,  1. 

Quartz-feldspar-porphyry  from  Llano, 
Iddings,  3. 

Utah. 

Geology  of  Bingham  Canon,  Kemp,  23. 

Mineral  crest,  Jenney,  2. 

Vermont. 

Geology  of  Ascutney  Mountain,  Daly,  7. 

Granite  of  Barre,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  1. 

Granite  area  of  Barre,  Finlay  (G.  I.), 

2. 

Petrographic  description  of  dikes  of 
Grand  Isle,  Shimer,  1. 

Petrography  of  Belvidere  Mountain 
deposits,  Marsters,  3. 

Serpentine  belt  of  Lamoille  and  Or¬ 
leans  counties,  Marsters,  2. 

Structural  details  in  Green  Mountain 
region,  Dale,  1. 

Terranes  of  Orange  County,  Richardson 
(C.  H.),  2. 

Virginia. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Virgilina  cop¬ 
per  district,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 

Occurrence  of  unakite,  Phalen,  2. 

Washington. 

Building  and  ornamental  stones  of 
Washington,  Shedd,  2. 

Clealum  iron  ores,  Smith  and  Willis,  1. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Cascade  Range,  Smith  and  Calkins, 
1. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Yakima 
County,  Smith  (G.  O.),  3. 

Geology  of  Mount  Rainier,  Smith  (G. 

O.),  1. 

Ore  deposits  of  Monte  Cristo,  Spurr,  3. 

Tseudoserpentine  from  Stevens  County, 
Clarke  (F.  W.),  2,  5, 


736 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Petrology — Continued. 

West  Indies. 

Cendres  des  eruptions  de  la  Montagne 
Pelee,  Lacroix,  2. 

Composition  chimique  des  poussibres 
volcaniques  de  la  Martinique,  Gillot, 
1. 

Composition  des  cendres  projetees  par 
la  Montagne  Pelee,  Michel-Levy,  2. 

Cordierite  dans  les  produits  eruptifs  de 
la  Montagne  Pelee,  Lacroix,  17. 

Dust  from  Soufribre,  Bonney,  5. 

Enclaves  basiques  des  volcans  de  la 
Martinique,  Lacroix,  18. 

Enclaves  des  andesites  de  Montagne 
relee,  Lacroix,  6. 

Examination  of  ash  that  fell  on  Bar¬ 
bados  after  eruption  of  St.  Vincent, 
Flett,  1. 

History  of  the  Caribbean  Islands, 
Frazer,  S. 

Massive-solid  volcanic  eruptions,  Rus¬ 
sell,  13. 

Montagne  Pelee  et  ses  eruptions,  La¬ 
croix,  20. 

Observations  mineralogiques  faites  sur 
les  products  de  l’incendie  de  Saint- 
Pierre,  Lacroix,  10. 

Recent  tuffs  of  the  Soufribre,  Howe 
(E.),  2. 

Roches  volcaniques  de  la  Martinique, 
Lacroix,  1,  3. 

Volcanic  dust,  Falconer,  1. 

Volcanic  dust  and  sand  from  St.  Vin¬ 
cent,  Diller  and  Steiger,  1. 

Volcanic  dust  from  West  Indies,  Por¬ 
ter  (F.  B.),  1. 

Volcanic  rocks  of  Martinique  and  St. 
Vincent,  Diller,  7. 

Vulcanische  Asche  vom  Volcan  Sou- 
fri&re,  Klein,  1. 

Vulcanischen  Kleinen  Antillen  und  die 
Ausbriiche  der  Jahre  1902  und  1903, 
Sapper,  19. 

Wisconsin. 

Baraboo  iron-bearing  district  of  Wis¬ 
consin,  Weidman,  5. 

Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix,  Berkey,  1. 

Occurrence  of  fayalite  in  Wisconsin, 
Weidman,  4. 

Wyoming. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O'Harra,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment 
district,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Igneous  rocks  of  the  Aladdin  quad¬ 
rangle,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  6. 

Igneous  rocks  of  the  Sundance  folio, 
Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 

Leucite  hills  of  Wyoming,  Kemp  and 
Knight,  1. 

Spherulites  of  the  Yellowstone  and 
Great  Britain,  Parkinson,  1. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

General. 

Analysis  of  igneous  rocks,  Washington. 
9. 

Analysis  of  rocks,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  4. 


Petrology — Continued . 

General — Continued. 

Beziehungen  zwischen  der  Petrogra- 
phie  und  angrenzenden  Wissenschaf- 
ten,  Zirkel,  1. 

Bibliography  and  index  of  North  Amer¬ 
ican  geology,  paleontology,  petrology, 
and  mineralogy,  Weeks,  6,  7,  10,  15. 

Bibliography  of  North  American  geol¬ 
ogy?  paleontology,  petrology,  and 
mineralogy  for  1892-1900,  Weeks,  3. 

Calculation  of  center  points  in  the 
quantitative  classification  of  igneous 
rocks,  Washington,  7. 

Character  and  genesis  of  certain  con¬ 
tact  deposits,  Lindgren,  5. 

Chemical  analjrses  of  igneous  rocks, 
Washington,  6. 

Chemical  composition  of  igneous  rocks 
expressed  by  diagrams,  Iddings,  1. 

Chemical  study  of  the  glaucophane 
schists,  "‘Washington,  4. 

Classification  of  sedimentary  rocks, 
Grabau,  15. 

Coarseness  of  igneous  rocks,  Lane,  37. 

Concentration  of  barium  in  limestone, 
Dickson,  2. 

"Derivation  of  rock  name  “  anorthosite,” 
Cushing,  5. 

Determination  of  feldspars  in  thin  sec¬ 
tion,  Spurr,  7. 

Differential  thermal  conductivities  of 
certain  schists,  Thelen,  1. 

Ellipsoidal  structure  in  pre-Cambrian 
basin  and  intermediate  rocks  of  Lake 
Superior  region,  Clements,  1. 

Eutectics  in  rock  magmas,  Lane,  32. 

Fall  excursions  of  the  Geological  De¬ 
partment,  Columbia  University,  Shi¬ 
nier,  2. 

Formation  of  bonanzas  in  upper  por¬ 
tions  of  gold  veins,  Rickard  (T.  A.), 
3. 

Foyaite-ijolite  series  of  Magnet  Cove, 
Washington,  1. 

Foyaite-ijolite  series  of  Magnet  Cove, 

11,  Washington,  2. 

Genesis  of  certain  cherts,  Keyes,  35. 

Genesis  of  riebeckite,  Murgoci,  1. 

Geological  relations  and  distribution  of 
platinum  and  associated  metals, 
Kemp,  10. 

Geophysical  investigations  suggested, 
Adams  (F.  D.),  9. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  6. 

Grain  of  igneous  intrusives,  Lane,  22. 

Granite,  Winchell  (N.  II.),  18. 

Handbook  of  rocks.  Kemp,  29. 

Igneous  rocks  and  circulating  waters 
as  factors  in  ore  deposition,  Kemp, 

12. 

Igneous  rocks  from  eastern  Siberia, 
Washington,  5. 

Igneous  rocks  :  How  to  identify  them, 
O’Brien  (C.  J.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


737 


Petrology — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Index  to  North  American  geology,  pale¬ 
ontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  1892-1900,  Weeks,  4. 

Influence  of  country  rock  on  mineral 
veins,  Weed,  6. 

Isomorphism  and  thermal  properties  of 
the  feldspars,  Day  and  Allen,  1. 

Magmatic  differentiation  of  rocks, 
Keyes,  27. 

Manual  of  the  chemical  analysis  of 
roks,  Washington,  10. 

Mechanics  of  igneous  intrusion,  Daly, 

8. 

Metamorphism  of  the  Laurentian  lime¬ 
stones  of  Canada,  Winchell  (N.  H.), 
17. 

Metasomatic  processes  in  fissure  veins, 
Lindgren,  1. 

Method  of  petrographic  analysis,  Derr, 

1. 

Methods  for  determining  percentages 
of  components  of  an  igneous  rock, 
Williams  (I.  A.),  2. 

Microscopic-petrographical  methods, 
Wright  (F.  E.),  2. 

Mineral  analyses,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  1. 

Minerals  in  rock  sections,  Luquer,  4. 

New  combination  wedge  for  use  with 
petrographical  microscope,  Wright 
(F.  E.),  1. 

Nitrates  in  cave  earths,  Nichols  (FI. 
W.),  1. 

Ores  deposited  by  underground  waters, 
Maclaren,  1. 

Origin  and  classification  of  gneisses, 
Gordon  (C.  H.),  1. 

Outline  of  elementary  lithology,  Bar¬ 
ton,  1. 

Paleozoic  coral  reefs,  Grabau,  10. 

Paramorphic  alternation  of  pyroxene 
to  hornblende,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  4. 

Perknite  (lime-magnesia  rocks),  Tur¬ 
ner,  2. 

Plumose  diabase  containing  siderome- 
lan  and  spherulites  of  calcite  and 
blue  quartz,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  5. 

Porphyritic  appearance  cf  rocks,  Lane, 
23. 

Practical  working  of  the  quantitative 
classification,  Mathews,  4. 

Preliminary  report  on  recent  eruption 
of  Soufrifere  in  St.  Vincent,  and  of  a 
visit  to  Mont  Pelee,  in  Martinique, 
Anderson  and  Flett,  1. 

Preparing  sections  of  rocks,  Mackenzie, 

1. 

Principles  controlling  deposition  of 
ores,  Van  Hise,  8. 

Problems  in  geology  of  ore  deposits, 
Vogt,  1. 

Quantitative  chemico  -  mineralogical 
classification  and  nomenclature  of 
igneous  rocks,  Cross  and  others,  1. 

Quantitative  classification  of  igneous 
rocks,  Cross  and  others,  2. 

Bull.  301—06 - 47 


Petrology — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Quantitative  classification  of  igneous 
rocks,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  9. 

Quantitative  classification  of  rocks, 
Mathews,  3. 

Quantitative  distribution  of  rock  mag 
mas,  Washington,  8. 

Ramosite  not  a  mineral,  Luquer,  3. 

Recent  progress  in  petrology,  Ran- 
some,  4. 

Re-formed  copper  ores,  Goodwin,  1. 

Regeneration  of  clastic  feldspar,  Win¬ 
chell  (N.  H.),  15. 

Rock  name  anorthosyte,  Kolderup,  4. 

Role  of  igneous  rocks  in  formation  of 
veins,  Kemp,  9. 

Significance  of  occurrence  of  minute 
quantities  of  metalliferous  minerals 
in  rocks,  Keyes,  34. 

Sixth  annual  report  of  the  Mining 
Bureau,  McCaskey,  2. 

Size  of  grain  in  igneous  rocks  in  rela¬ 
tion  to  distance  from  cooling  wall, 
Queneau,  2. 

Spheroidal  granite,  Kemp,  21. 

Systematic  petrography,  Cross,  3. 

Treatise  on  metamorphism,  Van  Hise, 

12. 

Variations  of  texture  in  Tertiary  igne¬ 
ous  rocks  of  the  Great  Basin,  Spurr, 
2. 

Volcanic  dust  and  sand  from  St.  Vin¬ 
cent,  Diller  and  Steiger,  1. 

Rocks  described. 

Actinolite,  Julien,  7. 

Actinolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Actinolite-schist,  Palache,  2. 

Adamellite,  Ransome,  6,  13. 

iEgirine-syenite,  Osann,  1. 

Akerile,  Sears,  1. 

Alaskite,  Spurr,  2. 

Alkalisyenite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  3. 

AlkalLsyenite-porphyry,  Palache,  3. 

Alnoyte,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  8. 

Alnoyte  porphyry,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  8. 

Amphibole-peridotite,  Pratt  and  Lewis, 

1. 

Amphibole  schist,  Julien,  7. 

Amphibolite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Amphibolite,  Graton,  1. 

Amphibolite,  Marsters,  2,  3. 

Amphibolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Amphibolite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Analcite,  Emerson  (B.  K.>,  9. 

Analcite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Analcite-basalt,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 

Analcite-basalt,  Pirsson,  4. 

Analcite-leucite-basalt,  Pirsson,  4. 

Analcite-tinguaite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Anaesine  rock,  Kolderup,  4. 

Andesite,  Burrell,  1. 

Andesite,  Calkins,  1. 

Andesite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Andesite,  Diller,  7. 

Andesite,  Diller  and  Patton,  1. 

Andesite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 


738 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Petrology — Continued. 

Rock s  described — Continued. 

Andesite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Andesite,  Gregory  (H.  E.),  1. 

Andesite,  Guild,  1. 

Andesite,  Hogarty,  1. 

Andesite,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 
Andesite,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 
Andesite,  Lindgren,  4,  28. 

Andesite,  Scott  (O.  N.),  1. 

Andesite,  Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Andesite,  Smith  (G.  O.),  3. 

Andesite,  Spurr,  29. 

Andesite,  Weed,  5. 

Andesite-granophyre,  Fairbanks,  7. 
Andesitic  tuff,  Calkins,  1. 

Andote,  Johnson  (D.  W. ),  6. 
Anorthite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Anorthosite,  Cushing,  5,  10. 
Anorthosite,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Anorthosite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Anorthosite  gabbro,  Cushing,  2. 
Anorthosyte,  Kolderup,  4. 

Apachite,  Osann,  1. 

Apatite,  Osann,  2. 

Aplite,  Arnold  and  Strong,  1. 

Aplite,  Barrell,  1. 

Aplite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Aplite,  Reid  (J.  A.),  1. 

Aplite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Aplite,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Aplite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  5. 

Aplite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Aplite-granite,  Weed,  5. 

Arkite  (leucite-porphyry) ,  Washington, 

1. 

Arkose,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Arkose,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Ash,  volcanic,  Bergeat,  2,  3. 

Ash,  volcanic,  Brauns,  1,  2. 

Ash,  volcanic,  Schmidt,  1. 

Ash,  volcanic,  Schottler,  1. 
Augite-andesite,  Cushing,  1. 
Augite-andesite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 
Augite-andesite,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 
Augite-andesite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Augite-camptonite,  Shimer,  1. 
Augite-camptonyte,  Barber,  1. 
Augite-diorite-porphyrite,  Palache,  3. 
Augite-latite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Augite  -  monzonite  -  porphyry,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  6. 

Augite-orthophyr,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 
Augite-porphyrite,  Campbell  (C.  M.),  1. 
Augite-porphyrite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  0. 
Augite-syenite,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 
Augite-syenite,  Barrell,  1. 
Augite-syenite,  Coleman,  8,  13. 
Augite-syenite,  Kemp,  11. 
Augite-syenite,  Cushing,  2. 
Augite-syenite,  Parks,  1. 
Augite-teschenite,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Basalt,  Belowsky,  1. 

Basalt,  Diller,  4,  11. 

Basalt,  Diller  and  Patton,  1. 

Basalt,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Basalt,  Fairbanks,  7. 


Petrology— Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 

Basalt,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Basalt,  Guild,  1. 

Basalt,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 

Basalt,  Lawson  and  Palache,  1. 

Basalt,  Lindgren,  4,  21,  28 
Basalt,  Ordonez,  14. 

Basalt,  Phalen,  1. 

Basalt,  Ransome,  6,  13. 

Basalt,  Smith  (D.  T.),  1. 

Basalt,  Smith  (G.  O.),  3. 

Basalt,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Basalt,  Spurr,  29. 

Biotite,  Julien,  7. 
Biotite-aegerine-ijolite,  Barlow,  4. 
Biotite-diorite,  Osmont,  1. 

Biotite  gneiss,  Belowsky,  1. 
Biotite-granite,  Daly,  7. 

Biotite-granite,  Ransome,  13. 
Biotite-granite,  Spurr,  2. 

Biotite-granite  (quartz  monzonite), 
Bascom,  1. 

Biotite-granite-gneiss,  Arnold  and 
Strong,  1. 

Biotite  mica  schist,  Parks,  1. 
Biotite-muscovite-granite,  Smith  and 
Calkins,  1. 

Biotite  schist,  Warren,  2. 

Biotite  tinguaite,  Sears,  1. 
Biotite-rhyolite,  Spurr,  2 
Borolanose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Bostonite,  Barrell,  1. 

Bostonite,  Osann,  1. 

Bostonite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Bostonite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 

Breccia,  Barlow,  6. 

Breccia,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 

Breccia,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5,  6. 
Bytownite  rock,  Kolderup,  4. 
Calcarenite,  Gx*ahau,  10. 

Calcilutite,  Grabau,  10. 

Calcirudite,  Grabau,  10. 
Calcite-prehnite  cement  rock,  Emerson 
(B.  K.),  6. 

Camptonite,  Daly,  7. 

Camptonite,  Dresser,  2,  9. 

Camptonite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 
Camptonite,  Kemp,  32. 

Camptonite,  Ogilvie,  2. 

Camptonyte,  Barber,  1. 
Cancrinite-syenite,  Barlow,  4. 
Celestite-bearing  rocks,  Kraus,  5. 

Chert,  Leith,  4. 

Chert,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Chlorite  schist,  Parks,  1. 

Chloritite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Coke,  natural,  Ochsenius,  1. 
Conglomerate,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Covite  (shonkinite) ,  Washington,  1. 
Dacite,  Diller  and  Tatton,  1. 

Dacite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Dacite,  Lindgren,  4. 

Dacite,  Ransome,  6,  13. 

Dacite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Dacite,  Spurr,  3,  29. 

Dacite-granophyre,  Fairbanks,  7. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


739 


Petrology — Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 
Dacite-porphyry,  Diller,  11. 

Diabase,  Bascom,  1,  3. 

Diabase,  Belowsky,  1. 

Diabase,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Diabase,  Daly,  7. 

Diabase,  Dresser,  4. 

Diabase,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6,  8,  9. 
Diabase,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Diabase,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  4. 

Diabase,  Haehl  and  Arnold,  1. 

Diabase,  Lane,  22. 

Diabase,  Leonard,  1. 

Diabase,  Lindgren,  1,  29. 

Diabase,  Parks,  1. 

Diabase,  Ransome,  6,  13. 

Diabase,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Diabase,  Warren,  2. 

Diabase,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  1. 

Diabase,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Diabase  aphanyte,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  8. 
Diabase-porphyrite,  Palache,  3. 

Diabase  porphyry,  Arnold  and  Strong, 

1. 

Dike  rock,  Smyth  (C.  H.),  2. 

Diopside,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Diorite,  Barrell,  1. 

Diorite,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Diorite,  Daly,  7. 

Diorite,  Dartcn  and  Keith,  1. 

Diorite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  4,  8. 

Diorite,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 

Diorite,  Kay,  1. 

Diorite,  Leonard,  1. 

Diorite,  Lindgren,  4. 

Diorite,  Parks,  1. 

Diorite,  Phalen,  1. 

Diorite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Diorite,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Diorite,  Spurr,  29. 

Diorite,  Warren,  2. 

Diorite,  Weed,  5. 

Diorite,  Weidman,  5. 

Diorite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Diorite-aplite,  Palache,  3. 
Diorite-gneiss,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 
Diorite-gneiss,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 
Diorite-porphyrite,  Palache,  3. 
Diorite-porphyry,  Barrell,  1. 
Diorite-porphyry,  Barber,  1. 
Diorite-porphyry,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1 
Diorite-porphyry,  Kemp,  32. 
Diorite-porphyry,  Lindgren,  29. 
Diorite-porphyry,  Palache,  2. 
Diorite-porphyry,  Ransome,  6,  13. 
Diorite-porphyry,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Diorite-porphyry,  Weed,  5. 

Diorite  schist,  Julien,  7. 

Diorite  schist,  Parks,  1. 

Dioryte,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  8. 

Dolerite,  Kay,  1. 

Dolomite,  Belowsky,  1. 

Dolomite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Dolomite,  Knight  (N.),  5,  6. 

Dolomite,  Newland,  1. 

Dolomite,  Van  Ilise,  12. 


Patrology — Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 

Dolomite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Dolomitic  marble,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 
Dunite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Eclogites,  Holway,  1. 

Elseolithsyenite,  Osann,  1. 

Enstatite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Ens^atite-gabbro,  Osann,  2. 
Enstatite-peridotite,  Spurr,  3. 
Enstatolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Epidosite,  Phalen,  2. 
Epidote-quartz-schist,  Emerson  (B. 
K.),  6. 

Essexite,  Adanjs  (F.  D.),  7. 

Essexite,  Daly,  7. 

Essexite,  Dresser,  5,  9. 

Essexite,  Sears,  1. 

Felsite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Felsite,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  1. 

Felsite  (rhyolite),  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Fergusite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Fergusose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Foyaite,  Washington,  1. 

Gabbro,  Bascom,  1,  3. 

Gabbro,  Coleman,  13. 

Gabbro,  Cushing,  10. 

Gabbro,  Diller,  11. 

Gabbro,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  11. 

Gabbro,  Lindgren,  4. 

Gabbro,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Gabbro,  Osann,  2. 

Gabbro,  Parks,  1. 

Gabbro,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Gabbro,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Gabbro,  Todd  (J.  E.),  7. 

Gabbro,  Weed,  5. 

Gabbro,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Gabbro,  orbicular,  Kessler  and  Hamil¬ 
ton,  1. 

Gabbro-diorite,  Dresser,  4. 
Gabbro-diorite,  Leonard,  1. 
Gabbro-diorite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Gabbro-diorite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  15. 
Gabbro-porphyry,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 
Glauconite,  Leith,  4. 

Glauconite,  Prather,  3. 

Glaucophane  -  quartz  -  schist,  Emerson 
(B.  K.),  6. 

Glaucophane  schist,  Thelen,  1. 
Glaucophane  schist,  Nutter  and  Barber, 
1. 

Gneiss,  Barlow,  6. 

Gneiss,  Bascom,  3. 

Gneiss,  Belowsky,  1. 

Gneiss,  Daly,  7. 

Gneiss,  Gordon,  1. 

Gneiss,  Graton,  1. 

Gneiss,  Lindgren,  21. 

Gneiss,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Gneiss,  Ordonez,  14. 

Gneiss,  Phalen,  1. 

Gneiss,  Van  Ilise,  12. 

Gneiss,  Watson  (T.  L.),  8. 
Graniphyro-liparose-alaskose,  Iddings, 
3. 

Granite,  Bascom,  3. 


740 


INDEX  TO  NOETH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Petrology — Continued . 

Rocks  described — Continued. 

Granite,  Belowsky,  1. 

Granite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Granite,  Barlow,  6. 

Granite,  Brock,  3. 

Granite,  Cushing,  10. 

Granite,  Daly,  11. 

Granite,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Granite,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Granite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  1. 

Granite,  Graton,  1 
Granite,  Hawes,  2. 

Granite,  Henry,  1. 

Granite,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1 
Granite,  Kemp,  21. 

Granite,  Lindgren,  4,  21. 

Granite,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Granite,  Ordonez,  14. 

Granite,  Parks,  1. 

Granite,  Peck,  1. 

Granite,  Perry,  1. 

Granite,  Phalen,  1. 

Granite,  Ransome,  11,  13,  14. 

Granite,  Sears,  1. 

Granite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5,  6. 
Granite,  Villarello,  7. 

Granite,  Warren,  1. 

Granite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  1,  3,  4,  8,  16. 
Granite,  Weidman,  5. 

Granite,  Williams  (I.  A.),  2. 

Granite,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  1. 

Granite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Granite-gneiss,  Bascom,  1. 
Granite-gneiss,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 
Granite-porphyry,  Calkins,  1. 
Granite-porphyry,  Ransome,  6,  11,  14. 
Granite-porphyry,  Smith  and  Calkins, 
1. 

Granite-porphyry,  Spurr,  2. 

Granitite,  Clark  and  Steiger,  1. 
Granitite,  Ransome,  6,  13. 
Grano-borolanose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Granodiorite,  Arnold  and  Strong,  1. 
Granodiorite,  Brock,  3. 

Granodiorite,  Calkins,  1. 

Granodiorite,  Lindgren,  4. 
Granodiorite,  Ransome,  6. 

Granodiorite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Granophyre,  Sears,  1. 

Granophyre,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Grano-pulaskose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Grano-shoshonose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Granulite,  Belowsky,  1. 

Greenalite  rock,  Leith,  4. 

Greenstone,  Barlow,  6. 

Greenstone,  Howe,  3. 

Greenstone,  Silver,  1. 

Grossularite,  Daly,  7. 

Harzburgite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Heronite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Hessose,  Dresser,  11. 

Highwoodose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Holyokeite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  3. 
Hornblende,  Gordon  (C.*H.),  4. 
Hornblende,  Phalen,  1. 
Hornblende-andesite,  Calkins,  1. 


Petrology — Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 

Hornblende  andesite,  Johnson  (D.  W.  1. 

6. 

Hornblende-andesite,  Spurr,  2. 
Hornblende-augite  andesite,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  6. 

Hornbiende-augite  trachy-andesite, 
Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 
Hornblende-biotite-granite  (quartz  mon- 
zonite),  Bascom,  1. 

Hornblende-biotite-quartz-diorite,  Spurr, 

2. 

Hornblende-dacite,  Palache,  3. 
Hornblende-diorite,  Sears,  1. 
Hornblende-diorite-gneiss,  Arnold  and 
Strong,  1. 

Hornblende-diorite,  Barber,  1. 
Hornblende-epidote-gneiss,  Sears,  1. 
Hornblende-gneiss,  Bascom,  3. 
Hornblende-gneiss,  Belowsky,  1. 
Hornblende-gneiss,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  8, 
Hornblende-gneiss,  Hobbs,  5. 
Hornblende-granite,  Sears,  1. 
Hornblende-hypersthene-andesite,  Cal¬ 
kins,  1. 

Hornblende-porphyry,  Smith  and  Cal¬ 
kins,  1. 

Hornblende-pyroxene-andesite,  Smith 
and  Calkins,  1. 

Hornblende  rock,  Warren,  1. 
Hornblende  schist,  Arnold  and  Strong, 
1. 

Hornblende  schist,  Julien,  7. 
Hornblende-syenite,  Le  Roy,  1. 
Hornblende  schist,  Thelen,  1. 
Hornblende-syenite,  Le  Roy,  1. 
Hornblendite,  Arnold  and  Strong,  1. 
Hornblendite,  Spurr,  2. 

Hornfels,  Daly,  7. 

Hornstone,  Barrell,  1. 

Huronite,  Wright  (A.  A.),  2. 
Hydromagnesite,  Newland,  1. 
Hypersthene-akerite,  Phalen.  2. 
Hypersthene-basalt,  Smith  and  Calkins, 
1. 

Hypersthene-biotite-gabbro,  Osann,  2. 
Hypersthene-dacite,  Diller  and  Patton, 
1. 

Hypersthene-gabbro,  Bascom,  1 
flypersthene-gabbro,  Leonard,  1. 
Hypersthenite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Ijolite,  Barlow,  4. 

Ijolite,  Washington,  1. 

Jacupirangite,  Washington,  1. 

Jaspilite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Jaspilite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Keratophyre,  Sears,  1. 

Kersantyte,  Barber,  1. 

Labradorite  porphyrite,  Wright  (F. 
E.),  6. 

Labradorite  rock,  Kolderup,  4. 

Latite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Latite,  Palache,  3. 

Latite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Laurdalose,  Dresser,  11. 

Leopardite,  Watson  (T.  L.),  14. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


741 


Petrology — Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 
Leucite-tinguaite,  Wolff,  1. 

Leucitite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Lignite,  Hoffmann,  6. 

Limburgite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 
Limburgite,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 
Limburgite,  Stevens  (E.  A.),  1,  2. 
Limestone,  Hobbs,  5,  6. 

Limestone,  Sears,  1. 

Limestone,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Limestone,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Limonite,  Newland,  1. 

Liparite,  Osann,  1. 

Liparite  perlite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 
Madupite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Magnesite,  Newland,  1. 

Magnetite  schist,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Malacolite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Marble,  Barrell,  1. 

Marble,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Marble,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Melaphyre,  Burr,  1. 

Metadiabase,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 
Metadiabase,  Ransome,  13. 
Metagabbro,  Bascom,  1,  3. 

Metagabbro,  Howe,  3. 

Metagabbro,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 
Metarhyolite,  Bascom,  1. 

Mica,  Osann,  2. 

Mica-andesite,  Blake  (J.  C.),  1. 
Mica-andesite,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 
Mica-diorite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Mica-gneiss,  Bascom*  1,  3. 
Mica-peridotite,  Ulrich,  8. 

Mica-schist,  Bascom,  3. 

Mica-schist,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Mica-schist,  Thelen,  1. 

Microdiorite,  Barrell,  1. 

Micropegmatite,  Arnold  and  Strong,  1. 
Minette,  Barber,  1. 

Minette,  Pirsson,  1. 

Missourite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Missourite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Missourote,  Pirsson,  4. 

Monchiquite,  Pirsson,  4. 

Monchiquite,  Shimer,  1. 

Monchiquose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Monmouthite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  8. 
Montanose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Monzonite,  Campbell  (C.  M.),  1. 
Monzonite,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 
Monzonite,  Pirsson,  1,  4. 

Monzonite,  Ransome,  6. 
Monzonite-porphyry,  Jaggar  and  Pala- 
che,  1. 

Monzonite-porphyry,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.), 
5. 

Monzonyfe,  Barber,  1. 

Monzonyte,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  9. 
Muscovite-granite,  Ransome,  13. 
Nepheline-basalt,  Stevens  (E.  A.),  2. 
Nepheline-syenite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  8. 
Nepheline-syenite,  Barlow,  4. 
Nepheline-syenite,  Coleman,  8. 
Nepheline-syenite,  Miller  (W.  G.),  1,  7. 
Nepheline-syenite,  Sears,  1. 


Petrology — Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 

Nepheline-syenite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 
Nepheline-syenite-porphyry,  Smith  ( W. 
S.  T.),  6. 

Nephelite  syenite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 
Nephelite  syenite,  Kemp,  32. 
Nordmarkite,  Daly,  7. 

Nordmarlcite,  Dresser,  5,  9. 
Nordmarkite,  Sears,  1. 
Nordmarkite-porphyry,  Daly,  7. 
Nordmarkose,  Dresser,  11. 

Norite,  Bascom,  1. 

Norite,  Leonard,  1. 

Norite,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

.  Nosean-syenite,  Pirsson,  4. 
Oligoclase-gabbro,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 
Oligoclase  rock,  Kolderup,  4. 

Olivine  basalt,  Calkins,  1. 
Olivine-basalt,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 
Olivine  basalt,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 
Olivine-basalt,  Phalen,  2. 
Olivine-diabase,  Barlow,  6. 
Olivine-diabase,  Fairbanks,  7. 
Olivine-diabase,  Palache,  3. 
Olivine-diabase,  Parks,  1. 
Olivine-diabase-porphyrite,  Palache,  3. 
Olivine-gabbro,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Olivine-hornblende-gabbro,  Smith  and 
Calkins,  1. 

Olivinite,  Whitaker,  1. 

Ophicalcite,  Dresser,  4. 

Ophite,  Lane,  22. 

Orendite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Paisanite,  Osann,  1. 

Palagonite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  9. 
Pegmatite,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Pegmatite,  Reid  (J.  A.),  1. 

Pegmatite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 
Pegmatite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Pegmatite,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Pelites,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Peridosteatite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Peridotite,  Bascom,  1. 

Peridotite,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Peridotite,  Kemp,  11. 

Peridotite,  Leonard,  1. 

Peridotite,  Matson,  2. 

Peridotite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Peridotite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Peridotite,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 
Peridotite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Peridotite  var.  picrite,  Phalen,  1. 
Peridotite-amphibolite,  Pratt  and 
Lewis,  1. 

Perknite,  Turner,  2. 

Persalane,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Phonolite,  Clarke  and  Steiger,  1. 
Phonolite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5,  6. 
Phonolith,  Osann,  1. 

Phyllite,  Belowsky,  1. 

Phyllite,  Daly,  7. 

Phyro-biotite-cascadose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Phyro-shonkinose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Pickryte,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  8. 
Picrotitanite,  Whitaker,  1. 

Pillow-lava,  Daly,  9. 


742 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Petrology — Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 

Plumasite,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  8. 
Porphyrite  Tuff,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  10. 
Porphyry,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  10. 
Porphyry,  Kay,  1. 

Porphyry,  Lindgren,  29. 

Porphyry,  Tassin,  1. 

Psammites,  Van  Ilise,  12. 

Psephites,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Pseudoleucite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  6. 
Pseudoleucite-basalt,  Pirsson,  4. 
Pseudoleucite-porphyry,  Smith  (W.  S. 
T.),  5. 

Pulaskite,  Adams  (F.  D.),  7. 

Pulaskite,  Brock,  3. 

Pulaskite,  Dresser,  5,  9. 

Pulaskite,  Sears,  1. 

Pulaskite,  Washington,  1. 

Pumice,  Diller,  7. 

Pumice,  Diller  and  Patton,  1. 
Pyroclastic  schist,  Parks,  1. 

Pyroxene,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  4. 
Pyroxene-andesite,  Calkins,  1. 
Pyroxene-andesite,  Cross  and  Ilowe,  1 
Pyroxene-andesite,  Fairbanks,  7. 
Pyroxene-andesite,  Smith  and  Calkins, 
1. 

Fyroxene-tonalite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  0. 
Pyroxenite,  Calkins,  1. 

Pyroxenite,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Pyroxenite,  Gordon  (C.  H.),  5. 
Pyroxenite,  Graton,  1. 

Pyroxenite,  Kemp,  11. 

Pyroxenite,  Leonard,  1. 

Pyroxenite,  Osann,  2. 

Pyroxenite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Pyroxenite,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 
Pyroxenite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Pyroxenite  (websterite) ,  Bascom,  1. 
Pyroxenite-amphibolite,  Pratt  and 
Lewis,  1. 

Quartz,  basalt,  Calkins,  1. 
Quartz-augite  diorite,  Sears,  1. 
Quartz-augite-mica-diorite,  Smith  and 
Calkins,  1. 

Quartz-biotite-diorite,  Osmont,  1. 
Quartz  diabase,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  8. 
Quartz-diorite,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 
Quartz-diorite,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 
Quartz-diorite-porphyry,  Barrell,  1. 
Quartz-diorite-porphyry,  Weed,  5. 
Quartz-feldspar-porphyry,  Iddings,  3. 
Quartz-hornblende-porphyrite,  Arnold 
and  Strong,  1. 

Quartz-latite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 
Quartz-mica-diorite,  Barrell,  1. 
Quartz-mica-diorite,  Ransome,  6,  13. 
Quartz-mica-diorite,  Smith  and  Calkins, 
1. 

Quartz-monzonite,  Arnold  and  Strong, 

1. 

Quartz-monzonite,  Barrell,  1. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Ransome,  6,  13. 
Quartz-monzonite,  Weed,  5. 


Petrology — Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 

Quartz-monzonite-porphyry,  Cross  and 
Howe,  1. 

Quartz-porphyry,  Le  Roy,  1. 
Quartz-porphyry,  Parks,  1. 
Quartz-porphyry,  Perry,  1. 
Quartz-porphyry,  Watson  (T.  L.),  14. 
Quartz-pyroxene-mica-diorite,  Smith 
and  Calkins,  1. 

Quartz-sericite-schist,  Daly,  7. 
Quartz-syenite-porphyry,  Cross  and 
Howe,  1. 

Quartz-zoisite  schist,  Emerson  (B.  K.)_, 

6. 

Quartzite,  Barlow,  G. 

Quartzite,  Barrell,  1. 

Quartzite,  Belowsky,  1. 

Quartzite,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 
Quartzite,  Russell,  5. 

Quartzite,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Quartzite,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Quartzose  schist,  Parks,  1. 

Quartzose  schist,  Thelen,  1. 

Ramosite,  Luquer,  3. 

Rhyolite,  Calkins,  1. 

Rhyolite,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Rhyolite,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Rhyolite,  Farrington,  13. 

Rhyolite,  Guild,  1. 

Rhyolite,  Lindgren,  4,  28. 

Rhyolite,  Ordonez,  1. 

Rhyolite,  Reid  (J.  A.),  1. 

Rhyolite,  Russell,  5. 

Rhyolite,  Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Rhyolite,  Spurr,  2,  3,  29. 

Rhyolite,  Weidman,  5. 
Rhyolite-porphyry,  Jaggar  and  Palache, 
1. 

Riebeckite,  Murgoci,  1. 

Salemite,  Sears,  1. 

Salemose,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 
Salemose-limburgose,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 
Sandstone,  Sears,  1. 

Sandstone,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Sandstone,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Saxonite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Scapolite  amphibolite,  Graton,  1. 
Schist,  Marsters,  2,  3. 

Schist,  Parks,  1. 

Schist,  Thelen,  1. 

Schist,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Sericite,  Parks,  1. 

Sericite,  Spurr,  29. 

Serpentine,  Bascom.  1,  3. 

Serpentine,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  5. 
Serpentine.  Dresser,  4,  1G. 

Serpentine,  Calkins.  1. 

Serpentine,  Clarke  (F.  W. ),  2. 
Serpentine,  Diller,  11. 

Serpentine,  Jonas,  1. 

Serpentine,  Julien,  7. 

Serpentine,  Kraus,  1. 

Serpentine,  Leonard,  1. 

Serpentine,  Lindgren.  4. 

Serpentine.  Marsters,  2,  3. 

Serpentine,  Merrill  (G.  P.),  14. 


FOE  THE  YEAES  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


743 


Petrology — Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 

Serpentine,  Newland,  1. 

Serpentine,  Peck,  1. 

Serpentine,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 
Serpentine,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Serpentine,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Shale,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 

Shale,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Shonkinite,  Barrell,  1. 

Shonkinite,  Osann,  2. 

Shonkinite,  Pirsson,  1,  3,  4. 

Shonkinite,  Weed  and  Pirsson,  1. 
Shonkinose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Shoshonose,  Pirsson,  4. 

Slate,  Eckel,  27. 

Slate,  Sears,  1. 

Slate,  Van  Hise,  12. 

Slate,  Weidman,  5. 

Soda-granite-porphyry,  Clarke  and  Stei¬ 
ger,  1. 

Soda-rhyolite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Soda-syenite,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 
Sodalite-syenite,  Pirsson,  4. 
Solvsbergite,  Sears,  1. 

Spherulite,  Parkinson,  1. 

Steatite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Syenite,  Barlow,  4. 

Syenite,'  Barrell,  1. 

Syenite,  Coleman,  13. 

Syenite,  Cushing,  10. 

Syenite,  Daly,  7. 

Syenite,  Kay,  1. 

Syenite,  Ogilvie,  6. 

Syenite,  Osann,  1. 

Syenite,  Parks,  1. 

Syenite,  Peck,  1. 

Sy«nite,  Phalen,  1. 

Syenite,  Pirsson,  1,  4. 

Syenite,  Sears,  1. 

Syenite,  Weed  and  Pirsson,  1. 

Syenite,  Wright  ( F.  E.),  3,  6. 
Syenite-porphyry,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 
Syenite-porphyry,  Pirsson,  4. 
Syenite-porphyry,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5, 
6. 

Syenite-porphyry,  Wright  (F.  E.),  6. 
Syenite  var.  pulaskite,  Pirsson,  4. 
Syenyte  dike,  Barber,  1. 
Syenyte-monzonyte,  Barber,  1. 

Syenyte  porphyry,  Barber,  1. 

Tephrite,  Stevens  (E.  A.),  2. 
Thaumasite,  Penfield  and  Pratt,  1. 
Theralite,  Dresser,  9. 

Tinguaite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  4,  8. 
Tinguaite,  Kemp,  32. 

Tinguaite,  Osann,  1. 
Trachiphyro-monzonose,  Pirsson,  4.  ‘ 
Tonalite,  Spurr,  3. 

Tonalite-porphyry,  Spurr,  3. 
Trachiphyro-highwoodoSe,  Pirsson,  4. 
Trachiphyro  -  hornblende  -  adamellose, 
rirsson,  4. 

Trachiphyro-monzonose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Tracho-highwoodose,  Pirsson,  4. 
Trachyandesite,  rirsson,  4. 
Trachydolerite,  Jaggar  and  Palache,  1. 


Petrology— Continued. 

Rocks  described — Continued. 

Trachyte,  Breed,  1. 

Trachyte,  Cross  (W.),  0. 

Trachyte,  Dresser,  9. 

Trachyte,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Trachyte-porphyry,  Pirsson,  4. 

Trap,  Lane,  22. 

Tremolite,  Peck,  1. 

Troctolite,  Pratt  and  Lewis  1. 

Tuff,  Barlow,  6. 

Turquoise,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  6. 

Umptekite  gabbro,  Sears,  1. 

Unakite,  Phalen,  2. 

Uralite-diabase,  Palache,  3. 

Uralite-porphyry,  Emerson  (B.  K. ),  6. 

Variolite,  Daly,  9. 

Yogesite,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  8. 

Vogesyte,  Barber,  1. 

Volcanic  ash,  Klein,  1. 

Volcanic  dust,  Bonney,  5. 

Volcanic  dust,  Porter  (F.  B.),  1. 

Websterite,  Pratt  and  Lewis,  1. 

Windsorite,  Daly,  7. 

Wyomingite,  Clark  and  Steiger,  1. 

Philippine  Islands. 

Coal  deposits  of  Batan  Island,  Smith 
(W.  D.),  1. 

Coal  deposits  of  Polillo  Island,  Wig- 
more,  1. 

"’oal  deposits  on  the  Batan  military 
reservation,  Wigmore,  2. 

Coal  Measures  of  the  Philippine  Is¬ 
lands,  Burritt,  1. 

Crystallization  of  luzonite,  Moses,  5. 

Geological  reconnaissance  of  Bulacan, 
McCaskey,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 
Becker,  1. 

Pigholugan  and  Pigtao  gold  regions, 
Island  of  Mindanao,  Nichols  (J.  C. ), 
1. 

Sixth  annual  report  of  the  Mining 
Bureau,  McCaskey,  2. 

Volcanoes  and  seismic  centers  of  the 
Philippine  Archipelago,  Maso,  1. 

Physiographic  geology. 

Alaska. 

Alaska  glacers  and  glaciation,  Gilbert, 
13. 

Geography  of  Alaska,  Brooks,  10. 

Geography  of  Alaska,  Gannett,  2. 

Geological  section  of  Rocky  Mountains 
in  northern  Alaska,  Schrader,  1. 

Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  Cop¬ 
per  River  district,  Schrader  and 
Spencer,  1. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Physiography  of  the  Copper  River 
basin,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  2. 

Reconnaissance  in  Norton  Bay  region, 
Mendenhall,  1. 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Cape  Nome  and 
adjacent  gold  fields  of  Seward  Pen¬ 
insula,  Brooks  and  others,  1. 

Wrangell  Mountains,  Mendenhall,  5. 


744 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

Appalachian  region. 

Anticlinal  folds  near  Meadville,  Pa., 
Smallwood  and  Hopkins,  1. 

Appalachian  River  in  eastern  Tennes¬ 
see,  White  (C.  H.),  1. 

Asheville  folio,  Keith,  9. 

Base  leveling  and  its  faunal  signifi¬ 
cance,  Adams  (C.  C.),  1. 

Beaver  folio,  Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Brownsville-Connellsville  folio,  Camp- 
hell  (M.  R.),  8, 

Charleston  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  7,  10,  13,  41,  43. 

Deposits  of  copper  ores  at  Ducktown, 
Tenn.,  Kemp,  10. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Ohio,  West 
Virginia,  and  Kentucky,  Tight,  4. 

Elkland-Tioga  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden, 

2. 

Gaines  folio,  Fuller  and  Alden,  1. 

Geographic  development  of  northern 
Pennsylvania  and  southern  New 
York,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  9. 

Geological  excursion  in  Pittsburg  re¬ 
gion,  Grant  (U.  S.),  4. 

Geology  of  Garrett  County,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  2. 

Geology  of  the  Tallulah  gorge,  Jones 
(S.  P.),  1. 

Granites  and  gneisses  of  Georgia,  Wat¬ 
son  (T.  L.),  8. 

Hydrography  of  southern  Appalachian 
region,  Pressey,  1,  2. 

Hydrography  of  the  southern  Appala¬ 
chians,  Pressey  and  Myers,  1. 

Indiana  folio,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  3. 

Kansas  glaciation  and  its  effects  on  the 
river  system  of  northern  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Williams  (E.  H.),  2. 

Kittanning  folio,  Butts,  4. 

Latrobe  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  18. 

Lineaments  of  the  Atlantic  border  re¬ 
gion,  Hobbs,  22. 

Masontown-Uniontown  folio,  Camp¬ 
bell  (M.  R.),  6. 

Maynardville  folio,  Keith,  1. 

Northward  flow  of  ancient  Beaver 
River,  Hice,  1. 

Original  southern  limit  of  anthracite 
beds,  Lyman,  3. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 

Physiographic  features  of  Maryland, 
Abbe,  1. 

Physiographic  features  of  the  Susque¬ 
hanna  basin,  Hollister,  1. 

Physiographic  studies  in  southern 
Pennsylvania,  Stose,  3. 

Physiography  of  Garrett  County,  Abbe, 

2. 

Raleigh  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  5. 

Stream  contest  along  the  Blue  Ridge, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  48. 

Tertiary  history  of  the  Tennessee 
River,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  9. 


Physiographic  geology— Continued. 

Appalachian  region — Continued. 

Topography  and  travel  in  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Tower,  2. 

Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 

Atlantic  coast  region. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  16,  30. 

Fall-linie  der  siidostlichen  Vereinigten 
Staaten,  Abbe,  3. 

Forms  of  sand-dunes,  Cobb,  4. 

Geology  of  Coastal  Plain  formations, 
Shattuck,  5. 

Glacial  conditions  on  Long  Island. 
Buffet,  1. 

Lineaments  of  the  Atlantic  border  re¬ 
gion,  Hobbs,  22. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and 
others,  1. 

Norfolk  folio,  Darton,  7. 

Origin  of  sandhill  topography  of  the 
Carolinas,  Cobb,  1. 

Physical  features  of  Cecil  County. 
Md.,  Shattuck,  3. 

Physiographic  features  of  Maryland, 
Abbe,  1. 

Physiography  of  Cecil  County,  Md., 
Shattuck,  4. 

Recent  changes  in  North  Carolina 
coast,  Cobh,  2. 

Submarine  canyon  of  Hudson  River, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  12. 

Submarine  valleys  off  the  American 
coast,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  10. 

Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Canada. 

Ancient  channels  of  Ottawa  River,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  5. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  8,  20,  21,  38. 

Cuspate  forelands,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 

8. 

Economic  resources  of  Moose  River 
basin,  Bell  (J.  M.),  2. 

Exploration  in  Canadian  Rockies,  Wil¬ 
cox,  1. 

.  Exploration  of  northern  side  of  Hudson 
Strait,  Bell  (Robert),  1. 

Exploration  of  south  shore  of  Hudson 
Strait,  Low,  1. 

Geological  explorations  in  Athabaska, 
Dowling,  6. 

Geological  notes  on  the  vicinity  of 
Banff,  Ogilvie,  3. 

Geology  of  Brome  Mountain,  Dresser, 

11. 

Geology  of  Nastapoka  Islands,  Low,  3. 

Geology  of  northeast  coast  of  Labra¬ 
dor,  Daly,  3. 

Geography  of  Red  River  Valley,  Dowl¬ 
ing,  2. 

Geology  of  region  adjoining  western 
part  of  international  boundary,  Daly, 
4. 


FOE  THE  YEAKS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


745 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Geology  of  the  Three  Rivers  map  sheet, 
Ells  (It.  W.),  2. 

Geology  of  west  shore  of  Lake  Winni¬ 
peg,  Dowling,  1. 

Geology  of  Yellow  Head  Pass  route, 
McEvoy,  1. 

Iron  ores  of  Nipissing  district,  Miller 
(W.  G.),  2. 

Iron  ranges  of  Michipicoten  west,  Bell 
(J.  M.),  3. 

Iroquois  beach  in  Ontario,  Coleman,  16, 
17. 

Lake  basins  in  Alberta  and  British 
Columbia,  Parkinson,  2. 

Laurentian  peneplain,  Wilson  (A.  W. 
G.),  6. 

Lineaments  of  the  Atlantic  border  re¬ 
gion,  Hobbs,  22. 

Natural  history  and  physiography  of 
New  Brunswick,  Ganong,  3. 

Physical  geography  of  northern  Appa¬ 
lachian  system,  Dresser,  1. 

Physical  geology  of  central  Ontario, 
Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  2. 

Physiography  of  Acadia,  Daly,  1. 

Physiography  of  New  Brunswick,  Ga¬ 
nong,  1-3. 

Physiography  of  the  Archean  areas  of 
Canada,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  10. 

Pleistocene  of  Montreal  and  Ottawa 
Valley,  Buchan,  3. 

Raised  shore  lines  along  Blue  Moun¬ 
tain  escarpment,  Hunter,  2. 

Raised  shore  lines  of  St.  Lawrence 
Valley  and  Great  Lakes,  Chalmers,  6. 

Report  on  parts  of  Manitoba  and  Kee- 
watin,  Tyrrell,  1. 

Report  on  surface  geology  shown  on 
Frederickton  and  Andover  quarter- 
sheet  maps,  Chalmers,  3. 

Shore  features  of  Lake  Huron,  Jeffer¬ 
son,  3. 

Surface  geology  of  eastern  Quebec, 
Chalmers,  10. 

Surface  geology  of  southern  part  of 
Quebec,  Chalmers,  8. 

Trent  River  system,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.), 
9. 

Up  and  down  the  Mississaga,  Graton,  2. 

Central  America. 

Gebirgbaus  von  Mittelamerika,  Sapper, 

22. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Arid  district  between  Rio  Grande  and 
Pacific,  Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  5. 

Basin-range  structure  in  the  Death 
Valley  region,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  13. 

Basin-range  structure  of  the  Humboldt 
region,  Louderback,  4. 

Bisbee  folio,  Ransome,  14. 

Block  mountains  of  Basin  Range  prov¬ 
ince,  Davis  (W.  M.),  52. 

Clifton  folio,  Lindgren,  28. 

Colorado  Canyon,  Davis  (W.  M.),  61. 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

Great  Basin  region — Continued. 

Desert  dry  lakes  of  California,  Bailey 
(G.  E.),  1. 

Enseignements  du  Grand  Canyon  du 
Colorado,  Davis  (W.  M.),  25. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Bisbee 
quadrangle,  Ransome,  11. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6, 

Geology  of  region  of  Walker  River, 
Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  district, 
Spurr,  29. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  1. 

Hurricane  fault  in  southwestern  Utah, 
Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  1,  2. 

Mountain  ranges  of  Great  Basin,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  46. 

Origin  of  Basin  ranges,  Gilbert,  11. 

Petrified  forests  and  Painted  Desert  of 
Arizona,  Carter  (O.  S.  C.),  6. 

Physiography  of  southern  Arizona  and 
New  Mexico,  Fairbanks,  5. 

Plateau  province  of  Utah  and  Arizona, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  45. 

Structural  section  of  a  Basin  range, 
Louderback,  3. 

Structures  of  Basin  ranges,  Keyes,  -45. 

Underground  waters  of  Salt  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Lee  (W.  T.),  9. 

Walls  of  Colorado  Canyon,  Davis  (W. 
M.),  31. 

Wasatch,  Canyon,  and  House  ranges, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  59. 

Zuni  salt  lake,  Darton,  19. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Ancient  drainage  at  Niagara  Falls,  Cur¬ 
rie,  1. 

Chicago  folio,  Alden,  1. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  10,  34. 

Eskers  and  esker  lakes  of  northeastern 
Indiana,  Dryer,  1. 

Formation  of  Sandusky  Bay,  Mosely,  2. 

Geological  history  of  the  Great  Lakes, 
Upham,  33. 

Geological  reconnaissance  along  north 
shore,  Russell,  23. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  Niagara 
Falls,  Grabau,  1. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea¬ 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lev- 
erett,  4. 

Lakes  of  southeastern  Wisconsin,  Fen- 
neman,  1. 

Ontario  coast,  Martin  (J.  O.),  1. 

Physical  history  of  Niagara  River,  Gil¬ 
bert,  1. 

Physiography  of  Wisconsin,  Collie,  2. 

Stream  capture  in  Michigan,  Bowman 

(I.),  I- 

Submerged  valleys  in  Sandusky  Bay, 
Mosely,  1. 

Surface  geology  of  Alcona  County, 
Michigan,  Leverett,  3. 


746 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

Great  Lakes  region — Continued. 

Vermilion  iron-bearing  district  of 
Minnesota,  Clements,  3. 

Wisconsin  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  Col¬ 
lie,  1. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Age  of  the  Missouri  River,  Upham,  26. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Canyons  of  northeastern  New  Mexico, 
Lee  (W.  T.),  6. 

Concretions  and  their  geological  effects. 
Todd  (J.  E.),  6. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  20,  37,  40. 

Flint  hills  of  Kansas,  Mead  (J.  R.),  1. 

Geological  observations  on  the  Rosebud 
Indian  Reservation,  Reagan,  5. 

High  plains  and  their  utilization,  John¬ 
son  (W.  D.),  1. 

Hydrographic  history  of  South  Dakota, 
Todd  (J.  E.),  4. 

Newcastle  folio,  Darton,  14. 

Oelrichs  folio,  Darton,  8. 

Old  Platte  channel,  Condra,  4. 

Physiographic  divisions  of  Kansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  5,  9. 

Region  between  the  Northern  Pacific 
Railroad  and  Missouri  River,  Wood 
(L.  H.),  1. 

Report  of  Geological  Survey,  Babcock, 

1. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Story  of  the  prairies,  Willard,  1. 

Structure  of  the  Great  Plains  and  the 
mountains  on  their  western  margin, 
Darton,  27. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Topographic  features  and  geological 
formations  of  North  Dakota,  Leon¬ 
ard,  4. 

Hawaiian  Islands. 

Geology  of  Hawaiian  Islands,  Branner, 

6. 

Mexico. 

Barrancas  de  Las  Minas,  Ordonez,  16. 

Fisiographia,  geologia  e  hidrologia  de 
La  Paz,  Angermann,  1. 

Geographic  and  geologic  features  of 
Mexico,  Hill  (R.  T.),  2. 

Geology  of  western  Mexico,  Farrington, 
13. 

Nauhcampatepetl  6  Cofre  de  Perote, 
Ordonez,  18. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Age  of  the  Missouri  River,  Upham,  26. 

Concrete  examples  from  topography  of 
Howard  County,  Calvin,  6. 

Cottonwood  Falls  folio,  Prosser  and 
Beede,  1. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  36. 

Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix,  Berkey,  1. 

Delavan  lobe  of  Wisconsin  stage  of 
glaciation,  Alden,  3. 


Physiographic  geology— Continued. 

Mississippi  Valley  region — Continued. 

Evolution  of  lowlands  of  southeastern 
Missouri,  Marbut,  1. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Minnesota, 
‘Hall  (C.  W.),  6. 

Geology  and  physiography  of  Missouri, 
Marbut,  4. 

Geology  of  Benton  County,  Savage,  7. 

Geology  of  Cherokee  and  Buena  Vista 
counties,  Macbride,  2. 

Geology  of  Clay  and  O'Brien  counties, 
Macbride,  1. 

Geology  of  Clinton  County,  Udden 
(Jon  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Emmet,  Palo  Alto,  and  Poca¬ 
hontas  counties,  Macbride,  4. 

Geology  of  Fayette  County,  Savage,  8. 

Geology  of  Henry  County,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  2. 

Geology  of  Howard  County,  Iowa,  Cal¬ 
vin,  10. 

Geology  of  Jasper  County,  Williams  (I. 
A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Jefferson  County,  Udden,  5. 

Geology  of  Louisa  County,  Iowa. 
Udden,  2. 

Geology  of  Marion  County,  Miller  (B. 

L. ),  1. 

Geology  of  Miller  County,  Ball  and 
Smith,  1. 

Geology  of  Moniteau  County,  Van 
Horn,  1. 

Geology  of  Oktibbeha  County,  Logan,  2. 

Geology  of  Page  County,  Iowa,  Calvin, 

1. 

Geology  of  Pottawattamie  County, 
Iowa,  Udden,  3. 

Geology  of  Wapello  County,  Iowa, 
Leonard,  3. 

Geology  of  Webster  County,  Iowa, 
Wilder,  3. 

Growth  of  Mississippi  Delta,  Upham,  7. 

Lakes  of  Indiana  and  their  marl  de¬ 
posits,  Blatchley  and  Ashley,  1. 

Mississippi  River  from  Cape  Girardeau 
to  the  head  of  the  passes,  Brown  (R. 

M. ),  3. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  Ozark 
region,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Physiography  of  Iowa,  Calvin.  13. 

Physiography  of  Wisconsin,  Collie,  2. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  in  southwestern 
Ohio,  Tight,  3. 

Pre-Glacial  peneplain  in  the  driftless 
area,  Grant  (U.  S.),  7. 

Preliminary  report  upon  bluff  and 
Mississippi  alluvial  lands  of  Louis¬ 
iana,  Clendenin,  2. 

Pre-Potsdam  peneplain  of  pre-Cam¬ 
brian  of  north-central  Wisconsin, 
Weidman,  1. 

When  was  the  Mississippi  River  Valley 
formed?,  Farnsworth,  1. 

Winoka  gravels,  Park  (E.  J.),  1. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  Arkansas, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  15. 


FOE  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


747 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

New  England  and  New  York. 

American  Association  for  Advancement 
of  science,  summer  meeting,  Hovey, 
46. 

Ancient  gorge  of  Hudson  River,  Wright 
(G.  F.),  15. 

Ancient  water  levels  of  Champlain  and 
Hudson  valleys,  Woodworth,  10. 

Changes  of  level  at  Cape  Ann,  Tarr,  3. 

Connecticut  rivers,  Hobbs,  1. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  12,  21. 

Delta  plain  at  Andover,  Mass.,  Mills 
(F.  S.),  2. 

Delta  plains  of  Nashua  Valley,  Crosby, 

8. 

Drainage  features  of  central  New  York, 
Tarr,  11,  14. 

Elevated  beaches  of  Cape  Ann,  Wood- 
worth,  5. 

Finger  lake  region  of  western  New 
York,  Dryer,  4. 

Formation  of  natural  bridges,  Cleland, 
4. 

Geological  history  of  Charles  River, 
Clapp,  1. 

Geology  of  Adirondack  region,  Cushing, 

10. 

Geology  of  Grand  Isle  County,  Perkins. 

11. 

Geology  of  Paradox  Lake  quadrangle, 
Ogilvie,  6. 

Geology  of  the  vicinity  of  Little  Falls, 
Cushing,  9. 

Glacial  cirques  and  rock-terraces  on 
Mount  Toby,  Massachusetts,  Emer¬ 
son  (B.  K.),  4. 

Glacial  erosion  in  finger  lake  region, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  19. 

Glacial  conditions  on  Long  Island, 
Buffet,  1. 

Glacial  topography  in  central  New 
Hampshii-e,  Emerson  (P.),  1. 

Glacial  waters  from  Oneida  to  Little 
Falls,  Fairchild,  8. 

Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  central  New 
York,  Tarr,  12. 

Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  New  York, 
Reid  (H.  F.),  15. 

Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  New  York. 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  17. 

Gorges  and  waterfalls  of  New  York, 
Tarr,  13. 

Granite  area  of  Barre,  Vt.,  Finlay  (G. 
I-),  3. 

Hanging  valleys  in  the  finger  lake  re¬ 
gion  of  New  York,  Tarr,  6. 

Inter-Glacial  gorge  problem,  Matson,  1. 

Interpretations  of  physiography  of  New 
York  State,  Brigham,  3. 

Island  tying,  Gulliver,  5. 

Lineaments  of  the  Atlantic  border  re¬ 
gion,  Hobbs,  22. 

Lower  Silurian  system  of  eastern  Mont¬ 
gomery  County,  N.  Y.,  Cumings,  6. 

Minnewaska  region,  James,  1. 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

New  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Moraines  of  Seneca  and  Cayuga  Lake 
valleys,  Tarr,  10. 

Nantucket  shore  lines,  Gulliver,  3. 

Newark  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Val¬ 
ley,  Hobbs,  2. 

Origin  of  channels  surrounding  Man¬ 
hattan  Island,  Hobbs,  24. 

Physical  geography  and  geology  of  Con¬ 
necticut,  Rice,  1. 

Physical  geography  and  geology  of 
Springfield,  Orr,  1. 

Physical  geography,  etc.,  of  Essex 
County,  Mass.,  Sears,  1. 

Physical  geography  of  New  York  State, 
Tarr,  2. 

Physiographic  belts  in  western  New 
York,  Gilbert,  10. 

Physiography  of  Lake  George,  Kemp, 
4,  7,  15. 

Physiography  of  the  Adirondacks, 
Kemp,  37. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  western  New 
York,  Fairchild,  2. 

Pre-Glacial  course  of  middle  portion  of 
Genesee  River,  Whitbeck,  1. 

Pre-Glacial  stream  flow  in  central  New 
York,  Carney,  2. 

Pre-Glacial  stream  flow  in  central  New 
York,  Fairchild,  5. 

Fre-Iroquois  channels  between  Syracuse 
and  Rome,  Fairchild,  4. 

Protection  of  terraces  in  upper  Con¬ 
necticut  River,  Hitchcock  (C.  H. ),  5. 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Elizabeth  Is¬ 
lands,  Hollick,  1. 

River  sysem  of  Connecticut,  Hobbs,  3. 

River  terraces  and  reversed  drainage, 
Mills  (F.  S.),  1. 

River  terraces  in  New  England,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  29. 

Still  rivers  of  western  Connecticut, 
Hobbs,  6. 

Sudbury  basin  shore  lines,  Gulliver,  6. 

Syllabus  for  field  and  laboratory  work 
in  geology,  Tarr,  1. 

Taconic  physiography,  Dale,  9. 

Terraces  of  Westfield  River,  Massachu¬ 
setts,  Davis  (W.  M.),  28. 

Type  case  in  diversion  of  drainage, 
Carney,  1. 

Water  supply  from  delta  type  of  sand 
plain,  Crosby,  13. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Changes  in  drainage  near  Lancaster, 
Hyde,  1. 

Ditney  folio,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Drainage  of  southern  Indiana,  New¬ 
som,  1. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Knox,  Lick¬ 
ing,  and  Coshocton  counties,  Clark 
(W.  Blair),  1. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Ohio,  West 
Virginia,  and  Kentucky,  Tight,  4. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Washington 
and  adjacent  counties,  Ohio,  Tight,  2. 


748 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

Ohio  Valley  region — Continued. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea¬ 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lev- 
erett,  4. 

Geology  of  Cincinnati,  Nickles,  3. 

History  of  Little  Miami  River,  Bow- 
nocker,  1. 

Inter-Glacial  valley  in  Illinois,  Hub¬ 
bard  (G.  D.),  1. 

Lower  Carboniferous  area  of  southern 
Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Physiographic  and  ecological  study  of 
the  Lake  Eagle  region,  Mills  (W. 
M.),  1. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  conditions  in 
vicinity  of  Cincinnati,  Fowke,  2. 

Pre-Glacial  drainage  of  Wayne  and  ad¬ 
jacent  counties,  Ohio,  Todd  (J.  H.), 
1. 

Section  across  southern  Indiana,  New¬ 
som,  3. 

Topographic  features  of  lower  Tippe¬ 
canoe  Valley,  Breeze,  2. 

Topography  and  geography  of  Bean 
Blossom  Valley,  Monroe  County,  Ind  , 
Marsters,  1. 

Topography  and  geology  of  Clifton 
Gorge,  Wells  (W.  E.),  1. 

Topography  of  Athens  and  vicinity, 
Ohio,  Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  3. 

Valley  of  lower  Tippecanoe  River, 
Breeze,  1. 

Wabash  River  terraces  in  Tippecanoe 
County,  Ind.,  McBeth,  3. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Abandoned  stream  gaps  in  northern 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  12. 

Asymmetry  of  crest  lines  in  the  high 
Sierra  of  California,  Gilbert,  19. 

Coos  Bay  folio,  Diller,  4. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  5. 

Domes  and  dome  structure  of  the  high 
Sierras,  Gilbert,  17. 

Ellensburg  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Erosion  on  the  Pacific  coast,  Holder,  2. 

Faunal  relations  of  the  Carrizo  Creek 
beds,  Arnold,  3. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Cascade  Range,  Smith  and  Calkins, 

1. 

Geology  and  petrography  of  Crater 
Lake  National  Park,  Diller  and  Pat¬ 
ton,  1. 

Geology  and  physiography  of  central 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  8. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  central 
Oregon,  Russell,  21. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  east- 
central  Washington,  Calkins,  3. 

Geology  of  Mineral  King,  Knopf  and 
Thelen,  1. 

Geology  of  the  John  Day  Basin,  Mer- 
riam  (J.  C.),  1. 

Geomorphogeny  of  Kern  Basin,  Lawson 

(A.  C.),  10. 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

Pacific  coast  region— Continued. 

Great  lava-flood,  Redway,  1. 

Hanging  valleys  of  the  Yosemite,  Bran- 
ner,  5. 

Lake  Chelan,  Fairbanks,  4. 

Lake  Chelan  and  its  glacier,  Gannett,  3. 

Mount  Lassen  and  cinder  cone  region. 
Miller  (E.  I.),  1. 

Mount  Stuart  folio,  "Smith  (G.  O.),  13. 

Origin  of  transverse  mountain  valleys, 
Le  Conte,  1. 

Pacific  mountain  system,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  5. 

Pacific  mountain  system  of  British 
Columbia  and  Alaska,  Spencer  (A. 
C.),  4. 

Periodic  migrations  between  Asiatic 
and  American  coasts  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  Smith  (J.  P.),  4. 

Petroleum  in  California,  Claypole,  3. 

Physiographic  features  of  Klamath 
Mountains,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  2. 

Physiography  and  deformation  of  the 
Wenatchee-Chelan  district,  Willis, 
11. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Sis¬ 
kiyou  Range,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  5. 

Physiography  of  California,  Fairbanks, 
3. 

Post-Tertiary  deformation  of  the  Cas¬ 
cade  Range,  Willis,  13. 

Potter  Creek  cave,  Sinclair,  5. 

Prehistoric  California,  Yates  (L.  G.),  1. 

Profile  of  maturity  in  Alpine  glacial 
erosion,  Johnson  (W.  D.),  3. 

Post-Tertiary  elevation  of  Sierra  Ne¬ 
vada,  Turner,  9. 

River  terraces  of  Klamath  region,  Her- 
shey,  20. 

River  terraces  of  the  Orleans  basin, 
Hershey,  22. 

San  Luis  folio,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Sierran  valleys  of  Klamath  region, 
Hershey,  18. 

Terraces  of  the  High  Sierra,  Gilbert. 
24. 

Tertiary  peneplain  in  Klamath  region, 
California,  Hershey,  15. 

Topographic  development  of  Klamath 
Mountains,  Diller,  10. 

Wreck  of  Mount  Mazama,  Diller,  8. 

Panama. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  33. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Alps  of  Montana,  Matthes,  2. 

Canyons  of  southeastern  Colorado,  Lee 
(W.  T.),  4. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  9,  12,  42,  44. 

Description  of  Bates  Hole,  Wyoming, 
Knight  (W.  C.),  1. 

Ephemeral  lakes  in  arid  regions,  Keyes, 
30. 

Fracture  valley  system,  Iddings,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


749 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

Rocky  Mountain  region — Continued. 

Geological  reconnaissance  in  eastern 
Valencia  County,  N.  Mex.,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  2. 

Geological  reconnaissance  in  Montana 
and  Idaho,  Lindgren,  21. 

Geological  structure  of  New  Mexican 
bolson  plains,  Keys,  29. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Nez 
Perce  County,  Part  I,  Russell,  1. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Snake 
River  plains,  Russell,  5. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Boulder  district,  Fenne- 
man,  10. 

Great  Flat  at  Butte,  Weed,  32. 

Hanging  valleys,  Russell,  20. 

Hanging  valleys  of  Georgetown,  Colo.. 
Crosby,  6. 

Hydrographic  history  of  South  Dakota, 
Todd  (J.  E.),  4.  ^ 

La  Plata  folio,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Lewis  Range  of  Montana  and  its  gla¬ 
ciers,  Matthes,  4. 

Our  northern  Rockies,  Chapman,  1. 

Physiography  of  Flathead  Lake  region, 
Elrod  (M.  J.),  1. 

Physiography  of  northern  Rocky  Moun¬ 
tains,  Willis,  8. 

Silverton  folio,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Spanish  Peaks  folio,  Hills,  1. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Twin  Lakes  glaciated  area,  Westgate, 

1. 

Southwestern  region. 

Atoka  folio,  Taff,  3. 

Austin  folio,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Basin  features  of  southwestern  United 
States,  Keyes,  40. 

Bisection  of  mountain  blocks,  Keyes, 
52. 

Bolson  plains,  Keyes,  38. 

Bolson  plains,  Tight,  6. 

Boston  Mountain  physiography,  Her- 
shey,  12. 

Clinoplains  of  the  Rio  Grande,  Herrick 
(C.  L.),  5. 

Colgate  folio,  Taff,  2. 

Contact  of  Permian  with  Pennsylva¬ 
nian  in  Oklahoma,  Kirk  (C-  T.),  1. 

Ephemeral  lakes  in  arid  regions,  Keyes, 
30. 

Genesis  of  the  Arkansas  Valley,  Keyes, 
4. 

Geological  structure  of  New  Mexican 
bolson  plains,  Keyes,  29. 

Geology  and  underground  water  con¬ 
ditions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita 
Mountains,  Taff,  13. 

Geology  of  the  Cerrillos  Hills,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  4. 

High  altitude  conoplain,  Ogilvie,  5. 

Lake  Otero,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  6. 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

Southwestern  region — Continued. 

Laws  of  formation  of  New  Mexico 
mountain  ranges,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  4. 

Peneplains  of  the  Ozark  Highland, 
Hershey,  1. 

Physical  geography,  geology,  and  re¬ 
sources  of  Texas,  Dumble,  1. 

Physiography  of  Ozark  region,  Marbut, 
3. 

Physiography  of  the  Boston  Mountains, 
Purdue,  3. 

Saddle-back  topography  of  the  Boone 
chert  region,  Purdue,  4. 

Structures  of  Basin  ranges,  Keyes,  45. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

Topography  and  geology  of  New  Mex¬ 
ico,  Jewett,  1. 

West  Indies. 

Geography  of  \Cuba,  Vaughan  and 
Spencer,  1. 

Geologic  and  physiographic  history  of 
the  Lesser  Antilles,  Hill  (R.  T.),  13. 

Geological  and  physical  development 
of  Barbados,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  6. 

Geological  and  physical  development 
of  Dominica,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  5. 

Geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba, 
Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1. 

Geological  relationship  of  volcanoes  of 
West  Indies,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  8. 

Geology  and  physiography  of  Cuba, 
Hamilton,  2. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  Bahama 
Islands,  Shattuck  and  Miller,  1. 

Porto  Rico,  its  topography  and  aspects, 
Wilson  (H.  M.),  1. 

Preliminary  report  on  recent  eruption 
of  Soufribre,  in  St.  Vincent,  and  of  a 
visit  to  Mont  Pelee,  in  Martinique, 
Anderson  and  Flett,  1.  * 

Volcanic  disturbances  in  West  Indies, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  6. 

Vulkane  von  Guatemala  und  Salvador, 
Sapper,  1. 

Windward  Islands,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  7. 

General. 

Base  level,  grade,  and  peneplain,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  26. 

Bathymetrical  features  of  the  north 
Polar  seas,  Nansen,  2. 

Bearing  of  physiography  upon  Suess’s 
theories,  Davis  (W.  M.),  57. 

Bibliography  of  submarine  valleys, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  15. 

Boston  Mountain  physiography,  Her¬ 
shey,  12. 

Buried  cypress  forests,  Bibbins,  3. 

Cirques,  Brown  (R.  M.),  4. 

Classification  of  mountains.  Rice,  3. 

Climatic  features  in  the  land  surface, 
Penck,  1. 

Complications  of  geographical  cycle, 
Davis  (W.  M.).  56. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  4,  6,  11,  12,  14,  18,  85,  39, 
40,  43. 


750 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

Development  of  profile  of  equilibrium 
of  subaqueous  shore  terrace,  Fenne- 
man,  2. 

Distribution  of  fresh-water  faunas  as 
an  evidence  of  drainage  modifica¬ 
tions,  Johnson  (D.  Wv),  8. 

Draiuage  of  cuestas,  Davis  (W.  M.),  24. 

Field  work  in  physical  geography. 
Davis  (W.  M.),  27. 

Fiords  and  hanging  valleys,  Upham, 
30. 

Formation  and  geology  of  salt  deposits, 
Jones  (F.  O.),  1. 

Frontier  of  physiography,  Hobbs,  17. 

Gaspee  Point :  a  type  of  cuspate  fore¬ 
land,  Brown  (R.  M.),  2. 

Geographic  distribution  of  metallifer¬ 
ous  ores  within  the  United  States, 
Ransome,  12. 

Geographical  cycle,  Davis  (W.  M.),  22. 

Geographical  cycle  in  an  arid  climate, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  55. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  east- 
central  Washington,  Calkins,  3. 

Hanging  valleys,  Russell,  20. 

Influence  of  caverns  on  topography, 
Russell,  19. 

Influence  of  underlying  rocks  on  veg¬ 
etation,  Cowles,  2. 

Introduction  to  physical  geography, 
Gilbert  and  Brigham,  1. 

Laboratory  manual  of  physical  geogra¬ 
phy,  Brigham,  2. 

Lessons  in  physical  geography,  Dryer, 

2. 

Leveling  without  base-leveling,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  60. 

Limiting  width  of  meander  belts,  Jeffer¬ 
son,  1. 

Mountain  growth  and  mountain  struc¬ 
ture,  Willis,  15. 

New  physical  geography,  Tarr,  4. 

Nordhavets  bund  og  den  gamle  landbro 
mellem  Island  og  Groenland,  Kold- 
erup,  2. 

North  America,  Russell,  15. 

Physical  conditions  in  America  during 
man's  early  occupancy,  Wright  (G. 
F.),  13. 

Physical  geography,  Tarr,  4. 

Physiographic  improbability  of  land  at 
the  North  Pole,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  14. 

Physiographic  problems  of  to-day,  Rus¬ 
sell,  14. 

Physiography  in  the  university,  Mar- 
but,  5. 

Physiography — its  scope  and  applica¬ 
tions,  Eggleston,  2. 

Relation  between  base-leveling  and 
plant  distribution,  Cowles,  1. 

Relation  of  faults  to  topography,  Spurr, 
16. 

Relation  of  physical  geography  to  other 
science  subjects,  Norton,  2. 

Relief  of  the  earth’s  surface,  Curtis,  3. 


Physiographic  geology — Continued. 

General — Continued. 

River  terraces  in  New  England,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  29. 

Submarine  canyon  of  Hudson  River, 
Spencer  (J.  W.),  13. 

Terraces  of  Westfield  River,  Massachu¬ 
setts,  Davis  (W.  M.),  28. 

Three  new  physiographic  terms,  Salis¬ 
bury,  5. 

Types  of  sedimentary  overlap,  Grabau, 
19. 

Unconformity  in  mountain  elevations, 
Heilprin,  11. 

Value  of  topographic  maps,  Chapman, 

2. 

Youth,  maturity,  and  old  age  of  topo¬ 
graphic  forms,  Johnson  (D.  W.),  11. 

Quaternary. 

Alaska. 

Alaska  glaciers  and  glaciation,  Gilbert, 
13. 

Geological  section  of  Rocky  Mountains 
in  northern  Alaska,  Schrader,  1. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Reconnaissance  in  Alaska,  Schrader,  3. 

Search  for  mammoth  and  other  fossil 
remains,  Maddren,  1. 

Appalachian  region. 

Accounting  for  the  depth  of  the  Wyo¬ 
ming  buried  valley,  Lyman,  1. 

Beaver  folio,  Pennsylvania,  Woolsey,  3. 

Brownsville-Connellsville  folio,  Camp¬ 
bell  (M.  R.),  8. 

Charleston  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2. 

Clays  of  upper  Ohio  and  Beaver  River 
region,  Hice,  2. 

Elders  Ridge  folio,  Stone  (R.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Garrett  County,  Martin  (G. 
C.),1. 

Geology  of  Pittsburg  district,  White 
(I.  C.),  6. 

Glacial  gravels  of  the  Kittanning  quad¬ 
rangle,  Leverett,  10. 

Kittanning  folio.  Butts,  4. 

Latrobe  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  18. 

Masontown-Uniontown  folio,  Campbell 
(M.  R.),  6. 

Rural  Valley  folio,  Butts,  6. 

Waynesburg  folio,  Stone  (R.  W. ),  6. 

Atlantic  coast  region. 

Crania  of  Trenton,  N.  J.,  Hrdlicka,  1. 

Geological  notes,  Ilollick,  13. 

Geology  of  Coastal  Plain  formations, 
Shattuck,  5. 

Geology  of  Long  Island.  Veatch,  5. 

Glacial  geology  of  New  Jersey,  Salis¬ 
bury  and  others,  1. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and 
others.  1. 

Norfolk  folio.  Darton,  7. 

Pleistocene  problem  in  Maryland,  Shat 
tuck,  7. 

Pleistocene  problem  of  the  North  At¬ 
lantic  coastal  plain,  Shattuck,  1. 


FOB  THE  YEAKS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE, 


751 


Quaternary — Continued. 

Atlantic  coast  region — Continued. 

Recently  discovered  facts  in  regard  to 
Silver  Lake,  Hollick,  12. 

Results  of  resurvey  of  Long  Island, 
Fuller  and  Veatch,  1. 

Stratigraphy  of  New  Jersey  clays,  Iviim- 
mel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Surface  formations  in  southern  New 
Jersey,  Salisbury,  1. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Canada. 

Artesian  borings,  surface  deposits,  and 
ancient  beaches,  Chalmers,  5. 

Artesian  wells  of  Montreal,  Adams  and 
LeRoy,  1. 

Borings  for  natural  gas,  petroleum,  and 
water,  Chalmers,  4. 

Canadian  fossil  insects,  Scudder,  1. 

Explorations  in  Saskatchewan  and 
Keewatin,  Tyrrell,  3. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Geology  of  northeast  coast  of  Labra¬ 
dor,  Daly,  3. 

Geology  of  Province  of  Quebec,  Ells 
(R.  W.),  8. 

Geology  of  the  principal  cities  In 
eastern  Canada,  Ami,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Three  Rivers  map  sheet. 
Ells  (R.  W.),  2. 

Geology  of  west  shore  of  Lake  Winni¬ 
peg,  Dowling,  1. 

Iron  ranges  of  the  Lower  Huronian, 
Coleman,  4. 

Michipicoten  iron  region,  Coleman  and 
Willmott,  1. 

Physical  geology  of  central  Ontario, 
Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  2. 

Pleistocene  deposits  north  of  Lake  On¬ 
tario,  Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  11. 

Pleistocene  of  Montreal  and  Ottawa 
Valley,  Buchan,  3. 

Report  on  surface  geology  shown  on 
Frederickton  and  Andover  quarter- 
sheet  maps,  Chalmers,  3. 

Sea  beaches  of  eastern  Ontario,  Cole¬ 
man,  5. 

Shore  lines  and  landslips  of  St.  Law¬ 
rence  Valley,  Chalmers,  1. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 

Central  America. 

Pleistocene  Foraminifera  from  Panama, 
Cushman,  2. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Bishee  folio,  Ransome,  14. 

Borings  in  Silver  Spring  Valley,  Ari¬ 
zona,  Douglas,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Clifton-Morenci  dis¬ 
trict,  Lindgren,  29. 

Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ran¬ 
some,  6. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda 
County,  Nev.,  Turner,  5. 

Underground  waters  of  Salt  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Lee  (W.  T.),  9. 


Quaternary — Continued . 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Chicago  folio,  Alden,  1. 

Forest  beds  of  the  lower  Fox,  Lawson 
(P.  V.),  1. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea¬ 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lev- 
erett,  4. 

Lakes  of  southeastern  Wisconsin,  Fen- 
neman,  1. 

Physiographical  field  notes  in  the  town 
of  Wauwatosa,  Wis.,  Bruncken,  1. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Camp  Clarke  folio,  Darton,  10. 

Casselton-Fargo  folio,  Hall  and  Willard, 

1. 

De  Smet  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  3. 

Fossil  human  remains  found  near  Lan¬ 
sing,  Kans.,  Holmes,  1. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  the 
James  River  Valley,  Todd  and  Hall, 
2. 

Hartville  folio,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Huron  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  15. 

Man  in  Kansas  during  the  Iowan  stage 
of  the  Glacial  period,  Upham,  9. 

Oelrichs  folio,  Darton,  8. 

Olivet  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9. 

Scotts  Bluff  folio,  Darton,  11. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Gulf  region. 

Geology  of  Mississippi  embayment, 
Harris,  2. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Louisiana. 
Harris,  6. 

Underground  waters  of  southern  Lou¬ 
isiana,  Harris,  8. 

Mexico. 

Criaderos  de  fierro  de  la  hacienda  de 
Vaquerias,  Villarello  and  Bose,  1. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Discovery  of  the  Lansing  skeleton, 
Conoannon,  1. 

Evidences  (?)  of  water  deposition  of 
loess,  Shimek,  14. 

Examination  of  soils  from  Illinois. 
Whitney  (M.),  1. 

Fossil  man  from  Kansas,  Williston,  12. 

Fossil  man  of  Lansing,  Kans.,  Upham, 
10. 

Fresh-water  shells  in  the  loess,  Shi¬ 
mek,  7. 

Geological  formations  of  Iowa,  Calvin, 
4. 

Geology  of  Benton  County,  Savage,  7. 

Geology  of  Cedar  County,  Iowa,  Nor 
ton,  1. 

Geology  of  Cherokee  and  Buena  Vista 
counties,  Macbride,  2. 

Geology  of  Clay  and  O’Brien  counties, 
Macbride,  1 . 

Geology  of  clays,  Beyer  and  Williams, 
o 


752 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Quaternary — Continued. 

Mississippi  Valley  region — Continued. 

Geology  of  Clinton  County,  Udden 
(Jon  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Dakota  County,  Burchard, 

2. 

Geology  of  Emmet,  Palo  Alto,  and 
Pocahontas  counties,'  Macbride,  4. 

Geology  of  Fayette  County,  Savage,  8. 

Geology  of  Henry  County,  Iowa,  Sav¬ 
age,  2. 

Geology  of  Jasper  County,  Iowa,  Wil¬ 
liams  (I.  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Jefferson  County,  Iowa,  Ud¬ 
den,  5. 

Geology  of  Louisa  County,  Iowa,  Ud¬ 
den,  2. 

Geology  of  Marion  County,  Miller 

(E.  L.) ,  1. 

Geology  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Mississippi  Valley  at  Little 
Falls,  Minn.,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  8. 

Geology  of  Monroe  County,  Iowa, 

Beyer  and  Young,  1. 

Geology  of  Oktibbeha  County,  Logan.  2. 

Geology  of  Page  County,  Iowa,  Calvin, 

1. 

Geology  of  Pottawattamie  County, 
Iowa,  Udden.  3. 

Geology  of  Wapello  County,  Leonard, 
3. 

Geology  of  Webster  County,  Iowa, 

Wilder.  3. 

Kakabikansing,  Brower,  1. 

Lansing  deposit  not  loess,  Shimek,  12. 

Lansing  skeleton,  Winchell  (N.  IL),  12. 

Loess  and  the  Iowan  drift,  Shimek,  13. 

Loess  of  southwestern  Iowa,  Willcox, 

1. 

Man  in  the  Ice  Age  at  Lansing,  Kans., 
and  Little  Falls,  Minn.,  Upham,  9. 

Mastodon  and  mammoth  remains, 
Anderson  (N.  C.),  1. 

Primitive  man  and  stone  implements 
in  North  American  loess,  Upham,  11. 

Primitive  man  in  the  Ice  Age,  Upham, 

12. 

Probiscidean  fossils  of  Pleistocene  de¬ 
posits  in  Illinois  and  Iowa,  Udden, 
11. 

Soils  of  Illinois,  Leverett,  1. 

Surface  deposits  of  Missouri  and  Kan¬ 
sas,  Broadhead,  7. 

Tenth  annual  report  of  State  geologist, 
Calvin,  5. 

Nexv  England  and  New  York. 

Changes  of  level  at  Cape  Ann,  Tarr,  3. 

Clays  of  Boston  basin,  Brown  (R.  M.), 

1. 

Geological  and  botanical  notes :  Cape 
Cod  and  Chappaquidick  Island,  Hol- 
lick,  4. 

Geology  of  Fishers  Island,  Fuller 
(M.  L.),  29. 

Geology  of  Long  Island^  Veatch,  5. 

Geology  of  Rand  Hill,  Cushing,  2. 


Quaternary — Continued. 

New  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Pleistocene  fauna  of  Sankaty  Head, 
Cushman,  3. 

Pleistocene  formations  of  Sankaty 
Head,  Nantucket,  Wilson  (J.  IL),  1. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  Mooers  quad¬ 
rangle,  Woodworth,  9. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  Nassau  County, 
Woodworth,  2. 

Pleistocene  history  of  Fishers  Island, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  40. 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Elizabeth  Is¬ 
lands,  Hollick,  1. 

Representatives  of  pre-Wisconsin  till, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  1. 

Results  of  resurvey  of  Long  Island, 
Fuller  and  Veatch,  3. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Discovery  of  a  musk  ox  skull,  Hatcher, 

12. 

Ditney  folio,  Fuller  and  Ashley,  1. 

Fossil  land  shells  of  old  forest  bed  of 
Ohio  River,  Billups,  1. 

Glacial  formations  and  drainage  fea¬ 
tures  of  Erie  and  Ohio  basins,  Lev¬ 
erett,  4. 

Lower  Carboniferous  area  of  southern 
Indiana,  Ashley,  2. 

Nomenclature  of  Ohio  geological  for¬ 
mations,  Prosser,  10,  15. 

Paleontology  of  Bartholomew  County, 
Ind.,  mammalian  fossils,  Edwards 
(J.  J.),  1. 

Patoka  folio,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Coos  Bay  folio,  Diller,  4. 

Ellensburg  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Excavations  in  a  Quaternary  cave  in 
Shasta  County,  Furlong,  1. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Cascade  Range,  Smith  and  Calkins, 
1. 

Geological  section  of  the  Coast  Ranges, 
Osmont,  1. 

Geology  of  the  John  Day  basin,  Mer- 
riam  (J.  C.),  1. 

Gold  belt  of  Blue  Mountains  of  Oregon, 
Lindgren,  4. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  stra¬ 
tigraphy  of  coast  of  southern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Arnold  and  Arnold.  1. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  of 
San  Pedro,  Arnold,  2. 

Port  Orford  folio,  Diller,  11. 

Quaternary  deposits  of  southern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Hershey,  14. 

River  terraces  of  Klamath  region, 
Hershey,  20. 

River  terraces  of  the  Orleans  basin, 
Hershey,  22. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra.  1. 

Geological  reconnaissance  in  Montana 
and  Idaho,  Lindgren,  21. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE.  753 


Quaternary — Con  tinued . 

Rocky  Mountain  region — Continued. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

La  Plata  folio,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Nampa  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  1. 

Pleistocene  geology  of  the  Sawatch 
Range,  near  Leadville,  Colo.,  Capps 
and  Leffingwell,  1. 

Silver  City  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake, 

2. 

Silverton  folio,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  structure,  Lewis  and 
Livingston  ranges,  Montana,  Willis, 
6. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Southivestern  region. 

Age  of  lavas  of  plateau  region,  Reagan, 

2, 

Colgate  folio,  Tafif,  2. 

Geology  and  underground  water  condi¬ 
tions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14. 

Geology  of  Fort  Apache  region,  Rea¬ 
gan,  3. 

Geology  of  southwestern  Texas,  Dura¬ 
ble,  13. 

Geology  of  the  Jemez- Albuquerque 
region,  Reagan,  1. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coast,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taffj_6. 

West  Indies. 

Geological  and  physical  devglopihent 
of  Antigua,  Spencer  (J.  W.j,  1. 

Windward  Islands,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  7. 

General. 

Cause  of  Glacial  period,  True  (H.  L.), 

1. 

Experiences  with  early  man  in  Amer¬ 
ica,  Sternberg,  1. 

How  long  ago  was  America  peopled, 
Matthew  (G.  F.),  24. 

Loess  and  the  Lansing  man,  Shimek,  5. 

Organic  remains  in  post-Glacial  de¬ 
posits,  Olsson-Seffer,  1. 

Primitive  man  in  the  Ice  Age,  Upham, 
13. 

Rhode  Island. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Gaspee  Point,  a  type  of  cuspate  fore¬ 
land,  Brown  (R.  M.),  2. 

Minerals  of  Rhode  Island,  Davis  (C. 
Abbott),  1. 

Underground  waters  of  Massachusetts 
and  Rhode  Island,  Crosby,  14. 

Water  resources  of  Rhode  Island,  Cros¬ 
by,  19. 

Salvador. 

Vulkan  Izalco,  Sapper,  7. 

Vulkanische  Ereignisse  in  Mittelamer- 
ika.  Sapper,  20,  21. 


Silurian.  .  •-  f 

Alaska.  ^  ' 

Geological  section  of  Rocky  Mountains 
in  northern  Alaska,  Schrader,  1. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Preliminary  report  on  the  Ketchikan 
mining  district,  Brooks,  4. 

Reconnaissance  in  Alaska,  Schrader,  3. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  York  region,  Collier, 

8. 

Appalachian  region. 

Devonic  and  Ontario  formations  of 
Maryland,  Schuchert,  7. 

Greeneville  folio,  Keith,  11. 

Manlius  formation  of  New  York,  Schu¬ 
chert,  4. 

Maynardville  folio,  Keith,  1. 

Niagara  period  near  Cumberland,  Uhler, 

1. 

Paleozoic  Appalachia,  Willis,  1. 

Paleozoic  faunas,  Weller  6. 

Palezoic  formations  of  Allegany  Coun¬ 
ty,  Prosser,  3. 

Preliminary  report  on  the  Paleozoic 
formations,  Weller,  3. 

Rocks  of  Green  Pond  Mountain  region, 
Kiimmel  and  Weller,  2. 

Rome  folio,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  5. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  Cystidea  and  Cam- 
arocrinus,  Schuchert,  11. 

Atlantic  coast  region. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and 
others,  1. 

Canada. 

Artesian  wells  of  Montreal,  Adams  and 
LeRoy,  1. 

Counties  of  Cumberland,  Hants,  Kings, 
and  Annapolis,  Fletcher,  6. 

Exploration  de  l’lle  d’Anticosti, 
Combes,  1. 

Exploration  of  Ekwan  River,  Dowling, 

8. 

Formation  of  sedimentary  deposits, 
Wilson  (A.  W.  G.),  7. 

Fossiliferous  rocks  of  southwest  On¬ 
tario,  Parks,  4. 

Genus  Trimerella,  with  descriptions  of 
species  from  Silurian  rocks  of  Kee- 
watin,  Whiteaves,  3. 

Geological  exploration  in  district  of 
White  Bay,  Howley,  1. 

Geological  formations  about  Montreal, 
Ami  and  Adams,  1. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  and  natural  resources  of  Ot¬ 
tawa  and  vicinity,  Ells  (R.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  the  principal  cities  in 
eastern  Canada,  Ami,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Three  Rivers  map  sheet, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  2. 

Monographie  de  l’lle  d’Anticosti, 
Schmitt,  1. 

New  Brunswick,  Bailey  (L.  W.),  5. 


Bull.  301—06 - 48 


754 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Silurian — Continued. 

Canada — Continued. 

Notes  on  the  late  collecting  season, 
Grant  (C.  C.),  10. 

Perce :  sketch  of  its  geology,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  26. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  [in  On¬ 
tario],  Corkill,  2. 

Problems  in  New  Brunswick  geology, 
Ells  (R.  W.),  25. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  formations  of 
eastern  Canada,  Ami,  12. 

Stratigraphical  note,  Ami,  10. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Geology  and  vein  phenomena  of  Ari¬ 
zona,  Comstock  (T.  B. ),  1. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda  County, 
Nev.,  Turner,  5. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  Great  Basin  region. 
Weeks,  9. 

Great  Lakes  region. 

Asphalt  in  Delta  County,  Mich.,  Lane, 

6. 

Chicago  folio,  Alden,  1. 

Geological  reconnaissance  along  north 
shore,  Russell,  23. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Ohio,  Peppel,  1. 

On  the  Salina  group  in  northeastern 
Ohio,  Claypole,  2. 

Paleozoic  coral  reefs,  Grabau,  10. 

Physiographical  field  notes  in  the  town 
of  Wauwatosa,  Wis.,  Bruncken,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the 
Niagara  of  northern  Indiana,  Kindle, 
6. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the 
Niagara  of  northern  Indiana,  Schu- 
chert,  10. 

Greenland. 

Bidrag  till  nordostra  Gronlands  geologl, 
Nathorst,  1. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Formations  of  northern  Arkansas,  Ul¬ 
rich,  5. 

Geological  formations  of  Iowa,  Calvin, 
4. 

Geological  section  across  northern  Illi¬ 
nois,  Udden,  1. 

Geology  of  Cedar  County,  Iowa,  Nor¬ 
ton,  1. 

Geology  of  Clinton  County,  Udden 
(Jon  A.),  1. 

Geology  of  Fayette  County,  Savage,  8. 

Geology  of  Illinois,  Rolfe,  1. 

Geology  of  Minnesota,  Hall  (C.  W.),  7. 

Geology  of  Missouri,  Gallaher,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  southwestern 
Wisconsin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Niagara  limestones  of  Hamilton' County, 
Ind.,  Kindle,  2. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Ozark 
region,  Adams  (G.  I.),  3. 

Tahlequah  folio,  Taff,  17. 

Water  resources  in  Arkansas,  Purdue,  9. 


Silurian — Continued. 

'S  ew  England  and  STew  York. 

American  Association  for  Advancement 
of  Science,  summer  meeting,  Ilovey 
(E.  O.),  46. 

Ammonoosuc  district  of  New  Hamp¬ 
shire.  1 1  itchcock  i  < 1 1 .  i .  6. 

Celestite  near  Syracuse,  Kraus,  2. 

Cobleskill  limestone  of  New  York,  Ilart- 
nagel,  1. 

Contact  lines  of  Upper  Siluric  forma¬ 
tions  on  the  Brockport  and  Medina 
quadrangles,  New  York,  Clarke,  Rue- 
demann,  and  Luther,  1. 

Eurypterid  fauna  from  the  Salina, 
Sarle,  2. 

Geologic  map  of  the  Tully  quadrangle, 
Clarke  and  Luther,  3. 

Geological  study  of  the  Fox  Islands, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  2. 

Geology  and  paleontology  of  Niagara 
Falls,  Grabau,  1. 

Geology  of  eastern  New  York,  Prosser, 

11. 

Geology  of  Littleton,  Hitchcock  (C. 
H.),  10. 

Geology  of  Onondaga  County,  N.  Y., 
Schneider,  1. 

Geology  of  Perry  basin.  Smith  and 
White,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Hudson  Valley,  Dale,  5. 

Graptolite  (Levis)  facies  of  Beekman- 
town  fotmation  in  Rensselaer  County, 
N,  Y.,  Ruedemann,  3. 

Guelph  fauna  of  New  York,  Clarke  and 
Ruedemann,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  New  York,  Eckel, 
22. 

Lime  and  cement  industries  of  New 
York,  Ries,  4. 

Manlius  formation  of  New  York,  Schu- 
chert,  4. 

Map  of  Canandaigua  and  Naples  quad¬ 
rangles,  Clarke  and  Luther,  1. 

Quarry  industry  in  southeastern  New 
York,  Eckel,  6. 

Reef  structures  in  the  Clinton  and 
Niagara  strata,  Sarle,  1. 

Report  of  State  paleontologist,  Clarke 
(J.  M.),  5. 

Rocks  of  Rondout,  Van  Ingen  and 
Clark,  1. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  faunas  of  Trilobite 
Mountain,  Shimer,  5. 

Siluric  or  Ontario  section  of  eastern 
New  York,  Hartnagel,  2. 

Stratigraphy  of  Becraft  Mountain, 
Grabau,  9. 

Undulations  of  the  Lockport  limestone, 
Gilbert,  23. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Bearing  of  Clinton  and  Osgood  forma¬ 
tions  on  age  of  Cincinnati  anticline, 
Foerste,  4. 

Cincinnati  anticline  in  southern  Ken¬ 
tucky,  Foerste,  3. 

Cincinnati  geanticline,  Foerste,  10. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


755 


Silurian— Con  tinued . 

Ohio  Valley  region — Continued. 

Columbia  folio,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Devonian  era  in  Ohio  basin,  Claypole, 
5. 

New  fossils  from  Corniferous,  Hamil¬ 
ton,  and  Medina  shales,  Hei’zer,  5. 

Niagara  domes  of  northern  Indiana, 
Kindle,  3. 

Niagara  group,  Foerste,  2. 

Niagara  group  unconformities  in  In¬ 
diana,  Elrod  (M.  N.),  1. 

Nomenclature  of  Ohio  geological  for¬ 
mations,  Prosser,  10,  15. 

Ohio  natural-gas  fields,  Bownocker,  4. 

Oil  and  gas  producing  rocks  of  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  3. 

Ordovician  and  Silurian  rocks  of  In¬ 
diana,  Foerste,  11. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  Ohio, 
Bownocker,  5. 

Section  across  southern  Indiana,  New¬ 
som,  3. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones, 
Foerste,  1. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of 
western  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  the 
Niagara  of  northern  Indiana,  Schu- 
chert,  10. 

Terms  Linden  and  Clifton  limestones 
in  Tennessee  geology,  Foerste,  5. 

Topography  and  geology  of  Indiana, 
Hopkins  (T.  C.),  11. 

Southwestern  region. 

Atoka  folio,  Taff,  3. 

Geology  of  Arbuckle  and  Wichita 
Mountains,  Taff,  13. 

Geology  of  Fort  Apache  region,  Rea¬ 
gan,  3. 

Siluric  fauna  near  Batesville,  Ark , 
Van  Ingen,  1,  2. 

Tishomingo  folio,  Taff,  6. 

Topography  and  geology  of  Clifton 
Gorge,  Wells  (W.  E.),  1. 

General. 

Physical  characters  and  history  of 
some  New  York  formations,  Grabau, 
17. 

Siluro-Devonian  boundary  question, 
Williams  (H.  S.),  2. 

South  Carolina. 

Carolina  gold  deposits,  Weed,  3. 

Carolina  tin  belt,  Graton,  3. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Mineral  resources,  S^an,  1. 

Phosphate  industry,  Chazal,  1. 

Recent  earthquakes,  Davison  (C.),  1. 

Tin,  Struthers  and  Pratt,  1. 

Tin  deposits  of  the  Carolinas,  Pratt 
and  Sterrett,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  South  Caro¬ 
lina,  Glenn,  10. 


South  Dakota. 

Age  of  Homestake  lode,  Ilewett,  2. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O'Harra,  1. 

Alexandria  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  1. 

Artesian  wells  in  North  and  South 
Dakota,  Upham,  1. 

Bald  Mountain  district  in  the  Black 
Hills,  Blatchford,  2. 

Benton  formation  in  eastern  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  13. 

Black  Hills  ore  deposits,  O'Harra,  1. 

Building  stones  of  South  Dakota, 
Todd  (J.  E.),  7. 

Cave  regions  of  the  Ozarks  and  Black 
Hills,  Owen,  4. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Crystal  cave,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  34. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  35. 

Cyanide  process  in  Black  Hills  of 
South  Dakota,  Fulton,  1. 

Cycads  from  Black  Hills,  Wieland,  10. 

Dakota  Cretaceous  of  Kansas  and  Ne¬ 
braska,  Gould,  5. 

Deposit  of  fuller's  earth,  Cook,  1. 

Deposits  of  wolframite  in  the  Black 
Hills,  Irving,  1. 

De  Smet  folio,  Todd  and  Hall,  3. 

Economic  resources  of  Black  Hills, 
Irving  and  Emmons,  1. 

Edgemont  folio,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Geological  observations  on  the  Rosebud 
Indian  Reservation,  Reagan,  5. 

Geologische  Streifziige  durch  die  Prii- 
rien  und  Felsengehirge  Nordameri- 
kas,  Fraas,  2. 

Geology  and  mineralogy  of  the  Black 
Hills,  O’Harra,  3. 

Geology  and  underground-water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  James 
River  Valley,  Todd  and  Hall,  2. 

Geology  of  artesian  basins,  McCdslin, 

1. 

Geology  of  Lincoln  County,  Bendrat,  1. 

Geology  of  South  Dakota,  Todd  (J.  E.), 
14. 

Geology  of  the  Black  Hills,  Jaggar,  5. 

Glacial  drift  in  the  Dakotas,  Upham, 
27. 

Gold  ores  of  the  Black  Hills,  Chance, 

1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Golden  West  mine,  Storms,  5. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  South  Dakota, 
Darton,  15. 

Heteroceras  simplicostatum,  Whitfield, 
3. 

Huron  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  15. 

Hydrographic  history  of  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Todd  (J.  E.),  4. 

Igneous  rocks  of  the  Sundance  folio, 
Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 


756 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


(South  Dakota — Continued. 

Jurassic  stratigraphy  on  west  side  of 
Black  Hills,  Loomis,  3. 

Laccoliths  of  the  Black  Hills,  Jaggar, 

1. 

Locality  furnishing  Cretaceous  fishes, 
Hay,  12. 

Mammals  from  Oligocene  of  South  Da¬ 
kota,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  22. 

Megacerops  tyleri,  Lull,  5. 

Mineral  building  material,  fuels  and 
waters  of  South  Dakota,  Todd  (J. 
E.),  5. 

Mineral  wealth  of  Black  Hills, 
O’Harra,  2. 

Mineralogical  notes,  Headden,  4. 

Miocene  mammals  of  South  Dakota, 
Matthew  and  Gidley,  1. 

Mitchell  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  11. 

New  dinosaur,  Stegosaurus  marshi, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  2. 

New  form  of  calcite-sand  crystal,  Bar¬ 
bour  and  Fisher,  2. 

New  rhinoceros,  Trigonias  osborni, 
Lucas  (F.  A.),  1. 

Newcastle  folio,  Darton,  14. 

Newly  discovered  rock  at  Sioux  Falls, 
Todd  (J.  E.),  8,  12. 

Oelrichs  folio,  Darton,  8. 

Oligocene  beds  of  the  Bad  Lands, 
Fraas,  1. 

Olivet  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  9. 

Ore  deposits  of  northern  Black  Hills, 
Irving,  2. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  Black  Hills, 
Irving,  3,  4. 

Parker  folio,  Todd  (J.  E.),  10. 

Potsdam  formation  of  Bald  Mountain 
district,  Blatchford,  1. 

Problems  of  the  Dakota  artesian  sys¬ 
tem,  Todd  (J.  E.),  2. 

Red  Beds  of  Black  Hills,  Richardson 
(G.  B.),  2. 

Stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of 
Black  Hills  rim,  Wieland,  11. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  Black  Hills,  Dar¬ 
ton,  2. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Triassic  and  Jui*assic  strata  of  the 
Black  Hills,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  13. 

Tungsten  ores  in  the  Black  Hills,  Sim¬ 
mons,  1. 

Wolframite  in  Black  Hills,  Forsyth,  1. 

Wolframite  in  Black  Hills,  Raymond 
(R.  W.),  2. 

Tennessee. 

Appalachian  River  in  eastern  Tennes¬ 
see,  White  (C.  H.),  1. 

Asheville  folio,  Keith,  9. 

Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian 
basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  6. 

Cincinnati  group  in  western  Tennessee, 
Foerste,  6. 

Classification  of  geologic  formations  of 
Tennessee,  Safford,  2. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 


Tennessee — Continued, 

Columbia  folio,  Hayes  and  Ulrich,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States, 
Weed,  17. 

Copper  deposits  of  eastern  United 
States,  Weed,  37. 

Copper  deposits  of  southern  United 
States,  Weed,  2. 

Cranberry  folio,  Keith,  4. 

Cumberland  Gap  coal  field,  Ashley, 
3,  4. 

Cumberland  Plateau  coal  field,  Duffield, 

1. 

Deposits  of  copper  ores  at  Ducktown, 
Kemp,  10. 

Ducktown  copper  mining  district,  Mc- 
Callie,  4. 

Erratic  bowlder  from  Coal  Measures, 
McCallie,  5. 

Fossiliferous  sandstone  dikes  in  Eocene 
of  Tennessee  and  Kentucky,  Glenn, 
8. 

Geology  of  Tennessee,  Safford  and 
Killebrew,  1. 

Gerard  Troost,  Glenn,  9. 

Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  De- 
mar  et,  1. 

Greeneville  folio,  Keith,  11. 

Horizons  of  phosphate  rocks,  Safford, 

1. 

Iron  ore  deposits  of  the  Cranberry  dis¬ 
trict,  Keith,  5. 

Iron  ores  of  Shady  Valley,  Garrison,  2. 

Jellico  coal  field,  Evans  (N.  N.),  2. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian 
basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Maynardville  folio,  Keith,  1. 

Meteoreisen-Studien,  Cohen,  4. 

Meteorite  from  Hendersonville,  Glenn, 
3. 

Minerals  of  region  about  Nashville, 
Glenn,  7. 

Mount  Mitchell  folio,  Keith,  12. 

Mount  Pleasant  phosphate  field,  Ruhm, 

1. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  Tennes¬ 
see,  Ulrich,  7. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones, 
Foerste,  1. 

Silurian  and  Devonian  limestones  of 
western  Tennessee,  Foerste,  7. 

Southern  Appalachian  coal  field,  Hayes 
(C.  W.),  7. 

Stoneware  and  brick  clays,  Eckel,  18. 

Tennessee  iron  ores,  Maxwell,  I. 

Tennessee  marbles,  Keith,  6. 

Tennessee  white  phosphate,  Eckel,  3. 

Tennessee  white  phosphate,  Hayes  (C. 
W.),  3,  15. 

Terms  Linden  and  Clifton  limestones 
in  Tennessee  geology,  Foerste,  5,  9. 

Tertiary  history  of  the  Tennessee  River, 
Johnson  (D.  W.),  9. 

Underground  waters  of  Tennessee  and 
Kentucky,  Glenn,  11. 

Water  resources  of  Tennessee,  Glenn,  4. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


757 


Tennessee — Continued. 

White  phosphates  of  Decatur  County, 
Eckel,  20. 

Zinc  mining  in  east  Tennessee,  Keith, 

8. 

Tertiary. 

Alaska. 

Coal  resources  of  Alaska,  Brooks,  3. 

Geological  section  of  Rocky  Mountains 
in  northern  Alaska,  Schrader,  1. 

Geology  about  Chichagof  Cove,  Palache, 
3. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Gold  placers  of  Fortymile,  Birch  Creek, 
and  Fairbanks  regions,  Prindle,  2. 

Reconnaissance  in  Alaska,  Schrader,  3. 

Atlantic  coast  region. 

Administrative  report,  New  Jersey  Geo¬ 
logical  Survey,  Smock,  1. 

Cretaceous-Eocene  boundary  in  the  At¬ 
lantic  coastal  plain,  Clark  (W.  B. ),  4. 

Eocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Clark 
and  Martin,  1. 

Geology  of  coastal  plain  formations, 
Shattuck,  5. 

Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Clark 
(W.  B.),  6. 

Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland,  Shat¬ 
tuck,  10. 

Miocene  formation  of  Maryland,  Shat¬ 
tuck,  6. 

Norfolk  folio,  Darton,  7. 

Physical  features  of  Cecil  County,  Md., 
Shattuck,  3. 

Relations  of  Maryland  Miocene,  Dali, 
14. 

Stratigraphy  of  New  Jersey  clays, 
Kiimmel  and  Knapp,  1. 

Surface  formations  in  southern  New 
Jersey,  Salisbury,  1. 

Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Dali,  8. 

Underground  waters  of  New  Jersey, 
Knapp  (G.  N.),  1. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Canada. 

Boundary  Creek  district,  Brock,  3. 

Coal  field  of  Souris  River,  Dowling,  9. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  of  Yellow  Head  Pass  route, 
McEvoy,  1. 

Klondike  gold  fields,  McConnell,  5. 

Nicola  coal  basin,  Ells  (R.  W.),  23. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Geology  of  Globe  copper  district,  Ran- 
some,  6. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Geology  of  region  of  Walker  River, 
Smith  (D.  T.),  2. 

Geology  of  the  Tonopah  mining  district, 
Spurr,  29. 

Globe  folio,  Ransome,  13. 

Historical  geology  of  Esmeralda 
County,  Nev.,  Turner.  5. 


Tertiary — Continued. 

Great  Basin  region — Continued. 

Lake  Quibiris,  an  ancient  Pliocene  lake 
in  Arizona,  Blake  (W.  P.),  6. 

Notes  on  geology  of  southeastern  Ari¬ 
zona,  Dumble,  7. 

Triassic  ichthyosaurs  from  California 
and  Nevada,  Osborn,  15. 

Underground  waters  of  Salt  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Lee  (W.  T.),  9. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Camp  Clarke  folio,  Nebraska,  Darton, 

10. 

Comparison  of  fossil  diatoms,  Elmore, 

1. 

Fossil  mammals  of  Tertiary  of  north¬ 
eastern  Colorado,  Matthew  (W.  D.), 
2. 

ological  observations  on  the  Rosebud 
Indian  Reservation,  Reagan,  5. 

Geology  and  Underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  IS. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Patrick 
and  Goshen  Hole  quadrangles,  Adams 
(G.  I.),  4. 

Hartville  folio,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

High  plains  and  their  utilization,  John¬ 
son  (W.  D.),  1. 

Miocene  mammals  of  South  Dakota, 
Matthew  and  Gidley,  1. 

Note  on  the  western  Tertiary,  Sarde- 
son,  5. 

Oelrichs  folio,  Darton,  8. 

Oligocene  beds  of  the  Bad  Lands,  Fraas, 

1. 

Origin  of  North  Dakota  lignites,  Wil¬ 
der,  5. 

Origin  of  Oligocene  and  Miocene  de¬ 
posits  of  Great  Plains,  Hatcher,  11. 

Osteology  of  Oxydactylus,  Peterson,  1. 

Prairie  region  of  northeastern  Colo¬ 
rado,  Lakes,  32. 

Report  of  State  geologist  of  Nebraska, 
Barbour  (E.  H.),  8. 

Scotts  Bluff  folio,  Darton,  11. 

Skeleton  of  Titanotherium  dispar. 
Marsh,  Hatcher,  7. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Tertiary  formations  of  the  northern 
Great  Plains,  Darton,  12.  • 

Tertiary  terrane,  new  in  Kansas  ge¬ 
ology,  Adams  (G.  I.),  8. 

Greenland. 

Bidrag  till  nordostra  Gronlands  geologi, 
Nathorst,  1. 

Tertiary  fauna  at  Kap  Dalton,  Ravn,  1. 

Gulf  region. 

Age  of  Alabama  white  limestone,  Casey, 

2. 

Dali's  Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Schu- 
chert,  12, 

Eocene  outcrops  in  central  Georgia, 
Harris,  5. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Sabine  River, 
La.,  Veatch,  2. 


758 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Tertiary— Continued. 

Gulf  region — Continued. 

Geology  along  the  Ouachita,  La., 
Veatch,  3. 

Geology  of  Mississippi  embayment,  Har¬ 
ris,  2. 

Grand  Gulf  formation,  Dali,  9. 

Grand  Gulf  formation,  Hilgard,  4. 

Grand  Gulf  formation,  Smith  and  Al-  | 
drich,  2. 

Hills  of  Louisiana  north  of  V.  S.  &  P. 
Railroad,  Lerch,  1. 

Hills  of  Louisiana  south  of  V.  S.  &  P. 
Railroad,  Lerch,  2. 

Jackson  outcrops  on  Red  River,  Casey, 

1. 

Lafayette  and  Columbia  formations 
and  their  botanical  features,  Harper 
(R.  M.),  2. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain,  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Oligocene  erf  western  Europe  and 
southern  United  States,  Maury,  1. 

Portland-cement  materials  of  Alabama, 
Smith  (E.  A.),  2. 

Preliminary  report  upon  Florida  par¬ 
ishes  of  east  Louisiana,  Clendenin,  1. 

Salines  of  north  Louisiana,  Veatch,  1. 

Shell  Bluff,  Georgia,  one  of  Lyell's 
original  localities,  Vaughan,  4. 

Southern  oil  fields,  Hager,  1. 

Subterranean  waters  of  Louisiana, 
Harris,  3. 

Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Dali,  8. 

Tertiary  of  Sabine  River,  Dumble,  10. 

Underground  waters  of  Louisiana,  Har¬ 
ris,  6. 

Underground  waters  of  Louisiana  and 
Arkansas,  Veatch,  7. 

Underground  waters  of  southern  Loui¬ 
siana,  Harris,  8. 

Mexico. 

Criaderos  de  fierro  de  la  hacienda  de 
Vaquerias,  Villarello  and  Bose,  1. 

Estado  de  Tabasco,  Laguerenne,  1. 

Geologia  de  Chiapas  y  Tabasco,  Bose,  7. 

Geologia  del  valle  de  Chilpancingo,  Or- 
dofiez  and  Bose,  1. 

Geological  section  in  Guerrero,  Hall 
(C.  E.),  1. 

Mississippi  Valley  region. 

Evolution  of  lowlands  of  southeastern 
Missouri,  Marbut,  1. 

Fluorspar  deposits  of  southern  Illinois, 
Bain,  19. 

Fossiliferous  sandstone  dikes  in  the  [ 
Eocene  of  Tennessee  and  Kentucky, 
Glenn,  8. 

Geological  section  in  southern  Illinois, 
Nickles,  2. 

Geology  of  Oktibbeha  County,  Logan,  2. 

Winoka  gravels,  Hays,  1. 

Winoka  gravels,  Park  (E.  J.),  1. 

New  England  and  New  York. 

Brandon  clays,  Woodworth,  8. 

Geological  history  of  Charles  River, 
Mass.,  Clapp,  1, 


Tertiary— Con  tinued . 

New  England  and  New  York — Continued. 

Geological  relations  of  Brandon  lignite, 
Dale,  6. 

Pre-Pleistocene  deposits  at  Third  Cliff, 
Bowman  (I.),  3. 

Tertiary  lignite  of  Brandon,  Perkins, 
17. 

Ohio  Valley  region. 

Patoka  folio,  Fuller  and  Clapp,  2. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Berkeley  Hills,  Lawson  and  I’alache,  1. 

Californian  Tertiary  coral  reef, 
Vaughan,  20. 

Clealum  iron  ores,  Smith  and  Willis,  1. 

Coal  deposits  of  Washington,  Landes 
and  Ruddy,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Smith  (G. 

O.),  6. 

Contribution  to  petrography  of  John 
Day  Basin,  Calkins,  1. 

Coos  Bay  coal  fields,  Rockwell,  1. 

Coos  Bay  folio,  Diller,  4. 

Correlation  of  John  Day  and  Mascall, 
Merriam  and  Sinclair,  1. 

Ellensburg  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Faunal  relations  of  the  Carrizo  Creek 
beds,  Arnold,  3. 

Fossil  flora  of  John  Day  Basin,  Oregon, 
Knowlton,  14. 

Fossil  shells  of  John  Day  region, 
Stearns  (R.  E.  C.),  3. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Cascade  Range,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Geological  section  of  middle  Coast 
ranges  of  California,  Lawson  (A.  C.), 
5. 

Geological  section  of  the  Coast  ranges, 
Osmont,  1. 

Geological  section  through  John  Day 
Basin,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  2. 

Geology  and  physiography  of  central 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.).  8. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Yakima 
County,  Smith  (G.  O.),  3. 

Geology  of  Salinas  Valley,  Nutter,  1. 

Geology  of  the  John  Day  Basin,  Mer¬ 
riam  (J.  C.),  1. 

Geology  of  Washington,  Landes.  1. 

Gold  belt  of  Blue  Mountains  of  Oregon, 
Lindgren,  4. 

Great  lava  flood.  Redway,  1. 

John  Day  fossil  beds,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
3. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  11. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  of  San 
Pedro,  Arnold,  2. 

Marine  Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  strati¬ 
graphy  of  coast  of  southern  Califor¬ 
nia,  Arnold  (D.  and  R.),  1. 

Miocene  diabase  of  the  Santa  Cruz 
Mountains,  Haehl  and  Arnold,  1. 

Miocene  fauna  in  California,  Merriam 
(J.  C.),  10. 

Miocene  Foraminifera  from  Monterey 
shale,  Bagg,  9. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


759 


Tertiary — Continued . 

Pacific  coast  region — Continued. 

Mount  Diablo  Range  of  California, 
Anderson  (F.  M.),  7. 

Mount  Stuart  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  13. 

Neocene  deposits  of  Klamath  region,. 
California,  Hershey,  9. 

Ore  deposits  of  Monte  Cristo,  Spurr,  3. 

Paleontology  of  Martinez  group,  Wea¬ 
ver,  1. 

Physiographic  features  of  Klamath 
Mountains,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  2. 

Pleistocene  and  Pliocene  fossil  shells, 
Rivers,  1. 

Port  Orford  folio,  Diller,  11. 

Prehistoric  California,  Yates  (L.  G.),  1. 

Reconnaissance  of  borax  deposits  of 
Death  Valley  and  Mohave  Desert, 
Campbell  (M.  R.),  4. 

San  Luis  folio,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Sierra  Madre  near  Pasadena,  Claypole, 
4. 

Stratigraphic  problems  in  the  Cascades, 

,  Smith  (G.  O.),  15. 

Stratigraphy  of  Coast  ranges  of  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Anderson  (F.  M.),  6. 

Tertiary  formations  of  southern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Hershey,  10. 

Topographic  development  of  Klamath 
Mountains,  Diller,  10. 

Panama. 

Geology  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama, 
Hershey,  5. 

Philippine  Islands. 

Geology  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 
Becker,  1. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Age  of  the  Monument  Creek  formation, 
Darton,  23. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment 
district,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Cranial  elements  and  dentitions  of 
Titanotherium,  Hatcher,  4. 

Cretaceous  and  Lower  Tertiary  section 
in  south  central  Montana,  Douglass, 

3. 

Discovery  of  Torrejon  mammals  in 
Montana,  Douglass,  6. 

Eocene  and  earlier  beds  of  Huerfano 
basin,  Colorado,  Hills,  2. 

Fossil  Mammalia  of  White  River  beds, 
Douglass,  3. 

Fossil  nut  pine  from  Idaho,  Knowlton, 

4. 

Fresh-water  Tertiaries  at  Green  River, 
Wyoming,  Davis  (W.  M. ),  51. 

Geological  reconnaissance  in  Montana 
and  Idaho,  Lindgren,  21. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Nez 
Perces  County.  Part  I,  Russell,  1. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Geology  of  Castle  Rock  region,  Lee  (W. 
T.),  2. 

Geology  of  Idaho  and  Oregon,  Russell, 

8. 


Tertiary— Continued. 

Rocky  Mountain  region — Continued. 

Geology  of  the  Needle  Mountains  quad¬ 
rangle,  Cross  and  Howe,  3. 

La  Plata  folio,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1. 

Marine  fossils  in  the  Titanothere  beds, 
Loomis,  6. 

Nampa  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake,  1. 

Neocene  lake  beds  of  Montana,  Doug¬ 
lass,  1. 

Note  sur  les  phenomenes  volcaniques 
Tertiaires  de  la  chaine  d’Absaroka. 
Hague,  1. 

Origin  of  fine  gold  of  Snake  River,  Bell 
(R.),  3. 

Prospecting  for  oil,  Lakes,  36. 

Silver  City  folio,  Lindgren  and  Drake, 

2. 

Silverton  folio,  Cross  and  Howe,  1. 

Spanish  Peaks  folio,  Hills,  1. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Southwestern  region. 

Age  of  lavas  of  plateau  region,  Reagan, 

2. 

Austin  folio,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Beaumont  oil  field,  Hill  (R.  T.),  9. 

Colgate  folio,  Taff,  2. 

Cretaceous  and  later  rocks  of  Presidio 
and  Brewster  counties,  Dumble,  12. 

Fresh-water  Tertiary  of  Texas,  Gidley, 
4. 

Geology  and  underground  water  con¬ 
ditions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Okla¬ 
homa,  Gould,  14. 

Geology  of  Fort  Apache  region,  Reagan, 
3. 

Geology  of  Oklahoma,  Gould,  9. 

Lake  Otero,  Herrick  (C.  L.),  6. 

Geology  of  southwestern  Texas,  Dum¬ 
ble,  13. 

Geology  of  the  Antelope  Hills,  Sherwin, 

1. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coast,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Oil  in  Texas,  Harris,  1. 

Pelvic  girdle  of  Zeuglodon  Basilosaurus 
cetoides  (Owen),  Lucas  (F.  A.),  2. 

Texas  petroleum,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  1. 

Geology  of  the  Cerrillos  Hills,  Johnson 
(D.  W.),  4. 

Geology  of  the  Jemez-Albuquerque  re¬ 
gion,  Reagan,  1. 

West  Indies. 

Age  des  formations  volcaniques  de  la 
Martinique,  Giraud,  1. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
Antigua,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  1. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
Anguilla,  St.  Martin.  St.  Bartholo¬ 
mew,  and  Sombrero,  Spencer  (J.  W.), 
3. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 

Guadeloupe,  Spencer  (J,  W,),  2. 


760 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Tertiary— Con  tinued . 

West  Indies — Continued. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
the  St.  Christopher  chain  and  Saba 
banks,  Spencer.  (J.  W.),  4. 

Geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba, 
Ilayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  1. 

Sangregrande  borings,  Trinidad,  Guppy,  i 
2,  3. 

Tobagan  fossil^,  Guppy,  7. 

Windward  Islands,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  7. 

General. 

Geographical  distribution  of  fresh¬ 
water  decapods,  Ortmann,  3. 

Oligocene  Canidae,  Hatcher,  10. 

Outlines  of  continents  in  Tertiary 
times,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  18. 

Recent  zoopaleontdlogy,  Osborn,  20. 

Was  man  in  America  in  the  Glacial 
period?  Winchell  (N.  H.),  16. 

Texas. 

Accumulation  of  petroleum,  Hayes  (C. 
W.),  8. 

Austin  chalk  underlying  Waco,  Prather, 

2_ 

Austin  folio,  Hill  and  Vaughan,  1. 

Bat  guano  caves  in  Texas,  Phillips  (W. 
B.),  4. 

Beaumont  oil  field,  Hill  (R.  T.),  5,  9. 

Beaumont  oil  field,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  2. 

Chemistry  of  asphalt  rocks,  Harper 
(H.  W.),  1. 

Cinnabar  deposits  of  Bog  Bend  province, 
Hill  (R.  T.),  8. 

Clavilithes  from  the  Texas  Eocene, 
Johnson  and  Grabau,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Texas,  Ries,  14. 

Coal,  lignite,  and  asphalt  rocks,  Phillips 
(W.  B.),  6,  12. 

Coast  prairie  of  Texas,  Hill  (R.  T.),  1. 

Composition  and  occurrence  of  petro¬ 
leum,  Mabery,  3. 

Composition  of  Texas  petroleum, 
Mabery,  1. 

Corals  of  Buda  limestone,  Vaughan,  17. 

Cretaceous  and  later  rocks  of  Presidio 
and  Brewster  counties,  Dumble,  12. 

El  Paso  tin  deposits,  Weed,  4. 

Excavation  of  Mastodon  remains,  Mac- 
kensen,  1. 

Foraminiferal  ooze,  Udden,  9.  4 

Fossils  from  Texas.Cretaceous,  Prather, 

1. 

Fresh-water  Tertiary  of  Texas,  Gidley, 
4. 

Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 

Geography  of  Texas,  Simonds,  4. 

Geological  horizon  of  petroleum,  Fish- 
back,  1. 

Geologie  und  Petrographie  der  Apache 
Mountains,  Osann,  1. 

Geology  of  Beaumont  oil  field,  Dumble, 

2. 

Geology  of  Shafter  silver  mine  district, 
Udden  (Johan  A.),  11. 


Texas — Continued. 

Geology  of  southwestern  Texas,  Dum¬ 
ble,  13. 

Gisements  des  minerais  de  mercure,  De- 
maret,  2. 

Glyptodont  from  Texas  Pleistocene, 
Osborn,  17. 

Great  oil  well  near  Beaumont,  Dumble, 

8. 

Great  oil  well  near  Beaumont,  Lucas 
(A.  F.),  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Texas,  Hill  (B.  F.), 
3. 

Industrie  du  petrole  en  Californie, 
Ileurteau,  2. 

Iron  ores  of  east  Texas,  Dumble,  3,  6. 

Iron  ores  of  northeastern  Texas,  Eckel, 
37. 

Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas  gypsum  hills, 
Gould,  4. 

Koprolithen  des  Perms  von  Texas, 
Neumayer,  1. 

Kreide-Ammoniten  von  Texas,  Lass- 
witz,  1. 

Lead  ore  in  Burnett  County,  Phillips 
(W.  B.),  9. 

Mart  and  Bluff  meteorites,  Charlton,  1. 

Mercury  minerals  from  Terlingua, 
Moses,  2. 

Meteoreisen-Studien,  Cohen,  4. 

Meteoreisen  von  Cuernavaca  und  Ire¬ 
dell,  Cohen,  8. 

Meteorite  from  Allegan,  Mich.,  and 
Mart,  Tex.,  Merrill  and  Stokes,  1. 

Minerals  and  mineral  localities  of 
Texas,  Simonds,  1,  3. 

Mollusca  of  Buda  limestone,  Shattuck. 

8. 

Morphology  of  the  skull  of  Dimetro- 
don,  Case,  11. 

Myalina  from  Coal  Measures  of  Texas, 
Whitfield,  2. 

Native  sulphur  in  El  Paso  County, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  8. 

New  mercury  mineral  from  Terlingua, 
Hillebrand,  8. 

New  quicksilver  field  in  Brewster 
County,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  8. 

New  quicksilver  mining  district,  Kirk 
and  Malcolmson.  1. 

Oil  and  gas  fields  of  western  interior 
and  Gulf  coast,  Adams  (G.  I.),  2. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain,  Hayes  (C.  W.),  13. 

Oil  fields  of  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coastal  plain.  Hayes  and  Kennedy,  1. 

Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana 
coastal  plain,  Fenneman.  7. 

Oil  fields  of  the  Texas-Louisiana  Gulf 
coast,  Fenneman,  8. 

Oil  in  Texas,  Harris,  1. 

Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and 
southern  United  States.  Maury,  1. 

Origin  of  natural  mounds,  Veateh,  10. 

Paleontology  of  the  Malone  Jurassic 
formation,  Cragin,  2. 

Pelycosaur  from  Texas,  Case,  10. 


FOK  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


761 


Texas — Continued . 

Pelycosaurierreste  von  Texas,  Broili,  4. 

Permian  life  of  Texas,  Sternberg,  2. 

Permische  Stegocephalen  und  Rep- 
tilien  aus  Texas,  Broili,  2. 

Petroleum  from  the  Beaumont  field, 
Richardson  and  Wallace,  1. 

Petroleum  industry  of  Europe  and 
America,  Otsuka,  1. 

Physical  geography,  geology,  and  re¬ 
sources  of  Texas,  Dumble,  1. 

Platygonus  from  Texas  Pliocene,  Gid- 
ley,  3. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  Texas, 
Taff,  15. 

Quartz-feldspar-porphyry  from  Llano, 
Iddings,  3. 

Quecksilbermineralien  von  Terlingua 
in  Texas,  Moses,  4. 

Quicksilver  deposits  of  Brewster 

County,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  14. 

Quicksilver  district  in  Brewster 

County,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  10. 

Quicksilver  industry  in  Brewster 

County,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  11. 

Quicksilver  mines  in  Brewster  County, 
Spalding,  1. 

Reconnaissance  in  trans-Pecos  Texas, 
Richardson  (G.  B.),  4. 

Red  sandstone  of  Diabolo  Mountains, 
Dumble,  11. 

Report  of  progress  of  Texas  mineral 
survey,  Phillips  (W.  B. ),  7. 

Results  of  late  mineral  research  in 
Llano  County,  Hidden,  1. 

Salt,  gypsum,  and  petroleum  in  trans- 
Pecos  Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  7. 

Skull  of  Dinocyon  from  Miocene  of 
Texas,  Matthew  (W.  D.),  3. 

Southern  oil  fields,  Hager,  1. 

Southwestern  coal  field,  Taff,  5. 

Stratigraphic  notes  on  Malone  Moun¬ 
tain,  Stanton,  7. 

Stratigraphic  relations  of  Red  Beds, 
Adams  (G.  I.),  11. 

Stratigraphic  relations  of  the  Red 
Beds  to  Carboniferous  and  Permian 
in  northern  Texas,  Adams  (G.  I.),  6. 

Stratigraphic  sequence  in  trans-Pecos 
Texas,  Richardson  (G.  B.),  5. 

Sulphur,  oil,  and  quicksilver  in  trans- 
Pecos  Texas,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  5. 

Terlingua  quicksilver  deposits,  Brew¬ 
ster  County,  Hill  (B.  F.),  1. 

Terlingua  quicksilver  district,  Kirk,  1. 

Terlingua  quicksilver  deposits,  Turner, 
17. 

Tertiary  of  Sabine  River,  Dumble,  10. 

Texan  oil  deposits,  Willey,  1. 

Texas  mercury  minerals,  Hill  (B.  F.), 

2. 

Texas  oil-well  fossil,  Aldrich,  1. 

Texas  petroleum,  Phillips  (W.  B.),  1. 

Texas  petroleum,  Thiele,  1. 

Tin  deposits  at  El  Paso,  Weed,  15. 

Trans-Pecos  sulphur  field,  Caracristi, 

1. 


Texas — Continued. 

Ueber  Diacranodus  texensis  Cope, 
Broili,  3. 

Upper  Permian  in  western  Texas, 
Girty,  2. 

Vertebrates  from  Permian,  Case,  5. 

Volcanic  origin  of  oil,  Coste,  4. 

Vorkommen  der  texanischen  Queck¬ 
silbermineralien,  Hill  (B.  F.),  4. 
Triassic. 

Alaska. 

Geology  of  Copper  River  region,  Men¬ 
denhall,  8. 

Mesozoic  section  on  Cook  Inlet,  Stan¬ 
ton  and  Martin,  1. 

Stratigraphy  and  igneous  rocks  of 
Alaska,  Emerson  (B.  K.),  6. 

Appalachian  region. 

Mount  Mitchell  folio,  Keith,  12. 

A  tlantic  coast  region . 

Former  extent  of  Newark  system, 
Hobbs,  9. 

Lodel  Creek  and  Skippack  Creek,  Ly¬ 
man,  2. 

Mining  in  the  Richmond  coal  basin, 
Virginia,  Woodworth,  3. 

New  York  City  folio,  Merrill  and 
others,  1. 

Canada. 

Fossils,  possibly  Triassic,  in  bowlder 
clay  of  Kings  County,  Haycock,  2. 

Geological  history  of  Gaspereau  Val¬ 
ley,  Haycock,  1. 

Geological  record  of  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  Dawson,  2. 

Geologie  von  Canada,  Haas,  2. 

Geology  of  Vancouver  Island,  Hay- 
.  cock,  3. 

Geology  of  Vancouver  Island,  Web¬ 
ster,  1. 

Kings  and  Hants  counties,  Nova  Sco¬ 
tia,  Fletcher,  2. 

Synopsis  of  geology  of  Canada,  Ami,  2. 

Great  Basin  region. 

Basin  range  structure  of  the  Hum¬ 
boldt  region,  Louderback,  4. 

Geology  of  Nevada,  Spurr,  6. 

Hurricane  fault  in  southwestern  Utah, 
Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  1. 

Notes  on  geology  of  southeastern  Ari¬ 
zona,  Dumble,  7. 

Status  of  Mesozoic  floras,  Ward 
(L.  F.),  5. 

Great  Plains  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’llarra,  1. 

Atlantosaur  and  Titanotherium  beds  of 
Wyoming,  Peck,  4. 

Edgemont  folio,  Darton  and  Smith,  1. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Wyoming,  Knight 
(W.  C.),  9. 

Hallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlanto- 
saurus  beds  of  Marsh,  Williston,  25. 

Hartville  folio,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Newcastle  folio,  Darton,  14. 


762 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


Triassic— Continued . 

Great  Plains  region — Continued. 

Oelrichs  folio,  Darton,  8. 

Red  Beds  of  Black  Hills,  Richardson 
(G.  B.),  2. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Triassic  and  Jurassic  strata  of  the 
Black  Hills,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  13. 

Neiv  England  and  New  York. 

Nature’s  hieroglyphics,  Lull,  4. 

Newark  system  of  the  Pomperaug  Val¬ 
ley,  Hobbs,  2. 

Physical  geography  and  geology  of 
Connecticut,  Rice,  1. 

Wells  of  Triassic  area  of  Connecticut 
Valley,  Pynchon,  11. 

Pacific  coast  region. 

Border  line  between  the  Paleozoic  and 
Mesozoic,  Smith  (J.  P.),  1. 

Gold  belt  of  Blue  Mountains  of  Oregon, 
Lindgren,  4. 

Klamath  Mountain  section,  Diller,  12. 

Marine  sediments  of  eastern  Oregon, 
Washburne,  1. 

Marine  Trias  of  western  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

San  Luis  folio,  Fairbanks,  7. 

Triassic  cephalopod  genera,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 

Triassic  Ichthyopterygia  from  Cali¬ 
fornia  and.  Nevada,  Merriam  (J.  C.), 
4; 

Triassic  Reptilia  from  northern  Cali¬ 
fornia,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  5. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O’Harra,  1. 

Border  line  between  the  Paleozoic  and 
Mesozoic,  Smith  (J.  P.),  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment 
district,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Dinosaur  beds  of  the  Grand  River  Val¬ 
ley,  Riggs,  1. 

Geology  and  ore  deposits  of  Elkhorn 
mining  district,  Montana,  Weed,  5. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Geology  of  the  Boulder  district,  Fen- 
neman,  10. 

Geology  of  the  Hellgate  and  Big  Black- 
foot  valleys,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  25. 

Hallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlantosau- 
rus  beds  of  Marsh,  Williston,  25. 

La  Plata  folio,  Cross  and  Spencer,  1 . 

Marine  Trias  of  western  America, 
Smith  (J.  P.),  5. 

Red  Beds  of  Colorado,  Cross  and  Howe, 
2,  4. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  26. 

Stratigraphy  of  Black  Hills,  Bighorn 
Mountains,  and  Rocky  Mountain 
front  range,  Darton,  16. 

Trias  in  northeastern  Oregon,  Lind¬ 
gren,  3. 

Triassic  and  Jurassic  strata  of  the 
Black  Hills,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  6. 

Triassic  cephalopod  genera,  Hyatt  and 
Smith,  1. 


]  Triassic — Continued. 

Southwestern  region. 

Fossils  from  the  Red  Beds,  Gould,  1. 
Geography  and  geology  of  Black  and 
Grand  prairies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  3. 
Geology  and  underground  water  condi¬ 
tions  of  the  Jornada  del  Muerto, 
Keyes,  49. 

Geology  of  the  Jemez-Albuquerque  re¬ 
gion,  Reagan,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  New  Mexico,  Her¬ 
rick  (H.  N.),  1. 

Jurassic  horizon  around  the  southern 
end  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Keyes, 
51. 

Kansas-Oklahoma-Texas  gypsum  hills, 
Gould,  4. 

Triassic  system  in  New  Mexico,  Keyes, 
50. 

General. 

Ueber  I’elecypoden-zonen  in  der  Trias 
Nord-Amerikas,  Smith  (J.  P.),  2. 

Trinidad. 

Growth  of  Trinidad,  Guppy,  8. 

Komuto  shell-bed,  Guppy,  6. 

Utah. 

Areal  geology  of  the  Bingham  mining 
district,  Keith,  13. 

Bingham  mining  camp,  Emmens,  1. 
Cactus  copper  mine,  Emmons  (S.  F.;, 
21. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Coal  mining  at  Sunnyside,  Harrington 
(D.),  1. 

Colossal  bridges  of  Utah,  Dyar,  1. 
Colossal  bridges  of  LTtah,  Winchell  (X. 
H.),  22. 

Copper  deposits  of  Beaver  River  Ttange, 
Crowther,  1. 

Delamar  and  Horn-Silver  mines,  Em¬ 
mons  (S.  F.),  3. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham  dis¬ 
trict,  Boutwell,  12. 

Economic  geology  of  the  Bingham 
mining  district,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  22. 
Eruption  of  rhyolite,  Gilbert,  9. 
Genesis  of  ore  deposits  at  Bingham. 
Utah,  Boutwell,  14. 

Geology  of  Bingham  Canyon.  Kemp,  16. 
Geology  of  Mercur,  Dern.  1. 

Geology  of  Park  City  district.  Bell  (R. 
N.),  4. 

Geology  of  Utah,  Talmage,  2. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Great  Salt  Lake  Basin,  Lakes,  37. 
Gypsum,  Diehl,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Utah,  Boutwell,  3. 
Hurricane  fault  in  southwestern  LTtah. 

Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  1. 
Hurricane  fault  in  the  Toquerville  dis¬ 
trict,  Huntington  and  Goldthwait,  2. 
Iron  ores  in  the  Uinta  Mountains,  Bout¬ 
well,  5. 

Iron  ores  in  Utah,  Leith,  11. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


763 


Utah.— Continued. 

Iron  ores  of  the  Uinta  Mountains,  War¬ 
wick,  1. 

Joint  veins,  Gilbert,  2,  8. 

Little  Cottonwood  granite  body  of 
Wasatch  Mountains,  Emmons  (S. 
F.),  9. 

Mineral  crest,  Emmons  (S.  F.),  12. 

Mineral  crest,  Jenney,  2,  3. 

Mineral  crest,  Smith  (G.  O.),  11. 

Mineral  resources  of  the  Uinta  Moun¬ 
tains,  Berkey,  4. 

Mineralogical  notes,  Headden,  4. 

Mountain  ranges  of  Great  Basin,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  46. 

Natural  gas  near  Salt  Lake  City,  Rich¬ 
ardson  (G.  B.),  6. 

Notes  on  two  desert  mines,  Emmons 
(S.  F.),  2. 

Oil  and  asphalt  prospects  in  Salt  Lake 
basin,  Utah,  Boutwell,  11. 

Ore  deposits  of  Bingham,  Boutwell,  2, 
10,  13. 

Origin  of  magnetic  iron  ores  of  Iron 
County,  Jennings  (E.  P.),  2. 

Paleontology  of  the  Bingham  mining 
district,  Girty,  12. 

Park  City  mining  district,  Boutwell,  1, 

4. 

Plateau  province  of  Utah  and  Arizona, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  45. 

Radium  in  an  American  ore,  Phillips- 
(A.  H.),  1. 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Uintah  reserva¬ 
tion,  Berkey,  5. 

Red  beryl  from  Utah,  Hillebrand,  5. 

Report  on  Park  City  mining  district, 
Boutwell,  8. 

Rock  gypsum  at  Nephi,  Boutwell,  6. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs  (L. 

5. ),  1. 

Salt  industry  in  Utah  and  California, 
Eckel,  26. 

Slate  deposits  of  California  and  Utah, 
Eckel,  24. 

Stateline  mining  district,  Smith  (G. 
H.),  1. 

Stratigraphy  of  Uinta  Mountains,  Ber¬ 
key,  8. 

Vanadium  and  uranium  in  southeastern 
Utah,  Boutwell,  9. 

Wasatch,  Canyon,  and  House  ranges, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  59. 

Vermont. 

Analysis  of  Washington  marble,  Rich¬ 
ardson  (C.  H.),  1. 

Asbestos  region  in  northern  Vermont, 
Kemp,  3,  6,  14. 

Brandon  clays,  Woodworth,  8. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Concretions  from  Connecticut  Valley, 
Sheldon,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Orange  County, 
Smyth  and  Smith,  1*. 

Copper  mines  of  Vermont,  Weed,  28. 


V  ermont — Conti  nued . 

Correlation  of  Piedmont  formations, 
Mathews,  6. 

Fauna  of  the  Chazy  limestone,  Ray¬ 
mond  (P.  E.),  7. 

Feld  work  at  Larrabees  Point,  Shimer, 

3. 

Fossil  fruits  and  lignites  of  Brandon, 
Vt.,  Knowlton,  11. 

Fossil  fruits  of  Tertiary  lignite  of 
Brandon,  Perkins,  13. 

Geological  relations  of  Brandon  lignite, 
Dale,  6. 

Geology  of  Ascutney  Mountain,  Daly,  7. 

Geology  of  Grand  Isle,  Perkins,  1. 

Geology  of  Grand  Isle  County,  Perkins, 

11. 

Geology  of  the  Taconic  Range,  Dale,  3. 

Geology  of  Vermont,  Seely,  2. 

Glacial  and  post-Glacial  history  of  the 
Hudson  and  Champlain  valleys,  Peet, 
1. 

Glaciation  of  the  Green  Mountains, 
Hitchcock  (C.  H.),  7,  8. 

Granite  of  Barre,  Finlay  (G.  I.),  1,  3. 

Hydrology  of  Vermont,  Perkins,  14. 

Lignite  of  Brandon  and  its  fossils,  Per¬ 
kins,  12. 

List  of  reports  on  the  geology  of  Ver¬ 
mont,  Perkins,  4. 

List  of  works  on  the  geology  of  Ver¬ 
mont,  Perkins,  9. 

Marble,  slate,  and  granite  industries, 
Perkins,  1. 

Mineral  industries,  Perkins,  6. 

Mineral  industries  and  geology  of  cer¬ 
tain  areas  of  Vermont,  Perkins,  4. 

Mineral  resources  of  Vermont,  Perkins, 
2,  10,  16. 

Occurrence  of  asbestos,  Kemp,  8. 

Petrographic  description  of  dikes  of 
Grand  Isle,  Shimer,  1. 

Petrography  of  Belvidere  Mountain  de¬ 
posits,  Marsters,  3. 

Quartz  veins  in  Maine  and  Vermont, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  14. 

Serpentine  belt  of  Lamoille  and  Or¬ 
leans  counties,  Marsters,  2. 

Serpentine  of  Belvidere  Mountain, 
Marsters,  4. 

Sketch  of  the  life  and  work  of  Au¬ 
gustus  Wing,  Seely,  1. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale. 

8. 

Sponges  of  Chazy  formation,  Seely,  3. 

Stromatoceria  of  Isle  La  Motte,  Seely, 
5. 

Structural  details  in  Green  Mountain 
region,  Dale,  1. 

Taconic  physiography,  Dale,  9. 

Terranes  of  Orange  County,  Richard¬ 
son  (C.  H.),  2. 

Tertiary  lignite  of  Brandon,  Perkins, 
17. 

Triassic  rocks  of  the  Connecticut  Val¬ 
ley  as  a  source  of  water  supply, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  18. 


764 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


V  ermont — Con  ti  nued . 

Underground  waters  of  Vermont,  Per¬ 
kins,  15. 

Water  resources  of  Fort  Ticonderoga 
quadrangle,  Dale,  7. 

Water  resources  of  Taconic  quadrangle, 
Taylor  (F.  B.).  5. 

Water  resources  of  Vermont,  Perkins, 

8. 

Virginia. 

Age  of  the  Wise  and  Harlan  forma¬ 
tions  of  southwestern  Virginia, 
White,  23. 

Analysis  of  emery,  Miller  (W.  W.),  1. 

Arsenic  mines  at  Brinton,  Cowan,  1. 

Atlantic  coast  Triassic  coal  field, 
Woodworth,  4. 

Big  Stone  Gap  coal  field,  Pultz,  1. 

Cambro-Ordovician  limestones  of  the 
Valley  of  Virginia,  Campbell  (H.  D.), 
1. 

Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  ba¬ 
sin,  Stevenson  (J.  J),  6. 

Cement  materials  of  the  valley  of  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Bassler,  3. 

Cement  resources  of  the  valley  of  Vir¬ 
ginia,  Catlett,  3. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Coals  of  Pocahontas  field,  Fowler,  1. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Copper  deposits  of  Appalachian  States, 
Weed,  17. 

Copper  deposits  of  eastern  United 
States,  Weed,  37. 

Copper  deposits  of  southern  United 
States,  Weed,  2. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Virgilina  cop¬ 
per  district,  Watson  (T.  L.),  6. 

Correlation  of  the  Potomac  formation. 
Ward  (L.  F.),  3. 

Gisements  de  minerals  de  zinc,  De- 
mar  et,  1. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Virginia,  Eckel,  23. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits,  Watson  (T.  L.), 
17. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian 
basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J. ),  4. 

Meteoric  iron  from  Augusta  County, 
Campbell  and  Howe,  1. 

Mining  in  the  Richmond  coal  basin, 
Woodworth,  3. 

Norfolk  folio,  Darton,  7. 

Northern  coals  of  Big  Sandy  basin, 
Althouse,  1. 

Occurrence  of  unakite,  Phalen,  2. 

Optische  Orientirung  des  Albit  von 
Amelia,  Becke,  1. 

Origin  of  Oriskany  limonites,  Johnson 
(J.  E.),  1. 

Portland-cement  resources  of  Virginia, 
Bassler,  2. 

Report  on  various  collections  of  fossil 
plants  from  the  older  Potomac  of 
Virginia  and  Maryland,  Fontaine,  5. 

Richmond  coal  basin,  Gay,  1. 


Virginia — Continued. 

Rutile  mining  in  Virginia,  Merrill 
(G.  P.),  6. 

Salt  and  gypsum  deposits  of  south¬ 
western  Virginia,  Eckel,  19. 

Sandstone  from  Augusta  County,  Mil¬ 
ler  (W.  W.),  2. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 
8. 

Subdivisions  of  Shenandoah  limestone, 
Bassler,  4. 

Underground  waters  of  Virginia,  Dar¬ 
ton  and  Fuller,  3. 

Virginia  anthracite  coal,  Randolph 
(L.  S.),  1. 

Washington  folio,  Darton  and  Keith,  1. 

Zinc  mining  and  smelting  in  south¬ 
western  Virginia,  Higgins,  1. 

"Washington. 

Abandoned  stream  gaps  in  northern 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  12. 

Anticlinal  mountain  ridges  in  central 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  10. 

Basalt  mounds  of  the  Columbia  lava, 
Piper,  1. 

Bibliography  of  literature  referring  to 
geology  of  Washington,  Arnold,  1. 

Building  and  ornamental  stones  of 
Washington,  Shedd,  2. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clay  deposits  of  Washington,  Landes, 

5. 

Clealum  iron  ores,  Smith  and  Willis,  1. 

Coal  deposits  of  Washington,  Landes, 
3. 

Coal  deposits  of  Washington,  Landes 
and  Ruddy,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Cook  Inlet,  Alaska,  and 
Pacific  coast,  Kirsopp,  1. 

Coal  fields  of  Pacific  coast,  Smith 
(G.  O.),  6. 

Coal  in  Clallam  County,  Arnold,  5. 

Copper  ores  in  the  Cascade  Mountains. 
Stretch,  4. 

Discussion  of  Clealum  iron  ores,  Cour¬ 
tis,  1. 

Dumortierite,  Schaller,  5,  7. 

Ellensburg  folio.  Smith  (G.  O.),  7. 

Field  notes  on  Mount  Rainier,  Landes. 

6. 

Fossil  plants  from  State  of  Washing¬ 
ton,  Knowlton,  8. 

Geological  reconnaissance  across  the 
Cascade  Range,  Smith  and  Calkins,  1. 

Geology  and  physiography  of  central 
Washington,  Smith  (G.  O.),  8. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  east- 
central  Washington.  Calkins,  3. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  Ya¬ 
kima  County,  Smith  (G.  O.),  3. 

Geology  of  Mount  Rainier,  Smith 
(G.  O.),  1. 

Geology  of  Washington.  Landes,  1. 

Glacial  drift  in  the  Dakotas,  Montana, 
Idaho,  and  Washington,  Upham,  27. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


765 


Washington— Continued. 

Glacial  drift  in  Washington,  Upham, 
28. 

Glaciers  of  Mount  Hood  and  Mount 
Adams,  Reid  (H.  F.),  17. 

Gold  mining  in  central  Washington, 
Smith  (G.  O.),  9. 

Gold  placers  of  the  coast  of  Washing¬ 
ton,  Arnold,  4. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Independent  mine  at  Silverton, 
Stretch,  2. 

Iron  ores  of  Washington,  Shedd,  1. 

Lake  Chelan,  Fairbanks,  4. 

Lake  Chelan  and  its  glacier,  Gannett, 
3. 

Mammals  in  the  swamps  of  Whitman 
County,  Sternberg,  3. 

Metalliferous  resources  of  Washington, 
Landes  and  others,  1. 

Molybdenite  at  Crown  Point,  Crook,  3. 

Mount  Baker  mining  district,  Smith 
(G.  O.),  4. 

Mount  Stuart  folio,  Smith  (G.  O.),  13. 

Mounts  Hood  and  Adams  and  their 
glaciers,  Reid  (H.  F.),  6. 

Nonmetalliferous  resources  of  Wash¬ 
ington,  Landes,  2. 

Ore  deposits  of  Monte  Cristo,  Spun*,  3. 

Ore  deposits  of  Monte  Cristo,  Wash¬ 
ington,  Winchell  (H.  V.),  1. 

Ores  of  the  Republic  mine,  Chatard 
and  Whitehead,  1. 

Physiography  and  deformation  of  the 
Wenatchee-Chelan  district,  Willis, 
11. 

Pseudo  -  serpentine  from  Stevens 
County,  Clarke  (F.  W.),  2,  5. 

Reconnaissance  of  Mount  Hood  and 
Mount  Adams,  Reid  (H.  F.),  4. 

Silverton  mining  district,  Stretch,  1. 

Stratigraphic  problems  in  the  Cas¬ 
cades,  Smith  (G.  O.),  15. 

Underground  waters  of  Washington, 
Landes,  4. 

Water  resources  of  Washington,  Byers 
(H.  G.),  1. 

Water  resources  of  Washington,  Heine, 

1. 

Water  resources  of  Washington,  Ruddy, 

1. 

West  Indies. 

Activity  of  Mont  Pelee,  Heilprin,  4. 

Age  des  formations  volcaniques  de  la 
Martinique,  Giraud,  1. 

Analyses  of  volcanic  ejecta  from  Mar¬ 
tinique  and  St.  Vincent,  Hillebrand, 
1. 

Analysis  of  dust  from  La  Soufribre, 
Bridgford,  1. 

Antillean  volcanoes,  McGee,  3. 

Ausbruchsperiode  des  Mont  Pelee,  Stii- 
bel,  2. 

Bibliography  of  Wrest  Indian  eruptions, 
Hovey  (E.  O.),  32. 

Bitumen  in  Cuba,  Vaughan.  8. 


West  Indies — Continued. 

Bituminous  deposits  of  Cardenas,  Cuba, 
Peckham  (II.  E.),  1. 

Cendres  des  eruptions  de  la  Montagne 
Pelee,  Lacroix,  2. 

Changes  in  nomenclature  of  West  In¬ 
dian  corals,  Vaughan,  13. 

Composition  chimique  des  poussieres 
volcaniques  de  la  Martinique,  Gillot, 
1. 

Composition  des  cendres  projetees  par 
la  Montagne  Pelee,  Michel-Levy,  2. 

Composition  des  gaz  des  fumerolles  du 
Mont  Pelee,  Gautier,  1. 

Copper  mines  near  Havana,  Weed,  34. 

Copper  mines  of  Cobre,  Santiago  de 
Cuba;  Moffet,  1. 

Copper  mines  of  Santa  Clara  Province, 
Cuba,  Vaughan,  6. 

Cordierite  dans  les  produits  eruptifs  de 
la  Montagne  Pelee,  Lacroix,  17. 

Cuban  fossil  mammals,  Vaughan,  9. 

Dominica,  Sapper,  12. 

Dust  from  Soufribre,  Bonney,  5. 

Earliest  Tertiary  coral  reefs  in  the 
Antilles  and  United  States,  Vaughan, 
10. 

Enclaves  basiques  des  volcans  de  la 
Martinique,  Lacroix,  18. 

Enclaves  des  andesites  de  Montagne 
Pelee,  Lacroix,  6. 

Erosion  phenomena  in  St.  Vincent  and 
Martinique,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  35. 

Erosion  phenomena  on  Mont  Pelee  and 
Soufribre,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  24. 

Erosion  phenomena  on  the  islands  of 
St.  Vincent  and  Martinique,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  30. 

Eruption  de  la  Martinique,  Lacroix  and 
others,  5. 

Eruption  de  la  Montagne  Pelee,  La¬ 
croix,  13. 

Eruption  de  la  Montagne  Pelee,  Michel- 
Levy,  1. 

Eruption  du  volcan  de  Saint-Vincent, 
Lacroix,  15. 

Eruption  of  Pelee,  Jaggar,  6,  8. 

Eruption  volcanique  a  la  Martinique, 
Thierry,  1. 

Eruptions  de  Saint-Vincent,  Lacroix,  19. 

Eruptions  des  nuages  de  la  Montagne 
Pel  be,  Lacroix,  12. 

Eruptions  of  La  Soufribre,  St.  Vincent, 
in  May,  1902,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  10. 

Eruptions  of  Mont  Pelee  and  the  Souf¬ 
ribre,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  33. 

Eruptions  of  Soufribre,  Anderson  and 
Flett,  2. 

Eruptions  of  1902  of  La  Soufribre,  St. 
Vincent,  and  Mont  Pelbe,  Martinique, 
Hovey  (E.  O.),  9. 

Eruptions  volcaniques  de  la  Martinique, 
Lacroix,  11. 

Etat  actuel  de  la  Soufribre  de  la  Gua¬ 
deloupe  Lacroix  11 


766 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


West  Indies— Continued. 

£!tat  actuel  du  volcan  de  la  Montagne 
Pelee,  Lacroix,  9. 

Evolution  of  the  Antilles,  Falconer,  2. 

Examination  of  ash  that  fell  on  Bar¬ 
bados  after  eruption  of  St.  Vincent, 
Flett,  1. 

Field  notes  of  a  geologist  in  Martinique 
and  St.  Vincent,  Jaggar,  2. 

Foraminifera  of  Trinidad,  Guppy,  4. 

Fossil  corals  from  the  elevated  reefs  of 
Curagao,  Aruba,  and  Bonaire, 
Vaughan,  2. 

Fossil  land  shells  of  Bermuda,  Gulick, 

1. 

Fossils  of  the  Bahama  Islands,  Dali, 
15,  16. 

Gaz  des  -fumerolles  du  Mont  Pelee, 
Moissan,  1. 

Geography  of  Cuba,  Vaughan  and 
Spencer,  1. 

Geological  and  physical  development 
of  Antigua,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  1. 

Geological  and  physical  development 
of  Anguilla,  St.  Martin,  St.  Bartholo¬ 
mew,  and  Sombrero,  Spencer  (J.  W.), 
3. 

Geologic  and  physiographic  history  of 
the  Lesser  Antilles,  Hill  (R.  T.),  13. 

Geological  age  of  the  West  Indian  vol¬ 
canic  foundation,  Spencer  (J.  W.),9. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
Barbados,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  6. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
Dominica,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  5. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
Guadeloupe,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  2. 

Geological  and  physical  development  of 
the  St.  Christopher  chain  and  Saba 
banks,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  4. 

Geological  features  of  Azores,  Howarth, 

1. 

Geological  notes  on  the  Marbela  Man- 
jak  mine,  Guppy,  5. 

Geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba, 
Hayes,  Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  2. 

Geological  relationship  of  volcanoes  of 
West  Indies,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  8. 

Geologie  Haitis,  Tippenhauer,  1,  2. 

Geology  and  physiography  of  Cuba, 
Hamilton,  2. 

Gigantic  fossil  Lucina,  Dali,  3. 

Gold  in  Santo  Domingo,  Garrison,  4. 

Grande  Soufri&re  of  Guadeloupe,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  28,  31. 

Guadeloupe,  Sapper,  14. 

History  of  the  Caribbean  Islands,  ’ 
Frazer,  8. 

Hydrology  of  Cuba,  Fuller  (M.  L.),  19. 

Inner  cone  of  Mont  Pelee,  Hovey  (E. 
O.),  23. 

Insel  Grenada,  Sapper,  8. 

Insel  Montserrat,  Sapper,  11. 

Insel  S.  Lucia,  Sapper,  10. 

Inseln  Nevis  und  S.  Kitts,  Sapper,  17. 


West  Indies — Continued. 

Iron  ores  of  Cuba,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  1. 

Krater  der  Soufri&re  von  St.  Vincent, 
Sapper,  16. 

Manganese  deposits  of  Santiago,  Spen 
cer  (A.  C.),  8. 

Manganese  deposits  of  Santiago  Prov¬ 
ince,  Cuba,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  3. 

Manganese  mining  in  Cuba,  Chibas,  1. 

Martinique,  Sapper,  15. 

Martinique  and  St.  Vincent ;  prelimi¬ 
nary  report  upon  the  eruptions  of 
1902,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  12. 

Martinique  and  St.  Vincent  revisited, 
Hovey  (E.  O.),  18. 

Martinique  und  St.  Vincent,  Stiibel,  1. 

Martinique  und  sein  Vulkanismus, 
Deckert,  2. 

Mechanism  of  the  Mont  Pelee  spine, 
Gilbert,  16. 

Mineral  deposits  of  Santiago,  Cuba, 
Souder,  1. 

Mineral  deposits  of  Santiago,  Cuba, 
Wenstrom,  1. 

Mission  de  la  Martinique,  Lacroix,  4, 
16. 

Mont  Pelee,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  20,  26. 

Mont  Pelee,  Jaggar,  4. 

Mont  Pelee  and  tragedy  of  Martinique, 
Heilprin,  3. 

Mont  Pelee — the  eruptions  of  August 
24  and  30,  1902,  Heilprin,  7. 

La  Montagne  Pelee  et  ses  eruptions, 
Lacroix,  20. 

Nature  of  Pelee  tower,  Heilprin,  8. 

Nature  of  phenomena  of  eruption  of 
Mont  Pelee,  Divers,  1. 

New  cone  and  obelisk  of  Mont  relee, 
Hovey  (E.  O.),  29. 

New  cone  of  Mont  Pelee,  Hovey  (E.  O.), 
17. 

Next  eruption  of  Pelee,  Jaggar,  3. 

Obelisk  of  Mont  Pelee,  Heilprin,  6. 

Obelisk  of  Mont  Pelee,  Hovey  (E.  O.), 

21. 

Obelisk  of  Montagne  Pelee,  Heilprin,  5. 

Observations  mineralogiques  faites  sue 
les  products  de  l'incendie  de  Saint- 
Pierre,  Lacroix,  10. 

Observations  sur  les  eruptions  volcani- 
ques,  Lacroix,  7. 

Occurrence  of  gold  and  coal  in  Trini¬ 
dad,  Guppy,  1. 

Peculiar  character  of  eruption  of  Mont 
Pelee,  Verrill,  1. 

Pelee  and  the  evolution  of  the  Wind¬ 
ward  Archipelago,  Hill  (R.  T.),  16. 

Pelee  obelisk,  Russell,  12,  22. 

Pelee' s  obelisk,  Argali  (P.  H.),  1. 

Physical  history  of  the  Windward 
Islands,  Hill  (R.  T.),  18. 

Physiography  and  geology  of  Bahama 
Islands,  Shattuck  and  Miller,  1. 

Porto  Rico,  its  topography  and  aspects, 
Wilson  (H.  M.),  1. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


767 


West  Indies — Continued. 

Preliminary  report  on  recent  eruption 
of  Soufribre  in  St.  Vincent,  and  of  a 
visit  to  Mont  Pelee,  in  Martinique, 
Anderson  and  Flett,  1. 

Presence  de  l’argon  dans  les  gaz  des 
fumerolles  de  la  Guadeloupe,  Mois- 
san,  2. 

Recent  eruptions  of  Mont  Pel€e, 
Nicholls,  1. 

Recent  tuffs  of  the  Soufrifere,  Howe 
(E.),  2. 

Recent  volcanic  eruptions,  Anderson 
(F.),  1. 

Recent  volcanic  eruptions  in  West  In¬ 
dies,  Milne,  1. 

Recent  volcanic  eruptions  in  West  In¬ 
dies,  Russell,  3. 

Roches  volcaniques  de  la  Martinique, 
Lacroix,  1,  3. 

S.  Eustatius  und  Saba,  Sapper,  13. 

St.  Vincent,  Sapper,  9,  18. 

St.  Vincent,  eruptions  of  1902,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  36. 

Sangregrande  borings,  Trinidad,  Guppy, 
2,  3. 

Secondary  phenomena  of  West  Indian 
volcanic  eruptions,  Curtis,  1. 

Soufri&re  of  St.  Vincent,  Hovey  (E. 
O.),  27. 

Spine  on  Pelee,  Jaggar,  7. 

Stony  corals  of  the  Porto  Rican  waters, 
Vaughan,  3. 

Tower  of  Pelee,  Heilprin,  9,  10. 

Union  of  Cuba  with  Florida,  Spencer 
(J.  W.),  11. 

Visit  to  Martinique  and  St.  Vincent 
after  the  great  eruptions  of  May  and 
June,  1902,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  11. 

Volcanic  action  and  the  West  Indian 
eruptions  of  1902,  Lobley,  1. 

Volcanic  disturbances  in  the  West 
Indies,  Hill  (R.  T.),  6. 

Volcanic  dust,  Falconer,  1. 

Volcanic  dust  and  sand  from  St.  Vin¬ 
cent,  Diller  and  Steiger,  1. 

Volcanic  dust  from  West  Indies,  Porter 
(F.  B.),  1. 

Volcanic  dust  from  West  Indies,  Teall, 

1. 

Volcanic  dust  of  Mont  Pelee,  Griffiths, 
1. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indies, 
Anderson  (F.),  2. 

Volcanic  eruptions  in  the  West  Indies, 
Burns,  1. 

Volcanic  eruptions  on  Martinique  and 
St.  “Vincent,  Russell,  4. 

Volcanic  rocks  of  Martinique  and  St. 
Vincent,  Diller,  7. 

Volcanoes  of  Caribbean  Islands,  Hovey 
(E.  O.),  22. 

Volcanoes  of  Martinique,  Guadeloupe, 
and  Saba,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  44. 

Volcanoes  of  St.  Vincent,  St.  Kitts,  and 
Statia,  Hovey  (E.  O.),  45. 


West  Indies — Continued. 

Vulcangebiete  Mittelamerikas  u  n  d 
Westindiens,  Sapper,  24. 

Vulkan,  Haas,  1. 

YTulkane  Pele,  Krakatau,  Etna,  Vesuv, 
Kewitsch,  1. 

Vulkane  von  Guatemala  und  Salvador, 
Sapper,  1. 

Vulkanischen  Kleinen  Antillen  und  die 
Ausbriiche  der  Jahre  1902  und  1903, 
Sapper,  19. 

Vulkanische  Asche  vom  Vulcan  Sou- 
friere,  Klein,  1. 

Vulkanischen  Ausbriiche  auf  den  Klei¬ 
nen  Antillen,  Hoernes,  1. 

Vulkanischen  Ereignisse  in  Westindien, 
Bergeat,  1. 

Vulkanske  udbrud  i  Vestindien,  Kol- 
derup,  3. 

West  Indian  eruptions  of  1902,  Curtis, 

2. 

West  Indian  volcanic  eruptions,  Milne, 

2. 

Windward  Islands,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  7. 

West  Virginia. 

Anthracite  coal  field  west  of  Washing¬ 
ton,  White  (D.),  12. 

Anthracite  of  Third  Hill  Mountain, 
Griffith,  2,  3. 

Appalachian  coal  field,  White  (I.  C.),  7. 

Bibliography  of  works  upon  the  geoiogy 
and  natural  resources  of  West  Vir 
ginia,  Brown  (S.  S.),  1. 

Carboniferous  of  the  Appalachian  basin, 
Stevenson  (J.  J.),  6. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Charbons  gras  de  la  Pennsylvanie  et  de 
la  Virginie  occidentale,  Heurteau,  1. 

Charleston  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  2. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Coal  in  the  Nicholas  quadrangle,  Ash¬ 
ley,  7. 

Coals  of  Pocahontas  field,  Fowler,  1. 

Contributions  to  Devonian  paleontol¬ 
ogy,  Williams  and  Kindle,  1. 

Discovery  of  a  musk-ox  skull,  Hatcher, 

12. 

Drainage  modifications  in  Ohio,  West 
Virginia,  and  Kentucky,  Tight,  4. 

Geological  horizon  of  the  Kanawha 
black  flint,  White  (I.  C.),  4. 

Geological  map  of  West  Virginia,  White 
(I.  C.),  1. 

Geology  of  West  Virginia,  White  (I. 

‘  C.),  2,  3. 

Kanawha  and  New  River  coal  fields  of 
West  Virginia,  Robinson  (N.),  1. 

List  of  fossils  from  lower  half  of  Cone- 
maugh  formation  near  Morgantown. 
White  (I.  C.),  5. 

Lower  Carboniferous  of  Appalachian 
basin,  Stevenson  (J.  J.),  4. 

Map  of  coal,  oil,  and  gas  in  West  Vir¬ 
ginia,  White  (I.  C.),  8. 

Meadow  Branch  coal  field,  Campbell 
(M.  R.),  17, 


768 


INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY 


West  Virginia — Continued. 

Petroleum  and  natural  gas,  White  (I. 
C.),  9. 

Properties  cf  Summit  Coal  Company  in 
Marshall  County,  Yon  Rosenberg,  1. 

Pure  limestone  in  Berkeley  County, 
Stose,  2. 

Raleigh  folio,  Campbell  (M.  R.),  5. 

Siluric  and  Devonic  Cystidea  and  Cam- 
arocrinus,  Schuchert,  11. 

Slate  industry  at  Martinsburg,  Dale,  2. 

Slate  investigations  during  1904,  Dale, 

8. 

Steinkohlengebiete  von  Pennsylvanien 
und  Westvirginien,  Simmersbach,  1. 

Trip  to  West  .Virginia,  Poole,  9. 

Tug  River  coal  field,  Payne,  1. 

Underground  waters  of  West  Virginia, 
Fuller  (M.  L.),  26. 

Variation  and  equivalence  of  the 
Charleston  sandstone,  Campbell  (M. 
R.),  10. 

Water  resources  of  Frostburg  and 
Flintstone  quadrangles,  Martin  (G. 
C.),  10. 

Water  resources  of  Pawpaw  and  Han¬ 
cock  quadrangles,  Stose  and  Martin, 
1. 

Water  resources  of  the  Nicholas  quad¬ 
rangle,  Ashley,  8. 

Wisconsin. 

Age  of  St.  Croix  Dalles,  Upham,  31. 

Baraboo  iron  ore,  Hille,  2. 

Baraboo  iron  ore,  Winchell  (N.  H.),  23. 

Baraboo  iron-bearing  district  of  Wis¬ 
consin,  Weidman,  5. 

Baraboo  iron  range,  Rohn,  1. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Clays  and  clay  industries,  Buckley,  1. 

Clays  of  the  United  States,  Ries,  6. 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Douglas 
County,  Grant  (U.  S.),  1. 

Current  notes  on  physiography,  Davis 
(W.  M.),  34. 

Dalles  of  the  St.  Croix,  Berkey,  1. 

Delavan  lobe  of  Wisconsin  stage  of 
glaciation,  Alden,  3. 

Drumlins  of  southeastern  Wisconsin, 
Alden,  4. 

Eisenerzlagerstlitten  am  Lake  Superior, 
Macco,  1. 

Emigrant  diamonds  in  America,  Hobbs, 

8. 

Examples  of  joint-controlled  drainage, 
Hobbs,  26. 

Field  work  in  Wisconsin  lead  and  zinc 
district,  Grant  (U.  S.),  8. 

Forest  beds  of  the  lower  Fox,  Lawson 
(P.  V.),  1. 

Fossil  Unio  from  Wisconsin,  Wagner,  2. 

Gisements  de  minerais  de  zinc,  De- 
maret,  1. 

Glacial  features  of  the  St.  Croix 
Dalles  region,  Chamberlin  (R.  T.),  1. 

Glacial  gold  in  Wisconsin,  Thomas,  2. 

Glacial  lake  Nicolet,  Upham,  17, 


Wisconsin — Continued. 

Hamilton  formation  at  Milwaukee, 
Teller,  1. 

Highway  construction  in  Wisconsin. 
Buckley,  3. 

Interglacial  clays  of  Grantsburg,  Ber-. 
key,  6. 

Iron  ore  deposits  of  the  Lake  Superior 
region,  Van  Hise,  2. 

Iron  ores  of  the  Baraboo  district, 
W’eidman,  6. 

Junction  of  Lake  Superior  sandstone 
and  Keeweenawan  traps,  Grant  (U. 
S.),  2. 

Lake  Superior  geological  wrork,  Van 
-  Hise,  14. 

Lake  Superior  iron-ore  deposits,  Grant 
(U.  S.),  6. 

Lakes  of  southeastern  Wisconsin,  Fen- 
neman,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Mississippi 
Valley,  Van  Hise  and  Bain,  1. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Ozark  region, 
Van  Hise,  5. 

Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  southwestern 
Wisconsin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  5. 

Lower  Silurian  formations  of  Wiscon¬ 
sin  and  Minnesota,  Sardeson,  8. 

Magnesian  series  of  the  northwestern 
States,  Hall  (C.  W.),  10. 

Meteorite  from  Algoma,  Hobbs,  15'. 

Meteorite  from  Algoma,  Kewaunee 
County,  Hobbs,  13. 

Occurrence  of  fayallte  in  Wisconsin, 
Weidman,  4. 

Paleozoic  coral  reefs,  Grabau,  10. 

Physiographical  field  notes  in  the  town 
of  Wauwatosa,  Bruncken,  1. 

Physiography  of  Wisconsin,  Collie,  2. 

Pre-Potsdam  peneplain  of  pre-Cam¬ 
brian  of  north-central  Wisconsin, 
Weidman,  1. 

Report  of  director  of  the  survey,  Birge, 
4. 

Report  of  superintendent  of  the  sur¬ 
vey,  Birge,  1-3. 

Report  on  Lake  Superior  region,  Van 
Hise  and  others,  1. 

So-called  alkali  spots  of  drift-sheets, 
Willcox,  2. 

Soils  of  Wisconsin,  Weidman,  3. 

Sources  of  water  supply  in  Wisconsin, 
Kirchoffer,  1. 

Summary  of  Lake  Superior  geology, 
Leith,  14. 

Underground  waters  of  Wisconsin  dis¬ 
trict,  Schultz,  1. 

Water  resources  of  the  Mineral  Point 
quadrangle,  Grant  (U.  S.).  11. 

Wisconsin  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  Col¬ 
lie,  1. 

Wisconsin  zinc  fields,  Nicholson,  1. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits,  Grant  (U.  S.), 
9. 

Zinc  and  lead  deposits  of  north  Arkan¬ 
sas,  Branner,  2. 


FOR  THE  YEARS  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


769 


Wisconsin— Con  tinued . 

Zinc  and  lead  mines  near  Dodgeville, 
Ellis  (E.  E.),  1. 

Zinc  and  lead  ores  of  southwestern 
Wisconsin,  Grant  (U.  S.),  10. 

Wyoming. 

Aladdin  folio,  Darton  and  O'Harra,  1. 

Alkali  deposits  of  Wyoming,  Read,  3. 

Alkali  lakes  and  deposits,  Knight  and 
Slosson, *1. 

Armadillo  from  middle  Eocene,  Os¬ 
born,  30. 

Astrodon  (Pleurocoelus)  in  the  Atlan- 
tosaurus  beds  of  Wyoming,  Hatcher, 
16. 

Atlantosaur  and  Titanotherium  beds, 
Peck,  4. 

Baked  clays  and  natural  slags  in  east¬ 
ern  Wyoming,  Bastin,  1. 

Bentonite  deposits  of  Wyoming,  Fisher 
(C.  A.),  6. 

Bonanza,  Cottonwood,  and  Douglas  oil 
fields,  Knight  and  Slosson,  4. 

Cement  materials  and  industry  of  the 
United  States,  Eckel,  34. 

Ceratopsia  from  the  Laramie,  Wyo., 
Hatcher,  22. 

Coal  fields  of  Uinta  County,  Knight 
(W.  C.),  7. 

Coal  of  the  Bighorn  basin,  Fisher 
(C.  A.),  5. 

Coal  of  the  Black  Hills,  Darton,  20. 

Coal  resources  of  Wyoming,  Trumbull, 

1. 

Copper  deposits  of  the  Encampment 
district,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  10. 

Copper  mining  in  the  Encampment 
and  Pearl  districts,  Read,  4. 

Crocodile  from  Wyoming  Jurassic, 
Holland,  2. 

Description  of  Bates  Hole,  Knight 
(W.  C.),  1. 

Deposit  of  titanic  iron  ore,  Lindgren,  9. 

Dinosaur  Trachodon  annectens,  Lucas 
(F.  A.),  21. 

Discovery  of  teeth  in  Baptanodon,  Gil¬ 
more,  1. 

Dutton,  Rattlesnake,  Arago,  Oil  Moun¬ 
tain,  and  Powder  River  oil  fields, 
Knight  and  Slosson,  2. 

Fore  limb  and  manus  of  Brontosaurus, 
Hatcher,  8. 

Fossil  turtles  of  the  Bridger  basin, 
Hay,  22. 

Fresh-water  Tertiaries  at  Green  River, 
Davis  (W.  M.),  51. 

Geologische  Streifziige  durch  die  Prii- 
rien  und  Felsengebirge  Nordameri- 
kas,  Fraas,  2. 

Geology  and  mineral  resources,  Beeler, 
3. 

Geology  and  underground  water  re¬ 
sources  of  the  central  Great  Plains, 
Darton,  18. 

Geology  and  water  resources  of  the 
Patrick  and  Goshen  Hole  quad¬ 
rangles,  Adams  (G.  I.),  4. 

Bull.  301  -  06 - 49 


!  Wyoming — Continued. 

Geology  of  Black  Hills,  Darton,  1. 

Glaciation  in  Bighorn  Mountains, 
Salisbury  and  Blackwelder,  1. 

Gold  production  of  North  America, 
Lindgren,  16. 

Grand  Encampment  copper  district. 
Lakes,  64. 

Gypsum  deposits  in  Wyoming.  Knight 
(W.  C.),  9. 

Hallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlanto- 
saurus  beds  of  Marsh,  Williston,  25. 

Ilartville  folio.  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  1. 

Ilyopsodidae  of  Wasatch  and  Wind 
River  basins,  Loomis,  7. 

Igneous  rocks  of  the  Aladdin  quad 
rangle,  Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  6. 

Igneous  rocks  of  the  Sundance  folio, 
Smith  (W.  S.  T.),  5. 

Iron  mines  of  Hartville,  Chance,  2. 

Jurassic  dinosaurs,  Gratacap,  5. 

Jurassic  stratigraphy  in  Wyoming, 
Loomis,  2. 

Lagerstatten  titanhaltigen  Eisenerzes 
im  Laramie  range,  Kemp,  31. 

Laramie  cement  plaster,  Slosson  and 
Moudy,  1. 

Laramie  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming,  Wil¬ 
liston,  13. 

Laramie  Plains  Red  Beds  and  their 
age,  Knight  (W.  C.),  6. 

Leucite  hills  of  Wyoming,  Kemp,  24. 

Leucite  hills  of  Wyoming,  Kemp  and 
Knight,  1. 

Mineral  resources  of  Encampment  cop¬ 
per  region,  Spencer  (A.  C.),  6. 

Morrison  formation,  Stanton,  8. 

New  armed  dinosaur,  Williston,  26. 

New  form  of  calcite-sand  crystal,  Bar¬ 
bour  and  Fisher,  1. 

New  locality  for  Triassic  vertebrates 
in  Wyoming,  Williston,  28. 

New  occurrence  of  sperrylite,  Wells 
and  Penfield,  1. 

New  reptiles  from  Trias  of  Wyoming, 
Williston,  23. 

New  species  of  Baena  from  Laramie 
beds,  Hay,  2. 

Newcastle  folio,  Darton,  14. 

Newcastle  oil  field,  Knight  and  Slos¬ 
son,  3.  • 

Note  sur  les  phenomenes  volcaniques 
Tertiaires  de  la  chaine  d’Absaroka, 
Hague,  1. 

Occurrence  of  ichthyosaur-like  re¬ 
mains,  Merriam  (J.  C.),  17. 

Occurrence  of  rare  metals  in  Rambler 
mine,  Knight  (W.  C.),  4. 

Petroleum  fields  of  Wyoming.  Knight 
(W.  C.),  2,  5. 

Platinum  in  copper  ores  in  Wyoming, 
Emmons  (S,  F.),  11. 

Platinum  in  the  Rambler  mine.  Kemp. 

*  20. 

Prospecting  for  oil,  Lakes,  36. 

Rare  metals  in  ore  from  Rambler  mine, 
Read,  1. 


770  INDEX  TO  NORTH  AMERICAN  GEOLOGY,  1901-1905,  INCLUSIVE. 


W  y  oming' — Continued . 

Report  by  the  State  geologist,  Beeler, 

2. 

Rocky  Mountain  coal  fields,  Storrs 
(L.S.),  1. 

South  Pass  gold  district,  Fremont 
County,  Beeler,  1. 

Starfish  from  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming, 
Weller,  8. 

Status  of  Mesozoic  floras,  Ward,  5. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  Black  Ilills,  Bar¬ 
ton,  2. 

Sundance  folio,  Darton,  20. 

Sweetwater  mining  district,  Knight 
(W.  C.),  3. 

Teredo-like  shell  from  Laramie  group, 
Whitfield,  4. 

Titaniferous  magnetite  in  Wyoming, 
Kemp,  36. 

Triassic  and  Jurassic  strata  of  the 
Black  Ilills,  Ilovey  (E.  O.),  13. 

Miscellaneous. 

Advantages  of  combining  topographical 
with  geological  surveying  in  unex¬ 
plored  regions,  Bell  (R.),  9. 

American  Association  for  Advancement 
of  Science,  summer  meeting,  Ilovey, 
46. 

American  Paleontological  Society,  Sec¬ 
tion  A,  Vertebrata,  Hay,  18. 

Autophytography,  White  (C.  II.),  2. 

Cement  resources  of  northeast  Missis¬ 
sippi,  Crider,  1. 

Comparison  of  features  of  the  earth 
and  moon,  Shaler,  2. 

Construction  of  geophysical  laboratory, 
Becker,  2. 

Correction,  Van  Hise,  16. 

Crystal  drawing,  Penfield,  7. 

Deep  borings  in  United  States,  Darton, 
25. 

Desarrollo  de  la  geologia  en  Mexico, 
Aguilera,  5. 

Division  of  applied  geology,  U.  S. 
National  Museum,  Merrill  (G.  I’.), 
16. 

Elements  of  geology,  Le  Conte,  4. 

Evolution  of  climates,  Manson,  1,  3. 

Evolution  of  climates,  Winchell  (N. 
II.),  19. 

Field  work  in  Wisconsin  lead  and  zinc 
district,  Grant  (U.  S.),  S. 

Field  work  of  a  physiography  class, 
!  Low,  5. 

Geological  bookkeeping,  Kemp,  30. 

Geological  mine  maps  and  sections, 
Brunton,  1. 

Geological  Society  of  America,  Ilovey 
(E.  O.),  25,  38,  40,  41. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada  as  an 
educational  institution,  Walker  (T. 
L.),  1. 


Miscellaneous— Continued. 

Geology  under  the  new  hypothesis  of 
earth  origin,  Fairchild,  6. 

Geology  under  the  planetesimal  hy¬ 
pothesis  of  earth  origin,  Fairchild.  7. 

Instituto  Geologica  de  Mexico,  Guild,  2. 

Machine-made  line  drawings  for  the 
illustration  of  scientific  papers,  Daly, 
14. 

Magnetic  phenomena  around  deep 
borings,  Lane,  33. 

Meeting  of  Section  A  of  the  American 
paleontological  society,  Ilay,  20. 

Meeting  of  Section  E  of  American  Asso¬ 
ciation  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science,  Ilovey,  37,  39. 

Method  of  facilitating  photography  of 
fossils.  Van  Ingen,  5. 

Microscopic-petrographical  methods, 
Wright  (F.  E.),  2. 

Nansen’s  bathymetrical  features  of  the 
north  polar  sea,  Spencer  (J.  W.),  16. 

Nebular  and  planetesimal  theories  of 
the  earth's  origin,  Upham,  29. 

The  new  geology  and  vein  formation, 
Edwards  (W.  F.),  1. 

New  Palseotrochis  locality,  Cobb,  3. 

Ore  deposits  and  industrial  supremacy. 
Stewart  (J.  L.),  1. 

Organic  remains  in  ore  deposits,  Lakes, 
101. 

Faleochemistry  of  the  ocean  in  relation 
to  animal  and  vegetable  protoplasm, 
Macallum,  1. 

Physiography  in  the  university;  Mar- 
but,  5. 

Problems  of  geology,  Van  Hise,  15. 

Problems  of  geophysics,  Becker,  4. 

ITof.  James  Hall  and  the  Troost  manu¬ 
script,  Clarke  (J.  M.),  24. 

Relation  of  geology  to  the  mining  in¬ 
dustry,  Lawson  (A.  C.),  12. 

Relations  of  the  earth  sciences  in  view 
of  their  progress  in  the  nineteenth 
century,  Davis  (W.  M. ),  53. 

Report  of  the  Director  of  the.  United 
States  Geological  Survey,  Walcott, 
3,  7,  10,  11,  13. 

Report  on  geophysics.  Van  Hise,  13. 

Scope  of  applied  geology,  Johnson  (D. 
W.),  10. 

Scope  of  geological  teaching,  Rice.  2. 

State  geological  survey  for  Colorado, 
Finch  (J.  W.),  2. 

Study  of  stratigraphy,  Parks.  7. 

System  of  keeping  the  records  of  a 
State  geological  survey,  Buckley,  6. 

Training  of  engineers  in  economic  geo¬ 
logy,  Branner,  9. 

University  training  of  engineers  in 
economic  geology.  Irving,  8. 

Where  did  life  begin?,  Winchell  (N. 
H.)  20. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL 

SURVEY. 

[Bulletin  No.  301.] 

The  serial  publications  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  consist  of  (1)  Annual 
Reports,  (2)  Monographs,  (3)  Professional  Papers,  (4)  Bulletins,  (5)  Mineral 
Resources,  (6)  Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Papers,  (7)  Topographic  Atlas  of 
United  States — folios  and  separate  sheets  thereof,  (8)  Geologic  Atlas  of  the  United 
States — folios  thereof.  The  classes  numbered  2,  7,  and  8  are  sold  at  cost  of  publica¬ 
tion;  the  others  are  distributed  free.  A  circular  giving  complete  lists  can  be  had 
on  application. 

Most  of  the  above  publications  can  be  obtained  or  consulted  in  the  following 
ways: 

1.  A  limited  number  are  delivered  to  the  Director  of  the  Survey,  from  whom  they 
can  be  obtained,  free  of  charge  (except  classes  2,  7,  and  8),  on  application. 

2.  A  certain  number  are  delivered  to  Senators  and  Representatives  in  Congress  for 
distribution. 

3.  Other  copies  are  deposited  with  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington, 
D.  C.,  from  whom  they  can  be  had  at  practically  cost. 

4.  Copies  of  all  Government  publications  are  furnished  to  the  principal  public 
libraries  in  the  large  cities  thruout  the  United  States,  where  they  can  be  consulted 
by  those  interested. 

The  Professional  Papers,  Bulletins,  and  Water-Supply  Papers  treat  of  a  variety  of 
subjects,  and  the  total  number  issued  is  large.  They  have  therefore  been  classified 
into  the  following  series:  A,  Economic  geology;  B,  Descriptive  geology;  C,  System¬ 
atic  geology  and  paleontology;  D,  Petrography  and  mineralogy;  E,  Chemistry  and 
physics;  F,  Geography;  G,  Miscellaneous;  H,  Forestry;  I,  Irrigation;  J,  Water 
storage;  K,  Pumping  water;  L,  Quality  of  water;  M,  General  hydrographic  investi¬ 
gations;  N,  Waterpower;  O,  Underground  waters;  P,  Hydrographic  progress  reports. 
This  bulletin  is  the  thirtieth  in  Series  G,  the  complete  list  of  which  follows  (ail  are 
bulletins  thus  far) : 

BULLETINS,  SERIES  G,  MISCELLANEOUS. 

2.  Gold  and  silver  conversion  tables,  giving  the  coining  values  of  troy  ounces  of  fine  metal,  etc., 
computed  by  Albert  Williams,  jr.  1883.  8  pp. 

7.  Mapoteca  geologica  Americana:  A  catalogue  of  geological  maps  of  America  (North  and  South), 
1752-1881,  in  geographic  and  chronologic  order,  by  Jules  Marcou  and  John  Belknap  Marcou. 

1884.  184  pp. 

25.  The  present  technical  condition  of  the  steel  industry  of  the  United  States,  by  Phineas  Barnes. 

1885.  85  pp. 

26.  Copper  smelting,  by  Henry  M.  Howe.  1885.  107  pp. 

44.  Bibliography  of  North  American  geology  for  1886,  by  Nelson  Horatio  Darton.  1887.  35  pp. 

75.  Record  of  North  American  geology  for  1887-1889,  inclusive,  by  Nelson  Horatio  Darton.  1891. 
173  pp. 

91.  Record  of  North  American  geology  for  1890,  by  Nelson  Horatio  Darton.  1891.  88  pp. 

99.  Record  of  North  American  geology  for  1891,  by  Nelson  Horatio  Darton.  1892.  73  pp. 

100.  Bibliography  and  index  of  the  publications  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  1879-1892,  by  Philip 
Creveling  Warman.  1893.  495  pp. 

127.  Catalogue  and  index  of  contributions  to  North  American  geology,  1732-1891,  by  Nelson  Horatio 
Darton.  1896.  1,045  pp. 

130.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  1892  and  1893,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1896.  210  pp.‘ 


I 


II 


ADVERTISEMENT 


131.  Report  of  progress  of  the  division  of  hydrography  for  the  calendar  years  1893  and  1894,  by 
Frederick  Haynes  Newell.  1895.  126  pp. 

135.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  year  1894,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1896.  141  pp. 

140.  Report  of  progress  of  the  division  of  hydrography  for  the  calendar  year  1895,  by  Frederick 
Haynes  Newell.  1896.  356  pp. 

146.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  year  1895,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1896.  130  pp. 

149.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  year  1896,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1897.  152  pp. 

156.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  year  1897,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1898.  130  pp. 

162.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  pal<&ntology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  year  1898,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1899.  163  pp. 

172.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  year  1899,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1900.  141  pp. 

177.  Catalogue  and  index  of  the  publications  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1880-1901.  by 
Philip  Creveling  Warman.  1901.  858  pp. 

188.  Bibliography  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy  for  the  years 

1892-1900,  inclusive,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1902.  717  pp. 

189.  Index  to  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy  for  the  years  1892- 

1900,  inclusive,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1902.  337  pp. 

203.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  year  1901,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1902.  144  pp. 

215.  Catalogue  and  index  of  the  publications  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1901  to  1903,  by 
Philip  Creveling  Warman.  1903.  234  pp. 

221.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 

for  the  year  1902,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1903.  200  pp. 

222.  Catalogue  and  index  of  the  publications  of  the  Hayden,  King,  Powell,  and  Wheeler  surveys,  by 

L.  F.  Schmeckebier.  1904.  208  pp. 

227.  The  United  States  Geological  Survey,  its  origin,  development,  organization,  and  operations,  1904. 
205  pp. 

240.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  year  1903,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1904.  243  pp. 

271.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  year  1904,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1905.  218  pp. 

301.  Bibliography  and  index  of  North  American  geology,  paleontology,  petrology,  and  mineralogy 
for  the  years  1901-1905,  inclusive,  by  Fred  Boughton  Weeks.  1906.  770  pp. 

Correspondence  should  be  addrest  to 

The  Director, 

United  States  Geological  Survey, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


October,  1906. 


